257 files changed, 157401 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/.gitignore b/src/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c20f512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+*.cfg

+*.local

+*.bdsproj

+*.identcache

+clean.bat

+config-linux.inc

+paths.inc

+ultrastardx-*.lp[i|s]

diff --git a/src/Makefile.in b/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6e221af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+#################################################
+# @PACKAGE_STRING@
+# @configure_input@
+#################################################
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+#################################################
+# Standard definitions
+#################################################
+
+prefix      ?= @prefix@
+exec_prefix ?= @exec_prefix@
+datarootdir ?= @datarootdir@
+datadir     ?= @datadir@
+# project root-dir (directory of configure script)
+top_srcdir  ?= @top_srcdir@
+# project src-dir (directory of the current Makefile)
+srcdir      ?= @srcdir@
+
+# file-type suffix of executables (e.g. ".exe" in windows)
+EXEEXT ?= @EXEEXT@
+
+#################################################
+# Tools
+#################################################
+
+# recursive dir creation tool (mkdir -p)
+MKDIR     ?= @MKDIR_P@
+RM        ?= rm -f
+RM_REC    ?= $(RM) -r
+
+#################################################
+# General package configuration
+#################################################
+
+USDX_PACKAGE_NAME := @PACKAGE_NAME@
+USDX_VERSION := @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+USDX_TARNAME := @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+
+#################################################
+# USDX Paths
+#################################################
+
+USDX_SRC_DIR   := $(top_srcdir)/src
+USDX_GAME_DIR  := $(top_srcdir)/game
+USDX_TOOLS_DIR := $(top_srcdir)/tools
+USDX_BUILD_DIR := $(top_srcdir)/build
+USDX_LIB_DIR   := $(USDX_SRC_DIR)/lib
+
+INSTALL_DATADIR := $(datadir)/$(USDX_PACKAGE_NAME)
+
+#################################################
+# FPC config
+#################################################
+
+# Free Pascal compiler binary
+PPC := @PPC@
+# FPC target platform and processor
+PPLATFORM  := @FPC_PLATFORM@
+PPROCESSOR := @FPC_PROCESSOR@
+
+# Directories added to the unit path
+PUNIT_FLAGS := -Fu.
+
+# Directory where compiled units (.ppu and .o files) are stored
+PCUNIT_DIR   := $(USDX_BUILD_DIR)/fpc-$(PPROCESSOR)-$(PPLATFORM)
+PCUNIT_FLAGS := -FU$(PCUNIT_DIR)
+
+# Directories added to the includes path
+PINC_FLAGS := -Fi$(USDX_LIB_DIR)/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas
+
+##
+# PFLAGS
+##
+
+# Defined on debug mode
+ENABLE_DEBUG := @ENABLE_DEBUG@
+
+# Note: 
+#   - PFLAGS/PFLAGS_* defaults to $(PFLAGS_XYZ_DEFAULT) if not set by the user
+#   - if PFLAGS is defined, PFLAGS_* will be ignored on "make all"
+PFLAGS         ?= @PFLAGS@
+PFLAGS_BASE    ?= @PFLAGS_BASE@
+PFLAGS_DEBUG   ?= @PFLAGS_DEBUG@
+PFLAGS_RELEASE ?= @PFLAGS_RELEASE@
+
+# Do not overwrite, just add extra flags
+PFLAGS_EXTRA   += @PFLAGS_EXTRA@
+
+# Default PFLAGS, used if PFLAGS/PFLAGS_* was not set by the user 
+# - Do not use -dDEBUG because it will enable unwanted features
+# - Do not strip executable (-Xs, set by fpc.cfg) to be GNU make conformant
+# - Use DEBUG_MODE instead of DEBUG to avoid enabling the fpc.cfg DEBUG preset
+# - The flag -vB appends the full path to filenames
+# - Note that fpc.cfg already defines -vinw, so add -v0 first
+# - The stack check (-Ct) might not work with enabled threading
+# - Do we need -Coi?
+PFLAGS_BASE_DEFAULT    := -Si -Sg- -Sc- -v0Binwe
+PFLAGS_DEBUG_DEFAULT   := -Xs- -g -gl -dDEBUG_MODE
+PFLAGS_RELEASE_DEFAULT := -Xs- -O2
+PFLAGS_EXTRA_DEFAULT   :=
+
+# Debug/Release mode flags
+# Note that flags will overwrite previously specified flags,
+# e.g. "-vinwe -vi-" is the same as "-vnwe"
+PFLAGS_DEBUG_ALL   := $(PFLAGS_BASE) $(PFLAGS_DEBUG) $(PFLAGS_EXTRA)
+PFLAGS_RELEASE_ALL := $(PFLAGS_BASE) $(PFLAGS_RELEASE) $(PFLAGS_EXTRA)
+
+# Choose default PFLAGS, depending on debug mode.
+# Only used if PFLAGS was not set by the user.
+ifdef ENABLE_DEBUG
+PFLAGS_DEFAULT := $(PFLAGS_DEBUG_ALL)
+else
+PFLAGS_DEFAULT := $(PFLAGS_RELEASE_ALL)
+endif
+
+###
+# linker and library settings
+###
+
+LIBS       ?= @LIBS@
+LDFLAGS    ?= @LDFLAGS@
+linkflags  := -L/usr/lib $(LDFLAGS) $(sort $(LIBS))
+ifneq ($(linkflags),)
+PLINKFLAGS := -k"$(linkflags)"
+endif
+
+PFLAGS_ALL = $(PFLAGS) $(PDEFINES) $(PLINKFLAGS) $(PINC_FLAGS) $(PUNIT_FLAGS) $(PCUNIT_FLAGS)
+
+#################################################
+# USDX project config
+#################################################
+
+# dpr project file used as input
+USDX_PROJ := ultrastardx.dpr
+# name of executable
+USDX_BIN_NAME ?= ultrastardx$(EXEEXT)
+USDX_BIN := $(USDX_GAME_DIR)/$(USDX_BIN_NAME)
+
+#################################################
+# ProjectM
+#################################################
+
+PROJECTM_CWRAPPER_DIR := $(USDX_LIB_DIR)/projectM/cwrapper
+PROJECTM_CWRAPPER_LIB := $(PROJECTM_CWRAPPER_DIR)/libprojectM-cwrapper.a
+USE_PROJECTM_CWRAPPER := @USE_PROJECTM_CWRAPPER@
+
+#################################################
+# Static libs
+#################################################
+
+STATIC_LIBS := 
+ifeq ($(USE_PROJECTM_CWRAPPER), yes)
+STATIC_LIBS += $(PROJECTM_CWRAPPER_LIB)
+endif
+
+#################################################
+# general targets
+#################################################
+
+.PHONY: all
+all: build
+
+# One shot debug build (always rebuild)
+# Note: we cannot set PFLAGS and call build directly, 
+#  as target specific flags are not passed at recursive
+#  make calls. So call debug-build first.
+.PHONY: debug debug-build
+debug: clean_obj
+	$(MAKE) debug-build
+
+debug-build: PFLAGS := $(PFLAGS_DEBUG_ALL)
+debug-build: build
+
+# One shot release build (always rebuild)
+# Note: we cannot set PFLAGS and call build directly, 
+#  as target specific flags are not passed at recursive
+#  make calls. So call release-build first.
+.PHONY: release release-build
+release: clean_obj
+	$(MAKE) release-build
+
+release-build: PFLAGS := $(PFLAGS_RELEASE_ALL)
+release-build: build
+
+# Always rebuild, even if no file changed.
+.PHONY: rebuild
+rebuild: clean_obj
+	$(MAKE) build
+
+# Build if files changed. Always clean old data before compiling.
+# FPC does not reliably recognize changes, neither in .pas, 
+# .inc-files nor static libs (.a/.o). This might result in corrupted 
+# builds and renders debugging difficult (because FPC uses outdated
+# .ppu/.o data of files that have been changed).
+.PHONY: build
+build: $(USDX_BIN)
+
+#################################################
+# build
+#################################################
+
+SRC_FILES = $(shell find $(srcdir) -name "*.inc" -o -name "*.pas" -o -name "*.pp")
+
+# To conform to the GNU Coding Standards, INSTALL_DATADIR is
+# not hardcoded so $prefix and $datadir can be changed at any
+# execution of this Makefile. 
+# Paths cannot be passed to fpc via -d as with gcc's -D parameter.
+# We use an intermediate file instead.
+#
+# See [info autoconf], "19.5 How Do I `#define' Installation Directories?"
+#
+# Do NOT use paths.inc as target name as it is in the requisite list
+# of $(USDX_BIN).
+.PHONY: create-pathinfo
+create-pathinfo:
+	echo "INSTALL_DATADIR = '$(INSTALL_DATADIR)';" > paths.inc
+
+# check if any src-file changed and rebuild
+$(USDX_BIN): $(USDX_PROJ) $(STATIC_LIBS) $(SRC_FILES)
+	@echo "==================================="
+	@echo "Changed files:"
+	@echo "$?"
+	@echo "==================================="
+	@echo "-----------------------------------"
+	@echo "Clean old object data..."
+
+	$(MAKE) clean_obj
+
+	@echo "-----------------------------------"
+
+	$(MKDIR) "$(PCUNIT_DIR)"
+	$(MAKE) create-pathinfo
+	$(PPC) $(strip $(PFLAGS_ALL)) -o$@ $(USDX_PROJ)
+
+#################################################
+# clean-up
+#################################################
+
+.PHONY: clean
+clean: clean_obj
+	$(RM) paths.inc
+
+.PHONY: clean_obj
+clean_obj: clean_bin
+	$(RM_REC) "$(PCUNIT_DIR)"
+
+.PHONY: clean_bin
+clean_bin:
+	$(RM) "$(USDX_BIN)"
diff --git a/src/base/TextGL.pas b/src/base/TextGL.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c354a500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/TextGL.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit TextGL;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  SDL,
+  Classes,
+  UTexture,
+  UFont,
+  UPath,
+  ULog;
+
+type
+  PGLFont = ^TGLFont;
+  TGLFont = record
+    Font:     TScalableFont;
+    Outlined: boolean;
+    X, Y, Z:  real;
+  end;
+
+const
+  ftNormal   = 0;
+  ftBold     = 1;
+  ftOutline1 = 2;
+  ftOutline2 = 3;
+
+var
+  Fonts:   array of TGLFont;
+  ActFont: integer;
+
+procedure BuildFonts;                         // builds all fonts
+procedure KillFonts;                          // deletes all font
+function  glTextWidth(const text: UTF8String): real; // returns text width
+procedure glPrint(const text: UTF8String);    // custom GL "Print" routine
+procedure ResetFont();                        // reset font settings of active font
+procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);             // sets X and Y
+procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);                  // sets Z
+procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
+procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);       // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc)
+procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);     // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts)
+procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UTextEncoding,
+  SysUtils,
+  IniFiles,
+  UCommon,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+{**
+ * Returns either Filename if it is absolute or a path relative to FontPath.
+ *}
+function FindFontFile(const Filename: string): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := FontPath.Append(Filename);
+  // if path does not exist, try as an absolute path
+  if (not Result.IsFile) then
+    Result := Path(Filename);
+end;
+
+procedure AddFontFallbacks(FontIni: TMemIniFile; Font: TFont);
+var
+  FallbackFont: IPath;
+  IdentName: string;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  // evaluate the ini-file's 'Fallbacks' section
+  for I := 1 to 10 do
+  begin
+    IdentName := 'File' + IntToStr(I);
+    FallbackFont := FindFontFile(FontIni.ReadString('Fallbacks', IdentName, ''));
+    if (FallbackFont.Equals(PATH_NONE)) then
+      Continue;
+    try
+      Font.AddFallback(FallbackFont);
+    except
+      on E: EFontError do
+        Log.LogError('Setting font fallback ''' + FallbackFont.ToNative() + ''' failed: ' + E.Message);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+const
+  FONT_NAMES: array [0..3] of string = (
+    'Normal', 'Bold', 'Outline1', 'Outline2'
+  );
+
+procedure BuildFonts;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  FontIni: TMemIniFile;
+  FontFile: IPath;
+  Outline: single;
+  Embolden: single;
+  OutlineFont: TFTScalableOutlineFont;
+  SectionName: string;
+begin
+  ActFont := 0;
+
+  SetLength(Fonts, Length(FONT_NAMES));
+
+  FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath.Append('fonts.ini').ToNative);
+
+  try
+    for I := 0 to High(FONT_NAMES) do
+    begin
+      SectionName := 'Font_'+FONT_NAMES[I];
+
+      FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni.ReadString(SectionName , 'File', ''));
+
+      // create either outlined or normal font
+      Outline := FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'Outline', 0.0);
+      if (Outline > 0.0) then
+      begin
+        // outlined font
+        OutlineFont := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, Outline);
+        OutlineFont.SetOutlineColor(
+          FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'OutlineColorR',  0.0),
+          FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'OutlineColorG',  0.0),
+          FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'OutlineColorB',  0.0),
+          FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'OutlineColorA', -1.0)
+        );
+        Fonts[I].Font := OutlineFont;
+        Fonts[I].Outlined := true;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // normal font
+        Embolden := FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'Embolden', 0.0);
+        Fonts[I].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64, Embolden);
+        Fonts[I].Outlined := false;
+      end;
+
+      Fonts[I].Font.GlyphSpacing := FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'GlyphSpacing', 0.0);
+      Fonts[I].Font.Stretch := FontIni.ReadFloat(SectionName, 'Stretch', 1.0);
+
+      AddFontFallbacks(FontIni, Fonts[I].Font);
+    end;
+  except
+    on E: EFontError do
+      Log.LogCritical(E.Message, 'BuildFont');
+  end;
+
+  // close ini-file
+  FontIni.Free;
+end;
+
+
+// Deletes the font
+procedure KillFonts;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(Fonts) do
+    Fonts[I].Font.Free;
+end;
+
+function glTextWidth(const text: UTF8String): real;
+var
+  Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Bounds := Fonts[ActFont].Font.BBox(Text, true);
+  Result := Bounds.Right - Bounds.Left;
+end;
+
+// Custom GL "Print" Routine
+procedure glPrint(const Text: UTF8String);
+var
+  GLFont: PGLFont;
+begin
+  // if there is no text do nothing
+  if (Text = '') then
+    Exit;
+
+  GLFont := @Fonts[ActFont];
+
+  glPushMatrix();
+    // set font position
+    glTranslatef(GLFont.X, GLFont.Y + GLFont.Font.Ascender, GLFont.Z);
+    // draw string
+    GLFont.Font.Print(Text);
+  glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure ResetFont();
+begin
+  SetFontPos(0, 0);
+  SetFontZ(0);
+  SetFontItalic(False);
+  SetFontReflection(False, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);
+begin
+  Fonts[ActFont].X := X;
+  Fonts[ActFont].Y := Y;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);
+begin
+  Fonts[ActFont].Z := Z;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
+begin
+  Fonts[ActFont].Font.Height := Size;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);
+begin
+  ActFont := Style;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+  if (Enable) then
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Italic]
+  else
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Italic]
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real);
+begin
+  if (Enable) then
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Reflect]
+  else
+    Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Reflect];
+  Fonts[ActFont].Font.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Descender;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas b/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc03de76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UBeatTimer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UTime;
+
+type
+  (**
+   * TLyricsState contains all information concerning the
+   * state of the lyrics, e.g. the current beat or duration of the lyrics.
+   *)
+  TLyricsState = class
+    private
+      fTimer:        TRelativeTimer; // keeps track of the current time
+      fSyncSource:   TSyncSource;
+      fAvgSyncDiff:  real;
+      fLastClock:    real;       // last master clock value
+      // Note: do not use Timer.GetState() to check if lyrics are paused as
+      // Timer.Pause() is used for synching.
+      fPaused:       boolean;
+
+      function Synchronize(LyricTime: real): real;
+    public
+      OldBeat:      integer;    // previous discovered beat
+      CurrentBeat:  integer;    // current beat (rounded)
+      MidBeat:      real;       // current beat (float)
+
+      // now we use this for super synchronization!
+      // only used when analyzing voice
+      // TODO: change ...D to ...Detect(ed)
+      OldBeatD:     integer;    // previous discovered beat
+      CurrentBeatD: integer;    // current discovered beat (rounded)
+      MidBeatD:     real;       // current discovered beat (float)
+
+      // we use this for audible clicks
+      // TODO: Change ...C to ...Click
+      OldBeatC:     integer;    // previous discovered beat
+      CurrentBeatC: integer;
+      MidBeatC:     real;       // like CurrentBeatC
+
+      OldLine:      integer;    // previous displayed sentence
+
+      StartTime:    real;       // time till start of lyrics (= Gap)
+      TotalTime:    real;       // total song time
+
+      constructor Create();
+
+      {**
+       * Resets the LyricsState state.
+       *}
+      procedure Reset();
+
+      procedure UpdateBeats();
+
+      {**
+       * Sets a master clock for this LyricsState. If no sync-source is set
+       * or SyncSource is nil the internal timer is used.
+       *}
+      procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+
+      {**
+       * Starts the timer. This is either done
+       * - immediately if WaitForTrigger is false or
+       * - after the first call to GetCurrentTime()/SetCurrentTime() or Start(false)
+       *}
+      procedure Start(WaitForTrigger: boolean = false);
+
+      {**
+       * Pauses the timer.
+       * The counter is preserved and can be resumed by a call to Start().
+       *}
+      procedure Pause();
+
+      {**
+       * Stops the timer.
+       * The counter is reset to 0.
+       *}
+      procedure Stop();
+
+      (**
+       * Returns/Sets the current song time (in seconds) used as base-timer for lyrics etc.
+       * If GetCurrentTime()/SetCurrentTime() if Start() was called
+       *)
+      function GetCurrentTime(): real;
+      procedure SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UNote,
+  ULog,
+  SysUtils,
+  Math;
+
+
+constructor TLyricsState.Create();
+begin
+  // create a triggered timer, so we can Pause() it, set the time
+  // and Resume() it afterwards for better synching.
+  fTimer := TRelativeTimer.Create();
+
+  // reset state
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Pause();
+begin
+  fTimer.Pause();
+  fPaused := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Start(WaitForTrigger: boolean);
+begin
+  fTimer.Start(WaitForTrigger);
+  fPaused := false;
+  fLastClock := -1;
+  fAvgSyncDiff := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Stop();
+begin
+  fTimer.Stop();
+  fPaused := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
+begin
+  fTimer.SetTime(Time);
+  fLastClock := -1;
+  fAvgSyncDiff := -1;
+end;
+
+{.$DEFINE LOG_SYNC}
+
+function TLyricsState.Synchronize(LyricTime: real): real;
+var
+  MasterClock: real;
+  TimeDiff: real;
+const
+  AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR = 0.7;

+  PAUSE_THRESHOLD = 0.010; // 10ms

+  FORWARD_THRESHOLD = 0.010; // 10ms

+begin
+  MasterClock := fSyncSource.GetClock();

+  Result := LyricTime;

+

+  // do not sync if lyrics are paused externally or if the timestamp is old

+  if (fPaused or (MasterClock = fLastClock)) then

+    Exit;
+
+  // calculate average time difference (some sort of weighted mean).
+  // The bigger AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR is, the smoother is the average diff.

+  // This is done as some timestamps might be wrong or even lower

+  // than their predecessor.

+  TimeDiff := MasterClock - LyricTime;

+  if (fAvgSyncDiff = -1) then

+    fAvgSyncDiff := TimeDiff

+  else

+    fAvgSyncDiff := TimeDiff * (1-AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR) +

+                    fAvgSyncDiff * AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR;

+

+  {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}

+  //Log.LogError(Format('TimeDiff: %.3f', [TimeDiff]));

+  {$ENDIF}

+

+  // do not go backwards in time as this could mess up the score
+  if (fAvgSyncDiff > FORWARD_THRESHOLD) then
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}
+    Log.LogError('Sync: ' + floatToStr(MasterClock) + ' > ' + floatToStr(LyricTime));

+    {$ENDIF}

+
+    Result := LyricTime + fAvgSyncDiff;
+    fTimer.SetTime(Result);
+    fTimer.Start();
+    fAvgSyncDiff := -1;
+  end
+  else if (fAvgSyncDiff < -PAUSE_THRESHOLD) then
+  begin
+    // wait until timer and master clock are in sync (> 10ms)
+    fTimer.Pause();
+
+    {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}
+    Log.LogError('Pause: ' + floatToStr(MasterClock) + ' < ' + floatToStr(LyricTime));
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end
+  else if (fTimer.GetState = rtsPaused) and (fAvgSyncDiff >= 0) then
+  begin
+    fTimer.Start();

+
+    {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}
+    Log.LogError('Unpause: ' + floatToStr(LyricTime));
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+  fLastClock := MasterClock;
+end;

+
+function TLyricsState.GetCurrentTime(): real;
+var
+  LyricTime: real;
+begin
+  LyricTime := fTimer.GetTime();
+  if Assigned(fSyncSource) then
+    Result := Synchronize(LyricTime)
+  else
+    Result := LyricTime;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+begin
+  fSyncSource := SyncSource;

+end;
+
+(**
+ * Resets the timer and state of the lyrics.
+ * The timer will be stopped afterwards so you have to call Resume()
+ * to start the lyrics timer. 
+ *)
+procedure TLyricsState.Reset();
+begin
+  Stop();
+  fPaused := false;
+
+  fSyncSource := nil;
+
+  StartTime := 0;
+  TotalTime := 0;
+
+  OldBeat      := -1;
+  MidBeat      := -1;
+  CurrentBeat  := -1;
+
+  OldBeatC     := -1;
+  MidBeatC     := -1;
+  CurrentBeatC := -1;
+
+  OldBeatD     := -1;
+  MidBeatD     := -1;
+  CurrentBeatD := -1;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Updates the beat information (CurrentBeat/MidBeat/...) according to the
+ * current lyric time.
+ *)
+procedure TLyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+var
+  CurLyricsTime: real;
+begin
+  CurLyricsTime := GetCurrentTime();
+
+  OldBeat := CurrentBeat;
+  MidBeat := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
+  CurrentBeat := Floor(MidBeat);
+
+  OldBeatC := CurrentBeatC;
+  MidBeatC := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
+  CurrentBeatC := Floor(MidBeatC);
+
+  OldBeatD := CurrentBeatD;
+  // MidBeatD = MidBeat with additional GAP
+  MidBeatD := -0.5 + GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - (StartTime + 120 + 20) / 1000);
+  CurrentBeatD := Floor(MidBeatD);
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/base/UCatCovers.pas b/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85cb850f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCatCovers;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UIni,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TCatCovers = class
+    protected
+      cNames:    array [TSortingType] of array of UTF8String;
+      cFiles:    array [TSortingType] of array of IPath;
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+      procedure Load; //Load Cover aus Cover.ini and Cover Folder
+      procedure LoadPath(const CoversPath: IPath);
+      procedure Add(Sorting: TSortingType; const Name: UTF8String; const Filename: IPath); //Add a Cover
+      function  CoverExists(Sorting: TSortingType; const Name: UTF8String): boolean; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
+      function  GetCover(Sorting: TSortingType; const Name: UTF8String): IPath; //Returns the Filename of a Cover
+  end;
+
+var
+  CatCovers: TCatCovers;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  IniFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  UFilesystem,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+constructor TCatCovers.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Load;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatCovers.Load;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do
+    LoadPath(CoverPaths[I] as IPath);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Load Cover from Cover.ini and Cover Folder
+ *)
+procedure TCatCovers.LoadPath(const CoversPath: IPath);
+var
+  Ini: TMemIniFile;
+  List: TStringlist;
+  I: Integer;
+  SortType: TSortingType;
+  Filename: IPath;
+  Name, TmpName: UTF8String;
+  CatCover: IPath;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+begin
+  Ini := nil;
+  List := nil;
+
+  try
+    Ini  := TMemIniFile.Create(CoversPath.Append('covers.ini').ToNative);
+    List := TStringlist.Create;
+
+    //Add every Cover in Covers Ini for Every Sorting option
+    for SortType := Low(TSortingType) to High(TSortingType) do
+    begin
+      Ini.ReadSection(ISorting[Ord(SortType)], List);
+
+      for I := 0 to List.Count - 1 do
+      begin
+        CatCover := Path(Ini.ReadString(ISorting[Ord(SortType)], List.Strings[I], 'NoCover.jpg'));
+        Add(SortType, List.Strings[I], CoversPath.Append(CatCover));
+      end;
+    end;
+  finally
+    Ini.Free;
+    List.Free;
+  end;
+
+  //Add Covers from Folder
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(CoversPath.Append('*.jpg'), 0);
+  while Iter.HasNext do
+  begin
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+
+    //Add Cover if it doesn't exist for every Section
+    Filename := CoversPath.Append(FileInfo.Name);
+    Name := FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToUTF8;
+
+    for SortType := Low(TSortingType) to High(TSortingType) do
+    begin
+      TmpName := Name;
+      if (SortType = sTitle) and (UTF8Pos('Title', TmpName) <> 0) then
+        UTF8Delete(TmpName, UTF8Pos('Title', TmpName), 5)
+      else if (SortType = sArtist) and (UTF8Pos('Artist', TmpName) <> 0) then
+        UTF8Delete(TmpName, UTF8Pos('Artist', TmpName), 6);
+
+      if not CoverExists(SortType, TmpName) then
+        Add(SortType, TmpName, Filename);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+  //Add a Cover
+procedure TCatCovers.Add(Sorting: TSortingType; const Name: UTF8String; const Filename: IPath);
+begin
+  if Filename.IsFile then //If Exists -> Add
+  begin
+    SetLength(CNames[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
+    SetLength(CFiles[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
+
+    CNames[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := UTF8Uppercase(Name);
+    CFiles[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := FileName;
+  end;
+end;
+
+  //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
+function TCatCovers.CoverExists(Sorting: TSortingType; const Name: UTF8String): boolean;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  UpperName: UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  UpperName := UTF8Uppercase(Name); //Case Insensitiv
+
+  for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do
+  begin
+    if (cNames[Sorting][I] = UpperName) then //Found Name
+    begin
+      Result := true;
+      break; //Break For Loop
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+  //Returns the Filename of a Cover
+function TCatCovers.GetCover(Sorting: TSortingType; const Name: UTF8String): IPath;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  UpperName: UTF8String;
+  NoCoverPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
+  UpperName := UTF8Uppercase(Name);
+
+  for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do
+  begin
+    if cNames[Sorting][I] = UpperName then
+    begin
+      Result := cFiles[Sorting][I];
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  //No Cover
+  if (Result.IsUnset) then
+  begin
+    for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do
+    begin
+      NoCoverPath := (CoverPaths[I] as IPath).Append('NoCover.jpg');
+      if (NoCoverPath.IsFile) then
+      begin
+        Result := NoCoverPath;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/base/UCommandLine.pas b/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac0db2c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCommandLine;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TScreenMode = (scmDefault, scmFullscreen, scmWindowed);
+
+  {**
+   * Reads infos from ParamStr and set some easy interface variables
+   *}
+  TCMDParams = class
+    private
+      fLanguage:   string;
+      fResolution: string;
+
+      procedure ShowHelp();
+
+      procedure ReadParamInfo;
+      procedure ResetVariables;
+
+      function GetLanguage:   integer;
+      function GetResolution: integer;
+    public
+      // some boolean variables set when reading infos
+      Debug:      boolean;
+      Benchmark:  boolean;
+      NoLog:      boolean;
+      ScreenMode: TScreenMode;
+      Joypad:     boolean;
+
+      // some value variables set when reading infos {-1: Not Set, others: Value}
+      Depth:      integer;
+      Screens:    integer;
+
+      // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0: Not Set}
+      SongPath:   IPath;
+      ConfigFile: IPath;
+      ScoreFile:  IPath;
+
+      // pseudo integer values
+      property Language:      integer read GetLanguage;
+      property Resolution:    integer read GetResolution;
+
+      // some procedures for reading infos
+      constructor Create;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Params:    TCMDParams;
+  
+const
+  cHelp            = 'help';
+  cDebug           = 'debug';
+  cMediaInterfaces = 'showinterfaces';
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses SysUtils,
+     UPlatform;
+
+{**
+ * Resets variables and reads info
+ *}
+constructor TCMDParams.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  
+  if FindCmdLineSwitch( cHelp ) or FindCmdLineSwitch( 'h' ) then
+    ShowHelp();
+
+  ResetVariables;
+  ReadParamInfo;
+end;
+
+procedure TCMDParams.ShowHelp();
+
+  function Fmt(aString : string) : string;
+  begin
+    Result := Format('%-15s', [aString]);
+  end;
+
+begin
+  writeln;
+  writeln('**************************************************************');
+  writeln('  UltraStar Deluxe - Command line switches                    ');
+  writeln('**************************************************************');
+  writeln;
+  writeln('  '+ Fmt('Switch') +' : Purpose');
+  writeln('  ----------------------------------------------------------');
+  writeln('  '+ Fmt(cMediaInterfaces) +' : Show in-use media interfaces');
+  writeln('  '+ Fmt(cDebug) +' : Display Debugging info');
+  writeln;
+
+  platform.halt;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Reset Class Variables
+ *}
+procedure TCMDParams.ResetVariables;
+begin
+  Debug       := False;
+  Benchmark   := False;
+  NoLog       := False;
+  ScreenMode  := scmDefault;
+  Joypad      := False;
+
+  // some value variables set when reading infos {-1: Not Set, others: Value}
+  fResolution := '';
+  fLanguage   := '';
+  Depth       := -1;
+  Screens     := -1;
+
+  // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0 Not Set}
+  SongPath    := PATH_NONE;
+  ConfigFile  := PATH_NONE;
+  ScoreFile   := PATH_NONE;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Read command-line parameters
+ *}
+procedure TCMDParams.ReadParamInfo;
+var
+  I:        integer;
+  PCount:   integer;
+  Command:  string;
+begin
+  PCount := ParamCount;
+  //Log.LogError('ParamCount: ' + Inttostr(PCount));
+  
+  // check all parameters
+  for I := 1 to PCount do
+  begin
+    Command := ParamStr(I);
+    // check if the string is a parameter
+    if (Length(Command) > 1) and (Command[1] = '-') then
+    begin
+      // remove '-' from command
+      Command := LowerCase(Trim(Copy(Command, 2, Length(Command) - 1)));
+      //Log.LogError('Command prepared: ' + Command);
+
+      // check command
+
+      // boolean triggers
+      if (Command = 'debug') then
+        Debug       := True
+      else if (Command = 'benchmark') then
+        Benchmark   := True
+      else if (Command = 'nolog') then
+        NoLog       := True
+      else if (Command = 'fullscreen') then
+        ScreenMode  := scmFullscreen
+      else if (Command = 'window') then
+        ScreenMode  := scmWindowed
+      else if (Command = 'joypad') then
+        Joypad    := True
+
+      // integer variables
+      else if (Command = 'depth') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another Parameter to get the Value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          Command := ParamStr(I + 1);
+
+          // check for valid value
+          // FIXME: guessing an array-index of depth is very error prone.  
+          If (Command = '16') then
+            Depth := 0
+          Else If (Command = '32') then
+            Depth := 1;
+        end;
+      end
+
+      else if (Command = 'screens') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          Command := ParamStr(I + 1);
+
+          // check for valid value
+          If (Command = '1') then
+            Screens := 0
+          Else If (Command = '2') then
+            Screens := 1;
+        end;
+      end
+
+      // pseudo integer values
+      else if (Command = 'language') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          // write value to string
+          fLanguage := Lowercase(ParamStr(I + 1));
+        end;
+      end
+
+      else if (Command = 'resolution') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          // write value to string
+          fResolution := Lowercase(ParamStr(I + 1));
+        end;
+      end
+
+      // string values
+      else if (Command = 'songpath') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          // write value to string
+          SongPath := Path(ParamStr(I + 1));
+        end;
+      end
+
+      else if (Command = 'configfile') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          // write value to string
+          ConfigFile := Path(ParamStr(I + 1));
+
+          // is this a relative path -> then add gamepath
+          if (not ConfigFile.IsAbsolute) then
+            ConfigFile := Platform.GetExecutionDir().Append(ConfigFile);
+        end;
+      end
+
+      else if (Command = 'scorefile') then
+      begin
+        // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+        if (PCount > I) then
+        begin
+          // write value to string
+          ScoreFile := Path(ParamStr(I + 1));
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+{
+  Log.LogInfo('Screens: ' + Inttostr(Screens));
+  Log.LogInfo('Depth: ' + Inttostr(Depth));
+
+  Log.LogInfo('Resolution: ' + Inttostr(Resolution));
+  Log.LogInfo('Resolution: ' + Inttostr(Language));
+
+  Log.LogInfo('sResolution: ' + sResolution);
+  Log.LogInfo('sLanguage: ' + sLanguage);
+
+  Log.LogInfo('ConfigFile: ' + ConfigFile);
+  Log.LogInfo('SongPath: ' + SongPath);
+  Log.LogInfo('ScoreFile: ' + ScoreFile);
+}
+
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// GetLanguage - Get Language ID from saved String Information
+//-------------
+function TCMDParams.GetLanguage: integer;
+{var
+  I: integer;
+}
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+{*  JB - 12sep07 to remove uINI dependency
+
+  //Search for Language
+  For I := 0 to high(ILanguage) do
+    if (LowerCase(ILanguage[I]) = sLanguage) then
+    begin
+      Result := I;
+      Break;
+    end;
+*}
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// GetResolution - Get Resolution ID from saved String Information
+//-------------
+function TCMDParams.GetResolution: integer;
+{var
+  I: integer;
+}
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+{*  JB - 12sep07 to remove uINI dependency
+
+  //Search for Resolution
+  For I := 0 to high(IResolution) do
+    if (LowerCase(IResolution[I]) = sResolution) then
+    begin
+      Result := I;
+      Break;
+    end;
+*}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UCommon.pas b/src/base/UCommon.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..18022337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UCommon.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCommon;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UConfig,
+  ULog,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TStringDynArray = array of string;
+  TUTF8StringDynArray = array of UTF8String;
+
+const
+  SepWhitespace = [#9, #10, #13, ' ']; // tab, lf, cr, space
+
+{**
+ * Splits a string into pieces separated by Separators.
+ * MaxCount specifies the max. number of pieces. If it is <= 0 the number is
+ * not limited. If > 0 the last array element will hold the rest of the string
+ * (with leading separators removed).
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *   SplitString(' split  me now ', 0) -> ['split', 'me', 'now']
+ *   SplitString(' split  me now ', 1) -> ['split', 'me now']
+ *}
+function SplitString(const Str: string; MaxCount: integer = 0; Separators: TSysCharSet = SepWhitespace): TStringDynArray;
+
+
+type
+  TMessageType = (mtInfo, mtError);
+
+procedure ShowMessage(const msg: string; msgType: TMessageType = mtInfo);
+
+procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string);
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function RandomRange(aMin: integer; aMax: integer): integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
+procedure SetDefaultNumericLocale();
+procedure RestoreNumericLocale();
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+procedure ZeroMemory(Destination: pointer; Length: dword);
+function MakeLong(a, b: word): longint;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// A stable alternative to TList.Sort() (use TList.Sort() if applicable, see below)
+procedure MergeSort(List: TList; CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
+
+function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): pointer;
+procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: pointer);
+
+function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; Value: string; CaseInsensitiv: boolean = false): integer;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  {$IFDEF Delphi}
+  Dialogs,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  sdl,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UMain,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function SplitString(const Str: string; MaxCount: integer; Separators: TSysCharSet): TStringDynArray;
+
+  {*
+   * Adds Str[StartPos..Endpos-1] to the result array.
+   *}
+  procedure AddSplit(StartPos, EndPos: integer);
+  begin
+    SetLength(Result, Length(Result)+1);
+    Result[High(Result)] := Copy(Str, StartPos, EndPos-StartPos);
+  end;
+
+var
+  I: integer;
+  Start: integer;
+  Last: integer;
+begin
+  Start := 0;
+  SetLength(Result, 0);
+
+  for I := 1 to Length(Str) do
+  begin
+    if (Str[I] in Separators) then
+    begin
+      // end of component found
+      if (Start > 0) then
+      begin
+        AddSplit(Start, I);
+        Start := 0;
+      end;
+    end
+    else if (Start = 0) then
+    begin
+      // mark beginning of component
+      Start := I;
+      // check if this is the last component
+      if (Length(Result) = MaxCount-1) then
+      begin
+        // find last non-separator char
+        Last := Length(Str);
+        while (Str[Last] in Separators) do
+          Dec(Last);
+        // add component up to last non-separator
+        AddSplit(Start, Last);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // last component
+  if (Start > 0) then
+    AddSplit(Start, Length(Str)+1);
+end;
+
+// data used by the ...Locale() functions
+{$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+
+var
+  PrevNumLocale: string;
+
+const
+  LC_NUMERIC  = 1;
+
+function setlocale(category: integer; locale: pchar): pchar; cdecl; external 'c' name 'setlocale';
+
+{$IFEND}
+
+// In Linux and maybe MacOSX some units (like cwstring) call setlocale(LC_ALL, '')
+// to set the language/country specific locale (e.g. charset) for this application.
+// Unfortunately, LC_NUMERIC is set by this call too.
+// It defines the decimal-separator and other country-specific numeric settings.
+// This parameter is used by the C string-to-float parsing functions atof() and strtod().
+// After changing LC_NUMERIC some external C-based libs (like projectM) are not
+// able to parse strings correctly
+// (e.g. in Germany "0.9" is not recognized as a valid number anymore but "0,9" is).
+// So we reset the numeric settings to the default ('C').
+// Note: The behaviour of Pascal parsing functions (e.g. strtofloat()) is not
+//   changed by this because it doesn't use the locale-settings.
+// TODO:
+// - Check if this is needed in MacOSX (at least the locale is set in cwstring)
+// - Find out which libs are concerned by this problem.
+//   If only projectM is concerned by this problem set and restore the numeric locale
+//   for each call to projectM instead of changing it globally.
+procedure SetDefaultNumericLocale();
+begin
+  {$IF Defined(LINUX) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+  PrevNumLocale := setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, nil);
+  setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, 'C');
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+procedure RestoreNumericLocale();
+begin
+  {$IF Defined(LINUX) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+  setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, PChar(PrevNumLocale));
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+(*
+ * If an invalid floating point operation was performed the Floating-point unit (FPU)
+ * generates a Floating-point exception (FPE). Dependending on the settings in
+ * the FPU's control-register (interrupt mask) the FPE is handled by the FPU itself
+ * (we will call this as "FPE disabled" later on) or is passed to the application
+ * (FPE enabled).
+ * If FPEs are enabled a floating-point division by zero (e.g. 10.0 / 0.0) is
+ * considered an error and an exception is thrown. Otherwise the FPU will handle
+ * the error and return the result infinity (INF) (10.0 / 0.0 = INF) without
+ * throwing an error to the application.
+ * The same applies to a division by INF that either raises an exception
+ * (FPE enabled) or returns 0.0 (FPE disabled).
+ * Normally (as with C-programs), Floating-point exceptions (FPE) are DISABLED
+ * on program startup (at least with Intel CPUs), but for some strange reasons
+ * they are ENABLED in pascal (both delphi and FPC) by default.
+ * Many libs operating with floating-point values rely heavily on the C-specific
+ * behaviour. So using them in delphi is a ticking time-bomb because sooner or
+ * later they will crash because of an FPE (this problem occurs massively
+ * in OpenGL-based libs like projectM). In contrast to this no error will occur
+ * if the lib is linked to a C-program.
+ *
+ * Further info on FPUs:
+ * For x86 and x86_64 CPUs we have to consider two FPU instruction sets.
+ * The math co-processor i387 (aka 8087 or x87) set introduced with the i386
+ * and SSE (Streaming SIMD Extensions) introduced with the Pentium3.
+ * Both of them have separate control-registers (x87: FPUControlWord, SSE: MXCSR)
+ * to control FPEs. Either has (among others) 6bits to enable/disable several
+ * exception types (Invalid,Denormalized,Zero,Overflow,Underflow,Precision).
+ * Those exception-types must all be masked (=1) to get the default C behaviour.
+ * The control-registers can be set with the asm-ops FLDCW (x87) and LDMXCSR (SSE).
+ * Instead of using assembler code, we can use Set8087CW() provided by delphi and
+ * FPC to set the x87 control-word. FPC also provides SetSSECSR() for SSE's MXCSR.
+ * Note that both Delphi and FPC enable FPEs (e.g. for div-by-zero) on program
+ * startup but only FPC enables FPEs (especially div-by-zero) for SSE too.
+ * So we have to mask FPEs for x87  in Delphi and FPC and for SSE in FPC only.
+ * FPC and Delphi both provide a SetExceptionMask() for control of the FPE
+ * mask. SetExceptionMask() sets the masks for x87 in Delphi and for x87 and SSE
+ * in FPC (seems as if Delphi [2005] is not SSE aware). So SetExceptionMask()
+ * is what we need and it even is plattform and CPU independent.
+ *
+ * Pascal OpenGL headers (like the Delphi standard ones or JEDI-SDL headers)
+ * already call Set8087CW() to disable FPEs but due to some bugs in the JEDI-SDL
+ * headers they do not work properly with FPC. I already patched them, so they
+ * work at least until they are updated the next time. In addition Set8086CW()
+ * does not suffice to disable FPEs because the SSE FPEs are not disabled by this.
+ * FPEs with SSE are a big problem with some libs because many linux distributions
+ * optimize code for SSE or Pentium3 (for example: int(INF) which convert the
+ * double value "infinity" to an integer might be automatically optimized by
+ * using SSE's CVTSD2SI instruction). So SSE FPEs must be turned off in any case
+ * to make USDX portable.
+ *
+ * Summary:
+ * Call this function on initialization to make sure FPEs are turned off.
+ * It will solve a lot of errors with FPEs in external libs.
+ *)
+procedure DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
+begin
+  (*
+  // We will use SetExceptionMask() instead of Set8087CW()/SetSSECSR().
+  // Note: Leave these lines for documentation purposes just in case
+  //       SetExceptionMask() does not work anymore (due to bugs in FPC etc.).
+  {$IF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386) or Defined(CPUX86_64)}
+  Set8087CW($133F);
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF Defined(FPC)}
+  if (has_sse_support) then
+    SetSSECSR($1F80);
+  {$IFEND}
+  *)
+  
+  // disable all of the six FPEs (x87 and SSE) to be compatible with C/C++ and
+  // other libs which rely on the standard FPU behaviour (no div-by-zero FPE anymore).
+  SetExceptionMask([exInvalidOp, exDenormalized, exZeroDivide,
+                    exOverflow, exUnderflow, exPrecision]);
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+procedure ZeroMemory(Destination: pointer; Length: dword);
+begin
+  FillChar(Destination^, Length, 0);
+end;
+
+function MakeLong(A, B: word): longint;
+begin
+  Result := (LongInt(B) shl 16) + A;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function RandomRange(aMin: integer; aMax: integer): integer;
+begin
+  RandomRange := Random(aMax - aMin) + aMin ;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+var
+  MessageList: TStringList;
+  ConsoleHandler: TThreadID;
+  // Note: TRTLCriticalSection is defined in the units System and Libc, use System one
+  ConsoleCriticalSection: System.TRTLCriticalSection;
+  ConsoleEvent: PRTLEvent;
+  ConsoleQuit: boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*
+ * Write to console if one is available.
+ * It checks if a console is available before output so it will not
+ * crash on windows if none is available.
+ * Do not use this function directly because it is not thread-safe,
+ * use ConsoleWriteLn() instead.
+ *)
+procedure _ConsoleWriteLn(const aString: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // sanity check to avoid crashes with writeln()
+  if (IsConsole) then
+  begin
+  {$ENDIF}
+    Writeln(aString);
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+{*
+ * The console-handlers main-function.
+ * TODO: create a quit-event on closing.
+ *}
+function ConsoleHandlerFunc(param: pointer): PtrInt;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  quit: boolean;
+begin
+  quit := false;
+  while (not quit) do
+  begin
+    // wait for new output or quit-request
+    RTLeventWaitFor(ConsoleEvent);
+
+    System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+    // output pending messages
+    for i := 0 to MessageList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      _ConsoleWriteLn(MessageList[i]);
+    end;
+    MessageList.Clear();
+
+    // use local quit-variable to avoid accessing
+    // ConsoleQuit outside of the critical section
+    if (ConsoleQuit) then
+      quit := true;
+
+    RTLeventResetEvent(ConsoleEvent);
+    System.LeaveCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  end;
+  result := 0;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure InitConsoleOutput();
+begin
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  // init thread-safe output
+  MessageList := TStringList.Create();
+  System.InitCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  ConsoleEvent := RTLEventCreate();
+  ConsoleQuit := false;
+  // must be a thread managed by FPC. Otherwise (e.g. SDL-thread)
+  // it will crash when using Writeln.
+  ConsoleHandler := BeginThread(@ConsoleHandlerFunc);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure FinalizeConsoleOutput();
+begin
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  // terminate console-handler
+  System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  ConsoleQuit := true;
+  RTLeventSetEvent(ConsoleEvent);
+  System.LeaveCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  WaitForThreadTerminate(ConsoleHandler, 0);
+  // free data
+  System.DoneCriticalsection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  RTLeventDestroy(ConsoleEvent);
+  MessageList.Free();
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{*
+ * FPC uses threadvars (TLS) managed by FPC for console output locking.
+ * Using WriteLn() from external threads (like in SDL callbacks)
+ * will crash the program as those threadvars have never been initialized.
+ * The solution is to create an FPC-managed thread which has the TLS data
+ * and use it to handle the console-output (hence it is called Console-Handler)
+ *}
+procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string);
+begin
+{$IFDEF CONSOLE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  // TODO: check for the main-thread and use a simple _ConsoleWriteLn() then?
+  //GetCurrentThreadThreadId();
+  System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  MessageList.Add(msg);
+  RTLeventSetEvent(ConsoleEvent);
+  System.LeaveCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+  {$ELSE}
+  _ConsoleWriteLn(msg);
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure ShowMessage(const msg: String; msgType: TMessageType);
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+var Flags: cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  case msgType of
+    mtInfo:  Flags := MB_ICONINFORMATION or MB_OK;
+    mtError: Flags := MB_ICONERROR or MB_OK;
+    else Flags := MB_OK;
+  end;
+  MessageBox(0, PChar(msg), PChar(USDXVersionStr()), Flags);
+{$ELSE}
+  ConsoleWriteln(msg);
+{$IFEND}
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Recursive part of the MergeSort algorithm.
+ * OutList will be either InList or TempList and will be swapped in each
+ * depth-level of recursion. By doing this it we can directly merge into the
+ * output-list. If we only had In- and OutList parameters we had to merge into
+ * InList after the recursive calls and copy the data to the OutList afterwards.
+ *)
+procedure _MergeSort(InList, TempList, OutList: TList; StartPos, BlockSize: integer;
+                    CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
+var
+  LeftSize, RightSize: integer; // number of elements in left/right block
+  LeftEnd,  RightEnd:  integer; // Index after last element in left/right block
+  MidPos: integer; // index of first element in right block
+  Pos: integer;    // position in output list
+begin
+  LeftSize := BlockSize div 2;
+  RightSize := BlockSize - LeftSize;
+  MidPos := StartPos + LeftSize;
+
+  // sort left and right halves of this block by recursive calls of this function
+  if (LeftSize >= 2) then
+    _MergeSort(InList, OutList, TempList, StartPos, LeftSize, CompareFunc)
+  else
+    TempList[StartPos] := InList[StartPos];
+  if (RightSize >= 2) then
+    _MergeSort(InList, OutList, TempList, MidPos, RightSize, CompareFunc)
+  else
+    TempList[MidPos] := InList[MidPos];
+
+  // merge sorted left and right sub-lists into output-list 
+  LeftEnd := MidPos;
+  RightEnd := StartPos + BlockSize;
+  Pos := StartPos;
+  while ((StartPos < LeftEnd) and (MidPos < RightEnd)) do
+  begin
+    if (CompareFunc(TempList[StartPos], TempList[MidPos]) <= 0) then
+    begin
+      OutList[Pos] := TempList[StartPos];
+      Inc(StartPos);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutList[Pos] := TempList[MidPos];
+      Inc(MidPos);
+    end;
+    Inc(Pos);
+  end;
+
+  // copy remaining elements to output-list
+  while (StartPos < LeftEnd) do
+  begin
+    OutList[Pos] := TempList[StartPos];
+    Inc(StartPos);
+    Inc(Pos);
+  end;
+  while (MidPos < RightEnd) do
+  begin
+    OutList[Pos] := TempList[MidPos];
+    Inc(MidPos);
+    Inc(Pos);
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Stable alternative to the instable TList.Sort() (uses QuickSort) implementation.
+ * A stable sorting algorithm preserves preordered items. E.g. if sorting by
+ * songs by title first and artist afterwards, the songs of each artist will
+ * be ordered by title. In contrast to this an unstable algorithm (like QuickSort)
+ * may destroy an existing order, so the songs of an artist will not be ordered
+ * by title anymore after sorting by artist in the previous example.
+ * If you do not need a stable algorithm, use TList.Sort() instead.
+ *)
+procedure MergeSort(List: TList; CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
+var
+  TempList: TList;
+begin
+  TempList := TList.Create();
+  TempList.Count := List.Count;
+  if (List.Count >= 2) then
+    _MergeSort(List, TempList, List, 0, List.Count, CompareFunc);
+  TempList.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the index of Value in SearchArray
+ * or -1 if Value is not in SearchArray.
+ *)
+function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; Value: string;
+    CaseInsensitiv: boolean = false): integer;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  for i := 0 to High(SearchArray) do
+  begin
+    if (SearchArray[i] = Value) or
+       (CaseInsensitiv and (CompareText(SearchArray[i], Value) = 0)) then
+    begin
+      Result := i;
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+type
+  // stores the unaligned pointer of data allocated by GetAlignedMem()
+  PMemAlignHeader = ^TMemAlignHeader;
+  TMemAlignHeader = pointer;
+
+(**
+ * Use this function to assure that allocated memory is aligned on a specific
+ * byte boundary.
+ * Alignment must be a power of 2.
+ *
+ * Important: Memory allocated with GetAlignedMem() MUST be freed with
+ * FreeAlignedMem(), FreeMem() will cause a segmentation fault.
+ *
+ * Hint: If you do not need dynamic memory, consider to allocate memory
+ * statically and use the {$ALIGN x} compiler directive. Note that delphi
+ * supports an alignment "x" of up to 8 bytes only whereas FPC supports
+ * alignments on 16 and 32 byte boundaries too.
+ *)
+{$WARNINGS OFF}
+function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): pointer;
+var
+  OrigPtr: pointer;
+const
+  MIN_ALIGNMENT = 16;
+begin
+  // Delphi and FPC (tested with 2.2.0) align memory blocks allocated with
+  // GetMem() at least on 8 byte boundaries. Delphi uses a minimal alignment
+  // of either 8 or 16 bytes depending on the size of the requested block
+  // (see System.GetMinimumBlockAlignment). As we do not want to change the
+  // boundary for the worse, we align at least on MIN_ALIGN.
+  if (Alignment < MIN_ALIGNMENT) then
+    Alignment := MIN_ALIGNMENT;
+
+  // allocate unaligned memory
+  GetMem(OrigPtr, SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader) + Size + Alignment);
+  if (OrigPtr = nil) then
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // reserve space for the header
+  Result := pointer(PtrUInt(OrigPtr) + SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader));
+  // align memory
+  Result := pointer(PtrUInt(Result) + Alignment - PtrUInt(Result) mod Alignment);
+
+  // set header with info on old pointer for FreeMem
+  PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(Result) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^ := OrigPtr;
+end;
+{$WARNINGS ON}
+
+{$WARNINGS OFF}
+procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: pointer);
+begin
+  if (P <> nil) then
+    FreeMem(PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(P) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^);
+end;
+{$WARNINGS ON}
+
+
+initialization
+  InitConsoleOutput();
+
+finalization
+  FinalizeConsoleOutput();
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UConfig.pas b/src/base/UConfig.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e48b5493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UConfig.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UConfig;
+
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note on version comparison (for developers only):
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Delphi (in contrast to FPC) DOESN'T support MACROS. So we
+// can't define a macro like VERSION_MAJOR(version) to extract
+// parts of the version-number or to create version numbers for
+// comparison purposes as with a MAKE_VERSION(maj, min, rev) macro.
+// So we have to define constants for every part of the version here.
+//
+// In addition FPC (in contrast to delphi) DOES NOT support floating-
+// point numbers in $IF compiler-directives (e.g. {$IF VERSION > 1.23})
+// It also DOESN'T support arithmetic operations so we aren't able to
+// compare versions this way (brackets aren't supported too):
+//   {$IF VERSION > ((VER_MAJ*2)+(VER_MIN*23)+(VER_REL*1))}
+//
+// Hence we have to use fixed numbers in the directives. At least
+// Pascal allows leading 0s so 0005 equals 5 (octals are
+// preceded by & and not by 0 in FPC).
+// We also fix the count of digits for each part of the version number
+// to 3 (aaaiiirrr with aaa=major, iii=minor, rrr=release version)
+//
+// A check for a library with at least a version of 2.5.11 would look
+// like this:
+//   {$IF LIB_VERSION >= 002005011}
+//
+// If you just need to check the major version do this:
+//   {$IF LIB_VERSION_MAJOR >= 23}
+//
+// IMPORTANT:
+//   Because this unit must be included in a uses-section it is
+//   not possible to use the version-numbers in this uses-clause.
+//   Example:
+//     interface
+//     uses
+//       versions, // include this file
+//       {$IF USE_UNIT_XYZ}xyz;{$IFEND}      // Error: USE_UNIT_XYZ not defined
+//     const
+//       {$IF USE_UNIT_XYZ}test = 2;{$IFEND} // OK
+//     uses
+//       {$IF USE_UNIT_XYZ}xyz;{$IFEND}      // OK
+//
+//   Even if this file was an include-file no constants could be declared
+//   before the interface's uses clause.
+//   In FPC macros {$DEFINE VER:= 3} could be used to declare the version-numbers
+//   but this is incompatible to Delphi. In addition macros do not allow expand
+//   arithmetic expressions. Although you can define
+//     {$DEFINE FPC_VER:= FPC_VERSION*1000000+FPC_RELEASE*1000+FPC_PATCH}
+//   the following check would fail:
+//     {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 002002000}
+//   would fail because FPC_VERSION_INT is interpreted as a string.
+//
+// PLEASE consider this if you use version numbers in $IF compiler-
+// directives. Otherwise you might break portability.
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$MACRO ON} // for evaluation of FPC_VERSION/RELEASE/PATCH
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+const
+  // IMPORTANT:
+  // If IncludeConstants is defined, the const-sections
+  // of the config-file will be included too.
+  // This switch is necessary because it is not possible to
+  // include the const-sections in the switches.inc.
+  // switches.inc is always included before the first uses-
+  // section but at that place no const-section is allowed.
+  // So we have to include the config-file in switches.inc
+  // with IncludeConstants undefined and in UConfig.pas with
+  // IncludeConstants defined (see the note above).
+  {$DEFINE IncludeConstants}
+
+  // include config-file (defines + constants)
+  {$IF Defined(MSWindows)}
+    {$I ..\config-win.inc}
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(Linux)}
+    {$I ../config-linux.inc}
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(FreeBSD)}
+    {$I ../config-freebsd.inc}
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(Darwin)}
+    {$I ../config-darwin.inc}
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$MESSAGE Fatal 'Unknown OS'}
+  {$IFEND}
+
+{* Libraries *}
+
+  VERSION_MAJOR   = 1000000;
+  VERSION_MINOR   = 1000;
+  VERSION_RELEASE = 1;
+
+  (*
+   * Current version of UltraStar Deluxe
+   *)
+  USDX_VERSION_MAJOR   = 1;
+  USDX_VERSION_MINOR   = 1;
+  USDX_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+  USDX_VERSION_STATE   = '';
+  USDX_STRING = 'UltraStar Deluxe';
+
+  (*
+   * FPC version numbers are already defined as built-in macros:
+   *   FPC_VERSION (MAJOR)
+   *   FPC_RELEASE (MINOR)
+   *   FPC_PATCH   (RELEASE)
+   * Since FPC_VERSION is already defined, we will use FPC_VERSION_INT as
+   * composed version number.
+   *)
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  // Delphi 7 evaluates every $IF-directive even if it is disabled by a surrounding
+  // $IF or $IFDEF so the follwing will give you an error in delphi:
+  //   {$IFDEF FPC}{$IF (FPC_VERSION > 2)}...{$IFEND}{$ENDIF}
+  // The reason for this error is that FPC_VERSION is not a valid constant.
+  // To avoid this error, we define dummys here.
+  FPC_VERSION = 0;
+  FPC_RELEASE = 0;
+  FPC_PATCH   = 0;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  FPC_VERSION_INT = (FPC_VERSION * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                    (FPC_RELEASE * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                    (FPC_PATCH * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  // FPC 2.2.0 unicode support is very buggy. The cwstring unit for example
+  // always crashes whenever UTF8ToAnsi() is called on a non UTF8 encoded string
+  // what is fixed in 2.2.2.
+  {$IF Defined(FPC) and (FPC_VERSION_INT < 2002002)} // < 2.2.2
+    {$MESSAGE FATAL 'FPC >= 2.2.2 required!'}
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  {$IFDEF HaveFFmpeg}
+
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                       (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                       (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                      (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                      (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  {$IFDEF HaveSWScale}
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION = (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                       (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                       (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF HaveProjectM}
+  PROJECTM_VERSION = (PROJECTM_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                     (PROJECTM_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                     (PROJECTM_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF HavePortaudio}
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION = (PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                      (PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                      (PORTAUDIO_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF HaveLibsamplerate}
+  LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION = (LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                          (LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                          (LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+function USDXVersionStr(): string;
+function USDXShortVersionStr(): string;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils, Math;
+
+function USDXShortVersionStr(): string;
+begin
+  Result :=
+    USDX_STRING +
+    IfThen(USDX_VERSION_STATE <> '', ' '+USDX_VERSION_STATE);
+end;
+
+function USDXVersionStr(): string;
+begin
+  Result :=
+    USDX_STRING + ' V ' +
+    IntToStr(USDX_VERSION_MAJOR) + '.' +
+    IntToStr(USDX_VERSION_MINOR) + '.' +
+    IntToStr(USDX_VERSION_RELEASE) +
+    IfThen(USDX_VERSION_STATE <> '', ' '+USDX_VERSION_STATE) +
+    ' Build';
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UCovers.pas b/src/base/UCovers.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6c7c9e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UCovers.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCovers;
+
+{
+  TODO:
+  - adjust database to new song-loading (e.g. use SongIDs)
+  - support for deletion of outdated covers
+  - support for update of changed covers
+  - use paths relative to the song for removable disks support
+    (a drive might have a different drive-name the next time it is connected,
+     so "H:/songs/..." will not match "I:/songs/...") 
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SQLite3,
+  SQLiteTable3,
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  UImage,
+  UTexture,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  ECoverDBException = class(Exception)
+  end;
+
+  TCover = class
+    private
+      ID: int64;
+      Filename: IPath;
+    public
+      constructor Create(ID: int64; Filename: IPath);
+      function GetPreviewTexture(): TTexture;
+      function GetTexture(): TTexture;
+  end;
+
+  TThumbnailInfo = record
+    CoverWidth: integer;         // Original width of cover
+    CoverHeight: integer;        // Original height of cover
+    PixelFormat: TImagePixelFmt; // Pixel-format of thumbnail
+  end;
+  
+  TCoverDatabase = class
+    private
+      DB: TSQLiteDatabase;
+      procedure InitCoverDatabase();
+      function CreateThumbnail(const Filename: IPath; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
+      function LoadCover(CoverID: int64): TTexture;
+      procedure DeleteCover(CoverID: int64);
+      function FindCoverIntern(const Filename: IPath): int64;
+      procedure Open();
+      function GetVersion(): integer;
+      procedure SetVersion(Version: integer);
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+      function AddCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
+      function FindCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
+      function CoverExists(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
+      function GetMaxCoverSize(): integer;
+      procedure SetMaxCoverSize(Size: integer);
+  end;
+
+  TBlobWrapper = class(TCustomMemoryStream)
+     function Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer; override;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Covers: TCoverDatabase;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UMain,
+  ULog,
+  UPlatform,
+  UIni,
+  Math,
+  DateUtils;
+
+const
+  COVERDB_FILENAME: UTF8String = 'cover.db';
+  COVERDB_VERSION = 01; // 0.1
+  COVER_TBL = 'Cover';
+  COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL = 'CoverThumbnail';
+  COVER_IDX = 'Cover_Filename_IDX';
+
+// Note: DateUtils.DateTimeToUnix() will throw an exception in FPC
+function DateTimeToUnixTime(time: TDateTime): int64;
+begin
+  Result := Round((time - UnixDateDelta) * SecsPerDay);
+end;
+
+// Note: DateUtils.UnixToDateTime() will throw an exception in FPC
+function UnixTimeToDateTime(timestamp: int64): TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := timestamp / SecsPerDay + UnixDateDelta;
+end;
+
+
+{ TBlobWrapper }
+
+function TBlobWrapper.Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  SetPointer(Pointer(Buffer), Count);
+  Result := Count;
+end;
+
+
+{ TCover }
+
+constructor TCover.Create(ID: int64; Filename: IPath);
+begin
+  Self.ID := ID;
+  Self.Filename := Filename;
+end;
+
+function TCover.GetPreviewTexture(): TTexture;
+begin
+  Result := Covers.LoadCover(ID);
+end;
+
+function TCover.GetTexture(): TTexture;
+begin
+  Result := Texture.LoadTexture(Filename);
+end;
+
+
+{ TCoverDatabase }
+
+constructor TCoverDatabase.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Open();
+  InitCoverDatabase();
+end;
+
+destructor TCoverDatabase.Destroy;
+begin
+  DB.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.GetVersion(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := DB.GetTableValue('PRAGMA user_version');
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.SetVersion(Version: integer);
+begin
+  DB.ExecSQL(Format('PRAGMA user_version = %d', [Version]));
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.GetMaxCoverSize(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := ITextureSizeVals[Ini.TextureSize];
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.SetMaxCoverSize(Size: integer);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  // search for first valid cover-size > Size
+  for I := 0 to Length(ITextureSizeVals)-1 do
+  begin
+    if (Size <= ITextureSizeVals[I]) then
+    begin
+      Ini.TextureSize := I;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // fall-back to highest size
+  Ini.TextureSize := High(ITextureSizeVals);
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.Open();
+var
+  Version: integer;
+  Filename: IPath;
+begin
+  Filename := Platform.GetGameUserPath().Append(COVERDB_FILENAME);
+
+  DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8());
+  Version := GetVersion();
+
+  // check version, if version is too old/new, delete database file
+  if ((Version <> 0) and (Version <> COVERDB_VERSION)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TCoverDatabase.Open');
+    // close and delete outdated file
+    DB.Free;
+    if (not Filename.DeleteFile()) then
+      raise ECoverDBException.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename.ToNative);
+    // reopen
+    DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8());
+    Version := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // set version number after creation
+  if (Version = 0) then
+    SetVersion(COVERDB_VERSION);
+
+  // speed-up disk-writing. The default FULL-synchronous mode is too slow.
+  // With this option disk-writing is approx. 4 times faster but the database
+  // might be corrupted if the OS crashes, although this is very unlikely.
+  DB.ExecSQL('PRAGMA synchronous = OFF;');
+  
+  // the next line rather gives a slow-down instead of a speed-up, so we do not use it
+  //DB.ExecSQL('PRAGMA temp_store = MEMORY;');
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.InitCoverDatabase();
+begin
+  DB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+COVER_TBL+'] (' +
+               '[ID] INTEGER  NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT, ' +
+               '[Filename] TEXT  UNIQUE NOT NULL, ' +
+               '[Date] INTEGER  NOT NULL, ' +
+               '[Width] INTEGER  NOT NULL, ' +
+               '[Height] INTEGER  NOT NULL ' +
+             ')');
+
+  DB.ExecSQL('CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS ['+COVER_IDX+'] ON ['+COVER_TBL+'](' +
+               '[Filename]  ASC' +
+             ')');
+
+  DB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] (' +
+               '[ID] INTEGER  NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, ' +
+               '[Format] INTEGER  NOT NULL, ' +
+               '[Width] INTEGER  NOT NULL, ' +
+               '[Height] INTEGER  NOT NULL, ' +
+               '[Data] BLOB  NULL' +
+             ')');
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.FindCoverIntern(const Filename: IPath): int64;
+begin
+  Result := DB.GetTableValue('SELECT [ID] FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' +
+                             'WHERE [Filename] = ?',
+                             [Filename.ToUTF8]);
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.FindCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
+var
+  CoverID: int64;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  try
+    CoverID := FindCoverIntern(Filename);
+    if (CoverID > 0) then
+      Result := TCover.Create(CoverID, Filename);
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.FindCover');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.CoverExists(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  try
+    Result := (FindCoverIntern(Filename) > 0);
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.CoverExists');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.AddCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover;
+var
+  CoverID: int64;
+  Thumbnail: PSDL_Surface;
+  CoverData: TBlobWrapper;
+  FileDate: TDateTime;
+  Info: TThumbnailInfo;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  //if (not FileExists(Filename)) then
+  //  Exit;
+
+  // TODO: replace '\' with '/' in filename
+  FileDate := Now(); //FileDateToDateTime(FileAge(Filename));
+
+  Thumbnail := CreateThumbnail(Filename, Info);
+  if (Thumbnail = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  CoverData := TBlobWrapper.Create;
+  CoverData.Write(Thumbnail^.pixels, Thumbnail^.h * Thumbnail^.pitch);
+
+  try
+    // Note: use a transaction to speed-up file-writing.
+    // Without data written by the first INSERT might be moved at the second INSERT. 
+    DB.BeginTransaction();
+
+    // add general cover info
+    DB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' +
+               '([Filename], [Date], [Width], [Height]) VALUES' +
+               '(?, ?, ?, ?)',
+               [Filename.ToUTF8, DateTimeToUnixTime(FileDate),
+                Info.CoverWidth, Info.CoverHeight]);
+
+    // get auto-generated cover ID
+    CoverID := DB.GetLastInsertRowID();
+
+    // add thumbnail info
+    DB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] ' +
+               '([ID], [Format], [Width], [Height], [Data]) VALUES' +
+               '(?, ?, ?, ?, ?)',
+               [CoverID, Ord(Info.PixelFormat),
+                Thumbnail^.w, Thumbnail^.h, CoverData]);
+
+    Result := TCover.Create(CoverID, Filename);
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover');
+  end;
+
+  DB.Commit();
+  CoverData.Free;
+  SDL_FreeSurface(Thumbnail);
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.LoadCover(CoverID: int64): TTexture;
+var
+  Width, Height: integer;
+  PixelFmt: TImagePixelFmt;
+  Data: PChar;
+  DataSize: integer;
+  Filename: IPath;
+  Table: TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+  Table := nil;
+
+  try
+    Table := DB.GetUniTable(Format(
+      'SELECT C.[Filename], T.[Format], T.[Width], T.[Height], T.[Data] ' +
+      'FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] C ' +
+        'INNER JOIN ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] T ' +
+        'USING(ID) ' +
+      'WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
+
+    Filename := Path(Table.FieldAsString(0));
+    PixelFmt := TImagePixelFmt(Table.FieldAsInteger(1));
+    Width    := Table.FieldAsInteger(2);
+    Height   := Table.FieldAsInteger(3);
+
+    Data := Table.FieldAsBlobPtr(4, DataSize);
+    if (Data <> nil) and
+       (PixelFmt = ipfRGB) then
+    begin
+      Result := Texture.CreateTexture(Data, Filename, Width, Height, 24)
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // FillChar() does not decrement the ref-count of ref-counted fields
+      // -> reset Name field manually
+      Result.Name := nil;
+      FillChar(Result, SizeOf(TTexture), 0);
+    end;
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.LoadCover');
+  end;
+
+  Table.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.DeleteCover(CoverID: int64);
+begin
+  DB.ExecSQL(Format('DELETE FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
+  DB.ExecSQL(Format('DELETE FROM ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns a pointer to an array of bytes containing the texture data in the
+ * requested size
+ *)
+function TCoverDatabase.CreateThumbnail(const Filename: IPath; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  //TargetAspect, SourceAspect: double;
+  //TargetWidth, TargetHeight: integer;
+  Thumbnail: PSDL_Surface;
+  MaxSize: integer;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  MaxSize := GetMaxCoverSize();
+
+  Thumbnail := LoadImage(Filename);
+  if (not assigned(Thumbnail)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Could not load cover: "'+ Filename.ToNative +'"', 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // Convert pixel format as needed
+  AdjustPixelFormat(Thumbnail, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+  Info.CoverWidth  := Thumbnail^.w;
+  Info.CoverHeight := Thumbnail^.h;
+  Info.PixelFormat := ipfRGB;
+
+  (* TODO: keep aspect ratio
+  TargetAspect := Width / Height;
+  SourceAspect := TexSurface.w / TexSurface.h;
+
+  // Scale texture to covers dimensions (keep aspect)
+  if (SourceAspect >= TargetAspect) then
+  begin
+    TargetWidth := Width;
+    TargetHeight := Trunc(Width / SourceAspect);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    TargetHeight := Height;
+    TargetWidth := Trunc(Height * SourceAspect);
+  end;
+  *)
+
+  // TODO: do not scale if image is smaller
+  ScaleImage(Thumbnail, MaxSize, MaxSize);
+  
+  Result := Thumbnail;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/base/UDataBase.pas b/src/base/UDataBase.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cb15182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UDataBase.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDataBase;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SQLiteTable3,
+  UPath,
+  USong,
+  USongs,
+  UTextEncoding;
+
+//--------------------
+//DataBaseSystem - Class including all DB methods
+//--------------------
+type
+  TStatType = (
+    stBestScores,   // Best scores
+    stBestSingers,  // Best singers
+    stMostSungSong, // Most sung songs
+    stMostPopBand   // Most popular band
+  );
+
+  // abstract super-class for statistic results
+  TStatResult = class
+    public
+      Typ: TStatType;
+  end;
+
+  TStatResultBestScores = class(TStatResult)
+    public
+      Singer:       UTF8String;
+      Score:        word;
+      Difficulty:   byte;
+      SongArtist:   UTF8String;
+      SongTitle:    UTF8String;
+      Date:         UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  TStatResultBestSingers = class(TStatResult)
+    public
+      Player:       UTF8String;
+      AverageScore: word;
+  end;
+
+  TStatResultMostSungSong = class(TStatResult)
+    public
+      Artist:       UTF8String;
+      Title:        UTF8String;
+      TimesSung:    word;
+  end;
+
+  TStatResultMostPopBand = class(TStatResult)
+    public
+      ArtistName:   UTF8String;
+      TimesSungTot: word;
+  end;
+
+
+  TDataBaseSystem = class
+    private
+      ScoreDB:      TSQLiteDatabase;
+      fFilename: IPath;
+
+      function GetVersion(): integer;
+      procedure SetVersion(Version: integer);
+    public
+      property Filename: IPath read fFilename;
+
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure Init(const Filename: IPath);
+      procedure ConvertFrom101To110();
+      procedure ReadScore(Song: TSong);
+      procedure AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: UTF8String; Score: integer);
+      procedure WriteScore(Song: TSong);
+
+      function GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: byte; Page: cardinal; Reversed: boolean): TList;
+      procedure FreeStats(StatList: TList);
+      function GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): cardinal;
+      function GetStatReset: TDateTime;
+      function FormatDate(time_stamp: integer): UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+var
+  DataBase: TDataBaseSystem;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  DateUtils,
+  ULanguage,
+  StrUtils,
+  SysUtils,
+  ULog;
+
+{
+ cDBVersion - history
+ 0 = USDX 1.01 or no Database
+ 01 = USDX 1.1
+}
+const
+  cDBVersion = 01; // 0.1
+  cUS_Scores = 'us_scores';
+  cUS_Songs  = 'us_songs';
+  cUS_Statistics_Info = 'us_statistics_info';
+
+(**
+ * Open database and create tables if they do not exist
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.Init(const Filename: IPath);
+var
+  Version:            integer;
+  finalizeConversion: boolean;
+begin
+  if Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Initializing database: "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+
+  try
+
+    // open database
+    ScoreDB   := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8);
+    fFilename := Filename;
+
+    Version := GetVersion();
+
+    // add Table cUS_Statistics_Info
+    // needed in the conversion from 1.01 to 1.1
+    if not ScoreDB.TableExists(cUS_Statistics_Info) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - missing table"' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '] (' +
+                      '[ResetTime] INTEGER' +
+                      ');');
+      // insert creation timestamp
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '] ' +
+                             '([ResetTime]) VALUES(%d);',
+                             [DateTimeToUnix(Now())]));
+    end;
+
+    // convert data from 1.01 to 1.1
+    // part #1 - prearrangement
+    finalizeConversion := false;
+    if (Version = 0) AND ScoreDB.TableExists('US_Scores') then
+    begin
+      // rename old tables - to be able to insert new table structures
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE US_Scores RENAME TO us_scores_101;');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE US_Songs RENAME TO us_songs_101;');
+      finalizeConversion := true; // means: conversion has to be done!
+    end;
+
+    // Set version number after creation
+    if (Version = 0) then
+      SetVersion(cDBVersion);
+
+    // SQLite does not handle VARCHAR(n) or INT(n) as expected.
+    // Texts do not have a restricted length, no matter which type is used,
+    // so use the native TEXT type. INT(n) is always INTEGER.
+    // In addition, SQLiteTable3 will fail if other types than the native SQLite
+    // types are used (especially FieldAsInteger). Also take care to write the
+    // types in upper-case letters although SQLite does not care about this -
+    // SQLiteTable3 is very sensitive in this regard.
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Scores + '] (' +
+                      '[SongID] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Difficulty] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Player] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Score] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Date] INTEGER NULL' +
+                    ');');
+
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Songs + '] (' +
+                      '[ID] INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, ' +
+                      '[Artist] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Title] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[TimesPlayed] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+                      '[Rating] INTEGER NULL' +
+                    ');');
+
+    //add column date to cUS-Scores
+    if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn(cUS_Scores, 'Date') then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('adding column date to "' + cUS_Scores + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE ' + cUS_Scores + ' ADD COLUMN [Date] INTEGER NULL');
+    end;
+
+    // add column rating to cUS_Songs
+    // just for users of nightly builds and developers!
+    if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn(cUS_Songs, 'Rating') then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - adding column rating to "' + cUS_Songs + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE ' + cUS_Songs + ' ADD COLUMN [Rating] INTEGER NULL');
+    end;
+
+    // convert data from previous versions
+    // part #2 - accomplishment
+    if finalizeConversion then
+    begin
+      //convert data from 1.01 to 1.1
+      if ScoreDB.TableExists('us_scores_101') then
+        ConvertFrom101To110();
+    end;
+
+  except
+    on E: Exception do
+    begin
+      Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+      FreeAndNil(ScoreDB);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Convert Database from 1.01 to 1.1
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.ConvertFrom101To110();
+var
+  TableData:      TSQLiteUniTable;
+  tempUTF8String: UTF8String;
+begin
+  if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn('us_scores_101', 'Date') then
+  begin
+    Log.LogInfo(
+      'Outdated song database found - ' +
+      'begin conversion from V1.01 to V1.1', 'TDataBaseSystem.Convert101To110');
+
+    // insert old values into new db-schemes (/tables)
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+      'INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Scores +
+      ' SELECT  SongID, Difficulty, Player, Score, ''NULL'' FROM us_scores_101;');
+  end else
+  begin
+    Log.LogInfo(
+      'Outdated song database  found - ' +
+      'begin conversion from V1.01 Challenge Mod to V1.1', 'TDataBaseSystem.Convert101To110');
+
+    // insert old values into new db-schemes (/tables)
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+      'INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Scores +
+      ' SELECT  SongID, Difficulty, Player, Score, Date FROM us_scores_101;');
+  end;
+
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+      'INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Songs +
+      ' SELECT  ID, Artist, Title, TimesPlayed, ''NULL'' FROM us_songs_101;');
+
+    // now we have to convert all the texts for unicode support:
+
+    // player names
+    TableData := nil;
+    try
+      TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(
+        'SELECT [rowid], [Player] ' +
+        'FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];');
+
+      // Go through all Entrys
+      while (not TableData.EOF) do
+      begin
+        // Convert name into UTF8 and alter all entrys
+        DecodeStringUTF8(TableData.FieldByName['Player'], tempUTF8String, encCP1252);
+        ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+          'UPDATE [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+          'SET [Player] = ? ' +
+          'WHERE [rowid] = ? ',
+          [tempUTF8String,
+          TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['rowid'])]);
+
+        TableData.Next;
+      end; // while
+
+    except
+      on E: Exception do
+        Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.Convert101To110');
+    end;
+
+    TableData.Free;
+
+    // song artist and song title
+    TableData := nil;
+    try
+      TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(
+        'SELECT [ID], [Artist], [Title] ' +
+        'FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];');
+
+      // Go through all Entrys
+      while (not TableData.EOF) do
+      begin
+        // Convert Artist into UTF8 and alter all entrys
+        DecodeStringUTF8(TableData.FieldByName['Artist'], tempUTF8String, encCP1252);
+        //Log.LogError(TableData.FieldByName['Artist']+' -> '+tempUTF8String+' (encCP1252)');
+        ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+          'UPDATE [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+          'SET [Artist] = ? ' +
+          'WHERE [ID] = ?',
+          [tempUTF8String,
+          TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['ID'])]);
+
+        // Convert Title into UTF8 and alter all entrys
+        DecodeStringUTF8(TableData.FieldByName['Title'], tempUTF8String, encCP1252);
+        ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+          'UPDATE [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+          'SET [Title] = ? ' +
+          'WHERE [ID] = ? ',
+          [tempUTF8String,
+          TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['ID'])]);
+
+        TableData.Next;
+      end; // while
+
+    except
+      on E: Exception do
+        Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.Convert101To110');
+    end;
+
+    TableData.Free;
+
+    //now drop old tables
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('DROP TABLE us_scores_101;');
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL('DROP TABLE us_songs_101;');
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Frees Database
+ *)
+destructor TDataBaseSystem.Destroy;
+begin
+  Log.LogInfo('TDataBaseSystem.Free', 'TDataBaseSystem.Destroy');
+  ScoreDB.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Format a UNIX-Timestamp into DATE (If 0 then '')
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.FormatDate(time_stamp: integer): UTF8String;
+var
+  Year, Month, Day: word;
+begin
+  Result:='';
+  try
+    if time_stamp<>0 then
+    begin
+      DecodeDate(UnixToDateTime(time_stamp), Year, Month, Day);
+      Result := Format(Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_DATE'), [Day, Month, Year]);
+    end;
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+    Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_FORMAT_DATE": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+(**
+ * Read Scores into SongArray
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.ReadScore(Song: TSong);
+var
+  TableData:  TSQLiteUniTable;
+  Difficulty: integer;
+  I: integer;
+  PlayerListed: boolean;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  TableData := nil;
+  try
+    // Search Song in DB
+    TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(
+      'SELECT [Difficulty], [Player], [Score], [Date] FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+      'WHERE [SongID] = (' +
+        'SELECT [ID] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+        'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ? ' +
+        'LIMIT 1) ' +
+      'ORDER BY [Score] DESC;', //no LIMIT! see filter below!
+      [Song.Artist, Song.Title]);
+
+    // Empty Old Scores
+    SetLength(Song.Score[0], 0); //easy
+    SetLength(Song.Score[1], 0); //medium
+    SetLength(Song.Score[2], 0); //hard
+
+    // Go through all Entrys
+    while (not TableData.EOF) do
+    begin
+      // Add one Entry to Array
+      Difficulty := TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Difficulty']);
+      if ((Difficulty >= 0) and (Difficulty <= 2)) and
+         (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) < 5) then
+      begin
+        //filter player
+        PlayerListed:=false;
+        if (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty])>0) then
+        begin
+          for I := 0 to Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) - 1 do
+          begin
+            if (Song.Score[Difficulty, I].Name = TableData.FieldByName['Player']) then
+            begin
+              PlayerListed:=true;
+              break;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        if not PlayerListed then
+        begin
+          SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) + 1);
+
+          Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Name  :=
+            TableData.FieldByName['Player'];
+          Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Score :=
+            TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Score']);
+          Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Date :=
+            FormatDate(TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Date']));
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      TableData.Next;
+    end; // while
+
+  except
+    for Difficulty := 0 to 2 do
+    begin
+      SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], 1);
+      Song.Score[Difficulty, 1].Name := 'Error Reading ScoreDB';
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  TableData.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Adds one new score to DB
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: UTF8String; Score: integer);
+var
+  ID:        integer;
+  TableData: TSQLiteTable;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // Prevent 0 Scores from being added EDIT: ==> UScreenTop5.pas!
+  //if (Score <= 0) then
+  //  Exit;
+
+  TableData := nil;
+
+  try
+
+    ID := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(
+        'SELECT [ID] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+        'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ?',
+        [Song.Artist, Song.Title]);
+    if (ID = 0) then
+    begin
+      // Create song if it does not exist
+      ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+          'INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+          '([ID], [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed]) VALUES ' +
+          '(NULL, ?, ?, 0);',
+          [Song.Artist, Song.Title]);
+      // Get song-ID
+      ID := ScoreDB.GetLastInsertRowID();
+    end;
+    // Create new entry
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+      'INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+      '([SongID] ,[Difficulty], [Player], [Score], [Date]) VALUES ' +
+      '(?, ?, ?, ?, ?);',
+      [ID, Level, Name, Score, DateTimeToUnix(Now())]);
+
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.AddScore');
+  end;
+
+  TableData.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Not needed with new system.
+ * Used to increment played count
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore(Song: TSong);
+begin
+  if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  try
+    // Increase TimesPlayed
+    ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+        'UPDATE [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+        'SET [TimesPlayed] = [TimesPlayed] + 1 ' +
+        'WHERE [Title] = ? AND [Artist] = ?;',
+        [Song.Title, Song.Artist]);
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore');
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Writes some stats to array.
+ * Returns nil if the database is not ready or a list with zero or more statistic
+ * entries.
+ * Free the result-list with FreeStats() after usage to avoid memory leaks.
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: byte; Page: cardinal; Reversed: boolean): TList;
+var
+  Query:     string;
+  TableData: TSQLiteUniTable;
+  Stat:      TStatResult;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  {Todo:  Add Prevention that only players with more than 5 scores are selected at type 2}
+
+  // Create query
+  case Typ of
+    stBestScores: begin
+      Query := 'SELECT [Player], [Difficulty], [Score], [Artist], [Title], [Date] FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+               'INNER JOIN [' + cUS_Songs + '] ON ([SongID] = [ID]) ORDER BY [Score]';
+    end;
+    stBestSingers: begin
+      Query := 'SELECT [Player], ROUND(AVG([Score])) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' +
+               'GROUP BY [Player] ORDER BY AVG([Score])';
+    end;
+    stMostSungSong: begin
+      Query := 'SELECT [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+               'ORDER BY [TimesPlayed]';
+    end;
+    stMostPopBand: begin
+      Query := 'SELECT [Artist], SUM([TimesPlayed]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' +
+               'GROUP BY [Artist] ORDER BY SUM([TimesPlayed])';
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // Add order direction
+  Query := Query + IfThen(Reversed, ' ASC', ' DESC');
+
+  // Add limit
+  Query := Query + ' LIMIT ' + InttoStr(Count * Page) + ', ' + InttoStr(Count) + ';';
+
+  // Execute query
+  try
+    TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(Query);
+  except
+    on E: Exception do
+    begin
+      Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStats');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := TList.Create;
+  Stat := nil;
+
+  // Copy result to stats array
+  while not TableData.EOF do
+  begin
+    case Typ of
+      stBestScores: begin
+        Stat := TStatResultBestScores.Create;
+        with TStatResultBestScores(Stat) do
+        begin
+          Singer := TableData.Fields[0];
+          Difficulty := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
+          Score := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2);
+          SongArtist := TableData.Fields[3];
+          SongTitle := TableData.Fields[4];
+          Date := FormatDate(TableData.FieldAsInteger(5));
+        end;
+      end;
+      stBestSingers: begin
+        Stat := TStatResultBestSingers.Create;
+        with TStatResultBestSingers(Stat) do
+        begin
+          Player := TableData.Fields[0];
+          AverageScore := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
+        end;
+      end;
+      stMostSungSong: begin
+        Stat := TStatResultMostSungSong.Create;
+        with TStatResultMostSungSong(Stat) do
+        begin
+          Artist := TableData.Fields[0];
+          Title  := TableData.Fields[1];
+          TimesSung  := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2);
+        end;
+      end;
+      stMostPopBand: begin
+        Stat := TStatResultMostPopBand.Create;
+        with TStatResultMostPopBand(Stat) do
+        begin
+          ArtistName := TableData.Fields[0];
+          TimesSungTot := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
+        end;
+      end
+      else
+        Log.LogCritical('Unknown stat-type', 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStats');
+    end;
+
+    Stat.Typ := Typ;
+    Result.Add(Stat);
+
+    TableData.Next;
+  end;
+
+  TableData.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.FreeStats(StatList: TList);
+var
+  Index: integer;
+begin
+  if (StatList = nil) then
+    Exit;
+  for Index := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do
+    TStatResult(StatList[Index]).Free;
+  StatList.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Gets total number of entrys for a stats query
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): cardinal;
+var
+  Query: string;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  try
+    // Create query
+    case Typ of
+      stBestScores:
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT([SongID]) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];';
+      stBestSingers:
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Player]) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];';
+      stMostSungSong:
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT([ID]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];';
+      stMostPopBand:
+        Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Artist]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];';
+    end;
+
+    Result := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query);
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys');
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Gets reset date of statistic data
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetStatReset: TDateTime;
+var
+  Query: string;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+    Exit;
+
+  try
+    Query := 'SELECT [ResetTime] FROM [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '];';
+    Result := UnixToDateTime(ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query));
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStatReset');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetVersion(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := ScoreDB.GetTableValue('PRAGMA user_version');
+end;
+
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.SetVersion(Version: integer);
+begin
+  ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('PRAGMA user_version = %d', [Version]));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UDraw.pas b/src/base/UDraw.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5bec3eab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UDraw.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1163 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDraw;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UGraphicClasses;
+
+procedure SingDraw;
+procedure SingDrawBackground;
+procedure SingDrawOscilloscope(X, Y, W, H: real; NrSound: integer);
+procedure SingDrawNoteLines(Left, Top, Right: real; Space: integer);
+procedure SingDrawLyricHelper(Left, LyricsMid: real);
+procedure SingDrawBeatDelimeters(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer);
+procedure SingDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+procedure SingDrawPlayerLine(X, Y, W: real; PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+procedure SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines, PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+
+// TimeBar
+procedure SingDrawTimeBar();
+
+//Draw Editor NoteLines
+procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+
+type
+  TRecR = record
+    Top:    real;
+    Left:   real;
+    Right:  real;
+    Bottom: real;
+
+    Width:  real;
+    WMid:   real;
+    Height: real;
+    HMid:   real;
+    Mid:    real;
+  end;
+
+var
+  NotesW:   real;
+  NotesH:   real;
+  Starfr:   integer;
+  StarfrG:  integer;
+
+  //SingBar
+  TickOld:  cardinal;
+  TickOld2: cardinal;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  TextGL,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  UGraphic,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  ULyrics,
+  UNote,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UScreenSing,
+  UTexture;
+
+procedure SingDrawBackground;
+var
+  Rec:    TRecR;
+  TexRec: TRecR;
+begin
+  if (ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then
+  begin
+    if (Ini.MovieSize <= 1) then  //HalfSize BG
+    begin
+      (* half screen + gradient *)
+      Rec.Top := 110; // 80
+      Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 20;
+      Rec.Left  := 0;
+      Rec.Right := 800;
+
+      TexRec.Top := (Rec.Top / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+      TexRec.Bottom := (Rec.Bottom / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+      TexRec.Left := 0;
+      TexRec.Right := ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexW;
+
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        (* gradient draw *)
+        (* top *)
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Top);    glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left,  TexRec.Top);    glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left,  TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+        (* mid *)
+        Rec.Top := Rec.Bottom;
+        Rec.Bottom := 490 - 20; // 490 - 20
+        TexRec.Top := TexRec.Bottom;
+        TexRec.Bottom := (Rec.Bottom / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left,  TexRec.Top);    glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left,  TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Top);    glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        (* bottom *)
+        Rec.Top := Rec.Bottom;
+        Rec.Bottom := 490; // 490
+        TexRec.Top := TexRec.Bottom;
+        TexRec.Bottom := (Rec.Bottom / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Top);    glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left,  TexRec.Top);    glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+        glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left,  TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+        glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+
+      glEnd;
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    end
+    else //Full Size BG
+    begin
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum);
+      //glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);   glVertex2f(0,  0);
+        glTexCoord2f(0,  ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH);   glVertex2f(0,  600);
+        glTexCoord2f( ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexW,  ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH);   glVertex2f(800, 600);
+        glTexCoord2f( ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexW, 0);   glVertex2f(800, 0);
+
+      glEnd;
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      //glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawOscilloscope(X, Y, W, H: real; NrSound: integer);
+var
+  SampleIndex: integer;
+  Sound:       TCaptureBuffer;
+  MaxX, MaxY:  real;
+begin;
+  Sound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[NrSound];
+
+  //  Log.LogStatus('Oscilloscope', 'SingDraw');
+  glColor3f(Skin_OscR, Skin_OscG, Skin_OscB);
+{
+  if (ParamStr(1) = '-black') or (ParamStr(1) = '-fsblack') then
+    glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+}
+  MaxX := W-1;
+  MaxY := (H-1) / 2;
+
+  Sound.LockAnalysisBuffer();
+
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP);
+    for SampleIndex := 0 to High(Sound.AnalysisBuffer) do
+    begin
+      glVertex2f(X + MaxX * SampleIndex/High(Sound.AnalysisBuffer),
+                 Y + MaxY * (1 - Sound.AnalysisBuffer[SampleIndex]/-Low(Smallint)));
+    end;
+  glEnd;
+
+  Sound.UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawNoteLines(Left, Top, Right: real; Space: integer);
+var
+  Count: integer;
+begin
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glColor4f(Skin_P1_LinesR, Skin_P1_LinesG, Skin_P1_LinesB, 0.4);
+  glBegin(GL_LINES);
+  for Count := 0 to 9 do
+  begin
+    glVertex2f(Left,  Top + Count * Space);
+    glVertex2f(Right, Top + Count * Space);
+  end;
+  glEnd;
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawBeatDelimeters(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer);
+var
+  Count: integer;
+  TempR: real;
+begin
+  TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBegin(GL_LINES);
+  for Count := Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start to Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ do
+  begin
+    if (Count mod Lines[NrLines].Resolution) = Lines[NrLines].NotesGAP then
+      glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1)
+    else
+      glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.3);
+    glVertex2f(Left + TempR * (Count - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start), Top);
+    glVertex2f(Left + TempR * (Count - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start), Top + 135);
+  end;
+  glEnd;
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+// draw blank Notebars
+procedure SingDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+  Rec:   TRecR;
+  Count: integer;
+  TempR: real;
+
+  PlayerNumber:  integer;
+
+  GoldenStarPos: real;
+
+  lTmpA, lTmpB : real;
+begin
+// We actually don't have a playernumber in this procedure, it should reside in NrLines - but it is always set to zero
+// So we exploit this behavior a bit - we give NrLines the playernumber, keep it in playernumber - and then we set NrLines to zero
+// This could also come quite in handy when we do the duet mode, cause just the notes for the player that has to sing should be drawn then
+// BUT this is not implemented yet, all notes are drawn! :D
+  if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl NrLines) <> 0) then
+  begin
+
+    PlayerNumber := NrLines + 1; // Player 1 is 0
+    NrLines     := 0;
+
+  // exploit done
+
+    glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+    lTmpA := (Right-Left);
+    lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+
+  if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and ( lTmpB > 0 ) then
+    TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB
+  else
+    TempR := 0;
+
+  with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
+  begin
+    for Count := 0 to HighNote do
+    begin
+      with Note[Count] do
+      begin
+        if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then
+	begin
+
+            if Ini.EffectSing = 0 then
+              // If Golden note Effect of then Change not Color
+            begin
+              case NoteType of
+                ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);   // We set alpha to 1, cause we can control the transparency through the png itself
+                ntGolden: glColor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 1); // no stars, paint yellow -> glColor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85); - we could
+            end; // case
+            end //Else all Notes same Color
+            else
+              glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);        // We set alpha to 1, cause we can control the transparency through the png itself
+
+          // left part
+          Rec.Left  := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+          Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+          Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
+          Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
+          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Left[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+            glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+            glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+          glEnd;
+
+            //We keep the postion of the top left corner b4 it's overwritten
+            GoldenStarPos := Rec.Left;
+            //done
+
+            // middle part
+            Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+            Rec.Right := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+
+            glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Mid[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+            glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT );
+            glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT );
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+            glEnd;
+
+        // right part
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+
+            glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Right[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+            glEnd;
+
+          // Golden Star Patch
+          if (NoteType = ntGolden) and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+          begin
+            GoldenRec.SaveGoldenStarsRec(GoldenStarPos, Rec.Top, Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          end;
+
+          end; // if not FreeStyle
+        end; // with
+      end; // for
+    end; // with
+
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  end;
+end;
+
+// draw sung notes
+procedure SingDrawPlayerLine(X, Y, W: real; PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+  TempR:      real;
+  Rec:        TRecR;
+  N:          integer;
+//  R, G, B, A: real;
+  NotesH2:    real;
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus('Player notes', 'SingDraw');
+{
+  if NrGracza = 0 then
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P1Light')
+  else
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P2Light');
+}
+  //R :=  71/255;
+  //G := 175/255;
+  //B := 247/255;
+
+  glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+  //if Player[NrGracza].LengthNote > 0 then
+  begin
+    TempR := W / (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_ - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+    for N := 0 to Player[PlayerIndex].HighNote do
+    begin
+      with Player[PlayerIndex].Note[N] do
+      begin
+        // Left part of note
+        Rec.Left  := X + (Start-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+
+        // Draw it in half size, if not hit
+        if Hit then
+        begin
+          NotesH2 := NotesH
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          NotesH2 := int(NotesH * 0.65);
+        end;
+
+        Rec.Top    := Y - (Tone-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH2;
+        Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH2;
+
+        // draw the left part
+        glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+
+        // Middle part of the note
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := X + (Start+Length-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR - NotesW - 0.5  + 10*ScreenX;
+
+        // new
+        if (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+          Rec.Right := Rec.Right - (1-Frac(LyricsState.MidBeatD)) * TempR;
+        // the left note is more right than the right note itself, sounds weird - so we fix that xD
+        if Rec.Right <= Rec.Left then
+          Rec.Right := Rec.Left;
+
+        // draw the middle part
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+        glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT );
+        glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT );
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+        glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+
+        // the right part of the note
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+
+        // Perfect note is stored
+        if Perfect and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+        begin
+          //A := 1 - 2*(LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() - GetTimeFromBeat(Start+Length));
+          if not (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+          begin
+            //Star animation counter
+            //inc(Starfr);
+            //Starfr := Starfr mod 128;
+            GoldenRec.SavePerfectNotePos(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+          end;
+        end;
+      end; // with
+    end; // for
+
+    // actually we need a comparison here, to determine if the singing process
+    // is ahead Rec.Right even if there is no singing
+
+    if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+      GoldenRec.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Rec.Top,Rec.Bottom,Rec.Right, PlayerIndex);
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+//draw Note glow
+procedure SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines, PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+  Rec:            TRecR;
+  Count:          integer;
+  TempR:          real;
+  X1, X2, X3, X4: real;
+  W, H:           real;
+  lTmpA, lTmpB:   real;
+begin
+  if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl PlayerIndex) <> 0) then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, sqrt((1+sin( AudioPlayback.Position * 3))/4)/ 2 + 0.5 );
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+    lTmpA := (Right-Left);
+    lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+
+    if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and ( lTmpB > 0 ) then
+      TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB
+    else
+      TempR := 0;
+
+    with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
+    begin
+      for Count := 0 to HighNote do
+      begin
+        with Note[Count] do
+        begin
+          if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then
+          begin
+            // begin: 14, 20
+            // easy: 6, 11
+            W := NotesW * 2 + 2;
+            H := NotesH * 1.5 + 3.5;
+
+            X2 := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX + 4;
+            X1 := X2-W;
+
+            X3 := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX - 4;
+            X4 := X3+W;
+
+            // left
+            Rec.Left  := X1;
+            Rec.Right := X2;
+            Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - H;
+            Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * H;
+
+            glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+            glEnd;
+
+            // middle part
+            Rec.Left  := X2;
+            Rec.Right := X3;
+
+            glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+            glEnd;
+
+            // right part
+            Rec.Left  := X3;
+            Rec.Right := X4;
+
+            glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+              glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+              glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+            glEnd;
+          end; // if not FreeStyle
+        end; // with
+      end; // for
+    end; // with
+
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Draws the lyrics helper bar.
+ * Left: position the bar starts at
+ * LyricsMid: the middle of the lyrics relative to the position Left 
+ *)
+procedure SingDrawLyricHelper(Left, LyricsMid: real);
+var
+  Bounds: TRecR;           // bounds of the lyric help bar
+  BarProgress: real;       // progress of the lyrics helper
+  BarMoveDelta: real;      // current beat relative to the beat the bar starts to move at
+  BarAlpha: real;          // transparency
+  CurLine:  PLine;         // current lyric line (beat specific)
+  LineWidth: real;         // lyric line width
+  FirstNoteBeat: integer;  // beat of the first note in the current line
+  FirstNoteDelta: integer; // time in beats between the start of the current line and its first note
+  MoveStartX: real;        // x-pos. the bar starts to move from
+  MoveDist: real;          // number of pixels the bar will move
+  LyricEngine: TLyricEngine;
+const
+  BarWidth  = 50; // width  of the lyric helper bar
+  BarHeight = 30; // height of the lyric helper bar
+  BarMoveLimit = 40; // max. number of beats remaining before the bar starts to move
+begin
+  // get current lyrics line and the time in beats of its first note
+  CurLine := @Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current];
+
+  // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic
+  LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics;
+
+  // do not draw the lyrics helper if the current line does not contain any note
+  if (Length(CurLine.Note) > 0) then
+  begin
+    // start beat of the first note of this line
+    FirstNoteBeat := CurLine.Note[0].Start;
+    // time in beats between the start of the current line and its first note
+    FirstNoteDelta := FirstNoteBeat - CurLine.Start;
+
+    // beats from current beat to the first note of the line
+    BarMoveDelta := FirstNoteBeat - LyricsState.MidBeat;
+
+    if (FirstNoteDelta > 8) and  // if the wait-time is large enough
+       (BarMoveDelta > 0) then   // and the first note of the line is not reached
+    begin
+      // let the bar blink to the beat
+      BarAlpha := 0.75 + cos(BarMoveDelta/2) * 0.25;
+
+      // if the number of beats to the first note is too big,
+      // the bar stays on the left side.
+      if (BarMoveDelta > BarMoveLimit) then
+        BarMoveDelta := BarMoveLimit;
+
+      // limit number of beats the bar moves
+      if (FirstNoteDelta > BarMoveLimit) then
+        FirstNoteDelta := BarMoveLimit;
+
+      // calc bar progress
+      BarProgress := 1 - BarMoveDelta / FirstNoteDelta;
+
+      // retrieve the width of the upper lyrics line on the display
+      if (LyricEngine.GetUpperLine() <> nil) then
+        LineWidth := LyricEngine.GetUpperLine().Width
+      else
+        LineWidth := 0;
+
+      // distance the bar will move (LyricRec.Left to beginning of text)
+      MoveDist := LyricsMid - LineWidth / 2 - BarWidth;
+      // if the line is too long the helper might move from right to left
+      // so we have to assure the start position is left of the text.
+      if (MoveDist >= 0) then
+        MoveStartX := Left
+      else
+        MoveStartX := Left + MoveDist;
+
+      // determine lyric help bar position and size
+      Bounds.Left := MoveStartX + BarProgress * MoveDist;
+      Bounds.Right := Bounds.Left + BarWidth;
+      Bounds.Top := Theme.LyricBar.IndicatorYOffset + Theme.LyricBar.UpperY ;
+      Bounds.Bottom := Bounds.Top + BarHeight + 3;
+
+      // draw lyric help bar
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, BarAlpha);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar.TexNum);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Bounds.Left,  Bounds.Top);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Bounds.Left,  Bounds.Bottom);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Bounds.Right, Bounds.Bottom);
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Bounds.Right, Bounds.Top);
+      glEnd;
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SingDraw;
+var
+  NR: TRecR;         // lyrics area bounds (NR = NoteRec?)
+  LyricEngine: TLyricEngine;
+begin
+  // positions
+  if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then
+    NR.Left := 120
+  else
+    NR.Left := 20;
+
+  NR.Right := 780;
+
+  NR.Width := NR.Right - NR.Left;
+  NR.WMid  := NR.Width / 2;
+  NR.Mid   := NR.Left + NR.WMid;
+
+  // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic
+  LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics;
+
+  // draw time-bar
+  SingDrawTimeBar();
+
+  // draw note-lines
+
+  // to-do : needs fix when party mode works w/ 2 screens 
+  if (PlayersPlay = 1) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) and (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1) <> 0) then
+    SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+
+  if ((PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4)) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then
+  begin
+    if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl 0) <> 0) then
+      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+    if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl 1) <> 0) then
+      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+  end;
+
+  if ((PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6)) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then begin
+    if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl 0) <> 0) then
+      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+    if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl 1) <> 0) then
+      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+    if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl 2) <> 0) then
+      SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+  end;
+
+  // draw Lyrics
+  LyricEngine.Draw(LyricsState.MidBeat);
+  SingDrawLyricHelper(NR.Left, NR.WMid);
+
+  // oscilloscope
+  if Ini.Oscilloscope = 1 then
+  begin
+    if PlayersPlay = 1 then
+      SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+
+    if PlayersPlay = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+      SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
+    end;
+
+    if PlayersPlay = 4 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
+      end;
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 3);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if PlayersPlay = 3 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+      SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
+      SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
+    end;
+
+    if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
+      end;
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 4);
+        SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 5);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // Set the note heights according to the difficulty level
+  case Ini.Difficulty of
+    0:
+      begin
+        NotesH := 11; // 9
+        NotesW := 6; // 5
+      end;
+    1:
+      begin
+        NotesH := 8; // 7
+        NotesW := 4; // 4
+      end;
+    2:
+      begin
+        NotesH := 5;
+        NotesW := 3;
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  // Draw the Notes
+  if PlayersPlay = 1 then
+  begin
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);  // Background glow    - colorized in playercolor
+    SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);             // Plain unsung notes - colorized in playercolor
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);       // imho the sung notes
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 2 then
+  begin
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+
+    SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+    SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15);
+
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 3 then
+  begin
+    NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
+    NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
+
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+
+    SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+    SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12);
+    SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12);
+
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+    SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 4 then
+  begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
+    end;
+
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15);
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 2, 15);
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 3, 15);
+    end;
+
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 2, 15);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 3, 15);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+  begin
+    NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
+    NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
+
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
+    end;
+
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12);
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12);
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 3, 12);
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 4, 12);
+      SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 5, 12);
+    end;
+
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then
+    begin
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 3, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 4, 12);
+      SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 5, 12);
+    end;
+  end;
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+{//SingBar Mod
+procedure SingDrawSingbar(X, Y, W, H: real; Percent: integer);
+var
+  R: real;
+  G: real;
+  B: real;
+  A: cardinal;
+  I: integer;
+
+begin;
+
+   //SingBar Background
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingBar_Back.TexNum);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y+H);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X+W, Y+H);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X+W, Y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  //SingBar coloured Bar
+  case Percent of
+    0..22: begin
+          R := 1;
+          G := 0;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+    23..42: begin
+          R := 1;
+          G := ((Percent-23)/100)*5;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+    43..57: begin
+          R := 1;
+          G := 1;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+    58..77: begin
+          R := 1-(Percent - 58)/100*5;
+          G := 1;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+    78..99: begin
+          R := 0;
+          G := 1;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+    end; //case
+
+  glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingBar_Bar.TexNum);
+  //Size= Player[PlayerNum].ScorePercent of W
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y+H);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X+(W/100 * (Percent +1)), Y+H);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X+(W/100 * (Percent +1)), Y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  //SingBar Front
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingBar_Front.TexNum);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y+H);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X+W, Y+H);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X+W, Y);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+//end Singbar Mod
+
+//PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Pop Up
+procedure SingDrawLineBonus(const X, Y: Single; Color: TRGB; Alpha: Single; Text: string; Age: integer);
+var
+  Length, X2: real; //Length of Text
+  Size: integer;    //Size of Popup
+begin
+  if Alpha <> 0 then
+  begin
+
+//Set Font Propertys
+    SetFontStyle(2); //Font: Outlined1
+    if Age < 5 then
+      SetFontSize((Age + 1) * 3)
+    else
+      SetFontSize(18);
+    SetFontItalic(False);
+
+//Check Font Size
+    Length := glTextWidth (Text) + 3; //Little Space for a Better Look ^^
+
+//Text
+    SetFontPos (X + 50 - (Length / 2), Y + 12); //Position
+
+    if Age < 5 then
+      Size := Age * 10
+    else
+      Size := 50;
+
+//Draw  Background
+//    glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha); //Set Color
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+//    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+//New Method, Not Variable
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingLineBonusBack[2].TexNum);
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
+      glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
+      glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
+    glEnd;
+
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); //Set Color
+//Draw Text
+    glPrint (Text);
+  end;
+end;
+//PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod}
+
+// Draw Note Bars for Editor
+// There are 11 reasons for a new procedure:   (nice binary :D )
+// 1. It does not look good when you draw the golden note star effect in the editor
+// 2. You can see the freestyle notes in the editor semitransparent
+// 3. It is easier and faster then changing the old procedure
+procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+  Rec:   TRecR;
+  Count: integer;
+  TempR: real;
+begin
+  glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+  with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
+  begin
+    for Count := 0 to HighNote do
+    begin
+      with Note[Count] do
+      begin
+
+        // Golden Note Patch
+        case NoteType of
+          ntFreestyle: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.35);
+          ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.85);
+          ntGolden: Glcolor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85);
+        end; // case
+
+        // left part
+        Rec.Left  := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+        Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
+        Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[Color].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+
+        // middle part
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[Color].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+
+        // right part
+        Rec.Left  := Rec.Right;
+        Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[Color].TexNum);
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Top);
+          glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left,  Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+          glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+        glEnd;
+
+      end; // with
+    end; // for
+  end; // with
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawTimeBar();
+var
+  x, y:           real;
+  width, height:  real;
+  LyricsProgress: real;
+  CurLyricsTime:  real;
+begin
+  x := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.x;
+  y := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.y;
+
+  width  := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.w;
+  height := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.h;
+
+  glColor4f(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.ColR,
+            Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.ColG,
+            Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.ColB, 1); //Set Color
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_TimeProgress.TexNum);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+    glVertex2f(x, y);
+
+    CurLyricsTime := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+    if (CurLyricsTime > 0) and
+       (LyricsState.TotalTime > 0) then
+    begin
+      LyricsProgress := CurLyricsTime / LyricsState.TotalTime;
+      // avoid that the bar "overflows" for inaccurate song lengths
+      if (LyricsProgress > 1.0) then
+        LyricsProgress := 1.0;
+      glTexCoord2f((width * LyricsProgress) / 8, 0);
+      glVertex2f(x + width * LyricsProgress, y);
+
+      glTexCoord2f((width * LyricsProgress) / 8, 1);
+      glVertex2f(x + width * LyricsProgress, y + height);
+    end;
+
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1);
+    glVertex2f(x, y + height);
+  glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glcolor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas b/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5030eff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UEditorLyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  gl,
+  UMusic,
+  UTexture;
+
+type
+  TAlignmentType = (atLeft, atCenter, atRight);
+
+  TWord = record
+    X:         real;
+    Y:         real;
+    Size:      real;
+    Width:     real;
+    Text:      string;
+    ColR:      real;
+    ColG:      real;
+    ColB:      real;
+    FontStyle: integer;
+    Italic:    boolean;
+    Selected:  boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TEditorLyrics = class
+    private
+      AlignI:     TAlignmentType;
+      XR:         real;
+      YR:         real;
+      SizeR:      real;
+      SelectedI:  integer;
+      FontStyleI: integer;          // font number
+      Word:       array of TWord;
+
+      procedure SetX(Value: real);
+      procedure SetY(Value: real);
+      function GetClientX: real;
+      procedure SetAlign(Value: TAlignmentType);
+      function GetSize: real;
+      procedure SetSize(Value: real);
+      procedure SetSelected(Value: integer);
+      procedure SetFontStyle(Value: integer);
+      procedure AddWord(Text: UTF8String);
+      procedure Refresh;
+    public
+      ColR:   real;
+      ColG:   real;
+      ColB:   real;
+      ColSR:  real;
+      ColSG:  real;
+      ColSB:  real;
+      Italic: boolean;
+
+      constructor Create;
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure AddLine(NrLine: integer);
+
+      procedure Clear;
+      procedure Draw;
+    published
+      property X: real write SetX;
+      property Y: real write SetY;
+      property ClientX: real read GetClientX;
+      property Align: TAlignmentType write SetAlign;
+      property Size: real read GetSize write SetSize;
+      property Selected: integer read SelectedI write SetSelected;
+      property FontStyle: integer write SetFontStyle;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  TextGL,
+  UGraphic,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  Math,
+  USkins;
+
+constructor TEditorLyrics.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+destructor TEditorLyrics.Destroy;
+begin
+  SetLength(Word, 0);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetX(Value: real);
+begin
+  XR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetY(Value: real);
+begin
+  YR := Value;
+end;
+
+function TEditorLyrics.GetClientX: real;
+begin
+  Result := Word[0].X;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetAlign(Value: TAlignmentType);
+begin
+  AlignI := Value;
+end;
+
+function TEditorLyrics.GetSize: real;
+begin
+  Result := SizeR;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetSize(Value: real);
+begin
+  SizeR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetSelected(Value: integer);
+begin
+  if (-1 < SelectedI) and (SelectedI <= High(Word)) then
+  begin
+    Word[SelectedI].Selected := false;
+    Word[SelectedI].ColR := ColR;
+    Word[SelectedI].ColG := ColG;
+    Word[SelectedI].ColB := ColB;
+  end;
+
+  SelectedI := Value;
+  if (-1 < Value) and (Value <= High(Word)) then
+  begin
+    Word[Value].Selected := true;
+    Word[Value].ColR := ColSR;
+    Word[Value].ColG := ColSG;
+    Word[Value].ColB := ColSB;
+  end;
+
+  Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetFontStyle(Value: integer);
+begin
+  FontStyleI := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.AddWord(Text: UTF8String);
+var
+  WordNum: integer;
+begin
+  WordNum := Length(Word);
+  SetLength(Word, WordNum + 1);
+  if WordNum = 0 then
+    Word[WordNum].X := XR
+  else
+    Word[WordNum].X := Word[WordNum - 1].X + Word[WordNum - 1].Width;
+
+  Word[WordNum].Y := YR;
+  Word[WordNum].Size := SizeR;
+  Word[WordNum].FontStyle := FontStyleI;
+  SetFontStyle(FontStyleI);
+  SetFontSize(SizeR);
+  SetFontItalic(Italic);
+  Word[WordNum].Width := glTextWidth(Text);
+  Word[WordNum].Text := Text;
+  Word[WordNum].ColR := ColR;
+  Word[WordNum].ColG := ColG;
+  Word[WordNum].ColB := ColB;
+  Word[WordNum].Italic := Italic;
+
+  Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.AddLine(NrLine: integer);
+var
+  NoteIndex: integer;
+begin
+  Clear;
+  for NoteIndex := 0 to Lines[0].Line[NrLine].HighNote do
+  begin
+    Italic := Lines[0].Line[NrLine].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntFreestyle;
+    AddWord(Lines[0].Line[NrLine].Note[NoteIndex].Text);
+  end;
+  Selected := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.Clear;
+begin
+  SetLength(Word, 0);
+  SelectedI := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.Refresh;
+var
+  WordIndex:  integer;
+  TotalWidth: real;
+begin
+  if AlignI = atCenter then
+  begin
+    TotalWidth := 0;
+    for WordIndex := 0 to High(Word) do
+      TotalWidth := TotalWidth + Word[WordIndex].Width;
+
+    Word[0].X := XR - TotalWidth / 2;
+    for WordIndex := 1 to High(Word) do
+      Word[WordIndex].X := Word[WordIndex - 1].X + Word[WordIndex - 1].Width;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.Draw;
+var
+  WordIndex: integer;
+begin
+  for WordIndex := 0 to High(Word) do
+  begin
+    SetFontStyle(Word[WordIndex].FontStyle);
+    SetFontPos(Word[WordIndex].X + 10*ScreenX, Word[WordIndex].Y);
+    SetFontSize(Word[WordIndex].Size);
+    SetFontItalic(Word[WordIndex].Italic);
+    glColor3f(Word[WordIndex].ColR, Word[WordIndex].ColG, Word[WordIndex].ColB);
+    glPrint(Word[WordIndex].Text);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UFiles.pas b/src/base/UFiles.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a7ca8f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UFiles.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UFiles;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  ULog,
+  UMusic,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UPath;
+
+procedure ResetSingTemp;
+
+type
+  TSaveSongResult = (ssrOK, ssrFileError, ssrEncodingError);
+
+{**
+ * Throws a TEncodingException if the song's fields cannot be encoded in the
+ * requested encoding.
+ *}
+function SaveSong(const Song: TSong; const Lines: TLines; const Name: IPath; Relative: boolean): TSaveSongResult;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  TextGL,
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  UPlatform,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UTextEncoding;
+
+//--------------------
+// Resets the temporary Sentence Arrays for each Player and some other Variables
+//--------------------
+procedure ResetSingTemp;
+var
+  Count:  integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(Lines, Length(Player));
+  for Count := 0 to High(Player) do begin
+    SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+    SetLength(Lines[Count].Line[0].Note, 0);
+    Lines[Count].Line[0].Lyric := '';
+    Player[Count].Score := 0;
+    Player[Count].LengthNote := 0;
+    Player[Count].HighNote := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//--------------------
+// Saves a Song
+//--------------------
+function SaveSong(const Song: TSong; const Lines: TLines; const Name: IPath; Relative: boolean): TSaveSongResult;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  S:      AnsiString;
+  B:      integer;
+  RelativeSubTime: integer;
+  NoteState: AnsiString;
+  SongFile: TTextFileStream;
+
+  function EncodeToken(const Str: UTF8String): RawByteString;
+  var
+    Success: boolean;
+  begin
+    Success := EncodeStringUTF8(Str, Result, Song.Encoding);
+    if (not Success) then
+      SaveSong := ssrEncodingError;
+  end;
+
+  procedure WriteCustomTags;
+    var
+      I: integer;
+      Line: RawByteString;
+  begin
+    for I := 0 to High(Song.CustomTags) do
+    begin
+      Line := EncodeToken(Song.CustomTags[I].Content);
+      if (Length(Song.CustomTags[I].Tag) > 0) then
+        Line := EncodeToken(Song.CustomTags[I].Tag) + ':' + Line;
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#' + Line);
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+begin
+  //  Relative := true; // override (idea - use shift+S to save with relative)
+  Result := ssrOK;
+
+  try
+    SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(Name, fmCreate);
+    try
+      // to-do: should we really write the BOM?
+      //        it causes problems w/ older versions
+      //        e.g. usdx 1.0.1a or ultrastar < 0.7.0
+      if (Song.Encoding = encUTF8) then
+        SongFile.WriteString(UTF8_BOM);
+
+      // do not save "auto" encoding tag
+      if (Song.Encoding <> encAuto) then
+        SongFile.WriteLine('#ENCODING:' + EncodingName(Song.Encoding));
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#TITLE:'    + EncodeToken(Song.Title));
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#ARTIST:'   + EncodeToken(Song.Artist));
+
+      if Song.Creator     <> ''        then SongFile.WriteLine('#CREATOR:'   + EncodeToken(Song.Creator));
+      if Song.Edition     <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#EDITION:'   + EncodeToken(Song.Edition));
+      if Song.Genre       <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#GENRE:'     + EncodeToken(Song.Genre));
+      if Song.Language    <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#LANGUAGE:'  + EncodeToken(Song.Language));
+      if Song.Year        <> 0         then SongFile.WriteLine('#YEAR:'      + IntToStr(Song.Year));
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#MP3:' + EncodeToken(Song.Mp3.ToUTF8));
+      if Song.Cover.IsSet      then    SongFile.WriteLine('#COVER:'       + EncodeToken(Song.Cover.ToUTF8));
+      if Song.Background.IsSet then    SongFile.WriteLine('#BACKGROUND:'  + EncodeToken(Song.Background.ToUTF8));
+      if Song.Video.IsSet      then    SongFile.WriteLine('#VIDEO:'       + EncodeToken(Song.Video.ToUTF8));
+
+      if Song.VideoGAP    <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#VIDEOGAP:'    + FloatToStr(Song.VideoGAP));
+      if Song.Resolution  <> 4  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#RESOLUTION:'  + IntToStr(Song.Resolution));
+      if Song.NotesGAP    <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#NOTESGAP:'    + IntToStr(Song.NotesGAP));
+      if Song.Start       <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#START:'       + FloatToStr(Song.Start));
+      if Song.Finish      <> 0  then    SongFile.WriteLine('#END:'         + IntToStr(Song.Finish));
+      if Relative               then    SongFile.WriteLine('#RELATIVE:yes');
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#BPM:' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[0].BPM / 4));
+      SongFile.WriteLine('#GAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.GAP));
+
+      // write custom header tags
+      WriteCustomTags;
+
+      RelativeSubTime := 0;
+      for B := 1 to High(Song.BPM) do
+        SongFile.WriteLine('B ' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[B].StartBeat) + ' '
+                                + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[B].BPM/4));
+
+      for C := 0 to Lines.High do
+      begin
+        for N := 0 to Lines.Line[C].HighNote do
+        begin
+          with Lines.Line[C].Note[N] do
+          begin
+            //Golden + Freestyle Note Patch
+            case Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType of
+              ntFreestyle: NoteState := 'F ';
+              ntNormal: NoteState := ': ';
+              ntGolden: NoteState := '* ';
+            end; // case
+            S := NoteState + IntToStr(Start-RelativeSubTime) + ' '
+                           + IntToStr(Length) + ' '
+                           + IntToStr(Tone) + ' '
+                           + EncodeToken(Text);
+
+            SongFile.WriteLine(S);
+          end; // with
+        end; // N
+
+        if C < Lines.High then // don't write end of last sentence
+        begin
+          if not Relative then
+            S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start)
+          else
+          begin
+            S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime) +
+              ' ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime);
+            RelativeSubTime := Lines.Line[C+1].Start;
+          end;
+          SongFile.WriteLine(S);
+        end;
+      end; // C
+
+      SongFile.WriteLine('E');
+    finally
+      SongFile.Free;
+    end;
+  except
+    Result := ssrFileError;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/base/UFilesystem.pas b/src/base/UFilesystem.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..805bcfe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UFilesystem.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UFilesystem;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  TntSysUtils,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  TSytemSearchRec = TSearchRecW;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSytemSearchRec = TSearchRec;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  TFileInfo = record
+    Time: integer;  // timestamp
+    Size: int64;    // file size (byte)
+    Attr: integer;  // file attributes
+    Name: IPath;    // basename with extension
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Iterates through the search results retrieved by FileFind().
+   * Example usage:
+   *   while(Iter.HasNext()) do
+   *     SearchRec := Iter.Next();
+   *}
+  IFileIterator = interface
+    function HasNext(): boolean;
+    function Next(): TFileInfo;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Wrapper for SysUtils file functions.
+   * For documentation and examples, check the SysUtils equivalent.
+   *}
+  IFileSystem = interface
+    function ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): TFileHandle;
+    function DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): TFileHandle;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; overload;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;
+
+    function DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * On Windows: returns true only for files (not directories)
+     * On Apple/Unix: returns true for all kind of files (even directories)
+     * @seealso SysUtils.FileExists()
+     *}
+    function FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+
+    function FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+    function FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+    function FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+    function FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+    function DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Copies file Source to Target. If FailIfExists is true, the file is not
+     * copied if it already exists.
+     * Returns true if the file was successfully copied.
+     *}
+    function CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+
+    function ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    function ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+
+    function IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * Searches for a file with filename Name in the directories given in DirList.
+     *}
+    function FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+
+    {**
+     * More convenient version of FindFirst/Next/Close with iterator support.
+     *}
+    function FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator;
+
+    {**
+     * Old style search functions. Use FileFind() instead.
+     *}
+    function FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    function FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    procedure FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+
+    function GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+    function SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+
+    {**
+     * Returns true if the filesystem is case-sensitive.
+     *}
+    function IsCaseSensitive(): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  function FileSystem(): IFileSystem;
+
+implementation
+
+type
+  TFileSystemImpl = class(TInterfacedObject, IFileSystem)
+  public
+    function ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): TFileHandle;
+    function DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): TFileHandle;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; overload;
+    function FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;
+    function DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+    function FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+    function FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+    function FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+    function DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    function RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+    function CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+
+    function ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+    function IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+    function ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+
+    function FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+    function FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator;
+
+    function FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    function FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+    procedure FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+
+    function GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+    function SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+
+    function IsCaseSensitive(): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TFileIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IFileIterator)
+  private
+    fHasNext: boolean;
+    fSearchRec: TSytemSearchRec;
+  public
+    constructor Create(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer);
+    destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+    function HasNext(): boolean;
+    function Next(): TFileInfo;
+  end;
+
+
+var
+  FileSystem_Singleton: IFileSystem;
+
+function FileSystem(): IFileSystem;
+begin
+  Result := FileSystem_Singleton;
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator;
+begin
+  Result := TFileIterator.Create(FilePattern, Attr);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.IsCaseSensitive(): boolean;
+begin
+  // Windows and Mac OS X do not have case sensitive file systems
+  {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS) or Defined(DARWIN)}
+    Result := false;
+  {$ELSE}
+    Result := true;
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+var
+  NameStr: UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  NameStr := FileName.ToUTF8();
+
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    // check if drive is given 'C:...'
+    if (FileName.GetDrive().ToUTF8 <> '') then
+      Exit;
+    // check if path starts with '\\'
+    if (Length(NameStr) >= 2) and
+       (NameStr[1] = PathDelim) and (NameStr[2] = PathDelim) then
+      Exit;
+  {$ELSE} // Unix based systems
+    // check if root dir given '/...'
+    if (Length(NameStr) >= 1) and (NameStr[1] = PathDelim) then
+      Exit;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExpandFileName(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): TFileHandle;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileCreate(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideCreateDir(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): TFileHandle;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileOpen(FileName.ToWide(), Mode);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileAge(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileAge(FileName.ToWide(), FileDateTime);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideDirectoryExists(Name.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileExists(Name.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileGetAttr(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileSetAttr(FileName.ToWide(), Attr);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileIsReadOnly(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideFileSetReadOnly(FileName.ToWide(), ReadOnly);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideForceDirectories(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  DirListStr: WideString;
+begin
+  DirListStr := '';
+  for I := 0 to High(DirList) do
+  begin
+    if (I > 0) then
+      DirListStr := DirListStr + PathSep;
+    DirListStr := DirListStr + DirList[I].ToWide();
+  end;
+  Result := Path(WideFileSearch(Name.ToWide(), DirListStr));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideRenameFile(OldName.ToWide(), NewName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideDeleteFile(FileName.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideRemoveDir(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideCopyFile(Source.ToWide(), Target.ToWide(), FailIfExists);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileDrive(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFilePath(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileDir(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileName(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractFileExt(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExtractRelativePath(BaseName.ToWide(), FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideChangeFileExt(FileName.ToWide(), Extension.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideIncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToWide()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideFindFirst(FilePattern.ToWide(), Attr, F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideFindNext(F);
+end;
+
+procedure TFileSystemImpl.FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+begin
+  WideFindClose(F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(WideGetCurrentDir());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := WideSetCurrentDir(Dir.ToWide());
+end;
+
+{$ELSE} // UNIX
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExpandFileName(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): TFileHandle;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileCreate(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.CreateDir(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): TFileHandle;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileOpen(FileName.ToNative(), Mode);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileAge(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean;
+var
+  FileDate: integer;
+begin
+  FileDate := SysUtils.FileAge(FileName.ToNative());
+  Result := (FileDate <> -1);
+  if (Result) then
+    FileDateTime := FileDateToDateTime(FileDate);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.DirectoryExists(Name.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileExists(Name.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileGetAttr(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (SysUtils.FileSetAttr(FileName.ToNative(), Attr) = 0);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FileIsReadOnly(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (SysUtils.FileSetAttr(FileName.ToNative(), faReadOnly) = 0);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.ForceDirectories(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  DirListStr: AnsiString;
+begin
+  DirListStr := '';
+  for I := 0 to High(DirList) do
+  begin
+    if (I > 0) then
+      DirListStr := DirListStr + PathSep;
+    DirListStr := DirListStr + DirList[I].ToNative();
+  end;
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.FileSearch(Name.ToNative(), DirListStr));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.RenameFile(OldName.ToNative(), NewName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.DeleteFile(FileName.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.RemoveDir(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+const
+  COPY_BUFFER_SIZE = 4096; // a good tradeoff between speed and memory consumption
+var
+  SourceFile, TargetFile: TFileStream;
+  FileCopyBuffer: array [0..COPY_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte; // temporary copy-buffer.
+  NumberOfBytes: integer; // number of bytes read from SourceFile
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  SourceFile := nil;
+  TargetFile := nil;
+
+  // if overwrite is disabled return if the target file already exists
+  if (FailIfExists and FileExists(Target)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  try
+    try
+      // open source and target file (might throw an exception on error)
+      SourceFile := TFileStream.Create(Source.ToNative(), fmOpenRead);
+      TargetFile := TFileStream.Create(Target.ToNative(), fmCreate or fmOpenWrite);
+
+      while true do
+      begin
+        // read a block from the source file and check for errors or EOF
+        NumberOfBytes := SourceFile.Read(FileCopyBuffer, SizeOf(FileCopyBuffer));
+        if (NumberOfBytes <= 0) then
+          Break;
+        // write block to target file and check if everything was written
+        if (TargetFile.Write(FileCopyBuffer, NumberOfBytes) <> NumberOfBytes) then
+          Exit;
+      end;
+    except
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  finally
+    SourceFile.Free;
+    TargetFile.Free;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileDrive(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFilePath(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileDir(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileName(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileExt(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractRelativePath(BaseName.ToNative(), FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ChangeFileExt(FileName.ToNative(), Extension.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToNative()));
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FindFirst(FilePattern.ToNative(), Attr, F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.FindNext(F);
+end;
+
+procedure TFileSystemImpl.FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec);
+begin
+  SysUtils.FindClose(F);
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.GetCurrentDir: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(SysUtils.GetCurrentDir());
+end;
+
+function TFileSystemImpl.SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := SysUtils.SetCurrentDir(Dir.ToNative());
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{ TFileIterator }
+
+constructor TFileIterator.Create(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fHasNext := (FileSystem.FindFirst(FilePattern, Attr, fSearchRec) = 0);
+end;
+
+destructor TFileIterator.Destroy();
+begin
+  FileSystem.FindClose(fSearchRec);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFileIterator.HasNext(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := fHasNext;
+end;
+
+function TFileIterator.Next(): TFileInfo;
+begin
+  if (not fHasNext) then
+  begin
+    // Note: do not use FillChar() on records with ref-counted fields
+    Result.Time := 0;
+    Result.Size := 0;
+    Result.Attr := 0;
+    Result.Name := nil;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result.Time := fSearchRec.Time;
+  Result.Size := fSearchRec.Size;
+  Result.Attr := fSearchRec.Attr;
+  Result.Name := Path(fSearchRec.Name);
+
+  // fetch next entry
+  fHasNext := (FileSystem.FindNext(fSearchRec) = 0);
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  FileSystem_Singleton := TFileSystemImpl.Create;
+
+finalization
+  FileSystem_Singleton := nil;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UFont.pas b/src/base/UFont.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49a19a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UFont.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,3051 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UFont;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFNDEF FREETYPE_DEMO}
+  // Flip direction of y-axis.
+  // Default is a cartesian coordinate system with y-axis in upper direction
+  // but with USDX the y-axis is in lower direction.
+  {$DEFINE FLIP_YAXIS}
+  {$DEFINE BITMAP_FONT}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// Enables the Freetype font cache
+{$DEFINE ENABLE_FT_FACE_CACHE}
+
+uses
+  FreeType,
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  glu,
+  sdl,
+  Math,
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  {$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
+  UTexture,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UPath;
+
+type
+
+  PGLubyteArray = ^TGLubyteArray;
+  TGLubyteArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(GLubyte))-1] of GLubyte;
+  TGLubyteDynArray = array of GLubyte;
+
+  TUCS4StringArray = array of UCS4String;
+
+  TGLColor = packed record
+    case byte of
+      0: ( vals: array[0..3] of GLfloat; );
+      1: ( r, g, b, a: GLfloat; );
+  end;
+
+  TBoundsDbl = record
+    Left, Right: double;
+    Bottom, Top: double;
+  end;
+
+  TPositionDbl = record
+    X, Y: double;
+  end;
+
+  TTextureSize = record
+    Width, Height: integer;
+  end;
+
+  TBitmapCoords = record
+    Left, Top: double;
+    Width, Height: integer;
+  end;
+
+  EFontError = class(Exception);
+
+  {**
+   * Abstract base class representing a glyph.
+   *}
+  TGlyph = class
+    protected
+      function GetAdvance(): TPositionDbl; virtual; abstract;
+      function GetBounds(): TBoundsDbl; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+      procedure Render(UseDisplayLists: boolean); virtual; abstract;
+      procedure RenderReflection(); virtual; abstract;
+
+      {** Distance to next glyph (in pixels) *}
+      property Advance: TPositionDbl read GetAdvance;
+      {** Glyph bounding box (in pixels) *}
+      property Bounds: TBoundsDbl read GetBounds;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Font styles used by TFont.Style
+   *}
+  TFontStyle = set of (Italic, Underline, Reflect);
+
+  {**
+   * Base font class.
+   *}
+  TFont = class
+    private
+      {** Non-virtual reset-method used in Create() and Reset() }
+      procedure ResetIntern();
+
+    protected
+      fFilename: IPath;
+      fStyle: TFontStyle;
+      fUseKerning: boolean;       
+      fLineSpacing: single;       // must be inited by subclass
+      fReflectionSpacing: single; // must be inited by subclass to -2*Descender
+      fGlyphSpacing: single;
+      fReflectionPass: boolean;
+
+      {**
+       * Splits lines in Text seperated by newline (char-code #13).
+       * @param Text   UCS-4 encoded string
+       * @param Lines  splitted UCS4String lines
+       *}
+      procedure SplitLines(const Text: UCS4String; var Lines: TUCS4StringArray);
+
+      {**
+       * Print an array of UCS4Strings. Each array-item is a line of text.
+       * Lines of text are seperated by the line-spacing.
+       * This is the base function for all text drawing.
+       *}
+      procedure Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); overload; virtual;
+
+      {**
+       * Draws an underline.
+       *}
+      procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); virtual;
+
+      {**
+       * Renders (one) line of text.
+       *}
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); virtual; abstract;
+
+      {**
+       * Returns the bounds of text-lines contained in Text.
+       * @param(Advance  if true the right bound is set to the advance instead
+       *   of the minimal right bound.)
+       *}
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; overload; virtual; abstract;
+
+      {**
+       * Resets all user settings to default values.
+       * Override methods should always call the inherited version.
+       *}
+      procedure Reset(); virtual;
+
+      function GetHeight(): single; virtual; abstract;
+      function GetAscender(): single; virtual; abstract;
+      function GetDescender(): single; virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single); virtual;
+      function GetLineSpacing(): single; virtual;
+      procedure SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single); virtual;
+      function GetGlyphSpacing(): single; virtual;
+      procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single); virtual;
+      function GetReflectionSpacing(): single; virtual;
+      procedure SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle); virtual;
+      function GetStyle(): TFontStyle; virtual;
+      function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; virtual; abstract;
+      function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean); virtual;
+      function GetUseKerning(): boolean; virtual;
+      procedure SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean); virtual;
+
+      {** Returns true if the current render-pass is used to draw the reflection }
+      property ReflectionPass: boolean read fReflectionPass write SetReflectionPass;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {**
+       * Prints a text.
+       *}
+      procedure Print(const Text: UCS4String); overload;
+      {** UTF-16 version of @link(Print) }
+      procedure Print(const Text: WideString); overload;
+      {** UTF-8 version of @link(Print) }
+      procedure Print(const Text: UTF8String); overload;
+
+      {**
+       * Calculates the bounding box (width and height) around Text.
+       * Works with Italic and Underline styles but reflections created
+       * with the Reflect style are not considered.
+       * Note that the width might differ due to kerning with appended text,
+       * e.g. Width('VA') <= Width('V') + Width('A').
+       * @param Advance  if set to true, Result.Right is set to the advance of
+       * the given text rather than the min. right border. The advance width is
+       * bigger than the text's width as it additionally contains the advance
+       * and glyph-spacing of the last character.
+       *}
+      function BBox(const Text: UCS4String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
+      {** UTF-16 version of @link(BBox) }
+      function BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
+      {** UTF-8 version of @link(BBox) }
+      function BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
+
+      {**
+       * Adds a new font that is used if the default font misses a glyph
+       * @raises EFontError  if the fallback could not be initialized
+       *}
+      procedure AddFallback(const Filename: IPath); virtual; abstract;
+
+      {** Font height }
+      property Height: single read GetHeight;
+      {** Vertical distance from baseline to top of glyph }
+      property Ascender: single read GetAscender;
+      {** Vertical distance from baseline to bottom of glyph }
+      property Descender: single read GetDescender;
+      {** Vertical distance between two baselines }
+      property LineSpacing: single read GetLineSpacing write SetLineSpacing;
+      {** Space between end and start of next glyph added to the advance width }
+      property GlyphSpacing: single read GetGlyphSpacing write SetGlyphSpacing;
+      {** Distance between normal baseline and baseline of the reflection }
+      property ReflectionSpacing: single read GetReflectionSpacing write SetReflectionSpacing;
+      {** Font style (italic/underline/...) }
+      property Style: TFontStyle read GetStyle write SetStyle;
+      {** If set to true (default) kerning will be used if available }
+      property UseKerning: boolean read GetUseKerning write SetUseKerning;
+      {** Filename }
+      property Filename: IPath read fFilename;
+  end;
+
+const
+  //** Max. number of mipmap levels that a TScalableFont can contain
+  cMaxMipmapLevel = 5;
+
+type
+  {**
+   * Wrapper around TFont to allow font size changes.
+   * The font is scaled to the requested size by a modelview matrix
+   * transformation (glScale) and not by rescaling the internal bitmap
+   * representation. This way changing the size is really fast but the result
+   * may lack quality on large or small scale factors.
+   *}
+  TScalableFont = class(TFont)
+    private
+      procedure ResetIntern();
+
+    protected
+      fScale: single;        //**< current height to base-font height ratio
+      fStretch: single;      //**< stretch factor for width (Width * fStretch)
+      fBaseFont: TFont;      //**< shortcut for fMipmapFonts[0]
+      fUseMipmaps: boolean;  //**< true if mipmap fonts are generated
+      /// Mipmap fonts (size[level+1] = size[level]/2)
+      fMipmapFonts: array[0..cMaxMipmapLevel] of TFont;
+
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      procedure Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+      {**
+       * Callback called for creation of each mipmap font.
+       * Must be defined by the subclass.
+       * Mipmaps created by this method are managed and freed by TScalableFont.
+       *}
+      function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; virtual; abstract;
+
+      {**
+       * Returns the mipmap level considering the current scale and projection
+       * matrix.
+       *}
+      function GetMipmapLevel(): integer;
+
+      {**
+       * Returns the scale applied to the given mipmap font.
+       * fScale * fBaseFont.Height / fMipmapFont[Level].Height
+       *}
+      function GetMipmapScale(Level: integer): single;
+
+      {**
+       * Chooses the mipmap that looks nicest with current scale and projection
+       * matrix.
+       *}
+      function ChooseMipmapFont(): TFont;
+
+      procedure SetHeight(Height: single); virtual;
+      function GetHeight(): single; override;
+      procedure SetStretch(Stretch: single); virtual;
+      function GetStretch(): single; virtual;
+      function GetAscender(): single; override;
+      function GetDescender(): single; override;
+      procedure SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+      function GetLineSpacing(): single; override;
+      procedure SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+      function GetGlyphSpacing(): single; override;
+      procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+      function GetReflectionSpacing(): single; override;
+      procedure SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle); override;
+      function GetStyle(): TFontStyle; override;
+      function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+      function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+      procedure SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean); override;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * Creates a wrapper to make the base-font Font scalable.
+       * If UseMipmaps is set to true smaller fonts are created so that a
+       * resized (Height property changed) font looks nicer.
+       * The font passed is managed and freed by TScalableFont.
+       *}
+      constructor Create(Font: TFont; UseMipmaps: boolean); overload;
+
+      {**
+       * Frees memory. The fonts passed on Create() and mipmap creation
+       * are freed too. 
+       *}
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+      procedure Reset(); override;
+
+      {** Font height }
+      property Height: single read GetHeight write SetHeight;
+      {** Factor for font stretching (NewWidth = Width*Stretch), 1.0 by default }
+      property Stretch: single read GetStretch write SetStretch;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Table for storage of max. 256 glyphs.
+   * Used for the second cache level. Indexed by the LSB of the UCS4Char
+   * char-code.
+   *}
+  PGlyphTable = ^TGlyphTable;
+  TGlyphTable = array[0..255] of TGlyph;
+
+  {**
+   * Cache for glyphs of a single font.
+   * The cached glyphs are stored inside a hash-list.
+   * Hashing is performed in two steps:
+   * 1. the least significant byte (LSB) of the UCS4Char character code
+   * is removed (shr 8) and the result (we call it BaseCode here) looked up in
+   * the hash-list.
+   * 2. Each entry of the hash-list contains a table with max. 256 entries.
+   * The LSB of the char-code of a glyph is the table-offset of that glyph.
+   *}
+  TGlyphCache = class
+    private
+      fHash: TList;
+
+      {**
+       * Finds a glyph-table storing cached glyphs with base-code BaseCode
+       * (= upper char-code bytes) in the hash-list and returns the table and
+       * its index.
+       * @param(InsertPos  the position of the tyble in the list if it was found,
+       *                   otherwise the position the table should be inserted)
+       *}
+      function FindGlyphTable(BaseCode: cardinal; out InsertPos: integer): PGlyphTable;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {**
+       * Add glyph Glyph with char-code ch to the cache.
+       * @returns @true on success, @false otherwise
+       *}
+      function AddGlyph(ch: UCS4Char; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
+
+      {**
+       * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache.
+       *}
+      procedure DeleteGlyph(ch: UCS4Char);
+
+      {**
+       * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache.
+       *}
+      function GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
+
+      {**
+       * Checks if a glyph with char-code ch is cached.
+       *}
+      function HasGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+
+      {**
+       * Remove and free all cached glyphs. If KeepBaseSet is set to
+       * true, cached characters in the range 0..255 will not be flushed.
+       *}
+      procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Entry of a glyph-cache's (TGlyphCache) hash.
+   * Stores a BaseCode (upper-bytes of a glyph's char-code) and a table
+   * with all glyphs cached at the moment with that BaseCode.
+   *}
+  TGlyphCacheHashEntry = class
+    private
+      fBaseCode: cardinal;
+    public
+      GlyphTable: TGlyphTable;
+
+      constructor Create(BaseCode: cardinal);
+
+      {** Base-code (upper-bytes) of the glyphs stored in this entry's table }
+      property BaseCode: cardinal read fBaseCode;
+  end;
+
+  TCachedFont = class(TFont)
+    protected
+      fCache: TGlyphCache;
+
+      {**
+       * Retrieves a cached glyph with char-code ch from cache.
+       * If the glyph is not already cached, it is loaded with LoadGlyph().
+       *}
+      function GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
+
+      {**
+       * Callback to create (load) a glyph with char-code ch.
+       * Implemented by subclasses.
+       *}
+      function LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; virtual; abstract;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {**
+       * Remove and free all cached glyphs. If KeepBaseSet is set to
+       * true, the base glyphs are not be flushed.
+       * @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache
+       *}
+      procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+  end;
+
+  TFTFont = class;
+
+  {**
+   * Freetype font face class.
+   *}
+  TFTFontFace = class
+    private
+      fFilename: IPath;             //**< filename of the font-file
+      fFace: FT_Face;               //**< Holds the height of the font
+      fFontUnitScale: TPositionDbl; //**< FT font-units to pixel ratio
+      fSize: integer;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * @raises EFontError  if the glyph could not be initialized
+       *}
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer);
+      
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      property Filename: IPath read fFilename;
+      property Data: FT_Face read fFace;
+      property FontUnitScale: TPositionDbl read fFontUnitScale;
+      property Size: integer read fSize;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Loading font faces with freetype is a slow process.
+   * Especially loading a font (e.g. fallback fonts) more than once is a waste
+   * of time. Just cache already loaded faces here.
+   *}
+  TFTFontFaceCache = class
+    private
+      fFaces:       array of TFTFontFace;
+      fFacesRefCnt: array of integer;      
+    public
+      {**
+       * @raises EFontError  if the font could not be initialized
+       *}
+      function LoadFace(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer): TFTFontFace;
+
+      procedure UnloadFace(Face: TFTFontFace);
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Freetype glyph.
+   * Each glyph stores a texture with the glyph's image.
+   *}
+  TFTGlyph = class(TGlyph)
+    private
+      fCharCode:  UCS4Char;     //**< Char code
+      fFace: TFTFontFace;       //**< Freetype face used for this glyph
+      fCharIndex: FT_UInt;      //**< Freetype specific char-index (<> char-code)
+      fDisplayList: GLuint;     //**< Display-list ID
+      fTexture: GLuint;         //**< Texture ID
+      fBitmapCoords: TBitmapCoords; //**< Left/Top offset and Width/Height of the bitmap (in pixels)
+      fTexOffset: TPositionDbl; //**< Right and bottom texture offset for removal of power-of-2 padding
+      fTexSize: TTextureSize;   //**< Texture size in pixels
+
+      fFont: TFTFont;           //**< Font associated with this glyph
+      fAdvance: TPositionDbl;   //**< Advance width of this glyph
+      fBounds: TBoundsDbl;      //**< Glyph bounds
+      fOutset: single;          //**< Extrusion outset
+
+      {**
+       * Extrudes the outline of a glyph's bitmap stored in TexBuffer with size
+       * fTexSize by Outset pixels.
+       * This is useful to create bold or outlined fonts.
+       * TexBuffer must be 2*Ceil(Outset) pixels higher and wider than the
+       * original glyph bitmap, otherwise the glyph borders cannot be extruded
+       * correctly.
+       * The bitmap must be 2* pixels wider and higher than the
+       * original glyph's bitmap with the latter centered in it.
+       *}
+      procedure StrokeBorder(var Glyph: FT_Glyph);
+
+      {**
+       * Creates an OpenGL texture (and display list) for the glyph.
+       * The glyph's and bitmap's metrics are set correspondingly.
+       * @param  LoadFlags  flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
+       * @raises EFontError  if the glyph could not be initialized
+       *}
+      procedure CreateTexture(LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+
+    protected
+      function GetAdvance(): TPositionDbl; override;
+      function GetBounds(): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * Creates a glyph with char-code ch from font Font.
+       * @param LoadFlags  flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
+       *}
+      constructor Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: UCS4Char; Outset: single;
+                         LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {** Renders the glyph (normal render pass) }
+      procedure Render(UseDisplayLists: boolean); override;
+      {** Renders the glyph's reflection }
+      procedure RenderReflection(); override;
+
+      {** Freetype specific char-index (<> char-code) }
+      property CharIndex: FT_UInt read fCharIndex;
+      
+      {** Freetype face used for this glyph }
+      property Face: TFTFontFace read fFace;
+  end;
+
+  TFontPart = ( fpNone, fpInner, fpOutline );
+  TFTFontFaceArray = array of TFTFontFace;
+
+  {**
+   * Freetype font class.
+   *}
+  TFTFont = class(TCachedFont)
+    private
+      procedure ResetIntern();
+      class function GetFaceCache(): TFTFontFaceCache;
+
+    protected
+      fFace: TFTFontFace;           //**< Default font face
+      fSize: integer;               //**< Font base size (in pixels)
+      fOutset: single;              //**< size of outset extrusion (in pixels)
+      fLoadFlags: FT_Int32;         //**< FT glpyh load-flags
+      fUseDisplayLists: boolean;    //**< true: use display-lists, false: direct drawing
+      fPart: TFontPart;             //**< indicates the part of an outline font
+      fFallbackFaces: TFTFontFaceArray; //**< available fallback faces, ordered by priority
+
+      {** @seealso TCachedFont.LoadGlyph }
+      function LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; override;
+
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+      function GetHeight(): single; override;
+      function GetAscender(): single; override;
+      function GetDescender(): single; override;
+      function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+      function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * Creates a font of size Size (in pixels) from the file Filename.
+       * If Outset (in pixels) is set to a value > 0 the glyphs will be extruded
+       * at their borders. Use it for e.g. a bold effect.
+       * @param  LoadFlags  flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
+       * @raises EFontError  if the font-file could not be loaded
+       *}
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
+                         Size: integer; Outset: single = 0.0;
+                         LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT);
+
+      {**
+       * Frees all resources associated with the font.
+       *}
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+      procedure Reset(); override;
+
+      procedure AddFallback(const Filename: IPath); override;
+
+      {** Size of the base font }
+      property Size: integer read fSize;
+      {** Outset size }
+      property Outset: single read fOutset;
+      {** The part (inner/outline/none) this font represents in a composite font }
+      property Part: TFontPart read fPart write fPart;
+      {** Freetype face of this font }
+      property DefaultFace: TFTFontFace read fFace;
+      {** Available freetype fallback faces, ordered by priority }
+      property FallbackFaces: TFTFontFaceArray read fFallbackFaces;
+  end;
+
+  TFTScalableFont = class(TScalableFont)
+    protected
+      function GetOutset(): single; virtual;
+      function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; override;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * Creates a scalable font of size Size (in pixels) from the file Filename.
+       * OutsetAmount is the ratio of the glyph extrusion.
+       * The extrusion in pixels is Size*OutsetAmount
+       * (0.0 -> no extrusion, 0.1 -> 10%).
+       *
+       * The memory size (in bytes) consumed by a scalable font
+       * - with UseMipmaps=false:
+       *  mem = size^2 * #cached_glyphs
+       * - with UseMipmaps=true (all mipmap levels):
+       *  mem = size^2 * #cached_glyphs * Sum[i=1..cMaxMipmapLevel](1/i^2)
+       * - with UseMipmaps=true (5 <= cMaxMipmapLevel <= 10):
+       *  mem ~= size^2 * #cached_glyphs * 1.5
+       *
+       * Examples (for 128 cached glyphs):
+       * - Size: 64 pixels: 768 KB (mipmapped) or 512 KB (non-mipmapped).
+       * - Size 128 pixels: 3 MB (mipmapped) or 2 MB (non-mipmapped)
+       *
+       * Note: once a glyph is cached there will
+       *}
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
+                         Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single = 0.0;
+                         UseMipmaps: boolean = true);
+
+      procedure AddFallback(const Filename: IPath); override;
+                         
+      {** @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache }
+      procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+
+      {** Outset size (in pixels) of the scaled font }
+      property Outset: single read GetOutset;
+  end;
+
+  
+  {**
+   * Represents a freetype font with an additional outline around its glyphs.
+   * The outline size is passed on creation and cannot be changed later.
+   *}
+  TFTOutlineFont = class(TFont)
+    private
+      fSize: integer;
+      fOutset: single;
+      fInnerFont, fOutlineFont: TFTFont;
+      fOutlineColor: TGLColor;
+
+      procedure ResetIntern();
+      
+  protected
+      procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+      function GetHeight(): single; override;
+      function GetAscender(): single; override;
+      function GetDescender(): single; override;
+      procedure SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+      procedure SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+      procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+      procedure SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle); override;
+      function GetStyle(): TFontStyle; override;
+      function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+      function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+      procedure SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean); override;
+      procedure SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean); override;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
+                         Size: integer; Outset: single;
+                         LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT);
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      {**
+       * Sets the color of the outline.
+       * If the alpha component is < 0, OpenGL's current alpha value will be
+       * used.
+       *}
+      procedure SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat = -1.0);
+
+      {** @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache }
+      procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+
+      procedure AddFallback(const Filename: IPath); override;
+      
+      {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+      procedure Reset(); override;
+
+      {** Size of the base font }
+      property Size: integer read fSize;
+      {** Outset size }
+      property Outset: single read fOutset;
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Wrapper around TOutlineFont to allow font resizing.
+   * @seealso TScalableFont
+   *}
+  TFTScalableOutlineFont = class(TScalableFont)
+    protected
+      function GetOutset(): single; virtual;
+      function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; override;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath;
+                         Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
+                         UseMipmaps: boolean = true);
+
+      {** @seealso TFTOutlineFont.SetOutlineColor }
+      procedure SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat = -1.0);
+
+      {** @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache }
+      procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+
+      procedure AddFallback(const Filename: IPath); override;
+      
+      {** Outset size }
+      property Outset: single read GetOutset;
+  end;
+
+{$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
+
+  {**
+   * A bitmapped font loads it's glyphs from a bitmap and stores them in a
+   * texture. Unicode characters are not supported (but could be by supporting
+   * multiple textures each storing a subset of unicode glyphs).
+   * For backward compatibility only.
+   *}
+  TBitmapFont = class(TFont)
+    private
+      fTex:       TTexture;
+      fTexSize:   integer;
+      fBaseline:  integer;
+      fAscender:  integer;
+      fDescender: integer;
+      fWidths:    array[0..255] of byte; //**< half widths
+      fOutline:   integer;
+      fTempColor: TGLColor; //**< colours for the reflection
+
+      procedure ResetIntern();
+
+      procedure RenderChar(ch: UCS4Char; var AdvanceX: real);
+
+      {**
+       * Load font widths from an info file.
+       * @param  InfoFile  the name of the info (.dat) file
+       * @raises EFontError if the file is corrupted
+       *}
+      procedure LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: IPath);
+
+    protected
+      procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override;
+      function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+      function GetHeight(): single; override;
+      function GetAscender(): single; override;
+      function GetDescender(): single; override;
+      function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+      function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * Creates a bitmapped font from image Filename and font width info
+       * loaded from the corresponding file with ending .dat.
+       * @param(Baseline  y-coord of the baseline given in cartesian coords
+       *        (y-axis up) and from the lower edge of the glyphs bounding box)
+       * @param(Ascender  pixels from baseline to top of highest glyph)
+       *}
+      constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Outline: integer;
+                         Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      {**
+       * Corrects font widths provided by the info file.
+       * NewWidth := Width * WidthMult + WidthAdd
+       *}
+      procedure CorrectWidths(WidthMult: real; WidthAdd: integer);
+
+      {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+      procedure Reset(); override;
+
+      procedure AddFallback(const Filename: IPath); override;
+  end;
+
+{$ENDIF BITMAP_FONT}
+
+  TFreeType = class
+    public
+      {**
+       * Returns a pointer to the freetype library singleton.
+       * If non exists, freetype will be initialized.
+       * @raises EFontError if initialization failed
+       *}
+      class function GetLibrary(): FT_Library;
+      class procedure FreeLibrary();
+  end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses Types;
+
+const
+  //** shear factor used for the italic effect (bigger value -> more bending)
+  cShearFactor = 0.25;
+  cShearMatrix: array[0..15] of GLfloat = (
+      1,            0, 0, 0,
+      cShearFactor, 1, 0, 0,
+      0,            0, 1, 0,
+      0,            0, 0, 1
+  );
+  cShearMatrixInv: array[0..15] of GLfloat = (
+      1,             0, 0, 0,
+      -cShearFactor, 1, 0, 0,
+      0,             0, 1, 0,
+      0,             0, 0, 1
+  );
+
+var
+  LibraryInst: FT_Library;
+
+function NewGLColor(r, g, b, a: GLfloat): TGLColor;
+begin
+  Result.r := r;
+  Result.g := g;
+  Result.b := b;
+  Result.a := a;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the first power of 2 >= Value.
+ *}
+function NextPowerOf2(Value: integer): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  Result := 1;
+  while (Result < Value) do
+    Result := Result shl 1;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFont.Create(const Filename: IPath);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fFilename := Filename;
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+destructor TFont.Destroy();
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+  fStyle := [];
+  fUseKerning := true;
+  fGlyphSpacing := 0.0;
+  fReflectionPass := false;
+
+  // must be set by subclasses
+  fLineSpacing := 0.0;
+  fReflectionSpacing := 0.0;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Reset();
+begin
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SplitLines(const Text: UCS4String; var Lines: TUCS4StringArray);
+var
+  CharIndex: integer;
+  LineStart: integer;
+  LineLength: integer;
+  EOT: boolean; // End-Of-Text
+begin
+  // split lines on newline
+  SetLength(Lines, 0);
+  EOT := false;
+  LineStart := 0;
+
+  for CharIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+  begin
+    // check for end of text (UCS4Strings are zero-terminated)
+    if (CharIndex = High(Text)) then
+      EOT := true;
+
+    // check for newline (carriage return (#13)) or end of text
+    if (Text[CharIndex] = 13) or EOT then
+    begin
+      LineLength := CharIndex - LineStart;
+      // check if last character was a newline
+      if (EOT and (LineLength = 0)) then
+        Break;      
+
+      // copy line (even if LineLength is 0)
+      SetLength(Lines, Length(Lines)+1);
+      Lines[High(Lines)] := UCS4Copy(Text, LineStart, LineLength);
+
+      LineStart := CharIndex+1;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: UCS4String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+var
+  LineArray: TUCS4StringArray;
+begin
+  SplitLines(Text, LineArray);
+  Result := BBox(LineArray, Advance);
+  SetLength(LineArray, 0);
+end;
+
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Result := BBox(UTF8Decode(Text), Advance);
+end;
+
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Result := BBox(WideStringToUCS4String(Text), Advance);
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray);
+var
+  LineIndex: integer;
+begin
+  // recursively call this function to draw reflected text
+  if ((Reflect in Style) and not ReflectionPass) then
+  begin
+    ReflectionPass := true;
+    Print(Text);
+    ReflectionPass := false;
+  end;
+
+  // store current color, enable-flags, matrix-mode
+  glPushAttrib(GL_CURRENT_BIT or GL_ENABLE_BIT or GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
+
+  // set OpenGL state
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+  glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+  {
+  // TODO: just draw texels with alpha > 0 to avoid setting z-buffer for them?
+  glAlphaFunc(GL_GREATER, 0);
+  glEnable(GL_ALPHA_TEST);
+
+  //TODO: Do we need depth-testing?
+  if (ReflectionPass) then
+  begin
+    glDepthMask(0);
+    glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+  end;
+  }
+
+  {$IFDEF FLIP_YAXIS}
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glScalef(1, -1, 1);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // display text
+  for LineIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+  begin
+    glPushMatrix();
+
+    // move to baseline
+    glTranslatef(0, -LineSpacing*LineIndex, 0);
+
+    if ((Underline in Style) and not ReflectionPass) then
+    begin
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      DrawUnderline(Text[LineIndex]);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    end;
+
+    // draw reflection
+    if (ReflectionPass) then
+    begin
+      // set reflection spacing
+      glTranslatef(0, -ReflectionSpacing, 0);
+      // flip y-axis
+      glScalef(1, -1, 1);
+    end;
+
+    // shear for italic effect
+    if (Italic in Style) then
+      glMultMatrixf(@cShearMatrix);
+
+    // render text line
+    Render(Text[LineIndex]);
+
+    glPopMatrix();
+  end;
+
+  // restore settings
+  {$IFDEF FLIP_YAXIS}
+  glPopMatrix();
+  {$ENDIF}
+  glPopAttrib();
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: UCS4String);
+var
+  LineArray: TUCS4StringArray;
+begin
+  SplitLines(Text, LineArray);
+  Print(LineArray);
+  SetLength(LineArray, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: UTF8String);
+begin
+  Print(UTF8Decode(Text));
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: WideString);
+begin
+  Print(WideStringToUCS4String(Text));
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String);
+var
+  UnderlineY1, UnderlineY2: single;
+  Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  UnderlineY1 := GetUnderlinePosition();
+  UnderlineY2 := UnderlineY1 + GetUnderlineThickness();
+  Bounds := BBox(Text, false);
+  glRectf(Bounds.Left, UnderlineY1, Bounds.Right, UnderlineY2);
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle);
+begin
+  fStyle := Style;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetStyle(): TFontStyle;
+begin
+  Result := fStyle;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+  fLineSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetLineSpacing(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fLineSpacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+  fGlyphSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetGlyphSpacing(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fGlyphSpacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+  fReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetReflectionSpacing(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fReflectionSpacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+  fUseKerning := Enable;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetUseKerning(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := fUseKerning;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+  fReflectionPass := Enable;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TScalableFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TScalableFont.Create(Font: TFont; UseMipmaps: boolean);
+var
+  MipmapLevel: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create(Font.Filename);
+  
+  fBaseFont := Font;
+  fMipmapFonts[0] := Font;
+  fUseMipmaps := UseMipmaps;
+  ResetIntern();
+
+  // create mipmap fonts if requested
+  if (UseMipmaps) then
+  begin
+    for MipmapLevel := 1 to cMaxMipmapLevel do
+    begin
+      fMipmapFonts[MipmapLevel] := CreateMipmap(MipmapLevel, 1/(1 shl MipmapLevel));
+      // stop if no smaller mipmap font is returned
+      if (fMipmapFonts[MipmapLevel] = nil) then
+        Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+destructor TScalableFont.Destroy();
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    fMipmapFonts[Level].Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+  fScale := 1.0;
+  fStretch := 1.0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.Reset();
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  ResetIntern();
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      fMipmapFonts[Level].Reset();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the mipmap level to use with regard to the current projection
+ * and modelview matrix, font scale and stretch.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - for Freetype fonts, hinting and grid-fitting must be disabled, otherwise
+ *   the glyph widths/heights ratios and advance widths of the mipmap fonts
+ *   do not match as they are adjusted sligthly (e.g. an 'a' at size 12px has
+ *   width 12px, but at size 6px width 8px).
+ * - returned mipmap-level is used for all glyphs of the current text to print.
+ *   This is faster, much easier to handle, since we just need to create
+ *   multiple sized fonts and select the one we need for the mipmap-level and
+ *   it avoids that neighbored glyphs use different mipmap-level which might
+ *   look odd because one glyph might look blurry and the other sharp.
+ *
+ * Motivation:
+ *   We do not use OpenGL for mipmapping as the results are very bad. At least
+ *   with automatic mipmap generation (gluBuildMipmaps) the fonts look rather
+ *   blurry.
+ *   Defining our own mipmaps by creating multiple textures with
+ *   for different mimap levels is a pain, as the font size passed to freetype
+ *   is not the size of the bitmaps created and it does not guarantee that a
+ *   glyph bitmap of a font with font-size s/2 is half the size of the font with
+ *   font-size s. If the bitmap size is just a single pixel bigger than the half
+ *   we might need a texture of the next power-of-2 and the texture would not be
+ *   half of the size of the next bigger mipmap. In addition we use a fixed one
+ *   pixel sized border to smooth the texture (see cTexSmoothBorder) and maybe
+ *   an outset that is added to the font, so creating a glyph mipmap that is
+ *   exactly half the size of the next bigger one is a very difficult task.
+ *
+ * Solution:
+ *   Use mipmap textures that are not exactly half the size of the next mipmap
+ *   level. OpenGL does not support this (at least not without extensions).
+ *   The trickiest task is to determine the mipmap to use by calculating the
+ *   amount of minification that is performed in this function.
+ *}
+function TScalableFont.GetMipmapLevel(): integer;
+var
+  ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix: T16dArray;
+  WinCoords: array[0..2, 0..2] of GLdouble;
+  ViewPortArray: TViewPortArray;
+  Dist, Dist2, DistSum: double;
+  WidthScale, HeightScale: double;
+const
+  // width/height of square used for determining the scale
+  cTestSize = 10.0;
+  // an offset to the mipmap-level to adjust the change-over of two consecutive
+  // mipmap levels. If for example the bias is 0.1 and unbiased level is 1.9
+  // the result level will be 2. A bias of 0.5 is equal to rounding.
+  // With bias=0.1 we prefer larger mipmaps over smaller ones.
+  cBias = 0.2;
+begin
+  // 1. retrieve current transformation matrices for gluProject
+  glGetDoublev(GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX, @ModelMatrix);
+  glGetDoublev(GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX, @ProjMatrix);
+  glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, @ViewPortArray);
+
+  // 2. project three of the corner points of a square with size cTestSize
+  // to window coordinates (the square is just a dummy for a glyph)
+
+  // project point (x1, y1) to window corrdinates
+  gluProject(0, 0, 0,
+             ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix, ViewPortArray,
+             @WinCoords[0][0], @WinCoords[0][1], @WinCoords[0][2]);
+  // project point (x2, y1) to window corrdinates
+  gluProject(cTestSize, 0, 0,
+             ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix, ViewPortArray,
+             @WinCoords[1][0], @WinCoords[1][1], @WinCoords[1][2]);
+  // project point (x1, y2) to window corrdinates
+  gluProject(0, cTestSize, 0,
+             ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix, ViewPortArray,
+             @WinCoords[2][0], @WinCoords[2][1], @WinCoords[2][2]);
+
+  // 3. Lets see how much the width and height of the square changed.
+  // Calculate the width and height as displayed on the screen in window
+  // coordinates and calculate the ratio to the original coordinates in
+  // modelview space so the ratio gives us the scale (minification here).
+
+  // projected width ||(x1, y1) - (x2, y1)||
+  Dist  := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[1][0]);
+  Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[1][1]);
+
+  WidthScale := 1;
+  DistSum := Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2;
+  if (DistSum > 0) then
+  begin
+    WidthScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(DistSum);
+  end;
+
+  // projected height ||(x1, y1) - (x1, y2)||
+  Dist  := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[2][0]);
+  Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[2][1]);
+
+  HeightScale := 1;
+  DistSum := Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2;
+  if (DistSum > 0) then
+  begin
+    HeightScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(DistSum);
+  end;
+
+  //writeln(Format('Scale %f, %f', [WidthScale, HeightScale]));
+
+  // 4. Now that we have got the scale, take the bigger minification scale
+  // and get it to a logarithmic scale as each mipmap is 1/2 the size of its
+  // predecessor (Mipmap_size[i] = Mipmap_size[i-1]/2).
+  // The result is our mipmap-level = the index of the mipmap to use.
+
+  // Level > 0: Minification; < 0: Magnification
+  Result := Trunc(Log2(Max(WidthScale, HeightScale)) + cBias);
+
+  // clamp to valid range
+  if (Result < 0) then
+    Result := 0;
+  if (Result > High(fMipmapFonts)) then
+    Result := High(fMipmapFonts);
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetMipmapScale(Level: integer): single;
+begin
+  if (fMipmapFonts[Level] = nil) then
+  begin
+    Result := -1;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := fScale * fMipmapFonts[0].Height / fMipmapFonts[Level].Height;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the correct mipmap font for the current scale and projection
+ * matrix. The modelview scale is adjusted to the mipmap level, so
+ * Result.Print() will display the font in the correct size.
+ *}
+function TScalableFont.ChooseMipmapFont(): TFont;
+var
+  DesiredLevel: integer;
+  Level: integer;
+  MipmapScale: single;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  DesiredLevel := GetMipmapLevel();
+
+  // get the smallest mipmap available for the desired level
+  // as not all levels must be assigned to a font.
+  for Level := DesiredLevel downto 0 do
+  begin
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+    begin
+      Result := fMipmapFonts[Level];
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // since the mipmap font (if level > 0) is smaller than the base-font
+  // we have to scale to get its size right.
+  MipmapScale := fMipmapFonts[0].Height/Result.Height;
+  glScalef(MipmapScale, MipmapScale, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray);
+begin
+  glPushMatrix();
+
+  // set scale and stretching
+  glScalef(fScale * fStretch, fScale, 0);
+
+  // print text
+  if (fUseMipmaps) then
+    ChooseMipmapFont().Print(Text)
+  else
+    fBaseFont.Print(Text);
+
+  glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
+begin
+  Assert(false, 'Unused TScalableFont.Render() was called');
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.BBox(Text, Advance);
+  Result.Left   := Result.Left * fScale * fStretch;
+  Result.Right  := Result.Right * fScale * fStretch;
+  Result.Top    := Result.Top * fScale;
+  Result.Bottom := Result.Bottom * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetHeight(Height: single);
+begin
+  fScale := Height / fBaseFont.GetHeight();
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetHeight() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetStretch(Stretch: single);
+begin
+  fStretch := Stretch;
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetStretch(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fStretch;
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetAscender() * fScale;
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetDescender() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      fMipmapFonts[Level].SetLineSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetLineSpacing(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetLineSpacing() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      fMipmapFonts[Level].SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetGlyphSpacing(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetGlyphSpacing() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if ((fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) AND (GetMipmapScale(Level) > 0)) then
+      fMipmapFonts[Level].SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetReflectionSpacing(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetLineSpacing() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      fMipmapFonts[Level].SetStyle(Style);
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetStyle(): TFontStyle;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetStyle();
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fBaseFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      fMipmapFonts[Level].SetUseKerning(Enable);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TCachedFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TCachedFont.Create(const Filename: IPath);
+begin
+  inherited Create(Filename);
+  fCache := TGlyphCache.Create();
+end;
+
+destructor TCachedFont.Destroy();
+begin
+  fCache.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TCachedFont.GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
+begin
+  Result := fCache.GetGlyph(ch);
+  if (Result = nil) then
+  begin
+    Result := LoadGlyph(ch);
+    if (not fCache.AddGlyph(ch, Result)) then
+      Result.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCachedFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+begin
+  fCache.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * TFTFontFaceCache
+ *}
+
+{*
+ * TFTFontFace
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTFontFace.Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  fFilename := Filename;
+  fSize := Size;
+
+  // load font information
+  if (FT_New_Face(TFreeType.GetLibrary(), PChar(Filename.ToNative), 0, fFace) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_New_Face: Could not load font '''  + Filename.ToNative + '''');
+
+  // support scalable fonts only
+  if (not FT_IS_SCALABLE(fFace)) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('Font is not scalable');
+
+  if (FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes(fFace, 0, Size) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes failes');
+
+  // get scale factor for font-unit to pixel-size transformation
+  fFontUnitScale.X := fFace.size.metrics.x_ppem / fFace.units_per_EM;
+  fFontUnitScale.Y := fFace.size.metrics.y_ppem / fFace.units_per_EM;
+end;
+
+destructor TFTFontFace.Destroy();
+begin
+  // free face data
+  FT_Done_Face(fFace);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTFontFaceCache
+ *}
+
+function TFTFontFaceCache.LoadFace(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer): TFTFontFace;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Face: TFTFontFace;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF ENABLE_FT_FACE_CACHE}
+  for I := 0 to High(fFaces) do
+  begin
+    Face := fFaces[I];
+    // check if we have this file in our cache
+    if ((Face.Filename.Equals(Filename)) and (Face.Size = Size)) then
+    begin
+      // true -> return cached face and increment ref-count
+      Inc(fFacesRefCnt[I]);
+      Result := Face;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // face not in cache -> load it
+  Face := TFTFontFace.Create(Filename, Size);
+
+  // add face to cache
+  SetLength(fFaces, Length(fFaces)+1);
+  SetLength(fFacesRefCnt, Length(fFaces)+1);
+  fFaces[High(fFaces)] := Face;
+  fFacesRefCnt[High(fFaces)] := 1;
+
+  Result := Face;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFontFaceCache.UnloadFace(Face: TFTFontFace);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(fFaces) do
+  begin
+    // search face in cache
+    if (fFaces[I] = Face) then
+    begin
+      // decrement ref-count and free face if ref-count is 0
+      Dec(fFacesRefCnt[I]);
+      if (fFacesRefCnt[I] <= 0) then
+        fFaces[I].Free;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTFont.Create(
+    const Filename: IPath;
+    Size: integer; Outset: single;
+    LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+var
+  ch: UCS4Char;
+begin
+  inherited Create(Filename);
+
+  fSize := Size;
+  fOutset := Outset;
+  fLoadFlags := LoadFlags;
+  fUseDisplayLists := true;
+  fPart := fpNone;
+
+  fFace := GetFaceCache.LoadFace(Filename, Size);
+
+  ResetIntern();
+
+  // pre-cache some commonly used glyphs (' ' - '~')
+  for ch := 32 to 126 do
+    fCache.AddGlyph(ch, TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, LoadFlags));
+end;
+
+destructor TFTFont.Destroy();
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  // free faces
+  GetFaceCache.UnloadFace(fFace);
+  for I := 0 to High(fFallbackFaces) do
+    GetFaceCache.UnloadFace(fFallbackFaces[I]);    
+
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+var
+  FontFaceCache: TFTFontFaceCache = nil;
+
+class function TFTFont.GetFaceCache(): TFTFontFaceCache;
+begin
+  if (FontFaceCache = nil) then
+    FontFaceCache := TFTFontFaceCache.Create;
+  Result := FontFaceCache;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+  // Note: outset and non outset fonts use same spacing
+  fLineSpacing := fFace.Data.height * fFace.FontUnitScale.Y;
+  fReflectionSpacing := -2*fFace.Data.descender * fFace.FontUnitScale.Y;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.Reset();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.AddFallback(const Filename: IPath);
+var
+  FontFace: TFTFontFace;
+begin
+  FontFace := GetFaceCache.LoadFace(Filename, Size);
+  SetLength(fFallbackFaces, Length(fFallbackFaces) + 1);
+  fFallbackFaces[High(fFallbackFaces)] := FontFace;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
+begin
+  Result := TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, fLoadFlags);
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+var
+  Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph;
+  TextLine: UCS4String;
+  LineYOffset: single;
+  LineIndex, CharIndex: integer;
+  LineBounds: TBoundsDbl;
+  KernDelta: FT_Vector;
+  UnderlinePos: double;
+begin
+  // Reset global bounds
+  Result.Left   := Infinity;
+  Result.Right  := 0;
+  Result.Bottom := Infinity;
+  Result.Top    := 0;
+
+  // reset last glyph
+  PrevGlyph := nil;
+
+  // display text
+  for LineIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+  begin
+    // get next text line
+    TextLine := Text[LineIndex];
+    LineYOffset := -LineSpacing * LineIndex;
+
+    // reset line bounds
+    LineBounds.Left   := Infinity;
+    LineBounds.Right  := 0;
+    LineBounds.Bottom := Infinity;
+    LineBounds.Top    := 0;
+
+    // for each glyph image, compute its bounding box
+    for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(TextLine)-1 do
+    begin
+      Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(TextLine[CharIndex]));
+      if (Glyph <> nil) then
+      begin
+        // get kerning
+        if (fUseKerning and FT_HAS_KERNING(fFace.Data) and (PrevGlyph <> nil)) then
+        begin
+          FT_Get_Kerning(fFace.Data, PrevGlyph.CharIndex, Glyph.CharIndex,
+                         FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, KernDelta);
+          LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + KernDelta.x * fFace.FontUnitScale.X;
+        end;
+
+        // update left bound (must be done before right bound is updated)
+        if (LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Left < LineBounds.Left) then
+          LineBounds.Left := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Left;
+
+        // update right bound
+        if (CharIndex < LengthUCS4(TextLine)-1) or  // not the last character
+           (TextLine[CharIndex] = Ord(' ')) or      // on space char (Bounds.Right = 0)
+           Advance then                             // or in advance mode
+        begin
+          // add advance and glyph spacing
+          LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Advance.x + GlyphSpacing
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          // add glyph's right bound
+          LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Right;
+        end;
+
+        // update bottom and top bounds
+        if (Glyph.Bounds.Bottom < LineBounds.Bottom) then
+          LineBounds.Bottom := Glyph.Bounds.Bottom;
+        if (Glyph.Bounds.Top > LineBounds.Top) then
+          LineBounds.Top := Glyph.Bounds.Top;
+      end;
+
+      PrevGlyph := Glyph;
+    end;
+
+    // handle italic font style
+    if (Italic in Style) then
+    begin
+      LineBounds.Left := LineBounds.Left + LineBounds.Bottom * cShearFactor;
+      LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + LineBounds.Top * cShearFactor;
+    end;
+
+    // handle underlined font style
+    if (Underline in Style) then
+    begin
+      UnderlinePos := GetUnderlinePosition();
+      if (UnderlinePos < LineBounds.Bottom) then
+        LineBounds.Bottom := UnderlinePos;
+    end;
+
+    // add line offset
+    LineBounds.Bottom := LineBounds.Bottom + LineYOffset;
+    LineBounds.Top := LineBounds.Top + LineYOffset;
+
+    // adjust global bounds
+    if (Result.Left > LineBounds.Left) then
+      Result.Left := LineBounds.Left;
+    if (Result.Right < LineBounds.Right) then
+      Result.Right := LineBounds.Right;
+    if (Result.Bottom > LineBounds.Bottom) then
+      Result.Bottom := LineBounds.Bottom;
+    if (Result.Top < LineBounds.Top) then
+      Result.Top := LineBounds.Top;
+  end;
+
+  // if left or bottom bound was not set, set them to 0
+  if (IsInfinite(Result.Left)) then
+    Result.Left := 0.0;
+  if (IsInfinite(Result.Bottom)) then
+    Result.Bottom := 0.0;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
+var
+  CharIndex: integer;
+  Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph;
+  KernDelta: FT_Vector;
+begin
+  // reset last glyph
+  PrevGlyph := nil;
+
+  // draw current line
+  for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Text)-1 do
+  begin
+    Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(Text[CharIndex]));
+    if (Assigned(Glyph)) then
+    begin
+      // get kerning
+      if (fUseKerning and FT_HAS_KERNING(fFace.Data) and (PrevGlyph <> nil)) then
+      begin
+        FT_Get_Kerning(fFace.Data, PrevGlyph.CharIndex, Glyph.CharIndex,
+                       FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, KernDelta);
+        glTranslatef(KernDelta.x * fFace.FontUnitScale.X, 0, 0);
+      end;
+
+      if (ReflectionPass) then
+        Glyph.RenderReflection()
+      else
+        Glyph.Render(fUseDisplayLists);
+
+      glTranslatef(Glyph.Advance.x + fGlyphSpacing, 0, 0);
+    end;
+
+    PrevGlyph := Glyph;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+  Result := Ascender - Descender;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fFace.Data.ascender * fFace.FontUnitScale.Y + Outset*2;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+  // Note: outset is not part of the descender as the baseline is lifted
+  Result := fFace.Data.descender * fFace.FontUnitScale.Y;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fFace.Data.underline_position * fFace.FontUnitScale.Y - Outset;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fFace.Data.underline_thickness * fFace.FontUnitScale.Y + Outset*2;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTScalableFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTScalableFont.Create(const Filename: IPath;
+                   Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
+                   UseMipmaps: boolean);
+var
+  LoadFlags: FT_Int32;
+begin
+  LoadFlags := FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+  // Disable hinting and grid-fitting to preserve font outlines at each font
+  // size, otherwise the font widths/heights do not match resulting in ugly
+  // text size changes during zooming.
+  // A drawback is a reduced quality with smaller font sizes but it is not that
+  // bad with gray-scaled rendering (at least it looks better than OpenGL's
+  // linear downscaling on minification).
+  if (UseMipmaps) then
+    LoadFlags := LoadFlags or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+  inherited Create(
+      TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, Size * OutsetAmount, LoadFlags),
+      UseMipmaps);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableFont.CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont;
+var
+  ScaledSize: integer;
+  BaseFont: TFTFont;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  BaseFont := TFTFont(fBaseFont);
+  ScaledSize := Round(BaseFont.Size * Scale);
+  // do not create mipmap fonts < 8 pixels
+  if (ScaledSize < 8) then
+    Exit;
+  Result := TFTFont.Create(BaseFont.Filename,
+      ScaledSize, BaseFont.Outset * Scale,
+      FT_LOAD_DEFAULT or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableFont.GetOutset(): single;
+begin
+  Result := TFTFont(fBaseFont).Outset * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableFont.AddFallback(const Filename: IPath);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      TFTFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).AddFallback(Filename);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      TFTFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TOutlineFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTOutlineFont.Create(
+    const Filename: IPath;
+    Size: integer; Outset: single;
+    LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+begin
+  inherited Create(Filename);
+
+  fSize := Size;
+  fOutset := Outset;
+
+  fInnerFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, 0.0, LoadFlags);
+  fInnerFont.Part := fpInner;
+  fOutlineFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, Outset, LoadFlags);
+  fOutlineFont.Part := fpOutline;
+
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+destructor TFTOutlineFont.Destroy;
+begin
+  fOutlineFont.Free;
+  fInnerFont.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+  // TODO: maybe swap fInnerFont/fOutlineFont.GlyphSpacing to use the spacing
+  // of the outline font?
+  //fInnerFont.GlyphSpacing := fOutset*2;
+  fOutlineFont.GlyphSpacing := -fOutset*2;
+
+  fLineSpacing := fOutlineFont.LineSpacing;
+  fReflectionSpacing := fOutlineFont.ReflectionSpacing;
+  fOutlineColor := NewGLColor(0, 0, 0, -1);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.Reset();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  fInnerFont.Reset();
+  fOutlineFont.Reset();
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String);
+var
+  CurrentColor: TGLColor;
+  OutlineColor: TGLColor;
+begin
+  // save current color
+  glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @CurrentColor.vals);
+
+  // if the outline's alpha component is < 0 use the current alpha
+  OutlineColor := fOutlineColor;
+  if (OutlineColor.a < 0) then
+    OutlineColor.a := CurrentColor.a;
+
+  // draw underline outline (in outline color)
+  glColor4fv(@OutlineColor.vals);
+  fOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(Text);
+  glColor4fv(@CurrentColor.vals);
+
+  // draw underline inner part (in current color)
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glTranslatef(fOutset, 0, 0);
+  fInnerFont.DrawUnderline(Text);
+  glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
+var
+  CurrentColor: TGLColor;
+  OutlineColor: TGLColor;
+begin
+  // save current color
+  glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @CurrentColor.vals);
+
+  // if the outline's alpha component is < 0 use the current alpha
+  OutlineColor := fOutlineColor;
+  if (OutlineColor.a < 0) then
+    OutlineColor.a := CurrentColor.a;
+
+  { setup and render outline font }
+
+  glColor4fv(@OutlineColor.vals);
+  glPushMatrix();
+  fOutlineFont.Render(Text);
+  glPopMatrix();
+  glColor4fv(@CurrentColor.vals);
+
+  { setup and render inner font }
+
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glTranslatef(fOutset, fOutset, 0);
+  fInnerFont.Render(Text);
+  glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat);
+begin
+  fOutlineColor := NewGLColor(r, g, b, a);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+begin
+  fOutlineFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+  fInnerFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.AddFallback(const Filename: IPath);
+begin
+  fOutlineFont.AddFallback(Filename);
+  fInnerFont.AddFallback(Filename);
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Result := fOutlineFont.BBox(Text, Advance);
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fOutlineFont.Height;
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fOutlineFont.Ascender;
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fOutlineFont.Descender;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+  inherited SetLineSpacing(Spacing);
+  fInnerFont.LineSpacing := Spacing;
+  fOutlineFont.LineSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+  inherited SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing);
+  fInnerFont.GlyphSpacing := Spacing;
+  fOutlineFont.GlyphSpacing := Spacing - Outset*2;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+  inherited SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing);
+  fInnerFont.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+  fOutlineFont.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle);
+begin
+  inherited SetStyle(Style);
+  fInnerFont.Style := Style;
+  fOutlineFont.Style := Style;
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetStyle(): TFontStyle;
+begin
+  Result := inherited GetStyle();
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fOutlineFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fOutlineFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+  inherited SetUseKerning(Enable);
+  fInnerFont.fUseKerning := Enable;
+  fOutlineFont.fUseKerning := Enable;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+  inherited SetReflectionPass(Enable);
+  fInnerFont.fReflectionPass := Enable;
+  fOutlineFont.fReflectionPass := Enable;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * TScalableOutlineFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(
+    const Filename: IPath;
+    Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
+    UseMipmaps: boolean);
+var
+  LoadFlags: FT_Int32;
+begin
+  LoadFlags := FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+  // Disable hinting and grid-fitting (see TFTScalableFont.Create)
+  if (UseMipmaps) then
+    LoadFlags := LoadFlags or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+  inherited Create(
+      TFTOutlineFont.Create(Filename, Size, Size*OutsetAmount, LoadFlags),
+      UseMipmaps);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableOutlineFont.CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont;
+var
+  ScaledSize: integer;
+  BaseFont: TFTOutlineFont;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  BaseFont := TFTOutlineFont(fBaseFont);
+  ScaledSize := Round(BaseFont.Size*Scale);
+  // do not create mipmap fonts < 8 pixels
+  if (ScaledSize < 8) then
+    Exit;
+  Result := TFTOutlineFont.Create(BaseFont.fFilename,
+      ScaledSize, BaseFont.fOutset*Scale,
+      FT_LOAD_DEFAULT or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableOutlineFont.GetOutset(): single;
+begin
+  Result := TFTOutlineFont(fBaseFont).Outset * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableOutlineFont.SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      TFTOutlineFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).SetOutlineColor(r, g, b, a);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableOutlineFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      TFTOutlineFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableOutlineFont.AddFallback(const Filename: IPath);
+var
+  Level: integer;
+begin
+  for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+    if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+      TFTOutlineFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).AddFallback(Filename);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTGlyph
+ *}
+
+const
+  {**
+   * Size of the transparent border surrounding the glyph image in the texture.
+   * The border is necessary because OpenGL does not smooth texels at the
+   * border of a texture with the GL_CLAMP or GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE styles.
+   * Without the border, magnified glyph textures look very ugly at their edges.
+   * It looks edgy, as if some pixels are missing especially on the left edge
+   * (just set cTexSmoothBorder to 0 to see what is meant by this).
+   * With the border even the glyphs edges are blended to the border (transparent)
+   * color and everything looks nice.
+   *
+   * Note:
+   * OpenGL already supports texture border by setting the border parameter
+   * of glTexImage*D() to 1 and using a texture size of 2^m+2b and setting the
+   * border pixels to the border color. In some forums it is discouraged to use
+   * the border parameter as only a few of the more modern graphics cards support
+   * this feature. On an ATI Radeon 9700 card, the slowed down to 0.5 fps and
+   * the glyph's background got black.  So instead of using this feature we
+   * handle it on our own. The only drawback is that textures might get bigger
+   * because the border might require a higher power of 2 size instead of just
+   * two additional pixels.
+   *}
+  cTexSmoothBorder = 1;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.StrokeBorder(var Glyph: FT_Glyph);
+var
+  Outline: PFT_Outline;
+  OuterStroker, InnerStroker:  FT_Stroker;
+  OuterNumPoints, InnerNumPoints, GlyphNumPoints: FT_UInt;
+  OuterNumContours, InnerNumContours, GlyphNumContours: FT_UInt;
+  OuterBorder, InnerBorder: FT_StrokerBorder;
+  OutlineFlags: FT_Int;
+  UseStencil: boolean;
+begin
+  // It is possible to extrude the borders of a glyph with FT_Glyph_Stroke
+  // but it will extrude the border to the outside and the inside of a glyph
+  // although we just want to extrude to the outside.
+  // FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder extrudes to the outside but also fills the interior
+  // (this is what we need for bold fonts).
+  // In both cases the inner font and outline font (border) will overlap.
+  // Normally this does not matter but it does if alpha blending is active.
+  // In this case if e.g. the inner color is set to white, the outline to red
+  // and alpha to 0.5 the inner part will not be white it will be pink.
+
+  InnerStroker := nil;
+  OuterStroker := nil;
+
+  // If we are to create the interior of an outlined font (fInner = true)
+  // we have to create two borders:
+  // - one extruded to the outside by fOutset pixels and
+  // - one extruded to the inside by almost 0 zero pixels.
+  // The second one is used as a stencil for the first one, clearing the
+  // interiour of the glyph.
+  // The stencil is not needed to create bold fonts.
+  UseStencil := (fFont.Part = fpInner);
+
+  // we cannot extrude bitmaps, only vector based glyphs.
+  // Check for FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE otherwise a cast to FT_OutlineGlyph is
+  // invalid and FT_Stroker_ParseOutline() will crash
+  if (Glyph.format <> FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Outline := @FT_OutlineGlyph(Glyph).outline;
+  
+  OuterBorder := FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder(Outline);
+  if (OuterBorder = FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT) then
+    InnerBorder := FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+  else
+    InnerBorder := FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT;
+
+  { extrude outer border }
+
+  if (FT_Stroker_New(Glyph.library_, OuterStroker) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Stroker_New failed!');
+  FT_Stroker_Set(
+      OuterStroker,
+      Round(fOutset * 64),
+      FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+      FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+      0);
+
+  // similar to FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder(inner = FT_FALSE) but it is possible to
+  // use FT_Stroker_ExportBorder() afterwards to combine inner and outer borders
+  if (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(OuterStroker, Outline, FT_FALSE) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Stroker_ParseOutline failed!');
+
+  FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(OuterStroker, OuterBorder, OuterNumPoints, OuterNumContours);
+
+  { extrude inner border (= stencil) }
+
+  if (UseStencil) then
+  begin
+    if (FT_Stroker_New(Glyph.library_, InnerStroker) <> 0) then
+      raise EFontError.Create('FT_Stroker_New failed!');
+    FT_Stroker_Set(
+        InnerStroker,
+        63, // extrude at most one pixel to avoid a black border
+        FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+        FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL,
+        0);
+
+    if (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(InnerStroker, Outline, FT_FALSE) <> 0) then
+      raise EFontError.Create('FT_Stroker_ParseOutline failed!');
+
+    FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(InnerStroker, InnerBorder, InnerNumPoints, InnerNumContours);
+  end else begin
+    InnerNumPoints := 0;
+    InnerNumContours := 0;
+  end;
+
+  { combine borders (subtract: OuterBorder - InnerBorder) }
+
+  GlyphNumPoints := InnerNumPoints + OuterNumPoints;
+  GlyphNumContours := InnerNumContours + OuterNumContours;
+
+  // save flags before deletion (TODO: set them on the resulting outline)
+  OutlineFlags := Outline.flags;
+
+  // resize glyph outline to hold inner and outer border
+  FT_Outline_Done(Glyph.Library_, Outline);
+  if (FT_Outline_New(Glyph.Library_, GlyphNumPoints, GlyphNumContours, Outline) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Outline_New failed!');
+
+  Outline.n_points := 0;
+  Outline.n_contours := 0;
+
+  // add points to outline. The inner-border is used as a stencil.
+  FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(OuterStroker, OuterBorder, Outline);
+  if (UseStencil) then
+    FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(InnerStroker, InnerBorder, Outline);
+  if (FT_Outline_Check(outline) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Stroker_ExportBorder failed!');
+
+  if (InnerStroker <> nil) then
+    FT_Stroker_Done(InnerStroker);
+  if (OuterStroker <> nil) then
+    FT_Stroker_Done(OuterStroker);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.CreateTexture(LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+var
+  X, Y:          integer;
+  Glyph:         FT_Glyph;
+  BitmapGlyph:   FT_BitmapGlyph;
+  Bitmap:        PFT_Bitmap;
+  BitmapLine:    PByteArray;
+  BitmapBuffer:  PByteArray;
+  TexBuffer:     TGLubyteDynArray;
+  TexLine:       PGLubyteArray;
+  CBox:          FT_BBox;
+begin
+  // we need vector data for outlined glyphs so do not load bitmaps.
+  // This is necessary for mixed fonts that contain bitmap versions of smaller
+  // glyphs, for example in CJK fonts.
+  if (fOutset > 0) then
+    LoadFlags := LoadFlags or FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP;
+
+  // load the Glyph for our character
+  if (FT_Load_Glyph(fFace.Data, fCharIndex, LoadFlags) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Load_Glyph failed');
+
+  // move the face's glyph into a Glyph object
+  if (FT_Get_Glyph(fFace.Data^.glyph, Glyph) <> 0) then
+    raise EFontError.Create('FT_Get_Glyph failed');
+
+  if (fOutset > 0) then
+    StrokeBorder(Glyph);
+
+  // store scaled advance width/height in glyph-object
+  fAdvance.X := fFace.Data^.glyph^.advance.x / 64 + fOutset*2;
+  fAdvance.Y := fFace.Data^.glyph^.advance.y / 64 + fOutset*2;
+
+  // get the contour's bounding box (in 1/64th pixels, not font-units)
+  FT_Glyph_Get_CBox(Glyph, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED, CBox);
+  // convert 1/64th values to double values
+  fBounds.Left   := CBox.xMin / 64;
+  fBounds.Right  := CBox.xMax / 64 + fOutset*2;
+  fBounds.Bottom := CBox.yMin / 64;
+  fBounds.Top    := CBox.yMax / 64 + fOutset*2;
+
+  // convert the glyph to a bitmap (and destroy original glyph image).
+  // Request 8 bit gray level pixel mode. 
+  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap(Glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, nil, 1);
+  BitmapGlyph := FT_BitmapGlyph(Glyph);
+
+  // get bitmap offsets
+  fBitmapCoords.Left := BitmapGlyph^.left - cTexSmoothBorder;
+  // Note: add 1*fOutset for lifting the baseline so outset fonts to not intersect
+  // with the baseline; Ceil(fOutset) for the outset pixels added to the bitmap.
+  fBitmapCoords.Top  := BitmapGlyph^.top + fOutset+Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder;
+
+  // make accessing the bitmap easier
+  Bitmap := @BitmapGlyph^.bitmap;
+  // get bitmap dimensions
+  fBitmapCoords.Width  := Bitmap.width + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2;
+  fBitmapCoords.Height := Bitmap.rows + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2;
+
+  // get power-of-2 bitmap widths
+  fTexSize.Width  :=
+      NextPowerOf2(Bitmap.width + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2);
+  fTexSize.Height :=
+      NextPowerOf2(Bitmap.rows + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2);
+
+  // texture-widths ignoring empty (power-of-2) padding space
+  fTexOffset.X := fBitmapCoords.Width / fTexSize.Width;
+  fTexOffset.Y := fBitmapCoords.Height / fTexSize.Height;
+
+  // allocate memory for texture data
+  SetLength(TexBuffer, fTexSize.Width * fTexSize.Height);
+  FillChar(TexBuffer[0], Length(TexBuffer), 0);
+
+  // Freetype stores the bitmap with either upper (pitch is > 0) or lower
+  // (pitch < 0) glyphs line first. Set the buffer to the upper line.
+  // See http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-7.html
+  if (Bitmap.pitch > 0) then
+    BitmapBuffer := @Bitmap.buffer[0]
+  else
+    BitmapBuffer := @Bitmap.buffer[(Bitmap.rows-1) * Abs(Bitmap.pitch)];
+
+  // copy data to texture bitmap (upper line first).
+  for Y := 0 to Bitmap.rows-1 do
+  begin
+    // set pointer to first pixel in line that holds bitmap data.
+    // Each line starts with a cTexSmoothBorder pixel and multiple outset pixels
+    // that are added by Extrude() later.
+    TexLine := @TexBuffer[(Y + cTexSmoothBorder + Ceil(fOutset)) * fTexSize.Width +
+                          cTexSmoothBorder + Ceil(fOutset)];
+    // get next lower line offset, use pitch instead of width as it tells
+    // us the storage direction of the lines. In addition a line might be padded.
+    BitmapLine := @BitmapBuffer[Y * Bitmap.pitch];
+
+    // check for pixel mode and copy pixels
+    // Should be 8 bit gray, but even with FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, freetype
+    // sometimes (e.g. 16px sized japanese fonts) fallbacks to 1 bit pixels.
+    case (Bitmap.pixel_mode) of
+      FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY: begin  // 8 bit gray
+        for X := 0 to Bitmap.width-1 do
+          TexLine[X] := BitmapLine[X];
+      end;
+      FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO: begin  // 1 bit mono
+        for X := 0 to Bitmap.width-1 do
+          TexLine[X] := High(GLubyte) * ((BitmapLine[X div 8] shr (7-(X mod 8))) and $1);
+      end;
+      else begin
+        // unhandled pixel format
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // allocate resources for textures and display lists
+  glGenTextures(1, @fTexture);
+
+  // setup texture parameters
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTexture);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+
+  glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT, 1);
+  // create alpha-map (GL_ALPHA component only).
+  // TexCoord (0,0) corresponds to the top left pixel of the glyph,
+  // (1,1) to the bottom right pixel. So the glyph is flipped as OpenGL uses
+  // a cartesian (y-axis up) coordinate system for textures.   
+  // See the cTexSmoothBorder comment for info on texture borders.
+  glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_ALPHA, fTexSize.Width, fTexSize.Height,
+      0, GL_ALPHA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @TexBuffer[0]);
+
+  // free expanded data
+  SetLength(TexBuffer, 0);
+
+  // create the display list
+  fDisplayList := glGenLists(1);
+
+  // render to display-list
+  glNewList(fDisplayList, GL_COMPILE);
+    Render(false);
+  glEndList();
+
+  // free glyph data (bitmap, etc.)
+  FT_Done_Glyph(Glyph);
+end;
+
+constructor TFTGlyph.Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: UCS4Char; Outset: single;
+    LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  fFont := Font;
+  fOutset := Outset;
+  fCharCode := ch;
+
+  // Note: the default face is also used if no face (neither default nor fallback)
+  // contains a glyph for the given char.
+  fFace := Font.DefaultFace;
+
+  // search the Freetype char-index (use default UNICODE charmap) in the default face
+  fCharIndex := FT_Get_Char_Index(fFace.Data, FT_ULONG(ch));
+  if (fCharIndex = 0) then
+  begin
+    // glyph not in default font, search in fallback font faces
+    for I := 0 to High(Font.FallbackFaces) do
+    begin
+      fCharIndex := FT_Get_Char_Index(Font.FallbackFaces[I].Data, FT_ULONG(ch));
+      if (fCharIndex <> 0) then
+      begin
+        fFace := Font.FallbackFaces[I];
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  CreateTexture(LoadFlags);
+end;
+
+destructor TFTGlyph.Destroy;
+begin
+  if (fDisplayList <> 0) then
+    glDeleteLists(fDisplayList, 1);
+  if (fTexture <> 0) then
+    glDeleteTextures(1, @fTexture);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.Render(UseDisplayLists: boolean);
+begin
+  // use display-lists if enabled and exit
+  if (UseDisplayLists) then
+  begin
+    glCallList(fDisplayList);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTexture);
+  glPushMatrix();
+
+  // move to top left glyph position
+  glTranslatef(fBitmapCoords.Left, fBitmapCoords.Top, 0);
+
+  // draw glyph texture
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // top right
+    glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, 0);
+    glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, 0);
+
+    // top left
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+    glVertex2f(0, 0);
+
+    // bottom left
+    glTexCoord2f(0, fTexOffset.Y);
+    glVertex2f(0, -fBitmapCoords.Height);
+
+    // bottom right
+    glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, fTexOffset.Y);
+    glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, -fBitmapCoords.Height);
+  glEnd();
+
+  glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.RenderReflection();
+var
+  Color: TGLColor;
+  TexUpperPos: single;
+  TexLowerPos: single;
+  UpperPos: single;
+const
+  CutOff = 0.6;
+begin
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTexture);
+  glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @Color.vals);
+
+  // add extra space to the left of the glyph
+  glTranslatef(fBitmapCoords.Left, 0, 0);
+
+  // The upper position of the glyph, if CutOff is 1.0, it is fFont.Ascender.
+  // If CutOff is set to 0.5 only half of the glyph height is displayed.
+  UpperPos := fFont.Descender + fFont.Height * CutOff;
+
+  // the glyph texture's height is just the height of the glyph but not the font
+  // height. Setting a color for the upper and lower bounds of the glyph results
+  // in different color gradients. So we have to set the color values for the
+  // descender and ascender (as we have a cutoff, for the upper-pos here) as
+  // these positions are font but not glyph specific.
+
+  // To get the texture positions we have to enhance the texture at the top and
+  // bottom by the amount from the top to ascender (rather upper-pos here) and
+  // from the bottom (Height-Top) to descender. Then we have to convert those
+  // heights to texture coordinates by dividing by the bitmap Height and
+  // removing the power-of-2 padding space by multiplying with fTexOffset.Y
+  // (as fBitmapCoords.Height corresponds to fTexOffset.Y and not 1.0).
+  TexUpperPos  := -(UpperPos - fBitmapCoords.Top) / fBitmapCoords.Height * fTexOffset.Y;
+  TexLowerPos := (-(fFont.Descender + fBitmapCoords.Height - fBitmapCoords.Top) /
+                    fBitmapCoords.Height + 1) * fTexOffset.Y;
+
+  // draw glyph texture
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // top right
+    glColor4f(Color.r, Color.g, Color.b, 0);
+    glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, TexUpperPos);
+    glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, UpperPos);
+
+    // top left
+    glTexCoord2f(0, TexUpperPos);
+    glVertex2f(0, UpperPos);
+
+    // bottom left
+    glColor4f(Color.r, Color.g, Color.b, Color.a-0.3);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, TexLowerPos);
+    glVertex2f(0, fFont.Descender);
+
+    // bottom right
+    glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, TexLowerPos);
+    glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, fFont.Descender);
+  glEnd();
+
+  glPopMatrix();
+
+  // restore old color
+  // Note: glPopAttrib(GL_CURRENT_BIT)/glPopAttrib() is much slower then
+  // glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, ...)/glColor4fv(...)
+  glColor4fv(@Color.vals);
+end;
+
+function TFTGlyph.GetAdvance(): TPositionDbl;
+begin
+  Result := fAdvance;
+end;
+
+function TFTGlyph.GetBounds(): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  Result := fBounds;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TGlyphCache
+ *}
+
+constructor TGlyphCache.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  fHash := TList.Create();
+end;
+
+destructor TGlyphCache.Destroy();
+begin
+  // free cached glyphs
+  FlushCache(false);
+
+  // destroy TList
+  fHash.Free;
+  
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.FindGlyphTable(BaseCode: cardinal; out InsertPos: integer): PGlyphTable;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  Entry: TGlyphCacheHashEntry;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  for I := 0 to fHash.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    Entry := TGlyphCacheHashEntry(fHash[I]);
+
+    if (Entry.BaseCode > BaseCode) then
+    begin
+      InsertPos := I;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    if (Entry.BaseCode = BaseCode) then
+    begin
+      InsertPos := I;
+      Result := @Entry.GlyphTable;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  InsertPos := fHash.Count;
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.AddGlyph(ch: UCS4Char; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
+var
+  BaseCode:  cardinal;
+  GlyphCode: integer;
+  InsertPos: integer;
+  GlyphTable: PGlyphTable;
+  Entry: TGlyphCacheHashEntry;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  BaseCode := Ord(ch) shr 8;
+  GlyphTable := FindGlyphTable(BaseCode, InsertPos);
+  if (GlyphTable = nil) then
+  begin
+    Entry := TGlyphCacheHashEntry.Create(BaseCode);
+    GlyphTable := @Entry.GlyphTable;
+    fHash.Insert(InsertPos, Entry);
+  end;
+
+  // get glyph table offset
+  GlyphCode := Ord(ch) and $FF;
+  // insert glyph into table if not present
+  if (GlyphTable[GlyphCode] = nil) then
+  begin
+    GlyphTable[GlyphCode] := Glyph;
+    Result := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TGlyphCache.DeleteGlyph(ch: UCS4Char);
+var
+  Table: PGlyphTable;
+  TableIndex, GlyphIndex: integer;
+  TableEmpty: boolean;
+begin
+  // find table
+  Table := FindGlyphTable(Ord(ch) shr 8, TableIndex);
+  if (Table = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // find glyph    
+  GlyphIndex := Ord(ch) and $FF;
+  if (Table[GlyphIndex] <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // destroy glyph
+    FreeAndNil(Table[GlyphIndex]);
+
+    // check if table is empty
+    TableEmpty := true;
+    for GlyphIndex := 0 to High(Table^) do
+    begin
+      if (Table[GlyphIndex] <> nil) then
+      begin
+        TableEmpty := false;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // free empty table
+    if (TableEmpty) then
+    begin
+      fHash.Delete(TableIndex);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph;
+var
+  InsertPos: integer;
+  Table: PGlyphTable;
+begin
+  Table := FindGlyphTable(Ord(ch) shr 8, InsertPos);
+  if (Table = nil) then
+    Result := nil
+  else
+    Result := Table[Ord(ch) and $FF];
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.HasGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (GetGlyph(ch) <> nil);
+end;
+
+procedure TGlyphCache.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+var
+  EntryIndex, TableIndex: integer;
+  Entry: TGlyphCacheHashEntry;
+begin
+  // destroy cached glyphs
+  for EntryIndex := 0 to fHash.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    Entry := TGlyphCacheHashEntry(fHash[EntryIndex]);
+
+    // the base set (0-255) has BaseCode 0 as the upper bytes are 0.
+    if KeepBaseSet and (Entry.fBaseCode = 0) then
+      Continue;
+
+    for TableIndex := 0 to High(Entry.GlyphTable) do
+    begin
+      if (Entry.GlyphTable[TableIndex] <> nil) then
+        FreeAndNil(Entry.GlyphTable[TableIndex]);
+    end;
+    FreeAndNil(Entry);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TGlyphCacheEntry
+ *}
+
+constructor TGlyphCacheHashEntry.Create(BaseCode: cardinal);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fBaseCode := BaseCode;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFreeType
+ *}
+
+class function TFreeType.GetLibrary(): FT_Library;
+begin
+  if (LibraryInst = nil) then
+  begin
+    // initialize freetype
+    if (FT_Init_FreeType(LibraryInst) <> 0) then
+      raise EFontError.Create('FT_Init_FreeType failed');
+  end;
+  Result := LibraryInst;
+end;
+
+class procedure TFreeType.FreeLibrary();
+begin
+  if (LibraryInst <> nil) then
+    FT_Done_FreeType(LibraryInst);
+  LibraryInst := nil;
+end;
+
+
+{$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
+{*
+ * TBitmapFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TBitmapFont.Create(const Filename: IPath; Outline: integer;
+    Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer);
+begin
+  inherited Create(Filename);
+
+  fTex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, Filename, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  fTexSize := 1024;
+  fOutline := Outline;
+  fBaseline  := Baseline;
+  fAscender  := Ascender;
+  fDescender := Descender;
+
+  LoadFontInfo(Filename.SetExtension('.dat'));
+
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+destructor TBitmapFont.Destroy();
+begin
+  glDeleteTextures(1, @fTex.TexNum);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+  fLineSpacing := Height;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.Reset();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.AddFallback(const Filename: IPath);
+begin
+  // no support for fallbacks
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.CorrectWidths(WidthMult: real; WidthAdd: integer);
+var
+  Count: integer;
+begin
+  for Count := 0 to 255 do
+    fWidths[Count] := Round(fWidths[Count] * WidthMult) + WidthAdd;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: IPath);
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  FillChar(fWidths[0], Length(fWidths), 0);
+
+  Stream := nil;
+  try
+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(InfoFile, fmOpenRead);
+    Stream.Read(fWidths, 256);
+  except
+    raise EFontError.Create('Could not read font info file ''' +  InfoFile.ToNative + '''');
+  end;
+  Stream.Free;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+var
+  LineIndex, CharIndex: integer;
+  CharCode: cardinal;
+  Line: UCS4String;
+  LineWidth: double;
+begin
+  Result.Left := 0;
+  Result.Right := 0;
+  Result.Top := Height;
+  Result.Bottom := 0;
+
+  for LineIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+  begin
+    Line := Text[LineIndex];
+    LineWidth := 0;
+    for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Line)-1 do
+    begin
+      CharCode := Ord(Line[CharIndex]);
+      if (CharCode < Length(fWidths)) then
+        LineWidth := LineWidth + fWidths[CharCode];
+    end;
+    if (LineWidth > Result.Right) then
+      Result.Right := LineWidth;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.RenderChar(ch: UCS4Char; var AdvanceX: real);
+var
+  TexX, TexY:        real;
+  TexR, TexB:        real;
+  GlyphWidth:        real;
+  PL, PT:            real;
+  PR, PB:            real;
+  CharCode:          cardinal;
+begin
+  CharCode := Ord(ch);
+  if (CharCode > High(fWidths)) then
+    CharCode := 0;
+
+  GlyphWidth := fWidths[CharCode];
+
+  // set texture positions
+  TexX := (CharCode mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 - (GlyphWidth/2 - fOutline)/fTexSize;
+  TexY := (CharCode div 16) * 1/16 + {2 texels} 2/fTexSize;
+  TexR := (CharCode mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 + (GlyphWidth/2 + fOutline)/fTexSize;
+  TexB := (1 + CharCode div 16) * 1/16 - {2 texels} 2/fTexSize;
+
+  // set vector positions
+  PL := AdvanceX - fOutline;
+  PR := PL + GlyphWidth + fOutline*2;
+  PB := -fBaseline;
+  PT := PB + fTexSize div 16;
+
+  (*
+  if (Font.Blend) then
+  begin
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  end;
+  *)
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTex.TexNum);
+  
+  if (not ReflectionPass) then
+  begin
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL, PT);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR, PT);
+    glEnd;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    glDepthRange(0, 10);
+    glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+    glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL, PT);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR, PT);
+    glEnd;
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL, PT);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR, PT);
+
+(*
+      glColor4f(fTempColor.r, fTempColor.g, fTempColor.b, 0.7);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex3f(PL, PB, 0);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex3f(PR, PB, 0);
+
+      glColor4f(fTempColor.r, fTempColor.g, fTempColor.b, 0);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexR, (TexY + TexB)/2); glVertex3f(PR, (PT + PB)/2, 0);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX, (TexY + TexB)/2); glVertex3f(PL, (PT + PB)/2, 0);
+*)
+    glEnd;
+
+    //write the colour back
+    glColor4fv(@fTempColor);
+
+    glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+  end; // reflection
+
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  (*
+  if (Font.Blend) then
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  *)
+
+  AdvanceX := AdvanceX + GlyphWidth;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String);
+var
+  CharIndex: integer;
+  AdvanceX: real;
+begin
+  // if there is no text do nothing
+  if (Text = nil) or (Text[0] = 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  //Save the current color and alpha (for reflection)
+  glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @fTempColor);
+
+  AdvanceX := 0;
+  for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Text)-1 do
+  begin
+    RenderChar(Text[CharIndex], AdvanceX);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fAscender - fDescender;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fAscender;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+  Result := fDescender;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+  Result := -2.0;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+  Result := 1.0;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF BITMAP_FONT}
+
+
+initialization
+
+finalization
+  TFreeType.FreeLibrary();
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UGraphic.pas b/src/base/UGraphic.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f0c8c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UGraphic.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,852 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UGraphic;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  UTexture,
+  TextGL,
+  ULog,
+  SysUtils,
+  ULyrics,
+  UImage,
+  UMusic,
+  UScreenLoading,
+  UScreenMain,
+  UScreenName,
+  UScreenLevel,
+  UScreenOptions,
+  UScreenOptionsGame,
+  UScreenOptionsGraphics,
+  UScreenOptionsSound,
+  UScreenOptionsLyrics,
+  UScreenOptionsThemes,
+  UScreenOptionsRecord,
+  UScreenOptionsAdvanced,
+  UScreenSong,
+  UScreenSing,
+  UScreenScore,
+  UScreenTop5,
+  UScreenEditSub,
+  UScreenEdit,
+  UScreenEditConvert,
+  UScreenEditHeader,
+  UScreenOpen,
+  UThemes,
+  USkins,
+  UScreenSongMenu,
+  UScreenSongJumpto,
+  {Party Screens}
+  UScreenPartyNewRound,
+  UScreenPartyScore,
+  UScreenPartyOptions,
+  UScreenPartyWin,
+  UScreenPartyPlayer,
+  UScreenPartyRounds,
+  {Stats Screens}
+  UScreenStatMain,
+  UScreenStatDetail,
+  {CreditsScreen}
+  UScreenCredits,
+  {Popup for errors, etc.}
+  UScreenPopup;
+
+type
+  TRecR = record
+    Top:    real;
+    Left:   real;
+    Right:  real;
+    Bottom: real;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Screen:         PSDL_Surface;
+  LoadingThread:  PSDL_Thread;
+  Mutex:          PSDL_Mutex;
+
+  RenderW:    integer;
+  RenderH:    integer;
+  ScreenW:    integer;
+  ScreenH:    integer;
+  Screens:    integer;
+  ScreenAct:  integer;
+  ScreenX:    integer;
+
+  ScreenLoading:      TScreenLoading;
+  ScreenMain:         TScreenMain;
+  ScreenName:         TScreenName;
+  ScreenLevel:        TScreenLevel;
+  ScreenSong:         TScreenSong;
+  ScreenSing:         TScreenSing;
+  ScreenScore:        TScreenScore;
+  ScreenTop5:         TScreenTop5;
+  ScreenOptions:          TScreenOptions;
+  ScreenOptionsGame:      TScreenOptionsGame;
+  ScreenOptionsGraphics:  TScreenOptionsGraphics;
+  ScreenOptionsSound:     TScreenOptionsSound;
+  ScreenOptionsLyrics:    TScreenOptionsLyrics;
+  ScreenOptionsThemes:    TScreenOptionsThemes;
+  ScreenOptionsRecord:    TScreenOptionsRecord;
+  ScreenOptionsAdvanced:  TScreenOptionsAdvanced;
+  ScreenEditSub:      TScreenEditSub;
+  ScreenEdit:         TScreenEdit;
+  ScreenEditConvert:  TScreenEditConvert;
+  ScreenEditHeader:   TScreenEditHeader;
+  ScreenOpen:         TScreenOpen;
+
+  ScreenSongMenu:     TScreenSongMenu;
+  ScreenSongJumpto:     TScreenSongJumpto;
+
+  //Party Screens
+  //ScreenSingModi:         TScreenSingModi;
+  ScreenPartyNewRound:    TScreenPartyNewRound;
+  ScreenPartyScore:       TScreenPartyScore;
+  ScreenPartyWin:         TScreenPartyWin;
+  ScreenPartyOptions:     TScreenPartyOptions;
+  ScreenPartyPlayer:      TScreenPartyPlayer;
+  ScreenPartyRounds:      TScreenPartyRounds;
+
+  //StatsScreens
+  ScreenStatMain:         TScreenStatMain;
+  ScreenStatDetail:       TScreenStatDetail;
+
+  //CreditsScreen
+  ScreenCredits: TScreenCredits;
+
+  //popup mod
+  ScreenPopupCheck: TScreenPopupCheck;
+  ScreenPopupError: TScreenPopupError;
+  ScreenPopupInfo:  TScreenPopupInfo;
+
+  //Notes
+  Tex_Left:        array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_left
+  Tex_Mid:         array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_mid
+  Tex_Right:       array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_note_right
+
+  Tex_plain_Left:  array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_notebg_left
+  Tex_plain_Mid:   array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_notebg_mid
+  Tex_plain_Right: array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_notebg_right
+
+  Tex_BG_Left:     array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_noteglow_left
+  Tex_BG_Mid:      array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_noteglow_mid
+  Tex_BG_Right:    array[1..6] of TTexture;   //rename to tex_noteglow_right
+
+  Tex_Note_Star:  TTexture;
+  Tex_Note_Perfect_Star: TTexture;
+
+
+  Tex_Ball:       TTexture;
+  Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar: TTexture;
+  FullScreen:     boolean;
+
+  Tex_TimeProgress: TTexture;
+
+  //Sing Bar Mod
+  Tex_SingBar_Back:  TTexture;
+  Tex_SingBar_Bar:  TTexture;
+  Tex_SingBar_Front:  TTexture;
+  //end Singbar Mod
+
+  //PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod
+  Tex_SingLineBonusBack: array[0..8] of TTexture;
+  //End PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod
+
+  //ScoreBG Texs
+  Tex_ScoreBG: array [0..5] of TTexture;
+
+  //Score Screen Textures
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light    : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+
+    Tex_Score_Ratings               : array [0..7] of TTexture;
+
+  // arrows for SelectSlide
+    Tex_SelectS_ArrowL:  TTexture;
+    Tex_SelectS_ArrowR:  TTexture;
+
+  // textures for software mouse cursor
+    Tex_Cursor_Unpressed: TTexture;
+    Tex_Cursor_Pressed:   TTexture;
+
+
+  PboSupported: boolean;
+
+const
+  Skin_BGColorR = 1;
+  Skin_BGColorG = 1;
+  Skin_BGColorB = 1;
+
+  Skin_SpectrumR = 0;
+  Skin_SpectrumG = 0;
+  Skin_SpectrumB = 0;
+
+  Skin_Spectograph1R = 0.6;
+  Skin_Spectograph1G = 0.8;
+  Skin_Spectograph1B = 1;
+
+  Skin_Spectograph2R = 0;
+  Skin_Spectograph2G = 0;
+  Skin_Spectograph2B = 0.2;
+
+  Skin_FontR = 0;
+  Skin_FontG = 0;
+  Skin_FontB = 0;
+
+  Skin_FontHighlightR = 0.3; // 0.3
+  Skin_FontHighlightG = 0.3; // 0.3
+  Skin_FontHighlightB = 1;   // 1
+
+  Skin_TimeR = 0.25; //0,0,0
+  Skin_TimeG = 0.25;
+  Skin_TimeB = 0.25;
+
+  Skin_OscR = 0;
+  Skin_OscG = 0;
+  Skin_OscB = 0;
+
+  Skin_SpectrumT = 470;
+  Skin_SpectrumBot = 570;
+  Skin_SpectrumH = 100;
+
+  Skin_P1_LinesR = 0.5;  // 0.6 0.6 1
+  Skin_P1_LinesG = 0.5;
+  Skin_P1_LinesB = 0.5;
+
+  Skin_P2_LinesR = 0.5; // 1 0.6 0.6
+  Skin_P2_LinesG = 0.5;
+  Skin_P2_LinesB = 0.5;
+
+  Skin_P1_NotesB = 250;
+  Skin_P2_NotesB = 430; // 430 / 300
+
+  Skin_P1_ScoreT = 50;
+  Skin_P1_ScoreL = 20;
+
+  Skin_P2_ScoreT = 50;
+  Skin_P2_ScoreL = 640;
+
+procedure Initialize3D (Title: string);
+procedure Finalize3D;
+procedure Reinitialize3D;
+procedure SwapBuffers;
+
+procedure LoadTextures;
+procedure InitializeScreen;
+procedure LoadLoadingScreen;
+procedure LoadScreens;
+procedure UnloadScreens;
+
+function LoadingThreadFunction: integer;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UDisplay,
+  UCommandLine,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+procedure LoadFontTextures;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus('Building Fonts', 'LoadTextures');
+  BuildFonts;
+end;
+
+procedure UnloadFontTextures;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus('Kill Fonts', 'UnloadFontTextures');
+  KillFonts;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadTextures;
+
+var
+  P:       integer;
+  R, G, B: real;
+  Col:     integer;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures', 'LoadTextures');
+
+  // P1-6
+  // TODO... do it once for each player... this is a bit crappy !!
+  //                                       can we make it any better !?
+  for P := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light');
+    Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+
+    { some colors for tests
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.02*255) + $100 * Round(0.6 *255) + Round(0.8 *255); //blue
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.8 *255)                                           ; //red
+	Col :=                            $100 * Round(0.85*255)                  ; //green
+	Col := $10000 * 255             + $100 * Round(0.52*255)                  ; //orange
+	Col := $10000 *            255  + $100 *            255                   ; //yellow
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.82*255) +                   255                   ; //purple
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0.22*255) + $100 * Round(0.39*255) + Round(0.64*255); //dark blue
+	Col := $10000 * Round(0   *255) + $100 * Round(0   *255) + Round(0   *255); //black
+	Col := $10000 * Round(1.0 *255) + $100 * Round(0.43*255) + Round(0.70*255); //pink
+	Col := 0;       //black
+	Col := $FFFFFF; //white
+	Col := $FF0000; //red
+	Col := $00FF00; //green
+	Col := $002200; //light green
+	Col := $002222; //light greenblue
+	Col := $222200; //light yellow
+	Col := $340000; //red
+	Col := $FF6EB4; //pink
+	Col := $333333; //grey
+    }
+
+    Tex_Left[P]         := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Mid[P]          := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'),   TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Right[P]        := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+
+    Tex_plain_Left[P]   := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePlainLeft'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_plain_Mid[P]    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePlainMid'),   TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_plain_Right[P]  := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePlainRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+
+    Tex_BG_Left[P]      := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteBGLeft'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_BG_Mid[P]       := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteBGMid'),   TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_BG_Right[P]     := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteBGRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+  end;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - B', 'LoadTextures');
+
+  Tex_Note_Perfect_Star := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePerfectStar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  Tex_Note_Star         := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteStar') ,       TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FFFFFF);
+  Tex_Ball              := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Ball'),            TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricHelpBar'),    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+  Tex_SelectS_ArrowL    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Select_ArrowLeft'),    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  Tex_SelectS_ArrowR    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Select_ArrowRight'),    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  Tex_Cursor_Unpressed  := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  if (Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor_Pressed').IsSet) then
+    Tex_Cursor_Pressed    := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor_Pressed'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0)
+  else
+    Tex_Cursor_Pressed.TexNum := 0;
+
+  //TimeBar mod
+  Tex_TimeProgress := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('TimeBar'));
+  //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+  //SingBar Mod
+  Tex_SingBar_Back  := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('SingBarBack'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  Tex_SingBar_Bar   := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('SingBarBar'),   TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  Tex_SingBar_Front := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('SingBarFront'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  //end Singbar Mod
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - C', 'LoadTextures');
+
+  //Line Bonus PopUp
+  for P := 0 to 8 do
+    begin
+      Case P of
+        0: begin
+          R := 1;
+          G := 0;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+        1..3: begin
+          R := 1;
+          G := (P * 0.25);
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+        4: begin
+          R := 1;
+          G := 1;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+        5..7: begin
+          R := 1-((P-4)*0.25);
+          G := 1;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+        8: begin
+          R := 0;
+          G := 1;
+          B := 0;
+        end;
+      End;
+
+      Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+      Tex_SingLineBonusBack[P] :=  Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LineBonusBack'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    end;
+
+//## backgrounds for the scores ##
+  for P := 0 to 5 do begin
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P+1) + 'Light');
+    Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    Tex_ScoreBG[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreBG'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+  end;
+
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - D', 'LoadTextures');
+
+// ######################
+// Score screen textures
+// ######################
+
+//## the bars that visualize the score ##
+  for P := 1 to 6 do begin
+//NoteBar ScoreBar
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Dark');
+    Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+//LineBonus ScoreBar
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light');
+    Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+//GoldenNotes ScoreBar
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Lightest');
+    Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+    Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+  end;
+
+//## rating pictures that show a picture according to your rate ##
+    for P := 0 to 7 do begin
+    Tex_Score_Ratings[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rating_'+IntToStr(P)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  end;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - Done', 'LoadTextures');
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Load OpenGL extensions. Must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode() and each
+ * time the pixel-format or render-context (RC) changes.
+ *)
+procedure LoadOpenGLExtensions;
+begin
+  // Load OpenGL 1.2 extensions for OpenGL 1.2 compatibility
+  if (not Load_GL_version_1_2()) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogCritical('Failed loading OpenGL 1.2', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  end;
+
+  // Other extensions e.g. OpenGL 1.3-2.0 or Framebuffer-Object might be loaded here
+  // ...
+  //Load_GL_EXT_framebuffer_object();
+
+  // PBO functions are loaded with VBO
+  //PboSupported := Load_GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object()
+  //    and Load_GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object();
+  //Log.LogWarn('PBOSupported: ' + BoolToStr(PboSupported, true), 'LoadOpenGLExtensions');
+  PboSupported := false;
+end;
+
+const
+  WINDOW_ICON = 'icons/ultrastardx-icon.png';
+
+procedure Initialize3D (Title: string);
+var
+  Icon: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus('SDL_Init', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  if ( SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) = -1 ) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogCritical('SDL_Init Failed', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  end;
+
+  // load icon image (must be 32x32 for win32)
+  Icon := LoadImage(ResourcesPath.Append(WINDOW_ICON));
+  if (Icon <> nil) then
+    SDL_WM_SetIcon(Icon, nil);
+
+  SDL_WM_SetCaption(PChar(Title), nil);
+
+  { center window }
+  SDL_putenv('SDL_VIDEO_WINDOW_POS=center');
+  { workaround for buggy Intel 3D driver on Linux }
+  SDL_putenv('texture_tiling=false');
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+
+  InitializeScreen;
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+  //Log.LogBenchmark('--> Setting Screen', 2);
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+  Texture := TTextureUnit.Create;
+  // FIXME: this does not seem to be correct as Limit.
+  // Is the max. of either width or height.
+  Texture.Limit := 1024*1024;
+
+  //LoadTextures;
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+  //Log.LogBenchmark('--> Loading Textures', 2);
+
+  {
+  Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+  Lyric:= TLyric.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+  Log.LogBenchmark('--> Loading Fonts', 2);
+  }
+
+  // Note: do not initialize video modules earlier. They might depend on some
+  // SDL video functions or OpenGL extensions initialized in InitializeScreen()
+  InitializeVideo();
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('TDisplay.Create', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  Display := TDisplay.Create;
+  //Display.SetCursor;
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Creating Display', 2);
+
+  //Log.LogStatus('Loading Screens', 'Initialize3D');
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Font Textures', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  LoadFontTextures();
+
+  // Show the Loading Screen -------------
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading Loading Screen', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  LoadLoadingScreen;
+
+
+  Log.LogStatus(' Loading Textures', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  LoadTextures; // jb
+
+
+
+  // now that we have something to display while loading,
+  // start thread that loads the rest of ultrastar
+  //Mutex   := SDL_CreateMutex;
+  //SDL_UnLockMutex(Mutex);
+
+  // does not work this way because the loading thread tries to access opengl.
+  // See comment below
+  //LoadingThread  := SDL_CreateThread(@LoadingThread, nil);
+
+  // this would be run in the loadingthread
+  Log.LogStatus(' Loading Screens', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+  LoadScreens;
+
+
+  // TODO:
+  // here should be a loop which
+  // * draws the loading screen (form time to time)
+  // * controlls the "process of the loading screen"
+  // * checks if the loadingthread has loaded textures (check mutex) and
+  //   * load the textures into opengl
+  //   * tells the loadingthread, that the memory for the texture can be reused
+  //     to load the netx texture (over another mutex)
+  // * runs as long as the loadingthread tells, that everything is loaded and ready (using a third mutex)
+  //
+  // therefor loadtexture have to be changed, that it, instat of caling some opengl functions
+  // for itself, it should change mutex
+  // the mainthread have to know somehow what opengl function have to be called with which parameters like
+  // texturetype, textureobjekt, textur-buffer-adress, ...
+
+  // wait for loading thread to finish
+  // currently does not work this way
+  // SDL_WaitThread(LoadingThread, I);
+  // SDL_DestroyMutex(Mutex);
+
+  Display.CurrentScreen^.FadeTo( @ScreenMain );
+
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+  Log.LogBenchmark('--> Loading Screens', 2);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Finish', 'Initialize3D');
+end;
+
+procedure SwapBuffers;
+begin
+  SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+    glLoadIdentity;
+    glOrtho(0, RenderW, RenderH, 0, -1, 100);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+end;
+
+procedure Finalize3D;
+begin
+  // TODO: finalize other stuff
+  UnloadFontTextures;
+  SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO);
+end;
+
+procedure Reinitialize3D;
+begin
+  InitializeScreen;
+end;
+
+procedure InitializeScreen;
+var
+  S:      string;
+  I:      integer;
+  W, H:   integer;
+  Depth:  Integer;
+  Fullscreen: boolean;
+begin
+  if (Params.Screens <> -1) then
+    Screens := Params.Screens + 1
+  else
+    Screens := Ini.Screens + 1;
+
+  // Set minimum color component sizes
+  // Note: do not request an alpha plane with SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE here as
+  // some cards/implementations do not support them (SDL_SetVideoMode fails).
+  // We do not the alpha plane anymore since offscreen rendering in back-buffer
+  // was removed.
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,      5);
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,    5);
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,     5);
+
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,    16); // Z-Buffer depth
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,  1);
+
+  // VSYNC works for windows only at the moment. SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL under
+  // linux uses GLX_MESA_swap_control which is not supported by nvidea cards.
+  // Maybe use glXSwapIntervalSGI(1) from the GLX_SGI_swap_control extension instead.
+  //SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL,  1); // VSYNC (currently Windows only)
+
+  // If there is a resolution in Parameters, use it, else use the Ini value
+  I := Params.Resolution;
+  if (I <> -1) then
+    S := IResolution[I]
+  else
+    S := IResolution[Ini.Resolution];
+
+  I := Pos('x', S);
+  W := StrToInt(Copy(S, 1, I-1)) * Screens;
+  H := StrToInt(Copy(S, I+1, 1000));
+
+  if (Params.Depth <> -1) then
+    Depth := Params.Depth
+  else
+    Depth := Ini.Depth;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Initialize3D');
+
+  // check whether to start in fullscreen or windowed mode.
+  // The command-line parameters take precedence over the ini settings.
+  Fullscreen := ((Ini.FullScreen = 1) or (Params.ScreenMode = scmFullscreen)) and
+                not (Params.ScreenMode = scmWindowed);
+
+  if Fullscreen then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode...   Full Screen');
+    screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, (Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode...   Windowed');
+    screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, 0, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
+  end;
+
+  SDL_ShowCursor(0);
+
+  if (screen = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogCritical('SDL_SetVideoMode Failed', 'Initialize3D');
+  end;
+
+  LoadOpenGLExtensions();
+
+  // define virtual (Render) and real (Screen) screen size
+  RenderW := 800;
+  RenderH := 600;
+  ScreenW := W;
+  ScreenH := H;
+
+  // clear screen once window is being shown
+  // Note: SwapBuffers uses RenderW/H, so they must be defined before
+  glClearColor(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT);
+  SwapBuffers;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadLoadingScreen;
+begin
+  ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create;
+  ScreenLoading.OnShow;
+  
+  Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading;
+
+  SwapBuffers;
+
+  ScreenLoading.Draw;
+  Display.Draw;
+
+  SwapBuffers;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadScreens;
+begin
+{  ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create;
+  ScreenLoading.OnShow;
+  Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading;
+  ScreenLoading.Draw;
+  Display.Draw;
+  SwapBuffers;
+}
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Loading', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenMain :=             TScreenMain.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Main', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenName :=             TScreenName.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Name', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenLevel :=            TScreenLevel.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Level', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenSong :=             TScreenSong.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Song', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenSongMenu :=             TScreenSongMenu.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Song Menu', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenSing :=             TScreenSing.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Sing', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenScore :=            TScreenScore.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Score', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenTop5 :=             TScreenTop5.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Top5', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptions :=          TScreenOptions.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsGame :=      TScreenOptionsGame.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Game', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsGraphics  :=  TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Graphics', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsSound    :=     TScreenOptionsSound.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Sound', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsLyrics   :=    TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Lyrics', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsThemes   :=    TScreenOptionsThemes.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Themes', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsRecord   :=    TScreenOptionsRecord.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Record', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOptionsAdvanced :=    TScreenOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Advanced', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenEditSub :=          TScreenEditSub.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Edit Sub', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenEdit :=             TScreenEdit.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Edit', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenEditConvert :=      TScreenEditConvert.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen EditConvert', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+//  ScreenEditHeader :=       TScreenEditHeader.Create(Skin.ScoreBG);
+//  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Edit Header', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenOpen :=             TScreenOpen.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Open', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  //ScreenSingModi :=         TScreenSingModi.Create;
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Sing with Modi support', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenSongMenu :=         TScreenSongMenu.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen SongMenu', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenSongJumpto :=         TScreenSongJumpto.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen SongJumpto', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPopupCheck := TScreenPopupCheck.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Check)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPopupError := TScreenPopupError.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Error)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPopupInfo := TScreenPopupInfo.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Info)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPartyNewRound :=    TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyNewRound', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPartyScore :=       TScreenPartyScore.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyScore', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPartyWin :=         TScreenPartyWin.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyWin', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPartyOptions :=     TScreenPartyOptions.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyOptions', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPartyPlayer :=      TScreenPartyPlayer.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyPlayer', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenPartyRounds :=      TScreenPartyRounds.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyRounds', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenStatMain :=         TScreenStatMain.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Stat Main', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenStatDetail :=       TScreenStatDetail.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Stat Detail', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+  ScreenCredits    :=       TScreenCredits.Create;
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Credits', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+
+end;
+
+function LoadingThreadFunction: integer;
+begin
+  LoadScreens;
+  Result:= 1;
+end;
+
+procedure UnloadScreens;
+begin
+  ScreenMain.Free;
+  ScreenName.Free;
+  ScreenLevel.Free;
+  ScreenSong.Free;
+  ScreenSing.Free;
+  ScreenScore.Free;
+  ScreenTop5.Free;
+  ScreenOptions.Free;
+  ScreenOptionsGame.Free;
+  ScreenOptionsGraphics.Free;
+  ScreenOptionsSound.Free;
+  ScreenOptionsLyrics.Free;
+//  ScreenOptionsThemes.Free;
+  ScreenOptionsRecord.Free;
+  ScreenOptionsAdvanced.Free;
+  ScreenEditSub.Free;
+  ScreenEdit.Free;
+  ScreenEditConvert.Free;
+  ScreenOpen.Free;
+  //ScreenSingModi.Free;
+  ScreenSongMenu.Free;
+  ScreenSongJumpto.Free;
+  ScreenPopupCheck.Free;
+  ScreenPopupError.Free;
+  ScreenPopupInfo.Free;
+  ScreenPartyNewRound.Free;
+  ScreenPartyScore.Free;
+  ScreenPartyWin.Free;
+  ScreenPartyOptions.Free;
+  ScreenPartyPlayer.Free;
+  ScreenPartyRounds.Free;
+  ScreenStatMain.Free;
+  ScreenStatDetail.Free;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas b/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cdaa238e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UGraphicClasses;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UTexture,
+  SDL;
+
+const
+  DelayBetweenFrames : cardinal = 60;
+
+type
+
+ TParticleType = (GoldenNote, PerfectNote, NoteHitTwinkle, PerfectLineTwinkle, ColoredStar, Flare);
+
+ TColour3f = record
+   r, g, b: real;
+ end;
+
+ TParticle = class
+   X, Y     : real;     //Position
+   Screen   : integer;
+   W, H     : cardinal; //dimensions of particle
+   Col      : array of TColour3f; // Colour(s) of particle
+   Scale    : array of real;      // Scaling factors of particle layers
+   Frame    : byte;     //act. Frame
+   Tex      : cardinal; //Tex num from Textur Manager
+   Live     : byte;     //How many Cycles before Kill
+   RecIndex : integer;  //To which rectangle this particle belongs (only GoldenNote)
+   StarType : TParticleType;  // GoldenNote | PerfectNote | NoteHitTwinkle | PerfectLineTwinkle
+   Alpha    : real;     // used for fading...
+   mX, mY   : real;     // movement-vector for PerfectLineTwinkle
+   SizeMod  : real;     // experimental size modifier
+   SurviveSentenceChange : Boolean;
+
+   constructor Create(cX, cY         : real;
+                      cScreen        : integer; 
+		      cLive          : byte; 
+		      cFrame         : integer; 
+		      cRecArrayIndex : integer; 
+		      cStarType      : TParticleType; 
+		      Player         : cardinal);
+   destructor Destroy(); override;
+   procedure Draw;
+   procedure LiveOn;
+ end;
+
+ RectanglePositions = record
+   xTop, yTop, xBottom, yBottom : real;
+   TotalStarCount   : integer;
+   CurrentStarCount : integer;
+   Screen           : integer;
+ end;
+
+ PerfectNotePositions = record
+   xPos, yPos : real;
+   Screen     : integer;
+ end;
+
+ TEffectManager = class
+   Particle      : array of TParticle;
+   LastTime      : cardinal;
+   RecArray      : array of RectanglePositions;
+   TwinkleArray  : array[0..5] of real; // store x-position of last twinkle for every player
+   PerfNoteArray : array of PerfectNotePositions;
+
+   FlareTex: TTexture;
+
+   constructor Create;
+   destructor  Destroy; override;
+   procedure Draw;
+   function  Spawn(X, Y: real;
+                   Screen: integer;
+                   Live: byte;
+                   StartFrame: integer;
+                   RecArrayIndex: integer;  // this is only used with GoldenNotes
+                   StarType: TParticleType;
+                   Player: cardinal         // for PerfectLineTwinkle
+             ): cardinal;
+   procedure SpawnRec();
+   procedure Kill(index: cardinal);
+   procedure KillAll();
+   procedure SentenceChange();
+   procedure SaveGoldenStarsRec(Xtop, Ytop, Xbottom, Ybottom: real);
+   procedure SavePerfectNotePos(Xtop, Ytop: real);
+   procedure GoldenNoteTwinkle(Top, Bottom, Right: real; Player: integer);
+   procedure SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle();
+ end;
+
+var
+  GoldenRec : TEffectManager;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  UCommon,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  UGraphic,
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  USkins,
+  UThemes;
+
+//TParticle
+constructor TParticle.Create(cX, cY         : real;
+                             cScreen        : integer;
+			     cLive          : byte;
+			     cFrame         : integer;
+			     cRecArrayIndex : integer;
+			     cStarType      : TParticleType;
+			     Player         : cardinal);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  // in this constructor we set all initial values for our particle
+  X := cX;
+  Y := cY;
+  Screen := cScreen;
+  Live  := cLive;
+  Frame := cFrame;
+  RecIndex := cRecArrayIndex;
+  StarType := cStarType;
+  Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+  SetLength(Scale,1);
+  Scale[0] := 1;
+  SurviveSentenceChange := False;
+  SizeMod := 1;
+  case cStarType of
+    GoldenNote:
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+          W := 20;
+          H := 20;
+          SetLength(Scale,4);
+          Scale[1] := 0.8;
+          Scale[2] := 0.4;
+          Scale[3] := 0.3;
+          SetLength(Col,4);
+          Col[0].r := 1;
+          Col[0].g := 0.7;
+          Col[0].b := 0.1;
+
+          Col[1].r := 1;
+          Col[1].g := 1;
+          Col[1].b := 0.4;
+
+          Col[2].r := 1;
+          Col[2].g := 1;
+          Col[2].b := 1;
+
+          Col[3].r := 1;
+          Col[3].g := 1;
+          Col[3].b := 1;
+        end;
+    PerfectNote:
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Perfect_Star.TexNum;
+          W := 30;
+          H := 30;
+          SetLength(Col,1);
+          Col[0].r := 1;
+          Col[0].g := 1;
+          Col[0].b := 0.95;
+        end;
+    NoteHitTwinkle:
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+          Alpha := (Live/16);  // linear fade-out
+          W := 15;
+          H := 15;
+          Setlength(Col,1);
+          Col[0].r := 1;
+          Col[0].g := 1;
+          Col[0].b := RandomRange(10*Live,100)/90; //0.9;
+        end;
+    PerfectLineTwinkle:
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+          W := RandomRange(10,20);
+          H := W;
+          SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+          SurviveSentenceChange := True;
+          // assign colours according to player given
+          SetLength(Scale,3);
+          Scale[1] := 0.3;
+          Scale[2] := 0.2;
+          SetLength(Col,3);
+          case Player of
+            0: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P1Light');
+            1: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P2Light');
+            2: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P3Light');
+            3: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P4Light');
+            4: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P5Light');
+            5: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P6Light');
+            else LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P1Light');
+          end;
+          Col[1].r := 1;
+          Col[1].g := 1;
+          Col[1].b := 0.4;
+          Col[2].r := Col[0].r+0.5;
+          Col[2].g := Col[0].g+0.5;
+          Col[2].b := Col[0].b+0.5;
+          mX := RandomRange(-5,5);
+          mY := RandomRange(-5,5);
+        end;
+    ColoredStar:
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+          W := RandomRange(10,20);
+          H := W;
+          SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+          SurviveSentenceChange := True;
+          // assign colours according to player given
+          SetLength(Scale,1);
+          SetLength(Col,1);
+          Col[0].b := (Player and $ff)/255;
+          Col[0].g := ((Player shr 8) and $ff)/255;
+          Col[0].r := ((Player shr 16) and $ff)/255;
+          mX := 0;
+          mY := 0;
+        end;
+    Flare:
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+          W := 7;
+          H := 7;
+          SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+          mX := RandomRange(-5,5);
+          mY := RandomRange(-5,5);
+          SetLength(Scale,4);
+          Scale[1] := 0.8;
+          Scale[2] := 0.4;
+          Scale[3] := 0.3;
+          SetLength(Col,4);
+          Col[0].r := 1;
+          Col[0].g := 0.7;
+          Col[0].b := 0.1;
+
+          Col[1].r := 1;
+          Col[1].g := 1;
+          Col[1].b := 0.4;
+
+          Col[2].r := 1;
+          Col[2].g := 1;
+          Col[2].b := 1;
+
+          Col[3].r := 1;
+          Col[3].g := 1;
+          Col[3].b := 1;
+
+        end;
+    else    // just some random default values
+        begin
+          Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+          Alpha := 1;
+          W := 20;
+          H := 20;
+          SetLength(Col,1);
+          Col[0].r := 1;
+          Col[0].g := 1;
+          Col[0].b := 1;
+        end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+destructor TParticle.Destroy();
+begin
+  SetLength(Scale,0);
+  SetLength(Col,0);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TParticle.LiveOn;
+begin
+  //Live = 0 => Live forever  <blindy> ?? but if this is 0 they would be killed in the Manager at Draw
+  if (Live > 0) then
+    Dec(Live);
+
+  // animate frames
+  Frame := ( Frame + 1 ) mod 16;
+
+  // make our particles do funny stuff (besides being animated)
+  // changes of any particle-values throughout its life are done here
+  case StarType of
+    GoldenNote:
+        begin
+          Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+        end;
+    PerfectNote:
+        begin
+          Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+        end;
+    NoteHitTwinkle:
+        begin
+          Alpha := (Live/10);  // linear fade-out
+        end;
+    PerfectLineTwinkle:
+        begin
+          Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+          SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+          // move around
+          X := X + mX;
+          Y := Y + mY;
+        end;
+    ColoredStar:
+        begin
+          Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+        end;
+    Flare:
+        begin
+          Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)/16*1.7*pi+0.3*pi)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+          SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+          // move around
+          X := X + mX;
+          Y := Y + mY;
+          mY := mY+1.8;
+//          mX := mX/2;
+        end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TParticle.Draw;
+var
+  L: cardinal;
+begin
+  if ScreenAct = Screen then
+    // this draws (multiple) texture(s) of our particle
+    for L := 0 to High(Col) do
+    begin
+      glColor4f(Col[L].r, Col[L].g, Col[L].b, Alpha);
+
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame, 0);          glVertex2f(X-W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y-H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+      glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame + (1/16), 0); glVertex2f(X-W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y+H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+      glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame + (1/16), 1); glVertex2f(X+W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y+H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+      glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame, 1);          glVertex2f(X+W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y-H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+      glEnd;
+    end;
+  glcolor4f(1,1,1,1);
+end;
+// end of TParticle
+
+// TEffectManager
+
+constructor TEffectManager.Create;
+var
+  c: cardinal;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  LastTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+  for c := 0 to 5 do
+  begin
+    TwinkleArray[c] := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+destructor TEffectManager.Destroy;
+begin
+  Killall;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TEffectManager.Draw;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  CurrentTime: cardinal;
+//const
+//  DelayBetweenFrames : cardinal = 100;
+begin
+
+  CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+  //Manage particle life
+  if (CurrentTime - LastTime) > DelayBetweenFrames then
+  begin
+    LastTime := CurrentTime;
+    for I := 0 to high(Particle) do
+      Particle[I].LiveOn;
+  end;
+
+  I := 0;
+  //Kill dead particles
+  while (I <= High(Particle)) do
+  begin
+    if (Particle[I].Live <= 0) then
+    begin
+      kill(I);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      inc(I);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+ //Draw
+  for I := 0 to high(Particle) do
+  begin
+    Particle[I].Draw;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// this method creates just one particle
+function TEffectManager.Spawn(X, Y: real; Screen: integer; Live: byte; StartFrame : integer; RecArrayIndex : integer; StarType : TParticleType; Player: cardinal): cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := Length(Particle);
+  SetLength(Particle, (Result + 1));
+  Particle[Result] := TParticle.Create(X, Y, Screen, Live, StartFrame, RecArrayIndex, StarType, Player);
+end;
+
+// manage Sparkling of GoldenNote Bars
+procedure TEffectManager.SpawnRec();
+var
+  Xkatze, Ykatze    : real;
+  RandomFrame : integer;
+  P : integer; // P as seen on TV as Positionman
+begin
+//Spawn a random amount of stars within the given coordinates
+//RandomRange(0,14) <- this one starts at a random  frame, 16 is our last frame - would be senseless to start a particle with 16, cause it would be dead at the next frame
+  for P := 0 to high(RecArray) do
+  begin
+    while (RecArray[P].TotalStarCount > RecArray[P].CurrentStarCount) do
+    begin
+      Xkatze := RandomRange(Ceil(RecArray[P].xTop), Ceil(RecArray[P].xBottom));
+      Ykatze := RandomRange(Ceil(RecArray[P].yTop), Ceil(RecArray[P].yBottom));
+      RandomFrame := RandomRange(0,14);
+      // Spawn a GoldenNote Particle
+      Spawn(Xkatze, Ykatze, RecArray[P].Screen, 16 - RandomFrame, RandomFrame, P, GoldenNote, 0);
+      inc(RecArray[P].CurrentStarCount);
+    end;
+  end;
+  draw;
+end;
+
+// kill one particle (with given index in our particle array)
+procedure TEffectManager.Kill(Index: cardinal);
+var
+  LastParticleIndex : integer;
+begin
+// delete particle indexed by Index,
+// overwrite it's place in our particle-array with the particle stored at the last array index,
+// shorten array
+  LastParticleIndex := high(Particle);
+  if not(LastParticleIndex = -1) then  // is there still a particle to delete?
+  begin
+    if not(Particle[Index].RecIndex = -1) then  // if it is a GoldenNote particle...
+      dec(RecArray[Particle[Index].RecIndex].CurrentStarCount); // take care of its associated GoldenRec
+    // now get rid of that particle
+    Particle[Index].Destroy;
+    Particle[Index] := Particle[LastParticleIndex];
+    SetLength(Particle, LastParticleIndex);
+  end;
+end;
+
+// clean up all particles and management structures
+procedure TEffectManager.KillAll();
+var
+  c: cardinal;
+begin
+//It's the kill all kennies rotuine
+  while Length(Particle) > 0 do  // kill all existing particles
+    Kill(0);
+  SetLength(RecArray,0);  // remove GoldenRec positions
+  SetLength(PerfNoteArray,0); // remove PerfectNote positions
+  for c := 0 to 5 do
+  begin
+    TwinkleArray[c] := 0; // reset GoldenNoteHit memory
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SentenceChange();
+var
+  c: cardinal;
+begin
+  c := 0;
+  while c <= High(Particle) do
+  begin
+    if Particle[c].SurviveSentenceChange then
+      inc(c)
+    else
+      Kill(c);
+  end;
+  SetLength(RecArray,0);  // remove GoldenRec positions
+  SetLength(PerfNoteArray,0); // remove PerfectNote positions
+  for c := 0 to 5 do
+  begin
+    TwinkleArray[c] := 0; // reset GoldenNoteHit memory
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TeffectManager.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Top, Bottom, Right: real; Player: integer);
+//Twinkle stars while golden note hit
+// this is called from UDraw.pas, SingDrawPlayerCzesc
+var
+  C, P, XKatze, YKatze, LKatze: integer;
+  H: real;
+begin
+  // make sure we spawn only one time at one position
+  if (TwinkleArray[Player] < Right) then
+    for P := 0 to high(RecArray) do  // Are we inside a GoldenNoteRectangle?
+    begin
+      H := (Top+Bottom)/2; // helper...
+      with RecArray[P] do
+      if ((xBottom >= Right) and (xTop <= Right) and
+          (yTop <= H) and (yBottom >= H))
+          and (Screen = ScreenAct) then
+      begin
+        TwinkleArray[Player] := Right; // remember twinkle position for this player
+        for C := 1 to 10 do
+        begin
+          Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Top) , ceil(Bottom));
+          XKatze := RandomRange(-7,3);
+          LKatze := RandomRange(7,13);
+          Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+        end;
+        for C := 1 to 3 do
+        begin
+          Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Top)-6 , ceil(Top));
+          XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+          LKatze := RandomRange(4,7);
+          Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+        end;
+        for C := 1 to 3 do
+        begin
+          Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Bottom), ceil(Bottom)+6);
+          XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+          LKatze := RandomRange(4,7);
+          Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+        end;
+        for C := 1 to 3 do
+        begin
+          Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Top)-10 , ceil(Top)-6);
+          XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+          LKatze := RandomRange(1,4);
+          Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+        end;
+        for C := 1 to 3 do
+        begin
+          Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Bottom)+6 , ceil(Bottom)+10);
+          XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+          LKatze := RandomRange(1,4);
+          Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+        end;
+
+        exit; // found a matching GoldenRec, did spawning stuff... done
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SaveGoldenStarsRec(Xtop, Ytop, Xbottom, Ybottom: real);
+var
+  P : integer;   // P like used in Positions
+  NewIndex : integer;
+begin
+  for P := 0 to high(RecArray) do  // Do we already have that "new" position?
+    begin
+      if (ceil(RecArray[P].xTop) = ceil(Xtop)) and
+      (ceil(RecArray[P].yTop) = ceil(Ytop)) and
+      (ScreenAct = RecArray[p].Screen) then
+        exit; // it's already in the array, so we don't have to create a new one
+    end;
+
+  // we got a new position, add the new positions to our array
+    NewIndex := Length(RecArray);
+    SetLength(RecArray, NewIndex + 1);
+    RecArray[NewIndex].xTop    := Xtop;
+    RecArray[NewIndex].yTop    := Ytop;
+    RecArray[NewIndex].xBottom := Xbottom;
+    RecArray[NewIndex].yBottom := Ybottom;
+    RecArray[NewIndex].TotalStarCount := ceil(Xbottom - Xtop) div 12 + 3;
+    RecArray[NewIndex].CurrentStarCount := 0;
+    RecArray[NewIndex].Screen := ScreenAct;
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SavePerfectNotePos(Xtop, Ytop: real);
+var
+  P : integer;   // P like used in Positions
+  NewIndex : integer;
+  RandomFrame : integer;
+  Xkatze, Ykatze : integer;
+begin
+  for P := 0 to high(PerfNoteArray) do  // Do we already have that "new" position?
+  begin
+    with PerfNoteArray[P] do
+    if (ceil(xPos) = ceil(Xtop)) and (ceil(yPos) = ceil(Ytop)) and
+       (Screen = ScreenAct) then
+      exit; // it's already in the array, so we don't have to create a new one
+  end; //for
+
+  // we got a new position, add the new positions to our array
+  NewIndex := Length(PerfNoteArray);
+  SetLength(PerfNoteArray, NewIndex + 1);
+  PerfNoteArray[NewIndex].xPos    := Xtop;
+  PerfNoteArray[NewIndex].yPos    := Ytop;
+  PerfNoteArray[NewIndex].Screen  := ScreenAct;
+
+  for P := 0 to 2 do
+  begin
+    Xkatze := RandomRange(ceil(Xtop) - 5 , ceil(Xtop) + 10);
+    Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Ytop) - 5 , ceil(Ytop) + 10);
+    RandomFrame := RandomRange(0,14);
+    Spawn(Xkatze, Ykatze, ScreenAct, 16 - RandomFrame, RandomFrame, -1, PerfectNote, 0);
+  end; //for
+
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle();
+var
+  P, I, Life: cardinal;
+  Left, Right, Top, Bottom: cardinal;
+  cScreen: integer;
+begin
+// calculation of coordinates done with hardcoded values like in UDraw.pas
+// might need to be adjusted if drawing of SingScreen is modified
+// coordinates may still be a bit weird and need adjustment
+  if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then
+  begin
+    Left := 130;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Left := 30;
+  end;
+  Right := 770;
+  // spawn effect for every player with a perfect line
+  for P := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+    if Player[P].LastSentencePerfect then
+    begin
+      // calculate area where notes of this player are drawn
+      case PlayersPlay of
+        1: begin
+             Bottom := Skin_P2_NotesB+10;
+             Top := Bottom-105;
+             cScreen := 1;
+           end;
+        2,4: begin
+               case P of
+                 0,2: begin
+                        Bottom := Skin_P1_NotesB+10;
+                        Top := Bottom-105;
+                      end;
+                 else begin
+                        Bottom := Skin_P2_NotesB+10;
+                        Top := Bottom-105;
+                      end;
+               end;
+               case P of
+                 0,1: cScreen := 1;
+                 else cScreen := 2;
+               end;
+             end;
+        3,6: begin
+               case P of
+                 0,3: begin
+                        Top := 130;
+                        Bottom := Top+85;
+                      end;
+                 1,4: begin
+                        Top := 255;
+                        Bottom := Top+85;
+                      end;
+                 2,5: begin
+                        Top := 380;
+                        Bottom := Top+85;
+                      end;
+               end;
+               case P of
+                 0,1,2: cScreen := 1;
+                 else cScreen := 2;
+               end;
+             end;
+      end;
+      // spawn Sparkling Stars inside calculated coordinates
+      for I := 0 to 80 do
+      begin
+        Life := RandomRange(8,16);
+        Spawn(RandomRange(Left,Right), RandomRange(Top,Bottom), cScreen, Life, 16-Life, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, P);
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/base/UImage.pas b/src/base/UImage.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1866316e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UImage.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1131 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UImage;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UPath;
+
+{$DEFINE HavePNG}
+{$DEFINE HaveBMP}
+{$DEFINE HaveJPG}
+
+const
+  PixelFmt_RGBA: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+    palette:      nil;
+    BitsPerPixel:  32;
+    BytesPerPixel:  4;
+    Rloss:          0;
+    Gloss:          0;
+    Bloss:          0;
+    Aloss:          0;
+    Rshift:         0;
+    Gshift:         8;
+    Bshift:        16;
+    Ashift:        24;
+    Rmask:  $000000ff;
+    Gmask:  $0000ff00;
+    Bmask:  $00ff0000;
+    Amask:  $ff000000;
+    ColorKey:       0;
+    Alpha:        255
+  );
+
+  PixelFmt_RGB: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+    palette:      nil;
+    BitsPerPixel:  24;
+    BytesPerPixel:  3;
+    Rloss:          0;
+    Gloss:          0;
+    Bloss:          0;
+    Aloss:          0;
+    Rshift:         0;
+    Gshift:         8;
+    Bshift:        16;
+    Ashift:         0;
+    Rmask:  $000000ff;
+    Gmask:  $0000ff00;
+    Bmask:  $00ff0000;
+    Amask:  $00000000;
+    ColorKey:       0;
+    Alpha:        255
+  );
+
+  PixelFmt_BGRA: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+    palette:      nil;
+    BitsPerPixel:  32;
+    BytesPerPixel:  4;
+    Rloss:          0;
+    Gloss:          0;
+    Bloss:          0;
+    Aloss:          0;
+    Rshift:        16;
+    Gshift:         8;
+    Bshift:         0;
+    Ashift:        24;
+    Rmask:  $00ff0000;
+    Gmask:  $0000ff00;
+    Bmask:  $000000ff;
+    Amask:  $ff000000;
+    ColorKey:       0;
+    Alpha:        255
+  );
+
+  PixelFmt_BGR: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+    palette:      nil;
+    BitsPerPixel:  24;
+    BytesPerPixel:  3;
+    Rloss:          0;
+    Gloss:          0;
+    Bloss:          0;
+    Aloss:          0;
+    Rshift:        16;
+    Gshift:         8;
+    Bshift:         0;
+    Ashift:         0;
+    Rmask:  $00ff0000;
+    Gmask:  $0000ff00;
+    Bmask:  $000000ff;
+    Amask:  $00000000;
+    ColorKey:       0;
+    Alpha:        255
+  );
+
+type
+  TImagePixelFmt = (
+    ipfRGBA, ipfRGB, ipfBGRA, ipfBGR
+  );
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image saving
+ *******************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HavePNG}
+function WritePNGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF HaveBMP}
+function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF HaveJPG}
+function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image loading
+ *******************************************************)
+
+function LoadImage(const Filename: IPath): PSDL_Surface;
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image manipulation
+ *******************************************************)
+
+function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
+procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
+procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: cardinal);
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  Math,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF HaveJPG}
+    {$IFDEF Delphi}
+    Graphics,
+    jpeg,
+    {$ELSE}
+    jpeglib,
+    jerror,
+    jcparam,
+    jdatadst, jcapimin, jcapistd,
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF HavePNG}
+  png,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  zlib,
+  sdl_image,
+  sdlutils,
+  sdlstreams,
+  UCommon,
+  ULog;
+
+function IsRGBSurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 24) and
+            (pixelFmt.RMask = $0000FF)   and
+            (pixelFmt.GMask = $00FF00)   and
+            (pixelFmt.BMask = $FF0000);
+end;
+
+function IsRGBASurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 32) and
+            (pixelFmt.RMask = $000000FF) and
+            (pixelFmt.GMask = $0000FF00) and
+            (pixelFmt.BMask = $00FF0000) and
+            (pixelFmt.AMask = $FF000000);
+end;
+
+function IsBGRSurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 24) and
+            (pixelFmt.BMask = $0000FF)   and
+            (pixelFmt.GMask = $00FF00)   and
+            (pixelFmt.RMask = $FF0000);
+end;
+
+function IsBGRASurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 32) and
+            (pixelFmt.BMask = $000000FF) and
+            (pixelFmt.GMask = $0000FF00) and
+            (pixelFmt.RMask = $00FF0000) and
+            (pixelFmt.AMask = $FF000000);
+end;
+
+// Converts alpha-formats to BGRA, non-alpha to BGR, and leaves BGR(A) as is
+// sets converted to true if the surface needed to be converted
+function ConvertToBGR_BGRASurface(Surface: PSDL_Surface; out Converted: boolean): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+begin
+  pixelFmt := Surface.format;
+  if (IsBGRSurface(pixelFmt) or IsBGRASurface(pixelFmt)) then
+  begin
+    Converted := false;
+    Result := Surface;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // invalid format -> needs conversion
+    if (pixelFmt.AMask <> 0) then
+      Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_BGRA, SDL_SWSURFACE)
+    else
+      Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_BGR, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+    Converted := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Converts alpha-formats to RGBA, non-alpha to RGB, and leaves RGB(A) as is
+// sets converted to true if the surface needed to be converted
+function ConvertToRGB_RGBASurface(Surface: PSDL_Surface; out Converted: boolean): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+begin
+  pixelFmt := Surface.format;
+  if (IsRGBSurface(pixelFmt) or IsRGBASurface(pixelFmt)) then
+  begin
+    Converted := false;
+    Result := Surface;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // invalid format -> needs conversion
+    if (pixelFmt.AMask <> 0) then
+      Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_RGBA, SDL_SWSURFACE)
+    else
+      Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_RGB, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+    Converted := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image saving
+ *******************************************************)
+
+(***************************
+ * PNG section
+ *****************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HavePNG}
+
+// delphi does not support setjmp()/longjmp() -> define our own error-handler
+procedure user_error_fn(png_ptr: png_structp; error_msg: png_const_charp); cdecl;
+begin
+  raise Exception.Create(error_msg);
+end;
+
+procedure user_read_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl;
+var
+  inFile: TStream;
+begin
+  inFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+  inFile.Read(data^, length);
+end;
+
+procedure user_write_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl;
+var
+  outFile: TStream;
+begin
+  outFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+  outFile.Write(data^, length);
+end;
+
+procedure user_flush_data(png_ptr: png_structp); cdecl;
+//var
+//  outFile: TStream;
+begin
+  // binary files are flushed automatically, Flush() works with Text-files only
+  //outFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+  //outFile.Flush();
+end;
+
+procedure DateTimeToPngTime(time: TDateTime; var pngTime: png_time);
+var
+  year, month, day: word;
+  hour, minute, second, msecond: word;
+begin
+  DecodeDate(time, year, month, day);
+  pngTime.year  := png_uint_16(year);
+  pngTime.month := png_byte(month);
+  pngTime.day   := png_byte(day);
+  DecodeTime(time, hour, minute, second, msecond);
+  pngTime.hour   := png_byte(hour);
+  pngTime.minute := png_byte(minute);
+  pngTime.second := png_byte(second);
+end;
+
+(*
+ * ImageData must be in RGB-format
+ *)
+function WritePNGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+var
+  png_ptr:   png_structp;
+  info_ptr:  png_infop;
+  pngFile:   TStream;
+  row:       integer;
+  rowData:   array of png_bytep;
+//  rowStride: integer;
+  converted: boolean;
+  colorType: integer;
+//  time:      png_time;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // open file for writing
+  try
+    pngFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+  except
+    Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WritePngImage');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // only 24bit (RGB) or 32bit (RGBA) data is supported, so convert to it
+  Surface := ConvertToRGB_RGBASurface(Surface, converted);
+
+  png_ptr := nil;
+
+  try
+    // initialize png (and enable a user-defined error-handler that throws an exception on error)
+    png_ptr := png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, nil, @user_error_fn, nil);
+    // the error-handler is called if png_create_write_struct() fails, so png_ptr should always be <> nil
+    if (png_ptr = nil) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('png_create_write_struct() failed', 'WritePngImage');
+      if (converted) then
+        SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    info_ptr := png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
+
+    if (Surface^.format^.BitsPerPixel = 24) then
+      colorType := PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
+    else
+      colorType := PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA;
+
+    // define write IO-functions (POSIX-style FILE-pointers are not available in Delphi)
+    png_set_write_fn(png_ptr, pngFile, @user_write_data, @user_flush_data);
+    png_set_IHDR(
+      png_ptr, info_ptr,
+      Surface.w, Surface.h,
+      8,
+      colorType,
+      PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
+      PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT,
+      PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
+    );
+
+    // TODO: do we need the modification time?
+    //DateTimeToPngTime(Now, time);
+    //png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, @time);
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+    // setup data
+    SetLength(rowData, Surface.h);
+    for row := 0 to Surface.h-1 do
+    begin
+      // set rowData-elements to beginning of each image row
+      // Note: the byte-count of a row is pitch (which is not width*bitsPerPixel if the image is aligned)
+      rowData[row] := @PChar(Surface.pixels)[(Surface.h-row-1) * Surface.pitch];
+    end;
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+    png_write_image(png_ptr, png_bytepp(rowData));
+    png_write_end(png_ptr, nil);
+
+    Result := true;
+  except on E: Exception do
+    Log.LogError(E.message, 'WritePngImage');
+  end;
+
+  // free row-data
+  SetLength(rowData, 0);
+
+  // free png-resources
+  if (png_ptr <> nil) then
+    png_destroy_write_struct(@png_ptr, nil);
+
+  if (converted) then
+    SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+
+  // close file
+  pngFile.Free;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(***************************
+ * BMP section
+ *****************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HaveBMP}
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+const
+  (* constants for the biCompression field *)
+  BI_RGB       = 0;
+  BI_RLE8      = 1;
+  BI_RLE4      = 2;
+  BI_BITFIELDS = 3;
+  BI_JPEG      = 4;
+  BI_PNG       = 5;
+
+type
+  BITMAPINFOHEADER = record
+    biSize:          longword;
+    biWidth:         longint;
+    biHeight:        longint;
+    biPlanes:        word;
+    biBitCount:      word;
+    biCompression:   longword;
+    biSizeImage:     longword;
+    biXPelsPerMeter: longint;
+    biYPelsPerMeter: longint;
+    biClrUsed:       longword;
+    biClrImportant:  longword;
+  end;
+  LPBITMAPINFOHEADER = ^BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+  TBITMAPINFOHEADER  = BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+  PBITMAPINFOHEADER  = ^BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+
+  RGBTRIPLE = record
+    rgbtBlue:  byte;
+    rgbtGreen: byte;
+    rgbtRed:   byte;
+  end;
+  tagRGBTRIPLE = RGBTRIPLE;
+  TRGBTRIPLE = RGBTRIPLE;
+  PRGBTRIPLE = ^RGBTRIPLE;
+
+  RGBQUAD = record
+    rgbBlue:     byte;
+    rgbGreen:    byte;
+    rgbRed:      byte;
+    rgbReserved: byte;
+  end;
+  tagRGBQUAD = RGBQUAD;
+  TRGBQUAD = RGBQUAD;
+  PRGBQUAD = ^RGBQUAD;
+
+  BITMAPINFO = record
+    bmiHeader: BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+    bmiColors: array[0..0] of RGBQUAD;
+  end;
+  LPBITMAPINFO = ^BITMAPINFO;
+  PBITMAPINFO = ^BITMAPINFO;
+  TBITMAPINFO = BITMAPINFO;
+
+  {$PACKRECORDS 2}
+  BITMAPFILEHEADER = record
+    bfType:      word;
+    bfSize:      longword;
+    bfReserved1: word;
+    bfReserved2: word;
+    bfOffBits:   longword;
+  end;
+  {$PACKRECORDS DEFAULT}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*
+ * ImageData must be in BGR-format
+ *)
+function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+var
+  bmpFile:    TStream;
+  FileInfo:   BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+  FileHeader: BITMAPFILEHEADER;
+  Converted:  boolean;
+  Row:        integer;
+  RowSize:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // open file for writing
+  try
+    bmpFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+  except
+    Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // only 24bit (BGR) or 32bit (BGRA) data is supported, so convert to it
+  Surface := ConvertToBGR_BGRASurface(Surface, Converted);
+
+  // aligned (4-byte) row-size in bytes
+  RowSize := ((Surface.w * Surface.format.BytesPerPixel + 3) div 4) * 4;
+
+  // initialize bitmap info
+  FillChar(FileInfo, SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER), 0);
+  with FileInfo do
+  begin
+    biSize := SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+    biWidth := Surface.w;
+    biHeight := Surface.h;
+    biPlanes := 1;
+    biBitCount := Surface^.format^.BitsPerPixel;
+    biCompression := BI_RGB;
+    biSizeImage := RowSize * Surface.h;
+  end;
+
+  // initialize header-data
+  FillChar(FileHeader, SizeOf(BITMAPFILEHEADER), 0);
+  with FileHeader do
+  begin
+    bfType := $4D42; // = 'BM'
+    bfOffBits := SizeOf(BITMAPFILEHEADER) + SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+    bfSize := bfOffBits + FileInfo.biSizeImage;
+  end;
+
+  // and move the whole stuff into the file ;-)
+  try
+    // write headers
+    bmpFile.Write(FileHeader, SizeOf(BITMAPFILEHEADER));
+    bmpFile.Write(FileInfo,   SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+    // write image-data
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+    // BMP needs 4-byte alignment
+    if (Surface.pitch mod 4 = 0) then
+    begin
+      // aligned correctly -> write whole image at once
+      bmpFile.Write(Surface.pixels^, FileInfo.biSizeImage);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // misaligned -> write each line separately
+      // Note: for the last line unassigned memory (> last Surface.pixels element)
+      //   will be copied to the padding area (last bytes of a row),
+      //   but we do not care because the content of padding data is ignored anyhow.
+      for Row := 0 to Surface.h do
+        bmpFile.Write(PChar(Surface.pixels)[Row * Surface.pitch], RowSize);
+    end;
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+    Result := true;
+  finally
+    Log.LogError('Could not write file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
+  end;
+
+  if (Converted) then
+    SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+
+  // close file
+  bmpFile.Free;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(***************************
+ * JPG section
+ *****************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HaveJPG}
+
+function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
+var
+  {$IFDEF Delphi}
+  Bitmap:     TBitmap;
+  BitmapInfo: TBitmapInfo;
+  Jpeg:       TJpegImage;
+  row:        integer;
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
+  {$ELSE}
+  cinfo:     jpeg_compress_struct;
+  jerr :     jpeg_error_mgr;
+  jpgFile:   TBinaryFileStream;
+  rowPtr:    array[0..0] of JSAMPROW;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  converted:  boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  {$IFDEF Delphi}
+    // only 24bit (BGR) data is supported, so convert to it
+    if (IsBGRSurface(Surface.format)) then
+      converted := false
+    else
+    begin
+      Surface := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_BGR, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+      converted := true;
+    end;
+
+    // create and setup bitmap
+    Bitmap := TBitmap.Create;
+    Bitmap.PixelFormat := pf24bit;
+    Bitmap.Width  := Surface.w;
+    Bitmap.Height := Surface.h;
+
+    // setup bitmap info on source image (Surface parameter)
+    ZeroMemory(@BitmapInfo, SizeOf(BitmapInfo));
+    with BitmapInfo.bmiHeader do
+    begin
+      biSize := SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+      biWidth  := Surface.w;
+      biHeight := Surface.h;
+      biPlanes := 1;
+      biBitCount := 24;
+      biCompression := BI_RGB;
+    end;
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+    // use fast Win32-API functions to copy data instead of Bitmap.Canvas.Pixels
+    if (Surface.pitch mod 4 = 0) then
+    begin
+      // if the image is aligned (to a 4-byte boundary) -> copy all data at once
+      // Note: surfaces created with SDL (e.g. with SDL_ConvertSurface) are aligned
+      SetDIBits(0, Bitmap.Handle, 0, Bitmap.Height, Surface.pixels, BitmapInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // wrong alignment -> copy each line separately.
+      // Note: for the last line unassigned memory (> last Surface.pixels element)
+      //   will be copied to the padding area (last bytes of a row),
+      //   but we do not care because the content of padding data is ignored anyhow.
+      for row := 0 to Surface.h do
+      begin
+        SetDIBits(0, Bitmap.Handle, row, 1, @PChar(Surface.pixels)[row * Surface.pitch],
+          BitmapInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+    // assign Bitmap to JPEG and store the latter
+    try
+      // init with nil so Free() will not fail if an exception occurs
+      Jpeg := nil;
+      Bitmap := nil;
+      FileStream := nil;
+
+      try
+        Jpeg := TJPEGImage.Create;
+        Jpeg.Assign(Bitmap);
+
+        // compress image (don't forget this line, otherwise it won't be compressed)
+        Jpeg.CompressionQuality := Quality;
+        Jpeg.Compress();
+
+        // Note: FileStream needed for unicode filename support
+        FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmCreate);
+        Jpeg.SaveToStream(FileStream);
+      finally
+        FileStream.Free;
+        Bitmap.Free;
+        Jpeg.Free;
+      end;
+    except
+      Log.LogError('Could not save file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  {$ELSE}
+    // based on example.pas in FPC's packages/base/pasjpeg directory
+
+    // only 24bit (RGB) data is supported, so convert to it
+    if (IsRGBSurface(Surface.format)) then
+      converted := false
+    else
+    begin
+      Surface := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_RGB, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+      converted := true;
+    end;
+
+    // allocate and initialize JPEG compression object
+    cinfo.err := jpeg_std_error(jerr);
+    // msg_level that will be displayed. (Nomssi)
+    //jerr.trace_level := 3;
+    // initialize the JPEG compression object
+    jpeg_create_compress(@cinfo);
+
+    // open file for writing
+    try
+      jpgFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+    except
+      Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // specify data destination
+    jpeg_stdio_dest(@cinfo, @jpgFile);
+
+    // set parameters for compression
+    cinfo.image_width := Surface.w;
+    cinfo.image_height := Surface.h;
+    cinfo.in_color_space := JCS_RGB;
+    cinfo.input_components := 3;
+    cinfo.data_precision := 8;
+
+    // set default compression parameters
+    jpeg_set_defaults(@cinfo);
+    jpeg_set_quality(@cinfo, quality, true);
+
+    // start compressor
+    jpeg_start_compress(@cinfo, true);
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+    while (cinfo.next_scanline < cinfo.image_height) do
+    begin
+      // Note: the byte-count of a row is pitch (which is not width*bitsPerPixel if the image is aligned)
+      rowPtr[0] := JSAMPROW(@PChar(Surface.pixels)[(Surface.h-cinfo.next_scanline-1) * Surface.pitch]);
+      jpeg_write_scanlines(@cinfo, JSAMPARRAY(@rowPtr), 1);
+    end;
+
+    if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+    // finish compression
+    jpeg_finish_compress(@cinfo);
+    // close the output file
+    jpgFile.Free;
+
+    // release JPEG compression object
+    jpeg_destroy_compress(@cinfo);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  if (converted) then
+    SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image loading
+ *******************************************************)
+
+(*
+ * Loads an image from the given file
+ *)
+function LoadImage(const Filename: IPath): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  FilenameCaseAdj: IPath;
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
+  SDLStream: PSDL_RWops;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  // try to adjust filename's case and check if it exists
+  FilenameCaseAdj := Filename.AdjustCase(false);
+  if (not FilenameCaseAdj.IsFile) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Image-File does not exist "' + FilenameCaseAdj.ToNative + '"', 'LoadImage');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // load from file
+  try
+    SDLStream := SDLStreamSetup(TBinaryFileStream.Create(FilenameCaseAdj, fmOpenRead));
+    Result := IMG_Load_RW(SDLStream, 1);
+    // Note: TBinaryFileStream is freed by SDLStream. SDLStream by IMG_Load_RW().
+  except
+    Log.LogError('Could not load from file "' + FilenameCaseAdj.ToNative + '"', 'LoadImage');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image manipulation
+ *******************************************************)
+
+function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := 
+    (fmt1^.BitsPerPixel  = fmt2^.BitsPerPixel)  and
+    (fmt1^.BytesPerPixel = fmt2^.BytesPerPixel) and
+    (fmt1^.Rloss = fmt2^.Rloss)   and (fmt1^.Gloss = fmt2^.Gloss)   and (fmt1^.Bloss = fmt2^.Bloss)   and
+    (fmt1^.Rmask = fmt2^.Rmask)   and (fmt1^.Gmask = fmt2^.Gmask)   and (fmt1^.Bmask = fmt2^.Bmask)   and
+    (fmt1^.Rshift = fmt2^.Rshift) and (fmt1^.Gshift = fmt2^.Gshift) and (fmt1^.Bshift = fmt2^.Bshift)
+  ;
+end;
+
+procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
+var
+  TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  TempSurface := ImgSurface;
+  ImgSurface := SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect(TempSurface,
+                  0, 0, TempSurface^.W,TempSurface^.H,
+                  Width, Height);
+  SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
+end;
+
+procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal);
+var
+  TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+  ImgFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+begin
+  TempSurface := ImgSurface;
+
+  // create a new surface with given width and height
+  ImgFmt := TempSurface^.format;
+  ImgSurface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(
+    SDL_SWSURFACE, Width, Height, ImgFmt^.BitsPerPixel,
+    ImgFmt^.RMask, ImgFmt^.GMask, ImgFmt^.BMask, ImgFmt^.AMask);
+
+  // copy image from temp- to new surface
+  SDL_SetAlpha(ImgSurface, 0, 255);
+  SDL_SetAlpha(TempSurface, 0, 255);
+  SDL_BlitSurface(TempSurface, nil, ImgSurface, nil);
+
+  SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
+end;
+
+(*
+// Old slow floating point version of ColorizeTexture.
+// For an easier understanding of the faster fixed point version below.
+procedure ColorizeTexture(TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Col: cardinal);
+var
+  clr: array[0..2] of double; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B]
+  hsv: array[0..2] of double; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)]
+  delta, f, p, q, t: double;
+  max: double;
+begin
+  clr[0] := PixelColors[0]/255;
+  clr[1] := PixelColors[1]/255;
+  clr[2] := PixelColors[2]/255;
+  max := maxvalue(clr);
+  delta := max - minvalue(clr);
+
+  hsv[0] := DestinationHue; // set H(ue)
+  hsv[2] := max; // set V(alue)
+  // calc S(aturation)
+  if (max = 0.0) then
+    hsv[1] := 0.0
+  else
+    hsv[1] := delta/max;
+
+  //ColorizePixel(PByteArray(Pixel), DestinationHue);
+  h_int := trunc(hsv[0]);             // h_int = |_h_|
+  f := hsv[0]-h_int;                  // f = h-h_int
+  p := hsv[2]*(1.0-hsv[1]);           // p = v*(1-s)
+  q := hsv[2]*(1.0-(hsv[1]*f));       // q = v*(1-s*f)
+  t := hsv[2]*(1.0-(hsv[1]*(1.0-f))); // t = v*(1-s*(1-f))
+  case h_int of
+    0: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := t;      clr[2] := p;      end; // (v,t,p)
+    1: begin clr[0] := q;      clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := p;      end; // (q,v,p)
+    2: begin clr[0] := p;      clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := t;      end; // (p,v,t)
+    3: begin clr[0] := p;      clr[1] := q;      clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (p,q,v)
+    4: begin clr[0] := t;      clr[1] := p;      clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (t,p,v)
+    5: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := p;      clr[2] := q;      end; // (v,p,q)
+  end;
+
+  // and store new rgb back into the image
+  PixelColors[0] := trunc(255*clr[0]);
+  PixelColors[1] := trunc(255*clr[1]);
+  PixelColors[2] := trunc(255*clr[2]);
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: longword);
+
+  // First, the rgb colors are converted to hsv, second hue is replaced by
+  // the NewColor, saturation and value remain unchanged, finally this
+  // hsv color is converted back to rgb space.
+  // For the conversion algorithms of colors from rgb to hsv space
+  // and back simply check the wikipedia.
+  // In order to speed up starting time of USDX the division of reals is 
+  // replaced by division of longints, shifted by 10 bits to keep 
+  // digits.
+
+  // The use of longwards leeds to some type size mismatch warnings
+  // whenever differences are formed.
+  // This should not be a problem, since the results should all be positive.
+  // replacing longword by longint would probably resolve this cosmetic fault :-)
+
+  function ColorToHue(const Color: longword): longword;
+  // returns hue within the range [0.0-6.0] but shl 10, ie. times 1024
+  var
+    Red, Green, Blue: longint;
+    Min, Max, Delta:  longint;
+    Hue: double;
+  begin
+    // extract the colors
+    // division by 255 is omitted, since it is implicitly done
+    // when deviding by delta
+    Red   := ((Color and $ff0000) shr 16); // R
+    Green := ((Color and   $ff00) shr  8); // G
+    Blue  :=  (Color and     $ff)        ; // B
+
+    Min := Red;
+    if Green < Min then Min := Green;
+    if Blue  < Min then Min := Blue;
+
+    Max := Red;
+    if Green > Max then Max := Green;
+    if Blue  > Max then Max := Blue;
+
+    // calc hue
+    Delta := Max - Min;     // This gives a type size mismatch warning, because Delta is longword, ie. >= 0
+                            // But the assignments above are easy enough to be sure, that Max - Min is >= 0.
+    if (Delta = 0) then
+      Result := 0
+    else
+    begin
+      // The division by Delta is done separately afterwards.
+      // Necessary because Delphi did not do the type conversion from
+      // longword to double as expected.
+      // After the change to longint, we may not need it, but left for now
+      // Something to check
+      if      (Max = Red  ) then Hue :=             Green - Blue
+      else if (Max = Green) then Hue := 2.0*Delta + Blue  - Red
+      else if (Max = Blue ) then Hue := 4.0*Delta + Red   - Green;
+      Hue := Hue / Delta;
+      if (Hue < 0.0) then
+        Hue := Hue + 6.0;
+      Result := trunc(Hue*1024);           // '*1024' is shl 10
+ //     if NewColor = $000000 then
+ //       Log.LogError ('Hue: ' +  FloatToStr(Hue), 'ColorToHue');
+    end;
+  end;
+
+var
+  PixelIndex: longword;
+  Pixel: PByte;
+  PixelColors: PByteArray;
+  Red, Green, Blue: longword;
+  Hue, Sat: longword;
+  Min, Max, Delta: longword;
+  HueInteger: longword;
+  f, p, q, t: longword;
+  GreyReal: real;
+  Grey: byte;
+begin
+
+  Pixel := ImgSurface^.Pixels;
+
+  // check of the size of a pixel in bytes.
+  // It should be always 4, but this
+  // additional safeguard will show,
+  // whether something went wrong up to here.
+
+  if ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel <> 4 then
+    Log.LogError ('ColorizeImage: The pixel size should be 4, but it is '
+                   + IntToStr(ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel));
+
+  // Check whether the new color is white, grey or black, 
+  // because a greyscale must be created in a different
+  // way.
+  
+  Red   := ((NewColor and $ff0000) shr 16); // R
+  Green := ((NewColor and   $ff00) shr  8); // G
+  Blue  :=  (NewColor and     $ff)        ; // B
+  
+  if (Red = Green) and (Green = Blue) then // greyscale image
+  begin
+    // According to these recommendations (ITU-R BT.709-5)
+    // the conversion parameters for rgb to greyscale are
+    // 0.299, 0.587, 0.114
+    for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do
+    begin
+      PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel);
+      {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+      GreyReal := 0.299*PixelColors[3] + 0.587*PixelColors[2] + 0.114*PixelColors[1];
+      //       PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ELSE}
+      GreyReal := 0.299*PixelColors[0] + 0.587*PixelColors[1] + 0.114*PixelColors[2];
+      //       PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ENDIF}
+      Grey := round(GreyReal);
+      {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+      PixelColors[3] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[2] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[1] := Grey;
+      //       PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ELSE}
+      PixelColors[0] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[1] := Grey;
+      PixelColors[2] := Grey;
+      //       PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched
+      {$ENDIF}
+      Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel);
+    end;
+    exit; // we are done with a greyscale image.
+  end;
+
+  Hue := ColorToHue(NewColor);   // Hue is shl 10
+  f   := Hue and $3ff;           // f is the dezimal part of hue
+  HueInteger := Hue shr 10;
+
+  for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do
+  begin
+    PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel);
+    // inlined colorize per pixel
+
+    // uses fixed point math
+    // shl 10 is used for divisions
+
+    // get color values
+
+    {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+    Red   := PixelColors[3];
+    Green := PixelColors[2];
+    Blue  := PixelColors[1];
+    //       PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched
+    {$ELSE}
+    Red   := PixelColors[0];
+    Green := PixelColors[1];
+    Blue  := PixelColors[2];
+    //       PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    //calculate luminance and saturation from rgb
+
+    Max := Red;
+    if Green > Max then Max := Green;
+    if Blue  > Max then Max := Blue ;
+
+    if (Max = 0) then               // the color is black
+    begin
+      {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+      PixelColors[3] := 0;
+      PixelColors[2] := 0;
+      PixelColors[1] := 0;
+      {$ELSE}
+      PixelColors[0] := 0;
+      PixelColors[1] := 0;
+      PixelColors[2] := 0;
+      {$ENDIF}
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Min := Red;
+      if Green < Min then Min := Green;
+      if Blue  < Min then Min := Blue ;
+
+      if (Min = 255) then           // the color is white
+      begin
+        {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+        PixelColors[3] := 255;
+        PixelColors[2] := 255;
+        PixelColors[1] := 255;
+        {$ELSE}
+        PixelColors[0] := 255;
+        PixelColors[1] := 255;
+        PixelColors[2] := 255;
+        {$ENDIF}
+      end
+      else                          // all colors except black and white
+      begin
+        Delta := Max - Min;         // This gives a type size mismatch warning, because Delta is longword, ie. >= 0
+                                    // But the assignments above are easy enough to be sure, that Max - Min is >= 0.
+        Sat := (Delta shl 10) div Max;  // shl 10
+
+        // shr 10 corrects that Sat and f are shl 10
+        // the resulting p, q and t are unshifted
+
+        p := (Max * (1024 -  Sat                     )) shr 10;
+        q := (Max * (1024 - (Sat *  f        ) shr 10)) shr 10;
+        t := (Max * (1024 - (Sat * (1024 - f)) shr 10)) shr 10;
+
+        // The above 3 lines give type size mismatch warning, but all variables are longword and the ranges should be ok.
+
+        case HueInteger of
+          0: begin Red := Max; Green := t;   Blue := p;   end; // (v,t,p)
+          1: begin Red := q;   Green := Max; Blue := p;   end; // (q,v,p)
+          2: begin Red := p;   Green := Max; Blue := t;   end; // (p,v,t)
+          3: begin Red := p;   Green := q;   Blue := Max; end; // (p,q,v)
+          4: begin Red := t;   Green := p;   Blue := Max; end; // (t,p,v)
+          5: begin Red := Max; Green := p;   Blue := q;   end; // (v,p,q)
+        end;
+
+        {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+        PixelColors[3] := byte(Red);
+        PixelColors[2] := byte(Green);
+        PixelColors[1] := byte(Blue);
+        {$ELSE}
+        PixelColors[0] := byte(Red);
+        PixelColors[1] := byte(Green);
+        PixelColors[2] := byte(Blue);
+        {$ENDIF}
+
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UIni.pas b/src/base/UIni.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..beb9faa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UIni.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1232 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UIni;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  IniFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UCommon,
+  ULog,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  {**
+   * TInputDeviceConfig stores the configuration for an input device.
+   * Configurations will be stored in the InputDeviceConfig array.
+   * Note that not all devices listed in InputDeviceConfig are active devices.
+   * Some might be unplugged and hence unavailable.
+   * Available devices are held in TAudioInputProcessor.DeviceList. Each
+   * TAudioInputDevice listed there has a CfgIndex field which is the index to
+   * its configuration in the InputDeviceConfig array.
+   *}
+  PInputDeviceConfig = ^TInputDeviceConfig;
+  TInputDeviceConfig = record
+    Name:               string;  //**< Name of the input device
+    Input:              integer; //**< Index of the input source to use for recording
+    Latency:            integer; //**< Latency in ms, or LATENCY_AUTODETECT for default
+
+    {**
+     * Mapping of recording channels to players, e.g. ChannelToPlayerMap[0] = 2
+     * maps the channel 0 (left) to player 2.
+     * A player index of 0 (CHANNEL_OFF) means that the channel is not assigned
+     * to any player (the channel is off).
+     *}
+    ChannelToPlayerMap: array of integer;
+  end;
+
+{* Constants for TInputDeviceConfig *}
+const
+  CHANNEL_OFF = 0;         // for field ChannelToPlayerMap
+  LATENCY_AUTODETECT = -1; // for field Latency
+
+type
+
+//Options
+
+  TVisualizerOption      = (voOff, voWhenNoVideo, voOn);
+  TBackgroundMusicOption = (bmoOff, bmoOn);
+  TIni = class
+    private
+      function ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+      function GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+      function ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
+          IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer;
+
+      procedure TranslateOptionValues;
+      procedure LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile);
+      procedure SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile);
+      procedure LoadThemes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+
+      procedure LoadPaths(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+      procedure LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+
+    public
+      Name:           array[0..11] of UTF8String;
+
+      // Templates for Names Mod
+      NameTeam:       array[0..2] of UTF8String;
+      NameTemplate:   array[0..11] of UTF8String;
+
+      //Filename of the opened iniFile
+      Filename:       IPath;
+
+      // Game
+      Players:        integer;
+      Difficulty:     integer;
+      Language:       integer;
+      Tabs:           integer;
+      TabsAtStartup:  integer; //Tabs at Startup fix
+      Sorting:        integer;
+      Debug:          integer;
+
+      // Graphics
+      Screens:        integer;
+      Resolution:     integer;
+      Depth:          integer;
+      VisualizerOption: integer;
+      FullScreen:     integer;
+      TextureSize:    integer;
+      SingWindow:     integer;
+      Oscilloscope:   integer;
+      Spectrum:       integer;
+      Spectrograph:   integer;
+      MovieSize:      integer;
+      VideoPreview:   integer;
+      VideoEnabled:   integer;
+
+      // Sound
+      MicBoost:       integer;
+      ClickAssist:    integer;
+      BeatClick:      integer;
+      SavePlayback:   integer;
+      ThresholdIndex: integer;
+      AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex: integer;
+      VoicePassthrough: integer;
+
+      SyncTo: integer;
+
+      //Song Preview
+      PreviewVolume:  integer;
+      PreviewFading:  integer;
+
+      // Lyrics
+      LyricsFont:     integer;
+      LyricsEffect:   integer;
+      NoteLines:      integer;
+
+      // Themes
+      Theme:          integer;
+      SkinNo:         integer;
+      Color:          integer;
+      BackgroundMusicOption: integer;
+
+      // Record
+      InputDeviceConfig: array of TInputDeviceConfig;
+
+      // Advanced
+      LoadAnimation:  integer;
+      EffectSing:     integer;
+      ScreenFade:     integer;
+      AskBeforeDel:   integer;
+      OnSongClick:    integer;
+      LineBonus:      integer;
+      PartyPopup:     integer;
+
+      // Controller
+      Joypad:         integer;
+      Mouse:          integer;
+
+      // default encoding for texts (lyrics, song-name, ...)
+      DefaultEncoding: TEncoding;
+
+      procedure Load();
+      procedure Save();
+      procedure SaveNames;
+      procedure SaveLevel;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Ini:         TIni;
+  IResolution: TUTF8StringDynArray;
+  ILanguage:   TUTF8StringDynArray;
+  ITheme:      TUTF8StringDynArray;
+  ISkin:       TUTF8StringDynArray;
+
+{*
+ * Options
+ *}
+
+const
+  IPlayers:     array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('1', '2', '3', '4', '6');
+  IPlayersVals: array[0..4] of integer    = ( 1 ,  2 ,  3 ,  4 ,  6 );
+
+  IDifficulty:  array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard');
+  ITabs:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+
+const
+  ISorting:     array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Artist2');
+type
+  TSortingType = (sEdition, sGenre, sLanguage, sFolder, sTitle, sArtist, sArtist2);
+
+const  
+  IDebug:            array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IScreens:          array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('1', '2');
+  IFullScreen:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IDepth:            array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('16 bit', '32 bit');
+  IVisualizer:       array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On');
+
+  IBackgroundMusic:  array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ITextureSize:      array[0..3] of UTF8String  = ('64', '128', '256', '512');
+  ITextureSizeVals:  array[0..3] of integer     = ( 64,   128,   256,   512);
+
+  ISingWindow:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Small', 'Big');
+
+  //SingBar Mod
+  IOscilloscope:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ISpectrum:         array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISpectrograph:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMovieSize:        array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]');
+  IVideoPreview:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IVideoEnabled:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IClickAssist:      array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IBeatClick:        array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISavePlayback:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IThreshold:        array[0..3] of UTF8String  = ('5%', '10%', '15%', '20%');
+  IThresholdVals:    array[0..3] of single  = (0.05, 0.10,  0.15,  0.20);
+
+  IVoicePassthrough: array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+const
+  ISyncTo: array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Music', 'Lyrics', 'Off');
+type
+  TSyncToType = (stMusic, stLyrics, stOff);
+
+const  
+  IAudioOutputBufferSize:     array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer     = ( 0,      256,   512 ,  1024 ,  2048 ,  4096 ,  8192 ,  16384 ,  32768 ,  65536 );
+
+  IAudioInputBufferSize:      array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeVals:  array[0..9] of integer     = ( 0,      256,   512 ,  1024 ,  2048 ,  4096 ,  8192 ,  16384 ,  32768 ,  65536 );
+
+  //Song Preview
+  IPreviewVolume:             array[0..10] of UTF8String = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%');
+  IPreviewVolumeVals:         array[0..10] of single     = ( 0,   0.10,  0.20,  0.30,  0.40,  0.50,  0.60,  0.70,  0.80,  0.90,   1.00  );
+
+  IPreviewFading:             array[0..5] of UTF8String  = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs');
+  IPreviewFadingVals:         array[0..5] of integer     = ( 0,     1,       2,        3,        4,        5      );
+
+  ILyricsFont:    array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2');
+  ILyricsEffect:  array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift');
+  INoteLines:     array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IColor:         array[0..8] of UTF8String = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black');
+
+  // Advanced
+  ILoadAnimation: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IEffectSing:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IScreenFade:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IAskbeforeDel:  array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IOnSongClick:   array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu');
+  sStartSing = 0;
+  sSelectPlayer = 1;
+  sOpenMenu = 2;
+
+  ILineBonus:     array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IPartyPopup:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IJoypad:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMouse:         array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Hardware Cursor', 'Software Cursor');
+
+  // Recording options
+  IChannelPlayer: array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6');
+  IMicBoost:      array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB');
+
+{*
+ * Translated options
+ *}
+
+var
+  ILanguageTranslated:         array of UTF8String;
+
+  IDifficultyTranslated:       array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard');
+  ITabsTranslated:             array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ISortingTranslated:          array[0..6] of UTF8String  = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Artist2');
+
+  IDebugTranslated:            array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IFullScreenTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IVisualizerTranslated:       array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On');
+
+  IBackgroundMusicTranslated:  array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISingWindowTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Small', 'Big');
+
+  //SingBar Mod
+  IOscilloscopeTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ISpectrumTranslated:         array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISpectrographTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMovieSizeTranslated:        array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]');
+  IVideoPreviewTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IVideoEnabledTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IClickAssistTranslated:      array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  IBeatClickTranslated:        array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+  ISavePlaybackTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IVoicePassthroughTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String  = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  ISyncToTranslated:           array[0..2] of UTF8String  = ('Music', 'Lyrics', 'Off');
+
+  //Song Preview
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated:    array[0..10] of UTF8String = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%');
+
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated: array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated:  array[0..9] of UTF8String  = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated:    array[0..5] of UTF8String  = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs');
+
+  ILyricsFontTranslated:       array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated:     array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift');
+  INoteLinesTranslated:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IColorTranslated:            array[0..8] of UTF8String = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black');
+
+  // Advanced
+  ILoadAnimationTranslated:    array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IEffectSingTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IScreenFadeTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IAskbeforeDelTranslated:     array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IOnSongClickTranslated:      array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu');
+  ILineBonusTranslated:        array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IPartyPopupTranslated:       array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+
+  IJoypadTranslated:           array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On');
+  IMouseTranslated:            array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Hardware Cursor', 'Software Cursor');
+
+  // Recording options
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated:    array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6');
+  IMicBoostTranslated:         array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB');
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  SDL,
+  UCommandLine,
+  ULanguage,
+  UPlatform,
+  UMain,
+  URecord,
+  USkins,
+  UThemes,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+(**
+ * Translate and set the values of options, which need translation. 
+ *)
+procedure TIni.TranslateOptionValues;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  // Load Languagefile
+  if (Params.Language <> -1) then
+    ULanguage.Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language])
+  else
+    ULanguage.Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]);
+
+  SetLength(ILanguageTranslated, Length(ILanguage));
+  for I := 0 to High(ILanguage) do
+  begin
+    ILanguageTranslated[I] := ULanguage.Language.Translate(
+      'OPTION_VALUE_' + UpperCase(ILanguage[I])
+    );
+  end;
+
+  IDifficultyTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EASY');
+  IDifficultyTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_MEDIUM');
+  IDifficultyTranslated[2]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HARD');
+
+  ITabsTranslated[0]                  := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ITabsTranslated[1]                  := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+  
+  ISortingTranslated[0]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EDITION');
+  ISortingTranslated[1]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_GENRE');
+  ISortingTranslated[2]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_LANGUAGE');
+  ISortingTranslated[3]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FOLDER');
+  ISortingTranslated[4]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_TITLE');
+  ISortingTranslated[5]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ARTIST');
+  ISortingTranslated[6]               := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ARTIST2');
+
+  IDebugTranslated[0]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IDebugTranslated[1]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IFullScreenTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IFullScreenTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IVisualizerTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IVisualizerTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_WHENNOVIDEO');
+  IVisualizerTranslated[2]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IBackgroundMusicTranslated[0]       := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IBackgroundMusicTranslated[1]       := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISingWindowTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SMALL');
+  ISingWindowTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BIG');
+
+  IOscilloscopeTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IOscilloscopeTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISpectrumTranslated[0]              := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISpectrumTranslated[1]              := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISpectrographTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISpectrographTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IMovieSizeTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HALF');
+  IMovieSizeTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FULL_VID');
+  IMovieSizeTranslated[2]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FULL_VID_BG');
+
+  IVideoPreviewTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IVideoPreviewTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IVideoEnabledTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IVideoEnabledTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IClickAssistTranslated[0]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IClickAssistTranslated[1]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IBeatClickTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IBeatClickTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISavePlaybackTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ISavePlaybackTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IVoicePassthroughTranslated[0]      := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IVoicePassthroughTranslated[1]      := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  ISyncToTranslated[Ord(stMusic)]     := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_MUSIC');
+  ISyncToTranslated[Ord(stLyrics)]    := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_LYRICS');
+  ISyncToTranslated[Ord(stOff)]       := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+
+  ILyricsFontTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_PLAIN');
+  ILyricsFontTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OLINE1');
+  ILyricsFontTranslated[2]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OLINE2');
+
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SIMPLE');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ZOOM');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[2]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SLIDE');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[3]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BALL');
+  ILyricsEffectTranslated[4]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SHIFT');
+
+  INoteLinesTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  INoteLinesTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IColorTranslated[0]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BLUE');
+  IColorTranslated[1]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_GREEN');
+  IColorTranslated[2]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_PINK');
+  IColorTranslated[3]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_RED');
+  IColorTranslated[4]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_VIOLET');
+  IColorTranslated[5]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ORANGE');
+  IColorTranslated[6]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_YELLOW');
+  IColorTranslated[7]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BROWN');
+  IColorTranslated[8]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BLACK');
+
+  // Advanced
+  ILoadAnimationTranslated[0]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ILoadAnimationTranslated[1]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IEffectSingTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IEffectSingTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IScreenFadeTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IScreenFadeTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IAskbeforeDelTranslated[0]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IAskbeforeDelTranslated[1]          := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IOnSongClickTranslated[0]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SING');
+  IOnSongClickTranslated[1]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SELECT_PLAYERS');
+  IOnSongClickTranslated[2]           := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OPEN_MENU');
+
+  ILineBonusTranslated[0]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  ILineBonusTranslated[1]             := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+ 
+  IPartyPopupTranslated[0]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IPartyPopupTranslated[1]            := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IJoypadTranslated[0]                := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IJoypadTranslated[1]                := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON');
+
+  IMouseTranslated[0]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IMouseTranslated[1]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HARDWARE_CURSOR');
+  IMouseTranslated[2]                 := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SOFTWARE_CURSOR');
+
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AUTO');
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[1] := '256';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[2] := '512';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[3] := '1024';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[4] := '2048';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[5] := '4096';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[6] := '8192';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[7] := '16384';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[8] := '32768';
+  IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[9] := '65536';
+
+
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[0]  := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AUTO');
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[1]  := '256';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[2]  := '512';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[3]  := '1024';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[4]  := '2048';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[5]  := '4096';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[6]  := '8192';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[7]  := '16384';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[8]  := '32768';
+  IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[9]  := '65536';
+
+  //Song Preview
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[0]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[1]         := '10%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[2]         := '20%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[3]         := '30%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[4]         := '40%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[5]         := '50%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[6]         := '60%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[7]         := '70%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[8]         := '80%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[9]         := '90%';
+  IPreviewVolumeTranslated[10]        := '100%';
+
+
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[0]         :=        ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[1]         := '1 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SEC');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[2]         := '2 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[3]         := '3 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[4]         := '4 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+  IPreviewFadingTranslated[5]         := '5 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS');
+
+  // Recording options
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[0]         := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[1]         := '1';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[2]         := '2';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[3]         := '3';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[4]         := '4';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[5]         := '5';
+  IChannelPlayerTranslated[6]         := '6';
+
+  IMicBoostTranslated[0]              := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF');
+  IMicBoostTranslated[1]              := '+6dB';
+  IMicBoostTranslated[2]              := '+12dB';
+  IMicBoostTranslated[3]              := '+18dB';
+
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Extracts an index of a key that is surrounded by a Prefix/Suffix pair.
+ * Example: ExtractKeyIndex('MyKey[1]', '[', ']') will return 1.
+ *)
+function TIni.ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+var
+  Value: string;
+  Start: integer;
+  PrefixPos, SuffixPos: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  PrefixPos := Pos(Prefix, Key);
+  if (PrefixPos <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+  SuffixPos := Pos(Suffix, Key);
+  if (SuffixPos <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Start := PrefixPos + Length(Prefix);
+
+  // copy all between prefix and suffix
+  Value  := Copy(Key, Start, SuffixPos - Start);
+  Result := StrToIntDef(Value, -1);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Finds the maximum key-index in a key-list.
+ * The indexes of the list are surrounded by Prefix/Suffix,
+ * e.g. MyKey[1] (Prefix='[', Suffix=']')
+ *)
+function TIni.GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+var
+  i:        integer;
+  KeyIndex: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  for i := 0 to Keys.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    KeyIndex := ExtractKeyIndex(Keys[i], Prefix, Suffix);
+    if (KeyIndex > Result) then
+      Result := KeyIndex;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Reads the property IniSeaction:IniProperty from IniFile and
+ * finds its corresponding index in SearchArray.
+ * If SearchArray does not contain the property value, the default value is
+ * returned.
+ *)
+function TIni.ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
+    IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer;
+var
+  StrValue: string;
+begin
+  StrValue := IniFile.ReadString(IniSection, IniProperty, SearchArray[Default]);
+  Result := GetArrayIndex(SearchArray, StrValue);
+  if (Result = -1) then
+  begin
+    Result := Default;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile);
+var
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelCount: integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  RecordKeys:   TStringList;
+  i:            integer;
+begin
+  RecordKeys := TStringList.Create();
+
+  // read all record-keys for filtering
+  IniFile.ReadSection('Record', RecordKeys);
+
+  SetLength(InputDeviceConfig, 0);
+
+  for i := 0 to RecordKeys.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    // find next device-name
+    DeviceIndex := ExtractKeyIndex(RecordKeys[i], 'DeviceName[', ']');
+    if (DeviceIndex >= 0) then
+    begin
+      if not IniFile.ValueExists('Record', Format('DeviceName[%d]', [DeviceIndex])) then
+        Continue;
+
+      // resize list
+      SetLength(InputDeviceConfig, Length(InputDeviceConfig)+1);
+
+      // read an input device's config.
+      // Note: All devices are appended to the list whether they exist or not.
+      //   Otherwise an external device's config will be lost if it is not
+      //   connected (e.g. singstar mics or USB-Audio devices).
+      DeviceCfg := @InputDeviceConfig[High(InputDeviceConfig)];
+      DeviceCfg.Name := IniFile.ReadString('Record', Format('DeviceName[%d]', [DeviceIndex]), '');
+      DeviceCfg.Input := IniFile.ReadInteger('Record', Format('Input[%d]', [DeviceIndex]), 0);
+      DeviceCfg.Latency := IniFile.ReadInteger('Record', Format('Latency[%d]', [DeviceIndex]), LATENCY_AUTODETECT);
+
+      // find the largest channel-number of the current device in the ini-file
+      ChannelCount := GetMaxKeyIndex(RecordKeys, 'Channel', Format('[%d]', [DeviceIndex]));
+      if (ChannelCount < 0) then
+        ChannelCount := 0;
+
+      SetLength(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap, ChannelCount);
+
+      // read channel-to-player mapping for every channel of the current device
+      // or set non-configured channels to no player (=0).
+      for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+      begin
+        DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] :=
+          IniFile.ReadInteger('Record', Format('Channel%d[%d]', [ChannelIndex+1, DeviceIndex]), CHANNEL_OFF);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  RecordKeys.Free();
+
+  // MicBoost
+  MicBoost := GetArrayIndex(IMicBoost, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'MicBoost', 'Off'));
+  // Threshold
+  ThresholdIndex := GetArrayIndex(IThreshold, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[1]));
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile);
+var
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig) do
+  begin
+    // DeviceName and DeviceInput
+    IniFile.WriteString('Record', Format('DeviceName[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]),
+                        InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Name);
+    IniFile.WriteInteger('Record', Format('Input[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]),
+                        InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Input);
+    IniFile.WriteInteger('Record', Format('Latency[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]),
+                        InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Latency);
+
+    // Channel-to-Player Mapping
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+    begin
+      IniFile.WriteInteger('Record',
+                          Format('Channel%d[%d]', [ChannelIndex+1, DeviceIndex+1]),
+                          InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // MicBoost
+  IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'MicBoost', IMicBoost[MicBoost]);
+  // Threshold
+  IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[ThresholdIndex]);
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadPaths(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+var
+  PathStrings: TStringList;
+  I:           integer;
+begin
+  PathStrings := TStringList.Create;
+  IniFile.ReadSection('Directories', PathStrings);
+
+  // Load song-paths
+  for I := 0 to PathStrings.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    if (Pos('SONGDIR', UpperCase(PathStrings[I])) = 1) then
+    begin
+      AddSongPath(Path(IniFile.ReadString('Directories', PathStrings[I], '')));
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  PathStrings.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadThemes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+begin
+  // No Theme Found
+  if (Length(ITheme) = 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.CriticalError('Could not find any valid Themes.');
+  end;
+
+  Theme := GetArrayIndex(ITheme, IniFile.ReadString('Themes', 'Theme', 'DELUXE'), true);
+  if (Theme = -1) then
+    Theme := 0;
+
+  // Skin
+  Skin.onThemeChange;
+
+  SkinNo := GetArrayIndex(ISkin, IniFile.ReadString('Themes',    'Skin',   ISkin[UThemes.Theme.Themes[Theme].DefaultSkin]));
+
+  { there may be a not existing skin in the ini file
+    e.g. due to manual edit or corrupted file.
+    in this case we load the first Skin }
+  if SkinNo = -1 then
+    SkinNo := 0;
+
+  // Color
+  Color := GetArrayIndex(IColor, IniFile.ReadString('Themes',    'Color', IColor[Skin.GetDefaultColor(SkinNo)]));
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+
+  // swap two strings
+  procedure swap(var s1, s2: UTF8String);
+  var
+    s3: string;
+  begin
+    s3 := s1;
+    s1 := s2;
+    s2 := s3;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Modes: PPSDL_Rect;
+  I:     integer;
+begin
+  // Screens
+  Screens := GetArrayIndex(IScreens, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Screens', IScreens[0]));
+
+  // FullScreen
+  FullScreen := GetArrayIndex(IFullScreen, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'FullScreen', 'On'));
+
+  // Resolution
+  SetLength(IResolution, 0);
+
+  // Check if there are any modes available
+  // TODO: we should seperate windowed and fullscreen modes. Otherwise it is not
+  // possible to select a reasonable fullscreen mode when in windowed mode
+  if IFullScreen[FullScreen] = 'On' then
+    Modes  := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN)
+  else
+    Modes  := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE) ;
+
+  if (Modes = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus( 'No resolutions Found' , 'Video');
+  end
+  else if (Modes = PPSDL_Rect(-1)) then
+  begin
+    // Fallback to some standard resolutions
+    SetLength(IResolution, 18);
+    IResolution[0] := '640x480';
+    IResolution[1] := '800x600';
+    IResolution[2] := '1024x768';
+    IResolution[3] := '1152x666';;
+    IResolution[4] := '1152x864';
+    IResolution[5] := '1280x800';
+    IResolution[6] := '1280x960';
+    IResolution[7] := '1280x1024';
+    IResolution[8] := '1366x768';
+    IResolution[9] := '1400x1050';
+    IResolution[10] := '1440x900';
+    IResolution[11] := '1600x900';
+    IResolution[12] := '1600x1200';
+    IResolution[13] := '1680x1050';
+    IResolution[14] := '1920x1080';
+    IResolution[15] := '1920x1200';
+    IResolution[16] := '2048x1152';
+    IResolution[17] := '2560x1600';
+
+    Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600'));
+    if Resolution = -1 then
+    begin
+      SetLength(IResolution, Length(IResolution) + 1);
+      IResolution[High(IResolution)] := IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600');
+      Resolution := High(IResolution);
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    while assigned( Modes^ ) do //this should solve the biggest wine problem | THANKS Linnex (11.11.07)
+    begin
+      Log.LogStatus( 'Found Video Mode : ' + IntToStr(Modes^.w) + 'x' + IntToStr(Modes^.h) , 'Video');
+      SetLength(IResolution, Length(IResolution) + 1);
+      IResolution[High(IResolution)] := IntToStr(Modes^.w div (Screens+1)) + 'x' + IntToStr(Modes^.h);
+      Inc(Modes);
+    end;
+
+    // reverse order
+    Log.LogStatus( 'Log size of resolution: ' + IntToStr(Length(IResolution)), 'Video');
+    for I := 0 to (Length(IResolution) div 2) - 1 do
+    begin
+      swap(IResolution[I], IResolution[High(IResolution)-I]);
+    end;
+    Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600'));
+
+    if Resolution = -1 then
+    begin
+      Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, '800x600');
+      if Resolution = -1 then
+        Resolution := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // if no modes were set, then failback to 800x600
+  // as per http://sourceforge.net/forum/message.php?msg_id=4544965
+  // THANKS : linnex at users.sourceforge.net
+  if Length(IResolution) < 1 then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus( 'Found Video Mode : NONE !!! ( Defaulted to 800 x 600 )', 'Video');
+    SetLength(IResolution, 1);
+    IResolution[0] := '800x600';
+    Resolution := 0;
+    Log.LogStatus('SDL_ListModes Defaulted Res To : ' + IResolution[0] , 'Graphics - Resolutions');
+
+    // Default to fullscreen OFF, in this case !
+    FullScreen := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // Depth
+  Depth := GetArrayIndex(IDepth, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Depth', '32 bit'));
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.Load();
+var
+  IniFile: TMemIniFile;
+  I:       integer;
+begin
+  GamePath := Platform.GetGameUserPath;
+
+  Log.LogStatus( 'GamePath : ' +GamePath.ToNative , '' );
+
+  if (Params.ConfigFile.IsSet) then
+    FileName := Params.ConfigFile
+  else
+    FileName := GamePath.Append('config.ini');
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Using config : ' + FileName.ToNative, 'Ini');
+  IniFile := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative);
+
+  // Name
+  for I := 0 to 11 do
+    Name[I] := IniFile.ReadString('Name', 'P'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Player'+IntToStr(I+1));
+
+  // Templates for Names Mod
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+    NameTeam[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTeam', 'T'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Team'+IntToStr(I+1));
+  for I := 0 to 11 do
+    NameTemplate[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTemplate', 'Name'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Template'+IntToStr(I+1));
+
+  // Players
+  Players := GetArrayIndex(IPlayers, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[0]));
+
+  // Difficulty
+  Difficulty := GetArrayIndex(IDifficulty, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Difficulty', 'Easy'));
+
+  // Language
+  Language := GetArrayIndex(ILanguage, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Language', 'English'));
+
+  // Tabs
+  Tabs := GetArrayIndex(ITabs, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Tabs', ITabs[0]));
+  TabsAtStartup := Tabs;	//Tabs at Startup fix
+
+  // Song Sorting
+  Sorting := GetArrayIndex(ISorting, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Sorting', ISorting[Ord(sEdition)]));
+
+  // Debug
+  Debug := GetArrayIndex(IDebug, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Debug', IDebug[0]));
+
+  LoadScreenModes(IniFile);
+
+  // TextureSize (aka CachedCoverSize)
+  TextureSize := GetArrayIndex(ITextureSize, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'TextureSize', '256'));
+
+  // SingWindow
+  SingWindow := GetArrayIndex(ISingWindow, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'SingWindow', 'Big'));
+
+  // Oscilloscope
+  Oscilloscope := GetArrayIndex(IOscilloscope, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', IOscilloscope[0]));
+
+  // Spectrum
+  Spectrum := GetArrayIndex(ISpectrum, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Spectrum', 'Off'));
+
+  // Spectrograph
+  Spectrograph := GetArrayIndex(ISpectrograph, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Spectrograph', 'Off'));
+
+  // MovieSize
+  MovieSize := GetArrayIndex(IMovieSize, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'MovieSize', IMovieSize[2]));
+
+  // VideoPreview
+  VideoPreview := GetArrayIndex(IVideoPreview, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'VideoPreview', IVideoPreview[1]));
+
+  // VideoEnabled
+  VideoEnabled := GetArrayIndex(IVideoEnabled, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'VideoEnabled', IVideoEnabled[1]));
+
+  // ClickAssist
+  ClickAssist := GetArrayIndex(IClickAssist, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'ClickAssist', 'Off'));
+
+  // BeatClick
+  BeatClick := GetArrayIndex(IBeatClick, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'BeatClick', IBeatClick[0]));
+
+  // SavePlayback
+  SavePlayback := GetArrayIndex(ISavePlayback, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'SavePlayback', ISavePlayback[0]));
+
+  // AudioOutputBufferSize
+  AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex := ReadArrayIndex(IAudioOutputBufferSize, IniFile, 'Sound', 'AudioOutputBufferSize', 0);
+
+  //Preview Volume
+  PreviewVolume := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewVolume, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[7]));
+
+  //Preview Fading
+  PreviewFading := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewFading, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[3]));
+
+  //AudioRepeat aka VoicePassthrough
+  VoicePassthrough := GetArrayIndex(IVoicePassthrough, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'VoicePassthrough', IVoicePassthrough[0]));
+
+  // Lyrics Font
+  LyricsFont := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsFont, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[0]));
+
+  // Lyrics Effect
+  LyricsEffect := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsEffect, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[4]));
+
+  // NoteLines
+  NoteLines := GetArrayIndex(INoteLines, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'NoteLines', INoteLines[1]));
+
+  // DefaultEncoding
+  DefaultEncoding := ParseEncoding(IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'Encoding', ''), encAuto);
+
+  LoadThemes(IniFile);
+
+  LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile);
+
+  // LoadAnimation
+  LoadAnimation := GetArrayIndex(ILoadAnimation, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LoadAnimation', 'On'));
+
+  // ScreenFade
+  ScreenFade := GetArrayIndex(IScreenFade, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'ScreenFade', 'On'));
+
+  // Visualizations
+  // <mog> this could be of use later..
+  //  VisualizerOption :=
+  //    TVisualizerOption(GetEnumValue(TypeInfo(TVisualizerOption),
+  //            IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Visualization', 'Off')));
+  // || VisualizerOption := TVisualizerOption(GetArrayIndex(IVisualizer, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Visualization', 'Off')));
+  VisualizerOption := GetArrayIndex(IVisualizer, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Visualization', 'Off'));
+
+{**
+ * Background music
+ *}
+  BackgroundMusicOption := GetArrayIndex(IBackgroundMusic, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'BackgroundMusic', 'On'));
+
+  // EffectSing
+  EffectSing := GetArrayIndex(IEffectSing, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'EffectSing', 'On'));
+
+  // AskbeforeDel
+  AskBeforeDel := GetArrayIndex(IAskbeforeDel, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'AskbeforeDel', 'On'));
+
+  // OnSongClick
+  OnSongClick := GetArrayIndex(IOnSongClick, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'OnSongClick', 'Sing'));
+
+  // Linebonus
+  LineBonus := GetArrayIndex(ILineBonus, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', ILineBonus[1]));
+
+  // PartyPopup
+  PartyPopup := GetArrayIndex(IPartyPopup, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'PartyPopup', 'On'));
+
+  // SyncTo
+  SyncTo := GetArrayIndex(ISyncTo, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'SyncTo', ISyncTo[Ord(stMusic)]));
+
+  // Joypad
+  Joypad := GetArrayIndex(IJoypad, IniFile.ReadString('Controller',    'Joypad',   IJoypad[0]));
+
+  // Mouse
+  Mouse := GetArrayIndex(IMouse, IniFile.ReadString('Controller',    'Mouse',   IMouse[2]));
+
+  LoadPaths(IniFile);
+
+  TranslateOptionValues;
+
+  IniFile.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.Save;
+var
+  IniFile: TIniFile;
+begin
+  if (Filename.IsFile and Filename.IsReadOnly) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Config-file is read-only', 'TIni.Save');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative);
+
+  // Players
+  IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[Players]);
+
+  // Difficulty
+  IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Difficulty', IDifficulty[Difficulty]);
+
+  // Language
+  IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Language', ILanguage[Language]);
+
+  // Tabs
+  IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Tabs', ITabs[Tabs]);
+
+  // Sorting
+  IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Sorting', ISorting[Sorting]);
+
+  // Debug
+  IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Debug', IDebug[Debug]);
+
+  // Screens
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Screens', IScreens[Screens]);
+
+  // FullScreen
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'FullScreen', IFullScreen[FullScreen]);
+
+  // Visualization
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Visualization', IVisualizer[VisualizerOption]);
+
+  // Resolution
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Resolution', IResolution[Resolution]);
+
+  // Depth
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Depth', IDepth[Depth]);
+
+  // TextureSize
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'TextureSize', ITextureSize[TextureSize]);
+
+  // Sing Window
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'SingWindow', ISingWindow[SingWindow]);
+
+  // Oscilloscope
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', IOscilloscope[Oscilloscope]);
+
+  // Spectrum
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Spectrum', ISpectrum[Spectrum]);
+
+  // Spectrograph
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Spectrograph', ISpectrograph[Spectrograph]);
+
+  // Movie Size
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'MovieSize', IMovieSize[MovieSize]);
+
+  // VideoPreview
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'VideoPreview', IVideoPreview[VideoPreview]);
+
+  // VideoEnabled
+  IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'VideoEnabled', IVideoEnabled[VideoEnabled]);
+
+  // ClickAssist
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'ClickAssist', IClickAssist[ClickAssist]);
+
+  // BeatClick
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'BeatClick', IBeatClick[BeatClick]);
+
+  // AudioOutputBufferSize
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'AudioOutputBufferSize', IAudioOutputBufferSize[AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex]);
+
+  // Background music
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'BackgroundMusic', IBackgroundMusic[BackgroundMusicOption]);
+
+  // Song Preview
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[PreviewVolume]);
+
+  // PreviewFading
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[PreviewFading]);
+
+  // SavePlayback
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'SavePlayback', ISavePlayback[SavePlayback]);
+
+  // VoicePasstrough
+  IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'VoicePassthrough', IVoicePassthrough[VoicePassthrough]);
+
+  // Lyrics Font
+  IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[LyricsFont]);
+
+  // Lyrics Effect
+  IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[LyricsEffect]);
+
+  // NoteLines
+  IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'NoteLines', INoteLines[NoteLines]);
+
+  //Encoding default
+  IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'Encoding', EncodingName(DefaultEncoding));
+
+  // Theme
+  IniFile.WriteString('Themes', 'Theme', ITheme[Theme]);
+
+  // Skin
+  IniFile.WriteString('Themes', 'Skin', ISkin[SkinNo]);
+
+  // Color
+  IniFile.WriteString('Themes', 'Color', IColor[Color]);
+
+  SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile);
+
+  //LoadAnimation
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'LoadAnimation', ILoadAnimation[LoadAnimation]);
+
+  //EffectSing
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'EffectSing', IEffectSing[EffectSing]);
+
+  //ScreenFade
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'ScreenFade', IScreenFade[ScreenFade]);
+
+  //AskbeforeDel
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'AskbeforeDel', IAskbeforeDel[AskBeforeDel]);
+
+  //OnSongClick
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'OnSongClick', IOnSongClick[OnSongClick]);
+
+  //Line Bonus
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', ILineBonus[LineBonus]);
+
+  //Party Popup
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'PartyPopup', IPartyPopup[PartyPopup]);
+
+  //SyncTo
+  IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'SyncTo', ISyncTo[SyncTo]);
+
+  // Joypad
+  IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Joypad', IJoypad[Joypad]);
+
+  // Mouse
+  IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Mouse', IMouse[Mouse]);
+
+  // Directories (add a template if section is missing)
+  // Note: Value must be ' ' and not '', otherwise no key is generated on Linux
+  if (not IniFile.SectionExists('Directories')) then
+    IniFile.WriteString('Directories', 'SongDir1', ' ');
+
+  IniFile.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.SaveNames;
+var
+  IniFile: TIniFile;
+  I:       integer;
+begin
+  if not Filename.IsReadOnly() then
+  begin
+    IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative);
+
+    //Name Templates for Names Mod
+    for I := 0 to High(Name) do
+      IniFile.WriteString('Name', 'P' + IntToStr(I+1), Name[I]);
+    for I := 0 to High(NameTeam) do
+      IniFile.WriteString('NameTeam', 'T' + IntToStr(I+1), NameTeam[I]);
+    for I := 0 to High(NameTemplate) do
+      IniFile.WriteString('NameTemplate', 'Name' + IntToStr(I+1), NameTemplate[I]);
+
+    IniFile.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.SaveLevel;
+var
+  IniFile: TIniFile;
+begin
+  if not Filename.IsReadOnly() then
+  begin
+    IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative);
+
+    // Difficulty
+    IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Difficulty', IDifficulty[Difficulty]);
+
+    IniFile.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UJoystick.pas b/src/base/UJoystick.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30808812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UJoystick.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UJoystick;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL;
+
+type
+  TJoyButton = record
+    State:      integer;
+    Enabled:    boolean;
+    Type_:      byte;
+    Sym:        cardinal;
+  end;
+
+  TJoyHatState = record
+    State:      Boolean;
+    LastTick:   Cardinal;
+    Enabled:    boolean;
+    Type_:      byte;
+    Sym:        cardinal;
+  end;
+
+  TJoyUnit = record
+    Button:   array[0..15] of TJoyButton;
+    HatState: Array[0..3]  of TJoyHatState;
+  end;
+
+  TJoy = class
+    constructor Create;
+    procedure Update;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Joy:        TJoy;
+  JoyUnit:    TJoyUnit;
+  SDL_Joy:    PSDL_Joystick;
+  JoyEvent:   TSDL_Event;
+
+implementation
+
+uses SysUtils,
+     ULog;
+
+constructor TJoy.Create;
+var
+  B: integer;
+  //N: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Old Corvus5 Method
+  {// joystick support
+  SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_IGNORE);
+  SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK);
+  if SDL_NumJoysticks <> 1 then
+    Log.LogStatus('Joystick count <> 1', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+  SDL_Joy := SDL_JoystickOpen(0);
+  if SDL_Joy = nil then
+    Log.LogError('SDL_JoystickOpen failed', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+  if SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joy) <> 16 then
+    Log.LogStatus('Joystick button count <> 16', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+//  SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_ENABLE);
+  // Events don't work - thay hang the whole application with SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_ENABLE)
+
+  // clear states
+  for B := 0 to 15 do
+    JoyUnit.Button[B].State := 1;
+
+  // mapping
+  JoyUnit.Button[1].Enabled := true;
+  JoyUnit.Button[1].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[1].Sym := SDLK_RETURN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[2].Enabled := true;
+  JoyUnit.Button[2].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[2].Sym := SDLK_ESCAPE;
+
+  JoyUnit.Button[12].Enabled := true;
+  JoyUnit.Button[12].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[12].Sym := SDLK_LEFT;
+  JoyUnit.Button[13].Enabled := true;
+  JoyUnit.Button[13].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[13].Sym := SDLK_DOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[14].Enabled := true;
+  JoyUnit.Button[14].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[14].Sym := SDLK_RIGHT;
+  JoyUnit.Button[15].Enabled := true;
+  JoyUnit.Button[15].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[15].Sym := SDLK_UP;
+  }
+  //New Sarutas method
+  SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_IGNORE);
+  SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK);
+  if SDL_NumJoysticks < 1 then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No Joystick found');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+
+  SDL_Joy := SDL_JoystickOpen(0);
+  if SDL_Joy = nil then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Could not Init Joystick');
+    exit;
+  end;
+  //N := SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joy);
+  //if N < 6 then Log.LogStatus('Joystick button count < 6', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+  for B := 0 to 5 do begin
+    JoyUnit.Button[B].Enabled := true;
+    JoyUnit.Button[B].State := 1;
+    JoyUnit.Button[B].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  end;
+
+  JoyUnit.Button[0].Sym := SDLK_Return;
+  JoyUnit.Button[1].Sym := SDLK_Escape;
+  JoyUnit.Button[2].Sym := SDLK_M;
+  JoyUnit.Button[3].Sym := SDLK_R;
+
+  JoyUnit.Button[4].Sym := SDLK_RETURN;
+  JoyUnit.Button[5].Sym := SDLK_ESCAPE;
+
+  //Set HatState
+  for B := 0 to 3 do begin
+    JoyUnit.HatState[B].Enabled := true;
+    JoyUnit.HatState[B].State := False;
+    JoyUnit.HatState[B].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+  end;
+
+  JoyUnit.HatState[0].Sym := SDLK_UP;
+  JoyUnit.HatState[1].Sym := SDLK_RIGHT;
+  JoyUnit.HatState[2].Sym := SDLK_DOWN;
+  JoyUnit.HatState[3].Sym := SDLK_LEFT;
+end;
+
+procedure TJoy.Update;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  State:  UInt8;
+  Tick:   Cardinal;
+  Axes:   Smallint;
+begin
+  SDL_JoystickUpdate;
+
+  //Manage Buttons
+  for B := 0 to 15 do begin
+    if (JoyUnit.Button[B].Enabled) and (JoyUnit.Button[B].State <> SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joy, B)) and (JoyUnit.Button[B].State = 0) then begin
+      JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.Button[B].Type_;
+      JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.Button[B].Sym;
+      SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  for B := 0 to 15 do begin
+    JoyUnit.Button[B].State := SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joy, B);
+  end;
+
+  //Get Tick
+  Tick := SDL_GetTicks();
+
+  //Get CoolieHat
+  if (SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joy)>=1) then
+    State := SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joy, 0)
+  else
+    State := 0;
+
+  //Get Axis  
+  if (SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joy)>=2) then
+  begin
+    //Down - Up (X- Axis)
+    Axes := SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joy, 1);
+    If Axes >= 15000 then
+      State := State or SDL_HAT_Down
+    Else If Axes <= -15000 then
+      State := State or SDL_HAT_UP;
+
+    //Left - Right (Y- Axis)
+    Axes := SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joy, 0);
+    If Axes >= 15000 then
+      State := State or SDL_HAT_Right
+    Else If Axes <= -15000 then
+      State := State or SDL_HAT_Left;
+  end;
+
+  //Manage Hat and joystick Events
+  if (SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joy)>=1) OR (SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joy)>=2) then
+  begin
+
+    //Up Button
+    If (JoyUnit.HatState[0].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_UP AND State) = SDL_HAT_UP) then
+    begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 500 msecs
+      if (JoyUnit.HatState[0].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[0].Lasttick < Tick) then
+      begin
+        //Set Tick and State
+        if JoyUnit.HatState[0].State then
+          JoyUnit.HatState[0].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+        else
+          JoyUnit.HatState[0].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+        JoyUnit.HatState[0].State := True;
+
+        JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[0].Type_;
+        JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[0].Sym;
+        SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+      JoyUnit.HatState[0].State := False;
+
+    //Right Button
+    If (JoyUnit.HatState[1].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_RIGHT AND State) = SDL_HAT_RIGHT) then
+    begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 500 msecs
+      if (JoyUnit.HatState[1].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[1].Lasttick < Tick) then
+      begin
+        //Set Tick and State
+        if JoyUnit.HatState[1].State then
+          JoyUnit.HatState[1].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+        else
+          JoyUnit.HatState[1].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+        JoyUnit.HatState[1].State := True;
+        
+        JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[1].Type_;
+        JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[1].Sym;
+        SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+      JoyUnit.HatState[1].State := False;
+
+    //Down button
+    If (JoyUnit.HatState[2].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_DOWN AND State) = SDL_HAT_DOWN) then
+    begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 230 msecs
+      if (JoyUnit.HatState[2].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[2].Lasttick < Tick) then
+      begin
+        //Set Tick and State
+        if JoyUnit.HatState[2].State then
+          JoyUnit.HatState[2].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+        else
+          JoyUnit.HatState[2].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+        JoyUnit.HatState[2].State := True;
+        
+        JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[2].Type_;
+        JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[2].Sym;
+        SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+      JoyUnit.HatState[2].State := False;
+
+    //Left Button
+    If (JoyUnit.HatState[3].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_LEFT AND State) = SDL_HAT_LEFT) then
+    begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 230 msecs
+      if (JoyUnit.HatState[3].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[3].Lasttick < Tick) then
+      begin
+        //Set Tick and State
+        if JoyUnit.HatState[3].State then
+          JoyUnit.HatState[3].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+        else
+          JoyUnit.HatState[3].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+        JoyUnit.HatState[3].State := True;
+        
+        JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[3].Type_;
+        JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[3].Sym;
+        SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+      JoyUnit.HatState[3].State := False;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/ULanguage.pas b/src/base/ULanguage.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f8a2692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/ULanguage.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULanguage;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+type
+  TLanguageEntry = record
+    ID:     AnsiString;  //**< identifier (ASCII)
+    Text:   UTF8String;  //**< translation (UTF-8)
+  end;
+
+  TLanguageList = record
+    Name:     AnsiString;  //**< language name (ASCII)
+  end;
+
+  TLanguageEntryArray = array of TLanguageEntry;
+
+  TLanguage = class
+    private
+      List:   array of TLanguageList;
+
+      Entry:        TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Entrys of Chosen Language
+      EntryDefault: TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Entrys of Standard Language
+      EntryConst:   TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Constant Entrys e.g. Version
+
+      Implode_Glue1, Implode_Glue2: UTF8String;
+
+      procedure LoadList;
+      function FindID(const ID: AnsiString; const EntryList: TLanguageEntryArray): integer;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+      function Translate(const Text: RawByteString): UTF8String;
+      procedure ChangeLanguage(const Language: AnsiString);
+      procedure AddConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
+      procedure ChangeConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
+      function Implode(const Pieces: array of UTF8String): UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Language:     TLanguage;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  IniFiles,
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  ULog,
+  UPath,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+{**
+ * LoadList, set default language, set standard implode glues
+ *}
+constructor TLanguage.Create;
+var
+  I, J: Integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  LoadList;
+
+  //Set Implode Glues for Backward Compatibility
+  Implode_Glue1 := ', ';
+  Implode_Glue2 := ' and ';
+
+  if (Length(List) = 0) then //No Language Files Loaded -> Abort Loading
+    Log.CriticalError('Could not load any Language File');
+
+  //Standard Language (If a Language File is Incomplete)
+  //Then use English Language
+  for I := 0 to high(List) do //Search for English Language
+  begin
+    //English Language Found -> Load
+    if Uppercase(List[I].Name) = 'ENGLISH' then
+    begin
+      ChangeLanguage('English');
+
+      SetLength(EntryDefault, Length(Entry));
+      for J := 0 to high(Entry) do
+        EntryDefault[J] := Entry[J];
+
+      SetLength(Entry, 0);
+      
+      Break;
+    end;
+
+    if (I = high(List)) then
+      Log.LogError('English Languagefile missing! No standard Translation loaded');
+  end;
+  //Standard Language END
+  
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Parse the Language Dir searching Translations
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.LoadList;
+var
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  IniInfo: TFileInfo;
+  LangName: string;
+begin
+  SetLength(List, 0);
+  SetLength(ILanguage, 0);
+
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(LanguagesPath.Append('*.ini'), 0);
+  while(Iter.HasNext) do
+  begin
+    IniInfo := Iter.Next;
+
+    LangName := IniInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToUTF8;
+
+    SetLength(List, Length(List)+1);
+    List[High(List)].Name := LangName;
+
+    SetLength(ILanguage, Length(ILanguage)+1);
+    ILanguage[High(ILanguage)] := LangName;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Load the specified LanguageFile
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.ChangeLanguage(const Language: AnsiString);
+var
+  IniFile:    TUnicodeMemIniFile;
+  E:          integer; // entry
+  S:          TStringList;
+begin
+  SetLength(Entry, 0);
+  IniFile := TUnicodeMemIniFile.Create(LanguagesPath.Append(Language + '.ini'));
+  S := TStringList.Create;
+
+  IniFile.ReadSectionValues('Text', S);
+  SetLength(Entry, S.Count);
+  for E := 0 to high(Entry) do
+  begin
+    if S.Names[E] = 'IMPLODE_GLUE1' then
+      Implode_Glue1 := S.ValueFromIndex[E]+ ' '
+    else if S.Names[E] = 'IMPLODE_GLUE2' then
+      Implode_Glue2 := ' ' + S.ValueFromIndex[E] + ' ';
+
+    Entry[E].ID := S.Names[E];
+    Entry[E].Text := S.ValueFromIndex[E];
+  end;
+
+  S.Free;
+  IniFile.Free;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Find the index of ID an array of language entries.
+ * @returns the index on success, -1 otherwise.
+ *}
+function TLanguage.FindID(const ID: AnsiString; const EntryList: TLanguageEntryArray): integer;
+var
+  Index: integer;
+begin
+  for Index := 0 to High(EntryList) do
+  begin
+    if ID = EntryList[Index].ID then
+    begin
+      Result := Index;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Translate the Text.
+ * If Text is an ID, text will be translated according to the current language
+ * setting. If Text is not a known ID, it will be returned as is. 
+ * @param Text either an ID or an UTF-8 encoded string 
+ *}
+function TLanguage.Translate(const Text: RawByteString): UTF8String;
+var
+  E:  integer; // entry
+  ID: AnsiString;
+  EntryIndex: integer;
+begin
+  // fallback result in case Text is not a known ID
+  Result := Text;
+
+  // normalize ID case
+  ID := UpperCase(Text);
+
+  // Check if ID exists
+
+  //Const Mod
+  EntryIndex := FindID(ID, EntryConst);
+  if (EntryIndex >= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := EntryConst[EntryIndex].Text;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  EntryIndex := FindID(ID, Entry);
+  if (EntryIndex >= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := Entry[EntryIndex].Text;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  //Standard Language (If a Language File is Incomplete)
+  //Then use Standard Language
+  EntryIndex := FindID(ID, EntryDefault);
+  if (EntryIndex >= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := EntryDefault[EntryIndex].Text;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Add a Constant ID that will be Translated but not Loaded from the LanguageFile
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.AddConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
+begin
+  SetLength (EntryConst, Length(EntryConst) + 1);
+  EntryConst[high(EntryConst)].ID := ID;
+  EntryConst[high(EntryConst)].Text := Text;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Change a Constant Value by ID
+ *}
+procedure TLanguage.ChangeConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to high(EntryConst) do
+  begin
+    if EntryConst[I].ID = ID then
+    begin
+     EntryConst[I].Text := Text;
+     Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Connect an array of strings with ' and ' or ', ' to one string
+ *}
+function TLanguage.Implode(const Pieces: array of UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  //Go through Pieces
+  for I := 0 to high(Pieces) do
+  begin
+    //Add Value
+    Result := Result + Pieces[I];
+
+    //Add Glue
+    if (I < high(Pieces) - 1) then
+      Result := Result + Implode_Glue1
+    else if (I < high(Pieces)) then
+      Result := Result + Implode_Glue2;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/ULog.pas b/src/base/ULog.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4ff4862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/ULog.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULog;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  UPath;
+
+(*
+ * LOG_LEVEL_[TYPE] defines the "minimum" index for logs of type TYPE. Each
+ * level greater than this BUT less or equal than LOG_LEVEL_[TYPE]_MAX is of this type.  
+ * This means a level "LOG_LEVEL_ERROR >= Level <= LOG_LEVEL_ERROR_MAX" e.g.
+ * "Level := LOG_LEVEL_ERROR+2" is considered an error level.
+ * This is nice for debugging if you have more or less important debug messages.
+ * For example you can assign LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG+10 for the more important ones and
+ * LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG+20 for less important ones and so on. By changing the log-level
+ * you can hide the less important ones.  
+ *)
+const
+  LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG_MAX    = MaxInt;
+  LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG        = 50;
+  LOG_LEVEL_INFO_MAX     = LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG-1;
+  LOG_LEVEL_INFO         = 40;
+  LOG_LEVEL_STATUS_MAX   = LOG_LEVEL_INFO-1;
+  LOG_LEVEL_STATUS       = 30;
+  LOG_LEVEL_WARN_MAX     = LOG_LEVEL_STATUS-1;
+  LOG_LEVEL_WARN         = 20;
+  LOG_LEVEL_ERROR_MAX    = LOG_LEVEL_WARN-1;
+  LOG_LEVEL_ERROR        = 10;
+  LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL_MAX = LOG_LEVEL_ERROR-1;
+  LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL     =  0;
+  LOG_LEVEL_NONE         = -1;
+
+  // define level that Log(File)Level is initialized with
+  LOG_LEVEL_DEFAULT      = LOG_LEVEL_WARN;
+  LOG_FILE_LEVEL_DEFAULT = LOG_LEVEL_ERROR;
+
+type
+  TLog = class
+  private
+    LogFile:             TextFile;
+    LogFileOpened:       boolean;
+    BenchmarkFile:       TextFile;
+    BenchmarkFileOpened: boolean;
+
+    LogLevel: integer;
+    // level of messages written to the log-file
+    LogFileLevel: integer;
+
+    procedure LogToFile(const Text: string);
+  public
+    BenchmarkTimeStart:   array[0..31] of real;
+    BenchmarkTimeLength:  array[0..31] of real;//TDateTime;
+
+    Title: String; //Application Title
+
+    // Write log message to log-file
+    FileOutputEnabled: Boolean;
+
+    constructor Create;
+
+    // destuctor
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    // benchmark
+    procedure BenchmarkStart(Number: integer);
+    procedure BenchmarkEnd(Number: integer);
+    procedure LogBenchmark(const Text: string; Number: integer);
+
+    procedure SetLogLevel(Level: integer);
+    function GetLogLevel(): integer;
+
+    procedure LogMsg(const Text: string; Level: integer); overload;
+    procedure LogMsg(const Msg, Context: string; Level: integer); overload; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure LogDebug(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure LogInfo(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure LogStatus(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure LogWarn(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure LogError(const Text: string); overload; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure LogError(const Msg, Context: string); overload; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    //Critical Error (Halt + MessageBox)
+    procedure LogCritical(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    procedure CriticalError(const Text: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+    // voice
+    procedure LogVoice(SoundNr: integer);
+    // buffer
+    procedure LogBuffer(const buf : Pointer; const bufLength : Integer; const filename : IPath);
+  end;
+
+procedure DebugWriteln(const aString: String);
+
+var
+  Log:    TLog;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  DateUtils,
+  URecord,
+  UMain,  
+  UTime,
+  UCommon,
+  UCommandLine,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+(*
+ * Write to console if in debug mode (Thread-safe).
+ * If debug-mode is disabled nothing is done. 
+ *)
+procedure DebugWriteln(const aString: string);
+begin
+  {$IFNDEF DEBUG}
+  if Params.Debug then
+  begin
+  {$ENDIF}
+    ConsoleWriteLn(aString);
+  {$IFNDEF DEBUG}
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+
+constructor TLog.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  LogLevel := LOG_LEVEL_DEFAULT;
+  LogFileLevel := LOG_FILE_LEVEL_DEFAULT;
+  FileOutputEnabled := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TLog.Destroy;
+begin
+  if BenchmarkFileOpened then
+    CloseFile(BenchmarkFile);
+  //if AnalyzeFileOpened then
+  //  CloseFile(AnalyzeFile);
+  if LogFileOpened then
+    CloseFile(LogFile);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.BenchmarkStart(Number: integer);
+begin
+  BenchmarkTimeStart[Number] := USTime.GetTime; //Time;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.BenchmarkEnd(Number: integer);
+begin
+  BenchmarkTimeLength[Number] := USTime.GetTime {Time} - BenchmarkTimeStart[Number];
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogBenchmark(const Text: string; Number: integer);
+var
+  Minutes:      integer;
+  Seconds:      integer;
+  Miliseconds:  integer;
+
+  MinutesS:     string;
+  SecondsS:     string;
+  MilisecondsS: string;
+
+  ValueText:    string;
+begin
+  if (FileOutputEnabled and Params.Benchmark) then
+  begin
+    if not BenchmarkFileOpened then
+    begin
+      BenchmarkFileOpened := true;
+      AssignFile(BenchmarkFile, LogPath.Append('Benchmark.log').ToNative);
+      {$I-}
+      Rewrite(BenchmarkFile);
+      if IOResult = 0 then
+        BenchmarkFileOpened := true;
+      {$I+}
+
+      //If File is opened write Date to Benchmark File
+      If (BenchmarkFileOpened) then
+      begin
+        WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, Title + ' Benchmark File');
+        WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, 'Date: ' + DatetoStr(Now) + ' Time: ' + TimetoStr(Now));
+        WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, '-------------------');
+
+        Flush(BenchmarkFile);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if BenchmarkFileOpened then
+    begin
+      Miliseconds := Trunc(Frac(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) * 1000);
+      Seconds := Trunc(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) mod 60;
+      Minutes := Trunc((BenchmarkTimeLength[Number] - Seconds) / 60);
+      //ValueText := FloatToStr(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]);
+
+      {
+      ValueText := FloatToStr(SecondOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) +
+                              MilliSecondOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number])/1000);
+      if MinuteOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) >= 1 then
+        ValueText := IntToStr(MinuteOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number])) + ':' + ValueText;
+      WriteLn(FileBenchmark, Text + ': ' + ValueText + ' seconds');
+      }
+
+      if (Minutes = 0) and (Seconds = 0) then begin
+        MilisecondsS := IntToStr(Miliseconds);
+        ValueText := MilisecondsS + ' miliseconds';
+      end;
+
+      if (Minutes = 0) and (Seconds >= 1) then begin
+        MilisecondsS := IntToStr(Miliseconds);
+        while Length(MilisecondsS) < 3 do
+          MilisecondsS := '0' + MilisecondsS;
+
+        SecondsS := IntToStr(Seconds);
+
+        ValueText := SecondsS + ',' + MilisecondsS + ' seconds';
+      end;
+
+      if Minutes >= 1 then begin
+        MilisecondsS := IntToStr(Miliseconds);
+        while Length(MilisecondsS) < 3 do
+          MilisecondsS := '0' + MilisecondsS;
+
+        SecondsS := IntToStr(Seconds);
+        while Length(SecondsS) < 2 do
+          SecondsS := '0' + SecondsS;
+
+        MinutesS := IntToStr(Minutes);
+
+        ValueText := MinutesS + ':' + SecondsS + ',' + MilisecondsS + ' minutes';
+      end;
+
+      WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, Text + ': ' + ValueText);
+      Flush(BenchmarkFile);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogToFile(const Text: string);
+begin
+  if (FileOutputEnabled and not LogFileOpened) then
+  begin
+    AssignFile(LogFile, LogPath.Append('Error.log').ToNative);
+    {$I-}
+    Rewrite(LogFile);
+    if IOResult = 0 then
+      LogFileOpened := true;
+    {$I+}
+
+    //If File is opened write Date to Error File
+    if (LogFileOpened) then
+    begin
+      WriteLn(LogFile, Title + ' Error Log');
+      WriteLn(LogFile, 'Date: ' + DatetoStr(Now) + ' Time: ' + TimetoStr(Now));
+      WriteLn(LogFile, '-------------------');
+
+      Flush(LogFile);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if LogFileOpened then
+  begin
+    try
+      WriteLn(LogFile, Text);
+      Flush(LogFile);
+    except
+      LogFileOpened := false;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.SetLogLevel(Level: integer);
+begin
+  LogLevel := Level;
+end;
+
+function TLog.GetLogLevel(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := LogLevel;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogMsg(const Text: string; Level: integer);
+var
+  LogMsg: string;
+begin
+  // TODO: what if (LogFileLevel < LogLevel)? Log to file without printing to
+  //  console or do not log at all? At the moment nothing is logged.
+  if (Level <= LogLevel) then
+  begin
+    if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL_MAX) then
+      LogMsg := 'CRITICAL: ' + Text
+    else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_ERROR_MAX) then
+      LogMsg := 'ERROR:  ' + Text
+    else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_WARN_MAX) then
+      LogMsg := 'WARN:   ' + Text
+    else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_STATUS_MAX) then
+      LogMsg := 'STATUS: ' + Text
+    else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_INFO_MAX) then
+      LogMsg := 'INFO:   ' + Text
+    else
+      LogMsg := 'DEBUG:  ' + Text;
+
+    // output log-message
+    if (Level <= LogLevel) then
+    begin
+      DebugWriteLn(LogMsg);
+    end;
+    
+    // write message to log-file
+    if (Level <= LogFileLevel) then
+    begin
+      LogToFile(LogMsg);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // exit application on criticial errors (cannot be turned off)
+  if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL_MAX) then
+  begin
+    // Show information (window)
+    ShowMessage(Text, mtError);
+    Halt;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogMsg(const Msg, Context: string; Level: integer);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg + ' ['+Context+']', Level);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogDebug(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogInfo(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_INFO);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogStatus(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_STATUS);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogWarn(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_WARN);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogError(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_ERROR);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogError(const Text: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Text, LOG_LEVEL_ERROR);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.CriticalError(const Text: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Text, LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogCritical(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+  LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogVoice(SoundNr: integer);
+var
+  FS:           TBinaryFileStream;
+  Prefix:       string;
+  FileName:     IPath;
+  Num:          integer;
+begin
+  for Num := 1 to 9999 do begin
+    Prefix := Format('Voice%.4d', [Num]);
+    FileName := LogPath.Append(Prefix + '.raw');
+    if not FileName.Exists() then
+      break
+  end;
+
+  FS := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+
+  AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Seek(0, soBeginning);
+  FS.CopyFrom(AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer, AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Size);
+
+  FS.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogBuffer(const buf: Pointer; const bufLength: Integer; const filename: IPath);
+var
+  f : TBinaryFileStream;
+begin
+  try
+    f := TBinaryFileStream.Create( filename, fmCreate);
+    try
+      f.Write( buf^, bufLength);
+    finally
+      f.Free;
+    end;
+  except on e : Exception do
+    Log.LogError('TLog.LogBuffer: Failed to log buffer into file "' + filename.ToNative + '". ErrMsg: ' + e.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
+
diff --git a/src/base/ULyrics.pas b/src/base/ULyrics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f62db9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/ULyrics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,726 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  UTexture,
+  UThemes,
+  UMusic;
+
+type
+  // stores two textures for enabled/disabled states
+  TPlayerIconTex = array [0..1] of TTexture;
+
+  TLyricsEffect = (lfxSimple, lfxZoom, lfxSlide, lfxBall, lfxShift);
+  
+  PLyricWord = ^TLyricWord;
+  TLyricWord = record
+    X:          real;     // left corner
+    Width:      real;     // width
+    Start:      cardinal; // start of the word in quarters (beats)
+    Length:     cardinal; // length of the word in quarters
+    Text:       UTF8String; // text
+    Freestyle:  boolean;  // is freestyle?
+  end;
+  TLyricWordArray = array of TLyricWord;
+
+  TLyricLine = class
+    public
+      Text:           UTF8String;   // text
+      Width:          real;         // width
+      Height:         real;         // height
+      Words:          TLyricWordArray;   // words in this line
+      CurWord:        integer;      // current active word idx (only valid if line is active)
+      Start:          integer;      // start of this line in quarters (Note: negative start values are possible due to gap)
+      StartNote:      integer;      // start of the first note of this line in quarters
+      Length:         integer;      // length in quarters (from start of first to the end of the last note)
+      Players:        byte;         // players that should sing that line (bitset, Player1: 1, Player2: 2, Player3: 4)
+      LastLine:       boolean;      // is this the last line of the song?
+
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+      procedure Reset();
+  end;
+
+  TLyricEngine = class
+    private
+      LastDrawBeat:   real;
+      UpperLine:      TLyricLine;    // first line displayed (top)
+      LowerLine:      TLyricLine;    // second lind displayed (bottom)
+      QueueLine:      TLyricLine;    // third line (will be displayed when lower line is finished)
+
+      IndicatorTex:   TTexture;      // texture for lyric indikator
+      BallTex:        TTexture;      // texture of the ball for the lyric effect
+
+      QueueFull:      boolean;       // set to true if the queue is full and a line will be replaced with the next AddLine
+      LCounter:       integer;       // line counter
+
+      // duet mode - textures for player icons
+      // FIXME: do not use a fixed player count, use MAX_PLAYERS instead
+      PlayerIconTex:  array[0..5] of TPlayerIconTex;
+
+      // Some helper procedures for lyric drawing
+      procedure DrawLyrics (Beat: real);
+      procedure UpdateLineMetrics(LyricLine: TLyricLine);
+      procedure DrawLyricsWords(LyricLine: TLyricLine; X, Y: real; StartWord, EndWord: integer);
+      procedure DrawLyricsLine(X, W, Y, H: real; Line: TLyricLine; Beat: real);
+      procedure DrawPlayerIcon(Player: byte; Enabled: boolean; X, Y: real; Size, Alpha: real);
+      procedure DrawBall(XBall, YBall, Alpha: real);
+
+    public
+      // positions, line specific settings
+      UpperLineX:     real;       // X start-pos of UpperLine
+      UpperLineW:     real;       // Width of UpperLine with icon(s) and text
+      UpperLineY:     real;       // Y start-pos of UpperLine
+      UpperLineH:     real;       // Max. font-size of lyrics text in UpperLine
+
+      LowerLineX:     real;       // X start-pos of LowerLine
+      LowerLineW:     real;       // Width of LowerLine with icon(s) and text
+      LowerLineY:     real;       // Y start-pos of LowerLine
+      LowerLineH:     real;       // Max. font-size of lyrics text in LowerLine
+
+      // display propertys
+      LineColor_en:   TRGBA;      // Color of words in an enabled line
+      LineColor_dis:  TRGBA;      // Color of words in a disabled line
+      LineColor_act:  TRGBA;      // Color of the active word
+      FontStyle:      byte;       // Font for the lyric text
+      
+      { // currently not used
+       FadeInEffect:   byte;       // Effect for line fading in: 0: No Effect; 1: Fade Effect; 2: Move Upwards from Bottom to Pos
+       FadeOutEffect:  byte;       // Effect for line fading out: 0: No Effect; 1: Fade Effect; 2: Move Upwards
+      }
+
+      // song specific settings
+      BPM:            real;
+      Resolution:     integer;
+
+      // properties to easily read options of this class
+      property IsQueueFull: boolean read QueueFull;  // line in queue?
+      property LineCounter: integer read LCounter;   // lines that were progressed so far (after last clear)
+
+      procedure AddLine(Line: PLine);              // adds a line to the queue, if there is space
+      procedure Draw (Beat: real);                 // draw the current (active at beat) lyrics
+
+      // clears all cached song specific information
+      procedure Clear(cBPM: real = 0; cResolution: integer = 0);
+
+      function GetUpperLine(): TLyricLine;
+      function GetLowerLine(): TLyricLine;
+
+      function GetUpperLineIndex(): integer;
+
+      constructor Create(ULX, ULY, ULW, ULH, LLX, LLY, LLW, LLH: real);
+      procedure   LoadTextures;
+      destructor  Destroy; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  USkins,
+  TextGL,
+  UGraphic,
+  UDisplay,
+  ULog,
+  math,
+  UIni;
+
+{ TLyricLine }
+
+constructor TLyricLine.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+destructor TLyricLine.Destroy();
+begin
+  SetLength(Words, 0);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricLine.Reset();
+begin
+  Start     := 0;
+  StartNote := 0;
+  Length    := 0;
+  LastLine  := False;
+
+  Text      := '';
+  Width     := 0;
+
+  // duet mode: players of that line (default: all)
+  Players   := $FF;
+
+  SetLength(Words, 0);
+  CurWord   := -1;
+end;
+
+
+{ TLyricEngine }
+
+{**
+ * Initializes the engine.
+ *}
+constructor TLyricEngine.Create(ULX, ULY, ULW, ULH, LLX, LLY, LLW, LLH: real);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  BPM := 0;
+  Resolution := 0;
+  LCounter := 0;
+  QueueFull := False;
+
+  UpperLine := TLyricLine.Create;
+  LowerLine := TLyricLine.Create;
+  QueueLine := TLyricLine.Create;
+
+  LastDrawBeat := 0;
+
+  UpperLineX := ULX;
+  UpperLineW := ULW;
+  UpperLineY := ULY;
+  UpperLineH := ULH;
+
+  LowerLineX := LLX;
+  LowerLineW := LLW;
+  LowerLineY := LLY;
+  LowerLineH := LLH;
+
+  LoadTextures;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * Frees memory.
+ *}
+destructor TLyricEngine.Destroy;
+begin
+  UpperLine.Free;
+  LowerLine.Free;
+  QueueLine.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Clears all cached Song specific Information.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.Clear(cBPM: real; cResolution: integer);
+begin
+  BPM := cBPM;
+  Resolution := cResolution;
+  LCounter := 0;
+  QueueFull := False;
+
+  LastDrawBeat:=0;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * Loads textures needed for the drawing the lyrics,
+ * player icons, a ball for the ball effect and the lyric indicator.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.LoadTextures;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  // lyric indicator (bar that indicates when the line start)
+  IndicatorTex := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricHelpBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+  // ball for current word hover in ball effect
+  BallTex := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Ball'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  // duet mode: load player icon
+  for I := 0 to 5 do
+  begin
+    PlayerIconTex[I][0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIcon_P' + InttoStr(I+1)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+    PlayerIconTex[I][1] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIconD_P' + InttoStr(I+1)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Adds LyricLine to queue.
+ * The LyricEngine stores three lines in its queue:
+ *   UpperLine: the upper line displayed in the lyrics
+ *   LowerLine: the lower line displayed in the lyrics
+ *   QueueLine: an offscreen line that precedes LowerLine
+ * If the queue is full the next call to AddLine will replace UpperLine with
+ * LowerLine, LowerLine with QueueLine and QueueLine with the Line parameter.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.AddLine(Line: PLine);
+var
+  LyricLine: TLyricLine;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  // only add lines, if there is space
+  if not IsQueueFull then
+  begin
+    // set LyricLine to line to write to
+    if (LineCounter = 0) then
+      LyricLine := UpperLine
+    else if (LineCounter = 1) then
+      LyricLine := LowerLine
+    else
+    begin
+      // now the queue is full
+      LyricLine := QueueLine;
+      QueueFull := True;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin // rotate lines (round-robin-like)
+    LyricLine := UpperLine;
+    UpperLine := LowerLine;
+    LowerLine := QueueLine;
+    QueueLine := LyricLine;
+  end;
+
+  // reset line state
+  LyricLine.Reset();
+
+  // check if sentence has notes
+  if (Line <> nil) and (Length(Line.Note) > 0) then
+  begin
+    // copy values from SongLine to LyricLine
+    LyricLine.Start     := Line.Start;
+    LyricLine.StartNote := Line.Note[0].Start;
+    LyricLine.Length    := Line.Note[High(Line.Note)].Start +
+                           Line.Note[High(Line.Note)].Length -
+                           Line.Note[0].Start;
+    LyricLine.LastLine  := Line.LastLine;
+
+    // copy words
+    SetLength(LyricLine.Words, Length(Line.Note));
+    for I := 0 to High(Line.Note) do
+    begin
+      LyricLine.Words[I].Start     := Line.Note[I].Start;
+      LyricLine.Words[I].Length    := Line.Note[I].Length;
+      LyricLine.Words[I].Text      := Line.Note[I].Text;
+      LyricLine.Words[I].Freestyle := Line.Note[I].NoteType = ntFreestyle;
+
+      LyricLine.Text := LyricLine.Text + LyricLine.Words[I].Text;
+    end;
+
+    UpdateLineMetrics(LyricLine);
+  end;
+
+  // increase the counter
+  Inc(LCounter);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws Lyrics.
+ * Draw just manages the Lyrics, drawing is done by a call of DrawLyrics.
+ * @param Beat: current Beat in Quarters
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.Draw(Beat: real);
+begin
+  DrawLyrics(Beat);
+  LastDrawBeat := Beat;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Main Drawing procedure.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawLyrics(Beat: real);
+begin
+  DrawLyricsLine(UpperLineX, UpperLineW, UpperLineY, UpperLineH, UpperLine, Beat);
+  DrawLyricsLine(LowerLineX, LowerLineW, LowerLineY, LowerLineH, LowerLine, Beat);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws a Player's icon.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawPlayerIcon(Player: byte; Enabled: boolean; X, Y: real; Size, Alpha: real);
+var
+  IEnabled: byte;
+begin
+  if Enabled then
+    IEnabled := 0
+  else
+    IEnabled := 1;
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PlayerIconTex[Player][IEnabled].TexNum);
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y + Size);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + Size, Y + Size);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + Size, Y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws the Ball over the LyricLine if needed.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawBall(XBall, YBall, Alpha: real);
+begin
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, BallTex.TexNum);
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(XBall - 10, YBall);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(XBall - 10, YBall + 20);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(XBall + 10, YBall + 20);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(XBall + 10, YBall);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawLyricsWords(LyricLine: TLyricLine;
+    X, Y: real; StartWord, EndWord: integer);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  PosX: real;
+  CurWord: PLyricWord;
+begin
+  PosX := X;
+
+  // set word positions and line size and draw the line
+  for I := StartWord to EndWord do
+  begin
+    CurWord := @LyricLine.Words[I];
+    SetFontItalic(CurWord.Freestyle);
+    SetFontPos(PosX, Y);
+    glPrint(CurWord.Text);
+    PosX := PosX + CurWord.Width;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricEngine.UpdateLineMetrics(LyricLine: TLyricLine);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  PosX: real;
+  CurWord: PLyricWord;
+  RequestWidth, RequestHeight: real;
+begin
+  PosX := 0;
+
+  // setup font
+  SetFontStyle(FontStyle);
+  ResetFont();
+
+  // check if line is lower or upper line and set sizes accordingly
+  // Note: at the moment upper and lower lines have same width/height
+  // and this function is just called by AddLine() but this may change
+  // so that it is called by DrawLyricsLine().
+  //if (LyricLine = LowerLine) then
+  //begin
+  //  RequestWidth  := LowerLineW;
+  //  RequestHeight := LowerLineH;
+  //end
+  //else
+  //begin
+    RequestWidth  := UpperLineW;
+    RequestHeight := UpperLineH;
+  //end;
+
+  // set font size to a reasonable value
+  LyricLine.Height := RequestHeight * 0.9;
+  SetFontSize(LyricLine.Height);
+  LyricLine.Width := glTextWidth(LyricLine.Text);
+
+  // change font-size to fit into the lyric bar
+  if (LyricLine.Width > RequestWidth) then
+  begin
+    LyricLine.Height := Trunc(LyricLine.Height * (RequestWidth / LyricLine.Width));
+    // the line is very loooong, set font to at least 1px
+    if (LyricLine.Height < 1) then
+      LyricLine.Height := 1;
+
+    SetFontSize(LyricLine.Height);
+    LyricLine.Width := glTextWidth(LyricLine.Text);
+  end;
+
+  // calc word positions and widths
+  for I := 0 to High(LyricLine.Words) do
+  begin
+    CurWord := @LyricLine.Words[I];
+
+    // - if current word is italic but not the next word get the width of the
+    // italic font to avoid overlapping.
+    // - if two italic words follow each other use the normal style's
+    // width otherwise the spacing between the words will be too big.
+    // - if it is the line's last word use normal width  
+    if CurWord.Freestyle and
+       (I+1 < Length(LyricLine.Words)) and
+       (not LyricLine.Words[I+1].Freestyle) then
+    begin
+      SetFontItalic(true);
+    end;
+
+    CurWord.X := PosX;
+    CurWord.Width := glTextWidth(CurWord.Text);
+    PosX := PosX + CurWord.Width;
+    SetFontItalic(false);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * Draws one LyricLine
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawLyricsLine(X, W, Y, H: real; Line: TLyricLine; Beat: real);
+var
+  CurWord:        PLyricWord;     // current word
+  LastWord:       PLyricWord;     // last word in line
+  NextWord:       PLyricWord;     // word following current word
+  Progress:       real;           // progress of singing the current word
+  LyricX, LyricY: real;           // left/top lyric position
+  WordY: real;                    // word y-position
+  LyricsEffect: TLyricsEffect;
+  Alpha: real;                    // alphalevel to fade out at end
+  ClipPlaneEq: array[0..3] of GLdouble; // clipping plane for slide effect 
+  {// duet mode
+  IconSize: real;                 // size of player icons
+  IconAlpha: real;                // alpha level of player icons
+  }
+begin
+  // do not draw empty lines
+  if (Length(Line.Words) = 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  {
+  // duet mode
+  IconSize := (2 * Height);
+  IconAlpha := Frac(Beat/(Resolution*4));
+
+  DrawPlayerIcon (0, True, X, Y + (42 - IconSize) / 2 , IconSize, IconAlpha);
+  DrawPlayerIcon (1, True, X + IconSize + 1,  Y + (42 - IconSize) / 2, IconSize, IconAlpha);
+  DrawPlayerIcon (2, True, X + (IconSize + 1)*2, Y + (42 - IconSize) / 2, IconSize, IconAlpha);
+  }
+
+  // set font size and style
+  SetFontStyle(FontStyle);
+  ResetFont();
+  SetFontSize(Line.Height);
+
+  // center lyrics
+  LyricX := X + (W - Line.Width) / 2;
+  LyricY := Y + (H - Line.Height) / 2;
+  // get lyrics effect
+  LyricsEffect := TLyricsEffect(Ini.LyricsEffect);
+
+  // TODO: what about alpha in freetype outline fonts?
+  Alpha := 1;
+
+  // check if this line is active (at least its first note must be active)
+  if (Beat >= Line.StartNote) then
+  begin
+    // if this line just got active, CurWord is -1,
+    // this means we should try to make the first word active
+    if (Line.CurWord = -1) then
+      Line.CurWord := 0;
+
+    // check if the current active word is still active.
+    // Otherwise proceed to the next word if there is one in this line.
+    // Note: the max. value of Line.CurWord is High(Line.Words)
+    if (Line.CurWord < High(Line.Words)) and
+       (Beat >= Line.Words[Line.CurWord + 1].Start) then
+    begin
+      Inc(Line.CurWord);
+    end;
+
+    // determine current and last word in this line.
+    // If the end of the line is reached use the last word as current word.
+    LastWord := @Line.Words[High(Line.Words)];
+    CurWord := @Line.Words[Line.CurWord];
+    if (Line.CurWord+1 < Length(Line.Words)) then
+      NextWord := @Line.Words[Line.CurWord+1]
+    else
+      NextWord := nil;
+
+    // calc the progress of the lyrics effect
+    Progress := (Beat - CurWord.Start) / CurWord.Length;
+    if (Progress >= 1) then
+      Progress := 1;
+    if (Progress <= 0) then
+      Progress := 0;
+
+    // last word of this line finished, but this line did not hide -> fade out
+    if Line.LastLine and
+       (Beat > LastWord.Start + LastWord.Length) then
+    begin
+      Alpha := 1 - (Beat - (LastWord.Start + LastWord.Length)) / 15;
+      if (Alpha < 0) then
+        Alpha := 0;
+    end;
+
+    // draw sentence before current word
+    if (LyricsEffect in [lfxSimple, lfxBall, lfxShift]) then
+      // only highlight current word and not that ones before in this line
+      glColorRGB(LineColor_en, Alpha)
+    else
+      glColorRGB(LineColor_act, Alpha);
+    DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX, LyricY, 0, Line.CurWord-1);
+
+    // draw rest of sentence (without current word)
+    glColorRGB(LineColor_en, Alpha);
+    if (NextWord <> nil) then
+    begin
+      DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX + NextWord.X, LyricY,
+                      Line.CurWord+1, High(Line.Words));
+    end;
+
+    // draw current word
+    if (LyricsEffect in [lfxSimple, lfxBall, lfxShift]) then
+    begin
+      if (LyricsEffect = lfxShift) then
+        WordY := LyricY - 8 * (1-Progress)
+      else
+        WordY := LyricY;
+
+      // change the color of the current word
+      glColor4f(LineColor_act.r, LineColor_act.g, LineColor_act.b, Alpha);
+      DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX + CurWord.X, WordY, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+    end
+    // change color and zoom current word
+    else if (LyricsEffect = lfxZoom) then
+    begin
+      glPushMatrix;
+
+      // zoom at word center
+      glTranslatef(LyricX + CurWord.X + CurWord.Width/2,
+                   LyricY + Line.Height/2, 0);
+      glScalef(1.0 + (1-Progress) * 0.5, 1.0 + (1-Progress) * 0.5, 1.0);
+
+      glColor4f(LineColor_act.r, LineColor_act.g, LineColor_act.b, Alpha);
+      DrawLyricsWords(Line, -CurWord.Width/2, -Line.Height/2, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+
+      glPopMatrix;
+    end
+    // split current word into active and non-active part
+    else if (LyricsEffect = lfxSlide) then
+    begin
+      // enable clipping and set clip equation coefficients to zeros
+      glEnable(GL_CLIP_PLANE0);
+      FillChar(ClipPlaneEq[0], SizeOf(ClipPlaneEq), 0);
+
+      glPushMatrix;
+      glTranslatef(LyricX + CurWord.X, LyricY, 0);
+
+      // clip non-active right part of the current word
+      ClipPlaneEq[0] := -1;
+      ClipPlaneEq[3] := CurWord.Width * Progress;
+      glClipPlane(GL_CLIP_PLANE0, @ClipPlaneEq);
+      // and draw active left part
+      glColor4f(LineColor_act.r, LineColor_act.g, LineColor_act.b, Alpha);
+      DrawLyricsWords(Line, 0, 0, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+
+      // clip active left part of the current word
+      ClipPlaneEq[0] := -ClipPlaneEq[0];
+      ClipPlaneEq[3] := -ClipPlaneEq[3];
+      glClipPlane(GL_CLIP_PLANE0, @ClipPlaneEq);
+      // and draw non-active right part
+      glColor4f(LineColor_en.r, LineColor_en.g, LineColor_en.b, Alpha);
+      DrawLyricsWords(Line, 0, 0, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+
+      glPopMatrix;
+
+      glDisable(GL_CLIP_PLANE0);
+    end;
+
+    // draw the ball onto the current word
+    if (LyricsEffect = lfxBall) then
+    begin
+      DrawBall(LyricX + CurWord.X + CurWord.Width * Progress,
+               LyricY - 15 - 15*sin(Progress * Pi), Alpha);
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // this section is called if the whole line can be drawn at once and no
+    // word is highlighted.
+
+    // enable the upper, disable the lower line
+    if (Line = UpperLine) then
+      glColorRGB(LineColor_en)
+    else
+      glColorRGB(LineColor_dis);
+
+    DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX, LyricY, 0, High(Line.Words));
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * @returns a reference to the upper line
+ *}
+function TLyricEngine.GetUpperLine(): TLyricLine;
+begin
+  Result := UpperLine;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * @returns a reference to the lower line
+ *}
+function TLyricEngine.GetLowerLine(): TLyricLine;
+begin
+  Result := LowerLine;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * @returns the index of the upper line
+ *}
+function TLyricEngine.GetUpperLineIndex(): integer;
+const
+  QUEUE_SIZE = 3;
+begin
+  // no line in queue
+  if (LineCounter <= 0) then
+    Result := -1
+  // no line has been removed from queue yet
+  else if (LineCounter <= QUEUE_SIZE) then
+    Result := 0
+  // lines have been removed from queue already
+  else
+    Result := LineCounter - QUEUE_SIZE;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/base/UMain.pas b/src/base/UMain.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14a543d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UMain.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL;
+
+procedure Main;
+procedure MainLoop;
+procedure CheckEvents;
+
+type
+  TMainThreadExecProc = procedure(Data: Pointer);
+
+const
+  MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT = SDL_USEREVENT + 2;
+
+{*
+ * Delegates execution of procedure Proc to the main thread.
+ * The Data pointer is passed to the procedure when it is called.
+ * The main thread is notified by signaling a MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT which
+ * is handled in CheckEvents.
+ * Note that Data must not be a pointer to local data. If you want to pass local
+ * data, use Getmem() or New() or create a temporary object.
+ *}
+procedure MainThreadExec(Proc: TMainThreadExecProc; Data: Pointer);
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  UCatCovers,
+  UCommandLine,
+  UCommon,
+  UConfig,
+  UCovers,
+  UDataBase,
+  UDisplay,
+  UGraphic,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  UIni,
+  UJoystick,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UBeatTimer,
+  UPlatform,
+  USkins,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes,
+  UParty,
+  ULuaCore,
+  UHookableEvent,
+  ULuaGl,
+  ULuaLog,
+  ULuaTexture,
+  ULuaTextGL,
+  ULuaParty,
+  ULuaScreenSing,
+  UTime;
+
+procedure Main;
+var
+  WindowTitle: string;
+  BadPlayer: integer;
+begin
+  {$IFNDEF Debug}
+  try
+  {$ENDIF}
+    WindowTitle := USDXVersionStr;
+
+    Platform.Init;
+
+    if Platform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(WindowTitle) then
+      Exit;
+
+    // fix floating-point exceptions (FPE)
+    DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
+    // fix the locale for string-to-float parsing in C-libs
+    SetDefaultNumericLocale();
+
+    // setup separators for parsing
+    // Note: ThousandSeparator must be set because of a bug in TIniFile.ReadFloat
+    ThousandSeparator := ',';
+    DecimalSeparator := '.';
+
+    //------------------------------
+    // StartUp - create classes and load files
+    //------------------------------
+
+    // initialize SDL
+    // without SDL_INIT_TIMER SDL_GetTicks() might return strange values
+    SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO or SDL_INIT_TIMER);
+    SDL_EnableUnicode(1);
+
+    // create luacore first so other classes can register their events
+    LuaCore := TLuaCore.Create;
+
+
+    USTime := TTime.Create;
+    VideoBGTimer := TRelativeTimer.Create;
+
+    // Commandline Parameter Parser
+    Params := TCMDParams.Create;
+
+    // Log + Benchmark
+    Log := TLog.Create;
+    Log.Title := WindowTitle;
+    Log.FileOutputEnabled := not Params.NoLog;
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
+
+    // Language
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Initialize Paths', 'Initialization');
+    InitializePaths;
+    Log.LogStatus('Load Language', 'Initialization');
+    Language := TLanguage.Create;
+
+    // add const values:
+    Language.AddConst('US_VERSION', USDXVersionStr);
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Language', 1);
+
+    // Skin
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Loading Skin List', 'Initialization');
+    Skin := TSkin.Create;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Skin List', 1);
+
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Loading Theme List', 'Initialization');
+    Theme := TTheme.Create;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Theme List', 1);
+
+    // Ini + Paths
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Load Ini', 'Initialization');
+    Ini := TIni.Create;
+    Ini.Load;
+
+    // it is possible that this is the first run, create a .ini file if neccessary
+    Log.LogStatus('Write Ini', 'Initialization');
+    Ini.Save;
+
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Ini', 1);
+
+    // Sound
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Initialize Sound', 'Initialization');
+    InitializeSound();
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Sound', 1);
+
+    // Lyrics-engine with media reference timer
+    LyricsState := TLyricsState.Create();
+
+    // Theme
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Load Theme', 'Initialization');
+    Theme.LoadTheme(Ini.Theme, Ini.Color);
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Theme', 1);
+
+    // Covers Cache
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Creating Covers Cache', 'Initialization');
+    Covers := TCoverDatabase.Create;
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Covers Cache Array', 1);
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+
+    // Category Covers
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Creating Category Covers Array', 'Initialization');
+    CatCovers:= TCatCovers.Create;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Category Covers Array', 1);
+
+    // Songs
+    //Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Creating Song Array', 'Initialization');
+    Songs := TSongs.Create;
+    //Songs.LoadSongList;
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Creating 2nd Song Array', 'Initialization');
+    CatSongs := TCatSongs.Create;
+
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Songs', 1);
+
+    // Graphics
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Initialize 3D', 'Initialization');
+    Initialize3D(WindowTitle);
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing 3D', 1);
+
+    // Score Saving System
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('DataBase System', 'Initialization');
+    DataBase := TDataBaseSystem.Create;
+
+    if (Params.ScoreFile.IsUnset) then
+      DataBase.Init(Platform.GetGameUserPath.Append('Ultrastar.db'))
+    else
+      DataBase.Init(Params.ScoreFile);
+
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading DataBase System', 1);
+
+    // Playlist Manager
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Playlist Manager', 'Initialization');
+    PlaylistMan := TPlaylistManager.Create;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Playlist Manager', 1);
+
+    // GoldenStarsTwinkleMod
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Log.LogStatus('Effect Manager', 'Initialization');
+    GoldenRec := TEffectManager.Create;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Particle System', 1);
+
+    // Joypad
+    if (Ini.Joypad = 1) or (Params.Joypad) then
+    begin
+      Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+      Log.LogStatus('Initialize Joystick', 'Initialization');
+      Joy := TJoy.Create;
+      Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+      Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Joystick', 1);
+    end;
+
+    // Lua
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    Party := TPartyGame.Create;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Party Manager', 1);
+
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    LuaCore.RegisterModule('Log', ULuaLog_Lib_f);
+    LuaCore.RegisterModule('Gl', ULuaGl_Lib_f);
+    LuaCore.RegisterModule('TextGl', ULuaTextGl_Lib_f);
+    LuaCore.RegisterModule('Party', ULuaParty_Lib_f);
+    LuaCore.RegisterModule('ScreenSing', ULuaScreenSing_Lib_f);
+
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing LuaCore', 1);
+
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+    LuaCore.LoadPlugins;
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Lua Plugins', 1);
+
+    LuaCore.DumpPlugins;
+
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Time', 0);
+
+    { prepare software cursor }
+    Display.SetCursor;
+
+    {**
+      * Start background music
+      *}
+    SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+
+    // check microphone settings, goto record options if they are corrupt
+    BadPlayer := AudioInputProcessor.ValidateSettings;
+    if (BadPlayer <> 0) then
+    begin
+      ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(
+          Format(Language.Translate('ERROR_PLAYER_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT'),
+          [BadPlayer]));
+      Display.CurrentScreen^.FadeTo( @ScreenOptionsRecord );
+    end;
+
+    //------------------------------
+    // Start Mainloop
+    //------------------------------
+    Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Initialization');
+    MainLoop;
+
+  {$IFNDEF Debug}
+  finally
+  {$ENDIF}
+    //------------------------------
+    // Finish Application
+    //------------------------------
+
+    // TODO:
+    // call an uninitialize routine for every initialize step
+    // or at least use the corresponding Free methods
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Finalize Media', 'Finalization');
+    FinalizeMedia();
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Uninitialize 3D', 'Finalization');
+    Finalize3D();
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Finalize SDL', 'Finalization');
+    SDL_Quit();
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Finalize Log', 'Finalization');
+    Log.Free;
+  {$IFNDEF Debug}
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure MainLoop;
+const
+  MAX_FPS = 100;
+var
+  Delay:            integer;
+  TicksCurrent:     cardinal;
+  TicksBeforeFrame: cardinal;
+  Done:             boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(125, 125);
+
+  Done := false;
+
+  CountSkipTime();  // JB - for some reason this seems to be needed when we use the SDL Timer functions.
+  repeat
+    TicksBeforeFrame := SDL_GetTicks;
+    
+    // joypad
+    if (Ini.Joypad = 1) or (Params.Joypad) then
+      Joy.Update;
+
+    // keyboard events
+    CheckEvents;
+
+    // display
+    Done := not Display.Draw;
+    SwapBuffers;
+
+    // FPS limiter
+    TicksCurrent := SDL_GetTicks;
+    Delay := 1000 div MAX_FPS - (TicksCurrent - TicksBeforeFrame);
+
+    if Delay >= 1 then
+      SDL_Delay(Delay); // dynamic, maximum is 100 fps
+
+    CountSkipTime;
+
+  until Done;
+end;
+
+procedure DoQuit;
+begin
+  // if question option is enabled then show exit popup
+  if (Ini.AskbeforeDel = 1) then
+  begin
+    Display.CurrentScreen^.CheckFadeTo(nil,'MSG_QUIT_USDX');
+  end
+  else // if ask-for-exit is disabled then simply exit
+  begin
+    Display.Fade := 0;
+    Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+    Display.CheckOK := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure CheckEvents;
+var
+  Event:     TSDL_event;
+  mouseDown: boolean;
+  mouseBtn:  integer;
+  KeepGoing: boolean;
+begin
+  KeepGoing := true;
+  while (SDL_PollEvent(@Event) <> 0) do
+  begin
+    case Event.type_ of
+      SDL_QUITEV:
+      begin
+        Display.Fade := 0;
+        Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+        Display.CheckOK := true;
+      end;
+
+      SDL_MOUSEMOTION, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
+      begin
+        if (Ini.Mouse > 0) then
+        begin
+          case Event.type_ of
+            SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
+            begin
+              mouseDown := false;
+              mouseBtn  := 0;
+            end;
+            SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
+            begin
+              mouseDown := true;
+              mouseBtn  := Event.button.button;
+              
+              if (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) or (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then
+                Display.OnMouseButton(true);
+            end;
+            SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
+            begin
+              mouseDown := false;
+              mouseBtn  := Event.button.button;
+
+              if (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) or (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then
+                Display.OnMouseButton(false);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          Display.MoveCursor(Event.button.X * 800 * Screens / ScreenW,
+                             Event.button.Y * 600 / ScreenH);
+
+          if not Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then
+          begin //drop input when changing screens
+            if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then
+              KeepGoing := ScreenPopupError.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y)
+            else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and (ScreenPopupInfo.Visible) then
+              KeepGoing := ScreenPopupInfo.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y)
+            else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then
+              KeepGoing := ScreenPopupCheck.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y)
+            else
+            begin
+              KeepGoing := Display.CurrentScreen^.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y);
+
+              // if screen wants to exit
+              if not KeepGoing then
+                DoQuit;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+      SDL_VIDEORESIZE:
+      begin
+        ScreenW := Event.resize.w;
+        ScreenH := Event.resize.h;
+        // Note: do NOT call SDL_SetVideoMode on Windows and MacOSX here.
+        // This would create a new OpenGL render-context and all texture data
+        // would be invalidated.
+        // On Linux the mode MUST be reset, otherwise graphics will be corrupted.
+        // Update: It seems to work now without creating a new OpenGL context. At least
+        // with Win7 and SDL 1.2.14. Maybe it generally works now with SDL 1.2.14 and we
+        // can switch it on for windows.
+        // Important: Unless SDL_SetVideoMode() is called (it is not on Windows), Screen.w
+        // and Screen.h are not valid after a resize and still contain the old size. Use
+        // ScreenW and ScreenH instead.
+        {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+        if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
+          SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN)
+        else
+          SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
+        {$ELSE}
+        Screen.W := ScreenW;
+        Screen.H := ScreenH;
+        {$IFEND}
+      end;
+      SDL_KEYDOWN:
+        begin
+          // translate CTRL-A (ASCII 1) - CTRL-Z (ASCII 26) to correct charcodes.
+          // keysyms (SDLK_A, ...) could be used instead but they ignore the
+          // current key mapping (if 'a' is pressed on a French keyboard the
+          // .unicode field will be 'a' and .sym SDLK_Q).
+          // IMPORTANT: if CTRL is pressed with a key different than 'A'-'Z' SDL
+          // will set .unicode to 0. There is no possibility to obtain a
+          // translated charcode. Use keysyms instead.
+          //if (Event.key.keysym.unicode in [1 .. 26]) then
+          //  Event.key.keysym.unicode := Ord('A') + Event.key.keysym.unicode - 1;
+
+          // remap the "keypad enter" key to the "standard enter" key
+          if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_KP_ENTER) then
+            Event.key.keysym.sym := SDLK_RETURN;
+
+          if not Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then
+          begin //drop input when changing screens
+            { to-do : F11 was used for fullscreen toggle, too here
+                      but we also use the key in screenname and some other
+                      screens. It is droped although fullscreen toggle doesn't
+                      even work on windows.
+                      should we add (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_F11) here
+                      anyway? }
+            if ((Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_RETURN) and
+               ((Event.key.keysym.modifier and KMOD_ALT) <> 0)) then // toggle full screen
+            begin
+              Ini.FullScreen := integer( not boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) );
+
+              // FIXME: SDL_SetVideoMode creates a new OpenGL RC so we have to
+              // reload all texture data (-> whitescreen bug).
+              // Only Linux and FreeBSD are able to handle screen-switching this way.
+              {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+              if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
+              begin
+                SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN);
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
+              end;
+
+              Display.SetCursor;
+
+              glViewPort(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH);
+              {$IFEND}
+            end
+            // if print is pressed -> make screenshot and save to screenshot path
+            else if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_SYSREQ) or (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_PRINT) then
+              Display.SaveScreenShot
+            // if there is a visible popup then let it handle input instead of underlying screen
+            // shoud be done in a way to be sure the topmost popup has preference (maybe error, then check)
+            else if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then
+              KeepGoing := ScreenPopupError.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true)
+            else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and (ScreenPopupInfo.Visible) then
+              KeepGoing := ScreenPopupInfo.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true)
+            else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then
+              KeepGoing := ScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true)
+            else
+            begin
+              // check if screen wants to exit
+              KeepGoing := Display.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true);
+
+              // if screen wants to exit
+              if not KeepGoing then
+                DoQuit;
+
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDL_JOYAXISMOTION:
+        begin
+          // not implemented
+        end;
+      SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN:
+        begin
+          // not implemented
+        end;
+      MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT:
+        with Event.user do
+        begin
+          TMainThreadExecProc(data1)(data2);
+        end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // while
+end;
+
+procedure MainThreadExec(Proc: TMainThreadExecProc; Data: Pointer);
+var
+  Event: TSDL_Event;
+begin
+  with Event.user do
+  begin
+    type_ := MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT;
+    code  := 0;     // not used at the moment
+    data1 := @Proc;
+    data2 := Data;
+  end;
+  SDL_PushEvent(@Event);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UMusic.pas b/src/base/UMusic.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c775fd51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UMusic.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1235 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMusic;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  UTime,
+  UBeatTimer,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TNoteType = (ntFreestyle, ntNormal, ntGolden);
+
+  {**
+   * acoStretch: Stretch to screen width and height
+   *   - ignores aspect
+   *   + no borders
+   *   + no image data loss
+   * acoCrop: Stretch to screen width or height, crop the other dimension
+   *   + keeps aspect
+   *   + no borders
+   *   - frame borders are cropped (image data loss)
+   * acoLetterBox: Stretch to screen width, add bars at or crop top and bottom
+   *   + keeps aspect
+   *   - borders at top and bottom
+   *   o top/bottom is cropped if width < height (unusual)
+   *}
+  TAspectCorrection = (acoStretch, acoCrop, acoLetterBox);
+
+  TRectCoords = record
+    Left, Right:  double;
+    Upper, Lower: double;
+  end;
+
+const
+  // ScoreFactor defines how a notehit of a specified notetype is
+  // measured in comparison to the other types
+  // 0 means this notetype is not rated at all
+  // 2 means a hit of this notetype will be rated w/ twice as much
+  // points as a hit of a notetype w/ ScoreFactor 1
+  ScoreFactor:         array[TNoteType] of integer = (0, 1, 2);
+
+type
+  (**
+   * TLineFragment represents a fragment of a lyrics line.
+   * This is a text-fragment (e.g. a syllable) assigned to a note pitch,
+   * represented by a bar in the sing-screen.
+   *)
+  PLineFragment = ^TLineFragment;
+  TLineFragment = record
+    Color:      integer;
+    Start:      integer;    // beat the fragment starts at
+    Length:     integer;    // length in beats
+    Tone:       integer;    // full range tone
+    Text:       UTF8String; // text assigned to this fragment (a syllable, word, etc.)
+    NoteType:   TNoteType;  // note-type: golden-note/freestyle etc.
+  end;
+
+  (**
+   * TLine represents one lyrics line and consists of multiple
+   * notes.
+   *)
+  PLine = ^TLine;
+  TLine = record
+    Start:      integer; // the start beat of this line (<> start beat of the first note of this line)
+    Lyric:      UTF8String;
+    //LyricWidth: real;    // @deprecated: width of the line in pixels.
+                         // Do not use this as the width is not correct.
+                         // Use TLyricsEngine.GetUpperLine().Width instead. 
+    End_:       integer;
+    BaseNote:   integer;
+    HighNote:   integer; // index of last note in line (= High(Note)?)
+    TotalNotes: integer; // value of all notes in the line
+    LastLine:   boolean;
+    Note:       array of TLineFragment;
+  end;
+
+  (**
+   * TLines stores sets of lyric lines and information on them.
+   * Normally just one set is defined but in duet mode it might for example
+   * contain two sets.  
+   *)
+  TLines = record
+    Current:    integer;  // for drawing of current line
+    High:       integer;  // = High(Line)!
+    Number:     integer;
+    Resolution: integer;
+    NotesGAP:   integer;
+    ScoreValue: integer;
+    Line:       array of TLine;
+  end;
+
+const
+  FFTSize = 512; // size of FFT data (output: FFTSize/2 values)
+type
+  TFFTData  = array[0..(FFTSize div 2)-1] of Single;
+
+type
+  PPCMStereoSample = ^TPCMStereoSample;
+  TPCMStereoSample = array[0..1] of SmallInt;
+  TPCMData  = array[0..511] of TPCMStereoSample;
+
+type
+  TStreamStatus = (ssStopped, ssPlaying, ssPaused);
+const
+  StreamStatusStr:  array[TStreamStatus] of string =
+    ('Stopped', 'Playing', 'Paused');
+
+type
+  TAudioSampleFormat = (
+    asfU8, asfS8,         // unsigned/signed  8 bits
+    asfU16LSB, asfS16LSB, // unsigned/signed 16 bits (endianness: LSB)
+    asfU16MSB, asfS16MSB, // unsigned/signed 16 bits (endianness: MSB)
+    asfU16, asfS16,       // unsigned/signed 16 bits (endianness: System)
+    asfS32,               // signed 32 bits (endianness: System)
+    asfFloat,             // float
+    asfDouble             // double
+  );
+
+const
+  // Size of one sample (one channel only) in bytes
+  AudioSampleSize: array[TAudioSampleFormat] of integer = (
+    1, 1,     // asfU8, asfS8
+    2, 2,     // asfU16LSB, asfS16LSB
+    2, 2,     // asfU16MSB, asfS16MSB
+    2, 2,     // asfU16,    asfS16
+    3,        // asfS24
+    4,        // asfS32
+    4         // asfFloat
+  );
+
+const
+  CHANNELMAP_LEFT  = 1;
+  CHANNELMAP_RIGHT = 2;
+  CHANNELMAP_FRONT = CHANNELMAP_LEFT or CHANNELMAP_RIGHT;
+
+type
+  TAudioFormatInfo = class
+    private
+      fSampleRate : double;
+      fChannels   : byte;
+      fFormat     : TAudioSampleFormat;
+      fFrameSize  : integer;
+
+      procedure SetChannels(Channels: byte);
+      procedure SetFormat(Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+      procedure UpdateFrameSize();
+      function GetBytesPerSec(): double;
+    public
+      constructor Create(Channels: byte; SampleRate: double; Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+      function Copy(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+      (**
+       * Returns the inverse ratio of the size of data in this format to its
+       * size in a given target format.
+       * Example: SrcSize*SrcInfo.GetRatio(TgtInfo) = TgtSize
+       *)
+      function GetRatio(TargetInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): double;
+
+      property SampleRate: double read fSampleRate write fSampleRate;
+      property Channels: byte read fChannels write SetChannels;
+      property Format: TAudioSampleFormat read fFormat write SetFormat;
+      property FrameSize: integer read fFrameSize;
+      property BytesPerSec: double read GetBytesPerSec;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TSoundEffect = class
+    public
+      EngineData: Pointer; // can be used for engine-specific data
+      procedure Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+  TVoiceRemoval = class(TSoundEffect)
+    public
+      procedure Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TAudioProcessingStream = class;
+  TOnCloseHandler = procedure(Stream: TAudioProcessingStream);
+
+  TAudioProcessingStream = class
+    protected
+      OnCloseHandlers: array of TOnCloseHandler;
+
+      function GetLength(): real;           virtual; abstract;
+      function GetPosition(): real;         virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);    virtual; abstract;
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;          virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);  virtual; abstract;
+
+      procedure PerformOnClose();
+    public
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; virtual; abstract;
+      procedure Close(); virtual; abstract;
+
+      (**
+       * Adds a new OnClose action handler.
+       * The handlers are performed in the order they were added.
+       * If not stated explicitely, member-variables might have been invalidated
+       * already. So do not use any member (variable/method/...) if you are not
+       * sure it is valid.
+       *)
+      procedure AddOnCloseHandler(Handler: TOnCloseHandler);
+
+      property Length: real read GetLength;
+      property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+      property Loop: boolean read GetLoop write SetLoop;
+  end;
+
+  TAudioSourceStream = class(TAudioProcessingStream)
+    protected
+      function IsEOF(): boolean;            virtual; abstract;
+      function IsError(): boolean;          virtual; abstract;
+    public
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+
+      property EOF: boolean read IsEOF;
+      property Error: boolean read IsError;
+  end;
+
+  (*
+   * State-Chart for playback-stream state transitions
+   * []: Transition, (): State
+   *
+   *               /---[Play/FadeIn]--->-\  /-------[Pause]----->-\
+   * -[Create]->(Stop)                  (Play)                 (Pause)
+   *              \\-<-[Stop/EOF*/Error]-/  \-<---[Play/FadeIn]--//
+   *               \-<------------[Stop/EOF*/Error]--------------/
+   *
+   * *: if not looped, otherwise stream is repeated
+   * Note: SetPosition() does not change the state.
+   *)
+
+  TAudioPlaybackStream = class(TAudioProcessingStream)
+    protected
+      AvgSyncDiff: double;  //** average difference between stream and sync clock
+      SyncSource: TSyncSource;
+      SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream;
+
+      function GetLatency(): double; virtual; abstract;
+      function GetStatus(): TStreamStatus;  virtual; abstract;
+      function GetVolume(): single;         virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);  virtual; abstract;
+      function Synchronize(BufferSize: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): integer;
+      procedure FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PByteArray; FrameSize: integer);
+    public
+      (**
+       * Opens a SourceStream for playback.
+       * Note that the caller (not the TAudioPlaybackStream) is responsible to
+       * free the SourceStream after the Playback-Stream is closed.
+       * You may use an OnClose-handler to achieve this. GetSourceStream()
+       * guarantees to deliver this method's SourceStream parameter to
+       * the OnClose-handler. Freeing SourceStream at OnClose is allowed. 
+       *)
+      function Open(SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+
+      procedure Play();                     virtual; abstract;
+      procedure Pause();                    virtual; abstract;
+      procedure Stop();                     virtual; abstract;
+      procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);  virtual; abstract;
+
+      procedure GetFFTData(var data: TFFTData);          virtual; abstract;
+      function GetPCMData(var data: TPCMData): Cardinal; virtual; abstract;
+
+      procedure AddSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);    virtual; abstract;
+      procedure RemoveSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect); virtual; abstract;
+
+      procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+      function GetSourceStream(): TAudioSourceStream;
+
+      property Status: TStreamStatus read GetStatus;
+      property Volume: single read GetVolume write SetVolume;
+  end;
+
+  TAudioDecodeStream = class(TAudioSourceStream)
+  end;
+
+  TAudioVoiceStream = class(TAudioSourceStream)
+    protected
+      FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+      ChannelMap: integer;
+    public
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      function Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; virtual;
+      procedure Close(); override;
+
+      procedure WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
+
+      function GetLength(): real;           override;
+      function GetPosition(): real;         override;
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);    override;
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;          override;
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);  override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  // soundcard output-devices information
+  TAudioOutputDevice = class
+    public
+      Name: UTF8String; // soundcard name
+  end;
+  TAudioOutputDeviceList = array of TAudioOutputDevice;
+
+type
+  IGenericPlayback = Interface
+  ['{63A5EBC3-3F4D-4F23-8DFB-B5165FCE33DD}']
+      function GetName: String;
+  end;
+
+  IVideo = interface
+  ['{58DFC674-9168-41EA-B59D-A61307242B80}']
+      procedure Play;
+      procedure Pause;
+      procedure Stop;
+
+      procedure SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;
+
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+      function GetPosition: real;
+
+      procedure SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+      function GetScreen(): integer;
+      
+      procedure SetScreenPosition(X, Y: double; Z: double = 0.0);
+      procedure GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+
+      procedure  SetWidth(Width: double);
+       function GetWidth(): double;
+      
+      procedure  SetHeight(Height: double);
+       function GetHeight(): double;
+      
+      {**
+       * Sub-image of the video frame to draw.
+       * This can be used for zooming or similar purposes.
+       *}
+      procedure SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+      function GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+      
+      function GetFrameAspect(): real;
+      
+      procedure SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+      function GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+      
+
+      procedure SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+      function GetAlpha(): double;
+      
+      procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+      function GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+
+      procedure GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+      procedure Draw();
+      procedure DrawReflection();
+       
+       
+      property Screen: integer read GetScreen;
+      property Width: double read GetWidth write SetWidth;
+      property Height: double read GetHeight write SetHeight;
+      property Alpha: double read GetAlpha write SetAlpha;
+      property ReflectionSpacing: double read GetReflectionSpacing write SetReflectionSpacing;
+      property FrameAspect: real read GetFrameAspect;
+      property AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection read GetAspectCorrection write SetAspectCorrection;
+      property Loop: boolean read GetLoop write SetLoop;
+      property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+  end;
+
+  IVideoPlayback = Interface( IGenericPlayback )
+  ['{3574C40C-28AE-4201-B3D1-3D1F0759B131}']
+      function Init(): boolean;
+      function Finalize: boolean;
+
+      function Open(const FileName : IPath): IVideo;
+  end;
+
+  IVideoVisualization = Interface( IVideoPlayback )
+  ['{5AC17D60-B34D-478D-B632-EB00D4078017}']
+  end;
+
+  IAudioPlayback = Interface( IGenericPlayback )
+  ['{E4AE0B40-3C21-4DC5-847C-20A87E0DFB96}']
+      function InitializePlayback: boolean;
+      function FinalizePlayback: boolean;
+      
+      function GetOutputDeviceList(): TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+
+      procedure SetAppVolume(Volume: single);
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+
+      procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+      procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+
+      procedure Rewind;
+      function  Finished: boolean;
+      function  Length: real;
+
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean; // true if succeed
+      procedure Close;
+
+      procedure Play;
+      procedure Pause;
+      procedure Stop;
+
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+      function GetPosition: real;
+
+      property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+
+      // Sounds
+      // TODO:
+      // add a TMediaDummyPlaybackStream implementation that will
+      // be used by the TSoundLib whenever OpenSound() fails, so checking for
+      // nil-pointers is not neccessary anymore.
+      // PlaySound/StopSound will be removed then, OpenSound will be renamed to
+      // CreateSound.
+      function OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      procedure PlaySound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+      procedure StopSound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+
+      // Equalizer
+      procedure GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);
+
+      // Interface for Visualizer
+      function GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+
+      function CreateVoiceStream(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream;
+  end;
+
+  IGenericDecoder = Interface
+  ['{557B0E9A-604D-47E4-B826-13769F3E10B7}']
+      function GetName(): string;
+      function InitializeDecoder(): boolean;
+      function FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
+      //function IsSupported(const Filename: string): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  (*
+  IVideoDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder )
+  ['{2F184B2B-FE69-44D5-9031-0A2462391DCA}']
+       function Open(const Filename: IPath): TVideoDecodeStream;
+
+       procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+       function GetPosition:  real;
+
+       procedure UpdateTexture(Texture: glUint);
+
+       property Loop: boolean read GetLoop write SetLoop;
+       property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+  end;
+  *)
+
+  IAudioDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder )
+  ['{AB47B1B6-2AA9-4410-BF8C-EC79561B5478}']
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+  end;
+
+  IAudioInput = Interface
+  ['{A5C8DA92-2A0C-4AB2-849B-2F7448C6003A}']
+      function GetName: String;
+      function InitializeRecord: boolean;
+      function FinalizeRecord(): boolean;
+
+      procedure CaptureStart;
+      procedure CaptureStop;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TAudioConverter = class
+    protected
+      fSrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+      fDstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+    public
+      function Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; virtual;
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      (**
+       * Converts the InputBuffer and stores the result in OutputBuffer.
+       * If the result is not -1, InputSize will be set to the actual number of
+       * input-buffer bytes used.
+       * Returns the number of bytes written to the output-buffer or -1 if an error occured.
+       *)
+      function Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+
+      (**
+       * Destination/Source size ratio
+       *)
+      function GetRatio(): double; virtual; abstract;
+
+      function GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+      property SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo read fSrcFormatInfo;
+      property DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo read fDstFormatInfo;
+  end;
+
+(* TODO
+const
+  SOUNDID_START    = 0;
+  SOUNDID_BACK     = 1;
+  SOUNDID_SWOOSH   = 2;
+  SOUNDID_CHANGE   = 3;
+  SOUNDID_OPTION   = 4;
+  SOUNDID_CLICK    = 5;
+  LAST_SOUNDID = SOUNDID_CLICK;
+
+  BaseSoundFilenames: array[0..LAST_SOUNDID] of IPath = (
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/Common start.mp3',                 // Start
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/Common back.mp3',                  // Back
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/menu swoosh.mp3',                  // Swoosh
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/select music change music 50.mp3', // Change
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/option change col.mp3',            // Option
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/rimshot022b.mp3'                   // Click
+    {
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/bassdrumhard076b.mp3',             // Drum (unused)
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/hihatclosed068b.mp3',              // Hihat (unused)
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/claps050b.mp3',                    // Clap (unused)
+    '%SOUNDPATH%/Shuffle.mp3'                       // Shuffle (unused)
+    }
+  );
+*)
+
+type
+  TSoundLibrary = class
+    private
+      // TODO
+      //Sounds: array of TAudioPlaybackStream;
+    public
+      // TODO: move sounds to the private section
+      // and provide IDs instead.
+      Start:   TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      Back:    TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      Swoosh:  TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      Change:  TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      Option:  TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      Click:   TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      BGMusic: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      procedure LoadSounds();
+      procedure UnloadSounds();
+
+      procedure StartBgMusic();
+      procedure PauseBgMusic();
+      // TODO
+      //function AddSound(Filename: IPath): integer;
+      //procedure RemoveSound(ID: integer);
+      //function GetSound(ID: integer): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      //property Sound[ID: integer]: TAudioPlaybackStream read GetSound; default;
+  end;
+
+var
+  // TODO: JB --- THESE SHOULD NOT BE GLOBAL
+  Lines: array of TLines;
+  LyricsState: TLyricsState;
+  SoundLib: TSoundLibrary;
+
+
+procedure InitializeSound;
+procedure InitializeVideo;
+procedure FinalizeMedia;
+
+function  Visualization(): IVideoPlayback;
+function  VideoPlayback(): IVideoPlayback;
+function  AudioPlayback(): IAudioPlayback;
+function  AudioInput(): IAudioInput;
+function  AudioDecoders(): TInterfaceList;
+
+function  MediaManager: TInterfaceList;
+
+procedure DumpMediaInterfaces();
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  math,
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  UCommandLine,
+  URecord,
+  ULog,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+var
+  DefaultVideoPlayback : IVideoPlayback;
+  DefaultVisualization : IVideoPlayback;
+  DefaultAudioPlayback : IAudioPlayback;
+  DefaultAudioInput    : IAudioInput;
+  AudioDecoderList     : TInterfaceList;
+  MediaInterfaceList   : TInterfaceList;
+
+
+constructor TAudioFormatInfo.Create(Channels: byte; SampleRate: double; Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  fChannels := Channels;
+  fSampleRate := SampleRate;
+  fFormat := Format;
+  UpdateFrameSize();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioFormatInfo.SetChannels(Channels: byte);
+begin
+  fChannels := Channels;
+  UpdateFrameSize();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioFormatInfo.SetFormat(Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+begin
+  fFormat := Format;
+  UpdateFrameSize();
+end;
+
+function TAudioFormatInfo.GetBytesPerSec(): double;
+begin
+  Result := FrameSize * SampleRate; 
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioFormatInfo.UpdateFrameSize();
+begin
+  fFrameSize := AudioSampleSize[fFormat] * fChannels;
+end;
+
+function TAudioFormatInfo.Copy(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(Self.Channels, Self.SampleRate, Self.Format);
+end;
+
+function TAudioFormatInfo.GetRatio(TargetInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): double;
+begin
+  Result := (TargetInfo.FrameSize / Self.FrameSize) *
+            (TargetInfo.SampleRate / Self.SampleRate)
+end;
+
+
+function MediaManager: TInterfaceList;
+begin
+  if (not assigned(MediaInterfaceList)) then
+    MediaInterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+  Result := MediaInterfaceList;
+end;
+
+function  VideoPlayback(): IVideoPlayback;
+begin
+  Result := DefaultVideoPlayback;
+end;
+
+function  Visualization(): IVideoPlayback;
+begin
+  Result := DefaultVisualization;
+end;
+
+function AudioPlayback(): IAudioPlayback;
+begin
+  Result := DefaultAudioPlayback;
+end;
+
+function AudioInput(): IAudioInput;
+begin
+  Result := DefaultAudioInput;
+end;
+
+function AudioDecoders(): TInterfaceList;
+begin
+  Result := AudioDecoderList;
+end;
+
+procedure FilterInterfaceList(const IID: TGUID; InList, OutList: TInterfaceList);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  obj: IInterface;
+begin
+  if (not assigned(OutList)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  OutList.Clear;
+  for i := 0 to InList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    if assigned(InList[i]) then
+    begin
+      // add object to list if it implements the interface searched for
+      if (InList[i].QueryInterface(IID, obj) = 0) then
+        OutList.Add(obj);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure InitializeSound;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  InterfaceList: TInterfaceList;
+  CurrentAudioDecoder: IAudioDecoder;
+  CurrentAudioPlayback: IAudioPlayback;
+  CurrentAudioInput: IAudioInput;
+begin
+  // create a temporary list for interface enumeration
+  InterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+
+  // initialize all audio-decoders first
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurrentAudioDecoder := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioDecoder;
+    if (not CurrentAudioDecoder.InitializeDecoder()) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioDecoder.GetName);
+      MediaManager.Remove(CurrentAudioDecoder);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // create and setup decoder-list (see AudioDecoders())
+  AudioDecoderList := TInterfaceList.Create;
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, AudioDecoders);
+
+  // find and initialize playback interface
+  DefaultAudioPlayback := nil;
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurrentAudioPlayback := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioPlayback;
+    if (CurrentAudioPlayback.InitializePlayback()) then
+    begin
+      DefaultAudioPlayback := CurrentAudioPlayback;
+      break;
+    end;
+    Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioPlayback.GetName);
+    MediaManager.Remove(CurrentAudioPlayback);
+  end;
+
+  // find and initialize input interface
+  DefaultAudioInput := nil;
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurrentAudioInput := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioInput;
+    if (CurrentAudioInput.InitializeRecord()) then
+    begin
+      DefaultAudioInput := CurrentAudioInput;
+      break;
+    end;
+    Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioInput.GetName);
+    MediaManager.Remove(CurrentAudioInput);
+  end;
+
+  InterfaceList.Free;
+
+  // Update input-device list with registered devices
+  AudioInputProcessor.UpdateInputDeviceConfig();
+
+  // Load in-game sounds
+  SoundLib := TSoundLibrary.Create;
+end;
+
+procedure InitializeVideo();
+var
+  i: integer;
+  InterfaceList: TInterfaceList;
+  VideoInterface: IVideoPlayback;
+  VisualInterface: IVideoVisualization;
+begin
+  InterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create;
+
+  // initialize and set video-playback singleton
+  DefaultVideoPlayback := nil;
+  FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    VideoInterface := InterfaceList[i] as IVideoPlayback;
+    if (VideoInterface.Init()) then
+    begin
+      DefaultVideoPlayback := VideoInterface;
+      break;
+    end;
+    Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ VideoInterface.GetName);
+    MediaManager.Remove(VideoInterface);
+  end;
+
+  // initialize and set visualization singleton
+  DefaultVisualization := nil;
+  FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    VisualInterface := InterfaceList[i] as IVideoVisualization;
+    if (VisualInterface.Init()) then
+    begin
+      DefaultVisualization := VisualInterface;
+      break;
+    end;
+    Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ VisualInterface.GetName);
+    MediaManager.Remove(VisualInterface);
+  end;
+
+  InterfaceList.Free;
+
+  // now that we have all interfaces, we can dump them
+  // TODO: move this to another place
+  if FindCmdLineSwitch(cMediaInterfaces) then
+  begin
+    DumpMediaInterfaces();
+    halt;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure UnloadMediaModules;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  InterfaceList: TInterfaceList;
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(AudioDecoderList);
+  DefaultAudioPlayback := nil;
+  DefaultAudioInput := nil;
+  DefaultVideoPlayback := nil;
+  DefaultVisualization := nil;
+
+  // create temporary interface list
+  InterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+
+  // finalize audio playback interfaces (should be done before the decoders)
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioPlayback).FinalizePlayback();
+
+  // finalize audio input interfaces
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioInput).FinalizeRecord();
+
+  // finalize audio decoder interfaces
+  FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioDecoder).FinalizeDecoder();
+
+  // finalize video interfaces
+  FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IVideoPlayback).Finalize();
+
+  // finalize audio decoder interfaces
+  FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+  for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+    (InterfaceList[i] as IVideoVisualization).Finalize();
+
+  InterfaceList.Free;
+
+  // finally free interfaces (by removing all references to them)
+  FreeAndNil(MediaInterfaceList);
+end;
+
+procedure FinalizeMedia;
+begin
+  // stop, close and free sounds
+  SoundLib.Free;
+
+  // stop and close music stream
+  if (AudioPlayback <> nil) then
+    AudioPlayback.Close;
+
+  // stop any active captures
+  if (AudioInput <> nil) then
+    AudioInput.CaptureStop;
+
+  UnloadMediaModules();
+end;
+
+procedure DumpMediaInterfaces();
+begin
+  writeln( '' );
+  writeln( '--------------------------------------------------------------' );
+  writeln( '  In-use Media Interfaces                                     ' );
+  writeln( '--------------------------------------------------------------' );
+  writeln( 'Registered Audio Playback Interface : ' + AudioPlayback.GetName );
+  writeln( 'Registered Audio Input    Interface : ' + AudioInput.GetName    );
+  writeln( 'Registered Video Playback Interface : ' + VideoPlayback.GetName );
+  writeln( 'Registered Visualization  Interface : ' + Visualization.GetName );
+  writeln( '--------------------------------------------------------------' );
+  writeln( '' );
+end;
+
+
+{ TSoundLibrary }
+
+constructor TSoundLibrary.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  LoadSounds();
+end;
+
+destructor TSoundLibrary.Destroy();
+begin
+  UnloadSounds();
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.LoadSounds();
+begin
+  UnloadSounds();
+
+  Start   := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Common start.mp3'));
+  Back    := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Common back.mp3'));
+  Swoosh  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('menu swoosh.mp3'));
+  Change  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('select music change music 50.mp3'));
+  Option  := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('option change col.mp3'));
+  Click   := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('rimshot022b.mp3'));
+
+  BGMusic := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('background track.mp3'));
+
+  if (BGMusic <> nil) then
+    BGMusic.Loop := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.UnloadSounds();
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(Start);
+  FreeAndNil(Back);
+  FreeAndNil(Swoosh);
+  FreeAndNil(Change);
+  FreeAndNil(Option);
+  FreeAndNil(Click);
+  FreeAndNil(BGMusic);
+end;
+
+(* TODO
+function TSoundLibrary.GetSound(ID: integer): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+begin
+  if ((ID >= 0) and (ID < Length(Sounds))) then
+    Result := Sounds[ID]
+  else
+    Result := nil;
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.StartBgMusic();
+begin
+  if (TBackgroundMusicOption(Ini.BackgroundMusicOption) = bmoOn) and
+    (Soundlib.BGMusic <> nil) and not (Soundlib.BGMusic.Status = ssPlaying) then
+  begin
+    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(Soundlib.BGMusic);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.PauseBgMusic();
+begin
+  If (Soundlib.BGMusic <> nil) then
+  begin
+    Soundlib.BGMusic.Pause;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TVoiceRemoval }
+
+procedure TVoiceRemoval.Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer);
+var
+  FrameIndex, FrameSize: integer;
+  Value: integer;
+  Sample: PPCMStereoSample;
+begin
+  FrameSize := 2 * SizeOf(SmallInt);
+  for FrameIndex := 0 to (BufSize div FrameSize)-1 do
+  begin
+    Sample := PPCMStereoSample(Buffer);
+    // channel difference
+    Value := Sample[0] - Sample[1];
+    // clip
+    if (Value > High(SmallInt)) then
+      Value := High(SmallInt)
+    else if (Value < Low(SmallInt)) then
+      Value := Low(SmallInt);
+    // assign result
+    Sample[0] := Value;
+    Sample[1] := Value;
+    // increase to next frame
+    Inc(PByte(Buffer), FrameSize);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TAudioConverter }
+
+function TAudioConverter.Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+begin
+  fSrcFormatInfo := SrcFormatInfo.Copy();
+  fDstFormatInfo := DstFormatInfo.Copy();
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioConverter.Destroy();
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(fSrcFormatInfo);
+  FreeAndNil(fDstFormatInfo);
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioProcessingStream }
+
+procedure TAudioProcessingStream.AddOnCloseHandler(Handler: TOnCloseHandler);
+begin
+  if (@Handler <> nil) then
+  begin
+    SetLength(OnCloseHandlers, System.Length(OnCloseHandlers)+1);
+    OnCloseHandlers[High(OnCloseHandlers)] := @Handler;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioProcessingStream.PerformOnClose();
+var i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to High(OnCloseHandlers) do
+  begin
+    OnCloseHandlers[i](Self);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioPlaybackStream }
+
+function TAudioPlaybackStream.GetSourceStream(): TAudioSourceStream;
+begin
+  Result := SourceStream;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+begin
+  Self.SyncSource := SyncSource;
+  AvgSyncDiff := -1;
+end;
+
+{.$DEFINE LOG_SYNC}
+
+(*
+ * Results an adjusted size of the input buffer size to keep the stream in sync
+ * with the SyncSource. If no SyncSource was assigned to this stream, the
+ * input buffer size will be returned, so this method will have no effect.
+ *
+ * These are the possible cases:
+ *   - Result > BufferSize: stream is behind the sync-source (stream is too slow),
+ *                          (Result-BufferSize) bytes of the buffer must be skipped.
+ *   - Result = BufferSize: stream is in sync,
+ *                          there is nothing to do.
+ *   - Result < BufferSize: stream is ahead of the sync-source (stream is too fast),
+ *                          (BufferSize-Result) bytes of the buffer must be padded.
+ *)
+function TAudioPlaybackStream.Synchronize(BufferSize: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): integer;
+var
+  TimeDiff: double;
+  FrameDiff: double;
+  FrameSkip: integer;
+  ReqFrames: integer;
+  MasterClock: real;
+  CurPosition: real;
+const
+  AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR = 0.7;
+  SYNC_REPOS_THRESHOLD = 5.000;
+  SYNC_SOFT_THRESHOLD  = 0.010;
+begin
+  Result := BufferSize;
+
+  if (not assigned(SyncSource)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  if (BufferSize <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  CurPosition := Position;
+  MasterClock := SyncSource.GetClock();
+
+  // difference between sync-source and stream position
+  // (negative if the music-stream's position is ahead of the master clock)
+  TimeDiff := MasterClock - CurPosition;
+
+  // calculate average time difference (some sort of weighted mean).
+  // The bigger AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR is, the smoother is the average diff.
+  // This means that older diffs are weighted more with a higher history factor
+  // than with a lower. Do not use a too low history factor. FFmpeg produces
+  // very instable timestamps (pts) for ogg due to some bugs. They may differ
+  // +-50ms from the real stream position. Without filtering those glitches we
+  // would synch without any need, resulting in ugly plopping sounds.
+  if (AvgSyncDiff = -1) then
+    AvgSyncDiff := TimeDiff
+  else
+    AvgSyncDiff := TimeDiff * (1-AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR) +
+                   AvgSyncDiff * AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR;
+
+  {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}
+  //Log.LogError(Format('c:%.3f | p:%.3f | d:%.3f | a:%.3f',
+  //    [MasterClock, CurPosition, TimeDiff, AvgSyncDiff]), 'Synch');
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // check if we are out of sync
+  if (Abs(AvgSyncDiff) >= SYNC_REPOS_THRESHOLD) then
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}
+    Log.LogError(Format('ReposSynch: %.3f > %.3f',
+        [Abs(AvgSyncDiff), SYNC_REPOS_THRESHOLD]), 'Synch');
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    // diff far is too large -> reposition stream
+    // (resulting position might still be out of sync)
+    SetPosition(CurPosition + AvgSyncDiff);
+
+    // reset sync info
+    AvgSyncDiff := -1;
+  end
+  else if (Abs(AvgSyncDiff) >= SYNC_SOFT_THRESHOLD) then
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF LOG_SYNC}
+    Log.LogError(Format('SoftSynch: %.3f > %.3f',
+        [Abs(AvgSyncDiff), SYNC_SOFT_THRESHOLD]), 'Synch');
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    // hard sync: directly jump to the current position
+    FrameSkip := Round(AvgSyncDiff * FormatInfo.SampleRate);
+    Result := BufferSize + FrameSkip * FormatInfo.FrameSize;
+    if (Result < 0) then
+      Result := 0;
+
+    // reset sync info
+    AvgSyncDiff := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Fills a buffer with copies of the given Frame or with 0 if Frame is nil.
+ *)
+procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PByteArray; FrameSize: integer);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  FrameCopyCount: integer;
+begin
+  // the buffer must at least contain place for one copy of the frame.
+  if ((Buffer = nil) or (BufferSize <= 0) or (BufferSize < FrameSize)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // no valid frame -> fill with 0
+  if ((Frame = nil) or (FrameSize <= 0)) then
+  begin
+    FillChar(Buffer[0], BufferSize, 0);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // number of frames to copy
+  FrameCopyCount := BufferSize div FrameSize;
+  // insert as many copies of frame into the buffer as possible
+  for i := 0 to FrameCopyCount-1 do
+    Move(Frame[0], Buffer[i*FrameSize], FrameSize);
+end;
+
+{ TAudioVoiceStream }
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+begin
+  Self.ChannelMap := ChannelMap;
+  Self.FormatInfo := FormatInfo.Copy();
+  // a voice stream is always mono, reassure the the format is correct
+  Self.FormatInfo.Channels := 1;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioVoiceStream.Destroy;
+begin
+  Close();
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioVoiceStream.Close();
+begin
+  PerformOnClose();
+  FreeAndNil(FormatInfo);
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := FormatInfo;
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetLength(): real;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetPosition(): real;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioVoiceStream.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioVoiceStream.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UNote.pas b/src/base/UNote.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff9c6b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UNote.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UNote;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  SDL,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UTime,
+  UDisplay,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  ULyrics,
+  UScreenSing,
+  USong,
+  gl;
+
+type
+  PPLayerNote = ^TPlayerNote;
+  TPlayerNote = record
+    Start:   integer;
+    Length:  integer;
+    Detect:  real;    // accurate place, detected in the note
+    Tone:    real;
+    Perfect: boolean; // true if the note matches the original one, light the star
+    Hit:     boolean; // true if the note hits the line
+  end;
+
+  PPLayer = ^TPlayer;
+  TPlayer = record
+    Name:           UTF8String;
+
+    // Index in Teaminfo record
+    TeamID:         byte;
+    PlayerID:       byte;
+
+    // Scores
+    Score:          real;
+    ScoreLine:      real;
+    ScoreGolden:    real;
+
+    ScoreInt:       integer;
+    ScoreLineInt:   integer;
+    ScoreGoldenInt: integer;
+    ScoreTotalInt:  integer;
+
+    // LineBonus
+    ScoreLast:      real;    // Last Line Score
+
+    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect)
+    LastSentencePerfect: boolean;
+
+    HighNote:       integer; // index of last note (= High(Note)?)
+    LengthNote:     integer; // number of notes (= Length(Note)?).
+    Note:           array of TPlayerNote;
+  end;
+
+{* Player and music info *}
+var
+  {**
+   * Player info and state for each player.
+   * The amount of players is given by PlayersPlay.
+   *}
+  Player: array of TPlayer;
+
+  {**
+   * Number of players or teams playing.
+   * Possible values: 1 - 6
+   *}
+  PlayersPlay: integer;
+
+  {**
+   * Selected song for singing.
+   *}
+  CurrentSong: TSong;
+
+const
+  MAX_SONG_SCORE = 10000;     // max. achievable points per song
+  MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS = 1000; // max. achievable line bonus per song
+
+procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
+procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
+procedure NewBeatClick(Screen: TScreenSing);  // executed when on then new beat for click
+procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for detection
+procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing);       // detect note
+function  GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
+function  GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  StrUtils,
+  USongs,
+  UJoystick,
+  UCommandLine,
+  ULanguage,
+  //SDL_ttf,
+  USkins,
+  UCovers,
+  UCatCovers,
+  UDataBase,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UParty,
+  UConfig,
+  UCommon,
+  UGraphic,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UPlatform,
+  UThemes;
+
+function GetTimeForBeats(BPM, Beats: real): real;
+begin
+  Result := 60 / BPM * Beats;
+end;
+
+function GetBeats(BPM, msTime: real): real;
+begin
+  Result := BPM * msTime / 60;
+end;
+
+procedure GetMidBeatSub(BPMNum: integer; var Time: real; var CurBeat: real);
+var
+  NewTime: real;
+begin
+  if High(CurrentSong.BPM) = BPMNum then
+  begin
+    // last BPM
+    CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
+    Time := 0;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // not last BPM
+    // count how much time is it for start of the new BPM and store it in NewTime
+    NewTime := GetTimeForBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat);
+
+    // compare it to remaining time
+    if (Time - NewTime) > 0 then
+    begin
+      // there is still remaining time
+      CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat;
+      Time := Time - NewTime;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // there is no remaining time
+      CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
+      Time := 0;
+    end; // if
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
+var
+  CurBeat: real;
+  CurBPM:  integer;
+begin
+  // static BPM
+  if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
+  begin
+    Result := Time * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60;
+  end
+  // variable BPM
+  else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
+  begin
+    CurBeat := 0;
+    CurBPM := 0;
+    while (Time > 0) do
+    begin
+      GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
+      Inc(CurBPM);
+    end;
+
+    Result := CurBeat;
+  end
+  // invalid BPM
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
+var
+  CurBPM: integer;
+begin
+  // static BPM
+  if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
+  begin
+    Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000 + Beat * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM;
+  end
+  // variable BPM
+  else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
+  begin
+    Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000;
+    CurBPM := 0;
+    while (CurBPM <= High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
+          (Beat > CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat) do
+    begin
+      if (CurBPM < High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
+         (Beat >= CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
+      begin
+        // full range
+        Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
+                           (CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
+      end;
+
+      if (CurBPM = High(CurrentSong.BPM)) or
+         (Beat < CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
+      begin
+        // in the middle
+        Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
+                           (Beat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
+      end;
+      Inc(CurBPM);
+    end;
+
+    {
+    while (Time > 0) do
+    begin
+      GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
+      Inc(CurBPM);
+    end;
+    }
+  end
+  // invalid BPM
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+  Count:   integer;
+  CountGr: integer;
+  CP:      integer;
+begin
+  LyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+
+  // sentences routines
+  for CountGr := 0 to 0 do //High(Lines)
+  begin;
+    CP := CountGr;
+    // old parts
+    LyricsState.OldLine := Lines[CP].Current;
+
+    // choose current parts
+    for Count := 0 to Lines[CP].High do
+    begin
+      if LyricsState.CurrentBeat >= Lines[CP].Line[Count].Start then
+        Lines[CP].Current := Count;
+    end;
+
+    // clean player note if there is a new line
+    // (optimization on halfbeat time)
+    if Lines[CP].Current <> LyricsState.OldLine then
+      NewSentence(Screen);
+
+  end; // for CountGr
+
+  // make some operations on clicks
+  if {(LyricsState.CurrentBeatC >= 0) and }(LyricsState.OldBeatC <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
+    NewBeatClick(Screen);
+
+  // make some operations when detecting new voice pitch
+  if (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= 0) and (LyricsState.OldBeatD <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+    NewBeatDetect(Screen);
+end;
+
+procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  // clean note of player
+  for i := 0 to High(Player) do
+  begin
+    Player[i].LengthNote := 0;
+    Player[i].HighNote := -1;
+    SetLength(Player[i].Note, 0);
+  end;
+
+  // on sentence change...
+  Screen.onSentenceChange(Lines[0].Current);
+end;
+
+procedure NewBeatClick;
+var
+  Count: integer;
+begin
+  // beat click
+  if ((Ini.BeatClick = 1) and
+      ((LyricsState.CurrentBeatC + Lines[0].Resolution + Lines[0].NotesGAP) mod Lines[0].Resolution = 0)) then
+  begin
+    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
+  end;
+
+  for Count := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+  begin
+    if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Count].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
+    begin
+      // click assist
+      if Ini.ClickAssist = 1 then
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
+
+      // drum machine
+      (*
+      TempBeat := LyricsState.CurrentBeat; // + 2;
+      if (TempBeat mod 8 = 0) then Music.PlayDrum;
+      if (TempBeat mod 8 = 4) then Music.PlayClap;
+      //if (TempBeat mod 4 = 2) then Music.PlayHihat;
+      if (TempBeat mod 4 <> 0) then Music.PlayHihat;
+      *)
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing);
+  var
+    SentenceEnd: integer;
+    I: cardinal;
+begin
+  NewNote(Screen);
+
+  // check for sentence end
+  // we check all lines here because a new sentence may
+  // have been started even before the old one finishes
+  // due to corrupt lien breaks
+  // checking only current line works to, but may lead to
+  // weird ratings for the song files w/ the mentioned
+  // errors
+  // To-Do Philipp : check current and last line should
+  // do it for most corrupt txt and for lines in
+  // non-corrupt txts that start immediatly after the prev.
+  // line ends
+  if (assigned(Screen)) then
+  begin
+    for I := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+    begin
+      with Lines[0].Line[I] do
+      begin
+        if (HighNote >= 0) then
+        begin
+          SentenceEnd := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+
+          if (LyricsState.OldBeatD < SentenceEnd) and (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= SentenceEnd) then
+            Screen.OnSentenceEnd(I);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+  LineFragmentIndex:   integer;
+  CurrentLineFragment: PLineFragment;
+  PlayerIndex:         integer;
+  CurrentSound:        TCaptureBuffer;
+  CurrentPlayer:       PPlayer;
+  LastPlayerNote:      PPlayerNote;
+  Line: 	       PLine;
+  SentenceIndex:       integer;
+  SentenceMin:         integer;
+  SentenceMax:         integer;
+  SentenceDetected:    integer; // sentence of detected note
+  NoteAvailable:       boolean;
+  NewNote:             boolean;
+  Range:               integer;
+  NoteHit:             boolean;
+  MaxSongPoints:       integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
+  CurNotePoints:       real;    // Points for the cur. Note (PointsperNote * ScoreFactor[CurNote])
+begin
+  // TODO: add duet mode support
+  // use Lines[LineSetIndex] with LineSetIndex depending on the current player
+
+  // count min and max sentence range for checking 
+  // (detection is delayed to the notes we see on the screen)
+  SentenceMin := Lines[0].Current-1;
+  if (SentenceMin < 0) then
+    SentenceMin := 0;
+  SentenceMax := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  // check for an active note at the current time defined in the lyrics
+  NoteAvailable := false;
+  SentenceDetected := SentenceMin;
+  for SentenceIndex := SentenceMin to SentenceMax do
+  begin
+    Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
+    for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+    begin
+      CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+      // check if line is active
+      if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) and
+          (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length-1 >= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) and
+         (CurrentLineFragment.NoteType <> ntFreestyle) and       // but ignore FreeStyle notes
+         (CurrentLineFragment.Length > 0) then                   // and make sure the note length is at least 1
+      begin
+        SentenceDetected := SentenceIndex;
+        NoteAvailable := true;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+    // TODO: break here, if NoteAvailable is true? We would then use the first instead
+    // of the last note matching the current beat if notes overlap. But notes
+    // should not overlap at all.
+    // if (NoteAvailable) then
+    //  Break;
+  end;
+
+  // analyze player signals
+  for PlayerIndex := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+  begin
+    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
+    CurrentSound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[PlayerIndex];
+
+    // at the beginning of the song there is no previous note
+    if (Length(CurrentPlayer.Note) > 0) then
+      LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote]
+    else
+      LastPlayerNote := nil;
+
+    // analyze buffer
+    CurrentSound.AnalyzeBuffer;
+
+    // add some noise
+    // TODO: do we need this?
+    //LyricsState.Tone := LyricsState.Tone + Round(Random(3)) - 1;
+
+    // add note if possible
+    if (CurrentSound.ToneValid and NoteAvailable) then
+    begin
+      Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
+
+      // process until last note
+      for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+      begin
+        CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+        if (CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) and
+           (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length > LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) then
+        begin
+          // compare notes (from song-file and from player)
+
+          // move players tone to proper octave
+          while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone > 6) do
+            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone - 12;
+
+          while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone < -6) do
+            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone + 12;
+
+          // half size notes patch
+          NoteHit := false;
+
+          // if Ini.Difficulty = 0 then Range := 2;
+          // if Ini.Difficulty = 1 then Range := 1;
+          // if Ini.Difficulty = 2 then Range := 0;
+          Range := 2 - Ini.Difficulty;
+
+          // check if the player hit the correct tone within the tolerated range
+          if (Abs(CurrentLineFragment.Tone - CurrentSound.Tone) <= Range) then
+          begin
+            // adjust the players tone to the correct one
+            // TODO: do we need to do this?
+            // Philipp: I think we do, at least when we draw the notes.
+            //          Otherwise the notehit thing would be shifted to the
+            //          correct unhit note. I think this will look kind of strange.
+            CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentLineFragment.Tone;
+
+            // half size notes patch
+            NoteHit := true;
+
+            if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
+              MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS
+            else
+              MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE;
+
+            // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
+            // (MaxSongPoints / ScoreValue) is the points that a player
+            // gets for a hit of one beat of a normal note
+            // CurNotePoints is the amount of points that is meassured
+            // for a hit of the note per full beat
+            CurNotePoints := (MaxSongPoints / Lines[0].ScoreValue) * ScoreFactor[CurrentLineFragment.NoteType];
+            
+            case CurrentLineFragment.NoteType of
+              ntNormal: CurrentPlayer.Score       := CurrentPlayer.Score       + CurNotePoints;
+              ntGolden: CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden := CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden + CurNotePoints;
+            end;
+
+            // a problem if we use floor instead of round is that a score of
+            // 10000 points is only possible if the last digit of the total points
+            // for golden and normal notes is 0.
+            // if we use round, the max score is 10000 for most songs
+            // but a score of 10010 is possible if the last digit of the total
+            // points for golden and normal notes is 5
+            // the best solution is to use round for one of these scores
+            // and round the other score in the opposite direction
+            // so we assure that the highest possible score is 10000 in every case.
+            CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt := round(CurrentPlayer.Score / 10) * 10;
+
+            if (CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt < CurrentPlayer.Score) then
+              //normal score is floored so we have to ceil golden notes score
+              CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := ceil(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10
+            else
+              //normal score is ceiled so we have to floor golden notes score
+              CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10;
+
+
+            CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
+                                           CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt +
+                                           CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
+          end;
+
+        end; // operation
+      end; // for
+
+      // check if we have to add a new note or extend the note's length
+      if (SentenceDetected = SentenceMax) then
+      begin
+        // we will add a new note
+        NewNote := true;
+
+        // if previous note (if any) was the same, extend previous note
+        if ((CurrentPlayer.LengthNote > 0) and
+            (LastPlayerNote <> nil) and
+            (LastPlayerNote.Tone = CurrentSound.Tone) and
+            ((LastPlayerNote.Start + LastPlayerNote.Length) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) then
+        begin
+          NewNote := false;
+        end;
+
+        // if is not as new note to control
+        for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+        begin
+          if (Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+            NewNote := true;
+        end;
+
+        // add new note
+        if NewNote then
+        begin
+          // new note
+          Inc(CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
+          Inc(CurrentPlayer.HighNote);
+          SetLength(CurrentPlayer.Note, CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
+
+          // update player's last note
+          LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote];
+          with LastPlayerNote^ do
+          begin
+            Start  := LyricsState.CurrentBeatD;
+            Length := 1;
+            Tone   := CurrentSound.Tone; // Tone || ToneAbs
+            Detect := LyricsState.MidBeat;
+            Hit    := NoteHit; // half note patch
+          end;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          // extend note length
+          if (LastPlayerNote <> nil) then
+            Inc(LastPlayerNote.Length);
+        end;
+
+        // check for perfect note and then light the star (on Draw)
+        for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+        begin
+          CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+          if (CurrentLineFragment.Start  = LastPlayerNote.Start) and
+             (CurrentLineFragment.Length = LastPlayerNote.Length) and
+             (CurrentLineFragment.Tone   = LastPlayerNote.Tone) then
+          begin
+            LastPlayerNote.Perfect := true;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end; // if SentenceDetected = SentenceMax
+
+    end; // if Detected
+  end; // for PlayerIndex
+
+  //Log.LogStatus('EndBeat', 'NewBeat');
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UParty.pas b/src/base/UParty.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc485dca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UParty.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1026 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UParty;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  ULua;
+
+type
+  { array holds ids of modes or Party_Round_Random
+    its length defines the number of rounds
+    it is used as argument for TPartyGame.StartParty }
+  ARounds = array of integer;
+
+  { element of APartyTeamRanking returned by TPartyGame.GetTeamRanking
+    and parameter for TPartyGame.SetWinner }
+  TParty_TeamRanking = record
+    Team: Integer; //< id of team
+    Rank: Integer; //< 1 to Length(Teams) e.g. 1 is for placed first
+  end;
+  AParty_TeamRanking = array of TParty_TeamRanking; //< returned by TPartyGame.GetTeamRanking
+
+  TParty_RoundList = record
+    Index: integer;
+    Name: UTF8String;
+  end;
+  AParty_ModeList = array of TParty_RoundList;
+
+  { record used by TPartyGame to store round specific data }
+  TParty_Round = record
+    Mode:   Integer;
+    AlreadyPlayed: Boolean; //< true if round was already played
+    Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+    RankingSet: Boolean; //< true if Self.Ranking is already set
+  end;
+
+  TParty_ModeInfo = record
+    Name: String; // name of this mode
+    Parent: Integer;   // Id of owning plugin
+
+    CanNonParty: Boolean; //< is playable when not in party mode
+    CanParty: Boolean;    //< is playable in party mode
+
+    // one bit in the following settings stands for
+    // a player or team count
+    // PlayerCount = 2 or 4 indicates that the mode is playable with 2 and 3 players per team
+    // TeamCount = 1 or 2 or 4 or 8 or 16 or 32 indicates that the mode is playable with 1 to 6 teams
+    PlayerCount: Integer;   //< playable with one, two, three etc. players per team
+    TeamCount: Integer;     //< playable with one, two, three etc. different teams
+
+
+    Functions: record // lua functions that will be called at specific events
+      BeforeSongSelect: String; // default actions are executed if functions = nil
+      AfterSongSelect: String;
+
+      BeforeSing: String;
+      OnSing: String;
+      AfterSing: String;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  { used by TPartyGame to store player specific data }
+  TParty_PlayerInfo = record
+    Name: String;         //< Playername
+    TimesPlayed: Integer; //< How often this Player has Sung
+  end;
+
+  { used by TPartyGame to store team specific data }
+  TParty_TeamInfo = record
+    Name:  String;        //< name of the Team
+    Score: Word;          //< current score
+    JokersLeft: Integer;  //< jokers this team has left
+
+    NextPlayer: Integer;  //Id of the player that plays the next (the current) song
+
+    Players: array of TParty_PlayerInfo;
+  end;
+
+  TPartyGame = class
+  private
+    bPartyGame: boolean; //< are we playing party or standard mode
+    CurRound: Integer;   //< indicates which of the elements of Rounds is played next (at the moment)
+
+    bPartyStarted: Boolean;
+
+    TimesPlayed: array of Integer; //< times every mode was played in current party game (for random mode calculation)
+
+    procedure GenScores;
+    function GetRandomMode: integer;
+    function GetRandomPlayer(Team: integer): integer;
+
+    { returns true if a mode is playable with current playerconfig }
+    function ModePlayable(I: integer): boolean;
+
+    function CallLua(Parent: Integer; Func: String):Boolean;
+
+    procedure SetRankingByScore;
+  public
+    //Teams: TTeamInfo;
+    Rounds: array of TParty_Round;    //< holds info which modes are played in this party game (if started)
+    Teams: array of TParty_TeamInfo;  //< holds info of teams playing in current round (private for easy manipulation of lua functions)
+
+    Modes: array of TParty_ModeInfo;  //< holds info of registred party modes
+
+    property CurrentRound: Integer read CurRound;
+
+    constructor Create;
+
+    { set the attributes of Info to default values }
+    procedure DefaultModeInfo(var Info: TParty_ModeInfo);
+
+    { registers a new mode, returns true on success
+      (mode name does not already exist) }
+    function RegisterMode(Info: TParty_ModeInfo): Boolean;
+
+    { returns true if modes are available for
+      players and teams that are currently set
+      up. if there are no teams set up it returns
+      if there are any party modes available }
+    function ModesAvailable: Boolean;
+
+    { returns an array with the name of all available modes (that
+      are playable with current player configuration }
+    function GetAvailableModes: AParty_ModeList;
+
+    { clears all party specific data previously stored }
+    procedure Clear;
+
+    { adds a team to the team array, returning its id
+      can only be called when game is not already started }
+    function AddTeam(Name: String): Integer;
+
+    { adds a player to the player array, returning its id
+      can only be called when game is not already started }
+    function AddPlayer(Team: Integer; Name: String): Integer;
+
+    { starts a new PartyGame, returns true on success
+      before a call of this function teams and players
+      has to be added by AddTeam and AddPlayer }
+
+    function StartGame(Rounds: ARounds): Boolean;
+
+    { sets the winner(s) of current round
+      returns true on success }
+    function SetRanking(Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking): Boolean;
+
+    { increases players TimesPlayed value }
+    procedure IncTimesPlayed;
+
+    { increases round counter by 1 and clears all round specific information;
+      returns the number of the current round or -1 if last round has already
+      been played }
+    function NextRound: integer;
+
+    { indicates that current round has already been played }
+    procedure RoundPlayed;
+
+    { true if in a Party Game (not in standard mode) }
+    property PartyGame: Boolean read BPartyGame;
+
+
+    { returns true if last round was already played }
+    function GameFinished: Boolean;
+
+    { call plugins defined function and/or default procedure
+      only default procedure is called when no function is defined by plugin
+      if plugins function returns true then default is called after plugins
+      function was executed}
+    procedure CallBeforeSongSelect;
+    procedure CallAfterSongSelect;
+    procedure CallBeforeSing;
+    procedure CallOnSing;
+    procedure CallAfterSing;
+
+    { returns an array[1..6] of TParty_TeamRanking.
+      the index stands for the placing,
+      team is the team number (in the team array)
+      rank is correct rank if some teams have the
+      same score. 
+      }
+    function GetTeamRanking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+
+    { returns a string like "Team 1 (and Team 2) win" }
+    function GetWinnerString(Round: integer): UTF8String;
+
+    destructor  Destroy; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  { minimal amount of teams for party mode }
+  Party_Teams_Min = 2;
+
+  { maximal amount of teams for party mode }
+  Party_Teams_Max = 3;
+
+  { minimal amount of players for party mode }
+  Party_Players_Min = 1;
+
+  { maximal amount of players for party mode }
+  Party_Players_Max = 4;
+
+  { amount of jokers each team gets at the beginning of the game }
+  Party_Count_Jokers = 5;
+
+  { to indicate that element (mode) should set randomly in ARounds array }
+  Party_Round_Random = -1;
+
+  { values for TParty_TeamRanking.Rank }
+  PR_First = 1;
+  PR_Second = 2;
+  PR_Third = 3;
+  
+  StandardModus = 0; //Modus Id that will be played in non-party mode
+
+var
+  Party: TPartyGame;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  ULuaCore,
+  UDisplay,
+  USong,
+  UNote,
+  SysUtils;
+
+//-------------
+// Just the constructor
+//-------------
+constructor TPartyGame.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Clear;
+end;
+
+destructor TPartyGame.Destroy;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+{ clears all party specific data previously stored }
+procedure TPartyGame.Clear;
+  var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+  bPartyGame := false; // no party game
+  CurRound := low(integer);
+
+  bPartyStarted := false; //game not startet
+
+  SetLength(Teams, 0); //remove team info
+  SetLength(Rounds, 0); //remove round info
+
+  // clear times played
+  for I := 0 to High(TimesPlayed) do
+    TimesPlayed[I] := 0;
+end;
+
+{ private: some intelligent randomnes for plugins }
+function TPartyGame.GetRandomMode: integer;
+var
+  LowestTP: integer;
+  NumPwithLTP: integer;
+  I: integer;
+  R: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0; //If there are no matching modes, play first modus
+  LowestTP := high(Integer);
+  NumPwithLTP := 0;
+
+  // search for the plugins less played yet
+  for I := 0 to high(Modes) do
+  begin
+    if (ModePlayable(I)) then
+    begin
+      if (TimesPlayed[I] < lowestTP) then
+      begin
+        lowestTP := TimesPlayed[I];
+        NumPwithLTP := 1;
+      end
+      else if (TimesPlayed[I] = lowestTP) then
+      begin
+        Inc(NumPwithLTP);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // create random number
+  R := Random(NumPwithLTP);
+
+  // select the random mode from the modes with less timesplayed
+  for I := 0 to high(Modes) do
+  begin
+    if (TimesPlayed[I] = lowestTP) and (ModePlayable(I)) then
+    begin
+      //Plugin found
+      if (R = 0) then
+      begin
+        Result := I;
+        Inc(TimesPlayed[I]);
+        Break;
+      end;
+
+      Dec(R);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ private: GetRandomPlayer - returns a random player
+                             that does not play to often ;) }
+function TPartyGame.GetRandomPlayer(Team: integer): integer;
+var
+  I, R: integer;
+  lowestTP: Integer;
+  NumPwithLTP: Integer;
+begin
+  LowestTP := high(Integer);
+  NumPwithLTP := 0;
+  Result := 0;
+
+  // search for players that have less played yet
+  for I := 0 to High(Teams[Team].Players) do
+  begin
+    if (Teams[Team].Players[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then
+    begin
+      lowestTP := Teams[Team].Players[I].TimesPlayed;
+      NumPwithLTP := 1;
+    end
+    else if (Teams[Team].Players[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then
+    begin
+      Inc(NumPwithLTP);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // create random number
+  R := Random(NumPwithLTP);
+
+  // search for selected random player
+  for I := 0 to High(Teams[Team].Players) do
+  begin
+    if Teams[Team].Players[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP then
+    begin
+      if (R = 0) then
+      begin // found selected player
+        Result := I;
+        Break;
+      end;
+
+      Dec(R);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GenScores - inc scores for cur. round
+//----------
+procedure TPartyGame.GenScores;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Length(Teams) = 2) then
+  begin // score generation for 2 teams, winner gets 1 point
+    for I := 0 to High(Rounds[CurRound].Ranking) do
+      if (Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Rank = PR_First) then
+        Inc(Teams[Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Team].Score);
+  end
+  else if (Length(Teams) = 3) then
+  begin // score generation for 3 teams,
+    // winner gets 3 points 2nd gets 1 point
+    for I := 0 to High(Rounds[CurRound].Ranking) do
+      if (Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Rank = PR_First) then
+        Inc(Teams[Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Team].Score, 3)
+      else if (Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Rank = PR_Second) then
+        Inc(Teams[Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Team].Score);
+  end
+end;
+
+{ set the attributes of Info to default values }
+procedure TPartyGame.DefaultModeInfo(var Info: TParty_ModeInfo);
+begin
+  Info.Name := 'undefined';
+  Info.Parent := -1; //< not loaded by plugin (e.g. Duell)
+  Info.CanNonParty := false;
+  Info.CanParty := false;
+  Info.PlayerCount := High(Integer); //< no restrictions either on player count
+  Info.TeamCount := High(Integer);   //< nor on team count
+  Info.Functions.BeforeSongSelect := ''; //< use default functions
+  Info.Functions.AfterSongSelect  := '';
+  Info.Functions.BeforeSing       := '';
+  Info.Functions.OnSing           := '';
+  Info.Functions.AfterSing        := '';
+end;
+
+{ registers a new mode, returns true on success
+  (mode name does not already exist) }
+function TPartyGame.RegisterMode(Info: TParty_ModeInfo): Boolean;
+  var
+    Len: integer;
+    LowerName: String;
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (Info.Name <> 'undefined') then
+  begin
+    // search for a plugin w/ same name
+    LowerName := lowercase(Info.Name); // case sensitive search
+    for I := 0 to high(Modes) do
+      if (LowerName = lowercase(Modes[I].Name)) then
+        exit; //< no success (name already exist)
+
+    // add new mode to array and append and clear a new TimesPlayed element
+    Len := Length(Modes);
+    SetLength(Modes, Len + 1);
+    SetLength(TimesPlayed, Len + 1);
+
+    Modes[Len] := Info;
+    TimesPlayed[Len] := 0;
+
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ returns true if a mode is playable with current playerconfig }
+function TPartyGame.ModePlayable(I: integer): boolean;
+  var
+    J: integer;
+begin
+  if (Length(Teams) = 0) then
+    Result := true
+  else
+  begin
+    if (Modes[I].TeamCount and (1 shl (Length(Teams) - 1)) <> 0) then
+    begin
+      Result := true;
+
+      for J := 0 to High(Teams) do
+        Result := Result and (Modes[I].PlayerCount and (1 shl (Length(Teams[J].Players) - 1)) <> 0);
+    end
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ returns true if modes are available for
+  players and teams that are currently set
+  up. if there are no teams set up it returns
+  if there are any party modes available }
+function TPartyGame.ModesAvailable: Boolean;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+    CountTeams: integer;
+begin
+  CountTeams := Length(Teams);
+  if CountTeams = 0 then
+  begin
+    Result := (Length(Modes) > 0);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    for I := 0 to High(Modes) do
+    begin
+      Result := ModePlayable(I);
+
+      if Result then
+        Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;       
+
+{ returns an array with the name of all available modes (that
+  are playable with current player configuration }
+function TPartyGame.GetAvailableModes: AParty_ModeList;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+    Len: integer;
+begin
+  Len := 0;
+  SetLength(Result, Len + 1);
+  Result[Len].Index := Party_Round_Random;
+  Result[Len].Name := Language.Translate('MODE_RANDOM_NAME');
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Modes) do
+    if (ModePlayable(I)) then
+    begin
+      Inc(Len);
+      SetLength(Result, Len + 1);
+      Result[Len].Index := I;
+      Result[Len].Name := Language.Translate('MODE_' + Uppercase(Modes[I].Name) + '_NAME');
+    end;
+end;
+
+{ adds a team to the team array, returning its id
+  can only be called when game is not already started }
+function TPartyGame.AddTeam(Name: String): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  if (not bPartyStarted) and (Length(Name) > 0) and (Length(Teams) < Party_Teams_Max) then
+  begin
+    Result := Length(Teams);
+    SetLength(Teams, Result + 1);
+
+    Teams[Result].Name := Name;
+    Teams[Result].Score := 0;
+    Teams[Result].JokersLeft := Party_Count_Jokers;
+    Teams[Result].NextPlayer := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ adds a player to the player array, returning its id
+  can only be called when game is not already started }
+function TPartyGame.AddPlayer(Team: Integer; Name: String): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if (not bPartyStarted) and (Team >= 0) and (Team <= High(Teams)) and (Length(Teams[Team].Players) < Party_Players_Max) and (Length(Name) > 0) then
+  begin
+    // append element to players array
+    Result := Length(Teams[Team].Players);
+    SetLength(Teams[Team].Players, Result + 1);
+
+    // fill w/ data
+    Teams[Team].Players[Result].Name := Name;
+    Teams[Team].Players[Result].TimesPlayed := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ starts a new PartyGame, returns true on success
+  before a call of this function teams and players
+  has to be added by AddTeam and AddPlayer }
+function TPartyGame.StartGame(Rounds: ARounds): Boolean;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (not bPartyStarted) and (Length(Rounds) > 0) and (Length(Teams) >= Party_Teams_Min) then
+  begin
+    // check teams for minimal player count
+    for I := 0 to High(Teams) do
+      if (Length(Teams[I].Players) < Party_Players_Min) then
+        exit;
+
+    // create rounds array
+    SetLength(Self.Rounds, Length(Rounds));
+
+    for I := 0 to High(Rounds) do
+    begin
+      // copy round or select a random round
+      if (Rounds[I] <> Party_Round_Random) and (Rounds[I] >= 0) and (Rounds[I] <= High(Modes)) then
+        Self.Rounds[I].Mode := Rounds[I]
+      else
+        Self.Rounds[I].Mode := GetRandomMode;
+
+      Self.Rounds[I].AlreadyPlayed := false;
+      Self.Rounds[I].RankingSet := false;
+
+      SetLength(Self.Rounds[I].Ranking, 0);
+    end;
+
+    // get the party started!11
+    bPartyStarted := true;
+    bPartyGame := true;
+    CurRound := low(integer); //< set not to -1 to indicate that party game is not finished
+
+    // first round
+    NextRound;
+
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ sets the winner(s) of current round
+  returns true on success }
+function TPartyGame.SetRanking(Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking): Boolean;
+  var
+    I, J: Integer;
+    TeamExists: Integer;
+    Len: Integer;
+    Temp: TParty_TeamRanking;
+begin
+  if (bPartyStarted) and (CurRound >= 0) and (CurRound <= High(Rounds)) then
+  begin
+    Rounds[CurRound].Ranking := Ranking;
+    Result := true;
+
+    // look for teams that don't exist
+    TeamExists := 0;
+    for I := 0 to High(Rounds[CurRound].Ranking) do
+      TeamExists := TeamExists or (1 shl (Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Team-1));
+
+    // create teams that don't exist
+    Len := Length(Rounds[CurRound].Ranking);
+    for I := 0 to High(Teams) do
+      if (TeamExists and (1 shl I) = 0) then
+      begin
+        Inc(Len);
+        SetLength(Rounds[CurRound].Ranking, Len);
+        Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[Len-1].Team := I + 1;
+        Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[Len-1].Rank := Length(Teams);
+      end;
+
+    // we may remove rankings from invalid teams here to
+    // but at the moment this is not necessary, because the
+    // functions this function is called from don't create
+    // invalid rankings
+
+    // bubble sort rankings by team
+    J := High(Rounds[CurRound].Ranking);
+    repeat
+      for I := 0 to J - 1 do
+        if (Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I].Team > Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I+1].Team) then
+        begin
+          Temp := Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I];
+          Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I] := Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I+1];
+          Rounds[CurRound].Ranking[I+1] := Temp;
+        end;
+      Dec(J);
+    until J <= 0;
+
+    //set rounds RankingSet to true
+    Rounds[CurRound].RankingSet := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+{ sets ranking of current round by score saved in players array }
+procedure TPartyGame.SetRankingByScore;
+  var
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Rank: Integer;
+    Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+    Scores: array of Integer;
+    TmpRanking: TParty_TeamRanking;
+    TmpScore: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Length(Player) = Length(Teams)) then
+  begin
+    SetLength(Ranking, Length(Teams));
+    SetLength(Scores, Length(Teams));
+
+    // fill ranking array
+    for I := 0 to High(Ranking) do
+    begin
+      Ranking[I].Team := I;
+      Ranking[I].Rank := 0;
+      Scores[I] := Player[I].ScoreTotalInt;
+    end;
+
+    // bubble sort by score
+    J := High(Ranking);
+    repeat
+      for I := 0 to J - 1 do
+        if (Scores[I] < Scores[I+1]) then
+        begin
+          TmpRanking := Ranking[I];
+          Ranking[I] := Ranking[I+1];
+          Ranking[I+1] := TmpRanking;
+
+          TmpScore := Scores[I];
+          Scores[I] := Scores[I+1];
+          Scores[I+1] := TmpScore;
+        end;
+      Dec(J);
+    until J <= 0;
+
+    // set rank field
+    Rank := 1; //first rank has id 1
+    for I := 0 to High(Ranking) do
+    begin
+      Ranking[I].Rank := Rank;
+
+      if (I < High(Ranking)) and (Scores[I] <> Scores[I+1]) then
+        Inc(Rank); // next rank if next team has different score
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    SetLength(Ranking, 0);
+
+  SetRanking(Ranking);
+end;
+
+{ increases players TimesPlayed value }
+procedure TPartyGame.IncTimesPlayed;
+  var I: Integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(Teams) do
+    with Teams[I] do
+      Inc(Players[NextPlayer].TimesPlayed);
+end;
+
+{ increases round counter by 1 and clears all round specific information;
+  returns the number of the current round or -1 if last round has already
+  been played }
+function TPartyGame.NextRound: integer;
+  var I: Integer;
+begin
+  // some lines concerning the previous round
+  if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    IncTimesPlayed;
+    
+    Rounds[CurRound].AlreadyPlayed := true;
+
+    GenScores;
+  end;
+
+  // increase round counter
+  Inc(CurRound);
+  if (CurRound < -1) then // we start first round
+    CurRound := 0;
+
+  if (CurRound > High(Rounds)) then
+    CurRound := -1; //< last round played
+
+  Result := CurRound;
+
+  // some lines concerning the next round
+  if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    // select player
+    for I := 0 to High(Teams) do
+      Teams[I].NextPlayer := GetRandomPlayer(I);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ indicates that current round has already been played }
+procedure TPartyGame.RoundPlayed;
+begin
+  if (bPartyStarted) and (CurRound >= 0) and (CurRound <= High(Rounds)) then
+  begin
+    // set rounds ranking by score if it was not set by plugin
+    if (not Rounds[CurRound].RankingSet) then
+      SetRankingByScore;
+
+    Rounds[CurRound].AlreadyPlayed := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ returns true if last round was already played }
+function TPartyGame.GameFinished: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (bPartyStarted and (CurRound = -1));
+end;
+
+{ private: calls the specified function Func from lua plugin Parent
+           if both exist.
+           return true if default function should be called
+           (function or plugin does not exist, or function returns
+           true) }
+function TPartyGame.CallLua(Parent: Integer; Func: String):Boolean;
+  var
+    P: TLuaPlugin;
+begin
+  // call default function by default
+  Result := true;
+
+  // check for core plugin and empty function name
+  if (Parent >= 0) and (Length(Func) > 0) then
+  begin
+    // get plugin that registred the mode
+    P := LuaCore.GetPluginById(Parent);
+
+    if (P <> nil) then
+    begin
+      if (P.CallFunctionByName(Func, 0, 1)) then
+        // check result
+        Result := (lua_toboolean(P.LuaState, 1));
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ call plugins defined function and/or default procedure
+  only default procedure is called when no function is defined by plugin
+  if plugins function returns true then default is called after plugins
+  function was executed}
+procedure TPartyGame.CallBeforeSongSelect;
+  var
+    ExecuteDefault: boolean;
+begin
+  if not bPartyStarted then
+    ExecuteDefault := true
+  else if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    // we set screen song to party mode
+    // plugin should not have to do this if it
+    // don't want default procedure to be executed
+    ScreenSong.Mode := smPartyMode;
+
+    with Modes[Rounds[CurRound].Mode] do
+      ExecuteDefault := (CallLua(Parent, Functions.BeforeSongSelect));
+  end
+  else
+    ExecuteDefault := true;
+
+  // execute default function:
+  if ExecuteDefault then
+  begin
+    // display song select screen
+    Display.FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TPartyGame.CallAfterSongSelect;
+  var
+    ExecuteDefault: boolean; 
+begin
+  if not bPartyStarted then
+    ExecuteDefault := true
+  else if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    with Modes[Rounds[CurRound].Mode] do
+      ExecuteDefault := (CallLua(Parent, Functions.AfterSongSelect));
+  end
+  else
+    ExecuteDefault := true;
+
+  // execute default function:
+  if ExecuteDefault then
+  begin
+    // display sing screen
+    ScreenSong.StartSong;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TPartyGame.CallBeforeSing;
+  var
+    ExecuteDefault: boolean;
+begin
+  if not bPartyStarted then
+    ExecuteDefault := true
+  else if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    with Modes[Rounds[CurRound].Mode] do
+      ExecuteDefault := (CallLua(Parent, Functions.BeforeSing));
+  end
+  else
+    ExecuteDefault := true;
+
+  // execute default function:
+  if ExecuteDefault then
+  begin
+    //nothing atm
+    { to-do : compartmentalize TSingScreen.OnShow into
+              functions for init of a specific part of
+              sing screen.
+              these functions should be called here before
+              sing screen is shown, or it should be called
+              by plugin if it wants to define a custom
+              singscreen start up. }
+
+    //set correct playersplay
+    if (bPartyGame) then
+      PlayersPlay := Length(Teams);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TPartyGame.CallOnSing;
+  var
+    ExecuteDefault: boolean;
+begin
+  if not bPartyStarted then
+    ExecuteDefault := true
+  else if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    with Modes[Rounds[CurRound].Mode] do
+      ExecuteDefault := (CallLua(Parent, Functions.OnSing));;
+  end
+  else
+    ExecuteDefault := true;
+
+  // execute default function:
+  if ExecuteDefault then
+  begin
+    //nothing atm
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TPartyGame.CallAfterSing;
+  var
+    ExecuteDefault: boolean;
+begin
+  if not bPartyStarted then
+    ExecuteDefault := true
+  else if (CurRound >= 0) then
+  begin
+    with Modes[Rounds[CurRound].Mode] do
+      ExecuteDefault := (CallLua(Parent, Functions.AfterSing));
+  end
+  else
+    ExecuteDefault := true;
+
+  // execute default function:
+  if ExecuteDefault then
+  begin
+    if (bPartyGame) then
+      // display party score screen
+      Display.FadeTo(@ScreenPartyScore)
+    else //display standard score screen
+      Display.FadeTo(@ScreenScore);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ returns an array[1..6] of integer. the index stands for the placing,
+  value is the team number (in the team array) }
+function TPartyGame.GetTeamRanking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+  var
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Temp: TParty_TeamRanking;
+    Rank: Integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, Length(Teams));
+
+  // fill ranking array
+  for I := 0 to High(Result) do
+  begin
+    Result[I].Team := I;
+    Result[I].Rank := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // bubble sort by score
+  J := High(Result);
+  repeat
+    for I := 0 to J - 1 do
+      if (Teams[Result[I].Team].Score < Teams[Result[I+1].Team].Score) then
+      begin
+        Temp := Result[I];
+        Result[I] := Result[I+1];
+        Result[I+1] := Temp;
+      end;
+    Dec(J);
+  until J <= 0;
+
+  // set rank field
+  Rank := 1; //first rank has id 1
+  for I := 0 to High(Result) do
+  begin
+    Result[I].Rank := Rank;
+
+    if (I < High(Result)) and (Teams[Result[I].Team].Score <> Teams[Result[I+1].Team].Score) then
+      Inc(Rank); // next rank if next team has different score 
+  end; 
+end;
+
+{ returns a string like "Team 1 (and Team 2) win"
+  if Round is in range from 0 to high(Rounds) then
+  result is name of winners of specified round.
+  if Round is -1 the result is name of winners of
+  the whole party game}
+function TPartyGame.GetWinnerString(Round: integer): UTF8String;
+var
+  Winners: array of UTF8String;
+  I: integer;
+  Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  Ranking := nil;
+  
+  if (Round >= 0) and (Round <= High(Rounds)) then
+  begin
+    if (not Rounds[Round].AlreadyPlayed) then
+      Result := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOTPLAYEDYET')
+    else
+      Ranking := Rounds[Round].Ranking;
+  end
+  else if (Round = -1) then
+    Ranking := GetTeamRanking;
+
+
+  if (Ranking <> nil) then
+  begin
+    SetLength(Winners, 0);
+    for I := 0 to High(Ranking) do
+    begin
+      if (Ranking[I].Rank = PR_First) and (Ranking[I].Team >= 0) and (Ranking[I].Team <= High(Teams)) then
+      begin
+        SetLength(Winners, Length(Winners) + 1);
+        Winners[high(Winners)] := UTF8String(Teams[Ranking[I].Team].Name);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Length(Winners) > 0) then
+      Result := Language.Implode(Winners);
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Result) = 0) then
+    Result := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOBODY');
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UPath.pas b/src/base/UPath.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7cb2f649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPath.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1427 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+unit UPath;

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+interface

+

+uses

+  SysUtils,

+  Classes,

+  IniFiles,

+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+  TntClasses,

+  {$ENDIF}

+  UConfig,

+  UUnicodeUtils;

+

+type

+  IPath = interface;

+

+  {$IFDEF FPC}

+  TFileHandle = THandle;

+  {$ELSE}

+  TFileHandle = Longint;

+  {$ENDIF}

+

+  {**

+   * TUnicodeMemoryStream

+   *}

+  TUnicodeMemoryStream = class(TMemoryStream)

+  public

+    procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: IPath);

+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: IPath);

+  end;

+

+  {**

+   * Unicode capable IniFile implementation.

+   * TMemIniFile and TIniFile are not able to handle INI-files with

+   * an UTF-8 BOM. This implementation checks if an UTF-8 BOM exists

+   * and removes it from the internal string-list.

+   * UTF8Encoded is set accordingly.

+   *}

+  TUnicodeMemIniFile = class(TMemIniFile)

+  private

+    FFilename: IPath;

+    FUTF8Encoded: boolean;

+  public

+    constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; UTF8Encoded: boolean = false); reintroduce;

+    procedure UpdateFile; override;

+    property UTF8Encoded: boolean READ FUTF8Encoded WRITE FUTF8Encoded;

+  end;

+  

+  {**

+   * TBinaryFileStream (inherited from THandleStream)

+   *}

+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+  TBinaryFileStream = class(TTntFileStream)

+  {$ELSE}

+  TBinaryFileStream = class(TFileStream)

+  {$ENDIF}

+  public

+    {**

+     * @seealso TFileStream.Create for valid Mode parameters

+     *}

+    constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; Mode: word);

+  end;

+

+  {**

+   * TTextFileStream

+   *}

+  TTextFileStream = class(TStream)

+  protected

+    fLineBreak: RawByteString;

+    fFilename: IPath;

+    fMode: word;

+

+    function ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; overload; virtual; abstract;

+  public

+    constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);

+

+    function ReadString(): RawByteString; virtual; abstract;

+    function ReadLine(var Line: UTF8String): boolean; overload;

+    function ReadLine(var Line: AnsiString): boolean; overload;

+

+    procedure WriteString(const Str: RawByteString); virtual;

+    procedure WriteLine(const Line: RawByteString); virtual;

+

+    property LineBreak: RawByteString read fLineBreak write fLineBreak;

+    property Filename: IPath read fFilename;

+  end;

+

+  {**

+   * TMemTextStream

+   *}

+  TMemTextFileStream = class(TTextFileStream)

+  private

+    fStream: TMemoryStream;

+  protected

+    function GetSize: int64; override;

+

+    {**

+     * Copies fStream.Memory from StartPos to EndPos-1 to the result string;

+     *}

+    function CopyMemString(StartPos: int64; EndPos: int64): RawByteString;

+  public

+    constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);

+    destructor Destroy(); override;

+

+    function Read(var Buffer; Count: longint): longint; override;

+    function Write(const Buffer; Count: longint): longint; override;

+    function Seek(Offset: longint; Origin: word): longint; override;

+    function Seek(const Offset: int64; Origin: TSeekOrigin): int64; override;

+

+    function ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; override;

+    function ReadString(): RawByteString; override;

+  end;

+

+  {**

+  TUnicodeIniStream = class()

+  end;

+  *}

+

+  {**

+   * pdKeep:   Keep path as is, neither remove or append a delimiter

+   * pdAppend: Append a delimiter if path does not have a trailing one 

+   * pdRemove: Remove a trailing delimiter from the path 

+   *}

+  TPathDelimOption = (pdKeep, pdAppend, pdRemove);

+

+  IPathDynArray = array of IPath;

+

+  {**

+   * An IPath represents a filename, a directory or a filesystem path in general.

+   * It hides some of the operating system's specifics like path delimiters

+   * and encodings and provides an easy to use interface to handle them.

+   * Internally all paths are stored with the same path delimiter (PathDelim)

+   * and encoding (UTF-8). The transformation is already done AT THE CREATION of

+   * the IPath and hence calls to e.g. IPath.Equal() will not distinguish between

+   * Unix and Windows style paths.

+   *

+   * Create new paths with one of the Path() functions.

+   * If you need a string representation use IPath.ToNative/ToUTF8/ToWide.

+   * Note that due to the path-delimiter and encoding transformation the string

+   * might have changed. Path('one\test/path').ToUTF8() might return 'one/test/path'.

+   *

+   * It is recommended to use an IPath as long as possible without a string

+   * conversion (IPath.To...()). The whole Delphi (< 2009) and FPC RTL is ANSI

+   * only on Windows. If you would use for example FileExists(MyPath.ToNative)

+   * it would not find a file which contains characters that are not in the

+   * current locale. Same applies to AssignFile(), TFileStream.Create() and

+   * everything else in the RTL that expects a filename.

+   * As a rule of thumb: NEVER use any of the Delphi/FPC RTL filename functions

+   * if the filename parameter is not of a UTF8String or WideString type.

+   *

+   * If you need to open a file use TBinaryStream or TFileStream instead. Many

+   * of the RTL classes offer a LoadFromStream() method so ANSI Open() methods

+   * can be workaround.

+   *

+   * If there is only a ANSI and no IPath/UTF-8/WideString version and you cannot

+   * even pass a stream instead of a filename be aware that even if you know that

+   * a filename is ASCII only, subdirectories in an absolute path might contain

+   * some non-ASCII characters (for example the user's name) and hence might

+   * fail (if the characters are not in the current locale).

+   * It is rare but it happens.

+   *

+   * IMPORTANT:

+   *   This interface needs the cwstring unit on Unix (Max OS X / Linux) systems.

+   *   Cwstring functions (WideUpperCase, ...) cannot be used by external threads

+   *   as FPC uses Thread-Local-Storage for the implementation. As a result do not

+   *   call IPath stuff by external threads (e.g. in C callbacks or by SDL-threads).

+   *}

+  IPath = interface

+  ['{686BF103-CE43-4598-B85D-A2C3AF950897}']

+    {**

+     * Returns the path as an UTF8 encoded string.

+     * If UseNativeDelim is set to true, the native path delimiter ('\' on win32)

+     * is used. If it is set to false the (more) portable '/' delimiter will used.

+     *}

+    function ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean = true): UTF8String;

+

+    {**

+     * Returns the path as an UTF-16 encoded string.

+     * If UseNativeDelim is set to true, the native path delimiter ('\' on win32)

+     * is used. If it is set to false the delimiter will be '/'.

+     *}

+    function ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean = true): WideString;

+

+    {**

+     * Returns the path with the system's native encoding and path delimiter.

+     * Win32: ANSI (use the UTF-16 version IPath.ToWide() whenever possible)

+     * Mac:   UTF8

+     * Unix:  UTF8 or ANSI according to LC_CTYPE

+     *}

+    function ToNative(): RawByteString;

+

+    {**

+     * Note: File must be closed with FileClose(Handle) after usage

+     * @seealso SysUtils.FileOpen()

+     *}

+    function Open(Mode: longword): TFileHandle;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileDrive() *}

+    function GetDrive(): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFilePath() *}

+    function GetPath(): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileDir() *}

+    function GetDir(): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileName() *}

+    function GetName(): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileExtension() *}

+    function GetExtension(): IPath;

+

+    {**

+     * Returns a copy of the path with the extension changed to Extension.

+     * The file itself is not changed, use Rename() for this task.

+     * @seealso SysUtils.ChangeFileExt()

+     *}

+    function SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; overload;

+    function SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; overload;

+    function SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; overload;

+

+    {**

+     * Returns the representation of the path relative to Basename.

+     * Note that the basename must be terminated with a path delimiter

+     * otherwise the last path component will be ignored.

+     * @seealso SysUtils.ExtractRelativePath()

+     *}

+    function GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExpandFileName() *}

+    function GetAbsolutePath(): IPath;

+

+    {**

+     * Returns the concatenation of this path with Child. If this path does not

+     * end with a path delimiter one is inserted in front of the Child path.

+     * Example: Path('parent').Append(Path('child')) -> Path('parent/child')

+     *}

+    function Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;

+    function Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;

+    function Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;

+

+    {**

+     * Splits the path into its components. Path delimiters are not removed from

+     * components. 

+     * Example: C:\test\my\dir -> ['C:\', 'test\', 'my\', 'dir']

+     *}

+    function SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray;

+

+    {**

+     * Returns the parent directory or PATH_NONE if none exists.

+     *}

+    function GetParent(): IPath;

+

+    {**

+     * Checks if this path is a subdir of or file inside Parent.

+     * If Direct is true this path must be a direct child.

+     * Example: C:\test\file is a direct child of C:\test and a child of C:\

+     *}

+    function IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean;

+

+    {**

+     * Adjusts the case of the path on case senstitive filesystems.

+     * If the path does not exist or the filesystem is case insensitive

+     * the original path will be returned. Otherwise a corrected copy.

+     *}

+    function AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter() *}

+    function AppendPathDelim(): IPath;

+

+    {** @seealso SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter() *}

+    function RemovePathDelim(): IPath;

+

+    function Exists(): boolean;

+    function IsFile(): boolean;

+    function IsDirectory(): boolean;

+    function IsAbsolute(): boolean;

+    function GetFileAge(): integer; overload;

+    function GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;

+    function GetAttr(): cardinal;

+    function SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean;

+    function IsReadOnly(): boolean;

+    function SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;

+

+    {**

+     * Checks if this path points to nothing, that means the path consists of

+     * the empty string '' and hence equals PATH_NONE.

+     * This is a shortcut for IPath.Equals('') or IPath.Equals(PATH_NONE).

+     * If IsUnset() returns true this path and PATH_NONE are equal but they must

+     * not be identical as the references might point to different objects.

+     *

+     * Example:

+     *   Path('').Equals(PATH_EMPTY) -> true

+     *   Path('') = PATH_EMPTY       -> false

+     *}

+    function IsUnset(): boolean;

+    function IsSet(): boolean;

+

+    {**

+     * Compares this path with Other and returns true if both paths are

+     * equal. Both paths are expanded and trailing slashes excluded before

+     * comparison. If IgnoreCase is true, the case will be ignored on

+     * case-sensitive filesystems.

+     *}

+    function Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload;

+    function Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload;

+    function Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload;

+

+    {**

+     * Searches for a file in DirList. The Result is nil if the file was

+     * not found. Use IFileSystem.FileFind() instead if you want to use

+     * wildcards.

+     * @seealso SysUtils.FileSearch()

+     *}

+    function FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath;

+

+    {**

+     * File must be closed with FileClose(Handle) after usage

+     *}

+    function CreateFile(): TFileHandle;

+    function DeleteFile(): boolean;

+    function CreateDirectory(Force: boolean = false): boolean;

+    function DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean;

+    function Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean;

+    function CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;

+

+    // TODO: Dirwatch stuff

+    // AddFileChangeListener(Listener: TFileChangeListener);

+

+    {**

+     * Internal string representation. For debugging only.

+     *}

+    function GetIntern: UTF8String;

+    property Intern: UTF8String READ GetIntern;

+  end;

+

+{**

+ * Creates a new path with the given pathname. PathName can be either in UTF8

+ * or the local encoding.

+ * Notes:

+ * - On Apple only UTF8 is supported

+ * - Same applies to Unix with LC_CTYPE set to UTF8 encoding (default on newer systems)

+ *}

+function Path(const PathName: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;

+function Path(PathName: PChar; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;

+

+{**

+ * Creates a new path with the given UTF-16 pathname.

+ *}

+function Path(const PathName: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload;

+

+{**

+ * Returns a singleton for Path('').

+ *}

+function PATH_NONE(): IPath;

+

+implementation

+

+uses

+  RTLConsts,

+  UTextEncoding,

+  UFilesystem;

+

+{*

+ * Due to a compiler bug in FPC <= 2.2.4 reference counting does not work

+ * properly with interfaces (see http://bugs.freepascal.org/view.php?id=14019).

+ *

+ * There are two (probably more) scenarios causes a program to crash:

+ *

+ * 1. Assume we execute Path('fail').GetParent().ToUTF8(). The compiler will

+ * internally create a temporary variable to hold the result of Path('fail').

+ * This temporary var is then passed as Self to GetParent(). Unfortunately FPC

+ * does already decrement the ref-count of the temporary var at the end of the

+ * call to Path('fail') and the ref-count drops to zero and the temp object

+ * is destroyed as FPC erroneously assumes that the temp is not used anymore.

+ * As a result the Self variable in GetParent() will be invalid, the same

+ * applies to TPathImpl.fName which reference count dropped to zero when the

+ * temp was destroyed. Hence GetParent() will likely crash.

+ * If it does not, ToUTF8() will either return some random string

+ * (e.g. '' or stupid stuff like 'fhwkjehdk') or crash.

+ * Either way the result of ToUTF8() is messed up.

+ * This scenario applies whenever a function (or method) is called that returns

+ * an interfaced object (e.g. an IPath) and the result is used without storing

+ * a reference to it in a (temporary) variable first.

+ *

+ *  Tmp := Path('fail'); Tmp2 := Tmp.GetParent(); Tmp2.ToUTF8();

+ *

+ * will not crash but is very impractical and error-prone. Note that Tmp2 cannot

+ * be replaced with Tmp (see scenario 2).

+ *

+ * 2. Another situation this bug will ruin our lives is when a variable to an

+ * interfaced object is used at the left and right side of an assignment as in:

+ *   MyPath := MyPath.GetParent()

+ *

+ * Although the bug is already fixed in the FPC development version 2.3.1

+ * it will take quite some time till the next FPC release (> 2.2.4) in which

+ * this issue is fixed.

+ *

+ * To workaround this bug we use some very simple and stupid kind of garbage

+ * collection. New IPaths are stored in an IInterfaceList (call it GarbaegeList)

+ * to artificially increase the ref-count of the newly created object.

+ * This keeps the object alive when FPC's temporary variable comes to the end

+ * of its lifetime and the object's ref-count is decremented

+ * (and is now 1 instead of 0).

+ * Later on, the object is either garbage or referenced by another variable.

+ *

+ * Look at

+ *   MyPath := Path('SomeDir/SubDir').GetParent()

+ *

+ * (1) The result of Path('SomeDir/SubDir') is garbage as it is not used anymore.

+ * (2) The result of GetParent() is referenced by MyPath

+ * Object (1) has a reference count of 1 (as it is only referenced by the

+ * GarbageList). Object (2) is referenced twice (MyPath + GarbageList).

+ * When the reference to (2) is finally stored in MyPath we can safely remove

+ * (1) and (2) from the GarbageList so (1) will be freed and the ref-count of

+ * (2) will be decremented to 1.

+ *

+ * As we do not know when it is safe to remove an object from the GarbageList

+ * we assume that there are max. GarbageMaxCount IPath elements created until

+ * the execution of the expression is performed and a reference to the resulting

+ * object is assigned to a variable so all temps can be safely deleted.

+ *

+ * Worst-case scenarios are recursive calls or calls with large call stacks with

+ * functions that return an IPath. Also keep in mind that multiple threads might

+ * be executing such functions at the same time.

+ * A reasonable count might be a max. of 20.000 elements. With an average length

+ * of 40 UTF8 chars (maybe 60 byte with class info, pointer etc.) per IPath

+ * this will consume ~1.2MB.

+ *}

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+{$IF FPC_VERSION_INT <= 002002004} // <= 2.2.4

+  {$DEFINE HAVE_REFCNTBUG}

+{$IFEND}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}

+const

+  // when GarbageList.Count reaches GarbageMaxCount the oldest references in

+  // GarbageList will be deleted until GarbageList.Count equals GarbageAfterCleanCount.

+  GarbageMaxCount = 20000;

+  GarbageAfterCleanCount = GarbageMaxCount-1000;

+

+var

+  GarbageList: IInterfaceList;

+{$ENDIF}

+

+type

+  TPathImpl = class(TInterfacedObject, IPath)

+    private

+      fName: UTF8String; //<** internal filename string, always UTF8 with PathDelim

+

+      {**

+       * Unifies the filename. Path-delimiters are replaced by '/'.

+       *}

+      procedure Unify(DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);

+

+      {**

+       * Returns a copy of fName with path delimiters changed to '/'.

+       *}

+      function GetPortableString(): UTF8String;

+

+      procedure AssertRefCount; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}

+

+    public

+      constructor Create(const Name: UTF8String; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);

+      destructor Destroy(); override;

+

+      function ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean): UTF8String;

+      function ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean): WideString;

+      function ToNative(): RawByteString;

+

+      function Open(Mode: longword): TFileHandle;

+

+      function GetDrive(): IPath;

+      function GetPath(): IPath;

+      function GetDir(): IPath;

+      function GetName(): IPath;

+      function GetExtension(): IPath;

+

+      function SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; overload;

+      function SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; overload;

+      function SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; overload;

+

+      function GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath;

+      function GetAbsolutePath(): IPath;

+      function GetParent(): IPath;

+      function SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray;

+

+      function Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload;

+      function Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload;

+      function Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload;

+

+      function Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload;

+      function Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload;

+      function Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload;

+

+      function IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean;

+

+      function AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;

+

+      function AppendPathDelim(): IPath;

+      function RemovePathDelim(): IPath;

+

+      function GetFileAge(): integer; overload;

+      function GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload;

+      function Exists(): boolean;

+      function IsFile(): boolean;

+      function IsDirectory(): boolean;

+      function IsAbsolute(): boolean;

+      function GetAttr(): cardinal;

+      function SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean;

+      function IsReadOnly(): boolean;

+      function SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;

+

+      function IsUnset(): boolean;

+      function IsSet(): boolean;

+

+      function FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath;

+

+      function CreateFile(): TFileHandle;

+      function DeleteFile(): boolean;

+      function CreateDirectory(Force: boolean): boolean;

+      function DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean;

+      function Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean;

+      function CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;

+

+      function GetIntern(): UTF8String;

+  end;

+

+function Path(const PathName: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;

+begin

+  if (IsUTF8String(PathName)) then

+    Result := TPathImpl.Create(PathName, DelimOption)

+  else if (IsNativeUTF8()) then

+    Result := PATH_NONE

+  else

+    Result := TPathImpl.Create(AnsiToUtf8(PathName), DelimOption);

+end;

+

+function Path(PathName: PChar; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;

+begin

+  Result := Path(RawByteString(PathName));

+end;

+

+function Path(const PathName: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;

+begin

+  Result := TPathImpl.Create(UTF8Encode(PathName), DelimOption);

+end;

+

+

+

+procedure TPathImpl.AssertRefCount;

+begin

+  {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}

+  if (FRefCount <= 0) then

+    raise Exception.Create('RefCount error: ' + IntToStr(FRefCount));

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+constructor TPathImpl.Create(const Name: UTF8String; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);

+begin

+  inherited Create();

+  fName := Name;

+  Unify(DelimOption);

+  {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}

+  GarbageList.Lock;

+  if (GarbageList.Count >= GarbageMaxCount) then

+  begin

+    while (GarbageList.Count > GarbageAfterCleanCount) do

+      GarbageList.Delete(0);

+  end;

+  GarbageList.Add(Self);

+  GarbageList.Unlock;

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+destructor TPathImpl.Destroy();

+begin

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+procedure TPathImpl.Unify(DelimOption: TPathDelimOption);

+var

+  I: integer;

+begin

+  // convert all path delimiters to native ones

+  for I := 1 to Length(fName) do

+  begin

+    if (fName[I] in ['\', '/']) and (fName[I] <> PathDelim) then

+      fName[I] := PathDelim;

+  end;

+

+  // Include/ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter need PathDelim as path delimiter 

+  case DelimOption of

+    pdAppend: fName := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(fName);

+    pdRemove: fName := ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(fName);

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetPortableString(): UTF8String;

+var

+  I: integer;

+begin

+  Result := fName;

+  if (PathDelim = '/') then

+    Exit;

+

+  for I := 1 to Length(Result) do

+  begin

+    if (Result[I] = PathDelim) then

+      Result[I] := '/';

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean): UTF8String;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+

+  if (UseNativeDelim) then

+    Result := fName

+  else

+    Result := GetPortableString();

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean): WideString;

+begin

+  if (UseNativeDelim) then

+    Result := UTF8Decode(fName)

+  else

+    Result := UTF8Decode(GetPortableString());

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.ToNative(): RawByteString;

+begin

+  if (IsNativeUTF8()) then

+    Result := fName

+  else

+    Result := Utf8ToAnsi(fName);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetDrive(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileDrive(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetPath(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFilePath(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetDir(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileDir(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetName(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileName(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetExtension(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileExt(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ChangeFileExt(Self, Extension);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath;

+begin

+  Result := SetExtension(Path(Extension));

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath;

+begin

+  Result := SetExtension(Path(Extension));

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExtractRelativePath(BaseName, Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetAbsolutePath(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExpandFileName(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetParent(): IPath;

+var

+  CurPath, ParentPath: IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+

+  Result := PATH_NONE;

+

+  CurPath := Self.RemovePathDelim();

+  // check if current path has a parent (no further '/')

+  if (Pos(PathDelim, CurPath.ToUTF8()) = 0) then

+    Exit;

+

+  // set new path and check if it has changed to avoid endless loops

+  // e.g. with invalid paths like '/C:' (GetPath() uses ':' as delimiter too)

+  // on delphi/win32

+  ParentPath := CurPath.GetPath();

+  if (ParentPath.ToUTF8 = CurPath.ToUTF8)  then

+    Exit;

+

+  Result := ParentPath;

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray;

+var

+  CurPath: IPath;

+  Components: array of IPath;

+  CurPathStr: UTF8String;

+  DelimPos: integer;

+  I: integer;

+begin

+  SetLength(Result, 0);

+

+  if (Length(Self.ToUTF8(true)) = 0) then

+    Exit;

+

+  CurPath := Self;

+  SetLength(Components, 0);

+  repeat

+    SetLength(Components, Length(Components)+1);

+

+    CurPathStr := CurPath.ToUTF8();

+    DelimPos := LastDelimiter(PathDelim, SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(CurPathStr));

+    Components[High(Components)] := Path(Copy(CurPathStr, DelimPos+1, Length(CurPathStr)));

+

+    CurPath := CurPath.GetParent();

+  until (CurPath = PATH_NONE);

+

+  // reverse list

+  SetLength(Result, Length(Components));

+  for I := 0 to High(Components) do

+    Result[I] := Components[High(Components)-I];

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;

+var

+  TmpResult: IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+

+  if (fName = '') then

+    TmpResult := Child

+  else

+    TmpResult := Path(Self.AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8() + Child.ToUTF8());

+

+  case DelimOption of

+    pdKeep: Result := TmpResult;

+    pdAppend: Result := TmpResult.AppendPathDelim;

+    pdRemove: Result := TmpResult.RemovePathDelim;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := Append(Path(Child), DelimOption);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := Append(Path(Child), DelimOption);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean;

+var

+  SelfPath, OtherPath: UTF8String;

+begin

+  SelfPath := Self.GetAbsolutePath().RemovePathDelim().ToUTF8();

+  OtherPath := Other.GetAbsolutePath().RemovePathDelim().ToUTF8();

+  if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive() and not IgnoreCase) then

+    Result := (CompareStr(SelfPath, OtherPath) = 0)

+  else

+    Result := (CompareText(SelfPath, OtherPath) = 0);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := Equals(Path(Other), IgnoreCase);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := Equals(Path(Other), IgnoreCase);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean;

+var

+  SelfPath, ParentPath: UTF8String;

+begin

+  Result := false;

+

+  if (Direct) then

+  begin

+    SelfPath := Self.GetParent().GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();

+    ParentPath := Parent.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();

+

+    // simply check if this paths parent path (SelfPath) equals ParentPath

+    Result := (SelfPath = ParentPath);

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    SelfPath := Self.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();

+    ParentPath := Parent.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8();

+

+    if (Length(SelfPath) <= Length(ParentPath)) then

+      Exit;

+

+    // check if ParentPath is a substring of SelfPath

+    if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive()) then

+      Result := (StrLComp(PAnsiChar(SelfPath), PAnsiChar(ParentPath), Length(ParentPath)) = 0)

+    else

+      Result := (StrLIComp(PAnsiChar(SelfPath), PAnsiChar(ParentPath), Length(ParentPath)) = 0)

+  end;

+end;

+

+function AdjustCaseRecursive(CurPath: IPath; AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;

+var

+  OldParent, AdjustedParent: IPath;

+  LocalName: IPath;

+  PathFound: IPath;

+  PathWithAdjParent: IPath;

+  SearchInfo: TFileInfo;

+  FileIter: IFileIterator;

+  Pattern: IPath;

+begin

+  // if case-sensitive path exists there is no need to adjust case

+  if (CurPath.Exists()) then

+  begin

+    Result := CurPath;

+    Exit;

+  end;

+

+  LocalName := CurPath.RemovePathDelim().GetName();

+

+  // try to adjust parent

+  OldParent := CurPath.GetParent();

+  if (OldParent <> PATH_NONE) then

+  begin

+    if (not AdjustAllLevels) then

+    begin

+      AdjustedParent := OldParent;

+    end

+    else

+    begin

+      AdjustedParent := AdjustCaseRecursive(OldParent, AdjustAllLevels);

+      if (AdjustedParent = nil) then

+      begin

+        // parent path was not found case-insensitive

+        Result := nil;

+        Exit;

+      end;

+

+      // check if the path with adjusted parent can be found now

+      PathWithAdjParent := AdjustedParent.Append(LocalName);

+      if (PathWithAdjParent.Exists()) then

+      begin

+        Result := PathWithAdjParent;

+        Exit;

+      end;

+    end;

+    Pattern := AdjustedParent.Append(Path('*'));

+  end

+  else // path has no parent

+  begin

+    // the top path can either be absolute or relative

+    if (CurPath.IsAbsolute) then

+    begin

+      // the only absolute directory at Unix without a parent is root ('/')

+      // and hence does not need to be adjusted

+      Result := CurPath;

+      Exit;

+    end;

+    // this is a relative path, search in the current working dir

+    AdjustedParent := nil;

+    Pattern := Path('*');

+  end;

+

+  // compare name with all files in the current directory case-insensitive

+  FileIter := FileSystem.FileFind(Pattern, faAnyFile);

+  while (FileIter.HasNext()) do

+  begin

+    SearchInfo := FileIter.Next();

+    PathFound := SearchInfo.Name;

+    if (CompareText(LocalName.ToUTF8, PathFound.ToUTF8) = 0) then

+    begin

+      if (AdjustedParent <> nil) then

+        Result := AdjustedParent.Append(PathFound)

+      else

+        Result := PathFound;

+      Exit;

+    end;

+  end;

+

+  // no matching file found

+  Result := nil;

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+

+  Result := Self;

+

+  if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive) then

+  begin

+    Result := AdjustCaseRecursive(Self, AdjustAllLevels);

+    if (Result = nil) then

+      Result := Self;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.AppendPathDelim(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.RemovePathDelim(): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.CreateFile(): TFileHandle;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileCreate(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.CreateDirectory(Force: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  if (Force) then

+    Result := FileSystem.ForceDirectories(Self)

+  else

+    Result := FileSystem.DirectoryCreate(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Open(Mode: longword): TFileHandle;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileOpen(Self, Mode);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetFileAge(): integer;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileAge(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileAge(Self, FileDateTime);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Exists(): boolean;

+begin

+  // note the different specifications of FileExists() on Win32 <> Unix

+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+  Result := IsFile() or IsDirectory();

+  {$ELSE}

+  Result := FileSystem.FileExists(Self);

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsFile(): boolean;

+begin

+  // note the different specifications of FileExists() on Win32 <> Unix

+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+  Result := FileSystem.FileExists(Self);

+  {$ELSE}

+  Result := Exists() and not IsDirectory();

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsDirectory(): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.DirectoryExists(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsAbsolute(): boolean;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.FileIsAbsolute(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetAttr(): cardinal;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileGetAttr(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileSetAttr(Self, Attr);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsReadOnly(): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileIsReadOnly(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.FileSetReadOnly(Self, ReadOnly);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsUnset(): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := (fName = '');

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.IsSet(): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := (fName <> '');

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath;

+begin

+  AssertRefCount;

+  Result := FileSystem.FileSearch(Self, DirList);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.RenameFile(Self, NewName);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.DeleteFile(): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.DeleteFile(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.RemoveDir(Self);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := FileSystem.CopyFile(Self, Target, FailIfExists);

+end;

+

+function TPathImpl.GetIntern(): UTF8String;

+begin

+  Result := fName;

+end;

+

+

+{ TBinaryFileStream }

+

+constructor TBinaryFileStream.Create(const FileName: IPath; Mode: word);

+begin

+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+  inherited Create(FileName.ToWide(), Mode);

+{$ELSE}

+  inherited Create(FileName.ToNative(), Mode);

+{$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+{ TTextStream }

+

+constructor TTextFileStream.Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);

+begin

+  inherited Create();

+  fMode := Mode;

+  fFilename := Filename;

+  fLineBreak := sLineBreak;

+end;

+

+function TTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Line: UTF8String): boolean;

+begin

+  Line := ReadLine(Result);

+end;

+

+function TTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Line: AnsiString): boolean;

+begin

+  Line := ReadLine(Result);

+end;

+

+procedure TTextFileStream.WriteString(const Str: RawByteString);

+begin

+  WriteBuffer(Str[1], Length(Str));

+end;

+

+procedure TTextFileStream.WriteLine(const Line: RawByteString);

+begin

+  WriteBuffer(Line[1], Length(Line));

+  WriteBuffer(fLineBreak[1], Length(fLineBreak));

+end;

+

+{ TMemTextStream }

+

+constructor TMemTextFileStream.Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word);

+var

+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;

+begin

+  inherited Create(Filename, Mode);

+

+  fStream := TMemoryStream.Create();

+

+  // load data to memory in read mode

+  if ((Mode and 3) in [fmOpenRead, fmOpenReadWrite]) then

+  begin

+    FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);

+    try

+      fStream.LoadFromStream(FileStream);

+    finally

+      FileStream.Free;

+    end;

+  end

+  // check if file exists for write-mode

+  else if ((Mode and 3) = fmOpenWrite) and (not Filename.IsFile) then

+  begin

+    raise EFOpenError.CreateResFmt(@SFOpenError,

+          [FileName.GetAbsolutePath.ToNative]);

+  end;

+end;

+

+destructor TMemTextFileStream.Destroy();

+var

+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;

+  SaveMode: word;

+begin

+  // save changes in write mode (= not read-only mode)

+  if ((fMode and 3) <> fmOpenRead) then

+  begin

+    if (fMode = fmCreate) then

+      SaveMode := fmCreate

+    else

+      SaveMode := fmOpenWrite;

+    FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(fFilename, SaveMode);

+    try

+      fStream.SaveToStream(FileStream);

+    finally

+      FileStream.Free;

+    end;

+  end;

+

+  fStream.Free;

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.GetSize: int64;

+begin

+  Result := fStream.Size;

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.Read(var Buffer; Count: longint): longint;

+begin

+  Result := fStream.Read(Buffer, Count);

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: longint): longint;

+begin

+  Result := fStream.Write(Buffer, Count);

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.Seek(Offset: longint; Origin: word): longint;

+begin

+  Result := fStream.Seek(Offset, Origin);

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.Seek(const Offset: int64; Origin: TSeekOrigin): int64;

+begin

+  Result := fStream.Seek(Offset, Origin);

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.CopyMemString(StartPos: int64; EndPos: int64): RawByteString;

+var

+  LineLength: cardinal;

+  Temp: RawByteString;

+begin

+  LineLength := EndPos - StartPos;

+  if (LineLength > 0) then

+  begin

+    // set string length to line-length (+ zero-terminator)

+    SetLength(Temp, LineLength);

+    StrLCopy(PAnsiChar(Temp),

+             @PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory)[StartPos],

+             LineLength);

+    Result := Temp;

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    Result := '';

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TMemTextFileStream.ReadString(): RawByteString;

+var

+  TextPtr: PAnsiChar;

+  CurPos, StartPos, FileSize: int64;

+begin

+  TextPtr := PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory);

+  CurPos := Position;

+  FileSize := Size;

+  StartPos := -1;

+

+  while (CurPos < FileSize) do

+  begin

+    // check for whitespace (tab, lf, cr, space)

+    if (TextPtr[CurPos] in [#9, #10, #13, ' ']) then

+    begin

+      // check if we are at the end of a string

+      if (StartPos > -1) then

+        Break;

+    end

+    else if (StartPos = -1) then // start of string found

+    begin

+      StartPos := CurPos;

+    end;

+    Inc(CurPos);

+  end;

+

+  if (StartPos = -1) then

+    Result := ''

+  else

+  begin

+    Result := CopyMemString(StartPos, CurPos);

+    fStream.Position := CurPos;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{*

+ * Implementation of ReadLine(). We need separate versions for UTF8String

+ * and AnsiString as "var" parameter types have to fit exactly.

+ * To avoid a var-parameter here, the internal version the Line parameter is

+ * used as return value.

+ *}

+function TMemTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString;

+var

+  TextPtr: PAnsiChar;

+  CurPos, FileSize: int64;

+begin

+  TextPtr := PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory);

+  CurPos := fStream.Position;

+  FileSize := Size;

+

+  // check for EOF

+  if (CurPos >= FileSize) then

+  begin

+    Result := '';

+    Success := false;

+    Exit;

+  end;

+

+  Success := true;

+

+  while (CurPos < FileSize) do

+  begin

+    if (TextPtr[CurPos] in [#10, #13]) then

+    begin

+      // copy text line

+      Result := CopyMemString(fStream.Position, CurPos);

+

+      // handle windows style #13#10 (\r\n) newlines

+      if (TextPtr[CurPos] = #13) and

+         (CurPos+1 < FileSize) and

+         (TextPtr[CurPos+1] = #10) then

+      begin

+        Inc(CurPos);

+      end;

+

+      // update stream pos

+      fStream.Position := CurPos+1;

+

+      Exit;

+    end;

+    Inc(CurPos);

+  end;

+

+  Result := CopyMemString(fStream.Position, CurPos);

+  fStream.Position := FileSize;

+end;

+

+{ TUnicodeMemoryStream }

+

+procedure TUnicodeMemoryStream.LoadFromFile(const FileName: IPath);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);

+  try

+    LoadFromStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TUnicodeMemoryStream.SaveToFile(const FileName: IPath);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);

+  try

+    SaveToStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TUnicodeMemIniFile }

+

+constructor TUnicodeMemIniFile.Create(const FileName: IPath; UTF8Encoded: boolean);

+var

+  List: TStringList;

+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;

+  BOMBuf: array[0..2] of AnsiChar;

+begin

+  inherited Create('');

+  FFilename := FileName;

+  FUTF8Encoded := UTF8Encoded;

+

+  if FileName.Exists() then

+  begin

+    List := nil;

+    Stream := nil;

+    try

+      List := TStringList.Create;

+      Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead);

+      if (Stream.Read(BOMBuf[0], SizeOf(BOMBuf)) = 3) and

+         (CompareMem(PChar(UTF8_BOM), @BomBuf, Length(UTF8_BOM))) then

+      begin

+        // truncate BOM

+        FUTF8Encoded := true;

+      end

+      else

+      begin

+        // rewind file

+        Stream.Seek(0, soBeginning);

+      end;

+      List.LoadFromStream(Stream);

+      SetStrings(List);

+    finally

+      Stream.Free;

+      List.Free;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TUnicodeMemIniFile.UpdateFile;

+var

+  List: TStringList;

+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;

+begin

+  List := nil;

+  Stream := nil;

+  try

+    List := TStringList.Create;

+    GetStrings(List);

+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FFileName, fmCreate);

+    if UTF8Encoded then

+      Stream.Write(UTF8_BOM, Length(UTF8_BOM));

+    List.SaveToStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    List.Free;

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+

+var

+  PATH_NONE_Singelton: IPath;

+

+function PATH_NONE(): IPath;

+begin

+  Result := PATH_NONE_Singelton;

+end;

+

+initialization

+  {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG}

+  GarbageList := TInterfaceList.Create();

+  GarbageList.Capacity := GarbageMaxCount;

+  {$ENDIF}

+  PATH_NONE_Singelton := Path('');

+

+finalization

+  PATH_NONE_Singelton := nil;

+

+end.

diff --git a/src/base/UPathUtils.pas b/src/base/UPathUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2bfcde42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPathUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPathUtils;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  UPath;
+
+var
+  // Absolute Paths
+  GamePath:         IPath;
+  SoundPath:        IPath;
+  SongPaths:        IInterfaceList;
+  LogPath:          IPath;
+  ThemePath:        IPath;
+  SkinsPath:        IPath;
+  ScreenshotsPath:  IPath;
+  CoverPaths:       IInterfaceList;
+  LanguagesPath:    IPath;
+  PluginPath:       IPath;
+  VisualsPath:      IPath;
+  FontPath:         IPath;
+  ResourcesPath:    IPath;
+  PlaylistPath:     IPath;
+
+function FindPath(out PathResult: IPath; const RequestedPath: IPath; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
+procedure InitializePaths;
+procedure AddSongPath(const Path: IPath);
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  UPlatform,
+  UCommandLine,
+  ULog;
+
+procedure AddSpecialPath(var PathList: IInterfaceList; const Path: IPath);
+var
+  Index: integer;
+  PathAbs, PathTmp: IPath;
+  OldPath, OldPathAbs, OldPathTmp: IPath;
+begin
+  if (PathList = nil) then
+    PathList := TInterfaceList.Create;
+
+  if Path.Equals(PATH_NONE) or not Path.CreateDirectory(true) then
+    Exit;
+
+  PathTmp := Path.GetAbsolutePath();
+  PathAbs := PathTmp.AppendPathDelim();
+
+  // check if path or a part of the path was already added
+  for Index := 0 to PathList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    OldPath := PathList[Index] as IPath;
+    OldPathTmp := OldPath.GetAbsolutePath();
+    OldPathAbs := OldPathTmp.AppendPathDelim();
+
+    // check if the new directory is a sub-directory of a previously added one.
+    // This is also true, if both paths point to the same directories.
+    if (OldPathAbs.IsChildOf(PathAbs, false) or OldPathAbs.Equals(PathAbs)) then
+    begin
+      // ignore the new path
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check if a previously added directory is a sub-directory of the new one.
+    if (PathAbs.IsChildOf(OldPathAbs, false)) then
+    begin
+      // replace the old with the new one.
+      PathList[Index] := PathAbs;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  PathList.Add(PathAbs);
+end;
+
+procedure AddSongPath(const Path: IPath);
+begin
+  AddSpecialPath(SongPaths, Path);
+end;
+
+procedure AddCoverPath(const Path: IPath);
+begin
+  AddSpecialPath(CoverPaths, Path);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize a path variable
+ * After setting paths, make sure that paths exist
+ *)
+function FindPath(
+  out PathResult: IPath;
+  const RequestedPath: IPath;
+  NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (RequestedPath.Equals(PATH_NONE)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // Make sure the directory exists
+  if (not RequestedPath.CreateDirectory(true)) then
+  begin
+    PathResult := PATH_NONE;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  PathResult := RequestedPath.AppendPathDelim();
+
+  if (NeedsWritePermission) and RequestedPath.IsReadOnly() then
+    Exit;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Function sets all absolute paths e.g. song path and makes sure the directorys exist
+ *)
+procedure InitializePaths;
+var
+  SharedPath, UserPath: IPath;
+begin
+  // Log directory (must be writable)
+  if (not FindPath(LogPath, Platform.GetLogPath, true)) then
+  begin
+    Log.FileOutputEnabled := false;
+    Log.LogWarn('Log directory "'+ Platform.GetLogPath.ToNative +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
+  end;
+
+  SharedPath := Platform.GetGameSharedPath;
+  UserPath := Platform.GetGameUserPath;
+
+  FindPath(SoundPath,     SharedPath.Append('sounds'),    false);
+  FindPath(ThemePath,     SharedPath.Append('themes'),    false);
+  FindPath(SkinsPath,     SharedPath.Append('themes'),    false);
+  FindPath(LanguagesPath, SharedPath.Append('languages'), false);
+  FindPath(PluginPath,    SharedPath.Append('plugins'),   false);
+  FindPath(VisualsPath,   SharedPath.Append('visuals'),   false);
+  FindPath(FontPath,      SharedPath.Append('fonts'),     false);
+  FindPath(ResourcesPath, SharedPath.Append('resources'), false);
+
+  // Playlists are not shared as we need one directory to write too
+  FindPath(PlaylistPath, UserPath.Append('playlists'), true);
+
+  // Screenshot directory (must be writable)
+  if (not FindPath(ScreenshotsPath, UserPath.Append('screenshots'), true)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogWarn('Screenshot directory "'+ UserPath.ToNative +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
+  end;
+
+  // Add song paths
+  AddSongPath(Params.SongPath);
+{$IF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  AddSongPath(Platform.GetMusicPath);
+  AddSongPath(UserPath.Append('songs'));
+{$ELSE}
+  AddSongPath(SharedPath.Append('songs'));
+  AddSongPath(UserPath.Append('songs'));
+{$IFEND}
+
+  // Add category cover paths
+  AddCoverPath(SharedPath.Append('covers'));
+  AddCoverPath(UserPath.Append('covers'));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UPlatform.pas b/src/base/UPlatform.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d884979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPlatform.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatform;
+
+// Comment by Eddie:
+// This unit defines an interface for platform specific utility functions.
+// The Interface is implemented in separate files for each platform:
+// UPlatformWindows, UPlatformLinux and UPlatformMacOSX.
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TPlatform = class
+    function GetExecutionDir(): IPath;
+    procedure Init; virtual;
+
+    function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: string): boolean; virtual;
+    procedure Halt; virtual;
+
+    function GetLogPath:        IPath; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetMusicPath:      IPath; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetGameSharedPath: IPath; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetGameUserPath:   IPath; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+  function Platform(): TPlatform;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  UPlatformWindows,
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  UPlatformMacOSX,
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  UPlatformLinux,
+  {$IFEND}
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UFilesystem;
+
+
+// I modified it to use the Platform_singleton in this location (in the implementation)
+// so that this variable can NOT be overwritten from anywhere else in the application.
+// the accessor function platform, emulates all previous calls to work the same way.  
+var
+  Platform_singleton: TPlatform;
+
+function Platform: TPlatform;
+begin
+  Result := Platform_singleton;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default Init() implementation
+ *)
+procedure TPlatform.Init;
+begin
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default Halt() implementation
+ *)
+procedure TPlatform.Halt;
+begin
+  // Note: Application.terminate is NOT the same
+  System.Halt;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the directory of the executable
+ *}
+function TPlatform.GetExecutionDir(): IPath;
+var
+  ExecName, ExecDir: IPath;
+begin
+  ExecName := Path(ParamStr(0));
+  ExecDir := ExecName.GetPath;
+  Result := ExecDir.GetAbsolutePath();
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default TerminateIfAlreadyRunning() implementation
+ *)
+function TPlatform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: string): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+initialization
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  Platform_singleton := TPlatformWindows.Create;
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  Platform_singleton := TPlatformMacOSX.Create;
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  Platform_singleton := TPlatformLinux.Create;
+{$IFEND}
+
+finalization
+  Platform_singleton.Free;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas b/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..693facaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatformLinux;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  UPlatform,
+  UConfig,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TPlatformLinux = class(TPlatform)
+    private
+      UseLocalDirs: boolean;
+
+      procedure DetectLocalExecution();
+      function GetHomeDir(): IPath;
+    public
+      procedure Init; override;
+      
+      function GetLogPath        : IPath; override;
+      function GetGameSharedPath : IPath; override;
+      function GetGameUserPath   : IPath; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UCommandLine,
+  BaseUnix,
+  pwd,
+  SysUtils,
+  ULog;
+
+const
+  {$I paths.inc}
+
+procedure TPlatformLinux.Init;
+begin
+  inherited Init();
+  DetectLocalExecution();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Detects whether the game was executed locally or globally.
+ * - It is local if it was not installed and directly executed from
+ *   within the game folder. In this case resources (themes, language-files)
+ *   reside in the directory of the executable.
+ * - It is global if the game was installed (e.g. to /usr/bin) and
+ *   the resources are in a separate folder (e.g. /usr/share/ultrastardx)
+ *   which name is stored in the INSTALL_DATADIR constant in paths.inc.
+ *
+ * Sets UseLocalDirs to true if the game is executed locally, false otherwise.
+ *}
+procedure TPlatformLinux.DetectLocalExecution();
+var
+  LocalDir, LanguageDir: IPath;
+begin
+  // we just check if the 'languages' folder exists in the
+  // directory of the executable. If so -> local execution.
+  LocalDir := GetExecutionDir();
+  LanguageDir := LocalDir.Append('languages');
+  UseLocalDirs := LanguageDir.IsDirectory;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.GetLogPath: IPath;
+begin
+  if UseLocalDirs then
+    Result := GetExecutionDir()
+  else
+    Result := GetGameUserPath().Append('logs', pdAppend);
+
+  // create non-existing directories
+  Result.CreateDirectory(true);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.GetGameSharedPath: IPath;
+begin
+  if UseLocalDirs then
+    Result := GetExecutionDir()
+  else
+    Result := Path(INSTALL_DATADIR, pdAppend);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.GetGameUserPath: IPath;
+begin
+  if UseLocalDirs then
+    Result := GetExecutionDir()
+  else
+    Result := GetHomeDir().Append('.ultrastardx', pdAppend);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the user's home directory terminated by a path delimiter
+ *}
+function TPlatformLinux.GetHomeDir(): IPath;
+var
+  PasswdEntry: PPasswd;
+begin
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
+
+  // try to retrieve the info from passwd
+  PasswdEntry := FpGetpwuid(FpGetuid());
+  if (PasswdEntry <> nil) then
+    Result := Path(PasswdEntry.pw_dir);
+  // fallback if passwd does not contain the path
+  if (Result.IsUnset) then
+    Result := Path(GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME'));
+  // add trailing path delimiter (normally '/')
+  if (Result.IsSet) then
+    Result := Result.AppendPathDelim();
+
+  // GetUserDir() is another function that returns a user path.
+  // It uses env-var HOME or a fallback to a temp-dir.
+  //Result := GetUserDir();
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas b/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7115a6b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatformMacOSX;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  ULog,
+  UPlatform,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  {**
+   * @abstract(Provides Mac OS X specific details.)
+   * @lastmod(August 1, 2008)
+   * The UPlatformMacOSX unit takes care of setting paths to resource folders.
+   *
+   * (Note for non-Maccies: "folder" is the Mac name for directory.)
+   *
+   * Note on the resource folders:
+   *  1. Installation of an application on the mac works as follows: Extract and
+   *     copy an application and if you don't like or need the application
+   *     anymore you move the folder to the trash - and you're done.
+   *  2. The use of folders in the user's home directory is against Apple's
+   *     guidelines and strange to an average user.
+   *  3. Even worse is using /usr/local/... since all lowercase folders in / are
+   *     not visible to an average user in the Finder, at least not without some
+   *     "tricks".
+   *
+   * The best way would be to store everything within the application bundle.
+   * However, this requires USDX to offer the handling of the resources. Until
+   * this is implemented, the second best solution is as follows:
+   *
+   * According to Aple guidelines handling of resources and folders should follow
+   * these lines:
+   *
+   * Acceptable places for files are folders named UltraStarDeluxe either in
+   *   /Library/Application Support/
+   * or
+   *   ~/Library/Application Support/
+   *
+   * So
+   * GetGameSharedPath could return
+   *   /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/.
+   * GetGameUserPath could return
+   *   ~/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/.
+   *
+   * Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe
+   * is used. So every user needs the complete set of files and folders.
+   * Future versions may also use shared resources in
+   * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe. However, this is
+   * not treated yet in the code outside this unit.
+   *
+   * USDX checks, whether GetGameUserPath exists. If not, USDX creates it.
+   * The existence of needed files is then checked and if a file is missing
+   * it is copied to there from within the folder Contents in the Application
+   * bundle, which contains the default files. USDX should not delete files or
+   * folders in Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe automatically or without
+   * user confirmation.
+   *}
+  TPlatformMacOSX = class(TPlatform)
+    private
+      {**
+       * GetBundlePath returns the path to the application bundle
+       * UltraStarDeluxe.app.
+       *}
+      function GetBundlePath: IPath;
+
+      {**
+       * GetApplicationSupportPath returns the path to
+       * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe.
+       *}
+      function GetApplicationSupportPath: IPath;
+
+      {**
+       * see the description of @link(Init).
+       *}
+      procedure CreateUserFolders();
+
+      {**
+       * GetHomeDir returns the path to $HOME.
+       *}
+      function GetHomeDir: IPath;
+
+    public
+      {**
+       * Init simply calls @link(CreateUserFolders), which in turn scans the
+       * folder UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents for all files and
+       * folders. $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe
+       * is then checked for their presence and missing ones are copied.
+       *}
+      procedure Init; override;
+
+      {**
+       * GetLogPath returns the path for log messages. Currently it is set to
+       * $HOME/Library/Logs/UltraStar Deluxe/.
+       *}
+      function  GetLogPath:        IPath; override;
+
+      {**
+       * GetMusicPath returns the path for music. Currently it is set to
+       * $HOME/Music/UltraStar Deluxe/.
+       *}
+      function  GetMusicPath:      IPath; override;
+
+      {**
+       * GetGameSharedPath returns the path for shared resources. Currently it
+       * is also set to $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe.
+       * However it is not used.
+       *}
+      function  GetGameSharedPath: IPath; override;
+
+      {**
+       * GetGameUserPath returns the path for user resources. Currently it is
+       * set to $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe.
+       * This is where a user can add themes, ....
+       *}
+      function  GetGameUserPath:   IPath; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+procedure TPlatformMacOSX.Init;
+begin
+  CreateUserFolders();
+end;
+
+procedure TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders();
+var
+  RelativePath: IPath;
+  // BaseDir contains the path to the folder, where a search is performed.
+  // It is set to the entries in @link(DirectoryList) one after the other.
+  BaseDir: IPath;
+  // OldBaseDir contains the path to the folder, where the search started.
+  // It is used to return to it, when the search is completed in all folders.
+  OldBaseDir: IPath;
+  Iter:       IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo:   TFileInfo;
+  CurPath:    IPath;
+  // These two lists contain all folder and file names found
+  // within the folder @link(BaseDir).
+  DirectoryList, FileList: IInterfaceList;
+  // DirectoryIsFinished contains the index of the folder in @link(DirectoryList),
+  // which is the last one completely searched. Later folders are still to be
+  // searched for additional files and folders.
+  DirectoryIsFinished: longint;
+  I: longint;
+  // These three are for creating directories, due to possible symlinks
+  CreatedDirectory: boolean;
+  FileAttrs:        integer;
+  DirectoryPath:    IPath;
+  UserPath:         IPath;
+  SrcFile, TgtFile: IPath;
+begin
+  // Get the current folder and save it in OldBaseDir for returning to it, when
+  // finished.
+  OldBaseDir := FileSystem.GetCurrentDir();
+
+  // UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents contains all the default files and folders.
+  BaseDir := OldBaseDir.Append('UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents');
+  FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(BaseDir);
+
+  // Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe is used.
+  UserPath := GetGameUserPath();
+
+  DirectoryIsFinished := 0;
+  // replace with IInterfaceList
+  DirectoryList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+  FileList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+  DirectoryList.Add(Path('.'));
+
+  // create the folder and file lists
+  repeat
+    RelativePath := (DirectoryList[DirectoryIsFinished] as IPath);
+    FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(BaseDir.Append(RelativePath));
+    Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Path('*'), faAnyFile);
+    while (Iter.HasNext) do    
+    begin
+      FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+      CurPath := FileInfo.Name;
+      if CurPath.IsDirectory() then
+      begin
+        if (not CurPath.Equals('.')) and 
+	   (not CurPath.Equals('..')) and 
+	   (not CurPath.Equals('MacOS')) then
+          DirectoryList.Add(RelativePath.Append(CurPath));
+      end
+      else
+        Filelist.Add(RelativePath.Append(CurPath));
+    end;
+    Inc(DirectoryIsFinished);
+  until (DirectoryIsFinished = DirectoryList.Count);
+
+  // create missing folders
+  UserPath.CreateDirectory(true); // should not be necessary since (UserPathName+'/.') is created.
+  for I := 0 to DirectoryList.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurPath          := DirectoryList[I] as IPath;
+    DirectoryPath    := UserPath.Append(CurPath);
+    CreatedDirectory := DirectoryPath.CreateDirectory();
+    FileAttrs        := DirectoryPath.GetAttr();
+    // Maybe analyse the target of the link with FpReadlink().
+    // Let's assume the symlink is pointing to an existing directory.
+    if (not CreatedDirectory) and (FileAttrs and faSymLink > 0) then
+      Log.LogError('Failed to create the folder "'+ DirectoryPath.ToNative +'"',
+                   'TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders');
+  end;
+
+  // copy missing files
+  for I := 0 to Filelist.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurPath := Filelist[I] as IPath;
+    SrcFile := BaseDir.Append(CurPath);
+    TgtFile := UserPath.Append(CurPath);
+    SrcFile.CopyFile(TgtFile, true);
+  end;
+
+  // go back to the initial folder
+  FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(OldBaseDir);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetBundlePath: IPath;
+begin
+  // Mac applications are packaged in folders.
+  // Cutting the last two folders yields the application folder.
+  Result := GetExecutionDir().GetParent().GetParent();
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetHomeDir: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Path(GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME'));
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetApplicationSupportPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetHomeDir.Append('Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe', pdAppend);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetLogPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetHomeDir.Append('Library/Logs/UltraStar Deluxe', pdAppend);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetMusicPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetHomeDir.Append('Music/UltraStar Deluxe', pdAppend);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameSharedPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameUserPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas b/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91d3cce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatformWindows;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+// turn off messages for platform specific symbols
+{$WARN SYMBOL_PLATFORM OFF}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  UPlatform,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TPlatformWindows = class(TPlatform)
+    private
+      UseLocalDirs: boolean;
+      
+      function GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): IPath;
+      procedure DetectLocalExecution();
+    public
+      procedure Init; override;
+      function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: String): Boolean; override;
+
+      function GetLogPath: IPath; override;
+      function GetGameSharedPath: IPath; override;
+      function GetGameUserPath: IPath; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  ShlObj,
+  Windows,
+  UConfig;
+
+procedure TPlatformWindows.Init;
+begin
+  inherited Init();
+  DetectLocalExecution();
+end;
+
+//------------------------------
+//Start more than One Time Prevention
+//------------------------------
+function TPlatformWindows.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: String): Boolean;
+var
+  hWnd: THandle;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := false;
+    hWnd:= FindWindow(nil, PChar(WndTitle));
+    //Programm already started
+    if (hWnd <> 0) then
+    begin
+      I := Messagebox(0, PChar('Another Instance of Ultrastar is already running. Continue ?'), PChar(WndTitle), MB_ICONWARNING or MB_YESNO);
+      if (I = IDYes) then
+      begin
+        I := 1;
+        repeat
+          Inc(I);
+          hWnd := FindWindow(nil, PChar(WndTitle + ' Instance ' + InttoStr(I)));
+        until (hWnd = 0);
+        WndTitle := WndTitle + ' Instance ' + InttoStr(I);
+      end
+      else
+        Result := true;
+    end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the path of a special folder.
+ *
+ * Some Folder IDs:
+ * CSIDL_APPDATA       (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data)
+ * CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\Local Settings\Application Data)
+ * CSIDL_PROFILE       (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username)
+ * CSIDL_PERSONAL      (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents)
+ * CSIDL_MYMUSIC       (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My Music)
+ *)
+function TPlatformWindows.GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): IPath;
+var
+  Buffer: array [0..MAX_PATH-1] of WideChar;
+begin
+  if (SHGetSpecialFolderPathW(0, @Buffer, CSIDL, false)) then
+    Result := Path(Buffer)
+  else
+    Result := PATH_NONE;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Detects whether the was executed locally or globally.
+ * - Local mode:
+ *   - Condition:
+ *     - config.ini is writable or creatable in the directory of the executable.
+ *   - Examples:
+ *     - The USDX zip-archive has been unpacked to a directory with write.
+ *       permissions
+ *     - XP: USDX was installed to %ProgramFiles% and the user is an admin.
+ *     - USDX is started from an external HD- or flash-drive
+ *   - Behavior:
+ *     Config files like config.ini or score db reside in the directory of the
+ *     executable. This is useful to enable windows users to have a portable
+ *     installation e.g. on an external hdd.
+ *     This is also the default behaviour of usdx prior to version 1.1
+ * - Global mode:
+ *   - Condition:
+ *     - config.ini is not writable.
+ *   - Examples:
+ *     - Vista/7: USDX was installed to %ProgramFiles%.
+ *     - XP: USDX was installed to %ProgramFiles% and the user is not an admin.
+ *     - USDX is started from CD
+ *   - Behavior:
+ *     - The config files are in a separate folder (e.g. %APPDATA%\ultrastardx)
+ *
+ * On windows, resources (themes, language-files)
+ * reside in the directory of the executable in any case
+ *
+ * Sets UseLocalDirs to true if the game is executed locally, false otherwise.
+ *}
+procedure TPlatformWindows.DetectLocalExecution();
+var
+  LocalDir, ConfigIni: IPath;
+  Handle: TFileHandle;
+begin
+  LocalDir := GetExecutionDir();
+  ConfigIni := LocalDir.Append('config.ini');
+
+  // check if config.ini is writable or creatable, if so use local dirs
+  UseLocalDirs := false;
+  if (ConfigIni.Exists()) then
+  begin
+    // do not use a read-only config file
+    if (not ConfigIni.IsReadOnly()) then
+    begin
+      // Just open the file in read-write mode to be sure that we have access
+      // rights for it.
+      // Note: Do not use IsReadOnly() as it does not check file privileges, so
+      // a non-read-only file might not be writable for us.
+      Handle := ConfigIni.Open(fmOpenReadWrite);
+      if (Handle <> -1) then
+      begin
+        FileClose(Handle);
+        UseLocalDirs := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else // config.ini does not exist
+  begin
+    // try to create config.ini
+    Handle := ConfigIni.CreateFile();
+    if (Handle <> -1) then
+    begin
+      FileClose(Handle);
+      UseLocalDirs := true;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.GetLogPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetGameUserPath;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.GetGameSharedPath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := GetExecutionDir();
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.GetGameUserPath: IPath;
+begin
+  if UseLocalDirs then
+    Result := GetExecutionDir()
+  else
+    Result := GetSpecialPath(CSIDL_APPDATA).Append('ultrastardx', pdAppend);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UPlaylist.pas b/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f12e06cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlaylist;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  USong,
+  UPath,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+type
+  TPlaylistItem = record
+    Artist: UTF8String;
+    Title:  UTF8String;
+    SongID: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  APlaylistItem = array of TPlaylistItem;
+
+  TPlaylist = record
+    Name:     UTF8String;
+    Filename: IPath;
+    Items:    APlaylistItem;
+  end;
+
+  APlaylist = array of TPlaylist;
+
+  //----------
+  //TPlaylistManager - Class for Managing Playlists (Loading, Displaying, Saving)
+  //----------
+  TPlaylistManager = class
+    private
+
+    public
+      Mode:         TSingMode;     //Current Playlist Mode for SongScreen
+      CurPlayList:  Cardinal;
+      CurItem:      Cardinal;
+
+      Playlists:    APlaylist;
+
+      constructor Create;
+      procedure   LoadPlayLists;
+      function    LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+      procedure   SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+
+      procedure   SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+
+      function    AddPlaylist(const Name: UTF8String): Cardinal;
+      procedure   DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+
+      procedure   AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+      procedure   DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+
+      procedure   GetNames(var PLNames: array of UTF8String);
+      function    GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer;
+    end;
+
+    {Modes:
+      0: Standard Mode
+      1: Category Mode
+      2: PlayList Mode}
+
+  var
+    PlayListMan:  TPlaylistManager;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  USongs,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UGraphic,
+  UThemes,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+//----------
+//Create - Construct Class - Dummy for now
+//----------
+constructor TPlayListManager.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  LoadPlayLists;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadPlayLists - Load list of Playlists from PlayList Folder
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.LoadPlayLists;
+var
+  Len:  Integer;
+  PlayListBuffer: TPlayList;
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+begin
+  SetLength(Playlists, 0);
+
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(PlayListPath.Append('*.upl'), 0);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
+  begin
+    Len := Length(Playlists);
+    SetLength(Playlists, Len + 1);
+
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+
+    if not LoadPlayList(Len, FileInfo.Name) then
+      SetLength(Playlists, Len)
+    else
+    begin
+      // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
+      PlayListBuffer := Playlists[Len];
+      Dec(Len);
+      while (Len >= 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Len].Name, PlayListBuffer.Name) >= 0) do
+      begin
+          Playlists[Len+1] := Playlists[Len];
+          Dec(Len);
+      end;
+      Playlists[Len+1] := PlayListBuffer;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadPlayList - Load a Playlist in the Array
+//----------
+function TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+
+  function FindSong(Artist, Title: UTF8String): Integer;
+  var I: Integer;
+  begin
+    Result := -1;
+
+    For I := low(CatSongs.Song) to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) and (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then
+      begin
+        Result := I;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+var
+  TextStream: TTextFileStream;
+  Line: UTF8String;
+  PosDelimiter: Integer;
+  SongID: Integer;
+  Len: Integer;
+  FilenameAbs: IPath;
+begin
+  //Load File
+  try
+    FilenameAbs := PlaylistPath.Append(Filename);
+    TextStream := TMemTextFileStream.Create(FilenameAbs, fmOpenRead);
+  except
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + FilenameAbs.ToNative);
+      Result := False;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := True;
+
+  //Set Filename
+  Playlists[Index].Filename := Filename;
+  Playlists[Index].Name := '';
+
+  //Read Until End of File
+  while TextStream.ReadLine(Line) do
+  begin
+    if (Length(Line) > 0) then
+    begin
+      PosDelimiter := UTF8Pos(':', Line);
+      if (PosDelimiter <> 0) then
+      begin
+        //Comment or Name String
+        if (Line[1] = '#') then
+        begin
+          //Found Name Value
+          if (Uppercase(Trim(copy(Line, 2, PosDelimiter - 2))) = 'NAME') then
+            PlayLists[Index].Name := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1,Length(Line) - PosDelimiter))
+            
+        end
+        //Song Entry
+        else
+        begin
+          SongID := FindSong(Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1)), Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter)));
+          if (SongID <> -1) then
+          begin
+            Len := Length(PlayLists[Index].Items);
+            SetLength(PlayLists[Index].Items, Len + 1);
+
+            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].SongID := SongID;
+
+            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Artist := Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1));
+            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Title  := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter));
+          end
+          else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename.ToNative + ', ' + Line);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  //If no special name is given, use Filename
+  if PlayLists[Index].Name = '' then
+  begin
+    PlayLists[Index].Name := FileName.SetExtension('').ToUTF8;
+  end;
+
+  //Finish (Close File)
+  TextStream.Free;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Saves the specified Playlist
+ *}
+procedure   TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+var
+  TextStream: TTextFileStream;
+  PlaylistFile: IPath;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Playlists[Index].Filename);
+
+  // cannot update read-only file
+  if PlaylistFile.IsFile() and PlaylistFile.IsReadOnly() then
+    Exit;
+
+  // open file for rewriting
+  TextStream := TMemTextFileStream.Create(PlaylistFile, fmCreate);
+  try
+    // Write version (not nessecary but helpful)
+    TextStream.WriteLine('######################################');
+    TextStream.WriteLine('#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0');
+    TextStream.WriteLine(Format('#Playlist %s with %d Songs.',
+                         [ Playlists[Index].Name, Length(Playlists[Index].Items) ]));
+    TextStream.WriteLine('######################################');
+
+    // Write name information
+    TextStream.WriteLine('#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name);
+
+    // Write song information
+    TextStream.WriteLine('#Songs:');
+
+    for I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do
+    begin
+      TextStream.WriteLine(Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title);
+    end;
+  except
+    Log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"');
+  end;
+  TextStream.Free;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Display a Playlist in CatSongs
+ *}
+procedure TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Int(Index) > High(PlayLists)) then
+    exit;
+
+  //Hide all Songs
+  for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+     CatSongs.Song[I].Visible := False;
+
+  //Show Songs in PL
+  for I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do
+  begin
+    CatSongs.Song[PlayLists[Index].Items[I].SongID].Visible := True;
+  end;
+
+  //Set CatSongsMode + Playlist Mode
+  CatSongs.CatNumShow := -3;
+  Mode := smPlayListRandom;
+
+  //Set CurPlaylist
+  CurPlaylist := Index;
+
+  //Show Cat in Topleft:
+  ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.Playlist.CatText,[Playlists[Index].Name]));
+
+  //Fix SongSelection
+  ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
+  ScreenSong.SelectNext;
+  ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+
+  //Play correct Music
+  ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddPlaylist - Adds a Playlist and Returns the Index
+//----------
+function TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(const Name: UTF8String): cardinal;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  PlaylistFile: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := Length(Playlists);
+  SetLength(Playlists, Result + 1);
+  
+  // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
+  while (Result > 0) and (CompareText(Playlists[Result - 1].Name, Name) >= 0) do
+  begin
+    Dec(Result);
+    Playlists[Result+1] := Playlists[Result];
+  end;
+  Playlists[Result].Name := Name;
+
+  // clear playlist items
+  SetLength(Playlists[Result].Items, 0);
+
+  I := 1;
+  PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Name + '.upl');
+  while (PlaylistFile.Exists) do
+  begin
+    Inc(I);
+    PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl');
+  end;
+  Playlists[Result].Filename := PlaylistFile.GetName;
+
+  //Save new Playlist
+  SavePlayList(Result);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//DelPlaylist - Deletes a Playlist
+//----------
+procedure   TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Filename: IPath;
+begin
+  if Int(Index) > High(Playlists) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Filename := PlaylistPath.Append(Playlists[Index].Filename);
+
+  //If not FileExists or File is not Writeable then exit
+  if (not Filename.IsFile()) or (Filename.IsReadOnly()) then
+    Exit;
+
+
+  //Delete Playlist from FileSystem
+  if not Filename.DeleteFile() then
+    Exit;
+
+  //Delete Playlist from Array
+  //move all PLs to the Hole
+  for I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do
+    PlayLists[I] := PlayLists[I+1];
+
+  //Delete last Playlist
+  SetLength (Playlists, High(Playlists));
+
+  //If Playlist is Displayed atm
+  //-> Display Songs
+  if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (Index = CurPlaylist) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
+    ScreenSong.HideCatTL;
+    CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll);
+    ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
+    ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+    ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddItem - Adds an Item to a specific Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);
+var
+  P: Cardinal;
+  Len: Cardinal;
+begin
+  if iPlaylist = -1 then
+    P := CurPlaylist
+  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+    P := iPlaylist
+  else
+    exit;
+
+  if (Int(SongID) <= High(CatSongs.Song)) AND (NOT CatSongs.Song[SongID].Main) then
+  begin
+    Len := Length(Playlists[P].Items);
+    SetLength(Playlists[P].Items, Len + 1);
+
+    Playlists[P].Items[Len].SongID  := SongID;
+    Playlists[P].Items[Len].Title   := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Title;
+    Playlists[P].Items[Len].Artist  := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Artist;
+
+    //Save Changes
+    SavePlayList(P);
+
+    //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist
+    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then
+      SetPlaylist(P);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//DelItem - Deletes an Item from a specific Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  P: Cardinal;
+begin
+  if iPlaylist = -1 then
+    P := CurPlaylist
+  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+    P := iPlaylist
+  else
+    exit;
+
+  if (Int(iItem) <= high(Playlists[P].Items)) then
+  begin
+    //Move all entrys behind deleted one to Front
+    For I := iItem to High(Playlists[P].Items) - 1 do
+      Playlists[P].Items[I] := Playlists[P].Items[I + 1];
+
+    //Delete Last Entry
+    SetLength(PlayLists[P].Items, Length(PlayLists[P].Items) - 1);
+
+    //Save Changes
+    SavePlayList(P);
+  end;
+
+  //Delete Playlist if Last Song is deleted
+  if (Length(PlayLists[P].Items) = 0) then
+  begin
+    DelPlaylist(P);
+  end
+  //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist
+  else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then
+    SetPlaylist(P);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetNames - Writes Playlist Names in a Array
+//----------
+procedure TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of UTF8String);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Len: Integer;
+begin
+  Len := High(Playlists);
+  
+  if (Length(PLNames) <> Len + 1) then
+    exit;
+
+  For I := 0 to Len do
+    PLNames[I] := Playlists[I].Name;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetIndexbySongID - Returns Index in the specified Playlist of the given Song
+//----------
+Function    TPlayListManager.GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer): Integer;
+var
+  P: Integer;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if iPlaylist = -1 then
+    P := CurPlaylist
+  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+    P := iPlaylist
+  else
+    exit;
+
+  For I := 0 to high(Playlists[P].Items) do
+  begin
+    if (Playlists[P].Items[I].SongID = Int(SongID)) then
+    begin
+      Result := I;
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/URecord.pas b/src/base/URecord.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cddcc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/URecord.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,904 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit URecord;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  Math,
+  sdl,
+  SysUtils,
+  UCommon,
+  UMusic,
+  UIni;
+
+const
+  BaseToneFreq = 65.4064; // lowest (half-)tone to analyze (C2 = 65.4064 Hz)
+  NumHalftones = 36;      // C2-B4 (for Whitney and my high voice)
+
+type
+  TCaptureBuffer = class
+    private
+      VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream; // stream for voice passthrough
+      AnalysisBufferLock: PSDL_Mutex;
+
+      function GetToneString: string; // converts a tone to its string represenatation;
+
+      procedure BoostBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer);
+      procedure ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
+
+      // we call it to analyze sound by checking Autocorrelation
+      procedure AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
+      // use this to check one frequency by Autocorrelation
+      function AnalyzeAutocorrelationFreq(Freq: real): real;
+    public
+      AnalysisBuffer:  array[0..4095] of smallint; // newest 4096 samples
+      AnalysisBufferSize: integer; // number of samples of BufferArray to analyze
+
+      LogBuffer:   TMemoryStream;              // full buffer
+
+      AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+      // pitch detection
+      // TODO: remove ToneValid, set Tone/ToneAbs=-1 if invalid instead
+      ToneValid:    boolean;    // true if Tone contains a valid value (otherwise it contains noise)
+      Tone:         integer;    // tone relative to one octave (e.g. C2=C3=C4). Range: 0-11
+      ToneAbs:      integer;    // absolute (full range) tone (e.g. C2<>C3). Range: 0..NumHalftones-1
+
+      // methods
+      constructor Create;
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure Clear;
+
+      // use to analyze sound from buffers to get new pitch
+      procedure AnalyzeBuffer;
+      procedure LockAnalysisBuffer();   {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+      procedure UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+      function MaxSampleVolume: single;
+      property ToneString: string READ GetToneString;
+  end;
+
+const
+  DEFAULT_SOURCE_NAME = '[Default]';
+
+type
+  TAudioInputSource = record
+    Name: UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  // soundcard input-devices information
+  TAudioInputDevice = class
+    public
+      CfgIndex:      integer;   // index of this device in Ini.InputDeviceConfig
+      Name:          UTF8String;    // soundcard name
+      Source:        array of TAudioInputSource; // soundcard input-sources
+      SourceRestore: integer;  // source-index that will be selected after capturing (-1: not detected)
+      MicSource:     integer;  // source-index of mic (-1: none detected)
+
+      AudioFormat:     TAudioFormatInfo; // capture format info (e.g. 44.1kHz SInt16 stereo)
+      CaptureChannel:  array of TCaptureBuffer; // sound-buffer references used for mono or stereo channel's capture data
+
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex: integer; Sound: TCaptureBuffer);
+
+      // TODO: add Open/Close functions so Start/Stop becomes faster
+      //function Open():    boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      //function Close():   boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function Start():   boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function Stop():    boolean; virtual; abstract;
+
+      function GetVolume(): single;        virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+  TBooleanDynArray = array of boolean;
+
+  TAudioInputProcessor = class
+    public
+      Sound:  array of TCaptureBuffer; // sound-buffers for every player
+      DeviceList: array of TAudioInputDevice;
+
+      constructor Create;
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure UpdateInputDeviceConfig;
+
+      {**
+       * Validates the mic settings.
+       * If a player was assigned to multiple mics a popup will be displayed
+       * with the ID of the player.
+       * The return value is the player number of the first player that is not
+       * configured correctly or 0 if all players are correct.
+       *}
+      function ValidateSettings: integer;
+
+      {**
+       * Checks if players 1 to PlayerCount are configured correctly.
+       * A player is configured if a device's channel is assigned to him.
+       * For each player (up to PlayerCount) the state will be in PlayerState.
+       * If a player's state is true the player is configured, otherwise not.
+       * The return value is the player number of the first player that is not
+       * configured correctly or 0 if all players are correct.
+       * The PlayerState array is zero based (index 0 for player 1).
+       *}
+      function CheckPlayersConfig(PlayerCount: cardinal;
+          var PlayerState: TBooleanDynArray): integer; overload;
+
+      {**
+       * Same as the array version but it does not output a state for each player.
+       *}
+      function CheckPlayersConfig(PlayerCount: cardinal): integer; overload;
+
+      {**
+       * Handle microphone input
+       *}
+      procedure HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer;
+                                     InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
+  end;
+
+  TAudioInputBase = class( TInterfacedObject, IAudioInput )
+    private
+      Started: boolean;
+    protected
+      function UnifyDeviceName(const name: UTF8String; deviceIndex: integer): UTF8String;
+    public
+      function GetName: String;           virtual; abstract;
+      function InitializeRecord: boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function FinalizeRecord: boolean;   virtual;
+
+      procedure CaptureStart;
+      procedure CaptureStop;
+  end;
+
+  TSmallIntArray = array [0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(SmallInt))-1] of SmallInt;
+  PSmallIntArray = ^TSmallIntArray;
+
+  function AudioInputProcessor(): TAudioInputProcessor;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  ULog,
+  UNote;
+
+var
+  singleton_AudioInputProcessor : TAudioInputProcessor = nil;
+
+{ Global }
+
+function AudioInputProcessor(): TAudioInputProcessor;
+begin
+  if singleton_AudioInputProcessor = nil then
+    singleton_AudioInputProcessor := TAudioInputProcessor.create();
+
+  result := singleton_AudioInputProcessor;
+end;
+
+{ TAudioInputDevice }
+
+destructor TAudioInputDevice.Destroy;
+begin
+  Stop();
+  Source := nil;
+  CaptureChannel := nil;
+  FreeAndNil(AudioFormat);
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioInputDevice.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex: integer; Sound: TCaptureBuffer);
+var
+  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  OldSound: TCaptureBuffer;
+begin
+  // check bounds
+  if ((ChannelIndex < 0) or (ChannelIndex > High(CaptureChannel))) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // reset previously assigned (old) capture-buffer
+  OldSound := CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex];
+  if (OldSound <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // close voice stream
+    FreeAndNil(OldSound.VoiceStream);
+    // free old audio-format info
+    FreeAndNil(OldSound.AudioFormat);
+  end;
+
+  // set audio-format of new capture-buffer
+  if (Sound <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // copy the input-device audio-format ...
+    Sound.AudioFormat := AudioFormat.Copy;
+    // and adjust it because capture buffers are always mono
+    Sound.AudioFormat.Channels := 1;
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex];
+
+    if (Ini.VoicePassthrough = 1) then
+    begin
+      // TODO: map odd players to the left and even players to the right speaker
+      Sound.VoiceStream := AudioPlayback.CreateVoiceStream(CHANNELMAP_FRONT, AudioFormat);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // replace old with new buffer (Note: Sound might be nil)
+  CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex] := Sound;
+end;
+
+{ TSound }
+
+constructor TCaptureBuffer.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  LogBuffer := TMemoryStream.Create;
+  AnalysisBufferLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+  AnalysisBufferSize := Length(AnalysisBuffer);
+end;
+
+destructor TCaptureBuffer.Destroy;
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(LogBuffer);
+  FreeAndNil(VoiceStream);
+  FreeAndNil(AudioFormat);
+  SDL_DestroyMutex(AnalysisBufferLock);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.LockAnalysisBuffer();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(AnalysisBufferLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexV(AnalysisBufferLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.Clear;
+begin
+  if assigned(LogBuffer) then
+    LogBuffer.Clear;
+  LockAnalysisBuffer();
+  FillChar(AnalysisBuffer[0], Length(AnalysisBuffer) * SizeOf(SmallInt), 0);
+  UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
+var
+  BufferOffset: integer;
+  SampleCount:  integer;
+  i:            integer;
+begin
+  // apply software boost
+  BoostBuffer(Buffer, BufferSize);
+
+  // voice passthrough (send data to playback-device)
+  if (assigned(VoiceStream)) then
+    VoiceStream.WriteData(Buffer, BufferSize);
+
+  // we assume that samples are in S16Int format
+  // TODO: support float too
+  if (AudioFormat.Format <> asfS16) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // process BufferArray
+  BufferOffset := 0;
+
+  SampleCount := BufferSize div SizeOf(SmallInt);
+
+  // check if we have more new samples than we can store
+  if (SampleCount > Length(AnalysisBuffer)) then
+  begin
+    // discard the oldest of the new samples
+    BufferOffset := (SampleCount - Length(AnalysisBuffer)) * SizeOf(SmallInt);
+    SampleCount := Length(AnalysisBuffer);
+  end;
+
+  LockAnalysisBuffer();
+  try
+
+    // move old samples to the beginning of the array (if necessary)
+    for i := 0 to High(AnalysisBuffer)-SampleCount do
+      AnalysisBuffer[i] := AnalysisBuffer[i+SampleCount];
+
+    // copy new samples to analysis buffer
+    Move(Buffer[BufferOffset], AnalysisBuffer[Length(AnalysisBuffer)-SampleCount],
+         SampleCount * SizeOf(SmallInt));
+
+  finally
+    UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+  end;
+
+  // save capture-data to BufferLong if enabled
+  if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then
+  begin
+    // this is just for debugging (approx 15MB per player for a 3min song!!!)
+    // For an in-game replay-mode we need to compress data so we do not
+    // waste that much memory. Maybe ogg-vorbis with voice-preset in fast-mode?
+    // Or we could use a faster but not that efficient lossless compression.
+    LogBuffer.WriteBuffer(Buffer, BufferSize);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeBuffer;
+var
+  Volume:      single;
+  MaxVolume:   single;
+  SampleIndex: integer;
+  Threshold:   single;
+begin
+  ToneValid := false;
+  ToneAbs := -1;
+  Tone    := -1;
+
+  LockAnalysisBuffer();
+  try
+
+    // find maximum volume of first 1024 samples
+    MaxVolume := 0;
+    for SampleIndex := 0 to 1023 do
+    begin
+      Volume := Abs(AnalysisBuffer[SampleIndex]) / -Low(Smallint);
+      if Volume > MaxVolume then
+         MaxVolume := Volume;
+    end;
+
+    Threshold := IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex];
+
+    // check if signal has an acceptable volume (ignore background-noise)
+    if MaxVolume >= Threshold then
+    begin
+      // analyse the current voice pitch
+      AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
+      ToneValid := true;
+    end;
+
+  finally
+    UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
+var
+  ToneIndex: integer;
+  CurFreq:   real;
+  CurWeight: real;
+  MaxWeight: real;
+  MaxTone:   integer;
+const
+  HalftoneBase = 1.05946309436; // 2^(1/12) -> HalftoneBase^12 = 2 (one octave)
+begin
+  // prepare to analyze
+  MaxWeight := -1;
+  MaxTone := 0; // this is not needed, but it satifies the compiler
+
+  // analyze halftones
+  // Note: at the lowest tone (~65Hz) and a buffer-size of 4096
+  // at 44.1 (or 48kHz) only 6 (or 5) samples are compared, this might be
+  // too few samples -> use a bigger buffer-size
+  for ToneIndex := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do
+  begin
+    CurFreq := BaseToneFreq * Power(HalftoneBase, ToneIndex);
+    CurWeight := AnalyzeAutocorrelationFreq(CurFreq);
+
+    // TODO: prefer higher frequencies (use >= or use downto)
+    if (CurWeight > MaxWeight) then
+    begin
+      // this frequency has a higher weight
+      MaxWeight := CurWeight;
+      MaxTone   := ToneIndex;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  ToneAbs := MaxTone;
+  Tone    := MaxTone mod 12;
+end;
+
+// result medium difference
+function TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeAutocorrelationFreq(Freq: real): real;
+var
+  Dist:                   real;    // distance (0=equal .. 1=totally different) between correlated samples
+  AccumDist:              real;    // accumulated distances
+  SampleIndex:            integer; // index of sample to analyze
+  CorrelatingSampleIndex: integer; // index of sample one period ahead
+  SamplesPerPeriod:       integer; // samples in one period
+begin
+  SampleIndex := 0;
+  SamplesPerPeriod := Round(AudioFormat.SampleRate/Freq);
+  CorrelatingSampleIndex := SampleIndex + SamplesPerPeriod;
+
+  AccumDist := 0;
+
+  // compare correlating samples
+  while (CorrelatingSampleIndex < AnalysisBufferSize) do
+  begin
+    // calc distance (correlation: 1-dist) to corresponding sample in next period
+    Dist := Abs(AnalysisBuffer[SampleIndex] - AnalysisBuffer[CorrelatingSampleIndex]) /
+            High(Word);
+    AccumDist := AccumDist + Dist;
+    Inc(SampleIndex);
+    Inc(CorrelatingSampleIndex);
+  end;
+
+  // return "inverse" average distance (=correlation)
+  Result := 1 - AccumDist / AnalysisBufferSize;
+end;
+
+function TCaptureBuffer.MaxSampleVolume: single;
+var
+  lSampleIndex: integer;
+  lMaxVol:      longint;
+begin;
+  LockAnalysisBuffer();
+  try
+    lMaxVol := 0;
+    for lSampleIndex := 0 to High(AnalysisBuffer) do
+    begin
+      if Abs(AnalysisBuffer[lSampleIndex]) > lMaxVol then
+        lMaxVol := Abs(AnalysisBuffer[lSampleIndex]);
+    end;
+  finally
+    UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+  end;
+
+  result := lMaxVol / -Low(Smallint);
+end;
+
+const
+  ToneStrings: array[0..11] of string = (
+    'C', 'C#', 'D', 'D#', 'E', 'F', 'F#', 'G', 'G#', 'A', 'A#', 'B'
+  );
+
+function TCaptureBuffer.GetToneString: string;
+begin
+  if (ToneValid) then
+    Result := ToneStrings[Tone] + IntToStr(ToneAbs div 12 + 2)
+  else
+    Result := '-';
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.BoostBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer);
+var
+  i:            integer;
+  Value:        longint;
+  SampleCount:  integer;
+  SampleBuffer: PSmallIntArray; // buffer handled as array of samples
+  Boost:        byte;
+begin
+  // TODO: set boost per device
+  case Ini.MicBoost of
+    0:   Boost := 1;
+    1:   Boost := 2;
+    2:   Boost := 4;
+    3:   Boost := 8;
+    else Boost := 1;
+  end;
+
+  // at the moment we will boost SInt16 data only
+  if (AudioFormat.Format = asfS16) then
+  begin
+    // interpret buffer as buffer of bytes
+    SampleBuffer := PSmallIntArray(Buffer);
+    SampleCount := Size div AudioFormat.FrameSize;
+
+    // boost buffer
+    for i := 0 to SampleCount-1 do
+    begin
+      Value := SampleBuffer^[i] * Boost;
+
+      if Value > High(Smallint) then
+        Value := High(Smallint);
+
+      if Value < Low(Smallint) then
+        Value := Low(Smallint);
+
+      SampleBuffer^[i] := Value;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TAudioInputProcessor }
+
+constructor TAudioInputProcessor.Create;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  SetLength(Sound, 6 {max players});//Ini.Players+1);
+  for i := 0 to High(Sound) do
+    Sound[i] := TCaptureBuffer.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioInputProcessor.Destroy;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to High(Sound) do
+    Sound[i].Free;
+  SetLength(Sound, 0);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+// updates InputDeviceConfig with current input-device information
+// See: TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg()
+procedure TAudioInputProcessor.UpdateInputDeviceConfig;
+var
+  deviceIndex:    integer;
+  newDevice:      boolean;
+  deviceIniIndex: integer;
+  deviceCfg:      PInputDeviceConfig;
+  device:         TAudioInputDevice;
+  channelCount:   integer;
+  channelIndex:   integer;
+  i:              integer;
+begin
+  // Input devices - append detected soundcards
+  for deviceIndex := 0 to High(DeviceList) do
+  begin
+    newDevice := true;
+    //Search for Card in List
+    for deviceIniIndex := 0 to High(Ini.InputDeviceConfig) do
+    begin
+      deviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[deviceIniIndex];
+      device := DeviceList[deviceIndex];
+
+      if (deviceCfg.Name = Trim(device.Name)) then
+      begin
+        newDevice := false;
+
+        // store highest channel index as an offset for the new channels
+        channelIndex := High(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap);
+        // add missing channels or remove non-existing ones
+        SetLength(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap, device.AudioFormat.Channels);
+        // assign added channels to no player
+        for i := channelIndex+1 to High(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+        begin
+          deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[i] := CHANNEL_OFF;
+        end;
+
+        // associate ini-index with device
+        device.CfgIndex := deviceIniIndex;
+        break;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    //If not in List -> Add
+    if newDevice then
+    begin
+      // resize list
+      SetLength(Ini.InputDeviceConfig, Length(Ini.InputDeviceConfig)+1);
+      deviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[High(Ini.InputDeviceConfig)];
+      device := DeviceList[deviceIndex];
+
+      // associate ini-index with device
+      device.CfgIndex := High(Ini.InputDeviceConfig);
+
+      deviceCfg.Name := Trim(device.Name);
+      deviceCfg.Input := 0;
+      deviceCfg.Latency := LATENCY_AUTODETECT;
+
+      channelCount := device.AudioFormat.Channels;
+      SetLength(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap, channelCount);
+
+      for channelIndex := 0 to channelCount-1 do
+      begin
+        // Do not set any default on first start of USDX.
+        // Otherwise most probably the wrong device (internal sound card)
+        // will be selected.
+        // It is better to force the user to configure the mics himself.
+        deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[channelIndex] := CHANNEL_OFF;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInputProcessor.ValidateSettings: integer;
+const
+  MAX_PLAYER_COUNT = 6; // FIXME: there should be a global variable for this
+var
+  I, J: integer;
+  PlayerID: integer;
+  PlayerMap: array [0 .. MAX_PLAYER_COUNT - 1] of boolean;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+begin
+  // mark all players as unassigned
+  for I := 0 to High(PlayerMap) do
+    PlayerMap[I] := false;
+
+  // iterate over all active devices
+  for I := 0 to High(DeviceList) do
+  begin
+    InputDevice := DeviceList[I];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+    // iterate over all channels of the current devices
+    for J := 0 to High(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+    begin
+      // get player that was mapped to the current device channel
+      PlayerID := InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[J];
+      if (PlayerID <> CHANNEL_OFF) then
+      begin
+        // check if player is already assigned to another device/channel
+        if (PlayerMap[PlayerID - 1]) then
+        begin
+          Result := PlayerID;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+        // mark player as assigned to a device
+        PlayerMap[PlayerID - 1] := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInputProcessor.CheckPlayersConfig(PlayerCount: cardinal;
+  var PlayerState: TBooleanDynArray): integer;
+var
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device:       TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
+  PlayerIndex:  integer;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(PlayerState, PlayerCount);
+  // set all entries to "not configured"
+  for I := 0 to High(PlayerState) do
+  begin
+    PlayerState[I] := false;
+  end;
+
+  // check each used device
+  for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex];
+    if not assigned(Device) then
+      continue;
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+
+    // check if device is used
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+    begin
+      PlayerIndex := DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] - 1;
+      if (PlayerIndex >= 0) and (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then
+        PlayerState[PlayerIndex] := true;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := 0;
+  for I := 0 to High(PlayerState) do
+  begin
+    if (PlayerState[I] = false) then
+    begin
+      Result := I + 1;
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInputProcessor.CheckPlayersConfig(PlayerCount: cardinal): integer;
+var
+  PlayerState: TBooleanDynArray;
+begin
+  Result := CheckPlayersConfig(PlayerCount, PlayerState);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Handles captured microphone input data.
+ * Params:
+ *   Buffer - buffer of signed 16bit interleaved stereo PCM-samples.
+ *     Interleaved means that a right-channel sample follows a left-
+ *     channel sample and vice versa (0:left[0],1:right[0],2:left[1],...).
+ *   Length - number of bytes in Buffer
+ *   Input - Soundcard-Input used for capture
+ *}
+procedure TAudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
+var
+  MultiChannelBuffer:      PByteArray;  // buffer handled as array of bytes (offset relative to channel)
+  SingleChannelBuffer:     PByteArray;  // temporary buffer for new samples per channel
+  SingleChannelBufferSize: integer;
+  ChannelIndex:            integer;
+  CaptureChannel:          TCaptureBuffer;
+  AudioFormat:             TAudioFormatInfo;
+  SampleSize:              integer;
+  SamplesPerChannel:       integer;
+  i:                       integer;
+begin
+  AudioFormat := InputDevice.AudioFormat;
+  SampleSize := AudioSampleSize[AudioFormat.Format];
+  SamplesPerChannel := Size div AudioFormat.FrameSize;
+
+  SingleChannelBufferSize := SamplesPerChannel * SampleSize;
+  GetMem(SingleChannelBuffer, SingleChannelBufferSize);
+
+  // process channels
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.CaptureChannel) do
+  begin
+    CaptureChannel := InputDevice.CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex];
+    // check if a capture buffer was assigned, otherwise there is nothing to do
+    if (CaptureChannel <> nil) then
+    begin
+      // set offset according to channel index
+      MultiChannelBuffer := @Buffer[ChannelIndex * SampleSize];
+      // separate channel-data from interleaved multi-channel (e.g. stereo) data
+      for i := 0 to SamplesPerChannel-1 do
+      begin
+        Move(MultiChannelBuffer[i*AudioFormat.FrameSize],
+             SingleChannelBuffer[i*SampleSize],
+             SampleSize);
+      end;
+      CaptureChannel.ProcessNewBuffer(SingleChannelBuffer, SingleChannelBufferSize);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  FreeMem(SingleChannelBuffer);
+end;
+
+{ TAudioInputBase }
+
+function TAudioInputBase.FinalizeRecord: boolean;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i].Free();
+  AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList := nil;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Start capturing on all used input-device.
+ *}
+procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStart;
+var
+  S:            integer;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device:       TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
+  DeviceUsed:   boolean;
+  Player:       integer;
+begin
+  if (Started) then
+    CaptureStop();
+
+  // reset buffers
+  for S := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.Sound) do
+    AudioInputProcessor.Sound[S].Clear;
+
+  // start capturing on each used device
+  for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex];
+    if not assigned(Device) then
+      continue;
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+
+    DeviceUsed := false;
+
+    // check if device is used
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+    begin
+      Player := DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] - 1;
+      if (Player < 0) or (Player >= PlayersPlay) then
+      begin
+        Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil);
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, AudioInputProcessor.Sound[Player]);
+        DeviceUsed := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // start device if used
+    if (DeviceUsed) then
+    begin
+      //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+      Device.Start();
+      //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+      //Log.LogBenchmark('Device.Start', 2) ;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Started := true;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Stop input-capturing on all soundcards.
+ *}
+procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStop;
+var
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device:       TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg:    PInputDeviceConfig;
+begin
+  for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex];
+    if not assigned(Device) then
+      continue;
+
+    Device.Stop();
+
+    // disconnect capture buffers
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil);
+  end;
+
+  Started := false;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInputBase.UnifyDeviceName(const name: UTF8String; deviceIndex: integer): UTF8String;
+var
+  count: integer; // count of devices with this name
+
+  function IsDuplicate(const name: UTF8String): boolean;
+  var
+    i: integer;
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    // search devices with same description
+    for i := 0 to deviceIndex-1 do
+    begin
+      if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i] <> nil) then
+      begin
+        if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i].Name = name) then
+        begin
+          Result := true;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  count := 1;
+  result := name;
+
+  // if there is another device with the same ID, search for an available name
+  while (IsDuplicate(result)) do
+  begin
+    Inc(count);
+    // set description
+    result := name + ' ('+IntToStr(count)+')';
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/URingBuffer.pas b/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..684c13ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit URingBuffer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  TRingBuffer = class
+    private
+      RingBuffer: PByteArray;
+      BufferCount: integer;
+      BufferSize: integer;
+      WritePos: integer;
+      ReadPos: integer;
+    public
+      constructor Create(Size: integer);
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+      function Read(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
+      function Write(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
+      function Size(): integer;
+      function Available(): integer;
+      procedure Flush();
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math;
+
+constructor TRingBuffer.Create(Size: integer);
+begin
+  BufferSize := Size;
+
+  GetMem(RingBuffer, Size);
+  if (RingBuffer = nil) then
+    raise Exception.Create('No memory');
+end;
+
+destructor TRingBuffer.Destroy;
+begin
+  FreeMem(RingBuffer);
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Read(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
+var
+  PartCount: integer;
+begin
+  // adjust output count
+  if (Count > BufferCount) then
+  begin
+    //DebugWriteln('Read too much: ' + inttostr(count) +',count:'+ inttostr(BufferCount) + '/size:' + inttostr(BufferSize));
+    Count := BufferCount;
+  end;
+
+  // check if there is something to do
+  if (Count <= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := Count;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // copy data to output buffer
+
+  // first step: copy from the area between the read-position and the end of the buffer
+  PartCount := Min(Count, BufferSize - ReadPos);
+  Move(RingBuffer[ReadPos], Buffer[0], PartCount);
+
+  // second step: if we need more data, copy from the beginning of the buffer
+  if (PartCount < Count) then
+    Move(RingBuffer[0], Buffer[0], Count-PartCount);
+
+  // mark the copied part of the buffer as free
+  BufferCount := BufferCount - Count;
+  ReadPos := (ReadPos + Count) mod BufferSize;
+
+  Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Write(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer;
+var
+  PartCount: integer;
+begin
+  // check for a reasonable request
+  if (Count <= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := Count;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // skip input data if the input buffer is bigger than the ring-buffer
+  if (Count > BufferSize) then
+  begin
+    //DebugWriteln('Write skip data:' + inttostr(count) +',count:'+ inttostr(BufferCount) + '/size:' + inttostr(BufferSize));
+    Buffer := @Buffer[Count - BufferSize];
+    Count := BufferSize;
+  end;
+
+  // first step: copy to the area between the write-position and the end of the buffer
+  PartCount := Min(Count, BufferSize - WritePos);
+  Move(Buffer[0], RingBuffer[WritePos], PartCount);
+
+  // second step: copy data to front of buffer
+  if (PartCount < Count) then
+    Move(Buffer[PartCount], RingBuffer[0], Count-PartCount);
+
+  // update info
+  BufferCount := Min(BufferCount + Count, BufferSize);
+  WritePos := (WritePos + Count) mod BufferSize;
+  // if the buffer is full, we have to reposition the read-position
+  if (BufferCount = BufferSize) then
+    ReadPos := WritePos;
+
+  Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Available(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := BufferCount;
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Size(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := BufferSize;
+end;
+
+procedure TRingBuffer.Flush();
+begin
+  ReadPos := 0;
+  WritePos := 0;
+  BufferCount := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/USingNotes.pas b/src/base/USingNotes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcfaff9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/USingNotes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USingNotes;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{ Dummy Unit atm
+  For further explanation
+  Placeholder for Class that will handle the Notes Drawing}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/USingScores.pas b/src/base/USingScores.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26c5dfe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/USingScores.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USingScores;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  gl,
+  UThemes,
+  UTexture;
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                        ATTENTION:                        //
+// Enabled flag does not work atm. This should cause popups //
+// not to move and scores to stay until re-enabling.        //
+// To use e.g. in pause mode                                //
+// also invisible flag causes attributes not to change.     //
+// This should be fixed after next draw when visible = true,//
+// but not tested yet                                       //
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// some constants containing options that could change by time
+const
+  MaxPlayers = 6;   // maximum of players that could be added
+  MaxPositions = 6; // maximum of score positions that could be added
+
+type
+  //-----------
+  // TScorePlayer - record containing information about a players score
+  //-----------
+  TScorePlayer = record
+    Position:       byte;     // index of the position where the player should be drawn
+    Enabled:        boolean;  // is the score display enabled
+    Visible:        boolean;  // is the score display visible
+    Score:          word;     // current score of the player
+    ScoreDisplayed: word;     // score cur. displayed (for counting up)
+    ScoreBG:        TTexture; // texture of the players scores bg
+    Color:          TRGB;     // the players color
+    RBPos:          real;     // cur. percentille of the rating bar
+    RBTarget:       real;     // target position of rating bar
+    RBVisible:      boolean;  // is rating bar drawn
+  end;
+  aScorePlayer = array [0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer;
+
+  //-----------
+  // TScorePosition - record containing information about a score position, that can be used
+  //-----------
+  PScorePosition = ^TScorePosition;
+  TScorePosition = record
+    // the position is used for which playercount
+    PlayerCount: byte;
+    // 1 - 1 player per screen
+    // 2 - 2 players per screen
+    // 4 - 3 players per screen
+    // 6 would be 2 and 3 players per screen
+
+    BGX: real;     // x position of the score bg
+    BGY: real;     // y position of the score bg
+    BGW: real;     // width of the score bg
+    BGH: real;     // height of the score bg
+
+    RBX: real;     // x position of the rating bar
+    RBY: real;     // y position of the rating bar
+    RBW: real;     // width of the rating bar
+    RBH: real;     // height of the rating bar
+
+    TextX: real;         // x position of the score text
+    TextY: real;         // y position of the score text
+    TextFont: byte;      // font of the score text
+    TextSize: integer;   // size of the score text
+
+    PUW:        real;     // width of the line bonus popup
+    PUH:        real;     // height of the line bonus popup
+    PUFont:     byte;     // font for the popups
+    PUFontSize: integer;  // font size for the popups
+    PUStartX:   real;     // x start position of the line bonus popup
+    PUStartY:   real;     // y start position of the line bonus popup
+    PUTargetX:  real;     // x target position of the line bonus popup
+    PUTargetY:  real;     // y target position of the line bonus popup
+  end;
+  aScorePosition = array [0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition;
+
+  //-----------
+  // TScorePopUp - record containing information about a line bonus popup
+  // list, next item is saved in next attribute
+  //-----------
+  PScorePopUp = ^TScorePopUp;
+  TScorePopUp = record
+    Player:     byte;        // index of the popups player
+    TimeStamp:  cardinal;    // timestamp of popups spawn
+    Rating:     integer;     // 0 to 8, type of rating (cool, bad, etc.)
+    ScoreGiven: integer;     // score that has already been given to the player
+    ScoreDiff:  integer;     // difference between cur score at spawn and old score
+    Next:       PScorePopUp; // next item in list
+  end;
+  aScorePopUp = array of TScorePopUp;
+
+  //-----------
+  // TSingScores - class containing scores positions and drawing scores, rating bar + popups
+  //-----------
+  TSingScores = class
+    private
+      aPositions: aScorePosition;
+      aPlayers:  aScorePlayer;
+      oPositionCount: byte;
+      oPlayerCount:   byte;
+
+      // saves the first and last popup of the list
+      FirstPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+      LastPopUp:  PScorePopUp;
+
+      // only defined during draw, time passed between
+      // current and previous call of draw
+      TimePassed: Cardinal;
+
+      // draws a popup by pointer
+      procedure DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+
+      // raises players score if RaiseScore was called
+      // has to be called after DrawPopUp and before
+      // DrawScore
+      procedure DoRaiseScore(const Index: integer);
+
+      // draws a score by playerindex
+      procedure DrawScore(const Index: integer);
+
+      // draws the rating bar by playerindex
+      procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: integer);
+
+      // removes a popup w/o destroying the list
+      procedure KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+
+      // calculate the amount of points for a player that is
+      // still in popups and therfore not displayed
+      function GetPopUpPoints(const Index: integer): integer;
+    public
+      Settings: record // Record containing some Displaying Options
+        Phase1Time: real;     // time for phase 1 to complete (in msecs)
+                              // the plop up of the popup
+        Phase2Time: real;     // time for phase 2 to complete (in msecs)
+                              // the moving (mainly upwards) of the popup
+        Phase3Time: real;     // time for phase 3 to complete (in msecs)
+                              // the fade out and score adding
+
+        PopUpTex:   array [0..8] of TTexture; // textures for every popup rating
+
+        RatingBar_BG_Tex:  TTexture; // rating bar texs
+        RatingBar_FG_Tex:  TTexture;
+        RatingBar_Bar_Tex: TTexture;
+
+      end;
+
+      Visible:   boolean;  // visibility of all scores
+      Enabled:   boolean;  // scores are changed, popups are moved etc.
+      RBVisible: boolean;  // visibility of all rating bars
+
+      // properties for reading position and playercount
+      property PositionCount: byte         read oPositionCount;
+      property PlayerCount:   byte         read oPlayerCount;
+      property Players:       aScorePlayer read aPlayers;
+      property Positions: aScorePosition read aPositions;
+
+      // constructor just sets some standard settings
+      constructor Create;
+
+      // adds a position to array and increases position count
+      procedure AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+
+      // adds a player to array and increases player count
+      procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: word = 0; const Enabled: boolean = true; const Visible: boolean = true);
+
+      // change a players visibility, enable
+      procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: byte; const pVisible: boolean);
+      procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: byte; const pEnabled: boolean);
+
+      // deletes all player information
+      procedure ClearPlayers;
+
+      // deletes positions and playerinformation
+      procedure Clear;
+
+      // loads some settings and the positions from theme
+      procedure LoadfromTheme;
+
+      // has to be called after positions and players have been added, before first call of draw
+      // it gives every player a score position
+      procedure Init;
+
+      // raises the score of a specified player to the specified score
+      procedure RaiseScore(Player: byte; Score: integer);
+
+      // sets the score of a specified player to the specified score
+      procedure SetScore(Player: byte; Score: integer);
+
+      // spawns a new line bonus popup for the player
+      procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: byte; const Rating: integer; const Score: integer);
+
+      // removes all popups from mem
+      procedure KillAllPopUps;
+
+      // draws scores and line bonus popups
+      procedure Draw;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  SDL,
+  TextGL,
+  ULog,
+  UGraphic;
+
+{**
+ * sets some standard settings
+ *}
+constructor TSingScores.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // clear popuplist pointers
+  FirstPopUp := nil;
+  LastPopUp  := nil;
+
+  // clear variables
+  Visible   := true;
+  Enabled   := true;
+  RBVisible := true;
+  
+  // clear position index
+  oPositionCount := 0;
+  oPlayerCount   := 0;
+
+  Settings.Phase1Time := 350;  // plop it up     . -> [   ]
+  Settings.Phase2Time := 550;  // shift it up        ^[   ]^
+  Settings.Phase3Time := 200;  // increase score      [s++]
+
+  Settings.PopUpTex[0].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[1].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[2].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[3].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[4].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[5].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[6].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[7].TexNum := 0;
+  Settings.PopUpTex[8].TexNum := 0;
+
+  Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum   := 0;
+  Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum   := 0;
+  Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum  := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * adds a position to array and increases position count
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+begin
+  if (PositionCount < MaxPositions) then
+  begin
+    aPositions[PositionCount] := pPosition^;
+    Inc(oPositionCount);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * adds a player to array and increases player count
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: word; const Enabled: boolean; const Visible: boolean);
+begin
+  if (PlayerCount < MaxPlayers) then
+  begin
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Position  := High(byte);
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Enabled   := Enabled;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Visible   := Visible;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Score     := Score;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed := Score;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreBG   := ScoreBG;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Color     := Color;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBPos     := 0.5;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBTarget  := 0.5;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := true;
+
+    Inc(oPlayerCount);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * change a players visibility
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: byte; const pVisible: boolean);
+begin
+  if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
+    aPlayers[Index].Visible := pVisible;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * change player enabled
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: byte; const pEnabled: boolean);
+begin
+  if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
+    aPlayers[Index].Enabled := pEnabled;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * procedure deletes all player information
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers;
+begin
+  KillAllPopUps;
+  oPlayerCount := 0;
+  TimePassed := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * procedure deletes positions and playerinformation
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.Clear;
+begin
+  KillAllPopUps;
+  oPlayerCount    := 0;
+  oPositionCount  := 0;
+  TimePassed := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * procedure loads some settings and the positions from theme
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText);
+  var
+    nPosition: TScorePosition;
+  begin
+    nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; // only for one player playing
+
+    nPosition.BGX := ScoreStatic.X;
+    nPosition.BGY := ScoreStatic.Y;
+    nPosition.BGW := ScoreStatic.W;
+    nPosition.BGH := ScoreStatic.H;
+
+    nPosition.TextX     := ScoreText.X;
+    nPosition.TextY     := ScoreText.Y;
+    nPosition.TextFont  := ScoreText.Font;
+    nPosition.TextSize  := ScoreText.Size;
+
+    nPosition.RBX := SingBarStatic.X;
+    nPosition.RBY := SingBarStatic.Y;
+    nPosition.RBW := SingBarStatic.W;
+    nPosition.RBH := SingBarStatic.H;
+
+    nPosition.PUW := nPosition.BGW;
+    nPosition.PUH := nPosition.BGH;
+
+    nPosition.PUFont     := ftOutline1;
+    nPosition.PUFontSize := 18;
+
+    nPosition.PUStartX := nPosition.BGX;
+    nPosition.PUStartY := nPosition.TextY + 65;
+
+    nPosition.PUTargetX := nPosition.BGX;
+    nPosition.PUTargetY := nPosition.TextY;
+
+    AddPosition(@nPosition);
+  end;
+begin
+  Clear;
+
+  // set textures
+  // popup tex
+  for I := 0 to 8 do
+    Settings.PopUpTex[I] := Tex_SingLineBonusBack[I];
+
+  // rating bar tex  
+  Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Back;
+  Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Front;
+  Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex  :=  Tex_SingBar_Bar;
+
+  // load positions from theme
+
+  // player 1:
+  AddByStatics(1, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);
+  AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);
+  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);
+
+  // player 2:
+  AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);
+  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);
+
+  // player 3:
+  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP3SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * raises the score of a specified player to the specified score
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.RaiseScore(Player: byte; Score: integer);
+begin
+  if (Player <= PlayerCount - 1) then
+    aPlayers[Player].Score := Score;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * sets the score of a specified player to the specified score
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.SetScore(Player: byte; Score: integer);
+  var
+    Diff: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Player <= PlayerCount - 1) then
+  begin
+    Diff := Score - Players[Player].Score;
+    aPlayers[Player].Score := Score;
+    Inc(aPlayers[Player].ScoreDisplayed, Diff);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * spawns a new line bonus popup for the player
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: byte; const Rating: integer; const Score: integer);
+var
+  Cur: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  if (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then
+  begin
+    // get memory and add data
+    GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+
+    Cur.Player    := PlayerIndex;
+    Cur.TimeStamp := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+    // limit rating value to 0..8
+    // a higher value would cause a crash when selecting the bg texture
+    if (Rating > 8) then
+      Cur.Rating := 8
+    else if (Rating < 0) then
+      Cur.Rating := 0
+    else
+      Cur.Rating := Rating;
+
+    Cur.ScoreGiven:= 0;
+    if (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then
+    begin
+      Cur.ScoreDiff := Score - Players[PlayerIndex].Score;
+      aPlayers[PlayerIndex].Score := Score;
+    end
+    else
+      Cur.ScoreDiff := 0;
+    Cur.Next := nil;
+
+    // Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff));
+
+    // add it to the chain
+    if (FirstPopUp = nil) then
+      // the first popup in the list
+      FirstPopUp := Cur
+    else
+    // second or earlier popup
+      LastPopUp.Next := Cur;
+
+    // set new popup to last popup in the list
+    LastPopUp := Cur;
+  end
+  else
+    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add popup for non-existing player');
+end;
+
+{**
+ * removes a popup w/o destroying the list
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+begin
+  // give player the last points that missing till now
+  aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed := aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed + Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven;
+
+  // change bars position
+  if (Cur.ScoreDiff > 0) THEN
+  begin // popup w/ scorechange -> give missing percentille
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget +
+                                     (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) / Cur.ScoreDiff
+                                     * (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+  end
+  else
+  begin // popup w/o scorechange -> give complete percentille
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget +
+                                     (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+  end;
+
+  if (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 1
+  else
+  if (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 0;
+
+  // if this is the first popup => make next popup the first
+  if (Cur = FirstPopUp) then
+    FirstPopUp := Cur.Next
+  // else => remove curent popup from chain
+  else
+    Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+
+  // if this is the last popup, make popup before the last
+  if (Cur = LastPopUp) then
+    LastPopUp := Last;
+
+  // free the memory
+  FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+end;
+
+{**
+ * removes all popups from mem
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps;
+var
+  Cur:  PScorePopUp;
+  Last: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  Cur := FirstPopUp;
+
+  // remove all popups:
+  while (Cur <> nil) do
+  begin
+    Last := Cur;
+    Cur  := Cur.Next;
+    FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+  end;
+
+  FirstPopUp := nil;
+  LastPopUp := nil;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * calculate the amount of points for a player that is
+ * still in popups and therfore not displayed
+ *}
+function TSingScores.GetPopUpPoints(const Index: integer): integer;
+  var
+    CurPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  
+  CurPopUp := FirstPopUp;
+  while (CurPopUp <> nil) do
+  begin
+    if (CurPopUp.Player = Index) then
+    begin // add points left "in" popup to result
+      Inc(Result, CurPopUp.ScoreDiff - CurPopUp.ScoreGiven);
+    end;
+    CurPopUp := CurPopUp.Next;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * has to be called after positions and players have been added, before first call of draw
+ * it gives each player a score position
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.Init;
+var
+  PlC:                 array [0..1] of byte; // playercount first screen and second screen
+  I, J:                integer;
+  MaxPlayersperScreen: byte;
+  CurPlayer:           byte;
+
+  function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: byte): byte;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+    bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
+
+    for I := 0 to PositionCount - 1 do
+    begin
+      if ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount and bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+        Inc(Result);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: byte): byte;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+  begin
+    bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
+    Result := High(byte);
+
+    for I := 0 to PositionCount - 1 do
+    begin
+      if ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount and bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+      begin
+        if (bPlayer = 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := I;
+          Break;
+        end
+        else
+          Dec(bPlayer);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  MaxPlayersPerScreen := 0;
+
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    // if there are enough positions -> write to maxplayers
+    if (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then
+      MaxPlayersPerScreen := I
+    else
+      Break;
+  end;
+
+  // split players to both screens or display on one screen
+  if (Screens = 2) and (MaxPlayersPerScreen < PlayerCount) then
+  begin
+    PlC[0] := PlayerCount div 2 + PlayerCount mod 2;
+    PlC[1] := PlayerCount div 2;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    PlC[0] := PlayerCount;
+    PlC[1] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // check if there are enough positions for all players
+  for I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (PlC[I] > MaxPlayersperScreen) then
+    begin
+      PlC[I] := MaxPlayersperScreen;
+      Log.LogError('More Players than available Positions, TSingScores');
+    end;
+  end;
+  
+  CurPlayer := 0;
+  // give every player a position
+  for I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+    for J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do
+    begin
+      aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) or (I shl 7);
+      // Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position));
+      Inc(CurPlayer);
+    end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * draws scores and linebonus popups
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.Draw;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  CurTime: cardinal;
+  CurPopUp, LastPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+  if (TimePassed <> 0) then
+    TimePassed := CurTime - TimePassed;
+
+  if Visible then
+  begin
+    // draw popups
+    LastPopUp := nil;
+    CurPopUp  := FirstPopUp;
+
+    while (CurPopUp <> nil) do
+    begin
+      if (CurTime - CurPopUp.TimeStamp > Settings.Phase1Time + Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase3Time) then
+      begin
+        KillPopUp(LastPopUp, CurPopUp);
+        if (LastPopUp = nil) then
+          CurPopUp := FirstPopUp
+        else
+          CurPopUp  := LastPopUp.Next;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        DrawPopUp(CurPopUp);
+        LastPopUp := CurPopUp;
+        CurPopUp  := LastPopUp.Next;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+
+    if (RBVisible) then
+      // draw players w/ rating bar
+      for I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+      begin
+        DoRaiseScore(I);
+        DrawScore(I);
+        DrawRatingBar(I);
+      end
+    else
+      // draw players w/o rating bar
+      for I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+      begin
+        DoRaiseScore(I);
+        DrawScore(I);
+      end;
+
+  end; // eo visible
+
+  TimePassed := CurTime;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * raises players score if RaiseScore was called
+ * has to be called after DrawPopUp and before
+ * DrawScore
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.DoRaiseScore(const Index: integer);
+  var
+    S: integer;
+    Diff: integer;
+  const
+    RaisePerSecond = 500;
+begin
+  S := (Players[Index].Score - (Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed + GetPopUpPoints(Index)));
+
+  if (S <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Diff := Round(RoundTo((RaisePerSecond * TimePassed) / 1000, 1));
+
+    { minimal raise per frame = 1 }
+    if Abs(Diff) < 1 then
+      Diff := Sign(S);
+
+    if (Abs(Diff) < Abs(S)) then
+      Inc(aPlayers[Index].ScoreDisplayed, Diff)
+    else
+      Inc(aPlayers[Index].ScoreDisplayed, S);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * draws a popup by pointer
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+var
+  Progress:          real;
+  CurTime:           cardinal;
+  X, Y, W, H, Alpha: real;
+  FontSize:          integer;
+  FontOffset:        real;
+  TimeDiff:          cardinal;
+  PIndex:            byte;
+  TextLen:           real;
+  ScoretoAdd:        word;
+  PosDiff:           real;
+begin
+  if (PopUp <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // only draw if player has a position
+    PIndex := Players[PopUp.Player].Position;
+    if PIndex <> High(byte) then
+    begin
+      // only draw if player is on cur screen
+      if ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then
+      begin
+        CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+        if not (Enabled and Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+        // increase timestamp with tiem where there is no movement ...
+        begin
+          // Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender);
+        end;
+        TimeDiff := CurTime - PopUp.TimeStamp;
+
+        // get position of popup
+        PIndex := PIndex and 127;
+
+    
+        // check for phase ...
+        if (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then
+        begin
+          // phase 1 - the ploping up
+          Progress := TimeDiff / Settings.Phase1Time;
+
+
+          W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);
+          H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);
+
+          X := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX + (aPositions[PIndex].PUW - W)/2;
+          Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY + (aPositions[PIndex].PUH - H)/2;
+
+          FontSize   := Round(Progress * aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize);
+          FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
+          Alpha := 1;
+        end
+
+        else if (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then
+        begin
+          // phase 2 - the moving
+          Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time) / Settings.Phase2Time;
+
+          W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW;
+          H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH;
+
+          PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX;
+          if PosDiff > 0 then
+            PosDiff := PosDiff + W;
+          X := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
+
+          PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY;
+          if PosDiff < 0 then
+            PosDiff := PosDiff + aPositions[PIndex].BGH;
+          Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
+
+          FontSize   := aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
+          FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
+          Alpha := 1 - 0.3 * Progress;
+        end
+
+        else
+        begin
+          // phase 3 - the fading out + score adding
+          Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time - Settings.Phase2Time) / Settings.Phase3Time;
+
+          if (PopUp.Rating > 0) then
+          begin
+            // add scores if player enabled
+            if (Enabled and Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+            begin
+              ScoreToAdd := Round(PopUp.ScoreDiff * Progress) - PopUp.ScoreGiven;
+              Inc(PopUp.ScoreGiven, ScoreToAdd);
+              aPlayers[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed := Players[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed + ScoreToAdd;
+
+              // change bar positions
+	      if PopUp.ScoreDiff = 0 then
+		Log.LogError('TSingScores.DrawPopUp', 'PopUp.ScoreDiff is 0 and we want to divide by it. No idea how this happens.')
+	      else
+                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+              if (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 1
+              else if (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 0;
+            end;
+
+            // set positions etc.
+            Alpha := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress;
+
+            W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW;
+            H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH;
+
+            PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX;
+            if (PosDiff > 0) then
+              PosDiff := W
+            else
+              PosDiff := 0;
+            X := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX + PosDiff * Progress;
+
+            PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY;
+            if (PosDiff < 0) then
+              PosDiff := -aPositions[PIndex].BGH
+            else
+              PosDiff := 0;
+            Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1 - Progress);
+
+            FontSize   := aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
+            FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            // here the effect that should be shown if a popup without score is drawn
+            // and or spawn with the graphicobjects etc.
+            // some work for blindy to do :p
+
+            // atm: just let it slide in the scores just like the normal popup
+            Alpha := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        // draw popup
+
+        if (Alpha > 0) and (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then
+        begin
+          // draw bg:
+          glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+          glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+          glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+          glColor4f(1,1,1, Alpha);
+          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexNum);
+
+          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X, Y + H);
+            glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X + W, Y + H);
+            glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, 0); glVertex2f(X + W, Y);
+          glEnd;
+
+          glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+          glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+          // set font style and size
+          SetFontStyle(aPositions[PIndex].PUFont);
+          SetFontItalic(false);
+          SetFontSize(FontSize);
+          SetFontReflection(false, 0);
+
+          // draw text
+          TextLen := glTextWidth(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]);
+
+          // color and pos
+          SetFontPos (X + (W - TextLen) / 2, Y + FontOffset);
+          glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+
+          // draw
+          glPrint(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]);
+        end; // eo alpha check
+      end; // eo right screen
+    end; // eo player has position
+  end
+  else
+    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to draw a non-existing popup');
+end;
+
+{**
+ * draws a score by playerindex
+ *}
+procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: integer);
+var
+  Position: PScorePosition;
+  ScoreStr: String;
+begin
+  // only draw if player has a position
+  if Players[Index].Position <> High(byte) then
+  begin
+    // only draw if player is on cur screen
+    if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) and Players[Index].Visible then
+    begin
+      Position := @aPositions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
+
+      // draw scorebg
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+      glColor4f(1,1,1, 1);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexNum);
+
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);
+        glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);
+        glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+      // draw score text
+      SetFontStyle(Position.TextFont);
+      SetFontItalic(false);
+      SetFontSize(Position.TextSize);
+      SetFontPos(Position.TextX, Position.TextY);
+      SetFontReflection(false, 0);
+
+      ScoreStr := InttoStr(Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed div 10) + '0';
+      while (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do
+        ScoreStr := '0' + ScoreStr;
+
+      glPrint(ScoreStr);
+
+    end; // eo right screen
+  end; // eo player has position
+end;
+
+
+procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: integer);
+var
+  Position:   PScorePosition;
+  R, G, B:    real;
+  Size, Diff: real;
+begin
+  // only draw if player has a position
+  if Players[Index].Position <> High(byte) then
+  begin
+    // only draw if player is on cur screen
+    if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) and
+        Players[index].RBVisible and
+        Players[index].Visible) then
+    begin
+      Position := @aPositions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
+
+      if (Enabled and Players[Index].Enabled) then
+      begin
+        // move position if enabled
+        Diff := Players[Index].RBTarget - Players[Index].RBPos;
+        if (Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then
+          aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBTarget
+        else
+          aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBPos + Diff*0.1;
+      end;
+
+      // get colors for rating bar
+      if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.22) then
+      begin
+        R := 1;
+        G := 0;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.42) then
+      begin
+        R := 1;
+        G := Players[index].RBPos * 5;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.57) then
+      begin
+        R := 1;
+        G := 1;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.77) then
+      begin
+        R := 1 - (Players[index].RBPos - 0.57) * 5;
+        G := 1;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        R := 0;
+        G := 1;
+        B := 0;
+      end;
+
+      // enable all glfuncs needed
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+      // draw rating bar bg
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum);
+
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      // draw rating bar itself
+      Size := Position.RBX + Position.RBW * Players[Index].RBPos;
+      glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      // draw rating bar fg (the thing with the 3 lines to get better readability)
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      // disable all enabled glfuncs
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    end; // eo Right Screen
+  end; // eo Player has Position
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/USkins.pas b/src/base/USkins.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a909b081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/USkins.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USkins;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UPath,
+  UCommon;
+
+type
+  TSkinTexture = record
+    Name:     string;
+    FileName: IPath;
+  end;
+
+  TSkinEntry = record
+    Theme:    string;
+    Name:     string;
+    Path:     IPath;
+    FileName: IPath;
+
+    DefaultColor: integer;
+    Creator:  string; // not used yet
+  end;
+
+  TSkin = class
+    Skin:        array of TSkinEntry;
+    SkinTexture: array of TSkinTexture;
+    SkinPath:    IPath;
+    Color:       integer;
+    constructor Create;
+    procedure LoadList;
+    procedure ParseDir(Dir: IPath);
+    procedure LoadHeader(FileName: IPath);
+    procedure LoadSkin(Name: string);
+    function GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): IPath;
+    function GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer;
+    function GetDefaultColor(SkinNo: integer): integer;
+
+    procedure GetSkinsByTheme(Theme: string; out Skins: TUTF8StringDynArray);
+
+    procedure onThemeChange;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Skin: TSkin;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  IniFiles,
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UFileSystem;
+
+constructor TSkin.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  LoadList;
+//  LoadSkin('...');
+//  SkinColor := Color;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.LoadList;
+var
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  DirInfo: TFileInfo;
+begin
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(SkinsPath.Append('*'), faDirectory);
+  while Iter.HasNext do
+  begin
+    DirInfo := Iter.Next();
+    if (not DirInfo.Name.Equals('.')) and (not DirInfo.Name.Equals('..')) then
+      ParseDir(SkinsPath.Append(DirInfo.Name, pdAppend));
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.ParseDir(Dir: IPath);
+var
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  IniInfo: TFileInfo;
+begin
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*.ini'), 0);
+  while Iter.HasNext do
+  begin
+    IniInfo := Iter.Next;
+    LoadHeader(Dir.Append(IniInfo.Name));
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.LoadHeader(FileName: IPath);
+var
+  SkinIni: TMemIniFile;
+  S:       integer;
+begin
+  SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative);
+
+  S := Length(Skin);
+  SetLength(Skin, S+1);
+  
+  Skin[S].Path     := FileName.GetPath;
+  Skin[S].FileName := FileName.GetName;
+  Skin[S].Theme    := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Theme', '');
+  Skin[S].Name     := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Name', '');
+  Skin[S].Creator  := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Creator', '');
+  Skin[S].DefaultColor := Max(0, GetArrayIndex(IColor, SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Color', ''), true));
+
+  SkinIni.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.LoadSkin(Name: string);
+var
+  SkinIni: TMemIniFile;
+  SL:      TStringList;
+  T:       integer;
+  S:       integer;
+begin
+  S        := GetSkinNumber(Name);
+  SkinPath := Skin[S].Path;
+
+  SkinIni  := TMemIniFile.Create(SkinPath.Append(Skin[S].FileName).ToNative);
+
+  SL := TStringList.Create;
+  SkinIni.ReadSection('Textures', SL);
+
+  SetLength(SkinTexture, SL.Count);
+  for T := 0 to SL.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    SkinTexture[T].Name     := SL.Strings[T];
+    SkinTexture[T].FileName := Path(SkinIni.ReadString('Textures', SL.Strings[T], ''));
+  end;
+
+  SL.Free;
+  SkinIni.Free;
+end;
+
+function TSkin.GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): IPath;
+var
+  T: integer;
+begin
+  Result := PATH_NONE;
+  
+  for T := 0 to High(SkinTexture) do
+  begin
+    if (SkinTexture[T].Name = TextureName) and
+       (SkinTexture[T].FileName.IsSet) then
+    begin
+      Result := SkinPath.Append(SkinTexture[T].FileName);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (TextureName <> '') and (Result.IsSet) then
+  begin
+    //Log.LogError('', '-----------------------------------------');
+    //Log.LogError(TextureName+' - '+ Result, 'TSkin.GetTextureFileName');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSkin.GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer;
+var
+  S: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0; // set default to the first available skin
+  for S := 0 to High(Skin) do
+    if CompareText(Skin[S].Name, Name) = 0 then
+      Result := S;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.GetSkinsByTheme(Theme: string; out Skins: TUTF8StringDynArray);
+  var
+    I: Integer;
+    Len: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(Skins, 0);
+  Len := 0;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Skin) do
+    if CompareText(Theme, Skin[I].Theme) = 0 then
+    begin
+      SetLength(Skins, Len + 1);
+      Skins[Len] := Skin[I].Name;
+      Inc(Len);
+    end;
+end;
+
+{ returns number of default color for skin with
+  index SkinNo in ISkin (not in the actual skin array) }
+function TSkin.GetDefaultColor(SkinNo: integer): integer;
+  var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Skin) do
+    if CompareText(ITheme[Ini.Theme], Skin[I].Theme) = 0 then
+    begin
+      if SkinNo > 0 then
+        Dec(SkinNo)
+      else
+      begin
+        Result := Skin[I].DefaultColor;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.onThemeChange;
+begin
+  Ini.SkinNo:=0;
+  GetSkinsByTheme(ITheme[Ini.Theme], ISkin);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/USong.pas b/src/base/USong.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e92c5b45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/USong.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1303 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    Windows,
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+      syscall,
+    {$ENDIF}
+    baseunix,
+    UnixType,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  UPlatform,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UCommon,
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+    cthreads,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+    PseudoThread,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UCatCovers,
+  UXMLSong,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+
+  TSingMode = ( smNormal, smPartyMode, smPlaylistRandom );
+
+  TBPM = record
+    BPM:        real;
+    StartBeat:  real;
+  end;
+
+  TScore = record
+    Name:       UTF8String;
+    Score:      integer;
+    Date:       UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  { used to hold header tags that are not supported by this version of
+    usdx (e.g. some tags from ultrastar 0.7.0) when songs are loaded in
+    songeditor. They will be written the end of the song header }
+  TCustomHeaderTag = record
+    Tag: UTF8String;
+    Content: UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  TSong = class
+  private
+    FileLineNo  : integer;  // line, which is read last, for error reporting
+
+    function DecodeFilename(Filename: RawByteString): IPath;
+    procedure ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: UTF8String);
+    procedure NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer);
+
+    function ParseLyricStringParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+    function ParseLyricIntParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): integer;
+    function ParseLyricFloatParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): extended;
+    function ParseLyricCharParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): AnsiChar;
+    function ParseLyricText(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+
+    function ReadTXTHeader(SongFile: TTextFileStream; ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean;
+    function ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName: IPath): boolean;
+
+    function GetFolderCategory(const aFileName: IPath): UTF8String;
+    function FindSongFile(Dir: IPath; Mask: UTF8String): IPath;
+  public
+    Path:         IPath; // kust path component of file (only set if file was found)
+    Folder:       UTF8String; // for sorting by folder (only set if file was found)
+    FileName:     IPath; // just name component of file (only set if file was found)
+
+    // filenames
+    Cover:      IPath;
+    Mp3:        IPath;
+    Background: IPath;
+    Video:      IPath;
+
+    // sorting methods
+    Genre:      UTF8String;
+    Edition:    UTF8String;
+    Language:   UTF8String;
+    Year:       Integer;
+
+    Title:      UTF8String;
+    Artist:     UTF8String;
+
+    Creator:    UTF8String;
+
+    CoverTex:   TTexture;
+
+    VideoGAP:   real;
+    NotesGAP:   integer;
+    Start:      real; // in seconds
+    Finish:     integer; // in miliseconds
+    Relative:   boolean;
+    Resolution: integer;
+    BPM:        array of TBPM;
+    GAP:        real; // in miliseconds
+
+    Encoding:   TEncoding;
+
+    CustomTags: array of TCustomHeaderTag;
+
+    Score:      array[0..2] of array of TScore;
+
+    // these are used when sorting is enabled
+    Visible:    boolean; // false if hidden, true if visible
+    Main:       boolean; // false for songs, true for category buttons
+    OrderNum:   integer; // has a number of category for category buttons and songs
+    OrderTyp:   integer; // type of sorting for this button (0=name)
+    CatNumber:  integer; // Count of Songs in Category for Cats and Number of Song in Category for Songs
+
+    Base    : array[0..1] of integer;
+    Rel     : array[0..1] of integer;
+    Mult    : integer;
+    MultBPM : integer;
+
+    LastError: AnsiString;
+    function  GetErrorLineNo: integer;
+    property  ErrorLineNo: integer read GetErrorLineNo;
+
+
+    constructor Create(); overload;
+    constructor Create(const aFileName : IPath); overload;
+    function    LoadSong: boolean;
+    function    LoadXMLSong: boolean;
+    function    Analyse(const ReadCustomTags: Boolean = false): boolean;
+    function    AnalyseXML(): boolean;
+    procedure   Clear();
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  TextGL,
+  UIni,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UMusic,  //needed for Lines
+  UNote;   //needed for Player
+
+constructor TSong.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // to-do : special create for category "songs"
+  //dirty fix to fix folders=on
+  Self.Path     := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.FileName := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Cover    := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Mp3      := PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Background:= PATH_NONE();
+  Self.Video    := PATH_NONE();
+end;
+
+// This may be changed, when we rewrite song select code.
+// it is some kind of dirty, but imho the best possible
+// solution as we do atm not support nested categorys.
+// it works like the folder sorting in 1.0.1a
+// folder is set to the first folder under the songdir
+// so songs ~/.ultrastardx/songs/punk is in the same
+// category as songs in shared/ultrastardx/songs are.
+// note: folder is just the name of a category it has
+//       nothing to do with the path used for file loading
+function TSong.GetFolderCategory(const aFileName: IPath): UTF8String;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  CurSongPath: IPath;
+  CurSongPathRel: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := 'Unknown'; //default folder category, if we can't locate the song dir
+
+  for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    CurSongPath := SongPaths[I] as IPath;
+    if (aFileName.IsChildOf(CurSongPath, false)) then
+    begin
+      if (aFileName.IsChildOf(CurSongPath, true)) then
+      begin
+        // songs are in the "root" of the songdir => use songdir for the categorys name
+        Result := CurSongPath.RemovePathDelim.ToUTF8;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // use the first subdirectory below CurSongPath as the category name
+        CurSongPathRel := aFileName.GetRelativePath(CurSongPath.AppendPathDelim);
+        Result := CurSongPathRel.SplitDirs[0].RemovePathDelim.ToUTF8;
+      end;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TSong.Create(const aFileName: IPath);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  Mult    := 1;
+  MultBPM := 4;
+
+  LastError := '';
+
+  Self.Path     := aFileName.GetPath;
+  Self.FileName := aFileName.GetName;
+  Self.Folder   := GetFolderCategory(aFileName);
+
+  (*
+  if (aFileName.IsFile) then
+  begin
+    if ReadTXTHeader(aFileName) then
+    begin
+      LoadSong();
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Error Loading SongHeader, abort Song Loading');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  *)
+end;
+
+function TSong.FindSongFile(Dir: IPath; Mask: UTF8String): IPath;
+var
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+  FileName: IPath;
+begin
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append(Mask), faDirectory);
+  if (Iter.HasNext) then
+    Result := Iter.Next.Name
+  else
+    Result := PATH_NONE;
+end;
+
+function TSong.DecodeFilename(Filename: RawByteString): IPath;
+begin
+  Result := UPath.Path(DecodeStringUTF8(Filename, Encoding));
+end;
+
+type
+  EUSDXParseException = class(Exception);
+
+{**
+ * Parses the Line string starting from LinePos for a parameter.
+ * Leading whitespace is trimmed, same applies to the first trailing whitespace.
+ * After the call LinePos will point to the position after the first trailing
+ * whitespace.
+ *
+ * Raises an EUSDXParseException if no string was found.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *   ParseLyricParam(Line:'Param0  Param1 Param2', LinePos:8, ...)
+ *   -> Param:'Param1', LinePos:16 (= start of 'Param2')
+ *}
+function TSong.ParseLyricStringParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+var
+  Start: integer;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+const
+  Whitespace = [#9, ' '];
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+
+  Start := 0;
+  while (LinePos <= Length(Line)) do
+  begin
+    if (Line[LinePos] in Whitespace) then
+    begin
+      // check for end of param
+      if (Start > 0) then
+        Break;
+    end
+    // check for beginning of param
+    else if (Start = 0) then
+    begin
+      Start := LinePos;
+    end;
+    Inc(LinePos);
+  end;
+
+  // check if param was found
+  if (Start = 0) then
+  begin
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('String expected');
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // copy param without trailing whitespace
+    Result := Copy(Line, Start, LinePos-Start);
+    // skip first trailing whitespace (if not at EOL)
+    if (LinePos <= Length(Line)) then
+      Inc(LinePos);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ParseLyricIntParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): integer;
+var
+  Str: RawByteString;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+  Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos);
+
+  if not TryStrToInt(Str, Result) then
+  begin // on convert error
+    Result := 0;
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Integer expected');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ParseLyricFloatParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): extended;
+var
+  Str: RawByteString;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+  Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos);
+
+  if not TryStrToFloat(Str, Result) then
+  begin // on convert error
+    Result := 0;
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Float expected');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ParseLyricCharParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): AnsiChar;
+var
+  Str: RawByteString;
+  OldLinePos: integer;
+begin
+  OldLinePos := LinePos;
+  Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos);
+  
+  if (Length(Str) < 1) then
+  begin
+    LinePos := OldLinePos;
+    raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Character expected');
+  end
+  else if (Length(Str) > 1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogWarn(Format('"%s" in line %d: %s',
+        [FileName.ToNative, FileLineNo, 'character expected but found "' + Str + '"']),
+        'TSong.ParseLyricCharParam');
+  end;
+       
+  LinePos := OldLinePos + 1;
+  Result := Str[1];
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the rest of the line from LinePos as lyric text.
+ * Leading and trailing whitespace is not trimmed.
+ *}
+function TSong.ParseLyricText(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString;
+begin
+  if (LinePos > Length(Line)) then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := Copy(Line, LinePos, Length(Line)-LinePos+1);
+    LinePos := Length(Line)+1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Load TXT Song
+function TSong.LoadSong(): boolean;
+var
+  CurLine: RawByteString;
+  LinePos:  integer;
+  Count:    integer;
+  Both:     boolean;
+
+  Param0:    AnsiChar;
+  Param1:    integer;
+  Param2:    integer;
+  Param3:    integer;
+  ParamLyric: UTF8String;
+
+  I:        integer;
+  NotesFound: boolean;
+  SongFile: TTextFileStream;
+  FileNamePath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  LastError := '';
+
+  FileNamePath := Path.Append(FileName);
+  if not FileNamePath.IsFile() then
+  begin
+    LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_FILE_NOT_FOUND';
+    Log.LogError('File not found: "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  MultBPM           := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4
+  Mult              := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note
+  Rel[0]            := 0;
+  Both              := false;
+
+  if Length(Player) = 2 then
+    Both := true;
+
+  try
+    // Open song file for reading.....
+    SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(FileNamePath, fmOpenRead);
+    try
+      //Search for Note Beginning
+      FileLineNo := 0;
+      NotesFound := false;
+      while (SongFile.ReadLine(CurLine)) do
+      begin
+        Inc(FileLineNo);
+        if (Length(CurLine) > 0) and (CurLine[1] in [':', 'F', '*']) then
+        begin
+          NotesFound := true;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      if (not NotesFound) then
+      begin //Song File Corrupted - No Notes
+        Log.LogError('Could not load txt File, no notes found: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative);
+        LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_NOTES';
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      SetLength(Lines, 2);
+      for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+      begin
+        Lines[Count].High := 0;
+        Lines[Count].Number := 1;
+        Lines[Count].Current := 0;
+        Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
+        Lines[Count].NotesGAP   := self.NotesGAP;
+        Lines[Count].ScoreValue := 0;
+
+        //Add first line and set some standard values to fields
+        //see procedure NewSentence for further explantation
+        //concerning most of these values
+        SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false;
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].BaseNote := High(Integer);
+        Lines[Count].Line[0].TotalNotes := 0;
+      end;
+
+      while true do
+      begin
+        LinePos := 1;
+
+        Param0 := ParseLyricCharParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+        if (Param0 = 'E') then
+        begin
+          Break
+        end
+        else if (Param0 in [':', '*', 'F']) then
+        begin
+          // read notes
+          Param1 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          Param2 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          Param3 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          ParamLyric := ParseLyricText(CurLine, LinePos);
+
+          //Check for ZeroNote
+          if Param2 = 0 then
+          begin
+            Log.LogWarn(Format('"%s" in line %d: %s',
+              [FileNamePath.ToNative, FileLineNo,
+              'found note with length zero -> converted to FreeStyle']),
+              'TSong.LoadSong');
+            //Log.LogError('Found zero-length note at "'+Param0+' '+IntToStr(Param1)+' '+IntToStr(Param2)+' '+IntToStr(Param3)+ParamLyric+'" -> Note ignored!')
+            Param0 := 'F';
+          end;
+
+          // add notes
+          if not Both then
+            // P1
+            ParseNote(0, Param0, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric)
+          else
+          begin
+            // P1 + P2
+            ParseNote(0, Param0, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric);
+            ParseNote(1, Param0, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric);
+          end;
+        end // if
+
+        else if Param0 = '-' then
+        begin
+          // reads sentence
+          Param1 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          if self.Relative then
+            Param2 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); // read one more data for relative system
+
+          // new sentence
+          if not Both then
+            // P1
+            NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2)
+          else
+          begin
+            // P1 + P2
+            NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2);
+            NewSentence(1, (Param1 + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2);
+          end;
+        end // if
+
+        else if Param0 = 'B' then
+        begin
+          SetLength(self.BPM, Length(self.BPM) + 1);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := ParseLyricFloatParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat + Rel[0];
+
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := ParseLyricFloatParam(CurLine, LinePos);
+          self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM * Mult * MultBPM;
+        end;
+
+        // Read next line in File
+        if (not SongFile.ReadLine(CurLine)) then
+          Break;
+
+        Inc(FileLineNo);
+      end; // while
+    finally
+      SongFile.Free;
+    end;
+  except
+    on E: Exception do
+    begin
+      Log.LogError(Format('Error loading file: "%s" in line %d,%d: %s',
+                  [FileNamePath.ToNative, FileLineNo, LinePos, E.Message]));
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Lines) do
+  begin
+    if ((Both) or (I = 0)) then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Lines[I].Line) < 2) then
+      begin
+        LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_BREAKS';
+        Log.LogError('Error loading file: Can''t find any linebreaks in "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"');
+        exit;
+      end;
+
+      if (Lines[I].Line[Lines[I].High].HighNote < 0) then
+      begin
+        SetLength(Lines[I].Line, Lines[I].Number - 1);
+        Lines[I].High := Lines[I].High - 1;
+        Lines[I].Number := Lines[I].Number - 1;
+        Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in last line before E: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+  begin
+    if (High(Lines[Count].Line) >= 0) then
+      Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := true;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+//Load XML Song
+function TSong.LoadXMLSong(): boolean;
+var
+  Count:     integer;
+  Both:      boolean;
+  Param1:    integer;
+  Param2:    integer;
+  Param3:    integer;
+  ParamS:    string;
+  I, J:      integer;
+  NoteIndex: integer;
+
+  NoteType:  char;
+  SentenceEnd, Rest, Time: integer;
+  Parser: TParser;
+  FileNamePath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  LastError := '';
+
+  FileNamePath := Path.Append(FileName);
+  if not FileNamePath.IsFile() then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('File not found: "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  MultBPM           := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4
+  Mult              := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note
+  Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0;
+  self.Relative     := false;
+  Rel[0]            := 0;
+  Both              := false;
+
+  if Length(Player) = 2 then
+    Both := true;
+
+  Parser := TParser.Create;
+  Parser.Settings.DashReplacement := '~';
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+  begin
+    Lines[Count].High := 0;
+      Lines[Count].Number := 1;
+      Lines[Count].Current := 0;
+      Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
+      Lines[Count].NotesGAP   := self.NotesGAP;
+      Lines[Count].ScoreValue := 0;
+
+      //Add first line and set some standard values to fields
+      //see procedure NewSentence for further explantation
+      //concerning most of these values
+      SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false;
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].BaseNote := High(Integer);
+      Lines[Count].Line[0].TotalNotes := 0;
+  end;
+
+  //Try to Parse the Song
+
+  if Parser.ParseSong(FileNamePath) then
+  begin
+    //Writeln('XML Inputfile Parsed succesful');
+
+    //Start write parsed information to Song
+    //Notes Part
+    for I := 0 to High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences) do
+    begin
+      //Add Notes
+      for J := 0 to High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes) do
+      begin
+        case Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].NoteTyp of
+          NT_Normal:    NoteType := ':';
+          NT_Golden:    NoteType := '*';
+          NT_Freestyle: NoteType := 'F';
+        end;
+
+        Param1:=Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Start;       //Note Start
+        Param2:=Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Duration;    //Note Duration
+        Param3:=Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Tone;        //Note Tone
+        ParamS:=' ' + Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Lyric; //Note Lyric
+
+        if not Both then
+          // P1
+          ParseNote(0, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS)
+        else
+        begin
+          // P1 + P2
+          ParseNote(0, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
+          ParseNote(1, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
+        end;
+
+      end; //J Forloop
+
+      //Add Sentence break
+      if (I < High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences)) then
+      begin
+        SentenceEnd := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes)].Start + Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes)].Duration;
+        Rest := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start - SentenceEnd;
+
+        //Calculate Time
+        case Rest of
+          0, 1: Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start;
+          2:    Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start - 1;
+          3:    Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start - 2;
+          else
+            if (Rest >= 4) then
+              Time := SentenceEnd + 2
+            else //Sentence overlapping :/
+              Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start;
+        end;
+        // new sentence
+        if not Both then // P1
+          NewSentence(0, (Time + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2)
+        else
+        begin // P1 + P2
+          NewSentence(0, (Time + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2);
+          NewSentence(1, (Time + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2);
+        end;
+
+      end;
+    end;
+    //End write parsed information to Song
+    Parser.Free;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Could not parse inputfile: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative);
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+  begin
+    Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := true;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName : IPath): boolean;
+var
+  Done        : byte;
+  Parser      : TParser;
+  FileNamePath: IPath;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  Done   := 0;
+
+  //Parse XML
+  Parser := TParser.Create;
+  Parser.Settings.DashReplacement := '~';
+
+  FileNamePath := Self.Path.Append(Self.FileName);
+  if Parser.ParseSong(FileNamePath) then
+  begin
+    //-----------
+    //Required Attributes
+    //-----------
+
+    //Title
+    self.Title := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Title;
+
+    //Add Title Flag to Done
+    Done := Done or 1;
+
+    //Artist
+    self.Artist := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Artist;
+
+    //Add Artist Flag to Done
+    Done := Done or 2;
+
+    //MP3 File //Test if Exists
+    Self.Mp3 := FindSongFile(Self.Path, '*.mp3');
+    //Add Mp3 Flag to Done
+    if (Self.Path.Append(Self.Mp3).IsFile()) then
+      Done := Done or 4;
+
+    //Beats per Minute
+    SetLength(self.BPM, 1);
+    self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0;
+
+    self.BPM[0].BPM := (Parser.SongInfo.Header.BPM * Parser.SongInfo.Header.Resolution/4  ) * Mult * MultBPM;
+
+    //Add BPM Flag to Done
+    if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then
+      Done := Done or 8;
+
+    //---------
+    //Additional Header Information
+    //---------
+
+    // Gap
+    self.GAP := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Gap;
+
+    //Cover Picture
+    self.Cover := FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
+
+    //Background Picture
+    self.Background := FindSongFile(Path, '*[BG].jpg');
+
+    // Video File
+    //    self.Video := Value
+
+    // Video Gap
+    //  self.VideoGAP := StrtoFloatI18n( Value )
+
+    //Genre Sorting
+    self.Genre := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Genre;
+
+    //Edition Sorting
+    self.Edition := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Edition;
+
+    //Year Sorting
+    //Parser.SongInfo.Header.Year
+
+    //Language Sorting
+    self.Language := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Language;
+  end
+  else
+    Log.LogError('File incomplete or not SingStar XML (A): ' + aFileName.ToNative);
+
+  Parser.Free;
+
+  //Check if all Required Values are given
+  if (Done <> 15) then
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    if (Done and 8) = 0 then      //No BPM Flag
+      Log.LogError('BPM tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
+    else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag
+      Log.LogError('MP3 tag/file missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
+    else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag
+      Log.LogError('Artist tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
+    else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag
+      Log.LogError('Title tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative)
+    else //unknown Error
+      Log.LogError('File incomplete or not SingStar XML (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName.ToNative);
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{**
+ * "International" StrToFloat variant. Uses either ',' or '.' as decimal
+ * separator.
+ *}
+function StrToFloatI18n(const Value: string): extended;
+var
+  TempValue : string;
+begin
+  TempValue := Value;
+  if (Pos(',', TempValue) <> 0) then
+    TempValue[Pos(',', TempValue)] := '.';
+  Result := StrToFloatDef(TempValue, 0);
+end;
+
+function TSong.ReadTXTHeader(SongFile: TTextFileStream; ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean;
+var
+  Line, Identifier: string;
+  Value: string;
+  SepPos: integer; // separator position
+  Done: byte;      // bit-vector of mandatory fields
+  EncFile: IPath; // encoded filename
+  FullFileName: string;
+
+  { adds a custom header tag to the song
+    if there is no ':' in the read line, Tag should be empty
+    and the whole line should be in Content }
+  procedure AddCustomTag(const Tag, Content: String);
+    var Len: Integer;
+  begin
+    if ReadCustomTags then
+    begin
+      Len := Length(CustomTags);
+      SetLength(CustomTags, Len + 1);
+      CustomTags[Len].Tag := DecodeStringUTF8(Tag, Encoding);
+      CustomTags[Len].Content := DecodeStringUTF8(Content, Encoding);
+    end;
+  end;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  Done   := 0;
+
+  FullFileName := Path.Append(Filename).ToNative;
+
+  //Read first Line
+  SongFile.ReadLine(Line);
+  if (Length(Line) <= 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('File starts with empty line: ' + FullFileName,
+                 'TSong.ReadTXTHeader');
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // check if file begins with a UTF-8 BOM, if so set encoding to UTF-8
+  if (CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(Line)) then
+    Encoding := encUTF8;
+
+  //Read Lines while Line starts with # or its empty
+  while (Length(Line) = 0) or (Line[1] = '#') do
+  begin
+    //Increase Line Number
+    Inc (FileLineNo);
+    SepPos := Pos(':', Line);
+
+    //Line has no Seperator, ignore non header field
+    if (SepPos = 0) then
+    begin
+      AddCustomTag('', Copy(Line, 2, Length(Line) - 1));
+      // read next line
+      if (not SongFile.ReadLine(Line)) then
+      begin
+        Result := false;
+        Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (A): ' + FullFileName);
+        Break;
+      end;
+      Continue;
+    end;
+
+    //Read Identifier and Value
+    Identifier  := UpperCase(Trim(Copy(Line, 2, SepPos - 2))); //Uppercase is for Case Insensitive Checks
+    Value       := Trim(Copy(Line, SepPos + 1, Length(Line) - SepPos));
+
+    //Check the Identifier (If Value is given)
+    if (Length(Value) = 0) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('Empty field "'+Identifier+'" in file ' + FullFileName,
+                   'TSong.ReadTXTHeader');
+      AddCustomTag(Identifier, '');
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+
+      //-----------
+      //Required Attributes
+      //-----------
+
+      if (Identifier = 'TITLE') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Title, Encoding);
+        //Add Title Flag to Done
+        Done := Done or 1;
+      end
+
+      else if (Identifier = 'ARTIST') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Artist, Encoding);
+        //Add Artist Flag to Done
+        Done := Done or 2;
+      end
+
+      //MP3 File
+      else if (Identifier = 'MP3') then
+      begin
+        EncFile := DecodeFilename(Value);
+        if (Self.Path.Append(EncFile).IsFile) then
+        begin
+          self.Mp3 := EncFile;
+
+          //Add Mp3 Flag to Done
+          Done := Done or 4;
+        end;
+      end
+
+      //Beats per Minute
+      else if (Identifier = 'BPM') then
+      begin
+        SetLength(self.BPM, 1);
+        self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0;
+
+        self.BPM[0].BPM := StrToFloatI18n( Value ) * Mult * MultBPM;
+
+        if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then
+        begin
+          //Add BPM Flag to Done
+          Done := Done or 8;
+        end;
+      end
+
+      //---------
+      //Additional Header Information
+      //---------
+
+      // Gap
+      else if (Identifier = 'GAP') then
+      begin
+        self.GAP := StrToFloatI18n(Value);
+      end
+
+      //Cover Picture
+      else if (Identifier = 'COVER') then
+      begin
+        self.Cover := DecodeFilename(Value);
+      end
+
+      //Background Picture
+      else if (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') then
+      begin
+        self.Background := DecodeFilename(Value);
+      end
+
+      // Video File
+      else if (Identifier = 'VIDEO') then
+      begin
+        EncFile := DecodeFilename(Value);
+        if (self.Path.Append(EncFile).IsFile) then
+          self.Video := EncFile
+        else
+          Log.LogError('Can''t find video file in song: ' + FullFileName);
+      end
+
+      // Video Gap
+      else if (Identifier = 'VIDEOGAP') then
+      begin
+        self.VideoGAP := StrToFloatI18n( Value )
+      end
+
+      //Genre Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'GENRE') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Genre, Encoding)
+      end
+
+      //Edition Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'EDITION') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Edition, Encoding)
+      end
+
+      //Creator Tag
+      else if (Identifier = 'CREATOR') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Creator, Encoding)
+      end
+
+      //Language Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'LANGUAGE') then
+      begin
+        DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Language, Encoding)
+      end
+
+      //Language Sorting
+      else if (Identifier = 'YEAR') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Year)
+      end
+
+      // Song Start
+      else if (Identifier = 'START') then
+      begin
+        self.Start := StrToFloatI18n( Value )
+      end
+
+      // Song Ending
+      else if (Identifier = 'END') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Finish)
+      end
+
+      // Resolution
+      else if (Identifier = 'RESOLUTION') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Resolution)
+      end
+
+      // Notes Gap
+      else if (Identifier = 'NOTESGAP') then
+      begin
+        TryStrtoInt(Value, self.NotesGAP)
+      end
+
+      // Relative Notes
+      else if (Identifier = 'RELATIVE') then
+      begin
+        if (UpperCase(Value) = 'YES') then
+          self.Relative := true;
+      end
+
+      // File encoding
+      else if (Identifier = 'ENCODING') then
+      begin
+        self.Encoding := ParseEncoding(Value, Ini.DefaultEncoding);
+      end
+
+      // unsupported tag
+      else
+      begin
+        AddCustomTag(Identifier, Value);
+      end;
+
+    end; // End check for non-empty Value
+
+    // read next line
+    if (not SongFile.ReadLine(Line)) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (A): ' + FullFileName);
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end; // while
+
+  if self.Cover.IsUnset then
+    self.Cover := FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
+
+  //Check if all Required Values are given
+  if (Done <> 15) then
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    if (Done and 8) = 0 then      //No BPM Flag
+      Log.LogError('BPM tag missing: ' + FullFileName)
+    else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag
+      Log.LogError('MP3 tag/file missing: ' + FullFileName)
+    else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag
+      Log.LogError('Artist tag missing: ' + FullFileName)
+    else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag
+      Log.LogError('Title tag missing: ' + FullFileName)
+    else //unknown Error
+      Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + FullFileName);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function  TSong.GetErrorLineNo: integer;
+begin
+  if (LastError='ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_ERROR_IN_LINE') then
+    Result := FileLineNo
+  else
+    Result := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: UTF8String);
+begin
+  with Lines[LineNumber].Line[Lines[LineNumber].High] do
+  begin
+    SetLength(Note, Length(Note) + 1);
+    HighNote := High(Note);
+
+    Note[HighNote].Start := StartP;
+    if HighNote = 0 then
+    begin
+      if Lines[LineNumber].Number = 1 then
+        Start := -100;
+        //Start := Note[HighNote].Start;
+    end;
+
+    Note[HighNote].Length := DurationP;
+
+    // back to the normal system with normal, golden and now freestyle notes
+    case TypeP of
+      'F':  Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntFreestyle;
+      ':':  Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntNormal;
+      '*':  Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntGolden;
+    end;
+
+    //add this notes value ("notes length" * "notes scorefactor") to the current songs entire value
+    Inc(Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue, Note[HighNote].Length * ScoreFactor[Note[HighNote].NoteType]);
+
+    //and to the current lines entire value
+    Inc(TotalNotes, Note[HighNote].Length * ScoreFactor[Note[HighNote].NoteType]);
+
+
+    Note[HighNote].Tone := NoteP;
+
+    //if a note w/ a deeper pitch then the current basenote is found
+    //we replace the basenote w/ the current notes pitch
+    if Note[HighNote].Tone < BaseNote then
+      BaseNote := Note[HighNote].Tone;
+
+    Note[HighNote].Color := 1; // default color to 1 for editor
+
+    DecodeStringUTF8(LyricS, Note[HighNote].Text, Encoding);
+    Lyric := Lyric + Note[HighNote].Text;
+
+    End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+  end; // with
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+
+  if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote  <> -1) then
+  begin //create a new line
+    SetLength(Lines[LineNumberP].Line, Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1);
+    Inc(Lines[LineNumberP].High);
+    Inc(Lines[LineNumberP].Number);
+  end
+  else
+  begin //use old line if it there were no notes added since last call of NewSentence
+    Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in line ' +
+                 InttoStr(FileLineNo) + ': ' + Filename.ToNative);
+  end;
+
+  Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote := -1;
+
+  //set the current lines value to zero
+  //it will be incremented w/ the value of every added note
+  Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+
+  //basenote is the pitch of the deepest note, it is used for note drawing.
+  //if a note with a less value than the current sentences basenote is found,
+  //basenote will be set to this notes pitch. Therefore the initial value of
+  //this field has to be very high.
+  Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].BaseNote := High(Integer);
+
+
+  if self.Relative then
+  begin
+    Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1;
+    Rel[LineNumberP] := Rel[LineNumberP] + Param2;
+  end
+  else
+    Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1;
+
+  Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LastLine := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.Clear();
+begin
+  //Main Information
+  Title  := '';
+  Artist := '';
+
+  //Sortings:
+  Genre    := 'Unknown';
+  Edition  := 'Unknown';
+  Language := 'Unknown';
+  Year := 0;
+
+  // set to default encoding
+  Encoding := Ini.DefaultEncoding;
+
+  // clear custom header tags
+  SetLength(CustomTags, 0);
+
+  //Required Information
+  Mp3    := PATH_NONE;
+  SetLength(BPM, 0);
+
+  GAP    := 0;
+  Start  := 0;
+  Finish := 0;
+
+  //Additional Information
+  Background := PATH_NONE;
+  Cover      := PATH_NONE;
+  Video      := PATH_NONE;
+  VideoGAP   := 0;
+  NotesGAP   := 0;
+  Resolution := 4;
+  Creator    := '';
+
+  Relative := false;
+end;
+
+function TSong.Analyse(const ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SongFile: TTextFileStream;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  //Reset LineNo
+  FileLineNo := 0;
+
+  //Open File and set File Pointer to the beginning
+  SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(Self.Path.Append(Self.FileName), fmOpenRead);
+  try
+    //Clear old Song Header
+    Self.clear;
+
+    //Read Header
+    Result := Self.ReadTxTHeader(SongFile, ReadCustomTags)
+  finally
+    SongFile.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+function TSong.AnalyseXML(): boolean;
+
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  //Reset LineNo
+  FileLineNo := 0;
+
+  //Clear old Song Header
+  self.clear;
+
+  //Read Header
+  Result := self.ReadXMLHeader( FileName );
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/USongs.pas b/src/base/USongs.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cfc32a99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/USongs.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,845 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USongs;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    {$DEFINE USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    Windows,
+    DirWatch,
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+    syscall,
+    {$ENDIF}
+    baseunix,
+    UnixType,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UPlatform,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UCommon,
+  {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+  PseudoThread,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UPath,
+  USong,
+  UIni,
+  UCatCovers;
+
+type
+  TSongFilter = (
+    fltAll,
+    fltTitle,
+    fltArtist
+  );
+
+  TBPM = record
+    BPM:       real;
+    StartBeat: real;
+  end;
+
+  TScore = record
+    Name:   UTF8String;
+    Score:  integer;
+    Length: string;
+  end;
+
+  TPathDynArray = array of IPath;
+
+  {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+  TSongs = class(TPseudoThread)
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSongs = class(TThread)
+  {$ENDIF}
+  private
+    fNotify, fWatch:     longint;
+    fParseSongDirectory: boolean;
+    fProcessing:         boolean;
+    {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+    fDirWatch:           TDirectoryWatch;
+    {$endif}
+    procedure int_LoadSongList;
+    procedure DoDirChanged(Sender: TObject);
+  protected
+    procedure Execute; override;
+  public
+    SongList: TList;          // array of songs
+    Selected: integer;        // selected song index
+    constructor Create();
+    destructor  Destroy(); override;
+
+
+    procedure LoadSongList;     // load all songs
+    procedure FindFilesByExtension(const Dir: IPath; const Ext: IPath; Recursive: Boolean; var Files: TPathDynArray);
+    procedure BrowseDir(Dir: IPath); // should return number of songs in the future
+    procedure BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: IPath);
+    procedure BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: IPath);
+    procedure Sort(Order: TSortingType);
+    property  Processing: boolean read fProcessing;
+  end;
+
+
+  TCatSongs = class
+    Song:       array of TSong; // array of categories with songs
+    Selected:   integer; // selected song index
+    Order:      integer; // order type (0=title)
+    CatNumShow: integer; // Category Number being seen
+    CatCount:   integer; // Number of Categorys
+
+    procedure SortSongs();
+    procedure Refresh;                                      // refreshes arrays by recreating them from Songs array
+    procedure ShowCategory(Index: integer);                 // expands all songs in category
+    procedure HideCategory(Index: integer);                 // hides all songs in category
+    procedure ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer);          // uses ShowCategory and HideCategory when needed
+    procedure ShowCategoryList;                             // Hides all Songs And Show the List of all Categorys
+    function FindNextVisible(SearchFrom: integer): integer; // Find Next visible Song
+    function VisibleSongs: integer;                         // returns number of visible songs (for tabs)
+    function VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer;         // returns visible song index (skips invisible)
+
+    function SetFilter(FilterStr: UTF8String; Filter: TSongFilter): cardinal;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Songs:    TSongs;    // all songs
+  CatSongs: TCatSongs; // categorized songs
+
+const
+  IN_ACCESS        = $00000001; //* File was accessed */
+  IN_MODIFY        = $00000002; //* File was modified */
+  IN_ATTRIB        = $00000004; //* Metadata changed */
+  IN_CLOSE_WRITE   = $00000008; //* Writtable file was closed */
+  IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE = $00000010; //* Unwrittable file closed */
+  IN_OPEN          = $00000020; //* File was opened */
+  IN_MOVED_FROM    = $00000040; //* File was moved from X */
+  IN_MOVED_TO      = $00000080; //* File was moved to Y */
+  IN_CREATE        = $00000100; //* Subfile was created */
+  IN_DELETE        = $00000200; //* Subfile was deleted */
+  IN_DELETE_SELF   = $00000400; //* Self was deleted */
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  UCovers,
+  UFiles,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UNote,
+  UFilesystem,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+constructor TSongs.Create();
+begin
+  // do not start thread BEFORE initialization (suspended = true)
+  inherited Create(true);
+  Self.FreeOnTerminate := true;
+
+  SongList := TList.Create();
+
+  // FIXME: threaded loading does not work this way.
+  // It will just cause crashes but nothing else at the moment.
+(*
+  {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+    fDirWatch := TDirectoryWatch.create(nil);
+    fDirWatch.OnChange     := DoDirChanged;
+    fDirWatch.Directory    := SongPath;
+    fDirWatch.WatchSubDirs := true;
+    fDirWatch.active       := true;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // now we can start the thread
+  Resume();
+*)
+
+  // until it is fixed, simply load the song-list
+  int_LoadSongList();
+end;
+
+destructor TSongs.Destroy();
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(SongList);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.DoDirChanged(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  LoadSongList();
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.Execute();
+var
+  fChangeNotify: THandle;
+begin
+{$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+  int_LoadSongList();
+{$ELSE}
+  fParseSongDirectory := true;
+
+  while not terminated do
+  begin
+
+    if fParseSongDirectory then
+    begin
+      Log.LogStatus('Calling int_LoadSongList', 'TSongs.Execute');
+      int_LoadSongList();
+    end;
+
+    Suspend();
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.int_LoadSongList;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  try
+    fProcessing := true;
+
+    Log.LogStatus('Searching For Songs', 'SongList');
+
+    // browse directories
+    for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do
+      BrowseDir(SongPaths[I] as IPath);
+
+    if assigned(CatSongs) then
+      CatSongs.Refresh;
+
+    if assigned(CatCovers) then
+      CatCovers.Load;
+
+    //if assigned(Covers) then
+    //  Covers.Load;
+
+    if assigned(ScreenSong)  then
+    begin
+      ScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails();
+      ScreenSong.OnShow; // refresh ScreenSong
+    end;
+
+  finally
+    Log.LogStatus('Search Complete', 'SongList');
+
+    fParseSongDirectory := false;
+    fProcessing         := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TSongs.LoadSongList;
+begin
+  fParseSongDirectory := true;
+  Resume();
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.BrowseDir(Dir: IPath);
+begin
+  BrowseTXTFiles(Dir);
+  BrowseXMLFiles(Dir);
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.FindFilesByExtension(const Dir: IPath; const Ext: IPath; Recursive: Boolean; var Files: TPathDynArray);
+var
+  Iter: IFileIterator;
+  FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+  FileName: IPath;
+begin
+  // search for all files and directories
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*'), faAnyFile);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
+  begin
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+    FileName := FileInfo.Name;
+    if ((FileInfo.Attr and faDirectory) <> 0) then
+    begin
+      if Recursive and (not FileName.Equals('.')) and (not FileName.Equals('..')) then
+        FindFilesByExtension(Dir.Append(FileName), Ext, true, Files);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      if (Ext.Equals(FileName.GetExtension(), true)) then
+      begin
+        SetLength(Files, Length(Files)+1);
+        Files[High(Files)] := Dir.Append(FileName);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: IPath);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  Files: TPathDynArray;
+  Song: TSong;
+  Extension: IPath;
+begin
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+  Extension := Path('.txt');
+  FindFilesByExtension(Dir, Extension, true, Files);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Files) do
+  begin
+    Song := TSong.Create(Files[I]);
+
+    if Song.Analyse then
+      SongList.Add(Song)
+    else
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[I].ToNative + '".');
+      FreeAndNil(Song);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: IPath);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  Files: TPathDynArray;
+  Song: TSong;
+  Extension: IPath;
+begin
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+  Extension := Path('.xml');
+  FindFilesByExtension(Dir, Extension, true, Files);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Files) do
+  begin
+    Song := TSong.Create(Files[I]);
+
+    if Song.AnalyseXML then
+      SongList.Add(Song)
+    else
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[I].ToNative + '".');
+      FreeAndNil(Song);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  SetLength(Files, 0);
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Comparison functions for sorting
+ *)
+
+function CompareByEdition(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Edition, TSong(Song2).Edition);
+end;
+
+function CompareByGenre(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Genre, TSong(Song2).Genre);
+end;
+
+function CompareByTitle(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Title, TSong(Song2).Title);
+end;
+
+function CompareByArtist(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Artist, TSong(Song2).Artist);
+end;
+
+function CompareByFolder(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Folder, TSong(Song2).Folder);
+end;
+
+function CompareByLanguage(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Language, TSong(Song2).Language);
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.Sort(Order: TSortingType);
+var
+  CompareFunc: TListSortCompare;
+begin
+  // FIXME: what is the difference between artist and artist2, etc.?
+  case Order of
+    sEdition: // by edition
+      CompareFunc := CompareByEdition;
+    sGenre: // by genre
+      CompareFunc := CompareByGenre;
+    sTitle: // by title
+      CompareFunc := CompareByTitle;
+    sArtist: // by artist
+      CompareFunc := CompareByArtist;
+    sFolder: // by folder
+      CompareFunc := CompareByFolder;
+    sArtist2: // by artist2
+      CompareFunc := CompareByArtist;
+    sLanguage: // by Language
+      CompareFunc := CompareByLanguage;
+    else
+      Log.LogCritical('Unsupported comparison', 'TSongs.Sort');
+      Exit; // suppress warning
+  end; // case
+
+  // Note: Do not use TList.Sort() as it uses QuickSort which is instable.
+  // For example, if a list is sorted by title first and
+  // by artist afterwards, the songs of an artist will not be sorted by title anymore.
+  // The stable MergeSort guarantees to maintain this order. 
+  MergeSort(SongList, CompareFunc);
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.SortSongs();
+begin
+  case TSortingType(Ini.Sorting) of
+    sEdition: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+        Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+        Songs.Sort(sEdition);
+      end;
+    sGenre: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+        Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+        Songs.Sort(sGenre);
+      end;
+    sLanguage: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+        Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+        Songs.Sort(sLanguage);
+      end;
+    sFolder: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+        Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+        Songs.Sort(sFolder);
+      end;
+    sTitle: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+      end;
+    sArtist: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+        Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+      end;
+    sArtist2: begin
+        Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+        Songs.Sort(sArtist2);
+      end;
+  end; // case
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.Refresh;
+var
+  SongIndex:   integer;
+  CurSong:     TSong;
+  CatIndex:    integer;    // index of current song in Song
+  Letter:      UCS4Char;   // current letter for sorting using letter
+  CurCategory: UTF8String; // current edition for sorting using edition, genre etc.
+  Order:       integer;    // number used for ordernum
+  LetterTmp:   UCS4Char;
+  CatNumber:   integer;    // Number of Song in Category
+
+  procedure AddCategoryButton(const CategoryName: UTF8String);
+  var
+    PrevCatBtnIndex: integer;
+  begin
+    Inc(Order);
+    CatIndex := Length(Song);
+    SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1);
+    Song[CatIndex]          := TSong.Create();
+    Song[CatIndex].Artist   := '[' + CategoryName + ']';
+    Song[CatIndex].Main     := true;
+    Song[CatIndex].OrderTyp := 0;
+    Song[CatIndex].OrderNum := Order;
+    Song[CatIndex].Cover    := CatCovers.GetCover(TSortingType(Ini.Sorting), CategoryName);
+    Song[CatIndex].Visible  := true;
+
+    // set number of songs in previous category
+    PrevCatBtnIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber - 1;
+    if ((PrevCatBtnIndex >= 0) and Song[PrevCatBtnIndex].Main) then
+      Song[PrevCatBtnIndex].CatNumber := CatNumber;
+
+    CatNumber := 0;
+ end;
+
+begin
+  CatNumShow  := -1;
+
+  SortSongs();
+
+  CurCategory := '';
+  Order       := 0;
+  CatNumber   := 0;
+
+  // Note: do NOT set Letter to ' ', otherwise no category-button will be
+  // created for songs beginning with ' ' if songs of this category exist.
+  // TODO: trim song-properties so ' ' will not occur as first chararcter. 
+  Letter      := 0;
+
+  // clear song-list
+  for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count - 1 do
+  begin
+    // free category buttons
+    // Note: do NOT delete songs, they are just references to Songs.SongList entries
+    CurSong := TSong(Songs.SongList[SongIndex]);
+    if (CurSong.Main) then
+      CurSong.Free;
+  end;
+  SetLength(Song, 0);
+
+  for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count - 1 do
+  begin
+    CurSong := TSong(Songs.SongList[SongIndex]);
+    // if tabs are on, add section buttons for each new section
+    if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then
+    begin
+      case (TSortingType(Ini.Sorting)) of
+        sEdition: begin
+          if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Edition) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Edition;
+
+            // add Category Button
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        sGenre: begin
+          if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Genre) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Genre;
+            // add Genre Button
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        sLanguage: begin
+          if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Language) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Language;
+            // add Language Button
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end
+        end;
+
+        sTitle: begin
+          if (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) then
+          begin
+            LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(CurSong.Title)[0]);
+            { all numbers and some punctuation chars are put into a
+              category named '#'
+              we can't put the other punctuation chars into this category
+              because they are not in order, so there will be two different
+              categories named '#' } 
+            if (LetterTmp in [Ord('!') .. Ord('?')]) then
+              LetterTmp := Ord('#')
+            else
+              LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(LetterTmp);
+            if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
+            begin
+              Letter := LetterTmp;
+              // add a letter Category Button
+              AddCategoryButton(UCS4ToUTF8String(Letter));
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        sArtist: begin
+          if (Length(CurSong.Artist) >= 1) then
+          begin
+            LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(CurSong.Artist)[0]);
+            { all numbers and some punctuation chars are put into a
+              category named '#'
+              we can't put the other punctuation chars into this category
+              because they are not in order, so there will be two different
+              categories named '#' } 
+            if (LetterTmp in [Ord('!') .. Ord('?')]) then
+              LetterTmp := Ord('#')
+            else
+              LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(LetterTmp);
+              
+            if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
+            begin
+              Letter := LetterTmp;
+              // add a letter Category Button
+              AddCategoryButton(UCS4ToUTF8String(Letter));
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        sFolder: begin
+          if (UTF8CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Folder) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Folder;
+            // add folder tab
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        sArtist2: begin
+          { this new sorting puts all songs by the same artist into
+            a single category }
+          if (UTF8CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Artist) <> 0) then
+          begin
+            CurCategory := CurSong.Artist;
+            // add folder tab
+            AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      end; // case (Ini.Sorting)
+    end; // if (Ini.Tabs = 1)
+
+    CatIndex := Length(Song);
+    SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1);
+
+    Inc(CatNumber); // increase number of songs in category
+
+    // copy reference to current song
+    Song[CatIndex] := CurSong;
+
+    // set song's category info
+    CurSong.OrderNum := Order; // assigns category
+    CurSong.CatNumber := CatNumber;
+
+    if (Ini.Tabs = 0) then
+      CurSong.Visible := true
+    else if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then
+      CurSong.Visible := false;
+{
+    if (Ini.Tabs = 1) and (Order = 1) then
+    begin
+      //open first tab
+      CurSong.Visible := true;
+    end;
+    CurSong.Visible := true;
+}
+  end;
+
+  // set CatNumber of last category
+  if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (High(Song) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    // set number of songs in previous category
+    SongIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber;
+    if ((SongIndex >= 0) and Song[SongIndex].Main) then
+      Song[SongIndex].CatNumber := CatNumber;
+  end;
+
+  // update number of categories
+  CatCount := Order;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategory(Index: integer);
+var
+  S: integer; // song
+begin
+  CatNumShow := Index;
+  for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+  begin
+{
+    if (CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main) then
+      CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := true
+    else
+      CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := false;
+}
+//  KMS: This should be the same, but who knows :-)
+    CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := ((CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main));
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category
+var
+  S: integer; // song
+begin
+  for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+  begin
+    if not CatSongs.Song[S].Main then
+      CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := false // hides all at now
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer);
+var
+  Num: integer;
+begin
+  Num := CatSongs.Song[Index].OrderNum;
+  if Num <> CatNumShow then
+  begin
+    ShowCategory(Num);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    ShowCategoryList;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Hide Categorys when in Category Hack
+procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+var
+  S: integer;
+begin
+  // Hide All Songs Show All Cats
+  for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+    CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := CatSongs.Song[S].Main;
+  CatSongs.Selected := CatNumShow; //Show last shown Category
+  CatNumShow := -1;
+end;
+//Hide Categorys when in Category Hack End
+
+// Wrong song selected when tabs on bug
+function TCatSongs.FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer;// Find next Visible Song
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  I := SearchFrom;
+  while (Result = -1) do
+  begin
+    Inc (I);
+
+    if (I > High(CatSongs.Song)) then
+      I := Low(CatSongs.Song);
+    if (I = SearchFrom) then // Make One Round and no song found->quit
+      Break;
+
+    if (CatSongs.Song[I].Visible) then
+      Result := I;
+  end;
+end;
+// Wrong song selected when tabs on bug End
+
+(**
+ * Returns the number of visible songs.
+ *)
+function TCatSongs.VisibleSongs: integer;
+var
+  SongIndex: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  for SongIndex := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+  begin
+    if (CatSongs.Song[SongIndex].Visible) then
+      Inc(Result);
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the index of a song in the subset of all visible songs.
+ * If all songs are visible, the result will be equal to the Index parameter. 
+ *)
+function TCatSongs.VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer;
+var
+  SongIndex: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  for SongIndex := 0 to Index - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (CatSongs.Song[SongIndex].Visible) then
+      Inc(Result);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TCatSongs.SetFilter(FilterStr: UTF8String; Filter: TSongFilter): cardinal;
+var
+  I, J:      integer;
+  TmpString: UTF8String;
+  WordArray: array of UTF8String;
+begin
+  FilterStr := Trim(FilterStr);
+  if (FilterStr <> '') then
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+
+    // initialize word array
+    SetLength(WordArray, 1);
+
+    // Copy words to SearchStr
+    I := Pos(' ', FilterStr);
+    while (I <> 0) do
+    begin
+      WordArray[High(WordArray)] := Copy(FilterStr, 1, I-1);
+      SetLength(WordArray, Length(WordArray) + 1);
+
+      FilterStr := TrimLeft(Copy(FilterStr, I+1, Length(FilterStr)-I));
+      I := Pos(' ', FilterStr);
+    end;
+
+    // Copy last word
+    WordArray[High(WordArray)] := FilterStr;
+
+    for I := 0 to High(Song) do
+    begin
+      if not Song[i].Main then
+      begin
+        case Filter of
+          fltAll:
+            TmpString := Song[I].Artist + ' ' + Song[i].Title + ' ' + Song[i].Folder;
+          fltTitle:
+            TmpString := Song[I].Title;
+          fltArtist:
+            TmpString := Song[I].Artist;
+        end;
+        Song[i].Visible := true;
+        // Look for every searched word
+        for J := 0 to High(WordArray) do
+        begin
+          Song[i].Visible := Song[i].Visible and
+                             UTF8ContainsText(TmpString, WordArray[J])
+        end;
+        if Song[i].Visible then
+          Inc(Result);
+      end
+      else
+        Song[i].Visible := false;
+    end;
+    CatNumShow := -2;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to High(Song) do
+    begin
+      Song[i].Visible := (Ini.Tabs = 1) = Song[i].Main;
+      CatNumShow := -1;
+    end;
+    Result := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas b/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c9ba4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UTextEncoding;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+type
+  TEncoding = (
+    encLocale,  // current locale (needs cwstring on linux)
+    encUTF8,    // UTF-8
+    encCP1250,  // Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe (used by Ultrastar)
+    encCP1252,  // Windows-1252 Western Europe (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1)
+    encAuto     // try to match the w3c regex and decode as unicode on match
+                // and as fallback if not match
+  );
+
+const
+  UTF8_BOM: UTF8String = #$EF#$BB#$BF;
+
+{**
+ * Decodes Src encoded in SrcEncoding to a UTF-16 or UTF-8 encoded Dst string.
+ * Returns true if the conversion was successful.
+ *}
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: WideString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString; overload;
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: UTF8String; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): UTF8String; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Encodes the UTF-16 or UTF-8 encoded Src string to Dst using DstEncoding
+ * Returns true if the conversion was successful.
+ *}
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; overload;
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload;
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; overload;
+
+{**
+ * If Text starts with an UTF-8 BOM, the BOM is removed and true will
+ * be returned.
+ *}
+function CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(var Text: RawByteString): boolean;
+
+{**
+ * Parses an encoding string to its TEncoding equivalent.
+ * Surrounding whitespace and dashes ('-') are removed, the upper-cased
+ * resulting value is then compared with TEncodingNames.
+ * If the encoding was not found, the result is set to the Default encoding.
+ *}
+function ParseEncoding(const EncodingStr: AnsiString; Default: TEncoding): TEncoding;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the name of an encoding.
+ *}
+function EncodingName(Encoding: TEncoding): AnsiString;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  StrUtils,
+  pcre,
+  UCommon,
+  ULog;
+
+type
+  IEncoder = interface
+    function GetName(): AnsiString;
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean;
+    function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TEncoder = class(TInterfacedObject, IEncoder)
+  public
+    function GetName(): AnsiString; virtual; abstract;
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+  TSingleByteEncoder = class(TEncoder)
+  public
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; override;
+    function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; override;
+    function DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    function EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+const
+  ERROR_CHAR = '?';
+
+var
+  Encoders: array[TEncoding] of IEncoder;
+
+function TSingleByteEncoder.Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(OutStr, LengthUCS4(InStr));
+  Result := true;
+  for I := 1 to Length(OutStr) do
+  begin
+    if (not EncodeChar(InStr[I-1], OutStr[I])) then
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSingleByteEncoder.Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(OutStr, Length(InStr)+1);
+  Result := true;
+  for I := 1 to Length(InStr) do
+  begin
+    if (not DecodeChar(InStr[I], OutStr[I-1])) then
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+  OutStr[High(OutStr)] := 0;
+end;
+
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: WideString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+var
+  DstUCS4: UCS4String;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[SrcEncoding].Decode(Src, DstUCS4);
+  Dst := UCS4StringToWideString(DstUCS4);
+end;
+
+function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString;
+begin
+  DecodeString(Src, Result, SrcEncoding);
+end;
+
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: UTF8String; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+var
+  DstUCS4: UCS4String;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[SrcEncoding].Decode(Src, DstUCS4);
+  Dst := UCS4ToUTF8String(DstUCS4);
+end;
+
+function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): UTF8String;
+begin
+  DecodeStringUTF8(Src, Result, SrcEncoding);
+end;
+
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[DstEncoding].Encode(WideStringToUCS4String(Src), Dst);
+end;
+
+function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString;
+begin
+  EncodeString(Src, Result, DstEncoding);
+end;
+
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[DstEncoding].Encode(UTF8ToUCS4String(Src), Dst);
+end;
+
+function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString;
+begin
+  EncodeStringUTF8(Src, Result, DstEncoding);
+end;
+
+function CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(var Text: RawByteString): boolean;
+begin
+  if AnsiStartsStr(UTF8_BOM, Text) then
+  begin
+    Text := Copy(Text, Length(UTF8_BOM)+1, Length(Text)-Length(UTF8_BOM));
+    Result := true;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+function ParseEncoding(const EncodingStr: AnsiString; Default: TEncoding): TEncoding;
+var
+  PrepStr: AnsiString; // prepared encoding string
+  Encoding: TEncoding;
+begin
+  // remove surrounding whitespace, replace dashes, to upper case
+  PrepStr := UpperCase(AnsiReplaceStr(Trim(EncodingStr), '-', ''));
+  for Encoding := Low(TEncoding) to High(TEncoding) do
+  begin
+    if (Encoders[Encoding].GetName() = PrepStr) then
+    begin
+      Result := Encoding;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := Default;
+end;
+
+function EncodingName(Encoding: TEncoding): AnsiString;
+begin
+  Result := Encoders[Encoding].GetName();
+end;
+
+{$I ..\\encoding\\Locale.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\UTF8.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\CP1250.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\CP1252.inc}
+{$I ..\\encoding\\Auto.inc}
+
+initialization
+  Encoders[encLocale] := TEncoderLocale.Create;
+  Encoders[encUTF8]   := TEncoderUTF8.Create;
+  Encoders[encCP1250] := TEncoderCP1250.Create;
+  Encoders[encCP1252] := TEncoderCP1252.Create;
+
+  // use USDX < 1.1 encoding for backward compatibility (encCP1252)
+  Encoders[encAuto] := TEncoderAuto.Create(Encoders[encUTF8], Encoders[encCP1252]);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UTexture.pas b/src/base/UTexture.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1334dd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UTexture.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UTexture;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  gl,
+  glu,
+  glext,
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UCommon,
+  UPath,
+  SDL,
+  SDL_Image;
+
+type
+  PTexture = ^TTexture;
+  TTexture = record
+    TexNum:   GLuint;
+    X:        real;
+    Y:        real;
+    Z:        real;
+    W:        real;
+    H:        real;
+    ScaleW:   real; // for dynamic scalling while leaving width constant
+    ScaleH:   real; // for dynamic scalling while leaving height constant
+    Rot:      real; // 0 - 2*pi
+    Int:      real; // intensity
+    ColR:     real;
+    ColG:     real;
+    ColB:     real;
+    TexW:     real; // percentage of width to use [0..1]
+    TexH:     real; // percentage of height to use [0..1]
+    TexX1:    real;
+    TexY1:    real;
+    TexX2:    real;
+    TexY2:    real;
+    Alpha:    real;
+    Name:     IPath; // experimental for handling cache images. maybe it's useful for dynamic skins
+  end;
+
+type
+  TTextureType = (
+    TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN,        // Plain (alpha = 1)
+    TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT,  // Alpha is used
+    TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED     // Alpha is used; Hue of the HSV color-model will be replaced by a new value
+  );
+
+const
+  TextureTypeStr: array[TTextureType] of string = (
+    'Plain',
+    'Transparent',
+    'Colorized'
+  );
+
+function TextureTypeToStr(TexType: TTextureType): string;
+function ParseTextureType(const TypeStr: string; Default: TTextureType): TTextureType;
+
+procedure AdjustPixelFormat(var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Typ: TTextureType);
+
+type
+  PTextureEntry = ^TTextureEntry;
+  TTextureEntry = record
+    Name:         IPath;
+    Typ:          TTextureType;
+    Color:        cardinal;
+
+    // we use normal TTexture, it's easier to implement and if needed - we copy ready data
+    Texture:      TTexture; // Full-size texture
+    TextureCache: TTexture; // Thumbnail texture
+  end;
+
+  TTextureDatabase = class
+    private
+      Texture: array of TTextureEntry;
+    public
+      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+      function FindTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal): integer;
+  end;
+
+  TTextureUnit = class
+    private
+      TextureDatabase: TTextureDatabase;
+    public
+      Limit: integer;
+
+      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
+      procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
+      function GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
+      function GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
+      function LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
+      function LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
+      function LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath): TTexture; overload;
+      function CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: IPath; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
+      procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); overload;
+      procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: cardinal; FromCache: boolean); overload;
+      //procedure FlushTextureDatabase();
+
+      constructor Create;
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Texture: TTextureUnit;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  DateUtils,
+  StrUtils,
+  Math,
+  ULog,
+  UCovers,
+  UThemes,
+  UImage;
+
+procedure AdjustPixelFormat(var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Typ: TTextureType);
+var
+  TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+  NeededPixFmt: PSDL_Pixelformat;
+begin
+  if      (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN) then
+    NeededPixFmt := @PixelFmt_RGB
+  else if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT) or
+          (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+    NeededPixFmt := @PixelFmt_RGBA
+  else
+    NeededPixFmt := @PixelFmt_RGB;
+
+  if not PixelformatEquals(TexSurface^.format, NeededPixFmt) then
+  begin
+    TempSurface := TexSurface;
+    TexSurface := SDL_ConvertSurface(TempSurface, NeededPixFmt, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+    SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TTextureDatabase }
+
+procedure TTextureDatabase.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+var
+  TextureIndex: integer;
+begin
+  TextureIndex := FindTexture(Tex.Name, Typ, Color);
+  if (TextureIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    TextureIndex := Length(Texture);
+    SetLength(Texture, TextureIndex+1);
+
+    Texture[TextureIndex].Name  := Tex.Name;
+    Texture[TextureIndex].Typ   := Typ;
+    Texture[TextureIndex].Color := Color;
+  end;
+
+  if (Cache) then
+    Texture[TextureIndex].TextureCache := Tex
+  else
+    Texture[TextureIndex].Texture      := Tex;
+end;
+
+function TTextureDatabase.FindTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal): integer;
+var
+  TextureIndex: integer;
+  CurrentTexture: PTextureEntry;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  for TextureIndex := 0 to High(Texture) do
+  begin
+    CurrentTexture := @Texture[TextureIndex];
+    if (CurrentTexture.Name.Equals(Name)) and
+       (CurrentTexture.Typ = Typ) then
+    begin
+      // colorized textures must match in their color too
+      if (CurrentTexture.Typ <> TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) or
+         (CurrentTexture.Color = Color) then
+      begin
+        Result := TextureIndex;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TTextureUnit }
+
+constructor TTextureUnit.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  TextureDatabase := TTextureDatabase.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TTextureUnit.Destroy;
+begin
+  TextureDatabase.Free;
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean);
+begin
+  TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, 0, Cache);
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+begin
+  TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, Color, Cache);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
+begin
+  // FIXME: what is the FromRegistry parameter supposed to do?
+  Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, Typ, Col);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath): TTexture;
+begin
+  Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
+var
+  TexSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+  newWidth, newHeight: integer;
+  oldWidth, oldHeight: integer;
+  ActTex: GLuint;
+begin
+  // zero texture data
+  FillChar(Result, SizeOf(Result), 0);
+
+  // load texture data into memory
+  TexSurface := LoadImage(Identifier);
+  if not assigned(TexSurface) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Could not load texture: "' + Identifier.ToNative +'" with type "'+ TextureTypeToStr(Typ) +'"',
+                 'TTextureUnit.LoadTexture');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // convert pixel format as needed
+  AdjustPixelFormat(TexSurface, Typ);
+
+  // adjust texture size (scale down, if necessary)
+  newWidth   := TexSurface.W;
+  newHeight  := TexSurface.H;
+
+  if (newWidth > Limit) then
+    newWidth := Limit;
+
+  if (newHeight > Limit) then
+    newHeight := Limit;
+
+  if (TexSurface.W > newWidth) or (TexSurface.H > newHeight) then
+    ScaleImage(TexSurface, newWidth, newHeight);
+
+  // now we might colorize the whole thing
+  if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+    ColorizeImage(TexSurface, Col);
+
+  // save actual dimensions of our texture
+  oldWidth  := newWidth;
+  oldHeight := newHeight;
+
+  // make texture dimensions be powers of 2
+  newWidth  := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(newWidth))));
+  newHeight := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(newHeight))));
+  if (newHeight <> oldHeight) or (newWidth <> oldWidth) then
+    FitImage(TexSurface, newWidth, newHeight);
+
+  // at this point we have the image in memory...
+  // scaled so that dimensions are powers of 2
+  // and converted to either RGB or RGBA
+
+  // if we got a Texture of Type Plain, Transparent or Colorized,
+  // then we're done manipulating it
+  // and could now create our openGL texture from it
+
+  // prepare OpenGL texture
+  glGenTextures(1, @ActTex);
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ActTex);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+
+  // load data into gl texture
+  if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT) or
+     (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 4, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV, TexSurface.pixels);
+    {$ELSE}
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 4, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, TexSurface.pixels);
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end
+  else //if Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN then
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, TexSurface.pixels);
+    {$ELSE}
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, TexSurface.pixels);
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+
+  // setup texture struct
+  with Result do
+  begin
+    X := 0;
+    Y := 0;
+    Z := 0;
+    W := oldWidth;
+    H := oldHeight;
+    ScaleW := 1;
+    ScaleH := 1;
+    Rot := 0;
+    TexNum := ActTex;
+    TexW := oldWidth / newWidth;
+    TexH := oldHeight / newHeight;
+
+    Int   := 1;
+    ColR  := 1;
+    ColG  := 1;
+    ColB  := 1;
+    Alpha := 1;
+
+    // new test - default use whole texure, taking TexW and TexH as const and changing these
+    TexX1 := 0;
+    TexY1 := 0;
+    TexX2 := 1;
+    TexY2 := 1;
+
+    Name := Identifier;
+  end;
+
+  SDL_FreeSurface(TexSurface);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
+begin
+  Result := GetTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
+var
+  TextureIndex: integer;
+begin
+  if (Name.IsUnset) then
+  begin
+    // zero texture data
+    FillChar(Result, SizeOf(Result), 0);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (FromCache) then
+  begin
+    // use texture
+    TextureIndex := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
+    if (TextureIndex > -1) then
+      Result := TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].TextureCache;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // find texture entry in database
+  TextureIndex := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
+  if (TextureIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    // create texture entry in database
+    TextureIndex := Length(TextureDatabase.Texture);
+    SetLength(TextureDatabase.Texture, TextureIndex+1);
+
+    TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Name  := Name;
+    TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Typ   := Typ;
+    TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Color := Col;
+
+    // inform database that no textures have been loaded into memory
+    TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture.TexNum      := 0;
+    TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].TextureCache.TexNum := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // load full texture
+  if (TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture.TexNum = 0) then
+    TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture := LoadTexture(false, Name, Typ, Col);
+
+  // use texture
+  Result := TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture;
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: IPath; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
+var
+  //Error:     integer;
+  ActTex:    GLuint;
+begin
+  glGenTextures(1, @ActTex); // ActText = new texture number
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ActTex);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+
+  {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+  glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, Width, Height, 0, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, Data);
+  {$ELSE}
+  glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, Width, Height, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, Data);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+{
+  if Mipmapping then
+  begin
+    Error := gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 3, W, H, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @Data[0]);
+// FPC_BIG_ENDIAN   Error := gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 3, W, H, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @Data[0]);
+    if Error > 0 then
+      Log.LogError('gluBuild2DMipmaps() failed', 'TTextureUnit.CreateTexture');
+  end;
+}
+
+  Result.X := 0;
+  Result.Y := 0;
+  Result.Z := 0;
+  Result.W := 0;
+  Result.H := 0;
+  Result.ScaleW := 1;
+  Result.ScaleH := 1;
+  Result.Rot := 0;
+  Result.TexNum := ActTex;
+  Result.TexW := 1;
+  Result.TexH := 1;
+
+  Result.Int := 1;
+  Result.ColR := 1;
+  Result.ColG := 1;
+  Result.ColB := 1;
+  Result.Alpha := 1;
+
+  // new test - default use whole texure, taking TexW and TexH as const and changing these
+  Result.TexX1 := 0;
+  Result.TexY1 := 0;
+  Result.TexX2 := 1;
+  Result.TexY2 := 1;
+
+  Result.Name := Name;
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean);
+begin
+  UnloadTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache);
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: cardinal; FromCache: boolean);
+var
+  T:      integer;
+  TexNum: GLuint;
+begin
+  T := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
+
+  if not FromCache then
+  begin
+    TexNum := TextureDatabase.Texture[T].Texture.TexNum;
+    if TexNum > 0 then
+    begin
+      glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(@TexNum));
+      TextureDatabase.Texture[T].Texture.TexNum := 0;
+      //Log.LogError('Unload texture no '+IntToStr(TexNum));
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    TexNum := TextureDatabase.Texture[T].TextureCache.TexNum;
+    if TexNum > 0 then
+    begin
+      glDeleteTextures(1, @TexNum);
+      TextureDatabase.Texture[T].TextureCache.TexNum := 0;
+      //Log.LogError('Unload texture cache no '+IntToStr(TexNum));
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(* This needs some work
+procedure TTextureUnit.FlushTextureDatabase();
+var
+  i: integer;
+  Tex: ^TTexture;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to High(TextureDatabase.Texture) do
+  begin
+    // only delete non-cached entries
+    if (TextureDatabase.Texture[i].Texture.TexNum > 0) then
+    begin
+      Tex := @TextureDatabase.Texture[i].Texture;
+      glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(Tex^.TexNum));
+      Tex^.TexNum := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+*)
+
+function TextureTypeToStr(TexType: TTextureType): string;
+begin
+  Result := TextureTypeStr[TexType];
+end;
+
+function ParseTextureType(const TypeStr: string; Default: TTextureType): TTextureType;
+var
+  TextureType:   TTextureType;
+  UpCaseStr: string;
+begin
+  UpCaseStr := UpperCase(TypeStr);
+  for TextureType := Low(TextureTypeStr) to High(TextureTypeStr) do
+  begin
+    if (UpCaseStr = UpperCase(TextureTypeStr[TextureType])) then
+    begin
+      Result := TextureType;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Log.LogInfo('Unknown texture type: "' + TypeStr + '". Using default texture type "'
+      + TextureTypeToStr(Default) + '"', 'UTexture.ParseTextureType');
+  Result := Default;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UThemes.pas b/src/base/UThemes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b385406f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UThemes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2501 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UThemes;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  IniFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  Classes,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TRGB = record
+    R: single;
+    G: single;
+    B: single;
+  end;
+
+  TRGBA = record
+    R, G, B, A: double;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TBackgroundType =
+    (bgtNone, bgtColor, bgtTexture, bgtVideo, bgtFade, bgtAuto);
+
+const
+  BGT_Names: array [TBackgroundType] of string =
+    ('none', 'color', 'texture', 'video', 'fade', 'auto');
+
+type
+  TThemeBackground = record
+    BGType: TBackgroundType;
+    Color:  TRGB;
+    Tex:    string;
+    Alpha:  real;
+  end;
+
+const
+  //Defaul Background for Screens w/o Theme e.g. editor
+  DEFAULT_BACKGROUND: TThemeBackground = (
+    BGType: bgtColor;
+    Color:  (R:1; G:1; B:1);
+    Tex:    '';
+    Alpha:  1.0
+  );
+
+
+type
+  TThemeStatic = record
+    X:      integer;
+    Y:      integer;
+    Z:      real;
+    W:      integer;
+    H:      integer;
+    Color:  string;
+    ColR:   real;
+    ColG:   real;
+    ColB:   real;
+    Tex:    string;
+    Typ:    TTextureType;
+    TexX1:  real;
+    TexY1:  real;
+    TexX2:  real;
+    TexY2:  real;
+    //Reflection
+    Reflection:           boolean;
+    Reflectionspacing:    real;
+  end;
+  AThemeStatic = array of TThemeStatic;
+
+  TThemeText = record
+    X:      integer;
+    Y:      integer;
+    W:      integer;
+    Z:      real;
+    Color:  string;
+    ColR:   real;
+    ColG:   real;
+    ColB:   real;
+    Font:   integer;
+    Size:   integer;
+    Align:  integer;
+    Text:   UTF8String;
+    //Reflection
+    Reflection:           boolean;
+    ReflectionSpacing:    real;
+  end;
+  AThemeText = array of TThemeText;
+
+  TThemeButton = record
+    Text:   AThemeText;
+    X:      integer;
+    Y:      integer;
+    Z:      real;
+    W:      integer;
+    H:      integer;
+    Color:  string;
+    ColR:   real;
+    ColG:   real;
+    ColB:   real;
+    Int:    real;
+    DColor: string;
+    DColR:  real;
+    DColG:  real;
+    DColB:  real;
+    DInt:   real;
+    Tex:    string;
+    Typ:    TTextureType;
+
+    Visible: boolean;
+
+    //Reflection Mod
+    Reflection:           boolean;
+    Reflectionspacing:    real;
+    //Fade Mod
+    SelectH:    integer;
+    SelectW:    integer;
+    Fade:       boolean;
+    FadeText:   boolean;
+    DeSelectReflectionspacing : real;
+    FadeTex:    string;
+    FadeTexPos: integer;
+
+    //Button Collection Mod
+    Parent: byte; //Number of the Button Collection this Button is assigned to. IF 0: No Assignement
+  end;
+
+  //Button Collection Mod
+  TThemeButtonCollection = record
+    Style: TThemeButton;
+    ChildCount: byte; //No of assigned Childs
+    FirstChild: byte; //No of Child on whose Interaction Position the Button should be
+  end;
+
+  AThemeButtonCollection = array of TThemeButtonCollection;
+  PAThemeButtonCollection = ^AThemeButtonCollection;
+
+  TThemeSelectSlide = record
+    Tex:    string;
+    Typ:    TTextureType;
+    TexSBG: string;
+    TypSBG: TTextureType;
+    X:      integer;
+    Y:      integer;
+    W:      integer;
+    H:      integer;
+    Z:      real;
+    SBGW:   integer;
+
+    TextSize: integer;
+
+    showArrows:boolean;
+    oneItemOnly:boolean;
+
+    Text:   UTF8String;
+    ColR,  ColG,  ColB,  Int:     real;
+    DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt:    real;
+    TColR,  TColG,  TColB,  TInt:     real;
+    TDColR, TDColG, TDColB, TDInt:    real;
+    SBGColR,  SBGColG,  SBGColB,  SBGInt:     real;
+    SBGDColR, SBGDColG, SBGDColB, SBGDInt:    real;
+    STColR,  STColG,  STColB,  STInt:     real;
+    STDColR, STDColG, STDColB, STDInt:    real;
+    SkipX:    integer;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeEqualizer = record
+    Visible: boolean;
+    Direction: boolean;
+    Alpha: real;
+    X: integer;
+    Y: integer;
+    Z: real;
+    W: integer;
+    H: integer;
+    Space: integer;
+    Bands: integer;
+    Length: integer;
+    ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+    Reflection:           boolean;
+    Reflectionspacing:    real;
+  end;
+
+  PThemeBasic = ^TThemeBasic;
+  TThemeBasic = class
+    Background:       TThemeBackground;
+    Text:             AThemeText;
+    Statics:           AThemeStatic;
+
+    //Button Collection Mod
+    ButtonCollection: AThemeButtonCollection;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeLoading = class(TThemeBasic)
+    StaticAnimation:  TThemeStatic;
+    TextLoading:      TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeMain = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonSolo:       TThemeButton;
+    ButtonMulti:      TThemeButton;
+    ButtonStat:       TThemeButton;
+    ButtonEditor:     TThemeButton;
+    ButtonOptions:    TThemeButton;
+    ButtonExit:       TThemeButton;
+
+    TextDescription:      TThemeText;
+    TextDescriptionLong:  TThemeText;
+    Description:          array[0..5] of UTF8String;
+    DescriptionLong:      array[0..5] of UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeName = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonPlayer:     array[1..6] of TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeLevel = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonEasy:       TThemeButton;
+    ButtonMedium:     TThemeButton;
+    ButtonHard:       TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeSong = class(TThemeBasic)
+    TextArtist:       TThemeText;
+    TextTitle:        TThemeText;
+    TextNumber:       TThemeText;
+
+    //Video Icon Mod
+    VideoIcon:        TThemeStatic;
+
+   //Show Cat in TopLeft Mod
+    TextCat:          TThemeText;
+    StaticCat:        TThemeStatic;
+
+    //Cover Mod
+    Cover: record
+      Reflections: boolean;
+      X: integer;
+      Y: integer;
+      Z: integer;
+      W: integer;
+      H: integer;
+      Style: integer;
+    end;
+
+    //Equalizer Mod
+    Equalizer: TThemeEqualizer;
+
+
+    //Party and Non Party specific Statics and Texts
+    StaticParty:    AThemeStatic;
+    TextParty:      AThemeText;
+
+    StaticNonParty: AThemeStatic;
+    TextNonParty:   AThemeText;
+
+    //Party Mode
+    StaticTeam1Joker1: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1Joker2: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1Joker3: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1Joker4: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1Joker5: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Joker1: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Joker2: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Joker3: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Joker4: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Joker5: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Joker1: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Joker2: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Joker3: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Joker4: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Joker5: TThemeStatic;
+
+
+  end;
+
+   TThemeSing = class(TThemeBasic)
+
+    //TimeBar mod
+    StaticTimeProgress:   TThemeStatic;
+    TextTimeText      :   TThemeText;
+    //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+    StaticP1:         TThemeStatic;
+    TextP1:           TThemeText;
+    StaticP1ScoreBG:  TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+    TextP1Score:      TThemeText;
+
+    //moveable singbar mod
+    StaticP1SingBar:         TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP1ThreePSingBar:   TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP1TwoPSingBar:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP2RSingBar:        TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP2MSingBar:        TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP3SingBar:         TThemeStatic;
+    //eoa moveable singbar
+
+    //added for ps3 skin
+    //game in 2/4 player modi
+    StaticP1TwoP:         TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP1TwoPScoreBG:  TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+    TextP1TwoP:           TThemeText;
+    TextP1TwoPScore:      TThemeText;
+    //game in 3/6 player modi
+    StaticP1ThreeP:         TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP1ThreePScoreBG:  TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+    TextP1ThreeP:           TThemeText;
+    TextP1ThreePScore:      TThemeText;
+    //eoa
+
+    StaticP2R:        TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP2RScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+    TextP2R:          TThemeText;
+    TextP2RScore:     TThemeText;
+
+    StaticP2M:        TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP2MScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+    TextP2M:          TThemeText;
+    TextP2MScore:     TThemeText;
+
+    StaticP3R:        TThemeStatic;
+    StaticP3RScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+    TextP3R:          TThemeText;
+    TextP3RScore:     TThemeText;
+
+    //Linebonus Translations
+    LineBonusText:    array [0..8] of UTF8String;
+
+    //Pause Popup
+     PausePopUp:      TThemeStatic;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeLyricBar = record
+     IndicatorYOffset, UpperX, UpperW, UpperY, UpperH,
+     LowerX, LowerW, LowerY, LowerH  : integer;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeScore = class(TThemeBasic)
+    TextArtist:       TThemeText;
+    TextTitle:        TThemeText;
+
+    TextArtistTitle:  TThemeText;
+
+    PlayerStatic:     array[1..6] of AThemeStatic;
+    PlayerTexts:      array[1..6] of AThemeText;
+
+    TextName:         array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextScore:        array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+
+    TextNotes:            array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextNotesScore:       array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextLineBonus:        array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextLineBonusScore:   array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextGoldenNotes:      array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextTotal:            array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+    TextTotalScore:       array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+
+    StaticBoxLightest:    array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+    StaticBoxLight:       array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+    StaticBoxDark:        array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+
+    StaticRatings:        array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+
+    StaticBackLevel:        array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+    StaticBackLevelRound:   array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+    StaticLevel:            array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+    StaticLevelRound:       array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+    StaticPlayerIdBox:      array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+
+//    Description:          array[0..5] of string;}
+  end;
+
+  TThemeTop5 = class(TThemeBasic)
+    TextLevel:        TThemeText;
+    TextArtistTitle:  TThemeText;
+
+    StaticNumber:     AThemeStatic;
+    TextNumber:       AThemeText;
+    TextName:         AThemeText;
+    TextScore:        AThemeText;
+    TextDate:         AThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptions = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonGame:       TThemeButton;
+    ButtonGraphics:   TThemeButton;
+    ButtonSound:      TThemeButton;
+    ButtonLyrics:     TThemeButton;
+    ButtonThemes:     TThemeButton;
+    ButtonRecord:     TThemeButton;
+    ButtonAdvanced:   TThemeButton;
+    ButtonExit:       TThemeButton;
+
+    TextDescription:      TThemeText;
+    Description:          array[0..7] of UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsGame = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectPlayers:      TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectDifficulty:   TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectLanguage:     TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectTabs:         TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSorting:      TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectDebug:        TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:         TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsGraphics = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectFullscreen:       TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectResolution:       TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectDepth:            TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectVisualizer:       TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectOscilloscope:     TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectLineBonus:        TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectMovieSize:        TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:             TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsSound = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectMicBoost:              TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectBackgroundMusic:       TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectClickAssist:           TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectBeatClick:             TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectThreshold:             TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSlidePreviewVolume:    TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSlidePreviewFading:    TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSlideVoicePassthrough: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:                  TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsLyrics = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectLyricsFont:   TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectLyricsEffect: TThemeSelectSlide;
+//    SelectSolmization:  TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectNoteLines:    TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:         TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsThemes = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectTheme:        TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSkin:         TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectColor:        TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:         TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsRecord = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectSlideCard:       TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSlideInput:      TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectSlideChannel:    TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:            TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeOptionsAdvanced = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectLoadAnimation:  TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectEffectSing:     TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectScreenFade:     TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectLineBonus:      TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectAskbeforeDel:   TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectOnSongClick:    TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectPartyPopup:     TThemeSelectSlide;
+    ButtonExit:           TThemeButton;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeEdit = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonConvert:        TThemeButton;
+    ButtonExit:           TThemeButton;
+
+    TextDescription:      TThemeText;
+    TextDescriptionLong:  TThemeText;
+    Description:          array[0..5] of UTF8string;
+    DescriptionLong:      array[0..5] of UTF8string;
+  end;
+
+  //Error- and Check-Popup
+  TThemeError = class(TThemeBasic)
+    Button1: TThemeButton;
+    TextError: TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeCheck = class(TThemeBasic)
+    Button1: TThemeButton;
+    Button2: TThemeButton;
+    TextCheck: TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+
+  //ScreenSong Menue
+  TThemeSongMenu = class(TThemeBasic)
+    Button1: TThemeButton;
+    Button2: TThemeButton;
+    Button3: TThemeButton;
+    Button4: TThemeButton;
+
+    SelectSlide3: TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+    TextMenu: TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeSongJumpTo = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonSearchText: TThemeButton;
+    SelectSlideType:  TThemeSelectSlide;
+    TextFound:        TThemeText;
+
+    //Translated Texts
+    Songsfound:       UTF8String;
+    NoSongsfound:     UTF8String;
+    CatText:          UTF8String;
+    IType:            array [0..2] of UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  //Party Screens
+  TThemePartyNewRound = class(TThemeBasic)
+    TextRound1:        TThemeText;
+    TextRound2:        TThemeText;
+    TextRound3:        TThemeText;
+    TextRound4:        TThemeText;
+    TextRound5:        TThemeText;
+    TextRound6:        TThemeText;
+    TextRound7:        TThemeText;
+    TextWinner1:       TThemeText;
+    TextWinner2:       TThemeText;
+    TextWinner3:       TThemeText;
+    TextWinner4:       TThemeText;
+    TextWinner5:       TThemeText;
+    TextWinner6:       TThemeText;
+    TextWinner7:       TThemeText;
+    TextNextRound:     TThemeText;
+    TextNextRoundNo:   TThemeText;
+    TextNextPlayer1:   TThemeText;
+    TextNextPlayer2:   TThemeText;
+    TextNextPlayer3:   TThemeText;
+
+    StaticRound1:      TThemeStatic;
+    StaticRound2:      TThemeStatic;
+    StaticRound3:      TThemeStatic;
+    StaticRound4:      TThemeStatic;
+    StaticRound5:      TThemeStatic;
+    StaticRound6:      TThemeStatic;
+    StaticRound7:      TThemeStatic;
+
+    TextScoreTeam1:    TThemeText;
+    TextScoreTeam2:    TThemeText;
+    TextScoreTeam3:    TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam1:     TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam2:     TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam3:     TThemeText;
+    TextTeam1Players:  TThemeText;
+    TextTeam2Players:  TThemeText;
+    TextTeam3Players:  TThemeText;
+
+    StaticTeam1:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticNextPlayer1: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticNextPlayer2: TThemeStatic;
+    StaticNextPlayer3: TThemeStatic;
+  end;
+
+  TThemePartyScore = class(TThemeBasic)
+    TextScoreTeam1:    TThemeText;
+    TextScoreTeam2:    TThemeText;
+    TextScoreTeam3:    TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam1:     TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam2:     TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam3:     TThemeText;
+    StaticTeam1:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1BG:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1Deco:   TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2BG:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Deco:   TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3BG:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Deco:   TThemeStatic;
+
+    DecoTextures:      record
+      ChangeTextures:  boolean;
+
+      FirstTexture:    string;
+      FirstTyp:        TTextureType;
+      FirstColor:      string;
+
+      SecondTexture:   string;
+      SecondTyp:       TTextureType;
+      SecondColor:     string;
+
+      ThirdTexture:    string;
+      ThirdTyp:        TTextureType;
+      ThirdColor:      string;
+    end;
+
+
+    TextWinner:        TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemePartyWin = class(TThemeBasic)
+    TextScoreTeam1:    TThemeText;
+    TextScoreTeam2:    TThemeText;
+    TextScoreTeam3:    TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam1:     TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam2:     TThemeText;
+    TextNameTeam3:     TThemeText;
+    StaticTeam1:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1BG:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam1Deco:   TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2BG:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam2Deco:   TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3:       TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3BG:     TThemeStatic;
+    StaticTeam3Deco:   TThemeStatic;
+
+    TextWinner:        TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemePartyOptions = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectLevel: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectPlayList: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectPlayList2: TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+    {ButtonNext: TThemeButton;
+    ButtonPrev: TThemeButton;}
+  end;
+
+  TThemePartyPlayer = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectTeams: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectPlayers1: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectPlayers2: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectPlayers3: TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+    Team1Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player1Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player2Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player3Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player4Name: TThemeButton;
+
+    Team2Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player5Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player6Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player7Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player8Name: TThemeButton;
+
+    Team3Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player9Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player10Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player11Name: TThemeButton;
+    Player12Name: TThemeButton;
+
+    {ButtonNext: TThemeButton;
+    ButtonPrev: TThemeButton;}
+  end;
+
+  TThemePartyRounds = class(TThemeBasic)
+    SelectRoundCount: TThemeSelectSlide;
+    SelectRound: array [0..6] of TThemeSelectSlide;
+  end;
+
+  //Stats Screens
+  TThemeStatMain = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonScores:     TThemeButton;
+    ButtonSingers:    TThemeButton;
+    ButtonSongs:      TThemeButton;
+    ButtonBands:      TThemeButton;
+    ButtonExit:       TThemeButton;
+
+    TextOverview:     TThemeText;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeStatDetail = class(TThemeBasic)
+    ButtonNext:       TThemeButton;
+    ButtonPrev:       TThemeButton;
+    ButtonReverse:    TThemeButton;
+    ButtonExit:       TThemeButton;
+
+    TextDescription:  TThemeText;
+    TextPage:         TThemeText;
+    TextList:         AThemeText;
+
+    Description:      array[0..3] of UTF8String;
+    DescriptionR:     array[0..3] of UTF8String;
+    FormatStr:        array[0..3] of UTF8String;
+    PageStr:          UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  //Playlist Translations
+  TThemePlaylist = record
+    CatText:    UTF8String;
+  end;
+
+  TThemeEntry = record
+    Name: string;
+    Filename: IPath;
+    DefaultSkin: integer;
+    Creator: string;
+  end;
+
+  TTheme = class
+  private
+    {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
+    ThemeIni:         TIniFile;
+    {$ELSE}
+    ThemeIni:         TMemIniFile;
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    LastThemeBasic:   TThemeBasic;
+    procedure CreateThemeObjects();
+    procedure LoadHeader(FileName: IPath);
+  public
+    Themes:           array of TThemeEntry;
+    Loading:          TThemeLoading;
+    Main:             TThemeMain;
+    Name:             TThemeName;
+    Level:            TThemeLevel;
+    Song:             TThemeSong;
+    Sing:             TThemeSing;
+    LyricBar:         TThemeLyricBar;
+    Score:            TThemeScore;
+    Top5:             TThemeTop5;
+    Options:          TThemeOptions;
+    OptionsGame:      TThemeOptionsGame;
+    OptionsGraphics:  TThemeOptionsGraphics;
+    OptionsSound:     TThemeOptionsSound;
+    OptionsLyrics:    TThemeOptionsLyrics;
+    OptionsThemes:    TThemeOptionsThemes;
+    OptionsRecord:    TThemeOptionsRecord;
+    OptionsAdvanced:  TThemeOptionsAdvanced;
+    //edit
+    Edit:             TThemeEdit;
+    //error and check popup
+    ErrorPopup:       TThemeError;
+    CheckPopup:       TThemeCheck;
+    //ScreenSong extensions
+    SongMenu:         TThemeSongMenu;
+    SongJumpto:       TThemeSongJumpTo;
+    //Party Screens:
+    PartyNewRound:    TThemePartyNewRound;
+    PartyScore:       TThemePartyScore;
+    PartyWin:         TThemePartyWin;
+    PartyOptions:     TThemePartyOptions;
+    PartyPlayer:      TThemePartyPlayer;
+    PartyRounds:      TThemePartyRounds;
+
+    //Stats Screens:
+    StatMain:         TThemeStatMain;
+    StatDetail:       TThemeStatDetail;
+
+    Playlist:         TThemePlaylist;
+
+    ILevel: array[0..2] of UTF8String;
+
+    constructor Create;
+
+    procedure LoadList;
+
+    function LoadTheme(ThemeNum: integer; sColor: integer): boolean; // Load some theme settings from file
+
+    procedure LoadColors;
+
+    procedure ThemeLoadBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadBackground(var ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadText(var ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadTexts(var ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadStatic(var ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadStatics(var ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadButton(var ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string; Collections: PAThemeButtonCollection = nil);
+    procedure ThemeLoadButtonCollection(var Collection: TThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadButtonCollections(var Collections: AThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadSelectSlide(var ThemeSelectS: TThemeSelectSlide; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeLoadEqualizer(var ThemeEqualizer: TThemeEqualizer; const Name: string);
+
+    procedure ThemeSave(const FileName: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveBackground(ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveStatic(ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveStatics(ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveText(ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveTexts(ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+    procedure ThemeSaveButton(ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string);
+  end;
+
+  TColor = record
+    Name:   string;
+    RGB:    TRGB;
+  end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB);  overload;
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB; Alpha: real);  overload;
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA); overload;
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA; Alpha: real); overload;
+
+function ColorExists(Name: string): integer;
+procedure LoadColor(var R, G, B: real; ColorName: string);
+function GetSystemColor(Color: integer): TRGB;
+function ColorSqrt(RGB: TRGB): TRGB;
+
+var
+  //Skin:         TSkin;
+  Theme:        TTheme;
+  Color:        array of TColor;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UCommon,
+  ULanguage,
+  USkins,
+  UIni,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UFileSystem,
+  TextGL,
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  math,
+  StrUtils;
+
+//-----------
+//Helper procs to use TRGB in Opengl ...maybe this should be somewhere else
+//-----------
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB);  overload;
+begin
+  glColor3f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B);
+end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB; Alpha: real);  overload;
+begin
+  glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha);
+end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA); overload;
+begin
+  glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Color.A);
+end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA; Alpha: real); overload;
+begin
+  glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Min(Color.A, Alpha));
+end;
+
+constructor TTheme.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  Loading := TThemeLoading.Create;
+  Main := TThemeMain.Create;
+  Name := TThemeName.Create;
+  Level := TThemeLevel.Create;
+  Song := TThemeSong.Create;
+  Sing := TThemeSing.Create;
+  Score := TThemeScore.Create;
+  Top5 := TThemeTop5.Create;
+  Options := TThemeOptions.Create;
+  OptionsGame := TThemeOptionsGame.Create;
+  OptionsGraphics := TThemeOptionsGraphics.Create;
+  OptionsSound := TThemeOptionsSound.Create;
+  OptionsLyrics := TThemeOptionsLyrics.Create;
+  OptionsThemes := TThemeOptionsThemes.Create;
+  OptionsRecord := TThemeOptionsRecord.Create;
+  OptionsAdvanced := TThemeOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+
+  Edit := TThemeEdit.Create;
+
+  ErrorPopup := TThemeError.Create;
+  CheckPopup := TThemeCheck.Create;
+
+  SongMenu := TThemeSongMenu.Create;
+  SongJumpto := TThemeSongJumpto.Create;
+  //Party Screens
+  PartyNewRound := TThemePartyNewRound.Create;
+  PartyWin := TThemePartyWin.Create;
+  PartyScore := TThemePartyScore.Create;
+  PartyOptions := TThemePartyOptions.Create;
+  PartyPlayer := TThemePartyPlayer.Create;
+  PartyRounds := TThemePartyRounds.Create;
+
+  //Stats Screens:
+  StatMain :=   TThemeStatMain.Create;
+  StatDetail := TThemeStatDetail.Create;
+
+  //LoadTheme(FileName, Color);
+  LoadList;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.LoadHeader(FileName: IPath);
+  var
+    Entry: TThemeEntry;
+    Ini: TMemIniFile;
+    SkinName: string;
+    SkinsFound: boolean;
+    ThemeVersion: string;
+    I: integer;
+    Len: integer;
+    Skins: TUTF8StringDynArray;
+begin
+  Entry.Filename := ThemePath.Append(FileName);
+  //read info from theme header
+  Ini := TMemIniFile.Create(Entry.Filename.ToNative);
+
+  Entry.Name := Ini.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', FileName.SetExtension('').ToNative);
+  ThemeVersion := Trim(UpperCase(Ini.ReadString('Theme', 'US_Version', 'no version tag')));
+  Entry.Creator := Ini.ReadString('Theme', 'Creator', 'Unknown');
+  SkinName := Ini.ReadString('Theme', 'DefaultSkin', FileName.SetExtension('').ToNative);
+
+  Ini.Free;
+
+  // don't load theme with wrong version tag
+  if ThemeVersion <> 'USD 110' then
+  begin
+    Log.LogWarn('Wrong Version (' + ThemeVersion + ') in Theme : ' + Entry.Name, 'Theme.LoadHeader');
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    //Search for Skins for this Theme
+    SkinsFound := false;
+    for I := Low(Skin.Skin) to High(Skin.Skin) do
+    begin
+      if (CompareText(Skin.Skin[I].Theme, Entry.Name) = 0) then
+      begin
+        SkinsFound := true;
+        break;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if SkinsFound then
+    begin
+      { found a valid Theme }
+      // set correct default skin
+      Skin.GetSkinsByTheme(Entry.Name, Skins);
+      Entry.DefaultSkin := max(0, GetArrayIndex(Skins, SkinName, true));
+  
+      Len := Length(Themes);
+      SetLength(Themes, Len + 1);
+      SetLength(ITheme, Len + 1);
+      Themes[Len] := Entry;
+      ITheme[Len] := Entry.Name;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.LoadList;
+  var
+    Iter: IFileIterator;
+    FileInfo: TFileInfo;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus('Searching for Theme : ' + ThemePath.ToNative + '*.ini', 'Theme.LoadList');
+
+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(ThemePath.Append('*.ini'), 0);
+  while (Iter.HasNext) do
+  begin
+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;
+    Log.LogStatus('Found Theme: ' + FileInfo.Name.ToNative, 'Theme.LoadList');
+    LoadHeader(Fileinfo.Name);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TTheme.LoadTheme(ThemeNum: integer; sColor: integer): boolean;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  CreateThemeObjects();
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Loading: '+ Themes[ThemeNum].FileName.ToNative, 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
+
+  if not Themes[ThemeNum].FileName.IsFile() then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Theme does not exist ('+ Themes[ThemeNum].FileName.ToNative +')', 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
+  end;
+
+  if Themes[ThemeNum].FileName.IsFile() then
+  begin
+    Result := true;
+
+    {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
+    ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(Themes[ThemeNum].FileName.ToNative);
+    {$ELSE}
+    ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(Themes[ThemeNum].FileName.ToNative);
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    if ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', '') <> '' then
+    begin
+
+      {Skin.SkinName := ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', 'Singstar');
+      Skin.SkinPath := 'Skins\' + Skin.SkinName + '\';
+      Skin.SkinReg := false; }
+      Skin.Color := sColor;
+
+      Skin.LoadSkin(ISkin[Ini.SkinNo]);
+
+      LoadColors;
+
+//      ThemeIni.Free;
+//      ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create('Themes\Singstar\Main.ini');
+
+      // Loading
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Loading, 'Loading');
+      ThemeLoadText(Loading.TextLoading, 'LoadingTextLoading');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Loading.StaticAnimation, 'LoadingStaticAnimation');
+
+      // Main
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Main, 'Main');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(Main.TextDescription, 'MainTextDescription');
+      ThemeLoadText(Main.TextDescriptionLong, 'MainTextDescriptionLong');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonSolo, 'MainButtonSolo');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonMulti, 'MainButtonMulti');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonStat, 'MainButtonStats');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonEditor, 'MainButtonEditor');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonOptions, 'MainButtonOptions');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonExit, 'MainButtonExit');
+
+      //Main Desc Text Translation Start
+
+      Main.Description[0] := Language.Translate('SING_SING');
+      Main.DescriptionLong[0] := Language.Translate('SING_SING_DESC');
+      Main.Description[1] := Language.Translate('SING_MULTI');
+      Main.DescriptionLong[1] := Language.Translate('SING_MULTI_DESC');
+      Main.Description[2] := Language.Translate('SING_STATS');
+      Main.DescriptionLong[2] := Language.Translate('SING_STATS_DESC');
+      Main.Description[3] := Language.Translate('SING_EDITOR');
+      Main.DescriptionLong[3] := Language.Translate('SING_EDITOR_DESC');
+      Main.Description[4] := Language.Translate('SING_GAME_OPTIONS');
+      Main.DescriptionLong[4] := Language.Translate('SING_GAME_OPTIONS_DESC');
+      Main.Description[5] := Language.Translate('SING_EXIT');
+      Main.DescriptionLong[5] := Language.Translate('SING_EXIT_DESC');
+
+      //Main Desc Text Translation End
+
+      Main.TextDescription.Text := Main.Description[0];
+      Main.TextDescriptionLong.Text := Main.DescriptionLong[0];
+
+      // Name
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Name, 'Name');
+
+      for I := 1 to 6 do
+        ThemeLoadButton(Name.ButtonPlayer[I], 'NameButtonPlayer'+IntToStr(I));
+
+      // Level
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Level, 'Level');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(Level.ButtonEasy, 'LevelButtonEasy');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Level.ButtonMedium, 'LevelButtonMedium');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Level.ButtonHard, 'LevelButtonHard');
+
+
+      // Song
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Song, 'Song');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(Song.TextArtist, 'SongTextArtist');
+      ThemeLoadText(Song.TextTitle, 'SongTextTitle');
+      ThemeLoadText(Song.TextNumber, 'SongTextNumber');
+
+      //Video Icon Mod
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.VideoIcon, 'SongVideoIcon');
+
+      //Show Cat in TopLeft Mod
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticCat, 'SongStaticCat');
+      ThemeLoadText(Song.TextCat, 'SongTextCat');
+
+      //Load Cover Pos and Size from Theme Mod
+      Song.Cover.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'X', 300);
+      Song.Cover.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'Y', 190);
+      Song.Cover.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'W', 300);
+      Song.Cover.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'H', 200);
+      Song.Cover.Style := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'Style', 4);
+      Song.Cover.Reflections := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'Reflections', 0) = 1);
+      //Load Cover Pos and Size from Theme Mod End
+
+      ThemeLoadEqualizer(Song.Equalizer, 'SongEqualizer');
+
+      //Party and Non Party specific Statics and Texts
+      ThemeLoadStatics (Song.StaticParty, 'SongStaticParty');
+      ThemeLoadTexts (Song.TextParty, 'SongTextParty');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatics (Song.StaticNonParty, 'SongStaticNonParty');
+      ThemeLoadTexts (Song.TextNonParty, 'SongTextNonParty');
+
+      //Party Mode
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker1, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker2, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker3, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker4, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker4');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker5');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker1, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker2, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker3, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker4, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker4');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker5');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker1, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker2, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker3, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker4, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker4');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker5');
+
+
+      //LyricBar      asd
+      LyricBar.UpperX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'X', 0);
+      LyricBar.UpperW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'W', 0);
+      LyricBar.UpperY := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'Y', 0);
+      LyricBar.UpperH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'H', 0);
+      LyricBar.IndicatorYOffset := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'IndicatorYOffset', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'X', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'W', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerY := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'Y', 0);
+      LyricBar.LowerH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'H', 0);
+
+      // Sing
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Sing, 'Sing');
+      //TimeBar mod
+       ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticTimeProgress, 'SingTimeProgress');
+       ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextTimeText, 'SingTimeText');
+      //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+    //moveable singbar mod
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1SingBar, 'SingP1SingBar');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, 'SingP1TwoPSingBar');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, 'SingP1ThreePSingBar');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, 'SingP2RSingBar');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, 'SingP2MSingBar');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP3SingBar, 'SingP3SingBar');
+    //eoa moveable singbar
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1, 'SingP1Static');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1, 'SingP1Text');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, 'SingP1Static2');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1Score, 'SingP1TextScore');
+  //Added for ps3 skin
+  //This one is shown in 2/4P mode
+  //if it exists, otherwise the one Player equivaltents are used
+      if (ThemeIni.SectionExists('SingP1TwoPTextScore')) then
+      begin
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPStatic');
+        ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPText');
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, 'SingP1TwoPStatic2');
+        ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1TwoPScore, 'SingP1TwoPTextScore');
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        Sing.StaticP1TwoP := Sing.StaticP1;
+        Sing.TextP1TwoP := Sing.TextP1;
+        Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG := Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG;
+        Sing.TextP1TwoPScore := Sing.TextP1Score;
+      end;
+
+  //This one is shown in 3/6P mode
+  //if it exists, otherwise the one Player equivaltents are used
+      if (ThemeIni.SectionExists('SingP1TwoPTextScore')) then
+      begin
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePStatic');
+        ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePText');
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, 'SingP1ThreePStatic2');
+        ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1ThreePScore, 'SingP1ThreePTextScore');
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        Sing.StaticP1ThreeP := Sing.StaticP1;
+        Sing.TextP1ThreeP := Sing.TextP1;
+        Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG := Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG;
+        Sing.TextP1ThreePScore := Sing.TextP1Score;
+      end;
+  //eoa
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2R, 'SingP2RStatic');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2R, 'SingP2RText');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, 'SingP2RStatic2');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2RScore, 'SingP2RTextScore');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2M, 'SingP2MStatic');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2M, 'SingP2MText');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, 'SingP2MStatic2');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2MScore, 'SingP2MTextScore');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP3R, 'SingP3RStatic');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP3R, 'SingP3RText');
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, 'SingP3RStatic2');
+      ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP3RScore, 'SingP3RTextScore');
+
+      //Line Bonus Texts
+      Sing.LineBonusText[0] := Language.Translate('POPUP_AWFUL');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[1] := Sing.LineBonusText[0];
+      Sing.LineBonusText[2] := Language.Translate('POPUP_POOR');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[3] := Language.Translate('POPUP_BAD');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[4] := Language.Translate('POPUP_NOTBAD');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[5] := Language.Translate('POPUP_GOOD');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[6] := Language.Translate('POPUP_GREAT');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[7] := Language.Translate('POPUP_AWESOME');
+      Sing.LineBonusText[8] := Language.Translate('POPUP_PERFECT');
+
+      //PausePopup
+      ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.PausePopUp, 'PausePopUpStatic');
+
+      // Score
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Score, 'Score');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(Score.TextArtist, 'ScoreTextArtist');
+      ThemeLoadText(Score.TextTitle, 'ScoreTextTitle');
+      ThemeLoadText(Score.TextArtistTitle, 'ScoreTextArtistTitle');
+
+      for I := 1 to 6 do
+      begin
+        ThemeLoadStatics(Score.PlayerStatic[I],        'ScorePlayer' + IntToStr(I) + 'Static');
+        ThemeLoadTexts(Score.PlayerTexts[I],           'ScorePlayer' + IntToStr(I) + 'Text');
+
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextName[I],               'ScoreTextName'             + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextScore[I],              'ScoreTextScore'            + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextNotes[I],              'ScoreTextNotes'            + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextNotesScore[I],         'ScoreTextNotesScore'       + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextLineBonus[I],          'ScoreTextLineBonus'        + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextLineBonusScore[I],     'ScoreTextLineBonusScore'   + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextGoldenNotes[I],        'ScoreTextGoldenNotes'      + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[I],   'ScoreTextGoldenNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextTotal[I],              'ScoreTextTotal'            + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadText(Score.TextTotalScore[I],         'ScoreTextTotalScore'       + IntToStr(I));
+
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBoxLightest[I],    'ScoreStaticBoxLightest'    + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBoxLight[I],       'ScoreStaticBoxLight'       + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBoxDark[I],        'ScoreStaticBoxDark'        + IntToStr(I));
+
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBackLevel[I],      'ScoreStaticBackLevel'      + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBackLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticLevel[I],          'ScoreStaticLevel'          + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticLevelRound[I],     'ScoreStaticLevelRound'     + IntToStr(I));
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticPlayerIdBox[I],    'ScoreStaticPlayerIdBox'    + IntToStr(I));
+
+        ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticRatings[I],        'ScoreStaticRatingPicture'  + IntToStr(I));
+      end;
+
+      // Top5
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Top5, 'Top5');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(Top5.TextLevel,       'Top5TextLevel');
+      ThemeLoadText(Top5.TextArtistTitle, 'Top5TextArtistTitle');
+      ThemeLoadStatics(Top5.StaticNumber, 'Top5StaticNumber');
+      ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextNumber,     'Top5TextNumber');
+      ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextName,       'Top5TextName');
+      ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextScore,      'Top5TextScore');
+      ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextDate,       'Top5TextDate');
+
+      // Options
+      ThemeLoadBasic(Options, 'Options');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonGame,     'OptionsButtonGame');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonGraphics, 'OptionsButtonGraphics');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonSound,    'OptionsButtonSound');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonLyrics,   'OptionsButtonLyrics');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonThemes,   'OptionsButtonThemes');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonRecord,   'OptionsButtonRecord');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonAdvanced, 'OptionsButtonAdvanced');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonExit,     'OptionsButtonExit');
+
+      Options.Description[0] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_GAME_DESC');
+      Options.Description[1] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_GRAPHICS_DESC');
+      Options.Description[2] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_SOUND_DESC');
+      Options.Description[3] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_LYRICS_DESC');
+      Options.Description[4] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_THEMES_DESC');
+      Options.Description[5] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_RECORD_DESC');
+      Options.Description[6] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_ADVANCED_DESC');
+      Options.Description[7] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_EXIT');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(Options.TextDescription, 'OptionsTextDescription');
+      Options.TextDescription.Text := Options.Description[0];
+
+      // Options Game
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsGame, 'OptionsGame');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectPlayers,    'OptionsGameSelectPlayers');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty, 'OptionsGameSelectDifficulty');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectLanguage,   'OptionsGameSelectSlideLanguage');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectTabs,       'OptionsGameSelectTabs');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectSorting,    'OptionsGameSelectSlideSorting');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectDebug,      'OptionsGameSelectDebug');
+      ThemeLoadButton(OptionsGame.ButtonExit,            'OptionsGameButtonExit');
+
+      // Options Graphics
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsGraphics, 'OptionsGraphics');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen,   'OptionsGraphicsSelectFullscreen');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution,   'OptionsGraphicsSelectSlideResolution');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth,        'OptionsGraphicsSelectDepth');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer,   'OptionsGraphicsSelectVisualizer');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectOscilloscope');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectLineBonus,    'OptionsGraphicsSelectLineBonus');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize,    'OptionsGraphicsSelectMovieSize');
+      ThemeLoadButton(OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit,              'OptionsGraphicsButtonExit');
+
+      // Options Sound
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsSound, 'OptionsSound');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic,       'OptionsSoundSelectBackgroundMusic');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost,              'OptionsSoundSelectMicBoost');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist,           'OptionsSoundSelectClickAssist');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick,             'OptionsSoundSelectBeatClick');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectThreshold,             'OptionsSoundSelectThreshold');
+      //Song Preview
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume,    'OptionsSoundSelectSlidePreviewVolume');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading,    'OptionsSoundSelectSlidePreviewFading');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough, 'OptionsSoundSelectVoicePassthrough');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(OptionsSound.ButtonExit, 'OptionsSoundButtonExit');
+
+      // Options Lyrics
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsLyrics, 'OptionsLyrics');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont,   'OptionsLyricsSelectLyricsFont');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, 'OptionsLyricsSelectLyricsEffect');
+      //ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectSolmization,     'OptionsLyricsSelectSolmization');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines,    'OptionsLyricsSelectNoteLines');
+      ThemeLoadButton(OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit,              'OptionsLyricsButtonExit');
+
+      // Options Themes
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsThemes, 'OptionsThemes');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsThemes.SelectTheme, 'OptionsThemesSelectTheme');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsThemes.SelectSkin,  'OptionsThemesSelectSkin');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsThemes.SelectColor, 'OptionsThemesSelectColor');
+      ThemeLoadButton(OptionsThemes.ButtonExit,       'OptionsThemesButtonExit');
+
+      // Options Record
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsRecord, 'OptionsRecord');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard,     'OptionsRecordSelectSlideCard');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput,    'OptionsRecordSelectSlideInput');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel,  'OptionsRecordSelectSlideChannel');
+      ThemeLoadButton(OptionsRecord.ButtonExit,               'OptionsRecordButtonExit');
+
+      //Options Advanced
+      ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsAdvanced, 'OptionsAdvanced');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectLoadAnimation, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectLoadAnimation');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade,    'OptionsAdvancedSelectScreenFade');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing,    'OptionsAdvancedSelectEffectSing');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus,     'OptionsAdvancedSelectLineBonus');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick,   'OptionsAdvancedSelectSlideOnSongClick');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel,  'OptionsAdvancedSelectAskbeforeDel');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup,    'OptionsAdvancedSelectPartyPopup');
+      ThemeLoadButton     (OptionsAdvanced.ButtonExit,          'OptionsAdvancedButtonExit');
+
+      //Edit Menu
+      ThemeLoadBasic (Edit,               'Edit');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(Edit.ButtonConvert, 'EditButtonConvert');
+      ThemeLoadButton(Edit.ButtonExit,    'EditButtonExit');
+
+      Edit.Description[0] := Language.Translate('SING_EDIT_BUTTON_DESCRIPTION_CONVERT');
+      Edit.Description[1] := Language.Translate('SING_EDIT_BUTTON_DESCRIPTION_EXIT');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(Edit.TextDescription, 'EditTextDescription');
+      Edit.TextDescription.Text := Edit.Description[0];
+
+      //error and check popup
+      ThemeLoadBasic (ErrorPopup, 'ErrorPopup');
+      ThemeLoadButton(ErrorPopup.Button1, 'ErrorPopupButton1');
+      ThemeLoadText  (ErrorPopup.TextError,'ErrorPopupText');
+      ThemeLoadBasic (CheckPopup, 'CheckPopup');
+      ThemeLoadButton(CheckPopup.Button1, 'CheckPopupButton1');
+      ThemeLoadButton(CheckPopup.Button2, 'CheckPopupButton2');
+      ThemeLoadText(CheckPopup.TextCheck , 'CheckPopupText');
+
+      //Song Menu
+      ThemeLoadBasic (SongMenu, 'SongMenu');
+      ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button1, 'SongMenuButton1');
+      ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button2, 'SongMenuButton2');
+      ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button3, 'SongMenuButton3');
+      ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button4, 'SongMenuButton4');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 'SongMenuSelectSlide3');
+
+      ThemeLoadText(SongMenu.TextMenu, 'SongMenuTextMenu');
+
+      //Song Jumpto
+      ThemeLoadBasic (SongJumpto, 'SongJumpto');
+      ThemeLoadButton(SongJumpto.ButtonSearchText, 'SongJumptoButtonSearchText');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(SongJumpto.SelectSlideType, 'SongJumptoSelectSlideType');
+      ThemeLoadText(SongJumpto.TextFound, 'SongJumptoTextFound');
+      //Translations
+      SongJumpto.IType[0] := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_TYPE1');
+      SongJumpto.IType[1] := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_TYPE2');
+      SongJumpto.IType[2] := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_TYPE3');
+      SongJumpto.SongsFound := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_SONGSFOUND');
+      SongJumpto.NoSongsFound := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_NOSONGSFOUND');
+      SongJumpto.CatText := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_CATTEXT');
+
+      //Party Screens:
+      //Party NewRound
+      ThemeLoadBasic(PartyNewRound, 'PartyNewRound');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound1, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound2, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound3, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound3');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound4, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound4');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound5, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound5');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound6, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound6');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound7, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound7');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner1, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner2, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner3, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner3');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner4, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner4');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner5, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner5');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner6, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner6');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner7, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner7');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextRound, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextRound');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextRoundNo');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextPlayer1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextPlayer2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextPlayer3');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound1, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound2, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound3, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound4, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound4');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound5, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound5');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound6, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound6');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound7, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound7');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1, 'PartyNewRoundTextScoreTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2, 'PartyNewRoundTextScoreTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3, 'PartyNewRoundTextScoreTeam3');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1, 'PartyNewRoundTextNameTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2, 'PartyNewRoundTextNameTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3, 'PartyNewRoundTextNameTeam3');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players, 'PartyNewRoundTextTeam1Players');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players, 'PartyNewRoundTextTeam2Players');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players, 'PartyNewRoundTextTeam3Players');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1, 'PartyNewRoundStaticTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2, 'PartyNewRoundStaticTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3, 'PartyNewRoundStaticTeam3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1, 'PartyNewRoundStaticNextPlayer1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2, 'PartyNewRoundStaticNextPlayer2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3, 'PartyNewRoundStaticNextPlayer3');
+
+      //Party Score
+      ThemeLoadBasic(PartyScore, 'PartyScore');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1, 'PartyScoreTextScoreTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2, 'PartyScoreTextScoreTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3, 'PartyScoreTextScoreTeam3');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextNameTeam1, 'PartyScoreTextNameTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextNameTeam2, 'PartyScoreTextNameTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextNameTeam3, 'PartyScoreTextNameTeam3');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam1, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam1BG');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam1Deco');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam2, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam2BG');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam2Deco');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam3, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam3BG');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam3Deco');
+
+      //Load Party Score DecoTextures Object
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'ChangeTextures', 0) = 1);
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture   :=  ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures',  'FirstTexture', '');
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp       :=  ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'FirstTyp', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor     :=  ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures',  'FirstColor', 'Black');
+
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture  :=  ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures',  'SecondTexture', '');
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp      :=  ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'SecondTyp', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor    :=  ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures',  'SecondColor', 'Black');
+
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture   :=  ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures',  'ThirdTexture', '');
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp       :=  ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'ThirdTyp', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+      PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor     :=  ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures',  'ThirdColor', 'Black');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextWinner, 'PartyScoreTextWinner');
+
+      //Party Win
+      ThemeLoadBasic(PartyWin, 'PartyWin');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextScoreTeam1,    'PartyWinTextScoreTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextScoreTeam2,    'PartyWinTextScoreTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextScoreTeam3,    'PartyWinTextScoreTeam3');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextNameTeam1,     'PartyWinTextNameTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextNameTeam2,     'PartyWinTextNameTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextNameTeam3,     'PartyWinTextNameTeam3');
+
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam1,     'PartyWinStaticTeam1');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG,   'PartyWinStaticTeam1BG');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam1Deco, 'PartyWinStaticTeam1Deco');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam2,     'PartyWinStaticTeam2');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG,   'PartyWinStaticTeam2BG');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam2Deco, 'PartyWinStaticTeam2Deco');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam3,     'PartyWinStaticTeam3');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG,   'PartyWinStaticTeam3BG');
+      ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam3Deco, 'PartyWinStaticTeam3Deco');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextWinner,        'PartyWinTextWinner');
+
+      //Party Options
+      ThemeLoadBasic(PartyOptions, 'PartyOptions');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectLevel, 'PartyOptionsSelectLevel');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayList');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayList2');
+      {ThemeLoadButton (ButtonNext, 'ButtonNext');
+      ThemeLoadButton (ButtonPrev, 'ButtonPrev');}
+
+      //Party Player
+      ThemeLoadBasic(PartyPlayer, 'PartyPlayer');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyPlayer.SelectTeams, 'PartyPlayerSelectTeams');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1, 'PartyPlayerSelectPlayers1');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2, 'PartyPlayerSelectPlayers2');
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3, 'PartyPlayerSelectPlayers3');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Team1Name, 'PartyPlayerTeam1Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player1Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer1Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player2Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer2Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player3Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer3Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player4Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer4Name');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Team2Name, 'PartyPlayerTeam2Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player5Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer5Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player6Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer6Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player7Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer7Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player8Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer8Name');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Team3Name, 'PartyPlayerTeam3Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player9Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer9Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player10Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer10Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player11Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer11Name');
+      ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player12Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer12Name');
+
+      // Party Rounds
+      ThemeLoadBasic(PartyRounds, 'PartyRounds');
+
+      ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount, 'PartyRoundsSelectRoundCount');
+      for I := 0 to High(PartyRounds.SelectRound) do
+        ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyRounds.SelectRound[I], 'PartyRoundsSelectRound' + IntToStr(I + 1));
+
+      {ThemeLoadButton(ButtonNext, 'PartyPlayerButtonNext');
+      ThemeLoadButton(ButtonPrev, 'PartyPlayerButtonPrev');}
+
+      ThemeLoadBasic(StatMain, 'StatMain');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonScores, 'StatMainButtonScores');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonSingers, 'StatMainButtonSingers');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonSongs, 'StatMainButtonSongs');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonBands, 'StatMainButtonBands');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonExit, 'StatMainButtonExit');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (StatMain.TextOverview, 'StatMainTextOverview');
+
+
+      ThemeLoadBasic(StatDetail, 'StatDetail');
+
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonNext, 'StatDetailButtonNext');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonPrev, 'StatDetailButtonPrev');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonReverse, 'StatDetailButtonReverse');
+      ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonExit, 'StatDetailButtonExit');
+
+      ThemeLoadText (StatDetail.TextDescription, 'StatDetailTextDescription');
+      ThemeLoadText (StatDetail.TextPage, 'StatDetailTextPage');
+      ThemeLoadTexts(StatDetail.TextList, 'StatDetailTextList');
+
+      //Translate Texts
+      StatDetail.Description[0] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SCORES');
+      StatDetail.Description[1] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SINGERS');
+      StatDetail.Description[2] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SONGS');
+      StatDetail.Description[3] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_BANDS');
+
+      StatDetail.DescriptionR[0] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SCORES_REVERSED');
+      StatDetail.DescriptionR[1] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SINGERS_REVERSED');
+      StatDetail.DescriptionR[2] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SONGS_REVERSED');
+      StatDetail.DescriptionR[3] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_BANDS_REVERSED');
+
+      StatDetail.FormatStr[0] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_SCORES');
+      StatDetail.FormatStr[1] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_SINGERS');
+      StatDetail.FormatStr[2] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_SONGS');
+      StatDetail.FormatStr[3] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_BANDS');
+
+      StatDetail.PageStr := Language.Translate('STAT_PAGE');
+
+      //Playlist Translations
+      Playlist.CatText := Language.Translate('PLAYLIST_CATTEXT');
+
+      //Level Translations
+      //Fill ILevel
+      ILevel[0] := Language.Translate('SING_EASY');
+      ILevel[1] := Language.Translate('SING_MEDIUM');
+      ILevel[2] := Language.Translate('SING_HARD');
+    end;
+
+    ThemeIni.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+begin
+  ThemeLoadBackground(Theme.Background, Name);
+  ThemeLoadTexts(Theme.Text, Name + 'Text');
+  ThemeLoadStatics(Theme.Statics, Name + 'Static');
+  ThemeLoadButtonCollections(Theme.ButtonCollection, Name + 'ButtonCollection');
+
+  LastThemeBasic := Theme;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadBackground(var ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+var
+  BGType: string;
+  I: TBackgroundType;
+begin
+  BGType := LowerCase(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name + 'Background', 'Type', 'auto'));
+
+  ThemeBackground.BGType := bgtAuto;
+  for I := Low(BGT_Names) to High(BGT_Names) do
+  begin
+    if (BGT_Names[I] = BGType) then
+    begin
+      ThemeBackground.BGType := I;
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  ThemeBackground.Tex     := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name + 'Background', 'Tex', '');
+  ThemeBackground.Color.R := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'ColR', 1);
+  ThemeBackground.Color.G := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'ColG', 1);
+  ThemeBackground.Color.B := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'ColB', 1);
+  ThemeBackground.Alpha   := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'Alpha', 1);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadText(var ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+var
+  C: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeText.X     := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+  ThemeText.Y     := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+  ThemeText.W     := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'W', 0);
+
+  ThemeText.Z     := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Z', 0);
+
+  ThemeText.ColR  := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColR', 0);
+  ThemeText.ColG  := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColG', 0);
+  ThemeText.ColB  := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColB', 0);
+
+  ThemeText.Font  := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Font', ftNormal);
+  ThemeText.Size  := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Size', 0);
+  ThemeText.Align := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Align', 0);
+
+  ThemeText.Text  := Language.Translate(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Text', ''));
+  ThemeText.Color := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '');
+
+  //Reflection
+  ThemeText.Reflection         := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0)) = 1;
+  ThemeText.Reflectionspacing  := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+
+  C := ColorExists(ThemeText.Color);
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeText.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    ThemeText.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    ThemeText.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadTexts(var ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+var
+  T: integer;
+begin
+  T := 1;
+  while ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name + IntToStr(T)) do
+  begin
+    SetLength(ThemeText, T);
+    ThemeLoadText(ThemeText[T-1], Name + IntToStr(T));
+    Inc(T);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadStatic(var ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+var
+  C: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeStatic.Tex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Tex', '');
+
+  ThemeStatic.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+  ThemeStatic.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+  ThemeStatic.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat  (Name, 'Z', 0);
+  ThemeStatic.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'W', 0);
+  ThemeStatic.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'H', 0);
+
+  ThemeStatic.Typ   := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Type', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+  ThemeStatic.Color := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '');
+
+  C := ColorExists(ThemeStatic.Color);
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeStatic.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    ThemeStatic.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    ThemeStatic.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;
+
+  ThemeStatic.TexX1 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexX1', 0);
+  ThemeStatic.TexY1 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexY1', 0);
+  ThemeStatic.TexX2 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexX2', 1);
+  ThemeStatic.TexY2 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexY2', 1);
+
+  //Reflection Mod
+  ThemeStatic.Reflection        := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeStatic.ReflectionSpacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadStatics(var ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+var
+  S: integer;
+begin
+  S := 1;
+  while ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name + IntToStr(S)) do
+  begin
+    SetLength(ThemeStatic, S);
+    ThemeLoadStatic(ThemeStatic[S-1], Name + IntToStr(S));
+    Inc(S);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Button Collection Mod
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadButtonCollection(var Collection: TThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+var T: integer;
+begin
+  //Load Collection Style
+  ThemeLoadButton(Collection.Style, Name);
+
+  //Load Other Attributes
+  T := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'FirstChild', 0);
+  if (T > 0) And (T < 256) then
+    Collection.FirstChild := T
+  else
+    Collection.FirstChild := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadButtonCollections(var Collections: AThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  I := 1;
+  while ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name + IntToStr(I)) do
+  begin
+    SetLength(Collections, I);
+    ThemeLoadButtonCollection(Collections[I-1], Name + IntToStr(I));
+    Inc(I);
+  end;
+end;
+//End Button Collection Mod
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadButton(var ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string; Collections: PAThemeButtonCollection);
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  TLen: integer;
+  T:    integer;
+  Collections2: PAThemeButtonCollection;
+begin
+  if not ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name) then
+  begin
+    ThemeButton.Visible := False;
+    exit;
+  end;
+  ThemeButton.Tex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Tex', '');
+  ThemeButton.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'X', 0);
+  ThemeButton.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'Y', 0);
+  ThemeButton.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat   (Name, 'Z', 0);
+  ThemeButton.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'W', 0);
+  ThemeButton.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'H', 0);
+  ThemeButton.Typ := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Type', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+  //Reflection Mod
+  ThemeButton.Reflection := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeButton.ReflectionSpacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+
+  ThemeButton.ColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColR', 1);
+  ThemeButton.ColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColG', 1);
+  ThemeButton.ColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColB', 1);
+  ThemeButton.Int :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColR', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColG', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColB', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DInt', 1);
+
+  ThemeButton.Color := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '');
+  C := ColorExists(ThemeButton.Color);
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeButton.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    ThemeButton.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    ThemeButton.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;
+
+  ThemeButton.DColor := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'DColor', '');
+  C := ColorExists(ThemeButton.DColor);
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeButton.DColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    ThemeButton.DColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    ThemeButton.DColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;
+
+  ThemeButton.Visible := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Visible', 1) = 1);
+
+  //Fade Mod
+  ThemeButton.SelectH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'SelectH', ThemeButton.H);
+  ThemeButton.SelectW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'SelectW', ThemeButton.W);
+
+  ThemeButton.DeSelectReflectionspacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DeSelectReflectionSpacing', ThemeButton.Reflectionspacing);
+
+  ThemeButton.Fade := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Fade', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeButton.FadeText := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'FadeText', 0) = 1);
+
+
+  ThemeButton.FadeTex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'FadeTex', '');
+  ThemeButton.FadeTexPos:= ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'FadeTexPos', 0);
+  if (ThemeButton.FadeTexPos > 4) Or (ThemeButton.FadeTexPos < 0) then
+    ThemeButton.FadeTexPos := 0;
+
+  //Button Collection Mod
+  T := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Parent', 0);
+
+  //Set Collections to Last Basic Collections if no valid Value
+  if (Collections = nil) then
+    Collections2 := @LastThemeBasic.ButtonCollection
+  else
+    Collections2 := Collections;
+  //Test for valid Value
+  if (Collections2 <> nil) AND (T > 0) AND (T <= Length(Collections2^)) then
+  begin
+    Inc(Collections2^[T-1].ChildCount);
+    ThemeButton.Parent := T;
+  end
+  else
+    ThemeButton.Parent := 0;
+
+  //Read ButtonTexts
+  TLen := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Texts', 0);
+  SetLength(ThemeButton.Text, TLen);
+  for T := 1 to TLen do
+    ThemeLoadText(ThemeButton.Text[T-1], Name + 'Text' + IntToStr(T));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadSelectSlide(var ThemeSelectS: TThemeSelectSlide; const Name: string);
+begin
+  ThemeSelectS.Text := Language.Translate(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Text', ''));
+
+  ThemeSelectS.Tex := {Skin.SkinPath + }ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Tex', '');
+  ThemeSelectS.Typ := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Type', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+  ThemeSelectS.TexSBG := {Skin.SkinPath + }ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TexSBG', '');
+  ThemeSelectS.TypSBG := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TypeSBG', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+  ThemeSelectS.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+  ThemeSelectS.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+  ThemeSelectS.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'W', 0);
+  ThemeSelectS.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'H', 0);
+
+  ThemeSelectS.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Z', 0);
+
+  ThemeSelectS.TextSize := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'TextSize', 30);
+
+  ThemeSelectS.SkipX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SkipX', 0);
+
+  ThemeSelectS.SBGW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SBGW', 400);
+
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.ColR, ThemeSelectS.ColG,  ThemeSelectS.ColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.Int :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.DColR, ThemeSelectS.DColG,  ThemeSelectS.DColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'DColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.DInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DInt', 1);
+
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.TColR, ThemeSelectS.TColG,  ThemeSelectS.TColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.TInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TInt', 1);
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.TDColR, ThemeSelectS.TDColG,  ThemeSelectS.TDColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TDColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.TDInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TDInt', 1);
+
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.SBGColR, ThemeSelectS.SBGColG,  ThemeSelectS.SBGColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'SBGColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.SBGInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'SBGInt', 1);
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.SBGDColR, ThemeSelectS.SBGDColG,  ThemeSelectS.SBGDColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'SBGDColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.SBGDInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'SBGDInt', 1);
+
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.STColR, ThemeSelectS.STColG,  ThemeSelectS.STColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'STColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.STInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'STInt', 1);
+  LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.STDColR, ThemeSelectS.STDColG,  ThemeSelectS.STDColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'STDColor', ''));
+  ThemeSelectS.STDInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'STDInt', 1);
+
+  ThemeSelectS.showArrows := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'ShowArrows', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeSelectS.oneItemOnly := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'OneItemOnly', 0) = 1);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadEqualizer(var ThemeEqualizer: TThemeEqualizer; const Name: string);
+var I: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeEqualizer.Visible := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Visible', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Direction := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Direction', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Alpha := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Alpha', 1);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Space := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Space', 1);
+  ThemeEqualizer.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Z := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Z', 1);
+  ThemeEqualizer.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'PieceW', 8);
+  ThemeEqualizer.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'PieceH', 8);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Bands := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Bands', 5);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Length := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Length', 12);
+  ThemeEqualizer.Reflection := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0) = 1);
+  ThemeEqualizer.ReflectionSpacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+
+  //Color
+  I := ColorExists(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', 'Black'));
+  if I >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeEqualizer.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+    ThemeEqualizer.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+    ThemeEqualizer.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    ThemeEqualizer.ColR := 0;
+    ThemeEqualizer.ColG := 0;
+    ThemeEqualizer.ColB := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.LoadColors;
+var
+  SL:     TStringList;
+  C:      integer;
+  S:      string;
+begin
+  SL := TStringList.Create;
+  ThemeIni.ReadSection('Colors', SL);
+
+  // normal colors
+  SetLength(Color, SL.Count);
+  for C := 0 to SL.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    Color[C].Name := SL.Strings[C];
+
+    S := ThemeIni.ReadString('Colors', SL.Strings[C], '');
+
+    Color[C].RGB.R := StrToInt(Copy(S, 1, Pos(' ' , S)-1))/255;
+    Delete(S, 1, Pos(' ', S));
+
+    Color[C].RGB.G := StrToInt(Copy(S, 1, Pos(' ' , S)-1))/255;
+    Delete(S, 1, Pos(' ', S));
+
+    Color[C].RGB.B := StrToInt(S)/255;
+  end;
+
+  // skin color
+  SetLength(Color, SL.Count + 3);
+  C := SL.Count;
+  Color[C].Name := 'ColorDark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(Skin.Color);  //Ini.Color);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'ColorLight';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'ColorLightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  // players colors
+  SetLength(Color, Length(Color)+18);
+
+  // P1
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P1Dark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(0); // 0 - blue
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P1Light';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P1Lightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  // P2
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P2Dark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(3); // 3 - red
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P2Light';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P2Lightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  // P3
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P3Dark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(1); // 1 - green
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P3Light';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P3Lightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  // P4
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P4Dark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(4); // 4 - brown
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P4Light';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P4Lightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  // P5
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P5Dark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(5); // 5 - yellow
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P5Light';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P5Lightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  // P6
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P6Dark';
+  Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(6); // 6 - violet
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P6Light';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+  C := C+1;
+  Color[C].Name := 'P6Lightest';
+  Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+
+  SL.Free;
+end;
+
+function ColorExists(Name: string): integer;
+var
+  C: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  for C := 0 to High(Color) do
+    if Color[C].Name = Name then
+      Result := C;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadColor(var R, G, B: real; ColorName: string);
+var
+  C: integer;
+begin
+  C := ColorExists(ColorName);
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    R := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    G := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    B := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function GetSystemColor(Color: integer): TRGB;
+begin
+  case Color of
+    0:  begin
+          // blue
+          Result.R := 71/255;
+          Result.G := 175/255;
+          Result.B := 247/255;
+        end;
+    1:  begin
+          // green
+          Result.R := 63/255;
+          Result.G := 191/255;
+          Result.B := 63/255;
+        end;
+    2:  begin
+          // pink
+          Result.R := 255/255;
+{          Result.G := 63/255;
+          Result.B := 192/255;}
+          Result.G := 175/255;
+          Result.B := 247/255;
+        end;
+    3:  begin
+          // red
+          Result.R := 247/255;
+          Result.G := 71/255;
+          Result.B := 71/255;
+        end;
+        //'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black'
+        //New Theme-Color Patch
+    4:  begin
+          // violet
+          Result.R := 212/255;
+          Result.G := 71/255;
+          Result.B := 247/255;
+        end;
+    5:  begin
+          // orange
+          Result.R := 247/255;
+          Result.G := 144/255;
+          Result.B := 71/255;
+        end;
+    6:  begin
+          // yellow
+          Result.R := 230/255;
+          Result.G := 230/255;
+          Result.B := 95/255;
+        end;
+    7:  begin
+          // brown
+          Result.R := 192/255;
+          Result.G := 127/255;
+          Result.B := 31/255;
+        end;
+    8:  begin
+          // black
+          Result.R := 0;
+          Result.G := 0;
+          Result.B := 0;
+        end;
+    //New Theme-Color Patch End
+
+    end;
+end;
+
+function ColorSqrt(RGB: TRGB): TRGB;
+begin
+  Result.R := sqrt(RGB.R);
+  Result.G := sqrt(RGB.G);
+  Result.B := sqrt(RGB.B);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSave(const FileName: string);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
+  ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName);
+  {$ELSE}
+  ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Loading, 'Loading');
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Main, 'Main');
+  ThemeSaveText(Main.TextDescription, 'MainTextDescription');
+  ThemeSaveText(Main.TextDescriptionLong, 'MainTextDescriptionLong');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonSolo, 'MainButtonSolo');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonEditor, 'MainButtonEditor');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonOptions, 'MainButtonOptions');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonExit, 'MainButtonExit');
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Name, 'Name');
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    ThemeSaveButton(Name.ButtonPlayer[I], 'NameButtonPlayer' + IntToStr(I));
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Level, 'Level');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Level.ButtonEasy, 'LevelButtonEasy');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Level.ButtonMedium, 'LevelButtonMedium');
+  ThemeSaveButton(Level.ButtonHard, 'LevelButtonHard');
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Song, 'Song');
+  ThemeSaveText(Song.TextArtist, 'SongTextArtist');
+  ThemeSaveText(Song.TextTitle, 'SongTextTitle');
+  ThemeSaveText(Song.TextNumber, 'SongTextNumber');
+
+  //Show CAt in Top Left Mod
+  ThemeSaveText(Song.TextCat, 'SongTextCat');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Song.StaticCat, 'SongStaticCat');
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Sing, 'Sing');
+
+  //TimeBar mod
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticTimeProgress, 'SingTimeProgress');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextTimeText, 'SingTimeText');
+  //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1, 'SingP1Static');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1, 'SingP1Text');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, 'SingP1Static2');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1Score, 'SingP1TextScore');
+
+  //moveable singbar mod
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1SingBar, 'SingP1SingBar');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, 'SingP1TwoPSingBar');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, 'SingP1ThreePSingBar');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, 'SingP2RSingBar');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, 'SingP2MSingBar');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP3SingBar, 'SingP3SingBar');
+  //eoa moveable singbar
+
+  //Added for ps3 skin
+  //This one is shown in 2/4P mode
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPStatic');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPText');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, 'SingP1TwoPStatic2');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1TwoPScore, 'SingP1TwoPTextScore');
+
+  //This one is shown in 3/6P mode
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePStatic');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePText');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, 'SingP1ThreePStatic2');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1ThreePScore, 'SingP1ThreePTextScore');
+  //eoa
+
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2R, 'SingP2RStatic');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2R, 'SingP2RText');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, 'SingP2RStatic2');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2RScore, 'SingP2RTextScore');
+
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2M, 'SingP2MStatic');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2M, 'SingP2MText');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, 'SingP2MStatic2');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2MScore, 'SingP2MTextScore');
+
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP3R, 'SingP3RStatic');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP3R, 'SingP3RText');
+  ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, 'SingP3RStatic2');
+  ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP3RScore, 'SingP3RTextScore');
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Score, 'Score');
+  ThemeSaveText(Score.TextArtist, 'ScoreTextArtist');
+  ThemeSaveText(Score.TextTitle, 'ScoreTextTitle');
+
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    ThemeSaveStatics(Score.PlayerStatic[I], 'ScorePlayer' + IntToStr(I) + 'Static');
+
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextName[I], 'ScoreTextName' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextScore[I], 'ScoreTextScore' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextNotes[I], 'ScoreTextNotes' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextNotesScore[I], 'ScoreTextNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextLineBonus[I], 'ScoreTextLineBonus' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextLineBonusScore[I], 'ScoreTextLineBonusScore' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextGoldenNotes[I], 'ScoreTextGoldenNotes' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[I], 'ScoreTextGoldenNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextTotal[I], 'ScoreTextTotal' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveText(Score.TextTotalScore[I], 'ScoreTextTotalScore' + IntToStr(I));
+
+    ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticBackLevel[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevel' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticBackLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticLevel[I], 'ScoreStaticLevel' + IntToStr(I));
+    ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+  end;
+
+  ThemeSaveBasic(Top5, 'Top5');
+  ThemeSaveText(Top5.TextLevel, 'Top5TextLevel');
+  ThemeSaveText(Top5.TextArtistTitle, 'Top5TextArtistTitle');
+  ThemeSaveStatics(Top5.StaticNumber, 'Top5StaticNumber');
+  ThemeSaveTexts(Top5.TextNumber, 'Top5TextNumber');
+  ThemeSaveTexts(Top5.TextName, 'Top5TextName');
+  ThemeSaveTexts(Top5.TextScore, 'Top5TextScore');
+
+
+  ThemeIni.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+begin
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Texts', Length(Theme.Text));
+
+  ThemeSaveBackground(Theme.Background, Name + 'Background');
+  ThemeSaveStatics(Theme.Statics, Name + 'Static');
+  ThemeSaveTexts(Theme.Text, Name + 'Text');
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveBackground(ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+begin
+  if ThemeBackground.Tex <> '' then
+    ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Tex', ThemeBackground.Tex)
+  else
+  begin
+    ThemeIni.EraseSection(Name);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveStatic(ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+begin
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'X', ThemeStatic.X);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Y', ThemeStatic.Y);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'W', ThemeStatic.W);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'H', ThemeStatic.H);
+
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Tex', ThemeStatic.Tex);
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Type', TextureTypeToStr(ThemeStatic.Typ));
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Color', ThemeStatic.Color);
+
+  ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexX1', ThemeStatic.TexX1);
+  ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexY1', ThemeStatic.TexY1);
+  ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexX2', ThemeStatic.TexX2);
+  ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexY2', ThemeStatic.TexY2);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveStatics(ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+var
+  S: integer;
+begin
+  for S := 0 to Length(ThemeStatic)-1 do
+    ThemeSaveStatic(ThemeStatic[S], Name + {'Static' +} IntToStr(S+1));
+
+  ThemeIni.EraseSection(Name + {'Static' + }IntToStr(S+1));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveText(ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+begin
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'X', ThemeText.X);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Y', ThemeText.Y);
+
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Font', ThemeText.Font);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Size', ThemeText.Size);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Align', ThemeText.Align);
+
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Text', ThemeText.Text);
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Color', ThemeText.Color);
+
+  ThemeIni.WriteBool(Name, 'Reflection', ThemeText.Reflection);
+  ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', ThemeText.ReflectionSpacing);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveTexts(ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+var
+  T: integer;
+begin
+  for T := 0 to Length(ThemeText)-1 do
+    ThemeSaveText(ThemeText[T], Name + {'Text' + }IntToStr(T+1));
+
+  ThemeIni.EraseSection(Name + {'Text' + }IntToStr(T+1));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveButton(ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string);
+var
+  T: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Tex', ThemeButton.Tex);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'X', ThemeButton.X);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Y', ThemeButton.Y);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'W', ThemeButton.W);
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'H', ThemeButton.H);
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Type', TextureTypeToStr(ThemeButton.Typ));
+  ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Texts', Length(ThemeButton.Text));
+
+  ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Color', ThemeButton.Color);
+
+{  ThemeButton.ColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColR', 1);
+  ThemeButton.ColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColG', 1);
+  ThemeButton.ColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColB', 1);
+  ThemeButton.Int :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColR', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColG', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColB', 1);
+  ThemeButton.DInt :=  ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DInt', 1);}
+
+{  C := ColorExists(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', ''));
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeButton.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    ThemeButton.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    ThemeButton.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;
+
+  C := ColorExists(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'DColor', ''));
+  if C >= 0 then
+  begin
+    ThemeButton.DColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+    ThemeButton.DColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+    ThemeButton.DColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+  end;}
+
+  for T := 0 to High(ThemeButton.Text) do
+    ThemeSaveText(ThemeButton.Text[T], Name + 'Text' + IntToStr(T+1));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.CreateThemeObjects();
+begin
+  freeandnil(Loading);
+  Loading := TThemeLoading.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Main);
+  Main := TThemeMain.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Name);
+  Name := TThemeName.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Level);
+  Level := TThemeLevel.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Song);
+  Song := TThemeSong.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Sing);
+  Sing := TThemeSing.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Score);
+  Score := TThemeScore.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Top5);
+  Top5 := TThemeTop5.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Options);
+  Options := TThemeOptions.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsGame);
+  OptionsGame := TThemeOptionsGame.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsGraphics);
+  OptionsGraphics := TThemeOptionsGraphics.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsSound);
+  OptionsSound := TThemeOptionsSound.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsLyrics);
+  OptionsLyrics := TThemeOptionsLyrics.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsThemes);
+  OptionsThemes := TThemeOptionsThemes.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsRecord);
+  OptionsRecord := TThemeOptionsRecord.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(OptionsAdvanced);
+  OptionsAdvanced := TThemeOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(Edit);
+  Edit := TThemeEdit.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(ErrorPopup);
+  ErrorPopup := TThemeError.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(CheckPopup);
+  CheckPopup := TThemeCheck.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(SongMenu);
+  SongMenu := TThemeSongMenu.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(SongJumpto);
+  SongJumpto := TThemeSongJumpto.Create;
+
+  //Party Screens
+  freeandnil(PartyNewRound);
+  PartyNewRound := TThemePartyNewRound.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(PartyWin);
+  PartyWin := TThemePartyWin.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(PartyScore);
+  PartyScore := TThemePartyScore.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(PartyOptions);
+  PartyOptions := TThemePartyOptions.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(PartyPlayer);
+  PartyPlayer := TThemePartyPlayer.Create;
+
+  //Stats Screens:
+  freeandnil(StatMain);
+  StatMain := TThemeStatMain.Create;
+
+  freeandnil(StatDetail);
+  StatDetail := TThemeStatDetail.Create;
+
+ end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UTime.pas b/src/base/UTime.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0610ef59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UTime.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UTime;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+type
+  TTime = class
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+      function GetTime(): real;
+  end;
+
+  TRelativeTimerState = (rtsStopped, rtsWait, rtsPaused, rtsRunning);
+
+  TRelativeTimer = class
+    private
+      AbsoluteTime: int64;      // system-clock reference time for calculation of CurrentTime
+      RelativeTime: real;
+      TriggerMode: boolean;
+      State: TRelativeTimerState;
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      procedure Start(WaitForTrigger: boolean = false);
+      procedure Pause();
+      procedure Stop();
+      function GetTime(): real;
+      procedure SetTime(Time: real);
+      function GetState(): TRelativeTimerState;
+  end;
+
+  TSyncSource = class
+    function GetClock(): real; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+procedure CountSkipTimeSet;
+procedure CountSkipTime;
+procedure CountMidTime;
+
+var
+  USTime:       TTime;
+  VideoBGTimer: TRelativeTimer;
+
+  TimeNew:     int64;
+  TimeOld:     int64;
+  TimeSkip:    real;
+  TimeMid:     real;
+  TimeMidTemp: int64;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  sdl,
+  UCommon;
+  
+const
+  cSDLCorrectionRatio = 1000;
+
+(*
+BEST Option now ( after discussion with whiteshark ) seems to be to use SDL
+timer functions...
+
+SDL_delay
+SDL_GetTicks
+http://www.gamedev.net/community/forums/topic.asp?topic_id=466145&whichpage=1%EE%8D%B7
+*)
+
+
+procedure CountSkipTimeSet;
+begin
+  TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks();
+end;
+
+procedure CountSkipTime;
+begin
+  TimeOld  := TimeNew;
+  TimeNew  := SDL_GetTicks();
+  TimeSkip := (TimeNew-TimeOld) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+procedure CountMidTime;
+begin
+  TimeMidTemp := SDL_GetTicks();
+  TimeMid     := (TimeMidTemp - TimeNew) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * TTime
+ **}
+
+constructor TTime.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  CountSkipTimeSet;
+end;
+
+function TTime.GetTime: real;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_GetTicks() / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * TRelativeTimer
+ **}
+
+(**
+ * Creates a new relative timer.
+ * A relative timer works like a stop-watch. It can be paused and
+ * resumed afterwards, continuing with the counter it had when it was paused.
+ *)
+constructor TRelativeTimer.Create();
+begin
+  State := rtsStopped;
+  AbsoluteTime := 0;
+  RelativeTime := 0;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Starts the timer.
+ * If WaitForTrigger is false the timer will be started immediately.
+ * If WaitForTrigger is true the timer will be started when a trigger event
+ * occurs. A trigger event is a call of one of the Get-/SetTime() methods.
+ * In addition the timer can be started by calling this method again with
+ * WaitForTrigger set to false.
+ *)
+procedure TRelativeTimer.Start(WaitForTrigger: boolean = false);
+begin
+  case (State) of
+    rtsStopped, rtsPaused: begin
+      if (WaitForTrigger) then
+      begin
+        State := rtsWait;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        State := rtsRunning;
+        AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    rtsWait: begin
+      if (not WaitForTrigger) then
+      begin
+        State := rtsRunning;
+        AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+        RelativeTime := 0;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Pauses the timer and leaves the counter untouched.
+ *)
+procedure TRelativeTimer.Pause();
+begin
+  if (State = rtsRunning) then
+  begin
+    // Important: GetTime() must be called in running state
+    RelativeTime := GetTime();
+    State := rtsPaused;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Stops the timer and sets its counter to 0.
+ *)
+procedure TRelativeTimer.Stop();
+begin
+  if (State <> rtsStopped) then
+  begin
+    State := rtsStopped;
+    RelativeTime := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the current counter of the timer.
+ * If WaitForTrigger was true in Start() the timer will be started
+ * if it was not already running.
+ *)
+function TRelativeTimer.GetTime(): real;
+begin
+  case (State) of
+    rtsStopped, rtsPaused:
+      Result := RelativeTime;
+    rtsRunning:
+      Result := RelativeTime + (SDL_GetTicks() - AbsoluteTime) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+    rtsWait: begin
+      // start triggered
+      State := rtsRunning;
+      AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+      Result := RelativeTime;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Sets the counter of the timer.
+ * If WaitForTrigger was true in Start() the timer will be started
+ * if it was not already running.
+ *)
+procedure TRelativeTimer.SetTime(Time: real);
+begin
+  RelativeTime := Time;
+  AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+  // start triggered
+  if (State = rtsWait) then
+    State := rtsRunning;
+end;
+
+function TRelativeTimer.GetState(): TRelativeTimerState;
+begin
+  Result := State;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas b/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37b53a67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UUnicodeUtils;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+{$ENDIF}
+  StrUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  // String with unknown encoding. Introduced with Delphi 2009 and maybe soon
+  // with FPC.
+  RawByteString = AnsiString;
+
+{**
+ * Returns true if the system uses UTF-8 as default string type
+ * (filesystem or API calls).
+ * This is always true on Mac OS X and always false on Win32. On Unix it depends
+ * on the LC_CTYPE setting.
+ * Do not use AnsiToUTF8() or UTF8ToAnsi() if this function returns true.
+ *}
+function IsNativeUTF8(): boolean;
+
+(*
+ * Character classes
+ *)
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsControlChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload;
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Checks if the given string is a valid UTF-8 string.
+ * If an ANSI encoded string (with char codes >= 128) is passed, the
+ * function will most probably return false, as most ANSI strings sequences
+ * are illegal in UTF-8.
+ *}
+function IsUTF8String(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+
+{**
+ * Iterates over an UTF-8 encoded string.
+ * StrPtr will be  increased to the beginning of the next character on each
+ * call.
+ * Results true if the given string starts with an UTF-8 encoded char.
+ *}
+function NextCharUTF8(var StrPtr: PAnsiChar; out Ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+
+{**
+ * Deletes Count chars (not bytes) beginning at char- (not byte-) position Index.
+ * Index values start with 1.
+ *}
+procedure UTF8Delete(var Str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+procedure UCS4Delete(var Str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+
+{**
+ * Checks if the string is composed of ASCII characters.
+ *}
+function IsASCIIString(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+
+{*
+ * String format conversion
+ *}
+
+function UTF8ToUCS4String(const str: UTF8String): UCS4String;
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(const str: UCS4String): UTF8String; overload;
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(ch: UCS4Char): UTF8String; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the number of characters (not bytes) in string str.
+ *}
+function LengthUTF8(const str: UTF8String): integer;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the length of an UCS4String. Note that Length(UCS4String) returns
+ * the length+1 as UCS4Strings are zero-terminated.
+ *}
+function LengthUCS4(const str: UCS4String): integer;
+
+{** @seealso WideCompareStr *}
+function UTF8CompareStr(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+{** @seealso WideCompareText *}
+function UTF8CompareText(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+
+function UTF8StartsText(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean;
+
+function UTF8ContainsStr(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+function UTF8ContainsText(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+
+{** @seealso WideUpperCase *}
+function UTF8UpperCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+{** @seealso WideCompareText *}
+function UTF8LowerCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a UCS-4 char ch to its upper-case representation.
+ *}
+function UCS4UpperCase(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4Char; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a UCS-4 string str to its upper-case representation.
+ *}
+function UCS4UpperCase(const str: UCS4String): UCS4String; overload;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a UCS4Char to an UCS4String.
+ * Note that UCS4Strings are zero-terminated dynamic arrays.
+ *}
+function UCS4CharToString(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4String;
+
+{**
+ * @seealso System.Pos()
+ *}
+function UTF8Pos(const substr: UTF8String; const str: UTF8String): Integer;
+
+{**
+ * Copies a segment of str starting with Index (1-based) with Count characters (not bytes).
+ *}
+function UTF8Copy(const str: UTF8String; Index: Integer = 1; Count: Integer = -1): UTF8String;
+
+{**
+ * Copies a segment of str starting with Index (0-based) with Count characters.
+ * Note: Do not use Copy() to copy UCS4Strings as the result will not contain
+ * a trailing #0 character and hence is invalid.
+ *}
+function UCS4Copy(const str: UCS4String; Index: Integer = 0; Count: Integer = -1): UCS4String;
+
+(*
+ * Converts a WideString to its upper- or lower-case representation.
+ * Wrapper for WideUpper/LowerCase. Needed because some plattforms have
+ * problems with unicode support.
+ *
+ * Note that characters in UTF-16 might consist of one or two WideChar valus
+ * (see surrogates). So instead of using WideStringUpperCase(ch)[1] for single
+ * character access, convert to UCS-4 where each character is represented by
+ * one UCS4Char. 
+ *)
+function WideStringUpperCase(const str: WideString) : WideString; overload;
+function WideStringUpperCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; overload;
+function WideStringLowerCase(const str: WideString): WideString; overload;
+function WideStringLowerCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; overload;
+
+function WideStringReplaceChar(const text: WideString; search, rep: WideChar): WideString;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+const
+  LC_CTYPE = 0;
+
+function setlocale(category: integer; locale: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external 'c';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+var
+  NativeUTF8: boolean;
+
+procedure InitUnicodeUtils();
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+var
+  localeName: PChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  {$IF Defined(DARWIN)}
+    NativeUTF8 := true;
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(MSWindows)}
+    NativeUTF8 := false;
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+    // check if locale name contains UTF8 or UTF-8
+    localeName := setlocale(LC_CTYPE, nil);
+    NativeUTF8 := Pos('UTF8', UpperCase(AnsiReplaceStr(localeName, '-', ''))) > 0;
+  {$ELSE}
+    raise Exception.Create('Unknown system');
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+function IsNativeUTF8(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := NativeUTF8;
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    Result := IsCharAlphaW(ch);
+  {$ELSE}
+    // TODO: add chars > 255 (or replace with libxml2 functions?)
+    case ch of
+      'A'..'Z',  // A-Z
+      'a'..'z',  // a-z
+      #170,#181,#186,
+      #192..#214,
+      #216..#246,
+      #248..#255:
+        Result := true;
+      else
+        Result := false;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsAlphaChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: replace with libxml2 functions?
+  // ignore non-arabic numerals as we do not want to handle them
+  case ch of
+    '0'..'9':
+      Result := true;
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsNumericChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch));
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch));
+end;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: add chars > 255 (or replace with libxml2 functions?)
+  case ch of
+    ' '..'/',':'..'@','['..'`','{'..'~',
+    #160..#191,#215,#247:
+      Result := true;
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsPunctuationChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  case ch of
+    #0..#31,
+    #127..#159:
+      Result := true;
+    else
+      Result := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsControlChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := not IsControlChar(ch);
+end;
+
+function IsPrintableChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := IsPrintableChar(WideChar(Ord(ch)));
+end;
+
+
+function NextCharUTF8(var StrPtr: PAnsiChar; out Ch: UCS4Char): boolean;
+
+  // find the most significant zero bit (Result: [7..-1])
+  function FindZeroMSB(b: byte): integer;
+  var
+    Mask: byte;
+  begin
+    Mask := $80;
+    Result := 7;
+    while (b and Mask <> 0) do
+    begin
+      Mask := Mask shr 1;
+      Dec(Result);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+var
+  ZeroBit: integer;
+  SeqCount: integer; // number of trailing bytes to follow
+const
+  Mask: array[1..3] of byte = ($1F, $0F, $07);
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  SeqCount := 0;
+  Ch := 0;
+
+  while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do
+  begin
+    if (StrPtr^ < #128) then
+    begin
+      // check that no more trailing bytes are expected
+      if (SeqCount = 0) then
+      begin
+        Ch := Ord(StrPtr^);
+        Inc(StrPtr);
+        Result := true;
+      end;
+      Break;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      ZeroBit := FindZeroMSB(Ord(StrPtr^));
+      // trailing byte expected
+      if (SeqCount > 0) then
+      begin
+        // check if trailing byte has pattern 10xxxxxx
+        if (ZeroBit <> 6) then
+        begin
+          Inc(StrPtr);
+          Break;
+        end;
+
+        Dec(SeqCount);
+        Ch := (Ch shl 6) or (Ord(StrPtr^) and $3F);
+
+        // check if char is finished
+        if (SeqCount = 0) then
+        begin
+          Inc(StrPtr);
+          Result := true;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end
+      else // leading byte expected
+      begin
+        // check if pattern is one of 110xxxxx/1110xxxx/11110xxx
+        if (ZeroBit > 5) or (ZeroBit < 3) then
+        begin
+          Inc(StrPtr);
+          Break;
+        end;
+        // calculate number of trailing bytes (1, 2 or 3)
+        SeqCount := 6 - ZeroBit;
+        // extract first part of char
+        Ch := Ord(StrPtr^) and Mask[SeqCount];
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Inc(StrPtr);
+  end;
+
+  if (not Result) then
+    Ch := Ord('?');
+end;
+
+function IsUTF8String(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+var
+  Ch: UCS4Char;
+  StrPtr: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  StrPtr := PChar(str);
+  while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do
+  begin
+    if (not NextCharUTF8(StrPtr, Ch)) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function IsASCIIString(const str: RawByteString): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to Length(str) do
+  begin
+    if (str[I] >= #128) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;    
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+
+function UTF8ToUCS4String(const str: UTF8String): UCS4String;
+begin
+  Result := WideStringToUCS4String(UTF8Decode(str));
+end;
+
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(const str: UCS4String): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(UCS4StringToWideString(str));
+end;
+
+function UCS4ToUTF8String(ch: UCS4Char): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UCS4ToUTF8String(UCS4CharToString(ch));
+end;
+
+function LengthUTF8(const str: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := LengthUCS4(UTF8ToUCS4String(str));
+end;
+
+function LengthUCS4(const str: UCS4String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := High(str);
+  if (Result = -1) then
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8CompareStr(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideCompareStr(UTF8Decode(S1), UTF8Decode(S2));
+end;
+
+function UTF8CompareText(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideCompareText(UTF8Decode(S1), UTF8Decode(S2));
+end;
+
+function UTF8StartsStr(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: use WideSameStr (slower but handles different representations of the same char)?
+  Result := (Pos(SubText, Text) = 1);
+end;
+
+function UTF8StartsText(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  // TODO: use WideSameText (slower but handles different representations of the same char)?
+  Result := (Pos(UTF8UpperCase(SubText), UTF8UpperCase(Text)) = 1);
+end;
+
+function UTF8ContainsStr(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(SubText, Text) > 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8ContainsText(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(UTF8UpperCase(SubText), UTF8UpperCase(Text)) > 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8UpperCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(WideStringUpperCase(UTF8Decode(str)));
+end;
+
+function UTF8LowerCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(WideStringLowerCase(UTF8Decode(str)));
+end;
+
+function UCS4UpperCase(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4Char;
+begin
+  Result := UCS4UpperCase(UCS4CharToString(ch))[0];
+end;
+
+function UCS4UpperCase(const str: UCS4String): UCS4String;
+begin
+  // convert to upper-case as WideString and convert result back to UCS-4
+  Result := WideStringToUCS4String(
+            WideStringUpperCase(
+            UCS4StringToWideString(str)));
+end;
+
+function UCS4CharToString(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4String;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, 2);
+  Result[0] := ch;
+  Result[1] := 0;
+end;
+
+function UTF8Pos(const substr: UTF8String; const str: UTF8String): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(substr, str);
+end;
+
+function UTF8Copy(const str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer): UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := UCS4ToUTF8String(UCS4Copy(UTF8ToUCS4String(str), Index-1, Count));
+end;
+
+function UCS4Copy(const str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer): UCS4String;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  MaxCount: integer;
+begin
+  // calculate max. copy count
+  MaxCount := LengthUCS4(str)-Index;
+  if (MaxCount < 0) then
+    MaxCount := 0;
+  // adjust copy count
+  if (Count > MaxCount) or (Count < 0) then
+    Count := MaxCount;
+
+  // copy (and add zero terminator)
+  SetLength(Result, Count + 1);
+  for I := 0 to Count-1 do
+    Result[I] := str[Index+I];
+  Result[Count] := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure UTF8Delete(var Str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+var
+  StrUCS4: UCS4String;
+begin
+  StrUCS4 := UTF8ToUCS4String(str);
+  UCS4Delete(StrUCS4, Index-1, Count);
+  Str := UCS4ToUTF8String(StrUCS4);
+end;
+
+procedure UCS4Delete(var Str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer);
+var
+  Len: integer;
+  OldStr: UCS4String;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  Len := LengthUCS4(Str);
+  if (Count <= 0) or (Index < 0) or (Index >= Len) then
+    Exit;
+  if (Index + Count > Len) then
+    Count := Len-Index;
+  
+  OldStr := Str;
+  SetLength(Str, Len-Count+1);
+  for I := 0 to Index-1 do
+    Str[I] := OldStr[I];
+  for I := Index+Count to Len-1 do
+    Str[I-Count] := OldStr[I];
+  Str[High(Str)] := 0;
+end;
+
+function WideStringUpperCase(ch: WideChar): WideString;
+begin
+  // If WideChar #0 is converted to a WideString in Delphi, a string with
+  // length 1 and a single char #0 is returned. In FPC an empty (length=0)
+  // string will be returned. This will crash, if a non printable key was
+  // pressed, its char code (#0) is translated to upper-case and the the first
+  // character is accessed with Result[1].
+  // We cannot catch this error in the WideString parameter variant as the string
+  // has length 0 already.
+  
+  // Force min. string length of 1
+  if (ch = #0) then
+    Result := #0
+  else
+    Result := WideStringUpperCase(WideString(ch));
+end;
+
+function WideStringUpperCase(const str: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  // On Linux and MacOSX the cwstring unit is necessary for Unicode function-calls.
+  // Otherwise you will get an EIntOverflow exception (thrown by unimplementedwidestring()).
+  // The Unicode manager cwstring does not work with MacOSX at the moment because
+  // of missing references to iconv.
+  // Note: Should be fixed now
+
+  {.$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  {.$IFDEF NOIGNORE}
+    Result := WideUpperCase(str)
+  {.$ELSE}
+    //Result := UTF8Decode(UpperCase(UTF8Encode(str)));
+  {.$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function WideStringLowerCase(ch: WideChar): WideString;
+begin
+  // see WideStringUpperCase
+  if (ch = #0) then
+    Result := #0
+  else
+    Result := WideStringLowerCase(WideString(ch));
+end;
+
+function WideStringLowerCase(const str: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  // see WideStringUpperCase
+  Result := WideLowerCase(str)
+end;
+
+function WideStringReplaceChar(const text: WideString; search, rep: WideChar): WideString;
+var
+  iPos  : integer;
+//  sTemp : WideString;
+begin
+(*
+  result := text;
+  iPos   := Pos(search, result);
+  while (iPos > 0) do
+  begin
+    sTemp  := copy(result, iPos + length(search), length(result));
+    result := copy(result, 1, iPos - 1) + rep + sTEmp;
+    iPos   := Pos(search, result);
+  end;
+*)
+  result := text;
+
+  if search = rep then
+    exit;
+
+  for iPos := 1 to length(result) do
+  begin
+    if result[iPos] = search then
+      result[iPos] := rep;
+  end;
+end;
+
+initialization
+  InitUnicodeUtils;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/base/UXMLSong.pas b/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e9751eba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UXMLSong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  UPath,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+type
+  TNote = record
+    Start:    Cardinal;
+    Duration: Cardinal;
+    Tone:     Integer;
+    NoteTyp:  Byte;
+    Lyric:    UTF8String;
+  end;
+  ANote = array of TNote;
+
+  TSentence = record
+    Singer:   Byte;
+    Duration: Cardinal;
+    Notes:    ANote;
+  end;
+  ASentence = array of TSentence;
+
+  TSongInfo = record
+    ID: Cardinal;
+    DualChannel: Boolean;
+    Header: record
+      Artist:     UTF8String;
+      Title:      UTF8String;
+      Gap:        Cardinal;
+      BPM:        Real;
+      Resolution: Byte;
+      Edition:    UTF8String;
+      Genre:      UTF8String;
+      Year:       UTF8String;
+      Language:   UTF8String;
+    end;
+    CountSentences: Cardinal;
+    Sentences: ASentence;
+  end;
+  
+  TParser = class
+    private
+      SSFile: TStringList;
+
+      ParserState: Byte;
+      CurPosinSong: Cardinal; //Cur Beat Pos in the Song
+      CurDuettSinger: Byte;   //Who sings this Part?
+      BindLyrics: Boolean;    //Should the Lyrics be bind to the last Word (no Space)
+      FirstNote: Boolean;     //Is this the First Note found? For Gap calculating
+
+      function  ParseLine(Line: RawByteString): Boolean;
+    public
+      SongInfo: TSongInfo;
+      ErrorMessage: string;
+      Edition: UTF8String;
+      SingstarVersion: string;
+
+      Settings: record
+        DashReplacement: Char;
+      end;
+
+      constructor Create;
+
+      function  ParseConfigForEdition(const Filename: IPath): String;
+
+      function  ParseSongHeader(const Filename: IPath): Boolean; //Parse Song Header only
+      function  ParseSong (const Filename: IPath): Boolean;      //Parse whole Song
+  end;
+
+const
+  PS_None = 0;
+  PS_Melody = 1;
+  PS_Sentence = 2;
+
+  NT_Normal = 1;
+  NT_Freestyle = 0;
+  NT_Golden = 2;
+
+  DS_Player1 = 1;
+  DS_Player2 = 2;
+  DS_Both    = 3;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  StrUtils;
+
+constructor TParser.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  ErrorMessage := '';
+
+  DecimalSeparator := '.';
+end;
+
+function TParser.ParseSong(const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  FileStream: TBinaryFileStream;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if Filename.IsFile() then
+  begin
+    ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file';
+
+    SSFile := TStringList.Create;
+    FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
+    try
+      SSFile.LoadFromStream(FileStream);
+
+      ErrorMessage := '';
+      Result := True;
+
+      I := 0;
+
+      SongInfo.CountSentences := 0;
+      CurDuettSinger := DS_Both; //Both is Singstar Standard
+      CurPosinSong   := 0; //Start at Pos 0
+      BindLyrics     := True; //Dont start with Space
+      FirstNote      := True; //First Note found should be the First Note ;)
+
+      SongInfo.Header.Language := '';
+      SongInfo.Header.Edition := Edition;
+      SongInfo.DualChannel := False;
+
+      ParserState    := PS_None;
+
+      SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences, 0);
+
+      while Result and (I < SSFile.Count) do
+      begin
+        Result := ParseLine(SSFile.Strings[I]);
+
+        Inc(I);
+      end;
+
+    finally
+      SSFile.Free;
+      FileStream.Free;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function  TParser.ParseSongHeader (const Filename: IPath): Boolean;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  if Filename.IsFile() then
+  begin
+    SSFile := TStringList.Create;
+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
+    try
+      SSFile.LoadFromStream(Stream);
+
+      If (SSFile.Count > 0) then
+      begin
+        Result := True;
+        I := 0;
+
+        SongInfo.CountSentences := 0;
+        CurDuettSinger := DS_Both; //Both is Singstar Standard
+        CurPosinSong   := 0; //Start at Pos 0
+        BindLyrics     := True; //Dont start with Space
+        FirstNote      := True; //First Note found should be the First Note ;)
+
+        SongInfo.ID := 0;
+        SongInfo.Header.Language := '';
+        SongInfo.Header.Edition := Edition;
+        SongInfo.DualChannel := False;
+        ParserState    := PS_None;
+
+        While (SongInfo.ID < 4) AND Result And (I < SSFile.Count) do
+        begin
+          Result := ParseLine(SSFile.Strings[I]);
+
+          Inc(I);
+        end;
+      end
+      else
+        ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file';
+
+    finally
+      SSFile.Free;
+      Stream.Free;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    ErrorMessage := 'Can''t find melody.xml file';
+end;
+
+Function TParser.ParseLine(Line: String): Boolean;
+var
+  Tag:    String;
+  Values: String;
+  AValues: Array of Record
+    Name: String;
+    Value: String;
+  end;
+  I, J, K:   Integer;
+  Duration, Tone: Integer;
+  Lyric: String;
+  NoteType: Byte;
+
+  Procedure MakeValuesArray;
+  var Len, Pos, State, StateChange: Integer;
+  begin
+    Len := -1;
+    SetLength(AValues, Len + 1);
+
+    Pos := 1;
+    State := 0;
+    While (Pos <= Length(Values)) AND (Pos <> 0) do
+    begin
+      Case State of
+
+        0: begin //Search for ValueName
+          If (Values[Pos] <> ' ') AND (Values[Pos] <> '=') then
+          begin
+            //Found Something
+            State := 1; //State search for '='
+            StateChange := Pos; //Save Pos of Change
+            Pos := PosEx('=', Values, Pos + 1);
+          end
+          else Inc(Pos); //When nothing found then go to next char
+        end;
+
+        1: begin //Search for Equal Mark
+          //Add New Value
+          Inc(Len);
+          SetLength(AValues, Len + 1);
+
+          AValues[Len].Name := UpperCase(Copy(Values, StateChange, Pos - StateChange));
+
+
+          State := 2; //Now Search for starting '"'
+          StateChange := Pos; //Save Pos of Change
+          Pos := PosEx('"', Values, Pos + 1);
+        end;
+
+        2: begin //Search for starting '"' or ' ' <- End if there was no "
+          If (Values[Pos] = '"') then
+          begin //Found starting '"'
+            State := 3; //Now Search for ending '"'
+            StateChange := Pos; //Save Pos of Change
+            Pos := PosEx('"', Values, Pos + 1);
+          end
+          else If (Values[Pos] = ' ') then //Found ending Space
+          begin
+            //Save Value to Array
+            AValues[Len].Value := Copy(Values, StateChange + 1, Pos - StateChange - 1);
+
+            //Search for next Valuename
+            State := 0;
+            StateChange := Pos;
+            Inc(Pos);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        3: begin //Search for ending '"'
+          //Save Value to Array
+          AValues[Len].Value := Copy(Values, StateChange + 1, Pos - StateChange - 1);
+
+          //Search for next Valuename
+          State := 0;
+          StateChange := Pos;
+          Inc(Pos);
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      If (State >= 2) then
+      begin //Save Last Value
+        AValues[Len].Value := Copy(Values, StateChange + 1, Length(Values) - StateChange);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+
+  Line := Trim(Line);
+  If (Length(Line) > 0) then
+  begin
+    I := Pos('<', Line);
+    J := PosEx(' ', Line, I+1);
+    K := PosEx('>', Line, I+1);
+
+    If (J = 0) then J := K
+    Else If (K < J) AND (K <> 0) then J := K; //Use nearest Tagname End indicator
+    Tag := UpperCase(copy(Line, I + 1, J - I - 1));
+    Values := copy(Line, J + 1, K - J - 1);
+
+    Case ParserState of
+      PS_None: begin//Search for Melody Tag
+        If (Tag = 'MELODY') then
+        begin
+          Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+          MakeValuesArray;
+          For I := 0 to High(AValues) do
+          begin
+            If (AValues[I].Name = 'TEMPO') then
+            begin
+              SongInfo.Header.BPM := StrtoFloatDef(AValues[I].Value, 0);
+              If (SongInfo.Header.BPM <= 0) then
+              begin
+                Result := False;
+                ErrorMessage := 'Can''t read BPM from Song';
+              end;
+            end
+
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'RESOLUTION') then
+            begin
+              AValues[I].Value := Uppercase(AValues[I].Value);
+              //Ultrastar Resolution is "how often a Beat is split / 4"
+              If (AValues[I].Value = 'HEMIDEMISEMIQUAVER') then
+                SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 64 div 4
+              Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'DEMISEMIQUAVER') then
+                SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 32 div 4
+              Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'SEMIQUAVER') then
+                SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 16 div 4
+              Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'QUAVER') then
+                SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 8 div 4
+              Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'CROTCHET') then
+                SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 4 div 4
+              Else
+              begin //Can't understand teh Resolution :/
+                Result := False;
+                ErrorMessage := 'Can''t read Resolution from Song';
+              end;
+            end
+
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'GENRE') then
+            begin
+              SongInfo.Header.Genre := AValues[I].Value;
+            end
+
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'YEAR') then
+            begin
+              SongInfo.Header.Year := AValues[I].Value;
+            end
+
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'VERSION') then
+            begin
+              SingstarVersion := AValues[I].Value;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          ParserState := PS_Melody; //In Melody Tag
+        end;
+      end;
+
+
+      PS_Melody: begin //Search for Sentence, Artist/Title Info or eo Melody
+        If (Tag = 'SENTENCE') then
+        begin
+          ParserState := PS_Sentence; //Parse in a Sentence Tag now
+          
+          //Increase SentenceCount
+          Inc(SongInfo.CountSentences);
+
+          BindLyrics := True; //Don't let Txts Begin w/ Space
+          
+          //Search for Duett Singer Info
+          MakeValuesArray;
+          For I := 0 to High(AValues) do
+            If (AValues[I].Name = 'SINGER') then
+            begin
+              AValues[I].Value := Uppercase(AValues[I].Value);
+              If (AValues[I].Value = 'SOLO 1') then
+                CurDuettSinger := DS_Player1
+              Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'SOLO 2') then
+                CurDuettSinger := DS_Player2
+              Else
+                CurDuettSinger := DS_Both; //In case of "Group" or anything that is not identified use Both
+            end;
+        end
+
+        Else If (Tag = '!--') then
+        begin //Comment, this may be Artist or Title Info
+          I := Pos(':', Values); //Search for Delimiter
+
+          If (I <> 0) then //If Found check for Title or Artist
+          begin
+            //Copy Title or Artist Tag to Tag String
+            Tag := Uppercase(Trim(Copy(Values, 1, I - 1)));
+
+            If (Tag = 'ARTIST') then
+            begin
+              SongInfo.Header.Artist := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+              Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+            end
+            Else If (Tag = 'TITLE') then
+            begin
+              SongInfo.Header.Title := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+              Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+            end;
+          end;
+        end
+
+        //Parsing for weird "Die toten Hosen" Tags
+        Else If (Tag = '!--ARTIST:') OR (Tag = '!--ARTIST') then
+        begin //Comment, with Artist Info
+          I := Pos(':', Values); //Search for Delimiter
+
+          Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+
+          SongInfo.Header.Artist := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+        end
+
+        Else If (Tag = '!--TITLE:') OR (Tag = '!--TITLE') then
+        begin //Comment, with Artist Info
+          I := Pos(':', Values); //Search for Delimiter
+
+          Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+
+          SongInfo.Header.Title := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+        end
+
+        Else If (Tag = '/MELODY') then
+        begin
+          ParserState := PS_None;
+          Exit; //Stop Parsing, Melody iTag ended
+        end
+      end;
+
+
+      PS_Sentence: begin //Search for Notes or eo Sentence
+        If (Tag = 'NOTE') then
+        begin //Found Note
+          //Get Values
+          MakeValuesArray;
+
+          NoteType := NT_Normal;
+          For I := 0 to High(AValues) do
+          begin
+            If (AValues[I].Name = 'DURATION') then
+            begin
+              Duration := StrtoIntDef(AValues[I].Value, -1);
+              If (Duration < 0) then
+              begin
+                Result := False;
+                ErrorMessage := 'Can''t read duration from Note in Line: "' + Line + '"';
+                Exit;
+              end;
+            end
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'MIDINOTE') then
+            begin
+              Tone := StrtoIntDef(AValues[I].Value, 0);
+            end
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'BONUS') AND (Uppercase(AValues[I].Value) = 'YES') then
+            begin
+              NoteType := NT_Golden;
+            end
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'FREESTYLE') AND (Uppercase(AValues[I].Value) = 'YES') then
+            begin
+              NoteType := NT_Freestyle;
+            end
+            Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'LYRIC') then
+            begin
+              Lyric := AValues[I].Value;
+
+              If (Length(Lyric) > 0) then
+              begin
+                If (Lyric = '-') then
+                  Lyric[1] := Settings.DashReplacement;
+
+                If (not BindLyrics) then
+                  Lyric := ' ' + Lyric;
+
+
+                If (Length(Lyric) > 2) AND (Lyric[Length(Lyric)-1] = ' ') AND (Lyric[Length(Lyric)] = '-') then
+                begin //Between this and the next Lyric should be no space
+                  BindLyrics := True;
+                  SetLength(Lyric, Length(Lyric) - 2);
+                end
+                else
+                  BindLyrics := False; //There should be a Space
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          //Add Note
+          I := SongInfo.CountSentences - 1;
+
+          If (Length(Lyric) > 0) then
+          begin //Real note, no rest
+            //First Note of Sentence
+            If (Length(SongInfo.Sentences) < SongInfo.CountSentences) then
+            begin
+              SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences, SongInfo.CountSentences);
+              SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes, 0);
+            end;
+
+            //First Note of Song -> Generate Gap
+            If (FirstNote) then
+            begin
+              //Calculate Gap
+              If (SongInfo.Header.Resolution <> 0) AND (SongInfo.Header.BPM <> 0) then
+                SongInfo.Header.Gap := Round(CurPosinSong / (SongInfo.Header.BPM*SongInfo.Header.Resolution) * 60000)
+              Else
+              begin
+                Result := False;
+                ErrorMessage := 'Can''t calculate Gap, no Resolution or BPM present.';
+                Exit;
+              end;
+
+              CurPosinSong := 0; //Start at 0, because Gap goes until here
+              Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Add Header Value therefore Inc
+              FirstNote := False;
+            end;
+
+            J := Length(SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes);
+            SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes, J + 1);
+            SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Start := CurPosinSong;
+            SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Duration := Duration;
+            SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Tone := Tone;
+            SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].NoteTyp := NoteType;
+            SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Lyric := Lyric;
+
+            //Inc Pos in Song
+            Inc(CurPosInSong, Duration);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            //just change pos in Song
+            Inc(CurPosInSong, Duration);
+          end;
+
+
+        end
+        Else If (Tag = '/SENTENCE') then
+        begin //End of Sentence Tag
+          ParserState := PS_Melody;
+
+          //Delete Sentence if no Note is Added
+          If (Length(SongInfo.Sentences) <> SongInfo.CountSentences) then
+          begin
+            SongInfo.CountSentences := Length(SongInfo.Sentences);
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+  end
+  else  //Empty Line -> parsed succesful ;)
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+Function  TParser.ParseConfigForEdition(const Filename: IPath): String;
+var
+  txt: TStringlist;
+  Stream: TBinaryFileStream;
+  I: Integer;
+  J, K: Integer;
+  S: String;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+
+  Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead);
+  try
+    txt := TStringlist.Create;
+    txt.LoadFromStream(Stream);
+    For I := 0 to txt.Count-1 do
+    begin
+      S := Trim(txt.Strings[I]);
+      J := Pos('<PRODUCT_NAME>', S);
+
+      If (J <> 0) then
+      begin
+        Inc(J, 14);
+        K := Pos('</PRODUCT_NAME>', S);
+        If (K<J) then K := Length(S) + 1;
+
+        Result := Copy(S, J, K - J);
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Edition := Result;
+  finally
+    txt.Free;
+    Stream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/config-darwin.inc b/src/config-darwin.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c128a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/config-darwin.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+{***************************************************************** 
+ * Configuration file for ultrastardx 1.1-beta
+ * src/config-darwin.inc.  Generated from config.inc.in by configure.
+ *****************************************************************}
+
+{* Libraries *}
+
+{$IF Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  lua_lib_name = 'lua';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$DEFINE HaveFFmpeg}
+{$IF Defined(HaveFFmpeg) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  av__codec = 'libavcodec';
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR   = 51;
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR   = 49;
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+
+  av__format = 'libavformat';
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR   = 52;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR   = 2;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+
+  av__util = 'libavutil';
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR   = 49;
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR   = 6;
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$DEFINE HaveSWScale}
+{$IF Defined(HaveSWScale) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  sw__scale = 'libswscale';
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR   = 0;
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR   = 5;
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$UNDEF HaveProjectM}
+{$IF Defined(HaveProjectM) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  ProjectM_DataDir = '';
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_MAJOR   = 0;
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_MINOR   = 0;
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$DEFINE HavePortaudio}
+{$IF Defined(HavePortaudio) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MAJOR   = 19;
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MINOR   = 0;
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$DEFINE HaveLibPcre}
+{$IF Defined(HaveLibPcre) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  LIBPCRE_LIBDIR   = '/sw/lib';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$UNDEF HavePortmixer}
diff --git a/src/config-win.inc b/src/config-win.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..843fdb0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/config-win.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+{*****************************************************************
+ * Configuration file for UltraStar Deluxe 1.1
+ *****************************************************************}
+
+{* Libraries *}
+
+{$DEFINE HaveFFmpeg}
+{$IF Defined(HaveFFmpeg) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  av__codec = 'avcodec-52';
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR   = 52;
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR   = 67;
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_RELEASE = 2;
+
+  av__format = 'avformat-52';
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR   = 52;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR   = 62;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+
+  av__util = 'avutil-50';
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR   = 50;
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR   = 15;
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_RELEASE = 2;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$DEFINE HaveSWScale}
+{$IF Defined(HaveSWScale) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  sw__scale = 'swscale-0';
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR   = 0;
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR   = 10;
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$DEFINE HaveProjectM}
+{$IF Defined(HaveProjectM) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  ProjectM_DataDir = 'Visuals\projectM';
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_MAJOR   = 1;
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_MINOR   = 10;
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$UNDEF HavePortaudio}
+{$IF Defined(HavePortaudio) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MAJOR   = 19;
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MINOR   = 0;
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$UNDEF HavePortmixer}
+
+{$UNDEF HaveLibsamplerate}
+{$IF Defined(HaveLibsamplerate) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_MAJOR   = 0;
+  LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_MINOR   = 1;
+  LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_RELEASE = 3;
+{$IFEND}
diff --git a/src/config.inc.in b/src/config.inc.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d57c7ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/config.inc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+{***************************************************************** 
+ * Configuration file for @PACKAGE_STRING@
+ * @configure_input@
+ *****************************************************************}
+
+{* Libraries *}
+
+{$IF Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  lua_lib_name = '@lua_LIB_NAME@';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$@DEFINE_HAVE_FFMPEG@ HaveFFmpeg}
+{$IF Defined(HaveFFmpeg) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  av__codec = 'libavcodec';
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR   = @libavcodec_VERSION_MAJOR@;
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR   = @libavcodec_VERSION_MINOR@;
+  LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_RELEASE = @libavcodec_VERSION_RELEASE@;
+
+  av__format = 'libavformat';
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR   = @libavformat_VERSION_MAJOR@;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR   = @libavformat_VERSION_MINOR@;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_RELEASE = @libavformat_VERSION_RELEASE@;
+
+  av__util = 'libavutil';
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR   = @libavutil_VERSION_MAJOR@;
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR   = @libavutil_VERSION_MINOR@;
+  LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_RELEASE = @libavutil_VERSION_RELEASE@;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$@DEFINE_HAVE_SWSCALE@ HaveSWScale}
+{$IF Defined(HaveSWScale) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  sw__scale = 'libswscale';
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR   = @libswscale_VERSION_MAJOR@;
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR   = @libswscale_VERSION_MINOR@;
+  LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_RELEASE = @libswscale_VERSION_RELEASE@;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$@DEFINE_HAVE_PROJECTM@ HaveProjectM}
+{$IF Defined(HaveProjectM) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  ProjectM_DataDir = '@libprojectM_DATADIR@';
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_MAJOR   = @libprojectM_VERSION_MAJOR@;
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_MINOR   = @libprojectM_VERSION_MINOR@;
+  PROJECTM_VERSION_RELEASE = @libprojectM_VERSION_RELEASE@;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$@DEFINE_HAVE_PORTAUDIO@ HavePortaudio}
+{$IF Defined(HavePortaudio) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MAJOR   = @portaudio_VERSION_MAJOR@;
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MINOR   = @portaudio_VERSION_MINOR@;
+  PORTAUDIO_VERSION_RELEASE = @portaudio_VERSION_RELEASE@;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$@DEFINE_HAVE_LIBPCRE@ HaveLibPcre}
+{$IF Defined(HaveLibPcre) and Defined(IncludeConstants)}
+  LIBPCRE_LIBDIR   = '@libpcre_LIBDIR@';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$@DEFINE_HAVE_PORTMIXER@ HavePortmixer}
diff --git a/src/encoding/Auto.inc b/src/encoding/Auto.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f404c2f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoding/Auto.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+// Auto

+// try to match the w3c regex and decode as unicode on match and as fallback if not match

+// (copied from http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-forms-utf-8.en.php)

+//

+// m/\A(

+//    [\x09\x0A\x0D\x20-\x7E]            # ASCII

+//  | [\xC2-\xDF][\x80-\xBF]             # non-overlong 2-byte

+//  |  \xE0[\xA0-\xBF][\x80-\xBF]        # excluding overlongs

+//  | [\xE1-\xEC\xEE\xEF][\x80-\xBF]{2}  # straight 3-byte

+//  |  \xED[\x80-\x9F][\x80-\xBF]        # excluding surrogates

+//  |  \xF0[\x90-\xBF][\x80-\xBF]{2}     # planes 1-3

+//  | [\xF1-\xF3][\x80-\xBF]{3}          # planes 4-15

+//  |  \xF4[\x80-\x8F][\x80-\xBF]{2}     # plane 16

+// )*\z/x

+

+type

+  TEncoderAuto = class(TEncoder)

+  public

+    function GetName(): AnsiString; override;

+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: AnsiString): boolean; override;

+    function Decode(const InStr: AnsiString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; override;

+

+    constructor Create(const UTF8Encoder, FallbackEncoder: IEncoder);

+

+  private

+    FallbackEncoder: IEncoder;

+    UTF8Encoder: IEncoder;

+    Regex: PPCRE;

+    RegexExtra: PPCREExtra;

+  end;

+

+function PCREGetMem(Size: SizeInt): Pointer; cdecl;

+begin

+  GetMem(Result, Size);

+end;

+

+procedure PCREFreeMem(P: Pointer); cdecl;

+begin

+  FreeMem(P);

+end;

+

+// NOTICE: Log.LogError/ConsoleWriteLn/DebugWriteLn are initialized yet

+procedure ShowError(const msg: string);

+begin

+  {$IFDEF CONSOLE}

+  WriteLn('ERROR: ', msg);

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+constructor TEncoderAuto.Create(const UTF8Encoder, FallbackEncoder: IEncoder);

+var

+  Error: PChar;

+  ErrorOffset: Integer;

+begin

+  inherited Create();

+  self.FallbackEncoder := FallbackEncoder;

+  self.UTF8Encoder := UTF8Encoder;

+

+  // Load and initialize PCRE Library

+  if LoadPCRE() then

+  begin

+    // compile regex

+    self.Regex := pcre_compile('\A([\x09\x0A\x0D\x20-\x7E]|[\xC2-\xDF][\x80-\xBF]|\xE0[\xA0-\xBF][\x80-\xBF]|[\xE1-\xEC\xEE\xEF][\x80-\xBF]{2}|\xED[\x80-\x9F][\x80-\xBF]|\xF0[\x90-\xBF][\x80-\xBF]{2}|[\xF1-\xF3][\x80-\xBF]{3}|\xF4[\x80-\x8F][\x80-\xBF]{2})*\z', 0, @Error, @ErrorOffset, nil);

+

+    if self.Regex = Nil then

+    begin

+      ShowError(Format('UTF8 Regex compilation failed: %s at %d', [Error, ErrorOffset]));

+    end

+    else

+    begin

+      // if compiled successfull, try to get more informations the speed up the matching

+      self.RegexExtra := pcre_study(self.Regex, 0, @Error);

+

+      if Error <> Nil then

+      begin

+        ShowError('UTF8 Regex study failed: ' + Error);

+      end;

+    end;

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    ShowError('pcre not loaded. utf-8 autodetection will not work.');

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TEncoderAuto.GetName(): AnsiString;

+begin

+  Result := 'Auto';

+end;

+

+function TEncoderAuto.Decode(const InStr: AnsiString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;

+var

+  RegexResults: Integer;

+begin

+  if (self.Regex <> Nil) then

+  begin

+    RegexResults := pcre_exec(Regex, RegexExtra, PChar(InStr), Length(InStr), 0, 0, Nil, 0);

+

+    if RegexResults >= 0 then

+    begin

+      Result := UTF8Encoder.Decode(InStr, OutStr);

+      Exit;

+    end;

+  end;

+

+  Result := FallbackEncoder.Decode(InStr, OutStr);

+end;

+

+function TEncoderAuto.Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: AnsiString): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := UTF8Encoder.Encode(InStr, OutStr);

+end;

diff --git a/src/encoding/CP1250.inc b/src/encoding/CP1250.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5628156e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoding/CP1250.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+{*
+ * Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe
+ * (used by Ultrastar)
+ *}
+
+type
+  TEncoderCP1250 = class(TSingleByteEncoder)
+  public
+    function GetName(): AnsiString; override;
+    function DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean; override;
+    function EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+function TEncoderCP1250.GetName(): AnsiString;
+begin
+  Result := 'CP1250';
+end;
+
+const
+  // Positions marked as #0 are invalid.
+  CP1250Table: array[128..255] of UCS4Char = (
+    { $80 }
+    $20AC,     0, $201A,     0, $201E, $2026, $2020, $2021,
+        0, $2030, $0160, $2039, $015A, $0164, $017D, $0179,
+    { $90 }
+        0, $2018, $2019, $201C, $201D, $2022, $2013, $2014,
+        0, $2122, $0161, $203A, $015B, $0165, $017E, $017A,
+    { $A0 }
+    $00A0, $02C7, $02D8, $0141, $00A4, $0104, $00A6, $00A7,
+    $00A8, $00A9, $015E, $00AB, $00AC, $00AD, $00AE, $017B,
+    { $B0 }
+    $00B0, $00B1, $02DB, $0142, $00B4, $00B5, $00B6, $00B7,
+    $00B8, $0105, $015F, $00BB, $013D, $02DD, $013E, $017C,
+    { $C0 }
+    $0154, $00C1, $00C2, $0102, $00C4, $0139, $0106, $00C7,
+    $010C, $00C9, $0118, $00CB, $011A, $00CD, $00CE, $010E,
+    { $D0 }
+    $0110, $0143, $0147, $00D3, $00D4, $0150, $00D6, $00D7,
+    $0158, $016E, $00DA, $0170, $00DC, $00DD, $0162, $00DF,
+    { $E0 }
+    $0155, $00E1, $00E2, $0103, $00E4, $013A, $0107, $00E7,
+    $010D, $00E9, $0119, $00EB, $011B, $00ED, $00EE, $010F,
+    { $F0 }
+    $0111, $0144, $0148, $00F3, $00F4, $0151, $00F6, $00F7,
+    $0159, $016F, $00FA, $0171, $00FC, $00FD, $0163, $02D9
+  );
+
+function TEncoderCP1250.DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (InChr < #128) then
+    OutChr := UCS4Char(Ord(InChr)) // use Ord() to avoid automatic conversion
+  else
+  begin
+    OutChr := CP1250Table[Ord(InChr)];
+    if (OutChr = 0) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      OutChr := Ord(ERROR_CHAR);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TEncoderCP1250.EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean;
+begin
+  if (InChr < 128) then
+  begin
+    OutChr := AnsiChar(Ord(InChr));
+    Result := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    case InChr of
+        $20AC: OutChr := #128;
+        // invalid: #129
+        $201A: OutChr := #130;
+        // invalid: #131
+        $201E: OutChr := #132;
+        $2026: OutChr := #133;
+        $2020: OutChr := #134;
+        $2021: OutChr := #135;
+        // invalid: #136
+        $2030: OutChr := #137;
+        $0160: OutChr := #138;
+        $2039: OutChr := #139;
+        $015A: OutChr := #140;
+        $0164: OutChr := #141;
+        $017D: OutChr := #142;
+        $0179: OutChr := #143;
+        // invalid: #144
+        $2018: OutChr := #145;
+        $2019: OutChr := #146;
+        $201C: OutChr := #147;
+        $201D: OutChr := #148;
+        $2022: OutChr := #149;
+        $2013: OutChr := #150;
+        $2014: OutChr := #151;
+        // invalid: #152
+        $2122: OutChr := #153;
+        $0161: OutChr := #154;
+        $203A: OutChr := #155;
+        $015B: OutChr := #156;
+        $0165: OutChr := #157;
+        $017E: OutChr := #158;
+        $017A: OutChr := #159;
+        $00A0: OutChr := #160;
+        $02C7: OutChr := #161;
+        $02D8: OutChr := #162;
+        $0141: OutChr := #163;
+        $00A4: OutChr := #164;
+        $0104: OutChr := #165;
+        $00A6: OutChr := #166;
+        $00A7: OutChr := #167;
+        $00A8: OutChr := #168;
+        $00A9: OutChr := #169;
+        $015E: OutChr := #170;
+        $00AB: OutChr := #171;
+        $00AC: OutChr := #172;
+        $00AD: OutChr := #173;
+        $00AE: OutChr := #174;
+        $017B: OutChr := #175;
+        $00B0: OutChr := #176;
+        $00B1: OutChr := #177;
+        $02DB: OutChr := #178;
+        $0142: OutChr := #179;
+        $00B4: OutChr := #180;
+        $00B5: OutChr := #181;
+        $00B6: OutChr := #182;
+        $00B7: OutChr := #183;
+        $00B8: OutChr := #184;
+        $0105: OutChr := #185;
+        $015F: OutChr := #186;
+        $00BB: OutChr := #187;
+        $013D: OutChr := #188;
+        $02DD: OutChr := #189;
+        $013E: OutChr := #190;
+        $017C: OutChr := #191;
+        $0154: OutChr := #192;
+        $00C1: OutChr := #193;
+        $00C2: OutChr := #194;
+        $0102: OutChr := #195;
+        $00C4: OutChr := #196;
+        $0139: OutChr := #197;
+        $0106: OutChr := #198;
+        $00C7: OutChr := #199;
+        $010C: OutChr := #200;
+        $00C9: OutChr := #201;
+        $0118: OutChr := #202;
+        $00CB: OutChr := #203;
+        $011A: OutChr := #204;
+        $00CD: OutChr := #205;
+        $00CE: OutChr := #206;
+        $010E: OutChr := #207;
+        $0110: OutChr := #208;
+        $0143: OutChr := #209;
+        $0147: OutChr := #210;
+        $00D3: OutChr := #211;
+        $00D4: OutChr := #212;
+        $0150: OutChr := #213;
+        $00D6: OutChr := #214;
+        $00D7: OutChr := #215;
+        $0158: OutChr := #216;
+        $016E: OutChr := #217;
+        $00DA: OutChr := #218;
+        $0170: OutChr := #219;
+        $00DC: OutChr := #220;
+        $00DD: OutChr := #221;
+        $0162: OutChr := #222;
+        $00DF: OutChr := #223;
+        $0155: OutChr := #224;
+        $00E1: OutChr := #225;
+        $00E2: OutChr := #226;
+        $0103: OutChr := #227;
+        $00E4: OutChr := #228;
+        $013A: OutChr := #229;
+        $0107: OutChr := #230;
+        $00E7: OutChr := #231;
+        $010D: OutChr := #232;
+        $00E9: OutChr := #233;
+        $0119: OutChr := #234;
+        $00EB: OutChr := #235;
+        $011B: OutChr := #236;
+        $00ED: OutChr := #237;
+        $00EE: OutChr := #238;
+        $010F: OutChr := #239;
+        $0111: OutChr := #240;
+        $0144: OutChr := #241;
+        $0148: OutChr := #242;
+        $00F3: OutChr := #243;
+        $00F4: OutChr := #244;
+        $0151: OutChr := #245;
+        $00F6: OutChr := #246;
+        $00F7: OutChr := #247;
+        $0159: OutChr := #248;
+        $016F: OutChr := #249;
+        $00FA: OutChr := #250;
+        $0171: OutChr := #251;
+        $00FC: OutChr := #252;
+        $00FD: OutChr := #253;
+        $0163: OutChr := #254;
+        $02D9: OutChr := #255;
+      else begin
+        OutChr := ERROR_CHAR;
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+    Result := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
diff --git a/src/encoding/CP1252.inc b/src/encoding/CP1252.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f7d3f8ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoding/CP1252.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+{*
+ * Windows-1252 Western Europe
+ * (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1)
+ *}
+
+type
+  TEncoderCP1252 = class(TSingleByteEncoder)
+  public
+    function GetName(): AnsiString; override;
+    function DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean; override;
+    function EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+function TEncoderCP1252.GetName(): AnsiString;
+begin
+  Result := 'CP1252';
+end;
+
+const
+  // Positions marked as #0 are invalid.
+  CP1252Table: array[128..159] of UCS4Char = (
+    { $80 }
+    $20AC,     0, $201A, $0192, $201E, $2026, $2020, $2021,
+    $02C6, $2030, $0160, $2039, $0152,     0, $017D,     0,
+    { $90 }
+        0, $2018, $2019, $201C, $201D, $2022, $2013, $2014,
+    $02DC, $2122, $0161, $203A, $0153,     0, $017E, $0178
+  );
+
+function TEncoderCP1252.DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (InChr < #128) or (InChr >= #160) then
+    OutChr := UCS4Char(Ord(InChr)) // use Ord() to avoid automatic conversion
+  else
+  begin
+    OutChr := CP1252Table[Ord(InChr)];
+    if (OutChr = 0) then
+    begin
+      Result := false;
+      OutChr := Ord(ERROR_CHAR);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TEncoderCP1252.EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean;
+begin
+  if (InChr < 128) or ((InChr >= 160) and (InChr <= 255)) then
+  begin
+    OutChr := AnsiChar(Ord(InChr));
+    Result := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    case InChr of
+      $20AC: OutChr := #128;
+      // invalid: #129
+      $201A: OutChr := #130;
+      $0192: OutChr := #131;
+      $201E: OutChr := #132;
+      $2026: OutChr := #133;
+      $2020: OutChr := #134;
+      $2021: OutChr := #135;
+      $02C6: OutChr := #136;
+      $2030: OutChr := #137;
+      $0160: OutChr := #138;
+      $2039: OutChr := #139;
+      $0152: OutChr := #140;
+      // invalid: #141
+      $017D: OutChr := #142;
+      // invalid: #143
+      // invalid: #144
+      $2018: OutChr := #145;
+      $2019: OutChr := #146;
+      $201C: OutChr := #147;
+      $201D: OutChr := #148;
+      $2022: OutChr := #149;
+      $2013: OutChr := #150;
+      $2014: OutChr := #151;
+      $02DC: OutChr := #152;
+      $2122: OutChr := #153;
+      $0161: OutChr := #154;
+      $203A: OutChr := #155;
+      $0153: OutChr := #156;
+      // invalid: #157
+      $017E: OutChr := #158;
+      $0178: OutChr := #159;
+      else begin
+        OutChr := ERROR_CHAR;
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+    Result := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
diff --git a/src/encoding/Locale.inc b/src/encoding/Locale.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3cdcebc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoding/Locale.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+{*
+ * Locale
+ *}
+
+type
+  TEncoderLocale = class(TEncoder)
+  public
+    function GetName(): AnsiString; override;
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: AnsiString): boolean; override;
+    function Decode(const InStr: AnsiString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+function TEncoderLocale.GetName(): AnsiString;
+begin
+  Result := 'LOCALE';
+end;
+
+function TEncoderLocale.Decode(const InStr: AnsiString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;
+begin
+  OutStr := WideStringToUCS4String(InStr); // use implicit conversion
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TEncoderLocale.Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: AnsiString): boolean;
+begin
+  OutStr := UCS4StringToWideString(InStr); // use implicit conversion
+  // any way to check for errors?
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
diff --git a/src/encoding/UTF8.inc b/src/encoding/UTF8.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43eacfbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoding/UTF8.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+{*
+ * UTF-8
+ *}
+
+type
+  TEncoderUTF8 = class(TEncoder)
+  public
+    function GetName(): AnsiString; override;
+    function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: AnsiString): boolean; override;
+    function Decode(const InStr: AnsiString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+function TEncoderUTF8.GetName(): AnsiString;
+begin
+  Result := 'UTF8';
+end;
+
+function TEncoderUTF8.Decode(const InStr: AnsiString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  StrPtr: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  // UTF8Decode() may crash with FPC < 2.2.2 if the input string is not UTF-8
+  // encoded. Newer versions do not crash but do not signal errors either.
+  // So let's implement this stuff again.
+  Result := true;
+  SetLength(OutStr, Length(InStr)+1);
+  I := 0;
+  StrPtr := PChar(InStr);
+  while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do
+  begin
+    if (not NextCharUTF8(StrPtr, OutStr[I])) then
+      Result := false;;
+    Inc(I);
+  end;
+  SetLength(OutStr, I+1);
+  OutStr[High(OutStr)] := 0;
+end;
+
+function TEncoderUTF8.Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: AnsiString): boolean;
+begin
+  OutStr := UCS4ToUTF8String(InStr);
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
diff --git a/src/lib/FreeImage/FreeBitmap.pas b/src/lib/FreeImage/FreeBitmap.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d32fb5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/FreeImage/FreeBitmap.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1742 @@
+unit FreeBitmap;
+
+// ==========================================================
+//
+// Delphi wrapper for FreeImage 3
+//
+// Design and implementation by
+// - Anatoliy Pulyaevskiy (xvel84@rambler.ru)
+//
+// Contributors:
+// - Enzo Costantini (enzocostantini@libero.it)
+//
+// This file is part of FreeImage 3
+//
+// COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY
+// OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
+// THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+// OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED
+// CODE IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT
+// THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
+// SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL
+// PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER
+// THIS DISCLAIMER.
+//
+// Use at your own risk!
+//
+// ==========================================================
+//
+// From begining all code of this file is based on C++ wrapper to
+// FreeImage - FreeImagePlus.
+//
+// ==========================================================
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  SysUtils, Classes, Windows, FreeImage;
+
+type
+  { TFreeObject }
+
+  TFreeObject = class(TObject)
+  public
+    function IsValid: Boolean; virtual;
+  end;
+
+  { TFreeTag }
+
+  TFreeTag = class(TFreeObject)
+  private
+    // fields
+    FTag: PFITAG;
+
+    // getters & setters
+    function GetCount: Cardinal;
+    function GetDescription: string;
+    function GetID: Word;
+    function GetKey: string;
+    function GetLength: Cardinal;
+    function GetTagType: FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE;
+    function GetValue: Pointer;
+    procedure SetCount(const Value: Cardinal);
+    procedure SetDescription(const Value: string);
+    procedure SetID(const Value: Word);
+    procedure SetKey(const Value: string);
+    procedure SetLength(const Value: Cardinal);
+    procedure SetTagType(const Value: FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE);
+    procedure SetValue(const Value: Pointer);
+  public
+    // construction & destruction
+    constructor Create(ATag: PFITAG = nil); virtual;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    // methods
+    function Clone: TFreeTag;
+    function IsValid: Boolean; override;
+    function ToString(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; Make: PChar = nil): string;
+
+    // properties
+    property Key: string read GetKey write SetKey;
+    property Description: string read GetDescription write SetDescription;
+    property ID: Word read GetID write SetID;
+    property TagType: FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE read GetTagType write SetTagType;
+    property Count: Cardinal read GetCount write SetCount;
+    property Length: Cardinal read GetLength write SetLength;
+    property Value: Pointer read GetValue write SetValue;
+    property Tag: PFITAG read FTag;
+  end;
+
+  { forward declarations }
+
+  TFreeBitmap = class;
+  TFreeMemoryIO = class;
+
+  { TFreeBitmap }
+
+  TFreeBitmapChangingEvent = procedure(Sender: TFreeBitmap; var OldDib, NewDib: PFIBITMAP; var Handled: Boolean) of object;
+
+  TFreeBitmap = class(TFreeObject)
+  private
+    // fields
+    FDib: PFIBITMAP;
+    FOnChange: TNotifyEvent;
+    FOnChanging: TFreeBitmapChangingEvent;
+
+    procedure SetDib(Value: PFIBITMAP);
+  protected
+    function DoChanging(var OldDib, NewDib: PFIBITMAP): Boolean; dynamic;
+    function Replace(NewDib: PFIBITMAP): Boolean; dynamic;
+  public
+    constructor Create(ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE = FIT_BITMAP; Width: Integer = 0; Height: Integer = 0; Bpp: Integer = 0);
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function SetSize(ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; Width, Height, Bpp: Integer; RedMask: Cardinal = 0; GreenMask: Cardinal = 0; BlueMask: Cardinal = 0): Boolean;
+    procedure Change; dynamic;
+    procedure Assign(Source: TFreeBitmap);
+    function CopySubImage(Left, Top, Right, Bottom: Integer; Dest: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+    function PasteSubImage(Src: TFreeBitmap; Left, Top: Integer; Alpha: Integer = 256): Boolean;
+    procedure Clear; virtual;
+    function Load(const FileName: string; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function LoadU(const FileName: WideString; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function LoadFromHandle(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: fi_handle; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function LoadFromMemory(MemIO: TFreeMemoryIO; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function LoadFromStream(Stream: TStream; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    // save functions
+    function CanSave(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): Boolean;
+    function Save(const FileName: string; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function SaveU(const FileName: WideString; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function SaveToHandle(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: fi_handle; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function SaveToMemory(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; MemIO: TFreeMemoryIO; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function SaveToStream(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; Stream: TStream; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    // image information
+    function GetImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE;
+    function GetWidth: Integer;
+    function GetHeight: Integer;
+    function GetScanWidth: Integer;
+    function IsValid: Boolean; override;
+    function GetInfo: PBitmapInfo;
+    function GetInfoHeader: PBitmapInfoHeader;
+    function GetImageSize: Cardinal;
+    function GetBitsPerPixel: Integer;
+    function GetLine: Integer;
+    function GetHorizontalResolution: Double;
+    function GetVerticalResolution: Double;
+    procedure SetHorizontalResolution(Value: Double);
+    procedure SetVerticalResolution(Value: Double);
+    // palette operations
+    function GetPalette: PRGBQUAD;
+    function GetPaletteSize: Integer;
+    function GetColorsUsed: Integer;
+    function GetColorType: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE;
+    function IsGrayScale: Boolean;
+    // pixels access
+    function AccessPixels: PByte;
+    function GetScanLine(ScanLine: Integer): PByte;
+    function GetPixelIndex(X, Y: Cardinal; var Value: PByte): Boolean;
+    function GetPixelColor(X, Y: Cardinal; Value: PRGBQUAD): Boolean;
+    function SetPixelIndex(X, Y: Cardinal; Value: PByte): Boolean;
+    function SetPixelColor(X, Y: Cardinal; Value: PRGBQUAD): Boolean;
+    // convertion
+    function ConvertToStandardType(ScaleLinear: Boolean): Boolean;
+    function ConvertToType(ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; ScaleLinear: Boolean): Boolean;
+    function Threshold(T: Byte): Boolean;
+    function ConvertTo4Bits: Boolean;
+    function ConvertTo8Bits: Boolean;
+    function ConvertTo16Bits555: Boolean;
+    function ConvertTo16Bits565: Boolean;
+    function ConvertTo24Bits: Boolean;
+    function ConvertTo32Bits: Boolean;
+    function ConvertToGrayscale: Boolean;
+    function ColorQuantize(Algorithm: FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE): Boolean;
+    function Dither(Algorithm: FREE_IMAGE_DITHER): Boolean;
+    function ConvertToRGBF: Boolean;
+    function ToneMapping(TMO: FREE_IMAGE_TMO; FirstParam, SecondParam: Double): Boolean;
+    // transparency
+    function IsTransparent: Boolean;
+    function GetTransparencyCount: Cardinal;
+    function GetTransparencyTable: PByte;
+    procedure SetTransparencyTable(Table: PByte; Count: Integer);
+    function HasFileBkColor: Boolean;
+    function GetFileBkColor(var BkColor: PRGBQuad): Boolean;
+    function SetFileBkColor(BkColor: PRGBQuad): Boolean;
+    // channel processing routines
+    function GetChannel(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap; Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+    function SetChannel(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap; Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+    function SplitChannels(RedChannel, GreenChannel, BlueChannel: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+    function CombineChannels(Red, Green, Blue: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+    // rotation and flipping
+    function RotateEx(Angle, XShift, YShift, XOrigin, YOrigin: Double; UseMask: Boolean): Boolean;
+    function Rotate(Angle: Double): Boolean;
+    function FlipHorizontal: Boolean;
+    function FlipVertical: Boolean;
+    // color manipulation routines
+    function Invert: Boolean;
+    function AdjustCurve(Lut: PByte; Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+    function AdjustGamma(Gamma: Double): Boolean;
+    function AdjustBrightness(Percentage: Double): Boolean;
+    function AdjustContrast(Percentage: Double): Boolean;
+    function GetHistogram(Histo: PDWORD; Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL = FICC_BLACK): Boolean;
+    // upsampling / downsampling
+    procedure MakeThumbnail(const Width, Height: Integer; DestBitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+    function Rescale(NewWidth, NewHeight: Integer; Filter: FREE_IMAGE_FILTER; Dest: TFreeBitmap = nil): Boolean;
+    // metadata routines
+    function FindFirstMetadata(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; var Tag: TFreeTag): PFIMETADATA;
+    function FindNextMetadata(MDHandle: PFIMETADATA; var Tag: TFreeTag): Boolean;
+    procedure FindCloseMetadata(MDHandle: PFIMETADATA);
+    function SetMetadata(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; const Key: string; Tag: TFreeTag): Boolean;
+    function GetMetadata(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; const Key: string; var Tag: TFreeTag): Boolean;
+    function GetMetadataCount(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL): Cardinal;
+
+    // properties
+    property Dib: PFIBITMAP read FDib write SetDib;
+    property OnChange: TNotifyEvent read FOnChange write FOnChange;
+    property OnChanging: TFreeBitmapChangingEvent read FOnChanging write FOnChanging;
+  end;
+  
+  { TFreeWinBitmap }
+
+
+  { TFreeMemoryIO }
+
+  TFreeMemoryIO = class(TFreeObject)
+  private
+    FHMem: PFIMEMORY;
+  public
+    // construction and destruction
+    constructor Create(Data: PByte = nil; SizeInBytes: DWORD = 0);
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    function GetFileType: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+    function Read(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; Flag: Integer = 0): PFIBITMAP;
+    function Write(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; dib: PFIBITMAP; Flag: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function Tell: Longint;
+    function Seek(Offset: Longint; Origin: Word): Boolean;
+    function Acquire(var Data: PByte; var SizeInBytes: DWORD): Boolean;
+    // overriden methods
+    function IsValid: Boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+  { TFreeMultiBitmap }
+
+  TFreeMultiBitmap = class(TFreeObject)
+  private
+    FMPage: PFIMULTIBITMAP;
+    FMemoryCache: Boolean;
+  public
+    // constructor and destructor
+    constructor Create(KeepCacheInMemory: Boolean = False);
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    // methods
+    function Open(const FileName: string; CreateNew, ReadOnly: Boolean; Flags: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function Close(Flags: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+    function GetPageCount: Integer;
+    procedure AppendPage(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+    procedure InsertPage(Page: Integer; Bitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+    procedure DeletePage(Page: Integer);
+    function MovePage(Target, Source: Integer): Boolean;
+    procedure LockPage(Page: Integer; DestBitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+    procedure UnlockPage(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap; Changed: Boolean);
+    function GetLockedPageNumbers(var Pages: Integer; var Count: Integer): Boolean;    
+    // overriden methods
+    function IsValid: Boolean; override;
+
+    // properties
+    // change of this property influences only on the next opening of a file
+    property MemoryCache: Boolean read FMemoryCache write FMemoryCache;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+const
+  ThumbSize = 150;
+
+// marker used for clipboard copy / paste
+
+procedure SetFreeImageMarker(bmih: PBitmapInfoHeader; dib: PFIBITMAP);
+begin
+  // Windows constants goes from 0L to 5L
+	// Add $FF to avoid conflicts
+	bmih.biCompression := $FF + FreeImage_GetImageType(dib);
+end;
+
+function GetFreeImageMarker(bmih: PBitmapInfoHeader): FREE_IMAGE_TYPE;
+begin
+  Result := FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(bmih.biCompression - $FF);
+end;
+
+{ TFreePersistent }
+
+function TFreeObject.IsValid: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False
+end;
+
+{ TFreeBitmap }
+
+function TFreeBitmap.AccessPixels: PByte;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetBits(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.AdjustBrightness(Percentage: Double): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_AdjustBrightness(FDib, Percentage);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.AdjustContrast(Percentage: Double): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_AdjustContrast(FDib, Percentage);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.AdjustCurve(Lut: PByte;
+  Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_AdjustCurve(FDib, Lut, Channel);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.AdjustGamma(Gamma: Double): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_AdjustGamma(FDib, Gamma);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.Assign(Source: TFreeBitmap);
+var
+  SourceBmp: TFreeBitmap;
+  Clone: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if Source = nil then
+  begin
+    Clear;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  
+  if Source is TFreeBitmap then
+  begin
+    SourceBmp := TFreeBitmap(Source);
+    if SourceBmp <> Self then
+    begin
+      if SourceBmp.IsValid then
+      begin
+        Clone := FreeImage_Clone(SourceBmp.FDib);
+        Replace(Clone);
+      end
+      else
+        Clear;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.CanSave(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): Boolean;
+var
+  ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE;
+  Bpp: Word;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  if fif <> FIF_UNKNOWN then
+  begin
+    // check that the dib can be saved in this format
+    ImageType := FreeImage_GetImageType(FDib);
+    if ImageType = FIT_BITMAP then
+    begin
+      // standard bitmap type
+      Bpp := FreeImage_GetBPP(FDib);
+      Result := FreeImage_FIFSupportsWriting(fif)
+                and FreeImage_FIFSupportsExportBPP(fif, Bpp);
+    end
+    else // special bitmap type
+      Result := FreeImage_FIFSupportsExportType(fif, ImageType);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.Change;
+begin
+  if Assigned(FOnChange) then FOnChange(Self)
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.Clear;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    FreeImage_Unload(FDib);
+    FDib := nil;
+    Change;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ColorQuantize(
+  Algorithm: FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE): Boolean;
+var
+  dib8: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib8 := FreeImage_ColorQuantize(FDib, Algorithm);
+    Result := Replace(dib8);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.CombineChannels(Red, Green,
+  Blue: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+var
+  Width, Height: Integer;
+begin
+  if FDib = nil then
+  begin
+    Width := Red.GetWidth;
+    Height := Red.GetHeight;
+    FDib := FreeImage_Allocate(Width, Height, 24, FI_RGBA_RED_MASK,
+            FI_RGBA_GREEN_MASK, FI_RGBA_BLUE_MASK);
+  end;
+
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_SetChannel(FDib, Red.FDib, FICC_RED) and
+              FreeImage_SetChannel(FDib, Green.FDib, FICC_GREEN) and
+              FreeImage_SetChannel(FDib, Blue.FDib, FICC_BLUE);
+
+    Change
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertTo16Bits555: Boolean;
+var
+  dib16_555: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib16_555 := FreeImage_ConvertTo16Bits555(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dib16_555);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertTo16Bits565: Boolean;
+var
+  dib16_565: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib16_565 := FreeImage_ConvertTo16Bits565(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dib16_565);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertTo24Bits: Boolean;
+var
+  dibRGB: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dibRGB := FreeImage_ConvertTo24Bits(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dibRGB);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertTo32Bits: Boolean;
+var
+  dib32: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib32 := FreeImage_ConvertTo32Bits(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dib32);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertTo4Bits: Boolean;
+var
+  dib4: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    dib4 := FreeImage_ConvertTo4Bits(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dib4);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertTo8Bits: Boolean;
+var
+  dib8: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib8 := FreeImage_ConvertTo8Bits(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dib8);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertToGrayscale: Boolean;
+var
+  dib8: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    dib8 := FreeImage_ConvertToGreyscale(FDib);
+    Result := Replace(dib8);
+  end
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertToRGBF: Boolean;
+var
+  ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE;
+  NewDib: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  ImageType := GetImageType;
+
+  if (ImageType = FIT_BITMAP) then
+  begin
+    if GetBitsPerPixel < 24 then
+      if not ConvertTo24Bits then
+        Exit
+  end;
+  NewDib := FreeImage_ConvertToRGBF(FDib);
+  Result := Replace(NewDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertToStandardType(ScaleLinear: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  dibStandard: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    dibStandard := FreeImage_ConvertToStandardType(FDib, ScaleLinear);
+    Result := Replace(dibStandard);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ConvertToType(ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE;
+  ScaleLinear: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  dib: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib := FreeImage_ConvertToType(FDib, ImageType, ScaleLinear);
+    Result := Replace(dib)
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.CopySubImage(Left, Top, Right, Bottom: Integer;
+  Dest: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.FDib := FreeImage_Copy(FDib, Left, Top, Right, Bottom);
+    Result := Dest.IsValid;
+  end else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+constructor TFreeBitmap.Create(ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; Width, Height,
+  Bpp: Integer);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  FDib := nil;
+  if (Width > 0) and (Height > 0) and (Bpp > 0) then
+    SetSize(ImageType, Width, Height, Bpp);
+end;
+
+destructor TFreeBitmap.Destroy;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+    FreeImage_Unload(FDib);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Dither(Algorithm: FREE_IMAGE_DITHER): Boolean;
+var
+  dib: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib := FreeImage_Dither(FDib, Algorithm);
+    Result := Replace(dib);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.DoChanging(var OldDib, NewDib: PFIBITMAP): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if (OldDib <> NewDib) and Assigned(FOnChanging) then
+    FOnChanging(Self, OldDib, NewDib, Result);
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.FindCloseMetadata(MDHandle: PFIMETADATA);
+begin
+  FreeImage_FindCloseMetadata(MDHandle);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.FindFirstMetadata(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL;
+  var Tag: TFreeTag): PFIMETADATA;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_FindFirstMetadata(Model, FDib, Tag.FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.FindNextMetadata(MDHandle: PFIMETADATA;
+  var Tag: TFreeTag): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_FindNextMetadata(MDHandle, Tag.FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.FlipHorizontal: Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_FlipHorizontal(FDib);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.FlipVertical: Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_FlipVertical(FDib);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetBitsPerPixel: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetBPP(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetChannel(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap;
+  Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Bitmap.Dib := FreeImage_GetChannel(FDib, Channel);
+    Result := Bitmap.IsValid;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetColorsUsed: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetColorsUsed(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetColorType: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetColorType(FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetFileBkColor(var BkColor: PRGBQuad): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetBackgroundColor(FDib, BkColor)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetHeight: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetHeight(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetHistogram(Histo: PDWORD;
+  Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+    Result := FreeImage_GetHistogram(FDib, Histo, Channel)
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetHorizontalResolution: Double;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetDotsPerMeterX(FDib) / 100
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetImageSize: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetDIBSize(FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetImageType(FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetInfo: PBitmapInfo;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetInfo(FDib^)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetInfoHeader: PBITMAPINFOHEADER;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetInfoHeader(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetLine: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetLine(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetMetadata(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL;
+  const Key: string; var Tag: TFreeTag): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetMetaData(Model, FDib, PChar(Key), Tag.FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetMetadataCount(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetMetadataCount(Model, FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetPalette: PRGBQUAD;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetPalette(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetPaletteSize: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetColorsUsed(FDib) * SizeOf(RGBQUAD)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetPixelColor(X, Y: Cardinal; Value: PRGBQUAD): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetPixelColor(FDib, X, Y, Value)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetPixelIndex(X, Y: Cardinal;
+  var Value: PByte): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetPixelIndex(FDib, X, Y, Value)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetScanLine(ScanLine: Integer): PByte;
+var
+  H: Integer;
+begin
+  H := FreeImage_GetHeight(FDib);
+  if ScanLine < H then
+    Result := FreeImage_GetScanLine(FDib, ScanLine)
+  else
+    Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetScanWidth: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetPitch(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetTransparencyCount: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTransparencyCount(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetTransparencyTable: PByte;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTransparencyTable(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetVerticalResolution: Double;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetDotsPerMeterY(Fdib) / 100
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.GetWidth: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetWidth(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.HasFileBkColor: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_HasBackgroundColor(FDib)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Invert: Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_Invert(FDib);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.IsGrayScale: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (FreeImage_GetBPP(FDib) = 8)
+            and (FreeImage_GetColorType(FDib) = FIC_PALETTE); 
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.IsTransparent: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_IsTransparent(FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.IsValid: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FDib <> nil
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Load(const FileName: string; Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+
+  // check the file signature and get its format
+  fif := FreeImage_GetFileType(PChar(Filename), 0);
+  if fif = FIF_UNKNOWN then
+    // no signature?
+    // try to guess the file format from the file extention
+    fif := FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilename(PChar(FileName));
+
+    // check that the plugin has reading capabilities ...
+    if (fif <> FIF_UNKNOWN) and FreeImage_FIFSupportsReading(FIF) then
+    begin
+      // free the previous dib
+      if FDib <> nil then
+        FreeImage_Unload(dib);
+
+      // load the file
+      FDib := FreeImage_Load(fif, PChar(FileName), Flag);
+
+      Change;
+      Result := IsValid;
+    end else
+      Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.LoadFromHandle(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: fi_handle;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+  // check the file signature and get its format
+  fif := FreeImage_GetFileTypeFromHandle(IO, Handle, 16);
+  if (fif <> FIF_UNKNOWN) and FreeImage_FIFSupportsReading(fif) then
+  begin
+    // free the previous dib
+    if FDib <> nil then
+      FreeImage_Unload(FDib);
+
+    // load the file
+    FDib := FreeImage_LoadFromHandle(fif, IO, Handle, Flag);
+
+    Change;
+    Result := IsValid;
+  end else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.LoadFromMemory(MemIO: TFreeMemoryIO;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+
+  // check the file signature and get its format
+  fif := MemIO.GetFileType;
+  if (fif <> FIF_UNKNOWN) and FreeImage_FIFSupportsReading(fif) then
+  begin
+    // free the previous dib
+    if FDib <> nil then
+      FreeImage_Unload(FDib);
+
+    // load the file
+    FDib := MemIO.Read(fif, Flag);
+
+    Result := IsValid;
+    Change;
+  end else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.LoadFromStream(Stream: TStream;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  MemIO: TFreeMemoryIO;
+  Data: PByte;
+  MemStream: TMemoryStream;
+  Size: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Size := Stream.Size;
+
+  MemStream := TMemoryStream.Create;
+  try
+    MemStream.CopyFrom(Stream, Size);
+    Data := MemStream.Memory;
+
+    MemIO := TFreeMemoryIO.Create(Data, Size);
+    try
+      Result := LoadFromMemory(MemIO);
+    finally
+      MemIO.Free;
+    end;
+  finally
+    MemStream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.LoadU(const FileName: WideString;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+
+  // check the file signature and get its format
+  fif := FreeImage_GetFileTypeU(PWideChar(Filename), 0);
+  if fif = FIF_UNKNOWN then
+    // no signature?
+    // try to guess the file format from the file extention
+    fif := FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilenameU(PWideChar(FileName));
+
+    // check that the plugin has reading capabilities ...
+    if (fif <> FIF_UNKNOWN) and FreeImage_FIFSupportsReading(FIF) then
+    begin
+      // free the previous dib
+      if FDib <> nil then
+        FreeImage_Unload(dib);
+
+      // load the file
+      FDib := FreeImage_LoadU(fif, PWideChar(FileName), Flag);
+
+      Change;
+      Result := IsValid;
+    end else
+      Result := False;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.MakeThumbnail(const Width, Height: Integer;
+  DestBitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+type
+  PRGB24 = ^TRGB24;
+  TRGB24 = packed record
+    B: Byte;
+    G: Byte;
+    R: Byte;
+  end;
+var
+  x, y, ix, iy: integer;
+  x1, x2, x3: integer;
+
+  xscale, yscale: single;
+  iRed, iGrn, iBlu, iRatio: Longword;
+  p, c1, c2, c3, c4, c5: TRGB24;
+  pt, pt1: PRGB24;
+  iSrc, iDst, s1: integer;
+  i, j, r, g, b, tmpY: integer;
+
+  RowDest, RowSource, RowSourceStart: integer;
+  w, h: Integer;
+  dxmin, dymin: integer;
+  ny1, ny2, ny3: integer;
+  dx, dy: integer;
+  lutX, lutY: array of integer;
+
+  SrcBmp, DestBmp: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  if (GetWidth <= ThumbSize) and (GetHeight <= ThumbSize) then
+  begin
+    DestBitmap.Assign(Self);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  w := Width;
+  h := Height;
+
+  // prepare bitmaps
+  if GetBitsPerPixel <> 24 then
+    SrcBmp := FreeImage_ConvertTo24Bits(FDib)
+  else
+    SrcBmp := FDib;
+  DestBmp := FreeImage_Allocate(w, h, 24);
+  Assert(DestBmp <> nil, 'TFreeBitmap.MakeThumbnail error');
+
+{  iDst := (w * 24 + 31) and not 31;
+  iDst := iDst div 8; //BytesPerScanline
+  iSrc := (GetWidth * 24 + 31) and not 31;
+  iSrc := iSrc div 8;
+}
+  // BytesPerScanline
+  iDst := FreeImage_GetPitch(DestBmp);
+  iSrc := FreeImage_GetPitch(SrcBmp);
+
+  xscale := 1 / (w / FreeImage_GetWidth(SrcBmp));
+  yscale := 1 / (h / FreeImage_GetHeight(SrcBmp));
+
+  // X lookup table
+  SetLength(lutX, w);
+  x1 := 0;
+  x2 := trunc(xscale);
+  for x := 0 to w - 1 do
+  begin
+    lutX[x] := x2 - x1;
+    x1 := x2;
+    x2 := trunc((x + 2) * xscale);
+  end;
+
+  // Y lookup table
+  SetLength(lutY, h);
+  x1 := 0;
+  x2 := trunc(yscale);
+  for x := 0 to h - 1 do
+  begin
+    lutY[x] := x2 - x1;
+    x1 := x2;
+    x2 := trunc((x + 2) * yscale);
+  end;
+
+  Dec(w);
+  Dec(h);
+  RowDest := integer(FreeImage_GetScanLine(DestBmp, 0));
+  RowSourceStart := integer(FreeImage_GetScanLine(SrcBmp, 0));
+  RowSource := RowSourceStart;
+
+  for y := 0 to h do
+  // resampling
+  begin
+    dy := lutY[y];
+    x1 := 0;
+    x3 := 0;
+    for x := 0 to w do  // loop through row
+    begin
+      dx:= lutX[x];
+      iRed:= 0;
+      iGrn:= 0;
+      iBlu:= 0;
+      RowSource := RowSourceStart;
+      for iy := 1 to dy do
+      begin
+        pt := PRGB24(RowSource + x1);
+        for ix := 1 to dx do
+        begin
+          iRed := iRed + pt.R;
+          iGrn := iGrn + pt.G;
+          iBlu := iBlu + pt.B;
+          inc(pt);
+        end;
+        RowSource := RowSource + iSrc;
+      end;
+      iRatio := 65535 div (dx * dy);
+      pt1 := PRGB24(RowDest + x3);
+      pt1.R := (iRed * iRatio) shr 16;
+      pt1.G := (iGrn * iRatio) shr 16;
+      pt1.B := (iBlu * iRatio) shr 16;
+      x1 := x1 + 3 * dx;
+      inc(x3,3);
+    end;
+    RowDest := RowDest + iDst;
+    RowSourceStart := RowSource;
+  end; // resampling
+
+  if FreeImage_GetHeight(DestBmp) >= 3 then
+  // Sharpening...
+  begin
+    s1 := integer(FreeImage_GetScanLine(DestBmp, 0));
+    iDst := integer(FreeImage_GetScanLine(DestBmp, 1)) - s1;
+    ny1 := Integer(s1);
+    ny2 := ny1 + iDst;
+    ny3 := ny2 + iDst;
+    for y := 1 to FreeImage_GetHeight(DestBmp) - 2 do
+    begin
+      for x := 0 to FreeImage_GetWidth(DestBmp) - 3 do
+      begin
+        x1 := x * 3;
+        x2 := x1 + 3;
+        x3 := x1 + 6;
+
+        c1 := pRGB24(ny1 + x1)^;
+        c2 := pRGB24(ny1 + x3)^;
+        c3 := pRGB24(ny2 + x2)^;
+        c4 := pRGB24(ny3 + x1)^;
+        c5 := pRGB24(ny3 + x3)^;
+
+        r := (c1.R + c2.R + (c3.R * -12) + c4.R + c5.R) div -8;
+        g := (c1.G + c2.G + (c3.G * -12) + c4.G + c5.G) div -8;
+        b := (c1.B + c2.B + (c3.B * -12) + c4.B + c5.B) div -8;
+
+        if r < 0 then r := 0 else if r > 255 then r := 255;
+        if g < 0 then g := 0 else if g > 255 then g := 255;
+        if b < 0 then b := 0 else if b > 255 then b := 255;
+
+        pt1 := pRGB24(ny2 + x2);
+        pt1.R := r;
+        pt1.G := g;
+        pt1.B := b;
+      end;
+      inc(ny1, iDst);
+      inc(ny2, iDst);
+      inc(ny3, iDst);
+    end;
+  end; // sharpening
+
+  if SrcBmp <> FDib then
+    FreeImage_Unload(SrcBmp);
+  DestBitmap.Replace(DestBmp);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.PasteSubImage(Src: TFreeBitmap; Left, Top,
+  Alpha: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_Paste(FDib, Src.Dib, Left, Top, Alpha);
+    Change;
+  end else
+    Result := False;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Replace(NewDib: PFIBITMAP): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if NewDib = nil then Exit;
+
+  if not DoChanging(FDib, NewDib) and IsValid then
+    FreeImage_Unload(FDib);
+
+  FDib := NewDib;
+  Result := True;
+  Change;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Rescale(NewWidth, NewHeight: Integer;
+  Filter: FREE_IMAGE_FILTER; Dest: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+var
+  Bpp: Integer;
+  DstDib: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Bpp := FreeImage_GetBPP(FDib);
+
+    if Bpp < 8 then
+      if not ConvertToGrayscale then Exit
+    else
+    if Bpp = 16 then
+    // convert to 24-bit
+      if not ConvertTo24Bits then Exit;
+
+    // perform upsampling / downsampling
+    DstDib := FreeImage_Rescale(FDib, NewWidth, NewHeight, Filter);
+    if Dest = nil then
+      Result := Replace(DstDib)
+    else
+      Result := Dest.Replace(DstDib)
+  end
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Rotate(Angle: Double): Boolean;
+var
+  Bpp: Integer;
+  Rotated: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    Bpp := FreeImage_GetBPP(FDib);
+    if Bpp in [1, 8, 24, 32] then
+    begin
+      Rotated := FreeImage_RotateClassic(FDib, Angle);
+      Result := Replace(Rotated);
+    end
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.RotateEx(Angle, XShift, YShift, XOrigin,
+  YOrigin: Double; UseMask: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  Rotated: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    if FreeImage_GetBPP(FDib) >= 8 then
+    begin
+      Rotated := FreeImage_RotateEx(FDib, Angle, XShift, YShift, XOrigin, YOrigin, UseMask);
+      Result := Replace(Rotated);
+    end
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Save(const FileName: string; Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  // try to guess the file format from the file extension
+  fif := FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilename(PChar(Filename));
+  if CanSave(fif) then
+    Result := FreeImage_Save(fif, FDib, PChar(FileName), Flag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SaveToHandle(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; IO: PFreeImageIO;
+  Handle: fi_handle; Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if CanSave(fif) then
+    Result := FreeImage_SaveToHandle(fif, FDib, IO, Handle, Flag)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SaveToMemory(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+  MemIO: TFreeMemoryIO; Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  if CanSave(fif) then
+    Result := MemIO.Write(fif, FDib, Flag)
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SaveToStream(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; Stream: TStream;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  MemIO: TFreeMemoryIO;
+  Data: PByte;
+  Size: Cardinal;
+begin
+  MemIO := TFreeMemoryIO.Create;
+  try
+    Result := SaveToMemory(fif, MemIO, Flag);
+    if Result then
+    begin
+      MemIO.Acquire(Data, Size);
+      Stream.WriteBuffer(Data^, Size);
+    end;
+  finally
+    MemIO.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SaveU(const FileName: WideString;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  // try to guess the file format from the file extension
+  fif := FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilenameU(PWideChar(Filename));
+  if CanSave(fif) then
+    Result := FreeImage_SaveU(fif, FDib, PWideChar(FileName), Flag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SetChannel(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap;
+  Channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    Result := FreeImage_SetChannel(FDib, Bitmap.FDib, Channel);
+    Change;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.SetDib(Value: PFIBITMAP);
+begin
+  Replace(Value);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SetFileBkColor(BkColor: PRGBQuad): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_SetBackgroundColor(FDib, BkColor);
+  Change;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.SetHorizontalResolution(Value: Double);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    FreeImage_SetDotsPerMeterX(FDib, Trunc(Value * 100 + 0.5));
+    Change;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SetMetadata(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL;
+  const Key: string; Tag: TFreeTag): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_SetMetadata(Model, FDib, PChar(Key), Tag.Tag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SetPixelColor(X, Y: Cardinal;
+  Value: PRGBQUAD): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_SetPixelColor(FDib, X, Y, Value);
+  Change;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SetPixelIndex(X, Y: Cardinal; Value: PByte): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_SetPixelIndex(FDib, X, Y, Value);
+  Change;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SetSize(ImageType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; Width, Height,
+  Bpp: Integer; RedMask, GreenMask, BlueMask: Cardinal): Boolean;
+var
+  Pal: PRGBQuad;
+  I: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  if FDib <> nil then
+    FreeImage_Unload(FDib);
+
+  FDib := FreeImage_Allocate(Width, Height, Bpp, RedMask, GreenMask, BlueMask);
+  if FDib = nil then Exit;
+
+  if ImageType = FIT_BITMAP then
+  case Bpp of
+    1, 4, 8:
+    begin
+      Pal := FreeImage_GetPalette(FDib);
+      for I := 0 to FreeImage_GetColorsUsed(FDib) - 1 do
+      begin
+        Pal.rgbBlue := I;
+        Pal.rgbGreen := I;
+        Pal.rgbRed := I;
+        Inc(Pal, SizeOf(RGBQUAD));
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := True;
+  Change;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.SetTransparencyTable(Table: PByte; Count: Integer);
+begin
+  FreeImage_SetTransparencyTable(FDib, Table, Count);
+  Change;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeBitmap.SetVerticalResolution(Value: Double);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    FreeImage_SetDotsPerMeterY(FDib, Trunc(Value * 100 + 0.5));
+    Change;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.SplitChannels(RedChannel, GreenChannel,
+  BlueChannel: TFreeBitmap): Boolean;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    RedChannel.FDib := FreeImage_GetChannel(FDib, FICC_RED);
+    GreenChannel.FDib := FreeImage_GetChannel(FDib, FICC_GREEN);
+    BlueChannel.FDib := FreeImage_GetChannel(FDib, FICC_BLUE);
+    Result := RedChannel.IsValid and GreenChannel.IsValid and BlueChannel.IsValid;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False  
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.Threshold(T: Byte): Boolean;
+var
+  dib1: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  if FDib <> nil then
+  begin
+    dib1 := FreeImage_Threshold(FDib, T);
+    Result := Replace(dib1);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := False
+end;
+
+function TFreeBitmap.ToneMapping(TMO: FREE_IMAGE_TMO; FirstParam,
+  SecondParam: Double): Boolean;
+var
+  NewDib: PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  NewDib := FreeImage_ToneMapping(Fdib, TMO, FirstParam, SecondParam);
+  Result := Replace(NewDib);
+end;
+
+
+{ TFreeMultiBitmap }
+
+procedure TFreeMultiBitmap.AppendPage(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_AppendPage(FMPage, Bitmap.FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeMultiBitmap.Close(Flags: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_CloseMultiBitmap(FMPage, Flags);
+  FMPage := nil;
+end;
+
+constructor TFreeMultiBitmap.Create(KeepCacheInMemory: Boolean);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  FMemoryCache := KeepCacheInMemory;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeMultiBitmap.DeletePage(Page: Integer);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_DeletePage(FMPage, Page);
+end;
+
+destructor TFreeMultiBitmap.Destroy;
+begin
+  if FMPage <> nil then Close;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFreeMultiBitmap.GetLockedPageNumbers(var Pages,
+  Count: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+  Result := FreeImage_GetLockedPageNumbers(FMPage, Pages, Count)
+end;
+
+function TFreeMultiBitmap.GetPageCount: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  if IsValid then
+    Result := FreeImage_GetPageCount(FMPage)
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeMultiBitmap.InsertPage(Page: Integer; Bitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_InsertPage(FMPage, Page, Bitmap.FDib);
+end;
+
+function TFreeMultiBitmap.IsValid: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FMPage <> nil
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeMultiBitmap.LockPage(Page: Integer; DestBitmap: TFreeBitmap);
+begin
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  if Assigned(DestBitmap) then
+  begin
+    DestBitmap.Replace(FreeImage_LockPage(FMPage, Page));
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFreeMultiBitmap.MovePage(Target, Source: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+  Result := FreeImage_MovePage(FMPage, Target, Source);
+end;
+
+function TFreeMultiBitmap.Open(const FileName: string; CreateNew,
+  ReadOnly: Boolean; Flags: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+  fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  // try to guess the file format from the filename
+  fif := FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilename(PChar(FileName));
+
+  // check for supported file types
+  if (fif <> FIF_UNKNOWN) and (not fif in [FIF_TIFF, FIF_ICO, FIF_GIF]) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // open the stream
+  FMPage := FreeImage_OpenMultiBitmap(fif, PChar(FileName), CreateNew, ReadOnly, FMemoryCache, Flags);
+
+  Result := FMPage <> nil;  
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeMultiBitmap.UnlockPage(Bitmap: TFreeBitmap;
+  Changed: Boolean);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+  begin
+    FreeImage_UnlockPage(FMPage, Bitmap.FDib, Changed);
+    // clear the image so that it becomes invalid.
+    // don't use Bitmap.Clear method because it calls FreeImage_Unload
+    // just clear the pointer
+    Bitmap.FDib := nil;
+    Bitmap.Change;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TFreeMemoryIO }
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.Acquire(var Data: PByte;
+  var SizeInBytes: DWORD): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_AcquireMemory(FHMem, Data, SizeInBytes);
+end;
+
+constructor TFreeMemoryIO.Create(Data: PByte; SizeInBytes: DWORD);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  FHMem := FreeImage_OpenMemory(Data, SizeInBytes);
+end;
+
+destructor TFreeMemoryIO.Destroy;
+begin
+  FreeImage_CloseMemory(FHMem);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.GetFileType: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_GetFileTypeFromMemory(FHMem);
+end;
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.IsValid: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FHMem <> nil
+end;
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.Read(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT;
+  Flag: Integer): PFIBITMAP;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_LoadFromMemory(fif, FHMem, Flag)
+end;
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.Seek(Offset: Longint; Origin: Word): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_SeekMemory(FHMem, Offset, Origin)
+end;
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.Tell: Longint;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_TellMemory(FHMem)
+end;
+
+function TFreeMemoryIO.Write(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; dib: PFIBITMAP;
+  Flag: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_SaveToMemory(fif, dib, FHMem, Flag)
+end;
+
+{ TFreeTag }
+
+function TFreeTag.Clone: TFreeTag;
+var
+  CloneTag: PFITAG;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  CloneTag := FreeImage_CloneTag(FTag);
+  Result := TFreeTag.Create(CloneTag);
+end;
+
+constructor TFreeTag.Create(ATag: PFITAG);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  if ATag <> nil then
+    FTag := ATag
+  else
+    FTag := FreeImage_CreateTag;
+end;
+
+destructor TFreeTag.Destroy;
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_DeleteTag(FTag);
+    
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetCount: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagCount(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetDescription: string;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagDescription(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetID: Word;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagID(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetKey: string;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagKey(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetLength: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagLength(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetTagType: FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE;
+begin
+  Result := FIDT_NOTYPE;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagType(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.GetValue: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  if not IsValid then Exit;
+
+  Result := FreeImage_GetTagValue(FTag);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.IsValid: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FTag <> nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetCount(const Value: Cardinal);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagCount(FTag, Value);
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetDescription(const Value: string);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagDescription(FTag, PChar(Value));
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetID(const Value: Word);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagID(FTag, Value);
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetKey(const Value: string);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagKey(FTag, PChar(Value));
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetLength(const Value: Cardinal);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagLength(FTag, Value);
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetTagType(const Value: FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagType(FTag, Value);
+end;
+
+procedure TFreeTag.SetValue(const Value: Pointer);
+begin
+  if IsValid then
+    FreeImage_SetTagValue(FTag, Value);
+end;
+
+function TFreeTag.ToString(Model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; Make: PChar): string;
+begin
+  Result := FreeImage_TagToString(Model, FTag, Make);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/FreeImage/FreeImage.pas b/src/lib/FreeImage/FreeImage.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69c0a0d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/FreeImage/FreeImage.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
+unit FreeImage;
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+
+// ==========================================================
+// Delphi wrapper for FreeImage 3
+// 
+// Design and implementation by
+// - Simon Beavis
+// - Peter Byström
+// - Anatoliy Pulyaevskiy (xvel84@rambler.ru)
+//
+// This file is part of FreeImage 3
+//
+// COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY
+// OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
+// THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+// OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED
+// CODE IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT
+// THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
+// SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL
+// PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER
+// THIS DISCLAIMER.
+//
+// Use at your own risk!
+// ==========================================================
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  ctypes;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$DEFINE DLL_STDCALL}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$DEFINE DLL_CDECL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  FIDLL = 'freeimage.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  FIDLL = 'libfreeimage.dylib';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  FIDLL = 'libfreeimage.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+type
+  // define portable types for 32-bit / 64-bit OS
+  BOOL  = cint32;
+  BYTE  = cuint8;
+  WORD  = cuint16;
+  DWORD = cuint32;
+  LONG  = cint32;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Bitmap types -------------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type
+  FIBITMAP = record
+    data : Pointer;
+  end;
+  PFIBITMAP = ^FIBITMAP;
+
+  FIMULTIBITMAP = record
+    data : Pointer;
+  end;
+  PFIMULTIBITMAP = ^FIMULTIBITMAP;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Indexes for byte arrays, masks and shifts for treating pixels as words ---
+// These coincide with the order of RGBQUAD and RGBTRIPLE -------------------
+// Little Endian (x86 / MS Windows, Linux) : BGR(A) order -------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const
+  FI_RGBA_RED         = 2;
+  FI_RGBA_GREEN       = 1;
+  FI_RGBA_BLUE        = 0;
+  FI_RGBA_ALPHA       = 3;
+  FI_RGBA_RED_MASK    = $00FF0000;
+  FI_RGBA_GREEN_MASK  = $0000FF00;
+  FI_RGBA_BLUE_MASK   = $000000FF;
+  FI_RGBA_ALPHA_MASK  = $FF000000;
+  FI_RGBA_RED_SHIFT   = 16;
+  FI_RGBA_GREEN_SHIFT = 8;
+  FI_RGBA_BLUE_SHIFT  = 0;
+  FI_RGBA_ALPHA_SHIFT = 24;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The 16bit macros only include masks and shifts, --------------------------
+// since each color element is not byte aligned -----------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const
+  FI16_555_RED_MASK     = $7C00;
+  FI16_555_GREEN_MASK   = $03E0;
+  FI16_555_BLUE_MASK    = $001F;
+  FI16_555_RED_SHIFT    = 10;
+  FI16_555_GREEN_SHIFT  = 5;
+  FI16_555_BLUE_SHIFT   = 0;
+  FI16_565_RED_MASK     = $F800;
+  FI16_565_GREEN_MASK   = $07E0;
+  FI16_565_BLUE_MASK    = $001F;
+  FI16_565_RED_SHIFT    = 11;
+  FI16_565_GREEN_SHIFT  = 5;
+  FI16_565_BLUE_SHIFT   = 0;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ICC profile support ------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const
+  FIICC_DEFAULT = $0;
+  FIICC_COLOR_IS_CMYK   = $1;
+
+type
+  FIICCPROFILE = record
+    flags : WORD;   // info flag
+    size : DWORD;   // profile's size measured in bytes
+    data : Pointer; // points to a block of contiguous memory containing the profile
+  end;
+  PFIICCPROFILE = ^FIICCPROFILE;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Important enums ----------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type
+  FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT         = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_TYPE           = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE     = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE       = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_DITHER         = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_FILTER         = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL  = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE         = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL        = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION = cint;
+  FREE_IMAGE_TMO            = cint;
+
+const
+  // I/O image format identifiers.
+  FIF_UNKNOWN = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(-1);
+  FIF_BMP     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(0);
+  FIF_ICO     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(1);
+  FIF_JPEG    = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(2);
+  FIF_JNG     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(3);
+  FIF_KOALA   = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(4);
+  FIF_LBM     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(5);
+  FIF_IFF     = FIF_LBM;
+  FIF_MNG     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(6);
+  FIF_PBM     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(7);
+  FIF_PBMRAW  = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(8);
+  FIF_PCD     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(9);
+  FIF_PCX     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(10);
+  FIF_PGM     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(11);
+  FIF_PGMRAW  = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(12);
+  FIF_PNG     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(13);
+  FIF_PPM     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(14);
+  FIF_PPMRAW  = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(15);
+  FIF_RAS     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(16);
+  FIF_TARGA   = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(17);
+  FIF_TIFF    = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(18);
+  FIF_WBMP    = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(19);
+  FIF_PSD     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(20);
+  FIF_CUT     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(21);
+  FIF_XBM     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(22);
+  FIF_XPM     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(23);
+  FIF_DDS     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(24);
+  FIF_GIF     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(25);
+  FIF_HDR     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(26);
+  FIF_FAXG3   = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(27);
+  FIF_SGI     = FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT(28);  
+
+  // Image type used in FreeImage.
+  FIT_UNKNOWN = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(0);  // unknown type
+  FIT_BITMAP  = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(1);  // standard image: 1-, 4-, 8-, 16-, 24-, 32-bit
+  FIT_UINT16  = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(2);  // array of unsigned short: unsigned 16-bit
+  FIT_INT16   = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(3);  // array of short: signed 16-bit
+  FIT_UINT32  = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(4);  // array of unsigned long: unsigned 32-bit
+  FIT_INT32   = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(5);  // array of long: signed 32-bit
+  FIT_FLOAT   = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(6);  // array of float: 32-bit IEEE floating point
+  FIT_DOUBLE  = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(7);  // array of double: 64-bit IEEE floating point
+  FIT_COMPLEX = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(8);  // array of FICOMPLEX: 2 x 64-bit IEEE floating point
+  FIT_RGB16   = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(9);  // 48-bit RGB image: 3 x 16-bit
+  FIT_RGBA16  = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(10); // 64-bit RGBA image: 4 x 16-bit
+  FIT_RGBF    = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(11); // 96-bit RGB float image: 3 x 32-bit IEEE floating point
+  FIT_RGBAF   = FREE_IMAGE_TYPE(12); // 128-bit RGBA float image: 4 x 32-bit IEEE floating point
+
+  // Image color type used in FreeImage.
+  FIC_MINISWHITE = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE(0); // min value is white
+  FIC_MINISBLACK = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE(1); // min value is black
+  FIC_RGB        = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE(2); // RGB color model
+  FIC_PALETTE    = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE(3); // color map indexed
+  FIC_RGBALPHA   = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE(4); // RGB color model with alpha channel
+  FIC_CMYK       = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE(5); // CMYK color model
+
+  // Color quantization algorithms. Constants used in FreeImage_ColorQuantize.
+  FIQ_WUQUANT = FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE(0); // Xiaolin Wu color quantization algorithm
+  FIQ_NNQUANT = FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE(1); // NeuQuant neural-net quantization algorithm by Anthony Dekker
+
+  // Dithering algorithms. Constants used FreeImage_Dither.
+  FID_FS            = FREE_IMAGE_DITHER(0); // Floyd & Steinberg error diffusion
+  FID_BAYER4x4      = FREE_IMAGE_DITHER(1); // Bayer ordered dispersed dot dithering (order 2 dithering matrix)
+  FID_BAYER8x8      = FREE_IMAGE_DITHER(2); // Bayer ordered dispersed dot dithering (order 3 dithering matrix)
+  FID_CLUSTER6x6    = FREE_IMAGE_DITHER(3); // Ordered clustered dot dithering (order 3 - 6x6 matrix)
+  FID_CLUSTER8x8    = FREE_IMAGE_DITHER(4); // Ordered clustered dot dithering (order 4 - 8x8 matrix)
+  FID_CLUSTER16x16  = FREE_IMAGE_DITHER(5); // Ordered clustered dot dithering (order 8 - 16x16 matrix)
+
+  // Lossless JPEG transformations Constants used in FreeImage_JPEGTransform
+  FIJPEG_OP_NONE        = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(0); // no transformation
+  FIJPEG_OP_FLIP_H      = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(1); // horizontal flip
+  FIJPEG_OP_FLIP_V      = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(2); // vertical flip
+  FIJPEG_OP_TRANSPOSE   = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(3); // transpose across UL-to-LR axis
+  FIJPEG_OP_TRANSVERSE  = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(4); // transpose across UR-to-LL axis
+  FIJPEG_OP_ROTATE_90   = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(5); // 90-degree clockwise rotation
+  FIJPEG_OP_ROTATE_180  = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(6); // 180-degree rotation
+  FIJPEG_OP_ROTATE_270  = FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION(7); // 270-degree clockwise (or 90 ccw)
+
+  // Tone mapping operators. Constants used in FreeImage_ToneMapping.
+  FITMO_DRAGO03    = FREE_IMAGE_TMO(0); // Adaptive logarithmic mapping (F. Drago, 2003)
+  FITMO_REINHARD05 = FREE_IMAGE_TMO(1); // Dynamic range reduction inspired by photoreceptor physiology (E. Reinhard, 2005)
+
+  // Upsampling / downsampling filters. Constants used in FreeImage_Rescale.
+  FILTER_BOX        = FREE_IMAGE_FILTER(0); // Box, pulse, Fourier window, 1st order (constant) b-spline
+  FILTER_BICUBIC    = FREE_IMAGE_FILTER(1); // Mitchell & Netravali's two-param cubic filter
+  FILTER_BILINEAR   = FREE_IMAGE_FILTER(2); // Bilinear filter
+  FILTER_BSPLINE    = FREE_IMAGE_FILTER(3); // 4th order (cubic) b-spline
+  FILTER_CATMULLROM = FREE_IMAGE_FILTER(4); // Catmull-Rom spline, Overhauser spline
+  FILTER_LANCZOS3   = FREE_IMAGE_FILTER(5); // Lanczos3 filter
+
+  // Color channels. Constants used in color manipulation routines.
+  FICC_RGB   = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(0); // Use red, green and blue channels
+  FICC_RED   = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(1); // Use red channel
+  FICC_GREEN = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(2); // Use green channel
+  FICC_BLUE  = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(3); // Use blue channel
+  FICC_ALPHA = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(4); // Use alpha channel
+  FICC_BLACK = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(5); // Use black channel
+  FICC_REAL  = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(6); // Complex images: use real part
+  FICC_IMAG  = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(7); // Complex images: use imaginary part
+  FICC_MAG   = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(8); // Complex images: use magnitude
+  FICC_PHASE = FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL(9);     // Complex images: use phase
+
+  // Tag data type information (based on TIFF specifications)
+  FIDT_NOTYPE    = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(0);  // placeholder
+  FIDT_BYTE      = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(1);  // 8-bit unsigned integer
+  FIDT_ASCII     = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(2);  // 8-bit bytes w/ last byte null
+  FIDT_SHORT     = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(3);  // 16-bit unsigned integer
+  FIDT_LONG      = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(4);  // 32-bit unsigned integer
+  FIDT_RATIONAL  = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(5);  // 64-bit unsigned fraction
+  FIDT_SBYTE     = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(6);  // 8-bit signed integer
+  FIDT_UNDEFINED = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(7);  // 8-bit untyped data
+  FIDT_SSHORT    = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(8);  // 16-bit signed integer
+  FIDT_SLONG     = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(9);  // 32-bit signed integer
+  FIDT_SRATIONAL = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(10); // 64-bit signed fraction
+  FIDT_FLOAT     = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(11); // 32-bit IEEE floating point
+  FIDT_DOUBLE    = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(12); // 64-bit IEEE floating point
+  FIDT_IFD       = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(13); // 32-bit unsigned integer (offset)
+  FIDT_PALETTE   = FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE(14); // 32-bit RGBQUAD
+
+  // Metadata models supported by FreeImage
+  FIMD_NODATA         = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(-1);
+  FIMD_COMMENTS       = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(0);  // single comment or keywords
+  FIMD_EXIF_MAIN      = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(1);  // Exif-TIFF metadata
+  FIMD_EXIF_EXIF      = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(2);  // Exif-specific metadata
+  FIMD_EXIF_GPS       = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(3);  // Exif GPS metadata
+  FIMD_EXIF_MAKERNOTE = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(4);  // Exif maker note metadata
+  FIMD_EXIF_INTEROP   = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(5);  // Exif interoperability metadata
+  FIMD_IPTC           = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(6);  // IPTC/NAA metadata
+  FIMD_XMP            = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(7);  // Abobe XMP metadata
+  FIMD_GEOTIFF        = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(8);  // GeoTIFF metadata (to be implemented)
+  FIMD_ANIMATION      = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(9);  // Animation metadata
+  FIMD_CUSTOM         = FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL(10); // Used to attach other metadata types to a dib
+
+//{$endif}
+
+type
+  // Handle to a metadata model
+  FIMETADATA = record
+    data: Pointer;
+  end;
+  PFIMETADATA = ^FIMETADATA;
+
+  // Handle to a metadata tag
+  FITAG = record
+    data: Pointer;
+  end;
+  PFITAG = ^FITAG;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File IO routines ---------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type
+  FI_Handle = Pointer;
+
+  FI_ReadProc = function(buffer : pointer; size : cuint; count : cuint; handle : fi_handle) : cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_WriteProc = function(buffer : pointer; size, count : cuint; handle : FI_Handle) : cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_SeekProc = function(handle : fi_handle; offset : clong; origin : cint) : cint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_TellProc = function(handle : fi_handle) : clong; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+  FreeImageIO = packed record
+    read_proc : FI_ReadProc;     // pointer to the function used to read data
+    write_proc: FI_WriteProc;    // pointer to the function used to write data
+    seek_proc : FI_SeekProc;     // pointer to the function used to seek
+    tell_proc : FI_TellProc;     // pointer to the function used to aquire the current position
+  end;
+  PFreeImageIO = ^FreeImageIO;
+
+  // Handle to a memory I/O stream
+  FIMEMORY = record
+    data: Pointer;
+  end;
+  PFIMEMORY = ^FIMEMORY;
+
+const
+  // constants used in FreeImage_Seek for Origin parameter
+  SEEK_SET = 0;
+  SEEK_CUR = 1;
+  SEEK_END = 2;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plugin routines ----------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type
+  PPluginStruct = ^PluginStruct;
+
+  FI_InitProc = procedure(Plugin: PPluginStruct; Format_ID: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_FormatProc = function: PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_DescriptionProc = function: PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_ExtensionListProc = function: PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_RegExprProc = function: PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_OpenProc = function(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: FI_Handle; Read: BOOL): Pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_CloseProc = procedure(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: FI_Handle; Data: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_PageCountProc = function(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: FI_Handle; Data: Pointer): cint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_PageCapabilityProc = function(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: FI_Handle; Data: Pointer): cint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_LoadProc = function(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: FI_Handle; Page, Flags: cint; data: pointer): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_SaveProc = function(IO: PFreeImageIO; Dib: PFIBITMAP; Handle: FI_Handle; Page, Flags: cint; Data: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_ValidateProc = function(IO: PFreeImageIO; Handle: FI_Handle): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_MimeProc = function: PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_SupportsExportBPPProc = function(Bpp: cint): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_SupportsExportTypeProc = function(AType: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  FI_SupportsICCProfilesProc = function: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+  PluginStruct = record
+    format_proc: FI_FormatProc;
+    description_proc: FI_DescriptionProc;
+    extension_proc: FI_ExtensionListProc;
+    regexpr_proc: FI_RegExprProc;
+    open_proc: FI_OpenProc;
+    close_proc: FI_CloseProc;
+    pagecount_proc: FI_PageCountProc;
+    pagecapability_proc: FI_PageCapabilityProc;
+    load_proc: FI_LoadProc;
+    save_proc: FI_SaveProc;
+    validate_proc: FI_ValidateProc;
+    mime_proc: FI_MimeProc;
+    supports_export_bpp_proc: FI_SupportsExportBPPProc;
+    supports_export_type_proc: FI_SupportsExportTypeProc;
+    supports_icc_profiles_proc: FI_SupportsICCProfilesProc;
+  end;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Load/Save flag constants -------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const
+  BMP_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  BMP_SAVE_RLE        = 1;
+  CUT_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  DDS_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  FAXG3_DEFAULT       = 0;
+  GIF_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  ICO_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  ICO_MAKEALPHA       = 0;     // convert to 32bpp and create an alpha channel from the AND-mask when loading
+  IFF_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  JPEG_DEFAULT        = 0;
+  JPEG_FAST           = 1;
+  JPEG_ACCURATE       = 2;
+  JPEG_QUALITYSUPERB  = $0080;
+  JPEG_QUALITYGOOD    = $0100;
+  JPEG_QUALITYNORMAL  = $0200;
+  JPEG_QUALITYAVERAGE = $0400;
+  JPEG_QUALITYBAD     = $0800;
+  JPEG_CMYK           = $1000; // load separated CMYK "as is" (use | to combine with other flags)
+  KOALA_DEFAULT       = 0;
+  LBM_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  MNG_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  PCD_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  PCD_BASE            = 1;     // load the bitmap sized 768 x 512
+  PCD_BASEDIV4        = 2;     // load the bitmap sized 384 x 256
+  PCD_BASEDIV16       = 3;     // load the bitmap sized 192 x 128
+  PCX_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  PNG_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  PNG_IGNOREGAMMA     = 1;     // avoid gamma correction
+  PNM_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  PNM_SAVE_RAW        = 0;     // If set the writer saves in RAW format (i.e. P4, P5 or P6)
+  PNM_SAVE_ASCII      = 1;     // If set the writer saves in ASCII format (i.e. P1, P2 or P3)
+  PSD_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  RAS_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  SGI_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  TARGA_DEFAULT       = 0;
+  TARGA_LOAD_RGB888   = 1;     // If set the loader converts RGB555 and ARGB8888 -> RGB888.
+  TIFF_DEFAULT        = 0;
+  TIFF_CMYK           = $0001; // reads/stores tags for separated CMYK (use | to combine with compression flags)
+  TIFF_PACKBITS       = $0100; // save using PACKBITS compression
+  TIFF_DEFLATE        = $0200; // save using DEFLATE compression
+  TIFF_ADOBE_DEFLATE  = $0400; // save using ADOBE DEFLATE compression
+  TIFF_NONE           = $0800; // save without any compression
+  TIFF_CCITTFAX       = $1000; // save using CCITT Group 3 fax encoding
+  TIFF_CCITTFAX4      = $2000; // save using CCITT Group 4 fax encoding
+  TIFF_LZW            = $4000; // save using LZW compression
+  TIFF_JPEG           = $8000; // save using JPEG compression
+  WBMP_DEFAULT        = 0;
+  XBM_DEFAULT         = 0;
+  XPM_DEFAULT         = 0;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Init/Error routines ------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure FreeImage_Initialise(load_local_plugins_only : BOOL = False); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_DeInitialise; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Version routines ---------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_GetVersion : PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetCopyrightMessage : PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Message output functions -------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure FreeImage_OutPutMessageProc(fif: cint; fmt: PChar); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+type FreeImage_OutputMessageFunction = function(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; msg: PChar): pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+procedure FreeImage_SetOutputMessage(omf: FreeImage_OutputMessageFunction); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Allocate/Unload routines -------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_Allocate(width, height, bpp: cint; red_mask: cuint = 0; green_mask: cuint = 0; blue_mask: cuint = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_AllocateT(Atype: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; Width, Height: cint; bpp: cint = 8; red_mask: cuint = 0; green_mask: cuint = 0; blue_mask: cuint = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Clone(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_Unload(dib: PFIBITMAP); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Load / Save routines -----------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_Load(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; const filename: PChar; flags: cint = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_LoadU(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; const filename: PWideChar; flags: cint = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_LoadFromHandle(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; io: PFreeImageIO; handle: fi_handle; flags: cint = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Save(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; dib: PFIBITMAP; filename: PChar; flags: cint = 0): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SaveU(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; dib: PFIBITMAP; const filename: PWideChar; flags: cint = 0): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SaveToHandle(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; dib: PFIBITMAP; io : PFreeImageIO; handle : fi_handle; flags : cint = 0) : BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Memory I/O stream routines -----------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_OpenMemory(data: PByte = nil; size_in_bytes: DWORD = 0): PFIMEMORY; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_CloseMemory(stream: PFIMEMORY); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_LoadFromMemory(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; stream: PFIMEMORY; flags: cint = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SaveToMemory(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; dib: PFIBITMAP; stream: PFIMEMORY; flags: cint = 0): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_TellMemory(stream: PFIMEMORY): clong; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SeekMemory(stream: PFIMEMORY; offset: clong; origin: cint): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_AcquireMemory(stream: PFIMEMORY; var data: PByte; var size_in_bytes: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Plugin Interface ---------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_RegisterLocalPlugin(proc_address: FI_InitProc; format, description, extension, regexpr: PChar): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_RegisterExternalPlugin(path, format, description, extension, regexpr: PChar): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFCount: cint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_SetPluginEnabled(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; enable: BOOL); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_IsPluginEnabled(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): cint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFFromFormat(const format: PChar): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFFromMime(const format: PChar): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFormatFromFIF(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFExtensionList(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFDescription(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFRegExpr(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilename(const fname: PChar): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFIFFromFilenameU(const fname:PWideChar): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FIFSupportsReading(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FIFSupportsWriting(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FIFSupportsExportBPP(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; bpp: cint): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FIFSupportsICCProfiles(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FIFSupportsExportType(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; image_type: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Multipaging interface ----------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_OpenMultiBitmap(fif: FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; filename: PChar; create_new, read_only, keep_cache_in_memory: BOOL; flags: cint = 0): PFIMULTIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_CloseMultiBitmap(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; flags: cint = 0): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetPageCount(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP): cint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_AppendPage(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; data: PFIBITMAP); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_InsertPage(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; page: cint; data: PFIBITMAP); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_DeletePage(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; page: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_LockPage(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; page: cint): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_UnlockPage(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; page: PFIBITMAP; changed: BOOL); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_MovePage(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; target, source: cint): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetLockedPageNumbers(bitmap: PFIMULTIBITMAP; var pages: cint; var count : cint): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Filetype request routines ------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_GetFileType(const filename: PChar; size: cint): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFileTypeU(const filename: PWideChar; size: cint): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFileTypeFromHandle(io: PFreeImageIO; handle: FI_Handle; size: cint = 0): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetFileTypeFromMemory(stream: PFIMEMORY; size: cint = 0): FREE_IMAGE_FORMAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL; 
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImageType request routine ------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_GetImageType(dib: PFIBITMAP): FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FreeImage helper routines ------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_IsLittleEndian: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_LookupX11Color(const szColor: PChar; var nRed, nGreen, nBlue: PByte): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_LookupSVGColor(const szColor: PChar; var nRed, nGreen, nBlue: PByte): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Pixels access routines ---------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_GetBits(dib: PFIBITMAP): PByte; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetScanLine(dib: PFIBITMAP; scanline: cint): PByte; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_GetPixelIndex(dib: PFIBITMAP; X, Y: cuint; Value: PByte): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetPixelColor(dib: PFIBITMAP; X, Y: cuint; Value: PRGBQuad): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetPixelIndex(dib: PFIBITMAP; X, Y: cuint; Value: PByte): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetPixelColor(dib: PFIBITMAP; X, Y: cuint; Value: PRGBQuad): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DIB info routines --------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_GetColorsUsed(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetBPP(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetWidth(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetHeight(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetLine(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetPitch(dib : PFIBITMAP) : cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetDIBSize(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetPalette(dib: PFIBITMAP): PRGBQUAD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_GetDotsPerMeterX(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetDotsPerMeterY(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_SetDotsPerMeterX(dib: PFIBITMAP; res: cuint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_SetDotsPerMeterY(dib: PFIBITMAP; res: cuint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_GetInfoHeader(dib: PFIBITMAP): PBITMAPINFOHEADER; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetInfo(var dib: FIBITMAP): PBITMAPINFO; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetColorType(dib: PFIBITMAP): FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_TYPE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_GetRedMask(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetGreenMask(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetBlueMask(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_GetTransparencyCount(dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTransparencyTable(dib: PFIBITMAP): PByte; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_SetTransparent(dib: PFIBITMAP; enabled: BOOL); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_SetTransparencyTable(dib: PFIBITMAP; table: PByte; count: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_IsTransparent(dib: PFIBITMAP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_HasBackgroundColor(dib: PFIBITMAP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetBackgroundColor(dib: PFIBITMAP; var bkcolor: PRGBQUAD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetBackgroundColor(dib: PFIBITMAP; bkcolor: PRGBQUAD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ICC profile routines -----------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_GetICCProfile(var dib: FIBITMAP): PFIICCPROFILE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_CreateICCProfile(var dib: FIBITMAP; data: Pointer; size: clong): PFIICCPROFILE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_DestroyICCProfile(var dib : FIBITMAP); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Line conversion routines -------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine1To4(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine8To4(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQuad);  {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To4_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To4_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine24To4(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine32To4(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine1To8(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine4To8(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To8_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To8_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine24To8(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine32To8(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine1To16_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine4To16_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine8To16_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16_565_To16_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine24To16_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine32To16_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine1To16_565(target, source : PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine4To16_565(target, source : PBYTE; width_in_pixels : cint; palette : PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine8To16_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16_555_To16_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine24To16_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine32To16_565(target, source : PBYTE; width_in_pixels : cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine1To24(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine4To24(target, source : PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine8To24(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To24_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To24_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine32To24(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine1To32(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine4To32(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine8To32(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint; palette: PRGBQUAD); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To32_555(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine16To32_565(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertLine24To32(target, source: PBYTE; width_in_pixels: cint); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Smart conversion routines ------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_ConvertTo4Bits(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertTo8Bits(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertToGreyscale(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertTo16Bits555(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertTo16Bits565(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertTo24Bits(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertTo32Bits(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ColorQuantize(dib: PFIBITMAP; quantize: FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ColorQuantizeEx(dib: PFIBITMAP; quantize: FREE_IMAGE_QUANTIZE = FIQ_WUQUANT; PaletteSize: cint = 256; ReserveSize: cint = 0; ReservePalette: PRGBQuad = nil): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Threshold(dib: PFIBITMAP; T: Byte): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Dither(dib: PFIBITMAP; algorithm: FREE_IMAGE_DITHER): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_ConvertFromRawBits(bits: PBYTE; width, height, pitch: cint; bpp, red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask: cuint; topdown: BOOL): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_ConvertToRawBits(bits: PBYTE; dib: PFIBITMAP; pitch: cint; bpp, red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask: cuint; topdown: BOOL); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_ConvertToRGBF(dib: PFIBITMAP): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_ConvertToStandardType(src: PFIBITMAP; scale_linear: BOOL = True): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ConvertToType(src: PFIBITMAP; dst_type: FREE_IMAGE_TYPE; scale_linear: BOOL = True): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// tone mapping operators
+function FreeImage_ToneMapping(dib: PFIBITMAP; tmo: FREE_IMAGE_TMO; first_param: cdouble = 0; second_param: cdouble = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_TmoDrago03(src: PFIBITMAP; gamma: cdouble = 2.2; exposure: cdouble = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_TmoReinhard05(src: PFIBITMAP; intensity: cdouble = 0; contrast: cdouble = 0): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ZLib interface -----------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function FreeImage_ZLibCompress(target: PBYTE; target_size: DWORD; source: PBYTE; source_size: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ZLibUncompress(target: PBYTE; target_size: DWORD; source: PBYTE; source_size: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_ZLibGZip(target: PBYTE; target_size: DWORD; source: PBYTE; source_size: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ZLibGUnzip(target: PBYTE; target_size: DWORD; source: PBYTE; source_size: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_ZLibCRC32(crc: DWORD; source: PByte; source_size: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Metadata routines --------------------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// tag creation / destruction
+function FreeImage_CreateTag: PFITAG; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_DeleteTag(tag: PFITAG); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_CloneTag(tag: PFITAG): PFITAG; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// tag getters and setters
+function FreeImage_GetTagKey(tag: PFITAG): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTagDescription(tag: PFITAG): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTagID(tag: PFITAG): Word; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTagType(tag: PFITAG): FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTagCount(tag: PFITAG): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTagLength(tag: PFITAG): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetTagValue(tag: PFITAG): Pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+function FreeImage_SetTagKey(tag: PFITAG; const key: PChar): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetTagDescription(tag: PFITAG; const description: PChar): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetTagID(tag: PFITAG; id: Word): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetTagType(tag: PFITAG; atype: FREE_IMAGE_MDTYPE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetTagCount(tag: PFITAG; count: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetTagLength(tag: PFITAG; length: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetTagValue(tag: PFITAG; const value: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// iterator
+function FreeImage_FindFirstMetadata(model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; dib: PFIBITMAP; var tag: PFITAG): PFIMETADATA; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FindNextMetadata(mdhandle: PFIMETADATA; var tag: PFITAG): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+procedure FreeImage_FindCloseMetadata(mdhandle: PFIMETADATA); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// metadata setter and getter
+function FreeImage_SetMetadata(model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; dib: PFIBITMAP; const key: PChar; tag: PFITAG): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetMetadata(model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; dib: PFIBITMAP; const key: PChar; var tag: PFITAG): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// helpers
+function FreeImage_GetMetadataCount(model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; dib: PFIBITMAP): cuint; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// tag to C string conversion
+function FreeImage_TagToString(model: FREE_IMAGE_MDMODEL; tag: PFITAG; Make: PChar = nil): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Image manipulation toolkit -----------------------------------------------
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// rotation and flipping
+function FreeImage_RotateClassic(dib: PFIBITMAP; angle: cdouble): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_RotateEx(dib: PFIBITMAP; angle, x_shift, y_shift, x_origin, y_origin: cdouble; use_mask: BOOL): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FlipHorizontal(dib: PFIBITMAP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_FlipVertical(dib: PFIBITMAP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_JPEGTransform(const src_file: PChar; const dst_file: PChar; operation: FREE_IMAGE_JPEG_OPERATION; perfect: BOOL = False): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// upsampling / downsampling
+function FreeImage_Rescale(dib: PFIBITMAP; dst_width, dst_height: cint; filter: FREE_IMAGE_FILTER): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_MakeThumbnail(dib: PFIBITMAP; max_pixel_size: cint; convert:BOOL = TRUE): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// color manipulation routines (point operations)
+function FreeImage_AdjustCurve(dib: PFIBITMAP; LUT: PBYTE; channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_AdjustGamma(dib: PFIBITMAP; gamma: cdouble): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_AdjustBrightness(dib: PFIBITMAP; percentage: cdouble): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_AdjustContrast(dib: PFIBITMAP; percentage: cdouble): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Invert(dib: PFIBITMAP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetHistogram(dib: PFIBITMAP; histo: PDWORD; channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL = FICC_BLACK): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// channel processing routines
+function FreeImage_GetChannel(dib: PFIBITMAP; channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetChannel(dib, dib8: PFIBITMAP; channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_GetComplexChannel(src: PFIBITMAP; channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_SetComplexChannel(src: PFIBITMAP; channel: FREE_IMAGE_COLOR_CHANNEL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+
+// copy / paste / composite routines
+
+function FreeImage_Copy(dib: PFIBITMAP; left, top, right, bottom: cint): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Paste(dst, src: PFIBITMAP; left, top, alpha: cint): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+function FreeImage_Composite(fg: PFIBITMAP; useFileBkg: BOOL = False; appBkColor: PRGBQUAD = nil; bg: PFIBITMAP = nil): PFIBITMAP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL} stdcall; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF DLL_CDECL} cdecl; {$ENDIF} external FIDLL;
+  
+{$MINENUMSIZE 1}
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/JEDI-SDL-README.txt b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/JEDI-SDL-README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e0d25f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/JEDI-SDL-README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+This is the based on the SDL ( http://www.libsdl.org ) headers, and has been converted, comments and all, to the Pascal unit called sdl.pas.
+Other conversions that have also been done are SDL_Mixer.h, SDL_Net.h, SDL_Image.h, SDL_ttf, SMPEG.h, SDL_sound and the SFont library, 
+which are all included in this distribution.
+
+It allows you to access all the functions within the SDL libraries under Windows, Linux and FreeBSD, so you can write cross-platform games or multimedia applications.
+
+Installation Instructions
+-------------------------
+Windows - We now have a semi-automated setup under Windows ( thanks to David House and the Jedi JCL team ). 
+           Once you have extracted the zip file, simply double click on the "JEDISDLWin32Installer.exe" to have the correct paths added to your respective 
+           IDEs. All IDEs from Delphi 4 - 7 are supported and it also adds a link to the .CHM help file under the Tools menu.
+
+Linux - Alternatively if you use Linux or want to to manually install the paths, then make sure you read the "Getting Started.html" file ( ideal for those who are new to JEDI-SDL ) and is now included as a guide to help getting everything setup for smooth compilation.
+
+Also included is a guide of how to use Sourceforge using TortoiseCVS under Windows ( Linux guide is under development ).
+Both documents can be found in the "documentation" directory.
+
+
+Release History
+---------------
+1.0  :   Yeah!! The Official v1.0 Release of JEDI-SDL!!
+           JEDI-SDL now updated to SDL v1.2.11, SDL_Image v1.2.5, SDL_Mixer v1.2.7, SDL_Net v1.2.6 & SDL_ttf v2.0.8
+           Added Improved FreePascal, TMT Pascal and GnuPascal support as well as maintaining Delphi/Kylix support.
+           Fixed Various bugs as pointed out on the JEDI-SDL mailing list.
+           Added SDL_GL_STEREO, SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS, SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
+
+Now works on MacOS X and a MacOS X disk image is available for download.
+
+// DLL/Shared object functions
+function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
+
+//Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
+function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
+
+//Added support for environment variables SDL_VIDEO_WINDOW_POS and SDL_VIDEO_CENTERED on Windows
+
+           New Units :
+           -----------
+           sdl_cpuinfo.pas - ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
+           sdlinput.pas    - Input wrapper class
+           sdlwindow.pas   - Window wrapper class
+           sdltruetypefont.pas - True Type Font wrapper class
+           tcputils.pas - SDL_Net utility functions
+           sdlweb.pas - SDL_Net Web class
+           sdlwebhttp.pas - SDL_Net http protocol wrapper class
+           sdlwebftp.pas - SDL_Net ftp protocol wrapper class
+
+           New 2D Demos :
+           --------------
+
+
+           New 3D Demos :
+           --------------
+
+
+           Other New Stuff :
+           -----------------
+
+
+
+0.5  :   The JEDI-SDL project is now also set up on Sourceforge ( http://sf.net/projects/jedi-sdl/ ) so the latest code is available from there.
+           Improved FreePascal support has been added.
+           Various bug fixes as pointed out on the JEDI-SDL mailing list.
+           SDL_Mixer has been updated to version 1.2.1 and includes an Effects API.
+           Demo directories are now split into 2D and 3D related sub-directories.
+           There are now both Kylix ( K prefix )  and Delphi ( D prefix ) project groups for all the demos. 
+           They can be found in Demos and the 2D and 3D directories.
+
+           New Units
+           ---------
+           SDLStreams.pas - Chris Bruner has created a wrapper that uses Streams to load BMPs
+           SDLUtils.pas - Pascal only version of some Utility functions
+           SDLi386Utils.pas - Intel Assembler versions of the SDLUtils.pas functions.
+           SDL_ttf.pas - Port of the SDL True Type font support unit.
+           SDL_Sound.pas - Port of the SDL Sound library ( untested ).
+
+           New 2D Demos :
+           --------------
+           Pan and Zoom Demo - How to Pan and Zoom an SDL surface.
+           Isometric Demo - I ported my old DelphiX isometric demo over to SDL.
+           TestTimer demo - Shows hows how to use AddTimer and RemoveTimer.
+           MpegPlayer - I have updated and improved Anders Ohlsson's CLX MPegPlayer and component and it now works 
+           and installs into D4, D5, D6, D7, K1, K2 & K3.
+           Showfont - Demo to show how to us SDL_ttf.dll
+           SmpegPlayer - is a console MPEG player that use smpeg and SDL_Mixer
+
+           New 3D Demos :
+           --------------
+           DeathTruckTion 1.1 - A slightly updated version of this fully functional 3D network game.
+           TerrainDemo - Terrain demo ported from the book "OpenGL Game programming" by Hawkins and Astle.
+           TestGL - the standard SDL/OpenGL Test demo. Shows how to mix 2D and 3D rendering using OpenGL.
+           glfont - Demo to show how to us SDL_ttf with OpenGL. 
+           Particle Engine - Ariel's OpenGL Particle Engine.
+           Picking - Phil Freeman's Picking Demo
+           Motion Blur - Phil Freeman's Motion Blur Demo
+           Dynamic Light - Phil Freeman's Dynamic Light Demo
+           Environment Map - Phil Freeman's Environment Map Demo
+           GLMovie - is an MPEG Player that uses OpenGL to render the movie.
+           NeHe - Quite a few more NeHe demos are now included.
+
+           New Network Demos :
+           -------------------
+           There are now 3 SDL_Net Server demos and 4 SDL_Client demos as submitted by Dean Ellis.
+
+
+Beta 4 : The JEDI-SDL home page is now located @ http://www.delphi-jedi.org/Jedi:TEAM_SDL_HOME
+         All Demos ( including OpenGL Demos ) now compile under both Kylix and Delphi.
+         I have added quite a few more OpenGL examples, we are now up to Nehe tutorial 12.
+         All OpenGL demos also show how to handle Window resizing. 
+         Included an OpenGL demo called Puntos by Gustavo Maximo.
+         Ported Jan Horn's OpenGL MetaBalls and also SkyBox demo to SDL.
+         Ported Ilkka Tuomioja's OpenGL Quake 2 Model Viewer/Animator to SDL. 
+         NOTE : All OpenGL demos require OpenGL12.pas which can be found at...
+         http://www.lischke-online.de/Graphics.html#OpenGL12
+         I also fixed a conversion bug to do with SDL_MustLock and also a conversion omission to do with various events.
+         Fixed a conversion bug with SDL_CDOpen ( as suggested on the mailing list ).
+         Added the GetPixel and PuxPixel functions to the SDLUtils.pas file.
+         Jason Farmer has donated SFont, a simple, yet effective Font library he converted for JEDI-SDL.
+         It contains 4 Demos show how to best use it.
+         Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray to SDL.pas after suggestions from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange.
+         In the file area of the JEDI-SDL mailing list ( http://groups.yahoo.com/group/JEDI-SDL/files/DTTSrc/ there 
+         is a fully functional 3D network game called DeathTruckTion v1.0 written by the TNTeam that makes use of 
+         JEDI-SDL and is just too big to include with this distribution but is well worth looking at as it works under Windows and Linux!         
+         Gustavo Maxima is working on translating the JEDI-SDL Documentation to Spanish and Portugese.
+         The Mouse Demo has now been speeded up considerably and it is very responsive now.
+         Dean Ellis will provide steps on how to compile the demos using the Free Pascal compiler.
+         Jason Farmer and I are working on a series of Tutorials that should hopefully be out soon.
+         David Aclan has donated a SMpeg component that should work under Kylix.
+         Róbert Kisnémeth, has been hard at work, and has donated some new demos he has created with a SpriteEngine ( which he also donated ).
+         He has also donated a couple of games called BlitzBomber and Oxygene ( which uses the SpriteEngine ) and added a couple of useful 
+         functions to SDLUtils.pas.
+         The Functions added are SDL_FlipV, SDL_FlipH, SDL_NewPutPixel ( assembler version ), SDL_AddPixel, SDL_SubPixel, SDL_DrawLine, SDL_AddLine,
+         SDL_SubLine, SDL_AddSurface, SDL_SubSurface, SDL_MonoSurface & SDL_TexturedSurface.
+         He has also donated a Font Blitting class and demo called SDL_MonoFonts which supports alignment like Left, Right and Center.
+         He and Thomas are also working on a GUI library.
+         Jason Farmer has donated a set of Image Filtering functions which add quite a few interesting effects. Check the SDL_Filter sub-directory for more 
+         info.
+         Christian Hackbart also donated an OpenGL BlockOut clone.
+         
+
+Beta 3 : I have added conversions for SDL_env.h, SDL_Mixer.h and SDL_Net.h while Matthias Thoma has added conversions for SDL_Image.h and SMPEG.h.
+         This version is also SDL version 1.2.0 compliant.
+         This release also adds demos for the SDL_Image, SDL_Mixer and SDL_Net libraries.
+         There are now also some OpenGL demos that make some use of SDL as well as a demo on how to use the Mouse with Clickable regions.
+         A conversion bug, that was pointed out by Clem Vasseur, has also been fixed.
+         There is now a mailing list that has been set up at http://groups.yahoo.com/group/JEDI-SDL/join/ so we can all learn from each other how to use
+         these libraries.
+         Demos have not been unified into single .dpr files for each demo, thus showing how you would write a crossplatform game using only 1 .dpr file.
+         There is also a documentation directory that is currently in HTML format. All code examples in the documentation have been converted to Object 
+         Pascal but are untested.
+         I Also fixed a few conversion bugs which I came across while converting the documentation.
+
+Beta 2 : I have added  conversions for SDL_active.h, SDL_thread.h, SDL_mutex.h and 
+         SDL_error.h, Matthias Thoma has added Linux Support and JEDI compliancy so these 
+         units and examples are now x-platform and x-compiler compilable.
+         I also added Tom Jones' SDLUtils.pas file;
+         Matthias also cleaned up the 2 new demos and made them work on both Linux and 
+         Windows.
+
+Beta 1 : Initial Release;
+
+
+There are now 5 examples included with this JEDI-SDL distribution. 
+1. Is the TestWin application, which is based on the testwin application that comes with the SDL SDK, only my version has a gui front end to the options available and has been compiled under Delphi 4.03. It should be compatible with Delphi 3.0 onwards ( though Delphi 2 compatibility has not been tested ).
+
+2. A Plasma example which was converted from one found on the Demos page of the SDL site.
+
+3. A Voxel terrain following demo, which was converted from one found on the Demos page of the SDL site. This one should be of interest to others as it shows how to handle keyboard events when using SDL.
+
+4. A Mouse handling demo that shows how to use transparency and clickable regions.
+
+5. A Space Invaders style game called Aliens which shows the use of SDL, SDL_Image and SDL_Mixer. This game shows how to handle sound, keyboards and some basic collision detection. It is a conversion of one found on the SDL Demos page.
+
+There are also 14 OpenGL demos that are based on the NeHe tutorials <nehe.gamedev.net>. The other 3 OpenGL demos are Jan Horns' OpenGL demo, A Quake 2 Model viewer that I ported and a Demo by Gustavo Maxima called Puntos.
+
+If writing your own, just make sure that the SDL.pas file is in your projects path for compiling and that the SDL.dll file is in your path when running the compiled app.
+
+Please test these units and report problems to the JEDI-SDL mailing list @ http://groups.yahoo.com/group/JEDI-SDL/ outlining steps under which the error occurred. If you convert any more demos please send them to me so that I can  
+include them in the ditribution for others to learn from. 
+
+Also if you are using these Units to write any games 
+please let me know about it so that I can post the information to the http://www.DelphiGamer.com site.
+
+The plan is to have this unit JEDI certified at some point so that it can be included on the Delphi and Kylix CDs, so all feedback is greatly welcomed.
+
+Compilers supported     Tested
+-------------------     ------
+Delphi                   Yes
+Kylix                    Yes
+FreePascal               Yes
+TMT Pascal compiler      Not Yet.
+Virtual Pascal           No
+Gnu Pascal               No
+
+
+
+Credits
+-------
+Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de> for is endless help with my conversion bugs.
+Jason Farmer <jason@cerebral-bicycle.co.uk> for donating the SFont Font Library.
+Gustavo Maximo <gmaximo@secretariaplus.com> for the Puntos OpenGL Demo and work he is doing on the documentation
+Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu> for his numerous contributions
+Chris Bruner <cryst@golden.net> for testing under Kylix
+August Logan Bear Jr.<augustjr@columbus.rr.com> for testing under Kylix
+Dean Ellis<dean_ellis@yahoo.com> for FreePascal Compiler compatability testing and SDL_Net demos and testing
+David House<david@dahsoftware.com> for Windows Insaller and testing.
+Romi Kuntsman<romik12345@lycos.co.uk> for helping out on some OpenGL issues.
+Everyone on the JEDI-SDL <http://groups.yahoo.com/group/JEDI-SDL/join/> mailing list for their feedback and support.
+Everyone on the Delphi-JEDI <http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Delphi-JEDI/join/> mailing for answering my conversion questions.
+Tom Jones for inspiring this conversion.
+
+The JEDI-SDL Home page can be found @ http://www.delphi-jedi.org/Jedi:TEAM_SDL_HOME
+
+The JEDI-SDL source code archive can be found @ http://www.sf.net/projects/jedi-sdl/
+
+The JEDI-SDL mailing list can be found @ http://groups.yahoo.com/group/JEDI-SDL/join/
+
+The Latest Stable Release version of the JEDI-SDL.zip file can always be found on the Delphi-JEDI site <http://www.delphi-jedi.org/Jedi:TEAM_SDL_HOME>
+
+The Latest Alpha/Unstable version can always be grabbed from the SourceForge CVS http://sourceforge.net/cvs/?group_id=43805
+
+
+Sincerely,
+
+
+
+Dominique Louis
+Delphi Game Developer.
+*********************************************************
+**  To Do Nothing is to Collaborate with the oppressor **
+**  -------------------------------------------------- **
+*********************************************************
+=========================================================
+From . . . . . . . : Dominique Louis
+Email. . . . . . . : Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au
+Company. . . . . . : Savage Software Solutions
+Delphi Games Site. : http://www.DelphiGamer.com
+Delphi JEDI Site . : http://www.delphi-jedi.org
+=========================================================
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL-Set8087CW.patch b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL-Set8087CW.patch
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e08ca63e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL-Set8087CW.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Index: OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas

+===================================================================

+--- OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas	(revision 961)

++++ OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas	(working copy)

+@@ -2287,9 +2287,9 @@

+ end;

+ 

+ initialization

+-  {$ifdef x86}

++  {$IF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386) or Defined(CPUX86_64)}

+   Set8087CW($133F);

+-  {$endif x86}

++  {$IFEND}

+ 

+   LoadOpenGL( GLLibName );

+ 

diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/geometry.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/geometry.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..166ec811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/geometry.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1994 @@
+unit geometry;
+{
+  $Id: geometry.pas,v 1.1 2004/03/30 21:53:54 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+
+// This unit contains many needed types, functions and procedures for
+// quaternion, vector and matrix arithmetics. It is specifically designed
+// for geometric calculations within R3 (affine vector space)
+// and R4 (homogeneous vector space).
+//
+// Note: The terms 'affine' or 'affine coordinates' are not really correct here
+//       because an 'affine transformation' describes generally a transformation which leads
+//       to a uniquely solvable system of equations and has nothing to do with the dimensionality
+//       of a vector. One could use 'projective coordinates' but this is also not really correct
+//       and since I haven't found a better name (or even any correct one), 'affine' is as good
+//       as any other one.
+//
+// Identifiers containing no dimensionality (like affine or homogeneous)
+// and no datatype (integer..extended) are supposed as R4 representation
+// with 'single' floating point type (examples are TVector, TMatrix,
+// and TQuaternion). The default data type is 'single' ('GLFloat' for OpenGL)
+// and used in all routines (except conversions and trigonometric functions).
+//
+// Routines with an open array as argument can either take Func([1,2,3,4,..]) or Func(Vect).
+// The latter is prefered, since no extra stack operations is required.
+// Note: Be careful while passing open array elements! If you pass more elements
+//       than there's room in the result the behaviour will be unpredictable.
+//
+// If not otherwise stated, all angles are given in radians
+// (instead of degrees). Use RadToDeg or DegToRad to convert between them.
+//
+// Geometry.pas was assembled from different sources (like GraphicGems)
+// and relevant books or based on self written code, respectivly.
+//
+// Note: Some aspects need to be considered when using Delphi and pure
+//       assembler code. Delphi ensures that the direction flag is always
+//       cleared while entering a function and expects it cleared on return.
+//       This is in particular important in routines with (CPU) string commands (MOVSD etc.)
+//       The registers EDI, ESI and EBX (as well as the stack management
+//       registers EBP and ESP) must not be changed! EAX, ECX and EDX are
+//       freely available and mostly used for parameter.
+//
+// Version 2.5
+// last change : 04. January 2000
+//
+// (c) Copyright 1999, Dipl. Ing. Mike Lischke (public@lischke-online.de)
+{
+  $Log: geometry.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.1  2004/03/30 21:53:54  savage
+  Moved to it's own folder.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+type
+  // data types needed for 3D graphics calculation,
+  // included are 'C like' aliases for each type (to be
+  // conformal with OpenGL types)
+
+  PByte = ^Byte;
+  PWord = ^Word;
+  PInteger = ^Integer;
+  PFloat = ^Single;
+  PDouble = ^Double;
+  PExtended = ^Extended;
+  PPointer = ^Pointer;
+
+  // types to specify continous streams of a specific type
+  // switch off range checking to access values beyond the limits
+  PByteVector = ^TByteVector;
+  PByteArray = PByteVector;
+  TByteVector = array[0..0] of Byte;
+
+  PWordVector = ^TWordVector;
+  PWordArray = PWordVector;  // note: there's a same named type in SysUtils
+  TWordVector = array[0..0] of Word;
+
+  PIntegerVector = ^TIntegerVector;
+  PIntegerArray = PIntegerVector;
+  TIntegerVector = array[0..0] of Integer;
+
+  PFloatVector = ^TFloatVector;
+  PFloatArray = PFloatVector;
+  TFloatVector = array[0..0] of Single;
+
+  PDoubleVector = ^TDoubleVector;
+  PDoubleArray = PDoubleVector;
+  TDoubleVector = array[0..0] of Double;
+
+  PExtendedVector = ^TExtendedVector;
+  PExtendedArray = PExtendedVector;
+  TExtendedVector = array[0..0] of Extended;
+
+  PPointerVector = ^TPointerVector;
+  PPointerArray = PPointerVector;
+  TPointerVector = array[0..0] of Pointer;
+
+  PCardinalVector = ^TCardinalVector;
+  PCardinalArray = PCardinalVector;
+  TCardinalVector = array[0..0] of Cardinal;
+
+  // common vector and matrix types with predefined limits
+  // indices correspond like: x -> 0
+  //                          y -> 1
+  //                          z -> 2
+  //                          w -> 3
+
+  PHomogeneousByteVector = ^THomogeneousByteVector;
+  THomogeneousByteVector = array[0..3] of Byte;
+  TVector4b = THomogeneousByteVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousWordVector = ^THomogeneousWordVector;
+  THomogeneousWordVector = array[0..3] of Word;
+  TVector4w = THomogeneousWordVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousIntVector = ^THomogeneousIntVector;
+  THomogeneousIntVector = array[0..3] of Integer;
+  TVector4i = THomogeneousIntVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousFltVector = ^THomogeneousFltVector;
+  THomogeneousFltVector = array[0..3] of Single;
+  TVector4f = THomogeneousFltVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousDblVector = ^THomogeneousDblVector;
+  THomogeneousDblVector = array[0..3] of Double;
+  TVector4d = THomogeneousDblVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousExtVector = ^THomogeneousExtVector;
+  THomogeneousExtVector = array[0..3] of Extended;
+  TVector4e = THomogeneousExtVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousPtrVector = ^THomogeneousPtrVector;
+  THomogeneousPtrVector = array[0..3] of Pointer;
+  TVector4p = THomogeneousPtrVector;
+
+  PAffineByteVector = ^TAffineByteVector;
+  TAffineByteVector = array[0..2] of Byte;
+  TVector3b = TAffineByteVector;
+
+  PAffineWordVector = ^TAffineWordVector;
+  TAffineWordVector = array[0..2] of Word;
+  TVector3w = TAffineWordVector;
+
+  PAffineIntVector = ^TAffineIntVector;
+  TAffineIntVector = array[0..2] of Integer;
+  TVector3i = TAffineIntVector;
+
+  PAffineFltVector = ^TAffineFltVector;
+  TAffineFltVector = array[0..2] of Single;
+  TVector3f = TAffineFltVector;
+
+  PAffineDblVector = ^TAffineDblVector;
+  TAffineDblVector = array[0..2] of Double;
+  TVector3d = TAffineDblVector;
+
+  PAffineExtVector = ^TAffineExtVector;
+  TAffineExtVector = array[0..2] of Extended;
+  TVector3e = TAffineExtVector;
+
+  PAffinePtrVector = ^TAffinePtrVector;
+  TAffinePtrVector = array[0..2] of Pointer;
+  TVector3p = TAffinePtrVector;
+
+  // some simplified names
+  PVector = ^TVector;
+  TVector = THomogeneousFltVector;
+
+  PHomogeneousVector = ^THomogeneousVector;
+  THomogeneousVector = THomogeneousFltVector;
+
+  PAffineVector = ^TAffineVector;
+  TAffineVector = TAffineFltVector;
+
+  // arrays of vectors
+  PVectorArray = ^TVectorArray;
+  TVectorArray = array[0..0] of TAffineVector;
+
+  // matrices
+  THomogeneousByteMatrix = array[0..3] of THomogeneousByteVector;
+  TMatrix4b = THomogeneousByteMatrix;
+
+  THomogeneousWordMatrix = array[0..3] of THomogeneousWordVector;
+  TMatrix4w = THomogeneousWordMatrix;
+
+  THomogeneousIntMatrix = array[0..3] of THomogeneousIntVector;
+  TMatrix4i = THomogeneousIntMatrix;
+
+  THomogeneousFltMatrix  = array[0..3] of THomogeneousFltVector;
+  TMatrix4f = THomogeneousFltMatrix;
+
+  THomogeneousDblMatrix = array[0..3] of THomogeneousDblVector;
+  TMatrix4d = THomogeneousDblMatrix;
+
+  THomogeneousExtMatrix = array[0..3] of THomogeneousExtVector;
+  TMatrix4e = THomogeneousExtMatrix;
+
+  TAffineByteMatrix = array[0..2] of TAffineByteVector;
+  TMatrix3b = TAffineByteMatrix;
+
+  TAffineWordMatrix = array[0..2] of TAffineWordVector;
+  TMatrix3w = TAffineWordMatrix;
+
+  TAffineIntMatrix = array[0..2] of TAffineIntVector;
+  TMatrix3i = TAffineIntMatrix;
+
+  TAffineFltMatrix = array[0..2] of TAffineFltVector;
+  TMatrix3f = TAffineFltMatrix;
+
+  TAffineDblMatrix = array[0..2] of TAffineDblVector;
+  TMatrix3d = TAffineDblMatrix;
+
+  TAffineExtMatrix = array[0..2] of TAffineExtVector;
+  TMatrix3e = TAffineExtMatrix;
+
+  // some simplified names
+  PMatrix = ^TMatrix;
+  TMatrix = THomogeneousFltMatrix;
+
+  PHomogeneousMatrix = ^THomogeneousMatrix;
+  THomogeneousMatrix = THomogeneousFltMatrix;
+
+  PAffineMatrix = ^TAffineMatrix;
+  TAffineMatrix = TAffineFltMatrix;
+
+  // q = ([x, y, z], w)
+  TQuaternion = record
+    case Integer of
+      0:
+        (ImagPart: TAffineVector;
+         RealPart: Single);
+      1:
+        (Vector: TVector4f);
+  end;
+
+  TRectangle = record
+    Left,
+    Top,
+    Width,
+    Height: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  TTransType = (ttScaleX, ttScaleY, ttScaleZ,
+                ttShearXY, ttShearXZ, ttShearYZ,
+                ttRotateX, ttRotateY, ttRotateZ,
+                ttTranslateX, ttTranslateY, ttTranslateZ,
+                ttPerspectiveX, ttPerspectiveY, ttPerspectiveZ, ttPerspectiveW);
+
+  // used to describe a sequence of transformations in following order:
+  // [Sx][Sy][Sz][ShearXY][ShearXZ][ShearZY][Rx][Ry][Rz][Tx][Ty][Tz][P(x,y,z,w)]
+  // constants are declared for easier access (see MatrixDecompose below)
+  TTransformations  = array[TTransType] of Single;
+
+
+const
+  // useful constants
+
+  // standard vectors
+  XVector: TAffineVector = (1, 0, 0);
+  YVector: TAffineVector = (0, 1, 0);
+  ZVector: TAffineVector = (0, 0, 1);
+  NullVector: TAffineVector = (0, 0, 0);
+
+  IdentityMatrix: TMatrix = ((1, 0, 0, 0),
+                             (0, 1, 0, 0),
+                             (0, 0, 1, 0),
+                             (0, 0, 0, 1));
+  EmptyMatrix: TMatrix = ((0, 0, 0, 0),
+                          (0, 0, 0, 0),
+                          (0, 0, 0, 0),
+                          (0, 0, 0, 0));
+  // some very small numbers
+  EPSILON  = 1e-100;
+  EPSILON2 = 1e-50;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// vector functions
+function  VectorAdd(V1, V2: TVector): TVector;
+function  VectorAffineAdd(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorAffineCombine(V1, V2: TAffineVector; F1, F2: Single): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorAffineDotProduct(V1, V2: TAffineVector): Single;
+function  VectorAffineLerp(V1, V2: TAffineVector; t: Single): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorAffineSubtract(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorAngle(V1, V2: TAffineVector): Single;
+function  VectorCombine(V1, V2: TVector; F1, F2: Single): TVector;
+function  VectorCrossProduct(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorDotProduct(V1, V2: TVector): Single;
+function  VectorLength(V: array of Single): Single;
+function  VectorLerp(V1, V2: TVector; t: Single): TVector;
+procedure VectorNegate(V: array of Single);
+function  VectorNorm(V: array of Single): Single;
+function  VectorNormalize(V: array of Single): Single;
+function  VectorPerpendicular(V, N: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorReflect(V, N: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+procedure VectorRotate(var Vector: TVector4f; Axis: TVector3f; Angle: Single);
+procedure VectorScale(V: array of Single; Factor: Single);
+function  VectorSubtract(V1, V2: TVector): TVector;
+
+// matrix functions
+function  CreateRotationMatrixX(Sine, Cosine: Single): TMatrix;
+function  CreateRotationMatrixY(Sine, Cosine: Single): TMatrix;
+function  CreateRotationMatrixZ(Sine, Cosine: Single): TMatrix;
+function  CreateScaleMatrix(V: TAffineVector): TMatrix;
+function  CreateTranslationMatrix(V: TVector): TMatrix;
+procedure MatrixAdjoint(var M: TMatrix);
+function  MatrixAffineDeterminant(M: TAffineMatrix): Single;
+procedure MatrixAffineTranspose(var M: TAffineMatrix);
+function  MatrixDeterminant(M: TMatrix): Single;
+procedure MatrixInvert(var M: TMatrix);
+function  MatrixMultiply(M1, M2: TMatrix): TMatrix;
+procedure MatrixScale(var M: TMatrix; Factor: Single);
+procedure MatrixTranspose(var M: TMatrix);
+
+// quaternion functions
+function  QuaternionConjugate(Q: TQuaternion): TQuaternion;
+function  QuaternionFromPoints(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TQuaternion;
+function  QuaternionMultiply(qL, qR: TQuaternion): TQuaternion;
+function  QuaternionSlerp(QStart, QEnd: TQuaternion; Spin: Integer; t: Single): TQuaternion;
+function  QuaternionToMatrix(Q: TQuaternion): TMatrix;
+procedure QuaternionToPoints(Q: TQuaternion; var ArcFrom, ArcTo: TAffineVector);
+
+// mixed functions
+function  ConvertRotation(Angles: TAffineVector): TVector;
+function  CreateRotationMatrix(Axis: TVector3f; Angle: Single): TMatrix;
+function  MatrixDecompose(M: TMatrix; var Tran: TTransformations): Boolean;
+function  VectorAffineTransform(V: TAffineVector; M: TAffineMatrix): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorTransform(V: TVector4f; M: TMatrix): TVector4f; overload;
+function  VectorTransform(V: TVector3f; M: TMatrix): TVector3f; overload;
+
+// miscellaneous functions
+function  MakeAffineDblVector(V: array of Double): TAffineDblVector;
+function  MakeDblVector(V: array of Double): THomogeneousDblVector;
+function  MakeAffineVector(V: array of Single): TAffineVector;
+function  MakeQuaternion(Imag: array of Single; Real: Single): TQuaternion;
+function  MakeVector(V: array of Single): TVector;
+function  PointInPolygon(xp, yp : array of Single; x, y: Single): Boolean;
+function  VectorAffineDblToFlt(V: TAffineDblVector): TAffineVector;
+function  VectorDblToFlt(V: THomogeneousDblVector): THomogeneousVector;
+function  VectorAffineFltToDbl(V: TAffineVector): TAffineDblVector;
+function  VectorFltToDbl(V: TVector): THomogeneousDblVector;
+
+// trigonometric functions
+function  ArcCos(X: Extended): Extended;
+function  ArcSin(X: Extended): Extended;
+function  ArcTan2(Y, X: Extended): Extended;
+function  CoTan(X: Extended): Extended;
+function  DegToRad(Degrees: Extended): Extended;
+function  RadToDeg(Radians: Extended): Extended;
+procedure SinCos(Theta: Extended; var Sin, Cos: Extended);
+function  Tan(X: Extended): Extended;
+
+// coordinate system manipulation functions
+function Turn(Matrix: TMatrix; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+function Turn(Matrix: TMatrix; MasterUp: TAffineVector; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+function Pitch(Matrix: TMatrix; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+function Pitch(Matrix: TMatrix; MasterRight: TAffineVector; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+function Roll(Matrix: TMatrix; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+function Roll(Matrix: TMatrix; MasterDirection: TAffineVector; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+implementation
+
+const
+  // FPU status flags (high order byte)
+  C0 = 1;
+  C1 = 2;
+  C2 = 4;
+  C3 = $40;
+
+  // to be used as descriptive indices
+  X = 0;
+  Y = 1;
+  Z = 2;
+  W = 3;
+
+//----------------- trigonometric helper functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function DegToRad(Degrees: Extended): Extended;
+
+begin
+  Result := Degrees * (PI / 180);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function RadToDeg(Radians: Extended): Extended;
+
+begin
+  Result := Radians * (180 / PI);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure SinCos(Theta: Extended; var Sin, Cos: Extended); assembler; register;
+
+// calculates sine and cosine from the given angle Theta
+// EAX contains address of Sin
+// EDX contains address of Cos
+// Theta is passed over the stack
+
+asm
+              FLD  Theta
+              FSINCOS
+              FSTP TBYTE PTR [EDX]    // cosine
+              FSTP TBYTE PTR [EAX]    // sine
+              FWAIT
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function ArcCos(X: Extended): Extended;
+
+begin
+  Result := ArcTan2(Sqrt(1 - X * X), X);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function ArcSin(X: Extended): Extended;
+
+begin
+  Result := ArcTan2(X, Sqrt(1 - X * X))
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function ArcTan2(Y, X: Extended): Extended;
+
+asm
+              FLD  Y
+              FLD  X
+              FPATAN
+              FWAIT
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Tan(X: Extended): Extended;
+
+asm
+              FLD  X
+              FPTAN
+              FSTP ST(0)      // FPTAN pushes 1.0 after result
+              FWAIT
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CoTan(X: Extended): Extended;
+
+asm
+              FLD  X
+              FPTAN
+              FDIVRP
+              FWAIT
+end;
+
+//----------------- miscellaneous vector functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MakeAffineDblVector(V: array of Double): TAffineDblVector; assembler;
+
+// creates a vector from given values
+// EAX contains address of V
+// ECX contains address to result vector
+// EDX contains highest index of V
+
+asm
+              PUSH EDI
+              PUSH ESI
+              MOV EDI, ECX
+              MOV ESI, EAX
+              MOV ECX, EDX
+              ADD ECX, 2
+              REP MOVSD
+              POP ESI
+              POP EDI
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MakeDblVector(V: array of Double): THomogeneousDblVector; assembler;
+
+// creates a vector from given values
+// EAX contains address of V
+// ECX contains address to result vector
+// EDX contains highest index of V
+
+asm
+              PUSH EDI
+              PUSH ESI
+              MOV EDI, ECX
+              MOV ESI, EAX
+              MOV ECX, EDX
+              ADD ECX, 2
+              REP MOVSD
+              POP ESI
+              POP EDI
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MakeAffineVector(V: array of Single): TAffineVector; assembler;
+
+// creates a vector from given values
+// EAX contains address of V
+// ECX contains address to result vector
+// EDX contains highest index of V
+
+asm
+              PUSH EDI
+              PUSH ESI
+              MOV EDI, ECX
+              MOV ESI, EAX
+              MOV ECX, EDX
+              INC ECX
+              CMP ECX, 3
+              JB  @@1
+              MOV ECX, 3
+@@1:          REP MOVSD                     // copy given values
+              MOV ECX, 2
+              SUB ECX, EDX                   // determine missing entries
+              JS  @@Finish
+              XOR EAX, EAX
+              REP STOSD                     // set remaining fields to 0
+@@Finish:     POP ESI
+              POP EDI
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MakeQuaternion(Imag: array of Single; Real: Single): TQuaternion; assembler;
+
+// creates a quaternion from the given values
+// EAX contains address of Imag
+// ECX contains address to result vector
+// EDX contains highest index of Imag
+// Real part is passed on the stack
+
+asm
+              PUSH EDI
+              PUSH ESI
+              MOV EDI, ECX
+              MOV ESI, EAX
+              MOV ECX, EDX
+              INC ECX
+              REP MOVSD
+              MOV EAX, [Real]
+              MOV [EDI], EAX
+              POP ESI
+              POP EDI
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MakeVector(V: array of Single): TVector; assembler;
+
+// creates a vector from given values
+// EAX contains address of V
+// ECX contains address to result vector
+// EDX contains highest index of V
+
+asm
+              PUSH EDI
+              PUSH ESI
+              MOV EDI, ECX
+              MOV ESI, EAX
+              MOV ECX, EDX
+              INC ECX
+              CMP ECX, 4
+              JB  @@1
+              MOV ECX, 4
+@@1:          REP MOVSD                     // copy given values
+              MOV ECX, 3
+              SUB ECX, EDX                   // determine missing entries
+              JS  @@Finish
+              XOR EAX, EAX
+              REP STOSD                     // set remaining fields to 0
+@@Finish:     POP ESI
+              POP EDI
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorLength(V: array of Single): Single; assembler;
+
+// calculates the length of a vector following the equation: sqrt(x * x + y * y + ...)
+// Note: The parameter of this function is declared as open array. Thus
+// there's no restriction about the number of the components of the vector.
+//
+// EAX contains address of V
+// EDX contains the highest index of V
+// the result is returned in ST(0)
+
+asm
+              FLDZ                           // initialize sum
+@@Loop:       FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX  +  4 * EDX] // load a component
+              FMUL ST, ST
+              FADDP
+              SUB  EDX, 1
+              JNL  @@Loop
+              FSQRT
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAngle(V1, V2: TAffineVector): Single; assembler;
+
+// calculates the cosine of the angle between Vector1 and Vector2
+// Result = DotProduct(V1, V2) / (Length(V1) * Length(V2))
+//
+// EAX contains address of Vector1
+// EDX contains address of Vector2
+
+asm
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX]           // V1[0]
+              FLD ST                        // double V1[0]
+              FMUL ST, ST                   // V1[0]^2 (prep. for divisor)
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EDX]           // V2[0]
+              FMUL ST(2), ST                // ST(2) := V1[0] * V2[0]
+              FMUL ST, ST                   // V2[0]^2 (prep. for divisor)
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4]       // V1[1]
+              FLD ST                        // double V1[1]
+              FMUL ST, ST                   // ST(0) := V1[1]^2
+              FADDP ST(3), ST               // ST(2) := V1[0]^2 + V1[1] *  * 2
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]       // V2[1]
+              FMUL ST(1), ST                // ST(1) := V1[1] * V2[1]
+              FMUL ST, ST                   // ST(0) := V2[1]^2
+              FADDP ST(2), ST               // ST(1) := V2[0]^2 + V2[1]^2
+              FADDP ST(3), ST               // ST(2) := V1[0] * V2[0] + V1[1] * V2[1]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]       // load V2[1]
+              FLD ST                        // same calcs go here
+              FMUL ST, ST                   // (compare above)
+              FADDP ST(3), ST
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+              FMUL ST(1), ST
+              FMUL ST, ST
+              FADDP ST(2), ST
+              FADDP ST(3), ST
+              FMULP                         // ST(0) := (V1[0]^2 + V1[1]^2 + V1[2]) *
+                                            //          (V2[0]^2 + V2[1]^2 + V2[2])
+              FSQRT                         // sqrt(ST(0))
+              FDIVP                         // ST(0) := Result := ST(1) / ST(0)
+  // the result is expected in ST(0), if it's invalid, an error is raised
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorNorm(V: array of Single): Single; assembler; register;
+
+// calculates norm of a vector which is defined as norm = x * x + y * y + ...
+// EAX contains address of V
+// EDX contains highest index in V
+// result is passed in ST(0)
+
+asm
+              FLDZ                           // initialize sum
+@@Loop:       FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX + 4 * EDX] // load a component
+              FMUL ST, ST                    // make square
+              FADDP                          // add previous calculated sum
+              SUB  EDX, 1
+              JNL  @@Loop
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorNormalize(V: array of Single): Single; assembler; register;
+
+// transforms a vector to unit length and return length
+// EAX contains address of V
+// EDX contains the highest index in V
+// return former length of V in ST
+
+asm
+              PUSH EBX
+              MOV ECX, EDX                  // save size of V
+              CALL VectorLength             // calculate length of vector
+              FTST                          // test if length = 0
+              MOV EBX, EAX                  // save parameter address
+              FSTSW AX                      // get test result
+              TEST AH, C3                   // check the test result
+              JNZ @@Finish
+              SUB EBX, 4                    // simplyfied address calculation
+              INC ECX
+              FLD1                          // calculate reciprocal of length
+              FDIV ST, ST(1)
+@@1:          FLD ST                        // double reciprocal
+              FMUL DWORD PTR [EBX + 4 * ECX] // scale component
+              WAIT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EBX + 4 * ECX] // store result
+              LOOP @@1
+              FSTP ST                       // remove reciprocal from FPU stack
+@@Finish:     POP EBX
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineSubtract(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TAffineVector; assembler; register;
+
+// returns v1 minus v2
+// EAX contains address of V1
+// EDX contains address of V2
+// ECX contains address of the result
+
+asm
+  {Result[X] := V1[X]-V2[X];
+  Result[Y] := V1[Y]-V2[Y];
+  Result[Z] := V1[Z]-V2[Z];}
+
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EAX]
+                   FSUB DWORD PTR [EDX]
+                   FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX]
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4]
+                   FSUB DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+                   FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX + 4]
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+                   FSUB DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+                   FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX + 8]
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorReflect(V, N: TAffineVector): TAffineVector; assembler; register;
+
+// reflects vector V against N (assumes N is normalized)
+// EAX contains address of V
+// EDX contains address of N
+// ECX contains address of the result
+
+//var Dot : Single;
+
+asm
+   {Dot := VectorAffineDotProduct(V, N);
+   Result[X] := V[X]-2 * Dot * N[X];
+   Result[Y] := V[Y]-2 * Dot * N[Y];
+   Result[Z] := V[Z]-2 * Dot * N[Z];}
+
+                   CALL VectorAffineDotProduct   // dot is now in ST(0)
+                   FCHS                          // -dot
+                   FADD ST, ST                   // -dot * 2
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EDX]           // ST := N[X]
+                   FMUL ST, ST(1)                // ST := -2 * dot * N[X]
+                   FADD DWORD PTR[EAX]           // ST := V[X] - 2 * dot * N[X]
+                   FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX]          // store result
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]       // etc.
+                   FMUL ST, ST(1)
+                   FADD DWORD PTR[EAX + 4]
+                   FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX + 4]
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+                   FMUL ST, ST(1)
+                   FADD DWORD PTR[EAX + 8]
+                   FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX + 8]
+                   FSTP ST                       // clean FPU stack
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure VectorRotate(var Vector: TVector4f; Axis: TVector3f; Angle: Single);
+
+// rotates Vector about Axis with Angle radiants
+
+var RotMatrix : TMatrix4f;
+
+begin
+  RotMatrix := CreateRotationMatrix(Axis, Angle);
+  Vector := VectorTransform(Vector, RotMatrix);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure VectorScale(V: array of Single; Factor: Single); assembler; register;
+
+// returns a vector scaled by a factor
+// EAX contains address of V
+// EDX contains highest index in V
+// Factor is located on the stack
+
+asm
+  {for I := Low(V) to High(V) do V[I] := V[I] * Factor;}
+
+              FLD DWORD PTR [Factor]        // load factor
+@@Loop:       FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4 * EDX] // load a component
+              FMUL ST, ST(1)                // multiply it with the factor
+              WAIT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EAX + 4 * EDX] // store the result
+              DEC EDX                       // do the entire array
+              JNS @@Loop
+              FSTP ST(0)                    // clean the FPU stack
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure VectorNegate(V: array of Single); assembler; register;
+
+// returns a negated vector
+// EAX contains address of V
+// EDX contains highest index in V
+
+asm
+  {V[X] := -V[X];
+  V[Y] := -V[Y];
+  V[Z] := -V[Z];}
+
+@@Loop:       FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4 * EDX]
+              FCHS
+              WAIT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EAX + 4 * EDX]
+              DEC EDX
+              JNS @@Loop
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAdd(V1, V2: TVector): TVector; register;
+
+// returns the sum of two vectors
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := V1[X] + V2[X];
+  Result[Y] := V1[Y] + V2[Y];
+  Result[Z] := V1[Z] + V2[Z];
+  Result[W] := V1[W] + V2[W];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineAdd(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TAffineVector; register;
+
+// returns the sum of two vectors
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := V1[X] + V2[X];
+  Result[Y] := V1[Y] + V2[Y];
+  Result[Z] := V1[Z] + V2[Z];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorSubtract(V1, V2: TVector): TVector; register;
+
+// returns the difference of two vectors
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := V1[X] - V2[X];
+  Result[Y] := V1[Y] - V2[Y];
+  Result[Z] := V1[Z] - V2[Z];
+  Result[W] := V1[W] - V2[W];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorDotProduct(V1, V2: TVector): Single; register;
+
+begin
+  Result := V1[X] * V2[X] + V1[Y] * V2[Y] + V1[Z] * V2[Z] + V1[W] * V2[W];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineDotProduct(V1, V2: TAffineVector): Single; assembler; register;
+
+// calculates the dot product between V1 and V2
+// EAX contains address of V1
+// EDX contains address of V2
+// result is stored in ST(0)
+
+asm
+  //Result := V1[X] * V2[X] + V1[Y] * V2[Y] + V1[Z] * V2[Z];
+
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EAX]
+                   FMUL DWORD PTR [EDX]
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4]
+                   FMUL DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+                   FADDP
+                   FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+                   FMUL DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+                   FADDP
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorCrossProduct(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+
+// calculates the cross product between vector 1 and 2, Temp is necessary because
+// either V1 or V2 could also be the result vector
+//
+// EAX contains address of V1
+// EDX contains address of V2
+// ECX contains address of result
+
+var Temp: TAffineVector;
+
+asm
+  {Temp[X] := V1[Y] * V2[Z]-V1[Z] * V2[Y];
+  Temp[Y] := V1[Z] * V2[X]-V1[X] * V2[Z];
+  Temp[Z] := V1[X] * V2[Y]-V1[Y] * V2[X];
+  Result := Temp;}
+
+              PUSH EBX                      // save EBX, must be restored to original value
+              LEA EBX, [Temp]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]       // first load both vectors onto FPU register stack
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EDX + 0]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 0]
+
+              FLD ST(1)                     // ST(0) := V1[Y]
+              FMUL ST, ST(6)                // ST(0) := V1[Y] * V2[Z]
+              FLD ST(3)                     // ST(0) := V1[Z]
+              FMUL ST, ST(6)                // ST(0) := V1[Z] * V2[Y]
+              FSUBP ST(1), ST               // ST(0) := ST(1)-ST(0)
+              FSTP DWORD [EBX]              // Temp[X] := ST(0)
+              FLD ST(2)                     // ST(0) := V1[Z]
+              FMUL ST, ST(4)                // ST(0) := V1[Z] * V2[X]
+              FLD ST(1)                     // ST(0) := V1[X]
+              FMUL ST, ST(7)                // ST(0) := V1[X] * V2[Z]
+              FSUBP ST(1), ST               // ST(0) := ST(1)-ST(0)
+              FSTP DWORD [EBX + 4]          // Temp[Y] := ST(0)
+              FLD ST                        // ST(0) := V1[X]
+              FMUL ST, ST(5)                // ST(0) := V1[X] * V2[Y]
+              FLD ST(2)                     // ST(0) := V1[Y]
+              FMUL ST, ST(5)                // ST(0) := V1[Y] * V2[X]
+              FSUBP ST(1), ST               // ST(0) := ST(1)-ST(0)
+              FSTP DWORD [EBX + 8]          // Temp[Z] := ST(0)
+              FSTP ST(0)                    // clear FPU register stack
+              FSTP ST(0)
+              FSTP ST(0)
+              FSTP ST(0)
+              FSTP ST(0)
+              FSTP ST(0)
+              MOV EAX, [EBX]                // copy Temp to Result
+              MOV [ECX], EAX
+              MOV EAX, [EBX + 4]
+              MOV [ECX + 4], EAX
+              MOV EAX, [EBX + 8]
+              MOV [ECX + 8], EAX
+              POP EBX
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorPerpendicular(V, N: TAffineVector): TAffineVector;
+
+// calculates a vector perpendicular to N (N is assumed to be of unit length)
+// subtract out any component parallel to N
+
+var Dot: Single;
+
+begin
+   Dot := VectorAffineDotProduct(V, N);
+   Result[X] := V[X]-Dot * N[X];
+   Result[Y] := V[Y]-Dot * N[Y];
+   Result[Z] := V[Z]-Dot * N[Z];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorTransform(V: TVector4f; M: TMatrix): TVector4f; register;
+
+// transforms a homogeneous vector by multiplying it with a matrix
+
+var TV: TVector4f;
+
+begin
+  TV[X] := V[X] * M[X, X] + V[Y] * M[Y, X] + V[Z] * M[Z, X] + V[W] * M[W, X];
+  TV[Y] := V[X] * M[X, Y] + V[Y] * M[Y, Y] + V[Z] * M[Z, Y] + V[W] * M[W, Y];
+  TV[Z] := V[X] * M[X, Z] + V[Y] * M[Y, Z] + V[Z] * M[Z, Z] + V[W] * M[W, Z];
+  TV[W] := V[X] * M[X, W] + V[Y] * M[Y, W] + V[Z] * M[Z, W] + V[W] * M[W, W];
+  Result := TV
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function  VectorTransform(V: TVector3f; M: TMatrix): TVector3f;
+
+// transforms an affine vector by multiplying it with a (homogeneous) matrix
+
+var TV: TVector3f;
+
+begin
+  TV[X] := V[X] * M[X, X] + V[Y] * M[Y, X] + V[Z] * M[Z, X] + M[W, X];
+  TV[Y] := V[X] * M[X, Y] + V[Y] * M[Y, Y] + V[Z] * M[Z, Y] + M[W, Y];
+  TV[Z] := V[X] * M[X, Z] + V[Y] * M[Y, Z] + V[Z] * M[Z, Z] + M[W, Z];
+  Result := TV;
+end;
+
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineTransform(V: TAffineVector; M: TAffineMatrix): TAffineVector; register;
+
+// transforms an affine vector by multiplying it with a matrix
+
+var TV: TAffineVector;
+
+begin
+  TV[X] := V[X] * M[X, X] + V[Y] * M[Y, X] + V[Z] * M[Z, X];
+  TV[Y] := V[X] * M[X, Y] + V[Y] * M[Y, Y] + V[Z] * M[Z, Y];
+  TV[Z] := V[X] * M[X, Z] + V[Y] * M[Y, Z] + V[Z] * M[Z, Z];
+  Result := TV;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function PointInPolygon(xp, yp : array of Single; x, y: Single): Boolean;
+
+// The code below is from Wm. Randolph Franklin <wrf@ecse.rpi.edu>
+// with some minor modifications for speed.  It returns 1 for strictly
+// interior points, 0 for strictly exterior, and 0 or 1 for points on
+// the boundary.
+// This code is not yet tested!
+
+var I, J: Integer;
+
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if High(XP) <> High(YP) then Exit;
+  J := High(XP);
+  for I := 0 to High(XP) do
+  begin
+    if ((((yp[I] <= y) and (y < yp[J])) or ((yp[J] <= y) and (y < yp[I]))) and
+        (x < (xp[J] - xp[I]) * (y - yp[I]) / (yp[J] - yp[I]) + xp[I]))
+    then Result := not Result;
+    J := I + 1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function QuaternionConjugate(Q: TQuaternion): TQuaternion; assembler;
+
+// returns the conjugate of a quaternion
+// EAX contains address of Q
+// EDX contains address of result
+
+asm
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX]
+              FCHS
+              WAIT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 4]
+              FCHS
+              WAIT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+              FLD DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+              FCHS
+              WAIT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+              MOV EAX, [EAX + 12]
+              MOV [EDX + 12], EAX
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function QuaternionFromPoints(V1, V2: TAffineVector): TQuaternion; assembler;
+
+// constructs a unit quaternion from two points on unit sphere
+// EAX contains address of V1
+// ECX contains address to result
+// EDX contains address of V2
+
+asm
+  {Result.ImagPart := VectorCrossProduct(V1, V2);
+   Result.RealPart :=  Sqrt((VectorAffineDotProduct(V1, V2) + 1)/2);}
+
+              PUSH EAX
+              CALL VectorCrossProduct       // determine axis to rotate about
+              POP EAX
+              FLD1                          // prepare next calculation
+              Call VectorAffineDotProduct   // calculate cos(angle between V1 and V2)
+              FADD ST, ST(1)                // transform angle to angle/2 by: cos(a/2)=sqrt((1 + cos(a))/2)
+              FXCH ST(1)
+              FADD ST, ST
+              FDIVP ST(1), ST
+              FSQRT
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [ECX + 12]     // Result.RealPart := ST(0)
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function QuaternionMultiply(qL, qR: TQuaternion): TQuaternion;
+
+// Returns quaternion product qL * qR.  Note: order is important!
+// To combine rotations, use the product QuaternionMuliply(qSecond, qFirst),
+// which gives the effect of rotating by qFirst then qSecond.
+
+var Temp : TQuaternion;
+
+begin
+  Temp.RealPart := qL.RealPart * qR.RealPart - qL.ImagPart[X] * qR.ImagPart[X] -
+                   qL.ImagPart[Y] * qR.ImagPart[Y] - qL.ImagPart[Z] * qR.ImagPart[Z];
+  Temp.ImagPart[X] := qL.RealPart * qR.ImagPart[X] + qL.ImagPart[X] * qR.RealPart +
+                      qL.ImagPart[Y] * qR.ImagPart[Z] - qL.ImagPart[Z] * qR.ImagPart[Y];
+  Temp.ImagPart[Y] := qL.RealPart * qR.ImagPart[Y] + qL.ImagPart[Y] * qR.RealPart +
+                      qL.ImagPart[Z] * qR.ImagPart[X] - qL.ImagPart[X] * qR.ImagPart[Z];
+  Temp.ImagPart[Z] := qL.RealPart * qR.ImagPart[Z] + qL.ImagPart[Z] * qR.RealPart +
+                      qL.ImagPart[X] * qR.ImagPart[Y] - qL.ImagPart[Y] * qR.ImagPart[X];
+  Result := Temp;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function QuaternionToMatrix(Q: TQuaternion): TMatrix;
+
+// Constructs rotation matrix from (possibly non-unit) quaternion.
+// Assumes matrix is used to multiply column vector on the left:
+// vnew = mat vold.  Works correctly for right-handed coordinate system
+// and right-handed rotations.
+
+// Essentially, this function is the same as CreateRotationMatrix and you can consider it as
+// being for reference here.
+
+{var Norm, S,
+    XS, YS, ZS,
+    WX, WY, WZ,
+    XX, XY, XZ,
+    YY, YZ, ZZ   : Single;
+
+begin
+  Norm := Q.Vector[X] * Q.Vector[X] + Q.Vector[Y] * Q.Vector[Y] + Q.Vector[Z] * Q.Vector[Z] + Q.RealPart * Q.RealPart;
+  if Norm > 0 then S := 2 / Norm
+              else S := 0;
+
+  XS := Q.Vector[X] * S;   YS := Q.Vector[Y] * S;   ZS := Q.Vector[Z] * S;
+  WX := Q.RealPart * XS;   WY := Q.RealPart * YS;   WZ := Q.RealPart * ZS;
+  XX := Q.Vector[X] * XS;  XY := Q.Vector[X] * YS;  XZ := Q.Vector[X] * ZS;
+  YY := Q.Vector[Y] * YS;  YZ := Q.Vector[Y] * ZS;  ZZ := Q.Vector[Z] * ZS;
+
+  Result[X, X] := 1 - (YY + ZZ); Result[Y, X] := XY + WZ;       Result[Z, X] := XZ - WY;       Result[W, X] := 0;
+  Result[X, Y] := XY - WZ;       Result[Y, Y] := 1 - (XX + ZZ); Result[Z, Y] := YZ + WX;       Result[W, Y] := 0;
+  Result[X, Z] := XZ + WY;       Result[Y, Z] := YZ - WX;       Result[Z, Z] := 1 - (XX + YY); Result[W, Z] := 0;
+  Result[X, W] := 0;             Result[Y, W] := 0;             Result[Z, W] := 0;             Result[W, W] := 1;}
+
+var
+  V: TAffineVector;
+  SinA, CosA,
+  A, B, C: Extended;
+
+begin
+  V := Q.ImagPart;
+  VectorNormalize(V);
+  SinCos(Q.RealPart / 2, SinA, CosA);
+  A := V[X] * SinA;
+  B := V[Y] * SinA;
+  C := V[Z] * SinA;
+
+  Result := IdentityMatrix;
+  Result[X, X] := 1 - 2 * B * B - 2 * C * C;
+  Result[X, Y] := 2 * A * B - 2 * CosA * C;
+  Result[X, Z] := 2 * A * C + 2 * CosA * B;
+
+  Result[Y, X] := 2 * A * B + 2 * CosA * C;
+  Result[Y, Y] := 1 - 2 * A * A - 2 * C * C;
+  Result[Y, Z] := 2 * B * C - 2 * CosA * A;
+
+  Result[Z, X] := 2 * A * C - 2 * CosA * B;
+  Result[Z, Y] := 2 * B * C + 2 * CosA * A;
+  Result[Z, Z] := 1 - 2 * A * A - 2 * B * B;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure QuaternionToPoints(Q: TQuaternion; var ArcFrom, ArcTo: TAffineVector); register;
+
+// converts a unit quaternion into two points on a unit sphere
+
+var S: Single;
+
+begin
+  S := Sqrt(Q.ImagPart[X] * Q.ImagPart[X] + Q.ImagPart[Y] * Q.ImagPart[Y]);
+  if S = 0 then ArcFrom := MakeAffineVector([0, 1, 0])
+           else ArcFrom := MakeAffineVector([-Q.ImagPart[Y] / S, Q.ImagPart[X] / S, 0]);
+  ArcTo[X] := Q.RealPart * ArcFrom[X] - Q.ImagPart[Z] * ArcFrom[Y];
+  ArcTo[Y] := Q.RealPart * ArcFrom[Y] + Q.ImagPart[Z] * ArcFrom[X];
+  ArcTo[Z] := Q.ImagPart[X] * ArcFrom[Y] - Q.ImagPart[Y] * ArcFrom[X];
+  if Q.RealPart < 0 then ArcFrom := MakeAffineVector([-ArcFrom[X], -ArcFrom[Y], 0]);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MatrixAffineDeterminant(M: TAffineMatrix): Single; register;
+
+// determinant of a 3x3 matrix
+
+begin
+  Result := M[X, X] * (M[Y, Y] * M[Z, Z] - M[Z, Y] * M[Y, Z]) -
+            M[X, Y] * (M[Y, X] * M[Z, Z] - M[Z, X] * M[Y, Z]) +
+            M[X, Z] * (M[Y, X] * M[Z, Y] - M[Z, X] * M[Y, Y]);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3, c1, c2, c3: Single): Single;
+
+// internal version for the determinant of a 3x3 matrix
+
+begin
+  Result := a1 * (b2 * c3 - b3 * c2) -
+            b1 * (a2 * c3 - a3 * c2) +
+            c1 * (a2 * b3 - a3 * b2);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure MatrixAdjoint(var M: TMatrix); register;
+
+// Adjoint of a 4x4 matrix - used in the computation of the inverse
+// of a 4x4 matrix
+
+var a1, a2, a3, a4,
+    b1, b2, b3, b4,
+    c1, c2, c3, c4,
+    d1, d2, d3, d4: Single;
+
+
+begin
+    a1 :=  M[X, X]; b1 :=  M[X, Y];
+    c1 :=  M[X, Z]; d1 :=  M[X, W];
+    a2 :=  M[Y, X]; b2 :=  M[Y, Y];
+    c2 :=  M[Y, Z]; d2 :=  M[Y, W];
+    a3 :=  M[Z, X]; b3 :=  M[Z, Y];
+    c3 :=  M[Z, Z]; d3 :=  M[Z, W];
+    a4 :=  M[W, X]; b4 :=  M[W, Y];
+    c4 :=  M[W, Z]; d4 :=  M[W, W];
+
+    // row column labeling reversed since we transpose rows & columns
+    M[X, X] :=  MatrixDetInternal(b2, b3, b4, c2, c3, c4, d2, d3, d4);
+    M[Y, X] := -MatrixDetInternal(a2, a3, a4, c2, c3, c4, d2, d3, d4);
+    M[Z, X] :=  MatrixDetInternal(a2, a3, a4, b2, b3, b4, d2, d3, d4);
+    M[W, X] := -MatrixDetInternal(a2, a3, a4, b2, b3, b4, c2, c3, c4);
+
+    M[X, Y] := -MatrixDetInternal(b1, b3, b4, c1, c3, c4, d1, d3, d4);
+    M[Y, Y] :=  MatrixDetInternal(a1, a3, a4, c1, c3, c4, d1, d3, d4);
+    M[Z, Y] := -MatrixDetInternal(a1, a3, a4, b1, b3, b4, d1, d3, d4);
+    M[W, Y] :=  MatrixDetInternal(a1, a3, a4, b1, b3, b4, c1, c3, c4);
+
+    M[X, Z] :=  MatrixDetInternal(b1, b2, b4, c1, c2, c4, d1, d2, d4);
+    M[Y, Z] := -MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a4, c1, c2, c4, d1, d2, d4);
+    M[Z, Z] :=  MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a4, b1, b2, b4, d1, d2, d4);
+    M[W, Z] := -MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a4, b1, b2, b4, c1, c2, c4);
+
+    M[X, W] := -MatrixDetInternal(b1, b2, b3, c1, c2, c3, d1, d2, d3);
+    M[Y, W] :=  MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a3, c1, c2, c3, d1, d2, d3);
+    M[Z, W] := -MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3, d1, d2, d3);
+    M[W, W] :=  MatrixDetInternal(a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3, c1, c2, c3);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MatrixDeterminant(M: TMatrix): Single; register;
+
+// Determinant of a 4x4 matrix
+
+var a1, a2, a3, a4,
+    b1, b2, b3, b4,
+    c1, c2, c3, c4,
+    d1, d2, d3, d4  : Single;
+
+begin
+  a1 := M[X, X];  b1 := M[X, Y];  c1 := M[X, Z];  d1 := M[X, W];
+  a2 := M[Y, X];  b2 := M[Y, Y];  c2 := M[Y, Z];  d2 := M[Y, W];
+  a3 := M[Z, X];  b3 := M[Z, Y];  c3 := M[Z, Z];  d3 := M[Z, W];
+  a4 := M[W, X];  b4 := M[W, Y];  c4 := M[W, Z];  d4 := M[W, W];
+
+  Result := a1 * MatrixDetInternal(b2, b3, b4, c2, c3, c4, d2, d3, d4) -
+            b1 * MatrixDetInternal(a2, a3, a4, c2, c3, c4, d2, d3, d4) +
+            c1 * MatrixDetInternal(a2, a3, a4, b2, b3, b4, d2, d3, d4) -
+            d1 * MatrixDetInternal(a2, a3, a4, b2, b3, b4, c2, c3, c4);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure MatrixScale(var M: TMatrix; Factor: Single); register;
+
+// multiplies all elements of a 4x4 matrix with a factor
+
+var I, J: Integer;
+
+begin
+  for I := 0 to 3 do
+    for J := 0 to 3 do M[I, J] := M[I, J] * Factor;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure MatrixInvert(var M: TMatrix); register;
+
+// finds the inverse of a 4x4 matrix
+
+var Det: Single;
+
+begin
+  Det := MatrixDeterminant(M);
+  if Abs(Det) < EPSILON then M := IdentityMatrix
+                        else
+  begin
+    MatrixAdjoint(M);
+    MatrixScale(M, 1 / Det);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure MatrixTranspose(var M: TMatrix); register;
+
+// computes transpose of 4x4 matrix
+
+var I, J: Integer;
+    TM: TMatrix;
+
+begin
+  for I := 0 to 3 do
+    for J := 0 to 3 do TM[J, I] := M[I, J];
+  M := TM;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure MatrixAffineTranspose(var M: TAffineMatrix); register;
+
+// computes transpose of 3x3 matrix
+
+var I, J: Integer;
+    TM: TAffineMatrix;
+
+begin
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+    for J := 0 to 2 do TM[J, I] := M[I, J];
+  M := TM;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MatrixMultiply(M1, M2: TMatrix): TMatrix; register;
+
+// multiplies two 4x4 matrices
+
+var I, J: Integer;
+    TM: TMatrix;
+
+begin
+  for I := 0 to 3 do
+    for J := 0 to 3 do
+      TM[I, J] := M1[I, X] * M2[X, J] +
+                  M1[I, Y] * M2[Y, J] +
+                  M1[I, Z] * M2[Z, J] +
+                  M1[I, W] * M2[W, J];
+  Result := TM;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CreateRotationMatrix(Axis: TVector3f; Angle: Single): TMatrix; register;
+
+// Creates a rotation matrix along the given Axis by the given Angle in radians.
+
+var cosine,
+    sine,
+    Len,
+    one_minus_cosine: Extended;
+
+begin
+  SinCos(Angle, Sine, Cosine);
+  one_minus_cosine := 1 - cosine;
+  Len := VectorNormalize(Axis);
+
+  if Len = 0 then Result := IdentityMatrix
+             else
+  begin
+    Result[X, X] := (one_minus_cosine * Sqr(Axis[0])) + Cosine;
+    Result[X, Y] := (one_minus_cosine * Axis[0] * Axis[1]) - (Axis[2] * Sine);
+    Result[X, Z] := (one_minus_cosine * Axis[2] * Axis[0]) + (Axis[1] * Sine);
+    Result[X, W] := 0;
+
+    Result[Y, X] := (one_minus_cosine * Axis[0] * Axis[1]) + (Axis[2] * Sine);
+    Result[Y, Y] := (one_minus_cosine * Sqr(Axis[1])) + Cosine;
+    Result[Y, Z] := (one_minus_cosine * Axis[1] * Axis[2]) - (Axis[0] * Sine);
+    Result[Y, W] := 0;
+
+    Result[Z, X] := (one_minus_cosine * Axis[2] * Axis[0]) - (Axis[1] * Sine);
+    Result[Z, Y] := (one_minus_cosine * Axis[1] * Axis[2]) + (Axis[0] * Sine);
+    Result[Z, Z] := (one_minus_cosine * Sqr(Axis[2])) + Cosine;
+    Result[Z, W] := 0;
+
+    Result[W, X] := 0;
+    Result[W, Y] := 0;
+    Result[W, Z] := 0;
+    Result[W, W] := 1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function ConvertRotation(Angles: TAffineVector): TVector; register;
+
+{ Turn a triplet of rotations about x, y, and z (in that order) into an
+   equivalent rotation around a single axis (all in radians).
+
+   Rotation of the Angle t about the axis (X, Y, Z) is given by:
+
+     | X^2 + (1-X^2) Cos(t),    XY(1-Cos(t))  +  Z Sin(t), XZ(1-Cos(t))-Y Sin(t) |
+ M = | XY(1-Cos(t))-Z Sin(t), Y^2 + (1-Y^2) Cos(t),      YZ(1-Cos(t)) + X Sin(t) |
+     | XZ(1-Cos(t)) + Y Sin(t), YZ(1-Cos(t))-X Sin(t),   Z^2 + (1-Z^2) Cos(t)    |
+
+   Rotation about the three axes (Angles a1, a2, a3) can be represented as
+   the product of the individual rotation matrices:
+
+      | 1  0       0       | | Cos(a2) 0 -Sin(a2) | |  Cos(a3) Sin(a3) 0 |
+      | 0  Cos(a1) Sin(a1) | * | 0       1  0       | * | -Sin(a3) Cos(a3) 0 |
+      | 0 -Sin(a1) Cos(a1) | | Sin(a2) 0  Cos(a2) | |  0       0       1 |
+	     Mx                       My                     Mz
+
+   We now want to solve for X, Y, Z, and t given 9 equations in 4 unknowns.
+   Using the diagonal elements of the two matrices, we get:
+
+      X^2 + (1-X^2) Cos(t) = M[0][0]
+      Y^2 + (1-Y^2) Cos(t) = M[1][1]
+      Z^2 + (1-Z^2) Cos(t) = M[2][2]
+
+   Adding the three equations, we get:
+
+      X^2  +  Y^2  +  Z^2 - (M[0][0]  +  M[1][1]  +  M[2][2]) =
+	 - (3 - X^2 - Y^2 - Z^2) Cos(t)
+
+   Since (X^2  +  Y^2  +  Z^2) = 1, we can rewrite as:
+
+      Cos(t) = (1 - (M[0][0]  +  M[1][1]  +  M[2][2])) / 2
+
+   Solving for t, we get:
+
+      t = Acos(((M[0][0]  +  M[1][1]  +  M[2][2]) - 1) / 2)
+
+    We can substitute t into the equations for X^2, Y^2, and Z^2 above
+    to get the values for X, Y, and Z.  To find the proper signs we note
+    that:
+
+	2 X Sin(t) = M[1][2] - M[2][1]
+	2 Y Sin(t) = M[2][0] - M[0][2]
+	2 Z Sin(t) = M[0][1] - M[1][0]
+}
+
+var Axis1, Axis2: TVector3f;
+    M, M1, M2: TMatrix;
+    cost, cost1,
+    sint,
+    s1, s2, s3: Single;
+    I: Integer;
+
+
+begin
+  // see if we are only rotating about a single Axis
+  if Abs(Angles[X]) < EPSILON then
+  begin
+    if Abs(Angles[Y]) < EPSILON then
+    begin
+      Result := MakeVector([0, 0, 1, Angles[Z]]);
+      Exit;
+    end
+    else
+      if Abs(Angles[Z]) < EPSILON then
+      begin
+        Result := MakeVector([0, 1, 0, Angles[Y]]);
+        Exit;
+      end
+   end
+   else
+     if (Abs(Angles[Y]) < EPSILON) and
+        (Abs(Angles[Z]) < EPSILON) then
+     begin
+       Result := MakeVector([1, 0, 0, Angles[X]]);
+       Exit;
+     end;
+
+  // make the rotation matrix
+  Axis1 := MakeAffineVector([1, 0, 0]);
+  M := CreateRotationMatrix(Axis1, Angles[X]);
+
+  Axis2 := MakeAffineVector([0, 1, 0]);
+  M2 := CreateRotationMatrix(Axis2, Angles[Y]);
+  M1 := MatrixMultiply(M, M2);
+
+  Axis2 := MakeAffineVector([0, 0, 1]);
+  M2 := CreateRotationMatrix(Axis2, Angles[Z]);
+  M := MatrixMultiply(M1, M2);
+
+  cost := ((M[X, X] + M[Y, Y] + M[Z, Z])-1) / 2;
+  if cost < -1 then cost := -1
+               else
+    if cost > 1 - EPSILON then
+    begin
+      // Bad Angle - this would cause a crash
+      Result := MakeVector([1, 0, 0, 0]);
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+  cost1 := 1 - cost;
+  Result := Makevector([Sqrt((M[X, X]-cost) / cost1),
+                      Sqrt((M[Y, Y]-cost) / cost1),
+                      sqrt((M[Z, Z]-cost) / cost1),
+                      arccos(cost)]);
+
+  sint := 2 * Sqrt(1 - cost * cost); // This is actually 2 Sin(t)
+
+  // Determine the proper signs
+  for I := 0 to 7 do
+  begin
+    if (I and 1) > 1 then s1 := -1 else s1 := 1;
+    if (I and 2) > 1 then s2 := -1 else s2 := 1;
+    if (I and 4) > 1 then s3 := -1 else s3 := 1;
+    if (Abs(s1 * Result[X] * sint-M[Y, Z] + M[Z, Y]) < EPSILON2) and
+       (Abs(s2 * Result[Y] * sint-M[Z, X] + M[X, Z]) < EPSILON2) and
+       (Abs(s3 * Result[Z] * sint-M[X, Y] + M[Y, X]) < EPSILON2) then
+        begin
+          // We found the right combination of signs
+          Result[X] := Result[X] * s1;
+          Result[Y] := Result[Y] * s2;
+          Result[Z] := Result[Z] * s3;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CreateRotationMatrixX(Sine, Cosine: Single): TMatrix; register;
+
+// creates matrix for rotation about x-axis
+
+begin
+  Result := EmptyMatrix;
+  Result[X, X] := 1;
+  Result[Y, Y] := Cosine;
+  Result[Y, Z] := Sine;
+  Result[Z, Y] := -Sine;
+  Result[Z, Z] := Cosine;
+  Result[W, W] := 1;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CreateRotationMatrixY(Sine, Cosine: Single): TMatrix; register;
+
+// creates matrix for rotation about y-axis
+
+begin
+  Result := EmptyMatrix;
+  Result[X, X] := Cosine;
+  Result[X, Z] := -Sine;
+  Result[Y, Y] := 1;
+  Result[Z, X] := Sine;
+  Result[Z, Z] := Cosine;
+  Result[W, W] := 1;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CreateRotationMatrixZ(Sine, Cosine: Single): TMatrix; register;
+
+// creates matrix for rotation about z-axis
+
+begin
+  Result := EmptyMatrix;
+  Result[X, X] := Cosine;
+  Result[X, Y] := Sine;
+  Result[Y, X] := -Sine;
+  Result[Y, Y] := Cosine;
+  Result[Z, Z] := 1;
+  Result[W, W] := 1;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CreateScaleMatrix(V: TAffineVector): TMatrix; register;
+
+// creates scaling matrix
+
+begin
+  Result := IdentityMatrix;
+  Result[X, X] := V[X];
+  Result[Y, Y] := V[Y];
+  Result[Z, Z] := V[Z];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function CreateTranslationMatrix(V: TVector): TMatrix; register;
+
+// creates translation matrix
+
+begin
+  Result := IdentityMatrix;
+  Result[W, X] := V[X];
+  Result[W, Y] := V[Y];
+  Result[W, Z] := V[Z];
+  Result[W, W] := V[W];
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Lerp(Start, Stop, t: Single): Single;
+
+// calculates linear interpolation between start and stop at point t
+
+begin
+  Result := Start + (Stop - Start) * t;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineLerp(V1, V2: TAffineVector; t: Single): TAffineVector;
+
+// calculates linear interpolation between vector1 and vector2 at point t
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := Lerp(V1[X], V2[X], t);
+  Result[Y] := Lerp(V1[Y], V2[Y], t);
+  Result[Z] := Lerp(V1[Z], V2[Z], t);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorLerp(V1, V2: TVector; t: Single): TVector;
+
+// calculates linear interpolation between vector1 and vector2 at point t
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := Lerp(V1[X], V2[X], t);
+  Result[Y] := Lerp(V1[Y], V2[Y], t);
+  Result[Z] := Lerp(V1[Z], V2[Z], t);
+  Result[W] := Lerp(V1[W], V2[W], t);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function QuaternionSlerp(QStart, QEnd: TQuaternion; Spin: Integer; t: Single): TQuaternion;
+
+// spherical linear interpolation of unit quaternions with spins
+// QStart, QEnd - start and end unit quaternions
+// t            - interpolation parameter (0 to 1)
+// Spin         - number of extra spin rotations to involve
+
+var beta,                   // complementary interp parameter
+    theta,                  // Angle between A and B
+    sint, cost,             // sine, cosine of theta
+    phi: Single;            // theta plus spins
+    bflip: Boolean;         // use negativ t?
+
+
+begin
+  // cosine theta
+  cost := VectorAngle(QStart.ImagPart, QEnd.ImagPart);
+
+  // if QEnd is on opposite hemisphere from QStart, use -QEnd instead
+  if cost < 0 then
+  begin
+    cost := -cost;
+    bflip := True;
+  end
+  else bflip := False;
+
+  // if QEnd is (within precision limits) the same as QStart,
+  // just linear interpolate between QStart and QEnd.
+  // Can't do spins, since we don't know what direction to spin.
+
+  if (1 - cost) < EPSILON then beta := 1 - t
+                          else
+  begin
+    // normal case
+    theta := arccos(cost);
+    phi := theta + Spin * Pi;
+    sint := sin(theta);
+    beta := sin(theta - t * phi) / sint;
+    t := sin(t * phi) / sint;
+  end;
+
+  if bflip then t := -t;
+
+  // interpolate
+  Result.ImagPart[X] := beta * QStart.ImagPart[X] + t * QEnd.ImagPart[X];
+  Result.ImagPart[Y] := beta * QStart.ImagPart[Y] + t * QEnd.ImagPart[Y];
+  Result.ImagPart[Z] := beta * QStart.ImagPart[Z] + t * QEnd.ImagPart[Z];
+  Result.RealPart := beta * QStart.RealPart + t * QEnd.RealPart;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineCombine(V1, V2: TAffineVector; F1, F2: Single): TAffineVector;
+
+// makes a linear combination of two vectors and return the result
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := (F1 * V1[X]) + (F2 * V2[X]);
+  Result[Y] := (F1 * V1[Y]) + (F2 * V2[Y]);
+  Result[Z] := (F1 * V1[Z]) + (F2 * V2[Z]);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorCombine(V1, V2: TVector; F1, F2: Single): TVector;
+
+// makes a linear combination of two vectors and return the result
+
+begin
+  Result[X] := (F1 * V1[X]) + (F2 * V2[X]);
+  Result[Y] := (F1 * V1[Y]) + (F2 * V2[Y]);
+  Result[Z] := (F1 * V1[Z]) + (F2 * V2[Z]);
+  Result[W] := (F1 * V1[W]) + (F2 * V2[W]);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function MatrixDecompose(M: TMatrix; var Tran: TTransformations): Boolean; register;
+
+// Author: Spencer W. Thomas, University of Michigan
+//
+// MatrixDecompose - Decompose a non-degenerated 4x4 transformation matrix into
+// the sequence of transformations that produced it.
+//
+// The coefficient of each transformation is returned in the corresponding
+// element of the vector Tran.
+//
+// Returns true upon success, false if the matrix is singular.
+
+var I, J: Integer;
+    LocMat,
+    pmat,
+    invpmat,
+    tinvpmat: TMatrix;
+    prhs,
+    psol: TVector;
+    Row: array[0..2] of TAffineVector;
+
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  locmat := M;
+  // normalize the matrix
+  if locmat[W, W] = 0 then Exit;
+  for I := 0 to 3 do
+    for J := 0 to 3 do
+      locmat[I, J] := locmat[I, J] / locmat[W, W];
+
+  // pmat is used to solve for perspective, but it also provides
+  // an easy way to test for singularity of the upper 3x3 component.
+
+  pmat := locmat;
+  for I := 0 to 2 do pmat[I, W] := 0;
+  pmat[W, W] := 1;
+
+  if MatrixDeterminant(pmat) = 0 then Exit;
+
+  // First, isolate perspective.  This is the messiest.
+  if (locmat[X, W] <> 0) or
+     (locmat[Y, W] <> 0) or
+     (locmat[Z, W] <> 0) then
+  begin
+    // prhs is the right hand side of the equation.
+    prhs[X] := locmat[X, W];
+    prhs[Y] := locmat[Y, W];
+    prhs[Z] := locmat[Z, W];
+    prhs[W] := locmat[W, W];
+
+    // Solve the equation by inverting pmat and multiplying
+    // prhs by the inverse.  (This is the easiest way, not
+    // necessarily the best.)
+
+    invpmat := pmat;
+    MatrixInvert(invpmat);
+    MatrixTranspose(invpmat);
+    psol := VectorTransform(prhs, tinvpmat);
+
+    // stuff the answer away
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveX] := psol[X];
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveY] := psol[Y];
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveZ] := psol[Z];
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveW] := psol[W];
+
+    // clear the perspective partition
+    locmat[X, W] := 0;
+    locmat[Y, W] := 0;
+    locmat[Z, W] := 0;
+    locmat[W, W] := 1;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // no perspective
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveX] := 0;
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveY] := 0;
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveZ] := 0;
+    Tran[ttPerspectiveW] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // next take care of translation (easy)
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+  begin
+    Tran[TTransType(Ord(ttTranslateX) + I)] := locmat[W, I];
+    locmat[W, I] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // now get scale and shear
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+  begin
+    row[I, X] := locmat[I, X];
+    row[I, Y] := locmat[I, Y];
+    row[I, Z] := locmat[I, Z];
+  end;
+
+  // compute X scale factor and normalize first row
+  Tran[ttScaleX] := Sqr(VectorNormalize(row[0])); // ml: calculation optimized
+
+  // compute XY shear factor and make 2nd row orthogonal to 1st
+  Tran[ttShearXY] := VectorAffineDotProduct(row[0], row[1]);
+  row[1] := VectorAffineCombine(row[1], row[0], 1, -Tran[ttShearXY]);
+
+  // now, compute Y scale and normalize 2nd row
+  Tran[ttScaleY] := Sqr(VectorNormalize(row[1])); // ml: calculation optimized
+  Tran[ttShearXY] := Tran[ttShearXY]/Tran[ttScaleY];
+
+  // compute XZ and YZ shears, orthogonalize 3rd row
+  Tran[ttShearXZ] := VectorAffineDotProduct(row[0], row[2]);
+  row[2] := VectorAffineCombine(row[2], row[0], 1, -Tran[ttShearXZ]);
+  Tran[ttShearYZ] := VectorAffineDotProduct(row[1], row[2]);
+  row[2] := VectorAffineCombine(row[2], row[1], 1, -Tran[ttShearYZ]);
+
+  // next, get Z scale and normalize 3rd row
+  Tran[ttScaleZ] := Sqr(VectorNormalize(row[1])); // (ML) calc. optimized
+  Tran[ttShearXZ] := Tran[ttShearXZ] / tran[ttScaleZ];
+  Tran[ttShearYZ] := Tran[ttShearYZ] / Tran[ttScaleZ];
+
+  // At this point, the matrix (in rows[]) is orthonormal.
+  // Check for a coordinate system flip.  If the determinant
+  // is -1, then negate the matrix and the scaling factors.
+  if VectorAffineDotProduct(row[0], VectorCrossProduct(row[1], row[2])) < 0 then
+    for I := 0 to 2 do
+    begin
+      Tran[TTransType(Ord(ttScaleX) + I)] := -Tran[TTransType(Ord(ttScaleX) + I)];
+      row[I, X] := -row[I, X];
+      row[I, Y] := -row[I, Y];
+      row[I, Z] := -row[I, Z];
+    end;
+
+  // now, get the rotations out, as described in the gem
+  Tran[ttRotateY] := arcsin(-row[0, Z]);
+  if cos(Tran[ttRotateY]) <> 0 then
+  begin
+    Tran[ttRotateX] := arctan2(row[1, Z], row[2, Z]);
+    Tran[ttRotateZ] := arctan2(row[0, Y], row[0, X]);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    tran[ttRotateX] := arctan2(row[1, X], row[1, Y]);
+    tran[ttRotateZ] := 0;
+  end;
+  // All done!
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorDblToFlt(V: THomogeneousDblVector): THomogeneousVector; assembler;
+
+// converts a vector containing double sized values into a vector with single sized values
+
+asm
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX]
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX + 16]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX + 24]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 12]
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineDblToFlt(V: TAffineDblVector): TAffineVector; assembler;
+
+// converts a vector containing double sized values into a vector with single sized values
+
+asm
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX]
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+              FLD  QWORD PTR [EAX + 16]
+              FSTP DWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorAffineFltToDbl(V: TAffineVector): TAffineDblVector; assembler;
+
+// converts a vector containing single sized values into a vector with double sized values
+
+asm
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX]
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX + 16]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function VectorFltToDbl(V: TVector): THomogeneousDblVector; assembler;
+
+// converts a vector containing single sized values into a vector with double sized values
+
+asm
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX]
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX + 8]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX + 4]
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX + 16]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX + 8]
+              FLD  DWORD PTR [EAX + 24]
+              FSTP QWORD PTR [EDX + 12]
+end;
+
+//----------------- coordinate system manipulation functions -----------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Turn(Matrix: TMatrix; Angle: Single): TMatrix;
+
+// rotates the given coordinate system (represented by the matrix) around its Y-axis
+
+begin
+  Result := MatrixMultiply(Matrix, CreateRotationMatrix(MakeAffineVector(Matrix[1]), Angle));
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Turn(Matrix: TMatrix; MasterUp: TAffineVector; Angle: Single): TMatrix;
+
+// rotates the given coordinate system (represented by the matrix) around MasterUp
+
+begin
+  Result := MatrixMultiply(Matrix, CreateRotationMatrix(MasterUp, Angle));
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Pitch(Matrix: TMatrix; Angle: Single): TMatrix;
+
+// rotates the given coordinate system (represented by the matrix) around its X-axis
+
+begin
+  Result := MatrixMultiply(Matrix, CreateRotationMatrix(MakeAffineVector(Matrix[0]), Angle));
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Pitch(Matrix: TMatrix; MasterRight: TAffineVector; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+
+// rotates the given coordinate system (represented by the matrix) around MasterRight
+
+begin
+  Result := MatrixMultiply(Matrix, CreateRotationMatrix(MasterRight, Angle));
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Roll(Matrix: TMatrix; Angle: Single): TMatrix;
+
+// rotates the given coordinate system (represented by the matrix) around its Z-axis
+
+begin
+  Result := MatrixMultiply(Matrix, CreateRotationMatrix(MakeAffineVector(Matrix[2]), Angle));
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function Roll(Matrix: TMatrix; MasterDirection: TAffineVector; Angle: Single): TMatrix; overload;
+
+// rotates the given coordinate system (represented by the matrix) around MasterDirection
+
+begin
+  Result := MatrixMultiply(Matrix, CreateRotationMatrix(MasterDirection, Angle));
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+end.
+
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d1231cdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2301 @@
+unit gl;
+{
+  $Id: gl.pas,v 1.5 2007/05/20 20:28:31 savage Exp $
+
+  Adaption of the delphi3d.net OpenGL units to FreePascal
+  Sebastian Guenther (sg@freepascal.org) in 2002
+  These units are free to use
+}
+
+(*++ BUILD Version: 0004    // Increment this if a change has global effects
+
+Copyright (c) 1985-96, Microsoft Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    gl.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    Procedure declarations, constant definitions and macros for the OpenGL
+    component.
+
+--*)
+
+(*
+** Copyright 1996 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+** All Rights Reserved.
+**
+** This is UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE of Silicon Graphics, Inc.;
+** the contents of this file may not be disclosed to third parties, copied or
+** duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without the prior written
+** permission of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+**
+** RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND:
+** Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions
+** as set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data
+** and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013, and/or in similar or
+** successor clauses in the FAR, DOD or NASA FAR Supplement. Unpublished -
+** rights reserved under the Copyright Laws of the United States.
+*)
+
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{ Converted to Delphi by Tom Nuydens (tom@delphi3d.net)                        }
+{ For the latest updates, visit Delphi3D: http://www.delphi3d.net              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Modified for Delphi/Kylix and FreePascal                                     }
+{    by Dominique Louis ( Dominique@Savagesoftware.com.au)                     }
+{ For the latest updates, visit JEDI-SDL : http://www.sf.net/projects/jedi-sdl }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{
+  $Log: gl.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.5  2007/05/20 20:28:31  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.4  2006/11/20 21:20:59  savage
+  Updated to work in MacOS X
+
+  Revision 1.3  2005/05/22 18:52:09  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/03/30 21:53:54  savage
+  Moved to it's own folder.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/20 17:09:55  savage
+  Code tidied up in gl, glu and glut, while extensions in glext.pas are now loaded using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress, thus making it more cross-platform compatible, but now more tied to SDL.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:09:18  savage
+  Changed uses to now make use of moduleloader.pas rather than dllfuncs.pas
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  Revision 1.6  2003/06/02 12:32:12  savage
+  Modified Sources to avoid warnings with Delphi by moving CVS Logging to the top of the header files. Hopefully CVS Logging still works.
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  system,
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+{$ENDIF}
+  moduleloader;
+
+
+var
+  LibGL: TModuleHandle;
+
+type
+  GLenum     = Cardinal;      PGLenum     = ^GLenum;
+  GLboolean  = Byte;          PGLboolean  = ^GLboolean;
+  GLbitfield = Cardinal;      PGLbitfield = ^GLbitfield;
+  GLbyte     = ShortInt;      PGLbyte     = ^GLbyte;
+  GLshort    = SmallInt;      PGLshort    = ^GLshort;
+  GLint      = Integer;       PGLint      = ^GLint;
+  GLsizei    = Integer;       PGLsizei    = ^GLsizei;
+  GLubyte    = Byte;          PGLubyte    = ^GLubyte;
+  GLushort   = Word;          PGLushort   = ^GLushort;
+  GLuint     = Cardinal;      PGLuint     = ^GLuint;
+  GLfloat    = Single;        PGLfloat    = ^GLfloat;
+  GLclampf   = Single;        PGLclampf   = ^GLclampf;
+  GLdouble   = Double;        PGLdouble   = ^GLdouble;
+  GLclampd   = Double;        PGLclampd   = ^GLclampd;
+{ GLvoid     = void; }        PGLvoid     = Pointer;
+
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  GLLibName = 'OpenGL32.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  GLLibName = '/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/Libraries/libGL.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  GLLibName = 'libGL.so.1';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // Version
+  GL_VERSION_1_1                    = 1;
+
+  // AccumOp
+  GL_ACCUM                          = $0100;
+  GL_LOAD                           = $0101;
+  GL_RETURN                         = $0102;
+  GL_MULT                           = $0103;
+  GL_ADD                            = $0104;
+
+  // AlphaFunction
+  GL_NEVER                          = $0200;
+  GL_LESS                           = $0201;
+  GL_EQUAL                          = $0202;
+  GL_LEQUAL                         = $0203;
+  GL_GREATER                        = $0204;
+  GL_NOTEQUAL                       = $0205;
+  GL_GEQUAL                         = $0206;
+  GL_ALWAYS                         = $0207;
+
+  // AttribMask
+  GL_CURRENT_BIT                    = $00000001;
+  GL_POINT_BIT                      = $00000002;
+  GL_LINE_BIT                       = $00000004;
+  GL_POLYGON_BIT                    = $00000008;
+  GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE_BIT            = $00000010;
+  GL_PIXEL_MODE_BIT                 = $00000020;
+  GL_LIGHTING_BIT                   = $00000040;
+  GL_FOG_BIT                        = $00000080;
+  GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT               = $00000100;
+  GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT               = $00000200;
+  GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT             = $00000400;
+  GL_VIEWPORT_BIT                   = $00000800;
+  GL_TRANSFORM_BIT                  = $00001000;
+  GL_ENABLE_BIT                     = $00002000;
+  GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT               = $00004000;
+  GL_HINT_BIT                       = $00008000;
+  GL_EVAL_BIT                       = $00010000;
+  GL_LIST_BIT                       = $00020000;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BIT                    = $00040000;
+  GL_SCISSOR_BIT                    = $00080000;
+  GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS                = $000FFFFF;
+
+  // BeginMode
+  GL_POINTS                         = $0000;
+  GL_LINES                          = $0001;
+  GL_LINE_LOOP                      = $0002;
+  GL_LINE_STRIP                     = $0003;
+  GL_TRIANGLES                      = $0004;
+  GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP                 = $0005;
+  GL_TRIANGLE_FAN                   = $0006;
+  GL_QUADS                          = $0007;
+  GL_QUAD_STRIP                     = $0008;
+  GL_POLYGON                        = $0009;
+
+  // BlendingFactorDest
+  GL_ZERO                           = 0;
+  GL_ONE                            = 1;
+  GL_SRC_COLOR                      = $0300;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR            = $0301;
+  GL_SRC_ALPHA                      = $0302;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA            = $0303;
+  GL_DST_ALPHA                      = $0304;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA            = $0305;
+
+  // BlendingFactorSrc
+  //      GL_ZERO
+  //      GL_ONE
+  GL_DST_COLOR                      = $0306;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR            = $0307;
+  GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE             = $0308;
+  //      GL_SRC_ALPHA
+  //      GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA
+  //      GL_DST_ALPHA
+  //      GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA
+
+  // Boolean
+  GL_TRUE                           = 1;
+  GL_FALSE                          = 0;
+
+  // ClearBufferMask
+  //      GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT
+  //      GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT
+  //      GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT
+  //      GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT
+
+  // ClientArrayType
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY
+  //      GL_NORMAL_ARRAY
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY
+  //      GL_INDEX_ARRAY
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY
+  //      GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY
+
+  // ClipPlaneName
+  GL_CLIP_PLANE0                    = $3000;
+  GL_CLIP_PLANE1                    = $3001;
+  GL_CLIP_PLANE2                    = $3002;
+  GL_CLIP_PLANE3                    = $3003;
+  GL_CLIP_PLANE4                    = $3004;
+  GL_CLIP_PLANE5                    = $3005;
+
+  // ColorMaterialFace
+  //      GL_FRONT
+  //      GL_BACK
+  //      GL_FRONT_AND_BACK
+
+  // ColorMaterialParameter
+  //      GL_AMBIENT
+  //      GL_DIFFUSE
+  //      GL_SPECULAR
+  //      GL_EMISSION
+  //      GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE
+
+  // ColorPointerType
+  //      GL_BYTE
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+  //      GL_DOUBLE
+
+  // CullFaceMode
+  //      GL_FRONT
+  //      GL_BACK
+  //      GL_FRONT_AND_BACK
+
+  // DataType
+  GL_BYTE                           = $1400;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE                  = $1401;
+  GL_SHORT                          = $1402;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT                 = $1403;
+  GL_INT                            = $1404;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT                   = $1405;
+  GL_FLOAT                          = $1406;
+  GL_2_BYTES                        = $1407;
+  GL_3_BYTES                        = $1408;
+  GL_4_BYTES                        = $1409;
+  GL_DOUBLE                         = $140A;
+
+  // DepthFunction
+  //      GL_NEVER
+  //      GL_LESS
+  //      GL_EQUAL
+  //      GL_LEQUAL
+  //      GL_GREATER
+  //      GL_NOTEQUAL
+  //      GL_GEQUAL
+  //      GL_ALWAYS
+
+  // DrawBufferMode
+  GL_NONE                           = 0;
+  GL_FRONT_LEFT                     = $0400;
+  GL_FRONT_RIGHT                    = $0401;
+  GL_BACK_LEFT                      = $0402;
+  GL_BACK_RIGHT                     = $0403;
+  GL_FRONT                          = $0404;
+  GL_BACK                           = $0405;
+  GL_LEFT                           = $0406;
+  GL_RIGHT                          = $0407;
+  GL_FRONT_AND_BACK                 = $0408;
+  GL_AUX0                           = $0409;
+  GL_AUX1                           = $040A;
+  GL_AUX2                           = $040B;
+  GL_AUX3                           = $040C;
+
+  // Enable
+  //      GL_FOG
+  //      GL_LIGHTING
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_1D
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_2D
+  //      GL_LINE_STIPPLE
+  //      GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE
+  //      GL_CULL_FACE
+  //      GL_ALPHA_TEST
+  //      GL_BLEND
+  //      GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP
+  //      GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP
+  //      GL_DITHER
+  //      GL_STENCIL_TEST
+  //      GL_DEPTH_TEST
+  //      GL_CLIP_PLANE0
+  //      GL_CLIP_PLANE1
+  //      GL_CLIP_PLANE2
+  //      GL_CLIP_PLANE3
+  //      GL_CLIP_PLANE4
+  //      GL_CLIP_PLANE5
+  //      GL_LIGHT0
+  //      GL_LIGHT1
+  //      GL_LIGHT2
+  //      GL_LIGHT3
+  //      GL_LIGHT4
+  //      GL_LIGHT5
+  //      GL_LIGHT6
+  //      GL_LIGHT7
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q
+  //      GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3
+  //      GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4
+  //      GL_MAP1_COLOR_4
+  //      GL_MAP1_INDEX
+  //      GL_MAP1_NORMAL
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4
+  //      GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3
+  //      GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4
+  //      GL_MAP2_COLOR_4
+  //      GL_MAP2_INDEX
+  //      GL_MAP2_NORMAL
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4
+  //      GL_POINT_SMOOTH
+  //      GL_LINE_SMOOTH
+  //      GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH
+  //      GL_SCISSOR_TEST
+  //      GL_COLOR_MATERIAL
+  //      GL_NORMALIZE
+  //      GL_AUTO_NORMAL
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY
+  //      GL_NORMAL_ARRAY
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY
+  //      GL_INDEX_ARRAY
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY
+  //      GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY
+  //      GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT
+  //      GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE
+  //      GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL
+
+  // ErrorCode
+  GL_NO_ERROR                       = 0;
+  GL_INVALID_ENUM                   = $0500;
+  GL_INVALID_VALUE                  = $0501;
+  GL_INVALID_OPERATION              = $0502;
+  GL_STACK_OVERFLOW                 = $0503;
+  GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW                = $0504;
+  GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY                  = $0505;
+
+  // FeedBackMode
+  GL_2D                             = $0600;
+  GL_3D                             = $0601;
+  GL_3D_COLOR                       = $0602;
+  GL_3D_COLOR_TEXTURE               = $0603;
+  GL_4D_COLOR_TEXTURE               = $0604;
+
+  // FeedBackToken
+  GL_PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN             = $0700;
+  GL_POINT_TOKEN                    = $0701;
+  GL_LINE_TOKEN                     = $0702;
+  GL_POLYGON_TOKEN                  = $0703;
+  GL_BITMAP_TOKEN                   = $0704;
+  GL_DRAW_PIXEL_TOKEN               = $0705;
+  GL_COPY_PIXEL_TOKEN               = $0706;
+  GL_LINE_RESET_TOKEN               = $0707;
+
+  // FogMode
+  //      GL_LINEAR
+  GL_EXP                            = $0800;
+  GL_EXP2                           = $0801;
+
+  // FogParameter
+  //      GL_FOG_COLOR
+  //      GL_FOG_DENSITY
+  //      GL_FOG_END
+  //      GL_FOG_INDEX
+  //      GL_FOG_MODE
+  //      GL_FOG_START
+
+  // FrontFaceDirection
+  GL_CW                             = $0900;
+  GL_CCW                            = $0901;
+
+  // GetMapTarget
+  GL_COEFF                          = $0A00;
+  GL_ORDER                          = $0A01;
+  GL_DOMAIN                         = $0A02;
+
+  // GetPixelMap
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B 
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A 
+
+  // GetPointerTarget 
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER 
+  //      GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER 
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER 
+  //      GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER 
+  //      GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER 
+
+  // GetTarget 
+  GL_CURRENT_COLOR                  = $0B00;
+  GL_CURRENT_INDEX                  = $0B01;
+  GL_CURRENT_NORMAL                 = $0B02;
+  GL_CURRENT_TEXTURE_COORDS         = $0B03;
+  GL_CURRENT_RASTER_COLOR           = $0B04;
+  GL_CURRENT_RASTER_INDEX           = $0B05;
+  GL_CURRENT_RASTER_TEXTURE_COORDS  = $0B06;
+  GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION        = $0B07;
+  GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION_VALID  = $0B08;
+  GL_CURRENT_RASTER_DISTANCE        = $0B09;
+  GL_POINT_SMOOTH                   = $0B10;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE                     = $0B11;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_RANGE               = $0B12;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY         = $0B13;
+  GL_LINE_SMOOTH                    = $0B20;
+  GL_LINE_WIDTH                     = $0B21;
+  GL_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE               = $0B22;
+  GL_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY         = $0B23;
+  GL_LINE_STIPPLE                   = $0B24;
+  GL_LINE_STIPPLE_PATTERN           = $0B25;
+  GL_LINE_STIPPLE_REPEAT            = $0B26;
+  GL_LIST_MODE                      = $0B30;
+  GL_MAX_LIST_NESTING               = $0B31;
+  GL_LIST_BASE                      = $0B32;
+  GL_LIST_INDEX                     = $0B33;
+  GL_POLYGON_MODE                   = $0B40;
+  GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH                 = $0B41;
+  GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE                = $0B42;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG                      = $0B43;
+  GL_CULL_FACE                      = $0B44;
+  GL_CULL_FACE_MODE                 = $0B45;
+  GL_FRONT_FACE                     = $0B46;
+  GL_LIGHTING                       = $0B50;
+  GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER       = $0B51;
+  GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE           = $0B52;
+  GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT            = $0B53;
+  GL_SHADE_MODEL                    = $0B54;
+  GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE            = $0B55;
+  GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER       = $0B56;
+  GL_COLOR_MATERIAL                 = $0B57;
+  GL_FOG                            = $0B60;
+  GL_FOG_INDEX                      = $0B61;
+  GL_FOG_DENSITY                    = $0B62;
+  GL_FOG_START                      = $0B63;
+  GL_FOG_END                        = $0B64;
+  GL_FOG_MODE                       = $0B65;
+  GL_FOG_COLOR                      = $0B66;
+  GL_DEPTH_RANGE                    = $0B70;
+  GL_DEPTH_TEST                     = $0B71;
+  GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK                = $0B72;
+  GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE              = $0B73;
+  GL_DEPTH_FUNC                     = $0B74;
+  GL_ACCUM_CLEAR_VALUE              = $0B80;
+  GL_STENCIL_TEST                   = $0B90;
+  GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE            = $0B91;
+  GL_STENCIL_FUNC                   = $0B92;
+  GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK             = $0B93;
+  GL_STENCIL_FAIL                   = $0B94;
+  GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL        = $0B95;
+  GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS        = $0B96;
+  GL_STENCIL_REF                    = $0B97;
+  GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK              = $0B98;
+  GL_MATRIX_MODE                    = $0BA0;
+  GL_NORMALIZE                      = $0BA1;
+  GL_VIEWPORT                       = $0BA2;
+  GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH          = $0BA3;
+  GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH         = $0BA4;
+  GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH            = $0BA5;
+  GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX               = $0BA6;
+  GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX              = $0BA7;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX                 = $0BA8;
+  GL_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH             = $0BB0;
+  GL_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH      = $0BB1;
+  GL_ALPHA_TEST                     = $0BC0;
+  GL_ALPHA_TEST_FUNC                = $0BC1;
+  GL_ALPHA_TEST_REF                 = $0BC2;
+  GL_DITHER                         = $0BD0;
+  GL_BLEND_DST                      = $0BE0;
+  GL_BLEND_SRC                      = $0BE1;
+  GL_BLEND                          = $0BE2;
+  GL_LOGIC_OP_MODE                  = $0BF0;
+  GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP                 = $0BF1;
+  GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP                 = $0BF2;
+  GL_AUX_BUFFERS                    = $0C00;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER                    = $0C01;
+  GL_READ_BUFFER                    = $0C02;
+  GL_SCISSOR_BOX                    = $0C10;
+  GL_SCISSOR_TEST                   = $0C11;
+  GL_INDEX_CLEAR_VALUE              = $0C20;
+  GL_INDEX_WRITEMASK                = $0C21;
+  GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE              = $0C22;
+  GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK                = $0C23;
+  GL_INDEX_MODE                     = $0C30;
+  GL_RGBA_MODE                      = $0C31;
+  GL_DOUBLEBUFFER                   = $0C32;
+  GL_STEREO                         = $0C33;
+  GL_RENDER_MODE                    = $0C40;
+  GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT    = $0C50;
+  GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT              = $0C51;
+  GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT               = $0C52;
+  GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT            = $0C53;
+  GL_FOG_HINT                       = $0C54;
+  GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S                  = $0C60;
+  GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T                  = $0C61;
+  GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R                  = $0C62;
+  GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q                  = $0C63;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I               = $0C70;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S               = $0C71;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R               = $0C72;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G               = $0C73;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B               = $0C74;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A               = $0C75;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R               = $0C76;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G               = $0C77;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B               = $0C78;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A               = $0C79;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I_SIZE          = $0CB0;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S_SIZE          = $0CB1;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R_SIZE          = $0CB2;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G_SIZE          = $0CB3;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B_SIZE          = $0CB4;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A_SIZE          = $0CB5;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R_SIZE          = $0CB6;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G_SIZE          = $0CB7;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B_SIZE          = $0CB8;
+  GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A_SIZE          = $0CB9;
+  GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES              = $0CF0;
+  GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST               = $0CF1;
+  GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH              = $0CF2;
+  GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS               = $0CF3;
+  GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS             = $0CF4;
+  GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT               = $0CF5;
+  GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES                = $0D00;
+  GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST                 = $0D01;
+  GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH                = $0D02;
+  GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS                 = $0D03;
+  GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS               = $0D04;
+  GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT                 = $0D05;
+  GL_MAP_COLOR                      = $0D10;
+  GL_MAP_STENCIL                    = $0D11;
+  GL_INDEX_SHIFT                    = $0D12;
+  GL_INDEX_OFFSET                   = $0D13;
+  GL_RED_SCALE                      = $0D14;
+  GL_RED_BIAS                       = $0D15;
+  GL_ZOOM_X                         = $0D16;
+  GL_ZOOM_Y                         = $0D17;
+  GL_GREEN_SCALE                    = $0D18;
+  GL_GREEN_BIAS                     = $0D19;
+  GL_BLUE_SCALE                     = $0D1A;
+  GL_BLUE_BIAS                      = $0D1B;
+  GL_ALPHA_SCALE                    = $0D1C;
+  GL_ALPHA_BIAS                     = $0D1D;
+  GL_DEPTH_SCALE                    = $0D1E;
+  GL_DEPTH_BIAS                     = $0D1F;
+  GL_MAX_EVAL_ORDER                 = $0D30;
+  GL_MAX_LIGHTS                     = $0D31;
+  GL_MAX_CLIP_PLANES                = $0D32;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE               = $0D33;
+  GL_MAX_PIXEL_MAP_TABLE            = $0D34;
+  GL_MAX_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH         = $0D35;
+  GL_MAX_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH      = $0D36;
+  GL_MAX_NAME_STACK_DEPTH           = $0D37;
+  GL_MAX_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH     = $0D38;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH        = $0D39;
+  GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS              = $0D3A;
+  GL_MAX_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH  = $0D3B;
+  GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS                  = $0D50;
+  GL_INDEX_BITS                     = $0D51;
+  GL_RED_BITS                       = $0D52;
+  GL_GREEN_BITS                     = $0D53;
+  GL_BLUE_BITS                      = $0D54;
+  GL_ALPHA_BITS                     = $0D55;
+  GL_DEPTH_BITS                     = $0D56;
+  GL_STENCIL_BITS                   = $0D57;
+  GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS                 = $0D58;
+  GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS               = $0D59;
+  GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS                = $0D5A;
+  GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS               = $0D5B;
+  GL_NAME_STACK_DEPTH               = $0D70;
+  GL_AUTO_NORMAL                    = $0D80;
+  GL_MAP1_COLOR_4                   = $0D90;
+  GL_MAP1_INDEX                     = $0D91;
+  GL_MAP1_NORMAL                    = $0D92;
+  GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1           = $0D93;
+  GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2           = $0D94;
+  GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3           = $0D95;
+  GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4           = $0D96;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3                  = $0D97;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4                  = $0D98;
+  GL_MAP2_COLOR_4                   = $0DB0;
+  GL_MAP2_INDEX                     = $0DB1;
+  GL_MAP2_NORMAL                    = $0DB2;
+  GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1           = $0DB3;
+  GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2           = $0DB4;
+  GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3           = $0DB5;
+  GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4           = $0DB6;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3                  = $0DB7;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4                  = $0DB8;
+  GL_MAP1_GRID_DOMAIN               = $0DD0;
+  GL_MAP1_GRID_SEGMENTS             = $0DD1;
+  GL_MAP2_GRID_DOMAIN               = $0DD2;
+  GL_MAP2_GRID_SEGMENTS             = $0DD3;
+  GL_TEXTURE_1D                     = $0DE0;
+  GL_TEXTURE_2D                     = $0DE1;
+  GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_POINTER        = $0DF0;
+  GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE           = $0DF1;
+  GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_TYPE           = $0DF2;
+  GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_POINTER       = $0DF3;
+  GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_SIZE          = $0DF4;
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D 
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY 
+  //      GL_NORMAL_ARRAY 
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY 
+  //      GL_INDEX_ARRAY 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY 
+  //      GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE 
+  //      GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE 
+  //      GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE 
+  //      GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE 
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE 
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE 
+  //      GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE 
+  //      GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE 
+  //      GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE 
+  //      GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE 
+  //      GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR 
+  //      GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS 
+
+  // GetTextureParameter 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER 
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T
+  GL_TEXTURE_WIDTH                  = $1000;
+  GL_TEXTURE_HEIGHT                 = $1001;
+  GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT        = $1003;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR           = $1004;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BORDER                 = $1005;
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT
+
+  // HintMode
+  GL_DONT_CARE                      = $1100;
+  GL_FASTEST                        = $1101;
+  GL_NICEST                         = $1102;
+
+  // HintTarget
+  //      GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT
+  //      GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT
+  //      GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT
+  //      GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT
+  //      GL_FOG_HINT
+
+  // IndexPointerType
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+  //      GL_DOUBLE
+
+  // LightModelParameter
+  //      GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT
+  //      GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER
+  //      GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE
+
+  // LightName
+  GL_LIGHT0                         = $4000;
+  GL_LIGHT1                         = $4001;
+  GL_LIGHT2                         = $4002;
+  GL_LIGHT3                         = $4003;
+  GL_LIGHT4                         = $4004;
+  GL_LIGHT5                         = $4005;
+  GL_LIGHT6                         = $4006;
+  GL_LIGHT7                         = $4007;
+
+  // LightParameter
+  GL_AMBIENT                        = $1200;
+  GL_DIFFUSE                        = $1201;
+  GL_SPECULAR                       = $1202;
+  GL_POSITION                       = $1203;
+  GL_SPOT_DIRECTION                 = $1204;
+  GL_SPOT_EXPONENT                  = $1205;
+  GL_SPOT_CUTOFF                    = $1206;
+  GL_CONSTANT_ATTENUATION           = $1207;
+  GL_LINEAR_ATTENUATION             = $1208;
+  GL_QUADRATIC_ATTENUATION          = $1209;
+
+  // InterleavedArrays
+  //      GL_V2F
+  //      GL_V3F
+  //      GL_C4UB_V2F
+  //      GL_C4UB_V3F
+  //      GL_C3F_V3F
+  //      GL_N3F_V3F
+  //      GL_C4F_N3F_V3F
+  //      GL_T2F_V3F
+  //      GL_T4F_V4F
+  //      GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F
+  //      GL_T2F_C3F_V3F
+  //      GL_T2F_N3F_V3F
+  //      GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F
+  //      GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F
+
+  // ListMode
+  GL_COMPILE                        = $1300;
+  GL_COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE            = $1301;
+
+  // ListNameType
+  //      GL_BYTE
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+  //      GL_2_BYTES
+  //      GL_3_BYTES
+  //      GL_4_BYTES
+
+  // LogicOp
+  GL_CLEAR                          = $1500;
+  GL_AND                            = $1501;
+  GL_AND_REVERSE                    = $1502;
+  GL_COPY                           = $1503;
+  GL_AND_INVERTED                   = $1504;
+  GL_NOOP                           = $1505;
+  GL_XOR                            = $1506;
+  GL_OR                             = $1507;
+  GL_NOR                            = $1508;
+  GL_EQUIV                          = $1509;
+  GL_INVERT                         = $150A;
+  GL_OR_REVERSE                     = $150B;
+  GL_COPY_INVERTED                  = $150C;
+  GL_OR_INVERTED                    = $150D;
+  GL_NAND                           = $150E;
+  GL_SET                            = $150F;
+
+  // MapTarget
+  //      GL_MAP1_COLOR_4
+  //      GL_MAP1_INDEX
+  //      GL_MAP1_NORMAL
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3
+  //      GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4
+  //      GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3
+  //      GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4
+  //      GL_MAP2_COLOR_4
+  //      GL_MAP2_INDEX
+  //      GL_MAP2_NORMAL
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3
+  //      GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4
+  //      GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3
+  //      GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4
+
+  // MaterialFace
+  //      GL_FRONT
+  //      GL_BACK
+  //      GL_FRONT_AND_BACK
+
+  // MaterialParameter
+  GL_EMISSION                       = $1600;
+  GL_SHININESS                      = $1601;
+  GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE            = $1602;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEXES                  = $1603;
+  //      GL_AMBIENT
+  //      GL_DIFFUSE
+  //      GL_SPECULAR
+
+  // MatrixMode
+  GL_MODELVIEW                      = $1700;
+  GL_PROJECTION                     = $1701;
+  GL_TEXTURE                        = $1702;
+
+  // MeshMode1
+  //      GL_POINT
+  //      GL_LINE
+
+  // MeshMode2
+  //      GL_POINT
+  //      GL_LINE
+  //      GL_FILL
+
+  // NormalPointerType
+  //      GL_BYTE
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+  //      GL_DOUBLE
+
+  // PixelCopyType
+  GL_COLOR                          = $1800;
+  GL_DEPTH                          = $1801;
+  GL_STENCIL                        = $1802;
+
+  // PixelFormat
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX                    = $1900;
+  GL_STENCIL_INDEX                  = $1901;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT                = $1902;
+  GL_RED                            = $1903;
+  GL_GREEN                          = $1904;
+  GL_BLUE                           = $1905;
+  GL_ALPHA                          = $1906;
+  GL_RGB                            = $1907;
+  GL_RGBA                           = $1908;
+  GL_LUMINANCE                      = $1909;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA                = $190A;
+
+  // PixelMap
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B
+  //      GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A
+
+  // PixelStore
+  //      GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES
+  //      GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST
+  //      GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH
+  //      GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS
+  //      GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS
+  //      GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT
+  //      GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES
+  //      GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST
+  //      GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH
+  //      GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS
+  //      GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS
+  //      GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT
+
+  // PixelTransfer
+  //      GL_MAP_COLOR
+  //      GL_MAP_STENCIL
+  //      GL_INDEX_SHIFT
+  //      GL_INDEX_OFFSET
+  //      GL_RED_SCALE
+  //      GL_RED_BIAS
+  //      GL_GREEN_SCALE
+  //      GL_GREEN_BIAS
+  //      GL_BLUE_SCALE
+  //      GL_BLUE_BIAS
+  //      GL_ALPHA_SCALE
+  //      GL_ALPHA_BIAS
+  //      GL_DEPTH_SCALE
+  //      GL_DEPTH_BIAS
+
+  // PixelType
+  GL_BITMAP                         = $1A00;
+  //      GL_BYTE
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_UNSIGNED_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+
+  // PolygonMode
+  GL_POINT                          = $1B00;
+  GL_LINE                           = $1B01;
+  GL_FILL                           = $1B02;
+
+  // ReadBufferMode
+  //      GL_FRONT_LEFT
+  //      GL_FRONT_RIGHT
+  //      GL_BACK_LEFT
+  //      GL_BACK_RIGHT
+  //      GL_FRONT
+  //      GL_BACK
+  //      GL_LEFT
+  //      GL_RIGHT
+  //      GL_AUX0
+  //      GL_AUX1
+  //      GL_AUX2
+  //      GL_AUX3
+
+  // RenderingMode
+  GL_RENDER                         = $1C00;
+  GL_FEEDBACK                       = $1C01;
+  GL_SELECT                         = $1C02;
+
+  // ShadingModel
+  GL_FLAT                           = $1D00;
+  GL_SMOOTH                         = $1D01;
+
+  // StencilFunction
+  //      GL_NEVER
+  //      GL_LESS
+  //      GL_EQUAL
+  //      GL_LEQUAL
+  //      GL_GREATER
+  //      GL_NOTEQUAL
+  //      GL_GEQUAL
+  //      GL_ALWAYS
+
+  // StencilOp
+  //      GL_ZERO
+  GL_KEEP                           = $1E00;
+  GL_REPLACE                        = $1E01;
+  GL_INCR                           = $1E02;
+  GL_DECR                           = $1E03;
+  //      GL_INVERT
+
+  // StringName
+  GL_VENDOR                         = $1F00;
+  GL_RENDERER                       = $1F01;
+  GL_VERSION                        = $1F02;
+  GL_EXTENSIONS                     = $1F03;
+
+  // TextureCoordName
+  GL_S                              = $2000;
+  GL_T                              = $2001;
+  GL_R                              = $2002;
+  GL_Q                              = $2003;
+
+  // TexCoordPointerType
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+  //      GL_DOUBLE
+
+  // TextureEnvMode
+  GL_MODULATE                       = $2100;
+  GL_DECAL                          = $2101;
+  //      GL_BLEND
+  //      GL_REPLACE
+
+  // TextureEnvParameter
+  GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE               = $2200;
+  GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR              = $2201;
+
+  // TextureEnvTarget
+  GL_TEXTURE_ENV                    = $2300;
+
+  // TextureGenMode
+  GL_EYE_LINEAR                     = $2400;
+  GL_OBJECT_LINEAR                  = $2401;
+  GL_SPHERE_MAP                     = $2402;
+
+  // TextureGenParameter
+  GL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE               = $2500;
+  GL_OBJECT_PLANE                   = $2501;
+  GL_EYE_PLANE                      = $2502;
+
+  // TextureMagFilter
+  GL_NEAREST                        = $2600;
+  GL_LINEAR                         = $2601;
+
+  // TextureMinFilter
+  //      GL_NEAREST
+  //      GL_LINEAR
+  GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST         = $2700;
+  GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST          = $2701;
+  GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR          = $2702;
+  GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR           = $2703;
+
+  // TextureParameterName
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER             = $2800;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER             = $2801;
+  GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S                 = $2802;
+  GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T                 = $2803;
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY
+
+  // TextureTarget
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_1D
+  //      GL_TEXTURE_2D
+  //      GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D
+  //      GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D
+
+  // TextureWrapMode
+  GL_CLAMP                          = $2900;
+  GL_REPEAT                         = $2901;
+
+  // VertexPointerType
+  //      GL_SHORT
+  //      GL_INT
+  //      GL_FLOAT
+  //      GL_DOUBLE
+
+  // ClientAttribMask
+  GL_CLIENT_PIXEL_STORE_BIT         = $00000001;
+  GL_CLIENT_VERTEX_ARRAY_BIT        = $00000002;
+  GL_CLIENT_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS         = $FFFFFFFF;
+
+  // polygon_offset
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR          = $8038;
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS           = $2A00;
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT           = $2A01;
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE            = $2A02;
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL            = $8037;
+
+  // texture
+  GL_ALPHA4                         = $803B;
+  GL_ALPHA8                         = $803C;
+  GL_ALPHA12                        = $803D;
+  GL_ALPHA16                        = $803E;
+  GL_LUMINANCE4                     = $803F;
+  GL_LUMINANCE8                     = $8040;
+  GL_LUMINANCE12                    = $8041;
+  GL_LUMINANCE16                    = $8042;
+  GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4              = $8043;
+  GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2              = $8044;
+  GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8              = $8045;
+  GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4             = $8046;
+  GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12            = $8047;
+  GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16            = $8048;
+  GL_INTENSITY                      = $8049;
+  GL_INTENSITY4                     = $804A;
+  GL_INTENSITY8                     = $804B;
+  GL_INTENSITY12                    = $804C;
+  GL_INTENSITY16                    = $804D;
+  GL_R3_G3_B2                       = $2A10;
+  GL_RGB4                           = $804F;
+  GL_RGB5                           = $8050;
+  GL_RGB8                           = $8051;
+  GL_RGB10                          = $8052;
+  GL_RGB12                          = $8053;
+  GL_RGB16                          = $8054;
+  GL_RGBA2                          = $8055;
+  GL_RGBA4                          = $8056;
+  GL_RGB5_A1                        = $8057;
+  GL_RGBA8                          = $8058;
+  GL_RGB10_A2                       = $8059;
+  GL_RGBA12                         = $805A;
+  GL_RGBA16                         = $805B;
+  GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE               = $805C;
+  GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE             = $805D;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE              = $805E;
+  GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE             = $805F;
+  GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE         = $8060;
+  GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE         = $8061;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D               = $8063;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D               = $8064;
+
+  // texture_object
+  GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY               = $8066;
+  GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT               = $8067;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D             = $8068;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D             = $8069;
+
+  // vertex_array
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY                   = $8074;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY                   = $8075;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY                    = $8076;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY                    = $8077;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY            = $8078;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY                = $8079;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE              = $807A;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE              = $807B;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE            = $807C;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE              = $807E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE            = $807F;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE               = $8081;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE               = $8082;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE             = $8083;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE               = $8085;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE             = $8086;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE       = $8088;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE       = $8089;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE     = $808A;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE         = $808C;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER           = $808E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER           = $808F;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER            = $8090;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER            = $8091;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER    = $8092;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER        = $8093;
+  GL_V2F                            = $2A20;
+  GL_V3F                            = $2A21;
+  GL_C4UB_V2F                       = $2A22;
+  GL_C4UB_V3F                       = $2A23;
+  GL_C3F_V3F                        = $2A24;
+  GL_N3F_V3F                        = $2A25;
+  GL_C4F_N3F_V3F                    = $2A26;
+  GL_T2F_V3F                        = $2A27;
+  GL_T4F_V4F                        = $2A28;
+  GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F                   = $2A29;
+  GL_T2F_C3F_V3F                    = $2A2A;
+  GL_T2F_N3F_V3F                    = $2A2B;
+  GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F                = $2A2C;
+  GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F                = $2A2D;
+
+  // Extensions
+  GL_EXT_vertex_array               = 1;
+  GL_WIN_swap_hint                  = 1;
+  GL_EXT_bgra                       = 1;
+  GL_EXT_paletted_texture           = 1;
+
+  // EXT_vertex_array
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT               = $8074;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT               = $8075;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT                = $8076;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT                = $8077;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT        = $8078;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT            = $8079;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT          = $807A;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT          = $807B;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT        = $807C;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT         = $807D;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT          = $807E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT        = $807F;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT         = $8080;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT           = $8081;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT           = $8082;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT         = $8083;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT          = $8084;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT           = $8085;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT         = $8086;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT          = $8087;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT   = $8088;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT   = $8089;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $808A;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT  = $808B;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT     = $808C;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT      = $808D;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT       = $808E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT       = $808F;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT        = $8090;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT        = $8091;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8092;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT    = $8093;
+  GL_DOUBLE_EXT                     = GL_DOUBLE;
+
+  // EXT_bgra 
+  GL_BGR_EXT                        = $80E0;
+  GL_BGRA_EXT                       = $80E1;
+
+  // EXT_paletted_texture
+
+  // These must match the GL_COLOR_TABLE_*_SGI enumerants
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_EXT         = $80D8;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_EXT          = $80D9;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_EXT       = $80DA;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT     = $80DB;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT      = $80DC;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT     = $80DD;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT = $80DE;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT = $80DF;
+
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT               = $80E2;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT               = $80E3;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT               = $80E4;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT               = $80E5;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT              = $80E6;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT              = $80E7;
+
+  // For compatibility with OpenGL v1.0
+  GL_LOGIC_OP                       = GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPONENTS             = GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT;
+
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+var
+  glAccum: procedure(op: GLenum; value: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAlphaFunc: procedure(func: GLenum; ref: GLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAreTexturesResident: function (n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint; residences: PGLboolean): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glArrayElement: procedure(i: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBegin: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindTexture: procedure(target: GLenum; texture: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBitmap: procedure (width, height: GLsizei; xorig, yorig: GLfloat; xmove, ymove: GLfloat; const bitmap: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBlendFunc: procedure(sfactor, dfactor: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCallList: procedure(list: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCallLists: procedure(n: GLsizei; atype: GLenum; const lists: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClear: procedure(mask: GLbitfield); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearAccum: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearColor: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearDepth: procedure(depth: GLclampd); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearIndex: procedure(c: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearStencil: procedure(s: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClipPlane: procedure(plane: GLenum; const equation: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3b: procedure(red, green, blue: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3bv: procedure(const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3d: procedure(red, green, blue: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3f: procedure(red, green, blue: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3i: procedure(red, green, blue: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3s: procedure(red, green, blue: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3ub: procedure(red, green, blue: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3ubv: procedure(const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3ui: procedure(red, green, blue: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3uiv: procedure(const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3us: procedure(red, green, blue: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3usv: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4b: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4bv: procedure(const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4d: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4f: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4i: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4s: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4ub: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4ubv: procedure(const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4ui: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4uiv: procedure(const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4us: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4usv: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorMask: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorMaterial: procedure(face, mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorPointer: procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyPixels: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; atype: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexImage1D: procedure (target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalFormat: GLenum; x, y: GLint; width: GLsizei; border: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalFormat: GLenum; x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; border: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexSubImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset, x, y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexSubImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset, yoffset, x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCullFace: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteLists: procedure(list: GLuint; range: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteTextures: procedure(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDepthFunc: procedure(func: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDepthMask: procedure(flag: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDepthRange: procedure(zNear, zFar: GLclampd); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDisable: procedure(cap: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDisableClientState: procedure(aarray: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawArrays: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawBuffer: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawElements: procedure(mode: GLenum; count: GLsizei; atype: GLenum; const indices: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawPixels: procedure(width, height: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlag: procedure(flag: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlagPointer: procedure(stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlagv: procedure(const flag: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEnable: procedure(cap: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEnableClientState: procedure(aarray: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEnd: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEndList: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1d: procedure(u: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1dv: procedure(const u: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1f: procedure(u: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1fv: procedure(const u: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2d: procedure(u, v: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2dv: procedure(const u: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2f: procedure(u, v: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2fv: procedure(const u: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalMesh1: procedure(mode: GLenum; i1, i2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalMesh2: procedure(mode: GLenum; i1, i2, j1, j2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalPoint1: procedure(i: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalPoint2: procedure(i, j: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFeedbackBuffer: procedure(size: GLsizei; atype: GLenum; buffer: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFinish: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFlush: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogfv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogi: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogiv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFrontFace: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFrustum: procedure(left, right, bottom, top, zNear, zFar: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenLists: function(range: GLsizei): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenTextures: procedure(n: GLsizei; textures: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBooleanv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetClipPlane: procedure(plane: GLenum; equation: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetDoublev: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetError: function: GLenum; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetFloatv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetIntegerv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLightfv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLightiv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapdv: procedure(target, query: GLenum; v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapfv: procedure(target, query: GLenum; v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapiv: procedure(target, query: GLenum; v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMaterialfv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMaterialiv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelMapfv: procedure(map: GLenum; values: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelMapuiv: procedure(map: GLenum; values: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelMapusv: procedure(map: GLenum; values: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPointerv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPolygonStipple: procedure(mask: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetString: function(name: GLenum): PChar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexEnvfv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexEnviv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexGendv: procedure(coord, pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexGenfv: procedure(coord, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexGeniv: procedure(coord, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexImage: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; format: GLenum; atype: GLenum; pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexLevelParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; pname: GLenum; params: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexLevelParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexParameterfv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexParameteriv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glHint: procedure(target, mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexMask: procedure(mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexPointer: procedure(atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexd: procedure(c: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexdv: procedure(const c: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexf: procedure(c: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexfv: procedure(const c: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexi: procedure(c: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexiv: procedure(const c: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexs: procedure(c: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexsv: procedure(const c: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexub: procedure(c: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexubv: procedure(const c: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glInitNames: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glInterleavedArrays: procedure(format: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsEnabled: function(cap: GLenum): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsList: function(list: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsTexture: function(texture: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModelf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModelfv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModeli: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModeliv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightf: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightfv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLighti: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightiv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLineStipple: procedure(factor: GLint; pattern: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLineWidth: procedure(width: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glListBase: procedure(base: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadIdentity: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadMatrixd: procedure(const m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadMatrixf: procedure(const m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadName: procedure(name: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLogicOp: procedure(opcode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap1d: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLdouble; stride, order: GLint; const points: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap1f: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLfloat; stride, order: GLint; const points: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap2d: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLdouble; ustride, uorder: GLint; v1, v2: GLdouble; vstride, vorder: GLint; const points: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap2f: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLfloat; ustride, uorder: GLint; v1, v2: GLfloat; vstride, vorder: GLint; const points: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid1d: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid1f: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid2d: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLdouble; vn: GLint; v1, v2: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid2f: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLfloat; vn: GLint; v1, v2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMaterialf: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMaterialfv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMateriali: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMaterialiv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMatrixMode: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultMatrixd: procedure(const m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultMatrixf: procedure(const m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNewList: procedure(list: GLuint; mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3b: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3bv: procedure(const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3d: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3f: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3i: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3s: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalPointer: procedure(atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glOrtho: procedure(left, right, bottom, top, zNear, zFar: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPassThrough: procedure(token: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelMapfv: procedure(map: GLenum; mapsize: GLsizei; const values: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelMapuiv: procedure(map: GLenum; mapsize: GLsizei; const values: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelMapusv: procedure(map: GLenum; mapsize: GLsizei; const values: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelStoref: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelStorei: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelTransferf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelTransferi: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelZoom: procedure(xfactor, yfactor: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointSize: procedure(size: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPolygonMode: procedure(face, mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPolygonOffset: procedure(factor, units: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPolygonStipple: procedure(const mask: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPopAttrib: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPopClientAttrib: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPopMatrix: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPopName: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPrioritizeTextures: procedure(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint; const priorities: PGLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushAttrib: procedure(mask: GLbitfield); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushClientAttrib: procedure(mask: GLbitfield); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushMatrix: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushName: procedure(name: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2d: procedure(x, y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2f: procedure(x, y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2i: procedure(x, y: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2s: procedure(x, y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos2sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3d: procedure(x, y, z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3f: procedure(x, y, z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3i: procedure(x, y, z: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3s: procedure(x, y, z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4d: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4f: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4i: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4s: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRasterPos4sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReadBuffer: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReadPixels: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRectd: procedure(x1, y1, x2, y2: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRectdv: procedure(const v1: PGLdouble; const v2: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRectf: procedure(x1, y1, x2, y2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRectfv: procedure(const v1: PGLfloat; const v2: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRecti: procedure(x1, y1, x2, y2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRectiv: procedure(const v1: PGLint; const v2: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRects: procedure(x1, y1, x2, y2: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRectsv: procedure(const v1: PGLshort; const v2: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRenderMode: function(mode: GLint): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRotated: procedure(angle, x, y, z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRotatef: procedure(angle, x, y, z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glScaled: procedure(x, y, z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glScalef: procedure(x, y, z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glScissor: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSelectBuffer: procedure(size: GLsizei; buffer: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glShadeModel: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilFunc: procedure(func: GLenum; ref: GLint; mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilMask: procedure(mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilOp: procedure(fail, zfail, zpass: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1d: procedure(s: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1f: procedure(s: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1i: procedure(s: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1s: procedure(s: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2d: procedure(s, t: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2f: procedure(s, t: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2i: procedure(s, t: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2s: procedure(s, t: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3d: procedure(s, t, r: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3f: procedure(s, t, r: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3i: procedure(s, t, r: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3s: procedure(s, t, r: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4d: procedure(s, t, r, q: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4f: procedure(s, t, r, q: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4i: procedure(s, t, r, q: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4s: procedure(s, t, r, q: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoordPointer: procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnvf: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnvfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnvi: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnviv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGend: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGendv: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGenf: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGenfv: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGeni: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGeniv: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, internalformat: GLint; width: GLsizei; border: GLint; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, internalformat: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; border: GLint; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameterf: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameteri: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset, yoffset: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTranslated: procedure(x, y, z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTranslatef: procedure(x, y, z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2d: procedure(x, y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2f: procedure(x, y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2i: procedure(x, y: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2s: procedure(x, y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3d: procedure(x, y, z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3f: procedure(x, y, z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3i: procedure(x, y, z: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3s: procedure(x, y, z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4d: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4f: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4i: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4s: procedure(x, y, z, w: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexPointer: procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glViewport: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  ChoosePixelFormat: function(DC: HDC; p2: PPixelFormatDescriptor): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+type
+  // EXT_vertex_array
+  PFNGLARRAYELEMENTEXTPROC = procedure(i: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLDRAWARRAYSEXTPROC = procedure(mode: GLenum; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLVERTEXPOINTEREXTPROC = procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum;
+                                        stride, count: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLNORMALPOINTEREXTPROC = procedure(atype: GLenum; stride, count: GLsizei;
+                                        const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLCOLORPOINTEREXTPROC = procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride, count: GLsizei;
+                                       const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLINDEXPOINTEREXTPROC = procedure(atype: GLenum; stride, count: GLsizei;
+                                       const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTEREXTPROC = procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum;
+                                          stride, count: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTEREXTPROC = procedure(stride, count: GLsizei;
+                                          const pointer: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLGETPOINTERVEXTPROC = procedure(pname: GLenum; params: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLARRAYELEMENTARRAYEXTPROC = procedure(mode: GLenum; count: GLsizei;
+                                            const pi: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  // WIN_swap_hint
+  PFNGLADDSWAPHINTRECTWINPROC = procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  // EXT_paletted_texture
+  PFNGLCOLORTABLEEXTPROC = procedure(target, internalFormat: GLenum; width: GLsizei;
+                                     format, atype: GLenum; const data: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLCOLORSUBTABLEEXTPROC = procedure(target: GLenum; start, count: GLsizei;
+                                        format, atype: GLenum; const data: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEEXTPROC = procedure(target, format, atype: GLenum; data: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERIVEXTPROC = procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERFVEXTPROC = procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure LoadOpenGL( const dll: PChar );
+procedure FreeOpenGL;
+
+implementation
+
+procedure FreeOpenGL;
+begin
+
+  @glAccum := nil;
+  @glAlphaFunc := nil;
+  @glAreTexturesResident := nil;
+  @glArrayElement := nil;
+  @glBegin := nil;
+  @glBindTexture := nil;
+  @glBitmap := nil;
+  @glBlendFunc := nil;
+  @glCallList := nil;
+  @glCallLists := nil;
+  @glClear := nil;
+  @glClearAccum := nil;
+  @glClearColor := nil;
+  @glClearDepth := nil;
+  @glClearIndex := nil;
+  @glClearStencil := nil;
+  @glClipPlane := nil;
+  @glColor3b := nil;
+  @glColor3bv := nil;
+  @glColor3d := nil;
+  @glColor3dv := nil;
+  @glColor3f := nil;
+  @glColor3fv := nil;
+  @glColor3i := nil;
+  @glColor3iv := nil;
+  @glColor3s := nil;
+  @glColor3sv := nil;
+  @glColor3ub := nil;
+  @glColor3ubv := nil;
+  @glColor3ui := nil;
+  @glColor3uiv := nil;
+  @glColor3us := nil;
+  @glColor3usv := nil;
+  @glColor4b := nil;
+  @glColor4bv := nil;
+  @glColor4d := nil;
+  @glColor4dv := nil;
+  @glColor4f := nil;
+  @glColor4fv := nil;
+  @glColor4i := nil;
+  @glColor4iv := nil;
+  @glColor4s := nil;
+  @glColor4sv := nil;
+  @glColor4ub := nil;
+  @glColor4ubv := nil;
+  @glColor4ui := nil;
+  @glColor4uiv := nil;
+  @glColor4us := nil;
+  @glColor4usv := nil;
+  @glColorMask := nil;
+  @glColorMaterial := nil;
+  @glColorPointer := nil;
+  @glCopyPixels := nil;
+  @glCopyTexImage1D := nil;
+  @glCopyTexImage2D := nil;
+  @glCopyTexSubImage1D := nil;
+  @glCopyTexSubImage2D := nil;
+  @glCullFace := nil;
+  @glDeleteLists := nil;
+  @glDeleteTextures := nil;
+  @glDepthFunc := nil;
+  @glDepthMask := nil;
+  @glDepthRange := nil;
+  @glDisable := nil;
+  @glDisableClientState := nil;
+  @glDrawArrays := nil;
+  @glDrawBuffer := nil;
+  @glDrawElements := nil;
+  @glDrawPixels := nil;
+  @glEdgeFlag := nil;
+  @glEdgeFlagPointer := nil;
+  @glEdgeFlagv := nil;
+  @glEnable := nil;
+  @glEnableClientState := nil;
+  @glEnd := nil;
+  @glEndList := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord1d := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord1dv := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord1f := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord1fv := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord2d := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord2dv := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord2f := nil;
+  @glEvalCoord2fv := nil;
+  @glEvalMesh1 := nil;
+  @glEvalMesh2 := nil;
+  @glEvalPoint1 := nil;
+  @glEvalPoint2 := nil;
+  @glFeedbackBuffer := nil;
+  @glFinish := nil;
+  @glFlush := nil;
+  @glFogf := nil;
+  @glFogfv := nil;
+  @glFogi := nil;
+  @glFogiv := nil;
+  @glFrontFace := nil;
+  @glFrustum := nil;
+  @glGenLists := nil;
+  @glGenTextures := nil;
+  @glGetBooleanv := nil;
+  @glGetClipPlane := nil;
+  @glGetDoublev := nil;
+  @glGetError := nil;
+  @glGetFloatv := nil;
+  @glGetIntegerv := nil;
+  @glGetLightfv := nil;
+  @glGetLightiv := nil;
+  @glGetMapdv := nil;
+  @glGetMapfv := nil;
+  @glGetMapiv := nil;
+  @glGetMaterialfv := nil;
+  @glGetMaterialiv := nil;
+  @glGetPixelMapfv := nil;
+  @glGetPixelMapuiv := nil;
+  @glGetPixelMapusv := nil;
+  @glGetPointerv := nil;
+  @glGetPolygonStipple := nil;
+  @glGetString := nil;
+  @glGetTexEnvfv := nil;
+  @glGetTexEnviv := nil;
+  @glGetTexGendv := nil;
+  @glGetTexGenfv := nil;
+  @glGetTexGeniv := nil;
+  @glGetTexImage := nil;
+  @glGetTexLevelParameterfv := nil;
+  @glGetTexLevelParameteriv := nil;
+  @glGetTexParameterfv := nil;
+  @glGetTexParameteriv := nil;
+  @glHint := nil;
+  @glIndexMask := nil;
+  @glIndexPointer := nil;
+  @glIndexd := nil;
+  @glIndexdv := nil;
+  @glIndexf := nil;
+  @glIndexfv := nil;
+  @glIndexi := nil;
+  @glIndexiv := nil;
+  @glIndexs := nil;
+  @glIndexsv := nil;
+  @glIndexub := nil;
+  @glIndexubv := nil;
+  @glInitNames := nil;
+  @glInterleavedArrays := nil;
+  @glIsEnabled := nil;
+  @glIsList := nil;
+  @glIsTexture := nil;
+  @glLightModelf := nil;
+  @glLightModelfv := nil;
+  @glLightModeli := nil;
+  @glLightModeliv := nil;
+  @glLightf := nil;
+  @glLightfv := nil;
+  @glLighti := nil;
+  @glLightiv := nil;
+  @glLineStipple := nil;
+  @glLineWidth := nil;
+  @glListBase := nil;
+  @glLoadIdentity := nil;
+  @glLoadMatrixd := nil;
+  @glLoadMatrixf := nil;
+  @glLoadName := nil;
+  @glLogicOp := nil;
+  @glMap1d := nil;
+  @glMap1f := nil;
+  @glMap2d := nil;
+  @glMap2f := nil;
+  @glMapGrid1d := nil;
+  @glMapGrid1f := nil;
+  @glMapGrid2d := nil;
+  @glMapGrid2f := nil;
+  @glMaterialf := nil;
+  @glMaterialfv := nil;
+  @glMateriali := nil;
+  @glMaterialiv := nil;
+  @glMatrixMode := nil;
+  @glMultMatrixd := nil;
+  @glMultMatrixf := nil;
+  @glNewList := nil;
+  @glNormal3b := nil;
+  @glNormal3bv := nil;
+  @glNormal3d := nil;
+  @glNormal3dv := nil;
+  @glNormal3f := nil;
+  @glNormal3fv := nil;
+  @glNormal3i := nil;
+  @glNormal3iv := nil;
+  @glNormal3s := nil;
+  @glNormal3sv := nil;
+  @glNormalPointer := nil;
+  @glOrtho := nil;
+  @glPassThrough := nil;
+  @glPixelMapfv := nil;
+  @glPixelMapuiv := nil;
+  @glPixelMapusv := nil;
+  @glPixelStoref := nil;
+  @glPixelStorei := nil;
+  @glPixelTransferf := nil;
+  @glPixelTransferi := nil;
+  @glPixelZoom := nil;
+  @glPointSize := nil;
+  @glPolygonMode := nil;
+  @glPolygonOffset := nil;
+  @glPolygonStipple := nil;
+  @glPopAttrib := nil;
+  @glPopClientAttrib := nil;
+  @glPopMatrix := nil;
+  @glPopName := nil;
+  @glPrioritizeTextures := nil;
+  @glPushAttrib := nil;
+  @glPushClientAttrib := nil;
+  @glPushMatrix := nil;
+  @glPushName := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2d := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2dv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2f := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2fv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2i := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2iv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2s := nil;
+  @glRasterPos2sv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3d := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3dv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3f := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3fv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3i := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3iv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3s := nil;
+  @glRasterPos3sv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4d := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4dv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4f := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4fv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4i := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4iv := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4s := nil;
+  @glRasterPos4sv := nil;
+  @glReadBuffer := nil;
+  @glReadPixels := nil;
+  @glRectd := nil;
+  @glRectdv := nil;
+  @glRectf := nil;
+  @glRectfv := nil;
+  @glRecti := nil;
+  @glRectiv := nil;
+  @glRects := nil;
+  @glRectsv := nil;
+  @glRenderMode := nil;
+  @glRotated := nil;
+  @glRotatef := nil;
+  @glScaled := nil;
+  @glScalef := nil;
+  @glScissor := nil;
+  @glSelectBuffer := nil;
+  @glShadeModel := nil;
+  @glStencilFunc := nil;
+  @glStencilMask := nil;
+  @glStencilOp := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1d := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1dv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1f := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1fv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1i := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1iv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1s := nil;
+  @glTexCoord1sv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2d := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2dv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2f := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2fv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2i := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2iv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2s := nil;
+  @glTexCoord2sv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3d := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3dv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3f := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3fv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3i := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3iv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3s := nil;
+  @glTexCoord3sv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4d := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4dv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4f := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4fv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4i := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4iv := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4s := nil;
+  @glTexCoord4sv := nil;
+  @glTexCoordPointer := nil;
+  @glTexEnvf := nil;
+  @glTexEnvfv := nil;
+  @glTexEnvi := nil;
+  @glTexEnviv := nil;
+  @glTexGend := nil;
+  @glTexGendv := nil;
+  @glTexGenf := nil;
+  @glTexGenfv := nil;
+  @glTexGeni := nil;
+  @glTexGeniv := nil;
+  @glTexImage1D := nil;
+  @glTexImage2D := nil;
+  @glTexParameterf := nil;
+  @glTexParameterfv := nil;
+  @glTexParameteri := nil;
+  @glTexParameteriv := nil;
+  @glTexSubImage1D := nil;
+  @glTexSubImage2D := nil;
+  @glTranslated := nil;
+  @glTranslatef := nil;
+  @glVertex2d := nil;
+  @glVertex2dv := nil;
+  @glVertex2f := nil;
+  @glVertex2fv := nil;
+  @glVertex2i := nil;
+  @glVertex2iv := nil;
+  @glVertex2s := nil;
+  @glVertex2sv := nil;
+  @glVertex3d := nil;
+  @glVertex3dv := nil;
+  @glVertex3f := nil;
+  @glVertex3fv := nil;
+  @glVertex3i := nil;
+  @glVertex3iv := nil;
+  @glVertex3s := nil;
+  @glVertex3sv := nil;
+  @glVertex4d := nil;
+  @glVertex4dv := nil;
+  @glVertex4f := nil;
+  @glVertex4fv := nil;
+  @glVertex4i := nil;
+  @glVertex4iv := nil;
+  @glVertex4s := nil;
+  @glVertex4sv := nil;
+  @glVertexPointer := nil;
+  @glViewport := nil;
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  @ChoosePixelFormat := nil;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  UnLoadModule(LibGL);
+
+end;
+
+procedure LoadOpenGL(const dll: PChar);
+begin
+
+  FreeOpenGL;
+
+  if LoadModule( LibGL, dll ) then
+  begin
+    @glAccum := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glAccum');
+    @glAlphaFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glAlphaFunc');
+    @glAreTexturesResident := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glAreTexturesResident');
+    @glArrayElement := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glArrayElement');
+    @glBegin := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glBegin');
+    @glBindTexture := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glBindTexture');
+    @glBitmap := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glBitmap');
+    @glBlendFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glBlendFunc');
+    @glCallList := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCallList');
+    @glCallLists := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCallLists');
+    @glClear := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClear');
+    @glClearAccum := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClearAccum');
+    @glClearColor := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClearColor');
+    @glClearDepth := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClearDepth');
+    @glClearIndex := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClearIndex');
+    @glClearStencil := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClearStencil');
+    @glClipPlane := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glClipPlane');
+    @glColor3b := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3b');
+    @glColor3bv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3bv');
+    @glColor3d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3d');
+    @glColor3dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3dv');
+    @glColor3f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3f');
+    @glColor3fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3fv');
+    @glColor3i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3i');
+    @glColor3iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3iv');
+    @glColor3s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3s');
+    @glColor3sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3sv');
+    @glColor3ub := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3ub');
+    @glColor3ubv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3ubv');
+    @glColor3ui := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3ui');
+    @glColor3uiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3uiv');
+    @glColor3us := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3us');
+    @glColor3usv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor3usv');
+    @glColor4b := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4b');
+    @glColor4bv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4bv');
+    @glColor4d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4d');
+    @glColor4dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4dv');
+    @glColor4f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4f');
+    @glColor4fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4fv');
+    @glColor4i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4i');
+    @glColor4iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4iv');
+    @glColor4s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4s');
+    @glColor4sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4sv');
+    @glColor4ub := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4ub');
+    @glColor4ubv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4ubv');
+    @glColor4ui := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4ui');
+    @glColor4uiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4uiv');
+    @glColor4us := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4us');
+    @glColor4usv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColor4usv');
+    @glColorMask := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColorMask');
+    @glColorMaterial := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColorMaterial');
+    @glColorPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glColorPointer');
+    @glCopyPixels := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCopyPixels');
+    @glCopyTexImage1D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCopyTexImage1D');
+    @glCopyTexImage2D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCopyTexImage2D');
+    @glCopyTexSubImage1D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCopyTexSubImage1D');
+    @glCopyTexSubImage2D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCopyTexSubImage2D');
+    @glCullFace := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glCullFace');
+    @glDeleteLists := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDeleteLists');
+    @glDeleteTextures := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDeleteTextures');
+    @glDepthFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDepthFunc');
+    @glDepthMask := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDepthMask');
+    @glDepthRange := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDepthRange');
+    @glDisable := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDisable');
+    @glDisableClientState := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDisableClientState');
+    @glDrawArrays := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDrawArrays');
+    @glDrawBuffer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDrawBuffer');
+    @glDrawElements := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDrawElements');
+    @glDrawPixels := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glDrawPixels');
+    @glEdgeFlag := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEdgeFlag');
+    @glEdgeFlagPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEdgeFlagPointer');
+    @glEdgeFlagv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEdgeFlagv');
+    @glEnable := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEnable');
+    @glEnableClientState := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEnableClientState');
+    @glEnd := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEnd');
+    @glEndList := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEndList');
+    @glEvalCoord1d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord1d');
+    @glEvalCoord1dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord1dv');
+    @glEvalCoord1f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord1f');
+    @glEvalCoord1fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord1fv');
+    @glEvalCoord2d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord2d');
+    @glEvalCoord2dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord2dv');
+    @glEvalCoord2f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord2f');
+    @glEvalCoord2fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalCoord2fv');
+    @glEvalMesh1 := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalMesh1');
+    @glEvalMesh2 := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalMesh2');
+    @glEvalPoint1 := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalPoint1');
+    @glEvalPoint2 := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glEvalPoint2');
+    @glFeedbackBuffer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFeedbackBuffer');
+    @glFinish := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFinish');
+    @glFlush := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFlush');
+    @glFogf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFogf');
+    @glFogfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFogfv');
+    @glFogi := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFogi');
+    @glFogiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFogiv');
+    @glFrontFace := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFrontFace');
+    @glFrustum := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glFrustum');
+    @glGenLists := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGenLists');
+    @glGenTextures := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGenTextures');
+    @glGetBooleanv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetBooleanv');
+    @glGetClipPlane := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetClipPlane');
+    @glGetDoublev := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetDoublev');
+    @glGetError := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetError');
+    @glGetFloatv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetFloatv');
+    @glGetIntegerv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetIntegerv');
+    @glGetLightfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetLightfv');
+    @glGetLightiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetLightiv');
+    @glGetMapdv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetMapdv');
+    @glGetMapfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetMapfv');
+    @glGetMapiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetMapiv');
+    @glGetMaterialfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetMaterialfv');
+    @glGetMaterialiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetMaterialiv');
+    @glGetPixelMapfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetPixelMapfv');
+    @glGetPixelMapuiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetPixelMapuiv');
+    @glGetPixelMapusv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetPixelMapusv');
+    @glGetPointerv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetPointerv');
+    @glGetPolygonStipple := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetPolygonStipple');
+    @glGetString := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetString');
+    @glGetTexEnvfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexEnvfv');
+    @glGetTexEnviv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexEnviv');
+    @glGetTexGendv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexGendv');
+    @glGetTexGenfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexGenfv');
+    @glGetTexGeniv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexGeniv');
+    @glGetTexImage := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexImage');
+    @glGetTexLevelParameterfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexLevelParameterfv');
+    @glGetTexLevelParameteriv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexLevelParameteriv');
+    @glGetTexParameterfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexParameterfv');
+    @glGetTexParameteriv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glGetTexParameteriv');
+    @glHint := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glHint');
+    @glIndexMask := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexMask');
+    @glIndexPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexPointer');
+    @glIndexd := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexd');
+    @glIndexdv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexdv');
+    @glIndexf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexf');
+    @glIndexfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexfv');
+    @glIndexi := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexi');
+    @glIndexiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexiv');
+    @glIndexs := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexs');
+    @glIndexsv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexsv');
+    @glIndexub := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexub');
+    @glIndexubv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIndexubv');
+    @glInitNames := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glInitNames');
+    @glInterleavedArrays := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glInterleavedArrays');
+    @glIsEnabled := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIsEnabled');
+    @glIsList := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIsList');
+    @glIsTexture := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glIsTexture');
+    @glLightModelf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightModelf');
+    @glLightModelfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightModelfv');
+    @glLightModeli := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightModeli');
+    @glLightModeliv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightModeliv');
+    @glLightf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightf');
+    @glLightfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightfv');
+    @glLighti := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLighti');
+    @glLightiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLightiv');
+    @glLineStipple := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLineStipple');
+    @glLineWidth := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLineWidth');
+    @glListBase := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glListBase');
+    @glLoadIdentity := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLoadIdentity');
+    @glLoadMatrixd := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLoadMatrixd');
+    @glLoadMatrixf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLoadMatrixf');
+    @glLoadName := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLoadName');
+    @glLogicOp := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glLogicOp');
+    @glMap1d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMap1d');
+    @glMap1f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMap1f');
+    @glMap2d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMap2d');
+    @glMap2f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMap2f');
+    @glMapGrid1d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMapGrid1d');
+    @glMapGrid1f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMapGrid1f');
+    @glMapGrid2d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMapGrid2d');
+    @glMapGrid2f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMapGrid2f');
+    @glMaterialf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMaterialf');
+    @glMaterialfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMaterialfv');
+    @glMateriali := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMateriali');
+    @glMaterialiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMaterialiv');
+    @glMatrixMode := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMatrixMode');
+    @glMultMatrixd := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMultMatrixd');
+    @glMultMatrixf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glMultMatrixf');
+    @glNewList := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNewList');
+    @glNormal3b := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3b');
+    @glNormal3bv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3bv');
+    @glNormal3d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3d');
+    @glNormal3dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3dv');
+    @glNormal3f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3f');
+    @glNormal3fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3fv');
+    @glNormal3i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3i');
+    @glNormal3iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3iv');
+    @glNormal3s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3s');
+    @glNormal3sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormal3sv');
+    @glNormalPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glNormalPointer');
+    @glOrtho := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glOrtho');
+    @glPassThrough := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPassThrough');
+    @glPixelMapfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelMapfv');
+    @glPixelMapuiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelMapuiv');
+    @glPixelMapusv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelMapusv');
+    @glPixelStoref := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelStoref');
+    @glPixelStorei := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelStorei');
+    @glPixelTransferf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelTransferf');
+    @glPixelTransferi := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelTransferi');
+    @glPixelZoom := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPixelZoom');
+    @glPointSize := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPointSize');
+    @glPolygonMode := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPolygonMode');
+    @glPolygonOffset := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPolygonOffset');
+    @glPolygonStipple := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPolygonStipple');
+    @glPopAttrib := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPopAttrib');
+    @glPopClientAttrib := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPopClientAttrib');
+    @glPopMatrix := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPopMatrix');
+    @glPopName := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPopName');
+    @glPrioritizeTextures := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPrioritizeTextures');
+    @glPushAttrib := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPushAttrib');
+    @glPushClientAttrib := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPushClientAttrib');
+    @glPushMatrix := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPushMatrix');
+    @glPushName := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glPushName');
+    @glRasterPos2d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2d');
+    @glRasterPos2dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2dv');
+    @glRasterPos2f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2f');
+    @glRasterPos2fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2fv');
+    @glRasterPos2i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2i');
+    @glRasterPos2iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2iv');
+    @glRasterPos2s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2s');
+    @glRasterPos2sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos2sv');
+    @glRasterPos3d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3d');
+    @glRasterPos3dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3dv');
+    @glRasterPos3f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3f');
+    @glRasterPos3fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3fv');
+    @glRasterPos3i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3i');
+    @glRasterPos3iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3iv');
+    @glRasterPos3s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3s');
+    @glRasterPos3sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos3sv');
+    @glRasterPos4d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4d');
+    @glRasterPos4dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4dv');
+    @glRasterPos4f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4f');
+    @glRasterPos4fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4fv');
+    @glRasterPos4i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4i');
+    @glRasterPos4iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4iv');
+    @glRasterPos4s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4s');
+    @glRasterPos4sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRasterPos4sv');
+    @glReadBuffer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glReadBuffer');
+    @glReadPixels := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glReadPixels');
+    @glRectd := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRectd');
+    @glRectdv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRectdv');
+    @glRectf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRectf');
+    @glRectfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRectfv');
+    @glRecti := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRecti');
+    @glRectiv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRectiv');
+    @glRects := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRects');
+    @glRectsv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRectsv');
+    @glRenderMode := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRenderMode');
+    @glRotated := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRotated');
+    @glRotatef := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glRotatef');
+    @glScaled := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glScaled');
+    @glScalef := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glScalef');
+    @glScissor := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glScissor');
+    @glSelectBuffer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glSelectBuffer');
+    @glShadeModel := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glShadeModel');
+    @glStencilFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glStencilFunc');
+    @glStencilMask := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glStencilMask');
+    @glStencilOp := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glStencilOp');
+    @glTexCoord1d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1d');
+    @glTexCoord1dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1dv');
+    @glTexCoord1f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1f');
+    @glTexCoord1fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1fv');
+    @glTexCoord1i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1i');
+    @glTexCoord1iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1iv');
+    @glTexCoord1s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1s');
+    @glTexCoord1sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord1sv');
+    @glTexCoord2d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2d');
+    @glTexCoord2dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2dv');
+    @glTexCoord2f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2f');
+    @glTexCoord2fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2fv');
+    @glTexCoord2i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2i');
+    @glTexCoord2iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2iv');
+    @glTexCoord2s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2s');
+    @glTexCoord2sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord2sv');
+    @glTexCoord3d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3d');
+    @glTexCoord3dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3dv');
+    @glTexCoord3f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3f');
+    @glTexCoord3fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3fv');
+    @glTexCoord3i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3i');
+    @glTexCoord3iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3iv');
+    @glTexCoord3s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3s');
+    @glTexCoord3sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord3sv');
+    @glTexCoord4d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4d');
+    @glTexCoord4dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4dv');
+    @glTexCoord4f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4f');
+    @glTexCoord4fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4fv');
+    @glTexCoord4i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4i');
+    @glTexCoord4iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4iv');
+    @glTexCoord4s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4s');
+    @glTexCoord4sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoord4sv');
+    @glTexCoordPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexCoordPointer');
+    @glTexEnvf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexEnvf');
+    @glTexEnvfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexEnvfv');
+    @glTexEnvi := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexEnvi');
+    @glTexEnviv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexEnviv');
+    @glTexGend := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexGend');
+    @glTexGendv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexGendv');
+    @glTexGenf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexGenf');
+    @glTexGenfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexGenfv');
+    @glTexGeni := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexGeni');
+    @glTexGeniv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexGeniv');
+    @glTexImage1D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexImage1D');
+    @glTexImage2D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexImage2D');
+    @glTexParameterf := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexParameterf');
+    @glTexParameterfv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexParameterfv');
+    @glTexParameteri := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexParameteri');
+    @glTexParameteriv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexParameteriv');
+    @glTexSubImage1D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexSubImage1D');
+    @glTexSubImage2D := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTexSubImage2D');
+    @glTranslated := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTranslated');
+    @glTranslatef := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glTranslatef');
+    @glVertex2d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2d');
+    @glVertex2dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2dv');
+    @glVertex2f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2f');
+    @glVertex2fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2fv');
+    @glVertex2i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2i');
+    @glVertex2iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2iv');
+    @glVertex2s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2s');
+    @glVertex2sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex2sv');
+    @glVertex3d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3d');
+    @glVertex3dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3dv');
+    @glVertex3f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3f');
+    @glVertex3fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3fv');
+    @glVertex3i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3i');
+    @glVertex3iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3iv');
+    @glVertex3s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3s');
+    @glVertex3sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex3sv');
+    @glVertex4d := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4d');
+    @glVertex4dv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4dv');
+    @glVertex4f := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4f');
+    @glVertex4fv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4fv');
+    @glVertex4i := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4i');
+    @glVertex4iv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4iv');
+    @glVertex4s := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4s');
+    @glVertex4sv := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertex4sv');
+    @glVertexPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glVertexPointer');
+    @glViewport := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'glViewport');
+
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+    @ChoosePixelFormat := GetModuleSymbol(LibGL, 'ChoosePixelFormat');
+    if not Assigned(ChoosePixelFormat) then
+      {$IFNDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}ChoosePixelFormat := @Windows.ChoosePixelFormat;
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+end;
+
+initialization
+  {$IF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386) or Defined(CPUX86_64)}
+  Set8087CW($133F);
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  LoadOpenGL( GLLibName );
+
+finalization
+
+  FreeOpenGL;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glext.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glext.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..871247a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glext.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,9579 @@
+unit glext;
+{
+  $Id: glext.pas,v 1.6 2007/05/20 20:28:31 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+(**************************************************
+ *        OpenGL extension loading library        *
+ * Generated by MetaGLext, written by Tom Nuydens *
+ *  (tom@delphi3d.net -- http://www.delphi3d.net  *
+ **************************************************)
+
+{
+  $Log: glext.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.6  2007/05/20 20:28:31  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.5  2006/01/11 22:39:02  drellis
+  Updated to Support Up to OpenGL 2.0
+
+  Revision 1.4  2005/01/05 00:28:40  savage
+  Forgot to wrap a couple of Load_WGL function calls with an IFDEF WIN32. Fixed so now compiles under Linux as well.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/08/24 19:33:06  savage
+  Removed declarations of SDL_GL_GetProcAddress as the correct ones are in sdl.pas.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/08/09 00:38:01  savage
+  Updated to Tom's latest version. May contains bugs, but I hope not.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/03/30 21:53:54  savage
+  Moved to it's own folder.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/03/28 00:28:43  savage
+  Fixed some glSecondaryColor definitions...
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/02/20 17:18:16  savage
+  Forgot to prefix function pointer with @ for FPC and other Pascal compilers.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/20 17:09:55  savage
+  Code tidied up in gl, glu and glut, while extensions in glext.pas are now loaded using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress, thus making it more cross-platform compatible, but now more tied to SDL.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/14 22:36:29  savage
+  Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
+  Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:09:19  savage
+  Changed uses to now make use of moduleloader.pas rather than dllfuncs.pas
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  Revision 1.7  2003/06/02 12:32:13  savage
+  Modified Sources to avoid warnings with Delphi by moving CVS Logging to the top of the header files. Hopefully CVS Logging still works.
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+{$ENDIF}
+  moduleloader,
+  gl;
+
+// Test if the given extension name is present in the given extension string.
+function glext_ExtensionSupported(const extension: PChar; const searchIn: PChar): Boolean;
+
+// Load a Specific Extension
+function glext_LoadExtension(ext: String): Boolean;
+// Some types that were introduced by extensions:
+type
+  GLintptrARB = Integer;
+  PGLintptrARB = ^GLintptrARB;
+
+  GLsizeiptrARB = Integer;
+  PGLsizeiptrARB = ^GLsizeiptrARB;
+
+  GLcharARB = Char;
+  PGLcharARB = ^GLcharARB;
+
+  GLhandleARB = Cardinal;
+  PGLhandleARB = ^GLhandleARB;
+
+  GLintptr = Integer;
+  PGLintptr = ^GLintptr;
+
+  GLsizeiptr = Integer;
+  PGLsizeiptr = ^GLsizeiptr;
+
+  GLchar = Char;
+  PGLchar = ^GLchar;
+
+//***** GL_version_1_2 *****//
+const
+  GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2 = $8032;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4 = $8033;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1 = $8034;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8 = $8035;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2 = $8036;
+  GL_RESCALE_NORMAL = $803A;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV = $8362;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5 = $8363;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV = $8364;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV = $8365;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV = $8366;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV = $8367;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV = $8368;
+  GL_BGR = $80E0;
+  GL_BGRA = $80E1;
+  GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_VERTICES = $80E8;
+  GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_INDICES = $80E9;
+  GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE = $812F;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MIN_LOD = $813A;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LOD = $813B;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BASE_LEVEL = $813C;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL = $813D;
+  GL_LIGHT_MODEL_COLOR_CONTROL = $81F8;
+  GL_SINGLE_COLOR = $81F9;
+  GL_SEPARATE_SPECULAR_COLOR = $81FA;
+  GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_RANGE = $0B12;
+  GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY = $0B13;
+  GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE = $0B22;
+  GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY = $0B23;
+  GL_ALIASED_POINT_SIZE_RANGE = $846D;
+  GL_ALIASED_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE = $846E;
+  GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES = $806B;
+  GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT = $806C;
+  GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES = $806D;
+  GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT = $806E;
+  GL_TEXTURE_3D = $806F;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D = $8070;
+  GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH = $8071;
+  GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R = $8072;
+  GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE = $8073;
+var
+  glDrawRangeElements: procedure(mode: GLenum; start: GLuint; _end: GLuint; count: GLsizei; _type: GLenum; const indices: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexImage3D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; border: GLint; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const pixels: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage3D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; zoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const pixels: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexSubImage3D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; zoffset: GLint; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_2: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_imaging *****//
+const
+  GL_CONSTANT_COLOR = $8001;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR = $8002;
+  GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA = $8003;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA = $8004;
+  GL_BLEND_COLOR = $8005;
+  GL_FUNC_ADD = $8006;
+  GL_MIN = $8007;
+  GL_MAX = $8008;
+  GL_BLEND_EQUATION = $8009;
+  GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT = $800A;
+  GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT = $800B;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_1D = $8010;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_2D = $8011;
+  GL_SEPARABLE_2D = $8012;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_MODE = $8013;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_SCALE = $8014;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_BIAS = $8015;
+  GL_REDUCE = $8016;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_FORMAT = $8017;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH = $8018;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT = $8019;
+  GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH = $801A;
+  GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT = $801B;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_SCALE = $801C;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_SCALE = $801D;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_SCALE = $801E;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_SCALE = $801F;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_BIAS = $8020;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_BIAS = $8021;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_BIAS = $8022;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_BIAS = $8023;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM = $8024;
+  GL_PROXY_HISTOGRAM = $8025;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_WIDTH = $8026;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_FORMAT = $8027;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_RED_SIZE = $8028;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_GREEN_SIZE = $8029;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_BLUE_SIZE = $802A;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_ALPHA_SIZE = $802B;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_LUMINANCE_SIZE = $802C;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_SINK = $802D;
+  GL_MINMAX = $802E;
+  GL_MINMAX_FORMAT = $802F;
+  GL_MINMAX_SINK = $8030;
+  GL_TABLE_TOO_LARGE = $8031;
+  GL_COLOR_MATRIX = $80B1;
+  GL_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH = $80B2;
+  GL_MAX_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH = $80B3;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_SCALE = $80B4;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_SCALE = $80B5;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_SCALE = $80B6;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_SCALE = $80B7;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_BIAS = $80B8;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_BIAS = $80B9;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_BIAS = $80BA;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATIX_ALPHA_BIAS = $80BB;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE = $80D0;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE = $80D1;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE = $80D2;
+  GL_PROXY_COLOR_TABLE = $80D3;
+  GL_PROXY_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE = $80D4;
+  GL_PROXY_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE = $80D5;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_SCALE = $80D6;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_BIAS = $80D7;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT = $80D8;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH = $80D9;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE = $80DA;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE = $80DB;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE = $80DC;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE = $80DD;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE = $80DE;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE = $80DF;
+  GL_IGNORE_BORDER = $8150;
+  GL_CONSTANT_BORDER = $8151;
+  GL_WRAP_BORDER = $8152;
+  GL_REPLICATE_BORDER = $8153;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_COLOR = $8154;
+var
+  glColorTable: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const table: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorTableParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorTableParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyColorTable: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTable: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; table: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorSubTable: procedure(target: GLenum; start: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyColorSubTable: procedure(target: GLenum; start: GLsizei; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionFilter1D: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const image: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionFilter2D: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const image: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameterf: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameteri: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyConvolutionFilter1D: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyConvolutionFilter2D: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetConvolutionFilter: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; image: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetConvolutionParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetConvolutionParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetSeparableFilter: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; row: PGLvoid; column: PGLvoid; span: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSeparableFilter2D: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const row: PGLvoid; const column: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHistogram: procedure(target: GLenum; reset: GLboolean; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; values: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHistogramParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHistogramParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMinmax: procedure(target: GLenum; reset: GLboolean; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; values: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMinmaxParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMinmaxParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glHistogram: procedure(target: GLenum; width: GLsizei; internalformat: GLenum; sink: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMinmax: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; sink: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glResetHistogram: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glResetMinmax: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBlendEquation: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBlendColor: procedure(red: GLclampf; green: GLclampf; blue: GLclampf; alpha: GLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_imaging: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_version_1_3 *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE0 = $84C0;
+  GL_TEXTURE1 = $84C1;
+  GL_TEXTURE2 = $84C2;
+  GL_TEXTURE3 = $84C3;
+  GL_TEXTURE4 = $84C4;
+  GL_TEXTURE5 = $84C5;
+  GL_TEXTURE6 = $84C6;
+  GL_TEXTURE7 = $84C7;
+  GL_TEXTURE8 = $84C8;
+  GL_TEXTURE9 = $84C9;
+  GL_TEXTURE10 = $84CA;
+  GL_TEXTURE11 = $84CB;
+  GL_TEXTURE12 = $84CC;
+  GL_TEXTURE13 = $84CD;
+  GL_TEXTURE14 = $84CE;
+  GL_TEXTURE15 = $84CF;
+  GL_TEXTURE16 = $84D0;
+  GL_TEXTURE17 = $84D1;
+  GL_TEXTURE18 = $84D2;
+  GL_TEXTURE19 = $84D3;
+  GL_TEXTURE20 = $84D4;
+  GL_TEXTURE21 = $84D5;
+  GL_TEXTURE22 = $84D6;
+  GL_TEXTURE23 = $84D7;
+  GL_TEXTURE24 = $84D8;
+  GL_TEXTURE25 = $84D9;
+  GL_TEXTURE26 = $84DA;
+  GL_TEXTURE27 = $84DB;
+  GL_TEXTURE28 = $84DC;
+  GL_TEXTURE29 = $84DD;
+  GL_TEXTURE30 = $84DE;
+  GL_TEXTURE31 = $84DF;
+  GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE = $84E0;
+  GL_CLIENT_ACTIVE_TEXTURE = $84E1;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS = $84E2;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX = $84E3;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_PROJECTION_MATRIX = $84E4;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_TEXTURE_MATRIX = $84E5;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_COLOR_MATRIX = $84E6;
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE = $809D;
+  GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE = $809E;
+  GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE = $809F;
+  GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE = $80A0;
+  GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS = $80A8;
+  GL_SAMPLES = $80A9;
+  GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_VALUE = $80AA;
+  GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_INVERT = $80AB;
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT = $20000000;
+  GL_NORMAL_MAP = $8511;
+  GL_REFLECTION_MAP = $8512;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP = $8513;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP = $8514;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X = $8515;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X = $8516;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y = $8517;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y = $8518;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z = $8519;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z = $851A;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP = $851B;
+  GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE = $851C;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_ALPHA = $84E9;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE = $84EA;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA = $84EB;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_INTENSITY = $84EC;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGB = $84ED;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA = $84EE;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_HINT = $84EF;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_IMAGE_SIZE = $86A0;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED = $86A1;
+  GL_NUM_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS = $86A2;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS = $86A3;
+  GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER = $812D;
+  GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_SGIS = $812D;
+  GL_COMBINE = $8570;
+  GL_COMBINE_RGB = $8571;
+  GL_COMBINE_ALPHA = $8572;
+  GL_SOURCE0_RGB = $8580;
+  GL_SOURCE1_RGB = $8581;
+  GL_SOURCE2_RGB = $8582;
+  GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA = $8588;
+  GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA = $8589;
+  GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA = $858A;
+  GL_OPERAND0_RGB = $8590;
+  GL_OPERAND1_RGB = $8591;
+  GL_OPERAND2_RGB = $8592;
+  GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA = $8598;
+  GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA = $8599;
+  GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA = $859A;
+  GL_RGB_SCALE = $8573;
+  GL_ADD_SIGNED = $8574;
+  GL_INTERPOLATE = $8575;
+  GL_SUBTRACT = $84E7;
+  GL_CONSTANT = $8576;
+  GL_PRIMARY_COLOR = $8577;
+  GL_PREVIOUS = $8578;
+  GL_DOT3_RGB = $86AE;
+  GL_DOT3_RGBA = $86AF;
+var
+  glActiveTexture: procedure(texture: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClientActiveTexture: procedure(texture: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1d: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1dv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1f: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1fv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1i: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1iv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1s: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1sv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2d: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble; t: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2dv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2f: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2fv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2i: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint; t: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2iv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2s: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort; t: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2sv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3d: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble; t: GLdouble; r: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3dv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3f: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3fv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3i: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint; t: GLint; r: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3iv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3s: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort; t: GLshort; r: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3sv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4d: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble; t: GLdouble; r: GLdouble; q: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4dv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4f: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat; q: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4fv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4i: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint; t: GLint; r: GLint; q: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4iv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4s: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort; t: GLshort; r: GLshort; q: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4sv: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadTransposeMatrixf: procedure(const m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadTransposeMatrixd: procedure(const m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultTransposeMatrixf: procedure(const m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultTransposeMatrixd: procedure(const m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSampleCoverage: procedure(value: GLclampf; invert: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexImage3D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; border: GLint; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; border: GLint; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; border: GLint; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexSubImage3D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; zoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; format: GLenum; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexSubImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexSubImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCompressedTexImage: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; img: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_3: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_multitexture *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE0_ARB = $84C0;
+  GL_TEXTURE1_ARB = $84C1;
+  GL_TEXTURE2_ARB = $84C2;
+  GL_TEXTURE3_ARB = $84C3;
+  GL_TEXTURE4_ARB = $84C4;
+  GL_TEXTURE5_ARB = $84C5;
+  GL_TEXTURE6_ARB = $84C6;
+  GL_TEXTURE7_ARB = $84C7;
+  GL_TEXTURE8_ARB = $84C8;
+  GL_TEXTURE9_ARB = $84C9;
+  GL_TEXTURE10_ARB = $84CA;
+  GL_TEXTURE11_ARB = $84CB;
+  GL_TEXTURE12_ARB = $84CC;
+  GL_TEXTURE13_ARB = $84CD;
+  GL_TEXTURE14_ARB = $84CE;
+  GL_TEXTURE15_ARB = $84CF;
+  GL_TEXTURE16_ARB = $84D0;
+  GL_TEXTURE17_ARB = $84D1;
+  GL_TEXTURE18_ARB = $84D2;
+  GL_TEXTURE19_ARB = $84D3;
+  GL_TEXTURE20_ARB = $84D4;
+  GL_TEXTURE21_ARB = $84D5;
+  GL_TEXTURE22_ARB = $84D6;
+  GL_TEXTURE23_ARB = $84D7;
+  GL_TEXTURE24_ARB = $84D8;
+  GL_TEXTURE25_ARB = $84D9;
+  GL_TEXTURE26_ARB = $84DA;
+  GL_TEXTURE27_ARB = $84DB;
+  GL_TEXTURE28_ARB = $84DC;
+  GL_TEXTURE29_ARB = $84DD;
+  GL_TEXTURE30_ARB = $84DE;
+  GL_TEXTURE31_ARB = $84DF;
+  GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE_ARB = $84E0;
+  GL_CLIENT_ACTIVE_TEXTURE_ARB = $84E1;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS_ARB = $84E2;
+var
+  glActiveTextureARB: procedure(texture: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClientActiveTextureARB: procedure(texture: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1dARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1dvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1fARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1fvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1iARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1ivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1sARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1svARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2dARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble; t: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2dvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2fARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2fvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2iARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint; t: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2ivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2sARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort; t: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2svARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3dARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble; t: GLdouble; r: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3dvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3fARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3fvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3iARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint; t: GLint; r: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3ivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3sARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort; t: GLshort; r: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3svARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4dARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLdouble; t: GLdouble; r: GLdouble; q: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4dvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4fARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat; q: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4fvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4iARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLint; t: GLint; r: GLint; q: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4ivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4sARB: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLshort; t: GLshort; r: GLshort; q: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4svARB: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_multitexture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_transpose_matrix *****//
+const
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX_ARB = $84E3;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_PROJECTION_MATRIX_ARB = $84E4;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_TEXTURE_MATRIX_ARB = $84E5;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_COLOR_MATRIX_ARB = $84E6;
+var
+  glLoadTransposeMatrixfARB: procedure(m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadTransposeMatrixdARB: procedure(m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultTransposeMatrixfARB: procedure(m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultTransposeMatrixdARB: procedure(m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_transpose_matrix: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_multisample *****//
+const
+  WGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_ARB = $2041;
+  WGL_SAMPLES_ARB = $2042;
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE_ARB = $809D;
+  GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE_ARB = $809E;
+  GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE_ARB = $809F;
+  GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_ARB = $80A0;
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT_ARB = $20000000;
+  GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_ARB = $80A8;
+  GL_SAMPLES_ARB = $80A9;
+  GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_VALUE_ARB = $80AA;
+  GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_INVERT_ARB = $80AB;
+var
+  glSampleCoverageARB: procedure(value: GLclampf; invert: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_multisample: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_env_add *****//
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_add: Boolean;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+//***** WGL_ARB_extensions_string *****//
+var
+  wglGetExtensionsStringARB: function(hdc: HDC): Pchar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_extensions_string: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_ARB_buffer_region *****//
+const
+  WGL_FRONT_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT_ARB = $0001;
+  WGL_BACK_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT_ARB = $0002;
+  WGL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT_ARB = $0004;
+  WGL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT_ARB = $0008;
+var
+  wglCreateBufferRegionARB: function(hDC: HDC; iLayerPlane: GLint; uType: GLuint): THandle; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglDeleteBufferRegionARB: procedure(hRegion: THandle); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglSaveBufferRegionARB: function(hRegion: THandle; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLint; height: GLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglRestoreBufferRegionARB: function(hRegion: THandle; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLint; height: GLint; xSrc: GLint; ySrc: GLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_buffer_region: Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_cube_map *****//
+const
+  GL_NORMAL_MAP_ARB = $8511;
+  GL_REFLECTION_MAP_ARB = $8512;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB = $8513;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP_ARB = $8514;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_ARB = $8515;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_ARB = $8516;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_ARB = $8517;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_ARB = $8518;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_ARB = $8519;
+  GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_ARB = $851A;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB = $851B;
+  GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE_ARB = $851C;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_cube_map: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_depth_texture *****//
+const
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16_ARB = $81A5;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_ARB = $81A6;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_ARB = $81A7;
+  GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_SIZE_ARB = $884A;
+  GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE_ARB = $884B;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_depth_texture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_point_parameters *****//
+const
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN_ARB = $8126;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX_ARB = $8127;
+  GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE_ARB = $8128;
+  GL_POINT_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION_ARB = $8129;
+var
+  glPointParameterfARB: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameterfvARB: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_point_parameters: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_shadow *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_MODE_ARB = $884C;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FUNC_ARB = $884D;
+  GL_COMPARE_R_TO_TEXTURE_ARB = $884E;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shadow: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_shadow_ambient *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FAIL_VALUE_ARB = $80BF;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shadow_ambient: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp *****//
+const
+  GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_ARB = $812D;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_compression *****//
+const
+  GL_COMPRESSED_ALPHA_ARB = $84E9;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ARB = $84EA;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_ARB = $84EB;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_INTENSITY_ARB = $84EC;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_ARB = $84ED;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ARB = $84EE;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_HINT_ARB = $84EF;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_IMAGE_SIZE_ARB = $86A0;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_ARB = $86A1;
+  GL_NUM_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS_ARB = $86A2;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS_ARB = $86A3;
+var
+  glCompressedTexImage3DARB: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; border: GLint; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexImage2DARB: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; border: GLint; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexImage1DARB: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; border: GLint; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexSubImage3DARB: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; zoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; format: GLenum; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexSubImage2DARB: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompressedTexSubImage1DARB: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; imageSize: GLsizei; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCompressedTexImageARB: procedure(target: GLenum; lod: GLint; img: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_compression: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_env_combine *****//
+const
+  GL_COMBINE_ARB = $8570;
+  GL_COMBINE_RGB_ARB = $8571;
+  GL_COMBINE_ALPHA_ARB = $8572;
+  GL_SOURCE0_RGB_ARB = $8580;
+  GL_SOURCE1_RGB_ARB = $8581;
+  GL_SOURCE2_RGB_ARB = $8582;
+  GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA_ARB = $8588;
+  GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA_ARB = $8589;
+  GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA_ARB = $858A;
+  GL_OPERAND0_RGB_ARB = $8590;
+  GL_OPERAND1_RGB_ARB = $8591;
+  GL_OPERAND2_RGB_ARB = $8592;
+  GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA_ARB = $8598;
+  GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA_ARB = $8599;
+  GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA_ARB = $859A;
+  GL_RGB_SCALE_ARB = $8573;
+  GL_ADD_SIGNED_ARB = $8574;
+  GL_INTERPOLATE_ARB = $8575;
+  GL_SUBTRACT_ARB = $84E7;
+  GL_CONSTANT_ARB = $8576;
+  GL_PRIMARY_COLOR_ARB = $8577;
+  GL_PREVIOUS_ARB = $8578;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_combine: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar *****//
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3 *****//
+const
+  GL_DOT3_RGB_ARB = $86AE;
+  GL_DOT3_RGBA_ARB = $86AF;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat *****//
+const
+  GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT_ARB = $8370;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_vertex_blend *****//
+const
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNITS_ARB = $86A4;
+  GL_ACTIVE_VERTEX_UNITS_ARB = $86A5;
+  GL_WEIGHT_SUM_UNITY_ARB = $86A6;
+  GL_VERTEX_BLEND_ARB = $86A7;
+  GL_MODELVIEW0_ARB = $1700;
+  GL_MODELVIEW1_ARB = $850A;
+  GL_MODELVIEW2_ARB = $8722;
+  GL_MODELVIEW3_ARB = $8723;
+  GL_MODELVIEW4_ARB = $8724;
+  GL_MODELVIEW5_ARB = $8725;
+  GL_MODELVIEW6_ARB = $8726;
+  GL_MODELVIEW7_ARB = $8727;
+  GL_MODELVIEW8_ARB = $8728;
+  GL_MODELVIEW9_ARB = $8729;
+  GL_MODELVIEW10_ARB = $872A;
+  GL_MODELVIEW11_ARB = $872B;
+  GL_MODELVIEW12_ARB = $872C;
+  GL_MODELVIEW13_ARB = $872D;
+  GL_MODELVIEW14_ARB = $872E;
+  GL_MODELVIEW15_ARB = $872F;
+  GL_MODELVIEW16_ARB = $8730;
+  GL_MODELVIEW17_ARB = $8731;
+  GL_MODELVIEW18_ARB = $8732;
+  GL_MODELVIEW19_ARB = $8733;
+  GL_MODELVIEW20_ARB = $8734;
+  GL_MODELVIEW21_ARB = $8735;
+  GL_MODELVIEW22_ARB = $8736;
+  GL_MODELVIEW23_ARB = $8737;
+  GL_MODELVIEW24_ARB = $8738;
+  GL_MODELVIEW25_ARB = $8739;
+  GL_MODELVIEW26_ARB = $873A;
+  GL_MODELVIEW27_ARB = $873B;
+  GL_MODELVIEW28_ARB = $873C;
+  GL_MODELVIEW29_ARB = $873D;
+  GL_MODELVIEW30_ARB = $873E;
+  GL_MODELVIEW31_ARB = $873F;
+  GL_CURRENT_WEIGHT_ARB = $86A8;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB = $86A9;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB = $86AA;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB = $86AB;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB = $86AC;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_ARB = $86AD;
+var
+  glWeightbvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightsvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightivARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightfvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightdvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightubvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightusvARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightuivARB: procedure(size: GLint; weights: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWeightPointerARB: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexBlendARB: procedure(count: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_blend: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_vertex_program *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB = $8620;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_ARB = $8642;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE_ARB = $8643;
+  GL_COLOR_SUM_ARB = $8458;
+  GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ASCII_ARB = $8875;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED_ARB = $8622;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB = $8623;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB = $8624;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB = $8625;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED_ARB = $886A;
+  GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARB = $8626;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB = $8645;
+  GL_PROGRAM_LENGTH_ARB = $8627;
+  GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ARB = $8876;
+  GL_PROGRAM_BINDING_ARB = $8677;
+  GL_PROGRAM_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $88A0;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $88A1;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $88A2;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $88A3;
+  GL_PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES_ARB = $88A4;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES_ARB = $88A5;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEMPORARIES_ARB = $88A6;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEMPORARIES_ARB = $88A7;
+  GL_PROGRAM_PARAMETERS_ARB = $88A8;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_PARAMETERS_ARB = $88A9;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_PARAMETERS_ARB = $88AA;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_PARAMETERS_ARB = $88AB;
+  GL_PROGRAM_ATTRIBS_ARB = $88AC;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ATTRIBS_ARB = $88AD;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ATTRIBS_ARB = $88AE;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ATTRIBS_ARB = $88AF;
+  GL_PROGRAM_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB = $88B0;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB = $88B1;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB = $88B2;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB = $88B3;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMETERS_ARB = $88B4;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ENV_PARAMETERS_ARB = $88B5;
+  GL_PROGRAM_UNDER_NATIVE_LIMITS_ARB = $88B6;
+  GL_PROGRAM_STRING_ARB = $8628;
+  GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_POSITION_ARB = $864B;
+  GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_ARB = $8641;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_CURRENT_MATRIX_ARB = $88B7;
+  GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_ARB = $8640;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS_ARB = $8869;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_MATRICES_ARB = $862F;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_ARB = $862E;
+  GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_STRING_ARB = $8874;
+  GL_MATRIX0_ARB = $88C0;
+  GL_MATRIX1_ARB = $88C1;
+  GL_MATRIX2_ARB = $88C2;
+  GL_MATRIX3_ARB = $88C3;
+  GL_MATRIX4_ARB = $88C4;
+  GL_MATRIX5_ARB = $88C5;
+  GL_MATRIX6_ARB = $88C6;
+  GL_MATRIX7_ARB = $88C7;
+  GL_MATRIX8_ARB = $88C8;
+  GL_MATRIX9_ARB = $88C9;
+  GL_MATRIX10_ARB = $88CA;
+  GL_MATRIX11_ARB = $88CB;
+  GL_MATRIX12_ARB = $88CC;
+  GL_MATRIX13_ARB = $88CD;
+  GL_MATRIX14_ARB = $88CE;
+  GL_MATRIX15_ARB = $88CF;
+  GL_MATRIX16_ARB = $88D0;
+  GL_MATRIX17_ARB = $88D1;
+  GL_MATRIX18_ARB = $88D2;
+  GL_MATRIX19_ARB = $88D3;
+  GL_MATRIX20_ARB = $88D4;
+  GL_MATRIX21_ARB = $88D5;
+  GL_MATRIX22_ARB = $88D6;
+  GL_MATRIX23_ARB = $88D7;
+  GL_MATRIX24_ARB = $88D8;
+  GL_MATRIX25_ARB = $88D9;
+  GL_MATRIX26_ARB = $88DA;
+  GL_MATRIX27_ARB = $88DB;
+  GL_MATRIX28_ARB = $88DC;
+  GL_MATRIX29_ARB = $88DD;
+  GL_MATRIX30_ARB = $88DE;
+  GL_MATRIX31_ARB = $88DF;
+var
+  glVertexAttrib1sARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1fARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1dARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2sARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2fARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2dARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3sARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3fARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3dARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4sARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort; w: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4fARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4dARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NubARB: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLubyte; y: GLubyte; z: GLubyte; w: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1svARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1fvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1dvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2svARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2fvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2dvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3svARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3fvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3dvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4bvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4svARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4ivARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4ubvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4usvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4uivARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4fvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4dvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NbvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NsvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NivARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NubvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NusvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4NuivARB: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribPointerARB: procedure(index: GLuint; size: GLint; _type: GLenum; normalized: GLboolean; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB: procedure(index: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB: procedure(index: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramStringARB: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; len: GLsizei; const _string: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindProgramARB: procedure(target: GLenum; _program: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteProgramsARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; const programs: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenProgramsARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; programs: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramEnvParameter4dARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; const params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramEnvParameter4fARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramLocalParameter4dARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; const params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramLocalParameter4fARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramStringARB: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; _string: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribdvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribfvARB: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribivARB: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribPointervARB: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsProgramARB: function(_program: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_program: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_window_pos *****//
+var
+  glWindowPos2dARB: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2fARB: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2iARB: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2sARB: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2dvARB: procedure(const p: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2fvARB: procedure(const p: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2ivARB: procedure(const p: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2svARB: procedure(const p: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3dARB: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3fARB: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3iARB: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint; z: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3sARB: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3dvARB: procedure(const p: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3fvARB: procedure(const p: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3ivARB: procedure(const p: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3svARB: procedure(const p: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_window_pos: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_422_pixels *****//
+const
+  GL_422_EXT = $80CC;
+  GL_422_REV_EXT = $80CD;
+  GL_422_AVERAGE_EXT = $80CE;
+  GL_422_REV_AVERAGE_EXT = $80CF;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_422_pixels: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_abgr *****//
+const
+  GL_ABGR_EXT = $8000;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_abgr: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_bgra *****//
+const
+  GL_BGR_EXT = $80E0;
+  GL_BGRA_EXT = $80E1;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_bgra: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_blend_color *****//
+const
+  GL_CONSTANT_COLOR_EXT = $8001;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR_EXT = $8002;
+  GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA_EXT = $8003;
+  GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA_EXT = $8004;
+  GL_BLEND_COLOR_EXT = $8005;
+var
+  glBlendColorEXT: procedure(red: GLclampf; green: GLclampf; blue: GLclampf; alpha: GLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_color: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_blend_func_separate *****//
+const
+  GL_BLEND_DST_RGB_EXT = $80C8;
+  GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB_EXT = $80C9;
+  GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA_EXT = $80CA;
+  GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA_EXT = $80CB;
+var
+  glBlendFuncSeparateEXT: procedure(sfactorRGB: GLenum; dfactorRGB: GLenum; sfactorAlpha: GLenum; dfactorAlpha: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_func_separate: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_blend_logic_op *****//
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_logic_op: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_blend_minmax *****//
+const
+  GL_FUNC_ADD_EXT = $8006;
+  GL_MIN_EXT = $8007;
+  GL_MAX_EXT = $8008;
+  GL_BLEND_EQUATION_EXT = $8009;
+var
+  glBlendEquationEXT: procedure(mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_minmax: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_blend_subtract *****//
+const
+  GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT_EXT = $800A;
+  GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT_EXT = $800B;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_subtract: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint *****//
+const
+  GL_CLIP_VOLUME_CLIPPING_HINT_EXT = $80F0;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_color_subtable *****//
+var
+  glColorSubTableEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; start: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyColorSubTableEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; start: GLsizei; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_color_subtable: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array *****//
+const
+  GL_ARRAY_ELEMENT_LOCK_FIRST_EXT = $81A8;
+  GL_ARRAY_ELEMENT_LOCK_COUNT_EXT = $81A9;
+var
+  glLockArraysEXT: procedure(first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUnlockArraysEXT: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_convolution *****//
+const
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_1D_EXT = $8010;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_2D_EXT = $8011;
+  GL_SEPARABLE_2D_EXT = $8012;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_MODE_EXT = $8013;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_SCALE_EXT = $8014;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_BIAS_EXT = $8015;
+  GL_REDUCE_EXT = $8016;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_FORMAT_EXT = $8017;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH_EXT = $8018;
+  GL_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT_EXT = $8019;
+  GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH_EXT = $801A;
+  GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT_EXT = $801B;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_SCALE_EXT = $801C;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_SCALE_EXT = $801D;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_SCALE_EXT = $801E;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_SCALE_EXT = $801F;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_BIAS_EXT = $8020;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_BIAS_EXT = $8021;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_BIAS_EXT = $8022;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_BIAS_EXT = $8023;
+var
+  glConvolutionFilter1DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const image: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionFilter2DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const image: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetConvolutionFilterEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; image: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSeparableFilter2DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const row: PGLvoid; const column: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetSeparableFilterEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; row: PGLvoid; column: PGLvoid; span: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameteriEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameterfEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glConvolutionParameterfvEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_convolution: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_histogram *****//
+const
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_EXT = $8024;
+  GL_PROXY_HISTOGRAM_EXT = $8025;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_WIDTH_EXT = $8026;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_FORMAT_EXT = $8027;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_RED_SIZE_EXT = $8028;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_GREEN_SIZE_EXT = $8029;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_BLUE_SIZE_EXT = $802A;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT = $802B;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT = $802C;
+  GL_HISTOGRAM_SINK_EXT = $802D;
+  GL_MINMAX_EXT = $802E;
+  GL_MINMAX_FORMAT_EXT = $802F;
+  GL_MINMAX_SINK_EXT = $8030;
+var
+  glHistogramEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; width: GLsizei; internalformat: GLenum; sink: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glResetHistogramEXT: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHistogramEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; reset: GLboolean; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; values: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHistogramParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMinmaxEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; sink: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glResetMinmaxEXT: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMinmaxEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; reset: GLboolean; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; values: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMinmaxParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_histogram: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays *****//
+var
+  glMultiDrawArraysEXT: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: PGLint; count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawElementsEXT: procedure(mode: GLenum; count: PGLsizei; _type: GLenum; const indices: PGLvoid; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_packed_pixels *****//
+const
+  GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2_EXT = $8032;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_EXT = $8033;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1_EXT = $8034;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_EXT = $8035;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2_EXT = $8036;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_packed_pixels: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_paletted_texture *****//
+const
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT = $80E2;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT = $80E3;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT = $80E4;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT = $80E5;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT = $80E6;
+  GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT = $80E7;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_EXT = $80D8;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_EXT = $80D9;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_EXT = $80DA;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT = $80DB;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT = $80DC;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT = $80DD;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT = $80DE;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT = $80DF;
+  GL_TEXTURE_INDEX_SIZE_EXT = $80ED;
+  GL_TEXTURE_1D = $0DE0;
+  GL_TEXTURE_2D = $0DE1;
+  GL_TEXTURE_3D_EXT = $806F;
+  // GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB  { already defined }
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D = $8063;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D = $8064;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D_EXT = $8070;
+  // GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_TEXTURE_1D  { already defined }
+  // GL_TEXTURE_2D  { already defined }
+  // GL_TEXTURE_3D_EXT  { already defined }
+  // GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB  { already defined }
+var
+  glColorTableEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalFormat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  // glColorSubTableEXT  { already defined }
+  glGetColorTableEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_paletted_texture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_point_parameters *****//
+const
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN_EXT = $8126;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX_EXT = $8127;
+  GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE_EXT = $8128;
+  GL_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION_EXT = $8129;
+var
+  glPointParameterfEXT: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameterfvEXT: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_point_parameters: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_polygon_offset *****//
+const
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_EXT = $8037;
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR_EXT = $8038;
+  GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_BIAS_EXT = $8039;
+var
+  glPolygonOffsetEXT: procedure(factor: GLfloat; bias: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_polygon_offset: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_separate_specular_color *****//
+const
+  GL_LIGHT_MODEL_COLOR_CONTROL_EXT = $81F8;
+  GL_SINGLE_COLOR_EXT = $81F9;
+  GL_SEPARATE_SPECULAR_COLOR_EXT = $81FA;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_separate_specular_color: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_shadow_funcs *****//
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_shadow_funcs: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette *****//
+const
+  GL_SHARED_TEXTURE_PALETTE_EXT = $81FB;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_stencil_two_side *****//
+const
+  GL_STENCIL_TEST_TWO_SIDE_EXT = $8910;
+  GL_ACTIVE_STENCIL_FACE_EXT = $8911;
+var
+  glActiveStencilFaceEXT: procedure(face: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_stencil_two_side: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_stencil_wrap *****//
+const
+  GL_INCR_WRAP_EXT = $8507;
+  GL_DECR_WRAP_EXT = $8508;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_stencil_wrap: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_subtexture *****//
+var
+  glTexSubImage1DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const pixels: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage2DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const pixels: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage3DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; xoffset: GLint; yoffset: GLint; zoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const pixels: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_subtexture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture3D *****//
+const
+  GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES_EXT = $806B;
+  GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT_EXT = $806C;
+  GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES_EXT = $806D;
+  GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT_EXT = $806E;
+  // GL_TEXTURE_3D_EXT  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D_EXT  { already defined }
+  GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_EXT = $8071;
+  GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R_EXT = $8072;
+  GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE_EXT = $8073;
+var
+  glTexImage3DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei; depth: GLsizei; border: GLint; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const pixels: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture3D: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc *****//
+const
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_S3TC_DXT1_EXT = $83F0;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT1_EXT = $83F1;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT3_EXT = $83F2;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT5_EXT = $83F3;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_env_add *****//
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_add: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_env_combine *****//
+const
+  GL_COMBINE_EXT = $8570;
+  GL_COMBINE_RGB_EXT = $8571;
+  GL_COMBINE_ALPHA_EXT = $8572;
+  GL_SOURCE0_RGB_EXT = $8580;
+  GL_SOURCE1_RGB_EXT = $8581;
+  GL_SOURCE2_RGB_EXT = $8582;
+  GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA_EXT = $8588;
+  GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA_EXT = $8589;
+  GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA_EXT = $858A;
+  GL_OPERAND0_RGB_EXT = $8590;
+  GL_OPERAND1_RGB_EXT = $8591;
+  GL_OPERAND2_RGB_EXT = $8592;
+  GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA_EXT = $8598;
+  GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA_EXT = $8599;
+  GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA_EXT = $859A;
+  GL_RGB_SCALE_EXT = $8573;
+  GL_ADD_SIGNED_EXT = $8574;
+  GL_INTERPOLATE_EXT = $8575;
+  GL_CONSTANT_EXT = $8576;
+  GL_PRIMARY_COLOR_EXT = $8577;
+  GL_PREVIOUS_EXT = $8578;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_combine: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3 *****//
+const
+  GL_DOT3_RGB_EXT = $8740;
+  GL_DOT3_RGBA_EXT = $8741;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAX_ANISOTROPY_EXT = $84FE;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_MAX_ANISOTROPY_EXT = $84FF;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_FILTER_CONTROL_EXT = $8500;
+  GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_EXT = $8501;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_EXT = $84FD;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_object *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY_EXT = $8066;
+  GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT_EXT = $8067;
+  GL_TEXTURE_1D_BINDING_EXT = $8068;
+  GL_TEXTURE_2D_BINDING_EXT = $8069;
+  GL_TEXTURE_3D_BINDING_EXT = $806A;
+var
+  glGenTexturesEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; textures: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteTexturesEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindTextureEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; texture: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPrioritizeTexturesEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint; const priorities: PGLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAreTexturesResidentEXT: function(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint; residences: PGLboolean): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsTextureEXT: function(texture: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_vertex_array *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT = $8074;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT = $8075;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT = $8076;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT = $8077;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT = $8078;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT = $8079;
+  GL_DOUBLE_EXT = $140A;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT = $807A;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $807B;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $807C;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT = $807D;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $807E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $807F;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT = $8080;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT = $8081;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $8082;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $8083;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT = $8084;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $8085;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $8086;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT = $8087;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT = $8088;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $8089;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $808A;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT = $808B;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $808C;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT = $808D;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $808E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $808F;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8090;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8091;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8092;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8093;
+var
+  glArrayElementEXT: procedure(i: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawArraysEXT: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexPointerEXT: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalPointerEXT: procedure(_type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorPointerEXT: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexPointerEXT: procedure(_type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoordPointerEXT: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlagPointerEXT: procedure(stride: GLsizei; count: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPointervEXT: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_vertex_array: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_vertex_shader *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_EXT = $8780;
+  GL_VARIANT_VALUE_EXT = $87E4;
+  GL_VARIANT_DATATYPE_EXT = $87E5;
+  GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $87E6;
+  GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $87E7;
+  GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_EXT = $87E8;
+  GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $87E9;
+  GL_INVARIANT_VALUE_EXT = $87EA;
+  GL_INVARIANT_DATATYPE_EXT = $87EB;
+  GL_LOCAL_CONSTANT_VALUE_EXT = $87EC;
+  GL_LOCAL_CONSTANT_DATATYPE_EXT = $87ED;
+  GL_OP_INDEX_EXT = $8782;
+  GL_OP_NEGATE_EXT = $8783;
+  GL_OP_DOT3_EXT = $8784;
+  GL_OP_DOT4_EXT = $8785;
+  GL_OP_MUL_EXT = $8786;
+  GL_OP_ADD_EXT = $8787;
+  GL_OP_MADD_EXT = $8788;
+  GL_OP_FRAC_EXT = $8789;
+  GL_OP_MAX_EXT = $878A;
+  GL_OP_MIN_EXT = $878B;
+  GL_OP_SET_GE_EXT = $878C;
+  GL_OP_SET_LT_EXT = $878D;
+  GL_OP_CLAMP_EXT = $878E;
+  GL_OP_FLOOR_EXT = $878F;
+  GL_OP_ROUND_EXT = $8790;
+  GL_OP_EXP_BASE_2_EXT = $8791;
+  GL_OP_LOG_BASE_2_EXT = $8792;
+  GL_OP_POWER_EXT = $8793;
+  GL_OP_RECIP_EXT = $8794;
+  GL_OP_RECIP_SQRT_EXT = $8795;
+  GL_OP_SUB_EXT = $8796;
+  GL_OP_CROSS_PRODUCT_EXT = $8797;
+  GL_OP_MULTIPLY_MATRIX_EXT = $8798;
+  GL_OP_MOV_EXT = $8799;
+  GL_OUTPUT_VERTEX_EXT = $879A;
+  GL_OUTPUT_COLOR0_EXT = $879B;
+  GL_OUTPUT_COLOR1_EXT = $879C;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD0_EXT = $879D;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD1_EXT = $879E;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD2_EXT = $879F;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD3_EXT = $87A0;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD4_EXT = $87A1;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD5_EXT = $87A2;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD6_EXT = $87A3;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD7_EXT = $87A4;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD8_EXT = $87A5;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD9_EXT = $87A6;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD10_EXT = $87A7;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD11_EXT = $87A8;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD12_EXT = $87A9;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD13_EXT = $87AA;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD14_EXT = $87AB;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD15_EXT = $87AC;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD16_EXT = $87AD;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD17_EXT = $87AE;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD18_EXT = $87AF;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD19_EXT = $87B0;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD20_EXT = $87B1;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD21_EXT = $87B2;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD22_EXT = $87B3;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD23_EXT = $87B4;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD24_EXT = $87B5;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD25_EXT = $87B6;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD26_EXT = $87B7;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD27_EXT = $87B8;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD28_EXT = $87B9;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD29_EXT = $87BA;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD30_EXT = $87BB;
+  GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD31_EXT = $87BC;
+  GL_OUTPUT_FOG_EXT = $87BD;
+  GL_SCALAR_EXT = $87BE;
+  GL_VECTOR_EXT = $87BF;
+  GL_MATRIX_EXT = $87C0;
+  GL_VARIANT_EXT = $87C1;
+  GL_INVARIANT_EXT = $87C2;
+  GL_LOCAL_CONSTANT_EXT = $87C3;
+  GL_LOCAL_EXT = $87C4;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_INSTRUCTIONS_EXT = $87C5;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_VARIANTS_EXT = $87C6;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_INVARIANTS_EXT = $87C7;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCAL_CONSTANTS_EXT = $87C8;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCALS_EXT = $87C9;
+  GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_INSTRUCTIONS_EXT = $87CA;
+  GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_VARIANTS_EXT = $87CB;
+  GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCAL_CONSTANTS_EXT = $87CC;
+  GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_INVARIANTS_EXT = $87CD;
+  GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCALS_EXT = $87CE;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_INSTRUCTIONS_EXT = $87CF;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_VARIANTS_EXT = $87D0;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_INVARIANTS_EXT = $87D1;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCAL_CONSTANTS_EXT = $87D2;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCALS_EXT = $87D3;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_BINDING_EXT = $8781;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_OPTIMIZED_EXT = $87D4;
+  GL_X_EXT = $87D5;
+  GL_Y_EXT = $87D6;
+  GL_Z_EXT = $87D7;
+  GL_W_EXT = $87D8;
+  GL_NEGATIVE_X_EXT = $87D9;
+  GL_NEGATIVE_Y_EXT = $87DA;
+  GL_NEGATIVE_Z_EXT = $87DB;
+  GL_NEGATIVE_W_EXT = $87DC;
+  GL_ZERO_EXT = $87DD;
+  GL_ONE_EXT = $87DE;
+  GL_NEGATIVE_ONE_EXT = $87DF;
+  GL_NORMALIZED_RANGE_EXT = $87E0;
+  GL_FULL_RANGE_EXT = $87E1;
+  GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_EXT = $87E2;
+  GL_MVP_MATRIX_EXT = $87E3;
+var
+  glBeginVertexShaderEXT: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEndVertexShaderEXT: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindVertexShaderEXT: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenVertexShadersEXT: function(range: GLuint): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteVertexShaderEXT: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glShaderOp1EXT: procedure(op: GLenum; res: GLuint; arg1: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glShaderOp2EXT: procedure(op: GLenum; res: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg2: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glShaderOp3EXT: procedure(op: GLenum; res: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg2: GLuint; arg3: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSwizzleEXT: procedure(res: GLuint; _in: GLuint; outX: GLenum; outY: GLenum; outZ: GLenum; outW: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWriteMaskEXT: procedure(res: GLuint; _in: GLuint; outX: GLenum; outY: GLenum; outZ: GLenum; outW: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glInsertComponentEXT: procedure(res: GLuint; src: GLuint; num: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glExtractComponentEXT: procedure(res: GLuint; src: GLuint; num: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenSymbolsEXT: function(datatype: GLenum; storagetype: GLenum; range: GLenum; components: GLuint): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSetInvariantEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; _type: GLenum; addr: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSetLocalConstantEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; _type: GLenum; addr: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantbvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantsvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantivEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantfvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantdvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantubvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantusvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantuivEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; addr: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantPointerEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLuint; addr: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEnableVariantClientStateEXT: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDisableVariantClientStateEXT: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindLightParameterEXT: function(light: GLenum; value: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindMaterialParameterEXT: function(face: GLenum; value: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindTexGenParameterEXT: function(_unit: GLenum; coord: GLenum; value: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindTextureUnitParameterEXT: function(_unit: GLenum; value: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindParameterEXT: function(value: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsVariantEnabledEXT: function(id: GLuint; cap: GLenum): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVariantBooleanvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVariantIntegervEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVariantFloatvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVariantPointervEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetInvariantBooleanvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetInvariantIntegervEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetInvariantFloatvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLocalConstantBooleanvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLocalConstantIntegervEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLocalConstantFloatvEXT: procedure(id: GLuint; value: GLenum; data: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_vertex_shader: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_vertex_weighting *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_WEIGHTING_EXT = $8509;
+  GL_MODELVIEW0_EXT = $1700;
+  GL_MODELVIEW1_EXT = $850A;
+  GL_MODELVIEW0_MATRIX_EXT = $0BA6;
+  GL_MODELVIEW1_MATRIX_EXT = $8506;
+  GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_WEIGHT_EXT = $850B;
+  GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_EXT = $850C;
+  GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT = $850D;
+  GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $850E;
+  GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $850F;
+  GL_MODELVIEW0_STACK_DEPTH_EXT = $0BA3;
+  GL_MODELVIEW1_STACK_DEPTH_EXT = $8502;
+  GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8510;
+var
+  glVertexWeightfEXT: procedure(weight: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexWeightfvEXT: procedure(weight: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexWeightPointerEXT: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_vertex_weighting: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_HP_occlusion_test *****//
+const
+  GL_OCCLUSION_TEST_HP = $8165;
+  GL_OCCLUSION_TEST_RESULT_HP = $8166;
+
+function Load_GL_HP_occlusion_test: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_blend_square *****//
+
+function Load_GL_NV_blend_square: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color *****//
+const
+  GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_TO_RGBA_NV = $886E;
+  GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_TO_BGRA_NV = $886F;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_depth_clamp *****//
+const
+  GL_DEPTH_CLAMP_NV = $864F;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_depth_clamp: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_evaluators *****//
+const
+  GL_EVAL_2D_NV = $86C0;
+  GL_EVAL_TRIANGULAR_2D_NV = $86C1;
+  GL_MAP_TESSELLATION_NV = $86C2;
+  GL_MAP_ATTRIB_U_ORDER_NV = $86C3;
+  GL_MAP_ATTRIB_V_ORDER_NV = $86C4;
+  GL_EVAL_FRACTIONAL_TESSELLATION_NV = $86C5;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB0_NV = $86C6;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB1_NV = $86C7;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB2_NV = $86C8;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB3_NV = $86C9;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB4_NV = $86CA;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB5_NV = $86CB;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB6_NV = $86CC;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB7_NV = $86CD;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB8_NV = $86CE;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB9_NV = $86CF;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB10_NV = $86D0;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB11_NV = $86D1;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB12_NV = $86D2;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB13_NV = $86D3;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB14_NV = $86D4;
+  GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB15_NV = $86D5;
+  GL_MAX_MAP_TESSELLATION_NV = $86D6;
+  GL_MAX_RATIONAL_EVAL_ORDER_NV = $86D7;
+var
+  glMapControlPointsNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; _type: GLenum; ustride: GLsizei; vstride: GLsizei; uorder: GLint; vorder: GLint; _packed: GLboolean; const points: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapParameterivNV: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapParameterfvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapControlPointsNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; _type: GLenum; ustride: GLsizei; vstride: GLsizei; _packed: GLboolean; points: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapParameterivNV: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapParameterfvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapAttribParameterivNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapAttribParameterfvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalMapsNV: procedure(target: GLenum; mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_evaluators: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_fence *****//
+const
+  GL_ALL_COMPLETED_NV = $84F2;
+  GL_FENCE_STATUS_NV = $84F3;
+  GL_FENCE_CONDITION_NV = $84F4;
+var
+  glGenFencesNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; fences: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteFencesNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; const fences: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSetFenceNV: procedure(fence: GLuint; condition: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTestFenceNV: function(fence: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFinishFenceNV: procedure(fence: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsFenceNV: function(fence: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetFenceivNV: procedure(fence: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fence: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_fog_distance *****//
+const
+  GL_FOG_DISTANCE_MODE_NV = $855A;
+  GL_EYE_RADIAL_NV = $855B;
+  GL_EYE_PLANE_ABSOLUTE_NV = $855C;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fog_distance: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_light_max_exponent *****//
+const
+  GL_MAX_SHININESS_NV = $8504;
+  GL_MAX_SPOT_EXPONENT_NV = $8505;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_light_max_exponent: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint *****//
+const
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE_FILTER_HINT_NV = $8534;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_occlusion_query *****//
+  // GL_OCCLUSION_TEST_HP  { already defined }
+  // GL_OCCLUSION_TEST_RESULT_HP  { already defined }
+const
+  GL_PIXEL_COUNTER_BITS_NV = $8864;
+  GL_CURRENT_OCCLUSION_QUERY_ID_NV = $8865;
+  GL_PIXEL_COUNT_NV = $8866;
+  GL_PIXEL_COUNT_AVAILABLE_NV = $8867;
+var
+  glGenOcclusionQueriesNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteOcclusionQueriesNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; const ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsOcclusionQueryNV: function(id: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBeginOcclusionQueryNV: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEndOcclusionQueryNV: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetOcclusionQueryivNV: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetOcclusionQueryuivNV: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_occlusion_query: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil *****//
+const
+  GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_NV = $84F9;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_NV = $84FA;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_point_sprite *****//
+const
+  GL_POINT_SPRITE_NV = $8861;
+  GL_COORD_REPLACE_NV = $8862;
+  GL_POINT_SPRITE_R_MODE_NV = $8863;
+var
+  glPointParameteriNV: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameterivNV: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_point_sprite: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_register_combiners *****//
+const
+  GL_REGISTER_COMBINERS_NV = $8522;
+  GL_COMBINER0_NV = $8550;
+  GL_COMBINER1_NV = $8551;
+  GL_COMBINER2_NV = $8552;
+  GL_COMBINER3_NV = $8553;
+  GL_COMBINER4_NV = $8554;
+  GL_COMBINER5_NV = $8555;
+  GL_COMBINER6_NV = $8556;
+  GL_COMBINER7_NV = $8557;
+  GL_VARIABLE_A_NV = $8523;
+  GL_VARIABLE_B_NV = $8524;
+  GL_VARIABLE_C_NV = $8525;
+  GL_VARIABLE_D_NV = $8526;
+  GL_VARIABLE_E_NV = $8527;
+  GL_VARIABLE_F_NV = $8528;
+  GL_VARIABLE_G_NV = $8529;
+  GL_CONSTANT_COLOR0_NV = $852A;
+  GL_CONSTANT_COLOR1_NV = $852B;
+  GL_PRIMARY_COLOR_NV = $852C;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_NV = $852D;
+  GL_SPARE0_NV = $852E;
+  GL_SPARE1_NV = $852F;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_IDENTITY_NV = $8536;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INVERT_NV = $8537;
+  GL_EXPAND_NORMAL_NV = $8538;
+  GL_EXPAND_NEGATE_NV = $8539;
+  GL_HALF_BIAS_NORMAL_NV = $853A;
+  GL_HALF_BIAS_NEGATE_NV = $853B;
+  GL_SIGNED_IDENTITY_NV = $853C;
+  GL_SIGNED_NEGATE_NV = $853D;
+  GL_E_TIMES_F_NV = $8531;
+  GL_SPARE0_PLUS_SECONDARY_COLOR_NV = $8532;
+  GL_SCALE_BY_TWO_NV = $853E;
+  GL_SCALE_BY_FOUR_NV = $853F;
+  GL_SCALE_BY_ONE_HALF_NV = $8540;
+  GL_BIAS_BY_NEGATIVE_ONE_HALF_NV = $8541;
+  GL_DISCARD_NV = $8530;
+  GL_COMBINER_INPUT_NV = $8542;
+  GL_COMBINER_MAPPING_NV = $8543;
+  GL_COMBINER_COMPONENT_USAGE_NV = $8544;
+  GL_COMBINER_AB_DOT_PRODUCT_NV = $8545;
+  GL_COMBINER_CD_DOT_PRODUCT_NV = $8546;
+  GL_COMBINER_MUX_SUM_NV = $8547;
+  GL_COMBINER_SCALE_NV = $8548;
+  GL_COMBINER_BIAS_NV = $8549;
+  GL_COMBINER_AB_OUTPUT_NV = $854A;
+  GL_COMBINER_CD_OUTPUT_NV = $854B;
+  GL_COMBINER_SUM_OUTPUT_NV = $854C;
+  GL_NUM_GENERAL_COMBINERS_NV = $854E;
+  GL_COLOR_SUM_CLAMP_NV = $854F;
+  GL_MAX_GENERAL_COMBINERS_NV = $854D;
+var
+  glCombinerParameterfvNV: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCombinerParameterivNV: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCombinerParameterfNV: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCombinerParameteriNV: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCombinerInputNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; portion: GLenum; variable: GLenum; input: GLenum; mapping: GLenum; componentUsage: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCombinerOutputNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; portion: GLenum; abOutput: GLenum; cdOutput: GLenum; sumOutput: GLenum; scale: GLenum; bias: GLenum; abDotProduct: GLboolean; cdDotProduct: GLboolean; muxSum: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFinalCombinerInputNV: procedure(variable: GLenum; input: GLenum; mapping: GLenum; componentUsage: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCombinerInputParameterfvNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; portion: GLenum; variable: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCombinerInputParameterivNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; portion: GLenum; variable: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCombinerOutputParameterfvNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; portion: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCombinerOutputParameterivNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; portion: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterfvNV: procedure(variable: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterivNV: procedure(variable: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_register_combiners: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_register_combiners2 *****//
+const
+  GL_PER_STAGE_CONSTANTS_NV = $8535;
+var
+  glCombinerStageParameterfvNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetCombinerStageParameterfvNV: procedure(stage: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_register_combiners2: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texgen_emboss *****//
+const
+  GL_EMBOSS_MAP_NV = $855F;
+  GL_EMBOSS_LIGHT_NV = $855D;
+  GL_EMBOSS_CONSTANT_NV = $855E;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texgen_emboss: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texgen_reflection *****//
+const
+  GL_NORMAL_MAP_NV = $8511;
+  GL_REFLECTION_MAP_NV = $8512;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texgen_reflection: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc *****//
+  // GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_S3TC_DXT1_EXT  { already defined }
+  // GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT1_EXT  { already defined }
+  // GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT3_EXT  { already defined }
+  // GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT5_EXT  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_env_combine4 *****//
+const
+  GL_COMBINE4_NV = $8503;
+  GL_SOURCE3_RGB_NV = $8583;
+  GL_SOURCE3_ALPHA_NV = $858B;
+  GL_OPERAND3_RGB_NV = $8593;
+  GL_OPERAND3_ALPHA_NV = $859B;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_env_combine4: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_rectangle *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $84F5;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RECTANGLE_NV = $84F6;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $84F7;
+  GL_MAX_RECTANGLE_TEXTURE_SIZE_NV = $84F8;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_shader *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_SHADER_NV = $86DE;
+  GL_RGBA_UNSIGNED_DOT_PRODUCT_MAPPING_NV = $86D9;
+  GL_SHADER_OPERATION_NV = $86DF;
+  GL_CULL_MODES_NV = $86E0;
+  GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_MATRIX_NV = $86E1;
+  GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_SCALE_NV = $86E2;
+  GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_BIAS_NV = $86E3;
+  GL_PREVIOUS_TEXTURE_INPUT_NV = $86E4;
+  GL_CONST_EYE_NV = $86E5;
+  GL_SHADER_CONSISTENT_NV = $86DD;
+  GL_PASS_THROUGH_NV = $86E6;
+  GL_CULL_FRAGMENT_NV = $86E7;
+  GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $86E8;
+  GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $864C;
+  GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_SCALE_NV = $864D;
+  GL_DEPENDENT_AR_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $86E9;
+  GL_DEPENDENT_GB_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $86EA;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_NV = $86EC;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_DEPTH_REPLACE_NV = $86ED;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $86EE;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $864E;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NV = $86F0;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_DIFFUSE_CUBE_MAP_NV = $86F1;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_REFLECT_CUBE_MAP_NV = $86F2;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_CONST_EYE_REFLECT_CUBE_MAP_NV = $86F3;
+  GL_HILO_NV = $86F4;
+  GL_DSDT_NV = $86F5;
+  GL_DSDT_MAG_NV = $86F6;
+  GL_DSDT_MAG_VIB_NV = $86F7;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_S8_S8_8_8_NV = $86DA;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_S8_S8_REV_NV = $86DB;
+  GL_SIGNED_RGBA_NV = $86FB;
+  GL_SIGNED_RGBA8_NV = $86FC;
+  GL_SIGNED_RGB_NV = $86FE;
+  GL_SIGNED_RGB8_NV = $86FF;
+  GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_NV = $8701;
+  GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE8_NV = $8702;
+  GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_NV = $8703;
+  GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_NV = $8704;
+  GL_SIGNED_ALPHA_NV = $8705;
+  GL_SIGNED_ALPHA8_NV = $8706;
+  GL_SIGNED_INTENSITY_NV = $8707;
+  GL_SIGNED_INTENSITY8_NV = $8708;
+  GL_SIGNED_RGB_UNSIGNED_ALPHA_NV = $870C;
+  GL_SIGNED_RGB8_UNSIGNED_ALPHA8_NV = $870D;
+  GL_HILO16_NV = $86F8;
+  GL_SIGNED_HILO_NV = $86F9;
+  GL_SIGNED_HILO16_NV = $86FA;
+  GL_DSDT8_NV = $8709;
+  GL_DSDT8_MAG8_NV = $870A;
+  GL_DSDT_MAG_INTENSITY_NV = $86DC;
+  GL_DSDT8_MAG8_INTENSITY8_NV = $870B;
+  GL_HI_SCALE_NV = $870E;
+  GL_LO_SCALE_NV = $870F;
+  GL_DS_SCALE_NV = $8710;
+  GL_DT_SCALE_NV = $8711;
+  GL_MAGNITUDE_SCALE_NV = $8712;
+  GL_VIBRANCE_SCALE_NV = $8713;
+  GL_HI_BIAS_NV = $8714;
+  GL_LO_BIAS_NV = $8715;
+  GL_DS_BIAS_NV = $8716;
+  GL_DT_BIAS_NV = $8717;
+  GL_MAGNITUDE_BIAS_NV = $8718;
+  GL_VIBRANCE_BIAS_NV = $8719;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_VALUES_NV = $871A;
+  GL_TEXTURE_HI_SIZE_NV = $871B;
+  GL_TEXTURE_LO_SIZE_NV = $871C;
+  GL_TEXTURE_DS_SIZE_NV = $871D;
+  GL_TEXTURE_DT_SIZE_NV = $871E;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAG_SIZE_NV = $871F;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_shader: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_shader2 *****//
+const
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_3D_NV = $86EF;
+  // GL_HILO_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT_MAG_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT_MAG_VIB_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_UNSIGNED_INT_S8_S8_8_8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_S8_S8_REV_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_RGBA_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_RGBA8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_RGB_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_RGB8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_ALPHA_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_ALPHA8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_INTENSITY_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_INTENSITY8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_RGB_UNSIGNED_ALPHA_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_RGB8_UNSIGNED_ALPHA8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_HILO16_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_HILO_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_SIGNED_HILO16_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT8_MAG8_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT_MAG_INTENSITY_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_DSDT8_MAG8_INTENSITY8_NV  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_shader2: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_shader3 *****//
+const
+  GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $8850;
+  GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_2D_SCALE_NV = $8851;
+  GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $8852;
+  GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_SCALE_NV = $8853;
+  GL_OFFSET_HILO_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $8854;
+  GL_OFFSET_HILO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $8855;
+  GL_OFFSET_HILO_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $8856;
+  GL_OFFSET_HILO_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $8857;
+  GL_DEPENDENT_HILO_TEXTURE_2D_NV = $8858;
+  GL_DEPENDENT_RGB_TEXTURE_3D_NV = $8859;
+  GL_DEPENDENT_RGB_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NV = $885A;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_PASS_THROUGH_NV = $885B;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_1D_NV = $885C;
+  GL_DOT_PRODUCT_AFFINE_DEPTH_REPLACE_NV = $885D;
+  GL_HILO8_NV = $885E;
+  GL_SIGNED_HILO8_NV = $885F;
+  GL_FORCE_BLUE_TO_ONE_NV = $8860;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_shader3: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_array_range *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_NV = $851D;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_LENGTH_NV = $851E;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_VALID_NV = $851F;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_ELEMENT_NV = $8520;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_POINTER_NV = $8521;
+var
+  glVertexArrayRangeNV: procedure(length: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFlushVertexArrayRangeNV: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  wglAllocateMemoryNV: function(size: GLsizei; readFrequency: GLfloat; writeFrequency: GLfloat; priority: GLfloat): PGLvoid; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglFreeMemoryNV: procedure(pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_array_range: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_array_range2 *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_WITHOUT_FLUSH_NV = $8533;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_array_range2: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_program *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_NV = $8620;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_NV = $8642;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE_NV = $8643;
+  GL_VERTEX_STATE_PROGRAM_NV = $8621;
+  GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE_NV = $8623;
+  GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE_NV = $8624;
+  GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE_NV = $8625;
+  GL_CURRENT_ATTRIB_NV = $8626;
+  GL_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_NV = $8644;
+  GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER_NV = $8645;
+  GL_PROGRAM_TARGET_NV = $8646;
+  GL_PROGRAM_LENGTH_NV = $8627;
+  GL_PROGRAM_RESIDENT_NV = $8647;
+  GL_PROGRAM_STRING_NV = $8628;
+  GL_TRACK_MATRIX_NV = $8648;
+  GL_TRACK_MATRIX_TRANSFORM_NV = $8649;
+  GL_MAX_TRACK_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_NV = $862E;
+  GL_MAX_TRACK_MATRICES_NV = $862F;
+  GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_NV = $8640;
+  GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_NV = $8641;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_BINDING_NV = $864A;
+  GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_POSITION_NV = $864B;
+  GL_MODELVIEW_PROJECTION_NV = $8629;
+  GL_MATRIX0_NV = $8630;
+  GL_MATRIX1_NV = $8631;
+  GL_MATRIX2_NV = $8632;
+  GL_MATRIX3_NV = $8633;
+  GL_MATRIX4_NV = $8634;
+  GL_MATRIX5_NV = $8635;
+  GL_MATRIX6_NV = $8636;
+  GL_MATRIX7_NV = $8637;
+  GL_IDENTITY_NV = $862A;
+  GL_INVERSE_NV = $862B;
+  GL_TRANSPOSE_NV = $862C;
+  GL_INVERSE_TRANSPOSE_NV = $862D;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY0_NV = $8650;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY1_NV = $8651;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY2_NV = $8652;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY3_NV = $8653;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY4_NV = $8654;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY5_NV = $8655;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY6_NV = $8656;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY7_NV = $8657;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY8_NV = $8658;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY9_NV = $8659;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY10_NV = $865A;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY11_NV = $865B;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY12_NV = $865C;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY13_NV = $865D;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY14_NV = $865E;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY15_NV = $865F;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB0_4_NV = $8660;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB1_4_NV = $8661;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB2_4_NV = $8662;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB3_4_NV = $8663;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB4_4_NV = $8664;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB5_4_NV = $8665;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB6_4_NV = $8666;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB7_4_NV = $8667;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB8_4_NV = $8668;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB9_4_NV = $8669;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB10_4_NV = $866A;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB11_4_NV = $866B;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB12_4_NV = $866C;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB13_4_NV = $866D;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB14_4_NV = $866E;
+  GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB15_4_NV = $866F;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB0_4_NV = $8670;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB1_4_NV = $8671;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB2_4_NV = $8672;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB3_4_NV = $8673;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB4_4_NV = $8674;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB5_4_NV = $8675;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB6_4_NV = $8676;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB7_4_NV = $8677;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB8_4_NV = $8678;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB9_4_NV = $8679;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB10_4_NV = $867A;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB11_4_NV = $867B;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB12_4_NV = $867C;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB13_4_NV = $867D;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB14_4_NV = $867E;
+  GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB15_4_NV = $867F;
+var
+  glBindProgramNV: procedure(target: GLenum; id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteProgramsNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; const ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glExecuteProgramNV: procedure(target: GLenum; id: GLuint; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenProgramsNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAreProgramsResidentNV: function(n: GLsizei; const ids: PGLuint; residences: PGLboolean): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRequestResidentProgramsNV: procedure(n: GLsizei; ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramParameterfvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramParameterdvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramivNV: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramStringNV: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; _program: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTrackMatrixivNV: procedure(target: GLenum; address: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribdvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribfvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribivNV: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribPointervNV: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsProgramNV: function(id: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadProgramNV: procedure(target: GLenum; id: GLuint; len: GLsizei; const _program: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramParameter4fNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramParameter4fvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramParameters4dvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; num: GLuint; const params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramParameters4fvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; index: GLuint; num: GLuint; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTrackMatrixNV: procedure(target: GLenum; address: GLuint; matrix: GLenum; transform: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribPointerNV: procedure(index: GLuint; size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1sNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1fNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1dNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2sNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2fNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2dNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3sNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3fNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3dNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4sNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort; w: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4fNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4dNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4ubNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLubyte; y: GLubyte; z: GLubyte; w: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4ubvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs1svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs1fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs1dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs2svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs2fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs2dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs3svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs3fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs3dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs4svNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs4fvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs4dvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs4ubvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_program1_1 *****//
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program1_1: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_element_array *****//
+const
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_ATI = $8768;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_TYPE_ATI = $8769;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_POINTER_ATI = $876A;
+var
+  glElementPointerATI: procedure(_type: GLenum; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawElementArrayATI: procedure(mode: GLenum; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawRangeElementArrayATI: procedure(mode: GLenum; start: GLuint; _end: GLuint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_element_array: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap *****//
+const
+  GL_BUMP_ROT_MATRIX_ATI = $8775;
+  GL_BUMP_ROT_MATRIX_SIZE_ATI = $8776;
+  GL_BUMP_NUM_TEX_UNITS_ATI = $8777;
+  GL_BUMP_TEX_UNITS_ATI = $8778;
+  GL_DUDV_ATI = $8779;
+  GL_DU8DV8_ATI = $877A;
+  GL_BUMP_ENVMAP_ATI = $877B;
+  GL_BUMP_TARGET_ATI = $877C;
+var
+  glTexBumpParameterivATI: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexBumpParameterfvATI: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexBumpParameterivATI: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexBumpParameterfvATI: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_fragment_shader *****//
+const
+  GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ATI = $8920;
+  GL_REG_0_ATI = $8921;
+  GL_REG_1_ATI = $8922;
+  GL_REG_2_ATI = $8923;
+  GL_REG_3_ATI = $8924;
+  GL_REG_4_ATI = $8925;
+  GL_REG_5_ATI = $8926;
+  GL_CON_0_ATI = $8941;
+  GL_CON_1_ATI = $8942;
+  GL_CON_2_ATI = $8943;
+  GL_CON_3_ATI = $8944;
+  GL_CON_4_ATI = $8945;
+  GL_CON_5_ATI = $8946;
+  GL_CON_6_ATI = $8947;
+  GL_CON_7_ATI = $8948;
+  GL_MOV_ATI = $8961;
+  GL_ADD_ATI = $8963;
+  GL_MUL_ATI = $8964;
+  GL_SUB_ATI = $8965;
+  GL_DOT3_ATI = $8966;
+  GL_DOT4_ATI = $8967;
+  GL_MAD_ATI = $8968;
+  GL_LERP_ATI = $8969;
+  GL_CND_ATI = $896A;
+  GL_CND0_ATI = $896B;
+  GL_DOT2_ADD_ATI = $896C;
+  GL_SECONDARY_INTERPOLATOR_ATI = $896D;
+  GL_SWIZZLE_STR_ATI = $8976;
+  GL_SWIZZLE_STQ_ATI = $8977;
+  GL_SWIZZLE_STR_DR_ATI = $8978;
+  GL_SWIZZLE_STQ_DQ_ATI = $8979;
+  GL_RED_BIT_ATI = $0001;
+  GL_GREEN_BIT_ATI = $0002;
+  GL_BLUE_BIT_ATI = $0004;
+  GL_2X_BIT_ATI = $0001;
+  GL_4X_BIT_ATI = $0002;
+  GL_8X_BIT_ATI = $0004;
+  GL_HALF_BIT_ATI = $0008;
+  GL_QUARTER_BIT_ATI = $0010;
+  GL_EIGHTH_BIT_ATI = $0020;
+  GL_SATURATE_BIT_ATI = $0040;
+  // GL_2X_BIT_ATI  { already defined }
+  GL_COMP_BIT_ATI = $0002;
+  GL_NEGATE_BIT_ATI = $0004;
+  GL_BIAS_BIT_ATI = $0008;
+var
+  glGenFragmentShadersATI: function(range: GLuint): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindFragmentShaderATI: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteFragmentShaderATI: procedure(id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBeginFragmentShaderATI: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEndFragmentShaderATI: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPassTexCoordATI: procedure(dst: GLuint; coord: GLuint; swizzle: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSampleMapATI: procedure(dst: GLuint; interp: GLuint; swizzle: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorFragmentOp1ATI: procedure(op: GLenum; dst: GLuint; dstMask: GLuint; dstMod: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg1Rep: GLuint; arg1Mod: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorFragmentOp2ATI: procedure(op: GLenum; dst: GLuint; dstMask: GLuint; dstMod: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg1Rep: GLuint; arg1Mod: GLuint; arg2: GLuint; arg2Rep: GLuint; arg2Mod: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorFragmentOp3ATI: procedure(op: GLenum; dst: GLuint; dstMask: GLuint; dstMod: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg1Rep: GLuint; arg1Mod: GLuint; arg2: GLuint; arg2Rep: GLuint; arg2Mod: GLuint; arg3: GLuint; arg3Rep: GLuint; arg3Mod: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAlphaFragmentOp1ATI: procedure(op: GLenum; dst: GLuint; dstMod: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg1Rep: GLuint; arg1Mod: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAlphaFragmentOp2ATI: procedure(op: GLenum; dst: GLuint; dstMod: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg1Rep: GLuint; arg1Mod: GLuint; arg2: GLuint; arg2Rep: GLuint; arg2Mod: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAlphaFragmentOp3ATI: procedure(op: GLenum; dst: GLuint; dstMod: GLuint; arg1: GLuint; arg1Rep: GLuint; arg1Mod: GLuint; arg2: GLuint; arg2Rep: GLuint; arg2Mod: GLuint; arg3: GLuint; arg3Rep: GLuint; arg3Mod: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSetFragmentShaderConstantATI: procedure(dst: GLuint; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_fragment_shader: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_pn_triangles *****//
+const
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_ATI = $87F0;
+  GL_MAX_PN_TRIANGLES_TESSELATION_LEVEL_ATI = $87F1;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_POINT_MODE_ATI = $87F2;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_NORMAL_MODE_ATI = $87F3;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_TESSELATION_LEVEL_ATI = $87F4;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_POINT_MODE_LINEAR_ATI = $87F5;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_POINT_MODE_CUBIC_ATI = $87F6;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_NORMAL_MODE_LINEAR_ATI = $87F7;
+  GL_PN_TRIANGLES_NORMAL_MODE_QUADRATIC_ATI = $87F8;
+var
+  glPNTrianglesiATI: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPNTrianglesfATI: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_pn_triangles: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once *****//
+const
+  GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_ATI = $8742;
+  GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_ATI = $8743;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_vertex_array_object *****//
+const
+  GL_STATIC_ATI = $8760;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_ATI = $8761;
+  GL_PRESERVE_ATI = $8762;
+  GL_DISCARD_ATI = $8763;
+  GL_OBJECT_BUFFER_SIZE_ATI = $8764;
+  GL_OBJECT_BUFFER_USAGE_ATI = $8765;
+  GL_ARRAY_OBJECT_BUFFER_ATI = $8766;
+  GL_ARRAY_OBJECT_OFFSET_ATI = $8767;
+var
+  glNewObjectBufferATI: function(size: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid; usage: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsObjectBufferATI: function(buffer: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUpdateObjectBufferATI: procedure(buffer: GLuint; offset: GLuint; size: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid; preserve: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetObjectBufferfvATI: procedure(buffer: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetObjectBufferivATI: procedure(buffer: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteObjectBufferATI: procedure(buffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glArrayObjectATI: procedure(_array: GLenum; size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; buffer: GLuint; offset: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetArrayObjectfvATI: procedure(_array: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetArrayObjectivATI: procedure(_array: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVariantArrayObjectATI: procedure(id: GLuint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; buffer: GLuint; offset: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVariantArrayObjectfvATI: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVariantArrayObjectivATI: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_vertex_array_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_vertex_streams *****//
+const
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_STREAMS_ATI = $876B;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM0_ATI = $876C;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM1_ATI = $876D;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM2_ATI = $876E;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM3_ATI = $876F;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM4_ATI = $8770;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM5_ATI = $8771;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM6_ATI = $8772;
+  GL_VERTEX_STREAM7_ATI = $8773;
+  GL_VERTEX_SOURCE_ATI = $8774;
+var
+  glVertexStream1s: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1i: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1f: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1d: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1sv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1iv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1fv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream1dv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2s: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2i: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2f: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2d: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2sv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2iv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2fv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream2dv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3s: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3i: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3f: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3d: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3sv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3iv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3fv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream3dv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4s: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4i: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4f: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4d: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4sv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4iv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4fv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexStream4dv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3b: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3s: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3i: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3f: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3d: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3bv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3sv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3iv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3fv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalStream3dv: procedure(stream: GLenum; coords: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClientActiveVertexStream: procedure(stream: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexBlendEnvi: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexBlendEnvf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_vertex_streams: Boolean;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+//***** WGL_I3D_image_buffer *****//
+const
+  WGL_IMAGE_BUFFER_MIN_ACCESS_I3D = $0001;
+  WGL_IMAGE_BUFFER_LOCK_I3D = $0002;
+var
+  wglCreateImageBufferI3D: function(hDC: HDC; dwSize: DWORD; uFlags: UINT): PGLvoid; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglDestroyImageBufferI3D: function(hDC: HDC; pAddress: PGLvoid): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D: function(hdc: HDC; pEvent: PHandle; pAddress: PGLvoid; pSize: PDWORD; count: UINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D: function(hdc: HDC; pAddress: PGLvoid; count: UINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_image_buffer: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock *****//
+var
+  wglEnableFrameLockI3D: function(): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglDisableFrameLockI3D: function(): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglIsEnabledFrameLockI3D: function(pFlag: PBOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglQueryFrameLockMasterI3D: function(pFlag: PBOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage *****//
+var
+  wglGetFrameUsageI3D: function(pUsage: PGLfloat): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglBeginFrameTrackingI3D: function(): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglEndFrameTrackingI3D: function(): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglQueryFrameTrackingI3D: function(pFrameCount: PDWORD; pMissedFrames: PDWORD; pLastMissedUsage: PGLfloat): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage: Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//***** GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1 *****//
+const
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_FXT1_3DFX = $86B0;
+  GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_FXT1_3DFX = $86B1;
+
+function Load_GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_IBM_cull_vertex *****//
+const
+  GL_CULL_VERTEX_IBM = $1928A;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_cull_vertex: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays *****//
+var
+  glMultiModeDrawArraysIBM: procedure(mode: PGLenum; first: PGLint; count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei; modestride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiModeDrawElementsIBM: procedure(mode: PGLenum; count: PGLsizei; _type: GLenum; const indices: PGLvoid; primcount: GLsizei; modestride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_IBM_raster_pos_clip *****//
+const
+  GL_RASTER_POSITION_UNCLIPPED_IBM = $19262;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_raster_pos_clip: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat *****//
+const
+  GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT_IBM = $8370;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $1929E;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $1929F;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $192A0;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $192A1;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $192A2;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $192A3;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $192A4;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_IBM = $192A5;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192A8;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192A9;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192AA;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192AB;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192AC;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192AD;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192AE;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM = $192AF;
+var
+  glColorPointerListIBM: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLvoid; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColorPointerListIBM: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLvoid; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlagPointerListIBM: procedure(stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLboolean; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordPointerListIBM: procedure(_type: GLenum; stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLvoid; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalPointerListIBM: procedure(_type: GLenum; stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLvoid; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoordPointerListIBM: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLvoid; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexPointerListIBM: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLint; const pointer: PGLvoid; ptrstride: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_MESA_resize_buffers *****//
+var
+  glResizeBuffersMESA: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_resize_buffers: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_MESA_window_pos *****//
+var
+  glWindowPos2dMESA: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2fMESA: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2iMESA: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2sMESA: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2ivMESA: procedure(const p: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2svMESA: procedure(const p: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2fvMESA: procedure(const p: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2dvMESA: procedure(const p: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3iMESA: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint; z: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3sMESA: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3fMESA: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3dMESA: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3ivMESA: procedure(const p: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3svMESA: procedure(const p: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3fvMESA: procedure(const p: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3dvMESA: procedure(const p: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4iMESA: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint; z: GLint; w: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4sMESA: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort; w: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4fMESA: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4dMESA: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4ivMESA: procedure(const p: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4svMESA: procedure(const p: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4fvMESA: procedure(const p: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos4dvMESA: procedure(const p: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_window_pos: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_OML_interlace *****//
+const
+  GL_INTERLACE_OML = $8980;
+  GL_INTERLACE_READ_OML = $8981;
+
+function Load_GL_OML_interlace: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_OML_resample *****//
+const
+  GL_PACK_RESAMPLE_OML = $8984;
+  GL_UNPACK_RESAMPLE_OML = $8985;
+  GL_RESAMPLE_REPLICATE_OML = $8986;
+  GL_RESAMPLE_ZERO_FILL_OML = $8987;
+  GL_RESAMPLE_AVERAGE_OML = $8988;
+  GL_RESAMPLE_DECIMATE_OML = $8989;
+  // GL_RESAMPLE_AVERAGE_OML  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_OML_resample: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_OML_subsample *****//
+const
+  GL_FORMAT_SUBSAMPLE_24_24_OML = $8982;
+  GL_FORMAT_SUBSAMPLE_244_244_OML = $8983;
+
+function Load_GL_OML_subsample: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap *****//
+const
+  GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_SGIS = $8191;
+  GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_HINT_SGIS = $8192;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_multisample *****//
+const
+  GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS = $186A0;
+  GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS = $186A1;
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE_SGIS = $809D;
+  GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_MASK_SGIS = $809E;
+  GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE_SGIS = $809F;
+  GL_SAMPLE_MASK_SGIS = $80A0;
+  GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT_EXT = $20000000;
+  GL_1PASS_SGIS = $80A1;
+  GL_2PASS_0_SGIS = $80A2;
+  GL_2PASS_1_SGIS = $80A3;
+  GL_4PASS_0_SGIS = $80A4;
+  GL_4PASS_1_SGIS = $80A5;
+  GL_4PASS_2_SGIS = $80A6;
+  GL_4PASS_3_SGIS = $80A7;
+  GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS = $80A8;
+  GL_SAMPLES_SGIS = $80A9;
+  GL_SAMPLE_MASK_VALUE_SGIS = $80AA;
+  GL_SAMPLE_MASK_INVERT_SGIS = $80AB;
+  GL_SAMPLE_PATTERN_SGIS = $80AC;
+var
+  glSampleMaskSGIS: procedure(value: GLclampf; invert: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSamplePatternSGIS: procedure(pattern: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_multisample: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_pixel_texture *****//
+const
+  GL_PIXEL_TEXTURE_SGIS = $8353;
+  GL_PIXEL_FRAGMENT_RGB_SOURCE_SGIS = $8354;
+  GL_PIXEL_FRAGMENT_ALPHA_SOURCE_SGIS = $8355;
+  GL_PIXEL_GROUP_COLOR_SGIS = $8356;
+var
+  glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_pixel_texture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp *****//
+  // GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_SGIS  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_COLOR_WRITEMASK_SGIS = $81EF;
+var
+  glTextureColorMaskSGIS: procedure(r: GLboolean; g: GLboolean; b: GLboolean; a: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp *****//
+const
+  GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_SGIS = $812F;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_texture_lod *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_MIN_LOD_SGIS = $813A;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LOD_SGIS = $813B;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BASE_LEVEL_SGIS = $813C;
+  GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL_SGIS = $813D;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_lod: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIS_depth_texture *****//
+const
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16_SGIX = $81A5;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_SGIX = $81A6;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_SGIX = $81A7;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_depth_texture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIX_fog_offset *****//
+const
+  GL_FOG_OFFSET_SGIX = $8198;
+  GL_FOG_OFFSET_VALUE_SGIX = $8199;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIX_fog_offset: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIX_interlace *****//
+const
+  GL_INTERLACE_SGIX = $8094;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIX_interlace: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient *****//
+const
+  GL_SHADOW_AMBIENT_SGIX = $80BF;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGI_color_matrix *****//
+const
+  GL_COLOR_MATRIX_SGI = $80B1;
+  GL_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_SGI = $80B2;
+  GL_MAX_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_SGI = $80B3;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_SCALE_SGI = $80B4;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_SCALE_SGI = $80B5;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_SCALE_SGI = $80B6;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_SCALE_SGI = $80B7;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_BIAS_SGI = $80B8;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_BIAS_SGI = $80B9;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_BIAS_SGI = $80BA;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_BIAS_SGI = $80BB;
+
+function Load_GL_SGI_color_matrix: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGI_color_table *****//
+const
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80D0;
+  GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80D1;
+  GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80D2;
+  GL_PROXY_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80D3;
+  GL_PROXY_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80D4;
+  GL_PROXY_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80D5;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_SCALE_SGI = $80D6;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_BIAS_SGI = $80D7;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_SGI = $80D8;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_SGI = $80D9;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_SGI = $80DA;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_SGI = $80DB;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_SGI = $80DC;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_SGI = $80DD;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_SGI = $80DE;
+  GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_SGI = $80DF;
+var
+  glColorTableSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; const table: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyColorTableSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; x: GLint; y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorTableParameterivSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorTableParameterfvSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; format: GLenum; _type: GLenum; table: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableParameterivSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_SGI_color_table: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SGI_texture_color_table *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80BC;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_COLOR_TABLE_SGI = $80BD;
+
+function Load_GL_SGI_texture_color_table: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_SUN_vertex *****//
+var
+  glColor4ubVertex2fSUN: procedure(r: GLubyte; g: GLubyte; b: GLubyte; a: GLubyte; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4ubVertex2fvSUN: procedure(const c: PGLubyte; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4ubVertex3fSUN: procedure(r: GLubyte; g: GLubyte; b: GLubyte; a: GLubyte; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4ubVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const c: PGLubyte; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const c: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const c: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4fVertex4fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; p: GLfloat; q: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4fVertex4fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLubyte; g: GLubyte; b: GLubyte; a: GLubyte; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const c: PGLubyte; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const c: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const c: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fSUN: procedure(s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; p: GLfloat; q: GLfloat; r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fvSUN: procedure(const tc: PGLfloat; const c: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; r: GLubyte; g: GLubyte; b: GLubyte; a: GLubyte; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const c: PGLubyte; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const c: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const c: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const tc: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const tc: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN: procedure(rc: GLuint; s: GLfloat; t: GLfloat; r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat; nx: GLfloat; ny: GLfloat; nz: GLfloat; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN: procedure(const rc: PGLuint; const tc: PGLfloat; const c: PGLfloat; const n: PGLfloat; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_SUN_vertex: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_fragment_program *****//
+const
+  GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB = $8804;
+  // GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ASCII_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_LENGTH_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_BINDING_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEMPORARIES_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEMPORARIES_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_PARAMETERS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_PARAMETERS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_PARAMETERS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_PARAMETERS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_ATTRIBS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ATTRIBS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ATTRIBS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ATTRIBS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMETERS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ENV_PARAMETERS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_UNDER_NATIVE_LIMITS_ARB  { already defined }
+  GL_PROGRAM_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $8805;
+  GL_PROGRAM_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $8806;
+  GL_PROGRAM_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB = $8807;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $8808;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $8809;
+  GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB = $880A;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $880B;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $880C;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB = $880D;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $880E;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB = $880F;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB = $8810;
+  // GL_PROGRAM_STRING_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_POSITION_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_TRANSPOSE_CURRENT_MATRIX_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_MATRICES_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_ARB  { already defined }
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_ARB = $8871;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB = $8872;
+  // GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_STRING_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX0_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX1_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX2_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX3_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX4_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX5_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX6_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX7_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX8_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX9_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX10_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX11_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX12_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX13_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX14_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX15_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX16_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX17_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX18_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX19_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX20_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX21_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX22_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX23_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX24_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX25_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX26_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX27_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX28_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX29_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX30_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MATRIX31_ARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramStringARB  { already defined }
+  // glBindProgramARB  { already defined }
+  // glDeleteProgramsARB  { already defined }
+  // glGenProgramsARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramEnvParameter4dARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramEnvParameter4fARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4dARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4fARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramivARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramStringARB  { already defined }
+  // glIsProgramARB  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_fragment_program: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXT_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ATI = $8200;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_APPLE_client_storage *****//
+const
+  GL_UNPACK_CLIENT_STORAGE_APPLE = $85B2;
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_client_storage: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_APPLE_element_array *****//
+const
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_APPLE = $8768;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_TYPE_APPLE = $8769;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_POINTER_APPLE = $876A;
+var
+  glElementPointerAPPLE: procedure(_type: GLenum; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawElementArrayAPPLE: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE: procedure(mode: GLenum; start: GLuint; _end: GLuint; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawElementArrayAPPLE: procedure(mode: GLenum; const first: PGLint; const count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE: procedure(mode: GLenum; start: GLuint; _end: GLuint; const first: PGLint; const count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_element_array: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_APPLE_fence *****//
+const
+  GL_DRAW_PIXELS_APPLE = $8A0A;
+  GL_FENCE_APPLE = $8A0B;
+var
+  glGenFencesAPPLE: procedure(n: GLsizei; fences: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteFencesAPPLE: procedure(n: GLsizei; const fences: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSetFenceAPPLE: procedure(fence: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsFenceAPPLE: function(fence: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTestFenceAPPLE: function(fence: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFinishFenceAPPLE: procedure(fence: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTestObjectAPPLE: function(_object: GLenum; name: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFinishObjectAPPLE: procedure(_object: GLenum; name: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_fence: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_APPLE = $85B5;
+var
+  glBindVertexArrayAPPLE: procedure(_array: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteVertexArraysAPPLE: procedure(n: GLsizei; const arrays: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenVertexArraysAPPLE: procedure(n: GLsizei; const arrays: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsVertexArrayAPPLE: function(_array: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_APPLE = $851D;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_LENGTH_APPLE = $851E;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_ELEMENT_APPLE = $8520;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_POINTER_APPLE = $8521;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STORAGE_HINT_APPLE = $851F;
+  GL_STORAGE_CACHED_APPLE = $85BE;
+  GL_STORAGE_SHARED_APPLE = $85BF;
+var
+  glVertexArrayRangeAPPLE: procedure(length: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFlushVertexArrayRangeAPPLE: procedure(length: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexArrayParameteriAPPLE: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range: Boolean;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+//***** WGL_ARB_pixel_format *****//
+const
+  WGL_NUMBER_PIXEL_FORMATS_ARB = $2000;
+  WGL_DRAW_TO_WINDOW_ARB = $2001;
+  WGL_DRAW_TO_BITMAP_ARB = $2002;
+  WGL_ACCELERATION_ARB = $2003;
+  WGL_NEED_PALETTE_ARB = $2004;
+  WGL_NEED_SYSTEM_PALETTE_ARB = $2005;
+  WGL_SWAP_LAYER_BUFFERS_ARB = $2006;
+  WGL_SWAP_METHOD_ARB = $2007;
+  WGL_NUMBER_OVERLAYS_ARB = $2008;
+  WGL_NUMBER_UNDERLAYS_ARB = $2009;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_ARB = $200A;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_ARB = $2037;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_ARB = $2038;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_ARB = $2039;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_ARB = $203A;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_ARB = $203B;
+  WGL_SHARE_DEPTH_ARB = $200C;
+  WGL_SHARE_STENCIL_ARB = $200D;
+  WGL_SHARE_ACCUM_ARB = $200E;
+  WGL_SUPPORT_GDI_ARB = $200F;
+  WGL_SUPPORT_OPENGL_ARB = $2010;
+  WGL_DOUBLE_BUFFER_ARB = $2011;
+  WGL_STEREO_ARB = $2012;
+  WGL_PIXEL_TYPE_ARB = $2013;
+  WGL_COLOR_BITS_ARB = $2014;
+  WGL_RED_BITS_ARB = $2015;
+  WGL_RED_SHIFT_ARB = $2016;
+  WGL_GREEN_BITS_ARB = $2017;
+  WGL_GREEN_SHIFT_ARB = $2018;
+  WGL_BLUE_BITS_ARB = $2019;
+  WGL_BLUE_SHIFT_ARB = $201A;
+  WGL_ALPHA_BITS_ARB = $201B;
+  WGL_ALPHA_SHIFT_ARB = $201C;
+  WGL_ACCUM_BITS_ARB = $201D;
+  WGL_ACCUM_RED_BITS_ARB = $201E;
+  WGL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS_ARB = $201F;
+  WGL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS_ARB = $2020;
+  WGL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS_ARB = $2021;
+  WGL_DEPTH_BITS_ARB = $2022;
+  WGL_STENCIL_BITS_ARB = $2023;
+  WGL_AUX_BUFFERS_ARB = $2024;
+  WGL_NO_ACCELERATION_ARB = $2025;
+  WGL_GENERIC_ACCELERATION_ARB = $2026;
+  WGL_FULL_ACCELERATION_ARB = $2027;
+  WGL_SWAP_EXCHANGE_ARB = $2028;
+  WGL_SWAP_COPY_ARB = $2029;
+  WGL_SWAP_UNDEFINED_ARB = $202A;
+  WGL_TYPE_RGBA_ARB = $202B;
+  WGL_TYPE_COLORINDEX_ARB = $202C;
+var
+  wglGetPixelFormatAttribivARB: function(hdc: HDC; iPixelFormat: GLint; iLayerPlane: GLint; nAttributes: GLuint; const piAttributes: PGLint; piValues: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB: function(hdc: HDC; iPixelFormat: GLint; iLayerPlane: GLint; nAttributes: GLuint; const piAttributes: PGLint; pfValues: PGLfloat): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglChoosePixelFormatARB: function(hdc: HDC; const piAttribIList: PGLint; const pfAttribFList: PGLfloat; nMaxFormats: GLuint; piFormats: PGLint; nNumFormats: PGLuint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_pixel_format: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_ARB_make_current_read *****//
+const
+  WGL_ERROR_INVALID_PIXEL_TYPE_ARB = $2043;
+  WGL_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DEVICE_CONTEXTS_ARB = $2054;
+var
+  wglMakeContextCurrentARB: function(hDrawDC: HDC; hReadDC: HDC; hglrc: HGLRC): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetCurrentReadDCARB: function(): HDC; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_make_current_read: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_ARB_pbuffer *****//
+const
+  WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_ARB = $202D;
+  // WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_ARB  { already defined }
+  WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS_ARB = $202E;
+  WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH_ARB = $202F;
+  WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_ARB = $2030;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_LARGEST_ARB = $2033;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_ARB = $2034;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_ARB = $2035;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_LOST_ARB = $2036;
+var
+  wglCreatePbufferARB: function(hDC: HDC; iPixelFormat: GLint; iWidth: GLint; iHeight: GLint; const piAttribList: PGLint): THandle; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetPbufferDCARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle): HDC; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglReleasePbufferDCARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle; hDC: HDC): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglDestroyPbufferARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglQueryPbufferARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle; iAttribute: GLint; piValue: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_pbuffer: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_EXT_swap_control *****//
+var
+  wglSwapIntervalEXT: function(interval: GLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetSwapIntervalEXT: function(): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_swap_control: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_ARB_render_texture *****//
+const
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB_ARB = $2070;
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA_ARB = $2071;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT_ARB = $2072;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_TARGET_ARB = $2073;
+  WGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE_ARB = $2074;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_RGB_ARB = $2075;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_RGBA_ARB = $2076;
+  WGL_NO_TEXTURE_ARB = $2077;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB = $2078;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_1D_ARB = $2079;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_2D_ARB = $207A;
+  // WGL_NO_TEXTURE_ARB  { already defined }
+  WGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL_ARB = $207B;
+  WGL_CUBE_MAP_FACE_ARB = $207C;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_ARB = $207D;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_ARB = $207E;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_ARB = $207F;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_ARB = $2080;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_ARB = $2081;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_ARB = $2082;
+  WGL_FRONT_LEFT_ARB = $2083;
+  WGL_FRONT_RIGHT_ARB = $2084;
+  WGL_BACK_LEFT_ARB = $2085;
+  WGL_BACK_RIGHT_ARB = $2086;
+  WGL_AUX0_ARB = $2087;
+  WGL_AUX1_ARB = $2088;
+  WGL_AUX2_ARB = $2089;
+  WGL_AUX3_ARB = $208A;
+  WGL_AUX4_ARB = $208B;
+  WGL_AUX5_ARB = $208C;
+  WGL_AUX6_ARB = $208D;
+  WGL_AUX7_ARB = $208E;
+  WGL_AUX8_ARB = $208F;
+  WGL_AUX9_ARB = $2090;
+var
+  wglBindTexImageARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle; iBuffer: GLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglReleaseTexImageARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle; iBuffer: GLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglSetPbufferAttribARB: function(hPbuffer: THandle; const piAttribList: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_render_texture: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_EXT_extensions_string *****//
+var
+  wglGetExtensionsStringEXT: function(): Pchar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_extensions_string: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_EXT_make_current_read *****//
+var
+  wglMakeContextCurrentEXT: function(hDrawDC: HDC; hReadDC: HDC; hglrc: HGLRC): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetCurrentReadDCEXT: function(): HDC; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_make_current_read: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_EXT_pbuffer *****//
+const
+  WGL_DRAW_TO_PBUFFER_EXT = $202D;
+  WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS_EXT = $202E;
+  WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT = $202F;
+  WGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT = $2030;
+  WGL_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT = $2031;
+  WGL_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT = $2032;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_LARGEST_EXT = $2033;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT = $2034;
+  WGL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT = $2035;
+var
+  wglCreatePbufferEXT: function(hDC: HDC; iPixelFormat: GLint; iWidth: GLint; iHeight: GLint; const piAttribList: PGLint): THandle; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetPbufferDCEXT: function(hPbuffer: THandle): HDC; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglReleasePbufferDCEXT: function(hPbuffer: THandle; hDC: HDC): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglDestroyPbufferEXT: function(hPbuffer: THandle): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglQueryPbufferEXT: function(hPbuffer: THandle; iAttribute: GLint; piValue: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_pbuffer: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_EXT_pixel_format *****//
+const
+  WGL_NUMBER_PIXEL_FORMATS_EXT = $2000;
+  WGL_DRAW_TO_WINDOW_EXT = $2001;
+  WGL_DRAW_TO_BITMAP_EXT = $2002;
+  WGL_ACCELERATION_EXT = $2003;
+  WGL_NEED_PALETTE_EXT = $2004;
+  WGL_NEED_SYSTEM_PALETTE_EXT = $2005;
+  WGL_SWAP_LAYER_BUFFERS_EXT = $2006;
+  WGL_SWAP_METHOD_EXT = $2007;
+  WGL_NUMBER_OVERLAYS_EXT = $2008;
+  WGL_NUMBER_UNDERLAYS_EXT = $2009;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_EXT = $200A;
+  WGL_TRANSPARENT_VALUE_EXT = $200B;
+  WGL_SHARE_DEPTH_EXT = $200C;
+  WGL_SHARE_STENCIL_EXT = $200D;
+  WGL_SHARE_ACCUM_EXT = $200E;
+  WGL_SUPPORT_GDI_EXT = $200F;
+  WGL_SUPPORT_OPENGL_EXT = $2010;
+  WGL_DOUBLE_BUFFER_EXT = $2011;
+  WGL_STEREO_EXT = $2012;
+  WGL_PIXEL_TYPE_EXT = $2013;
+  WGL_COLOR_BITS_EXT = $2014;
+  WGL_RED_BITS_EXT = $2015;
+  WGL_RED_SHIFT_EXT = $2016;
+  WGL_GREEN_BITS_EXT = $2017;
+  WGL_GREEN_SHIFT_EXT = $2018;
+  WGL_BLUE_BITS_EXT = $2019;
+  WGL_BLUE_SHIFT_EXT = $201A;
+  WGL_ALPHA_BITS_EXT = $201B;
+  WGL_ALPHA_SHIFT_EXT = $201C;
+  WGL_ACCUM_BITS_EXT = $201D;
+  WGL_ACCUM_RED_BITS_EXT = $201E;
+  WGL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS_EXT = $201F;
+  WGL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS_EXT = $2020;
+  WGL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS_EXT = $2021;
+  WGL_DEPTH_BITS_EXT = $2022;
+  WGL_STENCIL_BITS_EXT = $2023;
+  WGL_AUX_BUFFERS_EXT = $2024;
+  WGL_NO_ACCELERATION_EXT = $2025;
+  WGL_GENERIC_ACCELERATION_EXT = $2026;
+  WGL_FULL_ACCELERATION_EXT = $2027;
+  WGL_SWAP_EXCHANGE_EXT = $2028;
+  WGL_SWAP_COPY_EXT = $2029;
+  WGL_SWAP_UNDEFINED_EXT = $202A;
+  WGL_TYPE_RGBA_EXT = $202B;
+  WGL_TYPE_COLORINDEX_EXT = $202C;
+var
+  wglGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT: function(hdc: HDC; iPixelFormat: GLint; iLayerPlane: GLint; nAttributes: GLuint; piAttributes: PGLint; piValues: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT: function(hdc: HDC; iPixelFormat: GLint; iLayerPlane: GLint; nAttributes: GLuint; piAttributes: PGLint; pfValues: PGLfloat): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglChoosePixelFormatEXT: function(hdc: HDC; const piAttribIList: PGLint; const pfAttribFList: PGLfloat; nMaxFormats: GLuint; piFormats: PGLint; nNumFormats: PGLuint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_pixel_format: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_I3D_digital_video_control *****//
+const
+  WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_ALPHA_FRAMEBUFFER_I3D = $2050;
+  WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_ALPHA_VALUE_I3D = $2051;
+  WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_CURSOR_INCLUDED_I3D = $2052;
+  WGL_DIGITAL_VIDEO_GAMMA_CORRECTED_I3D = $2053;
+var
+  wglGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D: function(hDC: HDC; iAttribute: GLint; piValue: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D: function(hDC: HDC; iAttribute: GLint; const piValue: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_digital_video_control: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_I3D_gamma *****//
+const
+  WGL_GAMMA_TABLE_SIZE_I3D = $204E;
+  WGL_GAMMA_EXCLUDE_DESKTOP_I3D = $204F;
+  // WGL_GAMMA_EXCLUDE_DESKTOP_I3D  { already defined }
+var
+  wglGetGammaTableParametersI3D: function(hDC: HDC; iAttribute: GLint; piValue: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglSetGammaTableParametersI3D: function(hDC: HDC; iAttribute: GLint; const piValue: PGLint): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetGammaTableI3D: function(hDC: HDC; iEntries: GLint; puRed: PGLUSHORT; puGreen: PGLUSHORT; puBlue: PGLUSHORT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglSetGammaTableI3D: function(hDC: HDC; iEntries: GLint; const puRed: PGLUSHORT; const puGreen: PGLUSHORT; const puBlue: PGLUSHORT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_gamma: Boolean;
+
+//***** WGL_I3D_genlock *****//
+const
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_MULTIVIEW_I3D = $2044;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL_SYNC_I3D = $2045;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL_FIELD_I3D = $2046;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL_TTL_I3D = $2047;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_DIGITAL_SYNC_I3D = $2048;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_DIGITAL_FIELD_I3D = $2049;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_FALLING_I3D = $204A;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_RISING_I3D = $204B;
+  WGL_GENLOCK_SOURCE_EDGE_BOTH_I3D = $204C;
+var
+  wglEnableGenlockI3D: function(hDC: HDC): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglDisableGenlockI3D: function(hDC: HDC): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglIsEnabledGenlockI3D: function(hDC: HDC; pFlag: PBOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGenlockSourceI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uSource: GLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetGenlockSourceI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uSource: PGLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGenlockSourceEdgeI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uEdge: GLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uEdge: PGLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGenlockSampleRateI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uRate: GLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetGenlockSampleRateI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uRate: PGLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGenlockSourceDelayI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uDelay: GLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uDelay: PGLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  wglQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D: function(hDC: HDC; uMaxLineDelay: PGLUINT; uMaxPixelDelay: PGLUINT): BOOL; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_genlock: Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//***** GL_ARB_matrix_palette *****//
+const
+  GL_MATRIX_PALETTE_ARB = $8840;
+  GL_MAX_MATRIX_PALETTE_STACK_DEPTH_ARB = $8841;
+  GL_MAX_PALETTE_MATRICES_ARB = $8842;
+  GL_CURRENT_PALETTE_MATRIX_ARB = $8843;
+  GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_ARB = $8844;
+  GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_INDEX_ARB = $8845;
+  GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB = $8846;
+  GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB = $8847;
+  GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB = $8848;
+  GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB = $8849;
+var
+  glCurrentPaletteMatrixARB: procedure(index: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMatrixIndexubvARB: procedure(size: GLint; indices: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMatrixIndexusvARB: procedure(size: GLint; indices: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMatrixIndexuivARB: procedure(size: GLint; indices: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMatrixIndexPointerARB: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_matrix_palette: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_element_array *****//
+const
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_TYPE_NV = $8769;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_POINTER_NV = $876A;
+var
+  glElementPointerNV: procedure(_type: GLenum; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawElementArrayNV: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawRangeElementArrayNV: procedure(mode: GLenum; start: GLuint; _end: GLuint; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawElementArrayNV: procedure(mode: GLenum; const first: PGLint; const count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayNV: procedure(mode: GLenum; start: GLuint; _end: GLuint; const first: PGLint; const count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_element_array: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_float_buffer *****//
+const
+  GL_FLOAT_R_NV = $8880;
+  GL_FLOAT_RG_NV = $8881;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGB_NV = $8882;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGBA_NV = $8883;
+  GL_FLOAT_R16_NV = $8884;
+  GL_FLOAT_R32_NV = $8885;
+  GL_FLOAT_RG16_NV = $8886;
+  GL_FLOAT_RG32_NV = $8887;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGB16_NV = $8888;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGB32_NV = $8889;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGBA16_NV = $888A;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGBA32_NV = $888B;
+  GL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_COMPONENTS_NV = $888C;
+  GL_FLOAT_CLEAR_COLOR_VALUE_NV = $888D;
+  GL_FLOAT_RGBA_MODE_NV = $888E;
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  WGL_FLOAT_COMPONENTS_NV = $20B0;
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_R_NV = $20B1;
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RG_NV = $20B2;
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RGB_NV = $20B3;
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_FLOAT_RGBA_NV = $20B4;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_R_NV = $20B5;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RG_NV = $20B6;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RGB_NV = $20B7;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_RGBA_NV = $20B8;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_float_buffer: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_fragment_program *****//
+const
+  GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV = $8870;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_NV = $8871;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_NV = $8872;
+  GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_BINDING_NV = $8873;
+  GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMETERS_NV = $8868;
+  GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_STRING_NV = $8874;
+var
+  glProgramNamedParameter4fNV: procedure(id: GLuint; len: GLsizei; const name: PGLubyte; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glProgramNamedParameter4dNV: procedure(id: GLuint; len: GLsizei; const name: PGLubyte; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramNamedParameterfvNV: procedure(id: GLuint; len: GLsizei; const name: PGLubyte; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramNamedParameterdvNV: procedure(id: GLuint; len: GLsizei; const name: PGLubyte; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4dARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4fARB  { already defined }
+  // glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fragment_program: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_primitive_restart *****//
+const
+  GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_NV = $8558;
+  GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_INDEX_NV = $8559;
+var
+  glPrimitiveRestartNV: procedure(); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPrimitiveRestartIndexNV: procedure(index: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_primitive_restart: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_program2 *****//
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program2: Boolean;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+//***** WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle *****//
+const
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_RGB_NV = $20A0;
+  WGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_RGBA_NV = $20A1;
+  WGL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV = $20A2;
+
+function Load_WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//***** GL_NV_pixel_data_range *****//
+const
+  GL_WRITE_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_NV = $8878;
+  GL_READ_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_NV = $8879;
+  GL_WRITE_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_LENGTH_NV = $887A;
+  GL_READ_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_LENGTH_NV = $887B;
+  GL_WRITE_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_POINTER_NV = $887C;
+  GL_READ_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_POINTER_NV = $887D;
+var
+  glPixelDataRangeNV: procedure(target: GLenum; length: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFlushPixelDataRangeNV: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  // wglAllocateMemoryNV  { already defined }
+  // wglFreeMemoryNV  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_NV_pixel_data_range: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_rectangle *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_EXT = $84F5;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RECTANGLE_EXT = $84F6;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_EXT = $84F7;
+  GL_MAX_RECTANGLE_TEXTURE_SIZE_EXT = $84F8;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_S3_s3tc *****//
+const
+  GL_RGB_S3TC = $83A0;
+  GL_RGB4_S3TC = $83A1;
+  GL_RGBA_S3TC = $83A2;
+  GL_RGBA4_S3TC = $83A3;
+
+function Load_GL_S3_s3tc: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_draw_buffers *****//
+const
+  GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS_ATI = $8824;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER0_ATI = $8825;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER1_ATI = $8826;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER2_ATI = $8827;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER3_ATI = $8828;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER4_ATI = $8829;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER5_ATI = $882A;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER6_ATI = $882B;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER7_ATI = $882C;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER8_ATI = $882D;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER9_ATI = $882E;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER10_ATI = $882F;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER11_ATI = $8830;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER12_ATI = $8831;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER13_ATI = $8832;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER14_ATI = $8833;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER15_ATI = $8834;
+var
+  glDrawBuffersATI: procedure(n: GLsizei; const bufs: PGLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_draw_buffers: Boolean;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+//***** WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float *****//
+const
+  WGL_RGBA_FLOAT_MODE_ATI = $8820;
+  WGL_COLOR_CLEAR_UNCLAMPED_VALUE_ATI = $8835;
+  WGL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ATI = $21A0;
+
+function Load_WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float: Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//***** GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3 *****//
+const
+  GL_MODULATE_ADD_ATI = $8744;
+  GL_MODULATE_SIGNED_ADD_ATI = $8745;
+  GL_MODULATE_SUBTRACT_ATI = $8746;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_texture_float *****//
+const
+  GL_RGBA_FLOAT32_ATI = $8814;
+  GL_RGB_FLOAT32_ATI = $8815;
+  GL_ALPHA_FLOAT32_ATI = $8816;
+  GL_INTENSITY_FLOAT32_ATI = $8817;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_FLOAT32_ATI = $8818;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_FLOAT32_ATI = $8819;
+  GL_RGBA_FLOAT16_ATI = $881A;
+  GL_RGB_FLOAT16_ATI = $881B;
+  GL_ALPHA_FLOAT16_ATI = $881C;
+  GL_INTENSITY_FLOAT16_ATI = $881D;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_FLOAT16_ATI = $881E;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_FLOAT16_ATI = $881F;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_texture_float: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_texture_expand_normal *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_UNSIGNED_REMAP_MODE_NV = $888F;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_expand_normal: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_half_float *****//
+const
+  GL_HALF_FLOAT_NV = $140B;
+var
+  glVertex2hNV: procedure(x: GLushort; y: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex2hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3hNV: procedure(x: GLushort; y: GLushort; z: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex3hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4hNV: procedure(x: GLushort; y: GLushort; z: GLushort; w: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertex4hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3hNV: procedure(nx: GLushort; ny: GLushort; nz: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3hNV: procedure(red: GLushort; green: GLushort; blue: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor3hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4hNV: procedure(red: GLushort; green: GLushort; blue: GLushort; alpha: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColor4hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1hNV: procedure(s: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord1hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2hNV: procedure(s: GLushort; t: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord2hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3hNV: procedure(s: GLushort; t: GLushort; r: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord3hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4hNV: procedure(s: GLushort; t: GLushort; r: GLushort; q: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexCoord4hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1hNV: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord1hvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2hNV: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLushort; t: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord2hvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3hNV: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLushort; t: GLushort; r: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord3hvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4hNV: procedure(target: GLenum; s: GLushort; t: GLushort; r: GLushort; q: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiTexCoord4hvNV: procedure(target: GLenum; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordhNV: procedure(fog: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordhvNV: procedure(const fog: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3hNV: procedure(red: GLushort; green: GLushort; blue: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3hvNV: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexWeighthNV: procedure(weight: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexWeighthvNV: procedure(const weight: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1hNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2hNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLushort; y: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3hNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLushort; y: GLushort; z: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4hNV: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLushort; y: GLushort; z: GLushort; w: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs1hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs2hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs3hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribs4hvNV: procedure(index: GLuint; n: GLsizei; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_half_float: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_map_object_buffer *****//
+var
+  glMapObjectBufferATI: function(buffer: GLuint): PGLvoid; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUnmapObjectBufferATI: procedure(buffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_map_object_buffer: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_separate_stencil *****//
+const
+  GL_KEEP = $1E00;
+  GL_ZERO = $0000;
+  GL_REPLACE = $1E01;
+  GL_INCR = $1E02;
+  GL_DECR = $1E03;
+  GL_INVERT = $150A;
+  GL_NEVER = $0200;
+  GL_LESS = $0201;
+  GL_LEQUAL = $0203;
+  GL_GREATER = $0204;
+  GL_GEQUAL = $0206;
+  GL_EQUAL = $0202;
+  GL_NOTEQUAL = $0205;
+  GL_ALWAYS = $0207;
+  GL_FRONT = $0404;
+  GL_BACK = $0405;
+  GL_FRONT_AND_BACK = $0408;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_FUNC_ATI = $8800;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_FAIL_ATI = $8801;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL_ATI = $8802;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_PASS_ATI = $8803;
+var
+  glStencilOpSeparateATI: procedure(face: GLenum; sfail: GLenum; dpfail: GLenum; dppass: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilFuncSeparateATI: procedure(frontfunc: GLenum; backfunc: GLenum; ref: GLint; mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_separate_stencil: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object *****//
+var
+  glVertexAttribArrayObjectATI: procedure(index: GLuint; size: GLint; _type: GLenum; normalized: GLboolean; stride: GLsizei; buffer: GLuint; offset: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectfvATI: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectivATI: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object *****//
+const
+  GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_ARB = $8892;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_ARB = $8893;
+  GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $8894;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $8895;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $8896;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $8897;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $8898;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $8899;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $889A;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $889B;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $889C;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $889D;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $889E;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $889F;
+  GL_STREAM_DRAW_ARB = $88E0;
+  GL_STREAM_READ_ARB = $88E1;
+  GL_STREAM_COPY_ARB = $88E2;
+  GL_STATIC_DRAW_ARB = $88E4;
+  GL_STATIC_READ_ARB = $88E5;
+  GL_STATIC_COPY_ARB = $88E6;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW_ARB = $88E8;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_READ_ARB = $88E9;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_COPY_ARB = $88EA;
+  GL_READ_ONLY_ARB = $88B8;
+  GL_WRITE_ONLY_ARB = $88B9;
+  GL_READ_WRITE_ARB = $88BA;
+  GL_BUFFER_SIZE_ARB = $8764;
+  GL_BUFFER_USAGE_ARB = $8765;
+  GL_BUFFER_ACCESS_ARB = $88BB;
+  GL_BUFFER_MAPPED_ARB = $88BC;
+  GL_BUFFER_MAP_POINTER_ARB = $88BD;
+var
+  glBindBufferARB: procedure(target: GLenum; buffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteBuffersARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; const buffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenBuffersARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; buffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsBufferARB: function(buffer: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBufferDataARB: procedure(target: GLenum; size: GLsizeiptrARB; const data: PGLvoid; usage: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBufferSubDataARB: procedure(target: GLenum; offset: GLintptrARB; size: GLsizeiptrARB; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBufferSubDataARB: procedure(target: GLenum; offset: GLintptrARB; size: GLsizeiptrARB; data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapBufferARB: function(target: GLenum; access: GLenum): PGLvoid; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUnmapBufferARB: function(target: GLenum): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBufferParameterivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBufferPointervARB: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_occlusion_query *****//
+const
+  GL_SAMPLES_PASSED_ARB = $8914;
+  GL_QUERY_COUNTER_BITS_ARB = $8864;
+  GL_CURRENT_QUERY_ARB = $8865;
+  GL_QUERY_RESULT_ARB = $8866;
+  GL_QUERY_RESULT_AVAILABLE_ARB = $8867;
+var
+  glGenQueriesARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteQueriesARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; const ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsQueryARB: function(id: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBeginQueryARB: procedure(target: GLenum; id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEndQueryARB: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetQueryivARB: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetQueryObjectivARB: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetQueryObjectuivARB: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_occlusion_query: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_shader_objects *****//
+const
+  GL_PROGRAM_OBJECT_ARB = $8B40;
+  GL_OBJECT_TYPE_ARB = $8B4E;
+  GL_OBJECT_SUBTYPE_ARB = $8B4F;
+  GL_OBJECT_DELETE_STATUS_ARB = $8B80;
+  GL_OBJECT_COMPILE_STATUS_ARB = $8B81;
+  GL_OBJECT_LINK_STATUS_ARB = $8B82;
+  GL_OBJECT_VALIDATE_STATUS_ARB = $8B83;
+  GL_OBJECT_INFO_LOG_LENGTH_ARB = $8B84;
+  GL_OBJECT_ATTACHED_OBJECTS_ARB = $8B85;
+  GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS_ARB = $8B86;
+  GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH_ARB = $8B87;
+  GL_OBJECT_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH_ARB = $8B88;
+  GL_SHADER_OBJECT_ARB = $8B48;
+  GL_FLOAT = $1406;
+  GL_FLOAT_VEC2_ARB = $8B50;
+  GL_FLOAT_VEC3_ARB = $8B51;
+  GL_FLOAT_VEC4_ARB = $8B52;
+  GL_INT = $1404;
+  GL_INT_VEC2_ARB = $8B53;
+  GL_INT_VEC3_ARB = $8B54;
+  GL_INT_VEC4_ARB = $8B55;
+  GL_BOOL_ARB = $8B56;
+  GL_BOOL_VEC2_ARB = $8B57;
+  GL_BOOL_VEC3_ARB = $8B58;
+  GL_BOOL_VEC4_ARB = $8B59;
+  GL_FLOAT_MAT2_ARB = $8B5A;
+  GL_FLOAT_MAT3_ARB = $8B5B;
+  GL_FLOAT_MAT4_ARB = $8B5C;
+var
+  glDeleteObjectARB: procedure(obj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetHandleARB: function(pname: GLenum): GLhandleARB; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDetachObjectARB: procedure(containerObj: GLhandleARB; attachedObj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCreateShaderObjectARB: function(shaderType: GLenum): GLhandleARB; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glShaderSourceARB: procedure(shaderObj: GLhandleARB; count: GLsizei; const _string: PGLvoid; const length: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompileShaderARB: procedure(shaderObj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCreateProgramObjectARB: function(): GLhandleARB; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAttachObjectARB: procedure(containerObj: GLhandleARB; obj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLinkProgramARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUseProgramObjectARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glValidateProgramARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1fARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2fARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat; v1: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3fARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat; v1: GLfloat; v2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4fARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat; v1: GLfloat; v2: GLfloat; v3: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1iARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2iARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint; v1: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3iARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint; v1: GLint; v2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4iARB: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint; v1: GLint; v2: GLint; v3: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1ivARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2ivARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3ivARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4ivARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniformMatrix2fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; transpose: GLboolean; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniformMatrix3fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; transpose: GLboolean; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniformMatrix4fvARB: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; transpose: GLboolean; value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetObjectParameterfvARB: procedure(obj: GLhandleARB; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetObjectParameterivARB: procedure(obj: GLhandleARB; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetInfoLogARB: procedure(obj: GLhandleARB; maxLength: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; infoLog: PGLcharARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetAttachedObjectsARB: procedure(containerObj: GLhandleARB; maxCount: GLsizei; count: PGLsizei; obj: PGLhandleARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetUniformLocationARB: function(programObj: GLhandleARB; const name: PGLcharARB): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetActiveUniformARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB; index: GLuint; maxLength: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; size: PGLint; _type: PGLenum; name: PGLcharARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetUniformfvARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB; location: GLint; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetUniformivARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB; location: GLint; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetShaderSourceARB: procedure(obj: GLhandleARB; maxLength: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; source: PGLcharARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shader_objects: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_vertex_shader *****//
+const
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER_ARB = $8B31;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_ARB = $8B4A;
+  GL_MAX_VARYING_FLOATS_ARB = $8B4B;
+  // GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB  { already defined }
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB = $8B4C;
+  GL_MAX_COMBINED_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB = $8B4D;
+  // GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_OBJECT_TYPE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_OBJECT_SUBTYPE_ARB  { already defined }
+  GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES_ARB = $8B89;
+  GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH_ARB = $8B8A;
+  // GL_SHADER_OBJECT_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT_VEC2_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT_VEC3_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT_VEC4_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT_MAT2_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT_MAT3_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_FLOAT_MAT4_ARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib1fARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib1sARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib1dARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib2fARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib2sARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib2dARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib3fARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib3sARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib3dARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4fARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4sARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4dARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NubARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib1fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib1svARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib1dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib2fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib2svARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib2dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib3fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib3svARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib3dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4fvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4svARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4dvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4ivARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4bvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4ubvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4usvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4uivARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NbvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NsvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NivARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NubvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NusvARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttrib4NuivARB  { already defined }
+  // glVertexAttribPointerARB  { already defined }
+  // glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB  { already defined }
+  // glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB  { already defined }
+var
+  glBindAttribLocationARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB; index: GLuint; const name: PGLcharARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetActiveAttribARB: procedure(programObj: GLhandleARB; index: GLuint; maxLength: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; size: PGLint; _type: PGLenum; name: PGLcharARB); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetAttribLocationARB: function(programObj: GLhandleARB; const name: PGLcharARB): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  // glGetVertexAttribdvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetVertexAttribfvARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetVertexAttribivARB  { already defined }
+  // glGetVertexAttribPointervARB  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_shader: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_fragment_shader *****//
+const
+  GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ARB = $8B30;
+  GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_ARB = $8B49;
+  // GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_OBJECT_TYPE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_OBJECT_SUBTYPE_ARB  { already defined }
+  // GL_SHADER_OBJECT_ARB  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_fragment_shader: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_shading_language_100 *****//
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shading_language_100: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two *****//
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_point_sprite *****//
+const
+  GL_POINT_SPRITE_ARB = $8861;
+  GL_COORD_REPLACE_ARB = $8862;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_point_sprite: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test *****//
+const
+  GL_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_EXT = $8890;
+  GL_DEPTH_BOUNDS_EXT = $8891;
+var
+  glDepthBoundsEXT: procedure(zmin: GLclampd; zmax: GLclampd); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_secondary_color *****//
+const
+  GL_COLOR_SUM_EXT = $8458;
+  GL_CURRENT_SECONDARY_COLOR_EXT = $8459;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT = $845A;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $845B;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $845C;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $845D;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT = $845E;
+var
+  glSecondaryColor3bEXT: procedure(r: GLbyte; g: GLbyte; b: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3sEXT: procedure(r: GLshort; g: GLshort; b: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3iEXT: procedure(r: GLint; g: GLint; b: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3fEXT: procedure(r: GLfloat; g: GLfloat; b: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3dEXT: procedure(r: GLdouble; g: GLdouble; b: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3ubEXT: procedure(r: GLubyte; g: GLubyte; b: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3usEXT: procedure(r: GLushort; g: GLushort; b: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3uiEXT: procedure(r: GLuint; g: GLuint; b: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3bvEXT: procedure(components: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3svEXT: procedure(components: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3ivEXT: procedure(components: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3fvEXT: procedure(components: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3dvEXT: procedure(components: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3ubvEXT: procedure(components: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3usvEXT: procedure(components: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3uivEXT: procedure(components: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColorPointerEXT: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_secondary_color: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp *****//
+const
+  GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_EXT = $8742;
+  GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_EXT = $8743;
+  GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_EXT = $8912;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate *****//
+const
+  GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB_EXT = $8009;
+  GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA_EXT = $883D;
+var
+  glBlendEquationSeparateEXT: procedure(modeRGB: GLenum; modeAlpha: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_MESA_pack_invert *****//
+const
+  GL_PACK_INVERT_MESA = $8758;
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_pack_invert: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture *****//
+const
+  GL_YCBCR_MESA = $8757;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_MESA = $85BA;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_REV_MESA = $85BB;
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow *****//
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_fog_coord *****//
+const
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_SOURCE_EXT = $8450;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_EXT = $8451;
+  GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH_EXT = $8452;
+  GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORDINATE_EXT = $8453;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT = $8454;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT = $8455;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT = $8456;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_EXT = $8457;
+var
+  glFogCoordfEXT: procedure(coord: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoorddEXT: procedure(coord: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordfvEXT: procedure(coord: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoorddvEXT: procedure(coord: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordPointerEXT: procedure(_type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_fog_coord: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_fragment_program_option *****//
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fragment_program_option: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object *****//
+const
+  GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_EXT = $88EB;
+  GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_EXT = $88EC;
+  GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_BINDING_EXT = $88ED;
+  GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING_EXT = $88EF;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_fragment_program2 *****//
+const
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_EXEC_INSTRUCTIONS_NV = $88F4;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_CALL_DEPTH_NV = $88F5;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_IF_DEPTH_NV = $88F6;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOOP_DEPTH_NV = $88F7;
+  GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOOP_COUNT_NV = $88F8;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fragment_program2: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_program2_option *****//
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_EXEC_INSTRUCTIONS_NV  { already defined }
+  // GL_MAX_PROGRAM_CALL_DEPTH_NV  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program2_option: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_NV_vertex_program3 *****//
+  // GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program3: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_draw_buffers *****//
+const
+  GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS_ARB = $8824;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER0_ARB = $8825;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER1_ARB = $8826;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER2_ARB = $8827;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER3_ARB = $8828;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER4_ARB = $8829;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER5_ARB = $882A;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER6_ARB = $882B;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER7_ARB = $882C;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER8_ARB = $882D;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER9_ARB = $882E;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER10_ARB = $882F;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER11_ARB = $8830;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER12_ARB = $8831;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER13_ARB = $8832;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER14_ARB = $8833;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER15_ARB = $8834;
+var
+  glDrawBuffersARB: procedure(n: GLsizei; const bufs: PGLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_draw_buffers: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_rectangle *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_ARB = $84F5;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RECTANGLE_ARB = $84F6;
+  GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_ARB = $84F7;
+  GL_MAX_RECTANGLE_TEXTURE_SIZE_ARB = $84F8;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_color_buffer_float *****//
+const
+  GL_RGBA_FLOAT_MODE_ARB = $8820;
+  GL_CLAMP_VERTEX_COLOR_ARB = $891A;
+  GL_CLAMP_FRAGMENT_COLOR_ARB = $891B;
+  GL_CLAMP_READ_COLOR_ARB = $891C;
+  GL_FIXED_ONLY_ARB = $891D;
+  WGL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ARB = $21A0;
+var
+  glClampColorARB: procedure(target: GLenum; clamp: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_color_buffer_float: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_half_float_pixel *****//
+const
+  GL_HALF_FLOAT_ARB = $140B;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_half_float_pixel: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_texture_float *****//
+const
+  GL_TEXTURE_RED_TYPE_ARB = $8C10;
+  GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_TYPE_ARB = $8C11;
+  GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_TYPE_ARB = $8C12;
+  GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_TYPE_ARB = $8C13;
+  GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_TYPE_ARB = $8C14;
+  GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_TYPE_ARB = $8C15;
+  GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_TYPE_ARB = $8C16;
+  GL_UNSIGNED_NORMALIZED_ARB = $8C17;
+  GL_RGBA32F_ARB = $8814;
+  GL_RGB32F_ARB = $8815;
+  GL_ALPHA32F_ARB = $8816;
+  GL_INTENSITY32F_ARB = $8817;
+  GL_LUMINANCE32F_ARB = $8818;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA32F_ARB = $8819;
+  GL_RGBA16F_ARB = $881A;
+  GL_RGB16F_ARB = $881B;
+  GL_ALPHA16F_ARB = $881C;
+  GL_INTENSITY16F_ARB = $881D;
+  GL_LUMINANCE16F_ARB = $881E;
+  GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA16F_ARB = $881F;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_float: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_texture_compression_dxt1 *****//
+  // GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_S3TC_DXT1_EXT  { already defined }
+  // GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT1_EXT  { already defined }
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_compression_dxt1: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object *****//
+const
+  GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_ARB = $88EB;
+  GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB = $88EC;
+  GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $88ED;
+  GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB = $88EF;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_EXT_framebuffer_object *****//
+const
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT = $8D40;
+  GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT = $8D41;
+  GL_STENCIL_INDEX_EXT = $8D45;
+  GL_STENCIL_INDEX1_EXT = $8D46;
+  GL_STENCIL_INDEX4_EXT = $8D47;
+  GL_STENCIL_INDEX8_EXT = $8D48;
+  GL_STENCIL_INDEX16_EXT = $8D49;
+  GL_RENDERBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT = $8D42;
+  GL_RENDERBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT = $8D43;
+  GL_RENDERBUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT_EXT = $8D44;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_TYPE_EXT = $8CD0;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_NAME_EXT = $8CD1;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LEVEL_EXT = $8CD2;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_FACE_EXT = $8CD3;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_3D_ZOFFSET_EXT = $8CD4;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT = $8CE0;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT1_EXT = $8CE1;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT2_EXT = $8CE2;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT3_EXT = $8CE3;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT4_EXT = $8CE4;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT5_EXT = $8CE5;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT6_EXT = $8CE6;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT7_EXT = $8CE7;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT8_EXT = $8CE8;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT9_EXT = $8CE9;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT10_EXT = $8CEA;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT11_EXT = $8CEB;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT12_EXT = $8CEC;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT13_EXT = $8CED;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT14_EXT = $8CEE;
+  GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT15_EXT = $8CEF;
+  GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_EXT = $8D00;
+  GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_EXT = $8D20;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE_EXT = $8CD5;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT_EXT = $8CD6;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT_EXT = $8CD7;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DUPLICATE_ATTACHMENT_EXT = $8CD8;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DIMENSIONS_EXT = $8CD9;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_FORMATS_EXT = $8CDA;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DRAW_BUFFER_EXT = $8CDB;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_READ_BUFFER_EXT = $8CDC;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED_EXT = $8CDD;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_STATUS_ERROR_EXT = $8CDE;
+  GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_EXT = $8CA6;
+  GL_RENDERBUFFER_BINDING_EXT = $8CA7;
+  GL_MAX_COLOR_ATTACHMENTS_EXT = $8CDF;
+  GL_MAX_RENDERBUFFER_SIZE_EXT = $84E8;
+  GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION_EXT = $0506;
+var
+  glIsRenderbufferEXT: function(renderbuffer: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindRenderbufferEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; renderbuffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteRenderbuffersEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; const renderbuffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenRenderbuffersEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; renderbuffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glRenderbufferStorageEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; internalformat: GLenum; width: GLsizei; height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetRenderbufferParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsFramebufferEXT: function(framebuffer: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindFramebufferEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; framebuffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteFramebuffersEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; const framebuffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenFramebuffersEXT: procedure(n: GLsizei; framebuffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCheckFramebufferStatusEXT: function(target: GLenum): GLenum; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFramebufferTexture1DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; attachment: GLenum; textarget: GLenum; texture: GLuint; level: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFramebufferTexture2DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; attachment: GLenum; textarget: GLenum; texture: GLuint; level: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFramebufferTexture3DEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; attachment: GLenum; textarget: GLenum; texture: GLuint; level: GLint; zoffset: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; attachment: GLenum; renderbuffertarget: GLenum; renderbuffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT: procedure(target: GLenum; attachment: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenerateMipmapEXT: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_framebuffer_object: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_version_1_4 *****//
+const
+  GL_BLEND_DST_RGB = $80C8;
+  GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB = $80C9;
+  GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA = $80CA;
+  GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA = $80CB;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN = $8126;
+  GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX = $8127;
+  GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE = $8128;
+  GL_POINT_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION = $8129;
+  GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP = $8191;
+  GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_HINT = $8192;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16 = $81A5;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24 = $81A6;
+  GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32 = $81A7;
+  GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT = $8370;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_SOURCE = $8450;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE = $8451;
+  GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH = $8452;
+  GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORDINATE = $8453;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_TYPE = $8454;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_STRIDE = $8455;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_POINTER = $8456;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY = $8457;
+  GL_COLOR_SUM = $8458;
+  GL_CURRENT_SECONDARY_COLOR = $8459;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE = $845A;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE = $845B;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE = $845C;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER = $845D;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY = $845E;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS = $84FD;
+  GL_TEXTURE_FILTER_CONTROL = $8500;
+  GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS = $8501;
+  GL_INCR_WRAP = $8507;
+  GL_DECR_WRAP = $8508;
+  GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_SIZE = $884A;
+  GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE = $884B;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_MODE = $884C;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FUNC = $884D;
+  GL_COMPARE_R_TO_TEXTURE = $884E;
+var
+  glBlendFuncSeparate: procedure(sfactorRGB: GLenum; dfactorRGB: GLenum; sfactorAlpha: GLenum; dfactorAlpha: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordf: procedure(coord: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordfv: procedure(const coord: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordd: procedure(coord: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoorddv: procedure(const coord: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogCoordPointer: procedure(_type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawArrays: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: PGLint; count: PGLsizei; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultiDrawElements: procedure(mode: GLenum; const count: PGLsizei; _type: GLenum; const indices: PGLvoid; primcount: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameterf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameterfv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameteri: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointParameteriv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3b: procedure(red: GLbyte; green: GLbyte; blue: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3bv: procedure(const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3d: procedure(red: GLdouble; green: GLdouble; blue: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3f: procedure(red: GLfloat; green: GLfloat; blue: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3i: procedure(red: GLint; green: GLint; blue: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3s: procedure(red: GLshort; green: GLshort; blue: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3ub: procedure(red: GLubyte; green: GLubyte; blue: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3ubv: procedure(const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3ui: procedure(red: GLuint; green: GLuint; blue: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3uiv: procedure(const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3us: procedure(red: GLushort; green: GLushort; blue: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColor3usv: procedure(const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSecondaryColorPointer: procedure(size: GLint; _type: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2d: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2f: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2i: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2s: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos2sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3d: procedure(x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3f: procedure(x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3i: procedure(x: GLint; y: GLint; z: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3s: procedure(x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glWindowPos3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_4: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_version_1_5 *****//
+const
+  GL_BUFFER_SIZE = $8764;
+  GL_BUFFER_USAGE = $8765;
+  GL_QUERY_COUNTER_BITS = $8864;
+  GL_CURRENT_QUERY = $8865;
+  GL_QUERY_RESULT = $8866;
+  GL_QUERY_RESULT_AVAILABLE = $8867;
+  GL_ARRAY_BUFFER = $8892;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER = $8893;
+  GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $8894;
+  GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $8895;
+  GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $8896;
+  GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $8897;
+  GL_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $8898;
+  GL_INDEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $8899;
+  GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889A;
+  GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889B;
+  GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889C;
+  GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889D;
+  GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889E;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889F;
+  GL_READ_ONLY = $88B8;
+  GL_WRITE_ONLY = $88B9;
+  GL_READ_WRITE = $88BA;
+  GL_BUFFER_ACCESS = $88BB;
+  GL_BUFFER_MAPPED = $88BC;
+  GL_BUFFER_MAP_POINTER = $88BD;
+  GL_STREAM_DRAW = $88E0;
+  GL_STREAM_READ = $88E1;
+  GL_STREAM_COPY = $88E2;
+  GL_STATIC_DRAW = $88E4;
+  GL_STATIC_READ = $88E5;
+  GL_STATIC_COPY = $88E6;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW = $88E8;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_READ = $88E9;
+  GL_DYNAMIC_COPY = $88EA;
+  GL_SAMPLES_PASSED = $8914;
+  GL_FOG_COORD_SRC = $8450;
+  GL_FOG_COORD = $8451;
+  GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORD = $8453;
+  GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE = $8454;
+  GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE = $8455;
+  GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER = $8456;
+  GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY = $8457;
+  GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING = $889D;
+  GL_SRC0_RGB = $8580;
+  GL_SRC1_RGB = $8581;
+  GL_SRC2_RGB = $8582;
+  GL_SRC0_ALPHA = $8588;
+  GL_SRC1_ALPHA = $8589;
+  GL_SRC2_ALPHA = $858A;
+var
+  glGenQueries: procedure(n: GLsizei; ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteQueries: procedure(n: GLsizei; const ids: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsQuery: function(id: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBeginQuery: procedure(target: GLenum; id: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEndQuery: procedure(target: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetQueryiv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetQueryObjectiv: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetQueryObjectuiv: procedure(id: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindBuffer: procedure(target: GLenum; buffer: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteBuffers: procedure(n: GLsizei; const buffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenBuffers: procedure(n: GLsizei; buffers: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsBuffer: function(buffer: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBufferData: procedure(target: GLenum; size: GLsizeiptr; const data: PGLvoid; usage: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBufferSubData: procedure(target: GLenum; offset: GLintptr; size: GLsizeiptr; const data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBufferSubData: procedure(target: GLenum; offset: GLintptr; size: GLsizeiptr; data: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapBuffer: function(target: GLenum; access: GLenum): PGLvoid; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUnmapBuffer: function(target: GLenum): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBufferParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBufferPointerv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; params: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_5: Boolean;
+
+//***** GL_version_2_0 *****//
+const
+  GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB = $8009;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED = $8622;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE = $8623;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE = $8624;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE = $8625;
+  GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB = $8626;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE = $8642;
+  GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE = $8643;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER = $8645;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_FUNC = $8800;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_FAIL = $8801;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL = $8802;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_PASS = $8803;
+  GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS = $8824;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER0 = $8825;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER1 = $8826;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER2 = $8827;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER3 = $8828;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER4 = $8829;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER5 = $882A;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER6 = $882B;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER7 = $882C;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER8 = $882D;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER9 = $882E;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER10 = $882F;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER11 = $8830;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER12 = $8831;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER13 = $8832;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER14 = $8833;
+  GL_DRAW_BUFFER15 = $8834;
+  GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA = $883D;
+  GL_POINT_SPRITE = $8861;
+  GL_COORD_REPLACE = $8862;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS = $8869;
+  GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED = $886A;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS = $8871;
+  GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS = $8872;
+  GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER = $8B30;
+  GL_VERTEX_SHADER = $8B31;
+  GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS = $8B49;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS = $8B4A;
+  GL_MAX_VARYING_FLOATS = $8B4B;
+  GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS = $8B4C;
+  GL_MAX_COMBINED_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS = $8B4D;
+  GL_SHADER_TYPE = $8B4F;
+  GL_FLOAT_VEC2 = $8B50;
+  GL_FLOAT_VEC3 = $8B51;
+  GL_FLOAT_VEC4 = $8B52;
+  GL_INT_VEC2 = $8B53;
+  GL_INT_VEC3 = $8B54;
+  GL_INT_VEC4 = $8B55;
+  GL_BOOL = $8B56;
+  GL_BOOL_VEC2 = $8B57;
+  GL_BOOL_VEC3 = $8B58;
+  GL_BOOL_VEC4 = $8B59;
+  GL_FLOAT_MAT2 = $8B5A;
+  GL_FLOAT_MAT3 = $8B5B;
+  GL_FLOAT_MAT4 = $8B5C;
+  GL_SAMPLER_1D = $8B5D;
+  GL_SAMPLER_2D = $8B5E;
+  GL_SAMPLER_3D = $8B5F;
+  GL_SAMPLER_CUBE = $8B60;
+  GL_SAMPLER_1D_SHADOW = $8B61;
+  GL_SAMPLER_2D_SHADOW = $8B62;
+  GL_DELETE_STATUS = $8B80;
+  GL_COMPILE_STATUS = $8B81;
+  GL_LINK_STATUS = $8B82;
+  GL_VALIDATE_STATUS = $8B83;
+  GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH = $8B84;
+  GL_ATTACHED_SHADERS = $8B85;
+  GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS = $8B86;
+  GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH = $8B87;
+  GL_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH = $8B88;
+  GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES = $8B89;
+  GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH = $8B8A;
+  GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_DERIVATIVE_HINT = $8B8B;
+  GL_SHADING_LANGUAGE_VERSION = $8B8C;
+  GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM = $8B8D;
+  GL_POINT_SPRITE_COORD_ORIGIN = $8CA0;
+  GL_LOWER_LEFT = $8CA1;
+  GL_UPPER_LEFT = $8CA2;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_REF = $8CA3;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_VALUE_MASK = $8CA4;
+  GL_STENCIL_BACK_WRITEMASK = $8CA5;
+var
+  glBlendEquationSeparate: procedure(modeRGB: GLenum; modeAlpha: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawBuffers: procedure(n: GLsizei; const bufs: PGLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilOpSeparate: procedure(face: GLenum; sfail: GLenum; dpfail: GLenum; dppass: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilFuncSeparate: procedure(frontfunc: GLenum; backfunc: GLenum; ref: GLint; mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilMaskSeparate: procedure(face: GLenum; mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAttachShader: procedure(_program: GLuint; shader: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBindAttribLocation: procedure(_program: GLuint; index: GLuint; const name: PGLchar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCompileShader: procedure(shader: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCreateProgram: function(): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCreateShader: function(_type: GLenum): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteProgram: procedure(_program: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteShader: procedure(shader: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDetachShader: procedure(_program: GLuint; shader: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDisableVertexAttribArray: procedure(index: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEnableVertexAttribArray: procedure(index: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetActiveAttrib: procedure(_program: GLuint; index: GLuint; bufSize: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; size: PGLint; _type: PGLenum; name: PGLchar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetActiveUniform: procedure(_program: GLuint; index: GLuint; bufSize: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; size: PGLint; _type: PGLenum; name: PGLchar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetAttachedShaders: procedure(_program: GLuint; maxCount: GLsizei; count: PGLsizei; obj: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetAttribLocation: function(_program: GLuint; const name: PGLchar): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramiv: procedure(_program: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetProgramInfoLog: procedure(_program: GLuint; bufSize: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; infoLog: PGLchar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetShaderiv: procedure(shader: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetShaderInfoLog: procedure(shader: GLuint; bufSize: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; infoLog: PGLchar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetShaderSource: procedure(shader: GLuint; bufSize: GLsizei; length: PGLsizei; source: PGLchar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetUniformLocation: function(_program: GLuint; const name: PGLchar): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetUniformfv: procedure(_program: GLuint; location: GLint; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetUniformiv: procedure(_program: GLuint; location: GLint; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribdv: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribfv: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribiv: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetVertexAttribPointerv: procedure(index: GLuint; pname: GLenum; pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsProgram: function(_program: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsShader: function(shader: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLinkProgram: procedure(_program: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glShaderSource: procedure(shader: GLuint; count: GLsizei; const _string: PGLchar; const length: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUseProgram: procedure(_program: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1f: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2f: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat; v1: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3f: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat; v1: GLfloat; v2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4f: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLfloat; v1: GLfloat; v2: GLfloat; v3: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1i: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2i: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint; v1: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3i: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint; v1: GLint; v2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4i: procedure(location: GLint; v0: GLint; v1: GLint; v2: GLint; v3: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform1iv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform2iv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform3iv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniform4iv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; const value: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniformMatrix2fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; transpose: GLboolean; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniformMatrix3fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; transpose: GLboolean; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glUniformMatrix4fv: procedure(location: GLint; count: GLsizei; transpose: GLboolean; const value: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glValidateProgram: procedure(_program: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1d: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1dv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1f: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1fv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1s: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib1sv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2d: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2dv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2f: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2fv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2s: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib2sv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3d: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3dv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3f: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3fv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3s: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib3sv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Nbv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Niv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Nsv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Nub: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLubyte; y: GLubyte; z: GLubyte; w: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Nubv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Nuiv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4Nusv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4bv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4d: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLdouble; y: GLdouble; z: GLdouble; w: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4dv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4f: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLfloat; y: GLfloat; z: GLfloat; w: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4fv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4iv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4s: procedure(index: GLuint; x: GLshort; y: GLshort; z: GLshort; w: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4sv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4ubv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4uiv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttrib4usv: procedure(index: GLuint; const v: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexAttribPointer: procedure(index: GLuint; size: GLint; _type: GLenum; normalized: GLboolean; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: PGLvoid); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_version_2_0: Boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  sdl;
+
+function glext_ExtensionSupported(const extension: PChar; const searchIn: PChar): Boolean;
+var
+  extensions: PChar;
+  start: PChar;
+  where, terminator: PChar;
+begin
+
+  if (Pos(' ', extension) <> 0) or (extension = '') then
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if searchIn = '' then
+    extensions := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS)
+  else
+    //StrLCopy(extensions, searchIn, StrLen(searchIn) + 1);
+    extensions := searchIn;
+  start := extensions;
+  while true do
+  begin
+    where := StrPos(start, extension);
+    if where = nil then
+      Break;
+    terminator := where + Length(extension);
+    if (where = start) or ((where - 1)^ = ' ') then
+    begin
+      if (terminator^ = ' ') or (terminator^ = #0) then
+      begin
+	Result := true;
+	Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+    start := terminator;
+  end;
+  Result := false;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_2: Boolean;
+{var
+  extstring : PChar;}
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  //extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  @glCopyTexSubImage3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyTexSubImage3D');
+  if not Assigned(glCopyTexSubImage3D) then Exit;
+  @glDrawRangeElements := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawRangeElements');
+  if not Assigned(glDrawRangeElements) then Exit;
+  @glTexImage3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexImage3D');
+  if not Assigned(glTexImage3D) then Exit;
+  @glTexSubImage3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexSubImage3D');
+  if not Assigned(glTexSubImage3D) then Exit;
+    
+  Result := TRUE;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_imaging: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_imaging', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glColorTable := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTable');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTable) then Exit;
+    @glColorTableParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTableParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTableParameterfv) then Exit;
+    @glColorTableParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTableParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTableParameteriv) then Exit;
+    @glCopyColorTable := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyColorTable');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyColorTable) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTable := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTable');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTable) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableParameterfv) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableParameteriv) then Exit;
+    @glColorSubTable := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorSubTable');
+    if not Assigned(glColorSubTable) then Exit;
+    @glCopyColorSubTable := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyColorSubTable');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyColorSubTable) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionFilter1D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionFilter1D');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionFilter1D) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionFilter2D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionFilter2D');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionFilter2D) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameterf := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameterf');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameterf) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameterfv) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameteri := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameteri');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameteri) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameteriv) then Exit;
+    @glCopyConvolutionFilter1D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyConvolutionFilter1D');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyConvolutionFilter1D) then Exit;
+    @glCopyConvolutionFilter2D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyConvolutionFilter2D');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyConvolutionFilter2D) then Exit;
+    @glGetConvolutionFilter := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetConvolutionFilter');
+    if not Assigned(glGetConvolutionFilter) then Exit;
+    @glGetConvolutionParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetConvolutionParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetConvolutionParameterfv) then Exit;
+    @glGetConvolutionParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetConvolutionParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetConvolutionParameteriv) then Exit;
+    @glGetSeparableFilter := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetSeparableFilter');
+    if not Assigned(glGetSeparableFilter) then Exit;
+    @glSeparableFilter2D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSeparableFilter2D');
+    if not Assigned(glSeparableFilter2D) then Exit;
+    @glGetHistogram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHistogram');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHistogram) then Exit;
+    @glGetHistogramParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHistogramParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHistogramParameterfv) then Exit;
+    @glGetHistogramParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHistogramParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHistogramParameteriv) then Exit;
+    @glGetMinmax := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMinmax');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMinmax) then Exit;
+    @glGetMinmaxParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMinmaxParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMinmaxParameterfv) then Exit;
+    @glGetMinmaxParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMinmaxParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMinmaxParameteriv) then Exit;
+    @glHistogram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glHistogram');
+    if not Assigned(glHistogram) then Exit;
+    @glMinmax := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMinmax');
+    if not Assigned(glMinmax) then Exit;
+    @glResetHistogram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glResetHistogram');
+    if not Assigned(glResetHistogram) then Exit;
+    @glResetMinmax := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glResetMinmax');
+    if not Assigned(glResetMinmax) then Exit;
+    @glBlendEquation := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendEquation');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendEquation) then Exit;
+    @glBlendColor := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendColor');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendColor) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_3: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+    @glActiveTexture := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glActiveTexture');
+    if not Assigned(glActiveTexture) then Exit;
+    @glClientActiveTexture := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glClientActiveTexture');
+    if not Assigned(glClientActiveTexture) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1d');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1d) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1dv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1dv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1f');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1f) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1fv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1fv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1i');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1i) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1iv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1iv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1s');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1s) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1sv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1sv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2d');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2d) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2dv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2dv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2f');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2f) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2fv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2fv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2i');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2i) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2iv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2iv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2s');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2s) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2sv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2sv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3d');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3d) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3dv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3dv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3f');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3f) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3fv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3i');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3i) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3iv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3iv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3s');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3s) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3sv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3sv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4d');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4d) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4dv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4dv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4f');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4f) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4fv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4fv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4i');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4i) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4iv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4iv) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4s');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4s) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4sv');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4sv) then Exit;
+    @glLoadTransposeMatrixf := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLoadTransposeMatrixf');
+    if not Assigned(glLoadTransposeMatrixf) then Exit;
+    @glLoadTransposeMatrixd := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLoadTransposeMatrixd');
+    if not Assigned(glLoadTransposeMatrixd) then Exit;
+    @glMultTransposeMatrixf := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultTransposeMatrixf');
+    if not Assigned(glMultTransposeMatrixf) then Exit;
+    @glMultTransposeMatrixd := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultTransposeMatrixd');
+    if not Assigned(glMultTransposeMatrixd) then Exit;
+    @glSampleCoverage := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSampleCoverage');
+    if not Assigned(glSampleCoverage) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexImage3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexImage3D');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexImage3D) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexImage2D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexImage2D');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexImage2D) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexImage1D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexImage1D');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexImage1D) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexSubImage3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexSubImage3D');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexSubImage3D) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexSubImage2D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexSubImage2D');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexSubImage2D) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexSubImage1D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexSubImage1D');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexSubImage1D) then Exit;
+    @glGetCompressedTexImage := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCompressedTexImage');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCompressedTexImage) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_multitexture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_multitexture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glActiveTextureARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glActiveTextureARB');
+    if not Assigned(glActiveTextureARB) then Exit;
+    @glClientActiveTextureARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glClientActiveTextureARB');
+    if not Assigned(glClientActiveTextureARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1dARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1fARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1iARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1sARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1svARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2dARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2fARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2iARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2sARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2svARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3dARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3fARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3iARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3sARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3svARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4iARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4sARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4svARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_transpose_matrix: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_transpose_matrix', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glLoadTransposeMatrixfARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLoadTransposeMatrixfARB');
+    if not Assigned(glLoadTransposeMatrixfARB) then Exit;
+    @glLoadTransposeMatrixdARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLoadTransposeMatrixdARB');
+    if not Assigned(glLoadTransposeMatrixdARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultTransposeMatrixfARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultTransposeMatrixfARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultTransposeMatrixfARB) then Exit;
+    @glMultTransposeMatrixdARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultTransposeMatrixdARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMultTransposeMatrixdARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_multisample: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_multisample', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glSampleCoverageARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSampleCoverageARB');
+    if not Assigned(glSampleCoverageARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_add: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_env_add', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function Load_WGL_ARB_extensions_string: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ARB_extensions_string', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_buffer_region: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ARB_buffer_region', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglCreateBufferRegionARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglCreateBufferRegionARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglCreateBufferRegionARB) then Exit;
+    @wglDeleteBufferRegionARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglDeleteBufferRegionARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglDeleteBufferRegionARB) then Exit;
+    @wglSaveBufferRegionARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglSaveBufferRegionARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglSaveBufferRegionARB) then Exit;
+    @wglRestoreBufferRegionARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglRestoreBufferRegionARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglRestoreBufferRegionARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_cube_map: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_cube_map', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_depth_texture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_depth_texture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_point_parameters: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_point_parameters', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPointParameterfARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterfARB');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterfARB) then Exit;
+    @glPointParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shadow: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_shadow', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shadow_ambient: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_shadow_ambient', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_compression: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_compression', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glCompressedTexImage3DARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexImage3DARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexImage3DARB) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexImage2DARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexImage2DARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexImage2DARB) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexImage1DARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexImage1DARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexImage1DARB) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexSubImage3DARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexSubImage3DARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexSubImage3DARB) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexSubImage2DARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexSubImage2DARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexSubImage2DARB) then Exit;
+    @glCompressedTexSubImage1DARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompressedTexSubImage1DARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompressedTexSubImage1DARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetCompressedTexImageARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCompressedTexImageARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCompressedTexImageARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_combine: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_env_combine', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_blend: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_vertex_blend', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glWeightbvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightbvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightbvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightsvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightsvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightsvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightivARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightubvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightubvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightubvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightusvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightusvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightusvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightuivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightuivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightuivARB) then Exit;
+    @glWeightPointerARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWeightPointerARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWeightPointerARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexBlendARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexBlendARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexBlendARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_program: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_vertex_program', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexAttrib1sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NubARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NubARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NubARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4bvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4bvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4bvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4ubvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ubvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ubvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4usvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4usvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4usvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4uivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4uivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4uivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NbvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NbvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NbvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NsvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NsvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NsvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NubvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NubvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NubvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NusvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NusvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NusvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NuivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NuivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NuivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribPointerARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribPointerARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribPointerARB) then Exit;
+    @glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB');
+    if not Assigned(glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB) then Exit;
+    @glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramStringARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramStringARB) then Exit;
+    @glBindProgramARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindProgramARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBindProgramARB) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteProgramsARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteProgramsARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteProgramsARB) then Exit;
+    @glGenProgramsARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenProgramsARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGenProgramsARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramStringARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramStringARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribPointervARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribPointervARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribPointervARB) then Exit;
+    @glIsProgramARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsProgramARB');
+    if not Assigned(glIsProgramARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_window_pos: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_window_pos', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glWindowPos2dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2dARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2fARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2iARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2sARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2svARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3dARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3fARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3iARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3sARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3svARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_422_pixels: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_422_pixels', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_abgr: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_abgr', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_bgra: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_bgra', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_color: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_blend_color', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBlendColorEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendColorEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendColorEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_func_separate: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_blend_func_separate', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBlendFuncSeparateEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendFuncSeparateEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendFuncSeparateEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_logic_op: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_blend_logic_op', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_minmax: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_blend_minmax', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBlendEquationEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendEquationEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendEquationEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_subtract: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_blend_subtract', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_color_subtable: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_color_subtable', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glColorSubTableEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorSubTableEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glColorSubTableEXT) then Exit;
+    @glCopyColorSubTableEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyColorSubTableEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyColorSubTableEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glLockArraysEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLockArraysEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glLockArraysEXT) then Exit;
+    @glUnlockArraysEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUnlockArraysEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glUnlockArraysEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_convolution: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_convolution', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glConvolutionFilter1DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionFilter1DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionFilter1DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionFilter2DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionFilter2DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionFilter2DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetConvolutionFilterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetConvolutionFilterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetConvolutionFilterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSeparableFilter2DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSeparableFilter2DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSeparableFilter2DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetSeparableFilterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetSeparableFilterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetSeparableFilterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameteriEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameteriEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameteriEXT) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameterfEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameterfEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameterfEXT) then Exit;
+    @glConvolutionParameterfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glConvolutionParameterfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glConvolutionParameterfvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_histogram: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_histogram', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glHistogramEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glHistogramEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glHistogramEXT) then Exit;
+    @glResetHistogramEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glResetHistogramEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glResetHistogramEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetHistogramEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHistogramEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHistogramEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetHistogramParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHistogramParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHistogramParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glMinmaxEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMinmaxEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glMinmaxEXT) then Exit;
+    @glResetMinmaxEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glResetMinmaxEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glResetMinmaxEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetMinmaxEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMinmaxEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMinmaxEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetMinmaxParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMinmaxParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMinmaxParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glMultiDrawArraysEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawArraysEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawArraysEXT) then Exit;
+    @glMultiDrawElementsEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawElementsEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawElementsEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_packed_pixels: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_packed_pixels', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_paletted_texture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_paletted_texture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glColorTableEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTableEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTableEXT) then Exit;
+    @glColorSubTableEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorSubTableEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glColorSubTableEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_point_parameters: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_point_parameters', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPointParameterfEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterfEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterfEXT) then Exit;
+    @glPointParameterfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterfvEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_polygon_offset: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_polygon_offset', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPolygonOffsetEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPolygonOffsetEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glPolygonOffsetEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_separate_specular_color: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_separate_specular_color', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_shadow_funcs: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_shadow_funcs', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_stencil_two_side: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_stencil_two_side', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glActiveStencilFaceEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glActiveStencilFaceEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glActiveStencilFaceEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_stencil_wrap: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_stencil_wrap', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_subtexture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_subtexture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glTexSubImage1DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexSubImage1DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glTexSubImage1DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glTexSubImage2DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexSubImage2DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glTexSubImage2DEXT) then Exit;
+    @glTexSubImage3DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexSubImage3DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glTexSubImage3DEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture3D: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture3D', extstring) then
+  begin
+    glTexImage3DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexImage3DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glTexImage3DEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_add: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_env_add', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_combine: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_env_combine', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glGenTexturesEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenTexturesEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGenTexturesEXT) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteTexturesEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteTexturesEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteTexturesEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindTextureEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindTextureEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindTextureEXT) then Exit;
+    @glPrioritizeTexturesEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPrioritizeTexturesEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glPrioritizeTexturesEXT) then Exit;
+    @glAreTexturesResidentEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAreTexturesResidentEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glAreTexturesResidentEXT) then Exit;
+    @glIsTextureEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsTextureEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glIsTextureEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_vertex_array: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_vertex_array', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glArrayElementEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glArrayElementEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glArrayElementEXT) then Exit;
+    @glDrawArraysEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawArraysEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawArraysEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVertexPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glNormalPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glColorPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glColorPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glIndexPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIndexPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glIndexPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoordPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoordPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoordPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glEdgeFlagPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEdgeFlagPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glEdgeFlagPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetPointervEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetPointervEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetPointervEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_vertex_shader: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_vertex_shader', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBeginVertexShaderEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBeginVertexShaderEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBeginVertexShaderEXT) then Exit;
+    @glEndVertexShaderEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEndVertexShaderEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glEndVertexShaderEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindVertexShaderEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindVertexShaderEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindVertexShaderEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGenVertexShadersEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenVertexShadersEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGenVertexShadersEXT) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteVertexShaderEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteVertexShaderEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteVertexShaderEXT) then Exit;
+    @glShaderOp1EXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glShaderOp1EXT');
+    if not Assigned(glShaderOp1EXT) then Exit;
+    @glShaderOp2EXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glShaderOp2EXT');
+    if not Assigned(glShaderOp2EXT) then Exit;
+    @glShaderOp3EXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glShaderOp3EXT');
+    if not Assigned(glShaderOp3EXT) then Exit;
+    @glSwizzleEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSwizzleEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSwizzleEXT) then Exit;
+    @glWriteMaskEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWriteMaskEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glWriteMaskEXT) then Exit;
+    @glInsertComponentEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glInsertComponentEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glInsertComponentEXT) then Exit;
+    @glExtractComponentEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glExtractComponentEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glExtractComponentEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGenSymbolsEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenSymbolsEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGenSymbolsEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSetInvariantEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSetInvariantEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSetInvariantEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSetLocalConstantEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSetLocalConstantEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSetLocalConstantEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantbvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantbvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantbvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantsvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantsvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantsvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantfvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantdvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantdvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantdvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantubvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantubvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantubvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantusvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantusvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantusvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantuivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantuivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantuivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVariantPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    @glEnableVariantClientStateEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEnableVariantClientStateEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glEnableVariantClientStateEXT) then Exit;
+    @glDisableVariantClientStateEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDisableVariantClientStateEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDisableVariantClientStateEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindLightParameterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindLightParameterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindLightParameterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindMaterialParameterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindMaterialParameterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindMaterialParameterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindTexGenParameterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindTexGenParameterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindTexGenParameterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindTextureUnitParameterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindTextureUnitParameterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindTextureUnitParameterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glBindParameterEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindParameterEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindParameterEXT) then Exit;
+    @glIsVariantEnabledEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsVariantEnabledEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glIsVariantEnabledEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetVariantBooleanvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVariantBooleanvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVariantBooleanvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetVariantIntegervEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVariantIntegervEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVariantIntegervEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetVariantFloatvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVariantFloatvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVariantFloatvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetVariantPointervEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVariantPointervEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVariantPointervEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetInvariantBooleanvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetInvariantBooleanvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetInvariantBooleanvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetInvariantIntegervEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetInvariantIntegervEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetInvariantIntegervEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetInvariantFloatvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetInvariantFloatvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetInvariantFloatvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetLocalConstantBooleanvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetLocalConstantBooleanvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetLocalConstantBooleanvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetLocalConstantIntegervEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetLocalConstantIntegervEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetLocalConstantIntegervEXT) then Exit;
+    @glGetLocalConstantFloatvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetLocalConstantFloatvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetLocalConstantFloatvEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_vertex_weighting: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_vertex_weighting', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexWeightfEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexWeightfEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexWeightfEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVertexWeightfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexWeightfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexWeightfvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glVertexWeightPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexWeightPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexWeightPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_HP_occlusion_test: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_HP_occlusion_test', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_blend_square: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_blend_square', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_depth_clamp: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_depth_clamp', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_evaluators: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_evaluators', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glMapControlPointsNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMapControlPointsNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMapControlPointsNV) then Exit;
+    @glMapParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMapParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMapParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    @glMapParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMapParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMapParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetMapControlPointsNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMapControlPointsNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMapControlPointsNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetMapParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMapParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMapParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetMapParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMapParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMapParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetMapAttribParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMapAttribParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMapAttribParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetMapAttribParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetMapAttribParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetMapAttribParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glEvalMapsNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEvalMapsNV');
+    if not Assigned(glEvalMapsNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fence: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_fence', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glGenFencesNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenFencesNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGenFencesNV) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteFencesNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteFencesNV');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteFencesNV) then Exit;
+    @glSetFenceNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSetFenceNV');
+    if not Assigned(glSetFenceNV) then Exit;
+    @glTestFenceNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTestFenceNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTestFenceNV) then Exit;
+    @glFinishFenceNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFinishFenceNV');
+    if not Assigned(glFinishFenceNV) then Exit;
+    @glIsFenceNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsFenceNV');
+    if not Assigned(glIsFenceNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetFenceivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetFenceivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetFenceivNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fog_distance: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_fog_distance', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_light_max_exponent: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_light_max_exponent', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_occlusion_query: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_occlusion_query', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glGenOcclusionQueriesNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenOcclusionQueriesNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGenOcclusionQueriesNV) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteOcclusionQueriesNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteOcclusionQueriesNV');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteOcclusionQueriesNV) then Exit;
+    @glIsOcclusionQueryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsOcclusionQueryNV');
+    if not Assigned(glIsOcclusionQueryNV) then Exit;
+    @glBeginOcclusionQueryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBeginOcclusionQueryNV');
+    if not Assigned(glBeginOcclusionQueryNV) then Exit;
+    @glEndOcclusionQueryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEndOcclusionQueryNV');
+    if not Assigned(glEndOcclusionQueryNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetOcclusionQueryivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetOcclusionQueryivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetOcclusionQueryivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetOcclusionQueryuivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetOcclusionQueryuivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetOcclusionQueryuivNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_point_sprite: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_point_sprite', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPointParameteriNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameteriNV');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameteriNV) then Exit;
+    @glPointParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_register_combiners: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_register_combiners', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glCombinerParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glCombinerParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    @glCombinerParameterfNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerParameterfNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerParameterfNV) then Exit;
+    @glCombinerParameteriNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerParameteriNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerParameteriNV) then Exit;
+    @glCombinerInputNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerInputNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerInputNV) then Exit;
+    @glCombinerOutputNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerOutputNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerOutputNV) then Exit;
+    @glFinalCombinerInputNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFinalCombinerInputNV');
+    if not Assigned(glFinalCombinerInputNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetCombinerInputParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCombinerInputParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCombinerInputParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetCombinerInputParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCombinerInputParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCombinerInputParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetCombinerOutputParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCombinerOutputParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCombinerOutputParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetCombinerOutputParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCombinerOutputParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCombinerOutputParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterivNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_register_combiners2: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_register_combiners2', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glCombinerStageParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCombinerStageParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glCombinerStageParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetCombinerStageParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetCombinerStageParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetCombinerStageParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texgen_emboss: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texgen_emboss', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texgen_reflection: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texgen_reflection', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_env_combine4: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_env_combine4', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_rectangle', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_shader: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_shader', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_shader2: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_shader2', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_shader3: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_shader3', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_array_range: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_array_range', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexArrayRangeNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexArrayRangeNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexArrayRangeNV) then Exit;
+    @glFlushVertexArrayRangeNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFlushVertexArrayRangeNV');
+    if not Assigned(glFlushVertexArrayRangeNV) then Exit;
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+    @wglAllocateMemoryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglAllocateMemoryNV');
+    if not Assigned(wglAllocateMemoryNV) then Exit;
+    @wglFreeMemoryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglFreeMemoryNV');
+    if not Assigned(wglFreeMemoryNV) then Exit;
+    {$ENDIF}
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_array_range2: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_array_range2', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_program', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBindProgramNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindProgramNV');
+    if not Assigned(glBindProgramNV) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteProgramsNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteProgramsNV');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteProgramsNV) then Exit;
+    @glExecuteProgramNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glExecuteProgramNV');
+    if not Assigned(glExecuteProgramNV) then Exit;
+    @glGenProgramsNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenProgramsNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGenProgramsNV) then Exit;
+    @glAreProgramsResidentNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAreProgramsResidentNV');
+    if not Assigned(glAreProgramsResidentNV) then Exit;
+    @glRequestResidentProgramsNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glRequestResidentProgramsNV');
+    if not Assigned(glRequestResidentProgramsNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramParameterdvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramParameterdvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramParameterdvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramStringNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramStringNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramStringNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetTrackMatrixivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetTrackMatrixivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetTrackMatrixivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribdvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribdvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribdvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribivNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribivNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribivNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribPointervNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribPointervNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribPointervNV) then Exit;
+    @glIsProgramNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsProgramNV');
+    if not Assigned(glIsProgramNV) then Exit;
+    @glLoadProgramNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLoadProgramNV');
+    if not Assigned(glLoadProgramNV) then Exit;
+    @glProgramParameter4fNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramParameter4fNV');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramParameter4fNV) then Exit;
+    @glProgramParameter4fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramParameter4fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramParameter4fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glProgramParameters4dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramParameters4dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramParameters4dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glProgramParameters4fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramParameters4fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramParameters4fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glTrackMatrixNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTrackMatrixNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTrackMatrixNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribPointerNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribPointerNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribPointerNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1sNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1sNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1sNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1fNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1dNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2sNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2sNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2sNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2fNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2dNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3sNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3sNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3sNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3fNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3dNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4sNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4sNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4sNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4fNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4dNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4ubNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ubNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ubNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4ubvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ubvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ubvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs1svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs1svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs1svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs1fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs1fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs1fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs1dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs1dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs1dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs2svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs2svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs2svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs2fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs2fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs2fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs2dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs2dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs2dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs3svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs3svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs3svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs3fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs3fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs3fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs3dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs3dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs3dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs4svNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs4svNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs4svNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs4fvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs4fvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs4fvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs4dvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs4dvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs4dvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs4ubvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs4ubvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs4ubvNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program1_1: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_program1_1', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_element_array: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_element_array', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glElementPointerATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glElementPointerATI');
+    if not Assigned(glElementPointerATI) then Exit;
+    @glDrawElementArrayATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawElementArrayATI');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawElementArrayATI) then Exit;
+    @glDrawRangeElementArrayATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawRangeElementArrayATI');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawRangeElementArrayATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glTexBumpParameterivATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexBumpParameterivATI');
+    if not Assigned(glTexBumpParameterivATI) then Exit;
+    @glTexBumpParameterfvATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexBumpParameterfvATI');
+    if not Assigned(glTexBumpParameterfvATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetTexBumpParameterivATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetTexBumpParameterivATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetTexBumpParameterivATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetTexBumpParameterfvATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetTexBumpParameterfvATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetTexBumpParameterfvATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_fragment_shader: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_fragment_shader', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glGenFragmentShadersATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenFragmentShadersATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGenFragmentShadersATI) then Exit;
+    @glBindFragmentShaderATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindFragmentShaderATI');
+    if not Assigned(glBindFragmentShaderATI) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteFragmentShaderATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteFragmentShaderATI');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteFragmentShaderATI) then Exit;
+    @glBeginFragmentShaderATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBeginFragmentShaderATI');
+    if not Assigned(glBeginFragmentShaderATI) then Exit;
+    @glEndFragmentShaderATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEndFragmentShaderATI');
+    if not Assigned(glEndFragmentShaderATI) then Exit;
+    @glPassTexCoordATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPassTexCoordATI');
+    if not Assigned(glPassTexCoordATI) then Exit;
+    @glSampleMapATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSampleMapATI');
+    if not Assigned(glSampleMapATI) then Exit;
+    @glColorFragmentOp1ATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorFragmentOp1ATI');
+    if not Assigned(glColorFragmentOp1ATI) then Exit;
+    @glColorFragmentOp2ATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorFragmentOp2ATI');
+    if not Assigned(glColorFragmentOp2ATI) then Exit;
+    @glColorFragmentOp3ATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorFragmentOp3ATI');
+    if not Assigned(glColorFragmentOp3ATI) then Exit;
+    @glAlphaFragmentOp1ATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAlphaFragmentOp1ATI');
+    if not Assigned(glAlphaFragmentOp1ATI) then Exit;
+    @glAlphaFragmentOp2ATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAlphaFragmentOp2ATI');
+    if not Assigned(glAlphaFragmentOp2ATI) then Exit;
+    @glAlphaFragmentOp3ATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAlphaFragmentOp3ATI');
+    if not Assigned(glAlphaFragmentOp3ATI) then Exit;
+    @glSetFragmentShaderConstantATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSetFragmentShaderConstantATI');
+    if not Assigned(glSetFragmentShaderConstantATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_pn_triangles: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_pn_triangles', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPNTrianglesiATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPNTrianglesiATI');
+    if not Assigned(glPNTrianglesiATI) then Exit;
+    @glPNTrianglesfATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPNTrianglesfATI');
+    if not Assigned(glPNTrianglesfATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_vertex_array_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_vertex_array_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glNewObjectBufferATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNewObjectBufferATI');
+    if not Assigned(glNewObjectBufferATI) then Exit;
+    @glIsObjectBufferATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsObjectBufferATI');
+    if not Assigned(glIsObjectBufferATI) then Exit;
+    @glUpdateObjectBufferATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUpdateObjectBufferATI');
+    if not Assigned(glUpdateObjectBufferATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetObjectBufferfvATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetObjectBufferfvATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetObjectBufferfvATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetObjectBufferivATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetObjectBufferivATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetObjectBufferivATI) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteObjectBufferATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteObjectBufferATI');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteObjectBufferATI) then Exit;
+    @glArrayObjectATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glArrayObjectATI');
+    if not Assigned(glArrayObjectATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetArrayObjectfvATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetArrayObjectfvATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetArrayObjectfvATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetArrayObjectivATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetArrayObjectivATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetArrayObjectivATI) then Exit;
+    @glVariantArrayObjectATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVariantArrayObjectATI');
+    if not Assigned(glVariantArrayObjectATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetVariantArrayObjectfvATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVariantArrayObjectfvATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVariantArrayObjectfvATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetVariantArrayObjectivATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVariantArrayObjectivATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVariantArrayObjectivATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_vertex_streams: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_vertex_streams', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexStream1s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1s) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1i');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1i) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1f) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1d) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1sv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1iv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1iv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1fv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream1dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream1dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream1dv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2s) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2i');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2i) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2f) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2d) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2sv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2iv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2iv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2fv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream2dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream2dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream2dv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3s) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3i');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3i) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3f) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3d) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3sv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3iv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3iv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3fv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream3dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream3dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream3dv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4s) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4i');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4i) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4f) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4d) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4sv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4iv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4iv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4fv) then Exit;
+    @glVertexStream4dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexStream4dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexStream4dv) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3b := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3b');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3b) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3s');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3s) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3i');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3i) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3f');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3f) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3d');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3d) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3bv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3bv');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3bv) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3sv');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3sv) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3iv');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3iv) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3fv) then Exit;
+    @glNormalStream3dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalStream3dv');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalStream3dv) then Exit;
+    @glClientActiveVertexStream := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glClientActiveVertexStream');
+    if not Assigned(glClientActiveVertexStream) then Exit;
+    @glVertexBlendEnvi := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexBlendEnvi');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexBlendEnvi) then Exit;
+    @glVertexBlendEnvf := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexBlendEnvf');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexBlendEnvf) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function Load_WGL_I3D_image_buffer: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_I3D_image_buffer', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglCreateImageBufferI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglCreateImageBufferI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglCreateImageBufferI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglDestroyImageBufferI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglDestroyImageBufferI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglDestroyImageBufferI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglAssociateImageBufferEventsI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglReleaseImageBufferEventsI3D) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglEnableFrameLockI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglEnableFrameLockI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglEnableFrameLockI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglDisableFrameLockI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglDisableFrameLockI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglDisableFrameLockI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglIsEnabledFrameLockI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglIsEnabledFrameLockI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglIsEnabledFrameLockI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglQueryFrameLockMasterI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglQueryFrameLockMasterI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglQueryFrameLockMasterI3D) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetFrameUsageI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetFrameUsageI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetFrameUsageI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglBeginFrameTrackingI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglBeginFrameTrackingI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglBeginFrameTrackingI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglEndFrameTrackingI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglEndFrameTrackingI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglEndFrameTrackingI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglQueryFrameTrackingI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglQueryFrameTrackingI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglQueryFrameTrackingI3D) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_cull_vertex: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_IBM_cull_vertex', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glMultiModeDrawArraysIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiModeDrawArraysIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiModeDrawArraysIBM) then Exit;
+    @glMultiModeDrawElementsIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiModeDrawElementsIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiModeDrawElementsIBM) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_raster_pos_clip: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_IBM_raster_pos_clip', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glColorPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glColorPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColorPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColorPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColorPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    @glEdgeFlagPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEdgeFlagPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glEdgeFlagPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoordPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    @glNormalPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormalPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glNormalPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoordPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoordPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoordPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    @glVertexPointerListIBM := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexPointerListIBM');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexPointerListIBM) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_resize_buffers: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_MESA_resize_buffers', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glResizeBuffersMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glResizeBuffersMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glResizeBuffersMESA) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_window_pos: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_MESA_window_pos', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glWindowPos2dMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2dMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2dMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2fMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2fMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2fMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2iMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2iMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2iMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2sMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2sMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2sMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2ivMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2ivMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2ivMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2svMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2svMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2svMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2fvMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2fvMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2fvMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos2dvMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2dvMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2dvMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3iMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3iMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3iMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3sMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3sMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3sMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3fMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3fMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3fMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3dMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3dMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3dMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3ivMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3ivMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3ivMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3svMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3svMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3svMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3fvMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3fvMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3fvMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos3dvMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3dvMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3dvMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4iMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4iMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4iMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4sMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4sMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4sMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4fMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4fMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4fMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4dMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4dMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4dMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4ivMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4ivMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4ivMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4svMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4svMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4svMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4fvMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4fvMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4fvMESA) then Exit;
+    @glWindowPos4dvMESA := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos4dvMESA');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos4dvMESA) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_OML_interlace: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_OML_interlace', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_OML_resample: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_OML_resample', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_OML_subsample: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_OML_subsample', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_multisample: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_multisample', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glSampleMaskSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSampleMaskSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glSampleMaskSGIS) then Exit;
+    @glSamplePatternSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSamplePatternSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glSamplePatternSGIS) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_pixel_texture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_pixel_texture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS) then Exit;
+    @glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS) then Exit;
+    @glGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS) then Exit;
+    @glGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glTextureColorMaskSGIS := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTextureColorMaskSGIS');
+    if not Assigned(glTextureColorMaskSGIS) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_texture_lod: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_texture_lod', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIS_depth_texture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIS_depth_texture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIX_fog_offset: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIX_fog_offset', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIX_interlace: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIX_interlace', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGI_color_matrix: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGI_color_matrix', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGI_color_table: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGI_color_table', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glColorTableSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTableSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTableSGI) then Exit;
+    @glCopyColorTableSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCopyColorTableSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glCopyColorTableSGI) then Exit;
+    @glColorTableParameterivSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTableParameterivSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTableParameterivSGI) then Exit;
+    @glColorTableParameterfvSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColorTableParameterfvSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glColorTableParameterfvSGI) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableSGI) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableParameterivSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableParameterivSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableParameterivSGI) then Exit;
+    @glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SGI_texture_color_table: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SGI_texture_color_table', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_SUN_vertex: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_SUN_vertex', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glColor4ubVertex2fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4ubVertex2fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4ubVertex2fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor4ubVertex2fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4ubVertex2fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4ubVertex2fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor4ubVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4ubVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4ubVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor4ubVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4ubVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4ubVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord4fVertex4fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord4fVertex4fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord4fVertex4fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord4fVertex4fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord4fVertex4fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord4fVertex4fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN) then Exit;
+    @glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN');
+    if not Assigned(glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_fragment_program: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_fragment_program', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glProgramStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramStringARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramStringARB) then Exit;
+    @glBindProgramARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindProgramARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBindProgramARB) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteProgramsARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteProgramsARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteProgramsARB) then Exit;
+    @glGenProgramsARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenProgramsARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGenProgramsARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramStringARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramStringARB) then Exit;
+    @glIsProgramARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsProgramARB');
+    if not Assigned(glIsProgramARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_client_storage: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_APPLE_client_storage', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_element_array: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_APPLE_element_array', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glElementPointerAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glElementPointerAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glElementPointerAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glDrawElementArrayAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawElementArrayAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawElementArrayAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glMultiDrawElementArrayAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawElementArrayAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawElementArrayAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_fence: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_APPLE_fence', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glGenFencesAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenFencesAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glGenFencesAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteFencesAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteFencesAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteFencesAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glSetFenceAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSetFenceAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glSetFenceAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glIsFenceAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsFenceAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glIsFenceAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glTestFenceAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTestFenceAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glTestFenceAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glFinishFenceAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFinishFenceAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glFinishFenceAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glTestObjectAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTestObjectAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glTestObjectAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glFinishObjectAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFinishObjectAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glFinishObjectAPPLE) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBindVertexArrayAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindVertexArrayAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glBindVertexArrayAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteVertexArraysAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteVertexArraysAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteVertexArraysAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glGenVertexArraysAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenVertexArraysAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glGenVertexArraysAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glIsVertexArrayAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsVertexArrayAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glIsVertexArrayAPPLE) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexArrayRangeAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexArrayRangeAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexArrayRangeAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glFlushVertexArrayRangeAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFlushVertexArrayRangeAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glFlushVertexArrayRangeAPPLE) then Exit;
+    @glVertexArrayParameteriAPPLE := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexArrayParameteriAPPLE');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexArrayParameteriAPPLE) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function Load_WGL_ARB_pixel_format: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ARB_pixel_format', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetPixelFormatAttribivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetPixelFormatAttribivARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetPixelFormatAttribivARB) then Exit;
+    @wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvARB) then Exit;
+    @wglChoosePixelFormatARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglChoosePixelFormatARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglChoosePixelFormatARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_make_current_read: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ARB_make_current_read', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglMakeContextCurrentARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglMakeContextCurrentARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglMakeContextCurrentARB) then Exit;
+    @wglGetCurrentReadDCARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetCurrentReadDCARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetCurrentReadDCARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_pbuffer: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ARB_pbuffer', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglCreatePbufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglCreatePbufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglCreatePbufferARB) then Exit;
+    @wglGetPbufferDCARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetPbufferDCARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetPbufferDCARB) then Exit;
+    @wglReleasePbufferDCARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglReleasePbufferDCARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglReleasePbufferDCARB) then Exit;
+    @wglDestroyPbufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglDestroyPbufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglDestroyPbufferARB) then Exit;
+    @wglQueryPbufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglQueryPbufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglQueryPbufferARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_swap_control: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_EXT_swap_control', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglSwapIntervalEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglSwapIntervalEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglSwapIntervalEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglGetSwapIntervalEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetSwapIntervalEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetSwapIntervalEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_ARB_render_texture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ARB_render_texture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglBindTexImageARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglBindTexImageARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglBindTexImageARB) then Exit;
+    @wglReleaseTexImageARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglReleaseTexImageARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglReleaseTexImageARB) then Exit;
+    @wglSetPbufferAttribARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglSetPbufferAttribARB');
+    if not Assigned(wglSetPbufferAttribARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_extensions_string: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_EXT_extensions_string', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetExtensionsStringEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_make_current_read: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_EXT_make_current_read', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglMakeContextCurrentEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglMakeContextCurrentEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglMakeContextCurrentEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglGetCurrentReadDCEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetCurrentReadDCEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetCurrentReadDCEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_pbuffer: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_EXT_pbuffer', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglCreatePbufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglCreatePbufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglCreatePbufferEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglGetPbufferDCEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetPbufferDCEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetPbufferDCEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglReleasePbufferDCEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglReleasePbufferDCEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglReleasePbufferDCEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglDestroyPbufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglDestroyPbufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglDestroyPbufferEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglQueryPbufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglQueryPbufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglQueryPbufferEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_EXT_pixel_format: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_EXT_pixel_format', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetPixelFormatAttribivEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetPixelFormatAttribfvEXT) then Exit;
+    @wglChoosePixelFormatEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglChoosePixelFormatEXT');
+    if not Assigned(wglChoosePixelFormatEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_digital_video_control: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_I3D_digital_video_control', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetDigitalVideoParametersI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglSetDigitalVideoParametersI3D) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_gamma: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_I3D_gamma', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglGetGammaTableParametersI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetGammaTableParametersI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetGammaTableParametersI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglSetGammaTableParametersI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglSetGammaTableParametersI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglSetGammaTableParametersI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGetGammaTableI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetGammaTableI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetGammaTableI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglSetGammaTableI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglSetGammaTableI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglSetGammaTableI3D) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_WGL_I3D_genlock: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_I3D_genlock', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @wglEnableGenlockI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglEnableGenlockI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglEnableGenlockI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglDisableGenlockI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglDisableGenlockI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglDisableGenlockI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglIsEnabledGenlockI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglIsEnabledGenlockI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglIsEnabledGenlockI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGenlockSourceI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGenlockSourceI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGenlockSourceI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGetGenlockSourceI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetGenlockSourceI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetGenlockSourceI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGenlockSourceEdgeI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGenlockSourceEdgeI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGenlockSourceEdgeI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetGenlockSourceEdgeI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGenlockSampleRateI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGenlockSampleRateI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGenlockSampleRateI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGetGenlockSampleRateI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetGenlockSampleRateI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetGenlockSampleRateI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGenlockSourceDelayI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGenlockSourceDelayI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGenlockSourceDelayI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglGetGenlockSourceDelayI3D) then Exit;
+    @wglQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D');
+    if not Assigned(wglQueryGenlockMaxSourceDelayI3D) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_matrix_palette: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_matrix_palette', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glCurrentPaletteMatrixARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCurrentPaletteMatrixARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCurrentPaletteMatrixARB) then Exit;
+    @glMatrixIndexubvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMatrixIndexubvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMatrixIndexubvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMatrixIndexusvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMatrixIndexusvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMatrixIndexusvARB) then Exit;
+    @glMatrixIndexuivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMatrixIndexuivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMatrixIndexuivARB) then Exit;
+    @glMatrixIndexPointerARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMatrixIndexPointerARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMatrixIndexPointerARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_element_array: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_element_array', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glElementPointerNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glElementPointerNV');
+    if not Assigned(glElementPointerNV) then Exit;
+    @glDrawElementArrayNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawElementArrayNV');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawElementArrayNV) then Exit;
+    @glDrawRangeElementArrayNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawRangeElementArrayNV');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawRangeElementArrayNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiDrawElementArrayNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawElementArrayNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawElementArrayNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_float_buffer: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_float_buffer', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fragment_program: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_fragment_program', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glProgramNamedParameter4fNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramNamedParameter4fNV');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramNamedParameter4fNV) then Exit;
+    @glProgramNamedParameter4dNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramNamedParameter4dNV');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramNamedParameter4dNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramNamedParameterfvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramNamedParameterfvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramNamedParameterfvNV) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramNamedParameterdvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramNamedParameterdvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramNamedParameterdvNV) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_primitive_restart: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_primitive_restart', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPrimitiveRestartNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPrimitiveRestartNV');
+    if not Assigned(glPrimitiveRestartNV) then Exit;
+    @glPrimitiveRestartIndexNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPrimitiveRestartIndexNV');
+    if not Assigned(glPrimitiveRestartIndexNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program2: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_program2', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function Load_WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_NV_pixel_data_range: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_pixel_data_range', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glPixelDataRangeNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPixelDataRangeNV');
+    if not Assigned(glPixelDataRangeNV) then Exit;
+    @glFlushPixelDataRangeNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFlushPixelDataRangeNV');
+    if not Assigned(glFlushPixelDataRangeNV) then Exit;
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+    @wglAllocateMemoryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglAllocateMemoryNV');
+    if not Assigned(wglAllocateMemoryNV) then Exit;
+    @wglFreeMemoryNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglFreeMemoryNV');
+    if not Assigned(wglFreeMemoryNV) then Exit;
+    {$ENDIF}
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_rectangle', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_S3_s3tc: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_S3_s3tc', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_draw_buffers: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_draw_buffers', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glDrawBuffersATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawBuffersATI');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawBuffersATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function Load_WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  @wglGetExtensionsStringARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('wglGetExtensionsStringARB');
+  if not Assigned(wglGetExtensionsStringARB) then Exit;
+  extstring := wglGetExtensionsStringARB(wglGetCurrentDC);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_texture_float: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_texture_float', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_texture_expand_normal: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_texture_expand_normal', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_half_float: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_half_float', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertex2hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertex2hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertex2hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertex2hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertex2hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertex2hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertex3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertex3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertex3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertex3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertex3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertex3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertex4hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertex4hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertex4hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertex4hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertex4hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertex4hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glNormal3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormal3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glNormal3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glNormal3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glNormal3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glNormal3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glColor3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glColor3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glColor3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glColor3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glColor4hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4hNV) then Exit;
+    @glColor4hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glColor4hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glColor4hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord1hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord1hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord1hNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord1hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord1hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord1hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2hNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord2hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord2hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord2hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord4hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord4hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord4hNV) then Exit;
+    @glTexCoord4hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glTexCoord4hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glTexCoord4hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1hNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord1hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord1hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord1hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2hNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord2hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord2hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord2hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4hNV) then Exit;
+    @glMultiTexCoord4hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiTexCoord4hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiTexCoord4hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoordhNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordhNV');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordhNV) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoordhvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordhvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordhvNV) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexWeighthNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexWeighthNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexWeighthNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexWeighthvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexWeighthvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexWeighthvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4hNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4hNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4hNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs1hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs1hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs1hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs2hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs2hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs2hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs3hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs3hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs3hvNV) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribs4hvNV := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribs4hvNV');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribs4hvNV) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_map_object_buffer: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_map_object_buffer', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glMapObjectBufferATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMapObjectBufferATI');
+    if not Assigned(glMapObjectBufferATI) then Exit;
+    @glUnmapObjectBufferATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUnmapObjectBufferATI');
+    if not Assigned(glUnmapObjectBufferATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_separate_stencil: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_separate_stencil', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glStencilOpSeparateATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glStencilOpSeparateATI');
+    if not Assigned(glStencilOpSeparateATI) then Exit;
+    @glStencilFuncSeparateATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glStencilFuncSeparateATI');
+    if not Assigned(glStencilFuncSeparateATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexAttribArrayObjectATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribArrayObjectATI');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribArrayObjectATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectfvATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectfvATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectfvATI) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectivATI := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectivATI');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectivATI) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBindBufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindBufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBindBufferARB) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteBuffersARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteBuffersARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteBuffersARB) then Exit;
+    @glGenBuffersARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenBuffersARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGenBuffersARB) then Exit;
+    @glIsBufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsBufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(glIsBufferARB) then Exit;
+    @glBufferDataARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBufferDataARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBufferDataARB) then Exit;
+    @glBufferSubDataARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBufferSubDataARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBufferSubDataARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetBufferSubDataARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetBufferSubDataARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetBufferSubDataARB) then Exit;
+    @glMapBufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMapBufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(glMapBufferARB) then Exit;
+    @glUnmapBufferARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUnmapBufferARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUnmapBufferARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetBufferParameterivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetBufferParameterivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetBufferParameterivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetBufferPointervARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetBufferPointervARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetBufferPointervARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_occlusion_query: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_occlusion_query', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glGenQueriesARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenQueriesARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGenQueriesARB) then Exit;
+    @glDeleteQueriesARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteQueriesARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteQueriesARB) then Exit;
+    @glIsQueryARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsQueryARB');
+    if not Assigned(glIsQueryARB) then Exit;
+    @glBeginQueryARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBeginQueryARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBeginQueryARB) then Exit;
+    @glEndQueryARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEndQueryARB');
+    if not Assigned(glEndQueryARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetQueryivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetQueryivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetQueryivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetQueryObjectivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetQueryObjectivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetQueryObjectivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetQueryObjectuivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetQueryObjectuivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetQueryObjectuivARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shader_objects: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_shader_objects', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glDeleteObjectARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteObjectARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteObjectARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetHandleARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetHandleARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetHandleARB) then Exit;
+    @glDetachObjectARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDetachObjectARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDetachObjectARB) then Exit;
+    @glCreateShaderObjectARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCreateShaderObjectARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCreateShaderObjectARB) then Exit;
+    @glShaderSourceARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glShaderSourceARB');
+    if not Assigned(glShaderSourceARB) then Exit;
+    @glCompileShaderARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompileShaderARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCompileShaderARB) then Exit;
+    @glCreateProgramObjectARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCreateProgramObjectARB');
+    if not Assigned(glCreateProgramObjectARB) then Exit;
+    @glAttachObjectARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAttachObjectARB');
+    if not Assigned(glAttachObjectARB) then Exit;
+    @glLinkProgramARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLinkProgramARB');
+    if not Assigned(glLinkProgramARB) then Exit;
+    @glUseProgramObjectARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUseProgramObjectARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUseProgramObjectARB) then Exit;
+    @glValidateProgramARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glValidateProgramARB');
+    if not Assigned(glValidateProgramARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform1fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1fARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform2fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2fARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform3fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3fARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform1iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1iARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform2iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2iARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform3iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3iARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform4iARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4iARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4iARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform1fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform2fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform3fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform1ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform2ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform3ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniform4ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniformMatrix2fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniformMatrix2fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniformMatrix2fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniformMatrix3fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniformMatrix3fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniformMatrix3fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glUniformMatrix4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniformMatrix4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glUniformMatrix4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetObjectParameterfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetObjectParameterfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetObjectParameterfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetObjectParameterivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetObjectParameterivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetObjectParameterivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetInfoLogARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetInfoLogARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetInfoLogARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetAttachedObjectsARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetAttachedObjectsARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetAttachedObjectsARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetUniformLocationARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetUniformLocationARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetUniformLocationARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetActiveUniformARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetActiveUniformARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetActiveUniformARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetUniformfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetUniformfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetUniformfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetUniformivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetUniformivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetUniformivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetShaderSourceARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetShaderSourceARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetShaderSourceARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_vertex_shader: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_vertex_shader', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glVertexAttrib1fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4fARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4sARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4sARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4sARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4dARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NubARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NubARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NubARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib1dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib2dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib3dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4fvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4svARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4svARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4svARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4dvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4ivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4bvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4bvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4bvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4ubvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ubvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ubvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4usvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4usvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4usvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4uivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4uivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4uivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NbvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NbvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NbvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NsvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NsvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NsvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NubvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NubvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NubvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NusvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NusvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NusvARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttrib4NuivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4NuivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4NuivARB) then Exit;
+    @glVertexAttribPointerARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribPointerARB');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribPointerARB) then Exit;
+    @glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB');
+    if not Assigned(glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB) then Exit;
+    @glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB) then Exit;
+    @glBindAttribLocationARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindAttribLocationARB');
+    if not Assigned(glBindAttribLocationARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetActiveAttribARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetActiveAttribARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetActiveAttribARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetAttribLocationARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetAttribLocationARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetAttribLocationARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribdvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribdvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribdvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribfvARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribfvARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribfvARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribivARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribivARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribivARB) then Exit;
+    @glGetVertexAttribPointervARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribPointervARB');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribPointervARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_fragment_shader: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_fragment_shader', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_shading_language_100: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_shading_language_100', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_point_sprite: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_point_sprite', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glDepthBoundsEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDepthBoundsEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDepthBoundsEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_secondary_color: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_secondary_color', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glSecondaryColor3bEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3bEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3bEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3sEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3sEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3sEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3iEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3iEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3iEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3fEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3fEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3fEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3dEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3dEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3dEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3ubEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3ubEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3ubEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3usEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3usEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3usEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3uiEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3uiEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3uiEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3bvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3bvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3bvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3svEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3svEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3svEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3ivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3ivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3ivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3fvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3fvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3fvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3dvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3dvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3dvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3ubvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3ubvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3ubvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3usvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3usvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3usvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColor3uivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3uivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3uivEXT) then Exit;
+    @glSecondaryColorPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColorPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColorPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glBlendEquationSeparateEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendEquationSeparateEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendEquationSeparateEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_pack_invert: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_MESA_pack_invert', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_fog_coord: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_fog_coord', extstring) then
+  begin
+    @glFogCoordfEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordfEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordfEXT) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoorddEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoorddEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoorddEXT) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoordfvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordfvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordfvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoorddvEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoorddvEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoorddvEXT) then Exit;
+    @glFogCoordPointerEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordPointerEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordPointerEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fragment_program_option: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_fragment_program_option', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_fragment_program2: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_fragment_program2', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program2_option: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_program2_option', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_NV_vertex_program3: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring : PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString( GL_EXTENSIONS );
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_NV_vertex_program3', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_draw_buffers: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_draw_buffers', extstring) then
+  begin
+    glDrawBuffersARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawBuffersARB');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawBuffersARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_rectangle: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_rectangle', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_color_buffer_float: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_color_buffer_float', extstring) then
+  begin
+    glClampColorARB := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glClampColorARB');
+    if not Assigned(glClampColorARB) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_half_float_pixel: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_half_float_pixel', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_texture_float: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_texture_float', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_texture_compression_dxt1: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_texture_compression_dxt1', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_EXT_framebuffer_object: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: PChar;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS);
+
+  if glext_ExtensionSupported('GL_EXT_framebuffer_object', extstring) then
+  begin
+    glIsRenderbufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsRenderbufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glIsRenderbufferEXT) then Exit;
+    glBindRenderbufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindRenderbufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindRenderbufferEXT) then Exit;
+    glDeleteRenderbuffersEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteRenderbuffersEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteRenderbuffersEXT) then Exit;
+    glGenRenderbuffersEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenRenderbuffersEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGenRenderbuffersEXT) then Exit;
+    glRenderbufferStorageEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glRenderbufferStorageEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glRenderbufferStorageEXT) then Exit;
+    glGetRenderbufferParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetRenderbufferParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetRenderbufferParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    glIsFramebufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsFramebufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glIsFramebufferEXT) then Exit;
+    glBindFramebufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindFramebufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glBindFramebufferEXT) then Exit;
+    glDeleteFramebuffersEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteFramebuffersEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteFramebuffersEXT) then Exit;
+    glGenFramebuffersEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenFramebuffersEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGenFramebuffersEXT) then Exit;
+    glCheckFramebufferStatusEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCheckFramebufferStatusEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glCheckFramebufferStatusEXT) then Exit;
+    glFramebufferTexture1DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFramebufferTexture1DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFramebufferTexture1DEXT) then Exit;
+    glFramebufferTexture2DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFramebufferTexture2DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFramebufferTexture2DEXT) then Exit;
+    glFramebufferTexture3DEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFramebufferTexture3DEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFramebufferTexture3DEXT) then Exit;
+    glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT) then Exit;
+    glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT) then Exit;
+    glGenerateMipmapEXT := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenerateMipmapEXT');
+    if not Assigned(glGenerateMipmapEXT) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_4: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: String;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := String(PChar(glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS)));
+
+    glBlendFuncSeparate := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendFuncSeparate');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendFuncSeparate) then Exit;
+    glFogCoordf := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordf');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordf) then Exit;
+    glFogCoordfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordfv');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordfv) then Exit;
+    glFogCoordd := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordd');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordd) then Exit;
+    glFogCoorddv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoorddv');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoorddv) then Exit;
+    glFogCoordPointer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glFogCoordPointer');
+    if not Assigned(glFogCoordPointer) then Exit;
+    glMultiDrawArrays := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawArrays');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawArrays) then Exit;
+    glMultiDrawElements := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMultiDrawElements');
+    if not Assigned(glMultiDrawElements) then Exit;
+    glPointParameterf := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterf');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterf) then Exit;
+    glPointParameterfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameterfv');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameterfv) then Exit;
+    glPointParameteri := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameteri');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameteri) then Exit;
+    glPointParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glPointParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glPointParameteriv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3b := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3b');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3b) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3bv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3bv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3bv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3d');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3d) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3dv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3dv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3f');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3f) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3fv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3i');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3i) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3iv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3iv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3s');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3s) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3sv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3sv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3ub := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3ub');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3ub) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3ubv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3ubv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3ubv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3ui := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3ui');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3ui) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3uiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3uiv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3uiv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3us := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3us');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3us) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColor3usv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColor3usv');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColor3usv) then Exit;
+    glSecondaryColorPointer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glSecondaryColorPointer');
+    if not Assigned(glSecondaryColorPointer) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2d');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2d) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2dv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2dv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2f');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2f) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2fv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2fv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2i');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2i) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2iv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2iv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2s');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2s) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos2sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos2sv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos2sv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3d');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3d) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3dv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3dv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3f');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3f) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3fv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3i');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3i) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3iv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3iv) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3s');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3s) then Exit;
+    glWindowPos3sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glWindowPos3sv');
+    if not Assigned(glWindowPos3sv) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_version_1_5: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: String;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := String(PChar(glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS)));
+
+    glGenQueries := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenQueries');
+    if not Assigned(glGenQueries) then Exit;
+    glDeleteQueries := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteQueries');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteQueries) then Exit;
+    glIsQuery := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsQuery');
+    if not Assigned(glIsQuery) then Exit;
+    glBeginQuery := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBeginQuery');
+    if not Assigned(glBeginQuery) then Exit;
+    glEndQuery := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEndQuery');
+    if not Assigned(glEndQuery) then Exit;
+    glGetQueryiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetQueryiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetQueryiv) then Exit;
+    glGetQueryObjectiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetQueryObjectiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetQueryObjectiv) then Exit;
+    glGetQueryObjectuiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetQueryObjectuiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetQueryObjectuiv) then Exit;
+    glBindBuffer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindBuffer');
+    if not Assigned(glBindBuffer) then Exit;
+    glDeleteBuffers := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteBuffers');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteBuffers) then Exit;
+    glGenBuffers := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGenBuffers');
+    if not Assigned(glGenBuffers) then Exit;
+    glIsBuffer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsBuffer');
+    if not Assigned(glIsBuffer) then Exit;
+    glBufferData := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBufferData');
+    if not Assigned(glBufferData) then Exit;
+    glBufferSubData := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBufferSubData');
+    if not Assigned(glBufferSubData) then Exit;
+    glGetBufferSubData := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetBufferSubData');
+    if not Assigned(glGetBufferSubData) then Exit;
+    glMapBuffer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glMapBuffer');
+    if not Assigned(glMapBuffer) then Exit;
+    glUnmapBuffer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUnmapBuffer');
+    if not Assigned(glUnmapBuffer) then Exit;
+    glGetBufferParameteriv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetBufferParameteriv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetBufferParameteriv) then Exit;
+    glGetBufferPointerv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetBufferPointerv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetBufferPointerv) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+
+end;
+
+function Load_GL_version_2_0: Boolean;
+var
+  extstring: String;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+  extstring := String(PChar(glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS)));
+
+    glBlendEquationSeparate := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBlendEquationSeparate');
+    if not Assigned(glBlendEquationSeparate) then Exit;
+    glDrawBuffers := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDrawBuffers');
+    if not Assigned(glDrawBuffers) then Exit;
+    glStencilOpSeparate := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glStencilOpSeparate');
+    if not Assigned(glStencilOpSeparate) then Exit;
+    glStencilFuncSeparate := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glStencilFuncSeparate');
+    if not Assigned(glStencilFuncSeparate) then Exit;
+    glStencilMaskSeparate := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glStencilMaskSeparate');
+    if not Assigned(glStencilMaskSeparate) then Exit;
+    glAttachShader := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glAttachShader');
+    if not Assigned(glAttachShader) then Exit;
+    glBindAttribLocation := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glBindAttribLocation');
+    if not Assigned(glBindAttribLocation) then Exit;
+    glCompileShader := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCompileShader');
+    if not Assigned(glCompileShader) then Exit;
+    glCreateProgram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCreateProgram');
+    if not Assigned(glCreateProgram) then Exit;
+    glCreateShader := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glCreateShader');
+    if not Assigned(glCreateShader) then Exit;
+    glDeleteProgram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteProgram');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteProgram) then Exit;
+    glDeleteShader := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDeleteShader');
+    if not Assigned(glDeleteShader) then Exit;
+    glDetachShader := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDetachShader');
+    if not Assigned(glDetachShader) then Exit;
+    glDisableVertexAttribArray := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glDisableVertexAttribArray');
+    if not Assigned(glDisableVertexAttribArray) then Exit;
+    glEnableVertexAttribArray := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glEnableVertexAttribArray');
+    if not Assigned(glEnableVertexAttribArray) then Exit;
+    glGetActiveAttrib := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetActiveAttrib');
+    if not Assigned(glGetActiveAttrib) then Exit;
+    glGetActiveUniform := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetActiveUniform');
+    if not Assigned(glGetActiveUniform) then Exit;
+    glGetAttachedShaders := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetAttachedShaders');
+    if not Assigned(glGetAttachedShaders) then Exit;
+    glGetAttribLocation := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetAttribLocation');
+    if not Assigned(glGetAttribLocation) then Exit;
+    glGetProgramiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramiv) then Exit;
+    glGetProgramInfoLog := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetProgramInfoLog');
+    if not Assigned(glGetProgramInfoLog) then Exit;
+    glGetShaderiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetShaderiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetShaderiv) then Exit;
+    glGetShaderInfoLog := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetShaderInfoLog');
+    if not Assigned(glGetShaderInfoLog) then Exit;
+    glGetShaderSource := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetShaderSource');
+    if not Assigned(glGetShaderSource) then Exit;
+    glGetUniformLocation := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetUniformLocation');
+    if not Assigned(glGetUniformLocation) then Exit;
+    glGetUniformfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetUniformfv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetUniformfv) then Exit;
+    glGetUniformiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetUniformiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetUniformiv) then Exit;
+    glGetVertexAttribdv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribdv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribdv) then Exit;
+    glGetVertexAttribfv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribfv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribfv) then Exit;
+    glGetVertexAttribiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribiv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribiv) then Exit;
+    glGetVertexAttribPointerv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glGetVertexAttribPointerv');
+    if not Assigned(glGetVertexAttribPointerv) then Exit;
+    glIsProgram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsProgram');
+    if not Assigned(glIsProgram) then Exit;
+    glIsShader := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glIsShader');
+    if not Assigned(glIsShader) then Exit;
+    glLinkProgram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glLinkProgram');
+    if not Assigned(glLinkProgram) then Exit;
+    glShaderSource := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glShaderSource');
+    if not Assigned(glShaderSource) then Exit;
+    glUseProgram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUseProgram');
+    if not Assigned(glUseProgram) then Exit;
+    glUniform1f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1f');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1f) then Exit;
+    glUniform2f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2f');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2f) then Exit;
+    glUniform3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3f');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3f) then Exit;
+    glUniform4f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4f');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4f) then Exit;
+    glUniform1i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1i');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1i) then Exit;
+    glUniform2i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2i');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2i) then Exit;
+    glUniform3i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3i');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3i) then Exit;
+    glUniform4i := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4i');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4i) then Exit;
+    glUniform1fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1fv) then Exit;
+    glUniform2fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2fv) then Exit;
+    glUniform3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3fv) then Exit;
+    glUniform4fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4fv) then Exit;
+    glUniform1iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform1iv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform1iv) then Exit;
+    glUniform2iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform2iv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform2iv) then Exit;
+    glUniform3iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform3iv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform3iv) then Exit;
+    glUniform4iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniform4iv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniform4iv) then Exit;
+    glUniformMatrix2fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniformMatrix2fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniformMatrix2fv) then Exit;
+    glUniformMatrix3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniformMatrix3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniformMatrix3fv) then Exit;
+    glUniformMatrix4fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glUniformMatrix4fv');
+    if not Assigned(glUniformMatrix4fv) then Exit;
+    glValidateProgram := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glValidateProgram');
+    if not Assigned(glValidateProgram) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib1d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1d) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib1dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1dv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib1f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1f) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib1fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1fv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib1s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1s) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib1sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib1sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib1sv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib2d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2d) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib2dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2dv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib2f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2f) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib2fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2fv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib2s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2s) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib2sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib2sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib2sv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib3d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3d) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib3dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3dv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib3f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3f) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib3fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3fv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib3s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3s) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib3sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib3sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib3sv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Nbv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Nbv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Nbv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Niv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Niv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Niv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Nsv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Nsv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Nsv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Nub := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Nub');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Nub) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Nubv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Nubv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Nubv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Nuiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Nuiv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Nuiv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4Nusv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4Nusv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4Nusv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4bv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4bv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4bv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4d := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4d');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4d) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4dv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4dv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4dv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4f := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4f');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4f) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4fv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4fv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4fv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4iv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4iv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4iv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4s := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4s');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4s) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4sv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4sv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4sv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4ubv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4ubv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4ubv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4uiv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4uiv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4uiv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttrib4usv := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttrib4usv');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttrib4usv) then Exit;
+    glVertexAttribPointer := SDL_GL_GetProcAddress('glVertexAttribPointer');
+    if not Assigned(glVertexAttribPointer) then Exit;
+    Result := TRUE;
+
+end;
+
+function glext_LoadExtension(ext: String): Boolean;
+begin
+
+  Result := FALSE;
+
+  if ext = 'GL_version_1_2' then Result := Load_GL_version_1_2
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_imaging' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_imaging
+  else if ext = 'GL_version_1_3' then Result := Load_GL_version_1_3
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_multitexture' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_multitexture
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_transpose_matrix' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_transpose_matrix
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_multisample' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_multisample
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_env_add' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_add
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ARB_extensions_string' then Result := Load_WGL_ARB_extensions_string
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ARB_buffer_region' then Result := Load_WGL_ARB_buffer_region
+  {$ENDIF}
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_cube_map' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_cube_map
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_depth_texture' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_depth_texture
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_point_parameters' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_point_parameters
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_shadow' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_shadow
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_shadow_ambient' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_shadow_ambient
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_compression' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_compression
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_env_combine' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_combine
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_vertex_blend' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_vertex_blend
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_vertex_program' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_vertex_program
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_window_pos' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_window_pos
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_422_pixels' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_422_pixels
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_abgr' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_abgr
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_bgra' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_bgra
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_blend_color' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_blend_color
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_blend_func_separate' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_blend_func_separate
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_blend_logic_op' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_blend_logic_op
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_blend_minmax' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_blend_minmax
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_blend_subtract' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_blend_subtract
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_color_subtable' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_color_subtable
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_convolution' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_convolution
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_histogram' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_histogram
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_packed_pixels' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_packed_pixels
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_paletted_texture' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_paletted_texture
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_point_parameters' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_point_parameters
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_polygon_offset' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_polygon_offset
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_separate_specular_color' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_separate_specular_color
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_shadow_funcs' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_shadow_funcs
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_stencil_two_side' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_stencil_two_side
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_stencil_wrap' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_stencil_wrap
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_subtexture' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_subtexture
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture3D' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture3D
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_env_add' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_add
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_env_combine' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_combine
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_object' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_vertex_array' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_vertex_array
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_vertex_shader' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_vertex_shader
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_vertex_weighting' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_vertex_weighting
+  else if ext = 'GL_HP_occlusion_test' then Result := Load_GL_HP_occlusion_test
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_blend_square' then Result := Load_GL_NV_blend_square
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color' then Result := Load_GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_depth_clamp' then Result := Load_GL_NV_depth_clamp
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_evaluators' then Result := Load_GL_NV_evaluators
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_fence' then Result := Load_GL_NV_fence
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_fog_distance' then Result := Load_GL_NV_fog_distance
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_light_max_exponent' then Result := Load_GL_NV_light_max_exponent
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint' then Result := Load_GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_occlusion_query' then Result := Load_GL_NV_occlusion_query
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil' then Result := Load_GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_point_sprite' then Result := Load_GL_NV_point_sprite
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_register_combiners' then Result := Load_GL_NV_register_combiners
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_register_combiners2' then Result := Load_GL_NV_register_combiners2
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texgen_emboss' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texgen_emboss
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texgen_reflection' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texgen_reflection
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_env_combine4' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_env_combine4
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_rectangle' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_rectangle
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_shader' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_shader
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_shader2' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_shader2
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_shader3' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_shader3
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_array_range' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_array_range
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_array_range2' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_array_range2
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_program' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_program
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_program1_1' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_program1_1
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_element_array' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_element_array
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_fragment_shader' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_fragment_shader
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_pn_triangles' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_pn_triangles
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_vertex_array_object' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_vertex_array_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_vertex_streams' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_vertex_streams
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  else if ext = 'WGL_I3D_image_buffer' then Result := Load_WGL_I3D_image_buffer
+  else if ext = 'WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock' then Result := Load_WGL_I3D_swap_frame_lock
+  else if ext = 'WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage' then Result := Load_WGL_I3D_swap_frame_usage
+  {$ENDIF}
+  else if ext = 'GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1' then Result := Load_GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1
+  else if ext = 'GL_IBM_cull_vertex' then Result := Load_GL_IBM_cull_vertex
+  else if ext = 'GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays' then Result := Load_GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays
+  else if ext = 'GL_IBM_raster_pos_clip' then Result := Load_GL_IBM_raster_pos_clip
+  else if ext = 'GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat' then Result := Load_GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat
+  else if ext = 'GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists' then Result := Load_GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists
+  else if ext = 'GL_MESA_resize_buffers' then Result := Load_GL_MESA_resize_buffers
+  else if ext = 'GL_MESA_window_pos' then Result := Load_GL_MESA_window_pos
+  else if ext = 'GL_OML_interlace' then Result := Load_GL_OML_interlace
+  else if ext = 'GL_OML_resample' then Result := Load_GL_OML_resample
+  else if ext = 'GL_OML_subsample' then Result := Load_GL_OML_subsample
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_multisample' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_multisample
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_pixel_texture' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_pixel_texture
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_texture_lod' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_texture_lod
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIS_depth_texture' then Result := Load_GL_SGIS_depth_texture
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIX_fog_offset' then Result := Load_GL_SGIX_fog_offset
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIX_interlace' then Result := Load_GL_SGIX_interlace
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient' then Result := Load_GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGI_color_matrix' then Result := Load_GL_SGI_color_matrix
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGI_color_table' then Result := Load_GL_SGI_color_table
+  else if ext = 'GL_SGI_texture_color_table' then Result := Load_GL_SGI_texture_color_table
+  else if ext = 'GL_SUN_vertex' then Result := Load_GL_SUN_vertex
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_fragment_program' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_fragment_program
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader
+  else if ext = 'GL_APPLE_client_storage' then Result := Load_GL_APPLE_client_storage
+  else if ext = 'GL_APPLE_element_array' then Result := Load_GL_APPLE_element_array
+  else if ext = 'GL_APPLE_fence' then Result := Load_GL_APPLE_fence
+  else if ext = 'GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object' then Result := Load_GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range' then Result := Load_GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ARB_pixel_format' then Result := Load_WGL_ARB_pixel_format
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ARB_make_current_read' then Result := Load_WGL_ARB_make_current_read
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ARB_pbuffer' then Result := Load_WGL_ARB_pbuffer
+  else if ext = 'WGL_EXT_swap_control' then Result := Load_WGL_EXT_swap_control
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ARB_render_texture' then Result := Load_WGL_ARB_render_texture
+  else if ext = 'WGL_EXT_extensions_string' then Result := Load_WGL_EXT_extensions_string
+  else if ext = 'WGL_EXT_make_current_read' then Result := Load_WGL_EXT_make_current_read
+  else if ext = 'WGL_EXT_pbuffer' then Result := Load_WGL_EXT_pbuffer
+  else if ext = 'WGL_EXT_pixel_format' then Result := Load_WGL_EXT_pixel_format
+  else if ext = 'WGL_I3D_digital_video_control' then Result := Load_WGL_I3D_digital_video_control
+  else if ext = 'WGL_I3D_gamma' then Result := Load_WGL_I3D_gamma
+  else if ext = 'WGL_I3D_genlock' then Result := Load_WGL_I3D_genlock
+  {$ENDIF}
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_matrix_palette' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_matrix_palette
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_element_array' then Result := Load_GL_NV_element_array
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_float_buffer' then Result := Load_GL_NV_float_buffer
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_fragment_program' then Result := Load_GL_NV_fragment_program
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_primitive_restart' then Result := Load_GL_NV_primitive_restart
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_program2' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_program2
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  else if ext = 'WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle' then Result := Load_WGL_NV_render_texture_rectangle
+  {$ENDIF}
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_pixel_data_range' then Result := Load_GL_NV_pixel_data_range
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_rectangle' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_rectangle
+  else if ext = 'GL_S3_s3tc' then Result := Load_GL_S3_s3tc
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_draw_buffers' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_draw_buffers
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  else if ext = 'WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float' then Result := Load_WGL_ATI_pixel_format_float
+  {$ENDIF}
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_texture_float' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_texture_float
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_texture_expand_normal' then Result := Load_GL_NV_texture_expand_normal
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_half_float' then Result := Load_GL_NV_half_float
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_map_object_buffer' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_map_object_buffer
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_separate_stencil' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_separate_stencil
+  else if ext = 'GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object' then Result := Load_GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_occlusion_query' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_occlusion_query
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_shader_objects' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_shader_objects
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_vertex_shader' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_vertex_shader
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_fragment_shader' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_fragment_shader
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_shading_language_100' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_shading_language_100
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_point_sprite' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_point_sprite
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_secondary_color' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_secondary_color
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate
+  else if ext = 'GL_MESA_pack_invert' then Result := Load_GL_MESA_pack_invert
+  else if ext = 'GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture' then Result := Load_GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_fog_coord' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_fog_coord
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_fragment_program_option' then Result := Load_GL_NV_fragment_program_option
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_fragment_program2' then Result := Load_GL_NV_fragment_program2
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_program2_option' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_program2_option
+  else if ext = 'GL_NV_vertex_program3' then Result := Load_GL_NV_vertex_program3
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_draw_buffers' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_draw_buffers
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_rectangle' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_rectangle
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_color_buffer_float' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_color_buffer_float
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_half_float_pixel' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_half_float_pixel
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_texture_float' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_texture_float
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_texture_compression_dxt1' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_texture_compression_dxt1
+  else if ext = 'GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object' then Result := Load_GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_EXT_framebuffer_object' then Result := Load_GL_EXT_framebuffer_object
+  else if ext = 'GL_version_1_4' then Result := Load_GL_version_1_4
+  else if ext = 'GL_version_1_5' then Result := Load_GL_version_1_5
+  else if ext = 'GL_version_2_0' then Result := Load_GL_version_2_0
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glu.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glu.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..876270ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glu.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+unit glu;
+{
+  $Id: glu.pas,v 1.8 2007/05/20 20:28:31 savage Exp $
+
+  Adaption of the delphi3d.net OpenGL units to FreePascal
+  Sebastian Guenther (sg@freepascal.org) in 2002
+  These units are free to use
+}
+
+(*++ BUILD Version: 0004    // Increment this if a change has global effects
+
+Copyright (c) 1985-95, Microsoft Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    glu.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    Procedure declarations, constant definitions and macros for the OpenGL
+    Utility Library.
+
+--*)
+
+(*
+** Copyright 1991-1993, Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+** All Rights Reserved.
+**
+** This is UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE of Silicon Graphics, Inc.;
+** the contents of this file may not be disclosed to third parties, copied or
+** duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without the prior written
+** permission of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+**
+** RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND:
+** Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions
+** as set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data
+** and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013, and/or in similar or
+** successor clauses in the FAR, DOD or NASA FAR Supplement. Unpublished -
+** rights reserved under the Copyright Laws of the United States.
+*)
+
+(*
+** Return the error string associated with a particular error code.
+** This will return 0 for an invalid error code.
+**
+** The generic function prototype that can be compiled for ANSI or Unicode
+** is defined as follows:
+**
+** LPCTSTR APIENTRY gluErrorStringWIN (GLenum errCode);
+*)
+
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{ Converted to Delphi by Tom Nuydens (tom@delphi3d.net)                        }
+{ For the latest updates, visit Delphi3D: http://www.delphi3d.net              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Modified for Delphi/Kylix and FreePascal                                     }
+{    by Dominique Louis ( Dominique@Savagesoftware.com.au)                     }
+{ For the latest updates, visit JEDI-SDL : http://www.sf.net/projects/jedi-sdl }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{
+  $Log: glu.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.8  2007/05/20 20:28:31  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.7  2006/11/26 16:35:49  savage
+  Messed up the last change to GLUtessCombineDataProc, had to reapply it. Thanks Michalis.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2006/11/25 23:38:02  savage
+  Changes as proposed by Michalis Kamburelis for better FPC support
+
+  Revision 1.5  2006/11/20 21:20:59  savage
+  Updated to work in MacOS X
+
+  Revision 1.4  2005/05/22 18:52:09  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/10/07 21:01:29  savage
+  Fix for FPC
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/03/30 21:53:54  savage
+  Moved to it's own folder.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/20 17:09:55  savage
+  Code tidied up in gl, glu and glut, while extensions in glext.pas are now loaded using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress, thus making it more cross-platform compatible, but now more tied to SDL.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:09:19  savage
+  Changed uses to now make use of moduleloader.pas rather than dllfuncs.pas
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  Revision 1.4  2003/06/02 12:32:13  savage
+  Modified Sources to avoid warnings with Delphi by moving CVS Logging to the top of the header files. Hopefully CVS Logging still works.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2003/05/29 22:55:00  savage
+  Make use of new DLLFunctions
+
+  Revision 1.2  2003/05/27 09:39:53  savage
+  Added better Gnu Pascal support.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2003/05/11 13:18:03  savage
+  Newest OpenGL Headers For Delphi, Kylix and FPC
+
+  Revision 1.2  2002/10/13 14:36:47  sg
+  * Win32 fix: The OS symbol is called "Win32", not "Windows"
+
+  Revision 1.1  2002/10/13 13:57:31  sg
+  * Finally, the new units are available: Match the C headers more closely;
+    support for OpenGL extensions, and much more. Based on the Delphi units
+    by Tom Nuydens of delphi3d.net
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+  moduleloader,
+  gl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  GLuLibName   = 'glu32.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  GLuLibName   = '/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/Libraries/libGLU.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  GLuLibName   = 'libGLU.so.1';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+type
+  TViewPortArray = array[ 0..3 ] of GLint;
+  T16dArray = array[ 0..15 ] of GLdouble;
+  TCallBack = procedure;
+  T3dArray = array[ 0..2 ] of GLdouble;
+  T4pArray = array[ 0..3 ] of Pointer;
+  T4fArray = array[ 0..3 ] of GLfloat;
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  PPointer = ^Pointer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+var
+  gluErrorString : function( errCode : GLenum ) : PChar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluErrorUnicodeStringEXT : function( errCode : GLenum ) : PWideChar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluGetString : function( name : GLenum ) : PChar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluOrtho2D   : procedure( left, right, bottom, top : GLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluPerspective : procedure( fovy, aspect, zNear, zFar : GLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluPickMatrix : procedure( x, y, width, height : GLdouble; var viewport : TViewPortArray ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluLookAt    : procedure( eyex, eyey, eyez, centerx, centery, centerz, upx, upy, upz : GLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluProject   : function( objx, objy, objz : GLdouble; var modelMatrix, projMatrix : T16dArray; var viewport : TViewPortArray; winx, winy, winz : PGLdouble ) : Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluUnProject : function( winx, winy, winz : GLdouble; var modelMatrix, projMatrix : T16dArray; var viewport : TViewPortArray; objx, objy, objz : PGLdouble ) : Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluScaleImage : function( format : GLenum; widthin, heightin : GLint; typein : GLenum; const datain : Pointer; widthout, heightout : GLint; typeout : GLenum; dataout : Pointer ) : Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluBuild1DMipmaps : function( target : GLenum; components, width : GLint; format, atype : GLenum; const data : Pointer ) : Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluBuild2DMipmaps : function( target : GLenum; components, width, height : GLint; format, atype : GLenum; const data : Pointer ) : Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+type
+  GLUnurbs = record
+  end; PGLUnurbs = ^GLUnurbs;
+  GLUquadric = record
+  end; PGLUquadric = ^GLUquadric;
+  GLUtesselator = record
+  end; PGLUtesselator = ^GLUtesselator;
+
+  // backwards compatibility:
+  GLUnurbsObj = GLUnurbs; PGLUnurbsObj = PGLUnurbs;
+  GLUquadricObj = GLUquadric; PGLUquadricObj = PGLUquadric;
+  GLUtesselatorObj = GLUtesselator; PGLUtesselatorObj = PGLUtesselator;
+  GLUtriangulatorObj = GLUtesselator; PGLUtriangulatorObj = PGLUtesselator;
+
+var
+  gluNewQuadric : function : PGLUquadric; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluDeleteQuadric : procedure( state : PGLUquadric ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluQuadricNormals : procedure( quadObject : PGLUquadric; normals : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluQuadricTexture : procedure( quadObject : PGLUquadric; textureCoords : GLboolean ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluQuadricOrientation : procedure( quadObject : PGLUquadric; orientation : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluQuadricDrawStyle : procedure( quadObject : PGLUquadric; drawStyle : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluCylinder  : procedure( qobj : PGLUquadric; baseRadius, topRadius, height : GLdouble; slices, stacks : GLint ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluDisk      : procedure( qobj : PGLUquadric; innerRadius, outerRadius : GLdouble; slices, loops : GLint ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluPartialDisk : procedure( qobj : PGLUquadric; innerRadius, outerRadius : GLdouble; slices, loops : GLint; startAngle, sweepAngle : GLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluSphere    : procedure( qobj : PGLuquadric; radius : GLdouble; slices, stacks : GLint ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluQuadricCallback : procedure( qobj : PGLUquadric; which : GLenum; fn : TCallBack ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNewTess   : function : PGLUtesselator; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluDeleteTess : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessBeginPolygon : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; polygon_data : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessBeginContour : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessVertex : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; var coords : T3dArray; data : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessEndContour : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessEndPolygon : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessProperty : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; which : GLenum; value : GLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessNormal : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; x, y, z : GLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluTessCallback : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; which : GLenum; fn : TCallBack ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluGetTessProperty : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; which : GLenum; value : PGLdouble ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNewNurbsRenderer : function : PGLUnurbs; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluDeleteNurbsRenderer : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluBeginSurface : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluBeginCurve : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluEndCurve  : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluEndSurface : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluBeginTrim : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluEndTrim   : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluPwlCurve  : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; count : GLint; aarray : PGLfloat; stride : GLint; atype : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNurbsCurve : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; nknots : GLint; knot : PGLfloat; stride : GLint; ctlarray : PGLfloat; order : GLint; atype : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNurbsSurface : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; sknot_count : GLint; sknot : PGLfloat; tknot_count : GLint; tknot : PGLfloat; s_stride, t_stride : GLint; ctlarray : PGLfloat; sorder, torder : GLint; atype : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluLoadSamplingMatrices : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; var modelMatrix, projMatrix : T16dArray; var viewport : TViewPortArray ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNurbsProperty : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; aproperty : GLenum; value : GLfloat ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluGetNurbsProperty : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; aproperty : GLenum; value : PGLfloat ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNurbsCallback : procedure( nobj : PGLUnurbs; which : GLenum; fn : TCallBack ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+(**** Callback function prototypes ****)
+
+type
+  // gluQuadricCallback
+  GLUquadricErrorProc = procedure( p : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+  // gluTessCallback
+  GLUtessBeginProc = procedure( p : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessEdgeFlagProc = procedure( p : GLboolean ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessVertexProc = procedure( p : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessEndProc = procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessErrorProc = procedure( p : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessCombineProc = procedure( var p1 : T3dArray; p2 : T4pArray; p3 : T4fArray; p4 : PPointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessBeginDataProc = procedure( p1 : GLenum; p2 : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessEdgeFlagDataProc = procedure( p1 : GLboolean; p2 : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessVertexDataProc = procedure( p1, p2 : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessEndDataProc = procedure( p : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessErrorDataProc = procedure( p1 : GLenum; p2 : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  GLUtessCombineDataProc = procedure( var p1 : T3dArray; var p2 : T4pArray; var p3 : T4fArray;
+    p4 : PPointer; p5 : Pointer ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+  // gluNurbsCallback
+  GLUnurbsErrorProc = procedure( p : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+
+//***           Generic constants               ****/
+
+const
+  // Version
+  GLU_VERSION_1_1 = 1;
+  GLU_VERSION_1_2 = 1;
+
+  // Errors: (return value 0 = no error)
+  GLU_INVALID_ENUM = 100900;
+  GLU_INVALID_VALUE = 100901;
+  GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY = 100902;
+  GLU_INCOMPATIBLE_GL_VERSION = 100903;
+
+  // StringName
+  GLU_VERSION  = 100800;
+  GLU_EXTENSIONS = 100801;
+
+  // Boolean
+  GLU_TRUE     = GL_TRUE;
+  GLU_FALSE    = GL_FALSE;
+
+
+  //***           Quadric constants               ****/
+
+  // QuadricNormal
+  GLU_SMOOTH   = 100000;
+  GLU_FLAT     = 100001;
+  GLU_NONE     = 100002;
+
+  // QuadricDrawStyle
+  GLU_POINT    = 100010;
+  GLU_LINE     = 100011;
+  GLU_FILL     = 100012;
+  GLU_SILHOUETTE = 100013;
+
+  // QuadricOrientation
+  GLU_OUTSIDE  = 100020;
+  GLU_INSIDE   = 100021;
+
+  // Callback types:
+  //      GLU_ERROR       = 100103;
+
+
+  //***           Tesselation constants           ****/
+
+  GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD = 1.0E150;
+
+  // TessProperty
+  GLU_TESS_WINDING_RULE = 100140;
+  GLU_TESS_BOUNDARY_ONLY = 100141;
+  GLU_TESS_TOLERANCE = 100142;
+
+  // TessWinding
+  GLU_TESS_WINDING_ODD = 100130;
+  GLU_TESS_WINDING_NONZERO = 100131;
+  GLU_TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE = 100132;
+  GLU_TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE = 100133;
+  GLU_TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO = 100134;
+
+  // TessCallback
+  GLU_TESS_BEGIN = 100100; // void (CALLBACK*)(GLenum    type)
+  GLU_TESS_VERTEX = 100101; // void (CALLBACK*)(void      *data)
+  GLU_TESS_END = 100102; // void (CALLBACK*)(void)
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR = 100103; // void (CALLBACK*)(GLenum    errno)
+  GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG = 100104; // void (CALLBACK*)(GLboolean boundaryEdge)
+  GLU_TESS_COMBINE = 100105; { void (CALLBACK*)(GLdouble  coords[3],
+                                                            void      *data[4],
+                                                            GLfloat   weight[4],
+                                                            void      **dataOut) }
+  GLU_TESS_BEGIN_DATA = 100106; { void (CALLBACK*)(GLenum    type,
+                                                            void      *polygon_data) }
+  GLU_TESS_VERTEX_DATA = 100107; { void (CALLBACK*)(void      *data,
+                                                            void      *polygon_data) }
+  GLU_TESS_END_DATA = 100108; // void (CALLBACK*)(void      *polygon_data)
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR_DATA = 100109; { void (CALLBACK*)(GLenum    errno,
+                                                            void      *polygon_data) }
+  GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG_DATA = 100110; { void (CALLBACK*)(GLboolean boundaryEdge,
+                                                            void      *polygon_data) }
+  GLU_TESS_COMBINE_DATA = 100111; { void (CALLBACK*)(GLdouble  coords[3],
+                                                            void      *data[4],
+                                                            GLfloat   weight[4],
+                                                            void      **dataOut,
+                                                            void      *polygon_data) }
+
+  // TessError
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR1 = 100151;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR2 = 100152;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR3 = 100153;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR4 = 100154;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR5 = 100155;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR6 = 100156;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR7 = 100157;
+  GLU_TESS_ERROR8 = 100158;
+
+  GLU_TESS_MISSING_BEGIN_POLYGON = GLU_TESS_ERROR1;
+  GLU_TESS_MISSING_BEGIN_CONTOUR = GLU_TESS_ERROR2;
+  GLU_TESS_MISSING_END_POLYGON = GLU_TESS_ERROR3;
+  GLU_TESS_MISSING_END_CONTOUR = GLU_TESS_ERROR4;
+  GLU_TESS_COORD_TOO_LARGE = GLU_TESS_ERROR5;
+  GLU_TESS_NEED_COMBINE_CALLBACK = GLU_TESS_ERROR6;
+
+  //***           NURBS constants                 ****/
+
+  // NurbsProperty
+  GLU_AUTO_LOAD_MATRIX = 100200;
+  GLU_CULLING  = 100201;
+  GLU_SAMPLING_TOLERANCE = 100203;
+  GLU_DISPLAY_MODE = 100204;
+  GLU_PARAMETRIC_TOLERANCE = 100202;
+  GLU_SAMPLING_METHOD = 100205;
+  GLU_U_STEP   = 100206;
+  GLU_V_STEP   = 100207;
+
+  // NurbsSampling
+  GLU_PATH_LENGTH = 100215;
+  GLU_PARAMETRIC_ERROR = 100216;
+  GLU_DOMAIN_DISTANCE = 100217;
+
+
+  // NurbsTrim
+  GLU_MAP1_TRIM_2 = 100210;
+  GLU_MAP1_TRIM_3 = 100211;
+
+  // NurbsDisplay
+  //      GLU_FILL                = 100012;
+  GLU_OUTLINE_POLYGON = 100240;
+  GLU_OUTLINE_PATCH = 100241;
+
+  // NurbsCallback
+  //      GLU_ERROR               = 100103;
+
+  // NurbsErrors
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR1 = 100251;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR2 = 100252;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR3 = 100253;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR4 = 100254;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR5 = 100255;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR6 = 100256;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR7 = 100257;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR8 = 100258;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR9 = 100259;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR10 = 100260;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR11 = 100261;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR12 = 100262;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR13 = 100263;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR14 = 100264;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR15 = 100265;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR16 = 100266;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR17 = 100267;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR18 = 100268;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR19 = 100269;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR20 = 100270;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR21 = 100271;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR22 = 100272;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR23 = 100273;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR24 = 100274;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR25 = 100275;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR26 = 100276;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR27 = 100277;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR28 = 100278;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR29 = 100279;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR30 = 100280;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR31 = 100281;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR32 = 100282;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR33 = 100283;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR34 = 100284;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR35 = 100285;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR36 = 100286;
+  GLU_NURBS_ERROR37 = 100287;
+
+//***           Backwards compatibility for old tesselator           ****/
+
+var
+  gluBeginPolygon : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluNextContour : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator; atype : GLenum ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+  gluEndPolygon : procedure( tess : PGLUtesselator ); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall; {$ELSE}cdecl; {$ENDIF}
+
+const
+  // Contours types -- obsolete!
+  GLU_CW       = 100120;
+  GLU_CCW      = 100121;
+  GLU_INTERIOR = 100122;
+  GLU_EXTERIOR = 100123;
+  GLU_UNKNOWN  = 100124;
+
+  // Names without "TESS_" prefix
+  GLU_BEGIN    = GLU_TESS_BEGIN;
+  GLU_VERTEX   = GLU_TESS_VERTEX;
+  GLU_END      = GLU_TESS_END;
+  GLU_ERROR    = GLU_TESS_ERROR;
+  GLU_EDGE_FLAG = GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG;
+
+procedure LoadGLu( const dll : PChar );
+procedure FreeGLu;
+
+implementation
+
+var
+  LibGlu       : TModuleHandle;
+
+procedure FreeGLu;
+begin
+
+  @gluErrorString := nil;
+  @gluErrorUnicodeStringEXT := nil;
+  @gluGetString := nil;
+  @gluOrtho2D := nil;
+  @gluPerspective := nil;
+  @gluPickMatrix := nil;
+  @gluLookAt := nil;
+  @gluProject := nil;
+  @gluUnProject := nil;
+  @gluScaleImage := nil;
+  @gluBuild1DMipmaps := nil;
+  @gluBuild2DMipmaps := nil;
+  @gluNewQuadric := nil;
+  @gluDeleteQuadric := nil;
+  @gluQuadricNormals := nil;
+  @gluQuadricTexture := nil;
+  @gluQuadricOrientation := nil;
+  @gluQuadricDrawStyle := nil;
+  @gluCylinder := nil;
+  @gluDisk := nil;
+  @gluPartialDisk := nil;
+  @gluSphere := nil;
+  @gluQuadricCallback := nil;
+  @gluNewTess := nil;
+  @gluDeleteTess := nil;
+  @gluTessBeginPolygon := nil;
+  @gluTessBeginContour := nil;
+  @gluTessVertex := nil;
+  @gluTessEndContour := nil;
+  @gluTessEndPolygon := nil;
+  @gluTessProperty := nil;
+  @gluTessNormal := nil;
+  @gluTessCallback := nil;
+  @gluGetTessProperty := nil;
+  @gluNewNurbsRenderer := nil;
+  @gluDeleteNurbsRenderer := nil;
+  @gluBeginSurface := nil;
+  @gluBeginCurve := nil;
+  @gluEndCurve := nil;
+  @gluEndSurface := nil;
+  @gluBeginTrim := nil;
+  @gluEndTrim := nil;
+  @gluPwlCurve := nil;
+  @gluNurbsCurve := nil;
+  @gluNurbsSurface := nil;
+  @gluLoadSamplingMatrices := nil;
+  @gluNurbsProperty := nil;
+  @gluGetNurbsProperty := nil;
+  @gluNurbsCallback := nil;
+  @gluBeginPolygon := nil;
+  @gluNextContour := nil;
+  @gluEndPolygon := nil;
+
+  UnLoadModule( LibGlu );
+
+end;
+
+procedure LoadGLu( const dll : PChar );
+begin
+
+  FreeGLu;
+
+  if LoadModule( LibGlu, dll ) then
+  begin
+    @gluErrorString := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluErrorString' );
+    @gluErrorUnicodeStringEXT := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluErrorUnicodeStringEXT' );
+    @gluGetString := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluGetString' );
+    @gluOrtho2D := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluOrtho2D' );
+    @gluPerspective := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluPerspective' );
+    @gluPickMatrix := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluPickMatrix' );
+    @gluLookAt := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluLookAt' );
+    @gluProject := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluProject' );
+    @gluUnProject := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluUnProject' );
+    @gluScaleImage := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluScaleImage' );
+    @gluBuild1DMipmaps := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluBuild1DMipmaps' );
+    @gluBuild2DMipmaps := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluBuild2DMipmaps' );
+    @gluNewQuadric := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNewQuadric' );
+    @gluDeleteQuadric := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluDeleteQuadric' );
+    @gluQuadricNormals := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluQuadricNormals' );
+    @gluQuadricTexture := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluQuadricTexture' );
+    @gluQuadricOrientation := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluQuadricOrientation' );
+    @gluQuadricDrawStyle := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluQuadricDrawStyle' );
+    @gluCylinder := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluCylinder' );
+    @gluDisk := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluDisk' );
+    @gluPartialDisk := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluPartialDisk' );
+    @gluSphere := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluSphere' );
+    @gluQuadricCallback := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluQuadricCallback' );
+    @gluNewTess := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNewTess' );
+    @gluDeleteTess := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluDeleteTess' );
+    @gluTessBeginPolygon := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessBeginPolygon' );
+    @gluTessBeginContour := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessBeginContour' );
+    @gluTessVertex := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessVertex' );
+    @gluTessEndContour := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessEndContour' );
+    @gluTessEndPolygon := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessEndPolygon' );
+    @gluTessProperty := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessProperty' );
+    @gluTessNormal := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessNormal' );
+    @gluTessCallback := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluTessCallback' );
+    @gluGetTessProperty := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluGetTessProperty' );
+    @gluNewNurbsRenderer := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNewNurbsRenderer' );
+    @gluDeleteNurbsRenderer := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluDeleteNurbsRenderer' );
+    @gluBeginSurface := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluBeginSurface' );
+    @gluBeginCurve := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluBeginCurve' );
+    @gluEndCurve := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluEndCurve' );
+    @gluEndSurface := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluEndSurface' );
+    @gluBeginTrim := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluBeginTrim' );
+    @gluEndTrim := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluEndTrim' );
+    @gluPwlCurve := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluPwlCurve' );
+    @gluNurbsCurve := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNurbsCurve' );
+    @gluNurbsSurface := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNurbsSurface' );
+    @gluLoadSamplingMatrices := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluLoadSamplingMatrices' );
+    @gluNurbsProperty := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNurbsProperty' );
+    @gluGetNurbsProperty := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluGetNurbsProperty' );
+    @gluNurbsCallback := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNurbsCallback' );
+
+    @gluBeginPolygon := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluBeginPolygon' );
+    @gluNextContour := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluNextContour' );
+    @gluEndPolygon := GetModuleSymbol( LibGlu, 'gluEndPolygon' );
+  end;
+end;
+
+initialization
+
+  LoadGLu( GLuLibName );
+
+finalization
+
+  FreeGLu;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glut.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glut.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..04f69267
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glut.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
+unit glut;
+{
+  $Id: glut.pas,v 1.4 2007/05/20 20:28:31 savage Exp $
+
+  Adaption of the delphi3d.net OpenGL units to FreePascal
+  Sebastian Guenther (sg@freepascal.org) in 2002
+  These units are free to use
+}
+
+// Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1995, 1996. */
+
+(* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees  and is
+   provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or  implied. This
+   program is -not- in the public domain. *)
+
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{ Converted to Delphi by Tom Nuydens (tom@delphi3d.net)                        }
+{ For the latest updates, visit Delphi3D: http://www.delphi3d.net              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Modified for Delphi/Kylix and FreePascal                                     }
+{    by Dominique Louis ( Dominique@Savagesoftware.com.au)                     }
+{ For the latest updates, visit JEDI-SDL : http://www.sf.net/projects/jedi-sdl }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{
+  $Log: glut.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.4  2007/05/20 20:28:31  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.3  2006/11/20 21:20:59  savage
+  Updated to work in MacOS X
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/03/30 21:53:54  savage
+  Moved to it's own folder.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/02/20 17:09:55  savage
+  Code tidied up in gl, glu and glut, while extensions in glext.pas are now loaded using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress, thus making it more cross-platform compatible, but now more tied to SDL.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/14 22:36:29  savage
+  Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
+  Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:09:19  savage
+  Changed uses to now make use of moduleloader.pas rather than dllfuncs.pas
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  Revision 1.4  2003/06/02 12:32:13  savage
+  Modified Sources to avoid warnings with Delphi by moving CVS Logging to the top of the header files. Hopefully CVS Logging still works.
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  system,
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+{$ENDIF}
+  moduleloader,
+  gl;
+
+type
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  PInteger = ^Integer;
+  PPChar = ^PChar;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  TGlutVoidCallback = procedure; {$IFNDEF __GPC__}{$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}{$ENDIF}
+  TGlut1IntCallback = procedure(value: Integer); {$IFNDEF __GPC__}{$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}{$ENDIF}
+  TGlut2IntCallback = procedure(v1, v2: Integer); {$IFNDEF __GPC__}{$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}{$ENDIF}
+  TGlut3IntCallback = procedure(v1, v2, v3: Integer); {$IFNDEF __GPC__}{$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}{$ENDIF}
+  TGlut4IntCallback = procedure(v1, v2, v3, v4: Integer); {$IFNDEF __GPC__}{$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}{$ENDIF}
+  TGlut1Char2IntCallback = procedure(c: Byte; v1, v2: Integer); {$IFNDEF __GPC__}{$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}{$ENDIF}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  GlutLibName = 'glut32.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  GlutLibName = '/System/Library/Frameworks/GLUT.framework/Libraries/libglut.dylib';
+{$ELSE}
+  GlutLibName = 'libglut.so';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  GLUT_API_VERSION                = 3;
+  GLUT_XLIB_IMPLEMENTATION        = 12;
+  // Display mode bit masks.
+  GLUT_RGB                        = 0;
+  GLUT_RGBA                       = GLUT_RGB;
+  GLUT_INDEX                      = 1;
+  GLUT_SINGLE                     = 0;
+  GLUT_DOUBLE                     = 2;
+  GLUT_ACCUM                      = 4;
+  GLUT_ALPHA                      = 8;
+  GLUT_DEPTH                      = 16;
+  GLUT_STENCIL                    = 32;
+  GLUT_MULTISAMPLE                = 128;
+  GLUT_STEREO                     = 256;
+  GLUT_LUMINANCE                  = 512;
+
+  // Mouse buttons.
+  GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON                = 0;
+  GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON              = 1;
+  GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON               = 2;
+
+  // Mouse button state.
+  GLUT_DOWN                       = 0;
+  GLUT_UP                         = 1;
+
+  // function keys
+  GLUT_KEY_F1                     = 1;
+  GLUT_KEY_F2                     = 2;
+  GLUT_KEY_F3                     = 3;
+  GLUT_KEY_F4                     = 4;
+  GLUT_KEY_F5                     = 5;
+  GLUT_KEY_F6                     = 6;
+  GLUT_KEY_F7                     = 7;
+  GLUT_KEY_F8                     = 8;
+  GLUT_KEY_F9                     = 9;
+  GLUT_KEY_F10                    = 10;
+  GLUT_KEY_F11                    = 11;
+  GLUT_KEY_F12                    = 12;
+  // directional keys
+  GLUT_KEY_LEFT                   = 100;
+  GLUT_KEY_UP                     = 101;
+  GLUT_KEY_RIGHT                  = 102;
+  GLUT_KEY_DOWN                   = 103;
+  GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP                = 104;
+  GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN              = 105;
+  GLUT_KEY_HOME                   = 106;
+  GLUT_KEY_END                    = 107;
+  GLUT_KEY_INSERT                 = 108;
+
+  // Entry/exit  state.
+  GLUT_LEFT                       = 0;
+  GLUT_ENTERED                    = 1;
+
+  // Menu usage state.
+  GLUT_MENU_NOT_IN_USE            = 0;
+  GLUT_MENU_IN_USE                = 1;
+
+  // Visibility  state.
+  GLUT_NOT_VISIBLE                = 0;
+  GLUT_VISIBLE                    = 1;
+
+  // Window status  state.
+  GLUT_HIDDEN                     = 0;
+  GLUT_FULLY_RETAINED             = 1;
+  GLUT_PARTIALLY_RETAINED         = 2;
+  GLUT_FULLY_COVERED              = 3;
+
+  // Color index component selection values.
+  GLUT_RED                        = 0;
+  GLUT_GREEN                      = 1;
+  GLUT_BLUE                       = 2;
+
+  // Layers for use.
+  GLUT_NORMAL                     = 0;
+  GLUT_OVERLAY                    = 1;
+
+  // Stroke font constants (use these in GLUT program).
+  GLUT_STROKE_ROMAN		  = Pointer(0);
+  GLUT_STROKE_MONO_ROMAN	  = Pointer(1);
+
+  // Bitmap font constants (use these in GLUT program).
+  GLUT_BITMAP_9_BY_15		  = Pointer(2);
+  GLUT_BITMAP_8_BY_13		  = Pointer(3);
+  GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_10	  = Pointer(4);
+  GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_24	  = Pointer(5);
+  GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_10	  = Pointer(6);
+  GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_12	  = Pointer(7);
+  GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_18	  = Pointer(8);
+
+  // glutGet parameters.
+  GLUT_WINDOW_X                   = 100;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_Y                   = 101;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_WIDTH               = 102;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_HEIGHT              = 103;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE         = 104;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_STENCIL_SIZE        = 105;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_DEPTH_SIZE          = 106;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_RED_SIZE            = 107;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_GREEN_SIZE          = 108;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_BLUE_SIZE           = 109;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_ALPHA_SIZE          = 110;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_RED_SIZE      = 111;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE    = 112;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE     = 113;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE    = 114;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_DOUBLEBUFFER        = 115;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_RGBA                = 116;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_PARENT              = 117;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_NUM_CHILDREN        = 118;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_COLORMAP_SIZE       = 119;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_NUM_SAMPLES         = 120;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_STEREO              = 121;
+  GLUT_WINDOW_CURSOR              = 122;
+  GLUT_SCREEN_WIDTH               = 200;
+  GLUT_SCREEN_HEIGHT              = 201;
+  GLUT_SCREEN_WIDTH_MM            = 202;
+  GLUT_SCREEN_HEIGHT_MM           = 203;
+  GLUT_MENU_NUM_ITEMS             = 300;
+  GLUT_DISPLAY_MODE_POSSIBLE      = 400;
+  GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_X              = 500;
+  GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_Y              = 501;
+  GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_WIDTH          = 502;
+  GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_HEIGHT         = 503;
+  GLUT_INIT_DISPLAY_MODE          = 504;
+  GLUT_ELAPSED_TIME               = 700;
+
+  // glutDeviceGet parameters.
+  GLUT_HAS_KEYBOARD               = 600;
+  GLUT_HAS_MOUSE                  = 601;
+  GLUT_HAS_SPACEBALL              = 602;
+  GLUT_HAS_DIAL_AND_BUTTON_BOX    = 603;
+  GLUT_HAS_TABLET                 = 604;
+  GLUT_NUM_MOUSE_BUTTONS          = 605;
+  GLUT_NUM_SPACEBALL_BUTTONS      = 606;
+  GLUT_NUM_BUTTON_BOX_BUTTONS     = 607;
+  GLUT_NUM_DIALS                  = 608;
+  GLUT_NUM_TABLET_BUTTONS         = 609;
+
+  // glutLayerGet parameters.
+  GLUT_OVERLAY_POSSIBLE           = 800;
+  GLUT_LAYER_IN_USE               = 801;
+  GLUT_HAS_OVERLAY                = 802;
+  GLUT_TRANSPARENT_INDEX          = 803;
+  GLUT_NORMAL_DAMAGED             = 804;
+  GLUT_OVERLAY_DAMAGED            = 805;
+
+  // glutVideoResizeGet parameters.
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_POSSIBLE       = 900;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_IN_USE         = 901;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_X_DELTA        = 902;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_Y_DELTA        = 903;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_WIDTH_DELTA    = 904;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_HEIGHT_DELTA   = 905;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_X              = 906;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_Y              = 907;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_WIDTH          = 908;
+  GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_HEIGHT         = 909;
+
+  // glutGetModifiers return mask.
+  GLUT_ACTIVE_SHIFT                = 1;
+  GLUT_ACTIVE_CTRL                 = 2;
+  GLUT_ACTIVE_ALT                  = 4;
+
+  // glutSetCursor parameters.
+  // Basic arrows.
+  GLUT_CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW          = 0;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_LEFT_ARROW           = 1;
+  // Symbolic cursor shapes.
+  GLUT_CURSOR_INFO                 = 2;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_DESTROY              = 3;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_HELP                 = 4;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_CYCLE                = 5;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_SPRAY                = 6;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_WAIT                 = 7;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_TEXT                 = 8;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR            = 9;
+  // Directional cursors.
+  GLUT_CURSOR_UP_DOWN              = 10;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_LEFT_RIGHT           = 11;
+  // Sizing cursors.
+  GLUT_CURSOR_TOP_SIDE             = 12;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_BOTTOM_SIDE          = 13;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_LEFT_SIDE            = 14;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_RIGHT_SIDE           = 15;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_TOP_LEFT_CORNER      = 16;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER     = 17;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER  = 18;
+  GLUT_CURSOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER   = 19;
+  // Inherit from parent window.
+  GLUT_CURSOR_INHERIT              = 100;
+  // Blank cursor.
+  GLUT_CURSOR_NONE                 = 101;
+  // Fullscreen crosshair (if available).
+  GLUT_CURSOR_FULL_CROSSHAIR       = 102;
+
+  // GLUT game mode sub-API.
+  // glutGameModeGet.
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_ACTIVE           = 0;
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_POSSIBLE         = 1;
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_WIDTH            = 2;
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_HEIGHT           = 3;
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_PIXEL_DEPTH      = 4;
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_REFRESH_RATE     = 5;
+  GLUT_GAME_MODE_DISPLAY_CHANGED  = 6;
+
+var
+// GLUT initialization sub-API.
+  glutInit: procedure(argcp: PInteger; argv: PPChar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutInitDisplayMode: procedure(mode: Word); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutInitDisplayString: procedure(const str: PChar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutInitWindowPosition: procedure(x, y: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutInitWindowSize: procedure(width, height: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutMainLoop: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT window sub-API.
+  glutCreateWindow: function(const title: PChar): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutCreateSubWindow: function(win, x, y, width, height: Integer): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutDestroyWindow: procedure(win: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPostRedisplay: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPostWindowRedisplay: procedure(win: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSwapBuffers: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutGetWindow: function: Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSetWindow: procedure(win: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSetWindowTitle: procedure(const title: PChar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSetIconTitle: procedure(const title: PChar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPositionWindow: procedure(x, y: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutReshapeWindow: procedure(width, height: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPopWindow: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPushWindow: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutIconifyWindow: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutShowWindow: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutHideWindow: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutFullScreen: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSetCursor: procedure(cursor: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWarpPointer: procedure(x, y: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT overlay sub-API.
+  glutEstablishOverlay: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutRemoveOverlay: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutUseLayer: procedure(layer: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPostOverlayRedisplay: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPostWindowOverlayRedisplay: procedure(win: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutShowOverlay: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutHideOverlay: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT menu sub-API.
+  glutCreateMenu: function(callback: TGlut1IntCallback): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutDestroyMenu: procedure(menu: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutGetMenu: function: Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSetMenu: procedure(menu: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutAddMenuEntry: procedure(const caption: PChar; value: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutAddSubMenu: procedure(const caption: PChar; submenu: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutChangeToMenuEntry: procedure(item: Integer; const caption: PChar; value: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutChangeToSubMenu: procedure(item: Integer; const caption: PChar; submenu: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutRemoveMenuItem: procedure(item: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutAttachMenu: procedure(button: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutDetachMenu: procedure(button: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUTsub-API.
+  glutDisplayFunc: procedure(f: TGlutVoidCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutReshapeFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutKeyboardFunc: procedure(f: TGlut1Char2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutMouseFunc: procedure(f: TGlut4IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutMotionFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutPassiveMotionFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutEntryFunc: procedure(f: TGlut1IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutVisibilityFunc: procedure(f: TGlut1IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutIdleFunc: procedure(f: TGlutVoidCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutTimerFunc: procedure(millis: Word; f: TGlut1IntCallback; value: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutMenuStateFunc: procedure(f: TGlut1IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSpecialFunc: procedure(f: TGlut3IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSpaceballMotionFunc: procedure(f: TGlut3IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSpaceballRotateFunc: procedure(f: TGlut3IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSpaceballButtonFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutButtonBoxFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutDialsFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutTabletMotionFunc: procedure(f: TGlut2IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutTabletButtonFunc: procedure(f: TGlut4IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutMenuStatusFunc: procedure(f: TGlut3IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutOverlayDisplayFunc: procedure(f:TGlutVoidCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWindowStatusFunc: procedure(f: TGlut1IntCallback); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT color index sub-API.
+  glutSetColor: procedure(cell: Integer; red, green, blue: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutGetColor: function(ndx, component: Integer): GLfloat; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutCopyColormap: procedure(win: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT state retrieval sub-API.
+  glutGet: function(t: GLenum): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutDeviceGet: function(t: GLenum): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT extension support sub-API
+  glutExtensionSupported: function(const name: PChar): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutGetModifiers: function: Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutLayerGet: function(t: GLenum): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT font sub-API
+  glutBitmapCharacter: procedure(font : pointer; character: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutBitmapWidth: function(font : pointer; character: Integer): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutStrokeCharacter: procedure(font : pointer; character: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutStrokeWidth: function(font : pointer; character: Integer): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutBitmapLength: function(font: pointer; const str: PChar): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutStrokeLength: function(font: pointer; const str: PChar): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT pre-built models sub-API
+  glutWireSphere: procedure(radius: GLdouble; slices, stacks: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidSphere: procedure(radius: GLdouble; slices, stacks: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireCone: procedure(base, height: GLdouble; slices, stacks: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidCone: procedure(base, height: GLdouble; slices, stacks: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireCube: procedure(size: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidCube: procedure(size: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireTorus: procedure(innerRadius, outerRadius: GLdouble; sides, rings: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidTorus: procedure(innerRadius, outerRadius: GLdouble; sides, rings: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireDodecahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidDodecahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireTeapot: procedure(size: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidTeapot: procedure(size: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireOctahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidOctahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireTetrahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidTetrahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutWireIcosahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSolidIcosahedron: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT video resize sub-API.
+  glutVideoResizeGet: function(param: GLenum): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutSetupVideoResizing: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutStopVideoResizing: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutVideoResize: procedure(x, y, width, height: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutVideoPan: procedure(x, y, width, height: Integer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+// GLUT debugging sub-API.
+  glutReportErrors: procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+var
+  //example glutGameModeString('1280x1024:32@75');
+  glutGameModeString : procedure (const AString : PChar); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutEnterGameMode : function : integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutLeaveGameMode : procedure; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glutGameModeGet : function (mode : GLenum) : integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF} 
+
+procedure LoadGlut(const dll: PChar);
+procedure FreeGlut;
+
+implementation
+
+var
+  LibGLUT : TModuleHandle;
+
+procedure FreeGlut;
+begin
+
+  UnLoadModule( LibGLUT );
+
+  @glutInit := nil;
+  @glutInitDisplayMode := nil;
+  @glutInitDisplayString := nil;
+  @glutInitWindowPosition := nil;
+  @glutInitWindowSize := nil;
+  @glutMainLoop := nil;
+  @glutCreateWindow := nil;
+  @glutCreateSubWindow := nil;
+  @glutDestroyWindow := nil;
+  @glutPostRedisplay := nil;
+  @glutPostWindowRedisplay := nil;
+  @glutSwapBuffers := nil;
+  @glutGetWindow := nil;
+  @glutSetWindow := nil;
+  @glutSetWindowTitle := nil;
+  @glutSetIconTitle := nil;
+  @glutPositionWindow := nil;
+  @glutReshapeWindow := nil;
+  @glutPopWindow := nil;
+  @glutPushWindow := nil;
+  @glutIconifyWindow := nil;
+  @glutShowWindow := nil;
+  @glutHideWindow := nil;
+  @glutFullScreen := nil;
+  @glutSetCursor := nil;
+  @glutWarpPointer := nil;
+  @glutEstablishOverlay := nil;
+  @glutRemoveOverlay := nil;
+  @glutUseLayer := nil;
+  @glutPostOverlayRedisplay := nil;
+  @glutPostWindowOverlayRedisplay := nil;
+  @glutShowOverlay := nil;
+  @glutHideOverlay := nil;
+  @glutCreateMenu := nil;
+  @glutDestroyMenu := nil;
+  @glutGetMenu := nil;
+  @glutSetMenu := nil;
+  @glutAddMenuEntry := nil;
+  @glutAddSubMenu := nil;
+  @glutChangeToMenuEntry := nil;
+  @glutChangeToSubMenu := nil;
+  @glutRemoveMenuItem := nil;
+  @glutAttachMenu := nil;
+  @glutDetachMenu := nil;
+  @glutDisplayFunc := nil;
+  @glutReshapeFunc := nil;
+  @glutKeyboardFunc := nil;
+  @glutMouseFunc := nil;
+  @glutMotionFunc := nil;
+  @glutPassiveMotionFunc := nil;
+  @glutEntryFunc := nil;
+  @glutVisibilityFunc := nil;
+  @glutIdleFunc := nil;
+  @glutTimerFunc := nil;
+  @glutMenuStateFunc := nil;
+  @glutSpecialFunc := nil;
+  @glutSpaceballMotionFunc := nil;
+  @glutSpaceballRotateFunc := nil;
+  @glutSpaceballButtonFunc := nil;
+  @glutButtonBoxFunc := nil;
+  @glutDialsFunc := nil;
+  @glutTabletMotionFunc := nil;
+  @glutTabletButtonFunc := nil;
+  @glutMenuStatusFunc := nil;
+  @glutOverlayDisplayFunc := nil;
+  @glutWindowStatusFunc := nil;
+  @glutSetColor := nil;
+  @glutGetColor := nil;
+  @glutCopyColormap := nil;
+  @glutGet := nil;
+  @glutDeviceGet := nil;
+  @glutExtensionSupported := nil;
+  @glutGetModifiers := nil;
+  @glutLayerGet := nil;
+  @glutBitmapCharacter := nil;
+  @glutBitmapWidth := nil;
+  @glutStrokeCharacter := nil;
+  @glutStrokeWidth := nil;
+  @glutBitmapLength := nil;
+  @glutStrokeLength := nil;
+  @glutWireSphere := nil;
+  @glutSolidSphere := nil;
+  @glutWireCone := nil;
+  @glutSolidCone := nil;
+  @glutWireCube := nil;
+  @glutSolidCube := nil;
+  @glutWireTorus := nil;
+  @glutSolidTorus := nil;
+  @glutWireDodecahedron := nil;
+  @glutSolidDodecahedron := nil;
+  @glutWireTeapot := nil;
+  @glutSolidTeapot := nil;
+  @glutWireOctahedron := nil;
+  @glutSolidOctahedron := nil;
+  @glutWireTetrahedron := nil;
+  @glutSolidTetrahedron := nil;
+  @glutWireIcosahedron := nil;
+  @glutSolidIcosahedron := nil;
+  @glutVideoResizeGet := nil;
+  @glutSetupVideoResizing := nil;
+  @glutStopVideoResizing := nil;
+  @glutVideoResize := nil;
+  @glutVideoPan := nil;
+  @glutReportErrors := nil;
+
+end;
+
+procedure LoadGlut(const dll: PChar);
+begin
+
+  FreeGlut;
+
+  if LoadModule( LibGLUT, dll ) then
+  begin
+    @glutInit := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutInit');
+    @glutInitDisplayMode := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutInitDisplayMode');
+    @glutInitDisplayString := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutInitDisplayString');
+    @glutInitWindowPosition := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutInitWindowPosition');
+    @glutInitWindowSize := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutInitWindowSize');
+    @glutMainLoop := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutMainLoop');
+    @glutCreateWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutCreateWindow');
+    @glutCreateSubWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutCreateSubWindow');
+    @glutDestroyWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutDestroyWindow');
+    @glutPostRedisplay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPostRedisplay');
+    @glutPostWindowRedisplay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPostWindowRedisplay');
+    @glutSwapBuffers := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSwapBuffers');
+    @glutGetWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGetWindow');
+    @glutSetWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetWindow');
+    @glutSetWindowTitle := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetWindowTitle');
+    @glutSetIconTitle := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetIconTitle');
+    @glutPositionWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPositionWindow');
+    @glutReshapeWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutReshapeWindow');
+    @glutPopWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPopWindow');
+    @glutPushWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPushWindow');
+    @glutIconifyWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutIconifyWindow');
+    @glutShowWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutShowWindow');
+    @glutHideWindow := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutHideWindow');
+    @glutFullScreen := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutFullScreen');
+    @glutSetCursor := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetCursor');
+    @glutWarpPointer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWarpPointer');
+    @glutEstablishOverlay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutEstablishOverlay');
+    @glutRemoveOverlay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutRemoveOverlay');
+    @glutUseLayer := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutUseLayer');
+    @glutPostOverlayRedisplay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPostOverlayRedisplay');
+    @glutPostWindowOverlayRedisplay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPostWindowOverlayRedisplay');
+    @glutShowOverlay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutShowOverlay');
+    @glutHideOverlay := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutHideOverlay');
+    @glutCreateMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutCreateMenu');
+    @glutDestroyMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutDestroyMenu');
+    @glutGetMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGetMenu');
+    @glutSetMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetMenu');
+    @glutAddMenuEntry := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutAddMenuEntry');
+    @glutAddSubMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutAddSubMenu');
+    @glutChangeToMenuEntry := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutChangeToMenuEntry');
+    @glutChangeToSubMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutChangeToSubMenu');
+    @glutRemoveMenuItem := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutRemoveMenuItem');
+    @glutAttachMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutAttachMenu');
+    @glutDetachMenu := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutDetachMenu');
+    @glutDisplayFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutDisplayFunc');
+    @glutReshapeFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutReshapeFunc');
+    @glutKeyboardFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutKeyboardFunc');
+    @glutMouseFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutMouseFunc');
+    @glutMotionFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutMotionFunc');
+    @glutPassiveMotionFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutPassiveMotionFunc');
+    @glutEntryFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutEntryFunc');
+    @glutVisibilityFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutVisibilityFunc');
+    @glutIdleFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutIdleFunc');
+    @glutTimerFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutTimerFunc');
+    @glutMenuStateFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutMenuStateFunc');
+    @glutSpecialFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSpecialFunc');
+    @glutSpaceballMotionFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSpaceballMotionFunc');
+    @glutSpaceballRotateFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSpaceballRotateFunc');
+    @glutSpaceballButtonFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSpaceballButtonFunc');
+    @glutButtonBoxFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutButtonBoxFunc');
+    @glutDialsFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutDialsFunc');
+    @glutTabletMotionFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutTabletMotionFunc');
+    @glutTabletButtonFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutTabletButtonFunc');
+    @glutMenuStatusFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutMenuStatusFunc');
+    @glutOverlayDisplayFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutOverlayDisplayFunc');
+    @glutWindowStatusFunc := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWindowStatusFunc');
+    @glutSetColor := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetColor');
+    @glutGetColor := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGetColor');
+    @glutCopyColormap := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutCopyColormap');
+    @glutGet := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGet');
+    @glutDeviceGet := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutDeviceGet');
+    @glutExtensionSupported := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutExtensionSupported');
+    @glutGetModifiers := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGetModifiers');
+    @glutLayerGet := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutLayerGet');
+    @glutBitmapCharacter := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutBitmapCharacter');
+    @glutBitmapWidth := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutBitmapWidth');
+    @glutStrokeCharacter := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutStrokeCharacter');
+    @glutStrokeWidth := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutStrokeWidth');
+    @glutBitmapLength := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutBitmapLength');
+    @glutStrokeLength := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutStrokeLength');
+    @glutWireSphere := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireSphere');
+    @glutSolidSphere := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidSphere');
+    @glutWireCone := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireCone');
+    @glutSolidCone := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidCone');
+    @glutWireCube := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireCube');
+    @glutSolidCube := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidCube');
+    @glutWireTorus := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireTorus');
+    @glutSolidTorus := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidTorus');
+    @glutWireDodecahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireDodecahedron');
+    @glutSolidDodecahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidDodecahedron');
+    @glutWireTeapot := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireTeapot');
+    @glutSolidTeapot := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidTeapot');
+    @glutWireOctahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireOctahedron');
+    @glutSolidOctahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidOctahedron');
+    @glutWireTetrahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireTetrahedron');
+    @glutSolidTetrahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidTetrahedron');
+    @glutWireIcosahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutWireIcosahedron');
+    @glutSolidIcosahedron := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSolidIcosahedron');
+    @glutVideoResizeGet := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutVideoResizeGet');
+    @glutSetupVideoResizing := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutSetupVideoResizing');
+    @glutStopVideoResizing := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutStopVideoResizing');
+    @glutVideoResize := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutVideoResize');
+    @glutVideoPan := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutVideoPan');
+    @glutReportErrors := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutReportErrors');
+    @glutGameModeString := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGameModeString');
+    @glutEnterGameMode  := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutEnterGameMode');
+    @glutLeaveGameMode  := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutLeaveGameMode');
+    @glutGameModeGet    := GetModuleSymbol(LibGLUT, 'glutGameModeGet');
+  end;
+end;
+
+initialization
+  LoadGlut( GlutLibName );
+
+finalization
+  FreeGlut;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glx.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glx.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9f36d2b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glx.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+unit glx;
+{
+  $Id: glx.pas,v 1.3 2006/11/20 21:20:59 savage Exp $
+
+  Translation of the Mesa GLX headers for FreePascal
+  Copyright (C) 1999 Sebastian Guenther
+
+
+  Mesa 3-D graphics library
+  Version:  3.0
+  Copyright (C) 1995-1998  Brian Paul
+
+  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+  Library General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+  License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+  Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+}
+
+// {$MODE delphi}  // objfpc would not work because of direct proc var assignments
+
+{You have to enable Macros (compiler switch "-Sm") for compiling this unit!
+ This is necessary for supporting different platforms with different calling
+ conventions via a single unit.}
+
+{
+  $Log: glx.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.3  2006/11/20 21:20:59  savage
+  Updated to work in MacOS X
+
+  Revision 1.2  2006/04/18 18:38:33  savage
+  fixed boolean test - thanks grudzio
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/03/30 21:53:55  savage
+  Moved to it's own folder.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/02/15 22:48:35  savage
+  More FPC and FreeBSD support changes.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/14 22:36:29  savage
+  Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
+  Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:09:19  savage
+  Changed uses to now make use of moduleloader.pas rather than dllfuncs.pas
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  Revision 1.1  2003/05/11 13:18:03  savage
+  Newest OpenGL Headers For Delphi, Kylix and FPC
+
+  Revision 1.1  2002/10/13 13:57:31  sg
+  * Finally, the new units are available: Match the C headers more closely;
+    support for OpenGL extensions, and much more. Based on the Delphi units
+    by Tom Nuydens of delphi3d.net
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  uses
+    {$IFDEF FPC}
+    x,
+    xlib,
+    xutil;
+    {$ELSE}
+    xlib;
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$DEFINE HasGLX}  // Activate GLX stuff
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MESSAGE Unsupported platform.}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF HasGLX}
+  {$MESSAGE GLX not present on this platform.}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+// =======================================================
+//   Unit specific extensions
+// =======================================================
+
+// Note: Requires that the GL library has already been initialized
+function InitGLX: Boolean;
+
+var
+  GLXDumpUnresolvedFunctions,
+  GLXInitialized: Boolean;
+
+
+// =======================================================
+//   GLX consts, types and functions
+// =======================================================
+
+// Tokens for glXChooseVisual and glXGetConfig:
+const
+  GLX_USE_GL                            = 1;
+  GLX_BUFFER_SIZE                       = 2;
+  GLX_LEVEL                             = 3;
+  GLX_RGBA                              = 4;
+  GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER                      = 5;
+  GLX_STEREO                            = 6;
+  GLX_AUX_BUFFERS                       = 7;
+  GLX_RED_SIZE                          = 8;
+  GLX_GREEN_SIZE                        = 9;
+  GLX_BLUE_SIZE                         = 10;
+  GLX_ALPHA_SIZE                        = 11;
+  GLX_DEPTH_SIZE                        = 12;
+  GLX_STENCIL_SIZE                      = 13;
+  GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE                    = 14;
+  GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE                  = 15;
+  GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE                   = 16;
+  GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE                  = 17;
+
+  // GLX_EXT_visual_info extension
+  GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE_EXT                 = $22;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT              = $23;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT       = $24;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT         = $25;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT       = $26;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT        = $27;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT       = $28;
+
+
+  // Error codes returned by glXGetConfig:
+  GLX_BAD_SCREEN                        = 1;
+  GLX_BAD_ATTRIBUTE                     = 2;
+  GLX_NO_EXTENSION                      = 3;
+  GLX_BAD_VISUAL                        = 4;
+  GLX_BAD_CONTEXT                       = 5;
+  GLX_BAD_VALUE                         = 6;
+  GLX_BAD_ENUM                          = 7;
+
+  // GLX 1.1 and later:
+  GLX_VENDOR                            = 1;
+  GLX_VERSION                           = 2;
+  GLX_EXTENSIONS                        = 3;
+
+  // GLX_visual_info extension
+  GLX_TRUE_COLOR_EXT                    = $8002;
+  GLX_DIRECT_COLOR_EXT                  = $8003;
+  GLX_PSEUDO_COLOR_EXT                  = $8004;
+  GLX_STATIC_COLOR_EXT                  = $8005;
+  GLX_GRAY_SCALE_EXT                    = $8006;
+  GLX_STATIC_GRAY_EXT                   = $8007;
+  GLX_NONE_EXT                          = $8000;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_RGB_EXT               = $8008;
+  GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_EXT             = $8009;
+
+type
+  // From XLib:
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  TXID = XID;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  XPixmap = TXID;
+  XFont = TXID;
+  XColormap = TXID;
+
+  GLXContext = Pointer;
+  GLXPixmap = TXID;
+  GLXDrawable = TXID;
+  GLXContextID = TXID;
+
+var
+  glXChooseVisual: function(dpy: PDisplay; screen: Integer; var attribList: Integer): PXVisualInfo; cdecl;
+  glXCreateContext: function(dpy: PDisplay; vis: PXVisualInfo; shareList: GLXContext; direct: Boolean): GLXContext; cdecl;
+  glXDestroyContext: procedure(dpy: PDisplay; ctx: GLXContext); cdecl;
+  glXMakeCurrent: function(dpy: PDisplay; drawable: GLXDrawable; ctx: GLXContext): Boolean; cdecl;
+  glXCopyContext: procedure(dpy: PDisplay; src, dst: GLXContext; mask: LongWord); cdecl;
+  glXSwapBuffers: procedure(dpy: PDisplay; drawable: GLXDrawable); cdecl;
+  glXCreateGLXPixmap: function(dpy: PDisplay; visual: PXVisualInfo; pixmap: XPixmap): GLXPixmap; cdecl;
+  glXDestroyGLXPixmap: procedure(dpy: PDisplay; pixmap: GLXPixmap); cdecl;
+  glXQueryExtension: function(dpy: PDisplay; var errorb, event: Integer): Boolean; cdecl;
+  glXQueryVersion: function(dpy: PDisplay; var maj, min: Integer): Boolean; cdecl;
+  glXIsDirect: function(dpy: PDisplay; ctx: GLXContext): Boolean; cdecl;
+  glXGetConfig: function(dpy: PDisplay; visual: PXVisualInfo; attrib: Integer; var value: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+  glXGetCurrentContext: function: GLXContext; cdecl;
+  glXGetCurrentDrawable: function: GLXDrawable; cdecl;
+  glXWaitGL: procedure; cdecl;
+  glXWaitX: procedure; cdecl;
+  glXUseXFont: procedure(font: XFont; first, count, list: Integer); cdecl;
+
+  // GLX 1.1 and later
+  glXQueryExtensionsString: function(dpy: PDisplay; screen: Integer): PChar; cdecl;
+  glXQueryServerString: function(dpy: PDisplay; screen, name: Integer): PChar; cdecl;
+  glXGetClientString: function(dpy: PDisplay; name: Integer): PChar; cdecl;
+
+  // Mesa GLX Extensions
+  glXCreateGLXPixmapMESA: function(dpy: PDisplay; visual: PXVisualInfo; pixmap: XPixmap; cmap: XColormap): GLXPixmap; cdecl;
+  glXReleaseBufferMESA: function(dpy: PDisplay; d: GLXDrawable): Boolean; cdecl;
+  glXCopySubBufferMESA: procedure(dpy: PDisplay; drawbale: GLXDrawable; x, y, width, height: Integer); cdecl;
+  glXGetVideoSyncSGI: function(var counter: LongWord): Integer; cdecl;
+  glXWaitVideoSyncSGI: function(divisor, remainder: Integer; var count: LongWord): Integer; cdecl;
+
+
+// =======================================================
+//
+// =======================================================
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  SysUtils,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  moduleloader;
+
+(* {$LINKLIB m}  *)
+
+var
+  libGLX: TModuleHandle;
+
+function InitGLXFromLibrary( dll : PChar ): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  if not LoadModule( libGLX, dll ) then
+    exit;
+
+  glXChooseVisual := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXChooseVisual');
+  glXCreateContext := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXCreateContext');
+  glXDestroyContext := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXDestroyContext');
+  glXMakeCurrent := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXMakeCurrent');
+  glXCopyContext := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXCopyContext');
+  glXSwapBuffers := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXSwapBuffers');
+  glXCreateGLXPixmap := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXCreateGLXPixmap');
+  glXDestroyGLXPixmap := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXDestroyGLXPixmap');
+  glXQueryExtension := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXQueryExtension');
+  glXQueryVersion := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXQueryVersion');
+  glXIsDirect := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXIsDirect');
+  glXGetConfig := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXGetConfig');
+  glXGetCurrentContext := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXGetCurrentContext');
+  glXGetCurrentDrawable := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXGetCurrentDrawable');
+  glXWaitGL := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXWaitGL');
+  glXWaitX := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXWaitX');
+  glXUseXFont := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXUseXFont');
+  // GLX 1.1 and later
+  glXQueryExtensionsString := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXQueryExtensionsString');
+  glXQueryServerString := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXQueryServerString');
+  glXGetClientString := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXGetClientString');
+  // Mesa GLX Extensions
+  glXCreateGLXPixmapMESA := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXCreateGLXPixmapMESA');
+  glXReleaseBufferMESA := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXReleaseBufferMESA');
+  glXCopySubBufferMESA := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXCopySubBufferMESA');
+  glXGetVideoSyncSGI := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXGetVideoSyncSGI');
+  glXWaitVideoSyncSGI := GetModuleSymbol(libglx, 'glXWaitVideoSyncSGI');
+
+  GLXInitialized := True;
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+function InitGLX: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := InitGLXFromLibrary('libGL.so.1') or
+            InitGLXFromLibrary('libMesaGL.so') or
+            InitGLXFromLibrary('libMesaGL.so.3');
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  InitGLX;
+finalization
+  UnloadModule(libGLX);
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/Readme.txt b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/Readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f176d0c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/Readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Delphi interface unit for OpenGL version 1.2 compilable with Delphi 3-6 and Kylix.
+
+This unit is open source under the Mozilla Public License and 
+the original author is Dipl. Ing. Mike Lischke (public@lischke-online.de).
+
+You can obtain this unit also from the JEDI (Joint Endeavor of Delphi Innovators) 
+API page at www.delphi-jedi.org.
+
+Note for GLScene users: Eric Grange has provided a general vector types unit which 
+resolves conflicts for types which are defined in OpenGL12.pas as well as Geometry.pas.
+This unit is located in the sub folder "GLScene AddOn".
+Please add this unit to the uses clause of OpenGL12.pas and remove the few types which 
+are already declared in VectorTypes.pas.
+
+For tests and as starting point three demos are included into the package. Two of them (GLDiag and GLTest)
+need the (also provided) simple OpenGL control GLControl (see "GLControl\Package").
+
+- Basic is a very simple test program which only uses an empty form.
+- GLTest (in GLControl) uses GLControl to show four rendering contexts simultanously.
+- GLDiag is a diagnosis tool similar to DXDiag which shows some properties of the current
+   OpenGL driver implementation.
+
+Have fun and 
+
+Ciao, Mike
+www.lischke-online.de
+www.delphi-unicode.net
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/jedi-sdl.inc b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/jedi-sdl.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31817d24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/jedi-sdl.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+{
+  $Id: jedi-sdl.inc,v 1.15 2007/05/29 21:30:48 savage Exp $
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                          }
+{       Global Conditional Definitions for JEDI-SDL cross-compilation          }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{  Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku <http://www.bigfoot.com/~African_Chief/>         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku are                           }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2100 Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku.                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{  Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku <http://www.bigfoot.com/~African_Chief/>         }
+{  Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{ This code has been copied from...                                            }
+{ Global Conditional Definitions for Chief's UNZIP package                     }
+{ By Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief)                            }
+{          http://www.bigfoot.com/~African_Chief/                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   2003-04-03   DL - Initial addition                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   2003-04-07   DL - Added Macro ON derective for FPC and OpenGL and removed  }
+{                WEAKPACKAGE derective. WEAKPACKAGE should be set when         }
+{                appropriate.                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{   2003-04-23 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy I have added      }
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief) }
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   2004-01-19 - DL : Under instruction from Marco van de Voort, I have added  }
+{                     Better FPC support for FreeBSD.                          }
+{                                                                              }
+(*
+  $Log: jedi-sdl.inc,v $
+  Revision 1.15  2007/05/29 21:30:48  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.14  2007/05/20 20:29:11  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.13  2007/01/21 15:51:45  savage
+  Added Delphi 2006 support
+
+  Revision 1.12  2006/11/19 18:41:01  savage
+  removed THREADING ON flag as it is no longer needed in latest versions of FPC.
+
+  Revision 1.11  2006/01/04 00:52:41  drellis
+  Updated to include defined for ENDIAN values, SDL_BYTEORDER should now be correctly defined depending onthe platform. Code taken from sdl_mixer
+
+  Revision 1.10  2005/05/22 18:42:31  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2004/12/23 23:42:17  savage
+  Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2004/10/20 22:43:04  savage
+  Ensure that UNSAFE type warning are off in D9 as well
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/04/05 09:59:51  savage
+  Changes for FreePacal as suggested by Marco
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/03/31 22:18:15  savage
+  Small comment for turning off warning under GnuPascal
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/03/30 22:41:02  savage
+  Added extra commenting due to previous compiler directive
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/03/30 22:08:33  savage
+  Added Kylix Define
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/03/30 21:34:40  savage
+  {$H+} needed for FPC compatiblity
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+*)
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{.$define Debug}           { uncomment for debugging }
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+  {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+    {$I-}
+    {$W-} // turn off GPC warnings
+    {$X+}
+  {$ELSE} {__GPC__}
+    {$IFDEF Debug}
+      {$F+,D+,Q-,L+,R+,I-,S+,Y+,A+}
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$F+,Q-,R-,S-,I-,A+}
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF} {__GPC__}
+{$ELSE}  {FPC}
+  //{$M+}
+{$ENDIF} {FPC}
+
+{$IFDEF LINUX}
+{$DEFINE UNIX}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF ver70}
+   {$IFDEF Windows}
+     {$DEFINE Win16}
+   {$ENDIF Windows}
+   {$IFDEF MSDOS}
+     {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+   {$ENDIF MSDOS}
+   {$IFDEF DPMI}
+     {$DEFINE BP_DPMI}
+   {$ENDIF}
+   {$DEFINE OS_16_BIT}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+{$ENDIF ver70}
+
+{$IFDEF ver80}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 1.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi16}
+   {$DEFINE Win16}
+   {$DEFINE OS_16_BIT}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+{$ENDIF ver80}
+
+{$IFDEF ver90}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WIN32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver90}
+
+{$IFDEF ver100}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 3.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WIN32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver100}
+
+{$IFDEF ver93}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {C++ Builder 1.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver93}
+
+{$IFDEF ver110}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {C++ Builder 3.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver110}
+
+{$IFDEF ver120}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 4.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver120}
+
+{$IFDEF ver130}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 5.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE WINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF ver130}
+
+{$IFDEF ver140}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 6.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver140}
+
+{$IFDEF ver150}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 7.x}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver150}
+
+{$IFDEF ver160}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 8}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver160}
+
+{$IFDEF ver170}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2005}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi9UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver170}
+
+{$IFDEF ver180}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2006}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi9UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi10UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver180}
+
+{$IFDEF ver185}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}      {Delphi 2007}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi32}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi4UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi5UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi6UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi7UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi8UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi9UP}
+   {$DEFINE Delphi10UP}
+   {$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF} {Disable warning for unsafe types in Delphi 7}
+   {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+   {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF ver180}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$ifdef VER140}    // Kylix 1 & 2
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX1UP}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX2UP}
+    {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER150}   // Kylix 3
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX1UP}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX2UP}
+    {$DEFINE KYLIX3UP}
+    {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+  {$endif}
+{$ENDIF UNIX}
+
+{$IFDEF VirtualPascal} {  Virtual Pascal 2.x }
+   {$DEFINE Delphi}    {  Use Delphi Syntax }
+   {$DEFINE VP2}
+   {&Delphi+}
+{$ENDIF VirtualPascal}
+
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+  {$DEFINE Windows}
+  {$DEFINE USE_STDCALL}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4}
+  //{$ALIGN ON}
+{$ENDIF Delphi}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}          { use Delphi compatibility mode }
+  {$H+}
+  {$PACKRECORDS C}        // Added for record
+  {$PACKENUM 4}           // Use 4-byte enums
+  {$MACRO ON}             // Added For OpenGL
+  {$DEFINE Delphi}
+  {$DEFINE UseAT}
+  {$UNDEF USE_STDCALL}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+  {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+  {$DEFINE Has_Int64}
+  {$DEFINE NOCRT}
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+     {$DEFINE fpc_unix}
+  {$ELSE}
+     {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+   {$DEFINE UseWin}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$DEFINE HAS_TYPES}
+{$ENDIF FPC}
+
+{$IFDEF Win16}
+  {$K+}   {smart callbacks}
+{$ENDIF Win16}
+
+ {$IFDEF OS2}
+    {$UNDEF Windows}
+    {$DEFINE UseWin}
+    {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+ {$ENDIF OS2}
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$UNDEF UseWin}
+  {$UNDEF USE_STDCALL}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+  {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+  {$DEFINE NOCRT}
+  {$DEFINE cdecl attribute(cdecl)}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __TMT__}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+  {$DEFINE NO_EXPORTS}
+  {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+  {$DEFINE UseAT}
+  {$IFNDEF MSDOS}
+    {$DEFINE USE_STDCALL}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF __WIN32__}
+    {$DEFINE Win32}
+    {$DEFINE UseWin}
+    {$DEFINE NOCRT}
+    {$DEFINE Win32}
+    {$IFNDEF __CON__}
+      {$DEFINE Windows}
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$A+}  // Word alignment data
+  {$OA+} // Objects and structures align
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$DEFINE OS_BigMem}
+{$ELSE MSWINDOWS}
+  {$IFDEF ver70}
+    {$DEFINE assembler}
+  {$ENDIF} { use 16-bit assembler! }
+{$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+
+{ ************************** dos/dos-like platforms **************}
+{$IFDEF Windows}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+   {$DEFINE UseWin}
+   {$DEFINE MSWINDOWS}
+{$ENDIF Delphi}
+
+{$IFDEF OS2}
+   {$DEFINE __OS_DOS__}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF Delphi}
+
+{$IFDEF UseWin}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Win16}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF BP_DPMI}
+   {$DEFINE Can_Use_DLL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF USE_STDCALL}
+   {$IFNDEF __TMT__}
+     {$DEFINE BY_NAME}
+   {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF ver70}
+  {$UNDEF assembler}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{*************** define LITTLE ENDIAN platforms ********************}
+
+
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+{$DEFINE IA32}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF KYLIX}
+{$DEFINE IA32}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+{$IFDEF FPC_LITTLE_ENDIAN}
+   {$DEFINE IA32}
+{$ELSE FPC_LITTLE_ENDIAN}
+   {$UNDEF IA32}
+{$ENDIF FPC_LITTLE_ENDIAN}
+{$ENDIF}
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63e7b7fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/libxmlparser.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2688 @@
+(**
+===============================================================================================
+Name    : LibXmlParser
+===============================================================================================
+Project : All Projects
+===============================================================================================
+Subject : Progressive XML Parser for all types of XML Files
+===============================================================================================
+Author  : Stefan Heymann
+          Eschenweg 3
+          72076 Tübingen
+          GERMANY
+
+E-Mail:   stefan@destructor.de
+URL:      www.destructor.de
+===============================================================================================
+Source, Legals ("Licence")
+--------------------------
+The official site to get this parser is http://www.destructor.de/
+
+Usage and Distribution of this Source Code is ruled by the
+"Destructor.de Source code Licence" (DSL) which comes with this file or
+can be downloaded at http://www.destructor.de/
+
+IN SHORT: Usage and distribution of this source code is free.
+          You use it completely on your own risk.
+
+Postcardware
+------------
+If you like this code, please send a postcard of your city to my above address.
+===============================================================================================
+!!!  All parts of this code which are not finished or not conforming exactly to
+     the XmlSpec are marked with three exclamation marks
+
+-!-  Parts where the parser may be able to detect errors in the document's syntax are
+     marked with the dash-exlamation mark-dash sequence.
+===============================================================================================
+Terminology:
+------------
+- Start:   Start of a buffer part
+- Final:   End (last character) of a buffer part
+- DTD:     Document Type Definition
+- DTDc:    Document Type Declaration
+- XMLSpec: The current W3C XML Recommendation (version 1.0 as of 1998-02-10), Chapter No.
+- Cur*:    Fields concerning the "Current" part passed back by the "Scan" method
+===============================================================================================
+Scanning the XML document
+-------------------------
+- Create TXmlParser Instance                     MyXml := TXmlParser.Create;
+- Load XML Document                              MyXml.LoadFromFile (Filename);
+- Start Scanning                                 MyXml.StartScan;
+- Scan Loop                                      WHILE MyXml.Scan DO
+- Test for Part Type                               CASE MyXml.CurPartType OF
+- Handle Parts                                       ... : ;;;
+- Handle Parts                                       ... : ;;;
+- Handle Parts                                       ... : ;;;
+                                                     END;
+- Destroy                                        MyXml.Free;
+===============================================================================================
+Loading the XML document
+------------------------
+You can load the XML document from a file with the "LoadFromFile" method.
+It is beyond the scope of this parser to perform HTTP or FTP accesses. If you want your
+application to handle such requests (URLs), you can load the XML via HTTP or FTP or whatever
+protocol and hand over the data buffer using the "LoadFromBuffer" or "SetBuffer" method.
+"LoadFromBuffer" loads the internal buffer of TXmlParser with the given null-terminated
+string, thereby creating a copy of that buffer.
+"SetBuffer" just takes the pointer to another buffer, which means that the given
+buffer pointer must be valid while the document is accessed via TXmlParser.
+===============================================================================================
+Encodings:
+----------
+This XML parser kind of "understands" the following encodings:
+- UTF-8
+- ISO-8859-1
+- Windows-1252
+
+Any flavor of multi-byte characters (and this includes UTF-16) is not supported. Sorry.
+
+Every string which has to be passed to the application passes the virtual method
+"TranslateEncoding" which translates the string from the current encoding (stored in
+"CurEncoding") into the encoding the application wishes to receive.
+The "TranslateEncoding" method that is built into TXmlParser assumes that the application
+wants to receive Windows ANSI (Windows-1252, about the same as ISO-8859-1) and is able
+to convert UTF-8 and ISO-8859-1 encodings.
+For other source and target encodings, you will have to override "TranslateEncoding".
+===============================================================================================
+Buffer Handling
+---------------
+- The document must be loaded completely into a piece of RAM
+- All character positions are referenced by PChar pointers
+- The TXmlParser instance can either "own" the buffer itself (then, FBufferSize is > 0)
+  or reference the buffer of another instance or object (then, FBuffersize is 0 and
+  FBuffer is not NIL)
+- The Property DocBuffer passes back a pointer to the first byte of the document. If there
+  is no document stored (FBuffer is NIL), the DocBuffer returns a pointer to a NULL character.
+===============================================================================================
+Whitespace Handling
+-------------------
+The TXmlParser property "PackSpaces" determines how Whitespace is returned in Text Content:
+While PackSpaces is true, all leading and trailing whitespace characters are trimmed of, all
+Whitespace is converted to Space #x20 characters and contiguous Whitespace characters are
+compressed to one.
+If the "Scan" method reports a ptContent part, the application can get the original text
+with all whitespace characters by extracting the characters from "CurStart" to "CurFinal".
+If the application detects an xml:space attribute, it can set "PackSpaces" accordingly or
+use CurStart/CurFinal.
+Please note that TXmlParser does _not_ normalize Line Breaks to single LineFeed characters
+as the XmlSpec requires (XmlSpec 2.11).
+The xml:space attribute is not handled by TXmlParser. This is on behalf of the application.
+===============================================================================================
+Non-XML-Conforming
+------------------
+TXmlParser does not conform 100 % exactly to the XmlSpec:
+- UTF-16 is not supported (XmlSpec 2.2)
+  (Workaround: Convert UTF-16 to UTF-8 and hand the buffer over to TXmlParser)
+- As the parser only works with single byte strings, all Unicode characters > 255
+  can currently not be handled correctly.
+- Line breaks are not normalized to single Linefeed #x0A characters (XmlSpec 2.11)
+  (Workaround: The Application can access the text contents on its own [CurStart, CurFinal],
+  thereby applying every normalization it wishes to)
+- The attribute value normalization does not work exactly as defined in the
+  Second Edition of the XML 1.0 specification.
+- See also the code parts marked with three consecutive exclamation marks. These are
+  parts which are not finished in the current code release.
+
+This list may be incomplete, so it may grow if I get to know any other points.
+As work on the parser proceeds, this list may also shrink.
+===============================================================================================
+Things Todo
+-----------
+- Introduce a new event/callback which is called when there is an unresolvable
+  entity or character reference
+- Support Unicode
+- Use Streams instead of reading the whole XML into memory
+===============================================================================================
+Change History, Version numbers
+-------------------------------
+The Date is given in ISO Year-Month-Day (YYYY-MM-DD) order.
+Versions are counted from 1.0.0 beginning with the version from 2000-03-16.
+Unreleased versions don't get a version number.
+
+Date        Author Version Changes
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+2000-03-16  HeySt  1.0.0   Start
+2000-03-28  HeySt  1.0.1   Initial Publishing of TXmlParser on the destructor.de Web Site
+2000-03-30  HeySt  1.0.2   TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData: Call "TranslateEncoding" for CurContent
+2000-03-31  HeySt  1.0.3   Deleted the StrPosE function (was not needed anyway)
+2000-04-04  HeySt  1.0.4   TDtdElementRec modified: Start/Final for all Elements;
+                           Should be backwards compatible.
+                           AnalyzeDtdc: Set CurPartType to ptDtdc
+2000-04-23  HeySt  1.0.5   New class TObjectList. Eliminated reference to the Delphi 5
+                           "Contnrs" unit so LibXmlParser is Delphi 4 compatible.
+2000-07-03  HeySt  1.0.6   TNvpNode: Added Constructor
+2000-07-11  HeySt  1.0.7   Removed "Windows" from USES clause
+                           Added three-exclamation-mark comments for Utf8ToAnsi/AnsiToUtf8
+                           Added three-exclamation-mark comments for CHR function calls
+2000-07-23  HeySt  1.0.8   TXmlParser.Clear: CurAttr.Clear; EntityStack.Clear;
+                           (This was not a bug; just defensive programming)
+2000-07-29  HeySt  1.0.9   TNvpList: Added methods: Node(Index), Value(Index), Name(Index);
+2000-10-07  HeySt          Introduced Conditional Defines
+                           Uses Contnrs unit and its TObjectList class again for
+                           Delphi 5 and newer versions
+2001-01-30  HeySt          Introduced Version Numbering
+                           Made LoadFromFile and LoadFromBuffer BOOLEAN functions
+                           Introduced FileMode parameter for LoadFromFile
+                           BugFix: TAttrList.Analyze: Must add CWhitespace to ExtractName call
+                           Comments worked over
+2001-02-28  HeySt  1.0.10  Completely worked over and tested the UTF-8 functions
+                           Fixed a bug in TXmlParser.Scan which caused it to start over when it
+                           was called after the end of scanning, resulting in an endless loop
+                           TEntityStack is now a TObjectList instead of TList
+2001-07-03  HeySt  1.0.11  Updated Compiler Version IFDEFs for Kylix
+2001-07-11  HeySt  1.0.12  New TCustomXmlScanner component (taken over from LibXmlComps.pas)
+2001-07-14  HeySt  1.0.13  Bugfix TCustomXmlScanner.FOnTranslateEncoding
+2001-10-22  HeySt          Don't clear CurName anymore when the parser finds a CDATA section.
+2001-12-03  HeySt  1.0.14  TObjectList.Clear: Make call to INHERITED method (fixes a memory leak)
+2001-12-05  HeySt  1.0.15  TObjectList.Clear: removed call to INHERITED method
+                           TObjectList.Destroy: Inserted SetCapacity call.
+                           Reduces need for frequent re-allocation of pointer buffer
+                           Dedicated to my father, Theodor Heymann
+2002-06-26  HeySt  1.0.16  TXmlParser.Scan: Fixed a bug with PIs whose name is beginning
+                           with 'xml'. Thanks to Uwe Kamm for submitting this bug.
+                           The CurEncoding property is now always in uppercase letters (the XML
+                           spec wants it to be treated case independently so when it's uppercase
+                           comparisons are faster)
+2002-03-04  HeySt  1.0.17  Included an IFDEF for Delphi 7 (VER150) and Kylix
+                           There is a new symbol HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT which is used now to
+                           distinguish between IDEs which come with the Contnrs unit and
+                           those that don't.
+*)
+
+UNIT libxmlparser;
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+INTERFACE
+
+USES
+  SysUtils, Classes,
+  (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *)  // The Contnrs Unit was introduced in Delphi 5
+  Contnrs,
+  (*$ENDIF*)
+  Math;
+
+CONST
+  CVersion = '1.0.17';  // This variable will be updated for every release
+                        // (I hope, I won't forget to do it everytime ...)
+
+TYPE
+  TPartType    = // --- Document Part Types
+                 (ptNone,            // Nothing
+                  ptXmlProlog,       // XML Prolog                  XmlSpec 2.8 / 4.3.1
+                  ptComment,         // Comment                     XmlSpec 2.5
+                  ptPI,              // Processing Instruction      XmlSpec 2.6
+                  ptDtdc,            // Document Type Declaration   XmlSpec 2.8
+                  ptStartTag,        // Start Tag                   XmlSpec 3.1
+                  ptEmptyTag,        // Empty-Element Tag           XmlSpec 3.1
+                  ptEndTag,          // End Tag                     XmlSpec 3.1
+                  ptContent,         // Text Content between Tags
+                  ptCData);          // CDATA Section               XmlSpec 2.7
+
+  TDtdElemType = // --- DTD Elements
+                 (deElement,         // !ELEMENT declaration
+                  deAttList,         // !ATTLIST declaration
+                  deEntity,          // !ENTITY declaration
+                  deNotation,        // !NOTATION declaration
+                  dePI,              // PI in DTD
+                  deComment,         // Comment in DTD
+                  deError);          // Error found in the DTD
+
+TYPE
+  TAttrList    = CLASS;
+  TEntityStack = CLASS;
+  TNvpList     = CLASS;
+  TElemDef     = CLASS;
+  TElemList    = CLASS;
+  TEntityDef   = CLASS;
+  TNotationDef = CLASS;
+
+  TDtdElementRec = RECORD    // --- This Record is returned by the DTD parser callback function
+                     Start, Final : PChar;                             // Start/End of the Element's Declaration
+                     CASE ElementType : TDtdElemType OF                // Type of the Element
+                       deElement,                                      // <!ELEMENT>
+                       deAttList  : (ElemDef      : TElemDef);         // <!ATTLIST>
+                       deEntity   : (EntityDef    : TEntityDef);       // <!ENTITY>
+                       deNotation : (NotationDef  : TNotationDef);     // <!NOTATION>
+                       dePI       : (Target       : PChar;             // <?PI ?>
+                                     Content      : PChar;
+                                     AttrList     : TAttrList);
+                       deError    : (Pos          : PChar);            // Error
+                       // deComment : ((No additional fields here));   // <!-- Comment -->
+                   END;
+
+  TXmlParser = CLASS                             // --- Internal Properties and Methods
+               PROTECTED
+                 FBuffer      : PChar;           // NIL if there is no buffer available
+                 FBufferSize  : INTEGER;         // 0 if the buffer is not owned by the Document instance
+                 FSource      : STRING;          // Name of Source of document. Filename for Documents loaded with LoadFromFile
+
+                 FXmlVersion  : STRING;          // XML version from Document header. Default is '1.0'
+                 FEncoding    : STRING;          // Encoding from Document header. Default is 'UTF-8'
+                 FStandalone  : BOOLEAN;         // Standalone declaration from Document header. Default is 'yes'
+                 FRootName    : STRING;          // Name of the Root Element (= DTD name)
+                 FDtdcFinal   : PChar;           // Pointer to the '>' character terminating the DTD declaration
+
+                 FNormalize   : BOOLEAN;         // If true: Pack Whitespace and don't return empty contents
+                 EntityStack  : TEntityStack;    // Entity Stack for Parameter and General Entities
+                 FCurEncoding : STRING;          // Current Encoding during parsing (always uppercase)
+
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeProlog;                                         // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);     // Analyze Comments
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzePI      (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);     // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI)
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdc;                                           // Analyze Document Type Declaration
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar); // Analyze DTD declarations
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeTag;                                            // Analyze Start/End/Empty-Element Tags
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeCData;                                          // Analyze CDATA Sections
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN);                    // Analyze Text Content between Tags
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeElementDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeAttListDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeEntityDecl   (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+
+                 PROCEDURE PushPE (VAR Start : PChar);
+                 PROCEDURE ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+                 PROCEDURE ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+                 PROCEDURE ReplaceGeneralEntities   (VAR Str : STRING);
+
+                 FUNCTION GetDocBuffer : PChar;  // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty
+
+               PUBLIC                         // --- Document Properties
+                 PROPERTY XmlVersion : STRING  READ FXmlVersion;                 // XML version from the Document Prolog
+                 PROPERTY Encoding   : STRING  READ FEncoding;                   // Document Encoding from Prolog
+                 PROPERTY Standalone : BOOLEAN READ FStandalone;                 // Standalone Declaration from Prolog
+                 PROPERTY RootName   : STRING  READ FRootName;                   // Name of the Root Element
+                 PROPERTY Normalize  : BOOLEAN READ FNormalize WRITE FNormalize; // True if Content is to be normalized
+                 PROPERTY Source     : STRING  READ FSource;                     // Name of Document Source (Filename)
+                 PROPERTY DocBuffer  : PChar   READ GetDocBuffer;                // Returns document buffer
+               PUBLIC                         // --- DTD Objects
+                 Elements    : TElemList;     // Elements: List of TElemDef (contains Attribute Definitions)
+                 Entities    : TNvpList;      // General Entities: List of TEntityDef
+                 ParEntities : TNvpList;      // Parameter Entities: List of TEntityDef
+                 Notations   : TNvpList;      // Notations: List of TNotationDef
+               PUBLIC
+                 CONSTRUCTOR Create;
+                 DESTRUCTOR Destroy;                                      OVERRIDE;
+
+                 // --- Document Handling
+                 FUNCTION  LoadFromFile   (Filename : STRING;
+                                           FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN;
+                                                                          // Loads Document from given file
+                 FUNCTION  LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN;     // Loads Document from another buffer
+                 PROCEDURE SetBuffer      (Buffer : PChar);               // References another buffer
+                 PROCEDURE Clear;                                         // Clear Document
+
+               PUBLIC
+                 // --- Scanning through the document
+                 CurPartType : TPartType;                         // Current Type
+                 CurName     : STRING;                            // Current Name
+                 CurContent  : STRING;                            // Current Normalized Content
+                 CurStart    : PChar;                             // Current First character
+                 CurFinal    : PChar;                             // Current Last character
+                 CurAttr     : TAttrList;                         // Current Attribute List
+                 PROPERTY CurEncoding : STRING READ FCurEncoding; // Current Encoding
+                 PROCEDURE StartScan;
+                 FUNCTION  Scan : BOOLEAN;
+
+                 // --- Events / Callbacks
+                 FUNCTION  LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId,
+                                               Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;     VIRTUAL;
+                 FUNCTION  TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;     VIRTUAL;
+                 PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);        VIRTUAL;
+               END;
+
+  TValueType   = // --- Attribute Value Type
+                 (vtNormal,       // Normal specified Attribute
+                  vtImplied,      // #IMPLIED attribute value
+                  vtFixed,        // #FIXED attribute value
+                  vtDefault);     // Attribute value from default value in !ATTLIST declaration
+
+  TAttrDefault = // --- Attribute Default Type
+                 (adDefault,      // Normal default value
+                  adRequired,     // #REQUIRED attribute
+                  adImplied,      // #IMPLIED attribute
+                  adFixed);       // #FIXED attribute
+
+  TAttrType    = // --- Type of attribute
+                 (atUnknown,      // Unknown type
+                  atCData,        // Character data only
+                  atID,           // ID
+                  atIdRef,        // ID Reference
+                  atIdRefs,       // Several ID References, separated by Whitespace
+                  atEntity,       // Name of an unparsed Entity
+                  atEntities,     // Several unparsed Entity names, separated by Whitespace
+                  atNmToken,      // Name Token
+                  atNmTokens,     // Several Name Tokens, separated by Whitespace
+                  atNotation,     // A selection of Notation names (Unparsed Entity)
+                  atEnumeration); // Enumeration
+
+  TElemType    = // --- Element content type
+                 (etEmpty,        // Element is always empty
+                  etAny,          // Element can have any mixture of PCDATA and any elements
+                  etChildren,     // Element must contain only elements
+                  etMixed);       // Mixed PCDATA and elements
+
+  (*$IFDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT *)
+  TObjectList = Contnrs.TObjectList;    // Re-Export this identifier
+  (*$ELSE *)
+  TObjectList = CLASS (TList)
+                  DESTRUCTOR Destroy; OVERRIDE;
+                  PROCEDURE Delete (Index : INTEGER);
+                  PROCEDURE Clear; OVERRIDE;
+                END;
+  (*$ENDIF *)
+
+  TNvpNode  = CLASS                     // Name-Value Pair Node
+                 Name  : STRING;
+                 Value : STRING;
+                 CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheName : STRING = ''; TheValue : STRING = '');
+              END;
+
+  TNvpList  = CLASS (TObjectList)       // Name-Value Pair List
+                PROCEDURE Add   (Node  : TNvpNode);
+                FUNCTION  Node  (Name  : STRING)  : TNvpNode;  OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Node  (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode;  OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Value (Name  : STRING)  : STRING;    OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;    OVERLOAD;
+                FUNCTION  Name  (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
+              END;
+
+  TAttr     = CLASS (TNvpNode)          // Attribute of a Start-Tag or Empty-Element-Tag
+                 ValueType : TValueType;
+                 AttrType  : TAttrType;
+               END;
+
+  TAttrList = CLASS (TNvpList)          // List of Attributes
+                PROCEDURE Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+              END;
+
+  TEntityStack = CLASS (TObjectList)    // Stack where current position is stored before parsing entities
+                 PROTECTED
+                   Owner : TXmlParser;
+                 PUBLIC
+                   CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser);
+                   PROCEDURE Push (LastPos : PChar);                      OVERLOAD;
+                   PROCEDURE Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar);  OVERLOAD;
+                   FUNCTION  Pop : PChar;         // Returns next char or NIL if EOF is reached. Frees Instance.
+                 END;
+
+  TAttrDef    = CLASS (TNvpNode)        // Represents a <!ATTLIST Definition. "Value" is the default value
+                  TypeDef     : STRING;           // Type definition from the DTD
+                  Notations   : STRING;           // Notation List, separated by pipe symbols '|'
+                  AttrType    : TAttrType;        // Attribute Type
+                  DefaultType : TAttrDefault;     // Default Type
+                END;
+
+  TElemDef    = CLASS (TNvpList)       // Represents a <!ELEMENT Definition. Is a list of TAttrDef-Nodes
+                  Name       : STRING;            // Element name
+                  ElemType   : TElemType;         // Element type
+                  Definition : STRING;            // Element definition from DTD
+                END;
+
+  TElemList   = CLASS (TObjectList)    // List of TElemDef nodes
+                  FUNCTION  Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef;
+                  PROCEDURE Add (Node : TElemDef);
+                END;
+
+  TEntityDef  = CLASS (TNvpNode)       // Represents a <!ENTITY Definition.
+                  SystemId     : STRING;
+                  PublicId     : STRING;
+                  NotationName : STRING;
+                END;
+
+  TNotationDef = CLASS (TNvpNode)      // Represents a <!NOTATION Definition. Value is the System ID
+                   PublicId : STRING;
+                 END;
+
+  TCharset = SET OF CHAR;
+
+
+CONST
+  CWhitespace   = [#32, #9, #13, #10];                // Whitespace characters (XmlSpec 2.3)
+  CLetter       = [#$41..#$5A, #$61..#$7A, #$C0..#$D6, #$D8..#$F6, #$F8..#$FF];
+  CDigit        = [#$30..#$39];
+  CNameChar     = CLetter + CDigit + ['.', '-', '_', ':', #$B7];
+  CNameStart    = CLetter + ['_', ':'];
+  CQuoteChar    = ['"', ''''];
+  CPubidChar    = [#32, ^M, ^J, #9, 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9',
+                   '-', '''', '(', ')', '+', ',', '.', '/', ':',
+                   '=', '?', ';', '!', '*', '#', '@', '$', '_', '%'];
+
+  CDStart       = '<![CDATA[';
+  CDEnd         = ']]>';
+
+  // --- Name Constants for the above enumeration types
+  CPartType_Name : ARRAY [TPartType] OF STRING =
+                   ('', 'XML Prolog', 'Comment', 'PI',
+                    'DTD Declaration', 'Start Tag', 'Empty Tag', 'End Tag',
+                    'Text', 'CDATA');
+  CValueType_Name   : ARRAY [TValueType]    OF STRING = ('Normal', 'Implied', 'Fixed', 'Default');
+  CAttrDefault_Name : ARRAY [TAttrDefault]  OF STRING = ('Default', 'Required', 'Implied', 'Fixed');
+  CElemType_Name    : ARRAY [TElemType]     OF STRING = ('Empty', 'Any', 'Childs only', 'Mixed');
+  CAttrType_Name    : ARRAY [TAttrType]     OF STRING = ('Unknown', 'CDATA',
+                                                         'ID', 'IDREF', 'IDREFS',
+                                                         'ENTITY', 'ENTITIES',
+                                                         'NMTOKEN', 'NMTOKENS',
+                                                         'Notation', 'Enumeration');
+
+FUNCTION  ConvertWs   (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING;          // Convert WS to spaces #x20
+PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar);  // SetString by Start/Final of buffer
+FUNCTION  StrSFPas    (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING;                    // Convert buffer part to Pascal string
+FUNCTION  TrimWs      (Source : STRING) : STRING;                          // Trim Whitespace
+
+FUNCTION  AnsiToUtf8  (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING;                            // Convert Win-1252 to UTF-8
+FUNCTION  Utf8ToAnsi  (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING;  // Convert UTF-8 to Win-1252
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TCustomXmlScanner event based component wrapper for TXmlParser
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS;
+  TXmlPrologEvent   = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN) OF OBJECT;
+  TCommentEvent     = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Comment : STRING)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TPIEvent          = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList)    OF OBJECT;
+  TDtdEvent         = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; RootElementName : STRING)                           OF OBJECT;
+  TStartTagEvent    = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList)           OF OBJECT;
+  TEndTagEvent      = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; TagName : STRING)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TContentEvent     = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; Content : STRING)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TElementEvent     = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ElemDef : TElemDef)                                 OF OBJECT;
+  TEntityEvent      = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; EntityDef : TEntityDef)                             OF OBJECT;
+  TNotationEvent    = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; NotationDef : TNotationDef)                         OF OBJECT;
+  TErrorEvent       = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; ErrorPos : PChar)                                   OF OBJECT;
+  TExternalEvent    = PROCEDURE (Sender : TObject; SystemId, PublicId, NotationId : STRING;
+                                 VAR Result : TXmlParser)                                              OF OBJECT;
+  TEncodingEvent    = FUNCTION  (Sender : TObject; CurrentEncoding, Source : STRING) : STRING          OF OBJECT;
+
+
+  TCustomXmlScanner = CLASS (TComponent)
+    PROTECTED
+      FXmlParser           : TXmlParser;
+      FOnXmlProlog         : TXmlPrologEvent;
+      FOnComment           : TCommentEvent;
+      FOnPI                : TPIEvent;
+      FOnDtdRead           : TDtdEvent;
+      FOnStartTag          : TStartTagEvent;
+      FOnEmptyTag          : TStartTagEvent;
+      FOnEndTag            : TEndTagEvent;
+      FOnContent           : TContentEvent;
+      FOnCData             : TContentEvent;
+      FOnElement           : TElementEvent;
+      FOnAttList           : TElementEvent;
+      FOnEntity            : TEntityEvent;
+      FOnNotation          : TNotationEvent;
+      FOnDtdError          : TErrorEvent;
+      FOnLoadExternal      : TExternalEvent;
+      FOnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent;
+      FStopParser          : BOOLEAN;
+      FUNCTION  GetNormalize : BOOLEAN;
+      PROCEDURE SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN);
+
+      PROCEDURE WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN); VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenComment  (Comment : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenPI       (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);    VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenDtdRead  (RootElementName : STRING);                           VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);           VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);           VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenEndTag   (TagName : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenContent  (Content : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenCData    (Content : STRING);                                   VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenElement  (ElemDef : TElemDef);                                 VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenAttList  (ElemDef : TElemDef);                                 VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenEntity   (EntityDef : TEntityDef);                             VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef);                         VIRTUAL;
+      PROCEDURE WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar);                                   VIRTUAL;
+
+    PUBLIC
+      CONSTRUCTOR Create (AOwner: TComponent); OVERRIDE;
+      DESTRUCTOR Destroy;                      OVERRIDE;
+
+      PROCEDURE LoadFromFile   (Filename : TFilename);   // Load XML Document from file
+      PROCEDURE LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar);         // Load XML Document from buffer
+      PROCEDURE SetBuffer      (Buffer : PChar);         // Refer to Buffer
+      FUNCTION  GetFilename : TFilename;
+
+      PROCEDURE Execute;                                 // Perform scanning
+
+    PROTECTED
+      PROPERTY XmlParser           : TXmlParser        READ FXmlParser;
+      PROPERTY StopParser          : BOOLEAN           READ FStopParser          WRITE FStopParser;
+      PROPERTY Filename            : TFilename         READ GetFilename          WRITE LoadFromFile;
+      PROPERTY Normalize           : BOOLEAN           READ GetNormalize         WRITE SetNormalize;
+      PROPERTY OnXmlProlog         : TXmlPrologEvent   READ FOnXmlProlog         WRITE FOnXmlProlog;
+      PROPERTY OnComment           : TCommentEvent     READ FOnComment           WRITE FOnComment;
+      PROPERTY OnPI                : TPIEvent          READ FOnPI                WRITE FOnPI;
+      PROPERTY OnDtdRead           : TDtdEvent         READ FOnDtdRead           WRITE FOnDtdRead;
+      PROPERTY OnStartTag          : TStartTagEvent    READ FOnStartTag          WRITE FOnStartTag;
+      PROPERTY OnEmptyTag          : TStartTagEvent    READ FOnEmptyTag          WRITE FOnEmptyTag;
+      PROPERTY OnEndTag            : TEndTagEvent      READ FOnEndTag            WRITE FOnEndTag;
+      PROPERTY OnContent           : TContentEvent     READ FOnContent           WRITE FOnContent;
+      PROPERTY OnCData             : TContentEvent     READ FOnCData             WRITE FOnCData;
+      PROPERTY OnElement           : TElementEvent     READ FOnElement           WRITE FOnElement;
+      PROPERTY OnAttList           : TElementEvent     READ FOnAttList           WRITE FOnAttList;
+      PROPERTY OnEntity            : TEntityEvent      READ FOnEntity            WRITE FOnEntity;
+      PROPERTY OnNotation          : TNotationEvent    READ FOnNotation          WRITE FOnNotation;
+      PROPERTY OnDtdError          : TErrorEvent       READ FOnDtdError          WRITE FOnDtdError;
+      PROPERTY OnLoadExternal      : TExternalEvent    READ FOnLoadExternal      WRITE FOnLoadExternal;
+      PROPERTY OnTranslateEncoding : TEncodingEvent    READ FOnTranslateEncoding WRITE FOnTranslateEncoding;
+    END;
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+IMPLEMENTATION
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+IMPLEMENTATION
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+Unicode and UTF-8 stuff
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONST
+  // --- Character Translation Table for Unicode <-> Win-1252
+  WIN1252_UNICODE : ARRAY [$00..$FF] OF WORD = (
+                    $0000, $0001, $0002, $0003, $0004, $0005, $0006, $0007, $0008, $0009,
+                    $000A, $000B, $000C, $000D, $000E, $000F, $0010, $0011, $0012, $0013,
+                    $0014, $0015, $0016, $0017, $0018, $0019, $001A, $001B, $001C, $001D,
+                    $001E, $001F, $0020, $0021, $0022, $0023, $0024, $0025, $0026, $0027,
+                    $0028, $0029, $002A, $002B, $002C, $002D, $002E, $002F, $0030, $0031,
+                    $0032, $0033, $0034, $0035, $0036, $0037, $0038, $0039, $003A, $003B,
+                    $003C, $003D, $003E, $003F, $0040, $0041, $0042, $0043, $0044, $0045,
+                    $0046, $0047, $0048, $0049, $004A, $004B, $004C, $004D, $004E, $004F,
+                    $0050, $0051, $0052, $0053, $0054, $0055, $0056, $0057, $0058, $0059,
+                    $005A, $005B, $005C, $005D, $005E, $005F, $0060, $0061, $0062, $0063,
+                    $0064, $0065, $0066, $0067, $0068, $0069, $006A, $006B, $006C, $006D,
+                    $006E, $006F, $0070, $0071, $0072, $0073, $0074, $0075, $0076, $0077,
+                    $0078, $0079, $007A, $007B, $007C, $007D, $007E, $007F,
+
+                    $20AC, $0081, $201A, $0192, $201E, $2026, $2020, $2021, $02C6, $2030,
+                    $0160, $2039, $0152, $008D, $017D, $008F, $0090, $2018, $2019, $201C,
+                    $201D, $2022, $2013, $2014, $02DC, $2122, $0161, $203A, $0153, $009D,
+                    $017E, $0178, $00A0, $00A1, $00A2, $00A3, $00A4, $00A5, $00A6, $00A7,
+                    $00A8, $00A9, $00AA, $00AB, $00AC, $00AD, $00AE, $00AF, $00B0, $00B1,
+                    $00B2, $00B3, $00B4, $00B5, $00B6, $00B7, $00B8, $00B9, $00BA, $00BB,
+                    $00BC, $00BD, $00BE, $00BF, $00C0, $00C1, $00C2, $00C3, $00C4, $00C5,
+                    $00C6, $00C7, $00C8, $00C9, $00CA, $00CB, $00CC, $00CD, $00CE, $00CF,
+                    $00D0, $00D1, $00D2, $00D3, $00D4, $00D5, $00D6, $00D7, $00D8, $00D9,
+                    $00DA, $00DB, $00DC, $00DD, $00DE, $00DF, $00E0, $00E1, $00E2, $00E3,
+                    $00E4, $00E5, $00E6, $00E7, $00E8, $00E9, $00EA, $00EB, $00EC, $00ED,
+                    $00EE, $00EF, $00F0, $00F1, $00F2, $00F3, $00F4, $00F5, $00F6, $00F7,
+                    $00F8, $00F9, $00FA, $00FB, $00FC, $00FD, $00FE, $00FF);
+
+(* UTF-8  (somewhat simplified)
+   -----
+   Character Range    Byte sequence
+   ---------------    --------------------------     (x=Bits from original character)
+   $0000..$007F       0xxxxxxx
+   $0080..$07FF       110xxxxx 10xxxxxx
+   $8000..$FFFF       1110xxxx 10xxxxxx 10xxxxxx
+
+   Example
+   --------
+   Transforming the Unicode character U+00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS  ("ä"):
+
+         ISO-8859-1,           Decimal  228
+         Win1252,              Hex      $E4
+         ANSI                  Bin      1110 0100
+                                        abcd efgh
+
+         UTF-8                 Binary   1100xxab 10cdefgh
+                               Binary   11000011 10100100
+                               Hex      $C3      $A4
+                               Decimal  195      164
+                               ANSI     Ã        ¤         *)
+
+
+FUNCTION  AnsiToUtf8 (Source : ANSISTRING) : STRING;
+          (* Converts the given Windows ANSI (Win1252) String to UTF-8. *)
+VAR
+  I   : INTEGER;  // Loop counter
+  U   : WORD;     // Current Unicode value
+  Len : INTEGER;  // Current real length of "Result" string
+BEGIN
+  SetLength (Result, Length (Source) * 3);   // Worst case
+  Len := 0;
+  FOR I := 1 TO Length (Source) DO BEGIN
+    U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (Source [I])];
+    CASE U OF
+      $0000..$007F : BEGIN
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR (U);
+                     END;
+      $0080..$07FF : BEGIN
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($C0 OR (U SHR 6));
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F));
+                     END;
+      $0800..$FFFF : BEGIN
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($E0 OR (U SHR 12));
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR ((U SHR 6) AND $3F));
+                       INC (Len);
+                       Result [Len] := CHR ($80 OR (U AND $3F));
+                     END;
+      END;
+    END;
+  SetLength (Result, Len);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  Utf8ToAnsi (Source : STRING; UnknownChar : CHAR = '¿') : ANSISTRING;
+          (* Converts the given UTF-8 String to Windows ANSI (Win-1252).
+             If a character can not be converted, the "UnknownChar" is inserted. *)
+VAR
+  SourceLen : INTEGER;  // Length of Source string
+  I, K      : INTEGER;
+  A         : BYTE;     // Current ANSI character value
+  U         : WORD;
+  Ch        : CHAR;     // Dest char
+  Len       : INTEGER;  // Current real length of "Result" string
+BEGIN
+  SourceLen := Length (Source);
+  SetLength (Result, SourceLen);   // Enough room to live
+  Len := 0;
+  I   := 1;
+  WHILE I <= SourceLen DO BEGIN
+    A := ORD (Source [I]);
+    IF A < $80 THEN BEGIN                                               // Range $0000..$007F
+      INC (Len);
+      Result [Len] := Source [I];
+      INC (I);
+      END
+    ELSE BEGIN                                                          // Determine U, Inc I
+      IF (A AND $E0 = $C0) AND (I < SourceLen) THEN BEGIN               // Range $0080..$07FF
+        U := (WORD (A AND $1F) SHL 6) OR (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F);
+        INC (I, 2);
+        END
+      ELSE IF (A AND $F0 = $E0) AND (I < SourceLen-1) THEN BEGIN        // Range $0800..$FFFF
+        U := (WORD (A AND $0F) SHL 12) OR
+             (WORD (ORD (Source [I+1]) AND $3F) SHL 6) OR
+             (      ORD (Source [I+2]) AND $3F);
+        INC (I, 3);
+        END
+      ELSE BEGIN                                                        // Unknown/unsupported
+        INC (I);
+        FOR K := 7 DOWNTO 0 DO
+          IF A AND (1 SHL K) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+            INC (I, (A SHR (K+1))-1);
+            BREAK;
+            END;
+        U := WIN1252_UNICODE [ORD (UnknownChar)];
+        END;
+      Ch := UnknownChar;                                                // Retrieve ANSI char
+      FOR A := $00 TO $FF DO
+        IF WIN1252_UNICODE [A] = U THEN BEGIN
+          Ch := CHR (A);
+          BREAK;
+          END;
+      INC (Len);
+      Result [Len] := Ch;
+      END;
+    END;
+  SetLength (Result, Len);
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+"Special" Helper Functions
+
+Don't ask me why. But including these functions makes the parser *DRAMATICALLY* faster
+on my K6-233 machine. You can test it yourself just by commenting them out.
+They do exactly the same as the Assembler routines defined in SysUtils.
+(This is where you can see how great the Delphi compiler really is. The compiled code is
+faster than hand-coded assembler!)
+===============================================================================================
+--> Just move this line below the StrScan function -->  *)
+
+
+FUNCTION StrPos (CONST Str, SearchStr : PChar) : PChar;
+         // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrPos
+VAR
+  First : CHAR;
+  Len   : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  First  := SearchStr^;
+  Len    := StrLen (SearchStr);
+  Result := Str;
+  REPEAT
+    IF Result^ = First THEN
+      IF StrLComp (Result, SearchStr, Len) = 0 THEN BREAK;
+    IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN
+      Result := NIL;
+      BREAK;
+      END;
+    INC (Result);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION StrScan (CONST Start : PChar; CONST Ch : CHAR) : PChar;
+         // Same functionality as SysUtils.StrScan
+BEGIN
+  Result := Start;
+  WHILE Result^ <> Ch DO BEGIN
+    IF Result^ = #0 THEN BEGIN
+      Result := NIL;
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+    INC (Result);
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+Helper Functions
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+FUNCTION  DelChars (Source : STRING; CharsToDelete : TCharset) : STRING;
+          // Delete all "CharsToDelete" from the string
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  Result := Source;
+  FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO
+    IF Result [I] IN CharsToDelete THEN
+      Delete (Result, I, 1);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TrimWs (Source : STRING) : STRING;
+          // Trimms off Whitespace characters from both ends of the string
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  // --- Trim Left
+  I := 1;
+  WHILE (I <= Length (Source)) AND (Source [I] IN CWhitespace) DO
+    INC (I);
+  Result := Copy (Source, I, MaxInt);
+
+  // --- Trim Right
+  I := Length (Result);
+  WHILE (I > 1) AND (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) DO
+    DEC (I);
+  Delete (Result, I+1, Length (Result)-I);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  ConvertWs (Source: STRING; PackWs: BOOLEAN) : STRING;
+          // Converts all Whitespace characters to the Space #x20 character
+          // If "PackWs" is true, contiguous Whitespace characters are packed to one
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  Result := Source;
+  FOR I := Length (Result) DOWNTO 1 DO
+    IF (Result [I] IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      IF PackWs AND (I > 1) AND (Result [I-1] IN CWhitespace)
+        THEN Delete (Result, I, 1)
+        ELSE Result [I] := #32;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE SetStringSF (VAR S : STRING; BufferStart, BufferFinal : PChar);
+BEGIN
+  SetString (S, BufferStart, BufferFinal-BufferStart+1);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  StrLPas  (Start : PChar; Len : INTEGER) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  SetString (Result, Start, Len);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  StrSFPas (Start, Finish : PChar) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  SetString (Result, Start, Finish-Start+1);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  StrScanE (CONST Source : PChar; CONST CharToScanFor : CHAR) : PChar;
+          // If "CharToScanFor" is not found, StrScanE returns the last char of the
+          // buffer instead of NIL
+BEGIN
+  Result := StrScan (Source, CharToScanFor);
+  IF Result = NIL THEN
+    Result := StrEnd (Source)-1;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE ExtractName (Start : PChar; Terminators : TCharset; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Extracts the complete Name beginning at "Start".
+             It is assumed that the name is contained in Markup, so the '>' character is
+             always a Termination.
+             Start:       IN  Pointer to first char of name. Is always considered to be valid
+             Terminators: IN  Characters which terminate the name
+             Final:       OUT Pointer to last char of name *)
+BEGIN
+  Final := Start+1;
+  Include (Terminators, #0);
+  Include (Terminators, '>');
+  WHILE NOT (Final^ IN Terminators) DO
+    INC (Final);
+  DEC (Final);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE ExtractQuote (Start : PChar; VAR Content : STRING; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Extract a string which is contained in single or double Quotes.
+             Start:    IN   Pointer to opening quote
+             Content:  OUT  The quoted string
+             Final:    OUT  Pointer to closing quote *)
+BEGIN
+  Final := StrScan (Start+1, Start^);
+  IF Final = NIL THEN BEGIN
+    Final := StrEnd (Start+1)-1;
+    SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-Start);
+    END
+  ELSE
+    SetString (Content, Start+1, Final-1-Start);
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TEntityStackNode
+This Node is pushed to the "Entity Stack" whenever the parser parses entity replacement text.
+The "Instance" field holds the Instance pointer of an External Entity buffer. When it is
+popped, the Instance is freed.
+The "Encoding" field holds the name of the Encoding. External Parsed Entities may have
+another encoding as the document entity (XmlSpec 4.3.3). So when there is an "<?xml" PI
+found in the stream (= Text Declaration at the beginning of external parsed entities), the
+Encoding found there is used for the External Entity (is assigned to TXmlParser.CurEncoding)
+Default Encoding is for the Document Entity is UTF-8. It is assumed that External Entities
+have the same Encoding as the Document Entity, unless they carry a Text Declaration.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TEntityStackNode = CLASS
+                       Instance : TObject;
+                       Encoding : STRING;
+                       LastPos  : PChar;
+                     END;
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TEntityStack
+For nesting of Entities.
+When there is an entity reference found in the data stream, the corresponding entity
+definition is searched and the current position is pushed to this stack.
+From then on, the program scans the entitiy replacement text as if it were normal content.
+When the parser reaches the end of an entity, the current position is popped off the
+stack again.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TEntityStack.Create (TheOwner : TXmlParser);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Owner := TheOwner;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (LastPos : PChar);
+BEGIN
+  Push (NIL, LastPos);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TEntityStack.Push (Instance : TObject; LastPos : PChar);
+VAR
+  ESN : TEntityStackNode;
+BEGIN
+  ESN := TEntityStackNode.Create;
+  ESN.Instance := Instance;
+  ESN.Encoding := Owner.FCurEncoding;  // Save current Encoding
+  ESN.LastPos  := LastPos;
+  Add (ESN);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TEntityStack.Pop : PChar;
+VAR
+  ESN : TEntityStackNode;
+BEGIN
+  IF Count > 0 THEN BEGIN
+    ESN := TEntityStackNode (Items [Count-1]);
+    Result := ESN.LastPos;
+    IF ESN.Instance <> NIL THEN
+      ESN.Instance.Free;
+    IF ESN.Encoding <> '' THEN
+      Owner.FCurEncoding := ESN.Encoding;   // Restore current Encoding
+    Delete (Count-1);
+    END
+  ELSE
+    Result := NIL;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TExternalID
+-----------
+XmlSpec 4.2.2:  ExternalID ::= 'SYSTEM' S SystemLiteral |
+                               'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral S SystemLiteral
+XmlSpec 4.7:    PublicID   ::= 'PUBLIC' S PubidLiteral
+SystemLiteral and PubidLiteral are quoted
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TExternalID = CLASS
+                  PublicId : STRING;
+                  SystemId : STRING;
+                  Final    : PChar;
+                  CONSTRUCTOR Create (Start : PChar);
+                END;
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TExternalID.Create (Start : PChar);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Final := Start;
+  IF StrLComp (Start, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+    WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
+    ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final);
+    END
+  ELSE IF StrLComp (Start, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+    WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
+    ExtractQuote (Final, PublicID, Final);
+    INC (Final);
+    WHILE NOT (Final^ IN (CQuoteChar + [#0, '>', '['])) DO INC (Final);
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN EXIT;
+    ExtractQuote (Final, SystemID, Final);
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TXmlParser
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Create;
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  FBuffer     := NIL;
+  FBufferSize := 0;
+  Elements    := TElemList.Create;
+  Entities    := TNvpList.Create;
+  ParEntities := TNvpList.Create;
+  Notations   := TNvpList.Create;
+  CurAttr     := TAttrList.Create;
+  EntityStack := TEntityStack.Create (Self);
+  Clear;
+END;
+
+
+DESTRUCTOR TXmlParser.Destroy;
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  Elements.Free;
+  Entities.Free;
+  ParEntities.Free;
+  Notations.Free;
+  CurAttr.Free;
+  EntityStack.Free;
+  INHERITED Destroy;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.Clear;
+          // Free Buffer and clear all object attributes
+BEGIN
+  IF (FBufferSize > 0) AND (FBuffer <> NIL) THEN
+    FreeMem (FBuffer);
+  FBuffer     := NIL;
+  FBufferSize := 0;
+  FSource     := '';
+  FXmlVersion := '';
+  FEncoding   := '';
+  FStandalone := FALSE;
+  FRootName   := '';
+  FDtdcFinal  := NIL;
+  FNormalize  := TRUE;
+  Elements.Clear;
+  Entities.Clear;
+  ParEntities.Clear;
+  Notations.Clear;
+  CurAttr.Clear;
+  EntityStack.Clear;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename : STRING; FileMode : INTEGER = fmOpenRead OR fmShareDenyNone) : BOOLEAN;
+          // Loads Document from given file
+          // Returns TRUE if successful
+VAR
+  f           : FILE;
+  ReadIn      : INTEGER;
+  OldFileMode : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  Result := FALSE;
+  Clear;
+
+  // --- Open File
+  OldFileMode := SYSTEM.FileMode;
+  TRY
+    SYSTEM.FileMode := FileMode;
+    TRY
+      AssignFile (f, Filename);
+      Reset (f, 1);
+    EXCEPT
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+
+    TRY
+      // --- Allocate Memory
+      TRY
+        FBufferSize := Filesize (f) + 1;
+        GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize);
+      EXCEPT
+        Clear;
+        EXIT;
+        END;
+
+      // --- Read File
+      TRY
+        BlockRead (f, FBuffer^, FBufferSize, ReadIn);
+        (FBuffer+ReadIn)^ := #0;  // NULL termination
+      EXCEPT
+        Clear;
+        EXIT;
+        END;
+    FINALLY
+      CloseFile (f);
+      END;
+
+    FSource := Filename;
+    Result  := TRUE;
+
+  FINALLY
+    SYSTEM.FileMode := OldFileMode;
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar) : BOOLEAN;
+          // Loads Document from another buffer
+          // Returns TRUE if successful
+          // The "Source" property becomes '<MEM>' if successful
+BEGIN
+  Result := FALSE;
+  Clear;
+  FBufferSize := StrLen (Buffer) + 1;
+  TRY
+    GetMem (FBuffer, FBufferSize);
+  EXCEPT
+    Clear;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+  StrCopy (FBuffer, Buffer);
+  FSource := '<MEM>';
+  Result := TRUE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar);      // References another buffer
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  FBuffer     := Buffer;
+  FBufferSize := 0;
+  FSource := '<REFERENCE>';
+END;
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Scanning through the document
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.StartScan;
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptNone;
+  CurName     := '';
+  CurContent  := '';
+  CurStart    := NIL;
+  CurFinal    := NIL;
+  CurAttr.Clear;
+  EntityStack.Clear;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.Scan : BOOLEAN;
+          // Scans the next Part
+          // Returns TRUE if a part could be found, FALSE if there is no part any more
+          //
+          // "IsDone" can be set to FALSE by AnalyzeText in order to go to the next part
+          // if there is no Content due to normalization
+VAR
+  IsDone : BOOLEAN;
+BEGIN
+  REPEAT
+    IsDone := TRUE;
+
+    // --- Start of next Part
+    IF CurStart = NIL
+      THEN CurStart := DocBuffer
+      ELSE CurStart := CurFinal+1;
+    CurFinal := CurStart;
+
+    // --- End of Document of Pop off a new part from the Entity stack?
+    IF CurStart^ = #0 THEN
+      CurStart := EntityStack.Pop;
+
+    // --- No Document or End Of Document: Terminate Scan
+    IF (CurStart = NIL) OR (CurStart^ = #0) THEN BEGIN
+      CurStart := StrEnd (DocBuffer);
+      CurFinal := CurStart-1;
+      EntityStack.Clear;
+      Result   := FALSE;
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+
+    IF (StrLComp (CurStart, '<?xml', 5) = 0) AND
+       ((CurStart+5)^ IN CWhitespace) THEN AnalyzeProlog                                      // XML Declaration, Text Declaration
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<?',        2) = 0 THEN AnalyzePI (CurStart, CurFinal)       // PI
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!--',      4) = 0 THEN AnalyzeComment (CurStart, CurFinal)  // Comment
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<!DOCTYPE', 9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeDtdc                          // DTDc
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, CDStart, Length (CDStart)) = 0 THEN AnalyzeCdata              // CDATA Section
+    ELSE IF StrLComp (CurStart, '<',         1) = 0 THEN AnalyzeTag                           // Start-Tag, End-Tag, Empty-Element-Tag
+    ELSE AnalyzeText (IsDone);                                                                // Text Content
+  UNTIL IsDone;
+  Result := TRUE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeProlog;
+          // Analyze XML Prolog or Text Declaration
+VAR
+  F : PChar;
+BEGIN
+  CurAttr.Analyze (CurStart+5, F);
+  IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN BEGIN
+    FXmlVersion := CurAttr.Value ('version');
+    FEncoding   := CurAttr.Value ('encoding');
+    FStandalone := CurAttr.Value ('standalone') = 'yes';
+    END;
+  CurFinal := StrPos (F, '?>');
+  IF CurFinal <> NIL
+    THEN INC (CurFinal)
+    ELSE CurFinal := StrEnd (CurStart)-1;
+  FCurEncoding := AnsiUpperCase (CurAttr.Value ('encoding'));
+  IF FCurEncoding = '' THEN
+    FCurEncoding := 'UTF-8';   // Default XML Encoding is UTF-8
+  CurPartType  := ptXmlProlog;
+  CurName      := '';
+  CurContent   := '';
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeComment (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze Comments
+BEGIN
+  Final := StrPos (Start+4, '-->');
+  IF Final = NIL
+    THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1
+    ELSE INC (Final, 2);
+  CurPartType := ptComment;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzePI (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze Processing Instructions (PI)
+          // This is also called for Character
+VAR
+  F : PChar;
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptPI;
+  Final := StrPos (Start+2, '?>');
+  IF Final = NIL
+    THEN Final := StrEnd (Start)-1
+    ELSE INC (Final);
+  ExtractName (Start+2, CWhitespace + ['?', '>'], F);
+  SetStringSF (CurName, Start+2, F);
+  SetStringSF (CurContent, F+1, Final-2);
+  CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, F);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdc;
+          (* Analyze Document Type Declaration
+                 doctypedecl  ::= '<!DOCTYPE' S Name (S ExternalID)? S? ('[' (markupdecl | PEReference | S)* ']' S?)? '>'
+                 markupdecl   ::= elementdecl | AttlistDecl | EntityDecl | NotationDecl | PI | Comment
+                 PEReference  ::= '%' Name ';'
+
+                 elementdecl  ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S?                    '>'
+                 AttlistDecl  ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S?                          '>'
+                 EntityDecl   ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S?                       '>' |
+                                  '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S?                     '>'
+                 NotationDecl ::= '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID |  PublicID) S?      '>'
+                 PI           ::=  '<?' PITarget (S (Char* - (Char* '?>' Char* )))?     '?>'
+                 Comment      ::= '<!--' ((Char - '-') | ('-' (Char - '-')))*          '-->'  *)
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phDtd, phInternal, phFinishing);
+VAR
+  Phase       : TPhase;
+  F           : PChar;
+  ExternalID  : TExternalID;
+  ExternalDTD : TXmlParser;
+  DER         : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  DER.Start := CurStart;
+  EntityStack.Clear;    // Clear stack for Parameter Entities
+  CurPartType := ptDtdc;
+
+  // --- Don't read DTDc twice
+  IF FDtdcFinal <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+    CurFinal := FDtdcFinal;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+
+  // --- Scan DTDc
+  CurFinal := CurStart + 9;    // First char after '<!DOCTYPE'
+  Phase    := phName;
+  REPEAT
+    CASE CurFinal^ OF
+      '%' : BEGIN
+              PushPE (CurFinal);
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      #0  : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+              BREAK
+            ELSE BEGIN
+              CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
+              CONTINUE;
+              END;
+      '[' : BEGIN
+              Phase := phInternal;
+              AnalyzeDtdElements (CurFinal+1, CurFinal);
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      ']' : Phase := phFinishing;
+      '>' : BREAK;
+      ELSE  IF NOT (CurFinal^ IN CWhitespace) THEN BEGIN
+              CASE Phase OF
+                phName : IF (CurFinal^ IN CNameStart)  THEN BEGIN
+                           ExtractName (CurFinal, CWhitespace + ['[', '>'], F);
+                           SetStringSF (FRootName, CurFinal, F);
+                           CurFinal := F;
+                           Phase := phDtd;
+                           END;
+                phDtd  : IF (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR
+                            (StrLComp (CurFinal, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN
+                           ExternalID  := TExternalID.Create (CurFinal);
+                           ExternalDTD := LoadExternalEntity (ExternalId.SystemId, ExternalID.PublicId, '');
+                           F := StrPos (ExternalDtd.DocBuffer, '<!');
+                           IF F <> NIL THEN
+                             AnalyzeDtdElements (F, F);
+                           ExternalDTD.Free;
+                           CurFinal := ExternalID.Final;
+                           ExternalID.Free;
+                           END;
+                ELSE     BEGIN
+                           DER.ElementType := deError;
+                           DER.Pos         := CurFinal;
+                           DER.Final       := CurFinal;
+                           DtdElementFound (DER);
+                         END;
+                END;
+
+              END;
+      END;
+    INC (CurFinal);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+
+  CurPartType := ptDtdc;
+  CurName     := '';
+  CurContent  := '';
+
+  // It is an error in the document if "EntityStack" is not empty now
+  IF EntityStack.Count > 0 THEN BEGIN
+    DER.ElementType := deError;
+    DER.Final       := CurFinal;
+    DER.Pos         := CurFinal;
+    DtdElementFound (DER);
+    END;
+
+  EntityStack.Clear;    // Clear stack for General Entities
+  FDtdcFinal := CurFinal;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeDtdElements (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze the "Elements" of a DTD contained in the external or
+          // internal DTD subset.
+VAR
+  DER : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final := Start;
+  REPEAT
+    CASE Final^ OF
+      '%' : BEGIN
+              PushPE (Final);
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      #0  : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+              BREAK
+            ELSE BEGIN
+              CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
+              CONTINUE;
+              END;
+      ']',
+      '>' : BREAK;
+      '<' : IF      StrLComp (Final, '<!ELEMENT',   9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeElementDecl  (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ATTLIST',   9) = 0 THEN AnalyzeAttListDecl  (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!ENTITY',    8) = 0 THEN AnalyzeEntityDecl   (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!NOTATION', 10) = 0 THEN AnalyzeNotationDecl (Final, Final)
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<?',          2) = 0 THEN BEGIN   // PI in DTD
+              DER.ElementType := dePI;
+              DER.Start       := Final;
+              AnalyzePI (Final, Final);
+              DER.Target      := PChar (CurName);
+              DER.Content     := PChar (CurContent);
+              DER.AttrList    := CurAttr;
+              DER.Final       := Final;
+              DtdElementFound (DER);
+              END
+            ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, '<!--', 4) = 0 THEN BEGIN   // Comment in DTD
+              DER.ElementType := deComment;
+              DER.Start       := Final;
+              AnalyzeComment  (Final, Final);
+              DER.Final       := Final;
+              DtdElementFound (DER);
+              END
+            ELSE BEGIN
+              DER.ElementType := deError;
+              DER.Start       := Final;
+              DER.Pos         := Final;
+              DER.Final       := Final;
+              DtdElementFound (DER);
+              END;
+
+      END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeTag;
+          // Analyze Tags
+VAR
+  S, F    : PChar;
+  Attr    : TAttr;
+  ElemDef : TElemDef;
+  AttrDef : TAttrDef;
+  I       : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptStartTag;
+  S := CurStart+1;
+  IF S^ = '/' THEN BEGIN
+    CurPartType := ptEndTag;
+    INC (S);
+    END;
+  ExtractName (S, CWhitespace + ['/'], F);
+  SetStringSF (CurName, S, F);
+  CurAttr.Analyze (F+1, CurFinal);
+  IF CurFinal^ = '/' THEN BEGIN
+    CurPartType := ptEmptyTag;
+    END;
+  CurFinal := StrScanE (CurFinal, '>');
+
+  // --- Set Default Attribute values for nonexistent attributes
+  IF (CurPartType = ptStartTag) OR (CurPartType = ptEmptyTag) THEN BEGIN
+    ElemDef := Elements.Node (CurName);
+    IF ElemDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+      FOR I := 0 TO ElemDef.Count-1 DO BEGIN
+        AttrDef := TAttrDef (ElemDef [I]);
+        Attr := TAttr (CurAttr.Node (AttrDef.Name));
+        IF (Attr = NIL) AND (AttrDef.Value <> '') THEN BEGIN
+          Attr           := TAttr.Create (AttrDef.Name, AttrDef.Value);
+          Attr.ValueType := vtDefault;
+          CurAttr.Add (Attr);
+          END;
+        IF Attr <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+          CASE AttrDef.DefaultType OF
+            adDefault  : ;
+            adRequired : ; // -!- It is an error in the document if "Attr.Value" is an empty string
+            adImplied  : Attr.ValueType := vtImplied;
+            adFixed    : BEGIN
+                           Attr.ValueType := vtFixed;
+                           Attr.Value     := AttrDef.Value;
+                         END;
+            END;
+          Attr.AttrType := AttrDef.AttrType;
+          END;
+        END;
+      END;
+
+    // --- Normalize Attribute Values. XmlSpec:
+           // - a character reference is processed by appending the referenced character to the attribute value
+           // - an entity reference is processed by recursively processing the replacement text of the entity
+           // - a whitespace character (#x20, #xD, #xA, #x9) is processed by appending #x20 to the normalized value,
+           //   except that only a single #x20 is appended for a "#xD#xA" sequence that is part of an external
+           //   parsed entity or the literal entity value of an internal parsed entity
+           // - other characters are processed by appending them to the normalized value
+           // If the declared value is not CDATA, then the XML processor must further process the
+           // normalized attribute value by discarding any leading and trailing space (#x20) characters,
+           // and by replacing sequences of space (#x20) characters by a single space (#x20) character.
+           // All attributes for which no declaration has been read should be treated by a
+           // non-validating parser as if declared CDATA.
+           // !!! The XML 1.0 SE specification is somewhat different here
+           //     This code does not conform exactly to this specification
+    FOR I := 0 TO CurAttr.Count-1 DO
+      WITH TAttr (CurAttr [I]) DO BEGIN
+        ReplaceGeneralEntities   (Value);
+        ReplaceCharacterEntities (Value);
+        IF (AttrType <> atCData) AND (AttrType <> atUnknown)
+          THEN Value := TranslateEncoding (TrimWs (ConvertWs (Value, TRUE)))
+          ELSE Value := TranslateEncoding (ConvertWs (Value, FALSE));
+        END;
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeCData;
+          // Analyze CDATA Sections
+BEGIN
+  CurPartType := ptCData;
+  CurFinal := StrPos (CurStart, CDEnd);
+  IF CurFinal = NIL THEN BEGIN
+    CurFinal   := StrEnd (CurStart)-1;
+    CurContent := TranslateEncoding (StrPas (CurStart+Length (CDStart)));
+    END
+  ELSE BEGIN
+    SetStringSF (CurContent, CurStart+Length (CDStart), CurFinal-1);
+    INC (CurFinal, Length (CDEnd)-1);
+    CurContent := TranslateEncoding (CurContent);
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeText (VAR IsDone : BOOLEAN);
+          (* Analyzes Text Content between Tags. CurFinal will point to the last content character.
+             Content ends at a '<' character or at the end of the document.
+             Entity References and Character Entity references are resolved.
+             If PackSpaces is TRUE, contiguous Whitespace Characters will be compressed to
+             one Space #x20 character, Whitespace at the beginning and end of content will
+             be trimmed off and content which is or becomes empty is not returned to
+             the application (in this case, "IsDone" is set to FALSE which causes the
+             Scan method to proceed directly to the next part. *)
+
+  PROCEDURE ProcessEntity;
+            (* Is called if there is an ampsersand '&' character found in the document.
+               IN  "CurFinal" points to the ampersand
+               OUT "CurFinal" points to the first character after the semi-colon ';' *)
+  VAR
+    P              : PChar;
+    Name           : STRING;
+    EntityDef      : TEntityDef;
+    ExternalEntity : TXmlParser;
+  BEGIN
+    P := StrScan (CurFinal , ';');
+    IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+      SetStringSF (Name, CurFinal+1, P-1);
+
+      // Is it a Character Entity?
+      IF (CurFinal+1)^ = '#' THEN BEGIN
+        IF UpCase ((CurFinal+2)^) = 'X'       // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255:
+          THEN CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Name, 3, MaxInt), 32))
+          ELSE CurContent := CurContent + CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Name, 2, MaxInt), 32));
+        CurFinal := P+1;
+        EXIT;
+        END
+
+      // Is it a Predefined Entity?
+      ELSE IF Name = 'lt'   THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '<';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'gt'   THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '>';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'amp'  THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '&';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'apos' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + ''''; CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END
+      ELSE IF Name = 'quot' THEN BEGIN CurContent := CurContent + '"';  CurFinal := P+1; EXIT; END;
+
+      // Replace with Entity from DTD
+      EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (Name));
+      IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+        IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN BEGIN
+          EntityStack.Push (P+1);
+          CurFinal := PChar (EntityDef.Value);
+          END
+        ELSE BEGIN
+          ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName);
+          EntityStack.Push (ExternalEntity, P+1);
+          CurFinal := ExternalEntity.DocBuffer;
+          END;
+        END
+      ELSE BEGIN
+        CurContent := CurContent + Name;
+        CurFinal   := P+1;
+        END;
+      END
+    ELSE BEGIN
+      INC (CurFinal);
+      END;
+  END;
+
+VAR
+  C  : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  CurFinal    := CurStart;
+  CurPartType := ptContent;
+  CurContent  := '';
+  C           := 0;
+  REPEAT
+    CASE CurFinal^ OF
+      '&' : BEGIN
+              CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
+              C := 0;
+              ProcessEntity;
+              CONTINUE;
+            END;
+      #0  : BEGIN
+              IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+                BREAK
+              ELSE BEGIN
+                CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
+                C := 0;
+                CurFinal := EntityStack.Pop;
+                CONTINUE;
+                END;
+            END;
+      '<' : BREAK;
+      ELSE INC (C);
+      END;
+    INC (CurFinal);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  CurContent := CurContent + TranslateEncoding (StrLPas (CurFinal-C, C));
+  DEC (CurFinal);
+
+  IF FNormalize THEN BEGIN
+    CurContent := ConvertWs (TrimWs (CurContent), TRUE);
+    IsDone     := CurContent <> '';    // IsDone will only get FALSE if PackSpaces is TRUE
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeElementDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Parse <!ELEMENT declaration starting at "Start"
+             Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+             XmlSpec 3.2:
+                 elementdecl ::= '<!ELEMENT' S Name S contentspec S? '>'
+                 contentspec ::= 'EMPTY' | 'ANY' | Mixed | children
+                 Mixed       ::= '(' S? '#PCDATA' (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')*'   |
+                                 '(' S? '#PCDATA' S? ')'
+                 children    ::= (choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')?
+                 choice      ::= '(' S? cp ( S? '|' S? cp )* S? ')'
+                 cp          ::= (Name | choice | seq) ('?' | '*' | '+')?
+                 seq         ::= '(' S? cp ( S? ',' S? cp )* S? ')'
+
+             More simply:
+                 contentspec ::= EMPTY
+                                 ANY
+                                 '(#PCDATA)'
+                                 '(#PCDATA | A | B)*'
+                                 '(A, B, C)'
+                                 '(A | B | C)'
+                                 '(A?, B*, C+),
+                                 '(A, (B | C | D)* )'                       *)
+VAR
+  Element : TElemDef;
+  Elem2   : TElemDef;
+  F       : PChar;
+  DER     : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Element   := TElemDef.Create;
+  Final     := Start + 9;
+  DER.Start := Start;
+  REPEAT
+    IF Final^ = '>' THEN BREAK;
+    IF (Final^ IN CNameStart) AND (Element.Name = '') THEN BEGIN
+      ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace, F);
+      SetStringSF (Element.Name, Final, F);
+      Final := F;
+      F := StrScan (Final+1, '>');
+      IF F = NIL THEN BEGIN
+        Element.Definition := STRING (Final);
+        Final := StrEnd (Final);
+        BREAK;
+        END
+      ELSE BEGIN
+        SetStringSF (Element.Definition, Final+1, F-1);
+        Final := F;
+        BREAK;
+        END;
+      END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Element.Definition := DelChars (Element.Definition, CWhitespace);
+  ReplaceParameterEntities (Element.Definition);
+  IF      Element.Definition = 'EMPTY' THEN Element.ElemType := etEmpty
+  ELSE IF Element.Definition = 'ANY'   THEN Element.ElemType := etAny
+  ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 8) = '(#PCDATA' THEN Element.ElemType := etMixed
+  ELSE IF Copy (Element.Definition, 1, 1) = '('        THEN Element.ElemType := etChildren
+  ELSE Element.ElemType := etAny;
+
+  Elem2 := Elements.Node (Element.Name);
+  IF Elem2 <> NIL THEN
+    Elements.Delete (Elements.IndexOf (Elem2));
+  Elements.Add (Element);
+  Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
+  DER.ElementType := deElement;
+  DER.ElemDef  := Element;
+  DER.Final    := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeAttListDecl  (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Parse <!ATTLIST declaration starting at "Start"
+             Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+             XmlSpec 3.3:
+                 AttlistDecl    ::= '<!ATTLIST' S Name AttDef* S? '>'
+                 AttDef         ::= S Name S AttType S DefaultDecl
+                 AttType        ::= StringType | TokenizedType | EnumeratedType
+                 StringType     ::= 'CDATA'
+                 TokenizedType  ::= 'ID' | 'IDREF' | 'IDREFS' | 'ENTITY' | 'ENTITIES' | 'NMTOKEN' | 'NMTOKENS'
+                 EnumeratedType ::= NotationType | Enumeration
+                 NotationType   ::= 'NOTATION' S '(' S? Name (S? '|' S? Name)* S? ')'
+                 Enumeration    ::= '(' S? Nmtoken (S? '|' S? Nmtoken)* S? ')'
+                 DefaultDecl    ::= '#REQUIRED' | '#IMPLIED' | (('#FIXED' S)? AttValue)
+                 AttValue       ::= '"' ([^<&"] | Reference)* '"' | "'" ([^<&'] | Reference)* "'"
+            Examples:
+                 <!ATTLIST address
+                           A1 CDATA "Default"
+                           A2 ID    #REQUIRED
+                           A3 IDREF #IMPLIED
+                           A4 IDREFS #IMPLIED
+                           A5 ENTITY #FIXED "&at;&#252;"
+                           A6 ENTITIES #REQUIRED
+                           A7 NOTATION (WMF | DXF) "WMF"
+                           A8 (A | B | C) #REQUIRED>                *)
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phElementName, phName, phType, phNotationContent, phDefault);
+VAR
+  Phase       : TPhase;
+  F           : PChar;
+  ElementName : STRING;
+  ElemDef     : TElemDef;
+  AttrDef     : TAttrDef;
+  AttrDef2    : TAttrDef;
+  Strg        : STRING;
+  DER         : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final     := Start + 9;   // The character after <!ATTLIST
+  Phase     := phElementName;
+  DER.Start := Start;
+  AttrDef   := NIL;
+  ElemDef   := NIL;
+  REPEAT
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Final^ OF
+        '%' : BEGIN
+                PushPE (Final);
+                CONTINUE;
+              END;
+        #0  : IF EntityStack.Count = 0 THEN
+                BREAK
+              ELSE BEGIN
+                Final := EntityStack.Pop;
+                CONTINUE;
+                END;
+        '>' : BREAK;
+        ELSE  CASE Phase OF
+                phElementName     : BEGIN
+                                      ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F);
+                                      SetStringSF (ElementName, Final, F);
+                                      Final := F;
+                                      ElemDef := Elements.Node (ElementName);
+                                      IF ElemDef = NIL THEN BEGIN
+                                        ElemDef := TElemDef.Create;
+                                        ElemDef.Name       := ElementName;
+                                        ElemDef.Definition := 'ANY';
+                                        ElemDef.ElemType   := etAny;
+                                        Elements.Add (ElemDef);
+                                        END;
+                                      Phase := phName;
+                                    END;
+                phName            : BEGIN
+                                      AttrDef := TAttrDef.Create;
+                                      ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar + ['#'], F);
+                                      SetStringSF (AttrDef.Name, Final, F);
+                                      Final := F;
+                                      AttrDef2 := TAttrDef (ElemDef.Node (AttrDef.Name));
+                                      IF AttrDef2 <> NIL THEN
+                                        ElemDef.Delete (ElemDef.IndexOf (AttrDef2));
+                                      ElemDef.Add (AttrDef);
+                                      Phase := phType;
+                                    END;
+                phType            : BEGIN
+                                      IF Final^ = '(' THEN BEGIN
+                                        F := StrScan (Final+1, ')');
+                                        IF F <> NIL
+                                          THEN SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final+1, F-1)
+                                          ELSE AttrDef.TypeDef := STRING (Final+1);
+                                        AttrDef.TypeDef := DelChars (AttrDef.TypeDef, CWhitespace);
+                                        AttrDef.AttrType := atEnumeration;
+                                        ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef);
+                                        ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.TypeDef);
+                                        Phase := phDefault;
+                                        END
+                                      ELSE IF StrLComp (Final, 'NOTATION', 8) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+                                        INC (Final, 8);
+                                        AttrDef.AttrType := atNotation;
+                                        Phase := phNotationContent;
+                                        END
+                                      ELSE BEGIN
+                                        ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace+CQuoteChar+['#'], F);
+                                        SetStringSF (AttrDef.TypeDef, Final, F);
+                                        IF      AttrDef.TypeDef = 'CDATA'    THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atCData
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ID'       THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atId
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREF'    THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRef
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'IDREFS'   THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atIdRefs
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITY'   THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntity
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'ENTITIES' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atEntities
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKEN'  THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmToken
+                                        ELSE IF AttrDef.TypeDef = 'NMTOKENS' THEN AttrDef.AttrType := atNmTokens;
+                                        Phase := phDefault;
+                                        END
+                                    END;
+                phNotationContent : BEGIN
+                                      F := StrScan (Final, ')');
+                                      IF F <> NIL THEN
+                                        SetStringSF (AttrDef.Notations, Final+1, F-1)
+                                      ELSE BEGIN
+                                        AttrDef.Notations := STRING (Final+1);
+                                        Final := StrEnd (Final);
+                                        END;
+                                      ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Notations);
+                                      AttrDef.Notations := DelChars (AttrDef.Notations, CWhitespace);
+                                      Phase := phDefault;
+                                    END;
+                phDefault :         BEGIN
+                                      IF Final^ = '#' THEN BEGIN
+                                        ExtractName (Final, CWhiteSpace + CQuoteChar, F);
+                                        SetStringSF (Strg, Final, F);
+                                        Final := F;
+                                        ReplaceParameterEntities (Strg);
+                                        IF      Strg = '#REQUIRED' THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adRequired; Phase := phName; END
+                                        ELSE IF Strg = '#IMPLIED'  THEN BEGIN AttrDef.DefaultType := adImplied;  Phase := phName; END
+                                        ELSE IF Strg = '#FIXED'    THEN       AttrDef.DefaultType := adFixed;
+                                        END
+                                      ELSE IF (Final^ IN CQuoteChar) THEN BEGIN
+                                        ExtractQuote (Final, AttrDef.Value, Final);
+                                        ReplaceParameterEntities (AttrDef.Value);
+                                        ReplaceCharacterEntities (AttrDef.Value);
+                                        Phase := phName;
+                                        END;
+                                      IF Phase = phName THEN BEGIN
+                                        AttrDef := NIL;
+                                        END;
+                                    END;
+
+                END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+
+  Final := StrScan (Final, '>');
+
+  DER.ElementType := deAttList;
+  DER.ElemDef  := ElemDef;
+  DER.Final    := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeEntityDecl   (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          (* Parse <!ENTITY declaration starting at "Start"
+             Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+             XmlSpec 4.2:
+                 EntityDecl  ::= '<!ENTITY' S Name S EntityDef S? '>'   |
+                                 '<!ENTITY' S '%' S Name S PEDef S? '>'
+                 EntityDef   ::= EntityValue | (ExternalID NDataDecl?)
+                 PEDef       ::= EntityValue | ExternalID
+                 NDataDecl   ::= S 'NDATA' S Name
+                 EntityValue ::= '"' ([^%&"] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* '"'   |
+                                 "'" ([^%&'] | PEReference | EntityRef | CharRef)* "'"
+                 PEReference ::= '%' Name ';'
+
+             Examples
+                 <!ENTITY test1 "Stefan Heymann">                   <!-- Internal, general, parsed              -->
+                 <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent2.xml">                  <!-- External, general, parsed              -->
+                 <!ENTITY test2 SYSTEM "ent3.gif" NDATA gif>        <!-- External, general, unparsed            -->
+                 <!ENTITY % test3 "<!ELEMENT q ANY>">               <!-- Internal, parameter                    -->
+                 <!ENTITY % test6 SYSTEM "ent6.xml">                <!-- External, parameter                    -->
+                 <!ENTITY test4 "&test1; ist lieb">                 <!-- IGP, Replacement text <> literal value -->
+                 <!ENTITY test5 "<p>Dies ist ein Test-Absatz</p>">  <!-- IGP, See XmlSpec 2.4                   -->
+          *)
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phContent, phNData, phNotationName, phFinalGT);
+VAR
+  Phase         : TPhase;
+  IsParamEntity : BOOLEAN;
+  F             : PChar;
+  ExternalID    : TExternalID;
+  EntityDef     : TEntityDef;
+  EntityDef2    : TEntityDef;
+  DER           : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final         := Start + 8;   // First char after <!ENTITY
+  DER.Start     := Start;
+  Phase         := phName;
+  IsParamEntity := FALSE;
+  EntityDef     := TEntityDef.Create;
+  REPEAT
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Final^ OF
+        '%' : IsParamEntity := TRUE;
+        '>' : BREAK;
+        ELSE  CASE Phase OF
+                phName         : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + CQuoteChar, F);
+                                   SetStringSF (EntityDef.Name, Final, F);
+                                   Final := F;
+                                   Phase := phContent;
+                                   END;
+                phContent      : IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExtractQuote (Final, EntityDef.Value, Final);
+                                   Phase := phFinalGT;
+                                   END
+                                 ELSE IF (StrLComp (Final, 'SYSTEM', 6) = 0) OR
+                                         (StrLComp (Final, 'PUBLIC', 6) = 0) THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final);
+                                   EntityDef.SystemId := ExternalID.SystemId;
+                                   EntityDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId;
+                                   Final      := ExternalID.Final;
+                                   Phase      := phNData;
+                                   ExternalID.Free;
+                                   END;
+                phNData        : IF StrLComp (Final, 'NDATA', 5) = 0 THEN BEGIN
+                                   INC (Final, 4);
+                                   Phase := phNotationName;
+                                   END;
+                phNotationName : IF Final^ IN CNameStart THEN BEGIN
+                                   ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F);
+                                   SetStringSF (EntityDef.NotationName, Final, F);
+                                   Final := F;
+                                   Phase := phFinalGT;
+                                   END;
+                phFinalGT      : ; // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called
+                END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  IF IsParamEntity THEN BEGIN
+    EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (EntityDef.Name));
+    IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN
+      ParEntities.Delete (ParEntities.IndexOf (EntityDef2));
+    ParEntities.Add (EntityDef);
+    ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value);
+    END
+  ELSE BEGIN
+    EntityDef2 := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntityDef.Name));
+    IF EntityDef2 <> NIL THEN
+      Entities.Delete (Entities.IndexOf (EntityDef2));
+    Entities.Add (EntityDef);
+    ReplaceParameterEntities (EntityDef.Value);  //  Create replacement texts (see XmlSpec 4.5)
+    ReplaceCharacterEntities (EntityDef.Value);
+    END;
+  Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
+
+  DER.ElementType := deEntity;
+  DER.EntityDef   := EntityDef;
+  DER.Final       := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.AnalyzeNotationDecl (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Parse <!NOTATION declaration starting at "Start"
+          // Final must point to the terminating '>' character
+          // XmlSpec 4.7: NotationDecl ::=  '<!NOTATION' S Name S (ExternalID |  PublicID) S? '>'
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phExtId, phEnd);
+VAR
+  ExternalID  : TExternalID;
+  Phase       : TPhase;
+  F           : PChar;
+  NotationDef : TNotationDef;
+  DER         : TDtdElementRec;
+BEGIN
+  Final       := Start + 10;   // Character after <!NOTATION
+  DER.Start   := Start;
+  Phase       := phName;
+  NotationDef := TNotationDef.Create;
+  REPEAT
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Final^ OF
+        '>',
+        #0   : BREAK;
+        ELSE   CASE Phase OF
+                 phName  : BEGIN
+                             ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['>'], F);
+                             SetStringSF (NotationDef.Name, Final, F);
+                             Final := F;
+                             Phase := phExtId;
+                           END;
+                 phExtId : BEGIN
+                             ExternalID := TExternalID.Create (Final);
+                             NotationDef.Value    := ExternalID.SystemId;
+                             NotationDef.PublicId := ExternalID.PublicId;
+                             Final := ExternalId.Final;
+                             ExternalId.Free;
+                             Phase := phEnd;
+                           END;
+                 phEnd   : ;   // -!- There is an error in the document if this branch is called
+                 END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Notations.Add (NotationDef);
+  Final := StrScanE (Final, '>');
+
+  DER.ElementType := deNotation;
+  DER.NotationDef := NotationDef;
+  DER.Final       := Final;
+  DtdElementFound (DER);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.PushPE (VAR Start : PChar);
+          (* If there is a parameter entity reference found in the data stream,
+             the current position will be pushed to the entity stack.
+             Start:  IN  Pointer to the '%' character starting the PE reference
+                     OUT Pointer to first character of PE replacement text *)
+VAR
+  P         : PChar;
+  EntityDef : TEntityDef;
+BEGIN
+  P := StrScan (Start, ';');
+  IF P <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+    EntityDef := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (StrSFPas (Start+1, P-1)));
+    IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+      EntityStack.Push (P+1);
+      Start := PChar (EntityDef.Value);
+      END
+    ELSE
+      Start := P+1;
+    END;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceCharacterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+          // Replaces all Character Entity References in the String
+VAR
+  Start  : INTEGER;
+  PAmp   : PChar;
+  PSemi  : PChar;
+  PosAmp : INTEGER;
+  Len    : INTEGER;    // Length of Entity Reference
+BEGIN
+  IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
+  Start := 1;
+  REPEAT
+    PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str) + Start-1, '&#');
+    IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
+    PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
+    IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
+    PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
+    Len    := PSemi-PAmp+1;
+    IF CompareText (Str [PosAmp+2], 'x') = 0          // !!! Can't use "CHR" for Unicode characters > 255
+      THEN Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef ('$'+Copy (Str, PosAmp+3, Len-4), 0))
+      ELSE Str [PosAmp] := CHR (StrToIntDef (Copy (Str, PosAmp+2, Len-3), 32));
+    Delete (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-1);  
+    Start := PosAmp + 1;
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceParameterEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+          // Recursively replaces all Parameter Entity References in the String
+  PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+  VAR
+    Start   : INTEGER;
+    PAmp    : PChar;
+    PSemi   : PChar;
+    PosAmp  : INTEGER;
+    Len     : INTEGER;
+    Entity  : TEntityDef;
+    Repl    : STRING;        // Replacement
+  BEGIN
+    IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
+    Start := 1;
+    REPEAT
+      PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '%');
+      IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
+      IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
+      Len    := PSemi-PAmp+1;
+      Entity := TEntityDef (ParEntities.Node (Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2)));
+      IF Entity <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+        Repl := Entity.Value;
+        ReplaceEntities (Repl);    // Recursion
+        END
+      ELSE
+        Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len);
+      Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len);  
+      Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp);
+      Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl);
+    UNTIL FALSE;
+  END;
+BEGIN
+  ReplaceEntities (Str);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.ReplaceGeneralEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+          // Recursively replaces General Entity References in the String
+  PROCEDURE ReplaceEntities (VAR Str : STRING);
+  VAR
+    Start          : INTEGER;
+    PAmp           : PChar;
+    PSemi          : PChar;
+    PosAmp         : INTEGER;
+    Len            : INTEGER;
+    EntityDef      : TEntityDef;
+    EntName        : STRING;
+    Repl           : STRING;        // Replacement
+    ExternalEntity : TXmlParser;
+  BEGIN
+    IF Str = '' THEN EXIT;
+    Start := 1;
+    REPEAT
+      PAmp := StrPos (PChar (Str)+Start-1, '&');
+      IF PAmp = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PSemi := StrScan (PAmp+2, ';');
+      IF PSemi = NIL THEN BREAK;
+      PosAmp := PAmp - PChar (Str) + 1;
+      Len    := PSemi-PAmp+1;
+      EntName := Copy (Str, PosAmp+1, Len-2);
+      IF      EntName = 'lt'   THEN Repl := '<'
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'gt'   THEN Repl := '>'
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'amp'  THEN Repl := '&'
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'apos' THEN Repl := ''''
+      ELSE IF EntName = 'quot' THEN Repl := '"'
+      ELSE BEGIN
+        EntityDef := TEntityDef (Entities.Node (EntName));
+        IF EntityDef <> NIL THEN BEGIN
+          IF EntityDef.Value <> '' THEN   // Internal Entity
+            Repl := EntityDef.Value
+          ELSE BEGIN                      // External Entity
+            ExternalEntity := LoadExternalEntity (EntityDef.SystemId, EntityDef.PublicId, EntityDef.NotationName);
+            Repl := StrPas (ExternalEntity.DocBuffer);  // !!! What if it contains a Text Declaration?
+            ExternalEntity.Free;
+            END;
+          ReplaceEntities (Repl);    // Recursion
+          END
+        ELSE
+          Repl := Copy (Str, PosAmp, Len);
+        END;
+      Delete (Str, PosAmp, Len);  
+      Insert (Repl, Str, PosAmp);
+      Start := PosAmp + Length (Repl);
+    UNTIL FALSE;
+  END;
+BEGIN
+  ReplaceEntities (Str);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;
+          // This will be called whenever there is a Parsed External Entity or
+          // the DTD External Subset to be parsed.
+          // It has to create a TXmlParser instance and load the desired Entity.
+          // This instance of LoadExternalEntity assumes that "SystemId" is a valid
+          // file name (relative to the Document source) and loads this file using
+          // the LoadFromFile method.
+VAR
+  Filename : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  // --- Convert System ID to complete filename
+  Filename := StringReplace (SystemId, '/', '\', [rfReplaceAll]);
+  IF Copy (FSource, 1, 1) <> '<' THEN
+    IF (Copy (Filename, 1, 2) = '\\') OR (Copy (Filename, 2, 1) = ':') THEN
+      // Already has an absolute Path
+    ELSE BEGIN
+      Filename := ExtractFilePath (FSource) + Filename;
+      END;
+
+  // --- Load the File
+  Result := TXmlParser.Create;
+  Result.LoadFromFile (Filename);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TXmlParser.TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;
+          // The member variable "CurEncoding" always holds the name of the current
+          // encoding, e.g. 'UTF-8' or 'ISO-8859-1'.
+          // This virtual method "TranslateEncoding" is responsible for translating
+          // the content passed in the "Source" parameter to the Encoding which
+          // is expected by the application.
+          // This instance of "TranlateEncoding" assumes that the Application expects
+          // Windows ANSI (Win1252) strings. It is able to transform UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1
+          // encodings.
+          // If you want your application to understand or create other encodings, you
+          // override this function.
+BEGIN
+  IF CurEncoding = 'UTF-8'
+    THEN Result := Utf8ToAnsi (Source)
+    ELSE Result := Source;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);
+          // This method is called for every element which is found in the DTD
+          // declaration. The variant record TDtdElementRec is passed which
+          // holds informations about the element.
+          // You can override this function to handle DTD declarations.
+          // Note that when you parse the same Document instance a second time,
+          // the DTD will not get parsed again.
+BEGIN
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION TXmlParser.GetDocBuffer: PChar;
+         // Returns FBuffer or a pointer to a NUL char if Buffer is empty
+BEGIN
+  IF FBuffer = NIL
+    THEN Result := #0
+    ELSE Result := FBuffer;
+END;
+
+
+(*$IFNDEF HAS_CONTNRS_UNIT
+===============================================================================================
+TObjectList
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+DESTRUCTOR TObjectList.Destroy;
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  SetCapacity(0);
+  INHERITED Destroy;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TObjectList.Delete (Index : INTEGER);
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count) THEN EXIT;
+  TObject (Items [Index]).Free;
+  INHERITED Delete (Index);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TObjectList.Clear;
+BEGIN
+  WHILE Count > 0 DO
+    Delete (Count-1);
+END;
+
+(*$ENDIF *)
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TNvpNode
+--------
+Node base class for the TNvpList
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TNvpNode.Create (TheName, TheValue : STRING);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Name  := TheName;
+  Value := TheValue;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TNvpList
+--------
+A generic List of Name-Value Pairs, based on the TObjectList introduced in Delphi 5
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+PROCEDURE TNvpList.Add (Node : TNvpNode);
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO
+    IF Node.Name > TNvpNode (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN
+      Insert (I+1, Node);
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+  Insert (0, Node);
+END;
+
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Node (Name : STRING) : TNvpNode;
+          // Binary search for Node
+VAR
+  L, H : INTEGER;    // Low, High Limit
+  T, C : INTEGER;    // Test Index, Comparison result
+  Last : INTEGER;    // Last Test Index
+BEGIN
+  IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN
+    Result := NIL;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+
+  L    := 0;
+  H    := Count;
+  Last := -1;
+  REPEAT
+    T := (L+H) DIV 2;
+    IF T=Last THEN BREAK;
+    Result := TNvpNode (Items [T]);
+    C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name);
+    IF      C = 0 THEN EXIT
+    ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T
+    ELSE               H := T;
+    Last := T;
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Result := NIL;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Node (Index : INTEGER) : TNvpNode;
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
+    THEN Result := NIL
+    ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Value (Name : STRING) : STRING;
+VAR
+  Nvp : TNvpNode;
+BEGIN
+  Nvp := TNvpNode (Node (Name));
+  IF Nvp <> NIL
+    THEN Result := Nvp.Value
+    ELSE Result := '';
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Value (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
+    THEN Result := ''
+    ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Value;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TNvpList.Name (Index : INTEGER) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  IF (Index < 0) OR (Index >= Count)
+    THEN Result := ''
+    ELSE Result := TNvpNode (Items [Index]).Name;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TAttrList
+List of Attributes. The "Analyze" method extracts the Attributes from the given Buffer.
+Is used for extraction of Attributes in Start-Tags, Empty-Element Tags and the "pseudo"
+attributes in XML Prologs, Text Declarations and PIs.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+PROCEDURE TAttrList.Analyze (Start : PChar; VAR Final : PChar);
+          // Analyze the Buffer for Attribute=Name pairs.
+          // Terminates when there is a character which is not IN CNameStart
+          // (e.g. '?>' or '>' or '/>')
+TYPE
+  TPhase = (phName, phEq, phValue);
+VAR
+  Phase : TPhase;
+  F     : PChar;
+  Name  : STRING;
+  Value : STRING;
+  Attr  : TAttr;
+BEGIN
+  Clear;
+  Phase := phName;
+  Final := Start;
+  REPEAT
+    IF (Final^ = #0) OR (Final^ = '>') THEN BREAK;
+    IF NOT (Final^ IN CWhitespace) THEN
+      CASE Phase OF
+        phName  : BEGIN
+                    IF NOT (Final^ IN CNameStart) THEN EXIT;
+                    ExtractName (Final, CWhitespace + ['=', '/'], F);
+                    SetStringSF (Name, Final, F);
+                    Final := F;
+                    Phase := phEq;
+                  END;
+        phEq    : BEGIN
+                    IF Final^ = '=' THEN
+                      Phase := phValue
+                  END;
+        phValue : BEGIN
+                    IF Final^ IN CQuoteChar THEN BEGIN
+                      ExtractQuote (Final, Value, F);
+                      Attr := TAttr.Create;
+                      Attr.Name      := Name;
+                      Attr.Value     := Value;
+                      Attr.ValueType := vtNormal;
+                      Add (Attr);
+                      Final := F;
+                      Phase := phName;
+                      END;
+                  END;
+        END;
+    INC (Final);
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TElemList
+List of TElemDef nodes.
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+FUNCTION  TElemList.Node (Name : STRING) : TElemDef;
+          // Binary search for the Node with the given Name
+VAR
+  L, H : INTEGER;    // Low, High Limit
+  T, C : INTEGER;    // Test Index, Comparison result
+  Last : INTEGER;    // Last Test Index
+BEGIN
+  IF Count=0 THEN BEGIN
+    Result := NIL;
+    EXIT;
+    END;
+
+  L    := 0;
+  H    := Count;
+  Last := -1;
+  REPEAT
+    T := (L+H) DIV 2;
+    IF T=Last THEN BREAK;
+    Result := TElemDef (Items [T]);
+    C := CompareStr (Result.Name, Name);
+    IF C = 0 THEN EXIT
+    ELSE IF C < 0 THEN L := T
+    ELSE               H := T;
+    Last := T;
+  UNTIL FALSE;
+  Result := NIL;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TElemList.Add (Node : TElemDef);
+VAR
+  I : INTEGER;
+BEGIN
+  FOR I := Count-1 DOWNTO 0 DO
+    IF Node.Name > TElemDef (Items [I]).Name THEN BEGIN
+      Insert (I+1, Node);
+      EXIT;
+      END;
+  Insert (0, Node);
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TScannerXmlParser
+A TXmlParser descendant for the TCustomXmlScanner component
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+TYPE
+  TScannerXmlParser = CLASS (TXmlParser)
+                       Scanner : TCustomXmlScanner;
+                       CONSTRUCTOR Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner);
+                       FUNCTION  LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId,
+                                                     Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;  OVERRIDE;
+                       FUNCTION  TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;  OVERRIDE;
+                       PROCEDURE DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);     OVERRIDE;
+                      END;
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TScannerXmlParser.Create (TheScanner : TCustomXmlScanner);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED Create;
+  Scanner := TheScanner;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TScannerXmlParser.LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation : STRING) : TXmlParser;
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnLoadExternal)
+    THEN Scanner.FOnLoadExternal (Scanner, SystemId, PublicId, Notation, Result)
+    ELSE Result :=  INHERITED LoadExternalEntity (SystemId, PublicId, Notation);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TScannerXmlParser.TranslateEncoding  (CONST Source : STRING) : STRING;
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding)
+    THEN Result := Scanner.FOnTranslateEncoding (Scanner, CurEncoding, Source)
+    ELSE Result := INHERITED TranslateEncoding (Source);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TScannerXmlParser.DtdElementFound (DtdElementRec : TDtdElementRec);
+BEGIN
+  WITH DtdElementRec DO
+    CASE ElementType OF
+      deElement  : Scanner.WhenElement  (ElemDef);
+      deAttList  : Scanner.WhenAttList  (ElemDef);
+      deEntity   : Scanner.WhenEntity   (EntityDef);
+      deNotation : Scanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef);
+      dePI       : Scanner.WhenPI       (STRING (Target), STRING (Content), AttrList);
+      deComment  : Scanner.WhenComment  (StrSFPas (Start, Final));
+      deError    : Scanner.WhenDtdError (Pos);
+      END;
+END;
+
+
+(*
+===============================================================================================
+TCustomXmlScanner
+===============================================================================================
+*)
+
+CONSTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Create (AOwner: TComponent);
+BEGIN
+  INHERITED;
+  FXmlParser := TScannerXmlParser.Create (Self);
+END;
+
+
+DESTRUCTOR TCustomXmlScanner.Destroy;
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.Free;
+  INHERITED;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromFile (Filename : TFilename);
+          // Load XML Document from file
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.LoadFromFile (Filename);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer : PChar);
+          // Load XML Document from buffer
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.LoadFromBuffer (Buffer);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetBuffer (Buffer : PChar);
+          // Refer to Buffer
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.SetBuffer (Buffer);
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TCustomXmlScanner.GetFilename : TFilename;
+BEGIN
+  Result := FXmlParser.Source;
+END;
+
+
+FUNCTION  TCustomXmlScanner.GetNormalize : BOOLEAN;
+BEGIN
+  Result := FXmlParser.Normalize;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.SetNormalize (Value : BOOLEAN);
+BEGIN
+  FXmlParser.Normalize := Value;
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenXmlProlog(XmlVersion, Encoding: STRING; Standalone : BOOLEAN);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed the <? xml ?> declaration of the prolog
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnXmlProlog) THEN FOnXmlProlog (Self, XmlVersion, Encoding, Standalone);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenComment  (Comment : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!-- comment -->
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnComment) THEN FOnComment (Self, Comment);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenPI (Target, Content: STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a <?processing instruction ?>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnPI) THEN FOnPI (Self, Target, Content, Attributes);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdRead (RootElementName : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has completely parsed the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnDtdRead) THEN FOnDtdRead (Self, RootElementName);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenStartTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a start tag like <p>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnStartTag) THEN FOnStartTag (Self, TagName, Attributes);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEmptyTag (TagName : STRING; Attributes : TAttrList);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an Empty Element Tag like <br/>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnEmptyTag) THEN FOnEmptyTag (Self, TagName, Attributes);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEndTag (TagName : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an End Tag like </p>
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnEndTag) THEN FOnEndTag (Self, TagName);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenContent (Content : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an element's text content
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnContent) THEN FOnContent (Self, Content);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenCData (Content : STRING);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a CDATA section
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnCData) THEN FOnCData (Self, Content);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenElement (ElemDef : TElemDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ELEMENT> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnElement) THEN FOnElement (Self, ElemDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenAttList (ElemDef : TElemDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ATTLIST> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnAttList) THEN FOnAttList (Self, ElemDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenEntity   (EntityDef : TEntityDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed an <!ENTITY> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnEntity) THEN FOnEntity (Self, EntityDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenNotation (NotationDef : TNotationDef);
+          // Is called when the parser has parsed a <!NOTATION> definition
+          // inside the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnNotation) THEN FOnNotation (Self, NotationDef);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.WhenDtdError (ErrorPos : PChar);
+          // Is called when the parser has found an Error in the DTD
+BEGIN
+  IF Assigned (FOnDtdError) THEN FOnDtdError (Self, ErrorPos);
+END;
+
+
+PROCEDURE TCustomXmlScanner.Execute;
+          // Perform scanning
+          // Scanning is done synchronously, i.e. you can expect events to be triggered
+          // in the order of the XML data stream. Execute will finish when the whole XML
+          // document has been scanned or when the StopParser property has been set to TRUE.
+BEGIN
+  FStopParser := FALSE;
+  FXmlParser.StartScan;
+  WHILE FXmlParser.Scan AND (NOT FStopParser) DO
+    CASE FXmlParser.CurPartType OF
+      ptNone      : ;
+      ptXmlProlog : WhenXmlProlog (FXmlParser.XmlVersion, FXmlParser.Encoding, FXmlParser.Standalone);
+      ptComment   : WhenComment   (StrSFPas (FXmlParser.CurStart, FXmlParser.CurFinal));
+      ptPI        : WhenPI        (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurContent, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
+      ptDtdc      : WhenDtdRead   (FXmlParser.RootName);
+      ptStartTag  : WhenStartTag  (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
+      ptEmptyTag  : WhenEmptyTag  (FXmlParser.CurName, FXmlParser.CurAttr);
+      ptEndTag    : WhenEndTag    (FXmlParser.CurName);
+      ptContent   : WhenContent   (FXmlParser.CurContent);
+      ptCData     : WhenCData     (FXmlParser.CurContent);
+      END;
+END;
+
+
+END.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad9b24e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/logger.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+unit logger;
+{
+  $Id: logger.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/26 16:58:04 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{                Error Logging Unit                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   Logging functions...                                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{               2001 - DL : Initial creation                                   }
+{         25/10/2001 - DRE : Added $M+ directive to allow published            }
+{                                in classes. Added a compile directive         }
+{                                around fmShareExclusive as this does not      }
+{                                exist in Free Pascal                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: logger.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.2  2006/11/26 16:58:04  savage
+  Modifed to create separate log files. Therefore each instance running from the same directory will have their own individual log file, prepended with a number.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  
+}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT OFF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  TLogger = class
+  private
+    FFileHandle : TextFile;
+    FApplicationName : string;
+    FApplicationPath : string;
+  protected
+
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function GetApplicationName: string;
+    function GetApplicationPath: string;
+    procedure LogError( ErrorMessage : string; Location : string );
+    procedure LogWarning( WarningMessage : string; Location : string );
+    procedure LogStatus( StatusMessage : string; Location : string );
+  published
+    property ApplicationName : string read GetApplicationName;
+    property ApplicationPath : string read GetApplicationPath;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Log : TLogger;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TLogger }
+constructor TLogger.Create;
+var
+  FileName : string;
+  FileNo : integer;
+begin
+  FApplicationName := ExtractFileName( ParamStr(0) );
+  FApplicationPath := ExtractFilePath( ParamStr(0) );
+  FileName := FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' );
+  FileNo := 0;
+  while FileExists( FileName ) do
+  begin
+    inc( FileNo );
+    FileName := FApplicationPath + IntToStr( FileNo ) + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' )
+  end;
+  AssignFile( FFileHandle, FileName );
+  ReWrite( FFileHandle );
+  (*inherited Create( FApplicationPath + ChangeFileExt( FApplicationName, '.log' ),
+                    fmCreate {$IFNDEF FPC}or fmShareExclusive{$ENDIF} );*)
+end;
+
+destructor TLogger.Destroy;
+begin
+  CloseFile( FFileHandle );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TLogger.GetApplicationName: string;
+begin
+  result := FApplicationName;
+end;
+
+function TLogger.GetApplicationPath: string;
+begin
+  result := FApplicationPath;
+end;
+
+procedure TLogger.LogError(ErrorMessage, Location: string);
+var
+  S : string;
+begin
+  S := '*** ERROR *** : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + ErrorMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
+  WriteLn( FFileHandle,  S );
+  Flush( FFileHandle );
+end;
+
+procedure TLogger.LogStatus(StatusMessage, Location: string);
+var
+  S : string;
+begin
+  S := 'STATUS INFO : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + StatusMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
+  WriteLn( FFileHandle,  S );
+  Flush( FFileHandle );
+end;
+
+procedure TLogger.LogWarning(WarningMessage, Location: string);
+var
+  S : string;
+begin
+  S := '=== WARNING === : @ ' + TimeToStr(Time) + ' MSG : ' + WarningMessage + ' IN : ' + Location + #13#10;
+  WriteLn( FFileHandle,  S );
+  Flush( FFileHandle );
+end;
+
+initialization
+begin
+  Log := TLogger.Create;
+  Log.LogStatus( 'Starting Application', 'Initialization' );
+end;
+
+finalization
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus( 'Terminating Application', 'Finalization' );
+  Log.Free;
+  Log := nil;
+end;
+
+end.
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..796aa0ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+unit moduleloader;
+{
+  $Id: moduleloader.pas,v 1.4 2004/02/20 17:19:10 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************}
+{                                                                  }
+{       Project JEDI                                               }
+{       OS independent Dynamic Loading Helpers                     }
+{                                                                  }
+{ The initial developer of the this code is                        }
+{ Robert Marquardt <robert_marquardt@gmx.de)                       }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Robert Marquardt.                       }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Obtained through:                                                }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators (Project JEDI)              }
+{                                                                  }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project  }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                }
+{                                                                  }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to   }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may  }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                  }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/NPL-1_1Final.html                     }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an      }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or   }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing     }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                        }
+{                                                                  }
+{******************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: moduleloader.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/20 17:19:10  savage
+  Added Calling convention to Win32 functions just in case.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/14 22:36:29  savage
+  Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
+  Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/14 00:04:50  savage
+  dllfuncs conflicts with FreePascal so it has been renamed back to the moduleloader.pas
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:19  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
+{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON}
+
+// each OS gets its own IFDEFed complete code block to make reading easier
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+uses
+  Windows;
+
+type
+  // Handle to a loaded DLL
+  TModuleHandle = HINST;
+
+const
+  // Value designating an unassigned TModuleHandle od a failed loading
+  INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(0);
+
+function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean; stdcall;
+function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall;
+procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle); stdcall;
+function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer; stdcall;
+function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer; stdcall;
+function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall;
+function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean; stdcall;
+
+implementation
+
+// load the DLL file FileName
+// the rules for FileName are those of LoadLibrary
+// Returns: True = success, False = failure to load
+// Assigns: the handle of the loaded DLL to Module
+// Warning: if Module has any other value than INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE
+// on entry the function will do nothing but returning success.
+
+function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Module := LoadLibrary( FileName );
+  Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+// load the DLL file FileName
+// LoadLibraryEx is used to get better control of the loading
+// for the allowed values for flags see LoadLibraryEx documentation.
+
+function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean;
+begin
+  if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Module := LoadLibraryEx( FileName, 0, Flags);
+  Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+// unload a DLL loaded with LoadModule or LoadModuleEx
+// The procedure will not try to unload a handle with
+// value INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE and assigns this value
+// to Module after unload.
+
+procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle);
+begin
+  if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    FreeLibrary(Module);
+  Module := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
+// if it is exported from the DLL Module
+// nil is returned if the symbol is not available
+
+function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Result := GetProcAddress(Module, SymbolName );
+end;
+
+// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
+// if it is exported from the DLL Module
+// nil is returned if the symbol is not available.
+// as an extra the boolean variable Accu is updated
+// by anding in the success of the function.
+// This is very handy for rendering a global result
+// when accessing a long list of symbols.
+
+function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Result := GetProcAddress(Module, SymbolName );
+  Accu := Accu and (Result <> nil);
+end;
+
+// get the value of variables exported from a DLL Module
+// Delphi cannot access variables in a DLL directly, so
+// this function allows to copy the data from the DLL.
+// Beware! You are accessing the DLL memory image directly.
+// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
+// to read the correct amount of data.
+
+function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
+var
+  Sym: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
+  if Result then
+    Move(Sym^, Buffer, Size);
+end;
+
+// set the value of variables exported from a DLL Module
+// Delphi cannot access variables in a DLL directly, so
+// this function allows to copy the data to the DLL!
+// BEWARE! You are accessing the DLL memory image directly.
+// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
+// to write the correct amount of data.
+// The changes are not persistent. They get lost when the
+// DLL is unloaded.
+
+function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
+var
+  Sym: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
+  if Result then
+    Move(Buffer, Sym^, Size);
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+uses
+{$ifdef FPC}
+  dl,
+  Types,
+  Baseunix,
+  Unix;
+{$else}
+  Types,
+  Libc;
+{$endif}
+
+type
+  // Handle to a loaded .so
+  TModuleHandle = Pointer;
+
+const
+  // Value designating an unassigned TModuleHandle od a failed loading
+  INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(nil);
+
+function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean;
+function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean;
+procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle);
+function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer;
+function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer;
+function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
+function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+// load the .so file FileName
+// the rules for FileName are those of dlopen()
+// Returns: True = success, False = failure to load
+// Assigns: the handle of the loaded .so to Module
+// Warning: if Module has any other value than INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE
+// on entry the function will do nothing but returning success.
+
+function LoadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Module := dlopen( FileName, RTLD_NOW);
+  Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+// load the .so file FileName
+// dlopen() with flags is used to get better control of the loading
+// for the allowed values for flags see "man dlopen".
+
+function LoadModuleEx(var Module: TModuleHandle; FileName: PChar; Flags: Cardinal): Boolean;
+begin
+  if Module = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Module := dlopen( FileName, Flags);
+  Result := Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+// unload a .so loaded with LoadModule or LoadModuleEx
+// The procedure will not try to unload a handle with
+// value INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE and assigns this value
+// to Module after unload.
+
+procedure UnloadModule(var Module: TModuleHandle);
+begin
+  if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    dlclose(Module);
+  Module := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
+// if it is exported from the .so Module
+// nil is returned if the symbol is not available
+
+function GetModuleSymbol(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Result := dlsym(Module, SymbolName );
+end;
+
+// returns the pointer to the symbol named SymbolName
+// if it is exported from the .so Module
+// nil is returned if the symbol is not available.
+// as an extra the boolean variable Accu is updated
+// by anding in the success of the function.
+// This is very handy for rendering a global result
+// when accessing a long list of symbols.
+
+function GetModuleSymbolEx(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Accu: Boolean): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+  if Module <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    Result := dlsym(Module, SymbolName );
+  Accu := Accu and (Result <> nil);
+end;
+
+// get the value of variables exported from a .so Module
+// Delphi cannot access variables in a .so directly, so
+// this function allows to copy the data from the .so.
+// Beware! You are accessing the .so memory image directly.
+// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
+// to read the correct amount of data.
+
+function ReadModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
+var
+  Sym: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
+  if Result then
+    Move(Sym^, Buffer, Size);
+end;
+
+// set the value of variables exported from a .so Module
+// Delphi cannot access variables in a .so directly, so
+// this function allows to copy the data to the .so!
+// BEWARE! You are accessing the .so memory image directly.
+// Be sure to access a variable not a function and be sure
+// to write the correct amount of data.
+// The changes are not persistent. They get lost when the
+// .so is unloaded.
+
+function WriteModuleData(Module: TModuleHandle; SymbolName: PChar; var Buffer; Size: Cardinal): Boolean;
+var
+  Sym: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  Sym := GetModuleSymbolEx(Module, SymbolName, Result);
+  if Result then
+    Move(Buffer, Sym^, Size);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__} // Mach definitions go here
+{$ENDIF}
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a5d55f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/registryuserpreferences.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+unit registryuserpreferences;
+{
+  $Id: registryuserpreferences.pas,v 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{             Wrapper class for Windows Register and INI Files                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   September   23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation                                }
+{
+  $Log: registryuserpreferences.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.1  2004/09/30 22:35:47  savage
+  Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF REG}
+  Registry,
+  {$ELSE}
+  IniFiles,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  Classes,
+  userpreferences;
+
+type
+  TRegistryUserPreferences = class( TUserPreferences )
+  private
+
+  protected
+    function GetSection( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetIdentifier( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; override;
+    function GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; override;
+    procedure SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); override;
+    function GetDefaultDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; override;
+    function GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; override;
+    procedure SetDateTime( const Index : Integer; const Value : TDateTime ); override;
+    function GetDefaultInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; override;
+    function GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; override;
+    procedure SetInteger( const Index : Integer; const Value : Integer ); override;
+    function GetDefaultFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; override;
+    function GetFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; override;
+    procedure SetFloat( const Index : Integer; const Value : single ); override;
+    function GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; override;
+    function GetString( const Index : Integer ) : string; override;
+    procedure SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); override;
+  public
+    Registry : {$IFDEF REG}TRegIniFile{$ELSE}TIniFile{$ENDIF};
+    constructor Create( const FileName : string = '' ); reintroduce;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    procedure Update; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+{ TRegistryUserPreferences }
+constructor TRegistryUserPreferences.Create( const FileName : string );
+var
+  defFileName : string;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  if FileName <> '' then
+    defFileName := FileName
+  else
+    defFileName := ChangeFileExt( ParamStr( 0 ), '.ini' );
+
+  Registry := {$IFDEF REG}TRegIniFile{$ELSE}TIniFile{$ENDIF}.Create( defFileName );
+end;
+
+destructor TRegistryUserPreferences.Destroy;
+begin
+  Update;
+  Registry.Free;
+  Registry := nil;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Registry.ReadBool( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultBoolean( Index ) );
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ): TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := Registry.ReadDateTime( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultDateTime( Index ){$ENDIF} );
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean;
+begin
+  result := false;
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultDateTime( const Index: Integer ) : TDateTime;
+begin
+  result := Now;
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultFloat( const Index: Integer ) : single;
+begin
+  result := 0.0;
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultInteger(const Index : Integer ) : Integer;
+begin
+  result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string;
+begin
+  result := '';
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetFloat( const Index : Integer ): single;
+begin
+  Result := Registry.ReadFloat( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultFloat( Index ){$ENDIF} );
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Registry.ReadInteger( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultInteger( Index )  );
+end;
+
+function TRegistryUserPreferences.GetString( const Index : Integer ): string;
+begin
+  Result := Registry.ReadString( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), GetDefaultString( Index ) );
+end;
+
+procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean );
+begin
+  Registry.WriteBool( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetDateTime( const Index: Integer; const Value: TDateTime );
+begin
+  Registry.WriteDateTime( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ){$ENDIF}, Value );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetFloat(const Index: Integer; const Value: single);
+begin
+  Registry.WriteFloat( GetSection( Index ){$IFNDEF REG}, GetIdentifier( Index ){$ENDIF}, Value );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetInteger( const Index, Value : Integer );
+begin
+  Registry.WriteInteger( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string );
+begin
+  Registry.WriteString( GetSection( Index ), GetIdentifier( Index ), Value );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TRegistryUserPreferences.Update;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF REG}
+  Registry.CloseKey;
+  {$ELSE}
+  Registry.UpdateFile;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..736009c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,4332 @@
+unit sdl;
+{
+  $Id: sdl.pas,v 1.38 2008/01/26 10:09:32 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{             Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004  Sam Lantinga                                        }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL.h                                               }
+{                          SDL_main.h                                          }
+{                          SDL_types.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_rwops.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_timer.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_audio.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_cdrom.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_joystick.h                                      }
+{                          SDL_mouse.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_keyboard.h                                      }
+{                          SDL_events.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_video.h                                         }
+{                          SDL_byteorder.h                                     }
+{                          SDL_version.h                                       }
+{                          SDL_active.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_thread.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_mutex .h                                        }
+{                          SDL_getenv.h                                        }
+{                          SDL_loadso.h                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>  His Project inspired this conversion       }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   May      08 2001 - DL : Added Keyboard  State Array ( See demos for how to }
+{                           use )                                              }
+{                           PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr;                      }
+{                           TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8;           }
+{                           As most games will need it.                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April    02 2001 - DL : Added SDL_getenv.h definitions and tested version  }
+{                           1.2.0 compatability.                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    13 2001 - MT : Added Linux compatibility.                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    10 2001 - MT : Added externalsyms for DEFINES                     }
+{                           Changed the license header                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    09 2001 - MT : Added Kylix Ifdefs/Deleted the uses mmsystem       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   March    01 2001 - DL : Update conversion of version 1.1.8                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   July     22 2001 - DL : Added TUInt8Array and PUIntArray after suggestions }
+{                           from Matthias Thoma and Eric Grange.               }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  12 2001 - DL : Various changes as suggested by Matthias Thoma and }
+{                           David Acklam                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  24 2001 - DL : Added FreePascal support as per suggestions from   }
+{                           Dean Ellis.                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{   October  27 2001 - DL : Added SDL_BUTTON macro                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  November  08 2001 - DL : Bug fix as pointed out by Puthoon.                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{  November  29 2001 - DL : Bug fix of SDL_SetGammaRamp as pointed out by Simon}
+{                           Rushton.                                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{  November  30 2001 - DL : SDL_NOFRAME added as pointed out by Simon Rushton. }
+{                                                                              }
+{  December  11 2001 - DL : Added $WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON to facilitate useage in  }
+{                           Components                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{  January   05 2002 - DL : Added SDL_Swap32 function as suggested by Matthias }
+{                           Thoma and also made sure the _getenv from          }
+{                           MSVCRT.DLL uses the right calling convention       }
+{                                                                              }
+{  January   25 2002 - DL : Updated conversion of SDL_AddTimer &               }
+{                           SDL_RemoveTimer as per suggestions from Matthias   }
+{                           Thoma.                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  January   27 2002 - DL : Commented out exported function putenv and getenv  }
+{                           So that developers get used to using SDL_putenv    }
+{                           SDL_getenv, as they are more portable              }
+{                                                                              }
+{  March     05 2002 - DL : Added FreeAnNil procedure for Delphi 4 users.      }
+{                                                                              }
+{  October   23 2002 - DL : Added Delphi 3 Define of Win32.                    }
+{                           If you intend to you Delphi 3...                   }
+{                           ( which is officially unsupported ) make sure you  }
+{                           remove references to $EXTERNALSYM in this and other}
+{                           SDL files.                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ November  29 2002 - DL : Fixed bug in Declaration of SDL_GetRGBA that was    }
+{                          pointed out by Todd Lang                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.38  2008/01/26 10:09:32  savage
+  Added SDL_BUTTON_X1 and SDL_BUTTON_X2 constants for extended mouse buttons. Now makes SDL v1.2.13 compliant.
+
+  Revision 1.37  2007/12/20 22:36:56  savage
+  Added SKYOS support, thanks to Sebastian-Torsten Tillmann
+
+  Revision 1.36  2007/12/05 22:52:04  savage
+  Better Mac OS X support for Frameworks.
+
+  Revision 1.35  2007/12/02 22:41:13  savage
+  Change for Mac OS X to link to SDL Framework
+
+  Revision 1.34  2007/08/26 23:50:53  savage
+  Jonas supplied another fix.
+
+  Revision 1.33  2007/08/26 15:59:46  savage
+  Mac OS changes as suggested by Jonas Maebe
+
+  Revision 1.32  2007/08/22 21:18:43  savage
+  Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch.
+
+  Revision 1.31  2007/05/29 21:30:48  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.30  2007/05/29 19:31:03  savage
+  Fix to TSDL_Overlay structure - thanks David Pethes (aka imcold)
+
+  Revision 1.29  2007/05/20 20:29:11  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.26  2007/02/11 13:38:04  savage
+  Added Nintendo DS support - Thanks Dean.
+
+  Revision 1.25  2006/12/02 00:12:52  savage
+  Updated to latest version
+
+  Revision 1.24  2006/05/18 21:10:04  savage
+  Added 1.2.10 Changes
+
+  Revision 1.23  2005/12/04 23:17:52  drellis
+  Added declaration of SInt8 and PSInt8
+
+  Revision 1.22  2005/05/24 21:59:03  savage
+  Re-arranged uses clause to work on Win32 and Linux, Thanks again Michalis.
+
+  Revision 1.21  2005/05/22 18:42:31  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis Kamburelis. Thanks again.
+
+  Revision 1.20  2005/04/10 11:48:33  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.19  2005/01/05 01:47:06  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.18  2005/01/04 23:14:41  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.17  2005/01/03 18:40:59  savage
+  Updated Version number to reflect latest one
+
+  Revision 1.16  2005/01/01 02:02:06  savage
+  Updated to v1.2.8
+
+  Revision 1.15  2004/12/24 18:57:11  savage
+  forgot to apply Michalis Kamburelis' patch to the implementation section. now fixed
+
+  Revision 1.14  2004/12/23 23:42:18  savage
+  Applied Patches supplied by Michalis Kamburelis ( THANKS! ), for greater FreePascal compatability.
+
+  Revision 1.13  2004/09/30 22:31:59  savage
+  Updated with slightly different header comments
+
+  Revision 1.12  2004/09/12 21:52:58  savage
+  Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
+
+  Revision 1.11  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.10  2004/07/20 23:57:33  savage
+  Thanks to Paul Toth for spotting an error in the SDL Audio Convertion structures.
+  In TSDL_AudioCVT the filters variable should point to and array of pointers and not what I had there previously.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2004/07/03 22:07:22  savage
+  Added Bitwise Manipulation Functions for TSDL_VideoInfo struct.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2004/05/10 14:10:03  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/04/01 20:53:23  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/02/22 15:32:10  savage
+  SDL_GetEnv Fix so it also works on FPC/Linux. Thanks to Rodrigo for pointing this out.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/02/21 23:24:29  savage
+  SDL_GetEnv Fix so that it is not define twice for FPC. Thanks to Rene Hugentobler for pointing out this bug,
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/18 22:35:51  savage
+  Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability
+  Thus...
+  Added SDL_GL_STEREO,
+      SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+      SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
+
+  Add DLL/Shared object functions
+  function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+  function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+  procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
+
+  Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
+  function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
+
+  Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/17 21:37:12  savage
+  Tidying up of units
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  system,
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  wintypes,
+  {$ELSE}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  gpc;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
+  Types{$IFNDEF NDS},{$ELSE};{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Windows;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
+  pthreads,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  baseunix,
+  {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+  {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
+  unix,
+  {$ELSE}
+  unix;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ELSE}
+  unix;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ELSE}
+  unix;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+  {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
+  x,
+  xlib;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ELSE}
+  Libc,
+  Xlib;
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__}
+  GPCMacOSAll;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$ifndef FPC}
+type
+  PtrInt = LongInt;
+  PtrUInt = LongWord;
+{$endif}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.0.dylib';
+  {$linklib libSDL-1.2.0}
+//  {$linklib gcc}
+  {$linklib SDLmain}
+  {$linkframework Cocoa}
+  {$PASCALMAINNAME SDL_main}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL-1.2.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDLLibName = 'SDL';
+  {$linklib libSDL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF NDS}
+  SDLLibName = 'libSDL.a';
+  {$linklib libSDL.a}
+  {$linklib libnds9.a}
+  {$linklib libc.a}
+  {$linklib libgcc.a}
+  {$linklib libsysbase.a}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // SDL_verion.h constants
+  // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+  SDL_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_PATCHLEVEL    = 13;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+  // SDL.h constants
+  SDL_INIT_TIMER = $00000001;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_TIMER}
+  SDL_INIT_AUDIO = $00000010;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_AUDIO}
+  SDL_INIT_VIDEO = $00000020;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_VIDEO}
+  SDL_INIT_CDROM = $00000100;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_CDROM}
+  SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK = $00000200;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK}
+  SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE = $00100000; // Don't catch fatal signals
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE}
+  SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD = $01000000; // Not supported on all OS's
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD}
+  SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING = $0000FFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING}
+
+  // SDL_error.h constants
+  ERR_MAX_STRLEN = 128;
+{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_STRLEN}
+  ERR_MAX_ARGS = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM ERR_MAX_ARGS}
+
+  // SDL_types.h constants
+  SDL_PRESSED = $01;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PRESSED}
+  SDL_RELEASED = $00;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RELEASED}
+
+  // SDL_timer.h constants
+  // This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds
+  SDL_TIMESLICE = 10;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TIMESLICE}
+  // This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms
+  TIMER_RESOLUTION = 10; // Experimentally determined
+{$EXTERNALSYM TIMER_RESOLUTION}
+
+  // SDL_audio.h constants
+  AUDIO_U8 = $0008; // Unsigned 8-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U8}
+  AUDIO_S8 = $8008; // Signed 8-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S8}
+  AUDIO_U16LSB = $0010; // Unsigned 16-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16LSB}
+  AUDIO_S16LSB = $8010; // Signed 16-bit samples
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16LSB}
+  AUDIO_U16MSB = $1010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16MSB}
+  AUDIO_S16MSB = $9010; // As above, but big-endian byte order
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16MSB}
+  AUDIO_U16 = AUDIO_U16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16}
+  AUDIO_S16 = AUDIO_S16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16}
+
+
+  // SDL_cdrom.h constants
+  // The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk
+  SDL_MAX_TRACKS = 99;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MAX_TRACKS}
+  // The types of CD-ROM track possible
+  SDL_AUDIO_TRACK = $00;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AUDIO_TRACK}
+  SDL_DATA_TRACK = $04;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DATA_TRACK}
+
+  // Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
+  CD_FPS = 75;
+{$EXTERNALSYM CD_FPS}
+  // SDL_byteorder.h constants
+  // The two types of endianness
+  SDL_LIL_ENDIAN = 1234;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LIL_ENDIAN}
+  SDL_BIG_ENDIAN = 4321;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BIG_ENDIAN}
+
+{$IFDEF IA32}
+
+  SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_LIL_ENDIAN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
+  // Native audio byte ordering
+  AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
+  AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16LSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
+
+{$ELSE}
+
+  SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BYTEORDER}
+  // Native audio byte ordering
+  AUDIO_U16SYS = AUDIO_U16MSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_U16SYS}
+  AUDIO_S16SYS = AUDIO_S16MSB;
+{$EXTERNALSYM AUDIO_S16SYS}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+  SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME = 128;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME}
+
+  // SDL_joystick.h constants
+  MAX_JOYSTICKS = 2; // only 2 are supported in the multimedia API
+{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_JOYSTICKS}
+  MAX_AXES = 6; // each joystick can have up to 6 axes
+{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_AXES}
+  MAX_BUTTONS = 32; // and 32 buttons
+{$EXTERNALSYM MAX_BUTTONS}
+  AXIS_MIN = -32768; // minimum value for axis coordinate
+{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MIN}
+  AXIS_MAX = 32767; // maximum value for axis coordinate
+{$EXTERNALSYM AXIS_MAX}
+  JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD = (((AXIS_MAX) - (AXIS_MIN)) / 100); // 1% motion
+{$EXTERNALSYM JOY_AXIS_THRESHOLD}
+  //JOY_BUTTON_FLAG(n)        (1<<n)
+  // array to hold joystick ID values
+  //static UInt        SYS_JoystickID[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
+  //static JOYCAPS        SYS_Joystick[MAX_JOYSTICKS];
+
+  { Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
+    The return value is one of the following positions: }
+  SDL_HAT_CENTERED = $00;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_CENTERED}
+  SDL_HAT_UP = $01;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_UP}
+  SDL_HAT_RIGHT = $02;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHT}
+  SDL_HAT_DOWN = $04;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_DOWN}
+  SDL_HAT_LEFT = $08;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFT}
+  SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_UP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP}
+  SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN = SDL_HAT_RIGHT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN}
+  SDL_HAT_LEFTUP = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_UP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTUP}
+  SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN = SDL_HAT_LEFT or SDL_HAT_DOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN}
+
+  // SDL_events.h constants
+  SDL_NOEVENT = 0; // Unused (do not remove)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOEVENT}
+  SDL_ACTIVEEVENT = 1; // Application loses/gains visibility
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENT}
+  SDL_KEYDOWN = 2; // Keys pressed
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWN}
+  SDL_KEYUP = 3; // Keys released
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUP}
+  SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 4; // Mouse moved
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTION}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN = 5; // Mouse button pressed
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP = 6; // Mouse button released
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP}
+  SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 7; // Joystick axis motion
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTION}
+  SDL_JOYBALLMOTION = 8; // Joystick trackball motion
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTION}
+  SDL_JOYHATMOTION = 9; // Joystick hat position change
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTION}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN = 10; // Joystick button pressed
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONUP = 11; // Joystick button released
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUP}
+  SDL_QUITEV = 12; // User-requested quit ( Changed due to procedure conflict )
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUIT}
+  SDL_SYSWMEVENT = 13; // System specific event
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENT}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA = 14; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED = 15; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED}
+  SDL_VIDEORESIZE = 16; // User resized video mode
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZE}
+  SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE = 17; // Screen needs to be redrawn
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2 = 18; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3 = 19; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4 = 20; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5 = 21; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6 = 22; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6}
+  SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7 = 23; // Reserved for future use..
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7}
+  // Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use
+  SDL_USEREVENT = 24;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_USEREVENT}
+  // This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
+  // It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- UInt32
+  SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NUMEVENTS}
+
+  SDL_ALLEVENTS = $FFFFFFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALLEVENTS}
+
+  SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_ACTIVEEVENT;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK}
+  SDL_KEYDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYDOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYDOWNMASK}
+  SDL_KEYUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_KEYUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KEYUPMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK}
+  SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_MOUSEMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or
+    1 shl SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK}
+  SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK}
+  SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK}
+  SDL_JOYEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_JOYAXISMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYBALLMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYHATMOTION or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or
+    1 shl SDL_JOYBUTTONUP;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JOYEVENTMASK}
+  SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK = 1 shl SDL_VIDEORESIZE;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK}
+  SDL_QUITMASK = 1 shl SDL_QUITEV;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUITMASK}
+  SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK = 1 shl SDL_SYSWMEVENT;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK}
+
+  { This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
+    If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
+    from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
+    If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
+    If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
+    current processing state of the specified event. }
+
+  SDL_QUERY = -1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QUERY}
+  SDL_IGNORE = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IGNORE}
+  SDL_DISABLE = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DISABLE}
+  SDL_ENABLE = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ENABLE}
+
+  //SDL_keyboard.h constants
+  // This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings
+  SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS = $FFFFFFFF;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS}
+
+{ Enable/Disable keyboard repeat.  Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
+  'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
+  pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
+  'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events. }
+
+  SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY = 500;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY}
+  SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL = 30;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL}
+
+  // The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII
+  SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNKNOWN}
+  SDLK_FIRST = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_FIRST}
+  SDLK_BACKSPACE = 8;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSPACE}
+  SDLK_TAB = 9;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_TAB}
+  SDLK_CLEAR = 12;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CLEAR}
+  SDLK_RETURN = 13;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RETURN}
+  SDLK_PAUSE = 19;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAUSE}
+  SDLK_ESCAPE = 27;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ESCAPE}
+  SDLK_SPACE = 32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SPACE}
+  SDLK_EXCLAIM = 33;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EXCLAIM}
+  SDLK_QUOTEDBL = 34;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTEDBL}
+  SDLK_HASH = 35;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HASH}
+  SDLK_DOLLAR = 36;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOLLAR}
+  SDLK_AMPERSAND = 38;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AMPERSAND}
+  SDLK_QUOTE = 39;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUOTE}
+  SDLK_LEFTPAREN = 40;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTPAREN}
+  SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = 41;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTPAREN}
+  SDLK_ASTERISK = 42;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_ASTERISK}
+  SDLK_PLUS = 43;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PLUS}
+  SDLK_COMMA = 44;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMMA}
+  SDLK_MINUS = 45;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MINUS}
+  SDLK_PERIOD = 46;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PERIOD}
+  SDLK_SLASH = 47;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SLASH}
+  SDLK_0 = 48;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_0}
+  SDLK_1 = 49;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_1}
+  SDLK_2 = 50;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_2}
+  SDLK_3 = 51;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_3}
+  SDLK_4 = 52;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_4}
+  SDLK_5 = 53;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_5}
+  SDLK_6 = 54;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_6}
+  SDLK_7 = 55;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_7}
+  SDLK_8 = 56;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_8}
+  SDLK_9 = 57;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_9}
+  SDLK_COLON = 58;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COLON}
+  SDLK_SEMICOLON = 59;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SEMICOLON}
+  SDLK_LESS = 60;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LESS}
+  SDLK_EQUALS = 61;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EQUALS}
+  SDLK_GREATER = 62;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GREATER}
+  SDLK_QUESTION = 63;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_QUESTION}
+  SDLK_AT = 64;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_AT}
+
+  { Skip uppercase letters }
+
+  SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = 91;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFTBRACKET}
+  SDLK_BACKSLASH = 92;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKSLASH}
+  SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = 93;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET}
+  SDLK_CARET = 94;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CARET}
+  SDLK_UNDERSCORE = 95;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UNDERSCORE}
+  SDLK_BACKQUOTE = 96;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BACKQUOTE}
+  SDLK_a = 97;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_a}
+  SDLK_b = 98;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_b}
+  SDLK_c = 99;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_c}
+  SDLK_d = 100;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_d}
+  SDLK_e = 101;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_e}
+  SDLK_f = 102;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_f}
+  SDLK_g = 103;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_g}
+  SDLK_h = 104;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_h}
+  SDLK_i = 105;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_i}
+  SDLK_j = 106;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_j}
+  SDLK_k = 107;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_k}
+  SDLK_l = 108;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_l}
+  SDLK_m = 109;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_m}
+  SDLK_n = 110;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_n}
+  SDLK_o = 111;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_o}
+  SDLK_p = 112;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_p}
+  SDLK_q = 113;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_q}
+  SDLK_r = 114;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_r}
+  SDLK_s = 115;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_s}
+  SDLK_t = 116;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_t}
+  SDLK_u = 117;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_u}
+  SDLK_v = 118;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_v}
+  SDLK_w = 119;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_w}
+  SDLK_x = 120;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_x}
+  SDLK_y = 121;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_y}
+  SDLK_z = 122;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_z}
+  SDLK_DELETE = 127;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DELETE}
+  // End of ASCII mapped keysyms
+
+  // International keyboard syms
+  SDLK_WORLD_0 = 160; // 0xA0
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_0}
+  SDLK_WORLD_1 = 161;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_1}
+  SDLK_WORLD_2 = 162;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_2}
+  SDLK_WORLD_3 = 163;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_3}
+  SDLK_WORLD_4 = 164;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_4}
+  SDLK_WORLD_5 = 165;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_5}
+  SDLK_WORLD_6 = 166;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_6}
+  SDLK_WORLD_7 = 167;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_7}
+  SDLK_WORLD_8 = 168;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_8}
+  SDLK_WORLD_9 = 169;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_9}
+  SDLK_WORLD_10 = 170;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_10}
+  SDLK_WORLD_11 = 171;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_11}
+  SDLK_WORLD_12 = 172;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_12}
+  SDLK_WORLD_13 = 173;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_13}
+  SDLK_WORLD_14 = 174;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_14}
+  SDLK_WORLD_15 = 175;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_15}
+  SDLK_WORLD_16 = 176;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_16}
+  SDLK_WORLD_17 = 177;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_17}
+  SDLK_WORLD_18 = 178;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_18}
+  SDLK_WORLD_19 = 179;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_19}
+  SDLK_WORLD_20 = 180;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_20}
+  SDLK_WORLD_21 = 181;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_21}
+  SDLK_WORLD_22 = 182;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_22}
+  SDLK_WORLD_23 = 183;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_23}
+  SDLK_WORLD_24 = 184;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_24}
+  SDLK_WORLD_25 = 185;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_25}
+  SDLK_WORLD_26 = 186;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_26}
+  SDLK_WORLD_27 = 187;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_27}
+  SDLK_WORLD_28 = 188;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_28}
+  SDLK_WORLD_29 = 189;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_29}
+  SDLK_WORLD_30 = 190;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_30}
+  SDLK_WORLD_31 = 191;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_31}
+  SDLK_WORLD_32 = 192;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_32}
+  SDLK_WORLD_33 = 193;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_33}
+  SDLK_WORLD_34 = 194;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_34}
+  SDLK_WORLD_35 = 195;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_35}
+  SDLK_WORLD_36 = 196;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_36}
+  SDLK_WORLD_37 = 197;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_37}
+  SDLK_WORLD_38 = 198;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_38}
+  SDLK_WORLD_39 = 199;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_39}
+  SDLK_WORLD_40 = 200;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_40}
+  SDLK_WORLD_41 = 201;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_41}
+  SDLK_WORLD_42 = 202;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_42}
+  SDLK_WORLD_43 = 203;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_43}
+  SDLK_WORLD_44 = 204;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_44}
+  SDLK_WORLD_45 = 205;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_45}
+  SDLK_WORLD_46 = 206;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_46}
+  SDLK_WORLD_47 = 207;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_47}
+  SDLK_WORLD_48 = 208;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_48}
+  SDLK_WORLD_49 = 209;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_49}
+  SDLK_WORLD_50 = 210;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_50}
+  SDLK_WORLD_51 = 211;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_51}
+  SDLK_WORLD_52 = 212;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_52}
+  SDLK_WORLD_53 = 213;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_53}
+  SDLK_WORLD_54 = 214;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_54}
+  SDLK_WORLD_55 = 215;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_55}
+  SDLK_WORLD_56 = 216;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_56}
+  SDLK_WORLD_57 = 217;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_57}
+  SDLK_WORLD_58 = 218;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_58}
+  SDLK_WORLD_59 = 219;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_59}
+  SDLK_WORLD_60 = 220;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_60}
+  SDLK_WORLD_61 = 221;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_61}
+  SDLK_WORLD_62 = 222;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_62}
+  SDLK_WORLD_63 = 223;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_63}
+  SDLK_WORLD_64 = 224;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_64}
+  SDLK_WORLD_65 = 225;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_65}
+  SDLK_WORLD_66 = 226;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_66}
+  SDLK_WORLD_67 = 227;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_67}
+  SDLK_WORLD_68 = 228;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_68}
+  SDLK_WORLD_69 = 229;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_69}
+  SDLK_WORLD_70 = 230;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_70}
+  SDLK_WORLD_71 = 231;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_71}
+  SDLK_WORLD_72 = 232;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_72}
+  SDLK_WORLD_73 = 233;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_73}
+  SDLK_WORLD_74 = 234;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_74}
+  SDLK_WORLD_75 = 235;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_75}
+  SDLK_WORLD_76 = 236;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_76}
+  SDLK_WORLD_77 = 237;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_77}
+  SDLK_WORLD_78 = 238;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_78}
+  SDLK_WORLD_79 = 239;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_79}
+  SDLK_WORLD_80 = 240;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_80}
+  SDLK_WORLD_81 = 241;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_81}
+  SDLK_WORLD_82 = 242;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_82}
+  SDLK_WORLD_83 = 243;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_83}
+  SDLK_WORLD_84 = 244;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_84}
+  SDLK_WORLD_85 = 245;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_85}
+  SDLK_WORLD_86 = 246;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_86}
+  SDLK_WORLD_87 = 247;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_87}
+  SDLK_WORLD_88 = 248;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_88}
+  SDLK_WORLD_89 = 249;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_89}
+  SDLK_WORLD_90 = 250;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_90}
+  SDLK_WORLD_91 = 251;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_91}
+  SDLK_WORLD_92 = 252;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_92}
+  SDLK_WORLD_93 = 253;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_93}
+  SDLK_WORLD_94 = 254;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_94}
+  SDLK_WORLD_95 = 255; // 0xFF
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_WORLD_95}
+
+  // Numeric keypad
+  SDLK_KP0 = 256;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP0}
+  SDLK_KP1 = 257;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP1}
+  SDLK_KP2 = 258;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP2}
+  SDLK_KP3 = 259;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP3}
+  SDLK_KP4 = 260;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP4}
+  SDLK_KP5 = 261;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP5}
+  SDLK_KP6 = 262;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP6}
+  SDLK_KP7 = 263;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP7}
+  SDLK_KP8 = 264;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP8}
+  SDLK_KP9 = 265;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP9}
+  SDLK_KP_PERIOD = 266;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PERIOD}
+  SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = 267;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_DIVIDE}
+  SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = 268;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY}
+  SDLK_KP_MINUS = 269;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_MINUS}
+  SDLK_KP_PLUS = 270;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_PLUS}
+  SDLK_KP_ENTER = 271;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_ENTER}
+  SDLK_KP_EQUALS = 272;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_KP_EQUALS}
+
+  // Arrows + Home/End pad
+  SDLK_UP = 273;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_UP}
+  SDLK_DOWN = 274;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_DOWN}
+  SDLK_RIGHT = 275;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RIGHT}
+  SDLK_LEFT = 276;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LEFT}
+  SDLK_INSERT = 277;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_INSERT}
+  SDLK_HOME = 278;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HOME}
+  SDLK_END = 279;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_END}
+  SDLK_PAGEUP = 280;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEUP}
+  SDLK_PAGEDOWN = 281;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PAGEDOWN}
+
+  // Function keys
+  SDLK_F1 = 282;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F1}
+  SDLK_F2 = 283;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F2}
+  SDLK_F3 = 284;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F3}
+  SDLK_F4 = 285;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F4}
+  SDLK_F5 = 286;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F5}
+  SDLK_F6 = 287;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F6}
+  SDLK_F7 = 288;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F7}
+  SDLK_F8 = 289;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F8}
+  SDLK_F9 = 290;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F9}
+  SDLK_F10 = 291;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F10}
+  SDLK_F11 = 292;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F11}
+  SDLK_F12 = 293;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F12}
+  SDLK_F13 = 294;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F13}
+  SDLK_F14 = 295;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F14}
+  SDLK_F15 = 296;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_F15}
+
+  // Key state modifier keys
+  SDLK_NUMLOCK = 300;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_NUMLOCK}
+  SDLK_CAPSLOCK = 301;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_CAPSLOCK}
+  SDLK_SCROLLOCK = 302;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SCROLLOCK}
+  SDLK_RSHIFT = 303;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSHIFT}
+  SDLK_LSHIFT = 304;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSHIFT}
+  SDLK_RCTRL = 305;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RCTRL}
+  SDLK_LCTRL = 306;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LCTRL}
+  SDLK_RALT = 307;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RALT}
+  SDLK_LALT = 308;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LALT}
+  SDLK_RMETA = 309;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RMETA}
+  SDLK_LMETA = 310;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LMETA}
+  SDLK_LSUPER = 311; // Left "Windows" key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_LSUPER}
+  SDLK_RSUPER = 312; // Right "Windows" key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_RSUPER}
+  SDLK_MODE = 313; // "Alt Gr" key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MODE}
+  SDLK_COMPOSE = 314; // Multi-key compose key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_COMPOSE}
+
+  // Miscellaneous function keys
+  SDLK_HELP = 315;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_HELP}
+  SDLK_PRINT = 316;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_PRINT}
+  SDLK_SYSREQ = 317;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_SYSREQ}
+  SDLK_BREAK = 318;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_BREAK}
+  SDLK_MENU = 319;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_MENU}
+  SDLK_POWER = 320; // Power Macintosh power key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_POWER}
+  SDLK_EURO = 321; // Some european keyboards
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_EURO}
+
+{$IFDEF GP2X}
+SDLK_GP2X_UP = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UP}
+SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPLEFT}
+SDLK_GP2X_LEFT = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_LEFT}
+SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT = 3;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNLEFT}
+SDLK_GP2X_DOWN = 4;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWN}
+SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_DOWNRIGHT}
+SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT = 6;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_RIGHT}
+SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT = 7;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_UPRIGHT}
+SDLK_GP2X_START = 8;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_START}
+SDLK_GP2X_SELECT = 9;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_SELECT}
+SDLK_GP2X_L = 10;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_L}
+SDLK_GP2X_R = 11;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_R}
+SDLK_GP2X_A = 12;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_A}
+SDLK_GP2X_B = 13;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_B}
+SDLK_GP2X_Y = 14;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_Y}
+SDLK_GP2X_X = 15;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_X}
+SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP = 16;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLUP}
+SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN = 17;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_VOLDOWN}
+SDLK_GP2X_CLICK = 18;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDLK_GP2X_CLICK}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together)
+  KMOD_NONE = $0000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NONE}
+  KMOD_LSHIFT = $0001;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LSHIFT}
+  KMOD_RSHIFT = $0002;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RSHIFT}
+  KMOD_LCTRL = $0040;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LCTRL}
+  KMOD_RCTRL = $0080;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RCTRL}
+  KMOD_LALT = $0100;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LALT}
+  KMOD_RALT = $0200;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RALT}
+  KMOD_LMETA = $0400;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_LMETA}
+  KMOD_RMETA = $0800;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RMETA}
+  KMOD_NUM = $1000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_NUM}
+  KMOD_CAPS = $2000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CAPS}
+  KMOD_MODE = 44000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_MODE}
+  KMOD_RESERVED = $8000;
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_RESERVED}
+
+  KMOD_CTRL = (KMOD_LCTRL or KMOD_RCTRL);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_CTRL}
+  KMOD_SHIFT = (KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_RSHIFT);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_SHIFT}
+  KMOD_ALT = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_RALT);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_ALT}
+  KMOD_META = (KMOD_LMETA or KMOD_RMETA);
+{$EXTERNALSYM KMOD_META}
+
+  //SDL_video.h constants
+  // Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
+  SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 255;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE}
+  SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT}
+
+  // These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface
+  // Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode()
+  SDL_SWSURFACE = $00000000; // Surface is in system memory
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SWSURFACE}
+  SDL_HWSURFACE = $00000001; // Surface is in video memory
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWSURFACE}
+  SDL_ASYNCBLIT = $00000004; // Use asynchronous blits if possible
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ASYNCBLIT}
+  // Available for SDL_SetVideoMode()
+  SDL_ANYFORMAT = $10000000; // Allow any video depth/pixel-format
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ANYFORMAT}
+  SDL_HWPALETTE = $20000000; // Surface has exclusive palette
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWPALETTE}
+  SDL_DOUBLEBUF = $40000000; // Set up double-buffered video mode
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DOUBLEBUF}
+  SDL_FULLSCREEN = $80000000; // Surface is a full screen display
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FULLSCREEN}
+  SDL_OPENGL = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGL}
+  SDL_OPENGLBLIT = $00000002; // Create an OpenGL rendering context
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OPENGLBLIT}
+  SDL_RESIZABLE = $00000010; // This video mode may be resized
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RESIZABLE}
+  SDL_NOFRAME = $00000020; // No window caption or edge frame
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NOFRAME}
+  // Used internally (read-only)
+  SDL_HWACCEL = $00000100; // Blit uses hardware acceleration
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HWACCEL}
+  SDL_SRCCOLORKEY = $00001000; // Blit uses a source color key
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCOLORKEY}
+  SDL_RLEACCELOK = $00002000; // Private flag
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCELOK}
+  SDL_RLEACCEL = $00004000; // Colorkey blit is RLE accelerated
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RLEACCEL}
+  SDL_SRCALPHA = $00010000; // Blit uses source alpha blending
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCALPHA}
+  SDL_SRCCLIPPING = $00100000; // Blit uses source clipping
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SRCCLIPPING}
+  SDL_PREALLOC = $01000000; // Surface uses preallocated memory
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PREALLOC}
+
+  { The most common video overlay formats.
+    For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
+    http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
+
+   For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
+   http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html }
+
+  SDL_YV12_OVERLAY = $32315659; // Planar mode: Y + V + U  (3 planes)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YV12_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY = $56555949; // Planar mode: Y + U + V  (3 planes)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY = $32595559; // Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY = $59565955; // Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY}
+  SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY = $55595659; // Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane)
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY}
+
+  // flags for SDL_SetPalette()
+  SDL_LOGPAL = $01;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LOGPAL}
+  SDL_PHYSPAL = $02;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PHYSPAL}
+
+  //SDL_mouse.h constants
+  { Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
+    Button 1:	Left mouse button
+    Button 2:	Middle mouse button
+    Button 3:	Right mouse button
+    Button 4:	Mouse Wheel Up (may also be a real button)
+    Button 5:	Mouse Wheel Down (may also be a real button)
+    Button 6:	Mouse X1 (may also be a real button)
+    Button 7:	Mouse X2 (may also be a real button)
+  }
+  SDL_BUTTON_LEFT      = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LEFT}
+  SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE    = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE}
+  SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT     = 3;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT}
+  SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP   = 4;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP}
+  SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN = 5;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN}
+  SDL_BUTTON_X1        = 6;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1}
+  SDL_BUTTON_X2        = 7;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2}
+
+  SDL_BUTTON_LMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_LEFT - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_LMASK}
+  SDL_BUTTON_MMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_MMASK}
+  SDL_BUTTON_RMASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_RMASK}
+  SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X1 - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK}
+  SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK = SDL_PRESSED shl (SDL_BUTTON_X2 - 1);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK}
+
+  // SDL_active.h constants
+  // The available application states
+  SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS = $01; // The app has mouse coverage
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS}
+  SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS = $02; // The app has input focus
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS}
+  SDL_APPACTIVE = $04; // The application is active
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_APPACTIVE}
+
+  // SDL_mutex.h constants
+  // Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
+  //  they time out.
+
+  SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT}
+
+  // This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out
+  SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT = not Cardinal(0);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT}
+
+  {TSDL_GrabMode = (
+    SDL_GRAB_QUERY,
+    SDL_GRAB_OFF,
+    SDL_GRAB_ON,
+    SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN	); // Used internally}
+  SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1;
+  SDL_GRAB_OFF   = 0;
+  SDL_GRAB_ON    = 1;
+  //SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN // Used internally
+
+type
+  THandle = Cardinal;
+  //SDL_types.h types
+  // Basic data types
+
+  SDL_Bool  = (SDL_FALSE, SDL_TRUE);
+  TSDL_Bool = SDL_Bool;
+
+  PUInt8Array = ^TUInt8Array;
+  PUInt8 = ^UInt8;
+  PPUInt8 = ^PUInt8;
+  UInt8 = Byte;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt8}
+  TUInt8Array = array [0..MAXINT shr 1] of UInt8;
+
+  PUInt16 = ^UInt16;
+  UInt16 = word;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt16}
+
+  PSInt8 = ^SInt8;
+  SInt8 = Shortint;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt8}
+
+  PSInt16 = ^SInt16;
+  SInt16 = smallint;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt16}
+
+  PUInt32 = ^UInt32;
+  UInt32 = Cardinal;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt32}
+
+  SInt32 = Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt32}
+
+  PInt = ^Integer;
+
+  PShortInt = ^ShortInt;
+
+  PUInt64 = ^UInt64;
+  UInt64 = record
+    hi: UInt32;
+    lo: UInt32;
+  end;
+{$EXTERNALSYM UInt64}
+
+  PSInt64 = ^SInt64;
+  SInt64 = record
+    hi: UInt32;
+    lo: UInt32;
+  end;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SInt64}
+
+  TSDL_GrabMode = Integer;
+
+  // SDL_error.h types
+  TSDL_errorcode = (
+    SDL_ENOMEM,
+    SDL_EFREAD,
+    SDL_EFWRITE,
+    SDL_EFSEEK,
+    SDL_LASTERROR);
+
+  SDL_errorcode = TSDL_errorcode;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_errorcode}
+
+  TArg = record
+    case Byte of
+      0: (value_ptr: Pointer);
+      (* #if 0 means: never
+      1 :  ( value_c : Byte );
+      *)
+      2: (value_i: Integer);
+      3: (value_f: double);
+      4: (buf: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte);
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_error = ^TSDL_error;
+  TSDL_error = record
+    { This is a numeric value corresponding to the current error }
+    error: Integer;
+
+    { This is a key used to index into a language hashtable containing
+       internationalized versions of the SDL error messages.  If the key
+       is not in the hashtable, or no hashtable is available, the key is
+       used directly as an error message format string. }
+    key: array[0..ERR_MAX_STRLEN - 1] of Byte;
+
+    { These are the arguments for the error functions }
+    argc: Integer;
+    args: array[0..ERR_MAX_ARGS - 1] of TArg;
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_rwops.h types
+  // This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic
+  // some helper types to handle the unions
+  // "packed" is only guessed
+
+  TStdio = record
+    autoclose: Integer;
+   // FILE * is only defined in Kylix so we use a simple Pointer
+    fp: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  TMem = record
+    base: PUInt8;
+    here: PUInt8;
+    stop: PUInt8;
+  end;
+
+  TUnknown = record
+    data1: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  // first declare the pointer type
+  PSDL_RWops = ^TSDL_RWops;
+  // now the pointer to function types
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
+  TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer;  cdecl;
+  TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer; cdecl;
+  TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSeek = function( context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer ): Integer;
+  TRead = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; maxnum : Integer ): Integer;
+  TWrite = function( context: PSDL_RWops; Ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; num: Integer ): Integer;
+  TClose = function( context: PSDL_RWops ): Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  // the variant record itself
+  TSDL_RWops = record
+    seek: TSeek;
+    read: TRead;
+    write: TWrite;
+    close: TClose;
+    // a keyword as name is not allowed
+    type_: UInt32;
+    // be warned! structure alignment may arise at this point
+    case Integer of
+      0: (stdio: TStdio);
+      1: (mem: TMem);
+      2: (unknown: TUnknown);
+  end;
+
+  SDL_RWops = TSDL_RWops;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWops}
+
+
+  // SDL_timer.h types
+  // Function prototype for the timer callback function
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_TimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32 ): UInt32;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+ { New timer API, supports multiple timers
+   Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com> }
+
+ { Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
+   The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
+   the next timer interval.  If the returned value is the same as the one
+   passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
+   scheduled.  If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled. }
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_NewTimerCallback = function( interval: UInt32; param: Pointer ): UInt32;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  
+  // Definition of the timer ID type
+  PSDL_TimerID = ^TSDL_TimerID;
+  TSDL_TimerID = record
+    interval: UInt32;
+    callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback;
+    param: Pointer;
+    last_alarm: UInt32;
+    next: PSDL_TimerID;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer ); cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_AudioSpecCallback = procedure( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer );
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // SDL_audio.h types
+  // The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio()
+  PSDL_AudioSpec = ^TSDL_AudioSpec;
+  TSDL_AudioSpec = record
+    freq: Integer; // DSP frequency -- samples per second
+    format: UInt16; // Audio data format
+    channels: UInt8; // Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo
+    silence: UInt8; // Audio buffer silence value (calculated)
+    samples: UInt16; // Audio buffer size in samples
+    padding: UInt16; // Necessary for some compile environments
+    size: UInt32; // Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated)
+    { This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
+      'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
+      'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
+      Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
+      Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.}
+    callback: TSDL_AudioSpecCallback;
+    userdata: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  // A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers
+  PSDL_AudioCVT = ^TSDL_AudioCVT;
+
+  PSDL_AudioCVTFilter = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
+  TSDL_AudioCVTFilter = record
+    cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT;
+    format: UInt16;
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = ^TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
+  TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray = array[0..9] of PSDL_AudioCVTFilter;
+
+  TSDL_AudioCVT = record
+    needed: Integer; // Set to 1 if conversion possible
+    src_format: UInt16; // Source audio format
+    dst_format: UInt16; // Target audio format
+    rate_incr: double; // Rate conversion increment
+    buf: PUInt8; // Buffer to hold entire audio data
+    len: Integer; // Length of original audio buffer
+    len_cvt: Integer; // Length of converted audio buffer
+    len_mult: Integer; // buffer must be len*len_mult big
+    len_ratio: double; // Given len, final size is len*len_ratio
+    filters: TSDL_AudioCVTFilterArray;
+    filter_index: Integer; // Current audio conversion function
+  end;
+
+  TSDL_Audiostatus = (
+    SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED,
+    SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
+    SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
+    );
+
+  // SDL_cdrom.h types
+  TSDL_CDStatus = (
+    CD_ERROR,
+    CD_TRAYEMPTY,
+    CD_STOPPED,
+    CD_PLAYING,
+    CD_PAUSED );
+
+  PSDL_CDTrack = ^TSDL_CDTrack;
+  TSDL_CDTrack = record
+    id: UInt8; // Track number
+    type_: UInt8; // Data or audio track
+    unused: UInt16;
+    length: UInt32; // Length, in frames, of this track
+    offset: UInt32; // Offset, in frames, from start of disk
+  end;
+
+  // This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus()
+  PSDL_CD = ^TSDL_CD;
+  TSDL_CD = record
+    id: Integer; // Private drive identifier
+    status: TSDL_CDStatus; // Current drive status
+
+    // The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive
+    numtracks: Integer; // Number of tracks on disk
+    cur_track: Integer; // Current track position
+    cur_frame: Integer; // Current frame offset within current track
+    track: array[0..SDL_MAX_TRACKS] of TSDL_CDTrack;
+  end;
+
+  //SDL_joystick.h types
+  PTransAxis = ^TTransAxis;
+  TTransAxis = record
+    offset: Integer;
+    scale: single;
+  end;
+
+  // The private structure used to keep track of a joystick
+  PJoystick_hwdata = ^TJoystick_hwdata;
+  TJoystick_hwdata = record
+    // joystick ID
+    id: Integer;
+    // values used to translate device-specific coordinates into  SDL-standard ranges
+    transaxis: array[0..5] of TTransAxis;
+  end;
+
+  PBallDelta = ^TBallDelta;
+  TBallDelta = record
+    dx: Integer;
+    dy: Integer;
+  end; // Current ball motion deltas
+
+  // The SDL joystick structure
+  PSDL_Joystick = ^TSDL_Joystick;
+  TSDL_Joystick = record
+    index: UInt8; // Device index
+    name: PChar; // Joystick name - system dependent
+
+    naxes: Integer; // Number of axis controls on the joystick
+    axes: PUInt16; // Current axis states
+
+    nhats: Integer; // Number of hats on the joystick
+    hats: PUInt8; // Current hat states
+
+    nballs: Integer; // Number of trackballs on the joystick
+    balls: PBallDelta; // Current ball motion deltas
+
+    nbuttons: Integer; // Number of buttons on the joystick
+    buttons: PUInt8; // Current button states
+
+    hwdata: PJoystick_hwdata; // Driver dependent information
+
+    ref_count: Integer; // Reference count for multiple opens
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_verion.h types
+  PSDL_version = ^TSDL_version;
+  TSDL_version = record
+    major: UInt8;
+    minor: UInt8;
+    patch: UInt8;
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_keyboard.h types
+  TSDLKey = LongWord;
+
+  TSDLMod = LongWord;
+
+  PSDL_KeySym = ^TSDL_KeySym;
+  TSDL_KeySym = record
+    scancode: UInt8; // hardware specific scancode
+    sym: TSDLKey; // SDL virtual keysym
+    modifier: TSDLMod; // current key modifiers
+    unicode: UInt16; // translated character
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_events.h types
+  {Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+   If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
+   the back of the event queue.
+   If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+   of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
+   be removed from the queue.
+   If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+   of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
+   removed from the queue.
+   This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
+   if there was an error.  This function is thread-safe. }
+
+  TSDL_EventAction = (SDL_ADDEVENT, SDL_PEEKEVENT, SDL_GETEVENT);
+
+  // Application visibility event structure
+  TSDL_ActiveEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_ACTIVEEVENT
+    gain: UInt8; // Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0)
+    state: UInt8; // A mask of the focus states
+  end;
+
+  // Keyboard event structure
+  TSDL_KeyboardEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP
+    which: UInt8; // The keyboard device index
+    state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
+    keysym: TSDL_KeySym;
+  end;
+
+  // Mouse motion event structure
+  TSDL_MouseMotionEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_MOUSEMOTION
+    which: UInt8; // The mouse device index
+    state: UInt8; // The current button state
+    x, y: UInt16; // The X/Y coordinates of the mouse
+    xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
+    yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
+  end;
+
+  // Mouse button event structure
+  TSDL_MouseButtonEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8;  // SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP
+    which: UInt8;  // The mouse device index
+    button: UInt8; // The mouse button index
+    state: UInt8;  // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
+    x: UInt16;     // The X coordinates of the mouse at press time
+    y: UInt16;     // The Y coordinates of the mouse at press time
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick axis motion event structure
+  TSDL_JoyAxisEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAXISMOTION
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
+    axis: UInt8; // The joystick axis index
+    value: SInt16; // The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767)
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick trackball motion event structure
+  TSDL_JoyBallEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYAVBALLMOTION
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
+    ball: UInt8; // The joystick trackball index
+    xrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the X direction
+    yrel: SInt16; // The relative motion in the Y direction
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick hat position change event structure
+  TSDL_JoyHatEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index */
+    hat: UInt8; // The joystick hat index */
+    value: UInt8; { The hat position value:
+                    8   1   2
+                    7   0   3
+                    6   5   4
+
+                    Note that zero means the POV is centered. }
+
+  end;
+
+  // Joystick button event structure
+  TSDL_JoyButtonEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP
+    which: UInt8; // The joystick device index
+    button: UInt8; // The joystick button index
+    state: UInt8; // SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED
+  end;
+
+  { The "window resized" event
+    When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
+    mode with the new width and height. }
+  TSDL_ResizeEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_VIDEORESIZE
+    w: Integer; // New width
+    h: Integer; // New height
+  end;
+
+  // The "quit requested" event
+  PSDL_QuitEvent = ^TSDL_QuitEvent;
+  TSDL_QuitEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8;
+  end;
+
+  // A user-defined event type
+  PSDL_UserEvent = ^TSDL_UserEvent;
+  TSDL_UserEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8; // SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1
+    code: Integer; // User defined event code */
+    data1: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
+    data2: Pointer; // User defined data pointer */
+  end;
+
+  // The "screen redraw" event
+  PSDL_ExposeEvent = ^TSDL_ExposeEvent;
+  TSDL_ExposeEvent = record
+    type_ : Uint8;        // SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE
+  end;
+
+ {$IFDEF Unix}
+ //These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX
+  TSDL_SysWm = ( SDL_SYSWM_X11 ) ;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+// The windows custom event structure
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
+    version: TSDL_version;
+    h_wnd: HWND; // The window for the message
+    msg: UInt; // The type of message
+    w_Param: WPARAM; // WORD message parameter
+    lParam: LPARAM; // LONG message parameter
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+{ The Linux custom event structure }
+  PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
+    version : TSDL_version;
+    subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
+    {$IFDEF FPC}
+    {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+    {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+    {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
+    event : TXEvent;
+    {$ENDIF}
+    {$ENDIF}
+    {$ENDIF}
+    {$ELSE}
+    event : XEvent;
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+{ The generic custom event structure }
+  PSDL_SysWMmsg = ^TSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  TSDL_SysWMmsg = record
+    version: TSDL_version;
+    data: Integer;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// The Windows custom window manager information structure
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
+  TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
+    version : TSDL_version;
+    window : HWnd;	// The display window
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+
+// The Linux custom window manager information structure
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+  {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+  {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
+  TX11 = record
+    display : PDisplay;	// The X11 display
+    window : TWindow ;		// The X11 display window */
+    {* These locking functions should be called around
+       any X11 functions using the display variable.
+       They lock the event thread, so should not be
+       called around event functions or from event filters.
+     *}
+    lock_func : Pointer;
+    unlock_func : Pointer;
+
+    // Introduced in SDL 1.0.2
+    fswindow : TWindow ;	// The X11 fullscreen window */
+    wmwindow : TWindow ;	// The X11 managed input window */
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  
+  PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
+  TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
+     version : TSDL_version ;
+     subsystem : TSDL_SysWm;
+     {$IFNDEF GP2X}
+     {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+     {$IFNDEF SKYOS}
+     X11 : TX11;
+     {$ENDIF}
+     {$ENDIF}
+     {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+  // The generic custom window manager information structure
+  PSDL_SysWMinfo = ^TSDL_SysWMinfo;
+  TSDL_SysWMinfo = record
+    version : TSDL_version ;
+    data : integer;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  PSDL_SysWMEvent = ^TSDL_SysWMEvent;
+  TSDL_SysWMEvent = record
+    type_: UInt8;
+    msg: PSDL_SysWMmsg;
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_Event = ^TSDL_Event;
+  TSDL_Event = record
+    case UInt8 of
+      SDL_NOEVENT: (type_: byte);
+      SDL_ACTIVEEVENT: (active: TSDL_ActiveEvent);
+      SDL_KEYDOWN, SDL_KEYUP: (key: TSDL_KeyboardEvent);
+      SDL_MOUSEMOTION: (motion: TSDL_MouseMotionEvent);
+      SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: (button: TSDL_MouseButtonEvent );
+      SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: (jaxis: TSDL_JoyAxisEvent );
+      SDL_JOYBALLMOTION: (jball: TSDL_JoyBallEvent );
+      SDL_JOYHATMOTION: (jhat: TSDL_JoyHatEvent );
+      SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, SDL_JOYBUTTONUP: (jbutton: TSDL_JoyButtonEvent );
+      SDL_VIDEORESIZE: (resize: TSDL_ResizeEvent );
+      SDL_QUITEV: (quit: TSDL_QuitEvent );
+      SDL_USEREVENT : ( user : TSDL_UserEvent );
+      SDL_SYSWMEVENT: (syswm: TSDL_SysWMEvent );
+  end;
+
+
+{ This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
+  change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
+
+  The filter is protypted as: }
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_EventFilter = function( event : PSDL_Event ): Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // SDL_video.h types
+  // Useful data types
+  PPSDL_Rect = ^PSDL_Rect;
+  PSDL_Rect = ^TSDL_Rect;
+  TSDL_Rect = record
+    x, y: SInt16;
+    w, h: UInt16;
+  end;
+
+  SDL_Rect = TSDL_Rect;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Rect}
+
+  PSDL_Color = ^TSDL_Color;
+  TSDL_Color = record
+    r: UInt8;
+    g: UInt8;
+    b: UInt8;
+    unused: UInt8;
+  end;
+
+  PSDL_ColorArray = ^TSDL_ColorArray;
+  TSDL_ColorArray = array[0..65000] of TSDL_Color;
+
+  PSDL_Palette = ^TSDL_Palette;
+  TSDL_Palette = record
+    ncolors: Integer;
+    colors: PSDL_ColorArray;
+  end;
+
+  // Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only
+  PSDL_PixelFormat = ^TSDL_PixelFormat;
+  TSDL_PixelFormat = record
+    palette: PSDL_Palette;
+    BitsPerPixel: UInt8;
+    BytesPerPixel: UInt8;
+    Rloss: UInt8;
+    Gloss: UInt8;
+    Bloss: UInt8;
+    Aloss: UInt8;
+    Rshift: UInt8;
+    Gshift: UInt8;
+    Bshift: UInt8;
+    Ashift: UInt8;
+    RMask: UInt32;
+    GMask: UInt32;
+    BMask: UInt32;
+    AMask: UInt32;
+    colorkey: UInt32; // RGB color key information
+    alpha: UInt8; // Alpha value information (per-surface alpha)
+  end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  {PPrivate_hwdata = ^TPrivate_hwdata;
+  TPrivate_hwdata = record
+    dd_surface : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
+    dd_writebuf : IDIRECTDRAWSURFACE3;
+  end;}
+  {ELSE}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // The structure passed to the low level blit functions
+  PSDL_BlitInfo = ^TSDL_BlitInfo;
+  TSDL_BlitInfo = record
+    s_pixels: PUInt8;
+    s_width: Integer;
+    s_height: Integer;
+    s_skip: Integer;
+    d_pixels: PUInt8;
+    d_width: Integer;
+    d_height: Integer;
+    d_skip: Integer;
+    aux_data: Pointer;
+    src: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+    table: PUInt8;
+    dst: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+  end;
+
+  // typedef for private surface blitting functions
+  PSDL_Surface = ^TSDL_Surface;
+
+  {$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+  TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TSDL_Blit = function( src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect ): Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // The type definition for the low level blit functions
+  //TSDL_LoBlit = procedure( info : PSDL_BlitInfo ); cdecl;
+
+  // This is the private info structure for software accelerated blits
+  {PPrivate_swaccel = ^TPrivate_swaccel;
+  TPrivate_swaccel = record
+    blit : TSDL_LoBlit;
+    aux_data : Pointer;
+  end;}
+
+  // Blit mapping definition
+  {PSDL_BlitMap = ^TSDL_BlitMap;
+  TSDL_BlitMap = record
+    dst : PSDL_Surface;
+    identity : Integer;
+    table : PUInt8;
+    hw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
+    sw_blit : TSDL_Blit;
+    hw_data : PPrivate_hwaccel;
+    sw_data : PPrivate_swaccel;
+
+    // the version count matches the destination; mismatch indicates an invalid mapping
+    format_version : Cardinal;
+  end;}
+
+  TSDL_Surface = record
+    flags: UInt32; // Read-only
+    format: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Read-only
+    w, h: Integer; // Read-only
+    pitch: UInt16; // Read-only
+    pixels: Pointer; // Read-write
+    offset: Integer; // Private
+    hwdata: Pointer; //TPrivate_hwdata;  Hardware-specific surface info
+
+    // clipping information:
+    clip_rect: TSDL_Rect; // Read-only
+    unused1: UInt32; // for binary compatibility
+    // Allow recursive locks
+    locked: UInt32; // Private
+    // info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces
+    Blitmap: Pointer; // PSDL_BlitMap; //   Private
+    // format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps
+    format_version: Cardinal; // Private
+    refcount: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  // Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities
+  PSDL_VideoInfo = ^TSDL_VideoInfo;
+  TSDL_VideoInfo = record
+    hw_available: UInt8; // Hardware and WindowManager flags in first 2 bits ( see below )
+    {hw_available: 1; // Can you create hardware surfaces
+    wm_available: 1; // Can you talk to a window manager?
+    UnusedBits1: 6;}
+    blit_hw: UInt8; // Blit Hardware flags. See below for which bits do what
+    {UnusedBits2: 1;
+    blit_hw: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits HW --> HW
+    blit_hw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Colorkey
+    blit_hw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Alpha
+    blit_sw: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits SW --> HW
+    blit_sw_CC: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Colorkey
+    blit_sw_A: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated blits with Alpha
+    blit_fill: 1; // Flag:UInt32  Accelerated color fill}
+    UnusedBits3: UInt8; // Unused at this point
+    video_mem: UInt32; // The total amount of video memory (in K)
+    vfmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; // Value: The format of the video surface
+    current_w : SInt32;	// Value: The current video mode width
+	  current_h : SInt32;	// Value: The current video mode height
+  end;
+
+  // The YUV hardware video overlay
+  PSDL_Overlay = ^TSDL_Overlay;
+  TSDL_Overlay = record
+    format: UInt32; // Overlay format
+    w, h: Integer; // Width and height of overlay
+    planes: Integer; // Number of planes in the overlay. Usually either 1 or 3
+    pitches: PUInt16;
+      // An array of pitches, one for each plane. Pitch is the length of a row in bytes.
+    pixels: PPUInt8;
+      // An array of pointers to the data of each plane. The overlay should be locked before these pointers are used.
+    hw_overlay: UInt32;
+      // This will be set to 1 if the overlay is hardware accelerated.
+  end;
+
+  // Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes.
+  TSDL_GLAttr = (
+    SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
+    SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_STEREO,
+    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
+    SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
+    SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL);
+
+
+
+  PSDL_Cursor = ^TSDL_Cursor;
+  TSDL_Cursor = record
+    area: TSDL_Rect; // The area of the mouse cursor
+    hot_x, hot_y: SInt16; // The "tip" of the cursor
+    data: PUInt8; // B/W cursor data
+    mask: PUInt8; // B/W cursor mask
+    save: array[1..2] of PUInt8; // Place to save cursor area
+    wm_cursor: Pointer; // Window-manager cursor
+  end;
+
+// SDL_mutex.h types
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_Mutex = record
+    id: THANDLE;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+  PSDL_Mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_mutex = record
+    id: pthread_mutex_t;
+{$IFDEF PTHREAD_NO_RECURSIVE_MUTEX}
+    recursive: Integer;
+    owner: pthread_t;
+{$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF NDS}
+  PSDL_mutex = ^TSDL_Mutex;
+  TSDL_Mutex = record
+    recursive: Integer;
+    Owner: UInt32;
+    sem: PSDL_sem;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__}
+  {$define USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
+  // Broken sem_getvalue() in MacOS X Public Beta */
+  {$define BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+PSDL_semaphore = ^TSDL_semaphore;
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  // WINDOWS or Machintosh
+  TSDL_semaphore = record
+    id: THANDLE;
+    count: UInt32;
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  // This should be semaphore.h 
+  __sem_lock_t = {packed} record { Not in header file - anonymous }
+    status: Longint;
+    spinlock: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  sem_t = {packed} record
+    __sem_lock: __sem_lock_t;
+    __sem_value: Integer;
+    __sem_waiting: longint ; {_pthread_queue;}
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  
+  TSDL_semaphore = record
+    sem: Pointer; //PSem_t;
+  {$IFNDEF USE_NAMED_SEMAPHORES}
+    sem_data: Sem_t;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF BROKEN_SEMGETVALUE}
+    { This is a little hack for MacOS X -
+      It's not thread-safe, but it's better than nothing }
+    sem_value: Integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  PSDL_Sem = ^TSDL_Sem;
+  TSDL_Sem = TSDL_Semaphore;
+
+  PSDL_Cond = ^TSDL_Cond;
+  TSDL_Cond = record
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+    cond: pthread_cond_t;
+{$ELSE}
+    // Generic Cond structure
+    lock: PSDL_mutex;
+    waiting: Integer;
+    signals: Integer;
+    wait_sem: PSDL_Sem;
+    wait_done: PSDL_Sem;
+{$ENDIF}
+  end;
+
+  // SDL_thread.h types
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = THandle;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = pthread_t;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF NDS}
+  TSYS_ThreadHandle = Integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  { This is the system-independent thread info structure }
+  PSDL_Thread = ^TSDL_Thread;
+  TSDL_Thread = record
+    threadid: UInt32;
+    handle: TSYS_ThreadHandle;
+    status: Integer;
+    errbuf: TSDL_Error;
+    data: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+  // Helper Types
+
+  // Keyboard  State Array ( See demos for how to use )
+  PKeyStateArr = ^TKeyStateArr;
+  TKeyStateArr = array[0..65000] of UInt8;
+
+  // Types required so we don't need to use Windows.pas
+  PInteger = ^Integer;
+  PByte = ^Byte;
+  PWord = ^Word;
+  PLongWord = ^Longword;
+
+  // General arrays
+  PByteArray = ^TByteArray;
+  TByteArray = array[0..32767] of Byte;
+
+  PWordArray = ^TWordArray;
+  TWordArray = array[0..16383] of Word;
+
+  PPoint = ^TPoint;
+  {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
+  TPoint = Types.TPoint;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+      {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+      TPoint = wintypes.TPoint;
+      {$ELSE}
+      TPoint = Windows.TPoint;
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$ELSE}
+      //Can't define TPoint : neither Types nor Windows unit available.
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  PRect = ^TRect;
+  {$IFDEF HAS_TYPES}
+  TRect = Types.TRect;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+      {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+      TRect = wintypes.TRect;
+      {$ELSE}
+      TRect = Windows.TRect;
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$ELSE}
+      //Can't define TRect: neither Types nor Windows unit available.
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  { Generic procedure pointer }
+  TProcedure = procedure;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ initialization                                                               }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes
+  the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
+  Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
+  signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV) }
+
+function SDL_Init( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Init}
+
+// This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
+function SDL_InitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitSubSystem}
+
+// This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
+procedure SDL_QuitSubSystem( flags : UInt32 );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_QuitSubSystem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_QuitSubSystem}
+
+{ This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
+  been initialized.
+  If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems. }
+
+function SDL_WasInit( flags : UInt32 ): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WasInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WasInit}
+
+{ This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
+  dynamically linked library.  You should call it upon all exit conditions. }
+procedure SDL_Quit;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Quit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Quit}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+// This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any
+function SDL_RegisterApp(name: PChar; style: UInt32; h_Inst: Pointer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RegisterApp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RegisterApp}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF __MACH__}
+// This should be called from your main() function, if any
+procedure SDL_InitQuickDraw( the_qd: QDGlobals );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_InitQuickDraw'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_InitQuickDraw}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ types }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+// The number of elements in a table
+function SDL_TableSize( table: PChar ): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_TABLESIZE}
+
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ error-handling }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+// Public functions
+function SDL_GetError: PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetError}
+procedure SDL_SetError(fmt: PChar);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetError}
+procedure SDL_ClearError;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ClearError'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ClearError}
+
+{$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
+procedure SDL_Error(Code: TSDL_errorcode);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Error'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Error}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// Private error message function - used internally
+procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ io handling                                                                  }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+// Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources
+
+function SDL_RWFromFile(filename, mode: PChar): PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFile'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFile}
+procedure SDL_FreeRW(area: PSDL_RWops);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeRW}
+
+//fp is FILE *fp ???
+function SDL_RWFromFP(fp: Pointer; autoclose: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromFP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromFP}
+function SDL_RWFromMem(mem: Pointer; size: Integer): PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromMem}
+function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RWFromConstMem'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWFromConstMem}
+function SDL_AllocRW: PSDL_RWops;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AllocRW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocRW}
+
+function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWSeek}
+function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWTell}
+function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWRead}
+function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n : Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWWrite}
+function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RWClose}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ time-handling                                                                }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization. }
+{ Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days. }
+function SDL_GetTicks: UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetTicks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetTicks}
+
+// Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning
+procedure SDL_Delay(msec: UInt32);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Delay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Delay}
+
+{ Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running. }
+{ Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.      }
+function SDL_AddTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_NewTimerCallback; param : Pointer): PSDL_TimerID;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AddTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AddTimer}
+
+{ Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID. }
+{ Returns a boolean value indicating success. }
+function SDL_RemoveTimer(t: PSDL_TimerID): TSDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_RemoveTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_RemoveTimer}
+
+function SDL_SetTimer(interval: UInt32; callback: TSDL_TimerCallback): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetTimer'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetTimer}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ audio-routines                                                               }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
+  have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
+  You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem(). }
+
+function SDL_AudioInit(driver_name: PChar): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioInit}
+procedure SDL_AudioQuit;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioQuit}
+
+{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
+  current audio driver, and returns a Pointer to it if the audio driver has
+  been initialized.  It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
+
+function SDL_AudioDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_AudioDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AudioDriverName}
+
+{ This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
+  returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
+  structure pointed to by 'obtained'.  If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
+  data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
+  requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
+  audio format if necessary.  This function returns -1 if it failed
+  to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
+
+  When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
+   'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
+   'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
+   'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
+      This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
+      driver to a value more suitable for the hardware.  Good values seem to
+      range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
+      CPU speed.  Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
+      to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
+      fill the audio buffer in time.  A stereo sample consists of both right
+      and left channels in LR ordering.
+      Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
+      following formula:  ms = (samples*1000)/freq
+   'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
+      calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+   'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
+      and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+   'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
+      when the audio device is ready for more data.  It is passed a pointer
+      to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
+      This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
+      protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
+      and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
+   'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
+      function.
+
+  The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
+  be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
+  for your audio callback function to be called.  Since the audio driver
+  may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
+  any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device. }
+
+function SDL_OpenAudio(desired, obtained: PSDL_AudioSpec): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_OpenAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_OpenAudio}
+
+{ Get the current audio state: }
+function SDL_GetAudioStatus: TSDL_Audiostatus;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAudioStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAudioStatus}
+
+{ This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
+  It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
+  device to start playing sound.  This is so you can safely initialize
+  data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
+  Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause. }
+
+procedure SDL_PauseAudio(pause_on: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PauseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PauseAudio}
+
+{ This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
+  that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero.  For example, to load a WAVE file,
+  you could do:
+  SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
+
+  If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
+  filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
+  'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
+  and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
+  You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
+  done with it.
+
+  This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
+  wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
+  corrupt.  Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported. }
+
+function SDL_LoadWAV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; spec:
+  PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadWAV_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV_RW}
+
+// Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file
+function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf:
+  PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadWAV}
+
+{ This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW() }
+
+procedure SDL_FreeWAV(audio_buf: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeWAV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeWAV}
+
+{ This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
+  and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
+  by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
+  to the other.
+  This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+function SDL_BuildAudioCVT(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT; src_format: UInt16;
+  src_channels: UInt8; src_rate: Integer; dst_format: UInt16; dst_channels: UInt8;
+  dst_rate: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_BuildAudioCVT'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BuildAudioCVT}
+
+{ Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
+  created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
+  audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
+  to the desired format.
+  The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
+  cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
+  SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long. }
+function SDL_ConvertAudio(cvt: PSDL_AudioCVT): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertAudio}
+
+{ This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
+  them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
+  The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+  for full audio volume.  Note this does not change hardware volume.
+  This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data. }
+
+procedure SDL_MixAudio(dst, src: PUInt8; len: UInt32; volume: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MixAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MixAudio}
+
+{ The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
+  During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
+  callback function is not running.  Do not call these from the callback
+  function or you will cause deadlock. }
+procedure SDL_LockAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockAudio}
+procedure SDL_UnlockAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockAudio}
+
+{ This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device. }
+
+procedure SDL_CloseAudio;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CloseAudio'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CloseAudio}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ CD-routines }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
+  SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag. }
+
+function SDL_CDNumDrives: Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDNumDrives'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDNumDrives}
+
+{ Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
+   Example:
+   "/dev/cdrom"
+   "E:"
+   "/dev/disk/ide/1/master" }
+
+function SDL_CDName(drive: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDName}
+
+{ Opens a CD-ROM drive for access.  It returns a drive handle on success,
+  or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy.  This newly opened CD-ROM
+  becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
+  CD-ROM handle.
+  Drives are numbered starting with 0.  Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM. }
+
+function SDL_CDOpen(drive: Integer): PSDL_CD;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDOpen}
+
+{ This function returns the current status of the given drive.
+  If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
+  play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure. }
+
+function SDL_CDStatus(cdrom: PSDL_CD): TSDL_CDStatus;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStatus'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStatus}
+
+{  Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
+   tracks and 'nframes' frames.  If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play
+   until the end of the CD.  This function will skip data tracks.
+   This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to
+   get track information about the CD.
+
+   For example:
+   // Play entire CD:
+  if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
+    SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+   // Play last track:
+   if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) then
+   begin
+    SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
+   end;
+
+   // Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
+   if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
+    SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
+
+   This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start_track: Integer; start_frame:
+  Integer; ntracks: Integer; nframes: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlayTracks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlayTracks}
+
+
+{  Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
+   It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_CDPlay(cdrom: PSDL_CD; start: Integer; length: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPlay}
+
+// Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDPause(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDPause'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDPause}
+
+// Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDResume(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDResume'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDResume}
+
+// Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDStop(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDStop'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDStop}
+
+// Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error
+function SDL_CDEject(cdrom: PSDL_CD): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDEject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDEject}
+
+// Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive
+procedure SDL_CDClose(cdrom: PSDL_CD);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CDClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDClose}
+
+// Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive
+function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ) : LongBool;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CDInDrive}
+
+// Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa
+procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
+  F: Integer);
+{$EXTERNALSYM FRAMES_TO_MSF}
+function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM MSF_TO_FRAMES}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ JoyStick-routines                                                            }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Count the number of joysticks attached to the system }
+function SDL_NumJoysticks: Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_NumJoysticks'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_NumJoysticks}
+
+{ Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+  This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+  If no name can be found, this function returns NULL. }
+function SDL_JoystickName(index: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickName}
+
+{ Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
+  the N'th joystick on the system.  This index is the value which will
+  identify this joystick in future joystick events.
+
+  This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred. }
+function SDL_JoystickOpen(index: Integer): PSDL_Joystick;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpen}
+
+{ Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not. }
+function SDL_JoystickOpened(index: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickOpened'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickOpened}
+
+{ Get the device index of an opened joystick. }
+function SDL_JoystickIndex(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickIndex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickIndex}
+
+{ Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick }
+function SDL_JoystickNumAxes(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumAxes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumAxes}
+
+{ Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
+  Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
+  with them and their state cannot be polled. }
+function SDL_JoystickNumBalls(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumBalls'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumBalls}
+
+
+{ Get the number of POV hats on a joystick }
+function SDL_JoystickNumHats(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumHats'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumHats}
+
+{ Get the number of buttons on a joystick }
+function SDL_JoystickNumButtons(joystick: PSDL_Joystick): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickNumButtons'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickNumButtons}
+
+{ Update the current state of the open joysticks.
+  This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
+  events are enabled. }
+
+procedure SDL_JoystickUpdate;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickUpdate'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickUpdate;}
+
+{ Enable/disable joystick event polling.
+  If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
+  yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
+  information.
+  The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickEventState(state: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickEventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickEventState}
+
+{ Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
+  The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+  The axis indices start at index 0. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickGetAxis(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; axis: Integer) : SInt16;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetAxis'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetAxis}
+
+{ The hat indices start at index 0. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickGetHat(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; hat: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetHat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetHat}
+
+{ Get the ball axis change since the last poll
+  This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
+  The ball indices start at index 0. }
+
+function SDL_JoystickGetBall(joystick: PSDL_Joystick; ball: Integer; var dx: Integer; var dy: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetBall'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetBall}
+
+{ Get the current state of a button on a joystick
+  The button indices start at index 0. }
+function SDL_JoystickGetButton( joystick: PSDL_Joystick; Button: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickGetButton'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickGetButton}
+
+{ Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen() }
+procedure SDL_JoystickClose(joystick: PSDL_Joystick);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_JoystickClose'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_JoystickClose}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ event-handling }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+  This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+  This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode. }
+
+procedure SDL_PumpEvents;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PumpEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PumpEvents;}
+
+{ Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+  If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
+  the back of the event queue.
+  If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+  of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
+  be removed from the queue.
+  If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+  of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
+  removed from the queue.
+  This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
+  if there was an error.  This function is thread-safe. }
+
+function SDL_PeepEvents(events: PSDL_Event; numevents: Integer; action: TSDL_eventaction; mask: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PeepEvents'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PeepEvents}
+
+{ Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
+   events, or 0 if there are none available.  If 'event' is not NULL, the next
+   event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
+
+function SDL_PollEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PollEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PollEvent}
+
+{  Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
+   was an error while waiting for events.  If 'event' is not NULL, the next
+   event is removed from the queue and stored in that area. }
+
+function SDL_WaitEvent(event: PSDL_Event): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitEvent}
+
+function SDL_PushEvent( event : PSDL_Event ) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_PushEvent'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_PushEvent}
+
+{ If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
+  If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
+  internal state will still be updated.  This allows selective filtering of
+  dynamically arriving events.
+
+  WARNING:  Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
+            it may run in a different thread!
+
+  There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type.  The
+  event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
+  application window.  If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
+  be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
+  If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
+  internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll. }
+procedure SDL_SetEventFilter( filter : TSDL_EventFilter );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetEventFilter}
+
+{ Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
+  If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL. }
+
+function SDL_GetEventFilter: TSDL_EventFilter;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetEventFilter'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetEventFilter}
+
+{ This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
+  from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
+  current processing state of the specified event. }
+
+function SDL_EventState(type_: UInt8; state: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EventState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EventState}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Version Routines }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL library. }
+procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION}
+
+{ This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
+   (1,2,3) -> (1203)
+   This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels }
+
+function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSIONNUM}
+
+// This is the version number macro for the current SDL version
+function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_COMPILEDVERSION}
+
+// This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z
+function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X: Integer; Y: Integer; Z: Integer) : LongBool;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
+  it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+  use the SDL_Version() macro. }
+
+function SDL_Linked_Version: PSDL_version;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Linked_Version}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ video                                                                        }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
+  have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
+  You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+
+  SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
+  to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
+  pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
+  Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
+
+  If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
+  SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
+  you won't be able to set full-screen display modes. }
+
+function SDL_VideoInit(driver_name: PChar; flags: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoInit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoInit}
+procedure SDL_VideoQuit;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoQuit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoQuit}
+
+{ This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
+  video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
+  been initialized.  It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized. }
+
+function SDL_VideoDriverName(namebuf: PChar; maxlen: Integer): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoDriverName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoDriverName}
+
+{ This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
+  If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
+  function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
+  surface. }
+
+function SDL_GetVideoSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoSurface}
+
+{ This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
+  video hardware.  If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
+  member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
+  "best" video mode. }
+function SDL_GetVideoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetVideoInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetVideoInfo}
+
+{ Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
+  It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
+  or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
+  given width and height.  If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
+  one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
+  but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
+
+  The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
+  SDL_SetVideoMode() }
+
+function SDL_VideoModeOK(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_VideoModeOK'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_VideoModeOK}
+
+{ Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
+  given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest.  Returns
+  NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format,
+  or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
+
+  if 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given
+  by SDL_GetVideoInfo( ) - > vfmt }
+
+function SDL_ListModes(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PPSDL_Rect;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ListModes'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ListModes}
+
+
+{ Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
+
+  If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
+
+  If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
+  requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
+  available.  The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
+  is not natively available.
+
+  If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
+  video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
+  in order to access the raw framebuffer.  Otherwise, the video surface
+  will be created in system memory.
+
+  If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
+  updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
+  SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
+
+  If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
+  that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
+  Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
+  of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
+  at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
+  If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set,
+  i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
+  under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
+
+  If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
+  a fullscreen video mode.  The default is to create a windowed mode
+  if the current graphics system has a window manager.
+  If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag
+  will be set in the surface that is returned.
+
+  If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
+  two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call
+  SDL_Flip().  This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
+  scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video
+  memory while the monitor is refreshing.  It should only be used by
+  applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
+
+  This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails. }
+
+function SDL_SetVideoMode(width, height, bpp: Integer; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetVideoMode'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetVideoMode}
+
+
+{ Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
+  If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
+  screen.
+  These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked. }
+
+procedure SDL_UpdateRects(screen: PSDL_Surface; numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRects}
+procedure SDL_UpdateRect(screen: PSDL_Surface; x, y: SInt32; w, h: UInt32);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpdateRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpdateRect}
+
+
+{ On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
+  and returns.  The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
+  video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
+  On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
+  to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
+  setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
+  This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.}
+
+function SDL_Flip(screen: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Flip'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Flip}
+
+{ Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
+  The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
+
+  If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
+  be emulated using gamma ramps, if available.  If successful, this
+  function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1. }
+
+function SDL_SetGamma(redgamma: single; greengamma: single; bluegamma: single ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGamma'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGamma}
+
+{ Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
+  of the video hardware.  Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
+  representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
+  The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
+  gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
+
+  You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
+  If the call succeeds, it will return 0.  If the display driver or
+  hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
+  this function will return -1. }
+
+function SDL_SetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetGammaRamp}
+
+{ Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
+
+  You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
+  Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
+  If the call succeeds, it will return 0.  If the display driver or
+  hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
+  this function will return -1. }
+
+function SDL_GetGammaRamp( redtable: PUInt16; greentable: PUInt16; bluetable: PUInt16): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetGammaRamp'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetGammaRamp}
+
+{ Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface.  If 'surface'
+  is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
+  If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
+  return 1.  If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
+  it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
+  determine the actual color palette.
+
+  When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
+  display colormap will be updated with the requested colors.  If
+  SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
+  will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
+  you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
+  emulation. }
+
+
+function SDL_SetColors(surface: PSDL_Surface; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor : Integer; ncolors: Integer) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColors'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColors}
+
+{ Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
+  'flags' is one or both of:
+  SDL_LOGPAL  -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
+                 to/from the surface,
+  SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
+                 the screen
+  Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
+  palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
+
+  The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
+  otherwise.
+
+  SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
+  flags = (SDL_LOGPAL or SDL_PHYSPAL). }
+
+function SDL_SetPalette(surface: PSDL_Surface; flags: Integer; colors: PSDL_Color; firstcolor: Integer; ncolors: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetPalette'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetPalette}
+
+{ Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format }
+function SDL_MapRGB(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8) : UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGB}
+
+{ Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format }
+function SDL_MapRGBA(format: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: UInt8; g: UInt8; b: UInt8; a: UInt8): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_MapRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MapRGBA}
+
+{ Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format }
+procedure SDL_GetRGB(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGB'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGB}
+
+{ Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format }
+procedure SDL_GetRGBA(pixel: UInt32; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; r: PUInt8; g: PUInt8; b: PUInt8; a: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRGBA'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRGBA}
+
+{ Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
+  If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
+  If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
+  flags '[RGB]mask'.
+  If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
+
+  The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
+  SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
+  SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
+  with the same format as the display surface.  This is useful for surfaces
+  that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
+  when being blitted to the display surface.
+  SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
+  this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
+  SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
+  SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
+  If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
+  two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
+  video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
+  acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
+  SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and
+  if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
+  two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
+  if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
+  If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
+  but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
+  and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
+  the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
+  If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
+  will be set in the flags member of the returned surface.  If for some
+  reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
+  the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead. }
+
+function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
+  RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_AllocSurface}
+
+function SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurface}
+
+function SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(pixels: Pointer; width, height, depth, pitch
+  : Integer; RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom}
+
+procedure SDL_FreeSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeSurface}
+
+function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_MustLock}
+{ SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
+  Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
+  to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in
+  'surface->format'.  Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
+  use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
+
+  Not all surfaces require locking.  If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
+  to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
+  pixel format of the surface will not change.  In particular, if the
+  SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
+  will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
+
+  No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
+  pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
+
+  SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked. }
+function SDL_LockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockSurface}
+
+procedure SDL_UnlockSurface(surface: PSDL_Surface);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockSurface}
+
+{ Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
+  If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
+  Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+  The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface(). }
+function SDL_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP_RW}
+
+// Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file
+function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadBMP}
+
+{ Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
+  If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
+  Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface: PSDL_Surface; dst: PSDL_RWops; freedst: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SaveBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP_RW}
+
+// Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file
+function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SaveBMP}
+
+{ Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+  If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL),
+  'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
+  SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
+  and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
+  If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
+  This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error. }
+
+function SDL_SetColorKey(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag, key: UInt32) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetColorKey'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetColorKey}
+
+{ This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
+  using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
+  of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
+  being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
+  opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
+  that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
+
+  If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
+  If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
+  OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
+  surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed. }
+
+
+function SDL_SetAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface; flag: UInt32; alpha: UInt8): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetAlpha}
+
+{ Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+
+  If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
+  If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
+  return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped.  Otherwise the
+  function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
+  the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
+
+  Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
+  and destination surfaces. }
+procedure SDL_SetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetClipRect}
+
+{ Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+  'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
+  with the correct values. }
+procedure SDL_GetClipRect(surface: PSDL_Surface; rect: PSDL_Rect); cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetClipRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetClipRect}
+
+{ Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
+  the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
+  fast as possible.  If this function fails, it returns NULL.
+
+  The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
+  semantics.  You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
+  SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
+  surface.
+
+  This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat(). }
+
+function SDL_ConvertSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; fmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; flags: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ConvertSurface'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ConvertSurface}
+
+{
+  This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
+  surface.  It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
+  the same size.  If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
+  surface (src or dst) is copied.  The final blit rectangles are saved
+  in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
+  If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
+ 
+  The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
+ 
+  The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
+  are defined as follows:
+ 
+  RGBA->RGB:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
+   SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy RGB.
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
+   comparison.
+ 
+  RGB->RGBA:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
+   set destination alpha to opaque.
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy RGB, set destination alpha to opaque.
+      both:
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   source colour key.
+ 
+  RGBA->RGBA:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
+   leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
+   SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy all of RGBA to the destination.
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
+   comparison.
+ 
+  RGB->RGB:
+      SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+   alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
+      SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+   copy RGB.
+      both:
+   if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+   source colour key.
+ 
+  If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
+  the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and
+  re-blitted:
+  while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) = -2 ) do
+  begin
+  while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 ) do
+   Sleep(10);
+  -- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
+  SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
+ end;
+
+  This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
+  fullscreen application.  The lock will also fail until you have access
+  to the video memory again. }
+
+{ You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
+   blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions. }
+
+function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_BlitSurface}
+
+{  This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
+   rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit() }
+function SDL_UpperBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UpperBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UpperBlit}
+
+{ This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
+  blitting only. }
+function SDL_LowerBlit(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LowerBlit'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LowerBlit}
+
+{ This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
+  The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
+  and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
+  If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
+  The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
+  can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
+  This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_FillRect(dst: PSDL_Surface; dstrect: PSDL_Rect; color: UInt32) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FillRect'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FillRect}
+
+{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
+  pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
+  blitting onto the display surface.  It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
+
+  If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
+  acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
+  calling this function.
+
+  If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
+
+function SDL_DisplayFormat(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormat}
+
+{ This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
+  pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
+  suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
+  The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
+
+  If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
+  acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
+  calling this function.
+
+  If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL }
+
+
+function SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(surface: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Surface; cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha}
+
+//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+//* YUV video surface overlay functions                                       */
+//* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+{ This function creates a video output overlay
+  Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
+  the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
+  is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data. }
+
+function SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(width: Integer; height: Integer; format: UInt32; display: PSDL_Surface): PSDL_Overlay;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateYUVOverlay}
+
+// Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done
+function SDL_LockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockYUVOverlay}
+
+procedure SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay); cdecl;
+external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay}
+
+
+{ Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
+  The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
+  not defined.
+  The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
+  that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported. }
+
+function SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay; dstrect: PSDL_Rect) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay}
+
+// Free a video overlay
+procedure SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(Overlay: PSDL_Overlay);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeYUVOverlay'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeYUVOverlay}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ OpenGL Routines                                                              }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL.
+
+  SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default,
+  but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime.
+  If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
+  your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
+
+  This is disabled in default builds of SDL. }
+
+
+function SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(filename: PChar): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_LoadLibrary'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_LoadLibrary}
+
+{ Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions) }
+function SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(procname: PChar) : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetProcAddress'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetProcAddress}
+
+{ Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization. }
+function SDL_GL_SetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; value: Integer) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SetAttribute}
+
+{ Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
+  interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
+  the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
+  stores the values you request before initialization.
+
+  Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
+  themselves if they want to retrieve these values. }
+
+function SDL_GL_GetAttribute(attr: TSDL_GLAttr; var value: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_GetAttribute'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_GetAttribute}
+
+{ Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported. }
+
+procedure SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_SwapBuffers'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;}
+
+{ Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
+  and understood the source code for these functions. }
+
+procedure SDL_GL_UpdateRects(numrects: Integer; rects: PSDL_Rect);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_UpdateRects'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_UpdateRects}
+procedure SDL_GL_Lock;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Lock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Lock;}
+procedure SDL_GL_Unlock;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GL_Unlock'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GL_Unlock;}
+
+{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
+{* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any.        *}
+{* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *}
+
+{ Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window }
+procedure SDL_WM_GetCaption(var title : PChar; var icon : PChar);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GetCaption}
+procedure SDL_WM_SetCaption( const title : PChar; const icon : PChar);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetCaption'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetCaption}
+
+{ Sets the icon for the display window.
+  This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
+  It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
+  If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon. }
+procedure SDL_WM_SetIcon(icon: PSDL_Surface; mask: PUInt8);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_SetIcon'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_SetIcon}
+
+{ This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
+  If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
+  This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments. }
+
+function SDL_WM_IconifyWindow: Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_IconifyWindow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_IconifyWindow}
+
+{ Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
+  If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
+  the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
+
+  If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from
+  running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
+  If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
+
+  The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
+  attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
+  set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
+
+  This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver. }
+
+function SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(surface: PSDL_Surface): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen}
+
+{ Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
+  and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
+  and not interpreted by a window manager, if any. }
+
+function SDL_WM_GrabInput(mode: TSDL_GrabMode): TSDL_GrabMode;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WM_GrabInput'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WM_GrabInput}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ mouse-routines }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+  current mouse cursor position.  You can pass NULL for either x or y. }
+
+function SDL_GetMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetMouseState}
+
+{ Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+  The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+  be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+  mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(). }
+function SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(var x: Integer; var y: Integer): UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetRelativeMouseState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetRelativeMouseState}
+
+{ Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event) }
+procedure SDL_WarpMouse(x, y: UInt16);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WarpMouse'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WarpMouse}
+
+{ Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
+  The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
+
+  The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
+  data  mask    resulting pixel on screen
+   0     1       White
+   1     1       Black
+   0     0       Transparent
+   1     0       Inverted color if possible, black if not.
+
+  Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor(). }
+function SDL_CreateCursor(data, mask: PUInt8; w, h, hot_x, hot_y: Integer): PSDL_Cursor;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCursor}
+
+{ Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
+  If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately
+  represented on the display. }
+procedure SDL_SetCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetCursor}
+
+{ Returns the currently active cursor. }
+function SDL_GetCursor: PSDL_Cursor;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetCursor}
+
+{ Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor(). }
+procedure SDL_FreeCursor(cursor: PSDL_Cursor);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_FreeCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_FreeCursor}
+
+{ Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
+  The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
+  SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
+  before the call, or 0 if it was not.  You can query the current
+  state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1. }
+function SDL_ShowCursor(toggle: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ShowCursor'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ShowCursor}
+
+function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Keyboard-routines                                                            }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
+  This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
+  If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
+  If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
+  If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
+  It returns the previous state of keyboard translation. }
+function SDL_EnableUNICODE(enable: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableUNICODE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableUNICODE}
+
+{ If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled. }
+function SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(delay: Integer; interval: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_EnableKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_EnableKeyRepeat}
+
+procedure SDL_GetKeyRepeat(delay : PInteger; interval: PInteger);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyRepeat'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyRepeat}
+
+{ Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
+  Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
+  Used:
+
+  UInt8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
+  if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed }
+
+function SDL_GetKeyState(numkeys: PInt): PUInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyState}
+
+{ Get the current key modifier state }
+function SDL_GetModState: TSDLMod;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetModState}
+
+{ Set the current key modifier state
+  This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags. }
+procedure SDL_SetModState(modstate: TSDLMod);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SetModState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SetModState}
+
+{ Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym }
+function SDL_GetKeyName(key: TSDLKey): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetKeyName'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetKeyName}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Active Routines                                                              }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+{ This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
+  bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
+  SDL_APPACTIVE.  If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
+  see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled. }
+
+function SDL_GetAppState: UInt8;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetAppState'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetAppState}
+
+
+{ Mutex functions }
+
+{ Create a mutex, initialized unlocked }
+
+function SDL_CreateMutex: PSDL_Mutex;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateMutex}
+
+{ Lock the mutex  (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
+
+ function SDL_mutexP(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+ cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexP'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{ $ EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexP}
+
+function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LockMutex}
+
+{ Unlock the mutex  (Returns 0, or -1 on error) }
+function SDL_mutexV(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_mutexV'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_mutexV}
+
+function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnlockMutex}
+
+{ Destroy a mutex }
+procedure SDL_DestroyMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyMutex'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyMutex}
+
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Semaphore functions                                           }
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. }
+function SDL_CreateSemaphore(initial_value: UInt32): PSDL_Sem;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateSemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateSemaphore}
+
+
+{ Destroy a semaphore }
+procedure SDL_DestroySemaphore(sem: PSDL_sem);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroySemaphore'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroySemaphore}
+
+{ This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
+  to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
+  count. }
+
+function SDL_SemWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemWait}
+
+{ Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
+   SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_SemTryWait(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemTryWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
+
+{ Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
+   the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
+   the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+   On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
+   of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
+
+function SDL_SemWaitTimeout(sem: PSDL_sem; ms: UInt32): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
+
+{ Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
+   or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_SemPost(sem: PSDL_sem): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemPost'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemTryWait}
+
+{ Returns the current count of the semaphore }
+
+function SDL_SemValue(sem: PSDL_sem): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_SemValue'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_SemValue}
+
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Condition variable functions                                  }
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Create a condition variable }
+function SDL_CreateCond: PSDL_Cond;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateCond}
+
+{ Destroy a condition variable }
+procedure SDL_DestroyCond(cond: PSDL_Cond);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_DestroyCond'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_DestroyCond}
+
+{ Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
+   returns 0 or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_CondSignal(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondSignal'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondSignal}
+
+{ Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
+  returns 0 or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_CondBroadcast(cond: PSDL_cond): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondBroadcast'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondBroadcast}
+
+
+{ Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
+  The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
+  Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error. }
+
+function SDL_CondWait(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWait'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWait}
+
+{ Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
+  variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
+  signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+  On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
+  of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible. }
+
+function SDL_CondWaitTimeout(cond: PSDL_cond; mut: PSDL_mutex; ms: UInt32) : Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CondWaitTimeout'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CondWaitTimeout}
+
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+{ Condition variable functions                                  }
+{ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * }
+
+{ Create a thread }
+function SDL_CreateThread(fn: PInt; data: Pointer): PSDL_Thread;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_CreateThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_CreateThread}
+
+{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread }
+function SDL_ThreadID: UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_ThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_ThreadID}
+
+{ Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
+  equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL. }
+function SDL_GetThreadID(thread: PSDL_Thread): UInt32;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetThreadID'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetThreadID}
+
+{ Wait for a thread to finish.
+  The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
+  pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL. }
+
+procedure SDL_WaitThread(thread: PSDL_Thread; var status: Integer);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_WaitThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_WaitThread}
+
+{ Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state }
+procedure SDL_KillThread(thread: PSDL_Thread);
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_KillThread'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_KillThread}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Get Environment Routines                                                     }
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
+cdecl;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): integer;
+cdecl; external 'libc.so' name 'putenv';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{ Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment }
+//function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
+function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_putenv}
+
+// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
+// SDL_putenv as it it more portable
+//function putenv(const variable: PChar): integer;
+//{$EXTERNALSYM putenv}
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar; cdecl;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment }
+//function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Init'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}SDLLibName name '';
+function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_getenv}
+
+// The following function has been commented out to encourage developers to use
+// SDL_getenv as it it more portable
+//function getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
+//{$EXTERNALSYM getenv}
+
+{*
+ * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
+ * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
+ * returns 1 if the function is implemented.  If it's not implemented, or
+ * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0.
+ *}
+function SDL_GetWMInfo(info : PSDL_SysWMinfo) : integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_GetWMInfo'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_GetWMInfo}
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+//SDL_loadso.h
+{* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
+ * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
+ * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
+ *}
+function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadObject}
+
+{* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
+ * named function in the shared object and returns it.  This address
+ * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ *}
+function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_LoadFunction'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_LoadFunction}
+
+{* Unload a shared object from memory *}
+procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
+cdecl; external {$IFNDEF NDS}{$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_UnloadObject'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__}{$ENDIF};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_UnloadObject}
+
+
+
+{------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Swap32}
+
+{ FreeAndNil frees the given TObject instance and sets the variable reference
+  to nil.  Be careful to only pass TObjects to this routine. }
+procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
+
+{ Exit procedure handling }
+
+{ AddExitProc adds the given procedure to the run-time library's exit
+  procedure list. When an application terminates, its exit procedures are
+  executed in reverse order of definition, i.e. the last procedure passed
+  to AddExitProc is the first one to get executed upon termination. }
+procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
+
+// Bitwise Checking functions
+function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
+
+function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+
+function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl'}  { link sdl.dll.a or libsdl.so or libsdl.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function SDL_TABLESIZE(table: PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SizeOf(table) div SizeOf(table[0]);
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_OutOfMemory;
+begin
+  {$IFNDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWSeek(context: PSDL_RWops; offset: Integer; whence: Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.seek(context, offset, whence);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWTell(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.seek(context, 0, 1);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWRead(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.read(context, ptr, size, n);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWWrite(context: PSDL_RWops; ptr: Pointer; size: Integer; n: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.write(context, ptr, size, n);
+end;
+
+function SDL_RWClose(context: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := context^.close(context);
+end;
+
+function SDL_LoadWAV(filename: PChar; spec: PSDL_AudioSpec; audio_buf: PUInt8; audiolen: PUInt32): PSDL_AudioSpec;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1, spec, audio_buf, audiolen);
+end;
+
+function SDL_CDInDrive( status : TSDL_CDStatus ): LongBool;
+begin
+  Result := ord( status ) > ord( CD_ERROR );
+end;
+
+procedure FRAMES_TO_MSF(frames: Integer; var M: Integer; var S: Integer; var
+  F: Integer);
+var
+  value: Integer;
+begin
+  value := frames;
+  F := value mod CD_FPS;
+  value := value div CD_FPS;
+  S := value mod 60;
+  value := value div 60;
+  M := value;
+end;
+
+function MSF_TO_FRAMES(M: Integer; S: Integer; F: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := M * 60 * CD_FPS + S * CD_FPS + F;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_VERSION(var X: TSDL_Version);
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+function SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := X * 1000 + Y * 100 + Z;
+end;
+
+function SDL_COMPILEDVERSION: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL
+    );
+end;
+
+function SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z: Integer): LongBool;
+begin
+  Result := (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z));
+end;
+
+function SDL_LoadBMP(filename: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'rb'), 1);
+end;
+
+function SDL_SaveBMP(surface: PSDL_Surface; filename: PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(filename, 'wb'), 1);
+end;
+
+function SDL_BlitSurface(src: PSDL_Surface; srcrect: PSDL_Rect; dst:
+  PSDL_Surface;
+  dstrect: PSDL_Rect): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_UpperBlit(src, srcrect, dst, dstrect);
+end;
+
+function SDL_AllocSurface(flags: UInt32; width, height, depth: Integer;
+  RMask, GMask, BMask, AMask: UInt32): PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(flags, width, height, depth, RMask, GMask,
+    BMask, AMask);
+end;
+
+function SDL_MustLock(Surface: PSDL_Surface): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := ( ( surface^.offset <> 0 ) or
+           ( ( surface^.flags and ( SDL_HWSURFACE or SDL_ASYNCBLIT or SDL_RLEACCEL ) ) <> 0 ) );
+end;
+
+function SDL_LockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_mutexP(mutex);
+end;
+
+function SDL_UnlockMutex(mutex: PSDL_mutex): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_mutexV(mutex);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+function _putenv( const variable : Pchar ): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name '_putenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+function SDL_putenv(const variable: PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  Result := _putenv(variable);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  Result := _putenv(variable);
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := libc.putenv(variable);
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+function getenv( const name : Pchar ): PChar;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'getenv'{$ELSE} 'MSVCRT.DLL'{$ENDIF};
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function SDL_getenv(const name: PChar): PChar;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+
+  {$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  Result := getenv( string( name ) );
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := getenv( name );
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ELSE}
+
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  Result := fpgetenv(name);
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := libc.getenv(name);  
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function SDL_BUTTON( Button : Integer ) : Integer;
+begin
+  Result := SDL_PRESSED shl ( Button - 1 );
+end;
+
+function SDL_Swap32(D: Uint32): Uint32;
+begin
+  Result := ((D shl 24) or ((D shl 8) and $00FF0000) or ((D shr 8) and $0000FF00) or (D shr 24));
+end;
+
+procedure FreeAndNil(var Obj);
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
+var
+  Temp: TObject;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+{$IFNDEF __GPC__}
+{$IFNDEF __TMT__}
+  Temp := TObject(Obj);
+  Pointer(Obj) := nil;
+  Temp.Free;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{ Exit procedure handling }
+type
+  PExitProcInfo = ^TExitProcInfo;
+  TExitProcInfo = record
+    Next: PExitProcInfo;
+    SaveExit: Pointer;
+    Proc: TProcedure;
+  end;
+
+var
+  ExitProcList: PExitProcInfo = nil;
+
+procedure DoExitProc;
+var
+  P: PExitProcInfo;
+  Proc: TProcedure;
+begin
+  P := ExitProcList;
+  ExitProcList := P^.Next;
+  ExitProc := P^.SaveExit;
+  Proc := P^.Proc;
+  Dispose(P);
+  Proc;
+end;
+
+procedure AddExitProc(Proc: TProcedure);
+var
+  P: PExitProcInfo;
+begin
+  New(P);
+  P^.Next := ExitProcList;
+  P^.SaveExit := ExitProc;
+  P^.Proc := Proc;
+  ExitProcList := P;
+  ExitProc := @DoExitProc;
+end;
+
+function IsBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : boolean;
+begin
+  result := ( ( value and ( 1 shl bit ) ) <> 0 );
+end;
+
+function TurnBitOn( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := ( value or ( 1 shl bit ) );
+end;
+
+function TurnBitOff( value : integer; bit : Byte ) : integer;
+begin
+  result := ( value and not ( 1 shl bit ) );
+end;
+
+end.
+
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b09f19f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl_cpuinfo.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+unit sdl_cpuinfo;
+{
+  $Id: sdl_cpuinfo.pas,v 1.2 2004/02/18 22:52:53 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                          }
+{       Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Headers                     }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997-2004  Sam Lantinga                                        }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL_cpuinfo.h                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2004 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{
+  $Log: sdl_cpuinfo.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/18 22:52:53  savage
+  Forgot to add jedi-sdl.inc file. It's there now.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/18 22:35:54  savage
+  Brought sdl.pas up to 1.2.7 compatability
+  Thus...
+  Added SDL_GL_STEREO,
+      SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+      SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
+
+  Add DLL/Shared object functions
+  function SDL_LoadObject( const sofile : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+  function SDL_LoadFunction( handle : Pointer; const name : PChar ) : Pointer;
+
+  procedure SDL_UnloadObject( handle : Pointer );
+
+  Added function to create RWops from const memory: SDL_RWFromConstMem()
+  function SDL_RWFromConstMem(const mem: Pointer; size: Integer) : PSDL_RWops;
+
+  Ported SDL_cpuinfo.h so Now you can test for Specific CPU types.
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+  sdl;
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction
+ *}
+function SDL_HasRDTSC : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasRDTSC'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasRDTSC}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features
+ *}
+function SDL_HasMMX : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasMMX'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasMMX}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX Ext. features
+ *}
+function SDL_HasMMXExt : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasMMXExt'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasMMXExt}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow features
+ *}
+function SDL_Has3DNow : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Has3DNow'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Has3DNow}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! Ext. features
+ *}
+function SDL_Has3DNowExt : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_Has3DNowExt'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_Has3DNowExt}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features
+ *}
+function SDL_HasSSE : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasSSE'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasSSE}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features
+ *}
+function SDL_HasSSE2 : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasSSE2'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasSSE2}
+
+{* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features
+ *}
+function SDL_HasAltiVec : SDL_Bool;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'SDL_HasAltiVec'{$ELSE} SDLLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_HasAltiVec}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a58ff40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlgameinterface.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+unit sdlgameinterface;
+{
+  $Id: sdlgameinterface.pas,v 1.4 2005/08/03 18:57:31 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{                    Game Interface Base class                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   September   23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation                                }
+{
+  $Log: sdlgameinterface.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.4  2005/08/03 18:57:31  savage
+  Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/10/17 18:41:49  savage
+  Slight Change to allow Reseting of Input Event handlers
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/09/30 22:35:47  savage
+  Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  sdl,
+  sdlwindow;
+
+type
+  TGameInterfaceClass = class of TGameInterface;
+
+  TGameInterface = class( TObject )
+  private
+    FNextGameInterface : TGameInterfaceClass;
+  protected
+    Dragging : Boolean;
+    Loaded : Boolean;
+    procedure FreeSurfaces; virtual;
+    procedure Render; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure Close; virtual;
+    procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); virtual; 
+    procedure MouseDown( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual;
+    procedure MouseMove( Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos : TPoint; RelativePos : TPoint ); virtual;
+    procedure MouseUp( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual;
+    procedure MouseWheelScroll( WheelDelta : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ); virtual;
+    procedure KeyDown( var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode : UInt16 ); virtual;
+  public
+    MainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow;
+    procedure ResetInputManager;
+    procedure LoadSurfaces; virtual;
+    function PointIsInRect( Point : TPoint; x, y, x1, y1 : integer ) : Boolean;
+    constructor Create( const aMainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow );
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    property NextGameInterface : TGameInterfaceClass read FNextGameInterface write FNextGameInterface;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TGameInterface }
+procedure TGameInterface.Close;
+begin
+  FNextGameInterface := nil;
+end;
+
+constructor TGameInterface.Create( const aMainWindow : TSDLCustomWindow );
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  MainWindow := aMainWindow;
+  FNextGameInterface := TGameInterface;
+  ResetInputManager;
+end;
+
+destructor TGameInterface.Destroy;
+begin
+  if Loaded then
+    FreeSurfaces;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.FreeSurfaces;
+begin
+  Loaded := False;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.KeyDown(var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode: UInt16);
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.LoadSurfaces;
+begin
+  Loaded := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.MouseDown(Button: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint);
+begin
+  Dragging := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.MouseMove(Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos, RelativePos: TPoint);
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.MouseUp(Button: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint);
+begin
+  Dragging := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.MouseWheelScroll(WheelDelta: Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos: TPoint);
+begin
+
+end;
+
+function TGameInterface.PointIsInRect( Point : TPoint; x, y, x1, y1: integer ): Boolean;
+begin
+  if ( Point.x >= x )
+  and ( Point.y >= y )
+  and ( Point.x <= x1 )
+  and ( Point.y <= y1 ) then
+    result := true
+  else
+    result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.ResetInputManager;
+var
+  temp : TSDLNotifyEvent;
+begin
+  MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseDown := MouseDown;
+  MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseMove := MouseMove;
+  MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseUp := MouseUp;
+  MainWindow.InputManager.Mouse.OnMouseWheel := MouseWheelScroll;
+  MainWindow.InputManager.KeyBoard.OnKeyDown := KeyDown;
+  temp := Render;
+  MainWindow.OnRender := temp;
+  temp := Close;
+  MainWindow.OnClose := temp;
+  MainWindow.OnUpdate := Update;
+end;
+
+procedure TGameInterface.Update(aElapsedTime: single);
+begin
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4de4ebee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdli386utils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,5236 @@
+unit sdli386utils;
+{
+  $Id: sdli386utils.pas,v 1.5 2004/06/02 19:38:53 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                          }
+{                SDL Utility functions                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Tom Jones are                                            }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones.                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu>                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   Helper functions...                                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{               2000 - TJ : Initial creation                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   July   13   2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines.              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   14   2001 - RK : Added flipping routines.                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   19   2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD  }
+{                           effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel }
+{                           Added PSDLRect()                                   }
+{   Sept   22   2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here}
+{                           Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   25   2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine,   }
+{                           SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   26   2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal     }
+{                           types rather that Windows types. This makes it more}
+{                           portable to Linix.                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   27   2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Oct    27   2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Jan    21   2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Mar    28   2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    13   2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    27   2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    30   2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit               }
+{                           & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  June    12   2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{  June    12   2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{ November  9   2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ December 10   2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: sdli386utils.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.5  2004/06/02 19:38:53  savage
+  Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by
+  Ángel Eduardo García Hernández.  Many thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/05/29 23:11:53  savage
+  Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by
+  Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/02/20 22:04:11  savage
+  Added Changes as mentioned by Rodrigo "Rui" R. (1/2 RRC2Soft) to facilitate FPC compilation and it also works in Delphi. Also syncronized the funcitons so that they are identical to sdlutils.pas, when no assembly version is available.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  Types,
+  Xlib,
+{$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils,
+  sdl;
+
+type
+  TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical );
+
+  // Pixel procedures
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+  PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean;
+  
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal ) : Uint32;
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+// Line procedures
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );overload;
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal ; DashLength, DashSpace : byte );  overload;  
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+// Surface procedures
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+  TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+
+// Flip procedures
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+  Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+
+// Fill Rect routine
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+
+// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface!
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+boolean;
+
+// Jason's boolean Surface functions
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function SDL_ClipLine(var x1,y1,x2,y2: Integer; ClipRect: PSDL_Rect) : boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math;
+
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+  PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean;
+var
+  Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  right1, bottom1 : integer;
+  right2, bottom2 : integer;
+  Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+  Mod1, Mod2 : cardinal;
+  Addr1, Addr2 : cardinal;
+  BPP : cardinal;
+  Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
+  tx, ty : cardinal;
+  StartTick : cardinal;
+  Color1, Color2 : cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if SrcRect1 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface1.w;
+      h := SrcSurface1.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+  if SrcRect2 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface2.w;
+      h := SrcSurface2.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+  with Src_Rect1 do
+  begin
+    Right1 := Left1 + w;
+    Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+  end;
+  with Src_Rect2 do
+  begin
+    Right2 := Left2 + w;
+    Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+  end;
+  if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <=
+    Top2 ) then
+    exit;
+  if Left1 <= Left2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. left, 2. right
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+    ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. right, 2. left
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+    ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface1^ do
+  begin
+    Pitch1 := Pitch;
+    Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+    with format^ do
+    begin
+      BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+      TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface2^ do
+  begin
+    TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
+    Pitch2 := Pitch;
+    Addr2 := cardinal( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
+  end;
+  Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+  Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+  inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+  inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start );
+  if Top1 <= Top2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. up, 2. down
+    ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. down, 2. up
+    ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+    inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) );
+  end;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1 );
+          inc( Addr2 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    2 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 2 );
+          inc( Addr2, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    3 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+          Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+          if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 )
+            then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 3 );
+          inc( Addr2, 3 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    4 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 4 );
+          inc( Addr2, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal ) : Uint32;
+var
+  bpp : UInt32;
+  p : PInteger;
+begin
+  bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+  // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
+  p := Pointer( Uint32( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
+    bpp );
+  case bpp of
+    1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
+    2 : result := PUint16( p )^;
+    3 :
+      if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+        result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+          PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ]
+      else
+        result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+          PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16;
+    4 : result := PUint32( p )^;
+  else
+    result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  Addr, Pitch, BPP : cardinal;
+begin
+  Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels );
+  Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch;
+  BPP := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+  asm
+    mov eax, y
+    mul Pitch      // EAX := y * Pitch
+    add Addr, eax  // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch)
+    mov eax, x
+    mov ecx, Color
+    cmp BPP, 1
+    jne @Not1BPP
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x
+    mov [eax], cl
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not1BPP:
+    cmp BPP, 2
+    jne @Not2BPP
+    mul BPP   // EAX := x * BPP
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP
+    mov [eax], cx
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not2BPP:
+    cmp BPP, 3
+    jne @Not3BPP
+    mul BPP   // EAX := x * BPP
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP
+    mov edx, [eax]
+    and edx, $ff000000
+    or edx, ecx
+    mov [eax], edx
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not3BPP:
+    mul BPP   // EAX := x * BPP
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * BPP
+    mov [eax], ecx
+   @Quit:
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  SrcColor, FinalColor : cardinal;
+  Addr, Pitch, Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if Color = 0 then
+    exit;
+  Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels );
+  Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch;
+  Bits := SrcSurface.format.BitsPerPixel;
+  asm
+    mov eax, y
+    mul Pitch      // EAX := y * Pitch
+    add Addr, eax  // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch)
+    mov eax, x
+    cmp Bits, 8
+    jne @Not8bit
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x
+    mov cl, [eax]
+    movzx ecx, cl
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, 3
+    and edx, 3
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, 3
+    jbe @Skip1_8bit
+    mov ecx, 3
+   @Skip1_8bit:
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $1c
+    and edx, $1c
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $1c
+    jbe @Skip2_8bit
+    mov ecx, $1c
+   @Skip2_8bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $e0
+    and edx, $e0
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $e0
+    jbe @Skip3_8bit
+    mov ecx, $e0
+   @Skip3_8bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], cl
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not8bit:
+    cmp Bits, 15
+    jne @Not15bit
+    shl eax, 1
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2
+    mov ecx, [eax]
+    and ecx, $00007fff
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $1f
+    and edx, $1f
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $1f
+    jbe @Skip1_15bit
+    mov ecx, $1f
+   @Skip1_15bit:
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $03e0
+    and edx, $03e0
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $03e0
+    jbe @Skip2_15bit
+    mov ecx, $03e0
+   @Skip2_15bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $7c00
+    and edx, $7c00
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $7c00
+    jbe @Skip3_15bit
+    mov ecx, $7c00
+   @Skip3_15bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], cx
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not15Bit:
+    cmp Bits, 16
+    jne @Not16bit
+    shl eax, 1
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2
+    mov ecx, [eax]
+    and ecx, $0000ffff
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $1f
+    and edx, $1f
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $1f
+    jbe @Skip1_16bit
+    mov ecx, $1f
+   @Skip1_16bit:
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $07e0
+    and edx, $07e0
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $07e0
+    jbe @Skip2_16bit
+    mov ecx, $07e0
+   @Skip2_16bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $f800
+    and edx, $f800
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $f800
+    jbe @Skip3_16bit
+    mov ecx, $f800
+   @Skip3_16bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], cx
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not16Bit:
+    cmp Bits, 24
+    jne @Not24bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+    add ecx, eax
+    shl ecx, 1
+    add ecx, eax
+    mov eax, ecx
+    jmp @32bit
+   @Not24bit:
+    shl eax, 2
+   @32bit:
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x * 2
+    mov ecx, [eax]
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    and FinalColor, $ff000000
+    and ecx, $00ffffff
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $000000ff
+    and edx, $000000ff
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $000000ff
+    jbe @Skip1_32bit
+    mov ecx, $000000ff
+   @Skip1_32bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $0000ff00
+    and edx, $0000ff00
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $0000ff00
+    jbe @Skip2_32bit
+    mov ecx, $0000ff00
+   @Skip2_32bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $00ff0000
+    and edx, $00ff0000
+    add ecx, edx
+    cmp ecx, $00ff0000
+    jbe @Skip3_32bit
+    mov ecx, $00ff0000
+   @Skip3_32bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], ecx
+   @Quit:
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  SrcColor, FinalColor : cardinal;
+  Addr, Pitch, Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if Color = 0 then
+    exit;
+  Addr := cardinal( SrcSurface.Pixels );
+  Pitch := SrcSurface.Pitch;
+  Bits := SrcSurface.format.BitsPerPixel;
+  asm
+    mov eax, y
+    mul Pitch      // EAX := y * Pitch
+    add Addr, eax  // Addr:= Addr + (y * Pitch)
+    mov eax, x
+    cmp Bits, 8
+    jne @Not8bit
+    add eax, Addr  // Now:   EAX:= Addr + (y * Pitch) + x
+    mov cl, [eax]
+    movzx ecx, cl
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, 3
+    and edx, 3
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip1_8bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip1_8bit:
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $1c
+    and edx, $1c
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip2_8bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip2_8bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $e0
+    and edx, $e0
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip3_8bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip3_8bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], cl
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not8bit:
+    cmp Bits, 15
+    jne @Not15bit
+    shl eax, 1
+    add eax, Addr
+    mov ecx, [eax]
+    and ecx, $00007fff
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $1f
+    and edx, $1f
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip1_15bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip1_15bit:
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $03e0
+    and edx, $03e0
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip2_15bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip2_15bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $7c00
+    and edx, $7c00
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip3_15bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip3_15bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], cx
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not15Bit:
+    cmp Bits, 16
+    jne @Not16bit
+    shl eax, 1
+    add eax, Addr
+    mov ecx, [eax]
+    and ecx, $0000ffff
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $1f
+    and edx, $1f
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip1_16bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip1_16bit:
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $07e0
+    and edx, $07e0
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip2_16bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip2_16bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $f800
+    and edx, $f800
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip3_16bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip3_16bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], cx
+    jmp @Quit
+   @Not16Bit:
+    cmp Bits, 24
+    jne @Not24bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+    add ecx, eax
+    shl ecx, 1
+    add ecx, eax
+    mov eax, ecx
+    jmp @32bit
+   @Not24bit:
+    shl eax, 2
+   @32bit:
+    add eax, Addr
+    mov ecx, [eax]
+    mov FinalColor, ecx
+    and FinalColor, $ff000000
+    and ecx, $00ffffff
+    mov SrcColor, ecx
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $000000ff
+    and edx, $000000ff
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip1_32bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip1_32bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $0000ff00
+    and edx, $0000ff00
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip2_32bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip2_32bit:
+    or FinalColor, ecx
+    mov ecx, SrcColor
+    mov edx, Color
+    and ecx, $00ff0000
+    and edx, $00ff0000
+    sub ecx, edx
+    jns @Skip3_32bit
+    mov ecx, 0
+   @Skip3_32bit:
+    or ecx, FinalColor
+    mov [eax], ecx
+   @Quit:
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal ; DashLength, DashSpace : byte );  overload;
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean;
+begin
+  counter := 0;
+  drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash
+
+  //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters
+  if (DashLength < 1)
+  then DashLength := 1;
+  if (DashSpace < 1)
+  then DashSpace := 0;
+
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+      begin
+
+      //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+      if drawdash then
+        begin
+          SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+          inc(counter);
+          if (counter > DashLength-1) and (DashSpace > 0) then
+            begin
+              drawdash := false;
+              counter := 0;
+            end;
+        end
+      else //space
+        begin
+          inc(counter);
+          if counter > DashSpace-1 then
+            begin
+              drawdash := true;
+              counter := 0;
+            end;
+        end;
+
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+
+      //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+      if drawdash then
+        begin
+          SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+          inc(counter);
+          if (counter > DashLength-1) and (DashSpace > 0) then
+            begin
+              drawdash := false;
+              counter := 0;
+            end;
+        end
+      else //space
+        begin
+          inc(counter);
+          if counter > DashSpace-1 then
+            begin
+              drawdash := true;
+              counter := 0;
+            end;
+        end;
+
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces.
+// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed
+//  palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping.
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  // TransparentColor: cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    //    TransparentColor := format.ColorKey;
+  end;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything
+        mov esp, eax          // ESP - source color
+        mov bl, [edi]         // BL := destination color
+        mov dl, bl            // DL := destination color
+        and ax, $03           // Adding BLUE
+        and bl, $03
+        add al, bl
+        cmp al, $03
+        jbe @Skip1
+        mov al, $03
+       @Skip1:
+        mov cl, al
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding GREEN
+        mov bl, dl
+        and al, $1c
+        and bl, $1c
+        add al, bl
+        cmp al, $1c
+        jbe @Skip2
+        mov al, $1c
+       @Skip2:
+        or cl, al
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding RED
+        mov bl, dl
+        and ax, $e0
+        and bx, $e0
+        add ax, bx
+        cmp ax, $e0
+        jbe @Skip3
+        mov al, $e0
+       @Skip3:
+        or cl, al
+        mov [edi], cl
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    15 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax          // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        mov esp, eax          // ESP - source color
+        mov bx, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov dx, bx            // DX := destination color
+        and ax, $001F         // Adding BLUE
+        and bx, $001F
+        add ax, bx
+        cmp ax, $001F
+        jbe @Skip1
+        mov ax, $001F
+       @Skip1:
+        mov cx, ax
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding GREEN
+        mov bx, dx
+        and ax, $3E0
+        and bx, $3E0
+        add ax, bx
+        cmp ax, $3E0
+        jbe @Skip2
+        mov ax, $3E0
+       @Skip2:
+        or cx, ax
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding RED
+        mov bx, dx
+        and ax, $7C00
+        and bx, $7C00
+        add ax, bx
+        cmp ax, $7C00
+        jbe @Skip3
+        mov ax, $7C00
+       @Skip3:
+        or cx, ax
+        mov [edi], cx
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    16 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        mov esp, eax          // ESP - source color
+        mov bx, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov dx, bx            // DX := destination color
+        and ax, $1F           // Adding BLUE
+        and bx, $1F
+        add ax, bx
+        cmp ax, $1F
+        jbe @Skip1
+        mov ax, $1F
+       @Skip1:
+        mov cx, ax
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding GREEN
+        mov bx, dx
+        and ax, $7E0
+        and bx, $7E0
+        add ax, bx
+        cmp ax, $7E0
+        jbe @Skip2
+        mov ax, $7E0
+       @Skip2:
+        or cx, ax
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding RED
+        mov bx, dx
+        and eax, $F800
+        and ebx, $F800
+        add eax, ebx
+        cmp eax, $F800
+        jbe @Skip3
+        mov ax, $F800
+       @Skip3:
+        or cx, ax
+        mov [edi], cx
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 2
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 3
+       @Loopx:
+        mov bl, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov al, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @Skip              // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
+        mov ah, 0             // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
+        mov bh, 0
+        add bx, ax
+        cmp bx, $00ff
+        jb @Skip
+        mov bl, $ff
+       @Skip:
+        mov [edi], bl
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       shl ax, 2
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 4
+       @Loopx:
+        mov bl, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov al, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @Skip              // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
+        mov ah, 0             // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
+        mov bh, 0
+        add bx, ax
+        cmp bx, $00ff
+        jb @Skip
+        mov bl, $ff
+       @Skip:
+        mov [edi], bl
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+  end;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=0 then skip everything
+        mov esp, eax          // ESP - source color
+        mov bl, [edi]         // BL := destination color
+        mov dl, bl            // DL := destination color
+        and al, $03           // Subtract BLUE
+        and bl, $03
+        sub bl, al
+        jns @Skip1
+        mov bl, 0
+       @Skip1:
+        mov cl, bl
+        mov eax, esp          // Subtract GREEN
+        mov bl, dl
+        and al, $1c
+        and bl, $1c
+        sub bl, al
+        jns @Skip2
+        mov bl, 0
+       @Skip2:
+        or cl, bl
+        mov eax, esp          // Subtract RED
+        mov bl, dl
+        and ax, $e0
+        and bx, $e0
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip3
+        mov bl, 0
+       @Skip3:
+        or cl, bl
+        mov [edi], cl
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    15 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax          // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        mov esp, eax          // ESP - source color
+        mov bx, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov dx, bx            // DX := destination color
+        and ax, $001F         // Subtract BLUE
+        and bx, $001F
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip1
+        mov bx, 0
+       @Skip1:
+        mov cx, bx
+        mov eax, esp          // Subtract GREEN
+        mov bx, dx
+        and ax, $3E0
+        and bx, $3E0
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip2
+        mov bx, 0
+       @Skip2:
+        or cx, bx
+        mov eax, esp          // Subtract RED
+        mov bx, dx
+        and ax, $7C00
+        and bx, $7C00
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip3
+        mov bx, 0
+       @Skip3:
+        or cx, bx
+        mov [edi], cx
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    16 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        mov esp, eax          // ESP - source color
+        mov bx, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov dx, bx            // DX := destination color
+        and ax, $1F           // Subtracting BLUE
+        and bx, $1F
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip1
+        mov bx, 0
+       @Skip1:
+        mov cx, bx
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding GREEN
+        mov bx, dx
+        and ax, $7E0
+        and bx, $7E0
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip2
+        mov bx, 0
+       @Skip2:
+        or cx, bx
+        mov eax, esp          // Adding RED
+        mov bx, dx
+        and eax, $F800
+        and ebx, $F800
+        sub ebx, eax
+        jns @Skip3
+        mov bx, 0
+       @Skip3:
+        or cx, bx
+        mov [edi], cx
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 2
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 3
+       @Loopx:
+        mov bl, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov al, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @Skip              // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
+        mov ah, 0             // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
+        mov bh, 0
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip
+        mov bl, 0
+       @Skip:
+        mov [edi], bl
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       shl ax, 2
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 4
+       @Loopx:
+        mov bl, [edi]         // BX := destination color
+        mov al, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @Skip              // if AL=0 then skip COMPONENT
+        mov ah, 0             // AX := COLOR COMPONENT
+        mov bh, 0
+        sub bx, ax
+        jns @Skip
+        mov bl, 0
+       @Skip:
+        mov [edi], bl
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+var
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  SrcTransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcTransparentColor := format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      mov ecx, Color
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        movzx eax, al
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov [edi], cl
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      end;
+    15, 16 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      mov ecx, Color
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        movzx eax, ax
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov [edi], cx
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      mov ecx, Color
+      and ecx, $00ffffff
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov eax, [esi]         // EAX := source color
+        and eax, $00ffffff
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if EAX=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov ebx, [edi]
+        and ebx, $ff000000
+        or ebx, ecx
+        mov [edi], ecx
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 3
+        add edi, 3
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp, _esp
+      mov edi, _edi
+      mov esi, _esi
+      mov ebx, _ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      mov ecx, Color
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov eax, [esi]         // EAX := source color
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if EAX=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov [edi], ecx
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 4
+        add edi, 4
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp, _esp
+      mov edi, _edi
+      mov esi, _esi
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used.
+// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!!
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+  TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
+  SrcTransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DstSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DstSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcTransparentColor := format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := DstSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  with Texture^ do
+  begin
+    TextAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
+      UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( Texture );
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ebx, TextAddr
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        movzx eax, al
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov al, [ebx]
+        mov [edi], al
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        inc ebx
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       add ebx, TextMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx, _ebx
+      end;
+    15, 16 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ecx, TextAddr
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        movzx eax, ax
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov ax, [ecx]
+        mov [edi], ax
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        inc edi
+        inc ecx
+        inc ecx
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       add ecx, TextMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ebx, TextAddr
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov eax, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        and eax, $00ffffff
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov eax, [ebx]
+        and eax, $00ffffff
+        mov ecx, [edi]
+        and ecx, $ff000000
+        or ecx, eax
+        mov [edi], eax
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 3
+        add edi, 3
+        add ebx, 3
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       add ebx, TextMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx, _ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ecx, TextAddr
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov eax, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        cmp eax, SrcTransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=Transparent color then skip everything
+        mov eax, [ecx]
+        mov [edi], eax
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 4
+        add edi, 4
+        add ecx, 4
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       add ecx, TextMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  xc, yc : cardinal;
+  rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal;
+  color : cardinal;
+  modx, mody : cardinal;
+begin
+  // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!!
+  if srcrect = nil then
+    srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect;
+  if dstrect = nil then
+    dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect;
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 );
+  mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 );
+  //rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+  ry := srcrect.y * 65536;
+  wy := dstrect.y;
+  for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do
+  begin
+    rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+    wx := dstrect.x;
+    ry16 := ry shr 16;
+    for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do
+    begin
+      color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 );
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color );
+      rx := rx + modx;
+      inc( wx );
+    end;
+    ry := ry + mody;
+    inc( wy );
+  end;
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices
+// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+const
+  SHIFTS = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20)
+  THRESH = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value
+  procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal );
+  var
+    tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint;
+    mx, my : cardinal;
+    cr : cardinal;
+  begin
+    // Does the destination area specify a single pixel?
+    if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then
+    begin // Yes
+      cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) );
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr );
+    end
+    else
+    begin // No
+      // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse
+      tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1;
+      tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1;
+      bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+      bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+      lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1;
+      lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1;
+      rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+      rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+      m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1;
+      m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1;
+      mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1;
+      my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1;
+      CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my );
+      CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my );
+      CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 );
+      CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 );
+    end;
+  end;
+var
+  _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint;
+  Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer;
+begin
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Rect_x := 0;
+    Rect_y := 0;
+    Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+    Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Rect_x := SrcRect.x;
+    Rect_y := SrcRect.y;
+    Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+    Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+  end;
+  // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error.
+  _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS;
+  CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h );
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
+  Locked : boolean;
+  y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer;
+  Row1, Row2 : Pointer;
+  OneRow : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish
+begin
+  if DstSurface <> nil then
+  begin
+    if Rect = nil then
+    begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface
+      TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+      Rect := @TmpRect;
+    end;
+    FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1;
+    RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    begin
+      Locked := true;
+      SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    end
+    else
+      Locked := false;
+    Row1 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+      DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    Row2 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
+      * DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    for y := 0 to FlipLength do
+    begin
+      Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
+      Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
+      Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
+      inc( cardinal( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+      dec( cardinal( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    end;
+    if Locked then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+type
+  T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte;
+  T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit;
+  P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray;
+  TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord;
+  PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray;
+var
+  TmpRect : TSDL_Rect;
+  Row8bit : PByteArray;
+  Row16bit : PWordArray;
+  Row24bit : P24bitArray;
+  Row32bit : PLongWordArray;
+  y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer;
+  Pixel : cardinal;
+  Pixel24 : T24bit;
+  Locked : boolean;
+begin
+  if DstSurface <> nil then
+  begin
+    if Rect = nil then
+    begin
+      TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+      Rect := @TmpRect;
+    end;
+    FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1;
+    if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    begin
+      Locked := true;
+      SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    end
+    else
+      Locked := false;
+    case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
+      1 :
+        begin
+          Row8Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ];
+              Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      2 :
+        begin
+          Row16Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ];
+              Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      3 :
+        begin
+          Row24Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ];
+              Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      4 :
+        begin
+          Row32Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ];
+              Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( cardinal( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    if Locked then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer.
+// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!!
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+var
+  Rect : PSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  New( Rect );
+  with Rect^ do
+  begin
+    x := aLeft;
+    y := aTop;
+    w := aWidth;
+    h := aHeight;
+  end;
+  Result := Rect;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  with result do
+  begin
+    x := aLeft;
+    y := aTop;
+    w := aWidth;
+    h := aHeight;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  with aRect do
+    result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw,
+  depth : integer );
+var
+  dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer;
+  src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16;
+  src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+begin
+  if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then
+    exit;
+  dx := ( x2 - x1 );
+  dy := ( y2 - y1 );
+  dy := dy shl 1;
+  e := dy - dx;
+  dx2 := dx shl 1;
+  src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
+  dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
+  src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
+  dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
+    depth );
+  for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+  begin
+    move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+    while ( e >= 0 ) do
+    begin
+      inc( src_pixels, depth );
+      e := e - dx2;
+    end;
+    inc( dst_pixels, depth );
+    e := e + dy;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function sign( x : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  if x > 0 then
+    result := 1
+  else
+    result := -1;
+end;
+
+// Stretches a part of a surface
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+  Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  dst_surface : PSDL_Surface;
+  dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer;
+  destx1, desty1 : integer;
+begin
+  srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW;
+  srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH;
+  result := nil;
+  destx1 := 0;
+  desty1 := 0;
+  dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) );
+  dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) );
+  e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx;
+  dx2 := dx shl 1;
+  dy := dy shl 1;
+  dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height -
+      desty1,
+      SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+      SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+      SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+      SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+      SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+  if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+    SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+  SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey );
+  if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then
+    if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then
+      exit;
+  for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+  begin
+    SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1,
+      SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel );
+    while e >= 0 do
+    begin
+      inc( SrcY1 );
+      e := e - dx2;
+    end;
+    inc( desty1 );
+    e := e + dy;
+  end;
+  if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface );
+  result := dst_surface;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+var
+  r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  //buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+  YPos : Integer;
+begin
+  if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then
+  begin
+    //if DifY > 0 then // going up
+    //begin
+    ypos := 0;
+    r1.x := 0;
+    r2.x := 0;
+    r1.w := DstSurface.w;
+    r2.w := DstSurface.w;
+    r1.h := DifY;
+    r2.h := DifY;
+    while ypos < DstSurface.h do
+    begin
+      r1.y := ypos;
+      r2.y := ypos + DifY;
+      SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 );
+      ypos := ypos + DifY;
+    end;
+    //end
+    //else
+    //begin // Going Down
+    //end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+var
+  r1, r2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  buffer : PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then
+  begin
+    buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2,
+      DstSurface^.h * 2,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+    if buffer <> nil then
+    begin
+      if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+        SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+      r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+      r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+      SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 );
+      SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 );
+      SDL_FreeSurface( buffer );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+var
+  aSin, aCos : Single;
+  MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer;
+  Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32;
+  MAXX, MAXY : Integer;
+begin
+  // Rotate the surface to the target surface.
+  TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey;
+  if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then
+  begin
+    Width := srcRect.w;
+    Height := srcRect.w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Width := srcRect.h;
+    Height := srcRect.h;
+  end;
+
+  maxx := DstSurface.w;
+  maxy := DstSurface.h;
+  aCos := cos( Angle );
+  aSin := sin( Angle );
+
+  Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) );
+  Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) );
+
+  OX := Width div 2;
+  OY := Height div 2; ;
+  MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2;
+  MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2;
+  ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx;
+  ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY;
+  Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos );
+  Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos );
+  SX := 0;
+  for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do
+  begin
+    Inc( SX );
+    SY := 0;
+    for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do
+    begin
+      RX := SX - OX;
+      RY := SY - OY;
+      NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); //
+      NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); //
+      // Used for testing only
+     //SDL_PutPixel(DstSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0);
+      if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then
+      begin
+        if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then
+        begin
+          if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then
+          begin
+            Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY );
+            if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then
+            begin
+              SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour );
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+      inc( SY );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+begin
+  SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) );
+end;
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+var
+  RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
+  OutOfRange : Boolean;
+begin
+  OutOfRange := false;
+  if dstrect = nil then
+  begin
+    RealRect.x := 0;
+    RealRect.y := 0;
+    RealRect.w := DstSurface.w;
+    RealRect.h := DstSurface.h;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then
+    begin
+      RealRect.x := dstrect.x;
+    end
+    else if dstrect.x < 0 then
+    begin
+      realrect.x := 0;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutOfRange := True;
+    end;
+    if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then
+    begin
+      RealRect.y := dstrect.y;
+    end
+    else if dstrect.y < 0 then
+    begin
+      realrect.y := 0;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutOfRange := True;
+    end;
+    if OutOfRange = False then
+    begin
+      if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then
+      begin
+        RealRect.w := dstrect.w;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x;
+      end;
+      if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then
+      begin
+        RealRect.h := dstrect.h;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+  if OutOfRange = False then
+  begin
+    result := realrect;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    realrect.w := 0;
+    realrect.h := 0;
+    realrect.x := 0;
+    realrect.y := 0;
+    result := realrect;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+  RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
+  Addr : pointer;
+  ModX, BPP : cardinal;
+  x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+  RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+  if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    with DstSurface^ do
+    begin
+      Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+      ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+    end;
+    case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+              G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+              B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+              if R > $E0 then
+                R := $E0;
+              if G > $1C then
+                G := $1C;
+              if B > $03 then
+                B := $03;
+              PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+              G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+              if R > $7C00 then
+                R := $7C00;
+              if G > $03E0 then
+                G := $03E0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := $001F;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+              G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+              if R > $F800 then
+                R := $F800;
+              if G > $07C0 then
+                G := $07C0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := $001F;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := $FF0000;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := $00FF00;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := $0000FF;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := $FF0000;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := $00FF00;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := $0000FF;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+  RealRect : TSDL_Rect;
+  Addr : pointer;
+  ModX, BPP : cardinal;
+  x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+  RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+  if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    with DstSurface^ do
+    begin
+      Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+      ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+    end;
+    case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+              G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+              B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+              if R > $E0 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $1C then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $03 then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+              G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+              if R > $7C00 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $03E0 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+              G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+              if R > $F800 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $07C0 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+var
+  FBC : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal;
+  // temp vars
+  i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer;
+
+  TempStepV, TempStepH : Single;
+  TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer;
+  TempRect : TSDL_Rect;
+
+begin
+  // calc FBC
+  YR := StartColor.r;
+  YG := StartColor.g;
+  YB := StartColor.b;
+  SR := YR;
+  SG := YG;
+  SB := YB;
+  DR := EndColor.r - SR;
+  DG := EndColor.g - SG;
+  DB := EndColor.b - SB;
+
+  for i := 0 to 255 do
+  begin
+    FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB );
+    YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i );
+    YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i );
+    YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i );
+  end;
+
+  //  if aStyle = 1 then begin
+  TempStepH := Rect.w / 255;
+  TempStepV := Rect.h / 255;
+  TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 );
+  TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 );
+  TempTop := 0;
+  TempLeft := 0;
+  TempRect.x := Rect.x;
+  TempRect.y := Rect.y;
+  TempRect.h := Rect.h;
+  TempRect.w := Rect.w;
+
+  case Style of
+    gsHorizontal :
+      begin
+        TempRect.h := TempHeight;
+        for i := 0 to 255 do
+        begin
+          TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop;
+          SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+          TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i );
+        end;
+      end;
+    gsVertical :
+      begin
+        TempRect.w := TempWidth;
+        for i := 0 to 255 do
+        begin
+          TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft;
+          SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+          TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i );
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  w := Src.w;
+  h := Src.h;
+
+  case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+    1 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], al
+             mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr);
+             add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    2 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], ax
+             mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
+             add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    3 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             and eax, $00ffffff
+             and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000
+             or [edx], eax
+             and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + 3], eax
+             and dword ptr [edx + ebx], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + ebx], eax
+             and dword ptr [edx + ebx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + ebx + 3], eax
+
+             add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3);
+             add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    4 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], eax
+             mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4);
+             add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  w := Src.w;
+  h := Src.h;
+
+  case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+    1 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], al
+             mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr);
+             add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    2 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], ax
+             mov [edx + 2], eax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
+             add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    3 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             and eax, $00ffffff
+             and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000
+             or [edx], eax
+             and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + 3], eax
+
+             add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3);
+             add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    4 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], eax
+             mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4);
+             add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, w, h : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  w := Src.w;
+  h := Src.h;
+
+  case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of
+    8 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov al, [ecx] // PUInt8(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], al
+             mov [edx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             shr al, 1
+             and al, $6d
+             mov [edx + ebx], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 1], al // PUInt8(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1)^ := PUInt8(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             inc ecx // inc(ReadAddr);
+             add edx, 2 // inc(WriteAddr, 2);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    15 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], ax
+             mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             shr ax, 1
+             and ax, $3def
+             mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
+             add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    16 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov ax, [ecx] // PUInt16(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], ax
+             mov [edx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             shr ax, 1
+             and ax, $7bef
+             mov [edx + ebx], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 2], ax // PUInt16(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2)^ := PUInt16(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 2 // inc(ReadAddr, 2);
+             add edx, 4 // inc(WriteAddr, 4);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov eax, [ecx] // (PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             and eax, $00ffffff
+             and dword ptr [edx], $ff000000
+             or [edx], eax
+             and dword ptr [edx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + 3], eax
+             shr eax, 1
+             and eax, $007f7f7f
+             and dword ptr [edx + ebx], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + ebx], eax
+             and dword ptr [edx + ebx + 3], $00ffffff // (PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3)^ and $ff000000) or (PUInt32(ReadAddr)^ and $00ffffff);
+             or [edx + ebx + 3], eax
+
+             add ecx, 3 // inc(ReadAddr, 3);
+             add edx, 6 // inc(WriteAddr, 6);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+         push ebx
+         mov eax, h // for y := 1 to Src.h do
+         mov y, eax
+         @LoopY:
+           mov eax, ReadRow // ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+           mov ReadAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, WriteRow // WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+           mov WriteAddr, eax
+
+           mov eax, w // for x := 1 to Src.w do
+           mov x, eax
+
+           mov ecx, ReadAddr
+           mov edx, WriteAddr
+           mov ebx, DestPitch
+
+           @LoopX:
+             mov eax, [ecx] // PUInt32(WriteAddr)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx], eax
+             mov [edx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             shr eax, 1
+             and eax, $7f7f7f7f
+             mov [edx + ebx], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+             mov [edx + ebx + 4], eax // PUInt32(WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4)^ := PUInt32(ReadAddr)^;
+
+             add ecx, 4 // inc(ReadAddr, 4);
+             add edx, 8 // inc(WriteAddr, 8);
+
+             dec x
+           jnz @LoopX
+
+           mov eax, SrcPitch // inc(UInt32(ReadRow), SrcPitch);
+           add ReadRow, eax
+
+           mov eax, DestPitch // inc(UInt32(WriteRow), DestPitch * 2);
+           add WriteRow, eax
+           add WriteRow, eax
+
+           dec y
+         jnz @LoopY
+         pop ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+boolean;
+var
+  Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  right1, bottom1 : integer;
+  right2, bottom2 : integer;
+  Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+  Mod1: cardinal;
+  Addr1 : cardinal;
+  BPP : cardinal;
+  Pitch1 : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
+  tx, ty : cardinal;
+  StartTick : cardinal;
+  Color1 : cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if SrcRect1 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface1.w;
+      h := SrcSurface1.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+
+    Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+  with Src_Rect1 do
+  begin
+    Right1 := Left1 + w;
+    Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+  end;
+  with Src_Rect2 do
+  begin
+    Right2 := Left2 + w;
+    Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+  end;
+  if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( 
+Bottom1 <=
+    Top2 ) then
+    exit;
+  if Left1 <= Left2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. left, 2. right
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+    ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. right, 2. left
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+    ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface1^ do
+  begin
+    Pitch1 := Pitch;
+    Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+    with format^ do
+    begin
+      BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+      TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+
+  inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+
+  if Top1 <= Top2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. up, 2. down
+    ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. down, 2. up
+    ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+
+  end;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    2 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 )  then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 2 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    3 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+          if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 )
+            then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 3 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    4 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 )  then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 4 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  // TransparentColor: cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything
+        cmp al, byte ptr TransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor
+        or al, [edi]
+        mov [edi], al
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    15 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax          // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor
+        or ax, [edi]
+        mov [edi], ax
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    16 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor
+        or ax, [edi]
+        mov [edi], ax
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 2
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 3
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        or al, [edi]
+        mov [edi], al
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       shl ax, 2
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 4
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        or al, [edi]
+        mov [edi], al
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  // TransparentColor: cardinal;
+  _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        cmp al, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AL=0 or AL=transparent color then skip everything
+        cmp al, byte ptr TransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor
+        and al, [edi]
+        mov [edi], al
+       @SkipColor:
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    15 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax          // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor
+        and ax, [edi]
+        mov [edi], ax
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    16 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       @Loopx:
+        mov ax, [esi]         // AX := source color
+        cmp ax, 0
+        je @SkipColor         // if AX=0 then skip everything
+        cmp ax, word ptr TransparentColor
+        je @SkipColor
+        and ax, [edi]
+        mov [edi], ax
+       @SkipColor:
+        add esi, 2
+        add edi, 2
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    24 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 2
+       add WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 3
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        and al, [edi]
+        mov [edi], al
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+    32 :
+      asm
+      mov _ebx, ebx
+      mov _esi, esi
+      mov _edi, edi
+      mov _esp, esp
+      mov esi, SrcAddr      // ESI - Source Offset
+      mov edi, DestAddr     // EDI - Destination Offset
+      mov ax, Src.h         //  WorkY := Src.h
+      mov WorkY, ax
+      @LoopY:
+       mov ax, Src.w
+       shl ax, 2
+       mov WorkX, ax         // WorkX := Src.w * 4
+       @Loopx:
+        mov al, [esi]         // AL := source color
+        and al, [edi]
+        mov [edi], al
+        inc esi
+        inc edi
+        dec WorkX
+       jnz @LoopX
+       add esi, SrcMod
+       add edi, DestMod
+       dec WorkY
+      jnz @LoopY
+      mov esp,_esp
+      mov edi,_edi
+      mov esi,_esi
+      mov ebx,_ebx
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then R := Pixel2 and $E0 else R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then G := Pixel2 and $1C else G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+                if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then B := Pixel2 and $03 else B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then R := Pixel2 and $7C00 else R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+              if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then G := Pixel2 and $03E0 else G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+              if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then R := Pixel2 and $F800 else R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+              if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then G := Pixel2 and $07E0 else G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+              if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+              if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+              if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+              if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+              if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then R := Pixel2 and $E0 else R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then G := Pixel2 and $1C else G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+                if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then B := Pixel2 and $03 else B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then R := Pixel2 and $7C00 else R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+              if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then G := Pixel2 and $03E0 else G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+              if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then R := Pixel2 and $F800 else R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+              if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then G := Pixel2 and $07E0 else G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+              if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then B := Pixel2 and $001F else B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+              if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+              if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+              if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 else R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+              if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 else G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+              if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then B := Pixel2 and $0000FF else B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+function SDL_ClipLine(var x1,y1,x2,y2: Integer; ClipRect: PSDL_Rect) : boolean;
+var tflag, flag1, flag2: word;
+    txy, xedge, yedge: Integer;
+    slope: single;
+
+  function ClipCode(x,y: Integer): word;
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+    if x < ClipRect.x then Result := 1;
+    if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then Result := Result or 2;
+    if y < ClipRect.y then Result := Result or 4;
+    if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then Result := Result or 8;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  flag1 := ClipCode(x1,y1);
+  flag2 := ClipCode(x2,y2);
+  result := true;
+
+  while true do
+  begin
+    if (flag1 or flag2) = 0 then Exit; // all in
+
+    if (flag1 and flag2) <> 0 then
+      begin
+        result := false;
+        Exit; // all out
+      end;
+
+    if flag2 = 0 then
+      begin
+        txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy;
+        txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy;
+        tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag;
+      end;
+
+    if (flag2 and 3) <> 0 then
+      begin
+        if (flag2 and 1) <> 0 then
+          xedge := ClipRect.x
+        else
+          xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x -1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+        slope := (y2 - y1) / (x2 - x1);
+        y2 := y1 + Round(slope * (xedge - x1));
+        x2 := xedge;
+      end
+    else
+      begin
+        if (flag2 and 4) <> 0 then
+          yedge := ClipRect.y
+        else
+          yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y -1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+        slope := (x2 - x1) / (y2 - y1);
+        x2 := x1 + Round(slope * (yedge - y1));
+        y2 := yedge;
+      end;
+
+    flag2 := ClipCode(x2, y2);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..094f4e0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlinput.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,923 @@
+unit sdlinput;
+{
+  $Id: sdlinput.pas,v 1.9 2007/08/22 21:18:43 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{                     SDL Input Wrapper                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2003 - 2100 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   SDL Mouse, Keyboard and Joystick wrapper                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{ March      12     2003 - DL : Initial creation                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ February   02     2004 - DL : Added Custom Cursor Support to the Mouse class }
+{
+  $Log: sdlinput.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.9  2007/08/22 21:18:43  savage
+  Thanks to Dean for his MouseDelta patch.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2005/08/03 18:57:32  savage
+  Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/09/30 22:32:04  savage
+  Updated with slightly different header comments
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/09/12 21:52:58  savage
+  Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/05/10 21:11:49  savage
+  changes required to help get SoAoS off the ground.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/05/03 22:38:40  savage
+  Added the ability to enable or disable certain inputs @ runtime. Basically it just does not call UpdateInput if Enabled = false.
+  Can also disable and enable input devices via the InputManager.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/04/28 21:27:01  savage
+  Updated Joystick code and event handlers. Needs testing...
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 22:36:29  savage
+  Fixed inconsistencies of using LoadLibrary and LoadModule.
+  Now all units make use of LoadModule rather than LoadLibrary and other dynamic proc procedures.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  sdl;
+
+type
+  TSDLInputType = ( itJoystick , itKeyBoard, itMouse );
+  TSDLInputTypes = set of TSDLInputType;
+
+  TSDLCustomInput = class( TObject )
+  private
+    FEnabled: Boolean;
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+    function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    property Enabled : Boolean read FEnabled write FEnabled;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent =  procedure ( Which: UInt8; Axis: UInt8; Value: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent =  procedure ( Which: UInt8; Ball: UInt8; RelativePos: TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent =  procedure ( Which: UInt8; Hat: UInt8; Value: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLJoyButtonEvent =  procedure ( Which: UInt8; Button: UInt8; State: SInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+
+
+  TSDLJoyStick = class( TSDLCustomInput )
+  private
+    FJoystick : PSDL_Joystick;
+    FJoystickIndex : Integer;
+    FJoyAxisMoveEvent : TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent;
+    FJoyBallMoveEvent : TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent;
+    FJoyHatMoveEvent : TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent;
+    FJoyButtonDownEvent : TSDLJoyButtonEvent;
+    FJoyButtonUpEvent : TSDLJoyButtonEvent;
+    procedure DoAxisMove( Event : TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoBallMove( Event : TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoHatMove( Event : TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoButtonDown( Event : TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoButtonUp( Event : TSDL_Event );
+    function GetName: PChar;
+    function GetNumAxes: integer;
+    function GetNumBalls: integer;
+    function GetNumButtons: integer;
+    function GetNumHats: integer;
+  public
+    constructor Create( Index : Integer );
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    procedure Open;
+    procedure Close;
+    function UpdateInput( Event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override;
+    property Name : PChar read GetName;
+    property NumAxes : integer read GetNumAxes;
+    property NumBalls : integer read GetNumBalls;
+    property NumButtons : integer read GetNumButtons;
+    property NumHats : integer read GetNumHats;
+    property OnAxisMove : TSDLJoyAxisMoveEvent read FJoyAxisMoveEvent write FJoyAxisMoveEvent;
+    property OnBallMove : TSDLJoyBallMoveEvent read FJoyBallMoveEvent write FJoyBallMoveEvent;
+    property OnHatMove : TSDLJoyHatMoveEvent read FJoyHatMoveEvent write FJoyHatMoveEvent;
+    property OnButtonDown : TSDLJoyButtonEvent read FJoyButtonDownEvent write FJoyButtonDownEvent;
+    property OnButtonUp : TSDLJoyButtonEvent read FJoyButtonUpEvent write FJoyButtonUpEvent;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLJoySticks = class( TObject )
+  private
+    FNumOfJoySticks: Integer;
+    FJoyStickList : TList;
+    function GetJoyStick(Index: integer): TSDLJoyStick;
+    procedure SetJoyStick(Index: integer; const Value: TSDLJoyStick);
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean;
+    property NumOfJoySticks : Integer read FNumOfJoySticks write FNumOfJoySticks;
+    property JoySticks[ Index : integer ] : TSDLJoyStick read GetJoyStick write SetJoyStick;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLKeyBoardEvent =  procedure ( var Key: TSDLKey; Shift: TSDLMod; unicode : UInt16 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+
+  TSDLKeyBoard = class( TSDLCustomInput )
+  private
+    FKeys : PKeyStateArr;
+    FOnKeyUp: TSDLKeyBoardEvent;
+    FOnKeyDown: TSDLKeyBoardEvent;
+    procedure DoKeyDown( keysym : PSDL_keysym );
+    procedure DoKeyUp( keysym : PSDL_keysym );
+  public
+    function IsKeyDown( Key : TSDLKey ) : Boolean;
+    function IsKeyUp( Key : TSDLKey ) : Boolean;
+    function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override;
+    property Keys : PKeyStateArr read FKeys write FKeys;
+    property OnKeyDown : TSDLKeyBoardEvent read FOnKeyDown write FOnKeyDown;
+    property OnKeyUp : TSDLKeyBoardEvent read FOnKeyUp write FOnKeyUp;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLMouseButtonEvent =  procedure ( Button : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLMouseMoveEvent =  procedure ( Shift: TSDLMod; CurrentPos : TPoint; RelativePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLMouseWheelEvent =  procedure ( WheelDelta : Integer; Shift: TSDLMod; MousePos : TPoint ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+
+  TSDLCustomCursor = class( TObject )
+  private
+    FFileName : string;
+    FHotPoint: TPoint;
+    procedure SetFileName(const aValue: string );
+    function ScanForChar( str : string; ch : Char; startPos : Integer; lookFor : Boolean ) : Integer;
+  public
+    constructor Create( const aFileName : string; aHotPoint: TPoint );
+    procedure LoadFromFile( const aFileName : string ); virtual; abstract;
+    procedure LoadFromStream( aStream : TStream ); virtual; abstract;
+    procedure Show; virtual; abstract;
+    property FileName : string read FFileName write SetFileName;
+    property HotPoint : TPoint read FHotPoint write FHotPoint;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLXPMCursor = class( TSDLCustomCursor )
+  private
+    FCursor : PSDL_Cursor;
+    procedure FreeCursor;
+  public
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    procedure LoadFromFile( const aFileName : string ); override;
+    procedure LoadFromStream( aStream : TStream ); override;
+    procedure Show; override;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLCursorList = class( TStringList )
+  protected
+    function GetObject( aIndex : Integer ): TSDLCustomCursor; reintroduce;
+    procedure PutObject( aIndex : Integer; AObject : TSDLCustomCursor); reintroduce;
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+   function AddCursor(const aName : string; aObject : TSDLCustomCursor): Integer; virtual;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLMouse = class( TSDLCustomInput )
+  private
+    FDragging : Boolean;
+    FMousePos : TPoint;
+    FOnMouseUp: TSDLMouseButtonEvent;
+    FOnMouseDown: TSDLMouseButtonEvent;
+    FOnMouseMove: TSDLMouseMoveEvent;
+    FOnMouseWheel: TSDLMouseWheelEvent;
+    FCursorList : TSDLCursorList; // Cursor Pointer
+    procedure DoMouseMove( Event: TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoMouseDown( Event: TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoMouseUp( Event: TSDL_Event );
+    procedure DoMouseWheelScroll( Event: TSDL_Event );
+    function GetMousePosition: TPoint;
+    procedure SetMousePosition(const Value: TPoint);
+    function GetMouseDelta: TPoint;
+  public
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function UpdateInput( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean; override;
+    function MouseIsDown( Button : Integer ) : Boolean;
+    function MouseIsUp( Button : Integer ) : Boolean;
+    procedure ShowCursor;
+    procedure HideCursor;
+    property OnMouseDown : TSDLMouseButtonEvent read FOnMouseDown write FOnMouseDown;
+    property OnMouseUp : TSDLMouseButtonEvent read FOnMouseUp write FOnMouseUp;
+    property OnMouseMove : TSDLMouseMoveEvent read FOnMouseMove write FOnMouseMove;
+    property OnMouseWheel : TSDLMouseWheelEvent read FOnMouseWheel write FOnMouseWheel;
+    property MousePosition : TPoint read GetMousePosition write SetMousePosition;
+    property MouseDelta: TPoint read GetMouseDelta;
+    property Cursors : TSDLCursorList read FCursorList write FCursorList;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLInputManager = class( TObject )
+  private
+    FKeyBoard : TSDLKeyBoard;
+    FMouse : TSDLMouse;
+    FJoystick : TSDLJoysticks;
+  public
+    constructor Create( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes );
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    procedure Disable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer = 0 );
+    procedure Enable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber : Integer = 0 );
+    function UpdateInputs( event: TSDL_EVENT ) : Boolean;
+    property KeyBoard : TSDLKeyBoard read FKeyBoard write FKeyBoard;
+    property Mouse : TSDLMouse read FMouse write FMouse;
+    property JoyStick : TSDLJoysticks read FJoyStick write FJoyStick;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+{ TSDLCustomInput }
+constructor TSDLCustomInput.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  FEnabled := true;
+end;
+
+{ TSDLJoysticks }
+constructor TSDLJoysticks.Create;
+var
+  i : integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  if ( SDL_WasInit( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK ) = 0 ) then
+    SDL_InitSubSystem( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK );
+  FNumOfJoySticks := SDL_NumJoysticks;
+  FJoyStickList := TList.Create;
+  for i := 0 to FNumOfJoySticks - 1 do
+  begin
+    FJoyStickList.Add( TSDLJoyStick.Create( i )  );
+  end;
+end;
+
+destructor TSDLJoysticks.Destroy;
+var
+  i : integer;
+begin
+  if FJoyStickList.Count > 0 then
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to FJoyStickList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList.Items[i] ).Free;
+    end;
+  end;
+  SDL_QuitSubSystem( SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoySticks.GetJoyStick(Index: integer): TSDLJoyStick;
+begin
+  Result := TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList[ Index ] );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoySticks.SetJoyStick(Index: integer;
+  const Value: TSDLJoyStick);
+begin
+  FJoyStickList[ Index ] :=  @Value;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoysticks.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
+var
+  i : integer;
+begin
+  result := false;
+  if FJoyStickList.Count > 0 then
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to FJoyStickList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      TSDLJoyStick( FJoyStickList.Items[i] ).UpdateInput( event );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TSDLKeyBoard }
+procedure TSDLKeyBoard.DoKeyDown(keysym: PSDL_keysym);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnKeyDown ) then
+    FOnKeyDown( keysym.sym , keysym.modifier, keysym.unicode );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLKeyBoard.DoKeyUp(keysym: PSDL_keysym);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnKeyUp ) then
+    FOnKeyUp( keysym.sym , keysym.modifier, keysym.unicode );
+end;
+
+function TSDLKeyBoard.IsKeyDown( Key: TSDLKey ): Boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_PumpEvents;
+
+  // Populate Keys array
+  FKeys := PKeyStateArr( SDL_GetKeyState( nil ) );
+  Result := ( FKeys[Key] = SDL_PRESSED );
+end;
+
+function TSDLKeyBoard.IsKeyUp( Key: TSDLKey ): Boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_PumpEvents;
+
+  // Populate Keys array
+  FKeys := PKeyStateArr( SDL_GetKeyState( nil ) );
+  Result := ( FKeys[Key] = SDL_RELEASED );
+end;
+
+function TSDLKeyBoard.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
+begin
+  result := false;
+  if ( FEnabled ) then
+  begin
+    case event.type_ of
+      SDL_KEYDOWN :
+      begin
+        // handle key presses
+        DoKeyDown( @event.key.keysym );
+        result := true;
+      end;
+
+      SDL_KEYUP :
+      begin
+        // handle key releases
+        DoKeyUp( @event.key.keysym );
+        result := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TSDLMouse }
+destructor TSDLMouse.Destroy;
+begin
+
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseDown( Event: TSDL_Event );
+var
+  CurrentPos : TPoint;
+begin
+  FDragging := true;
+  if Assigned( FOnMouseDown ) then
+  begin
+    CurrentPos.x := event.button.x;
+    CurrentPos.y := event.button.y;
+    FOnMouseDown( event.button.button, SDL_GetModState, CurrentPos );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseMove( Event: TSDL_Event );
+var
+  CurrentPos, RelativePos : TPoint;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnMouseMove ) then
+  begin
+    CurrentPos.x := event.motion.x;
+    CurrentPos.y := event.motion.y;
+    RelativePos.x := event.motion.xrel;
+    RelativePos.y := event.motion.yrel;
+    FOnMouseMove( SDL_GetModState, CurrentPos, RelativePos );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseUp( event: TSDL_EVENT );
+var
+  Point : TPoint;
+begin
+  FDragging := false;
+  if Assigned( FOnMouseUp ) then
+  begin
+    Point.x := event.button.x;
+    Point.y := event.button.y;
+    FOnMouseUp( event.button.button, SDL_GetModState, Point );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.DoMouseWheelScroll( event: TSDL_EVENT );
+var
+  Point : TPoint;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnMouseWheel ) then
+  begin
+    Point.x := event.button.x;
+    Point.y := event.button.y;
+    if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP ) then
+      FOnMouseWheel( SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP, SDL_GetModState, Point )
+    else
+      FOnMouseWheel( SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN, SDL_GetModState, Point );
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSDLMouse.GetMouseDelta: TPoint;
+begin
+  SDL_PumpEvents;
+  
+  SDL_GetRelativeMouseState( Result.X, Result.Y );
+end;
+
+function TSDLMouse.GetMousePosition: TPoint;
+begin
+  SDL_PumpEvents;
+
+  SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y );
+  Result := FMousePos;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.HideCursor;
+begin
+  SDL_ShowCursor( SDL_DISABLE  );
+end;
+
+function TSDLMouse.MouseIsDown(Button: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_PumpEvents;
+
+  Result := ( SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ) and SDL_BUTTON( Button ) = 0 );
+end;
+
+function TSDLMouse.MouseIsUp(Button: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_PumpEvents;
+
+  Result := not ( SDL_GetMouseState( FMousePos.X, FMousePos.Y ) and SDL_BUTTON( Button ) = 0 );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.SetMousePosition(const Value: TPoint);
+begin
+  SDL_WarpMouse( Value.x, Value.y );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLMouse.ShowCursor;
+begin
+  SDL_ShowCursor( SDL_ENABLE  );
+end;
+
+function TSDLMouse.UpdateInput(event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
+begin
+  result := false;
+  if ( FEnabled ) then
+  begin
+    case event.type_ of
+      SDL_MOUSEMOTION :
+      begin
+        // handle Mouse Move
+        DoMouseMove( event );
+      end;
+
+      SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN :
+      begin
+        // handle Mouse Down
+        if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP )
+        or ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN ) then
+          DoMouseWheelScroll( event )
+        else
+          DoMouseDown( event );
+      end;
+
+      SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP :
+      begin
+        // handle Mouse Up
+        if ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP )
+        or ( event.button.button = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN ) then
+          DoMouseWheelScroll( event )
+        else
+          DoMouseUp( event );
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TSDLInputManager }
+constructor TSDLInputManager.Create(InitInputs: TSDLInputTypes);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  if itJoystick in InitInputs then
+    FJoystick := TSDLJoysticks.Create;
+
+  if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then
+    FKeyBoard := TSDLKeyBoard.Create;
+    
+  if itMouse in InitInputs then
+    FMouse := TSDLMouse.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TSDLInputManager.Destroy;
+begin
+  if FJoystick <> nil then
+    FreeAndNil( FJoystick );
+  if FKeyBoard <> nil then
+    FreeAndNil( FKeyBoard );
+  if FMouse <> nil then
+    FreeAndNil( FMouse );
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLInputManager.Disable( InitInputs : TSDLInputTypes;  JoyStickNumber : Integer );
+begin
+  if itJoystick in InitInputs then
+    FJoystick.JoySticks[ JoyStickNumber ].Enabled := false;
+
+  if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then
+    FKeyBoard.Enabled := false;
+
+  if itMouse in InitInputs then
+    FMouse.Enabled := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLInputManager.Enable( InitInputs: TSDLInputTypes; JoyStickNumber: Integer );
+begin
+  if itJoystick in InitInputs then
+    FJoystick.JoySticks[ JoyStickNumber ].Enabled := true;
+
+  if itKeyBoard in InitInputs then
+    FKeyBoard.Enabled := true;
+    
+  if itMouse in InitInputs then
+    FMouse.Enabled := true;
+end;
+
+function TSDLInputManager.UpdateInputs( event: TSDL_EVENT ): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if ( FJoystick <> nil ) then
+   Result := FJoystick.UpdateInput( event );
+  if ( FKeyBoard <> nil ) then
+   Result := FKeyBoard.UpdateInput( event );
+  if ( FMouse <> nil ) then
+   Result := FMouse.UpdateInput( event );
+end;
+
+{ TSDLJoyStick }
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.Close;
+begin
+  SDL_JoystickClose( @FJoystick );
+end;
+
+constructor TSDLJoyStick.Create( Index : Integer );
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  FJoystick := nil;
+  FJoystickIndex := Index;
+end;
+
+destructor TSDLJoyStick.Destroy;
+begin
+  if FJoystick <> nil then
+    Close;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoAxisMove(Event: TSDL_Event);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FJoyAxisMoveEvent ) then
+  begin
+    FJoyAxisMoveEvent( Event.jaxis.which, Event.jaxis.axis, Event.jaxis.value );
+  end
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoBallMove(Event: TSDL_Event);
+var
+  BallPoint : TPoint;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FJoyBallMoveEvent ) then
+  begin
+    BallPoint.x := Event.jball.xrel;
+    BallPoint.y := Event.jball.yrel;
+    FJoyBallMoveEvent( Event.jball.which, Event.jball.ball, BallPoint );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoButtonDown(Event: TSDL_Event);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FJoyButtonDownEvent ) then
+  begin
+    if ( Event.jbutton.state = SDL_PRESSED ) then
+      FJoyButtonDownEvent( Event.jbutton.which, Event.jbutton.button, Event.jbutton.state );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoButtonUp(Event: TSDL_Event);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FJoyButtonUpEvent ) then
+  begin
+    if ( Event.jbutton.state = SDL_RELEASED ) then
+      FJoyButtonUpEvent( Event.jbutton.which, Event.jbutton.button, Event.jbutton.state );
+  end
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.DoHatMove(Event: TSDL_Event);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FJoyHatMoveEvent ) then
+  begin
+    FJoyHatMoveEvent( Event.jhat.which, Event.jhat.hat, Event.jhat.value );
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoyStick.GetName: PChar;
+begin
+  result := FJoystick.name;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumAxes: integer;
+begin
+  result := FJoystick.naxes;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumBalls: integer;
+begin
+  result := FJoystick.nballs;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumButtons: integer;
+begin
+  result := FJoystick.nbuttons;
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoyStick.GetNumHats: integer;
+begin
+  result := FJoystick.nhats;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLJoyStick.Open;
+begin
+  FJoystick := SDL_JoyStickOpen( FJoystickIndex );
+end;
+
+function TSDLJoyStick.UpdateInput(Event: TSDL_EVENT): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  
+  if ( FEnabled ) then
+  begin
+    case event.type_ of
+      SDL_JOYAXISMOTION :
+      begin
+        DoAxisMove( Event );
+      end;
+
+      SDL_JOYBALLMOTION :
+      begin
+        DoBallMove( Event );
+      end;
+
+      SDL_JOYHATMOTION :
+      begin
+        DoHatMove( Event );
+      end;
+
+      SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN :
+      begin
+        DoButtonDown( Event );
+      end;
+
+      SDL_JOYBUTTONUP :
+      begin
+        DoButtonUp( Event );
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ TSDLCustomCursor }
+
+constructor TSDLCustomCursor.Create(const aFileName: string;  aHotPoint: TPoint);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  FHotPoint := aHotPoint;
+  LoadFromFile( aFileName );
+end;
+
+function TSDLCustomCursor.ScanForChar(str: string; ch: Char;
+  startPos: Integer; lookFor: Boolean): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  while ( ( ( str[ startPos ] = ch ) <> lookFor ) and ( startPos < Length( str ) ) ) do
+    inc( startPos );
+  if startPos <> Length( str ) then
+    Result := startPos;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLCustomCursor.SetFileName(const aValue: string);
+begin
+  LoadFromFile( aValue );
+end;
+
+{ TSDLXPMCursor }
+
+destructor TSDLXPMCursor.Destroy;
+begin
+  FreeCursor;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLXPMCursor.FreeCursor;
+begin
+  if FCursor <> nil then
+  begin
+    SDL_FreeCursor( FCursor );
+    FFileName := ''; 
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLXPMCursor.LoadFromFile(const aFileName: string);
+var
+  xpmFile : Textfile;
+  step : Integer;
+  holdPos : Integer;
+  counter : Integer;
+  dimensions : array[ 1..3 ] of Integer;
+  clr, clrNone, clrBlack, clrWhite : Char;
+  data, mask : array of UInt8;
+  i, col : Integer;
+  LineString : string;
+begin
+  FreeCursor;
+  AssignFile( xpmFile, aFileName );
+  Reset( xpmFile );
+  step := 0;
+  i := -1;
+  clrBlack := 'X';
+  clrWhite := ',';
+  clrNone := ' ';
+  counter := 0;
+  while not ( eof( xpmFile ) ) do
+  begin
+    Readln( xpmFile, LineString );
+    // scan for strings
+    if LineString[ 1 ] = '"' then
+    begin
+      case step of
+        0 : // Get dimensions  (should be width height number-of-colors ???)
+          begin
+            HoldPos := 2;
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', HoldPos, False );
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True );
+            dimensions[ 1 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, HoldPos, counter - HoldPos ) );
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False );
+            holdPos := counter;
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True );
+            dimensions[ 2 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, holdPos, counter - HoldPos ) );
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False );
+            holdPos := counter;
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, True );
+            dimensions[ 3 ] := StrToInt( Copy( LineString, holdPos, counter - HoldPos ) );
+            step := 1;
+            SetLength( data, ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 );
+            SetLength( mask, ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 );
+            //Log.LogStatus( 'Length = ' + IntToStr( ( dimensions[ 1 ] * dimensions[ 2 ] ) div 8 ), 'LoadCursorFromFile' );
+          end;
+        1 : // get the symbols for transparent, black and white
+          begin
+            // get the symbol for the color
+            clr := LineString[ 2 ];
+            // look for the 'c' symbol
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, 'c', 3, True );
+            inc( counter );
+            counter := ScanForChar( LineString, ' ', counter, False );
+            if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 4 ) ) = 'none' then
+            begin
+              clrNone := clr;
+            end;
+            if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 7 ) ) = '#ffffff' then
+            begin
+              clrWhite := clr;
+            end;
+            if LowerCase( Copy( LineString, counter, 7 ) ) = '#000000' then
+            begin
+              clrBlack := clr;
+            end;
+            dec( dimensions[ 3 ] );
+            if dimensions[ 3 ] = 0 then
+            begin
+              step := 2;
+              counter := 0;
+            end;
+          end;
+        2 : // get cursor information -- modified from the SDL
+          // documentation of SDL_CreateCursor.
+          begin
+            for col := 1 to dimensions[1] do
+            begin
+              if ( ( col mod 8 ) <> 1 ) then
+              begin
+                data[ i ] := data[ i ] shl 1;
+                mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] shl 1;
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                inc( i );
+                data[ i ] := 0;
+                mask[ i ] := 0;
+              end;
+              if LineString[ col ] = clrWhite then
+              begin
+                mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] or $01;
+              end
+              else if LineString[ col ] = clrBlack then
+              begin
+                data[ i ] := data[ i ] or $01;
+                mask[ i ] := mask[ i ] or $01;
+              end
+              else if LineString[ col + 1 ] = clrNone then
+              begin
+                //
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc(counter);
+            if counter = dimensions[2] then
+              step := 4;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+  CloseFile( xpmFile );
+  FCursor := SDL_CreateCursor( PUInt8( data ), PUInt8( mask ), dimensions[ 1 ], dimensions[ 2 ], FHotPoint.x, FHotPoint.y );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLXPMCursor.LoadFromStream(aStream: TStream);
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLXPMCursor.Show;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  SDL_SetCursor( FCursor );
+end;
+
+{ TSDLCursorList }
+function TSDLCursorList.AddCursor(const aName : string; aObject : TSDLCustomCursor): Integer;
+begin
+  result := inherited AddObject( aName, aObject );
+end;
+
+constructor TSDLCursorList.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Duplicates := dupIgnore;
+end;
+
+function TSDLCursorList.GetObject(aIndex: Integer): TSDLCustomCursor;
+begin
+  result := TSDLCustomCursor( inherited GetObject( aIndex ) );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLCursorList.PutObject(aIndex: Integer; aObject: TSDLCustomCursor);
+begin
+  inherited PutObject( aIndex, aObject );
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ba3946f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlstreams.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+unit sdlstreams;
+{
+  $Id: sdlstreams.pas,v 1.1 2004/02/05 00:08:20 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************}
+{                                                                  }
+{       SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                             }
+{    Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga      }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Portions created by Chris Bruner are                             }
+{ Copyright (C) 2002 Chris Bruner.                                 }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                   }
+{ --------------                                                   }
+{                                                                  }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Obtained through:                                                }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )            }
+{                                                                  }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project  }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                }
+{                                                                  }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to   }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may  }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                  }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/NPL-1_1Final.html                     }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an      }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or   }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing     }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                        }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Description                                                      }
+{ -----------                                                      }
+{  Shows how to use OpenGL to do 2D and 3D with the SDL libraries  }
+{                                                                  }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Requires                                                         }
+{ --------                                                         }
+{   SDL runtime libary somewhere in your path                      }
+{   The Latest SDL runtime can be found on http://www.libsdl.org   }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Programming Notes                                                }
+{ -----------------                                                }
+{                                                                  }
+{                                                                  }
+{                                                                  }
+{                                                                  }
+{                                                                  }
+{ Revision History                                                 }
+{ ----------------                                                 }
+{   January  11 2002 - CB : Software embraced and extended by      }
+{                           Chris Bruner of Crystal Software       }
+{                           (Canada) Inc.                          }
+{                                                                  }
+{  February  11 2002 - DL : Added FreePascal support as suggested  }
+{                        by "QuePasha Pepe" <mrkroket@hotmail.com> }
+{                                                                  }
+{******************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: sdlstreams.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+  
+}
+
+{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  sdl,
+  sdlutils;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+type
+  EinvalidContainer=class(Exception); 
+ {$ENDIF}
+  
+function LoadSDLBMPFromStream( Stream : TStream ) : PSDL_Surface;
+procedure SaveSDLBMPToStream( SDL_Surface : PSDL_Surface; stream : TStream );
+function SDL_Swap16( D : UInt16 ) : Uint16;
+function SDL_Swap32( D : UInt32 ) : Uint32;
+function SDLStreamSetup( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_RWops;
+// this only closes the SDL_RWops part of the stream, not the stream itself
+procedure SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops );
+
+implementation
+
+function SDL_Swap16( D : UInt16 ) : Uint16;
+begin
+  Result := ( D shl 8 ) or ( D shr 8 );
+end;
+
+function SDL_Swap32( D : UInt32 ) : Uint32;
+begin
+  Result := ( ( D shl 24 ) or ( ( D shl 8 ) and $00FF0000 ) or ( ( D shr 8 ) and $0000FF00 ) or ( D shr 24 ) );
+end;
+
+(*function SDL_Swap64(D : UInt64) : Uint64;
+var hi,lo : Uint32;
+begin
+        // Separate into high and low 32-bit resultues and swap them
+        lo := Uint32(D and $0FFFFFFFF); // bloody pascal is too tight in it's type checking!
+        D := D shr 32;
+        hi = Uint32((D and $FFFFFFFF));
+        result = SDL_Swap32(lo);
+        result := result shl 32;
+        result := result or SDL_Swap32(hi);
+end;
+*)
+
+function SdlStreamSeek( context : PSDL_RWops; offset : Integer; whence : Integer ) : integer; cdecl;
+var
+  stream : TStream;
+  origin : Word;
+begin
+  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+  if ( stream = nil ) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamSeek on nil' );
+  case whence of
+    0 : origin := soFromBeginning; //	Offset is from the beginning of the resource. Seek moves to the position Offset. Offset must be >= 0.
+    1 : origin := soFromCurrent; //	Offset is from the current position in the resource. Seek moves to Position + Offset.
+    2 : origin := soFromEnd;
+  else
+    origin := soFromBeginning; // just in case
+  end;
+  Result := stream.Seek( offset, origin );
+end;
+
+function SDLStreamWrite( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer;
+  size : Integer; num : Integer ) : Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  stream : TStream;
+begin
+  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+  if ( stream = nil ) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamWrite on nil' );
+  try
+    Result := stream.Write( Ptr^, Size * num ) div size;
+  except
+    Result := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SdlStreamRead( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; size : Integer; maxnum
+  : Integer ) : Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  stream : TStream;
+begin
+  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+  if ( stream = nil ) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamRead on nil' );
+  try
+    Result := stream.read( Ptr^, Size * maxnum ) div size;
+  except
+    Result := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SDLStreamClose( context : PSDL_RWops ) : Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  stream : TStream;
+begin
+  stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+  if ( stream = nil ) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamClose on nil' );
+  stream.Free;
+  Result := 1;
+end;
+
+function SDLStreamSetup( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_RWops;
+begin
+  result := SDL_AllocRW;
+  if ( result = nil ) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'could not create SDLStream on nil' );
+  result.unknown := TUnknown( stream );
+  result.seek := SDLStreamSeek;
+  result.read := SDLStreamRead;
+  result.write := SDLStreamWrite;
+  result.close := SDLStreamClose;
+  Result.type_ := 2; // TUnknown
+end;
+
+// this only closes the SDL part of the stream, not the context
+
+procedure SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops );
+begin
+  SDL_FreeRW( SDL_RWops );
+end;
+
+function LoadSDLBMPFromStream( stream : TStream ) : PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops;
+begin
+  SDL_RWops := SDLStreamSetup( stream );
+  result := SDL_LoadBMP_RW( SDL_RWops, 0 );
+  SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops );
+end;
+
+procedure SaveSDLBMPToStream( SDL_Surface : PSDL_Surface; stream : TStream );
+var
+  SDL_RWops : PSDL_RWops;
+begin
+  SDL_RWops := SDLStreamSetup( stream );
+  SDL_SaveBMP_RW( SDL_Surface, SDL_RWops, 0 );
+  SDLStreamCloseRWops( SDL_RWops );
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a479b493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlticks.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+unit sdlticks;
+{
+  $Id: sdlticks.pas,v 1.2 2006/11/08 08:22:48 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{                   SDL GetTicks Class Wrapper                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2100 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   SDL Window Wrapper                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{   September   23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation                                }
+{
+  $Log: sdlticks.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.2  2006/11/08 08:22:48  savage
+  updates tp sdlgameinterface and sdlticks functions.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/09/30 22:35:47  savage
+  Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  sdl;
+
+type
+  TSDLTicks = class
+  private
+    FStartTime : UInt32;
+    FTicksPerSecond : UInt32;
+    FElapsedLastTime : UInt32;
+    FFPSLastTime : UInt32;
+    FLockFPSLastTime : UInt32;
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+    destructor Destroy; override; // destructor
+
+    {*****************************************************************************
+     Init
+     If the hi-res timer is present, the tick rate is stored and the function
+     returns true. Otherwise, the function returns false, and the timer should
+     not be used.
+    *****************************************************************************}
+    function Init : boolean;
+
+    {***************************************************************************
+     GetGetElapsedSeconds
+     Returns the Elapsed time, since the function was last called.
+    ***************************************************************************}
+    function GetElapsedSeconds : Single;
+
+    {***************************************************************************
+     GetFPS
+     Returns the average frames per second.
+     If this is not called every frame, the client should track the number
+     of frames itself, and reset the value after this is called.
+    ***************************************************************************}
+    function GetFPS : single;
+
+    {***************************************************************************
+     LockFPS
+     Used to lock the frame rate to a set amount. This will block until enough
+     time has passed to ensure that the fps won't go over the requested amount.
+     Note that this can only keep the fps from going above the specified level;
+     it can still drop below it. It is assumed that if used, this function will
+     be called every frame. The value returned is the instantaneous fps, which
+     will be less than or equal to the targetFPS.
+    ***************************************************************************}
+    procedure LockFPS( targetFPS : Byte );
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TSDLTicks }
+constructor TSDLTicks.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  FTicksPerSecond := 1000;
+end;
+
+destructor TSDLTicks.Destroy;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TSDLTicks.GetElapsedSeconds : Single;
+var
+  currentTime       : Cardinal;
+begin
+  currentTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+  result := ( currentTime - FElapsedLastTime ) / FTicksPerSecond;
+
+  // reset the timer
+  FElapsedLastTime := currentTime;
+end;
+
+function TSDLTicks.GetFPS : Single;
+var
+  currentTime, FrameTime : UInt32;
+  fps               : single;
+begin
+  currentTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+  FrameTime := ( currentTime - FFPSLastTime );
+
+  if FrameTime = 0 then
+    FrameTime := 1;
+
+  fps := FTicksPerSecond / FrameTime;
+
+  // reset the timer
+  FFPSLastTime := currentTime;
+  result := fps;
+end;
+
+function TSDLTicks.Init : boolean;
+begin
+  FStartTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+  FElapsedLastTime := FStartTime;
+  FFPSLastTime := FStartTime;
+  FLockFPSLastTime := FStartTime;
+  result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLTicks.LockFPS( targetFPS : Byte );
+var
+  currentTime       : UInt32;
+  targetTime        : single;
+begin
+  if ( targetFPS = 0 ) then
+    targetFPS := 1;
+
+  targetTime := FTicksPerSecond / targetFPS;
+
+  // delay to maintain a constant frame rate
+  repeat
+    currentTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+  until ( ( currentTime - FLockFPSLastTime ) > targetTime );
+
+  // reset the timer
+  FLockFPSLastTime := currentTime;
+end;
+
+end.
+
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e01f3cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,4363 @@
+unit sdlutils;
+{
+  $Id: sdlutils.pas,v 1.5 2006/11/19 18:56:44 savage Exp $
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer                          }
+{                SDL Utility functions                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Tom Jones <tigertomjones@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Tom Jones are                                            }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Tom Jones.                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{ Róbert Kisnémeth <mikrobi@freemail.hu>                                       }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   Helper functions...                                                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{               2000 - TJ : Initial creation                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   July   13   2001 - DL : Added PutPixel and GetPixel routines.              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   14   2001 - RK : Added flipping routines.                           }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   19   2001 - RK : Added PutPixel & line drawing & blitting with ADD  }
+{                           effect. Fixed a bug in SDL_PutPixel & SDL_GetPixel }
+{                           Added PSDLRect()                                   }
+{   Sept   22   2001 - DL : Removed need for Windows.pas by defining types here}
+{                           Also removed by poor attempt or a dialog box       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   25   2001 - RK : Added PixelTest, NewPutPixel, SubPixel, SubLine,   }
+{                           SubSurface, MonoSurface & TexturedSurface          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   26   2001 - DL : Made change so that it refers to native Pascal     }
+{                           types rather that Windows types. This makes it more}
+{                           portable to Linix.                                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Sept   27   2001 - RK : SDLUtils now can be compiled with FreePascal       }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Oct    27   2001 - JF : Added ScrollY function                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Jan    21   2002 - RK : Added SDL_ZoomSurface and SDL_WarpSurface          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   Mar    28   2002 - JF : Added SDL_RotateSurface                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    13   2002 - RK : Improved SDL_FillRectAdd & SDL_FillRectSub         }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    27   2002 - YS : GradientFillRect function                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May    30   2002 - RK : Added SDL_2xBlit, SDL_Scanline2xBlit               }
+{                           & SDL_50Scanline2xBlit                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{  June    12   2002 - RK : Added SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{  June    12   2002 - JF : Updated SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{ November  9   2002 - JF : Added Jason's boolean Surface functions            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ December 10   2002 - DE : Added Dean's SDL_ClipLine function                 }
+{                                                                              }
+{    April 26   2003 - SS : Incorporated JF's changes to SDL_ClipLine          }
+{                           Fixed SDL_ClipLine bug for non-zero cliprect x, y  }
+{                           Added overloaded SDL_DrawLine for dashed lines     }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+{
+  $Log: sdlutils.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.5  2006/11/19 18:56:44  savage
+  Removed Hints and Warnings.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/06/02 19:38:53  savage
+  Changes to SDL_GradientFillRect as suggested by
+  Ángel Eduardo García Hernández.  Many thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/05/29 23:11:54  savage
+  Changes to SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect as suggested by
+  Ángel Eduardo García Hernández to fix a colour issue with the function. Many thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/02/14 00:23:39  savage
+  As UNIX is defined in jedi-sdl.inc this will be used to check linux compatability as well. Units have been changed to reflect this change.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+
+
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  Types,
+{$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+  Xlib,
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils,
+  sdl;
+
+type
+  TGradientStyle = ( gsHorizontal, gsVertical );
+
+// Pixel procedures
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+  PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : Boolean;
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
+  Uint32 );
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+// Line procedures
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal ); overload;
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+
+// Surface procedures
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+  TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+
+// Flip procedures
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect; overload;
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+  Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+
+// Fill Rect routine
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+
+// NOTE for All SDL_2xblit... function : the dest surface must be 2x of the source surface!
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+
+//
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+  PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+  boolean;
+
+// Jason's boolean Surface functions
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+
+function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math;
+
+function SDL_PixelTest( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 : PSDL_Rect; SrcSurface2 :
+  PSDL_Surface; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) : boolean;
+var
+  Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  right1, bottom1 : integer;
+  right2, bottom2 : integer;
+  Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+  Mod1, Mod2   : cardinal;
+  Addr1, Addr2 : PtrUInt;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+  Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
+  tx, ty       : cardinal;
+// StartTick    : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+  Color1, Color2 : cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if SrcRect1 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface1.w;
+      h := SrcSurface1.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+  if SrcRect2 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface2.w;
+      h := SrcSurface2.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+  with Src_Rect1 do
+  begin
+    Right1 := Left1 + w;
+    Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+  end;
+  with Src_Rect2 do
+  begin
+    Right2 := Left2 + w;
+    Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+  end;
+  if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <=
+    Top2 ) then
+    exit;
+  if Left1 <= Left2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. left, 2. right
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+    ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. right, 2. left
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+    Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+    ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface1^ do
+  begin
+    Pitch1 := Pitch;
+    Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+    with format^ do
+    begin
+      BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+      TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface2^ do
+  begin
+    TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
+    Pitch2 := Pitch;
+    Addr2 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
+  end;
+  Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+  Mod2 := Pitch2 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+  inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+  inc( Addr2, BPP * Scan2Start );
+  if Top1 <= Top2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. up, 2. down
+    ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. down, 2. up
+    ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+    inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Top1 - Top2 ) );
+  end;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PByte( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1 );
+          inc( Addr2 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    2 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 2 );
+          inc( Addr2, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    3 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+          Color2 := PLongWord( Addr2 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+          if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( Color2 <> TransparentColor2 )
+            then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 3 );
+          inc( Addr2, 3 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+    4 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) and ( PLongWord( Addr2 )^ <>
+            TransparentColor2 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 4 );
+          inc( Addr2, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+        inc( Addr2, Mod2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  SrcColor     : cardinal;
+  Addr         : PtrUInt;
+  R, G, B      : cardinal;
+begin
+  if Color = 0 then
+    exit;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+    case format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+          G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+          B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+          if R > $E0 then
+            R := $E0;
+          if G > $1C then
+            G := $1C;
+          if B > $03 then
+            B := $03;
+          PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+          G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+          if R > $7C00 then
+            R := $7C00;
+          if G > $03E0 then
+            G := $03E0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := $001F;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+          G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+          if R > $F800 then
+            R := $F800;
+          if G > $07C0 then
+            G := $07C0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := $001F;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := $FF0000;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := $00FF00;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := $0000FF;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := $FF0000;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := $00FF00;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := $0000FF;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : cardinal; y : cardinal; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  SrcColor     : cardinal;
+  Addr         : PtrUInt;
+  R, G, B      : cardinal;
+begin
+  if Color = 0 then
+    exit;
+  with DstSurface^ do
+  begin
+    Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+    case format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+          G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+          B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+          if R > $E0 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $1C then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $03 then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+          G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+          if R > $7C00 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $03E0 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+          G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+          B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+          if R > $F800 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $07C0 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $001F then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+          G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+          B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+          if R > $FF0000 then
+            R := 0;
+          if G > $00FF00 then
+            G := 0;
+          if B > $0000FF then
+            B := 0;
+          PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+// This procedure works on 8, 15, 16, 24 and 32 bits color depth surfaces.
+// In 8 bit color depth mode the procedure works with the default packed
+//  palette (RRRGGGBB). It handles all clipping.
+
+procedure SDL_AddSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $E0 + Pixel2 and $E0;
+                G := Pixel1 and $1C + Pixel2 and $1C;
+                B := Pixel1 and $03 + Pixel2 and $03;
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $7C00 + Pixel2 and $7C00;
+                G := Pixel1 and $03E0 + Pixel2 and $03E0;
+                B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
+                if R > $7C00 then
+                  R := $7C00;
+                if G > $03E0 then
+                  G := $03E0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := $001F;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $F800 + Pixel2 and $F800;
+                G := Pixel1 and $07E0 + Pixel2 and $07E0;
+                B := Pixel1 and $001F + Pixel2 and $001F;
+                if R > $F800 then
+                  R := $F800;
+                if G > $07E0 then
+                  G := $07E0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := $001F;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := $FF0000;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := $00FF00;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := $0000FF;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel1 and $FF0000 + Pixel2 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel1 and $00FF00 + Pixel2 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel1 and $0000FF + Pixel2 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := $FF0000;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := $00FF00;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := $0000FF;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $E0 - Pixel1 and $E0;
+                G := Pixel2 and $1C - Pixel1 and $1C;
+                B := Pixel2 and $03 - Pixel1 and $03;
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $7C00 - Pixel1 and $7C00;
+                G := Pixel2 and $03E0 - Pixel1 and $03E0;
+                B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
+                if R > $7C00 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $03E0 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $F800 - Pixel1 and $F800;
+                G := Pixel2 and $07E0 - Pixel1 and $07E0;
+                B := Pixel2 and $001F - Pixel1 and $001F;
+                if R > $F800 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $07E0 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $001F then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                R := Pixel2 and $FF0000 - Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                G := Pixel2 and $00FF00 - Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                B := Pixel2 and $0000FF - Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+                if R > $FF0000 then
+                  R := 0;
+                if G > $00FF00 then
+                  G := 0;
+                if B > $0000FF then
+                  B := 0;
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MonoSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Color : cardinal );
+var
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor, SrcColor : cardinal;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    2 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    3 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    4 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := SrcColor;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+// TextureRect.w and TextureRect.h are not used.
+// The TextureSurface's size MUST larger than the drawing rectangle!!!
+
+procedure SDL_TexturedSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect; Texture : PSDL_Surface;
+  TextureRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : PtrUInt;
+//{*_ebx, *}{*_esi, *}{*_edi, _esp*}: cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_ebx) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_esi) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (_edi)
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
+SrcColor, TransparentColor{*, TextureColor*} : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (TextureColor)
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  with Texture^ do
+  begin
+    TextAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
+      UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( Texture );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := PUint8( TextAddr )^;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    2 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := PUInt16( TextAddr )^;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    3 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $FFFFFF;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FFFFFF ) or ( PUInt32( TextAddr )^ and $FFFFFF );
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    4 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            SrcColor := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if SrcColor <> TransparentColor then
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( TextAddr )^;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            inc( TextAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          inc( TextAddr, TextMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( Texture );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ZoomSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DstRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  xc, yc       : cardinal;
+  rx, wx, ry, wy, ry16 : cardinal;
+  color        : cardinal;
+  modx, mody   : cardinal;
+begin
+  // Warning! No checks for surface pointers!!!
+  if srcrect = nil then
+    srcrect := @SrcSurface.clip_rect;
+  if dstrect = nil then
+    dstrect := @DstSurface.clip_rect;
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  modx := trunc( ( srcrect.w / dstrect.w ) * 65536 );
+  mody := trunc( ( srcrect.h / dstrect.h ) * 65536 );
+  //rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+  ry := srcrect.y * 65536;
+  wy := dstrect.y;
+  for yc := 0 to dstrect.h - 1 do
+  begin
+    rx := srcrect.x * 65536;
+    wx := dstrect.x;
+    ry16 := ry shr 16;
+    for xc := 0 to dstrect.w - 1 do
+    begin
+      color := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, rx shr 16, ry16 );
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, wx, wy, color );
+      rx := rx + modx;
+      inc( wx );
+    end;
+    ry := ry + mody;
+    inc( wy );
+  end;
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+// Re-map a rectangular area into an area defined by four vertices
+// Converted from C to Pascal by KiCHY
+
+procedure SDL_WarpSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect; DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; UL, UR, LR, LL : PPoint );
+const
+  SHIFTS       = 15; // Extend ints to limit round-off error (try 2 - 20)
+  THRESH       = 1 shl SHIFTS; // Threshold for pixel size value
+  procedure CopySourceToDest( UL, UR, LR, LL : TPoint; x1, y1, x2, y2 : cardinal );
+  var
+    tm, lm, rm, bm, m : TPoint;
+    mx, my     : cardinal;
+    cr         : cardinal;
+  begin
+    // Does the destination area specify a single pixel?
+    if ( ( abs( ul.x - ur.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.x - lr.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.x - ll.x ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - ur.y ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - lr.y ) < THRESH ) and
+      ( abs( ul.y - ll.y ) < THRESH ) ) then
+    begin // Yes
+      cr := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, ( x1 shr SHIFTS ), ( y1 shr SHIFTS ) );
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, ( ul.x shr SHIFTS ), ( ul.y shr SHIFTS ), cr );
+    end
+    else
+    begin // No
+      // Quarter the source and the destination, and then recurse
+      tm.x := ( ul.x + ur.x ) shr 1;
+      tm.y := ( ul.y + ur.y ) shr 1;
+      bm.x := ( ll.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+      bm.y := ( ll.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+      lm.x := ( ul.x + ll.x ) shr 1;
+      lm.y := ( ul.y + ll.y ) shr 1;
+      rm.x := ( ur.x + lr.x ) shr 1;
+      rm.y := ( ur.y + lr.y ) shr 1;
+      m.x := ( tm.x + bm.x ) shr 1;
+      m.y := ( tm.y + bm.y ) shr 1;
+      mx := ( x1 + x2 ) shr 1;
+      my := ( y1 + y2 ) shr 1;
+      CopySourceToDest( ul, tm, m, lm, x1, y1, mx, my );
+      CopySourceToDest( tm, ur, rm, m, mx, y1, x2, my );
+      CopySourceToDest( m, rm, lr, bm, mx, my, x2, y2 );
+      CopySourceToDest( lm, m, bm, ll, x1, my, mx, y2 );
+    end;
+  end;
+var
+  _UL, _UR, _LR, _LL : TPoint;
+  Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h : integer;
+begin
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Rect_x := 0;
+    Rect_y := 0;
+    Rect_w := ( SrcSurface.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+    Rect_h := ( SrcSurface.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Rect_x := SrcRect.x;
+    Rect_y := SrcRect.y;
+    Rect_w := ( SrcRect.w - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+    Rect_h := ( SrcRect.h - 1 ) shl SHIFTS;
+  end;
+  // Shift all values to help reduce round-off error.
+  _ul.x := ul.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ul.y := ul.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _ur.x := ur.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ur.y := ur.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _lr.x := lr.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _lr.y := lr.y shl SHIFTS;
+  _ll.x := ll.x shl SHIFTS;
+  _ll.y := ll.y shl SHIFTS;
+  CopySourceToDest( _ul, _ur, _lr, _ll, Rect_x, Rect_y, Rect_w, Rect_h );
+  if SDL_MustLock( SrcSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+end;
+
+// Draw a line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Draw a dashed line between x1,y1 and x2,y2 to the given surface
+// NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this!
+
+procedure SDL_DrawLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal; DashLength, DashSpace : byte ); overload;
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py, counter : integer; drawdash : boolean;
+begin
+  counter := 0;
+  drawdash := true; //begin line drawing with dash
+
+  //Avoid invalid user-passed dash parameters
+  if ( DashLength < 1 )
+    then
+    DashLength := 1;
+  if ( DashSpace < 1 )
+    then
+    DashSpace := 0;
+
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+
+      //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+      if drawdash then
+      begin
+        SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+        inc( counter );
+        if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
+        begin
+          drawdash := false;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end
+      else //space
+      begin
+        inc( counter );
+        if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
+        begin
+          drawdash := true;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+
+      //Alternate drawing dashes, or leaving spaces
+      if drawdash then
+      begin
+        SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+        inc( counter );
+        if ( counter > DashLength - 1 ) and ( DashSpace > 0 ) then
+        begin
+          drawdash := false;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end
+      else //space
+      begin
+        inc( counter );
+        if counter > DashSpace - 1 then
+        begin
+          drawdash := true;
+          counter := 0;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_AddLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_AddPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_SubLine( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x1, y1, x2, y2 : integer; Color :
+  cardinal );
+var
+  dx, dy, sdx, sdy, x, y, px, py : integer;
+begin
+  dx := x2 - x1;
+  dy := y2 - y1;
+  if dx < 0 then
+    sdx := -1
+  else
+    sdx := 1;
+  if dy < 0 then
+    sdy := -1
+  else
+    sdy := 1;
+  dx := sdx * dx + 1;
+  dy := sdy * dy + 1;
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  px := x1;
+  py := y1;
+  if dx >= dy then
+  begin
+    for x := 0 to dx - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      y := y + dy;
+      if y >= dx then
+      begin
+        y := y - dx;
+        py := py + sdy;
+      end;
+      px := px + sdx;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for y := 0 to dy - 1 do
+    begin
+      SDL_SubPixel( DstSurface, px, py, Color );
+      x := x + dx;
+      if x >= dy then
+      begin
+        x := x - dy;
+        px := px + sdx;
+      end;
+      py := py + sdy;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle vertically on given surface
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectV( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  TmpRect      : TSDL_Rect;
+  Locked       : boolean;
+  y, FlipLength, RowLength : integer;
+  Row1, Row2   : Pointer;
+  OneRow       : TByteArray; // Optimize it if you wish
+begin
+  if DstSurface <> nil then
+  begin
+    if Rect = nil then
+    begin // if Rect=nil then we flip the whole surface
+      TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+      Rect := @TmpRect;
+    end;
+    FlipLength := Rect^.h shr 1 - 1;
+    RowLength := Rect^.w * DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    begin
+      Locked := true;
+      SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    end
+    else
+      Locked := false;
+    Row1 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+      DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    Row2 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
+      * DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    for y := 0 to FlipLength do
+    begin
+      Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
+      Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
+      Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
+      inc( PtrUInt( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+      dec( PtrUInt( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+    end;
+    if Locked then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+// flips a rectangle horizontally on given surface
+
+procedure SDL_FlipRectH( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; Rect : PSDL_Rect );
+type
+  T24bit = packed array[ 0..2 ] of byte;
+  T24bitArray = packed array[ 0..8191 ] of T24bit;
+  P24bitArray = ^T24bitArray;
+  TLongWordArray = array[ 0..8191 ] of LongWord;
+  PLongWordArray = ^TLongWordArray;
+var
+  TmpRect      : TSDL_Rect;
+  Row8bit      : PByteArray;
+  Row16bit     : PWordArray;
+  Row24bit     : P24bitArray;
+  Row32bit     : PLongWordArray;
+  y, x, RightSide, FlipLength : integer;
+  Pixel        : cardinal;
+  Pixel24      : T24bit;
+  Locked       : boolean;
+begin
+  if DstSurface <> nil then
+  begin
+    if Rect = nil then
+    begin
+      TmpRect := SDLRect( 0, 0, DstSurface.w, DstSurface.h );
+      Rect := @TmpRect;
+    end;
+    FlipLength := Rect^.w shr 1 - 1;
+    if SDL_MustLock( DstSurface ) then
+    begin
+      Locked := true;
+      SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    end
+    else
+      Locked := false;
+    case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
+      1 :
+        begin
+          Row8Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row8Bit^[ x ];
+              Row8Bit^[ x ] := Row8Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      2 :
+        begin
+          Row16Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row16Bit^[ x ];
+              Row16Bit^[ x ] := Row16Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      3 :
+        begin
+          Row24Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel24 := Row24Bit^[ x ];
+              Row24Bit^[ x ] := Row24Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+      4 :
+        begin
+          Row32Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+            DstSurface^.pitch );
+          for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+          begin
+            RightSide := Rect^.w - 1;
+            for x := 0 to FlipLength do
+            begin
+              Pixel := Row32Bit^[ x ];
+              Row32Bit^[ x ] := Row32Bit^[ RightSide ];
+              Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+              dec( RightSide );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    if Locked then
+      SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Use with caution! The procedure allocates memory for TSDL_Rect and return with its pointer.
+// But you MUST free it after you don't need it anymore!!!
+
+function PSDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : PSDL_Rect;
+var
+  Rect         : PSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  New( Rect );
+  with Rect^ do
+  begin
+    x := aLeft;
+    y := aTop;
+    w := aWidth;
+    h := aHeight;
+  end;
+  Result := Rect;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aLeft, aTop, aWidth, aHeight : integer ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  with result do
+  begin
+    x := aLeft;
+    y := aTop;
+    w := aWidth;
+    h := aHeight;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SDLRect( aRect : TRect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+begin
+  with aRect do
+    result := SDLRect( Left, Top, Right - Left, Bottom - Top );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Stretch8( Surface, Dst_Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, y2, yr, yw,
+  depth : integer );
+var
+  dx, dy, e, d, dx2 : integer;
+  src_pitch, dst_pitch : uint16;
+  src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+begin
+  if ( yw >= dst_surface^.h ) then
+    exit;
+  dx := ( x2 - x1 );
+  dy := ( y2 - y1 );
+  dy := dy shl 1;
+  e := dy - dx;
+  dx2 := dx shl 1;
+  src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
+  dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
+  src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
+  dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
+    depth );
+  for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+  begin
+    move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+    while ( e >= 0 ) do
+    begin
+      inc( src_pixels, depth );
+      e := e - dx2;
+    end;
+    inc( dst_pixels, depth );
+    e := e + dy;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function sign( x : integer ) : integer;
+begin
+  if x > 0 then
+    result := 1
+  else
+    result := -1;
+end;
+
+// Stretches a part of a surface
+
+function SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcX1, SrcY1, SrcW, SrcH,
+  Width, Height : integer ) : PSDL_Surface;
+var
+  dst_surface  : PSDL_Surface;
+  dx, dy, e, d, dx2, srcx2, srcy2 : integer;
+  destx1, desty1 : integer;
+begin
+  srcx2 := srcx1 + SrcW;
+  srcy2 := srcy1 + SrcH;
+  result := nil;
+  destx1 := 0;
+  desty1 := 0;
+  dx := abs( integer( Height - desty1 ) );
+  dy := abs( integer( SrcY2 - SrcY1 ) );
+  e := ( dy shl 1 ) - dx;
+  dx2 := dx shl 1;
+  dy := dy shl 1;
+  dst_surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWPALETTE, width - destx1, Height -
+    desty1,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+    SrcSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+  if ( dst_surface^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+    SDL_SetColors( dst_surface, @SrcSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+  SDL_SetColorKey( dst_surface, sdl_srccolorkey, SrcSurface^.format^.colorkey );
+  if ( SDL_MustLock( dst_surface ) ) then
+    if ( SDL_LockSurface( dst_surface ) < 0 ) then
+      exit;
+  for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+  begin
+    SDL_Stretch8( SrcSurface, dst_surface, destx1, Width, SrcX1, SrcX2, SrcY1, desty1,
+      SrcSurface^.format^.BytesPerPixel );
+    while e >= 0 do
+    begin
+      inc( SrcY1 );
+      e := e - dx2;
+    end;
+    inc( desty1 );
+    e := e + dy;
+  end;
+  if SDL_MUSTLOCK( dst_surface ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( dst_surface );
+  result := dst_surface;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_MoveLine( Surface : PSDL_Surface; x1, x2, y1, xofs, depth : integer );
+var
+  src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+  i            : integer;
+begin
+  src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 *
+    depth );
+  dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2
+    + xofs ) * depth );
+  for i := x2 downto x1 do
+  begin
+    move( src_pixels^, dst_pixels^, depth );
+    dec( src_pixels );
+    dec( dst_pixels );
+  end;
+end;
+{ Return the pixel value at (x, y)
+NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
+
+function SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer ) : Uint32;
+var
+  bpp          : UInt32;
+  p            : PInteger;
+begin
+  bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+  // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
+  p := Pointer( PtrUInt( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
+    bpp );
+  case bpp of
+    1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
+    2 : result := PUint16( p )^;
+    3 :
+      if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+        result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] shl 16 or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+          PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ]
+      else
+        result := PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] or PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] shl 8 or
+          PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] shl 16;
+    4 : result := PUint32( p )^;
+  else
+    result := 0; // shouldn't happen, but avoids warnings
+  end;
+end;
+{ Set the pixel at (x, y) to the given value
+  NOTE: The surface must be locked before calling this! }
+
+procedure SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; x : integer; y : integer; pixel :
+  Uint32 );
+var
+  bpp          : UInt32;
+  p            : PInteger;
+begin
+  bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+  p := Pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x )
+    * bpp );
+  case bpp of
+    1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel;
+    2 : PUint16( p )^ := pixel;
+    3 :
+      if ( SDL_BYTEORDER = SDL_BIG_ENDIAN ) then
+      begin
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := pixel and $FF;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 0 ] := pixel and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 1 ] := ( pixel shr 8 ) and $FF;
+        PUInt8Array( p )[ 2 ] := ( pixel shr 16 ) and $FF;
+      end;
+    4 :
+      PUint32( p )^ := pixel;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollY( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifY : integer );
+var
+  r1, r2       : TSDL_Rect;
+  //buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+  YPos         : Integer;
+begin
+  if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifY <> 0 ) then
+  begin
+    //if DifY > 0 then // going up
+    //begin
+    ypos := 0;
+    r1.x := 0;
+    r2.x := 0;
+    r1.w := DstSurface.w;
+    r2.w := DstSurface.w;
+    r1.h := DifY;
+    r2.h := DifY;
+    while ypos < DstSurface.h do
+    begin
+      r1.y := ypos;
+      r2.y := ypos + DifY;
+      SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r2, DstSurface, @r1 );
+      ypos := ypos + DifY;
+    end;
+    //end
+    //else
+    //begin // Going Down
+    //end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{procedure SDL_ScrollY(Surface: PSDL_Surface; DifY: integer);
+var
+  r1, r2: TSDL_Rect;
+  buffer: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  if (Surface <> nil) and (Dify <> 0) then
+  begin
+    buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(SDL_HWSURFACE, (Surface^.w - DifY) * 2,
+      Surface^.h * 2,
+      Surface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    if buffer <> nil then
+    begin
+      if (buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1) then
+        SDL_SetColors(buffer, @Surface^.format^.palette^.colors^[0], 0, 256);
+      r1 := SDLRect(0, DifY, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
+      r2 := SDLRect(0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h);
+      SDL_BlitSurface(Surface, @r1, buffer, @r2);
+      SDL_BlitSurface(buffer, @r2, Surface, @r2);
+      SDL_FreeSurface(buffer);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;}
+
+procedure SDL_ScrollX( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; DifX : integer );
+var
+  r1, r2       : TSDL_Rect;
+  buffer       : PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+  if ( DstSurface <> nil ) and ( DifX <> 0 ) then
+  begin
+    buffer := SDL_CreateRGBSurface( SDL_HWSURFACE, ( DstSurface^.w - DifX ) * 2,
+      DstSurface^.h * 2,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.BitsPerPixel,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.RMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.GMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.BMask,
+      DstSurface^.Format^.AMask );
+    if buffer <> nil then
+    begin
+      if ( buffer^.format^.BytesPerPixel = 1 ) then
+        SDL_SetColors( buffer, @DstSurface^.format^.palette^.colors^[ 0 ], 0, 256 );
+      r1 := SDLRect( DifX, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+      r2 := SDLRect( 0, 0, buffer^.w, buffer^.h );
+      SDL_BlitSurface( DstSurface, @r1, buffer, @r2 );
+      SDL_BlitSurface( buffer, @r2, DstSurface, @r2 );
+      SDL_FreeSurface( buffer );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Single );
+var
+  aSin, aCos   : Single;
+  MX, MY, DX, DY, NX, NY, SX, SY, OX, OY, Width, Height, TX, TY, RX, RY, ROX, ROY : Integer;
+  Colour, TempTransparentColour : UInt32;
+  MAXX, MAXY   : Integer;
+begin
+  // Rotate the surface to the target surface.
+  TempTransparentColour := SrcSurface.format.colorkey;
+  {if srcRect.w > srcRect.h then
+  begin
+    Width := srcRect.w;
+    Height := srcRect.w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Width := srcRect.h;
+    Height := srcRect.h;
+  end; }
+
+  maxx := DstSurface.w;
+  maxy := DstSurface.h;
+  aCos := cos( Angle );
+  aSin := sin( Angle );
+
+  Width := round( abs( srcrect.h * acos ) + abs( srcrect.w * asin ) );
+  Height := round( abs( srcrect.h * asin ) + abs( srcrect.w * acos ) );
+
+  OX := Width div 2;
+  OY := Height div 2; ;
+  MX := ( srcRect.x + ( srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) ) div 2;
+  MY := ( srcRect.y + ( srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) ) div 2;
+  ROX := ( -( srcRect.w div 2 ) ) + Offsetx;
+  ROY := ( -( srcRect.h div 2 ) ) + OffsetY;
+  Tx := ox + round( ROX * aSin - ROY * aCos );
+  Ty := oy + round( ROY * aSin + ROX * aCos );
+  SX := 0;
+  for DX := DestX - TX to DestX - TX + ( width ) do
+  begin
+    Inc( SX );
+    SY := 0;
+    for DY := DestY - TY to DestY - TY + ( Height ) do
+    begin
+      RX := SX - OX;
+      RY := SY - OY;
+      NX := round( mx + RX * aSin + RY * aCos ); //
+      NY := round( my + RY * aSin - RX * aCos ); //
+      // Used for testing only
+     //SDL_PutPixel(DestSurface.SDLSurfacePointer,DX,DY,0);
+      if ( ( DX > 0 ) and ( DX < MAXX ) ) and ( ( DY > 0 ) and ( DY < MAXY ) ) then
+      begin
+        if ( NX >= srcRect.x ) and ( NX <= srcRect.x + srcRect.w ) then
+        begin
+          if ( NY >= srcRect.y ) and ( NY <= srcRect.y + srcRect.h ) then
+          begin
+            Colour := SDL_GetPixel( SrcSurface, NX, NY );
+            if Colour <> TempTransparentColour then
+            begin
+              SDL_PutPixel( DstSurface, DX, DY, Colour );
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+      inc( SY );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_RotateDeg( DstSurface, SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect :
+  PSDL_Rect; DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY : Integer; Angle : Integer );
+begin
+  SDL_RotateRad( DstSurface, SrcSurface, SrcRect, DestX, DestY, OffsetX, OffsetY, DegToRad( Angle ) );
+end;
+
+function ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect ) : TSDL_Rect;
+var
+  RealRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+  OutOfRange   : Boolean;
+begin
+  OutOfRange := false;
+  if dstrect = nil then
+  begin
+    RealRect.x := 0;
+    RealRect.y := 0;
+    RealRect.w := DstSurface.w;
+    RealRect.h := DstSurface.h;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if dstrect.x < DstSurface.w then
+    begin
+      RealRect.x := dstrect.x;
+    end
+    else if dstrect.x < 0 then
+    begin
+      realrect.x := 0;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutOfRange := True;
+    end;
+    if dstrect.y < DstSurface.h then
+    begin
+      RealRect.y := dstrect.y;
+    end
+    else if dstrect.y < 0 then
+    begin
+      realrect.y := 0;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      OutOfRange := True;
+    end;
+    if OutOfRange = False then
+    begin
+      if realrect.x + dstrect.w <= DstSurface.w then
+      begin
+        RealRect.w := dstrect.w;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        RealRect.w := dstrect.w - realrect.x;
+      end;
+      if realrect.y + dstrect.h <= DstSurface.h then
+      begin
+        RealRect.h := dstrect.h;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        RealRect.h := dstrect.h - realrect.y;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+  if OutOfRange = False then
+  begin
+    result := realrect;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    realrect.w := 0;
+    realrect.h := 0;
+    realrect.x := 0;
+    realrect.y := 0;
+    result := realrect;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectAdd( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+  RealRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+  Addr         : pointer;
+  ModX, BPP    : cardinal;
+  x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+  RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+  if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    with DstSurface^ do
+    begin
+      Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+      ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+    end;
+    case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $E0 + Color and $E0;
+              G := SrcColor and $1C + Color and $1C;
+              B := SrcColor and $03 + Color and $03;
+              if R > $E0 then
+                R := $E0;
+              if G > $1C then
+                G := $1C;
+              if B > $03 then
+                B := $03;
+              PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $7C00 + Color and $7C00;
+              G := SrcColor and $03E0 + Color and $03E0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+              if R > $7C00 then
+                R := $7C00;
+              if G > $03E0 then
+                G := $03E0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := $001F;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $F800 + Color and $F800;
+              G := SrcColor and $07C0 + Color and $07C0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F + Color and $001F;
+              if R > $F800 then
+                R := $F800;
+              if G > $07C0 then
+                G := $07C0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := $001F;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := $FF0000;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := $00FF00;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := $0000FF;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 + Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 + Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF + Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := $FF0000;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := $00FF00;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := $0000FF;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_FillRectSub( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; dstrect : PSDL_Rect; color : UInt32 );
+var
+  RealRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+  Addr         : pointer;
+  ModX, BPP    : cardinal;
+  x, y, R, G, B, SrcColor : cardinal;
+begin
+  RealRect := ValidateSurfaceRect( DstSurface, DstRect );
+  if ( RealRect.w > 0 ) and ( RealRect.h > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    SDL_LockSurface( DstSurface );
+    BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+    with DstSurface^ do
+    begin
+      Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+      ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+    end;
+    case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+      8 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $E0 - Color and $E0;
+              G := SrcColor and $1C - Color and $1C;
+              B := SrcColor and $03 - Color and $03;
+              if R > $E0 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $1C then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $03 then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      15 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $7C00 - Color and $7C00;
+              G := SrcColor and $03E0 - Color and $03E0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+              if R > $7C00 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $03E0 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      16 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $F800 - Color and $F800;
+              G := SrcColor and $07C0 - Color and $07C0;
+              B := SrcColor and $001F - Color and $001F;
+              if R > $F800 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $07C0 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $001F then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      24 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+      32 :
+        begin
+          for y := 0 to RealRect.h - 1 do
+          begin
+            for x := 0 to RealRect.w - 1 do
+            begin
+              SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+              R := SrcColor and $00FF0000 - Color and $00FF0000;
+              G := SrcColor and $0000FF00 - Color and $0000FF00;
+              B := SrcColor and $000000FF - Color and $000000FF;
+              if R > $FF0000 then
+                R := 0;
+              if G > $00FF00 then
+                G := 0;
+              if B > $0000FF then
+                B := 0;
+              PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+            end;
+            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_GradientFillRect( DstSurface : PSDL_Surface; const Rect : PSDL_Rect; const StartColor, EndColor : TSDL_Color; const Style : TGradientStyle );
+var
+  FBC          : array[ 0..255 ] of Cardinal;
+  // temp vars
+  i, YR, YG, YB, SR, SG, SB, DR, DG, DB : Integer;
+
+  TempStepV, TempStepH : Single;
+  TempLeft, TempTop, TempHeight, TempWidth : integer;
+  TempRect     : TSDL_Rect;
+
+begin
+  // calc FBC
+  YR := StartColor.r;
+  YG := StartColor.g;
+  YB := StartColor.b;
+  SR := YR;
+  SG := YG;
+  SB := YB;
+  DR := EndColor.r - SR;
+  DG := EndColor.g - SG;
+  DB := EndColor.b - SB;
+
+  for i := 0 to 255 do
+  begin
+    FBC[ i ] := SDL_MapRGB( DstSurface.format, YR, YG, YB );
+    YR := SR + round( DR / 255 * i );
+    YG := SG + round( DG / 255 * i );
+    YB := SB + round( DB / 255 * i );
+  end;
+
+  //  if aStyle = 1 then begin
+  TempStepH := Rect.w / 255;
+  TempStepV := Rect.h / 255;
+  TempHeight := Trunc( TempStepV + 1 );
+  TempWidth := Trunc( TempStepH + 1 );
+  TempTop := 0;
+  TempLeft := 0;
+  TempRect.x := Rect.x;
+  TempRect.y := Rect.y;
+  TempRect.h := Rect.h;
+  TempRect.w := Rect.w;
+
+  case Style of
+    gsHorizontal :
+      begin
+        TempRect.h := TempHeight;
+        for i := 0 to 255 do
+        begin
+          TempRect.y := Rect.y + TempTop;
+          SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+          TempTop := Trunc( TempStepV * i );
+        end;
+      end;
+    gsVertical :
+      begin
+        TempRect.w := TempWidth;
+        for i := 0 to 255 do
+        begin
+          TempRect.x := Rect.x + TempLeft;
+          SDL_FillRect( DstSurface, @TempRect, FBC[ i ] );
+          TempLeft := Trunc( TempStepH * i );
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+    1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  case Src.format.BytesPerPixel of
+    1 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+var
+  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+  SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32;
+begin
+  if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.w shl 1 ) < Dest.w then
+    exit;
+  if ( Src.h shl 1 ) < Dest.h then
+    exit;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+
+  ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
+  WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+
+  SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+  DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+
+  case Src.format.BitsPerPixel of
+    8 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt8( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + 1 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $6D; {%01101101}
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt8( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 1 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $3DEF; {%0011110111101111}
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt16( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + 2 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7BEF; {%0111101111101111}
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt16( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 2 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := ( PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ and $FF000000 ) or ( PUInt32( ReadAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF );
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 3 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $007F7F7F; {%011111110111111101111111}
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 3 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+    32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+      begin
+        ReadAddr := ReadRow;
+        WriteAddr := WriteRow;
+        for x := 1 to Src.w do
+        begin
+          Color := PUInt32( ReadAddr )^;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + 4 )^ := Color;
+          Color := ( Color shr 1 ) and $7F7F7F7F;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch )^ := Color;
+          PUInt32( WriteAddr + DestPitch + 4 )^ := Color;
+          inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+          inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+        end;
+        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  if SDL_MustLock( Src ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Src );
+  if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+    SDL_UnlockSurface( Dest );
+end;
+
+function SDL_PixelTestSurfaceVsRect( SrcSurface1 : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect1 :
+  PSDL_Rect; SrcRect2 : PSDL_Rect; Left1, Top1, Left2, Top2 : integer ) :
+  boolean;
+var
+  Src_Rect1, Src_Rect2 : TSDL_Rect;
+  right1, bottom1 : integer;
+  right2, bottom2 : integer;
+  Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+  Mod1         : cardinal;
+  Addr1        : PtrUInt;
+  BPP          : cardinal;
+  Pitch1       : cardinal;
+  TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
+  tx, ty       : cardinal;
+// StartTick    : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+  Color1       : cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  if SrcRect1 = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface1.w;
+      h := SrcSurface1.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src_Rect1 := SrcRect1^;
+
+  Src_Rect2 := SrcRect2^;
+  with Src_Rect1 do
+  begin
+    Right1 := Left1 + w;
+    Bottom1 := Top1 + h;
+  end;
+  with Src_Rect2 do
+  begin
+    Right2 := Left2 + w;
+    Bottom2 := Top2 + h;
+  end;
+  if ( Left1 >= Right2 ) or ( Right1 <= Left2 ) or ( Top1 >= Bottom2 ) or ( Bottom1 <= Top2 ) then
+    exit;
+  if Left1 <= Left2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. left, 2. right
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x + Left2 - Left1;
+    //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x;
+    ScanWidth := Right1 - Left2;
+    with Src_Rect2 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. right, 2. left
+    Scan1Start := Src_Rect1.x;
+    //Scan2Start := Src_Rect2.x + Left1 - Left2;
+    ScanWidth := Right2 - Left1;
+    with Src_Rect1 do
+      if ScanWidth > w then
+        ScanWidth := w;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface1^ do
+  begin
+    Pitch1 := Pitch;
+    Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+    with format^ do
+    begin
+      BPP := BytesPerPixel;
+      TransparentColor1 := colorkey;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+
+  inc( Addr1, BPP * Scan1Start );
+
+  if Top1 <= Top2 then
+  begin
+    // 1. up, 2. down
+    ScanHeight := Bottom1 - Top2;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect2.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect2.h;
+    inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Top2 - Top1 ) );
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // 1. down, 2. up
+    ScanHeight := Bottom2 - Top1;
+    if ScanHeight > Src_Rect1.h then
+      ScanHeight := Src_Rect1.h;
+
+  end;
+  case BPP of
+    1 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PByte( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    2 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 2 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    3 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          Color1 := PLongWord( Addr1 )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+          if ( Color1 <> TransparentColor1 )
+            then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 3 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+    4 :
+      for ty := 1 to ScanHeight do
+      begin
+        for tx := 1 to ScanWidth do
+        begin
+          if ( PLongWord( Addr1 )^ <> TransparentColor1 ) then
+          begin
+            Result := true;
+            exit;
+          end;
+          inc( Addr1, 4 );
+
+        end;
+        inc( Addr1, Mod1 );
+
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ORSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B)
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+procedure SDL_ANDSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+{*R, *}{*G, *}{*B, *}Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (R) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (G) // Auto Removed, Unused Variable (B)
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+
+              PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel2 and Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+
+procedure SDL_GTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                if Pixel2 and $E0 > Pixel1 and $E0 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $E0
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $1C > Pixel1 and $1C then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $1C
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+                if Pixel2 and $03 > Pixel1 and $03 then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $03
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $7C00 > Pixel1 and $7C00 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $7C00
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+                if Pixel2 and $03E0 > Pixel1 and $03E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $03E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $F800 > Pixel1 and $F800 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $F800
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+                if Pixel2 and $07E0 > Pixel1 and $07E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $07E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F > Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 > Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 > Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF > Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+
+procedure SDL_LTSurface( SrcSurface : PSDL_Surface; SrcRect : PSDL_Rect;
+  DestSurface : PSDL_Surface; DestRect : PSDL_Rect );
+var
+  R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+  Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+  Diff         : integer;
+  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+  WorkX, WorkY : word;
+  SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+  Bits         : cardinal;
+begin
+  if ( SrcSurface = nil ) or ( DestSurface = nil ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if ( SrcSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel <> DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel ) then
+    exit; // Remove this to make it faster
+  if SrcRect = nil then
+  begin
+    with Src do
+    begin
+      x := 0;
+      y := 0;
+      w := SrcSurface.w;
+      h := SrcSurface.h;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Src := SrcRect^;
+  if DestRect = nil then
+  begin
+    Dest.x := 0;
+    Dest.y := 0;
+  end
+  else
+    Dest := DestRect^;
+  Dest.w := Src.w;
+  Dest.h := Src.h;
+  with DestSurface.Clip_Rect do
+  begin
+    // Source's right side is greater than the dest.cliprect
+    if Dest.x + Src.w > x + w then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := x + w - Dest.x;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's bottom side is greater than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y + Src.h > y + h then
+    begin
+      smallint( Src.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := y + h - Dest.y;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's left side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.x < x then
+    begin
+      Diff := x - Dest.x;
+      Src.x := Src.x + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.w ) := smallint( Src.w ) - Diff;
+      Dest.x := x;
+      smallint( Dest.w ) := smallint( Dest.w ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.w ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+    // Source's Top side is less than the dest.clip
+    if Dest.y < y then
+    begin
+      Diff := y - Dest.y;
+      Src.y := Src.y + Diff;
+      smallint( Src.h ) := smallint( Src.h ) - Diff;
+      Dest.y := y;
+      smallint( Dest.h ) := smallint( Dest.h ) - Diff;
+      if smallint( Dest.h ) < 1 then
+        exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  with SrcSurface^ do
+  begin
+    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+  end;
+  with DestSurface^ do
+  begin
+    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+      Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+    Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+  end;
+  SDL_LockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_LockSurface( DestSurface );
+  WorkY := Src.h;
+  case bits of
+    8 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt8( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt8( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+                if Pixel2 and $E0 < Pixel1 and $E0 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $E0
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $1C < Pixel1 and $1C then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $1C
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $1C;
+                if Pixel2 and $03 < Pixel1 and $03 then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $03
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $03;
+
+                if R > $E0 then
+                  R := $E0;
+                if G > $1C then
+                  G := $1C;
+                if B > $03 then
+                  B := $03;
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt8( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr );
+            inc( DestAddr );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    15 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $7C00 < Pixel1 and $7C00 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $7C00
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $7C00;
+                if Pixel2 and $03E0 < Pixel1 and $03E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $03E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $03E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    16 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt16( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt16( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $F800 < Pixel1 and $F800 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $F800
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $F800;
+                if Pixel2 and $07E0 < Pixel1 and $07E0 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $07E0
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $07E0;
+                if Pixel2 and $001F < Pixel1 and $001F then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $001F
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $001F;
+
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt16( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 2 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 2 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    24 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $00FFFFFF;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or ( R or G or B );
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := PUInt32( DestAddr )^ and $FF000000 or Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 3 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 3 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+    32 :
+      begin
+        repeat
+          WorkX := Src.w;
+          repeat
+            Pixel1 := PUInt32( SrcAddr )^;
+            if ( Pixel1 <> TransparentColor ) and ( Pixel1 <> 0 ) then
+            begin
+              Pixel2 := PUInt32( DestAddr )^;
+              if Pixel2 > 0 then
+              begin
+
+                if Pixel2 and $FF0000 < Pixel1 and $FF0000 then
+                  R := Pixel2 and $FF0000
+                else
+                  R := Pixel1 and $FF0000;
+                if Pixel2 and $00FF00 < Pixel1 and $00FF00 then
+                  G := Pixel2 and $00FF00
+                else
+                  G := Pixel1 and $00FF00;
+                if Pixel2 and $0000FF < Pixel1 and $0000FF then
+                  B := Pixel2 and $0000FF
+                else
+                  B := Pixel1 and $0000FF;
+
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := R or G or B;
+              end
+              else
+                PUInt32( DestAddr )^ := Pixel1;
+            end;
+            inc( SrcAddr, 4 );
+            inc( DestAddr, 4 );
+            dec( WorkX );
+          until WorkX = 0;
+          inc( SrcAddr, SrcMod );
+          inc( DestAddr, DestMod );
+          dec( WorkY );
+        until WorkY = 0;
+      end;
+  end;
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( SrcSurface );
+  SDL_UnlockSurface( DestSurface );
+end;
+
+// Will clip the x1,x2,y1,x2 params to the ClipRect provided
+
+function SDL_ClipLine( var x1, y1, x2, y2 : Integer; ClipRect : PSDL_Rect ) : boolean;
+var
+  tflag, flag1, flag2 : word;
+  txy, xedge, yedge : Integer;
+  slope        : single;
+
+  function ClipCode( x, y : Integer ) : word;
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+    if x < ClipRect.x then
+      Result := 1;
+    if x >= ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x then
+      Result := Result or 2;
+    if y < ClipRect.y then
+      Result := Result or 4;
+    if y >= ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y then
+      Result := Result or 8;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  flag1 := ClipCode( x1, y1 );
+  flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
+  result := true;
+
+  while true do
+  begin
+    if ( flag1 or flag2 ) = 0 then
+      Exit; // all in
+
+    if ( flag1 and flag2 ) <> 0 then
+    begin
+      result := false;
+      Exit; // all out
+    end;
+
+    if flag2 = 0 then
+    begin
+      txy := x1; x1 := x2; x2 := txy;
+      txy := y1; y1 := y2; y2 := txy;
+      tflag := flag1; flag1 := flag2; flag2 := tflag;
+    end;
+
+    if ( flag2 and 3 ) <> 0 then
+    begin
+      if ( flag2 and 1 ) <> 0 then
+        xedge := ClipRect.x
+      else
+        xedge := ClipRect.w + ClipRect.x - 1; // back 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+      slope := ( y2 - y1 ) / ( x2 - x1 );
+      y2 := y1 + Round( slope * ( xedge - x1 ) );
+      x2 := xedge;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      if ( flag2 and 4 ) <> 0 then
+        yedge := ClipRect.y
+      else
+        yedge := ClipRect.h + ClipRect.y - 1; // up 1 pixel otherwise we end up in a loop
+
+      slope := ( x2 - x1 ) / ( y2 - y1 );
+      x2 := x1 + Round( slope * ( yedge - y1 ) );
+      y2 := yedge;
+    end;
+
+    flag2 := ClipCode( x2, y2 );
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99eea304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdlwindow.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+unit sdlwindow;
+{
+  $Id: sdlwindow.pas,v 1.9 2006/10/22 18:55:25 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{                SDL Window Wrapper                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominique Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2004 - 2100 Dominique Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   SDL Window Wrapper                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.dll on Windows platforms                                               }
+{   libSDL-1.1.so.0 on Linux platform                                          }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{ January    31     2003 - DL : Initial creation                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdlwindow.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.9  2006/10/22 18:55:25  savage
+  Slight Change to handle OpenGL context
+
+  Revision 1.8  2005/08/03 18:57:32  savage
+  Various updates and additions. Mainly to handle OpenGL 3D Window support and better cursor support for the mouse class
+
+  Revision 1.7  2004/09/30 22:35:47  savage
+  Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/09/12 21:52:58  savage
+  Slight changes to fix some issues with the sdl classes.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/05/10 21:11:49  savage
+  changes required to help get SoAoS off the ground.
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/05/01 14:59:27  savage
+  Updated code
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/04/23 10:45:28  savage
+  Changes made by Dean Ellis to work more modularly.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/31 10:06:41  savage
+  Changed so that it now compiles, but is untested.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/05 00:08:20  savage
+  Module 1.0 release
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+{$i jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  sdl,
+  sdlinput,
+  sdlticks;
+
+type
+  TSDLNotifyEvent =  procedure {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLUpdateEvent =  procedure( aElapsedTime : single ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLResizeEvent =  procedure( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLUserEvent =  procedure( aType : UInt8; aCode : integer; aData1 : Pointer; aData2 : Pointer ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+  TSDLActiveEvent = procedure( aGain: UInt8; aState: UInt8 ) {$IFNDEF NOT_OO}of object{$ENDIF};
+
+  TSDLBaseWindow = class( TObject )
+  private
+    FDisplaySurface : PSDL_Surface;
+    FVideoFlags : Uint32;
+    FOnDestroy: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FOnCreate: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FOnShow: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FOnResize: TSDLResizeEvent;
+    FOnUpdate: TSDLUpdateEvent;
+    FOnRender: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FOnClose: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FLoaded: Boolean;
+    FRendering: Boolean;
+    FHeight: integer;
+    FBitDepth: integer;
+    FWidth: integer;
+    FInputManager: TSDLInputManager;
+    FCaptionText : PChar;
+    FIconName : PChar;
+    FOnActive: TSDLActiveEvent;
+    FOnQuit: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FOnExpose: TSDLNotifyEvent;
+    FOnUser: TSDLUserEvent;
+    FTimer : TSDLTicks;
+  protected
+    procedure DoActive( aGain: UInt8; aState: UInt8 );
+    procedure DoCreate;
+    procedure DoClose;
+    procedure DoDestroy;
+    procedure DoUpdate( aElapsedTime : single );
+    procedure DoQuit;
+    procedure DoRender;
+    procedure DoResize( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 );
+    procedure DoShow;
+    procedure DoUser( aType : UInt8; aCode : integer; aData1 : Pointer; aData2 : Pointer );
+    procedure DoExpose;
+    procedure Render; virtual;
+    procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); virtual;
+    procedure InitialiseObjects; virtual;
+    procedure RestoreObjects; virtual;
+    procedure DeleteObjects; virtual;
+    function Flip : integer; virtual;
+    property OnActive : TSDLActiveEvent read FOnActive write FOnActive;
+    property OnClose: TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnClose write FOnClose;
+    property OnDestroy : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnDestroy write FOnDestroy;
+    property OnCreate : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnCreate write FOnCreate;
+    property OnUpdate: TSDLUpdateEvent read FOnUpdate write FOnUpdate;
+    property OnQuit : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnQuit write FOnQuit;
+    property OnResize : TSDLResizeEvent read FOnResize write FOnResize;
+    property OnRender: TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnRender write FOnRender;
+    property OnShow : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnShow write FOnShow;
+    property OnUser : TSDLUserEvent read FOnUser write FOnUser;
+    property OnExpose : TSDLNotifyEvent read FOnExpose write FOnExpose;
+    property DisplaySurface: PSDL_Surface read FDisplaySurface;
+  public
+    property InputManager : TSDLInputManager read FInputManager;
+    property Loaded : Boolean read FLoaded;
+    property Width : integer read FWidth;
+    property Height : integer read FHeight;
+    property BitDepth : integer read FBitDepth;
+    property Rendering : Boolean read FRendering write FRendering;
+    procedure SetCaption( const aCaptionText : string; const aIconName : string );
+    procedure GetCaption( var aCaptionText : string; var aIconName : string );
+    procedure SetIcon( aIcon : PSDL_Surface; aMask: UInt8 );
+    procedure ActivateVideoMode;
+    constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 ); virtual;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    procedure InitialiseEnvironment;
+    function Show : Boolean; virtual;
+  end;
+
+  TSDLCustomWindow = class( TSDLBaseWindow )
+  public
+    property OnCreate;
+    property OnDestroy;
+    property OnClose;
+    property OnShow;
+    property OnResize;
+    property OnRender;
+    property OnUpdate;
+    property DisplaySurface;
+  end;
+
+  TSDL2DWindow = class( TSDLCustomWindow )
+  public
+    constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 = SDL_DOUBLEBUF or SDL_SWSURFACE); override;
+    procedure Render; override;
+    procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); override;
+    procedure InitialiseObjects; override;
+    procedure RestoreObjects; override;
+    procedure DeleteObjects; override;
+    function Flip : integer; override;
+  end;
+
+  TSDL3DWindow = class( TSDLCustomWindow )
+  public
+    constructor Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 = SDL_OPENGL or SDL_DOUBLEBUF); override;
+    function Flip : integer; override;
+    procedure Render; override;
+    procedure Update( aElapsedTime : single ); override;
+    procedure InitialiseObjects; override;
+    procedure RestoreObjects; override;
+    procedure DeleteObjects; override;
+  end;
+
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  logger,
+  SysUtils;
+
+{ TSDLBaseWindow }
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.ActivateVideoMode;
+begin
+  FDisplaySurface := SDL_SetVideoMode( FWidth, FHeight, FBitDepth, FVideoFlags);
+  if (FDisplaySurface = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError( Format('Could not set video mode: %s', [SDL_GetError]), 'Main');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  SetCaption( 'Made with JEDI-SDL', 'JEDI-SDL Icon' );
+end;
+
+constructor TSDLBaseWindow.Create( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 );
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING);
+  FInputManager := TSDLInputManager.Create( [ itJoystick, itKeyBoard, itMouse ]);
+  FTimer := TSDLTicks.Create;
+
+  FWidth := aWidth;
+  FHeight := aHeight;
+  FBitDepth := aBitDepth;
+  FVideoFlags := aVideoFlags;
+
+  DoCreate;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DeleteObjects;
+begin
+  FLoaded := False;
+end;
+
+destructor TSDLBaseWindow.Destroy;
+begin
+  DoDestroy;
+  if FLoaded then
+    DeleteObjects;
+  if FInputManager <> nil then
+    FreeAndNil( FInputManager );
+  if FTimer <> nil then
+    FreeAndNil( FTimer );
+  if FDisplaySurface <> nil then
+    SDL_FreeSurface( FDisplaySurface );
+  inherited Destroy;
+  SDL_Quit;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoActive(aGain, aState: UInt8);
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnActive ) then
+  begin
+    FOnActive( aGain, aState );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoClose;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnClose ) then
+  begin
+    FOnClose;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoCreate;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnCreate ) then
+  begin
+    FOnCreate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoDestroy;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnDestroy ) then
+  begin
+    FOnDestroy;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoExpose;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnExpose ) then
+  begin
+    FOnExpose;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoUpdate( aElapsedTime : single );
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnUpdate ) then
+  begin
+    FOnUpdate( aElapsedTime );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoQuit;
+begin
+  FRendering := false;
+  if Assigned( FOnQuit ) then
+  begin
+    FOnQuit;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoRender;
+begin
+  if Assigned(  FOnRender ) then
+  begin
+    FOnRender;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoResize( aWidth : integer; aHeight : integer; aBitDepth : integer; aVideoFlags : Uint32 );
+begin
+  // resize to the new size
+  SDL_FreeSurface(FDisplaySurface);
+  FWidth := aWidth;
+  FHeight := aHeight;
+  FBitDepth := aBitDepth;
+  FVideoFlags := aVideoFlags;
+  FDisplaySurface := SDL_SetVideoMode(aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags);
+  if Assigned( FOnResize ) then
+  begin
+    FOnResize( aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoShow;
+begin
+  if Assigned( FOnShow ) then
+  begin
+    FOnShow;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.DoUser(aType: UInt8; aCode: integer; aData1, aData2: Pointer);
+begin
+  if Assigned(  FOnUser ) then
+  begin
+    FOnUser( aType, aCode, aData1, aData2 );
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSDLBaseWindow.Flip : integer;
+begin
+  result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.GetCaption( var aCaptionText : string; var aIconName : string );
+begin
+  aCaptionText := string( FCaptionText );
+  aIconName := string( FIconName );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.InitialiseEnvironment;
+begin
+  InitialiseObjects;
+  RestoreObjects;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.InitialiseObjects;
+begin
+  FLoaded := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single );
+begin
+  DoUpdate( aElapsedTime );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.Render;
+begin
+  DoRender;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.RestoreObjects;
+begin
+  FLoaded := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.SetCaption( const aCaptionText : string; const aIconName : string );
+begin
+  if FCaptionText <> aCaptionText then
+  begin
+    FCaptionText := PChar( aCaptionText );
+    FIconName := PChar( aIconName );
+    SDL_WM_SetCaption( FCaptionText, FIconName );
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDLBaseWindow.SetIcon(aIcon: PSDL_Surface; aMask: UInt8);
+begin
+  SDL_WM_SetIcon( aIcon, aMask );
+end;
+
+function TSDLBaseWindow.Show : Boolean;
+var
+  eBaseWindowEvent : TSDL_Event;
+begin
+  DoShow;
+
+  FTimer.Init;
+
+  FRendering := true;
+  // repeat until we are told not to render
+  while FRendering do
+  begin
+    // wait for an event
+    while SDL_PollEvent( @eBaseWindowEvent ) > 0 do
+    begin
+
+      // check for a quit event
+      case eBaseWindowEvent.type_ of
+        SDL_ACTIVEEVENT :
+        begin
+          DoActive( eBaseWindowEvent.active.gain, eBaseWindowEvent.active.state );
+        end;
+
+        SDL_QUITEV :
+        begin
+          DoQuit;
+          DoClose;
+        end;
+
+        SDL_USEREVENT :
+        begin
+          DoUser( eBaseWindowEvent.user.type_, eBaseWindowEvent.user.code, eBaseWindowEvent.user.data1, eBaseWindowEvent.user.data2 );
+        end;
+
+        SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE :
+        begin
+          DoExpose;
+        end;
+
+        SDL_VIDEORESIZE :
+        begin
+          DoResize( eBaseWindowEvent.resize.w, eBaseWindowEvent.resize.h, FDisplaySurface.format.BitsPerPixel, FVideoflags );
+        end;
+
+
+      end;
+      InputManager.UpdateInputs( eBaseWindowEvent );
+    end;
+    // Prepare the Next Frame
+    Update( FTimer.GetElapsedSeconds );
+    // Display the Next Frame
+    Render;
+    // Flip the surfaces
+    Flip;
+  end;
+
+  Result := FRendering;
+end;
+
+{ TSDL2DWindow }
+
+constructor TSDL2DWindow.Create(aWidth, aHeight, aBitDepth: integer; aVideoFlags: Uint32);
+begin
+  // make sure double buffer is always included in the video flags
+  inherited Create(aWidth,aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags or SDL_DOUBLEBUF);
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL2DWindow.DeleteObjects;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+function TSDL2DWindow.Flip: integer;
+begin
+  // let's show the back buffer
+  result := SDL_Flip( FDisplaySurface );
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL2DWindow.InitialiseObjects;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL2DWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single );
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL2DWindow.Render;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL2DWindow.RestoreObjects;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+{ TSDL3DWindow }
+
+constructor TSDL3DWindow.Create(aWidth,
+  aHeight, aBitDepth: integer; aVideoFlags: Uint32);
+begin
+  // make sure opengl is always included in the video flags
+  inherited Create(aWidth,aHeight, aBitDepth, aVideoFlags or SDL_OPENGL or SDL_DOUBLEBUF);
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL3DWindow.DeleteObjects;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+function TSDL3DWindow.Flip : integer;
+begin
+  SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
+  result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL3DWindow.InitialiseObjects;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL3DWindow.Update( aElapsedTime : single );
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL3DWindow.Render;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  
+end;
+
+procedure TSDL3DWindow.RestoreObjects;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aed326d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/userpreferences.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+unit userpreferences;
+{
+  $Id: userpreferences.pas,v 1.1 2004/09/30 22:35:47 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{          JEDI-SDL : Pascal units for SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer          }
+{                 Base Class for User Preferences                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Dominqiue Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Dominqiue Louis are                                      }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Dominqiue Louis.                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   The SDL Runtime libraris on Win32  : SDL.dll on Linux : libSDL.so          }
+{   They are available from...                                                 }
+{   http://www.libsdl.org .                                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   September   23 2004 - DL : Initial Creation                                }
+{
+  $Log: userpreferences.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.1  2004/09/30 22:35:47  savage
+  Changes, enhancements and additions as required to get SoAoS working.
+
+
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Classes;
+
+type
+  TUserPreferences = class
+  private
+    FAutoSave: Boolean;
+    procedure CheckAutoSave;
+  protected
+    function GetDefaultBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetBoolean( const Index : Integer ) : Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure SetBoolean( const Index : Integer; const Value : Boolean ); virtual;
+    function GetDefaultDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetDateTime( const Index : Integer ) : TDateTime; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure SetDateTime( const Index : Integer; const Value : TDateTime ); virtual;
+    function GetDefaultInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetInteger( const Index : Integer ) : Integer; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure SetInteger( const Index : Integer; const Value : Integer ); virtual;
+    function GetDefaultFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetFloat( const Index : Integer ) : single; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure SetFloat( const Index : Integer; const Value : single ); virtual;
+    function GetDefaultString( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetString( const Index : Integer ) : string; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure SetString( const Index : Integer; const Value : string ); virtual;
+    function GetDefaultBinaryStream( const Index : Integer ) : TStream; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer ) : TStream; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure SetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer; const Value : TStream ); virtual;
+  public
+    procedure Update; virtual; abstract;
+    constructor Create; virtual;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    property AutoSave : Boolean read FAutoSave write FAutoSave;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TUserPreferences }
+procedure TUserPreferences.CheckAutoSave;
+begin
+  if FAutoSave then
+    Update;
+end;
+
+constructor TUserPreferences.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  FAutoSave := false;
+end;
+
+destructor TUserPreferences.Destroy;
+begin
+
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TUserPreferences.SetBinaryStream( const Index : Integer; const Value : TStream );
+begin
+  CheckAutoSave;
+end;
+
+procedure TUserPreferences.SetBoolean(const Index: Integer; const Value: Boolean);
+begin
+  CheckAutoSave;
+end;
+
+procedure TUserPreferences.SetDateTime(const Index: Integer; const Value: TDateTime);
+begin
+  CheckAutoSave;
+end;
+
+procedure TUserPreferences.SetFloat(const Index: Integer; const Value: single);
+begin
+  CheckAutoSave;
+end;
+
+procedure TUserPreferences.SetInteger(const Index, Value: Integer);
+begin
+  CheckAutoSave;
+end;
+
+procedure TUserPreferences.SetString(const Index: Integer; const Value: string);
+begin
+  CheckAutoSave;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL_Image/Pas/sdl_image.pas b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL_Image/Pas/sdl_image.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4468f036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/SDL_Image/Pas/sdl_image.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+unit sdl_image;
+{
+  $Id: sdl_image.pas,v 1.15 2007/12/05 22:52:23 savage Exp $
+  
+}
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{       Borland Delphi SDL_Image - An example image loading library for use    }
+{                                  with SDL                                    }
+{       Conversion of the Simple DirectMedia Layer Image Headers               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Sam Lantinga <slouken@devolution.com> are                }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001  Sam Lantinga                     }
+{ 5635-34 Springhouse Dr.                                                      }
+{ Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)                                                   }
+{                                                                              }
+{ All Rights Reserved.                                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The original files are : SDL_image.h                                         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The initial developer of this Pascal code was :                              }
+{ Matthias Thoma <ma.thoma@gmx.de>                                             }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Portions created by Matthias Thoma are                                       }
+{ Copyright (C) 2000 - 2001 Matthias Thoma.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Contributor(s)                                                               }
+{ --------------                                                               }
+{ Dominique Louis <Dominique@SavageSoftware.com.au>                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Obtained through:                                                            }
+{ Joint Endeavour of Delphi Innovators ( Project JEDI )                        }
+{                                                                              }
+{ You may retrieve the latest version of this file at the Project              }
+{ JEDI home page, located at http://delphi-jedi.org                            }
+{                                                                              }
+{ The contents of this file are used with permission, subject to               }
+{ the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may              }
+{ not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may             }
+{ obtain a copy of the License at                                              }
+{ http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/MPL-1.1.html                                      }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an                  }
+{ "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or               }
+{ implied. See the License for the specific language governing                 }
+{ rights and limitations under the License.                                    }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Description                                                                  }
+{ -----------                                                                  }
+{   A simple library to load images of various formats as SDL surfaces         }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Requires                                                                     }
+{ --------                                                                     }
+{   SDL.pas in your search path.                                               }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Programming Notes                                                            }
+{ -----------------                                                            }
+{   See the Aliens Demo on how to make use of this libaray                     }
+{                                                                              }
+{ Revision History                                                             }
+{ ----------------                                                             }
+{   April    02 2001 - MT : Initial Translation                                }
+{                                                                              }
+{   May      08 2001 - DL : Added ExternalSym derectives and copyright header  }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   03 2003 - DL : Added jedi-sdl.inc include file to support more     }
+{                          Pascal compilers. Initial support is now included   }
+{                          for GnuPascal, VirtualPascal, TMT and obviously     }
+{                          continue support for Delphi Kylix and FreePascal.   }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   08 2003 - MK : Aka Mr Kroket - Added Better FPC support            }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   24 2003 - DL : under instruction from Alexey Barkovoy, I have added}
+{                          better TMT Pascal support and under instruction     }
+{                          from Prof. Abimbola Olowofoyeku (The African Chief),}
+{                          I have added better Gnu Pascal support              }
+{                                                                              }
+{   April   30 2003 - DL : under instruction from David Mears AKA              }
+{                          Jason Siletto, I have added FPC Linux support.      }
+{                          This was compiled with fpc 1.1, so remember to set  }
+{                          include file path. ie. -Fi/usr/share/fpcsrc/rtl/*   }
+{                                                                              }
+{
+  $Log: sdl_image.pas,v $
+  Revision 1.15  2007/12/05 22:52:23  savage
+  Better Mac OS X support for Frameworks.
+
+  Revision 1.14  2007/05/29 21:31:13  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Almindor for 64bit compatibility.
+
+  Revision 1.13  2007/05/20 20:30:54  savage
+  Initial Changes to Handle 64 Bits
+
+  Revision 1.12  2006/12/02 00:14:40  savage
+  Updated to latest version
+
+  Revision 1.11  2005/04/10 18:22:59  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.10  2005/04/10 11:48:33  savage
+  Changes as suggested by Michalis, thanks.
+
+  Revision 1.9  2005/01/05 01:47:07  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what MacOS X should have. ie libSDL*-1.2.0.dylib respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.8  2005/01/04 23:14:44  savage
+  Changed LibName to reflect what most Linux distros will have. ie libSDL*-1.2.so.0 respectively.
+
+  Revision 1.7  2005/01/01 02:03:12  savage
+  Updated to v1.2.4
+
+  Revision 1.6  2004/08/14 22:54:30  savage
+  Updated so that Library name defines are correctly defined for MacOS X.
+
+  Revision 1.5  2004/05/10 14:10:04  savage
+  Initial MacOS X support. Fixed defines for MACOS ( Classic ) and DARWIN ( MacOS X ).
+
+  Revision 1.4  2004/04/13 09:32:08  savage
+  Changed Shared object names back to just the .so extension to avoid conflicts on various Linux/Unix distros. Therefore developers will need to create Symbolic links to the actual Share Objects if necessary.
+
+  Revision 1.3  2004/04/01 20:53:23  savage
+  Changed Linux Shared Object names so they reflect the Symbolic Links that are created when installing the RPMs from the SDL site.
+
+  Revision 1.2  2004/03/30 20:23:28  savage
+  Tidied up use of UNIX compiler directive.
+
+  Revision 1.1  2004/02/14 23:35:42  savage
+  version 1 of sdl_image, sdl_mixer and smpeg.
+
+
+}  
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+{$I jedi-sdl.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  gpc,
+{$ENDIF}
+  sdl;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  SDL_ImageLibName =  'SDL_Image.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  SDL_ImageLibName = 'libSDL_image-1.2.0.dylib';
+  {$linklib libSDL_image}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+    SDL_ImageLibName = 'libSDL_image.so';
+  {$ELSE}
+    SDL_ImageLibName = 'libSDL_image-1.2.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDL_ImageLibName = 'SDL_image';
+  {$linklib libSDL_image}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  // Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+  SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION = 1;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION = 2;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION}
+  SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL    = 6;
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL}
+
+{ This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+  version of the SDL_image library. }
+procedure SDL_IMAGE_VERSION( var X : TSDL_Version );
+{$EXTERNALSYM SDL_IMAGE_VERSION}
+
+{ This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_image library.
+   it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+   use the SDL_IMAGE_VERSION() macro.
+ }
+function IMG_Linked_Version : PSDL_version;
+external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_Linked_Version'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_Linked_Version}
+
+{ Load an image from an SDL data source.
+   The 'type' may be one of: "BMP", "GIF", "PNG", etc.
+
+   If the image format supports a transparent pixel, SDL will set the
+   colorkey for the surface.  You can enable RLE acceleration on the
+   surface afterwards by calling:
+        SDL_SetColorKey(image, SDL_RLEACCEL, image.format.colorkey);
+}
+function IMG_LoadTyped_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer; _type: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadTyped_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadTyped_RW}
+{ Convenience functions }
+function IMG_Load(const _file: PChar): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_Load'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_Load}
+function IMG_Load_RW(src: PSDL_RWops; freesrc: Integer): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_Load_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_Load_RW}
+
+{ Invert the alpha of a surface for use with OpenGL
+  This function is now a no-op, and only provided for backwards compatibility. }
+function IMG_InvertAlpha(_on: Integer): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_InvertAlpha'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_InvertAlpha}
+
+{ Functions to detect a file type, given a seekable source }
+function IMG_isBMP(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isBMP'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isBMP}
+
+function IMG_isGIF(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isGIF'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isGIF}
+
+function IMG_isJPG(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isJPG'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isJPG}
+
+function IMG_isLBM(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isLBM'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isLBM}
+
+function IMG_isPCX(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isPCX'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isPCX}
+
+function IMG_isPNG(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isPNG'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isPNG}
+
+function IMG_isPNM(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isPNM'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isPNM}
+
+function IMG_isTIF(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isTIF'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isTIF}
+
+function IMG_isXCF(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isXCF'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isXCF}
+
+function IMG_isXPM(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isXPM'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isXPM}
+
+function IMG_isXV(src: PSDL_RWops): Integer;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_isXV'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_isXV}
+
+
+{ Individual loading functions }
+function IMG_LoadBMP_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadBMP_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadBMP_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadGIF_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadGIF_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadGIF_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadJPG_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadJPG_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadJPG_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadLBM_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadLBM_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadLBM_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadPCX_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadPCX_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadPCX_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadPNM_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadPNM_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadPNM_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadPNG_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadPNG_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadPNG_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadTGA_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadTGA_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadTGA_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadTIF_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadTIF_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadTIF_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadXCF_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadXCF_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadXCF_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadXPM_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadXPM_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadXPM_RW}
+
+function IMG_LoadXV_RW(src: PSDL_RWops): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_LoadXV_RW'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_LoadXV_RW}
+
+function IMG_ReadXPMFromArray( xpm : PPChar ): PSDL_Surface;
+cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_ReadXPMFromArray'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+{$EXTERNALSYM IMG_ReadXPMFromArray}
+
+
+
+
+{ used internally, NOT an exported function }
+//function IMG_string_equals( const str1 : PChar; const str2 : PChar ) : integer;
+//cdecl; external {$IFDEF __GPC__}name 'IMG_string_equals'{$ELSE} SDL_ImageLibName{$ENDIF __GPC__};
+//{ $ EXTERNALSYM IMG_string_equals}
+
+{ Error Macros }
+{ We'll use SDL for reporting errors }
+procedure IMG_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+
+function IMG_GetError : PChar;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IFDEF __GPC__}
+  {$L 'sdl_image'}  { link sdl_image.dll.a or libsdl_image.so or libsdl_image.a }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure SDL_IMAGE_VERSION( var X : TSDL_Version );
+begin
+  X.major := SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION;
+  X.minor := SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION;
+  X.patch := SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL;
+end;
+
+procedure IMG_SetError( fmt : PChar );
+begin
+  SDL_SetError( fmt );
+end;
+
+function IMG_GetError : PChar;
+begin
+  result := SDL_GetError;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/fpc-install.sh b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/fpc-install.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7a5cf69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/fpc-install.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# FreePascal & Delphi Installation script for JEDI-SDL
+# portions of which are based on the FreePascal install script
+# Copyright 1996-2002 Michael Van Canneyt and Peter Vreman
+#   
+# Copyright (c)2004-2100, JEDI-SDL Team
+# All Rights Reserved
+#
+# Don NOT edit this file. 
+# Everything should be configuration while the script is running.
+#
+############################################################################
+
+# Release Version
+VERSION=1.0
+
+# some useful functions
+# ask displays 1st parameter, and ask new value for variable, whose name is
+# in the second parameter.
+ask ()
+{
+askvar=$2
+eval old=\$$askvar
+eval echo -n \""$1 [$old] : "\" 
+read $askvar
+eval test -z \"\$$askvar\" && eval $askvar=\'$old\'
+}
+# yesno gives 1 on no, 0 on yes $1 gives text to display.
+yesno ()
+{
+  while true; do
+  echo -n "$1 (Y/n) ? "
+  read ans
+  case X$ans in
+   X|Xy|XY) return 0;;
+   Xn|XN) return 1;;
+  esac
+  done
+}
+
+# Untar files ($3,optional) from  file ($1) to the given directory ($2)
+unztar ()
+{
+ tar -xzf $HERE/$1 --directory $2 $3
+}
+
+# Untar tar.gz file ($2) from file ($1) and untar result to the given directory ($3)
+unztarfromtar ()
+{
+ tar -xOf $HERE/$1 $2 | tar --directory $3 -xzf -
+}
+# Get file list from tar archive ($1) in variable ($2)
+# optionally filter result through sed ($3)
+listtarfiles ()
+{
+  askvar=$2
+  if [ ! -z $3 ]; then
+    list=`tar tvf $1 | awk '{ print $(NF) }' | sed -n /$3/p`
+  else
+     list=`tar tvf $1 | awk '{ print $(NF) }'`
+  fi
+  eval $askvar='$list'
+}
+# Make all the necessary directories to get $1
+makedirhierarch ()
+{
+  OLDDIR=`pwd`
+  case $1 in
+    /*) cd /;;
+  esac
+  OLDIFS=$IFS;IFS=/;eval set $1; IFS=$OLDIFS
+  for i
+  do
+    test -d $i || mkdir $i || break
+    cd $i ||break
+  done
+  cd $OLDDIR
+}
+
+# check to see if something is in the path
+checkpath ()
+{
+ ARG=$1
+ OLDIFS=$IFS; IFS=":";eval set $PATH;IFS=$OLDIFS
+ for i
+ do
+   if [ $i = $ARG ]; then
+     return 0
+   fi
+ done 
+ return 1
+}
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# welcome message.
+#
+
+clear
+echo "This shell script will attempt to install the Free Pascal Compiler"
+echo "version $VERSION with the items you select"
+echo 
+
+# Here we start the thing.
+HERE=`pwd`
+
+# Install in /usr/local or /usr ?
+if checkpath /usr/local/bin; then
+    PREFIX=/usr/local
+else
+    PREFIX=/usr
+fi
+# If we can't write on prefix, select subdir of home dir
+if [ ! -w $PREFIX ]; then
+  PREFIX=$HOME/JEDI-SDLv$VERSION
+fi
+ask "Install prefix (/usr or /usr/local) " PREFIX
+makedirhierarch $PREFIX
+
+# Set some defaults.
+LIBDIR=$PREFIX/lib/JEDI-SDL/$VERSION
+SRCDIR=$PREFIX/src/JEDI-SDLv$VERSION
+EXECDIR=$PREFIX/bin
+OSNAME=`uname -s | tr A-Z a-z`
+
+BSDHIER=0
+case $OSNAME in 
+*bsd)
+  BSDHIER=1;;
+esac
+
+
+if [ "${BSDHIER}" = "1" ]; then
+DOCDIR=$PREFIX/share/doc/JEDI-SDLv$VERSION
+else
+DOCDIR=$PREFIX/doc/JEDI-SDLv$VERSION
+fi
+
+echo $DOCDIR
+
+DEMODIR=$PREFIX/demos
+
+# Install SDL headers
+if yesno "Install SDL headers"; then
+  
+fi
+
+# Install SDL_image headers
+if yesno "Install SDL_image headers"; then
+  
+fi
+
+# Install compiler/RTL. Mandatory.
+echo Installing compiler and RTL ...
+unztarfromtar binary.tar base${OSNAME}.tar.gz $PREFIX
+rm -f $EXECDIR/ppc386
+ln -sf $LIBDIR/ppc386 $EXECDIR/ppc386
+echo Installing utilities...
+unztarfromtar binary.tar util${OSNAME}.tar.gz $PREFIX
+if yesno "Install FCL"; then
+    unztarfromtar binary.tar unitsfcl${OSNAME}.tar.gz $PREFIX
+fi
+if yesno "Install packages"; then
+  listtarfiles binary.tar packages units
+  for f in $packages 
+  do
+    if [ $f != unitsfcl${OSNAME}.tar.gz ]; then
+      basename $f .tar.gz |\
+      sed -e s/units// -e s/${OSNAME}// |\
+      xargs echo Installing 
+      unztarfromtar binary.tar $f $PREFIX
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+rm -f *${OSNAME}.tar.gz
+echo Done.
+echo
+
+# Install the sources. Optional.
+if yesno "Install sources"; then
+  echo Installing sources in $SRCDIR ...
+  unztarfromtar sources.tar  basesrc.tar.gz $PREFIX
+  if yesno "Install compiler source"; then
+    unztarfromtar sources.tar compilersrc.tar.gz $PREFIX
+  fi    
+  if yesno "Install RTL source"; then
+    unztarfromtar sources.tar rtlsrc.tar.gz $PREFIX
+  fi    
+  if yesno "Install FCL source"; then
+    unztarfromtar sources.tar fclsrc.tar.gz $PREFIX
+  fi    
+  if yesno "Install IDE source"; then
+    unztarfromtar sources.tar idesrc.tar.gz $PREFIX
+  fi    
+  if yesno "Install installer source"; then
+    unztarfromtar sources.tar installersrc.tar.gz $PREFIX
+  fi    
+  if yesno "Install Packages source"; then
+    listtarfiles sources.tar packages units
+    for f in $packages
+    do
+      basename $f .tar.gz |\
+      sed -e s/units// -e s/src// |\
+      xargs echo Installing sources for 
+      unztarfromtar sources.tar $f $PREFIX
+    done
+  fi    
+  # rm -f *src.tar.gz
+  echo Done.
+fi
+echo
+
+# Install the documentation. Optional.
+if yesno "Install documentation"; then
+  echo Installing documentation in $DOCDIR ...
+  unztar docs.tar.gz $DOCDIR
+  echo Done.
+fi
+echo
+
+# Install the demos. Optional.
+if yesno "Install demos"; then
+  ask "Install demos in" DEMODIR
+  echo Installing demos in $DEMODIR ...
+  makedirhierarch $DEMODIR
+  unztar demo.tar.gz $DEMODIR
+  echo Done.
+fi
+echo
+
+# update fpc.cfg file
+if yesno "Update fpc.cfg file automagically"; then
+  echo Updating fpc.cfg in $DOCDIR ...
+  echo 
+  echo Done.
+fi
+
+# update Borland IDE file
+if yesno "Update the Kylix IDE automagically"; then
+  echo Updating the Kylix IDE in $DOCDIR ...
+  echo 
+  echo Done.
+fi
+
+$LIBDIR/samplecfg $LIBDIR
+
+# The End
+echo
+echo End of installation. 
+echo
+echo Refer to the documentation for more information.
+echo
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/jedi-sdl-64bit.patch b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/jedi-sdl-64bit.patch
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..582ebe6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/jedi-sdl-64bit.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,1280 @@
+cvs diff: Diffing .
+cvs diff: Diffing Cal3D
+cvs diff: Diffing Cal3D/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing Cal3D/Demos/DCally
+cvs diff: Diffing Cal3D/Demos/DCally/data
+cvs diff: Diffing Cal3D/Demos/DCally/data/cally
+cvs diff: Diffing Cal3D/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Aliens
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Aliens/data
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/BlitzBomber
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/BlitzBomber/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/CustomCursors
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/CustomCursors/cursors
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/CustomCursors/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Fading
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Fading/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Isometric
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Isometric/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Isometric/maps
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Mouse
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Mouse/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/PanAndZoom
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Plasma
+Index: Demos/2D/Plasma/JEDISDLPlasma.dpr
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/Demos/2D/Plasma/JEDISDLPlasma.dpr,v
+retrieving revision 1.1
+diff -u -r1.1 JEDISDLPlasma.dpr
+--- Demos/2D/Plasma/JEDISDLPlasma.dpr	30 Sep 2006 17:20:08 -0000	1.1
++++ Demos/2D/Plasma/JEDISDLPlasma.dpr	27 Feb 2008 09:15:58 -0000
+@@ -107,13 +107,13 @@
+   X3_ := trunc(x3 * (TABLEX / 2));
+   Y3_ := trunc(y3 * (TABLEY / 2));
+ 
+-  t1 := Pointer(Integer(t) + X1_ + Y1_ * TABLEX);
+-  t2 := Pointer(Integer(t) + X2_ + Y2_ * TABLEX);
+-  t3 := Pointer(Integer(t) + X3_ + Y3_ * TABLEX);
++  t1 := Pointer(PtrInt(t) + X1_ + Y1_ * TABLEX);
++  t2 := Pointer(PtrInt(t) + X2_ + Y2_ * TABLEX);
++  t3 := Pointer(PtrInt(t) + X3_ + Y3_ * TABLEX);
+ 
+   for y := 0 to SCREEN_HEIGHT - 1  do
+   begin
+-    tmp :=  PByte(Integer(surface.pixels) + y * surface.pitch);
++    tmp :=  PByte(PtrInt(surface.pixels) + y * surface.pitch);
+ 
+     tmin := y * TABLEX;
+     tmax := tmin + SCREEN_WIDTH;
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLTests
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLTests/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLTests/testalpha
+Index: Demos/2D/SDLTests/testalpha/testalpha.dpr
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/Demos/2D/SDLTests/testalpha/testalpha.dpr,v
+retrieving revision 1.1
+diff -u -r1.1 testalpha.dpr
+--- Demos/2D/SDLTests/testalpha/testalpha.dpr	30 Sep 2006 17:20:08 -0000	1.1
++++ Demos/2D/SDLTests/testalpha/testalpha.dpr	27 Feb 2008 09:15:59 -0000
+@@ -371,7 +371,6 @@
+   ticks, lastticks : Uint32;
+   clip, area : TSDL_Rect;
+ begin
+-
+   (* Initialize SDL *)
+   if ( SDL_Init( SDL_INIT_VIDEO ) < 0 ) then
+   begin
+@@ -392,11 +391,13 @@
+   end;
+ 
+   videoflags := SDL_SWSURFACE;
+-  for i := 0 to ParamCount - 1 do
++  i := 1;
++  while i <= ParamCount do
+   begin
+     if ( ParamStr( i ) = '-bpp' ) then
+     begin
+-      video_bpp := StrToInt( ParamStr( i + 1 ) );
++      Inc(i);
++      video_bpp := StrToInt( ParamStr( i ) );
+     end
+     else if ( ParamStr( i ) = '-hw' ) then
+     begin
+@@ -416,7 +417,9 @@
+         'MAIN' );
+       halt( 1 );
+     end;
++    Inc(i);
+   end;
++
+   (* Set 640 x 480 video mode *)
+   screen := SDL_SetVideoMode( 640, 480, video_bpp, videoflags );
+   if ( Screen = nil ) then
+@@ -442,7 +445,7 @@
+   buffer := PUint8( screen.pixels );
+   for i := 0 to screen.h - 1 do
+   begin
+-    FillChar( buffer, Screen.pitch, ( i * 255 ) div screen.h );
++    FillChar( buffer^, Screen.pitch, ( i * 255 ) div screen.h );
+     //memset(buffer, (i * 255) div screen.h , screen.pitch);
+     Inc( buffer, screen.pitch );
+   end;
+@@ -469,7 +472,7 @@
+   clip.w := screen.w - ( 2 * 32 );
+   clip.h := screen.h - ( 2 * 32 );
+   SDL_SetClipRect( screen, @clip );
+-
++  
+   (* Wait for a keystroke *)
+   lastticks := SDL_GetTicks;
+   done := False;
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLTests/testgamma
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLTests/testjoystick
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLTests/testwin
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/MainTest
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/MainTest/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/PixelTest
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/PixelTest/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/RotateSurface
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/RotateSurface/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/SDLUtilsTests/WormHole
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/TimerTest
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/Voxel
+Index: Demos/2D/Voxel/JEDISDLNewVox.dpr
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/Demos/2D/Voxel/JEDISDLNewVox.dpr,v
+retrieving revision 1.2
+diff -u -r1.2 JEDISDLNewVox.dpr
+--- Demos/2D/Voxel/JEDISDLNewVox.dpr	29 May 2007 21:44:24 -0000	1.2
++++ Demos/2D/Voxel/JEDISDLNewVox.dpr	27 Feb 2008 09:16:00 -0000
+@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
+     // Draw the column  from a (last height) to y (current height)
+     if ( y < a ) then
+     begin
+-      b1 := PByte(Integer(@Video[0]) + a * SCREEN_WIDTH + i);
++      b1 := PByte(PtrInt(@Video[0]) + a * SCREEN_WIDTH + i);
+ 
+       if lastc[i] = -1 then
+       	lastc[i] := c;
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/2D/YuvPlayer
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/BasicShader
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 10
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 10/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 10/levels
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 11
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 11/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 12
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 12/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 13
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 13/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 16
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 16/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 17
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 17/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 18
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 18/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 19
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 19/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 2
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 20
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 20/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 21
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 21/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 21/sound
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 3
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 37
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 4
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 5
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 6
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 6/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 7
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 7/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 8
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 8/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 9
+cvs diff: Diffing Demos/3D/NeHe/Tutorial 9/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Documentation
+cvs diff: Diffing Documentation/HLP
+cvs diff: Diffing Documentation/html
+cvs diff: Diffing Documentation/html/images
+cvs diff: Diffing HawkVoice
+cvs diff: Diffing HawkVoice/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing HawkVoice/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLBasic
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLBuoyancy
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLCharacterController
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLCharacterController/data
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLJoints
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLRagDoll
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/SDLVehicle
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/Tutorial 1
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/Tutorial 1/images
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Demos/common
+cvs diff: Diffing Newton/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing ODE
+cvs diff: Diffing ODE/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing ODE/Demos/RagDoll
+Index: ODE/Demos/RagDoll/JEDISDLRagDoll.dpr
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/ODE/Demos/RagDoll/JEDISDLRagDoll.dpr,v
+retrieving revision 1.3
+diff -u -r1.3 JEDISDLRagDoll.dpr
+--- ODE/Demos/RagDoll/JEDISDLRagDoll.dpr	20 May 2007 20:27:45 -0000	1.3
++++ ODE/Demos/RagDoll/JEDISDLRagDoll.dpr	27 Feb 2008 09:16:11 -0000
+@@ -83,8 +83,7 @@
+   glext,
+   logger,
+   sdl,
+-  odeimport,
+-  ragdoll;
++  odeimport;
+ 
+ const
+   // screen width, height, and bit depth
+cvs diff: Diffing ODE/Demos/TruckOff
+cvs diff: Diffing ODE/Demos/TruckOff/images
+cvs diff: Diffing ODE/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing OpenGL
+cvs diff: Diffing OpenGL/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing PixelPrachtFX
+cvs diff: Diffing PixelPrachtFX/Demo
+Index: PixelPrachtFX/Demo/Textures.pas
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/PixelPrachtFX/Demo/Textures.pas,v
+retrieving revision 1.2
+diff -u -r1.2 Textures.pas
+--- PixelPrachtFX/Demo/Textures.pas	20 Dec 2005 20:26:54 -0000	1.2
++++ PixelPrachtFX/Demo/Textures.pas	27 Feb 2008 09:16:11 -0000
+@@ -33,25 +33,6 @@
+ implementation
+ 
+ {------------------------------------------------------------------}
+-{  Swap bitmap format from BGR to RGB                              }
+-{------------------------------------------------------------------}
+-procedure SwapRGB(data : Pointer; Size : Integer);
+-asm
+-  mov ebx, eax
+-  mov ecx, size
+-
+-@@loop :
+-  mov al,[ebx+0]
+-  mov ah,[ebx+2]
+-  mov [ebx+2],al
+-  mov [ebx+0],ah
+-  add ebx,3
+-  dec ecx
+-  jnz @@loop
+-end;
+-
+-
+-{------------------------------------------------------------------}
+ {  Create the Texture                                              }
+ {------------------------------------------------------------------}
+ function CreateTexture(Width, Height, Format : Word; pData : Pointer) : Integer;
+Index: PixelPrachtFX/Demo/fxBurn.pas
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/PixelPrachtFX/Demo/fxBurn.pas,v
+retrieving revision 1.1
+diff -u -r1.1 fxBurn.pas
+--- PixelPrachtFX/Demo/fxBurn.pas	5 Dec 2005 01:09:29 -0000	1.1
++++ PixelPrachtFX/Demo/fxBurn.pas	27 Feb 2008 09:16:11 -0000
+@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
+ 
+ interface
+ 
+-uses ppFXcore, ppFXlib, textures, gl;
++uses ppFXcore, ppFXlib, Textures, gl;
+ 
+ type
+ 
+cvs diff: Diffing PixelPrachtFX/Demo/gfx
+cvs diff: Diffing PixelPrachtFX/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL/Pas
+Index: SDL/Pas/sdl.pas
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas,v
+retrieving revision 1.38
+diff -u -r1.38 sdl.pas
+--- SDL/Pas/sdl.pas	26 Jan 2008 10:09:32 -0000	1.38
++++ SDL/Pas/sdl.pas	27 Feb 2008 09:16:11 -0000
+@@ -355,6 +355,12 @@
+   GPCMacOSAll;
+ {$ENDIF}
+ 
++{$ifndef FPC}
++type
++  PtrInt = LongInt;
++  PtrUInt = LongWord;
++{$endif}
++
+ const
+ {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+   SDLLibName = 'SDL.dll';
+Index: SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas,v
+retrieving revision 1.5
+diff -u -r1.5 sdlutils.pas
+--- SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas	19 Nov 2006 18:56:44 -0000	1.5
++++ SDL/Pas/sdlutils.pas	27 Feb 2008 09:16:12 -0000
+@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
+   right2, bottom2 : integer;
+   Scan1Start, Scan2Start, ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+   Mod1, Mod2   : cardinal;
+-  Addr1, Addr2 : cardinal;
++  Addr1, Addr2 : PtrUInt;
+   BPP          : cardinal;
+   Pitch1, Pitch2 : cardinal;
+   TransparentColor1, TransparentColor2 : cardinal;
+@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
+   with SrcSurface1^ do
+   begin
+     Pitch1 := Pitch;
+-    Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
++    Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+     inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+     with format^ do
+     begin
+@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
+   begin
+     TransparentColor2 := format.colorkey;
+     Pitch2 := Pitch;
+-    Addr2 := cardinal( Pixels );
++    Addr2 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+     inc( Addr2, Pitch2 * UInt32( Src_Rect2.y ) );
+   end;
+   Mod1 := Pitch1 - ( ScanWidth * BPP );
+@@ -442,14 +442,14 @@
+   cardinal );
+ var
+   SrcColor     : cardinal;
+-  Addr         : cardinal;
++  Addr         : PtrUInt;
+   R, G, B      : cardinal;
+ begin
+   if Color = 0 then
+     exit;
+   with DstSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    Addr := cardinal( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
++    Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+     case format.BitsPerPixel of
+       8 :
+@@ -525,14 +525,14 @@
+   cardinal );
+ var
+   SrcColor     : cardinal;
+-  Addr         : cardinal;
++  Addr         : PtrUInt;
+   R, G, B      : cardinal;
+ begin
+   if Color = 0 then
+     exit;
+   with DstSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    Addr := cardinal( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
++    Addr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + y * Pitch + x * format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcColor := PUInt32( Addr )^;
+     case format.BitsPerPixel of
+       8 :
+@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
+   R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+   Bits         : cardinal;
+@@ -686,14 +686,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
+   R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+@@ -957,14 +957,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     Bits := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@
+ var
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+@@ -1220,14 +1220,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     BPP := DestSurface.Format.BytesPerPixel;
+@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@
+ var
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr, TextAddr : PtrUInt;
+   _ebx, _esi, _edi, _esp : cardinal;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod, TextMod : cardinal;
+@@ -1392,21 +1392,21 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     BPP := DestSurface.Format.BitsPerPixel;
+   end;
+   with Texture^ do
+   begin
+-    TextAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
++    TextAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( TextureRect.y ) * Pitch +
+       UInt32( TextureRect.x ) * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TextMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+   end;
+@@ -1910,17 +1910,17 @@
+     end
+     else
+       Locked := false;
+-    Row1 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
++    Row1 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+       DstSurface^.Pitch );
+-    Row2 := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
++    Row2 := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.Pixels ) + ( UInt32( Rect^.y ) + Rect^.h - 1 )
+       * DstSurface^.Pitch );
+     for y := 0 to FlipLength do
+     begin
+       Move( Row1^, OneRow, RowLength );
+       Move( Row2^, Row1^, RowLength );
+       Move( OneRow, Row2^, RowLength );
+-      inc( cardinal( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+-      dec( cardinal( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
++      inc( PtrUInt( Row1 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
++      dec( PtrUInt( Row2 ), DstSurface^.Pitch );
+     end;
+     if Locked then
+       SDL_UnlockSurface( DstSurface );
+@@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@
+     case DstSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel of
+       1 :
+         begin
+-          Row8Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
++          Row8Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+             DstSurface^.pitch );
+           for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+           begin
+@@ -1977,12 +1977,12 @@
+               Row8Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+               dec( RightSide );
+             end;
+-            inc( cardinal( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Row8Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+           end;
+         end;
+       2 :
+         begin
+-          Row16Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
++          Row16Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+             DstSurface^.pitch );
+           for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+           begin
+@@ -1994,12 +1994,12 @@
+               Row16Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+               dec( RightSide );
+             end;
+-            inc( cardinal( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Row16Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+           end;
+         end;
+       3 :
+         begin
+-          Row24Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
++          Row24Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+             DstSurface^.pitch );
+           for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+           begin
+@@ -2011,12 +2011,12 @@
+               Row24Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel24;
+               dec( RightSide );
+             end;
+-            inc( cardinal( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Row24Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+           end;
+         end;
+       4 :
+         begin
+-          Row32Bit := pointer( cardinal( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
++          Row32Bit := pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface^.pixels ) + UInt32( Rect^.y ) *
+             DstSurface^.pitch );
+           for y := 1 to Rect^.h do
+           begin
+@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@
+               Row32Bit^[ RightSide ] := Pixel;
+               dec( RightSide );
+             end;
+-            inc( cardinal( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Row32Bit ), DstSurface^.pitch );
+           end;
+         end;
+     end;
+@@ -2088,8 +2088,8 @@
+   dx2 := dx shl 1;
+   src_pitch := Surface^.pitch;
+   dst_pitch := dst_surface^.pitch;
+-  src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
+-  dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
++  src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + yr * src_pitch + y1 * depth );
++  dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( dst_surface^.pixels ) + yw * dst_pitch + x1 *
+     depth );
+   for d := 0 to dx - 1 do
+   begin
+@@ -2166,9 +2166,9 @@
+   src_pixels, dst_pixels : PUint8;
+   i            : integer;
+ begin
+-  src_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 *
++  src_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + x2 *
+     depth );
+-  dst_pixels := PUint8( integer( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2
++  dst_pixels := PUint8( PtrUInt( Surface^.pixels ) + Surface^.w * y1 * depth + ( x2
+     + xofs ) * depth );
+   for i := x2 downto x1 do
+   begin
+@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@
+ begin
+   bpp := SrcSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+   // Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve
+-  p := Pointer( Uint32( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
++  p := Pointer( PtrUInt( SrcSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * SrcSurface.pitch + UInt32( x ) *
+     bpp );
+   case bpp of
+     1 : result := PUint8( p )^;
+@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@
+   p            : PInteger;
+ begin
+   bpp := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+-  p := Pointer( Uint32( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x )
++  p := Pointer( PtrUInt( DstSurface.pixels ) + UInt32( y ) * DstSurface.pitch + UInt32( x )
+     * bpp );
+   case bpp of
+     1 : PUint8( p )^ := pixel;
+@@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@
+     BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+     with DstSurface^ do
+     begin
+-      Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
++      Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+       ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+     end;
+     case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+@@ -2501,9 +2501,9 @@
+               if B > $03 then
+                 B := $03;
+               PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       15 :
+@@ -2523,9 +2523,9 @@
+               if B > $001F then
+                 B := $001F;
+               PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       16 :
+@@ -2545,9 +2545,9 @@
+               if B > $001F then
+                 B := $001F;
+               PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       24 :
+@@ -2567,9 +2567,9 @@
+               if B > $0000FF then
+                 B := $0000FF;
+               PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       32 :
+@@ -2589,9 +2589,9 @@
+               if B > $0000FF then
+                 B := $0000FF;
+               PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+     end;
+@@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@
+     BPP := DstSurface.format.BytesPerPixel;
+     with DstSurface^ do
+     begin
+-      Addr := pointer( UInt32( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
++      Addr := pointer( PtrUInt( pixels ) + UInt32( RealRect.y ) * pitch + UInt32( RealRect.x ) * BPP );
+       ModX := Pitch - UInt32( RealRect.w ) * BPP;
+     end;
+     case DstSurface.format.BitsPerPixel of
+@@ -2634,9 +2634,9 @@
+               if B > $03 then
+                 B := 0;
+               PUInt8( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       15 :
+@@ -2656,9 +2656,9 @@
+               if B > $001F then
+                 B := 0;
+               PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       16 :
+@@ -2678,9 +2678,9 @@
+               if B > $001F then
+                 B := 0;
+               PUInt16( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       24 :
+@@ -2700,9 +2700,9 @@
+               if B > $0000FF then
+                 B := 0;
+               PUInt32( Addr )^ := SrcColor and $FF000000 or R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+       32 :
+@@ -2722,9 +2722,9 @@
+               if B > $0000FF then
+                 B := 0;
+               PUInt32( Addr )^ := R or G or B;
+-              inc( UInt32( Addr ), BPP );
++              inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), BPP );
+             end;
+-            inc( UInt32( Addr ), ModX );
++            inc( PtrUInt( Addr ), ModX );
+           end;
+         end;
+     end;
+@@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@
+ 
+ procedure SDL_2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+ var
+-  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
++  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+   SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+ begin
+   if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+@@ -2815,8 +2815,8 @@
+   if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+     SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+ 
+-  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+-  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
++  ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
++  WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+ 
+   SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+   DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+@@ -2835,8 +2835,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -2851,8 +2851,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -2867,8 +2867,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -2883,8 +2883,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+   end;
+ 
+@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@
+ 
+ procedure SDL_Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+ var
+-  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
++  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+   SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y : UInt32;
+ begin
+   if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+@@ -2911,8 +2911,8 @@
+   if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+     SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+ 
+-  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+-  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
++  ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
++  WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+ 
+   SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+   DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+@@ -2929,8 +2929,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     2 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -2943,8 +2943,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     3 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -2957,8 +2957,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     4 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -2971,8 +2971,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+   end;
+ 
+@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@
+ 
+ procedure SDL_50Scanline2xBlit( Src, Dest : PSDL_Surface );
+ var
+-  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : UInt32;
++  ReadAddr, WriteAddr, ReadRow, WriteRow : PtrUInt;
+   SrcPitch, DestPitch, x, y, Color : UInt32;
+ begin
+   if ( Src = nil ) or ( Dest = nil ) then
+@@ -2999,8 +2999,8 @@
+   if SDL_MustLock( Dest ) then
+     SDL_LockSurface( Dest );
+ 
+-  ReadRow := UInt32( Src.Pixels );
+-  WriteRow := UInt32( Dest.Pixels );
++  ReadRow := PtrUInt( Src.Pixels );
++  WriteRow := PtrUInt( Dest.Pixels );
+ 
+   SrcPitch := Src.pitch;
+   DestPitch := Dest.pitch;
+@@ -3021,8 +3021,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 2 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     15 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -3039,8 +3039,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     16 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -3057,8 +3057,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 2 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 4 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     24 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -3075,8 +3075,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 3 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 6 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+     32 : for y := 1 to Src.h do
+       begin
+@@ -3093,8 +3093,8 @@
+           inc( ReadAddr, 4 );
+           inc( WriteAddr, 8 );
+         end;
+-        inc( UInt32( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
+-        inc( UInt32( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
++        inc( PtrUInt( ReadRow ), SrcPitch );
++        inc( PtrUInt( WriteRow ), DestPitch * 2 );
+       end;
+   end;
+ 
+@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@
+   right2, bottom2 : integer;
+   Scan1Start, {Scan2Start,} ScanWidth, ScanHeight : cardinal;
+   Mod1         : cardinal;
+-  Addr1        : cardinal;
++  Addr1        : PtrUInt;
+   BPP          : cardinal;
+   Pitch1       : cardinal;
+   TransparentColor1 : cardinal;
+@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@
+   with SrcSurface1^ do
+   begin
+     Pitch1 := Pitch;
+-    Addr1 := cardinal( Pixels );
++    Addr1 := PtrUInt( Pixels );
+     inc( Addr1, Pitch1 * UInt32( Src_Rect1.y ) );
+     with format^ do
+     begin
+@@ -3277,7 +3277,7 @@
+   R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+   Bits         : cardinal;
+@@ -3350,14 +3350,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+@@ -3483,7 +3483,7 @@
+   R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+   Bits         : cardinal;
+@@ -3556,14 +3556,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+@@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@
+   R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+   Bits         : cardinal;
+@@ -3764,14 +3764,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+@@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@
+   R, G, B, Pixel1, Pixel2, TransparentColor : cardinal;
+   Src, Dest    : TSDL_Rect;
+   Diff         : integer;
+-  SrcAddr, DestAddr : cardinal;
++  SrcAddr, DestAddr : PtrUInt;
+   WorkX, WorkY : word;
+   SrcMod, DestMod : cardinal;
+   Bits         : cardinal;
+@@ -4065,14 +4065,14 @@
+   end;
+   with SrcSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    SrcAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
++    SrcAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Src.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Src.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     SrcMod := Pitch - Src.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     TransparentColor := Format.colorkey;
+   end;
+   with DestSurface^ do
+   begin
+-    DestAddr := cardinal( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
++    DestAddr := PtrUInt( Pixels ) + UInt32( Dest.y ) * Pitch + UInt32( Dest.x ) *
+       Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     DestMod := Pitch - Dest.w * Format.BytesPerPixel;
+     Bits := Format.BitsPerPixel;
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Demos/SDLCtrls
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Demos/SDLCtrls/Graphic
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools/SDLFDesign
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools/SDLFDesign/Data
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools/SDLFDesign/Source
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools/SDLImages
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools/SGFont
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/Tools/SGFont/SGFontConv
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/docs
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/docs/images
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLCtrls/zlib
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLFilter
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLFilter/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLFilter/Demos/Test
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLFilter/Demos/Test/images
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLFilter/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLMonoFonts
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLMonoFonts/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLMonoFonts/Demos/Test
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLMonoFonts/Images
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLMonoFonts/Pas
+Index: SDLMonoFonts/Pas/sdlmonofonts.pas
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/SDLMonoFonts/Pas/sdlmonofonts.pas,v
+retrieving revision 1.3
+diff -u -r1.3 sdlmonofonts.pas
+--- SDLMonoFonts/Pas/sdlmonofonts.pas	26 Nov 2006 10:25:19 -0000	1.3
++++ SDLMonoFonts/Pas/sdlmonofonts.pas	27 Feb 2008 09:16:12 -0000
+@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
+     end;
+     inc( ReadPos );
+   until ReadPos >= TextLength;
+-  FoundWord := pointer( cardinal( Txt ) + StartPos );
++  FoundWord := pointer( PtrUInt( Txt ) + StartPos );
+   ItsLength := ReadPos - StartPos;
+ end;
+ 
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/CollisionTest
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Oxygene
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Oxygene/Caverns
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Oxygene/Gfx
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Oxygene/Music
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Oxygene/Sounds
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Shooting
+Index: SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Shooting/Shooting.dpr
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Shooting/Shooting.dpr,v
+retrieving revision 1.2
+diff -u -r1.2 Shooting.dpr
+--- SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Shooting/Shooting.dpr	23 Dec 2004 23:37:27 -0000	1.2
++++ SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/Shooting/Shooting.dpr	27 Feb 2008 09:16:13 -0000
+@@ -445,13 +445,13 @@
+   y : integer;
+   Row : array[ 0..319 ] of byte;
+   MustLock : boolean;
+-  Video1, Video2 : cardinal;
++  Video1, Video2 : PtrUInt;
+ begin
+   MustLock := SDL_MustLock( Background );
+   if MustLock then
+     SDL_LockSurface( Background );
+-  Video1 := cardinal( Background.pixels ) + 238 * Background.pitch; { from }
+-  Video2 := cardinal( Background.pixels ) + 239 * Background.pitch; { to }
++  Video1 := PtrUInt( Background.pixels ) + 238 * Background.pitch; { from }
++  Video2 := PtrUInt( Background.pixels ) + 239 * Background.pitch; { to }
+   { store lowest row }
+   Move( pointer( Video2 )^, Row[ 0 ], 320 );
+   for y := 0 to 238 do
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/ZTest
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Demos/images
+cvs diff: Diffing SDLSpriteEngine/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Gfx
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Gfx/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Image
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Image/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Mixer
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Mixer/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Mixer/Demos/WavTest
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Mixer/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Clients
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Clients/TCPConsole
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Clients/TCPGUI
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Clients/TimeSync
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Clients/UDPConsole
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Servers
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Servers/TCPMulti
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Servers/TimeSync
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/Servers/UDP
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/WebUpdate
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/WebUpdate/fonts
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Demos/WebUpdate/images
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Net/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Sound
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_Sound/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_flic
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_flic/Demo
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_flic/Pas
+Index: SDL_flic/Pas/sdl_flic.pas
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvsroot/jedi-sdl/JEDI-SDLv1.0/SDL_flic/Pas/sdl_flic.pas,v
+retrieving revision 1.1
+diff -u -r1.1 sdl_flic.pas
+--- SDL_flic/Pas/sdl_flic.pas	4 Jan 2006 00:49:06 -0000	1.1
++++ SDL_flic/Pas/sdl_flic.pas	27 Feb 2008 09:16:14 -0000
+@@ -276,16 +276,16 @@
+ var line , p: PUInt8;
+     numlines, numpackets, size: Integer;
+ begin
+-  line :=PUint8( Integer(flic.Surface.pixels) + readu16(flic) * flic.Surface.pitch);
++  line :=PUint8( PtrInt(flic.Surface.pixels) + readu16(flic) * flic.Surface.pitch);
+   numlines := readu16(flic);
+   while (numlines > 0) do
+   begin
+     p := line;
+-    line := PUint8(Integer(line) + flic.Surface.pitch);
++    line := PUint8(PtrInt(line) + flic.Surface.pitch);
+     numpackets := readu8(flic);
+     while numpackets > 0 do
+     begin
+-      p := PUint8(Integer(p)+ readu8(flic));
++      p := PUint8(PtrInt(p)+ readu8(flic));
+       size := Sint8(readu8(flic));
+       if size >= 0 then
+         readbuffer(flic, p, size)
+@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
+         size := -size;
+         FillChar(p^, size, readu8(flic));
+       end;
+-      p := PUint8(Integer(p) + Size);
++      p := PUint8(PtrInt(p) + Size);
+       dec(numpackets);
+     end;
+     dec(numlines);
+@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@
+   begin
+           //* The number of packages is ignored, packets run until the next line is reached. */
+     readu8(flic);
+-    next := PUint8(Integer(p) + flic.Surface.pitch);
+-    while (Integer(p) < Integer(next)) do
++    next := PUint8(PtrInt(p) + flic.Surface.pitch);
++    while (PtrInt(p) < PtrInt(next)) do
+     begin
+        // size pixels will change. */
+        size := SInt8(readu8(flic));
+@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
+           //* One pixel to be repeated follow. */
+           FillChar(p^, size, readu8(flic));
+        end;
+-       p := PUint8(Integer(p) + size);
++       p := PUint8(PtrInt(p) + size);
+      end;
+      dec(numlines);
+   end;
+@@ -382,11 +382,11 @@
+     case ((code shr 14) and $03) of
+       $00:
+         begin
+-          p := PUint8(Uint32(flic.Surface.pixels) + flic.Surface.pitch * y);
++          p := PUint8(PtrUInt(flic.Surface.pixels) + flic.Surface.pitch * y);
+           while (code > 0) do
+           begin
+             // Skip some pixels.
+-            p := PUint8(Integer(p) + readu8(flic));
++            p := PUint8(PtrInt(p) + readu8(flic));
+             size := SInt8(readu8(flic)) * 2;
+             if (size >= 0) then
+             begin
+@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
+               readu8(flic);
+               FillChar(p, size, readu8(flic));
+             end;
+-            p := PUint8(Integer(p)+size);
++            p := PUint8(PtrInt(p)+size);
+             dec(code);
+           end;
+           y := y + 1;
+@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
+       $02:
+         begin
+           // Last pixel of the line. */
+-          p := Pointer(UInt32(flic.Surface.pixels) + flic.Surface.pitch * UInt32(y + 1));
++          p := Pointer(PtrUInt(flic.Surface.pixels) + flic.Surface.pitch * UInt32(y + 1));
+           //p[-1] = code & 0xFF;
+           PUint8(p^-1)^ := code and $FF;
+         end;
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_ttf
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_ttf/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_ttf/Demos/GLFont
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_ttf/Demos/ShowFont
+cvs diff: Diffing SDL_ttf/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing SFont
+cvs diff: Diffing SFont/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing SFont/Demos/Tests
+cvs diff: Diffing SFont/Demos/Tests/images
+cvs diff: Diffing SFont/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing fmod
+cvs diff: Diffing fmod/Pas
+cvs diff: Diffing smpeg
+cvs diff: Diffing smpeg/Demos
+cvs diff: Diffing smpeg/Demos/GLMovie
+cvs diff: Diffing smpeg/Demos/MpegPlayer
+cvs diff: Diffing smpeg/Demos/SMpegPlayer
+cvs diff: Diffing smpeg/Pas
diff --git a/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/moduleloader-libc.patch b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/moduleloader-libc.patch
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02255db0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/JEDI-SDL/moduleloader-libc.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Index: SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas

+===================================================================

+--- SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas	(revision 1144)

++++ SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas	(working copy)

+@@ -185,15 +185,16 @@

+ 
+ {$IFDEF Unix}
+ uses
+-{$ifdef Linux}
+-  Types,
+-  Libc;
+-{$else}
++{$ifdef FPC}
+   dl,
+   Types,
+   Baseunix,
+   Unix;
++{$else}
++  Types,
++  Libc;
+ {$endif}
++
+ type
+   // Handle to a loaded .so
+   TModuleHandle = Pointer;
diff --git a/src/lib/Lua/ULua.pas b/src/lib/Lua/ULua.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1de48a3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/Lua/ULua.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1086 @@
+unit ULua;
+
+(*
+ * A complete Pascal wrapper for Lua 5.1 DLL module.
+ *
+ * Created by Geo Massar, 2006
+ * Distributed as free/open source.
+ *)
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+uses
+  dl,
+  UConfig;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$DEFINE LUA51}
+
+type
+  size_t   = type Cardinal;
+  Psize_t  = ^size_t;
+  PPointer = ^Pointer;
+
+  lua_State = record end;
+  Plua_State = ^lua_State;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF WIN32}
+  LuaDLL = 'lua5.1.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  LuaDLL = 'liblua.5.1.dylib';
+  {$linklib liblua.5.1}
+{$ELSE}
+  LuaDLL = lua_lib_name;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF MACOS}
+  SDLgfxLibName = 'lua5.1';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(* formats for Lua numbers *)
+{$IFNDEF LUA_NUMBER_SCAN}
+const
+  LUA_NUMBER_SCAN = '%lf';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF LUA_NUMBER_FMT}
+const
+  LUA_NUMBER_FMT = '%.14g';
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                               luaconfig.h                                 *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+(*
+** $Id: luaconf.h,v 1.81 2006/02/10 17:44:06 roberto Exp $
+** Configuration file for Lua
+** See Copyright Notice in lua.h
+*)
+
+(*
+** {==================================================================
+@@ LUA_NUMBER is the type of numbers in Lua.
+** CHANGE the following definitions only if you want to build Lua
+** with a number type different from double. You may also need to
+** change lua_number2int & lua_number2integer.
+** ===================================================================
+*)
+type
+  LUA_NUMBER_  = type Double;            // ending underscore is needed in Pascal
+  LUA_INTEGER_ = type Integer;
+
+(*
+@@ LUA_IDSIZE gives the maximum size for the description of the source
+@* of a function in debug information.
+** CHANGE it if you want a different size.
+*)
+const
+  LUA_IDSIZE = 60;
+
+(*
+@@ LUAL_BUFFERSIZE is the buffer size used by the lauxlib buffer system.
+*)
+const
+  LUAL_BUFFERSIZE = 1024;
+
+(*
+@@ LUA_PROMPT is the default prompt used by stand-alone Lua.
+@@ LUA_PROMPT2 is the default continuation prompt used by stand-alone Lua.
+** CHANGE them if you want different prompts. (You can also change the
+** prompts dynamically, assigning to globals _PROMPT/_PROMPT2.)
+*)
+const
+  LUA_PROMPT  = '> ';
+  LUA_PROMPT2 = '>> ';
+
+(*
+@@ lua_readline defines how to show a prompt and then read a line from
+@* the standard input.
+@@ lua_saveline defines how to "save" a read line in a "history".
+@@ lua_freeline defines how to free a line read by lua_readline.
+** CHANGE them if you want to improve this functionality (e.g., by using
+** GNU readline and history facilities).
+*)
+function  lua_readline(L : Plua_State; var b : PChar; p : PChar): Boolean;
+procedure lua_saveline(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+procedure lua_freeline(L : Plua_State; b : PChar);
+
+(*
+@@ lua_stdin_is_tty detects whether the standard input is a 'tty' (that
+@* is, whether we're running lua interactively).
+** CHANGE it if you have a better definition for non-POSIX/non-Windows
+** systems.
+*/
+#include <io.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define lua_stdin_is_tty()	_isatty(_fileno(stdin))
+*)
+const
+  lua_stdin_is_tty = TRUE;
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                                  lua.h                                    *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+(*
+** $Id: lua.h,v 1.216 2006/01/10 12:50:13 roberto Exp $
+** Lua - An Extensible Extension Language
+** Lua.org, PUC-Rio, Brazil (http://www.lua.org)
+** See Copyright Notice at the end of this file
+*)
+
+const
+  LUA_VERSION     = 'Lua 5.1';
+  LUA_VERSION_NUM = 501;
+  LUA_COPYRIGHT   = 'Copyright (C) 1994-2006 Tecgraf, PUC-Rio';
+  LUA_AUTHORS     = 'R. Ierusalimschy, L. H. de Figueiredo & W. Celes';
+
+  (* mark for precompiled code (`<esc>Lua') *)
+  LUA_SIGNATURE = #27'Lua';
+
+  (* option for multiple returns in `lua_pcall' and `lua_call' *)
+  LUA_MULTRET = -1;
+
+  (*
+  ** pseudo-indices
+  *)
+  LUA_REGISTRYINDEX = -10000;
+  LUA_ENVIRONINDEX  = -10001;
+  LUA_GLOBALSINDEX  = -10002;
+
+function lua_upvalueindex(idx : Integer) : Integer;   // a marco
+
+const
+  (* thread status; 0 is OK *)
+  LUA_YIELD_    = 1;     // Note: the ending underscore is needed in Pascal
+  LUA_ERRRUN    = 2;
+  LUA_ERRSYNTAX = 3;
+  LUA_ERRMEM    = 4;
+  LUA_ERRERR    = 5;
+
+type
+  lua_CFunction = function(L : Plua_State) : Integer; cdecl;
+
+  (*
+  ** functions that read/write blocks when loading/dumping Lua chunks
+  *)
+  lua_Reader = function (L : Plua_State; ud : Pointer;
+                         sz : Psize_t) : PChar; cdecl;
+  lua_Writer = function (L : Plua_State; const p : Pointer; sz : size_t;
+                         ud : Pointer) : Integer; cdecl;
+
+  (*
+  ** prototype for memory-allocation functions
+  *)
+  lua_Alloc = function (ud, ptr : Pointer;
+                        osize, nsize : size_t) : Pointer; cdecl;
+
+const
+  (*
+  ** basic types
+  *)
+  LUA_TNONE          = -1;
+
+  LUA_TNIL           = 0;
+  LUA_TBOOLEAN       = 1;
+  LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA = 2;
+  LUA_TNUMBER        = 3;
+  LUA_TSTRING        = 4;
+  LUA_TTABLE         = 5;
+  LUA_TFUNCTION      = 6;
+  LUA_TUSERDATA	     = 7;
+  LUA_TTHREAD        = 8;
+
+  (* minimum Lua stack available to a C function *)
+  LUA_MINSTACK = 20;
+
+type
+  (* type of numbers in Lua *)
+  lua_Number = LUA_NUMBER_;
+
+  (* type for integer functions *)
+  lua_Integer = LUA_INTEGER_;
+
+(*
+** state manipulation
+*)
+function  lua_newstate(f : lua_Alloc; ud : Pointer) : Plua_State;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_close(L: Plua_State);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_newthread(L : Plua_State) : Plua_State;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function  lua_atpanic(L : Plua_State; panicf : lua_CFunction) : lua_CFunction;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** basic stack manipulation
+*)
+function  lua_gettop(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_settop(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushvalue(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_remove(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_insert(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_replace(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_checkstack(L : Plua_State; sz : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+procedure lua_xmove(src, dest : Plua_State; n : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** access functions (stack -> C)
+*)
+function lua_isnumber(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_isstring(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_iscfunction(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_isuserdata(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_type(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_typename(L : Plua_State; tp : Integer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function lua_equal(L : Plua_State; idx1, idx2 : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_rawequal(L : Plua_State; idx1, idx2 : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_lessthan(L : Plua_State; idx1, idx2 : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function lua_tonumber(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : lua_Number;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_tointeger(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : lua_Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_toboolean(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_tolstring(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer;
+                       len : Psize_t) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_objlen(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : size_t;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_tocfunction(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : lua_CFunction;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_touserdata(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Pointer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_tothread(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Plua_State;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_topointer(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Pointer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** push functions (C -> stack)
+*)
+procedure lua_pushnil(L : Plua_State);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushnumber(L : Plua_State; n : lua_Number);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushinteger(L : Plua_State; n : lua_Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushlstring(L : Plua_State; const s : PChar; ls : size_t);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushstring(L : Plua_State; const s : PChar);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_pushvfstring(L : Plua_State;
+                           const fmt : PChar; argp : Pointer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_pushfstring(L : Plua_State; const fmt : PChar) : PChar; varargs;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushcclosure(L : Plua_State; fn : lua_CFunction; n : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushboolean(L : Plua_State; b : LongBool);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_pushlightuserdata(L : Plua_State; p : Pointer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_pushthread(L : Plua_state) : Cardinal;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** get functions (Lua -> stack)
+*)
+procedure lua_gettable(L : Plua_State ; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_getfield(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer; k : PChar);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_rawget(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_rawgeti(L : Plua_State; idx, n : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_createtable(L : Plua_State; narr, nrec : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_newuserdata(L : Plua_State; sz : size_t) : Pointer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_getmetatable(L : Plua_State; objindex : Integer) : LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_getfenv(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** set functions (stack -> Lua)
+*)
+procedure lua_settable(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_setfield(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer; const k : PChar);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_rawset(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_rawseti(L : Plua_State; idx , n: Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_setmetatable(L : Plua_State; objindex : Integer): LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_setfenv(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer): LongBool;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+(*
+** `load' and `call' functions (load and run Lua code)
+*)
+procedure lua_call(L : Plua_State; nargs, nresults : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_pcall(L : Plua_State;
+                    nargs, nresults, errfunc : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_cpcall(L : Plua_State;
+                     func : lua_CFunction; ud : Pointer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  lua_load(L : Plua_State; reader : lua_Reader;
+                   dt : Pointer; const chunkname : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function lua_dump(L : Plua_State; writer : lua_Writer; data: Pointer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** coroutine functions
+*)
+function lua_yield(L : Plua_State; nresults : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_resume(L : Plua_State; narg : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_status(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+(*
+** garbage-collection functions and options
+*)
+const
+  LUA_GCSTOP       = 0;
+  LUA_GCRESTART    = 1;
+  LUA_GCCOLLECT    = 2;
+  LUA_GCCOUNT      = 3;
+  LUA_GCCOUNTB	   = 4;
+  LUA_GCSTEP       = 5;
+  LUA_GCSETPAUSE   = 6;
+  LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL = 7;
+
+function lua_gc(L : Plua_State; what, data : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+(*
+** miscellaneous functions
+*)
+function lua_error(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function lua_next(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+procedure lua_concat(L : Plua_State; n : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function  lua_getallocf(L : Plua_State; ud : PPointer) : lua_Alloc;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure lua_setallocf(L : Plua_State; f : lua_Alloc; ud : Pointer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+(*
+** ===============================================================
+** some useful macros
+** ===============================================================
+*)
+procedure lua_pop(L : Plua_State; n : Integer);
+
+procedure lua_newtable(L : Plua_State);
+
+procedure lua_register(L : Plua_State; n : PChar; f : lua_CFunction);
+
+procedure lua_pushcfunction(L : Plua_State; f : lua_CFunction);
+
+function  lua_strlen(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Integer;
+
+function lua_isfunction(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_istable(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_islightuserdata(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_isnil(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_isboolean(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_isthread(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_isnone(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+function lua_isnoneornil(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+
+procedure lua_pushliteral(L : Plua_State; s : PChar);
+
+procedure lua_setglobal(L : Plua_State; s : PChar);
+procedure lua_getglobal(L : Plua_State; s : PChar);
+
+function lua_tostring(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : PChar;
+
+
+(*
+** compatibility macros and functions
+*)
+function lua_open : Plua_State;
+
+procedure lua_getregistry(L : Plua_State);
+
+function lua_getgccount(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+
+type
+  lua_Chuckreader = type lua_Reader;
+  lua_Chuckwriter = type lua_Writer;
+
+(* ====================================================================== *)
+
+(*
+** {======================================================================
+** Debug API
+** =======================================================================
+*)
+
+(*
+** Event codes
+*)
+const
+  LUA_HOOKCALL    = 0;
+  LUA_HOOKRET     = 1;
+  LUA_HOOKLINE    = 2;
+  LUA_HOOKCOUNT   = 3;
+  LUA_HOOKTAILRET = 4;
+
+
+(*
+** Event masks
+*)
+  LUA_MASKCALL  = 1 shl LUA_HOOKCALL;
+  LUA_MASKRET   = 1 shl LUA_HOOKRET;
+  LUA_MASKLINE  = 1 shl LUA_HOOKLINE;
+  LUA_MASKCOUNT = 1 shl LUA_HOOKCOUNT;
+
+type
+  lua_Debug = packed record
+    event : Integer;
+    name : PChar;          (* (n) *)
+    namewhat : PChar;      (* (n) `global', `local', `field', `method' *)
+    what : PChar;          (* (S) `Lua', `C', `main', `tail' *)
+    source : PChar;        (* (S) *)
+    currentline : Integer; (* (l) *)
+    nups : Integer;        (* (u) number of upvalues *)
+    linedefined : Integer; (* (S) *)
+    short_src : array [0..LUA_IDSIZE-1] of Char; (* (S) *)
+    (* private part *)
+    i_ci : Integer;        (* active function *)
+  end;
+  Plua_Debug = ^lua_Debug;
+
+  (* Functions to be called by the debuger in specific events *)
+  lua_Hook = procedure (L : Plua_State; ar : Plua_Debug); cdecl;
+
+
+function lua_getstack(L : Plua_State; level : Integer;
+                      ar : Plua_Debug) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_getinfo(L : Plua_State; const what : PChar;
+                     ar: Plua_Debug): Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_getlocal(L : Plua_State;
+                      ar : Plua_Debug; n : Integer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_setlocal(L : Plua_State;
+                      ar : Plua_Debug; n : Integer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_getupvalue(L : Plua_State; funcindex, n : Integer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_setupvalue(L : Plua_State; funcindex, n : Integer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function lua_sethook(L : Plua_State; func : lua_Hook;
+                     mask, count: Integer): Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+{
+function lua_gethook(L : Plua_State) : lua_Hook;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+}
+function lua_gethookmask(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function lua_gethookcount(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                                  lualib.h                                 *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+(*
+** $Id: lualib.h,v 1.36 2005/12/27 17:12:00 roberto Exp $
+** Lua standard libraries
+** See Copyright Notice at the end of this file
+*)
+
+const
+  (* Key to file-handle type *)
+  LUA_FILEHANDLE  = 'FILE*';
+
+  LUA_COLIBNAME   = 'coroutine';
+  LUA_TABLIBNAME  = 'table';
+  LUA_IOLIBNAME   = 'io';
+  LUA_OSLIBNAME   = 'os';
+  LUA_STRLIBNAME  = 'string';
+  LUA_MATHLIBNAME = 'math';
+  LUA_DBLIBNAME   = 'debug';
+  LUA_LOADLIBNAME = 'package';
+
+function luaopen_base(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_table(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_io(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_os(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_string(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_math(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_debug(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaopen_package(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+procedure luaL_openlibs(L : Plua_State);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+procedure lua_assert(x : Boolean);    // a macro
+
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                                  lauxlib.h                                *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+(*
+** $Id: lauxlib.h,v 1.87 2005/12/29 15:32:11 roberto Exp $
+** Auxiliary functions for building Lua libraries
+** See Copyright Notice at the end of this file.
+*)
+
+// not compatibility with the behavior of setn/getn in Lua 5.0
+function  luaL_getn(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Integer;
+procedure luaL_setn(L : Plua_State; i, j : Integer);
+
+const
+  LUA_ERRFILE = LUA_ERRERR + 1;
+
+type
+  luaL_Reg = packed record
+    name : PChar;
+    func : lua_CFunction;
+  end;
+  PluaL_Reg = ^luaL_Reg;
+
+
+procedure luaL_openlib(L : Plua_State; const libname : PChar;
+                       const lr : PluaL_Reg; nup : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_register(L : Plua_State; const libname : PChar;
+                       const lr : PluaL_Reg);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_getmetafield(L : Plua_State; obj : Integer;
+                           const e : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_callmeta(L : Plua_State; obj : Integer;
+                       const e : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_typerror(L : Plua_State; narg : Integer;
+                       const tname : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_argerror(L : Plua_State; numarg : Integer;
+                       const extramsg : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_checklstring(L : Plua_State; numArg : Integer;
+                           ls : Psize_t) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_optlstring(L : Plua_State; numArg : Integer;
+                         const def: PChar; ls: Psize_t) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_checknumber(L : Plua_State; numArg : Integer) : lua_Number;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_optnumber(L : Plua_State; nArg : Integer;
+                        def : lua_Number) : lua_Number;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_checkinteger(L : Plua_State; numArg : Integer) : lua_Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_optinteger(L : Plua_State; nArg : Integer;
+                        def : lua_Integer) : lua_Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+procedure luaL_checkstack(L : Plua_State; sz : Integer; const msg : PChar);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_checktype(L : Plua_State; narg, t : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_checkany(L : Plua_State; narg : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_newmetatable(L : Plua_State; const tname : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_checkudata(L : Plua_State; ud : Integer;
+                         const tname : PChar) : Pointer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+procedure luaL_where(L : Plua_State; lvl : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  luaL_error(L : Plua_State; const fmt : PChar) : Integer; varargs;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_checkoption(L : Plua_State; narg : Integer; const def : PChar;
+                          const lst : array of PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function  luaL_ref(L : Plua_State; t : Integer) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_unref(L : Plua_State; t, ref : Integer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_loadfile(L : Plua_State; const filename : PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function luaL_loadbuffer(L : Plua_State; const buff : PChar;
+                         sz : size_t; const name: PChar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_loadstring(L : Plua_State; const s : Pchar) : Integer;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_newstate : Plua_State;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_gsub(L : Plua_State; const s, p, r : PChar) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+function luaL_findtable(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer;
+                        const fname : PChar; szhint : Integer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+
+(*
+** ===============================================================
+** some useful macros
+** ===============================================================
+*)
+
+function luaL_argcheck(L : Plua_State; cond : Boolean; numarg : Integer;
+                       extramsg : PChar): Integer;
+function luaL_checkstring(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : PChar;
+function luaL_optstring(L : Plua_State; n : Integer; d : PChar) : PChar;
+function luaL_checkint(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Integer;
+function luaL_optint(L : Plua_State; n, d : Integer): Integer;
+function luaL_checklong(L : Plua_State; n : LongInt) : LongInt;
+function luaL_optlong(L : Plua_State; n : Integer; d : LongInt) : LongInt;
+
+function luaL_typename(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : PChar;
+
+function luaL_dofile(L : Plua_State; fn : PChar) : Integer;
+
+function luaL_dostring(L : Plua_State; s : PChar) : Integer;
+
+procedure luaL_getmetatable(L : Plua_State; n : PChar);
+
+(* not implemented yet
+#define luaL_opt(L,f,n,d) (lua_isnoneornil(L,(n)) ? (d) : f(L,(n)))
+*)
+
+(*
+** {======================================================
+** Generic Buffer manipulation
+** =======================================================
+*)
+
+type
+  luaL_Buffer = packed record
+    p : PChar;       (* current position in buffer *)
+    lvl : Integer;   (* number of strings in the stack (level) *)
+    L : Plua_State;
+    buffer : array [0..LUAL_BUFFERSIZE-1] of Char;
+  end;
+  PluaL_Buffer = ^luaL_Buffer;
+
+procedure luaL_addchar(B : PluaL_Buffer; c : Char);
+
+(* compatibility only *)
+procedure luaL_putchar(B : PluaL_Buffer; c : Char);
+
+procedure luaL_addsize(B : PluaL_Buffer; n : Integer);
+
+procedure luaL_buffinit(L : Plua_State; B : PluaL_Buffer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+function  luaL_prepbuffer(B : PluaL_Buffer) : PChar;
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_addlstring(B : PluaL_Buffer; const s : PChar; ls : size_t);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_addstring(B : PluaL_Buffer; const s : PChar);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_addvalue(B : PluaL_Buffer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+procedure luaL_pushresult(B : PluaL_Buffer);
+  cdecl; external LuaDLL;
+
+(* ====================================================== *)
+
+
+(* compatibility with ref system *)
+
+(* pre-defined references *)
+const
+  LUA_NOREF  = -2;
+  LUA_REFNIL = -1;
+
+function lua_ref(L : Plua_State; lock : Boolean) : Integer;
+
+procedure lua_unref(L : Plua_State; ref : Integer);
+
+procedure lua_getref(L : Plua_State; ref : Integer);
+
+
+(******************************************************************************)
+(******************************************************************************)
+(******************************************************************************)
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                            luaconfig.h                                    *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+function  lua_readline(L : Plua_State; var b : PChar; p : PChar): Boolean;
+var
+  s : AnsiString;
+begin
+  Write(p);                        // show prompt
+  ReadLn(s);                       // get line
+  b := PChar(s);                   //   and return it
+  lua_readline := (b[0] <> #4);          // test for ctrl-D
+end;
+
+procedure lua_saveline(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure lua_freeline(L : Plua_State; b : PChar);
+begin
+end;
+
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                                  lua.h                                    *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+function lua_upvalueindex(idx : Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+  lua_upvalueindex := LUA_GLOBALSINDEX - idx;
+end;
+
+procedure lua_pop(L : Plua_State; n : Integer);
+begin
+  lua_settop(L, -n - 1);
+end;
+
+procedure lua_newtable(L : Plua_State);
+begin
+  lua_createtable(L, 0, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure lua_register(L : Plua_State; n : PChar; f : lua_CFunction);
+begin
+  lua_pushcfunction(L, f);
+  lua_setglobal(L, n);
+end;
+
+procedure lua_pushcfunction(L : Plua_State; f : lua_CFunction);
+begin
+  lua_pushcclosure(L, f, 0);
+end;
+
+function  lua_strlen(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+  lua_strlen := lua_objlen(L, idx);
+end;
+
+function lua_isfunction(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_isfunction := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TFUNCTION;
+end;
+
+function lua_istable(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_istable := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TTABLE;
+end;
+
+function lua_islightuserdata(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_islightuserdata := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA;
+end;
+
+function lua_isnil(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_isnil := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TNIL;
+end;
+
+function lua_isboolean(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_isboolean := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TBOOLEAN;
+end;
+
+function lua_isthread(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_isthread := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TTHREAD;
+end;
+
+function lua_isnone(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_isnone := lua_type(L, n) = LUA_TNONE;
+end;
+
+function lua_isnoneornil(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Boolean;
+begin
+  lua_isnoneornil := lua_type(L, n) <= 0;
+end;
+
+procedure lua_pushliteral(L : Plua_State; s : PChar);
+begin
+  lua_pushlstring(L, s, StrLen(s));
+end;
+
+procedure lua_setglobal(L : Plua_State; s : PChar);
+begin
+  lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, s);
+end;
+
+procedure lua_getglobal(L: Plua_State; s: PChar);
+begin
+  lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, s);
+end;
+
+function lua_tostring(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : PChar;
+begin
+  lua_tostring := lua_tolstring(L, idx, nil);
+end;
+
+function lua_open : Plua_State;
+begin
+  lua_open := luaL_newstate;
+end;
+
+procedure lua_getregistry(L : Plua_State);
+begin
+  lua_pushvalue(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
+end;
+
+function lua_getgccount(L : Plua_State) : Integer;
+begin
+  lua_getgccount := lua_gc(L, LUA_GCCOUNT, 0);
+end;
+
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                                  lualib.h                                 *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+procedure lua_assert(x : Boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+
+(*****************************************************************************)
+(*                                  lauxlib.h    n                           *)
+(*****************************************************************************)
+
+function luaL_getn(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+  luaL_getn := lua_objlen(L, idx);
+end;
+
+procedure luaL_setn(L : plua_State; i, j : Integer);
+begin
+  (* no op *)
+end;
+
+function luaL_argcheck(L : Plua_State; cond : Boolean; numarg : Integer;
+                       extramsg : PChar): Integer;
+begin
+  if not cond then
+    luaL_argcheck := luaL_argerror(L, numarg, extramsg)
+  else
+    luaL_argcheck := 0;
+end;
+
+function luaL_checkstring(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : PChar;
+begin
+  luaL_checkstring := luaL_checklstring(L, n, nil);
+end;
+
+function luaL_optstring(L : Plua_State; n : Integer; d : PChar) : PChar;
+begin
+  luaL_optstring := luaL_optlstring(L, n, d, nil);
+end;
+
+function luaL_checkint(L : Plua_State; n : Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+  luaL_checkint := luaL_checkinteger(L, n);
+end;
+
+function luaL_optint(L : Plua_State; n, d : Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  luaL_optint := luaL_optinteger(L, n, d);
+end;
+
+function luaL_checklong(L : Plua_State; n : LongInt) : LongInt;
+begin
+  luaL_checklong := luaL_checkinteger(L, n);
+end;
+
+function luaL_optlong(L : Plua_State; n : Integer; d : LongInt) : LongInt;
+begin
+  luaL_optlong := luaL_optinteger(L, n, d);
+end;
+
+function luaL_typename(L : Plua_State; idx : Integer) : PChar;
+begin
+  luaL_typename := lua_typename( L, lua_type(L, idx) );
+end;
+
+function luaL_dofile(L : Plua_State; fn : PChar) : Integer;
+Var
+  Res : Integer;
+begin
+  // WC 2007\03\22 - Updated for Delphi
+  Res := luaL_loadfile(L, fn);
+  if Res = 0 then
+    Res := lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0);
+  Result := Res;
+end;
+
+function luaL_dostring(L : Plua_State; s : PChar) : Integer;
+Var
+  Res : Integer;
+begin
+  // WC 2007\03\22 - Updated for Delphi
+  Res := luaL_loadstring(L, s);
+  if Res = 0 then
+    Res := lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0);
+  Result := Res;
+end;
+
+procedure luaL_getmetatable(L : Plua_State; n : PChar);
+begin
+  lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, n);
+end;
+
+procedure luaL_addchar(B : PluaL_Buffer; c : Char);
+begin
+  if not(B^.p < B^.buffer + LUAL_BUFFERSIZE) then
+    luaL_prepbuffer(B);
+  B^.p^ := c;
+  Inc(B^.p);
+end;
+
+procedure luaL_putchar(B : PluaL_Buffer; c : Char);
+begin
+  luaL_addchar(B, c);
+end;
+
+procedure luaL_addsize(B : PluaL_Buffer; n : Integer);
+begin
+  Inc(B^.p, n);
+end;
+
+function lua_ref(L : Plua_State; lock : Boolean) : Integer;
+begin
+  if lock then
+    lua_ref := luaL_ref(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX)
+  else begin
+    lua_pushstring(L, 'unlocked references are obsolete');
+    lua_error(L);
+    lua_ref := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure lua_unref(L : Plua_State; ref : Integer);
+begin
+  luaL_unref(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, ref);
+end;
+
+procedure lua_getref(L : Plua_State; ref : Integer);
+begin
+  lua_rawgeti(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, ref);
+end;
+
+
+(******************************************************************************
+* Original copyright for the lua source and headers:
+*  1994-2004 Tecgraf, PUC-Rio.
+*  www.lua.org.
+*
+*
+* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+* the following conditions:
+*
+* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+* included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+*
+* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+* CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+* TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+* SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+******************************************************************************)
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/SQLite3.pas b/src/lib/SQLite/SQLite3.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b7207c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/SQLite3.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+unit SQLite3;
+
+{
+  Simplified interface for SQLite.
+  Updated for Sqlite 3 by Tim Anderson (tim@itwriting.com)
+  Note: NOT COMPLETE for version 3, just minimal functionality
+  Adapted from file created by Pablo Pissanetzky (pablo@myhtpc.net)
+  which was based on SQLite.pas by Ben Hochstrasser (bhoc@surfeu.ch)
+}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$H+}            (* use long strings *)
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  SQLiteDLL = 'sqlite3.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  SQLiteDLL = 'libsqlite3.dylib';
+  {$linklib libsqlite3}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  SQLiteDLL = 'sqlite3.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+// Return values for sqlite3_exec() and sqlite3_step()
+
+const
+  SQLITE_OK          =  0; // Successful result
+  (* beginning-of-error-codes *)
+  SQLITE_ERROR       =  1; // SQL error or missing database
+  SQLITE_INTERNAL    =  2; // An internal logic error in SQLite
+  SQLITE_PERM        =  3; // Access permission denied
+  SQLITE_ABORT       =  4; // Callback routine requested an abort
+  SQLITE_BUSY        =  5; // The database file is locked
+  SQLITE_LOCKED      =  6; // A table in the database is locked
+  SQLITE_NOMEM       =  7; // A malloc() failed
+  SQLITE_READONLY    =  8; // Attempt to write a readonly database
+  SQLITE_INTERRUPT   =  9; // Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()
+  SQLITE_IOERR       = 10; // Some kind of disk I/O error occurred
+  SQLITE_CORRUPT     = 11; // The database disk image is malformed
+  SQLITE_NOTFOUND    = 12; // (Internal Only) Table or record not found
+  SQLITE_FULL        = 13; // Insertion failed because database is full
+  SQLITE_CANTOPEN    = 14; // Unable to open the database file
+  SQLITE_PROTOCOL    = 15; // Database lock protocol error
+  SQLITE_EMPTY       = 16; // Database is empty
+  SQLITE_SCHEMA      = 17; // The database schema changed
+  SQLITE_TOOBIG      = 18; // Too much data for one row of a table
+  SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  = 19; // Abort due to contraint violation
+  SQLITE_MISMATCH    = 20; // Data type mismatch
+  SQLITE_MISUSE      = 21; // Library used incorrectly
+  SQLITE_NOLFS       = 22; // Uses OS features not supported on host
+  SQLITE_AUTH        = 23; // Authorization denied
+  SQLITE_FORMAT      = 24; // Auxiliary database format error
+  SQLITE_RANGE       = 25; // 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range
+  SQLITE_NOTADB      = 26; // File opened that is not a database file
+  SQLITE_ROW         = 100; // sqlite3_step() has another row ready
+  SQLITE_DONE        = 101; // sqlite3_step() has finished executing
+
+  SQLITE_INTEGER = 1;
+  SQLITE_FLOAT   = 2;
+  SQLITE_TEXT    = 3;
+  SQLITE_BLOB    = 4;
+  SQLITE_NULL    = 5;
+
+  SQLITE_UTF8     = 1;
+  SQLITE_UTF16    = 2;
+  SQLITE_UTF16BE  = 3;
+  SQLITE_UTF16LE  = 4;
+  SQLITE_ANY      = 5;
+
+  SQLITE_STATIC    {: TSQLite3Destructor} = Pointer(0);
+  SQLITE_TRANSIENT {: TSQLite3Destructor} = Pointer(-1);
+
+type
+  TSQLiteDB = Pointer;
+  TSQLiteResult = ^PAnsiChar;
+  TSQLiteStmt = Pointer;
+
+type
+  PPAnsiCharArray = ^TPAnsiCharArray; 
+  TPAnsiCharArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(PAnsiChar))-1] of PAnsiChar;
+
+type
+  TSQLiteExecCallback = function(UserData: Pointer; NumCols: integer; ColValues:
+    PPAnsiCharArray; ColNames: PPAnsiCharArray): integer; cdecl;
+  TSQLiteBusyHandlerCallback = function(UserData: Pointer; P2: integer): integer; cdecl;
+
+  //function prototype for define own collate
+  TCollateXCompare = function(UserData: pointer; Buf1Len: integer; Buf1: pointer;
+    Buf2Len: integer; Buf2: pointer): integer; cdecl;
+    
+
+function SQLite3_Open(filename: PAnsiChar; out db: TSQLiteDB): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_open';
+function SQLite3_Close(db: TSQLiteDB): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_close';
+function SQLite3_Exec(db: TSQLiteDB; SQLStatement: PAnsiChar; CallbackPtr: TSQLiteExecCallback; UserData: Pointer; var ErrMsg: PAnsiChar): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_exec';
+function SQLite3_Version(): PAnsiChar; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_libversion';
+function SQLite3_ErrMsg(db: TSQLiteDB): PAnsiChar; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_errmsg';
+function SQLite3_ErrCode(db: TSQLiteDB): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_errcode';
+procedure SQlite3_Free(P: PAnsiChar); cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_free';
+function SQLite3_GetTable(db: TSQLiteDB; SQLStatement: PAnsiChar; var ResultPtr: TSQLiteResult; var RowCount: Cardinal; var ColCount: Cardinal; var ErrMsg: PAnsiChar): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_get_table';
+procedure SQLite3_FreeTable(Table: TSQLiteResult); cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_free_table';
+function SQLite3_Complete(P: PAnsiChar): boolean; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_complete';
+function SQLite3_LastInsertRowID(db: TSQLiteDB): int64; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_last_insert_rowid';
+procedure SQLite3_Interrupt(db: TSQLiteDB); cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_interrupt';
+procedure SQLite3_BusyHandler(db: TSQLiteDB; CallbackPtr: TSQLiteBusyHandlerCallback; UserData: Pointer); cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_busy_handler';
+procedure SQLite3_BusyTimeout(db: TSQLiteDB; TimeOut: integer); cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_busy_timeout';
+function SQLite3_Changes(db: TSQLiteDB): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_changes';
+function SQLite3_TotalChanges(db: TSQLiteDB): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_total_changes';
+function SQLite3_Prepare(db: TSQLiteDB; SQLStatement: PAnsiChar; nBytes: integer; out hStmt: TSqliteStmt; out pzTail: PAnsiChar): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_prepare';
+function SQLite3_Prepare_v2(db: TSQLiteDB; SQLStatement: PAnsiChar; nBytes: integer; out hStmt: TSqliteStmt; out pzTail: PAnsiChar): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_prepare_v2';
+function SQLite3_ColumnCount(hStmt: TSqliteStmt): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_count';
+function SQLite3_ColumnName(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): PAnsiChar; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_name';
+function SQLite3_ColumnDeclType(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): PAnsiChar; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_decltype';
+function SQLite3_Step(hStmt: TSqliteStmt): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_step';
+function SQLite3_DataCount(hStmt: TSqliteStmt): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_data_count';
+
+function SQLite3_ColumnBlob(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): pointer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_blob';
+function SQLite3_ColumnBytes(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_bytes';
+function SQLite3_ColumnDouble(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): double; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_double';
+function SQLite3_ColumnInt(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_int';
+function SQLite3_ColumnText(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): PAnsiChar; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_text';
+function SQLite3_ColumnType(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_type';
+function SQLite3_ColumnInt64(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ColNum: integer): Int64; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_column_int64';
+function SQLite3_Finalize(hStmt: TSqliteStmt): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_finalize';
+function SQLite3_Reset(hStmt: TSqliteStmt): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_reset';
+
+// 
+// In the SQL strings input to sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16(),
+// one or more literals can be replace by a wildcard "?" or ":N:" where
+// N is an integer.  These value of these wildcard literals can be set
+// using the routines listed below.
+// 
+// In every case, the first parameter is a pointer to the sqlite3_stmt
+// structure returned from sqlite3_prepare().  The second parameter is the
+// index of the wildcard.  The first "?" has an index of 1.  ":N:" wildcards
+// use the index N.
+// 
+// The fifth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+//sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+//text after SQLite has finished with it.  If the fifth argument is the
+// special value SQLITE_STATIC, then the library assumes that the information
+// is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.  If the
+// fifth argument has the value SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then SQLite makes its
+// own private copy of the data.
+// 
+// The sqlite3_bind_* routine must be called before sqlite3_step() after
+// an sqlite3_prepare() or sqlite3_reset().  Unbound wildcards are interpreted
+// as NULL.
+// 
+
+type
+  TSQLite3Destructor = procedure(Ptr: Pointer); cdecl;
+
+function sqlite3_bind_blob(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ParamNum: integer;
+  ptrData: pointer; numBytes: integer; ptrDestructor: TSQLite3Destructor): integer;
+cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_blob';
+function sqlite3_bind_text(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ParamNum: integer;
+  Text: PAnsiChar; numBytes: integer; ptrDestructor: TSQLite3Destructor): integer;
+cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_text';
+function sqlite3_bind_double(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ParamNum: integer; Data: Double): integer;
+  cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_double';
+function sqlite3_bind_int(hStmt: TSqLiteStmt; ParamNum: integer; Data: integer): integer;
+  cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_int';
+function sqlite3_bind_int64(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ParamNum: integer; Data: int64): integer;
+  cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_int64';
+function sqlite3_bind_null(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; ParamNum: integer): integer;
+  cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_null';
+
+function sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(hStmt: TSqliteStmt; zName: PAnsiChar): integer;
+  cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_bind_parameter_index';
+
+function sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(Value: integer): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_enable_shared_cache';
+
+//user collate definiton
+function SQLite3_create_collation(db: TSQLiteDB; Name: PAnsiChar; eTextRep: integer;
+  UserData: pointer; xCompare: TCollateXCompare): integer; cdecl; external SQLiteDLL name 'sqlite3_create_collation';
+
+function SQLiteFieldType(SQLiteFieldTypeCode: Integer): AnsiString;
+function SQLiteErrorStr(SQLiteErrorCode: Integer): AnsiString;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+function SQLiteFieldType(SQLiteFieldTypeCode: Integer): AnsiString;
+begin
+  case SQLiteFieldTypeCode of
+    SQLITE_INTEGER: Result := 'Integer';
+    SQLITE_FLOAT: Result := 'Float';
+    SQLITE_TEXT: Result := 'Text';
+    SQLITE_BLOB: Result := 'Blob';
+    SQLITE_NULL: Result := 'Null';
+  else
+    Result := 'Unknown SQLite Field Type Code "' + IntToStr(SQLiteFieldTypeCode) + '"';
+  end;
+end;
+
+function SQLiteErrorStr(SQLiteErrorCode: Integer): AnsiString;
+begin
+  case SQLiteErrorCode of
+    SQLITE_OK: Result := 'Successful result';
+    SQLITE_ERROR: Result := 'SQL error or missing database';
+    SQLITE_INTERNAL: Result := 'An internal logic error in SQLite';
+    SQLITE_PERM: Result := 'Access permission denied';
+    SQLITE_ABORT: Result := 'Callback routine requested an abort';
+    SQLITE_BUSY: Result := 'The database file is locked';
+    SQLITE_LOCKED: Result := 'A table in the database is locked';
+    SQLITE_NOMEM: Result := 'A malloc() failed';
+    SQLITE_READONLY: Result := 'Attempt to write a readonly database';
+    SQLITE_INTERRUPT: Result := 'Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()';
+    SQLITE_IOERR: Result := 'Some kind of disk I/O error occurred';
+    SQLITE_CORRUPT: Result := 'The database disk image is malformed';
+    SQLITE_NOTFOUND: Result := '(Internal Only) Table or record not found';
+    SQLITE_FULL: Result := 'Insertion failed because database is full';
+    SQLITE_CANTOPEN: Result := 'Unable to open the database file';
+    SQLITE_PROTOCOL: Result := 'Database lock protocol error';
+    SQLITE_EMPTY: Result := 'Database is empty';
+    SQLITE_SCHEMA: Result := 'The database schema changed';
+    SQLITE_TOOBIG: Result := 'Too much data for one row of a table';
+    SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: Result := 'Abort due to contraint violation';
+    SQLITE_MISMATCH: Result := 'Data type mismatch';
+    SQLITE_MISUSE: Result := 'Library used incorrectly';
+    SQLITE_NOLFS: Result := 'Uses OS features not supported on host';
+    SQLITE_AUTH: Result := 'Authorization denied';
+    SQLITE_FORMAT: Result := 'Auxiliary database format error';
+    SQLITE_RANGE: Result := '2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range';
+    SQLITE_NOTADB: Result := 'File opened that is not a database file';
+    SQLITE_ROW: Result := 'sqlite3_step() has another row ready';
+    SQLITE_DONE: Result := 'sqlite3_step() has finished executing';
+  else
+    Result := 'Unknown SQLite Error Code "' + IntToStr(SQLiteErrorCode) + '"';
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ColValueToStr(Value: PAnsiChar): AnsiString;
+begin
+  if (Value = nil) then
+    Result := 'NULL'
+  else
+    Result := Value;
+end;
+
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas b/src/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3aed54a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1500 @@
+unit SQLiteTable3;
+
+{
+  Simple classes for using SQLite's exec and get_table.
+
+  TSQLiteDatabase wraps the calls to open and close an SQLite database.
+  It also wraps SQLite_exec for queries that do not return a result set
+
+  TSQLiteTable wraps execution of SQL query.
+  It run query and read all returned rows to internal buffer.
+  It allows accessing fields by name as well as index and can move through a
+  result set forward and backwards, or randomly to any row.
+
+  TSQLiteUniTable wraps execution of SQL query.
+  It run query as TSQLiteTable, but reading just first row only!
+  You can step to next row (until not EOF) by 'Next' method.
+  You cannot step backwards! (So, it is called as UniDirectional result set.)
+  It not using any internal buffering, this class is very close to Sqlite API.
+  It allows accessing fields by name as well as index on actual row only.
+  Very good and fast for sequentional scanning of large result sets with minimal
+    memory footprint.
+
+  Warning! Do not close TSQLiteDatabase before any TSQLiteUniTable,
+    because query is closed on TSQLiteUniTable destructor and database connection
+    is used during TSQLiteUniTable live!
+
+  SQL parameter usage:
+    You can add named parameter values by call set of AddParam* methods.
+    Parameters will be used for first next SQL statement only.
+    Parameter name must be prefixed by ':', '$' or '@' and same prefix must be
+    used in SQL statement!
+    Sample:
+      table.AddParamText(':str', 'some value');
+      s := table.GetTableString('SELECT value FROM sometable WHERE id=:str');
+
+   Notes from Andrew Retmanski on prepared queries
+   The changes are as follows:
+
+   SQLiteTable3.pas
+   - Added new boolean property Synchronised (this controls the SYNCHRONOUS pragma as I found that turning this OFF increased the write performance in my application)
+   - Added new type TSQLiteQuery (this is just a simple record wrapper around the SQL string and a TSQLiteStmt pointer)
+   - Added PrepareSQL method to prepare SQL query - returns TSQLiteQuery
+   - Added ReleaseSQL method to release previously prepared query
+   - Added overloaded BindSQL methods for Integer and String types - these set new values for the prepared query parameters
+   - Added overloaded ExecSQL method to execute a prepared TSQLiteQuery
+
+   Usage of the new methods should be self explanatory but the process is in essence:
+
+   1. Call PrepareSQL to return TSQLiteQuery 2. Call BindSQL for each parameter in the prepared query 3. Call ExecSQL to run the prepared query 4. Repeat steps 2 & 3 as required 5. Call ReleaseSQL to free SQLite resources
+
+   One other point - the Synchronised property throws an error if used inside a transaction.
+
+   Acknowledments
+   Adapted by Tim Anderson (tim@itwriting.com)
+   Originally created by Pablo Pissanetzky (pablo@myhtpc.net)
+   Modified and enhanced by Lukas Gebauer
+   Modified and enhanced by Tobias Gunkel
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  SQLite3, Classes, SysUtils;
+
+const
+
+  dtInt = 1;
+  dtNumeric = 2;
+  dtStr = 3;
+  dtBlob = 4;
+  dtNull = 5;
+
+type
+
+  ESQLiteException = class(Exception)
+  end;
+
+  TSQliteParam = class
+  public
+    name: string;
+    valuetype: integer;
+    valueinteger: int64;
+    valuefloat: double;
+    valuedata: string;
+  end;
+
+  THookQuery = procedure(Sender: TObject; SQL: String) of object;
+
+  TSQLiteQuery = record
+    SQL: String;
+    Statement: TSQLiteStmt;
+  end;
+
+  TSQLiteTable = class;
+  TSQLiteUniTable = class;
+
+  TSQLiteDatabase = class
+  private
+    fDB: TSQLiteDB;
+    fInTrans: boolean;
+    fSync: boolean;
+    fParams: TList;
+    FOnQuery: THookQuery;
+    procedure RaiseError(s: string; SQL: string);
+    procedure SetParams(Stmt: TSQLiteStmt);
+    procedure BindData(Stmt: TSQLiteStmt; const Bindings: array of const);
+    function GetRowsChanged: integer;
+  protected
+    procedure SetSynchronised(Value: boolean);
+    procedure DoQuery(value: string); 
+  public
+    constructor Create(const FileName: string);
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function GetTable(const SQL: Ansistring): TSQLiteTable; overload;
+    function GetTable(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): TSQLiteTable; overload;
+    procedure ExecSQL(const SQL: Ansistring); overload;
+    procedure ExecSQL(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const); overload;
+    procedure ExecSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery); overload;
+    function PrepareSQL(const SQL: Ansistring): TSQLiteQuery;
+    procedure BindSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery; const Index: Integer; const Value: Integer); overload;
+    procedure BindSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery; const Index: Integer; const Value: String); overload;
+    procedure ReleaseSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery);
+    function GetUniTable(const SQL: Ansistring): TSQLiteUniTable; overload;
+    function GetUniTable(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): TSQLiteUniTable; overload;
+    function GetTableValue(const SQL: Ansistring): int64; overload;
+    function GetTableValue(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): int64; overload;
+    function GetTableString(const SQL: Ansistring): string; overload;
+    function GetTableString(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): string; overload;
+    procedure GetTableStrings(const SQL: Ansistring; const Value: TStrings);
+    procedure UpdateBlob(const SQL: Ansistring; BlobData: TStream);
+    procedure BeginTransaction;
+    procedure Commit;
+    procedure Rollback;
+    function TableExists(TableName: string): boolean;
+    function ContainsColumn(Table: String; Column: String) : boolean;
+    function GetLastInsertRowID: int64;
+    function GetLastChangedRows: int64;
+    procedure SetTimeout(Value: integer);
+    function Version: string;
+    procedure AddCustomCollate(name: string; xCompare: TCollateXCompare);
+    //adds collate named SYSTEM for correct data sorting by user's locale
+    Procedure AddSystemCollate;
+    procedure ParamsClear;
+    procedure AddParamInt(name: string; value: int64);
+    procedure AddParamFloat(name: string; value: double);
+    procedure AddParamText(name: string; value: string);
+    procedure AddParamNull(name: string);
+    property DB: TSQLiteDB read fDB;
+  published
+    property IsTransactionOpen: boolean read fInTrans;
+    //database rows that were changed (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement
+    property RowsChanged : integer read getRowsChanged;
+    property Synchronised: boolean read FSync write SetSynchronised;
+    property OnQuery: THookQuery read FOnQuery write FOnQuery;
+  end;
+
+  TSQLiteTable = class
+  private
+    fResults: TList;
+    fRowCount: cardinal;
+    fColCount: cardinal;
+    fCols: TStringList;
+    fColTypes: TList;
+    fRow: cardinal;
+    function GetFields(I: cardinal): string;
+    function GetEOF: boolean;
+    function GetBOF: boolean;
+    function GetColumns(I: integer): string;
+    function GetFieldByName(FieldName: string): string;
+    function GetFieldIndex(FieldName: string): integer;
+    function GetCount: integer;
+    function GetCountResult: integer;
+  public
+    constructor Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring); overload;
+    constructor Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const); overload;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function FieldAsInteger(I: cardinal): int64;
+    function FieldAsBlob(I: cardinal): TMemoryStream;
+    function FieldAsBlobText(I: cardinal): string;
+    function FieldIsNull(I: cardinal): boolean;
+    function FieldAsString(I: cardinal): string;
+    function FieldAsDouble(I: cardinal): double;
+    function Next: boolean;
+    function Previous: boolean;
+    property EOF: boolean read GetEOF;
+    property BOF: boolean read GetBOF;
+    property Fields[I: cardinal]: string read GetFields;
+    property FieldByName[FieldName: string]: string read GetFieldByName;
+    property FieldIndex[FieldName: string]: integer read GetFieldIndex;
+    property Columns[I: integer]: string read GetColumns;
+    property ColCount: cardinal read fColCount;
+    property RowCount: cardinal read fRowCount;
+    property Row: cardinal read fRow;
+    function MoveFirst: boolean;
+    function MoveLast: boolean;
+    function MoveTo(position: cardinal): boolean;
+    property Count: integer read GetCount;
+    // The property CountResult is used when you execute count(*) queries.
+    // It returns 0 if the result set is empty or the value of the
+    // first field as an integer.
+    property CountResult: integer read GetCountResult;
+  end;
+
+  TSQLiteUniTable = class
+  private
+    fColCount: cardinal;
+    fCols: TStringList;
+    fRow: cardinal;
+    fEOF: boolean;
+    fStmt: TSQLiteStmt;
+    fDB: TSQLiteDatabase;
+    fSQL: string;
+    function GetFields(I: cardinal): string;
+    function GetColumns(I: integer): string;
+    function GetFieldByName(FieldName: string): string;
+    function GetFieldIndex(FieldName: string): integer;
+  public
+    constructor Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring); overload;
+    constructor Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const); overload;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function FieldAsInteger(I: cardinal): int64;
+    function FieldAsBlob(I: cardinal): TMemoryStream;
+    function FieldAsBlobPtr(I: cardinal; out iNumBytes: integer): Pointer;
+    function FieldAsBlobText(I: cardinal): string;
+    function FieldIsNull(I: cardinal): boolean;
+    function FieldAsString(I: cardinal): string;
+    function FieldAsDouble(I: cardinal): double;
+    function Next: boolean;
+    property EOF: boolean read FEOF;
+    property Fields[I: cardinal]: string read GetFields;
+    property FieldByName[FieldName: string]: string read GetFieldByName;
+    property FieldIndex[FieldName: string]: integer read GetFieldIndex;
+    property Columns[I: integer]: string read GetColumns;
+    property ColCount: cardinal read fColCount;
+    property Row: cardinal read fRow;
+  end;
+
+procedure DisposePointer(ptr: pointer); cdecl;
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function SystemCollate(Userdta: pointer; Buf1Len: integer; Buf1: pointer;
+    Buf2Len: integer; Buf2: pointer): integer; cdecl;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+implementation
+
+procedure DisposePointer(ptr: pointer); cdecl;
+begin
+  if assigned(ptr) then
+    freemem(ptr);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function SystemCollate(Userdta: pointer; Buf1Len: integer; Buf1: pointer;
+    Buf2Len: integer; Buf2: pointer): integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Result := CompareStringW(LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, 0, PWideChar(Buf1), Buf1Len,
+    PWideChar(Buf2), Buf2Len) - 2;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TSQLiteDatabase
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+constructor TSQLiteDatabase.Create(const FileName: string);
+var
+  Msg: PAnsiChar;
+  iResult: integer;
+  utf8FileName: UTF8string;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  fParams := TList.Create;
+
+  self.fInTrans := False;
+
+  Msg := nil;
+  try
+    utf8FileName := UTF8String(FileName);
+    iResult := SQLite3_Open(PAnsiChar(utf8FileName), Fdb);
+
+    if iResult <> SQLITE_OK then
+      if Assigned(Fdb) then
+      begin
+        Msg := Sqlite3_ErrMsg(Fdb);
+        raise ESqliteException.CreateFmt('Failed to open database "%s" : %s',
+          [FileName, Msg]);
+      end
+      else
+        raise ESqliteException.CreateFmt('Failed to open database "%s" : unknown error',
+          [FileName]);
+
+//set a few configs
+//L.G. Do not call it here. Because busy handler is not setted here,
+// any share violation causing exception!
+
+//    self.ExecSQL('PRAGMA SYNCHRONOUS=NORMAL;');
+//    self.ExecSQL('PRAGMA temp_store = MEMORY;');
+
+  finally
+    if Assigned(Msg) then
+      SQLite3_Free(Msg);
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+destructor TSQLiteDatabase.Destroy;
+begin
+  if self.fInTrans then
+    self.Rollback;  //assume rollback
+  if Assigned(fDB) then
+    SQLite3_Close(fDB);
+  ParamsClear;    
+  fParams.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetLastInsertRowID: int64;
+begin
+  Result := Sqlite3_LastInsertRowID(self.fDB);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetLastChangedRows: int64;
+begin
+  Result := SQLite3_TotalChanges(self.fDB);
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.RaiseError(s: string; SQL: string);
+//look up last error and raise an exception with an appropriate message
+var
+  Msg: PAnsiChar;
+  ret : integer;
+begin
+
+  Msg := nil;
+
+  ret := sqlite3_errcode(self.fDB);
+  if ret <> SQLITE_OK then
+    Msg := sqlite3_errmsg(self.fDB);
+
+  if Msg <> nil then
+    raise ESqliteException.CreateFmt(s +'.'#13'Error [%d]: %s.'#13'"%s": %s', [ret, SQLiteErrorStr(ret),SQL, Msg])
+  else
+    raise ESqliteException.CreateFmt(s, [SQL, 'No message']);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.SetSynchronised(Value: boolean);
+begin
+  if Value <> fSync then
+  begin
+    if Value then
+      ExecSQL('PRAGMA synchronous = ON;')
+    else
+      ExecSQL('PRAGMA synchronous = OFF;');
+    fSync := Value;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.BindData(Stmt: TSQLiteStmt; const Bindings: array of const);
+var
+  BlobMemStream: TCustomMemoryStream;
+  BlobStdStream: TStream;
+  DataPtr: Pointer;
+  DataSize: integer;
+  AnsiStr: AnsiString;
+  AnsiStrPtr: PAnsiString;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(Bindings) do
+  begin
+    case Bindings[I].VType of
+      vtString,
+      vtAnsiString, vtPChar,
+      vtWideString, vtPWideChar,
+      vtChar, vtWideChar:
+      begin
+        case Bindings[I].VType of
+          vtString: begin // ShortString
+            AnsiStr := Bindings[I].VString^;
+            DataPtr := PAnsiChar(AnsiStr);
+            DataSize := Length(AnsiStr)+1;
+          end;
+          vtPChar: begin
+            DataPtr := Bindings[I].VPChar;
+            DataSize := -1;
+          end;
+          vtAnsiString: begin
+            AnsiStrPtr := PAnsiString(@Bindings[I].VAnsiString);
+            DataPtr := PAnsiChar(AnsiStrPtr^);
+            DataSize := Length(AnsiStrPtr^)+1;
+          end;
+          vtPWideChar: begin
+            AnsiStr := UTF8Encode(WideString(Bindings[I].VPWideChar));
+            DataPtr := PAnsiChar(AnsiStr);
+            DataSize := -1;
+          end;
+          vtWideString: begin
+            AnsiStr := UTF8Encode(PWideString(@Bindings[I].VWideString)^);
+            DataPtr := PAnsiChar(AnsiStr);
+            DataSize := -1;
+          end;
+          vtChar: begin
+            AnsiStr := AnsiString(Bindings[I].VChar);
+            DataPtr := PAnsiChar(AnsiStr);
+            DataSize := 2;
+          end;
+          vtWideChar: begin
+            AnsiStr := UTF8Encode(WideString(Bindings[I].VWideChar));
+            DataPtr := PAnsiChar(AnsiStr);
+            DataSize := -1;
+          end;
+          else
+            raise ESqliteException.Create('Unknown string-type');
+        end;
+        if (sqlite3_bind_text(Stmt, I+1, DataPtr, DataSize, SQLITE_STATIC) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+          RaiseError('Could not bind text', 'BindData');
+      end;
+      vtInteger:
+        if (sqlite3_bind_int(Stmt, I+1, Bindings[I].VInteger) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+          RaiseError('Could not bind integer', 'BindData');
+      vtInt64:
+        if (sqlite3_bind_int64(Stmt, I+1, Bindings[I].VInt64^) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+          RaiseError('Could not bind int64', 'BindData');
+      vtExtended:
+        if (sqlite3_bind_double(Stmt, I+1, Bindings[I].VExtended^) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+          RaiseError('Could not bind extended', 'BindData');
+      vtBoolean:
+        if (sqlite3_bind_int(Stmt, I+1, Integer(Bindings[I].VBoolean)) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+          RaiseError('Could not bind boolean', 'BindData');
+      vtPointer:
+      begin
+        if (Bindings[I].VPointer = nil) then
+        begin
+          if (sqlite3_bind_null(Stmt, I+1) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+            RaiseError('Could not bind null', 'BindData');
+        end
+        else
+          raise ESqliteException.Create('Unhandled pointer (<> nil)');
+      end;
+      vtObject:
+      begin
+        if (Bindings[I].VObject is TCustomMemoryStream) then
+        begin
+          BlobMemStream := TCustomMemoryStream(Bindings[I].VObject);
+          if (sqlite3_bind_blob(Stmt, I+1, @PAnsiChar(BlobMemStream.Memory)[BlobMemStream.Position],
+              BlobMemStream.Size-BlobMemStream.Position, SQLITE_STATIC) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+          begin
+            RaiseError('Could not bind BLOB', 'BindData');
+          end;
+        end
+        else if (Bindings[I].VObject is TStream) then
+        begin
+          BlobStdStream := TStream(Bindings[I].VObject);
+          DataSize := BlobStdStream.Size;
+
+          GetMem(DataPtr, DataSize);
+          if (DataPtr = nil) then
+            raise ESqliteException.Create('Error getting memory to save blob');
+
+          BlobStdStream.Position := 0;
+          BlobStdStream.Read(DataPtr^, DataSize);
+
+          if (sqlite3_bind_blob(stmt, I+1, DataPtr, DataSize, @DisposePointer) <> SQLITE_OK) then
+            RaiseError('Could not bind BLOB', 'BindData');
+        end
+        else             
+          raise ESqliteException.Create('Unhandled object-type in binding');
+      end
+      else 
+      begin
+        raise ESqliteException.Create('Unhandled binding');
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.ExecSQL(const SQL: Ansistring);
+begin
+  ExecSQL(SQL, []);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.ExecSQL(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const);
+var
+  Stmt: TSQLiteStmt;
+  NextSQLStatement: PAnsiChar;
+  iStepResult: integer;
+begin
+  try
+    if Sqlite3_Prepare_v2(self.fDB, PAnsiChar(SQL), -1, Stmt, NextSQLStatement) <>
+      SQLITE_OK then
+      RaiseError('Error executing SQL', SQL);
+    if (Stmt = nil) then
+      RaiseError('Could not prepare SQL statement', SQL);
+    DoQuery(SQL);
+    SetParams(Stmt);
+    BindData(Stmt, Bindings);
+
+    iStepResult := Sqlite3_step(Stmt);
+    if (iStepResult <> SQLITE_DONE) then
+      begin
+      SQLite3_reset(stmt);
+      RaiseError('Error executing SQL statement', SQL);
+      end;
+  finally
+    if Assigned(Stmt) then
+      Sqlite3_Finalize(stmt);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.ExecSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery);
+var
+  iStepResult: integer;
+begin
+  if Assigned(Query.Statement) then
+  begin
+    iStepResult := Sqlite3_step(Query.Statement);
+
+    if (iStepResult <> SQLITE_DONE) then
+      begin
+      SQLite3_reset(Query.Statement);
+      RaiseError('Error executing prepared SQL statement', Query.SQL);
+      end;
+    Sqlite3_Reset(Query.Statement);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.PrepareSQL(const SQL: Ansistring): TSQLiteQuery;
+var
+  Stmt: TSQLiteStmt;
+  NextSQLStatement: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  Result.SQL := SQL;
+  Result.Statement := nil;
+
+  if Sqlite3_Prepare(self.fDB, PAnsiChar(SQL), -1, Stmt, NextSQLStatement) <>
+    SQLITE_OK then
+    RaiseError('Error executing SQL', SQL)
+  else
+    Result.Statement := Stmt;
+
+  if (Result.Statement = nil) then
+    RaiseError('Could not prepare SQL statement', SQL);
+  DoQuery(SQL);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.BindSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery; const Index: Integer; const Value: Integer);
+begin
+  if Assigned(Query.Statement) then
+    sqlite3_Bind_Int(Query.Statement, Index, Value)
+  else
+    RaiseError('Could not bind integer to prepared SQL statement', Query.SQL);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.BindSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery; const Index: Integer; const Value: String);
+begin
+  if Assigned(Query.Statement) then
+    Sqlite3_Bind_Text(Query.Statement, Index, PAnsiChar(Value), Length(Value), Pointer(SQLITE_STATIC))
+  else
+    RaiseError('Could not bind string to prepared SQL statement', Query.SQL);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.ReleaseSQL(Query: TSQLiteQuery);
+begin
+  if Assigned(Query.Statement) then
+  begin
+    Sqlite3_Finalize(Query.Statement);
+    Query.Statement := nil;
+  end
+  else
+    RaiseError('Could not release prepared SQL statement', Query.SQL);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.UpdateBlob(const SQL: Ansistring; BlobData: TStream);
+var
+  iSize: integer;
+  ptr: pointer;
+  Stmt: TSQLiteStmt;
+  Msg: PAnsiChar;
+  NextSQLStatement: PAnsiChar;
+  iStepResult: integer;
+  iBindResult: integer;
+begin
+  //expects SQL of the form 'UPDATE MYTABLE SET MYFIELD = ? WHERE MYKEY = 1'
+  if pos('?', SQL) = 0 then
+    RaiseError('SQL must include a ? parameter', SQL);
+
+  Msg := nil;
+  try
+
+    if Sqlite3_Prepare_v2(self.fDB, PAnsiChar(SQL), -1, Stmt, NextSQLStatement) <>
+      SQLITE_OK then
+      RaiseError('Could not prepare SQL statement', SQL);
+
+    if (Stmt = nil) then
+      RaiseError('Could not prepare SQL statement', SQL);
+    DoQuery(SQL);
+
+    //now bind the blob data
+    iSize := BlobData.size;
+
+    GetMem(ptr, iSize);
+
+    if (ptr = nil) then
+      raise ESqliteException.CreateFmt('Error getting memory to save blob',
+        [SQL, 'Error']);
+
+    BlobData.position := 0;
+    BlobData.Read(ptr^, iSize);
+
+    iBindResult := SQLite3_Bind_Blob(stmt, 1, ptr, iSize, @DisposePointer);
+
+    if iBindResult <> SQLITE_OK then
+      RaiseError('Error binding blob to database', SQL);
+
+    iStepResult := Sqlite3_step(Stmt);
+
+    if (iStepResult <> SQLITE_DONE) then
+      begin
+      SQLite3_reset(stmt);
+      RaiseError('Error executing SQL statement', SQL);
+      end;
+
+  finally
+
+    if Assigned(Stmt) then
+      Sqlite3_Finalize(stmt);
+
+    if Assigned(Msg) then
+      SQLite3_Free(Msg);
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetTable(const SQL: Ansistring): TSQLiteTable;
+begin
+  Result := TSQLiteTable.Create(Self, SQL);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetTable(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): TSQLiteTable;
+begin
+  Result := TSQLiteTable.Create(Self, SQL, Bindings);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetUniTable(const SQL: Ansistring): TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+  Result := TSQLiteUniTable.Create(Self, SQL);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetUniTable(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+  Result := TSQLiteUniTable.Create(Self, SQL, Bindings);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableValue(const SQL: Ansistring): int64;
+begin
+  Result := GetTableValue(SQL, []);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableValue(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): int64;
+var
+  Table: TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  Table := self.GetUniTable(SQL, Bindings);
+  try
+    if not Table.EOF then
+      Result := Table.FieldAsInteger(0);
+  finally
+    Table.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableString(const SQL: Ansistring): String;
+begin
+  Result := GetTableString(SQL, []);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableString(const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const): String;
+var
+  Table: TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  Table := self.GetUniTable(SQL, Bindings);
+  try
+    if not Table.EOF then
+      Result := Table.FieldAsString(0);
+  finally
+    Table.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableStrings(const SQL: Ansistring;
+  const Value: TStrings);
+var
+  Table: TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+  Value.Clear;
+  Table := self.GetUniTable(SQL);
+  try
+    while not table.EOF do
+    begin
+      Value.Add(Table.FieldAsString(0));
+      table.Next;
+    end;
+  finally
+    Table.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.BeginTransaction;
+begin
+  if not self.fInTrans then
+  begin
+    self.ExecSQL('BEGIN TRANSACTION');
+    self.fInTrans := True;
+  end
+  else
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Transaction already open');
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.Commit;
+begin
+  self.ExecSQL('COMMIT');
+  self.fInTrans := False;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.Rollback;
+begin
+  self.ExecSQL('ROLLBACK');
+  self.fInTrans := False;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.TableExists(TableName: string): boolean;
+var
+  sql: string;
+  ds: TSqliteTable;
+begin
+  //returns true if table exists in the database
+  sql := 'select [sql] from sqlite_master where [type] = ''table'' and lower(name) = ''' +
+    lowercase(TableName) + ''' ';
+  ds := self.GetTable(sql);
+  try
+    Result := (ds.Count > 0);
+  finally
+    ds.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.ContainsColumn(Table: String; Column: String) : boolean;
+var
+  sql: string;
+  ds: TSqliteTable;
+  i : integer;
+begin
+  sql := 'PRAGMA TABLE_INFO('+Table+');';
+  ds := self.GetTable(sql);
+  try
+    Result := false;
+    while (ds.Next() and not Result and not ds.EOF)  do
+    begin
+      if ds.FieldAsString(1) = Column then
+        Result := true;
+    end;
+  finally
+    ds.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.SetTimeout(Value: integer);
+begin
+  SQLite3_BusyTimeout(self.fDB, Value);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteDatabase.Version: string;
+begin
+  Result := SQLite3_Version;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.AddCustomCollate(name: string;
+  xCompare: TCollateXCompare);
+begin
+  sqlite3_create_collation(fdb, PAnsiChar(name), SQLITE_UTF8, nil, xCompare);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.AddSystemCollate;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  sqlite3_create_collation(fdb, 'SYSTEM', SQLITE_UTF16LE, nil, @SystemCollate);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.ParamsClear;
+var
+  n: integer;
+begin
+  for n := fParams.Count - 1 downto 0 do
+    TSQliteParam(fparams[n]).free;
+  fParams.Clear;
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.AddParamInt(name: string; value: int64);
+var
+  par: TSQliteParam;
+begin
+  par := TSQliteParam.Create;
+  par.name := name;
+  par.valuetype := SQLITE_INTEGER;
+  par.valueinteger := value;
+  fParams.Add(par);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.AddParamFloat(name: string; value: double);
+var
+  par: TSQliteParam;
+begin
+  par := TSQliteParam.Create;
+  par.name := name;
+  par.valuetype := SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  par.valuefloat := value;
+  fParams.Add(par);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.AddParamText(name: string; value: string);
+var
+  par: TSQliteParam;
+begin
+  par := TSQliteParam.Create;
+  par.name := name;
+  par.valuetype := SQLITE_TEXT;
+  par.valuedata := value;
+  fParams.Add(par);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.AddParamNull(name: string);
+var
+  par: TSQliteParam;
+begin
+  par := TSQliteParam.Create;
+  par.name := name;
+  par.valuetype := SQLITE_NULL;
+  fParams.Add(par);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.SetParams(Stmt: TSQLiteStmt);
+var
+  n: integer;
+  i: integer;
+  par: TSQliteParam;
+begin
+  try
+    for n := 0 to fParams.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      par := TSQliteParam(fParams[n]);
+      i := sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(Stmt, PAnsiChar(par.name));
+      if i > 0 then
+      begin
+        case par.valuetype of
+          SQLITE_INTEGER:
+            sqlite3_bind_int64(Stmt, i, par.valueinteger);
+          SQLITE_FLOAT:
+            sqlite3_bind_double(Stmt, i, par.valuefloat);
+          SQLITE_TEXT:
+            sqlite3_bind_text(Stmt, i, PAnsiChar(par.valuedata),
+              length(par.valuedata), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+          SQLITE_NULL:
+            sqlite3_bind_null(Stmt, i);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  finally
+    ParamsClear;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//database rows that were changed (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement
+function TSQLiteDatabase.GetRowsChanged: integer;
+begin
+ Result := SQLite3_Changes(self.fDB);
+end;
+
+procedure TSQLiteDatabase.DoQuery(value: string);
+begin
+  if assigned(OnQuery) then
+    OnQuery(Self, Value);
+end;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TSQLiteTable
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+constructor TSQLiteTable.Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring);
+begin
+  Create(DB, SQL, []);
+end;
+
+constructor TSQLiteTable.Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const);
+var
+  Stmt: TSQLiteStmt;
+  NextSQLStatement: PAnsiChar;
+  iStepResult: integer;
+  ptr: pointer;
+  iNumBytes: integer;
+  thisBlobValue: TMemoryStream;
+  thisStringValue: pstring;
+  thisDoubleValue: pDouble;
+  thisIntValue: pInt64;
+  thisColType: pInteger;
+  i: integer;
+  DeclaredColType: PAnsiChar;
+  ActualColType: integer;
+  ptrValue: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  inherited create;
+  try
+    self.fRowCount := 0;
+    self.fColCount := 0;
+    //if there are several SQL statements in SQL, NextSQLStatment points to the
+    //beginning of the next one. Prepare only prepares the first SQL statement.
+    if Sqlite3_Prepare_v2(DB.fDB, PAnsiChar(SQL), -1, Stmt, NextSQLStatement) <> SQLITE_OK then
+      DB.RaiseError('Error executing SQL', SQL);
+    if (Stmt = nil) then
+      DB.RaiseError('Could not prepare SQL statement', SQL);
+    DB.DoQuery(SQL);
+    DB.SetParams(Stmt);
+    DB.BindData(Stmt, Bindings);
+
+    iStepResult := Sqlite3_step(Stmt);
+    while (iStepResult <> SQLITE_DONE) do
+    begin
+      case iStepResult of
+        SQLITE_ROW:
+          begin
+            Inc(fRowCount);
+            if (fRowCount = 1) then
+            begin
+            //get data types
+              fCols := TStringList.Create;
+              fColTypes := TList.Create;
+              fColCount := SQLite3_ColumnCount(stmt);
+              for i := 0 to Pred(fColCount) do
+                fCols.Add(AnsiUpperCase(Sqlite3_ColumnName(stmt, i)));
+              for i := 0 to Pred(fColCount) do
+              begin
+                new(thisColType);
+                DeclaredColType := Sqlite3_ColumnDeclType(stmt, i);
+                if DeclaredColType = nil then
+                  thisColType^ := Sqlite3_ColumnType(stmt, i) //use the actual column type instead
+                //seems to be needed for last_insert_rowid
+                else
+                  if (DeclaredColType = 'INTEGER') or (DeclaredColType = 'BOOLEAN') then
+                    thisColType^ := dtInt
+                  else
+                    if (DeclaredColType = 'NUMERIC') or
+                      (DeclaredColType = 'FLOAT') or
+                      (DeclaredColType = 'DOUBLE') or
+                      (DeclaredColType = 'REAL') then
+                      thisColType^ := dtNumeric
+                    else
+                      if DeclaredColType = 'BLOB' then
+                        thisColType^ := dtBlob
+                      else
+                        thisColType^ := dtStr;
+                fColTypes.Add(thiscoltype);
+              end;
+              fResults := TList.Create;
+            end;
+
+          //get column values
+            for i := 0 to Pred(ColCount) do
+            begin
+              ActualColType := Sqlite3_ColumnType(stmt, i);
+              if (ActualColType = SQLITE_NULL) then
+                fResults.Add(nil)
+              else
+                if pInteger(fColTypes[i])^ = dtInt then
+                begin
+                  new(thisintvalue);
+                  thisintvalue^ := Sqlite3_ColumnInt64(stmt, i);
+                  fResults.Add(thisintvalue);
+                end
+                else
+                  if pInteger(fColTypes[i])^ = dtNumeric then
+                  begin
+                    new(thisdoublevalue);
+                    thisdoublevalue^ := Sqlite3_ColumnDouble(stmt, i);
+                    fResults.Add(thisdoublevalue);
+                  end
+                  else
+                    if pInteger(fColTypes[i])^ = dtBlob then
+                    begin
+                      iNumBytes := Sqlite3_ColumnBytes(stmt, i);
+                      if iNumBytes = 0 then
+                        thisblobvalue := nil
+                      else
+                      begin
+                        thisblobvalue := TMemoryStream.Create;
+                        thisblobvalue.position := 0;
+                        ptr := Sqlite3_ColumnBlob(stmt, i);
+                        thisblobvalue.writebuffer(ptr^, iNumBytes);
+                      end;
+                      fResults.Add(thisblobvalue);
+                    end
+                    else
+                    begin
+                      new(thisstringvalue);
+                      ptrValue := Sqlite3_ColumnText(stmt, i);
+                      setstring(thisstringvalue^, ptrvalue, strlen(ptrvalue));
+                      fResults.Add(thisstringvalue);
+                    end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        SQLITE_BUSY:
+          raise ESqliteException.CreateFmt('Could not prepare SQL statement',
+            [SQL, 'SQLite is Busy']);
+      else
+        begin
+        SQLite3_reset(stmt);
+        DB.RaiseError('Could not retrieve data', SQL);
+        end;
+      end;
+      iStepResult := Sqlite3_step(Stmt);
+    end;
+    fRow := 0;
+  finally
+    if Assigned(Stmt) then
+      Sqlite3_Finalize(stmt);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+destructor TSQLiteTable.Destroy;
+var
+  i: cardinal;
+  iColNo: integer;
+begin
+  if Assigned(fResults) then
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to fResults.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      //check for blob type
+      iColNo := (i mod fColCount);
+      case pInteger(self.fColTypes[iColNo])^ of
+        dtBlob:
+          TMemoryStream(fResults[i]).Free;
+        dtStr:
+          if fResults[i] <> nil then
+          begin
+            setstring(string(fResults[i]^), nil, 0);
+            dispose(fResults[i]);
+          end;
+      else
+        dispose(fResults[i]);
+      end;
+    end;
+    fResults.Free;
+  end;
+  if Assigned(fCols) then
+    fCols.Free;
+  if Assigned(fColTypes) then
+    for i := 0 to fColTypes.Count - 1 do
+      dispose(fColTypes[i]);
+  fColTypes.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetColumns(I: integer): string;
+begin
+  Result := fCols[I];
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetCountResult: integer;
+begin
+  if not EOF then
+    Result := StrToInt(Fields[0])
+  else
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetCount: integer;
+begin
+  Result := FRowCount;
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetEOF: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := fRow >= fRowCount;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetBOF: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := fRow <= 0;
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetFieldByName(FieldName: string): string;
+begin
+  Result := GetFields(self.GetFieldIndex(FieldName));
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetFieldIndex(FieldName: string): integer;
+begin
+  if (fCols = nil) then
+  begin
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Field ' + fieldname + ' Not found. Empty dataset');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (fCols.count = 0) then
+  begin
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Field ' + fieldname + ' Not found. Empty dataset');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := fCols.IndexOf(AnsiUpperCase(FieldName));
+
+  if (result < 0) then
+  begin
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Field not found in dataset: ' + fieldname)
+  end;
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteTable.GetFields(I: cardinal): string;
+var
+  thisvalue: pstring;
+  thistype: integer;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  if EOF then
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Table is at End of File');
+  //integer types are not stored in the resultset
+  //as strings, so they should be retrieved using the type-specific
+  //methods
+  thistype := pInteger(self.fColTypes[I])^;
+
+  case thistype of
+    dtStr:
+      begin
+        thisvalue := self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I];
+        if (thisvalue <> nil) then
+          Result := thisvalue^
+        else
+          Result := '';
+      end;
+    dtInt:
+      Result := IntToStr(self.FieldAsInteger(I));
+    dtNumeric:
+      Result := FloatToStr(self.FieldAsDouble(I));
+    dtBlob:
+      Result := self.FieldAsBlobText(I);
+  else
+    Result := '';
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSqliteTable.FieldAsBlob(I: cardinal): TMemoryStream;
+begin
+  if EOF then
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Table is at End of File');
+  if (self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I] = nil) then
+    Result := nil
+  else
+    if pInteger(self.fColTypes[I])^ = dtBlob then
+      Result := TMemoryStream(self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I])
+    else
+      raise ESqliteException.Create('Not a Blob field');
+end;
+
+function TSqliteTable.FieldAsBlobText(I: cardinal): string;
+var
+  MemStream: TMemoryStream;
+  Buffer: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  MemStream := self.FieldAsBlob(I);
+  if MemStream <> nil then
+    if MemStream.Size > 0 then
+      begin
+        MemStream.position := 0;
+        {$IFDEF UNICODE}
+        Buffer := AnsiStralloc(MemStream.Size + 1);
+        {$ELSE}
+        Buffer := Stralloc(MemStream.Size + 1);
+        {$ENDIF}
+        MemStream.readbuffer(Buffer[0], MemStream.Size);
+        (Buffer + MemStream.Size)^ := chr(0);
+        SetString(Result, Buffer, MemStream.size);
+        strdispose(Buffer);
+      end;
+     //do not free the TMemoryStream here; it is freed when
+     //TSqliteTable is destroyed
+
+end;
+
+
+function TSqliteTable.FieldAsInteger(I: cardinal): int64;
+begin
+  if EOF then
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Table is at End of File');
+  if (self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I] = nil) then
+    Result := 0
+  else
+    if pInteger(self.fColTypes[I])^ = dtInt then
+      Result := pInt64(self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I])^
+    else
+      if pInteger(self.fColTypes[I])^ = dtNumeric then
+        Result := trunc(strtofloat(pString(self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I])^))
+      else
+        raise ESqliteException.Create('Not an integer or numeric field');
+end;
+
+function TSqliteTable.FieldAsDouble(I: cardinal): double;
+begin
+  if EOF then
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Table is at End of File');
+  if (self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I] = nil) then
+    Result := 0
+  else
+    if pInteger(self.fColTypes[I])^ = dtInt then
+      Result := pInt64(self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I])^
+    else
+      if pInteger(self.fColTypes[I])^ = dtNumeric then
+        Result := pDouble(self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I])^
+      else
+        raise ESqliteException.Create('Not an integer or numeric field');
+end;
+
+function TSqliteTable.FieldAsString(I: cardinal): string;
+begin
+  if EOF then
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Table is at End of File');
+  if (self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I] = nil) then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+    Result := self.GetFields(I);
+end;
+
+function TSqliteTable.FieldIsNull(I: cardinal): boolean;
+var
+  thisvalue: pointer;
+begin
+  if EOF then
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Table is at End of File');
+  thisvalue := self.fResults[(self.frow * self.fColCount) + I];
+  Result := (thisvalue = nil);
+end;
+
+//..............................................................................
+
+function TSQLiteTable.Next: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not EOF then
+  begin
+    Inc(fRow);
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.Previous: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if not BOF then
+  begin
+    Dec(fRow);
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.MoveFirst: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if self.fRowCount > 0 then
+  begin
+    fRow := 0;
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.MoveLast: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if self.fRowCount > 0 then
+  begin
+    fRow := fRowCount - 1;
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteTable.MoveTo(position: cardinal): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if (self.fRowCount > 0) and (self.fRowCount > position) then
+  begin
+    fRow := position;
+    Result := True;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+
+{ TSQLiteUniTable }
+
+constructor TSQLiteUniTable.Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring);
+begin
+  Create(DB, SQL, []);
+end;
+
+constructor TSQLiteUniTable.Create(DB: TSQLiteDatabase; const SQL: Ansistring; const Bindings: array of const);
+var
+  NextSQLStatement: PAnsiChar;
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  inherited create;
+  self.fDB := db;
+  self.fEOF := false;
+  self.fRow := 0;
+  self.fColCount := 0;
+  self.fSQL := SQL;
+  if Sqlite3_Prepare_v2(DB.fDB, PAnsiChar(SQL), -1, fStmt, NextSQLStatement) <> SQLITE_OK then
+    DB.RaiseError('Error executing SQL', SQL);
+  if (fStmt = nil) then
+    DB.RaiseError('Could not prepare SQL statement', SQL);
+  DB.DoQuery(SQL);
+  DB.SetParams(fStmt);
+  DB.BindData(fStmt, Bindings);
+
+  //get data types
+  fCols := TStringList.Create;
+  fColCount := SQLite3_ColumnCount(fstmt);
+  for i := 0 to Pred(fColCount) do
+    fCols.Add(AnsiUpperCase(Sqlite3_ColumnName(fstmt, i)));
+
+  Next;
+end;
+
+destructor TSQLiteUniTable.Destroy;
+begin
+  if Assigned(fStmt) then
+    Sqlite3_Finalize(fstmt);
+  if Assigned(fCols) then
+    fCols.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldAsBlob(I: cardinal): TMemoryStream;
+var
+  iNumBytes: integer;
+  ptr: pointer;
+begin
+  Result := TMemoryStream.Create;
+  iNumBytes := Sqlite3_ColumnBytes(fstmt, i);
+  if iNumBytes > 0 then
+  begin
+    ptr := Sqlite3_ColumnBlob(fstmt, i);
+    Result.writebuffer(ptr^, iNumBytes);
+    Result.Position := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldAsBlobPtr(I: cardinal; out iNumBytes: integer): Pointer;
+begin
+  iNumBytes := Sqlite3_ColumnBytes(fstmt, i);
+  Result := Sqlite3_ColumnBlob(fstmt, i);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldAsBlobText(I: cardinal): string;
+var
+  MemStream: TMemoryStream;
+  Buffer: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  MemStream := self.FieldAsBlob(I);
+  if MemStream <> nil then
+    try
+      if MemStream.Size > 0 then
+      begin
+        MemStream.position := 0;
+        {$IFDEF UNICODE}
+        Buffer := AnsiStralloc(MemStream.Size + 1);
+        {$ELSE}
+        Buffer := Stralloc(MemStream.Size + 1);
+        {$ENDIF}
+        MemStream.readbuffer(Buffer[0], MemStream.Size);
+        (Buffer + MemStream.Size)^ := chr(0);
+        SetString(Result, Buffer, MemStream.size);
+        strdispose(Buffer);
+      end;
+    finally
+      MemStream.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldAsDouble(I: cardinal): double;
+begin
+  Result := Sqlite3_ColumnDouble(fstmt, i);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldAsInteger(I: cardinal): int64;
+begin
+  Result := Sqlite3_ColumnInt64(fstmt, i);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldAsString(I: cardinal): string;
+begin
+  Result := self.GetFields(I);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.FieldIsNull(I: cardinal): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Sqlite3_ColumnText(fstmt, i) = nil;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.GetColumns(I: integer): string;
+begin
+  Result := fCols[I];
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.GetFieldByName(FieldName: string): string;
+begin
+  Result := GetFields(self.GetFieldIndex(FieldName));
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.GetFieldIndex(FieldName: string): integer;
+begin
+  if (fCols = nil) then
+  begin
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Field ' + fieldname + ' Not found. Empty dataset');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (fCols.count = 0) then
+  begin
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Field ' + fieldname + ' Not found. Empty dataset');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := fCols.IndexOf(AnsiUpperCase(FieldName));
+
+  if (result < 0) then
+  begin
+    raise ESqliteException.Create('Field not found in dataset: ' + fieldname)
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.GetFields(I: cardinal): string;
+begin
+  Result := Sqlite3_ColumnText(fstmt, i);
+end;
+
+function TSQLiteUniTable.Next: boolean;
+var
+  iStepResult: integer;
+begin
+  fEOF := true;
+  iStepResult := Sqlite3_step(fStmt);
+  case iStepResult of
+    SQLITE_ROW:
+      begin
+        fEOF := false;
+        inc(fRow);
+      end;
+    SQLITE_DONE:
+      // we are on the end of dataset
+      // return EOF=true only
+      ;
+  else
+    begin
+    SQLite3_reset(fStmt);
+    fDB.RaiseError('Could not retrieve data', fSQL);
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := not fEOF;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/example/Sunset.jpg b/src/lib/SQLite/example/Sunset.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..860f6eec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/example/Sunset.jpg
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/example/TestSqlite.dpr b/src/lib/SQLite/example/TestSqlite.dpr
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..596a3a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/example/TestSqlite.dpr
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+program TestSqlite;
+
+uses
+  Forms,
+  uTestSqlite in 'uTestSqlite.pas' {Form1},
+  SQLiteTable3 in 'SQLiteTable3.pas',
+  SQLite3 in 'SQLite3.pas';
+
+{$R *.res}
+
+begin
+  Application.Initialize;
+  Application.CreateForm(TForm1, Form1);
+  Application.Run;
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/example/TestSqlite.res b/src/lib/SQLite/example/TestSqlite.res
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bdd5e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/example/TestSqlite.res
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/example/uTestSqlite.dfm b/src/lib/SQLite/example/uTestSqlite.dfm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b4a2aaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/example/uTestSqlite.dfm
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+object Form1: TForm1

+  Left = 199

+  Top = 280

+  Width = 541

+  Height = 308

+  Caption = 'Test SQLite 3'

+  Color = clBtnFace

+  Font.Charset = DEFAULT_CHARSET

+  Font.Color = clWindowText

+  Font.Height = -11

+  Font.Name = 'MS Sans Serif'

+  Font.Style = []

+  OldCreateOrder = False

+  PixelsPerInch = 96

+  TextHeight = 13

+  object Label1: TLabel

+    Left = 24

+    Top = 104

+    Width = 28

+    Height = 13

+    Caption = 'Notes'

+  end

+  object Label2: TLabel

+    Left = 24

+    Top = 44

+    Width = 28

+    Height = 13

+    Caption = 'Name'

+  end

+  object Label3: TLabel

+    Left = 24

+    Top = 72

+    Width = 40

+    Height = 13

+    Caption = 'Number:'

+  end

+  object Label4: TLabel

+    Left = 24

+    Top = 12

+    Width = 11

+    Height = 13

+    Caption = 'ID'

+  end

+  object Image1: TImage

+    Left = 272

+    Top = 12

+    Width = 241

+    Height = 165

+    Proportional = True

+    Stretch = True

+  end

+  object btnTest: TButton

+    Left = 24

+    Top = 224

+    Width = 161

+    Height = 37

+    Caption = 'Test SQLite 3'

+    TabOrder = 0

+    OnClick = btnTestClick

+  end

+  object memNotes: TMemo

+    Left = 24

+    Top = 124

+    Width = 185

+    Height = 89

+    Lines.Strings = (

+      '')

+    ScrollBars = ssVertical

+    TabOrder = 1

+  end

+  object ebName: TEdit

+    Left = 72

+    Top = 40

+    Width = 173

+    Height = 21

+    TabOrder = 2

+  end

+  object ebNumber: TEdit

+    Left = 72

+    Top = 68

+    Width = 173

+    Height = 21

+    TabOrder = 3

+  end

+  object ebID: TEdit

+    Left = 72

+    Top = 12

+    Width = 173

+    Height = 21

+    TabOrder = 4

+  end

+  object btnLoadImage: TButton

+    Left = 192

+    Top = 224

+    Width = 157

+    Height = 37

+    Caption = 'Load image'

+    TabOrder = 5

+    OnClick = btnLoadImageClick

+  end

+  object btnDisplayImage: TButton

+    Left = 360

+    Top = 224

+    Width = 157

+    Height = 37

+    Caption = 'Display image'

+    TabOrder = 6

+    OnClick = btnDisplayImageClick

+  end

+end

diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/example/uTestSqlite.pas b/src/lib/SQLite/example/uTestSqlite.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..484be71c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/example/uTestSqlite.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+unit uTestSqlite;
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Windows, Messages, SysUtils, Variants, Classes, Graphics, Controls, Forms,
+  Dialogs, StdCtrls,SQLiteTable3, ExtCtrls, jpeg;
+
+type
+  TForm1 = class(TForm)
+    btnTest: TButton;
+    memNotes: TMemo;
+    Label1: TLabel;
+    Label2: TLabel;
+    ebName: TEdit;
+    Label3: TLabel;
+    ebNumber: TEdit;
+    Label4: TLabel;
+    ebID: TEdit;
+    Image1: TImage;
+    btnLoadImage: TButton;
+    btnDisplayImage: TButton;
+    procedure btnTestClick(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure btnLoadImageClick(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure btnDisplayImageClick(Sender: TObject);
+  private
+    { Private declarations }
+  public
+    { Public declarations }
+  end;
+
+var
+  Form1: TForm1;
+
+implementation
+
+{$R *.dfm}
+
+procedure TForm1.btnTestClick(Sender: TObject);
+var
+slDBpath: string;
+sldb: TSQLiteDatabase;
+sltb: TSQLIteTable;
+sSQL: String;
+Notes: String;
+
+begin
+
+slDBPath := ExtractFilepath(application.exename)
++ 'test.db';
+
+sldb := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(slDBPath);
+try
+
+if sldb.TableExists('testTable') then begin
+sSQL := 'DROP TABLE testtable';
+sldb.execsql(sSQL);
+end;
+
+sSQL := 'CREATE TABLE testtable ([ID] INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,[OtherID] INTEGER NULL,';
+sSQL := sSQL + '[Name] VARCHAR (255),[Number] FLOAT, [notes] BLOB, [picture] BLOB COLLATE NOCASE);';
+
+sldb.execsql(sSQL);
+
+sldb.execsql('CREATE INDEX TestTableName ON [testtable]([Name]);');
+
+//begin a transaction
+sldb.BeginTransaction;
+
+sSQL := 'INSERT INTO testtable(Name,OtherID,Number,Notes) VALUES ("Some Name",4,587.6594,"Here are some notes");';
+//do the insert
+sldb.ExecSQL(sSQL);
+
+sSQL := 'INSERT INTO testtable(Name,OtherID,Number,Notes) VALUES ("Another Name",12,4758.3265,"More notes");';
+//do the insert
+sldb.ExecSQL(sSQL);
+
+//end the transaction
+sldb.Commit;
+
+//query the data
+sltb := slDb.GetTable('SELECT * FROM testtable');
+try
+
+if sltb.Count > 0 then
+begin
+//display first row
+
+ebName.Text := sltb.FieldAsString(sltb.FieldIndex['Name']);
+ebID.Text := inttostr(sltb.FieldAsInteger(sltb.FieldIndex['ID']));
+ebNumber.Text := floattostr( sltb.FieldAsDouble(sltb.FieldIndex['Number']));
+Notes :=  sltb.FieldAsBlobText(sltb.FieldIndex['Notes']);
+memNotes.Text := notes;
+
+end;
+
+finally
+sltb.Free;
+end;
+
+finally
+sldb.Free;
+
+end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TForm1.btnLoadImageClick(Sender: TObject);
+var
+slDBpath: string;
+sldb: TSQLiteDatabase;
+sltb: TSQLIteTable;
+iID: integer;
+fs: TFileStream;
+
+begin
+
+slDBPath := ExtractFilepath(application.exename)
++ 'test.db';
+
+if not FileExists(slDBPath) then begin
+MessageDLg('Test.db does not exist. Click Test Sqlite 3 to create it.',mtInformation,[mbOK],0);
+exit;
+end;
+
+sldb := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(slDBPath);
+try
+
+//get an ID
+//query the data
+sltb := slDb.GetTable('SELECT ID FROM testtable');
+try
+
+if sltb.Count = 0 then begin
+MessageDLg('There are no rows in the database. Click Test Sqlite 3 to insert a row.',mtInformation,[mbOK],0);
+exit;
+end;
+
+iID := sltb.FieldAsInteger(sltb.FieldIndex['ID']);
+
+finally
+sltb.Free;
+end;
+
+//load an image
+fs := TFileStream.Create(ExtractFileDir(application.ExeName) + '\sunset.jpg',fmOpenRead);
+try
+
+//insert the image into the db
+sldb.UpdateBlob('UPDATE testtable set picture = ? WHERE ID = ' + inttostr(iID),fs);
+
+finally
+fs.Free;
+end;
+
+finally
+sldb.Free;
+
+end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TForm1.btnDisplayImageClick(Sender: TObject);
+var
+slDBpath: string;
+sldb: TSQLiteDatabase;
+sltb: TSQLIteTable;
+iID: integer;
+ms: TMemoryStream;
+pic: TJPegImage;
+
+begin
+
+slDBPath := ExtractFilepath(application.exename)
++ 'test.db';
+
+if not FileExists(slDBPath) then begin
+MessageDLg('Test.db does not exist. Click Test Sqlite 3 to create it, then Load image to load an image.',mtInformation,[mbOK],0);
+exit;
+end;
+
+sldb := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(slDBPath);
+try
+
+//get an ID
+//query the data
+sltb := slDb.GetTable('SELECT ID FROM testtable');
+try
+
+if not sltb.Count = 0 then begin
+MessageDLg('No rows in the test database. Click Test Sqlite 3 to insert a row, then Load image to load an image.',mtInformation,[mbOK],0);
+exit;
+end;
+
+iID := sltb.FieldAsInteger(sltb.FieldIndex['ID']);
+
+finally
+sltb.Free;
+end;
+
+sltb := sldb.GetTable('SELECT picture FROM testtable where ID = ' + inttostr(iID));
+try
+
+ms := sltb.FieldAsBlob(sltb.FieldIndex['picture']);
+//note that the memory stream is freed when the TSqliteTable is destroyed.
+
+if (ms = nil) then begin
+MessageDLg('No image in the test database. Click Load image to load an image.',mtInformation,[mbOK],0);
+exit;
+end;
+
+ms.Position := 0;
+
+pic := TJPEGImage.Create;
+pic.LoadFromStream(ms);
+
+self.Image1.Picture.Graphic := pic;
+
+pic.Free;
+
+finally
+sltb.Free;
+end;
+
+finally
+sldb.Free;
+
+end;
+
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/SQLite/readme.txt b/src/lib/SQLite/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7998d17f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/SQLite/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+5 June 2008
+Updated DLL to version 3.5.9 (built with MSVC 6.0)
+Added code from Andrew Retmanski to support prepared queries (see comments in SQLIteTable3.pas
+Lukas added support for named parameters - see comments in code
+User nebula enhanced error message; also modified code to call sqlite3_reset before checking error message
+
+
+27 Aug 2007
+Amended TSQLiteDatabase constructor to convert filename to UTF8,for compatibility with latest SQLite3 DLL.
+
+Updated DLL to version 3.4.2 (built with MSVC 6.0).
+
+14 Aug 2005
+
+The following changes were made by Lukas Gebauer (geby@volny.cz). In addition, some changes from a previous D5-compatible version were merged, and the supplied sqlite3.dll is updated to version 3.2.2
+
+Notes from Lukas:
+
+- added support for delphi 4+
+
+- datatype constants matches SQlite datatypes contants. (otherwise in some situations you got bad column datatype!)
+
+- removed dependency on strutils
+
+- code is reformatted to better look (official borland formatting rules)
+
+- added some pragma's after database is open (temp is in memory)
+
+- TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableValue(const SQL: string): int64 for easy call of SQL commands what returning one number only. (like select
+count(*)...)
+
+- TSQLiteDatabase.GetTableString(const SQL: string): String for easy call of SQL commands what returning one string only. (like PRAGMA
+integrity_check)
+
+- TSQLiteDatabase.SetTimeout(Value: integer); you can set timeout for accessing to some table. Good for database sharing!
+
+- TSQLiteDatabase.version: string; returns SQLITE version string
+
+- removed bool fieldtype (it is not natural SQLite3 type)
+
+- fild type detection by Sqite3_columnType knows REAL too.
+
+- integer filedtype is based on Int64
+
+- GetFields can get data from any supported fieldtype
+
+- changed some integers to cardinal for avoid signed and unsigned mismatch
+
+- TSqliteTable.FieldAsInteger(I: cardinal): int64; returns int64
+
+
+3 May 2005 Fixed bug where strupper called on column type before checking for nil
+
+2 May 2005 Add extra check for nil in TSqliteTable.Destroy, thanks to Tim Maddrell
+
+22 Apr 2005 Revise TSqliteTable.Destroy to fix memory leak with dtStr type (thanks to
+Jose Brito)
+
+21 Apr 2005 Quick revision to fix case sensitivity in detecting column type,
+and remove PRAGMA full_column_names = 1 which is deprecated. Warning: may break code. Fix your SQL code so that all column names in a result set are unique.
+
+21 Feb 2005 Sqlite DLL now 3.1.3 
+
+19 Feb 2005 Revised for Sqlite 3.1.2 
+
+21 Dec 2004 First public release 
+
+The following notice appears in the Sqlite source code:
+
+*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** 
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+
+**
+ May you do good and not evil.
+
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+
+
+For more information about SQLite, see http://www.sqlite.org
+
+For more information about this simple wrapper, see http://www.itwriting.com/sqlitesimple.php
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/License.txt b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/License.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ac7f75b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/License.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+TntWare Delphi Unicode Controls
+      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/
+
+Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (www.tntware.com) 
+
+License
+Redistribution and use in binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted.  Redistribution and use in source forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the redistributions of source code retain the above copyright.
+
+Disclaimer
+This software is provided by the author "as is" and any express or implied warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. In no event shall the author be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/Readme.txt b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/Readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a2d8f799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/Readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+  ** Tnt Delphi UNICODE Controls Project **
+
+Website: http://tnt.ccci.org/delphi_unicode_controls/
+Email: troy.wolbrink@ccci.org
+
+These controls are provided as-is, with no implied warranty.  They are freely available for you to use in your own projects.  Please let me know if you have found them helpful.  Also, please let me know if you find any bugs or other areas of needed improvement.
+
+
+---Delphi Installation--------------------------
+
+The most simple way to install these components is by opening the appropriate design package in Delphi and clicking on the big "Install" button.  For instance, Delphi 5's design package is TntUnicodeVcl_D50.dpk.
+
+For BCB 2006 and newer, open the appropriate design package in the packages\bcbx\ folder using the Delphi personality.  After compiling and installing, you should be able to use the components in both the Delphi and BCB personality.  Remember to set the library path in menu "Tools->Options" for both the C++ Builder and the Delphi.
+
+
+---A note on fonts----------------------
+
+The default TFont uses "MS Sans Serif" which doesn't work well with most non-ANSI characters.  I'd recommend using a TrueType font such as "Tahoma" if it is installed on the machine.  To make TFont use a different font like "Tahoma" add this to the first line in the project:
+
+  Graphics.DefFontData.Name := 'Tahoma';
+
+You might have to include "Graphics" in the file's uses clauses.  Furthermore, adding this line of code to the project will cause the changed setting to only be applied at runtime, not at design time.  To make a designtime change, you'd have to add this line to the initialization section of a unit in a design package.
+
+Regarding the IDE, I use GExperts to change the font of the Object Inspector.  The Wide String List editor uses the font used by the object inspector.
+
+Also keep in mind that the font used by certain message boxes come from that set by Windows' Display properties.
+
+
+---Background----------------------------
+
+Designing software for an international audience, I've always wanted to write a full UNICODE application.  My approach so far, has been to write Unicode on the inside, and MBCS on the outside.  This has always been frustrating, because (even on Windows NT/2000/XP which provide native Unicode window controls) the WideStrings inside my application and databases were always confined to an ANSI VCL.  And, since the VCL was designed to wrap the low-level Windows details, why shouldn't the VCL hide the fact that sometimes native Unicode controls are not possible on the given version of Windows.  I believe the VCL should be written with a Unicode interface, even if it must (at times) deal with an ANSI operating system.  For example, TEdit should expose Text as a WideString, even if it has to convert the WideString to an AnsiString on the Windows 9X platform.
+
+In the past, the ANSI VCL may have made a little sense, considering that there were many more users of Windows 9X, than Windows NT.  There would have been some performance penalty to use WideStrings on the Windows 9X platform.  But with the faster computers of today, and with more people using platforms such as Windows 2000 and Windows XP, the ANSI VCL just doesn't make sense anymore.  In fact, having to use the the ANSI VCL on Windows NT/2000/XP is slower because of the constant conversion to and from UNICODE inside Windows.
+
+My coding signature is Tnt.  I will use this to denote my classes from others.
+
+For more information about me: <http://home.ccci.org/wolbrink/>
+Some of my software projects (all written in Delphi).
+    TntMPD (contact manager for missionaries)
+      <http://www.tntmpd.com/>
+    Jesus Film Screen Saver
+      <http://home.ccci.org/wolbrink/screensaver.htm>
+    ActiveX SCR control
+      <http://tnt.ccci.org/download/activex_scr/ActiveXSCR.exe>
+
+---Design Goals----------------------------
+
+I want the controls to work on Windows 95, 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP, etc.  I want a single EXE for all platforms.  Of course, full UNICODE support is only truly available on NT/2000/XP.  In other words, the controls should automatically scale to take advantage of native Unicode support when possible.
+
+I want the controls to inherit from the Delphi VCL.  I want to reuse as much code as possible.  For the most part this makes sense.  The only sticky part is where text messages get passed around.  But I believe I've gotten past this through strategic subclassing at various points in the message flow chain.  To give a rough comparison of why this is so important, check out the following chart which compares the lines of code in the VCL for a given control (4,397 in all), and the lines of code required in my descendent controls (655 in all).  Besides saving lines of code, I get the advantage of automatically inheriting new features as new versions of Delphi come out.  One such example is the AlphaBlending feature in the Delphi 6 TForm.  Even though I use Delphi 5 now, I won't have to add any code to get this new feature.
+
+---More Interesting Information----------------------------
+Case Study: Porting an MFC Application to Unicode:  It looks like the FrontPage 2002 team did the roughly the same thing to MFC as what I'm doing to the VCL.  They did this with the same goal in mind: to support Unicode as much as possible depending on the support offered by Windows.  Another goal was "Don’t abandon MFC; don’t rewrite app".  Because they still want to support Windows 9X using the same worldwide EXE used everywhere.  They couldn't just compile with the _UNICODE directive.  They had to start with the ANSI MFC, strategically subclassing window procedures at just the right places.  Hmmm... sounds familiar.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntClasses.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntClasses.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f0ebd14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntClasses.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1806 @@
+

+{*****************************************************************************}

+{                                                                             }

+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }

+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }

+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }

+{                                                                             }

+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }

+{                                                                             }

+{*****************************************************************************}

+

+unit TntClasses;

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}

+

+interface

+

+{ TODO: Consider: TTntRegIniFile, TTntMemIniFile (consider if UTF8 fits into this solution). }

+

+{***********************************************}

+{  WideChar-streaming implemented by Maël Hörz  }

+{***********************************************}

+

+uses

+  Classes, SysUtils, Windows,

+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}

+  TntWideStrings,

+  {$ELSE}

+  WideStrings,

+  {$ENDIF}

+  ActiveX, Contnrs;

+

+// ......... introduced .........

+type

+  TTntStreamCharSet = (csAnsi, csUnicode, csUnicodeSwapped, csUtf8);

+

+function AutoDetectCharacterSet(Stream: TStream): TTntStreamCharSet;

+

+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

+//                                 Tnt - Classes

+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

+

+{TNT-WARN ExtractStrings}

+{TNT-WARN LineStart}

+{TNT-WARN TStringStream}   // TODO: Implement a TWideStringStream

+

+// A potential implementation of TWideStringStream can be found at:

+//   http://kdsxml.cvs.sourceforge.net/kdsxml/Global/KDSClasses.pas?revision=1.10&view=markup

+

+procedure TntPersistent_AfterInherited_DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler; Instance: TPersistent);

+

+type

+{TNT-WARN TFileStream}

+  TTntFileStream = class(THandleStream)

+  public

+    constructor Create(const FileName: WideString; Mode: Word);

+    destructor Destroy; override;

+  end;

+

+{TNT-WARN TMemoryStream}

+  TTntMemoryStream = class(TMemoryStream{TNT-ALLOW TMemoryStream})

+  public

+    procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString);

+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);

+  end;

+

+{TNT-WARN TResourceStream}

+  TTntResourceStream = class(TCustomMemoryStream)

+  private

+    HResInfo: HRSRC;

+    HGlobal: THandle;

+    procedure Initialize(Instance: THandle; Name, ResType: PWideChar);

+  public

+    constructor Create(Instance: THandle; const ResName: WideString; ResType: PWideChar);

+    constructor CreateFromID(Instance: THandle; ResID: Word; ResType: PWideChar);

+    destructor Destroy; override;

+    function Write(const Buffer; Count: Longint): Longint; override;

+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);

+  end;

+

+  TTntStrings = class;

+

+{TNT-WARN TAnsiStrings}

+  TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings} = class(TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings})

+  public

+    procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString); reintroduce;

+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString); reintroduce;

+    procedure LoadFromFileEx(const FileName: WideString; CodePage: Cardinal);

+    procedure SaveToFileEx(const FileName: WideString; CodePage: Cardinal);

+    procedure LoadFromStreamEx(Stream: TStream; CodePage: Cardinal); virtual; abstract;

+    procedure SaveToStreamEx(Stream: TStream; CodePage: Cardinal); virtual; abstract;

+  end;

+

+  TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter = class(TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings})

+  private

+    FWideStrings: TTntStrings;

+    FAdapterCodePage: Cardinal;

+  protected

+    function Get(Index: Integer): AnsiString; override;

+    procedure Put(Index: Integer; const S: AnsiString); override;

+    function GetCount: Integer; override;

+    function GetObject(Index: Integer): TObject; override;

+    procedure PutObject(Index: Integer; AObject: TObject); override;

+    procedure SetUpdateState(Updating: Boolean); override;

+    function AdapterCodePage: Cardinal; dynamic;

+  public

+    constructor Create(AWideStrings: TTntStrings; _AdapterCodePage: Cardinal = 0);

+    procedure Clear; override;

+    procedure Delete(Index: Integer); override;

+    procedure Insert(Index: Integer; const S: AnsiString); override;

+    procedure LoadFromStreamEx(Stream: TStream; CodePage: Cardinal); override;

+    procedure SaveToStreamEx(Stream: TStream; CodePage: Cardinal); override;

+  end;

+

+{TNT-WARN TStrings}

+  TTntStrings = class(TWideStrings)

+  private

+    FLastFileCharSet: TTntStreamCharSet;

+    FAnsiStrings: TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings};

+    procedure SetAnsiStrings(const Value: TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings});

+    procedure ReadData(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure ReadDataUTF7(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure ReadDataUTF8(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure WriteDataUTF7(Writer: TWriter);

+  protected

+    procedure DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler); override;

+  public

+    constructor Create;

+    destructor Destroy; override;

+

+    procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString); override;

+    procedure LoadFromStream(Stream: TStream); override;

+    procedure LoadFromStream_BOM(Stream: TStream; WithBOM: Boolean); virtual;

+

+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString); override;

+    procedure SaveToStream(Stream: TStream); override;

+    procedure SaveToStream_BOM(Stream: TStream; WithBOM: Boolean); virtual;

+

+    property LastFileCharSet: TTntStreamCharSet read FLastFileCharSet;

+  published

+    property AnsiStrings: TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings} read FAnsiStrings write SetAnsiStrings stored False;

+  end;

+

+{ TTntStringList class }

+

+  TTntStringList = class;

+  TWideStringListSortCompare = function(List: TTntStringList; Index1, Index2: Integer): Integer;

+

+{TNT-WARN TStringList}

+  TTntStringList = class(TTntStrings)

+  private

+    FUpdating: Boolean;

+    FList: PWideStringItemList;

+    FCount: Integer;

+    FCapacity: Integer;

+    FSorted: Boolean;

+    FDuplicates: TDuplicates;

+    FCaseSensitive: Boolean;

+    FOnChange: TNotifyEvent;

+    FOnChanging: TNotifyEvent;

+    procedure ExchangeItems(Index1, Index2: Integer);

+    procedure Grow;

+    procedure QuickSort(L, R: Integer; SCompare: TWideStringListSortCompare);

+    procedure SetSorted(Value: Boolean);

+    procedure SetCaseSensitive(const Value: Boolean);

+  protected

+    procedure Changed; virtual;

+    procedure Changing; virtual;

+    function Get(Index: Integer): WideString; override;

+    function GetCapacity: Integer; override;

+    function GetCount: Integer; override;

+    function GetObject(Index: Integer): TObject; override;

+    procedure Put(Index: Integer; const S: WideString); override;

+    procedure PutObject(Index: Integer; AObject: TObject); override;

+    procedure SetCapacity(NewCapacity: Integer); override;

+    procedure SetUpdateState(Updating: Boolean); override;

+    function CompareStrings(const S1, S2: WideString): Integer; override;

+    procedure InsertItem(Index: Integer; const S: WideString; AObject: TObject); virtual;

+  public

+    destructor Destroy; override;

+    function Add(const S: WideString): Integer; override;

+    function AddObject(const S: WideString; AObject: TObject): Integer; override;

+    procedure Clear; override;

+    procedure Delete(Index: Integer); override;

+    procedure Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer); override;

+    function Find(const S: WideString; var Index: Integer): Boolean; virtual;

+    function IndexOf(const S: WideString): Integer; override;

+    function IndexOfName(const Name: WideString): Integer; override;

+    procedure Insert(Index: Integer; const S: WideString); override;

+    procedure InsertObject(Index: Integer; const S: WideString;

+      AObject: TObject); override;

+    procedure Sort; virtual;

+    procedure CustomSort(Compare: TWideStringListSortCompare); virtual;

+    property Duplicates: TDuplicates read FDuplicates write FDuplicates;

+    property Sorted: Boolean read FSorted write SetSorted;

+    property CaseSensitive: Boolean read FCaseSensitive write SetCaseSensitive;

+    property OnChange: TNotifyEvent read FOnChange write FOnChange;

+    property OnChanging: TNotifyEvent read FOnChanging write FOnChanging;

+  end;

+

+// ......... introduced .........

+type

+  TListTargetCompare = function (Item, Target: Pointer): Integer;

+

+function FindSortedListByTarget(List: TList; TargetCompare: TListTargetCompare;

+  Target: Pointer; var Index: Integer): Boolean;

+

+function ClassIsRegistered(const clsid: TCLSID): Boolean;

+

+var

+  RuntimeUTFStreaming: Boolean;

+

+type

+  TBufferedAnsiString = class(TObject)

+  private

+    FStringBuffer: AnsiString;

+    LastWriteIndex: Integer;

+  public

+    procedure Clear;

+    procedure AddChar(const wc: AnsiChar);

+    procedure AddString(const s: AnsiString);

+    procedure AddBuffer(Buff: PAnsiChar; Chars: Integer);

+    function Value: AnsiString;

+    function BuffPtr: PAnsiChar;

+  end;

+

+  TBufferedWideString = class(TObject)

+  private

+    FStringBuffer: WideString;

+    LastWriteIndex: Integer;

+  public

+    procedure Clear;

+    procedure AddChar(const wc: WideChar);

+    procedure AddString(const s: WideString);

+    procedure AddBuffer(Buff: PWideChar; Chars: Integer);

+    function Value: WideString;

+    function BuffPtr: PWideChar;

+  end;

+

+  TBufferedStreamReader = class(TStream)

+  private

+    FStream: TStream;

+    FStreamSize: Integer;

+    FBuffer: array of Byte;

+    FBufferSize: Integer;

+    FBufferStartPosition: Integer;

+    FVirtualPosition: Integer;

+    procedure UpdateBufferFromPosition(StartPos: Integer);

+  public

+    constructor Create(Stream: TStream; BufferSize: Integer = 1024);

+    function Read(var Buffer; Count: Longint): Longint; override;

+    function Write(const Buffer; Count: Longint): Longint; override;

+    function Seek(Offset: Longint; Origin: Word): Longint; override;

+  end;

+

+// "synced" wide string

+type TSetAnsiStrEvent = procedure(const Value: AnsiString) of object;

+function GetSyncedWideString(var WideStr: WideString; const AnsiStr: AnsiString): WideString;

+procedure SetSyncedWideString(const Value: WideString; var WideStr: WideString;

+  const AnsiStr: AnsiString; SetAnsiStr: TSetAnsiStrEvent);

+

+type

+  TWideComponentHelper = class(TComponent)

+  private

+    FComponent: TComponent;

+  protected

+    procedure Notification(AComponent: TComponent; Operation: TOperation); override;

+  public

+    constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent); override;

+    constructor CreateHelper(AOwner: TComponent; ComponentHelperList: TComponentList);

+  end;

+

+function FindWideComponentHelper(ComponentHelperList: TComponentList; Component: TComponent): TWideComponentHelper;

+

+implementation

+

+uses

+  RTLConsts, ComObj, Math,

+  Registry, TypInfo, TntSystem, TntSysUtils;

+

+{ TntPersistent }

+

+//===========================================================================

+//   The Delphi 5 Classes.pas never supported the streaming of WideStrings.

+//   The Delphi 6 Classes.pas supports WideString streaming.  But it's too bad that

+//     the Delphi 6 IDE doesn't use the updated Classes.pas.  Switching between Form/Text

+//       mode corrupts extended characters in WideStrings even under Delphi 6.

+//   Delphi 7 seems to finally get right.  But let's keep the UTF7 support at design time

+//     to enable sharing source code with previous versions of Delphi.

+//

+//   The purpose of this solution is to store WideString properties which contain

+//     non-ASCII chars in the form of UTF7 under the old property name + '_UTF7'.

+//

+//   Special thanks go to Francisco Leong for helping to develop this solution.

+//

+

+{ TTntWideStringPropertyFiler }

+type

+  TTntWideStringPropertyFiler = class

+  private

+    FInstance: TPersistent;

+    FPropInfo: PPropInfo;

+    procedure ReadDataUTF8(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure ReadDataUTF7(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure WriteDataUTF7(Writer: TWriter);

+  public

+    procedure DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler; Instance: TPersistent; PropName: AnsiString);

+  end;

+

+function ReaderNeedsUtfHelp(Reader: TReader): Boolean;

+begin

+  if Reader.Owner = nil then

+    Result := False { designtime - visual form inheritance ancestor }

+  else if csDesigning in Reader.Owner.ComponentState then

+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}

+    Result := False { Delphi 7+: designtime - doesn't need UTF help. }

+    {$ELSE}

+    Result := True { Delphi 6: designtime - always needs UTF help. }

+    {$ENDIF}

+  else

+    Result := RuntimeUTFStreaming; { runtime }

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideStringPropertyFiler.ReadDataUTF8(Reader: TReader);

+begin

+  if ReaderNeedsUtfHelp(Reader) then

+    SetWideStrProp(FInstance, FPropInfo, UTF8ToWideString(Reader.ReadString))

+  else

+    Reader.ReadString; { do nothing with Result }

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideStringPropertyFiler.ReadDataUTF7(Reader: TReader);

+begin

+  if ReaderNeedsUtfHelp(Reader) then

+    SetWideStrProp(FInstance, FPropInfo, UTF7ToWideString(Reader.ReadString))

+  else

+    Reader.ReadString; { do nothing with Result }

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideStringPropertyFiler.WriteDataUTF7(Writer: TWriter);

+begin

+  Writer.WriteString(WideStringToUTF7(GetWideStrProp(FInstance, FPropInfo)));

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideStringPropertyFiler.DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler; Instance: TPersistent;

+  PropName: AnsiString);

+

+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_7_UP}

+  function HasData: Boolean;

+  var

+    CurrPropValue: WideString;

+  begin

+    // must be stored

+    Result := IsStoredProp(Instance, FPropInfo);

+    if Result

+    and (Filer.Ancestor <> nil)

+    and (GetPropInfo(Filer.Ancestor, PropName, [tkWString]) <> nil) then

+    begin

+      // must be different than ancestor

+      CurrPropValue := GetWideStrProp(Instance, FPropInfo);

+      Result := CurrPropValue <> GetWideStrProp(Filer.Ancestor, GetPropInfo(Filer.Ancestor, PropName));

+    end;

+    if Result then begin

+      // must be non-blank and different than UTF8 (implies all ASCII <= 127)

+      CurrPropValue := GetWideStrProp(Instance, FPropInfo);

+      Result := (CurrPropValue <> '') and (WideStringToUTF8(CurrPropValue) <> CurrPropValue);

+    end;

+  end;

+  {$ENDIF}

+

+begin

+  FInstance := Instance;

+  FPropInfo := GetPropInfo(Instance, PropName, [tkWString]);

+  if FPropInfo <> nil then begin

+    // must be published (and of type WideString)

+    Filer.DefineProperty(PropName + 'W', ReadDataUTF8, nil, False);

+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}

+    Filer.DefineProperty(PropName + '_UTF7', ReadDataUTF7, WriteDataUTF7, False);

+    {$ELSE}

+    Filer.DefineProperty(PropName + '_UTF7', ReadDataUTF7, WriteDataUTF7, HasData);

+    {$ENDIF}

+  end;

+  FInstance := nil;

+  FPropInfo := nil;

+end;

+

+{ TTntWideCharPropertyFiler }

+type

+  TTntWideCharPropertyFiler = class

+  private

+    FInstance: TPersistent;

+    FPropInfo: PPropInfo;

+    {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}

+    FWriter: TWriter;

+    procedure GetLookupInfo(var Ancestor: TPersistent;

+      var Root, LookupRoot, RootAncestor: TComponent);

+    {$ENDIF}

+    procedure ReadData_W(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure ReadDataUTF7(Reader: TReader);

+    procedure WriteData_W(Writer: TWriter);

+    function ReadChar(Reader: TReader): WideChar;

+  public

+    procedure DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler; Instance: TPersistent; PropName: AnsiString);

+  end;

+

+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}

+type

+  TGetLookupInfoEvent = procedure(var Ancestor: TPersistent;

+    var Root, LookupRoot, RootAncestor: TComponent) of object;

+

+function AncestorIsValid(Ancestor: TPersistent; Root, RootAncestor: TComponent): Boolean;

+begin

+  Result := (Ancestor <> nil) and (RootAncestor <> nil) and

+            Root.InheritsFrom(RootAncestor.ClassType);

+end;

+

+function IsDefaultOrdPropertyValue(Instance: TObject; PropInfo: PPropInfo;

+  OnGetLookupInfo: TGetLookupInfoEvent): Boolean;

+var

+  Ancestor: TPersistent;

+  LookupRoot: TComponent;

+  RootAncestor: TComponent;

+  Root: TComponent;

+  AncestorValid: Boolean;

+  Value: Longint;

+  Default: LongInt;

+begin

+  Ancestor := nil;

+  Root := nil;

+  LookupRoot := nil;

+  RootAncestor := nil;

+

+  if Assigned(OnGetLookupInfo) then

+    OnGetLookupInfo(Ancestor, Root, LookupRoot, RootAncestor);

+

+  AncestorValid := AncestorIsValid(Ancestor, Root, RootAncestor);

+

+  Result := True;

+  if (PropInfo^.GetProc <> nil) and (PropInfo^.SetProc <> nil) then

+  begin

+    Value := GetOrdProp(Instance, PropInfo);

+    if AncestorValid then

+      Result := Value = GetOrdProp(Ancestor, PropInfo)

+    else

+    begin

+      Default := PPropInfo(PropInfo)^.Default;

+      Result :=  (Default <> LongInt($80000000)) and (Value = Default);

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.GetLookupInfo(var Ancestor: TPersistent;

+  var Root, LookupRoot, RootAncestor: TComponent);

+begin

+  Ancestor := FWriter.Ancestor;

+  Root := FWriter.Root;

+  LookupRoot := FWriter.LookupRoot;

+  RootAncestor := FWriter.RootAncestor;

+end;

+{$ENDIF}

+

+function TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.ReadChar(Reader: TReader): WideChar;

+var

+  Temp: WideString;

+begin

+  case Reader.NextValue of

+    vaWString:

+      Temp := Reader.ReadWideString;

+    vaString:

+      Temp := Reader.ReadString;

+    else

+      raise EReadError.Create(SInvalidPropertyValue);

+  end;

+

+  if Length(Temp) > 1 then

+    raise EReadError.Create(SInvalidPropertyValue);

+  Result := Temp[1];

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.ReadData_W(Reader: TReader);

+begin

+  SetOrdProp(FInstance, FPropInfo, Ord(ReadChar(Reader)));

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.ReadDataUTF7(Reader: TReader);

+var

+  S: WideString;

+begin

+  S := UTF7ToWideString(Reader.ReadString);

+  if S = '' then

+    SetOrdProp(FInstance, FPropInfo, 0)

+  else

+    SetOrdProp(FInstance, FPropInfo, Ord(S[1]))

+end;

+

+type TAccessWriter = class(TWriter);

+

+procedure TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.WriteData_W(Writer: TWriter);

+var

+  L: Integer;

+  Temp: WideString;

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+// Workaround: the Buffer parameter of TWriter.Write() must be of a fixed size

+// type for FPC >= 2.4.0. The values vaWString, Ord(vaWString) or Integer(vaWString)

+// are not allowed anymore.

+const

+  vaWStringInt: integer = Ord(vaWString);

+{$ENDIF}

+begin

+  Temp := WideChar(GetOrdProp(FInstance, FPropInfo));

+

+  {$IFNDEF FPC}

+  TAccessWriter(Writer).WriteValue(vaWString);

+  {$ELSE}

+  TAccessWriter(Writer).Write(vaWStringInt, SizeOf(vaWString));

+  {$ENDIF}

+  L := Length(Temp);

+  Writer.Write(L, SizeOf(Integer));

+  Writer.Write(Pointer(@Temp[1])^, L * 2);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler;

+  Instance: TPersistent; PropName: AnsiString);

+

+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}

+  function HasData: Boolean;

+  var

+    CurrPropValue: Integer;

+  begin

+    // must be stored

+    Result := IsStoredProp(Instance, FPropInfo);

+    if Result and (Filer.Ancestor <> nil) and

+      (GetPropInfo(Filer.Ancestor, PropName, [tkWChar]) <> nil) then

+    begin

+      // must be different than ancestor

+      CurrPropValue := GetOrdProp(Instance, FPropInfo);

+      Result := CurrPropValue <> GetOrdProp(Filer.Ancestor, GetPropInfo(Filer.Ancestor, PropName));

+    end;

+    if Result and (Filer is TWriter) then

+    begin

+      FWriter := TWriter(Filer);

+      Result := not IsDefaultOrdPropertyValue(Instance, FPropInfo, GetLookupInfo);

+    end;

+  end;

+  {$ENDIF}

+

+begin

+  FInstance := Instance;

+  FPropInfo := GetPropInfo(Instance, PropName, [tkWChar]);

+  if FPropInfo <> nil then

+  begin

+    // must be published (and of type WideChar)

+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_9_UP}

+    Filer.DefineProperty(PropName + 'W', ReadData_W, WriteData_W, False);

+    {$ELSE}

+    Filer.DefineProperty(PropName + 'W', ReadData_W, WriteData_W, HasData);

+    {$ENDIF}

+    Filer.DefineProperty(PropName + '_UTF7', ReadDataUTF7, nil, False);

+  end;

+  FInstance := nil;

+  FPropInfo := nil;

+end;

+

+procedure TntPersistent_AfterInherited_DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler; Instance: TPersistent);

+var

+  I, Count: Integer;

+  PropInfo: PPropInfo;

+  PropList: PPropList;

+  WideStringFiler: TTntWideStringPropertyFiler;

+  WideCharFiler: TTntWideCharPropertyFiler;

+begin

+  Count := GetTypeData(Instance.ClassInfo)^.PropCount;

+  if Count > 0 then

+  begin

+    WideStringFiler := TTntWideStringPropertyFiler.Create;

+    try

+      WideCharFiler := TTntWideCharPropertyFiler.Create;

+      try

+        GetMem(PropList, Count * SizeOf(Pointer));

+        try

+          GetPropInfos(Instance.ClassInfo, PropList);

+          for I := 0 to Count - 1 do

+          begin

+            PropInfo := PropList^[I];

+            if (PropInfo = nil) then

+              break;

+            if (PropInfo.PropType^.Kind = tkWString) then

+              WideStringFiler.DefineProperties(Filer, Instance, PropInfo.Name)

+            else if (PropInfo.PropType^.Kind = tkWChar) then

+              WideCharFiler.DefineProperties(Filer, Instance, PropInfo.Name)

+          end;

+        finally

+          FreeMem(PropList, Count * SizeOf(Pointer));

+        end;

+      finally

+        WideCharFiler.Free;

+      end;

+    finally

+      WideStringFiler.Free;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TTntFileStream }

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$DEFINE HAS_SFCREATEERROREX}

+{$ENDIF}

+{$IFDEF DELPHI_7_UP}

+  {$DEFINE HAS_SFCREATEERROREX}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+constructor TTntFileStream.Create(const FileName: WideString; Mode: Word);

+var

+  CreateHandle: Integer;

+  {$IFDEF HAS_SFCREATEERROREX}

+  ErrorMessage: WideString;

+  {$ENDIF}

+begin

+  if Mode = fmCreate then

+  begin

+    CreateHandle := WideFileCreate(FileName);

+    if CreateHandle < 0 then begin

+      {$IFDEF HAS_SFCREATEERROREX}

+      ErrorMessage := WideSysErrorMessage(GetLastError);

+      raise EFCreateError.CreateFmt(SFCreateErrorEx, [WideExpandFileName(FileName), ErrorMessage]);

+      {$ELSE}

+      raise EFCreateError.CreateFmt(SFCreateError, [WideExpandFileName(FileName)]);

+      {$ENDIF}

+    end;

+  end else

+  begin

+    CreateHandle := WideFileOpen(FileName, Mode);

+    if CreateHandle < 0 then begin

+      {$IFDEF HAS_SFCREATEERROREX}

+      ErrorMessage := WideSysErrorMessage(GetLastError);

+      raise EFOpenError.CreateFmt(SFOpenErrorEx, [WideExpandFileName(FileName), ErrorMessage]);

+      {$ELSE}

+      raise EFOpenError.CreateFmt(SFOpenError, [WideExpandFileName(FileName)]);

+      {$ENDIF}

+    end;

+  end;

+  inherited Create(CreateHandle);

+end;

+

+destructor TTntFileStream.Destroy;

+begin

+  if Handle >= 0 then FileClose(Handle);

+end;

+

+{ TTntMemoryStream }

+

+procedure TTntMemoryStream.LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);

+  try

+    LoadFromStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntMemoryStream.SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);

+  try

+    SaveToStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TTntResourceStream }

+

+constructor TTntResourceStream.Create(Instance: THandle; const ResName: WideString;

+  ResType: PWideChar);

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  Initialize(Instance, PWideChar(ResName), ResType);

+end;

+

+constructor TTntResourceStream.CreateFromID(Instance: THandle; ResID: Word;

+  ResType: PWideChar);

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  Initialize(Instance, PWideChar(ResID), ResType);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntResourceStream.Initialize(Instance: THandle; Name, ResType: PWideChar);

+

+  procedure Error;

+  begin

+    raise EResNotFound.CreateFmt(SResNotFound, [Name]);

+  end;

+

+begin

+  HResInfo := FindResourceW(Instance, Name, ResType);

+  if HResInfo = 0 then Error;

+  HGlobal := LoadResource(Instance, HResInfo);

+  if HGlobal = 0 then Error;

+  SetPointer(LockResource(HGlobal), SizeOfResource(Instance, HResInfo));

+end;

+

+destructor TTntResourceStream.Destroy;

+begin

+  UnlockResource(HGlobal);

+  FreeResource(HGlobal); { Technically this is not necessary (MS KB #193678) }

+  inherited Destroy;

+end;

+

+function TTntResourceStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: Longint): Longint;

+begin

+  raise EStreamError.CreateRes(PResStringRec(@SCantWriteResourceStreamError));

+end;

+

+procedure TTntResourceStream.SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);

+  try

+    SaveToStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TAnsiStrings }

+

+procedure TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings}.LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);

+  try

+    LoadFromStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings}.SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);

+  try

+    SaveToStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings}.LoadFromFileEx(const FileName: WideString; CodePage: Cardinal);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);

+  try

+    LoadFromStreamEx(Stream, CodePage);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings}.SaveToFileEx(const FileName: WideString; CodePage: Cardinal);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+  Utf8BomPtr: PAnsiChar;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);

+  try

+    if (CodePage = CP_UTF8) then

+    begin

+      Utf8BomPtr := PAnsiChar(UTF8_BOM);

+      Stream.WriteBuffer(Utf8BomPtr^, Length(UTF8_BOM));

+    end;

+    SaveToStreamEx(Stream, CodePage);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter }

+

+constructor TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Create(AWideStrings: TTntStrings; _AdapterCodePage: Cardinal);

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  FWideStrings := AWideStrings;

+  FAdapterCodePage := _AdapterCodePage;

+end;

+

+function TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.AdapterCodePage: Cardinal;

+begin

+  if FAdapterCodePage = 0 then

+    Result := TntSystem.DefaultSystemCodePage

+  else

+    Result := FAdapterCodePage;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Clear;

+begin

+  FWideStrings.Clear;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Delete(Index: Integer);

+begin

+  FWideStrings.Delete(Index);

+end;

+

+function TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Get(Index: Integer): AnsiString;

+begin

+  Result := WideStringToStringEx(FWideStrings.Get(Index), AdapterCodePage);

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Put(Index: Integer; const S: AnsiString);

+begin

+  FWideStrings.Put(Index, StringToWideStringEx(S, AdapterCodePage));

+end;

+

+function TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.GetCount: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := FWideStrings.GetCount;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Insert(Index: Integer; const S: AnsiString);

+begin

+  FWideStrings.Insert(Index, StringToWideStringEx(S, AdapterCodePage));

+end;

+

+function TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.GetObject(Index: Integer): TObject;

+begin

+  Result := FWideStrings.GetObject(Index);

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.PutObject(Index: Integer; AObject: TObject);

+begin

+  FWideStrings.PutObject(Index, AObject);

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.SetUpdateState(Updating: Boolean);

+begin

+  FWideStrings.SetUpdateState(Updating);

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.LoadFromStreamEx(Stream: TStream; CodePage: Cardinal);

+var

+  Size: Integer;

+  S: AnsiString;

+begin

+  BeginUpdate;

+  try

+    Size := Stream.Size - Stream.Position;

+    SetString(S, nil, Size);

+    Stream.Read(Pointer(S)^, Size);

+    FWideStrings.SetTextStr(StringToWideStringEx(S, CodePage));

+  finally

+    EndUpdate;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.SaveToStreamEx(Stream: TStream; CodePage: Cardinal);

+var

+  S: AnsiString;

+begin

+  S := WideStringToStringEx(FWideStrings.GetTextStr, CodePage);

+  Stream.WriteBuffer(Pointer(S)^, Length(S));

+end;

+

+{ TTntStrings }

+

+constructor TTntStrings.Create;

+begin

+  inherited;

+  FAnsiStrings := TAnsiStringsForWideStringsAdapter.Create(Self);

+  FLastFileCharSet := csUnicode;

+end;

+

+destructor TTntStrings.Destroy;

+begin

+  FreeAndNil(FAnsiStrings);

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.SetAnsiStrings(const Value: TAnsiStrings{TNT-ALLOW TAnsiStrings});

+begin

+  FAnsiStrings.Assign(Value);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler);

+

+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_7_UP}

+  function DoWrite: Boolean;

+  begin

+    if Filer.Ancestor <> nil then

+    begin

+      Result := True;

+      if Filer.Ancestor is TWideStrings then

+        Result := not Equals(TWideStrings(Filer.Ancestor))

+    end

+    else Result := Count > 0;

+  end;

+

+  function DoWriteAsUTF7: Boolean;

+  var

+    i: integer;

+  begin

+    Result := False;

+    for i := 0 to Count - 1 do begin

+      if (Strings[i] <> '') and (WideStringToUTF8(Strings[i]) <> Strings[i]) then begin

+        Result := True;

+        break; { found a string with non-ASCII chars (> 127) }

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+  {$ENDIF}

+

+begin

+  inherited DefineProperties(Filer); { Handles main 'Strings' property.' }

+  Filer.DefineProperty('WideStrings', ReadData, nil, False);

+  Filer.DefineProperty('WideStringsW', ReadDataUTF8, nil, False);

+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}

+  Filer.DefineProperty('WideStrings_UTF7', ReadDataUTF7, WriteDataUTF7, False);

+  {$ELSE}

+  Filer.DefineProperty('WideStrings_UTF7', ReadDataUTF7, WriteDataUTF7, DoWrite and DoWriteAsUTF7);

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);

+  try

+    FLastFileCharSet := AutoDetectCharacterSet(Stream);

+    Stream.Position := 0;

+    LoadFromStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.LoadFromStream(Stream: TStream);

+begin

+  LoadFromStream_BOM(Stream, True);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.LoadFromStream_BOM(Stream: TStream; WithBOM: Boolean);

+var

+  DataLeft: Integer;

+  StreamCharSet: TTntStreamCharSet;

+  SW: WideString;

+  SA: AnsiString;

+begin

+  BeginUpdate;

+  try

+    if WithBOM then

+      StreamCharSet := AutoDetectCharacterSet(Stream)

+    else

+      StreamCharSet := csUnicode;

+    DataLeft := Stream.Size - Stream.Position;

+    if (StreamCharSet in [csUnicode, csUnicodeSwapped]) then

+    begin

+      // BOM indicates Unicode text stream

+      if DataLeft < SizeOf(WideChar) then

+        SW := ''

+      else begin

+        SetLength(SW, DataLeft div SizeOf(WideChar));

+        Stream.Read(PWideChar(SW)^, DataLeft);

+        if StreamCharSet = csUnicodeSwapped then

+          StrSwapByteOrder(PWideChar(SW));

+      end;

+      SetTextStr(SW);

+    end

+    else if StreamCharSet = csUtf8 then

+    begin

+      // BOM indicates UTF-8 text stream

+      SetLength(SA, DataLeft div SizeOf(AnsiChar));

+      Stream.Read(PAnsiChar(SA)^, DataLeft);

+      SetTextStr(UTF8ToWideString(SA));

+    end

+    else

+    begin

+      // without byte order mark it is assumed that we are loading ANSI text

+      SetLength(SA, DataLeft div SizeOf(AnsiChar));

+      Stream.Read(PAnsiChar(SA)^, DataLeft);

+      SetTextStr(SA);

+    end;

+  finally

+    EndUpdate;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.ReadData(Reader: TReader);

+begin

+  if Reader.NextValue in [vaString, vaLString] then

+    SetTextStr(Reader.ReadString) {JCL compatiblity}

+  else if Reader.NextValue = vaWString then

+    SetTextStr(Reader.ReadWideString) {JCL compatiblity}

+  else begin

+    BeginUpdate;

+    try

+      Clear;

+      Reader.ReadListBegin;

+      while not Reader.EndOfList do

+        if Reader.NextValue in [vaString, vaLString] then

+          Add(Reader.ReadString) {TStrings compatiblity}

+        else

+          Add(Reader.ReadWideString);

+      Reader.ReadListEnd;

+    finally

+      EndUpdate;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.ReadDataUTF7(Reader: TReader);

+begin

+  Reader.ReadListBegin;

+  if ReaderNeedsUtfHelp(Reader) then

+  begin

+    BeginUpdate;

+    try

+      Clear;

+      while not Reader.EndOfList do

+        Add(UTF7ToWideString(Reader.ReadString))

+    finally

+      EndUpdate;

+    end;

+  end else begin

+    while not Reader.EndOfList do

+      Reader.ReadString; { do nothing with Result }

+  end;

+  Reader.ReadListEnd;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.ReadDataUTF8(Reader: TReader);

+begin

+  Reader.ReadListBegin;

+  if ReaderNeedsUtfHelp(Reader)

+  or (Count = 0){ Legacy support where 'WideStrings' was never written in lieu of WideStringsW }

+  then begin

+    BeginUpdate;

+    try

+      Clear;

+      while not Reader.EndOfList do

+        Add(UTF8ToWideString(Reader.ReadString))

+    finally

+      EndUpdate;

+    end;

+  end else begin

+    while not Reader.EndOfList do

+      Reader.ReadString; { do nothing with Result }

+  end;

+  Reader.ReadListEnd;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);

+var

+  Stream: TStream;

+begin

+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);

+  try

+    SaveToStream(Stream);

+  finally

+    Stream.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.SaveToStream(Stream: TStream);

+begin

+  SaveToStream_BOM(Stream, True);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.SaveToStream_BOM(Stream: TStream; WithBOM: Boolean);

+// Saves the currently loaded text into the given stream.

+// WithBOM determines whether to write a byte order mark or not.

+var

+  SW: WideString;

+  BOM: WideChar;

+begin

+  if WithBOM then begin

+    BOM := UNICODE_BOM;

+    Stream.WriteBuffer(BOM, SizeOf(WideChar));

+  end;

+  SW := GetTextStr;

+  Stream.WriteBuffer(PWideChar(SW)^, Length(SW) * SizeOf(WideChar));

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStrings.WriteDataUTF7(Writer: TWriter);

+var

+  I: Integer;

+begin

+  Writer.WriteListBegin;

+  for I := 0 to Count-1 do

+    Writer.WriteString(WideStringToUTF7(Get(I)));

+  Writer.WriteListEnd;

+end;

+

+{ TTntStringList }

+

+destructor TTntStringList.Destroy;

+begin

+  FOnChange := nil;

+  FOnChanging := nil;

+  inherited Destroy;

+  if FCount <> 0 then Finalize(FList^[0], FCount);

+  FCount := 0;

+  SetCapacity(0);

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.Add(const S: WideString): Integer;

+begin

+  Result := AddObject(S, nil);

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.AddObject(const S: WideString; AObject: TObject): Integer;

+begin

+  if not Sorted then

+    Result := FCount

+  else

+    if Find(S, Result) then

+      case Duplicates of

+        dupIgnore: Exit;

+        dupError: Error(PResStringRec(@SDuplicateString), 0);

+      end;

+  InsertItem(Result, S, AObject);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Changed;

+begin

+  if (not FUpdating) and Assigned(FOnChange) then

+    FOnChange(Self);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Changing;

+begin

+  if (not FUpdating) and Assigned(FOnChanging) then

+    FOnChanging(Self);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Clear;

+begin

+  if FCount <> 0 then

+  begin

+    Changing;

+    Finalize(FList^[0], FCount);

+    FCount := 0;

+    SetCapacity(0);

+    Changed;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Delete(Index: Integer);

+begin

+  if (Index < 0) or (Index >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index);

+  Changing;

+  Finalize(FList^[Index]);

+  Dec(FCount);

+  if Index < FCount then

+    System.Move(FList^[Index + 1], FList^[Index],

+      (FCount - Index) * SizeOf(TWideStringItem));

+  Changed;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer);

+begin

+  if (Index1 < 0) or (Index1 >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index1);

+  if (Index2 < 0) or (Index2 >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index2);

+  Changing;

+  ExchangeItems(Index1, Index2);

+  Changed;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.ExchangeItems(Index1, Index2: Integer);

+var

+  Temp: Integer;

+  Item1, Item2: PWideStringItem;

+begin

+  Item1 := @FList^[Index1];

+  Item2 := @FList^[Index2];

+  Temp := Integer(Item1^.FString);

+  Integer(Item1^.FString) := Integer(Item2^.FString);

+  Integer(Item2^.FString) := Temp;

+  Temp := Integer(Item1^.FObject);

+  Integer(Item1^.FObject) := Integer(Item2^.FObject);

+  Integer(Item2^.FObject) := Temp;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.Find(const S: WideString; var Index: Integer): Boolean;

+var

+  L, H, I, C: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := False;

+  L := 0;

+  H := FCount - 1;

+  while L <= H do

+  begin

+    I := (L + H) shr 1;

+    C := CompareStrings(FList^[I].FString, S);

+    if C < 0 then L := I + 1 else

+    begin

+      H := I - 1;

+      if C = 0 then

+      begin

+        Result := True;

+        if Duplicates <> dupAccept then L := I;

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+  Index := L;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.Get(Index: Integer): WideString;

+begin

+  if (Index < 0) or (Index >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index);

+  Result := FList^[Index].FString;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.GetCapacity: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := FCapacity;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.GetCount: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := FCount;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.GetObject(Index: Integer): TObject;

+begin

+  if (Index < 0) or (Index >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index);

+  Result := FList^[Index].FObject;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Grow;

+var

+  Delta: Integer;

+begin

+  if FCapacity > 64 then Delta := FCapacity div 4 else

+    if FCapacity > 8 then Delta := 16 else

+      Delta := 4;

+  SetCapacity(FCapacity + Delta);

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.IndexOf(const S: WideString): Integer;

+begin

+  if not Sorted then Result := inherited IndexOf(S) else

+    if not Find(S, Result) then Result := -1;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.IndexOfName(const Name: WideString): Integer;

+var

+  NameKey: WideString;

+begin

+  if not Sorted then

+    Result := inherited IndexOfName(Name)

+  else begin

+    // use sort to find index more quickly

+    NameKey := Name + NameValueSeparator;

+    Find(NameKey, Result);

+    if (Result < 0) or (Result > Count - 1) then

+      Result := -1

+    else if CompareStrings(NameKey, Copy(Strings[Result], 1, Length(NameKey))) <> 0 then

+      Result := -1

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Insert(Index: Integer; const S: WideString);

+begin

+  InsertObject(Index, S, nil);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.InsertObject(Index: Integer; const S: WideString;

+  AObject: TObject);

+begin

+  if Sorted then Error(PResStringRec(@SSortedListError), 0);

+  if (Index < 0) or (Index > FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index);

+  InsertItem(Index, S, AObject);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.InsertItem(Index: Integer; const S: WideString; AObject: TObject);

+begin

+  Changing;

+  if FCount = FCapacity then Grow;

+  if Index < FCount then

+    System.Move(FList^[Index], FList^[Index + 1],

+      (FCount - Index) * SizeOf(TWideStringItem));

+  with FList^[Index] do

+  begin

+    Pointer(FString) := nil;

+    FObject := AObject;

+    FString := S;

+  end;

+  Inc(FCount);

+  Changed;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Put(Index: Integer; const S: WideString);

+begin

+  if Sorted then Error(PResStringRec(@SSortedListError), 0);

+  if (Index < 0) or (Index >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index);

+  Changing;

+  FList^[Index].FString := S;

+  Changed;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.PutObject(Index: Integer; AObject: TObject);

+begin

+  if (Index < 0) or (Index >= FCount) then Error(PResStringRec(@SListIndexError), Index);

+  Changing;

+  FList^[Index].FObject := AObject;

+  Changed;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.QuickSort(L, R: Integer; SCompare: TWideStringListSortCompare);

+var

+  I, J, P: Integer;

+begin

+  repeat

+    I := L;

+    J := R;

+    P := (L + R) shr 1;

+    repeat

+      while SCompare(Self, I, P) < 0 do Inc(I);

+      while SCompare(Self, J, P) > 0 do Dec(J);

+      if I <= J then

+      begin

+        ExchangeItems(I, J);

+        if P = I then

+          P := J

+        else if P = J then

+          P := I;

+        Inc(I);

+        Dec(J);

+      end;

+    until I > J;

+    if L < J then QuickSort(L, J, SCompare);

+    L := I;

+  until I >= R;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.SetCapacity(NewCapacity: Integer);

+begin

+  ReallocMem(FList, NewCapacity * SizeOf(TWideStringItem));

+  FCapacity := NewCapacity;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.SetSorted(Value: Boolean);

+begin

+  if FSorted <> Value then

+  begin

+    if Value then Sort;

+    FSorted := Value;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.SetUpdateState(Updating: Boolean);

+begin

+  FUpdating := Updating;

+  if Updating then Changing else Changed;

+end;

+

+function WideStringListCompareStrings(List: TTntStringList; Index1, Index2: Integer): Integer;

+begin

+  Result := List.CompareStrings(List.FList^[Index1].FString,

+                                List.FList^[Index2].FString);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.Sort;

+begin

+  CustomSort(WideStringListCompareStrings);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.CustomSort(Compare: TWideStringListSortCompare);

+begin

+  if not Sorted and (FCount > 1) then

+  begin

+    Changing;

+    QuickSort(0, FCount - 1, Compare);

+    Changed;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TTntStringList.CompareStrings(const S1, S2: WideString): Integer;

+begin

+  if CaseSensitive then

+    Result := WideCompareStr(S1, S2)

+  else

+    Result := WideCompareText(S1, S2);

+end;

+

+procedure TTntStringList.SetCaseSensitive(const Value: Boolean);

+begin

+  if Value <> FCaseSensitive then

+  begin

+    FCaseSensitive := Value;

+    if Sorted then Sort;

+  end;

+end;

+

+//------------------------- TntClasses introduced procs ----------------------------------

+

+function AutoDetectCharacterSet(Stream: TStream): TTntStreamCharSet;

+var

+  ByteOrderMark: WideChar;

+  BytesRead: Integer;

+  Utf8Test: array[0..2] of AnsiChar;

+begin

+  // Byte Order Mark

+  ByteOrderMark := #0;

+  if (Stream.Size - Stream.Position) >= SizeOf(ByteOrderMark) then begin

+    BytesRead := Stream.Read(ByteOrderMark, SizeOf(ByteOrderMark));

+    if (ByteOrderMark <> UNICODE_BOM) and (ByteOrderMark <> UNICODE_BOM_SWAPPED) then begin

+      ByteOrderMark := #0;

+      Stream.Seek(-BytesRead, soFromCurrent);

+      if (Stream.Size - Stream.Position) >= Length(Utf8Test) * SizeOf(AnsiChar) then begin

+        BytesRead := Stream.Read(Utf8Test[0], Length(Utf8Test) * SizeOf(AnsiChar));

+        if Utf8Test <> UTF8_BOM then

+          Stream.Seek(-BytesRead, soFromCurrent);

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+  // Test Byte Order Mark

+  if ByteOrderMark = UNICODE_BOM then

+    Result := csUnicode

+  else if ByteOrderMark = UNICODE_BOM_SWAPPED then

+    Result := csUnicodeSwapped

+  else if Utf8Test = UTF8_BOM then

+    Result := csUtf8

+  else

+    Result := csAnsi;

+end;

+

+function FindSortedListByTarget(List: TList; TargetCompare: TListTargetCompare;

+  Target: Pointer; var Index: Integer): Boolean;

+var

+  L, H, I, C: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := False;

+  L := 0;

+  H := List.Count - 1;

+  while L <= H do

+  begin

+    I := (L + H) shr 1;

+    C := TargetCompare(List[i], Target);

+    if C < 0 then L := I + 1 else

+    begin

+      H := I - 1;

+      if C = 0 then

+      begin

+        Result := True;

+        L := I;

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+  Index := L;

+end;

+

+function ClassIsRegistered(const clsid: TCLSID): Boolean;

+var

+  OleStr: POleStr;

+  Reg: TRegIniFile;

+  Key, Filename: WideString;

+begin

+  // First, check to see if there is a ProgID.  This will tell if the

+  // control is registered on the machine.  No ProgID, control won't run

+  Result := ProgIDFromCLSID(clsid, OleStr) = S_OK;

+  if not Result then Exit;  //Bail as soon as anything goes wrong.

+

+  // Next, make sure that the file is actually there by rooting it out

+  // of the registry

+  Key := WideFormat('\SOFTWARE\Classes\CLSID\%s', [GUIDToString(clsid)]);

+  Reg := TRegIniFile.Create;

+  try

+    Reg.RootKey := HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE;

+    Result := Reg.OpenKeyReadOnly(Key);

+    if not Result then Exit; // Bail as soon as anything goes wrong.

+

+    FileName := Reg.ReadString('InProcServer32', '', EmptyStr);

+    if (Filename = EmptyStr) then // try another key for the file name

+    begin

+      FileName := Reg.ReadString('InProcServer', '', EmptyStr);

+    end;

+    Result := Filename <> EmptyStr;

+    if not Result then Exit;

+    Result := WideFileExists(Filename);

+  finally

+    Reg.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TBufferedAnsiString }

+

+procedure TBufferedAnsiString.Clear;

+begin

+  LastWriteIndex := 0;

+  if Length(FStringBuffer) > 0 then

+    FillChar(FStringBuffer[1], Length(FStringBuffer) * SizeOf(AnsiChar), 0);

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedAnsiString.AddChar(const wc: AnsiChar);

+const

+  MIN_GROW_SIZE = 32;

+  MAX_GROW_SIZE = 256;

+var

+  GrowSize: Integer;

+begin

+  Inc(LastWriteIndex);

+  if LastWriteIndex > Length(FStringBuffer) then begin

+    GrowSize := Max(MIN_GROW_SIZE, Length(FStringBuffer));

+    GrowSize := Min(GrowSize, MAX_GROW_SIZE);

+    SetLength(FStringBuffer, Length(FStringBuffer) + GrowSize);

+    FillChar(FStringBuffer[LastWriteIndex], GrowSize * SizeOf(AnsiChar), 0);

+  end;

+  FStringBuffer[LastWriteIndex] := wc;

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedAnsiString.AddString(const s: AnsiString);

+var

+  LenS: Integer;

+  BlockSize: Integer;

+  AllocSize: Integer;

+begin

+  LenS := Length(s);

+  if LenS > 0 then begin

+    Inc(LastWriteIndex);

+    if LastWriteIndex + LenS - 1 > Length(FStringBuffer) then begin

+      // determine optimum new allocation size

+      BlockSize := Length(FStringBuffer) div 2;

+      if BlockSize < 8 then

+        BlockSize := 8;

+      AllocSize := ((LenS div BlockSize) + 1) * BlockSize;

+      // realloc buffer

+      SetLength(FStringBuffer, Length(FStringBuffer) + AllocSize);

+      FillChar(FStringBuffer[Length(FStringBuffer) - AllocSize + 1], AllocSize * SizeOf(AnsiChar), 0);

+    end;

+    CopyMemory(@FStringBuffer[LastWriteIndex], @s[1], LenS * SizeOf(AnsiChar));

+    Inc(LastWriteIndex, LenS - 1);

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedAnsiString.AddBuffer(Buff: PAnsiChar; Chars: Integer);

+var

+  i: integer;

+begin

+  for i := 1 to Chars do begin

+    if Buff^ = #0 then

+      break;

+    AddChar(Buff^);

+    Inc(Buff);

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TBufferedAnsiString.Value: AnsiString;

+begin

+  Result := PAnsiChar(FStringBuffer);

+end;

+

+function TBufferedAnsiString.BuffPtr: PAnsiChar;

+begin

+  Result := PAnsiChar(FStringBuffer);

+end;

+

+{ TBufferedWideString }

+

+procedure TBufferedWideString.Clear;

+begin

+  LastWriteIndex := 0;

+  if Length(FStringBuffer) > 0 then

+    FillChar(FStringBuffer[1], Length(FStringBuffer) * SizeOf(WideChar), 0);

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedWideString.AddChar(const wc: WideChar);

+const

+  MIN_GROW_SIZE = 32;

+  MAX_GROW_SIZE = 256;

+var

+  GrowSize: Integer;

+begin

+  Inc(LastWriteIndex);

+  if LastWriteIndex > Length(FStringBuffer) then begin

+    GrowSize := Max(MIN_GROW_SIZE, Length(FStringBuffer));

+    GrowSize := Min(GrowSize, MAX_GROW_SIZE);

+    SetLength(FStringBuffer, Length(FStringBuffer) + GrowSize);

+    FillChar(FStringBuffer[LastWriteIndex], GrowSize * SizeOf(WideChar), 0);

+  end;

+  FStringBuffer[LastWriteIndex] := wc;

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedWideString.AddString(const s: WideString);

+var

+  i: integer;

+begin

+  for i := 1 to Length(s) do

+    AddChar(s[i]);

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedWideString.AddBuffer(Buff: PWideChar; Chars: Integer);

+var

+  i: integer;

+begin

+  for i := 1 to Chars do begin

+    if Buff^ = #0 then

+      break;

+    AddChar(Buff^);

+    Inc(Buff);

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TBufferedWideString.Value: WideString;

+begin

+  Result := PWideChar(FStringBuffer);

+end;

+

+function TBufferedWideString.BuffPtr: PWideChar;

+begin

+  Result := PWideChar(FStringBuffer);

+end;

+

+{ TBufferedStreamReader }

+

+constructor TBufferedStreamReader.Create(Stream: TStream; BufferSize: Integer = 1024);

+begin

+  // init stream

+  FStream := Stream;

+  FStreamSize := Stream.Size;

+  // init buffer

+  FBufferSize := BufferSize;

+  SetLength(FBuffer, BufferSize);

+  FBufferStartPosition := -FBufferSize; { out of any useful range }

+  // init virtual position

+  FVirtualPosition := 0;

+end;

+

+function TBufferedStreamReader.Seek(Offset: Integer; Origin: Word): Longint;

+begin

+  case Origin of

+    soFromBeginning: FVirtualPosition := Offset;

+    soFromCurrent:   Inc(FVirtualPosition, Offset);

+    soFromEnd:       FVirtualPosition := FStreamSize + Offset;

+  end;

+  Result := FVirtualPosition;

+end;

+

+procedure TBufferedStreamReader.UpdateBufferFromPosition(StartPos: Integer);

+begin

+  try

+    FStream.Position := StartPos;

+    FStream.Read(FBuffer[0], FBufferSize);

+    FBufferStartPosition := StartPos;

+  except

+    FBufferStartPosition := -FBufferSize; { out of any useful range }

+    raise;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TBufferedStreamReader.Read(var Buffer; Count: Integer): Longint;

+var

+  BytesLeft: Integer;

+  FirstBufferRead: Integer;

+  StreamDirectRead: Integer;

+  Buf: PAnsiChar;

+begin

+  if (FVirtualPosition >= 0) and (Count >= 0) then

+  begin

+    Result := FStreamSize - FVirtualPosition;

+    if Result > 0 then

+    begin

+      if Result > Count then

+        Result := Count;

+

+      Buf := @Buffer;

+      BytesLeft := Result;

+

+      // try to read what is left in buffer

+      FirstBufferRead := FBufferStartPosition + FBufferSize - FVirtualPosition;

+      if (FirstBufferRead < 0) or (FirstBufferRead > FBufferSize) then

+        FirstBufferRead := 0;

+      FirstBufferRead := Min(FirstBufferRead, Result);

+      if FirstBufferRead > 0 then begin

+        Move(FBuffer[FVirtualPosition - FBufferStartPosition], Buf[0], FirstBufferRead);

+        Dec(BytesLeft, FirstBufferRead);

+      end;

+

+      if BytesLeft > 0 then begin

+        // The first read in buffer was not enough

+        StreamDirectRead := (BytesLeft div FBufferSize) * FBufferSize;

+        FStream.Position := FVirtualPosition + FirstBufferRead;

+        FStream.Read(Buf[FirstBufferRead], StreamDirectRead);

+        Dec(BytesLeft, StreamDirectRead);

+

+        if BytesLeft > 0 then begin

+          // update buffer, and read what is left

+          UpdateBufferFromPosition(FStream.Position);

+          Move(FBuffer[0], Buf[FirstBufferRead + StreamDirectRead], BytesLeft);

+        end;

+      end;

+

+      Inc(FVirtualPosition, Result);

+      Exit;

+    end;

+  end;

+  Result := 0;

+end;

+

+function TBufferedStreamReader.Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Longint;

+begin

+  raise ETntInternalError.Create('Internal Error: class can not write.');

+  Result := 0;

+end;

+

+//-------- synced wide string -----------------

+

+function GetSyncedWideString(var WideStr: WideString; const AnsiStr: AnsiString): WideString;

+begin

+  if AnsiString(WideStr) <> (AnsiStr) then begin

+    WideStr := AnsiStr; {AnsiStr changed.  Keep WideStr in sync.}

+  end;

+  Result := WideStr;

+end;

+

+procedure SetSyncedWideString(const Value: WideString; var WideStr: WideString;

+  const AnsiStr: AnsiString; SetAnsiStr: TSetAnsiStrEvent);

+begin

+  if Value <> GetSyncedWideString(WideStr, AnsiStr) then

+  begin

+    if (not WideSameStr(Value, AnsiString(Value))) {unicode chars lost in conversion}

+    and (AnsiStr = AnsiString(Value))  {AnsiStr is not going to change}

+    then begin

+      SetAnsiStr(''); {force the change}

+    end;

+    WideStr := Value;

+    SetAnsiStr(Value);

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ TWideComponentHelper }

+

+function CompareComponentHelperToTarget(Item, Target: Pointer): Integer;

+begin

+  if PtrUInt(TWideComponentHelper(Item).FComponent) < PtrUInt(Target) then

+    Result := -1

+  else if PtrUInt(TWideComponentHelper(Item).FComponent) > PtrUInt(Target) then

+    Result := 1

+  else

+    Result := 0;

+end;

+

+function FindWideComponentHelperIndex(ComponentHelperList: TComponentList; Component: TComponent; var Index: Integer): Boolean;

+begin

+  // find Component in sorted wide caption list (list is sorted by TWideComponentHelper.FComponent)

+  Result := FindSortedListByTarget(ComponentHelperList, CompareComponentHelperToTarget, Component, Index);

+end;

+

+constructor TWideComponentHelper.Create(AOwner: TComponent);

+begin

+  raise ETntInternalError.Create('TNT Internal Error: TWideComponentHelper.Create should never be encountered.');

+end;

+

+constructor TWideComponentHelper.CreateHelper(AOwner: TComponent; ComponentHelperList: TComponentList);

+var

+  Index: Integer;

+begin

+  // don't use direct ownership for memory management

+  inherited Create(nil);

+  FComponent := AOwner;

+  FComponent.FreeNotification(Self);

+

+  // insert into list according to sort

+  FindWideComponentHelperIndex(ComponentHelperList, FComponent, Index);

+  ComponentHelperList.Insert(Index, Self);

+end;

+

+procedure TWideComponentHelper.Notification(AComponent: TComponent; Operation: TOperation);

+begin

+  inherited;

+  if (AComponent = FComponent) and (Operation = opRemove) then begin

+    FComponent := nil;

+    Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function FindWideComponentHelper(ComponentHelperList: TComponentList; Component: TComponent): TWideComponentHelper;

+var

+  Index: integer;

+begin

+  if FindWideComponentHelperIndex(ComponentHelperList, Component, Index) then begin

+  	Result := TWideComponentHelper(ComponentHelperList[Index]);

+    Assert(Result.FComponent = Component, 'TNT Internal Error: FindWideComponentHelperIndex failed.');

+  end else

+    Result := nil;

+end;

+

+initialization

+  RuntimeUTFStreaming := False; { Delphi 6 and higher don't need UTF help at runtime. }

+

+end.

diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntCompilers.inc b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntCompilers.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90b51ef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntCompilers.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Include file to determine which compiler is currently being used to build the project/component.
+// This file uses ideas from Brad Stowers DFS.inc file (www.delphifreestuff.com).
+//
+// Portions created by Mike Lischke are Copyright
+// (C) 1999-2002 Dipl. Ing. Mike Lischke. All Rights Reserved.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// The following symbols are defined:
+//
+// COMPILER_1    : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 1.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_1_UP : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 1.x or higher is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_2    : Kylix/Delphi 2.x or BCB 1.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_2_UP : Kylix/Delphi 2.x or higher, or BCB 1.x or higher is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_3    : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 3.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_3_UP : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 3.x or higher is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_4    : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 4.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_4_UP : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 4.x or higher is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_5    : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 5.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_5_UP : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 5.x or higher is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_6    : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 6.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_6_UP : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 6.x or higher is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_7    : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 7.x is the compiler.
+// COMPILER_7_UP : Kylix/Delphi/BCB 7.x or higher is the compiler.
+//
+// Only defined if Windows is the target:
+// CPPB        : Any version of BCB is being used.
+// CPPB_1      : BCB v1.x is being used.
+// CPPB_3      : BCB v3.x is being used.
+// CPPB_3_UP   : BCB v3.x or higher is being used.
+// CPPB_4      : BCB v4.x is being used.
+// CPPB_4_UP   : BCB v4.x or higher is being used.
+// CPPB_5      : BCB v5.x is being used.
+// CPPB_5_UP   : BCB v5.x or higher is being used.
+// CPPB_6      : BCB v6.x is being used.
+// CPPB_6_UP   : BCB v6.x or higher is being used.
+//
+// Only defined if Windows is the target:
+// DELPHI      : Any version of Delphi is being used.
+// DELPHI_1    : Delphi v1.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_2    : Delphi v2.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_2_UP : Delphi v2.x or higher is being used.
+// DELPHI_3    : Delphi v3.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_3_UP : Delphi v3.x or higher is being used.
+// DELPHI_4    : Delphi v4.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_4_UP : Delphi v4.x or higher is being used.
+// DELPHI_5    : Delphi v5.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_5_UP : Delphi v5.x or higher is being used.
+// DELPHI_6    : Delphi v6.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_6_UP : Delphi v6.x or higher is being used.
+// DELPHI_7    : Delphi v7.x is being used.
+// DELPHI_7_UP : Delphi v7.x or higher is being used.
+//
+// Only defined if Linux is the target:
+// KYLIX       : Any version of Kylix is being used.
+// KYLIX_1     : Kylix 1.x is being used.
+// KYLIX_1_UP  : Kylix 1.x or higher is being used.
+// KYLIX_2     : Kylix 2.x is being used.
+// KYLIX_2_UP  : Kylix 2.x or higher is being used.
+// KYLIX_3     : Kylix 3.x is being used.
+// KYLIX_3_UP  : Kylix 3.x or higher is being used.
+//
+// Only defined if Linux is the target:
+// QT_CLX      : Trolltech's QT library is being used.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+
+  {$ifdef VER180}
+    {$define COMPILER_10}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_10}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER170}
+    {$define COMPILER_9}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_9}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER150}        
+    {$define COMPILER_7}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_7}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER140}
+    {$define COMPILER_6}
+    {$ifdef BCB}
+      {$define CPPB}
+      {$define CPPB_6}
+    {$else}
+      {$define DELPHI}
+      {$define DELPHI_6}
+    {$endif}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER130}
+    {$define COMPILER_5}
+    {$ifdef BCB}
+      {$define CPPB}
+      {$define CPPB_5}
+    {$else}
+      {$define DELPHI}
+      {$define DELPHI_5}
+    {$endif}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER125}
+    {$define COMPILER_4}
+    {$define CPPB}
+    {$define CPPB_4}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER120}
+    {$define COMPILER_4}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_4}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER110}
+    {$define COMPILER_3}
+    {$define CPPB}
+    {$define CPPB_3}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER100}
+    {$define COMPILER_3}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_3}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER93}
+    {$define COMPILER_2} // C++ Builder v1 compiler is really v2 
+    {$define CPPB}
+    {$define CPPB_1}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER90}
+    {$define COMPILER_2}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_2}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER80}
+    {$define COMPILER_1}
+    {$define DELPHI}
+    {$define DELPHI_1}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef FPC}
+    {.$define DELPHI}
+  {$endif}
+    
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_2}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_3}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_4}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_4_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_5}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_4_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_5_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_6}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_4_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_5_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_6_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_7}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_4_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_5_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_6_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_7_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_9}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_4_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_5_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_6_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_7_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_9_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef DELPHI_10}
+    {$define DELPHI_2_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_3_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_4_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_5_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_6_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_7_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_9_UP}
+    {$define DELPHI_10_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef CPPB_3}
+    {$define CPPB_3_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef CPPB_4}
+    {$define CPPB_3_UP}
+    {$define CPPB_4_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef CPPB_5}
+    {$define CPPB_3_UP}
+    {$define CPPB_4_UP}
+    {$define CPPB_5_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef CPPB_6}
+    {$define CPPB_3_UP}
+    {$define CPPB_4_UP}
+    {$define CPPB_5_UP}
+    {$define CPPB_6_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef CPPB_3_UP}
+    // C++ Builder requires this if you use Delphi components in run-time packages.
+    {$ObjExportAll On}
+  {$endif}
+
+{$else (not Windows)}
+  // Linux is the target
+  {$define QT_CLX}
+
+  {$define KYLIX}
+  {$define KYLIX_1}
+  {$define KYLIX_1_UP}
+
+  {$ifdef VER150}
+    {$define COMPILER_7}
+    {$define KYLIX_3}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef VER140}
+    {$define COMPILER_6}
+    {$define KYLIX_2}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef KYLIX_2}
+    {$define KYLIX_2_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$ifdef KYLIX_3}
+    {$define KYLIX_2_UP}
+    {$define KYLIX_3_UP}
+  {$endif}
+
+{$endif}
+
+// Compiler defines common to all platforms.
+{$ifdef COMPILER_1}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_2}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_3}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_4}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_4_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_5}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_4_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_5_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_6}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_4_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_5_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_6_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_7}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_4_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_5_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_6_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_7_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_9}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_4_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_5_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_6_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_7_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_9_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_10}
+  {$define COMPILER_1_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_2_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_3_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_4_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_5_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_6_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_7_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_9_UP}
+  {$define COMPILER_10_UP}
+{$endif}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$ALIGN ON}
+{$BOOLEVAL OFF}
+
+{$ifdef COMPILER_7_UP}
+  {$define THEME_7_UP} { Allows experimental theme support on pre-Delphi 7. }
+{$endif}
+
+{$IFDEF COMPILER_6_UP}
+{$WARN SYMBOL_PLATFORM OFF} { We are going to use Win32 specific symbols! }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$DEFINE UNSAFE_WARNINGS_OFF}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF UNSAFE_WARNINGS_OFF}
+{$WARN UNSAFE_CODE OFF} { We are not going to be "safe"! }
+{$WARN UNSAFE_TYPE OFF}
+{$WARN UNSAFE_CAST OFF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+{$HINTS OFF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+  // Delphi system function overrides might (not tested) cause problems on
+  // CPUs with code protection (NX-bit). So disable by default. 
+  {.$DEFINE USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntFormatStrUtils.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntFormatStrUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80aefd4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntFormatStrUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
+

+{*****************************************************************************}

+{                                                                             }

+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }

+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }

+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }

+{                                                                             }

+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }

+{                                                                             }

+{*****************************************************************************}

+

+unit TntFormatStrUtils;

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}

+

+interface

+

+// this unit provides functions to work with format strings

+

+uses

+  TntSysUtils;

+

+function GetCanonicalFormatStr(const _FormatString: WideString): WideString;

+

+{$IFNDEF FPC}

+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}

+function ReplaceFloatingArgumentsInFormatString(const _FormatString: WideString;

+  const Args: array of const

+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}; FormatSettings: PFormatSettings{$ENDIF}): WideString;

+{$ENDIF}

+{$ENDIF}

+procedure CompareFormatStrings(FormatStr1, FormatStr2: WideString);

+function FormatStringsAreCompatible(FormatStr1, FormatStr2: WideString): Boolean;

+

+type

+  EFormatSpecError = class(ETntGeneralError);

+

+implementation

+

+uses

+  SysUtils, Math, TntClasses;

+

+resourcestring

+  SInvalidFormatSpecifier = 'Invalid Format Specifier: %s';

+  SMismatchedArgumentTypes = 'Argument types for index %d do not match. (%s <> %s)';

+  SMismatchedArgumentCounts = 'Number of format specifiers do not match.';

+

+type

+  TFormatSpecifierType = (fstInteger, fstFloating, fstPointer, fstString);

+

+function GetFormatSpecifierType(const FormatSpecifier: WideString): TFormatSpecifierType;

+var

+  LastChar: WideChar;

+begin

+  LastChar := TntWideLastChar(FormatSpecifier);

+  case LastChar of

+    'd', 'D', 'u', 'U', 'x', 'X':

+      result := fstInteger;

+    'e', 'E', 'f', 'F', 'g', 'G', 'n', 'N', 'm', 'M':

+      result := fstFloating;

+    'p', 'P':

+      result := fstPointer;

+    's', 'S':

+      result := fstString

+    else

+      raise ETntInternalError.CreateFmt('Internal Error: Unexpected format type (%s)', [LastChar]);

+  end;

+end;

+

+type

+  TFormatStrParser = class(TObject)

+  private

+    ParsedString: TBufferedWideString;

+    PFormatString: PWideChar;

+    LastIndex: Integer;

+    ExplicitCount: Integer;

+    ImplicitCount: Integer;

+    procedure RaiseInvalidFormatSpecifier;

+    function ParseChar(c: WideChar): Boolean;

+    procedure ForceParseChar(c: WideChar);

+    function ParseDigit: Boolean;

+    function ParseInteger: Boolean;

+    procedure ForceParseType;

+    function PeekDigit: Boolean;

+    function PeekIndexSpecifier(out Index: Integer): Boolean;

+  public

+    constructor Create(const _FormatString: WideString);

+    destructor Destroy; override;

+    function ParseFormatSpecifier: Boolean;

+  end;

+

+constructor TFormatStrParser.Create(const _FormatString: WideString);

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  PFormatString := PWideChar(_FormatString);

+  ExplicitCount := 0;

+  ImplicitCount := 0;

+  LastIndex := -1;

+  ParsedString := TBufferedWideString.Create;

+end;

+

+destructor TFormatStrParser.Destroy;

+begin

+  FreeAndNil(ParsedString);

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+procedure TFormatStrParser.RaiseInvalidFormatSpecifier;

+begin

+  raise EFormatSpecError.CreateFmt(SInvalidFormatSpecifier, [ParsedString.Value + PFormatString]);

+end;

+

+function TFormatStrParser.ParseChar(c: WideChar): Boolean;

+begin

+  result := False;

+  if PFormatString^ = c then begin

+    result := True;

+    ParsedString.AddChar(c);

+    Inc(PFormatString);

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TFormatStrParser.ForceParseChar(c: WideChar);

+begin

+  if not ParseChar(c) then

+    RaiseInvalidFormatSpecifier;

+end;

+

+function TFormatStrParser.PeekDigit: Boolean;

+begin

+  result := False;

+  if  (PFormatString^ <> #0)

+  and (PFormatString^ >= '0')

+  and (PFormatString^ <= '9') then

+    result := True;

+end;

+

+function TFormatStrParser.ParseDigit: Boolean;

+begin

+  result := False;

+  if PeekDigit then begin

+    result := True;

+    ForceParseChar(PFormatString^);

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TFormatStrParser.ParseInteger: Boolean;

+const

+  MAX_INT_DIGITS = 6;

+var

+  digitcount: integer;

+begin

+  digitcount := 0;

+  While ParseDigit do begin

+    inc(digitcount);

+  end;

+  result := (digitcount > 0);

+  if digitcount > MAX_INT_DIGITS then

+    RaiseInvalidFormatSpecifier;

+end;

+

+procedure TFormatStrParser.ForceParseType;

+begin

+  if PFormatString^ = #0 then

+    RaiseInvalidFormatSpecifier;

+

+  case PFormatString^ of

+    'd', 'u', 'x', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'n', 'm', 'p', 's',

+    'D', 'U', 'X', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'N', 'M', 'P', 'S':

+  begin

+    // do nothing

+  end

+  else

+    RaiseInvalidFormatSpecifier;

+  end;

+  ForceParseChar(PFormatString^);

+end;

+

+function TFormatStrParser.PeekIndexSpecifier(out Index: Integer): Boolean;

+var

+  SaveParsedString: WideString;

+  SaveFormatString: PWideChar;

+begin

+  SaveParsedString := ParsedString.Value;

+  SaveFormatString := PFormatString;

+  try

+    ParsedString.Clear;

+    Result := False;

+    Index := -1;

+    if ParseInteger then begin

+      Index := StrToInt(ParsedString.Value);

+      if ParseChar(':') then

+        Result := True;

+    end;

+  finally

+    ParsedString.Clear;

+    ParsedString.AddString(SaveParsedString);

+    PFormatString := SaveFormatString;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TFormatStrParser.ParseFormatSpecifier: Boolean;

+var

+  ExplicitIndex: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := False;

+  // Parse entire format specifier

+  ForceParseChar('%');

+  if (PFormatString^ <> #0)

+  and (not ParseChar(' '))

+  and (not ParseChar('%')) then begin

+    if PeekIndexSpecifier(ExplicitIndex) then begin

+      Inc(ExplicitCount);

+      LastIndex := Max(LastIndex, ExplicitIndex);

+    end else begin

+      Inc(ImplicitCount);

+      Inc(LastIndex);

+      ParsedString.AddString(IntToStr(LastIndex));

+      ParsedString.AddChar(':');

+    end;

+    if ParseChar('*') then

+    begin

+      Inc(ImplicitCount);

+      Inc(LastIndex);

+      ParseChar(':');

+    end else if ParseInteger then

+      ParseChar(':');

+    ParseChar('-');

+    if ParseChar('*') then begin

+      Inc(ImplicitCount);

+      Inc(LastIndex);

+    end else

+      ParseInteger;

+    if ParseChar('.') then begin

+      if not ParseChar('*') then

+        ParseInteger;

+    end;

+    ForceParseType;

+    Result := True;

+  end;

+end;

+

+//-----------------------------------

+

+function GetCanonicalFormatStr(const _FormatString: WideString): WideString;

+var

+  PosSpec: Integer;

+begin

+  with TFormatStrParser.Create(_FormatString) do

+  try

+    // loop until no more '%'

+    PosSpec := Pos(WideString('%'), PFormatString);

+    While PosSpec <> 0 do begin

+      try

+        // delete everything up until '%'

+        ParsedString.AddBuffer(PFormatString, PosSpec - 1);

+        Inc(PFormatString, PosSpec - 1);

+        // parse format specifier

+        ParseFormatSpecifier;

+      finally

+        PosSpec := Pos(WideString('%'), PFormatString);

+      end;

+    end;

+    if ((ExplicitCount = 0) and (ImplicitCount = 1)) {simple expression}

+    or ((ExplicitCount > 0) and (ImplicitCount = 0)) {nothing converted} then

+      result := _FormatString {original}

+    else

+      result := ParsedString.Value + PFormatString;

+  finally

+    Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{$IFNDEF FPC}

+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}

+function ReplaceFloatingArgumentsInFormatString(const _FormatString: WideString;

+  const Args: array of const

+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}; FormatSettings: PFormatSettings{$ENDIF}): WideString;

+{ This function replaces floating point format specifiers with their actual formatted values.

+  It also adds index specifiers so that the other format specifiers don't lose their place.

+  The reason for this is that WideFormat doesn't correctly format floating point specifiers.

+  See QC#4254. }

+var

+  Parser: TFormatStrParser;

+  PosSpec: Integer;

+  Output: TBufferedWideString;

+begin

+  Output := TBufferedWideString.Create;

+  try

+    Parser := TFormatStrParser.Create(_FormatString);

+    with Parser do

+    try

+      // loop until no more '%'

+      PosSpec := Pos('%', PFormatString);

+      While PosSpec <> 0 do begin

+        try

+          // delete everything up until '%'

+          Output.AddBuffer(PFormatString, PosSpec - 1);

+          Inc(PFormatString, PosSpec - 1);

+          // parse format specifier

+          ParsedString.Clear;

+          if (not ParseFormatSpecifier)

+          or (GetFormatSpecifierType(ParsedString.Value) <> fstFloating) then

+            Output.AddBuffer(ParsedString.BuffPtr, MaxInt)

+          {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}

+          else if Assigned(FormatSettings) then

+            Output.AddString(Format{TNT-ALLOW Format}(ParsedString.Value, Args, FormatSettings^))

+          {$ENDIF}

+          else

+            Output.AddString(Format{TNT-ALLOW Format}(ParsedString.Value, Args));

+        finally

+          PosSpec := Pos('%', PFormatString);

+        end;

+      end;

+      Output.AddString(PFormatString);

+    finally

+      Free;

+    end;

+    Result := Output.Value;

+  finally

+    Output.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+{$ENDIF}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+procedure GetFormatArgs(const _FormatString: WideString; FormatArgs: TTntStrings);

+var

+  PosSpec: Integer;

+begin

+  with TFormatStrParser.Create(_FormatString) do

+  try

+    FormatArgs.Clear;

+    // loop until no more '%'

+    PosSpec := Pos(WideString('%'), PFormatString);

+    While PosSpec <> 0 do begin

+      try

+        // delete everything up until '%'

+        Inc(PFormatString, PosSpec - 1);

+        // add format specifier to list

+        ParsedString.Clear;

+        if ParseFormatSpecifier then

+          FormatArgs.Add(ParsedString.Value);

+      finally

+        PosSpec := Pos(WideString('%'), PFormatString);

+      end;

+    end;

+  finally

+    Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function GetExplicitIndex(const FormatSpecifier: WideString): Integer;

+var

+  IndexStr: WideString;

+  PosColon: Integer;

+begin

+  result := -1;

+  PosColon := Pos(':', FormatSpecifier);

+  if PosColon <> 0 then begin

+    IndexStr := Copy(FormatSpecifier, 2, PosColon - 2);

+    result := StrToInt(IndexStr);

+  end;

+end;

+

+function GetMaxIndex(FormatArgs: TTntStrings): Integer;

+var

+  i: integer;

+  RunningIndex: Integer;

+  ExplicitIndex: Integer;

+begin

+  result := -1;

+  RunningIndex := -1;

+  for i := 0 to FormatArgs.Count - 1 do begin

+    ExplicitIndex := GetExplicitIndex(FormatArgs[i]);

+    if ExplicitIndex <> -1 then

+      RunningIndex := ExplicitIndex

+    else

+      inc(RunningIndex);

+    result := Max(result, RunningIndex);

+  end;

+end;

+

+function FormatSpecToObject(SpecType: TFormatSpecifierType): TObject;

+begin

+  {$IFNDEF FPC}

+  Result := TObject(SpecType);

+  {$ELSE}

+  Result := Pointer(SpecType);

+  {$ENDIF}

+end;

+

+procedure UpdateTypeList(FormatArgs, TypeList: TTntStrings);

+var

+  i: integer;

+  f: WideString;

+  SpecType: TFormatSpecifierType;

+  ExplicitIndex: Integer;

+  MaxIndex: Integer;

+  RunningIndex: Integer;

+begin

+  // set count of TypeList to accomodate maximum index

+  MaxIndex := GetMaxIndex(FormatArgs);

+  TypeList.Clear;

+  for i := 0 to MaxIndex do

+    TypeList.Add('');

+

+  // for each arg...

+  RunningIndex := -1;

+  for i := 0 to FormatArgs.Count - 1 do begin

+    f := FormatArgs[i];

+    ExplicitIndex := GetExplicitIndex(f);

+    SpecType := GetFormatSpecifierType(f);

+

+    // determine running arg index

+    if ExplicitIndex <> -1 then

+      RunningIndex := ExplicitIndex

+    else

+      inc(RunningIndex);

+

+    if TypeList[RunningIndex] <> '' then begin

+      // already exists in list, check for compatibility

+      if TypeList.Objects[RunningIndex] <> FormatSpecToObject(SpecType) then

+        raise EFormatSpecError.CreateFmt(SMismatchedArgumentTypes,

+          [RunningIndex, TypeList[RunningIndex], f]);

+    end else begin

+      // not in list so update it

+      TypeList[RunningIndex] := f;

+      TypeList.Objects[RunningIndex] := FormatSpecToObject(SpecType);

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure CompareFormatStrings(FormatStr1, FormatStr2: WideString);

+var

+  ArgList1: TTntStringList;

+  ArgList2: TTntStringList;

+  TypeList1: TTntStringList;

+  TypeList2: TTntStringList;

+  i: integer;

+begin

+  ArgList1 := nil;

+  ArgList2 := nil;

+  TypeList1 := nil;

+  TypeList2 := nil;

+  try

+    ArgList1 := TTntStringList.Create;

+    ArgList2 := TTntStringList.Create;

+    TypeList1 := TTntStringList.Create;

+    TypeList2 := TTntStringList.Create;

+

+    GetFormatArgs(FormatStr1, ArgList1);

+    UpdateTypeList(ArgList1, TypeList1);

+

+    GetFormatArgs(FormatStr2, ArgList2);

+    UpdateTypeList(ArgList2, TypeList2);

+

+    if TypeList1.Count <> TypeList2.Count then

+      raise EFormatSpecError.Create(SMismatchedArgumentCounts + CRLF + CRLF + '> ' + FormatStr1 + CRLF + '> ' + FormatStr2);

+

+    for i := 0 to TypeList1.Count - 1 do begin

+      if TypeList1.Objects[i] <> TypeList2.Objects[i] then begin

+        raise EFormatSpecError.CreateFmt(SMismatchedArgumentTypes,

+          [i, TypeList1[i], TypeList2[i]]);

+      end;

+    end;

+

+  finally

+    ArgList1.Free;

+    ArgList2.Free;

+    TypeList1.Free;

+    TypeList2.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function FormatStringsAreCompatible(FormatStr1, FormatStr2: WideString): Boolean;

+var

+  ArgList1: TTntStringList;

+  ArgList2: TTntStringList;

+  TypeList1: TTntStringList;

+  TypeList2: TTntStringList;

+  i: integer;

+begin

+  ArgList1 := nil;

+  ArgList2 := nil;

+  TypeList1 := nil;

+  TypeList2 := nil;

+  try

+    ArgList1 := TTntStringList.Create;

+    ArgList2 := TTntStringList.Create;

+    TypeList1 := TTntStringList.Create;

+    TypeList2 := TTntStringList.Create;

+

+    GetFormatArgs(FormatStr1, ArgList1);

+    UpdateTypeList(ArgList1, TypeList1);

+

+    GetFormatArgs(FormatStr2, ArgList2);

+    UpdateTypeList(ArgList2, TypeList2);

+

+    Result := (TypeList1.Count = TypeList2.Count);

+    if Result then begin

+      for i := 0 to TypeList1.Count - 1 do begin

+        if TypeList1.Objects[i] <> TypeList2.Objects[i] then begin

+          Result := False;

+          break;

+        end;

+      end;

+    end;

+  finally

+    ArgList1.Free;

+    ArgList2.Free;

+    TypeList1.Free;

+    TypeList2.Free;

+  end;

+end;

+

+end.

diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntSysUtils.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntSysUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7cf2467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntSysUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1753 @@
+
+{*****************************************************************************}
+{                                                                             }
+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }
+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }
+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }
+{                                                                             }
+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }
+{                                                                             }
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+unit TntSysUtils;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}
+
+interface
+
+{ TODO: Consider: more filename functions from SysUtils }
+{ TODO: Consider: string functions from StrUtils. }
+
+uses
+  Types, SysUtils, Windows, TntWindows;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                                 Tnt - Types
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ......... introduced .........
+type
+  // The user of the application did something plainly wrong.
+  ETntUserError = class(Exception);
+  // A general error occured. (ie. file didn't exist, server didn't return data, etc.)
+  ETntGeneralError = class(Exception);
+  // Like Assert().  An error occured that should never have happened, send me a bug report now!
+  ETntInternalError = class(Exception);
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+type
+  PtrInt = LongInt;
+  PtrUInt = LongWord;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                                 Tnt - SysUtils
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ......... SBCS and MBCS functions with WideString replacements in SysUtils.pas .........
+
+{TNT-WARN CompareStr}                   {TNT-WARN AnsiCompareStr}
+{TNT-WARN SameStr}                      {TNT-WARN AnsiSameStr}
+{TNT-WARN SameText}                     {TNT-WARN AnsiSameText}
+{TNT-WARN CompareText}                  {TNT-WARN AnsiCompareText}
+{TNT-WARN UpperCase}                    {TNT-WARN AnsiUpperCase}
+{TNT-WARN LowerCase}                    {TNT-WARN AnsiLowerCase}
+
+{TNT-WARN AnsiPos}  { --> Pos() supports WideString. }
+{TNT-WARN FmtStr}
+{TNT-WARN Format}
+{TNT-WARN FormatBuf}
+
+// ......... MBCS Byte Type Procs .........
+
+{TNT-WARN ByteType}
+{TNT-WARN StrByteType}
+{TNT-WARN ByteToCharIndex}
+{TNT-WARN ByteToCharLen}
+{TNT-WARN CharToByteIndex}
+{TNT-WARN CharToByteLen}
+
+// ........ null-terminated string functions .........
+
+{TNT-WARN StrEnd}
+{TNT-WARN StrLen}
+{TNT-WARN StrLCopy}
+{TNT-WARN StrCopy}
+{TNT-WARN StrECopy}
+{TNT-WARN StrPLCopy}
+{TNT-WARN StrPCopy}
+{TNT-WARN StrLComp}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrLComp}
+{TNT-WARN StrComp}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrComp}
+{TNT-WARN StrLIComp}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrLIComp}
+{TNT-WARN StrIComp}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrIComp}
+{TNT-WARN StrLower}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrLower}
+{TNT-WARN StrUpper}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrUpper}
+{TNT-WARN StrPos}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrPos}
+{TNT-WARN StrScan}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrScan}
+{TNT-WARN StrRScan}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrRScan}
+{TNT-WARN StrLCat}
+{TNT-WARN StrCat}
+{TNT-WARN StrMove}
+{TNT-WARN StrPas}
+{TNT-WARN StrAlloc}
+{TNT-WARN StrBufSize}
+{TNT-WARN StrNew}
+{TNT-WARN StrDispose}
+
+{TNT-WARN AnsiExtractQuotedStr}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiLastChar}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiStrLastChar}
+{TNT-WARN QuotedStr}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiQuotedStr}
+{TNT-WARN AnsiDequotedStr}
+
+// ........ string functions .........
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  //
+  // pre-Delphi 9 issues w/ WideFormatBuf, WideFmtStr and WideFormat
+  //
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  type
+    PFormatSettings = ^TFormatSettings;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // SysUtils.WideFormatBuf doesn't correctly handle numeric specifiers.
+  function Tnt_WideFormatBuf(var Buffer; BufLen: Cardinal; const FormatStr;
+    FmtLen: Cardinal; const Args: array of const): Cardinal; {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP} overload; {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  function Tnt_WideFormatBuf(var Buffer; BufLen: Cardinal; const FormatStr;
+    FmtLen: Cardinal; const Args: array of const;
+      const FormatSettings: TFormatSettings): Cardinal; overload;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // SysUtils.WideFmtStr doesn't handle string lengths > 4096.
+  procedure Tnt_WideFmtStr(var Result: WideString; const FormatStr: WideString;
+    const Args: array of const); {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP} overload; {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  procedure Tnt_WideFmtStr(var Result: WideString; const FormatStr: WideString;
+    const Args: array of const; const FormatSettings: TFormatSettings); overload;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Without the FormatSettings parameter, Tnt_WideFormat is *NOT* necessary...
+      TntSystem.InstallTntSystemUpdates([tsFixWideFormat]);
+        will fix WideFormat as well as WideFmtStr.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+  function Tnt_WideFormat(const FormatStr: WideString; const Args: array of const): WideString; {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP} overload; {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  function Tnt_WideFormat(const FormatStr: WideString; const Args: array of const;
+    const FormatSettings: TFormatSettings): WideString; overload;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{TNT-WARN WideUpperCase} // SysUtils.WideUpperCase is broken on Win9x for D6, D7, D9.
+function Tnt_WideUpperCase(const S: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN WideLowerCase} // SysUtils.WideLowerCase is broken on Win9x for D6, D7, D9.
+function Tnt_WideLowerCase(const S: WideString): WideString;
+
+function TntWideLastChar(const S: WideString): WideChar;
+
+{TNT-WARN StringReplace}
+{TNT-WARN WideStringReplace} // <-- WideStrUtils.WideStringReplace uses SysUtils.WideUpperCase which is broken on Win9x.
+function Tnt_WideStringReplace(const S, OldPattern, NewPattern: WideString;
+  Flags: TReplaceFlags; WholeWord: Boolean = False): WideString;
+
+{TNT-WARN AdjustLineBreaks}
+type TTntTextLineBreakStyle = (tlbsLF, tlbsCRLF, tlbsCR);
+function TntAdjustLineBreaksLength(const S: WideString; Style: TTntTextLineBreakStyle = tlbsCRLF): Integer;
+function TntAdjustLineBreaks(const S: WideString; Style: TTntTextLineBreakStyle = tlbsCRLF): WideString;
+
+{TNT-WARN WrapText}
+function WideWrapText(const Line, BreakStr: WideString; const BreakChars: TSysCharSet;
+  MaxCol: Integer): WideString; overload;
+function WideWrapText(const Line: WideString; MaxCol: Integer): WideString; overload;
+
+// ........ filename manipulation .........
+
+{TNT-WARN SameFileName}           // doesn't apply to Unicode filenames, use WideSameText
+{TNT-WARN AnsiCompareFileName}    // doesn't apply to Unicode filenames, use WideCompareText
+{TNT-WARN AnsiLowerCaseFileName}  // doesn't apply to Unicode filenames, use WideLowerCase
+{TNT-WARN AnsiUpperCaseFileName}  // doesn't apply to Unicode filenames, use WideUpperCase
+
+{TNT-WARN IncludeTrailingBackslash}
+function WideIncludeTrailingBackslash(const S: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter}
+function WideIncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const S: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExcludeTrailingBackslash}
+function WideExcludeTrailingBackslash(const S: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter}
+function WideExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const S: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN IsDelimiter}
+function WideIsDelimiter(const Delimiters, S: WideString; Index: Integer): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN IsPathDelimiter}
+function WideIsPathDelimiter(const S: WideString; Index: Integer): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN LastDelimiter}
+function WideLastDelimiter(const Delimiters, S: WideString): Integer;
+{TNT-WARN ChangeFileExt}
+function WideChangeFileExt(const FileName, Extension: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractFilePath}
+function WideExtractFilePath(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractFileDir}
+function WideExtractFileDir(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractFileDrive}
+function WideExtractFileDrive(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractFileName}
+function WideExtractFileName(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractFileExt}
+function WideExtractFileExt(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractRelativePath}
+function WideExtractRelativePath(const BaseName, DestName: WideString): WideString;
+
+// ........ file management routines .........
+
+{TNT-WARN ExpandFileName}
+function WideExpandFileName(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ExtractShortPathName}
+function WideExtractShortPathName(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN FileCreate}
+function WideFileCreate(const FileName: WideString): Integer;
+{TNT-WARN FileOpen}
+function WideFileOpen(const FileName: WideString; Mode: LongWord): Integer;
+{TNT-WARN FileAge}
+function WideFileAge(const FileName: WideString): Integer; overload;
+function WideFileAge(const FileName: WideString; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): Boolean; overload;
+{TNT-WARN DirectoryExists}
+function WideDirectoryExists(const Name: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN FileExists}
+function WideFileExists(const Name: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN FileGetAttr}
+function WideFileGetAttr(const FileName: WideString): Cardinal;
+{TNT-WARN FileSetAttr}
+function WideFileSetAttr(const FileName: WideString; Attr: Integer): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN FileIsReadOnly}
+function WideFileIsReadOnly(const FileName: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN FileSetReadOnly}
+function WideFileSetReadOnly(const FileName: WideString; ReadOnly: Boolean): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN ForceDirectories}
+function WideForceDirectories(Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN FileSearch}
+function WideFileSearch(const Name, DirList: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN RenameFile}
+function WideRenameFile(const OldName, NewName: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN DeleteFile}
+function WideDeleteFile(const FileName: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN CopyFile}
+function WideCopyFile(const FromFile, ToFile: WideString; FailIfExists: Boolean): Boolean;
+
+
+{TNT-WARN TFileName}
+type
+  TWideFileName = type WideString;
+
+{TNT-WARN TSearchRec} // <-- FindFile - warning on TSearchRec is all that is necessary
+type
+  TSearchRecW = record
+    Time: Integer;
+    Size: Int64;
+    Attr: Integer;
+    Name: TWideFileName;
+    ExcludeAttr: Integer;
+    FindHandle: THandle;
+    FindData: TWin32FindDataW;
+  end;
+function WideFindFirst(const Path: WideString; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+function WideFindNext(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+procedure WideFindClose(var F: TSearchRecW);
+
+{TNT-WARN CreateDir}
+function WideCreateDir(const Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN RemoveDir}
+function WideRemoveDir(const Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrentDir}
+function WideGetCurrentDir: WideString;
+{TNT-WARN SetCurrentDir}
+function WideSetCurrentDir(const Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+
+
+// ........ date/time functions .........
+
+{TNT-WARN TryStrToDateTime}
+function TntTryStrToDateTime(Str: WideString; out DateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN TryStrToDate}
+function TntTryStrToDate(Str: WideString; out DateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+{TNT-WARN TryStrToTime}
+function TntTryStrToTime(Str: WideString; out DateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+
+{ introduced }
+function ValidDateTimeStr(Str: WideString): Boolean;
+function ValidDateStr(Str: WideString): Boolean;
+function ValidTimeStr(Str: WideString): Boolean;
+
+{TNT-WARN StrToDateTime}
+function TntStrToDateTime(Str: WideString): TDateTime;
+{TNT-WARN StrToDate}
+function TntStrToDate(Str: WideString): TDateTime;
+{TNT-WARN StrToTime}
+function TntStrToTime(Str: WideString): TDateTime;
+{TNT-WARN StrToDateTimeDef}
+function TntStrToDateTimeDef(Str: WideString; Default: TDateTime): TDateTime;
+{TNT-WARN StrToDateDef}
+function TntStrToDateDef(Str: WideString; Default: TDateTime): TDateTime;
+{TNT-WARN StrToTimeDef}
+function TntStrToTimeDef(Str: WideString; Default: TDateTime): TDateTime;
+
+{TNT-WARN CurrToStr}
+{TNT-WARN CurrToStrF}
+function TntCurrToStr(Value: Currency; lpFormat: PCurrencyFmtW = nil): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN StrToCurr}
+function TntStrToCurr(const S: WideString): Currency;
+{TNT-WARN StrToCurrDef}
+function ValidCurrencyStr(const S: WideString): Boolean;
+function TntStrToCurrDef(const S: WideString; const Default: Currency): Currency;
+function GetDefaultCurrencyFmt: TCurrencyFmtW;
+
+// ........ misc functions .........
+
+{TNT-WARN GetLocaleStr}
+function WideGetLocaleStr(LocaleID: LCID; LocaleType: Integer; const Default: WideString): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN SysErrorMessage}
+function WideSysErrorMessage(ErrorCode: Integer): WideString;
+
+// ......... introduced .........
+
+function WideLibraryErrorMessage(const LibName: WideString; Dll: THandle; ErrorCode: Integer): WideString;
+
+const
+  CR = WideChar(#13);
+  LF = WideChar(#10);
+  CRLF = WideString(#13#10);
+  WideLineSeparator = WideChar($2028);
+
+var
+  Win32PlatformIsUnicode: Boolean;
+  Win32PlatformIsXP: Boolean;
+  Win32PlatformIs2003: Boolean;
+  Win32PlatformIsVista: Boolean;
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+function CheckWin32Version(AMajor: Integer; AMinor: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+function WinCheckH(RetVal: Cardinal): Cardinal;
+function WinCheckFileH(RetVal: Cardinal): Cardinal;
+function WinCheckP(RetVal: Pointer): Pointer;
+
+function WideGetModuleFileName(Instance: HModule): WideString;
+function WideSafeLoadLibrary(const Filename: Widestring;
+  ErrorMode: UINT = SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX): HMODULE;
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+function WideLoadPackage(const Name: Widestring): HMODULE;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function IsWideCharUpper(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharLower(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharDigit(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharSpace(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharPunct(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharCntrl(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharBlank(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharXDigit(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharAlpha(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideCharAlphaNumeric(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+
+function WideTextPos(const SubStr, S: WideString): Integer;
+
+function ExtractStringArrayStr(P: PWideChar): WideString;
+function ExtractStringFromStringArray(var P: PWideChar; Separator: WideChar = #0): WideString;
+function ExtractStringsFromStringArray(P: PWideChar; Separator: WideChar = #0): TWideStringDynArray;
+
+function IsWideCharMappableToAnsi(const WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+function IsWideStringMappableToAnsi(const WS: WideString): Boolean;
+function IsRTF(const Value: WideString): Boolean;
+
+function ENG_US_FloatToStr(Value: Extended): WideString;
+function ENG_US_StrToFloat(const S: WideString): Extended;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                                 Tnt - Variants
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ........ Variants.pas has WideString versions of these functions .........
+{TNT-WARN VarToStr}
+{TNT-WARN VarToStrDef}
+
+var
+  _SettingChangeTime: Cardinal;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  ActiveX, ComObj, SysConst,
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_9_UP} WideStrUtils, {$ENDIF} TntWideStrUtils,
+  TntSystem, TntFormatStrUtils;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                                 Tnt - SysUtils
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+
+  function _Tnt_WideFormatBuf(var Buffer; BufLen: Cardinal; const FormatStr;
+    FmtLen: Cardinal; const Args: array of const
+      {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}; const FormatSettings: PFormatSettings {$ENDIF}): Cardinal;
+  var
+    OldFormat: WideString;
+    NewFormat: WideString;
+  begin
+    SetString(OldFormat, PWideChar(@FormatStr), FmtLen);
+    { The reason for this is that WideFormat doesn't correctly format floating point specifiers.
+      See QC#4254. }
+    NewFormat := ReplaceFloatingArgumentsInFormatString(OldFormat, Args{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}, FormatSettings{$ENDIF});
+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+    if FormatSettings <> nil then
+      Result := WideFormatBuf(Buffer, BufLen, Pointer(NewFormat)^,
+        Length(NewFormat), Args, FormatSettings^)
+    else
+    {$ENDIF}
+      Result := WideFormatBuf(Buffer, BufLen, Pointer(NewFormat)^,
+        Length(NewFormat), Args);
+  end;
+
+  function Tnt_WideFormatBuf(var Buffer; BufLen: Cardinal; const FormatStr;
+    FmtLen: Cardinal; const Args: array of const): Cardinal;
+  begin
+    Result := _Tnt_WideFormatBuf(Buffer, BufLen, FormatStr, FmtLen, Args{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}, nil{$ENDIF});
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  function Tnt_WideFormatBuf(var Buffer; BufLen: Cardinal; const FormatStr;
+    FmtLen: Cardinal; const Args: array of const; const FormatSettings: TFormatSettings): Cardinal;
+  begin
+    Result := _Tnt_WideFormatBuf(Buffer, BufLen, FormatStr, FmtLen, Args, @FormatSettings);
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  procedure _Tnt_WideFmtStr(var Result: WideString; const FormatStr: WideString;
+    const Args: array of const{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}; const FormatSettings: PFormatSettings{$ENDIF});
+  var
+    Len, BufLen: Integer;
+    Buffer: array[0..4095] of WideChar;
+  begin
+    BufLen := Length(Buffer); // Fixes buffer overwrite issue. (See QC #4703, #4744)
+    if Length(FormatStr) < (Length(Buffer) - (Length(Buffer) div 4)) then
+      Len := _Tnt_WideFormatBuf(Buffer, Length(Buffer) - 1, Pointer(FormatStr)^,
+        Length(FormatStr), Args{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}, FormatSettings{$ENDIF})
+    else
+    begin
+      BufLen := Length(FormatStr);
+      Len := BufLen;
+    end;
+    if Len >= BufLen - 1 then
+    begin
+      while Len >= BufLen - 1 do
+      begin
+        Inc(BufLen, BufLen);
+        Result := '';          // prevent copying of existing data, for speed
+        SetLength(Result, BufLen);
+        Len := _Tnt_WideFormatBuf(Pointer(Result)^, BufLen - 1, Pointer(FormatStr)^,
+          Length(FormatStr), Args{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}, FormatSettings{$ENDIF});
+      end;
+      SetLength(Result, Len);
+    end
+    else
+      SetString(Result, Buffer, Len);
+  end;
+
+  procedure Tnt_WideFmtStr(var Result: WideString; const FormatStr: WideString;
+    const Args: array of const);
+  begin
+    _Tnt_WideFmtStr(Result, FormatStr, Args{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}, nil{$ENDIF});
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  procedure Tnt_WideFmtStr(var Result: WideString; const FormatStr: WideString;
+    const Args: array of const; const FormatSettings: TFormatSettings);
+  begin
+    _Tnt_WideFmtStr(Result, FormatStr, Args, @FormatSettings);
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    Without the FormatSettings parameter, Tnt_WideFormat is *NOT* necessary...
+      TntSystem.InstallTntSystemUpdates([tsFixWideFormat]);
+        will fix WideFormat as well as WideFmtStr.
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+  function Tnt_WideFormat(const FormatStr: WideString; const Args: array of const): WideString;
+  begin
+    Tnt_WideFmtStr(Result, FormatStr, Args);
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  function Tnt_WideFormat(const FormatStr: WideString; const Args: array of const;
+    const FormatSettings: TFormatSettings): WideString;
+  begin
+    Tnt_WideFmtStr(Result, FormatStr, Args, FormatSettings);
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+{$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF FPC}
+
+function Tnt_WideUpperCase(const S: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+    {$DEFINE WIDEUPPERCASE_BROKEN}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF WIDEUPPERCASE_BROKEN}
+  { SysUtils.WideUpperCase is broken for Win9x. }
+  Result := S;
+  if Length(Result) > 0 then
+    Tnt_CharUpperBuffW(PWideChar(Result), Length(Result));
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := SysUtils.WideUpperCase{TNT-ALLOW WideUpperCase}(S);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function Tnt_WideLowerCase(const S: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+    {$DEFINE WIDELOWERCASE_BROKEN}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF WIDELOWERCASE_BROKEN}
+  { SysUtils.WideLowerCase is broken for Win9x. }
+  Result := S;
+  if Length(Result) > 0 then
+    Tnt_CharLowerBuffW(PWideChar(Result), Length(Result));
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := SysUtils.WideLowerCase{TNT-ALLOW WideLowerCase}(S);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function TntWideLastChar(const S: WideString): WideChar;
+var
+  P: PWideChar;
+begin
+  P := WideLastChar(S);
+  if P = nil then
+    Result := #0
+  else
+    Result := P^;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_WideStringReplace(const S, OldPattern, NewPattern: WideString;
+  Flags: TReplaceFlags; WholeWord: Boolean = False): WideString;
+
+  function IsWordSeparator(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+  begin
+    Result := (WC = WideChar(#0))
+           or IsWideCharSpace(WC)
+           or IsWideCharPunct(WC);
+  end;
+
+var
+  SearchStr, Patt, NewStr: WideString;
+  Offset: Integer;
+  PrevChar, NextChar: WideChar;
+begin
+  if rfIgnoreCase in Flags then
+  begin
+    SearchStr := Tnt_WideUpperCase(S);
+    Patt := Tnt_WideUpperCase(OldPattern);
+  end else
+  begin
+    SearchStr := S;
+    Patt := OldPattern;
+  end;
+  NewStr := S;
+  Result := '';
+  while SearchStr <> '' do
+  begin
+    Offset := Pos(Patt, SearchStr);
+    if Offset = 0 then
+    begin
+      Result := Result + NewStr;
+      Break;
+    end; // done
+
+    if (WholeWord) then
+    begin
+      if (Offset = 1) then
+        PrevChar := TntWideLastChar(Result)
+      else
+        PrevChar := NewStr[Offset - 1];
+
+      if Offset + Length(OldPattern) <= Length(NewStr) then
+        NextChar := NewStr[Offset + Length(OldPattern)]
+      else
+        NextChar := WideChar(#0);
+
+      if (not IsWordSeparator(PrevChar))
+      or (not IsWordSeparator(NextChar)) then
+      begin
+        Result := Result + Copy(NewStr, 1, Offset + Length(OldPattern) - 1);
+        NewStr := Copy(NewStr, Offset + Length(OldPattern), MaxInt);
+        SearchStr := Copy(SearchStr, Offset + Length(Patt), MaxInt);
+        continue;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Result := Result + Copy(NewStr, 1, Offset - 1) + NewPattern;
+    NewStr := Copy(NewStr, Offset + Length(OldPattern), MaxInt);
+    if not (rfReplaceAll in Flags) then
+    begin
+      Result := Result + NewStr;
+      Break;
+    end;
+    SearchStr := Copy(SearchStr, Offset + Length(Patt), MaxInt);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TntAdjustLineBreaksLength(const S: WideString; Style: TTntTextLineBreakStyle = tlbsCRLF): Integer;
+var
+  Source, SourceEnd: PWideChar;
+begin
+  Source := Pointer(S);
+  SourceEnd := Source + Length(S);
+  Result := Length(S);
+  while Source < SourceEnd do
+  begin
+    case Source^ of
+      #10, WideLineSeparator:
+        if Style = tlbsCRLF then
+          Inc(Result);
+      #13:
+        if Style = tlbsCRLF then
+          if Source[1] = #10 then
+            Inc(Source)
+          else
+            Inc(Result)
+        else
+          if Source[1] = #10 then
+            Dec(Result);
+    end;
+    Inc(Source);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TntAdjustLineBreaks(const S: WideString; Style: TTntTextLineBreakStyle = tlbsCRLF): WideString;
+var
+  Source, SourceEnd, Dest: PWideChar;
+  DestLen: Integer;
+begin
+  Source := Pointer(S);
+  SourceEnd := Source + Length(S);
+  DestLen := TntAdjustLineBreaksLength(S, Style);
+  SetString(Result, nil, DestLen);
+  Dest := Pointer(Result);
+  while Source < SourceEnd do begin
+    case Source^ of
+      #10, WideLineSeparator:
+        begin
+          if Style in [tlbsCRLF, tlbsCR] then
+          begin
+            Dest^ := #13;
+            Inc(Dest);
+          end;
+          if Style in [tlbsCRLF, tlbsLF] then
+          begin
+            Dest^ := #10;
+            Inc(Dest);
+          end;
+          Inc(Source);
+        end;
+      #13:
+        begin
+          if Style in [tlbsCRLF, tlbsCR] then
+          begin
+            Dest^ := #13;
+            Inc(Dest);
+          end;
+          if Style in [tlbsCRLF, tlbsLF] then
+          begin
+            Dest^ := #10;
+            Inc(Dest);
+          end;
+          Inc(Source);
+          if Source^ = #10 then Inc(Source);
+        end;
+    else
+      Dest^ := Source^;
+      Inc(Dest);
+      Inc(Source);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideWrapText(const Line, BreakStr: WideString; const BreakChars: TSysCharSet;
+  MaxCol: Integer): WideString;
+
+  function WideCharIn(C: WideChar; SysCharSet: TSysCharSet): Boolean;
+  begin
+    Result := (C <= High(AnsiChar)) and (AnsiChar(C) in SysCharSet);
+  end;
+
+const
+  QuoteChars = ['''', '"'];
+var
+  Col, Pos: Integer;
+  LinePos, LineLen: Integer;
+  BreakLen, BreakPos: Integer;
+  QuoteChar, CurChar: WideChar;
+  ExistingBreak: Boolean;
+begin
+  Col := 1;
+  Pos := 1;
+  LinePos := 1;
+  BreakPos := 0;
+  QuoteChar := ' ';
+  ExistingBreak := False;
+  LineLen := Length(Line);
+  BreakLen := Length(BreakStr);
+  Result := '';
+  while Pos <= LineLen do
+  begin
+    CurChar := Line[Pos];
+    if CurChar = BreakStr[1] then
+    begin
+      if QuoteChar = ' ' then
+      begin
+        ExistingBreak := WideSameText(BreakStr, Copy(Line, Pos, BreakLen));
+        if ExistingBreak then
+        begin
+          Inc(Pos, BreakLen-1);
+          BreakPos := Pos;
+        end;
+      end
+    end
+    else if WideCharIn(CurChar, BreakChars) then
+    begin
+      if QuoteChar = ' ' then BreakPos := Pos
+    end
+    else if WideCharIn(CurChar, QuoteChars) then
+    begin
+      if CurChar = QuoteChar then
+        QuoteChar := ' '
+      else if QuoteChar = ' ' then
+        QuoteChar := CurChar;
+    end;
+    Inc(Pos);
+    Inc(Col);
+    if not (WideCharIn(QuoteChar, QuoteChars)) and (ExistingBreak or
+      ((Col > MaxCol) and (BreakPos > LinePos))) then
+    begin
+      Col := Pos - BreakPos;
+      Result := Result + Copy(Line, LinePos, BreakPos - LinePos + 1);
+      if not (WideCharIn(CurChar, QuoteChars)) then
+        while Pos <= LineLen do
+        begin
+          if WideCharIn(Line[Pos], BreakChars) then
+            Inc(Pos)
+          else if Copy(Line, Pos, Length(sLineBreak)) = sLineBreak then
+            Inc(Pos, Length(sLineBreak))
+          else
+            break;
+        end;
+      if not ExistingBreak and (Pos < LineLen) then
+        Result := Result + BreakStr;
+      Inc(BreakPos);
+      LinePos := BreakPos;
+      ExistingBreak := False;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := Result + Copy(Line, LinePos, MaxInt);
+end;
+
+function WideWrapText(const Line: WideString; MaxCol: Integer): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := WideWrapText(Line, sLineBreak, [' ', '-', #9], MaxCol); { do not localize }
+end;
+
+function WideIncludeTrailingBackslash(const S: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := WideIncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(S);
+end;
+
+function WideIncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const S: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := S;
+  if not WideIsPathDelimiter(Result, Length(Result)) then Result := Result + PathDelim;
+end;
+
+function WideExcludeTrailingBackslash(const S: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := WideExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(S);
+end;
+
+function WideExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const S: WideString): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := S;
+  if WideIsPathDelimiter(Result, Length(Result)) then
+    SetLength(Result, Length(Result)-1);
+end;
+
+function WideIsDelimiter(const Delimiters, S: WideString; Index: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if (Index <= 0) or (Index > Length(S)) then exit;
+  Result := WStrScan(PWideChar(Delimiters), S[Index]) <> nil;
+end;
+
+function WideIsPathDelimiter(const S: WideString; Index: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (Index > 0) and (Index <= Length(S)) and (S[Index] = PathDelim);
+end;
+
+function WideLastDelimiter(const Delimiters, S: WideString): Integer;
+var
+  P: PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Length(S);
+  P := PWideChar(Delimiters);
+  while Result > 0 do
+  begin
+    if (S[Result] <> #0) and (WStrScan(P, S[Result]) <> nil) then
+      Exit;
+    Dec(Result);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideChangeFileExt(const FileName, Extension: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := WideLastDelimiter('.\:',Filename);
+  if (I = 0) or (FileName[I] <> '.') then I := MaxInt;
+  Result := Copy(FileName, 1, I - 1) + Extension;
+end;
+
+function WideExtractFilePath(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := WideLastDelimiter('\:', FileName);
+  Result := Copy(FileName, 1, I);
+end;
+
+function WideExtractFileDir(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := WideLastDelimiter(DriveDelim + PathDelim,Filename);
+  if (I > 1) and (FileName[I] = PathDelim) and
+    (not (FileName[I - 1] in [WideChar(PathDelim), WideChar(DriveDelim)])) then Dec(I);
+  Result := Copy(FileName, 1, I);
+end;
+
+function WideExtractFileDrive(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I, J: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Length(FileName) >= 2) and (FileName[2] = DriveDelim) then
+    Result := Copy(FileName, 1, 2)
+  else if (Length(FileName) >= 2) and (FileName[1] = PathDelim) and
+    (FileName[2] = PathDelim) then
+  begin
+    J := 0;
+    I := 3;
+    While (I < Length(FileName)) and (J < 2) do
+    begin
+      if FileName[I] = PathDelim then Inc(J);
+      if J < 2 then Inc(I);
+    end;
+    if FileName[I] = PathDelim then Dec(I);
+    Result := Copy(FileName, 1, I);
+  end else Result := '';
+end;
+
+function WideExtractFileName(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := WideLastDelimiter('\:', FileName);
+  Result := Copy(FileName, I + 1, MaxInt);
+end;
+
+function WideExtractFileExt(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := WideLastDelimiter('.\:', FileName);
+  if (I > 0) and (FileName[I] = '.') then
+    Result := Copy(FileName, I, MaxInt) else
+    Result := '';
+end;
+
+function WideExtractRelativePath(const BaseName, DestName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  BasePath, DestPath: WideString;
+  BaseLead, DestLead: PWideChar;
+  BasePtr, DestPtr: PWideChar;
+
+  function WideExtractFilePathNoDrive(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+  begin
+    Result := WideExtractFilePath(FileName);
+    Delete(Result, 1, Length(WideExtractFileDrive(FileName)));
+  end;
+
+  function Next(var Lead: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+  begin
+    Result := Lead;
+    if Result = nil then Exit;
+    Lead := WStrScan(Lead, PathDelim);
+    if Lead <> nil then
+    begin
+      Lead^ := #0;
+      Inc(Lead);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  if WideSameText(WideExtractFileDrive(BaseName), WideExtractFileDrive(DestName)) then
+  begin
+    BasePath := WideExtractFilePathNoDrive(BaseName);
+    DestPath := WideExtractFilePathNoDrive(DestName);
+    BaseLead := Pointer(BasePath);
+    BasePtr := Next(BaseLead);
+    DestLead := Pointer(DestPath);
+    DestPtr := Next(DestLead);
+    while (BasePtr <> nil) and (DestPtr <> nil) and WideSameText(BasePtr, DestPtr) do
+    begin
+      BasePtr := Next(BaseLead);
+      DestPtr := Next(DestLead);
+    end;
+    Result := '';
+    while BaseLead <> nil do
+    begin
+      Result := Result + '..' + PathDelim;             { Do not localize }
+      Next(BaseLead);
+    end;
+    if (DestPtr <> nil) and (DestPtr^ <> #0) then
+      Result := Result + DestPtr + PathDelim;
+    if DestLead <> nil then
+      Result := Result + DestLead;     // destlead already has a trailing backslash
+    Result := Result + WideExtractFileName(DestName);
+  end
+  else
+    Result := DestName;
+end;
+
+function WideExpandFileName(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  FName: PWideChar;
+  Buffer: array[0..MAX_PATH - 1] of WideChar;
+begin
+  SetString(Result, Buffer, Tnt_GetFullPathNameW(PWideChar(FileName), MAX_PATH, Buffer, FName));
+end;
+
+function WideExtractShortPathName(const FileName: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  Buffer: array[0..MAX_PATH - 1] of WideChar;
+begin
+  SetString(Result, Buffer, Tnt_GetShortPathNameW(PWideChar(FileName), Buffer, MAX_PATH));
+end;
+
+function WideFileCreate(const FileName: WideString): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Integer(Tnt_CreateFileW(PWideChar(FileName), GENERIC_READ or GENERIC_WRITE,
+    0, nil, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, 0))
+end;
+
+function WideFileOpen(const FileName: WideString; Mode: LongWord): Integer;
+const
+  AccessMode: array[0..2] of LongWord = (
+    GENERIC_READ,
+    GENERIC_WRITE,
+    GENERIC_READ or GENERIC_WRITE);
+  ShareMode: array[0..4] of LongWord = (
+    0,
+    0,
+    FILE_SHARE_READ,
+    FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
+    FILE_SHARE_READ or FILE_SHARE_WRITE);
+begin
+  Result := Integer(Tnt_CreateFileW(PWideChar(FileName), AccessMode[Mode and 3],
+    ShareMode[(Mode and $F0) shr 4], nil, OPEN_EXISTING,
+      FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, 0));
+end;
+
+function WideFileAge(const FileName: WideString): Integer;
+var
+  Handle: THandle;
+  FindData: TWin32FindDataW;
+  LocalFileTime: TFileTime;
+begin
+  Handle := Tnt_FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(FileName), FindData);
+  if Handle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+  begin
+    Windows.FindClose(Handle);
+    if (FindData.dwFileAttributes and FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) = 0 then
+    begin
+      FileTimeToLocalFileTime(FindData.ftLastWriteTime, LocalFileTime);
+      if FileTimeToDosDateTime(LocalFileTime, LongRec(Result).Hi, LongRec(Result).Lo) then
+        Exit
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function WideFileAge(const FileName: WideString; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+var
+  Handle: THandle;
+  FindData: TWin32FindDataW;
+  LSystemTime: TSystemTime;
+  LocalFileTime: TFileTime;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  Handle := Tnt_FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(FileName), FindData);
+  if Handle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+  begin
+    Windows.FindClose(Handle);
+    if (FindData.dwFileAttributes and FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) = 0 then
+    begin
+      Result := True;
+      FileTimeToLocalFileTime(FindData.ftLastWriteTime, LocalFileTime);
+      FileTimeToSystemTime(LocalFileTime, LSystemTime);
+      with LSystemTime do
+        FileDateTime := EncodeDate(wYear, wMonth, wDay) +
+          EncodeTime(wHour, wMinute, wSecond, wMilliSeconds);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideDirectoryExists(const Name: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  Code: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Code := WideFileGetAttr(Name);
+  Result := (Code <> INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) and ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY and Code) <> 0);
+end;
+
+function WideFileExists(const Name: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  Code: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Code := WideFileGetAttr(Name);
+  Result := (Code <> INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) and ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY and Code) = 0);
+end;
+
+function WideFileGetAttr(const FileName: WideString): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_GetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(FileName));
+end;
+
+function WideFileSetAttr(const FileName: WideString; Attr: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_SetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(FileName), Attr)
+end;
+
+function WideFileIsReadOnly(const FileName: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (Tnt_GetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(FileName)) and faReadOnly) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function WideFileSetReadOnly(const FileName: WideString; ReadOnly: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  Flags: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  Flags := Tnt_GetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(FileName));
+  if Flags = -1 then Exit;
+  if ReadOnly then
+    Flags := Flags or faReadOnly
+  else
+    Flags := Flags and not faReadOnly;
+  Result := Tnt_SetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(FileName), Flags);
+end;
+
+function WideForceDirectories(Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  if Length(Dir) = 0 then
+    raise ETntGeneralError.Create(
+      {$IFNDEF FPC} SCannotCreateDir {$ELSE} SCannotCreateEmptyDir {$ENDIF});
+  Dir := WideExcludeTrailingBackslash(Dir);
+  if (Length(Dir) < 3) or WideDirectoryExists(Dir)
+    or (WideExtractFilePath(Dir) = Dir) then Exit; // avoid 'xyz:\' problem.
+  Result := WideForceDirectories(WideExtractFilePath(Dir));
+  if Result then
+    Result := Tnt_CreateDirectoryW(PWideChar(Dir), nil)
+end;
+
+function WideFileSearch(const Name, DirList: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I, P, L: Integer;
+  C: WideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Name;
+  P := 1;
+  L := Length(DirList);
+  while True do
+  begin
+    if WideFileExists(Result) then Exit;
+    while (P <= L) and (DirList[P] = PathSep) do Inc(P);
+    if P > L then Break;
+    I := P;
+    while (P <= L) and (DirList[P] <> PathSep) do
+      Inc(P);
+    Result := Copy(DirList, I, P - I);
+    C := TntWideLastChar(Result);
+    if (C <> DriveDelim) and (C <> PathDelim) then
+      Result := Result + PathDelim;
+    Result := Result + Name;
+  end;
+  Result := '';
+end;
+
+function WideRenameFile(const OldName, NewName: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_MoveFileW(PWideChar(OldName), PWideChar(NewName))
+end;
+
+function WideDeleteFile(const FileName: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_DeleteFileW(PWideChar(FileName))
+end;
+
+function WideCopyFile(const FromFile, ToFile: WideString; FailIfExists: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_CopyFileW(PWideChar(FromFile), PWideChar(ToFile), FailIfExists)
+end;
+
+function _WideFindMatchingFile(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+var
+  LocalFileTime: TFileTime;
+begin
+  with F do
+  begin
+    while FindData.dwFileAttributes and ExcludeAttr <> 0 do
+      if not Tnt_FindNextFileW(FindHandle, FindData) then
+      begin
+        Result := GetLastError;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    FileTimeToLocalFileTime(FindData.ftLastWriteTime, LocalFileTime);
+    FileTimeToDosDateTime(LocalFileTime, LongRec(Time).Hi, LongRec(Time).Lo);
+    Size := (Int64(FindData.nFileSizeHigh) shl 32) + FindData.nFileSizeLow;
+    Attr := FindData.dwFileAttributes;
+    Name := FindData.cFileName;
+  end;
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function WideFindFirst(const Path: WideString; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+const
+  faSpecial = faHidden or faSysFile {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP} or faVolumeID {$ENDIF} or faDirectory;
+begin
+  F.ExcludeAttr := not Attr and faSpecial;
+  F.FindHandle := Tnt_FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), F.FindData);
+  if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+  begin
+    Result := _WideFindMatchingFile(F);
+    if Result <> 0 then WideFindClose(F);
+  end else
+    Result := GetLastError;
+end;
+
+function WideFindNext(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+begin
+  if Tnt_FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, F.FindData) then
+    Result := _WideFindMatchingFile(F) else
+    Result := GetLastError;
+end;
+
+procedure WideFindClose(var F: TSearchRecW);
+begin
+  if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+  begin
+    Windows.FindClose(F.FindHandle);
+    F.FindHandle := INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideCreateDir(const Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_CreateDirectoryW(PWideChar(Dir), nil);
+end;
+
+function WideRemoveDir(const Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_RemoveDirectoryW(PWideChar(Dir));
+end;
+
+function WideGetCurrentDir: WideString;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, MAX_PATH);
+  Tnt_GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, PWideChar(Result));
+  Result := PWideChar(Result);
+end;
+
+function WideSetCurrentDir(const Dir: WideString): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Tnt_SetCurrentDirectoryW(PWideChar(Dir));
+end;
+
+//=============================================================================================
+//==  DATE/TIME STRING PARSING ================================================================
+//=============================================================================================
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+const
+  VAR_TIMEVALUEONLY = 1;
+  VAR_DATEVALUEONLY = 2;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function _IntTryStrToDateTime(Str: WideString; Flags: Integer; out DateTime: TDateTime): HResult;
+begin
+  Result := VarDateFromStr(
+      {$IFDEF FPC} POLECHAR(Str) {$ELSE} Str {$ENDIF},
+      GetThreadLocale, Flags, Double(DateTime));
+  if (not Succeeded(Result)) then begin
+    if (Flags = VAR_TIMEVALUEONLY)
+    and SysUtils.TryStrToTime{TNT-ALLOW TryStrToTime}(Str, DateTime) then
+      Result := S_OK // SysUtils seems confident (works for date = "dd.MM.yy" and time = "H.mm.ss")
+    else if (Flags = VAR_DATEVALUEONLY)
+    and SysUtils.TryStrToDate{TNT-ALLOW TryStrToDate}(Str, DateTime) then
+      Result := S_OK // SysUtils seems confident
+    else if (Flags = 0)
+    and SysUtils.TryStrToDateTime{TNT-ALLOW TryStrToDateTime}(Str, DateTime) then
+      Result := S_OK // SysUtils seems confident
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TntTryStrToDateTime(Str: WideString; out DateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, 0, DateTime));
+end;
+
+function TntTryStrToDate(Str: WideString; out DateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, VAR_DATEVALUEONLY, DateTime));
+end;
+
+function TntTryStrToTime(Str: WideString; out DateTime: TDateTime): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, VAR_TIMEVALUEONLY, DateTime));
+end;
+
+function ValidDateTimeStr(Str: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  Temp: TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, 0, Temp));
+end;
+
+function ValidDateStr(Str: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  Temp: TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, VAR_DATEVALUEONLY, Temp));
+end;
+
+function ValidTimeStr(Str: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  Temp: TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, VAR_TIMEVALUEONLY, Temp));
+end;
+
+function TntStrToDateTimeDef(Str: WideString; Default: TDateTime): TDateTime;
+begin
+  if not TntTryStrToDateTime(Str, Result) then
+    Result := Default;
+end;
+
+function TntStrToDateDef(Str: WideString; Default: TDateTime): TDateTime;
+begin
+  if not TntTryStrToDate(Str, Result) then
+    Result := Default;
+end;
+
+function TntStrToTimeDef(Str: WideString; Default: TDateTime): TDateTime;
+begin
+  if not TntTryStrToTime(Str, Result) then
+    Result := Default;
+end;
+
+function _IntStrToDateTime(Str: WideString; Flags: Integer; ErrorFormatStr: WideString): TDateTime;
+begin
+  try
+    OleCheck(_IntTryStrToDateTime(Str, Flags, Result));
+  except
+    on E: Exception do begin
+      E.Message := E.Message + CRLF + WideFormat(ErrorFormatStr, [Str]);
+      raise EConvertError.Create(E.Message);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TntStrToDateTime(Str: WideString): TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := _IntStrToDateTime(Str, 0, SInvalidDateTime);
+end;
+
+function TntStrToDate(Str: WideString): TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := _IntStrToDateTime(Str, VAR_DATEVALUEONLY,
+      {$IFNDEF FPC} SInvalidDate {$ELSE} SInvalidDateTime {$ENDIF});
+end;
+
+function TntStrToTime(Str: WideString): TDateTime;
+begin
+  Result := _IntStrToDateTime(Str, VAR_TIMEVALUEONLY,
+      {$IFNDEF FPC} SInvalidTime {$ELSE} SInvalidDateTime {$ENDIF});
+end;
+
+//=============================================================================================
+//==  CURRENCY STRING PARSING =================================================================
+//=============================================================================================
+
+function TntCurrToStr(Value: Currency; lpFormat: PCurrencyFmtW = nil): WideString;
+const
+  MAX_BUFF_SIZE = 64; // can a currency string actually be larger?
+var
+  ValueStr: WideString;
+begin
+  // format lpValue using ENG-US settings
+  ValueStr := ENG_US_FloatToStr(Value);
+  // get currency format
+  SetLength(Result, MAX_BUFF_SIZE);
+  if 0 = Tnt_GetCurrencyFormatW(GetThreadLocale, 0, PWideChar(ValueStr),
+    lpFormat, PWideChar(Result), Length(Result))
+  then begin
+    RaiseLastOSError;
+  end;
+  Result := PWideChar(Result);
+end;
+
+function TntStrToCurr(const S: WideString): Currency;
+begin
+  try
+    OleCheck(VarCyFromStr(
+        {$IFDEF FPC} POLECHAR(S) {$ELSE} S {$ENDIF},
+        GetThreadLocale, 0, Result));
+  except
+    on E: Exception do begin
+      E.Message := E.Message + CRLF + WideFormat(SInvalidCurrency, [S]);
+      raise EConvertError.Create(E.Message);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ValidCurrencyStr(const S: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  Dummy: Currency;
+begin
+  Result := Succeeded(VarCyFromStr(
+      {$IFDEF FPC} POLECHAR(S) {$ELSE} S {$ENDIF},
+      GetThreadLocale, 0, Dummy));
+end;
+
+function TntStrToCurrDef(const S: WideString; const Default: Currency): Currency;
+begin
+  if not Succeeded(VarCyFromStr(
+      {$IFDEF FPC} POLECHAR(S) {$ELSE} S {$ENDIF},
+      GetThreadLocale, 0, Result)) then
+    Result := Default;
+end;
+
+threadvar
+  Currency_DecimalSep: WideString;
+  Currency_ThousandSep: WideString;
+  Currency_CurrencySymbol: WideString;
+
+function GetDefaultCurrencyFmt: TCurrencyFmtW;
+begin
+  ZeroMemory(@Result, SizeOf(Result));
+  Result.NumDigits := StrToIntDef(WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_ICURRDIGITS, '2'), 2);
+  Result.LeadingZero := StrToIntDef(WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_ILZERO, '1'), 1);
+  Result.Grouping := StrToIntDef(Copy(WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_SMONGROUPING, '3;0'), 1, 1), 3);
+  Currency_DecimalSep := WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_SMONDECIMALSEP, '.');
+  Result.lpDecimalSep := {$IFNDEF FPC} PWideChar(Currency_DecimalSep)
+                         {$ELSE}       LPTSTR(PWideChar(Currency_DecimalSep)) {$ENDIF};
+  Currency_ThousandSep := WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_SMONTHOUSANDSEP, ',');
+  Result.lpThousandSep := {$IFNDEF FPC} PWideChar(Currency_ThousandSep)
+                          {$ELSE}       LPTSTR(PWideChar(Currency_ThousandSep)) {$ENDIF};
+  Result.NegativeOrder := StrToIntDef(WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_INEGCURR, '0'), 0);
+  Result.PositiveOrder := StrToIntDef(WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_ICURRENCY, '0'), 0);
+  Currency_CurrencySymbol := WideGetLocaleStr(GetThreadLocale, LOCALE_SCURRENCY, '');
+  Result.lpCurrencySymbol := {$IFNDEF FPC} PWideChar(Currency_CurrencySymbol)
+                             {$ELSE}       LPTSTR(PWideChar(Currency_CurrencySymbol)) {$ENDIF};
+end;
+
+//=============================================================================================
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function GetLocaleStr(Locale, LocaleType: Integer; const Default: string): string;
+var
+  L: Integer;
+  Buffer: array[0..255] of Char;
+begin
+  L := GetLocaleInfo(Locale, LocaleType, Buffer, SizeOf(Buffer));
+  if L > 0 then SetString(Result, Buffer, L - 1) else Result := Default;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function WideGetLocaleStr(LocaleID: LCID; LocaleType: Integer; const Default: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  L: Integer;
+begin
+  if (not Win32PlatformIsUnicode) then
+    Result := GetLocaleStr{TNT-ALLOW GetLocaleStr}(LocaleID, LocaleType, Default)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(Result, 255);
+    L := GetLocaleInfoW(LocaleID, LocaleType, PWideChar(Result), Length(Result));
+    if L > 0 then
+      SetLength(Result, L - 1)
+    else
+      Result := Default;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideSysErrorMessage(ErrorCode: Integer): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := WideLibraryErrorMessage('system', 0, ErrorCode);
+end;
+
+function WideLibraryErrorMessage(const LibName: WideString; Dll: THandle; ErrorCode: Integer): WideString;
+var
+  Len: Integer;
+  AnsiResult: AnsiString;
+  Flags: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Flags := FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM or FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS or FORMAT_MESSAGE_ARGUMENT_ARRAY;
+  if Dll <> 0 then
+    Flags := Flags or FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_HMODULE;
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then begin
+    SetLength(Result, 256);
+    Len := FormatMessageW(Flags, Pointer(Dll), ErrorCode, 0, PWideChar(Result), Length(Result), nil);
+    SetLength(Result, Len);
+  end else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiResult, 256);
+    Len := FormatMessageA(Flags, Pointer(Dll), ErrorCode, 0, PAnsiChar(AnsiResult), Length(AnsiResult), nil);
+    SetLength(AnsiResult, Len);
+    Result := AnsiResult;
+  end;
+  if Trim(Result) = '' then
+    Result := WideFormat('Unspecified error (%d) from %s.', [ErrorCode, LibName]);
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+function CheckWin32Version(AMajor: Integer; AMinor: Integer = 0): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (Win32MajorVersion > AMajor) or
+            ((Win32MajorVersion = AMajor) and
+             (Win32MinorVersion >= AMinor));
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function WinCheckH(RetVal: Cardinal): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if RetVal = 0 then RaiseLastOSError;
+  Result := RetVal;
+end;
+
+function WinCheckFileH(RetVal: Cardinal): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if RetVal = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then RaiseLastOSError;
+  Result := RetVal;
+end;
+
+function WinCheckP(RetVal: Pointer): Pointer;
+begin
+  if RetVal = nil then RaiseLastOSError;
+  Result := RetVal;
+end;
+
+function WideGetModuleFileName(Instance: HModule): WideString;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, MAX_PATH);
+  WinCheckH(Tnt_GetModuleFileNameW(Instance, PWideChar(Result), Length(Result)));
+  Result := PWideChar(Result)
+end;
+
+function WideSafeLoadLibrary(const Filename: Widestring; ErrorMode: UINT): HMODULE;
+var
+  OldMode: UINT;
+  FPUControlWord: Word;
+begin
+  OldMode := SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);
+  try
+    asm
+      FNSTCW  FPUControlWord
+    end;
+    try
+      Result := Tnt_LoadLibraryW(PWideChar(Filename));
+    finally
+      asm
+        FNCLEX
+        FLDCW FPUControlWord
+      end;
+    end;
+  finally
+    SetErrorMode(OldMode);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+function WideLoadPackage(const Name: Widestring): HMODULE;
+begin
+  Result := WideSafeLoadLibrary(Name);
+  if Result = 0 then
+  begin
+    raise EPackageError.CreateFmt(sErrorLoadingPackage, [Name, WideSysErrorMessage(GetLastError)]);
+  end;
+  try
+    InitializePackage(Result);
+  except
+    FreeLibrary(Result);
+    raise;
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function _WideCharType(WC: WideChar; dwInfoType: Cardinal): Word;
+begin
+  Win32Check(Tnt_GetStringTypeExW(GetThreadLocale, dwInfoType, PWideChar(@WC), 1, Result))
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharUpper(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_UPPER) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharLower(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_LOWER) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharDigit(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_DIGIT) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharSpace(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_SPACE) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharPunct(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_PUNCT) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharCntrl(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_CNTRL) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharBlank(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_BLANK) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharXDigit(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_XDIGIT) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharAlpha(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and C1_ALPHA) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharAlphaNumeric(WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (_WideCharType(WC, CT_CTYPE1) and (C1_ALPHA + C1_DIGIT)) <> 0;
+end;
+
+function WideTextPos(const SubStr, S: WideString): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Pos(Tnt_WideUpperCase(SubStr), Tnt_WideUpperCase(S));
+end;
+
+function FindDoubleTerminator(P: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := P;
+  while True do begin
+    Result := WStrScan(Result, #0);
+    Inc(Result);
+    if Result^ = #0 then begin
+      Dec(Result);
+      break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ExtractStringArrayStr(P: PWideChar): WideString;
+var
+  PEnd: PWideChar;
+begin
+  PEnd := FindDoubleTerminator(P);
+  Inc(PEnd, 2); // move past #0#0
+  SetString(Result, P, PEnd - P);
+end;
+
+function ExtractStringFromStringArray(var P: PWideChar; Separator: WideChar = #0): WideString;
+var
+  Start: PWideChar;
+begin
+  Start := P;
+  P := WStrScan(Start, Separator);
+  if P = nil then begin
+    Result := Start;
+    P := WStrEnd(Start);
+  end else begin
+    SetString(Result, Start, P - Start);
+    Inc(P);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ExtractStringsFromStringArray(P: PWideChar; Separator: WideChar = #0): TWideStringDynArray;
+const
+  GROW_COUNT = 256;
+var
+  Count: Integer;
+  Item: WideString;
+begin
+  Count := 0;
+  SetLength(Result, GROW_COUNT);
+  Item := ExtractStringFromStringArray(P, Separator);
+  While Item <> '' do begin
+    if Count > High(Result) then
+      SetLength(Result, Length(Result) + GROW_COUNT);
+    Result[Count] := Item;
+    Inc(Count);
+    Item := ExtractStringFromStringArray(P, Separator);
+  end;
+  SetLength(Result, Count);
+end;
+
+function IsWideCharMappableToAnsi(const WC: WideChar): Boolean;
+var
+  UsedDefaultChar: BOOL;
+begin
+  WideCharToMultiByte(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, PWideChar(@WC), 1, nil, 0, nil, @UsedDefaultChar);
+  Result := not UsedDefaultChar;
+end;
+
+function IsWideStringMappableToAnsi(const WS: WideString): Boolean;
+var
+  UsedDefaultChar: BOOL;
+begin
+  WideCharToMultiByte(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, PWideChar(WS), Length(WS), nil, 0, nil, @UsedDefaultChar);
+  Result := not UsedDefaultChar;
+end;
+
+function IsRTF(const Value: WideString): Boolean;
+const
+  RTF_BEGIN_1  = WideString('{\RTF');
+  RTF_BEGIN_2  = WideString('{URTF');
+begin
+  Result := (WideTextPos(RTF_BEGIN_1, Value) = 1)
+         or (WideTextPos(RTF_BEGIN_2, Value) = 1);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+var
+  Cached_ENG_US_FormatSettings: TFormatSettings;
+  Cached_ENG_US_FormatSettings_Time: Cardinal;
+
+function ENG_US_FormatSettings: TFormatSettings;
+begin
+  if Cached_ENG_US_FormatSettings_Time = _SettingChangeTime then
+    Result := Cached_ENG_US_FormatSettings
+  else begin
+    GetLocaleFormatSettings(MAKELCID(MAKELANGID(LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US)), Result);
+    Result.DecimalSeparator := '.'; // ignore overrides
+    Cached_ENG_US_FormatSettings := Result;
+    Cached_ENG_US_FormatSettings_Time := _SettingChangeTime;
+  end;
+ end;
+
+function ENG_US_FloatToStr(Value: Extended): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := FloatToStr(Value, ENG_US_FormatSettings);
+end;
+
+function ENG_US_StrToFloat(const S: WideString): Extended;
+begin
+  if not TextToFloat(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(S)), Result, fvExtended, ENG_US_FormatSettings) then
+    Result := StrToFloat(S); // try using native format
+end;
+
+{$ELSE}
+
+function ENG_US_FloatToStr(Value: Extended): WideString;
+var
+  SaveDecimalSep: AnsiChar;
+begin
+  SaveDecimalSep := SysUtils.DecimalSeparator;
+  try
+    SysUtils.DecimalSeparator := '.';
+    Result := FloatToStr(Value);
+  finally
+    SysUtils.DecimalSeparator := SaveDecimalSep;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ENG_US_StrToFloat(const S: WideString): Extended;
+var
+  SaveDecimalSep: AnsiChar;
+begin
+  try
+    SaveDecimalSep := SysUtils.DecimalSeparator;
+    try
+      SysUtils.DecimalSeparator := '.';
+      Result := StrToFloat(S);
+    finally
+      SysUtils.DecimalSeparator := SaveDecimalSep;
+    end;
+  except
+    if SysUtils.DecimalSeparator <> '.' then
+      Result := StrToFloat(S) // try using native format
+    else
+      raise;
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                                 Tnt - Variants
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+initialization
+  Win32PlatformIsUnicode := (Win32Platform = VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT);
+  Win32PlatformIsXP := ((Win32MajorVersion = 5) and (Win32MinorVersion >= 1))
+                    or  (Win32MajorVersion > 5);
+  Win32PlatformIs2003 := ((Win32MajorVersion = 5) and (Win32MinorVersion >= 2))
+                    or  (Win32MajorVersion > 5);
+  Win32PlatformIsVista := (Win32MajorVersion >= 6);
+
+finalization
+  Currency_DecimalSep := ''; {make memory sleuth happy}
+  Currency_ThousandSep := ''; {make memory sleuth happy}
+  Currency_CurrencySymbol := ''; {make memory sleuth happy}
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntSystem.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntSystem.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e613ce0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntSystem.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1427 @@
+
+{*****************************************************************************}
+{                                                                             }
+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }
+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }
+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }
+{                                                                             }
+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }
+{                                                                             }
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+unit TntSystem;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}
+
+{*****************************************************************************}
+{  Special thanks go to Francisco Leong for originating the design for        }
+{    WideString-enabled resourcestrings.                                      }
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Windows;
+
+// These functions should not be used by Delphi code since conversions are implicit.
+{TNT-WARN WideCharToString}
+{TNT-WARN WideCharLenToString}
+{TNT-WARN WideCharToStrVar}
+{TNT-WARN WideCharLenToStrVar}
+{TNT-WARN StringToWideChar}
+
+// ................ ANSI TYPES ................
+{TNT-WARN Char}
+{TNT-WARN PChar}
+{TNT-WARN String}
+
+{TNT-WARN CP_ACP} // <-- use DefaultSystemCodePage
+function DefaultSystemCodePage: Cardinal; // implicitly used when converting AnsiString <--> WideString.
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+var
+  WideCustomLoadResString: function(ResStringRec: PResStringRec; var Value: WideString): Boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{TNT-WARN LoadResString}
+function WideLoadResString(ResStringRec: PResStringRec): WideString;
+{TNT-WARN ParamCount}
+function WideParamCount: Integer;
+{TNT-WARN ParamStr}
+function WideParamStr(Index: Integer): WideString;
+
+// ......... introduced .........
+
+const
+  { Each Unicode stream should begin with the code U+FEFF,  }
+  {   which the standard defines as the *byte order mark*.  }
+  UNICODE_BOM = WideChar($FEFF);
+  UNICODE_BOM_SWAPPED = WideChar($FFFE);
+  UTF8_BOM = AnsiString(#$EF#$BB#$BF);
+
+function WideStringToUTF8(const S: WideString): AnsiString;
+function UTF8ToWideString(const S: AnsiString): WideString;
+
+function WideStringToUTF7(const W: WideString): AnsiString;
+function UTF7ToWideString(const S: AnsiString): WideString;
+
+function StringToWideStringEx(const S: AnsiString; CodePage: Cardinal): WideString;
+function WideStringToStringEx(const WS: WideString; CodePage: Cardinal): AnsiString;
+
+function UCS2ToWideString(const Value: AnsiString): WideString;
+function WideStringToUCS2(const Value: WideString): AnsiString;
+
+function CharSetToCodePage(ciCharset: UINT): Cardinal;
+function LCIDToCodePage(ALcid: LCID): Cardinal;
+function KeyboardCodePage: Cardinal;
+function KeyUnicode(CharCode: Word): WideChar;
+
+procedure StrSwapByteOrder(Str: PWideChar);
+
+{$IFDEF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+type
+  TTntSystemUpdate =
+    (tsWideResourceStrings
+     {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}, tsFixImplicitCodePage, tsFixWideStrConcat, tsFixWideFormat {$ENDIF}
+    );
+  TTntSystemUpdateSet = set of TTntSystemUpdate;
+
+const
+  AllTntSystemUpdates = [Low(TTntSystemUpdate)..High(TTntSystemUpdate)];
+
+procedure InstallTntSystemUpdates(Updates: TTntSystemUpdateSet = AllTntSystemUpdates);
+
+{$ENDIF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils, Variants, TntWindows, TntSysUtils;
+
+var
+  GDefaultSystemCodePage: Cardinal;
+
+function DefaultSystemCodePage: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := GDefaultSystemCodePage;
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+var
+  IsDebugging: Boolean;
+{$ENDIF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+function WideLoadResStringDetect(ResStringRec: PResStringRec): WideString;
+var
+  PCustom: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  // custom string pointer
+  PCustom := PAnsiChar(ResStringRec); { I would like to use PWideChar, but this would break legacy code. }
+  if  (StrLen{TNT-ALLOW StrLen}(PCustom) > Cardinal(Length(UTF8_BOM)))
+  and CompareMem(PCustom, PAnsiChar(UTF8_BOM), Length(UTF8_BOM)) then
+    // detected UTF8
+    Result := UTF8ToWideString(PAnsiChar(PCustom + Length(UTF8_BOM)))
+  else
+    // normal
+    Result := PCustom;
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+
+function WideLoadResString(ResStringRec: PResStringRec): WideString;
+const
+  MAX_RES_STRING_SIZE = 4097; { MSDN documents this as the maximum size of a string in table. }
+var
+  Buffer: array [0..MAX_RES_STRING_SIZE] of WideChar; { Buffer leaves room for null terminator. }
+begin
+  if Assigned(WideCustomLoadResString) and WideCustomLoadResString(ResStringRec, Result) then
+    exit; { a custom resourcestring has been loaded. }
+
+  if ResStringRec = nil then
+    Result := ''
+  else if ResStringRec.Identifier < 64*1024 then
+    SetString(Result, Buffer,
+      Tnt_LoadStringW(FindResourceHInstance(ResStringRec.Module^),
+        ResStringRec.Identifier, Buffer, MAX_RES_STRING_SIZE))
+  else begin
+    Result := WideLoadResStringDetect(ResStringRec);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{$ELSE}
+
+function WideLoadResString(ResStringRec: PResStringRec): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := WideLoadResStringDetect(ResStringRec);
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function WideGetParamStr(P: PWideChar; var Param: WideString): PWideChar;
+var
+  i, Len: Integer;
+  Start, S, Q: PWideChar;
+begin
+  while True do
+  begin
+    while (P[0] <> #0) and (P[0] <= ' ') do
+      Inc(P);
+    if (P[0] = '"') and (P[1] = '"') then Inc(P, 2) else Break;
+  end;
+  Len := 0;
+  Start := P;
+  while P[0] > ' ' do
+  begin
+    if P[0] = '"' then
+    begin
+      Inc(P);
+      while (P[0] <> #0) and (P[0] <> '"') do
+      begin
+        Q := P + 1;
+        Inc(Len, Q - P);
+        P := Q;
+      end;
+      if P[0] <> #0 then
+        Inc(P);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Q := P + 1;
+      Inc(Len, Q - P);
+      P := Q;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  SetLength(Param, Len);
+
+  P := Start;
+  S := PWideChar(Param);
+  i := 0;
+  while P[0] > ' ' do
+  begin
+    if P[0] = '"' then
+    begin
+      Inc(P);
+      while (P[0] <> #0) and (P[0] <> '"') do
+      begin
+        Q := P + 1;
+        while P < Q do
+        begin
+          S[i] := P^;
+          Inc(P);
+          Inc(i);
+        end;
+      end;
+      if P[0] <> #0 then Inc(P);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Q := P + 1;
+      while P < Q do
+      begin
+        S[i] := P^;
+        Inc(P);
+        Inc(i);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := P;
+end;
+
+function WideParamCount: Integer;
+var
+  P: PWideChar;
+  S: WideString;
+begin
+  P := WideGetParamStr(GetCommandLineW, S);
+  Result := 0;
+  while True do
+  begin
+    P := WideGetParamStr(P, S);
+    if S = '' then Break;
+    Inc(Result);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideParamStr(Index: Integer): WideString;
+var
+  P: PWideChar;
+begin
+  if Index = 0 then
+    Result := WideGetModuleFileName(0)
+  else
+  begin
+    P := GetCommandLineW;
+    while True do
+    begin
+      P := WideGetParamStr(P, Result);
+      if (Index = 0) or (Result = '') then Break;
+      Dec(Index);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideStringToUTF8(const S: WideString): AnsiString;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Encode(S);
+end;
+
+function UTF8ToWideString(const S: AnsiString): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := UTF8Decode(S);
+end;
+
+  { ======================================================================= }
+  { Original File:   ConvertUTF7.c                                          }
+  { Author: David B. Goldsmith                                              }
+  { Copyright (C) 1994, 1996 Taligent, Inc. All rights reserved.            }
+  {                                                                         }
+  { This code is copyrighted. Under the copyright laws, this code may not   }
+  { be copied, in whole or part, without prior written consent of Taligent. }
+  {                                                                         }
+  { Taligent grants the right to use this code as long as this ENTIRE       }
+  { copyright notice is reproduced in the code.  The code is provided       }
+  { AS-IS, AND TALIGENT DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR         }
+  { IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF            }
+  { MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  IN NO EVENT      }
+  { WILL TALIGENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,          }
+  { WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS      }
+  { INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION, OR OTHER PECUNIARY          }
+  { LOSS) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS CODE, EVEN        }
+  { IF TALIGENT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.        }
+  { BECAUSE SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF         }
+  { LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE            }
+  { LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.                                        }
+  {                                                                         }
+  { RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the        }
+  { government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph      }
+  { (c)(l)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software        }
+  { clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and FAR 52.227-19.                         }
+  {                                                                         }
+  { This code may be protected by one or more U.S. and International        }
+  { Patents.                                                                }
+  {                                                                         }
+  { TRADEMARKS: Taligent and the Taligent Design Mark are registered        }
+  { trademarks of Taligent, Inc.                                            }
+  { ======================================================================= }
+
+type UCS2 = Word;
+
+const
+  _base64: AnsiString = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/';
+  _direct: AnsiString = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789''(),-./:?';
+  _optional: AnsiString = '!"#$%&*;<=>@[]^_`{|}';
+  _spaces: AnsiString = #9#13#10#32;
+
+var
+  base64: PAnsiChar;
+  invbase64: array[0..127] of SmallInt;
+  direct: PAnsiChar;
+  optional: PAnsiChar;
+  spaces: PAnsiChar;
+  mustshiftsafe: array[0..127] of AnsiChar;
+  mustshiftopt: array[0..127] of AnsiChar;
+
+var
+  needtables: Boolean = True;
+
+procedure Initialize_UTF7_Data;
+begin
+  base64 := PAnsiChar(_base64);
+  direct := PAnsiChar(_direct);
+  optional := PAnsiChar(_optional);
+  spaces := PAnsiChar(_spaces);
+end;
+
+procedure tabinit;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+  limit: Integer;
+begin
+  i := 0;
+  while (i < 128) do
+  begin
+    mustshiftopt[i] := #1;
+    mustshiftsafe[i] := #1;
+    invbase64[i] := -1;
+    Inc(i);
+  end { For };
+  limit := Length(_Direct);
+  i := 0;
+  while (i < limit) do
+  begin
+    mustshiftopt[Integer(direct[i])] := #0;
+    mustshiftsafe[Integer(direct[i])] := #0;
+    Inc(i);
+  end { For };
+  limit := Length(_Spaces);
+  i := 0;
+  while (i < limit) do
+  begin
+    mustshiftopt[Integer(spaces[i])] := #0;
+    mustshiftsafe[Integer(spaces[i])] := #0;
+    Inc(i);
+  end { For };
+  limit := Length(_Optional);
+  i := 0;
+  while (i < limit) do
+  begin
+    mustshiftopt[Integer(optional[i])] := #0;
+    Inc(i);
+  end { For };
+  limit := Length(_Base64);
+  i := 0;
+  while (i < limit) do
+  begin
+    invbase64[Integer(base64[i])] := i;
+    Inc(i);
+  end { For };
+  needtables := False;
+end; { tabinit }
+
+function WRITE_N_BITS(x: UCS2; n: Integer; var BITbuffer: Cardinal; var bufferbits: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  BITbuffer := BITbuffer or (x and (not (-1 shl n))) shl (32 - n - bufferbits);
+  bufferbits := bufferbits + n;
+  Result := bufferbits;
+end; { WRITE_N_BITS }
+
+function READ_N_BITS(n: Integer; var BITbuffer: Cardinal; var bufferbits: Integer): UCS2;
+var
+  buffertemp: Cardinal;
+begin
+  buffertemp := BITbuffer shr (32 - n);
+  BITbuffer := BITbuffer shl n;
+  bufferbits := bufferbits - n;
+  Result := UCS2(buffertemp);
+end; { READ_N_BITS }
+
+function ConvertUCS2toUTF7(var sourceStart: PWideChar; sourceEnd: PWideChar;
+  var targetStart: PAnsiChar; targetEnd: PAnsiChar; optional: Boolean;
+    verbose: Boolean): Integer;
+var
+  r: UCS2;
+  target: PAnsiChar;
+  source: PWideChar;
+  BITbuffer: Cardinal;
+  bufferbits: Integer;
+  shifted: Boolean;
+  needshift: Boolean;
+  done: Boolean;
+  mustshift: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  Initialize_UTF7_Data;
+  Result := 0;
+  BITbuffer := 0;
+  bufferbits := 0;
+  shifted := False;
+  source := sourceStart;
+  target := targetStart;
+  r := 0;
+  if needtables then
+    tabinit;
+  if optional then
+    mustshift := @mustshiftopt[0]
+  else
+    mustshift := @mustshiftsafe[0];
+  repeat
+    done := source >= sourceEnd;
+    if not Done then
+    begin
+      r := Word(source^);
+      Inc(Source);
+    end { If };
+    needshift := (not done) and ((r > $7F) or (mustshift[r] <> #0));
+    if needshift and (not shifted) then
+    begin
+      if (Target >= TargetEnd) then
+      begin
+        Result := 2;
+        break;
+      end { If };
+      target^ := '+';
+      Inc(target);
+      { Special case handling of the SHIFT_IN character }
+      if (r = UCS2('+')) then
+      begin
+        if (target >= targetEnd) then
+        begin
+          Result := 2;
+          break;
+        end;
+        target^ := '-';
+        Inc(target);
+      end
+      else
+        shifted := True;
+    end { If };
+    if shifted then
+    begin
+      { Either write the character to the bit buffer, or pad }
+      { the bit buffer out to a full base64 character. }
+      { }
+      if needshift then
+        WRITE_N_BITS(r, 16, BITbuffer, bufferbits)
+      else
+        WRITE_N_BITS(0, (6 - (bufferbits mod 6)) mod 6, BITbuffer,
+          bufferbits);
+      { Flush out as many full base64 characters as possible }
+      { from the bit buffer. }
+      { }
+      while (target < targetEnd) and (bufferbits >= 6) do
+      begin
+        Target^ := base64[READ_N_BITS(6, BITbuffer, bufferbits)];
+        Inc(Target);
+      end { While };
+      if (bufferbits >= 6) then
+      begin
+        if (target >= targetEnd) then
+        begin
+          Result := 2;
+          break;
+        end { If };
+      end { If };
+      if (not needshift) then
+      begin
+        { Write the explicit shift out character if }
+        { 1) The caller has requested we always do it, or }
+        { 2) The directly encoded character is in the }
+        { base64 set, or }
+        { 3) The directly encoded character is SHIFT_OUT. }
+        { }
+        if verbose or ((not done) and ((invbase64[r] >= 0) or (r =
+          Integer('-')))) then
+        begin
+          if (target >= targetEnd) then
+          begin
+            Result := 2;
+            Break;
+          end { If };
+          Target^ := '-';
+          Inc(Target);
+        end { If };
+        shifted := False;
+      end { If };
+      { The character can be directly encoded as ASCII. }
+    end { If };
+    if (not needshift) and (not done) then
+    begin
+      if (target >= targetEnd) then
+      begin
+        Result := 2;
+        break;
+      end { If };
+      Target^ := AnsiChar(r);
+      Inc(Target);
+    end { If };
+  until (done);
+  sourceStart := source;
+  targetStart := target;
+end; { ConvertUCS2toUTF7 }
+
+function ConvertUTF7toUCS2(var sourceStart: PAnsiChar; sourceEnd: PAnsiChar;
+  var targetStart: PWideChar; targetEnd: PWideChar): Integer;
+var
+  target: PWideChar { Register };
+  source: PAnsiChar { Register };
+  BITbuffer: Cardinal { & "Address Of" Used };
+  bufferbits: Integer { & "Address Of" Used };
+  shifted: Boolean { Used In Boolean Context };
+  first: Boolean { Used In Boolean Context };
+  wroteone: Boolean;
+  base64EOF: Boolean;
+  base64value: Integer;
+  done: Boolean;
+  c: UCS2;
+  prevc: UCS2;
+  junk: UCS2 { Used In Boolean Context };
+begin
+  Initialize_UTF7_Data;
+  Result := 0;
+  BITbuffer := 0;
+  bufferbits := 0;
+  shifted := False;
+  first := False;
+  wroteone := False;
+  source := sourceStart;
+  target := targetStart;
+  c := 0;
+  if needtables then
+    tabinit;
+  repeat
+    { read an ASCII character c }
+    done := Source >= SourceEnd;
+    if (not done) then
+    begin
+      c := Word(Source^);
+      Inc(Source);
+    end { If };
+    if shifted then
+    begin
+      { We're done with a base64 string if we hit EOF, it's not a valid }
+      { ASCII character, or it's not in the base64 set. }
+      { }
+      base64value := invbase64[c];
+      base64EOF := (done or (c > $7F)) or (base64value < 0);
+      if base64EOF then
+      begin
+        shifted := False;
+        { If the character causing us to drop out was SHIFT_IN or }
+        { SHIFT_OUT, it may be a special escape for SHIFT_IN. The }
+        { test for SHIFT_IN is not necessary, but allows an alternate }
+        { form of UTF-7 where SHIFT_IN is escaped by SHIFT_IN. This }
+        { only works for some values of SHIFT_IN. }
+        { }
+        if ((not done) and ((c = Integer('+')) or (c = Integer('-')))) then
+        begin
+          { get another character c }
+          prevc := c;
+          Done := Source >= SourceEnd;
+          if (not Done) then
+          begin
+            c := Word(Source^);
+            Inc(Source);
+            { If no base64 characters were encountered, and the }
+            { character terminating the shift sequence was }
+            { SHIFT_OUT, then it's a special escape for SHIFT_IN. }
+            { }
+          end;
+          if first and (prevc = Integer('-')) then
+          begin
+            { write SHIFT_IN unicode }
+            if (target >= targetEnd) then
+            begin
+              Result := 2;
+              break;
+            end { If };
+            Target^ := WideChar('+');
+            Inc(Target);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            if (not wroteone) then
+            begin
+              Result := 1;
+            end { If };
+          end { Else };
+          ;
+        end { If }
+        else
+        begin
+          if (not wroteone) then
+          begin
+            Result := 1;
+          end { If };
+        end { Else };
+      end { If }
+      else
+      begin
+        { Add another 6 bits of base64 to the bit buffer. }
+        WRITE_N_BITS(base64value, 6, BITbuffer,
+          bufferbits);
+        first := False;
+      end { Else };
+      { Extract as many full 16 bit characters as possible from the }
+      { bit buffer. }
+      { }
+      while (bufferbits >= 16) and (target < targetEnd) do
+      begin
+        { write a unicode }
+        Target^ := WideChar(READ_N_BITS(16, BITbuffer, bufferbits));
+        Inc(Target);
+        wroteone := True;
+      end { While };
+      if (bufferbits >= 16) then
+      begin
+        if (target >= targetEnd) then
+        begin
+          Result := 2;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end { If };
+      if (base64EOF) then
+      begin
+        junk := READ_N_BITS(bufferbits, BITbuffer, bufferbits);
+        if (junk <> 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := 1;
+        end { If };
+      end { If };
+    end { If };
+    if (not shifted) and (not done) then
+    begin
+      if (c = Integer('+')) then
+      begin
+        shifted := True;
+        first := True;
+        wroteone := False;
+      end { If }
+      else
+      begin
+        { It must be a directly encoded character. }
+        if (c > $7F) then
+        begin
+          Result := 1;
+        end { If };
+        if (target >= targetEnd) then
+        begin
+          Result := 2;
+          break;
+        end { If };
+        Target^ := WideChar(c);
+        Inc(Target);
+      end { Else };
+    end { If };
+  until (done);
+  sourceStart := source;
+  targetStart := target;
+end; { ConvertUTF7toUCS2 }
+
+  {*****************************************************************************}
+  { Thanks to Francisco Leong for providing the Pascal conversion of            }
+  {   ConvertUTF7.c (by David B. Goldsmith)                                     }
+  {*****************************************************************************}
+
+resourcestring
+  SBufferOverflow = 'Buffer overflow';
+  SInvalidUTF7 = 'Invalid UTF7';
+
+function WideStringToUTF7(const W: WideString): AnsiString;
+var
+  SourceStart, SourceEnd: PWideChar;
+  TargetStart, TargetEnd: PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  if W = '' then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+  begin
+    SetLength(Result, Length(W) * 7); // Assume worst case
+    SourceStart := PWideChar(@W[1]);
+    SourceEnd := PWideChar(@W[Length(W)]) + 1;
+    TargetStart := PAnsiChar(@Result[1]);
+    TargetEnd := PAnsiChar(@Result[Length(Result)]) + 1;
+    if ConvertUCS2toUTF7(SourceStart, SourceEnd, TargetStart,
+      TargetEnd, True, False) <> 0
+    then
+      raise ETntInternalError.Create(SBufferOverflow);
+    SetLength(Result, TargetStart - PAnsiChar(@Result[1]));
+  end;
+end;
+
+function UTF7ToWideString(const S: AnsiString): WideString;
+var
+  SourceStart, SourceEnd: PAnsiChar;
+  TargetStart, TargetEnd: PWideChar;
+begin
+  if (S = '') then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+  begin
+    SetLength(Result, Length(S)); // Assume Worst case
+    SourceStart := PAnsiChar(@S[1]);
+    SourceEnd := PAnsiChar(@S[Length(S)]) + 1;
+    TargetStart := PWideChar(@Result[1]);
+    TargetEnd := PWideChar(@Result[Length(Result)]) + 1;
+    case ConvertUTF7toUCS2(SourceStart, SourceEnd, TargetStart,
+      TargetEnd) of
+      1: raise ETntGeneralError.Create(SInvalidUTF7);
+      2: raise ETntInternalError.Create(SBufferOverflow);
+    end;
+    SetLength(Result, TargetStart - PWideChar(@Result[1]));
+  end;
+end;
+
+function StringToWideStringEx(const S: AnsiString; CodePage: Cardinal): WideString;
+var
+  InputLength,
+  OutputLength: Integer;
+begin
+  if CodePage = CP_UTF7 then
+    Result := UTF7ToWideString(S) // CP_UTF7 not supported on Windows 95
+  else if CodePage = CP_UTF8 then
+    Result := UTF8ToWideString(S) // CP_UTF8 not supported on Windows 95
+  else begin
+    InputLength := Length(S);
+    OutputLength := MultiByteToWideChar(CodePage, 0, PAnsiChar(S), InputLength, nil, 0);
+    SetLength(Result, OutputLength);
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CodePage, 0, PAnsiChar(S), InputLength, PWideChar(Result), OutputLength);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WideStringToStringEx(const WS: WideString; CodePage: Cardinal): AnsiString;
+var
+  InputLength,
+  OutputLength: Integer;
+begin
+  if CodePage = CP_UTF7 then
+    Result := WideStringToUTF7(WS) // CP_UTF7 not supported on Windows 95
+  else if CodePage = CP_UTF8 then
+    Result := WideStringToUTF8(WS) // CP_UTF8 not supported on Windows 95
+  else begin
+    InputLength := Length(WS);
+    OutputLength := WideCharToMultiByte(CodePage, 0, PWideChar(WS), InputLength, nil, 0, nil, nil);
+    SetLength(Result, OutputLength);
+    WideCharToMultiByte(CodePage, 0, PWideChar(WS), InputLength, PAnsiChar(Result), OutputLength, nil, nil);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function UCS2ToWideString(const Value: AnsiString): WideString;
+begin
+  if Length(Value) = 0 then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+    SetString(Result, PWideChar(@Value[1]), Length(Value) div SizeOf(WideChar))
+end;
+
+function WideStringToUCS2(const Value: WideString): AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Length(Value) = 0 then
+    Result := ''
+  else
+    SetString(Result, PAnsiChar(@Value[1]), Length(Value) * SizeOf(WideChar))
+end;
+
+{ Windows.pas doesn't declare TranslateCharsetInfo() correctly. }
+function TranslateCharsetInfo(lpSrc: PDWORD; var lpCs: TCharsetInfo; dwFlags: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external gdi32 name 'TranslateCharsetInfo';
+
+function CharSetToCodePage(ciCharset: UINT): Cardinal;
+var
+  C: TCharsetInfo;
+begin
+  Win32Check(TranslateCharsetInfo(PDWORD(ciCharset), C, TCI_SRCCHARSET));
+  Result := C.ciACP
+end;
+
+function LCIDToCodePage(ALcid: LCID): Cardinal;
+var
+  Buf: array[0..6] of AnsiChar;
+begin
+  GetLocaleInfo(ALcid, LOCALE_IDefaultAnsiCodePage, Buf, 6);
+  Result := StrToIntDef(Buf, GetACP);
+end;
+
+function KeyboardCodePage: Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := LCIDToCodePage(GetKeyboardLayout(0) and $FFFF);
+end;
+
+function KeyUnicode(CharCode: Word): WideChar;
+var
+  AChar: AnsiChar;
+begin
+  // converts the given character (as it comes with a WM_CHAR message) into its
+  // corresponding Unicode character depending on the active keyboard layout
+  if CharCode <= Word(High(AnsiChar)) then begin
+    AChar := AnsiChar(CharCode);
+    MultiByteToWideChar(KeyboardCodePage, MB_USEGLYPHCHARS, @AChar, 1, @Result, 1);
+  end else
+    Result := WideChar(CharCode);
+end;
+
+procedure StrSwapByteOrder(Str: PWideChar);
+var
+  P: PWord;
+begin
+  P := PWord(Str);
+  While (P^ <> 0) do begin
+    P^ := MakeWord(HiByte(P^), LoByte(P^));
+    Inc(P);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                LoadResString()
+//
+//  This system function is used to retrieve a resourcestring and
+//   return the result as an AnsiString.  If we believe that the result
+//    is only a temporary value, and that it will be immediately
+//     assigned to a WideString or a Variant, then we will save the
+//      Unicode result as well as a reference to the original Ansi string.
+//       WStrFromPCharLen() or VarFromLStr() will return this saved
+//        Unicode string if it appears to receive the most recent result
+//         of LoadResString.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+  //===========================================================================================
+  //
+  //    function CodeMatchesPatternForUnicode(...);
+  //
+  //    GIVEN:  SomeWideString := SSomeResString;  { WideString := resourcestring }
+  //
+  //    Delphi will compile this statement into the following:
+  //    -------------------------------------------------
+  //    TempAnsiString := LoadResString(@SSomeResString);
+  //      LINE 1:  lea edx,[SomeTempAnsiString]
+  //      LINE 2:  mov eax,[@SomeResString]
+  //      LINE 3:  call LoadResString
+  //
+  //    WStrFromLStr(SomeWideString, TempAnsiString);  { SomeWideString := TempAnsiString }
+  //      LINE 4:  mov edx,[SomeTempAnsiString]
+  //      LINE 5:  mov/lea eax [@SomeWideString]
+  //      LINE 6:  call @WStrFromLStr
+  //    -------------------------------------------------
+  //
+  //    The order in which the parameters are prepared for WStrFromLStr (ie LINE 4 & 5) is
+  //      reversed when assigning a non-temporary AnsiString to a WideString.
+  //
+  //    This code, for example, results in LINE 4 and LINE 5 being swapped.
+  //
+  //      SomeAnsiString := SSomeResString;
+  //      SomeWideString := SomeAnsiString;
+  //
+  //    Since we know the "signature" used by the compiler, we can detect this pattern.
+  //     If we believe it is only temporary, we can save the Unicode results for later
+  //      retrieval from WStrFromLStr.
+  //
+  //    One final note:  When assigning a resourcestring to a Variant, the same patterns exist.
+  //===========================================================================================
+
+function CodeMatchesPatternForUnicode(PLine4: PAnsiChar): Boolean;
+const
+  SIZEOF_OPCODE = 1 {byte};
+  MOV_16_OPCODE = AnsiChar($8B); { we'll assume operand size is 16 bits }
+  MOV_32_OPCODE = AnsiChar($B8); { we'll assume operand size is 32 bits }
+  LEA_OPCODE    = AnsiChar($8D); { operand size can be 16 or 40 bits }
+  CALL_OPCODE   = AnsiChar($E8); { assumed operand size is 32 bits }
+  BREAK_OPCODE  = AnsiChar($CC); {in a breakpoint}
+var
+  PLine1: PAnsiChar;
+  PLine2: PAnsiChar;
+  PLine3: PAnsiChar;
+  DataSize: Integer; // bytes in first LEA operand
+begin
+  Result := False;
+
+  PLine3 := PLine4 - SizeOf(CALL_OPCODE) - 4;
+  PLine2 := PLine3 - SizeOf(MOV_32_OPCODE) - 4;
+
+  // figure PLine1 and operand size
+  DataSize := 2; { try 16 bit operand for line 1 }
+  PLine1 := PLine2 - DataSize - SizeOf(LEA_OPCODE);
+  if (PLine1^ <> LEA_OPCODE) and (not (IsDebugging and (PLine1^ = BREAK_OPCODE))) then
+  begin
+    DataSize := 5; { try 40 bit operand for line 1 }
+    PLine1 := PLine2 - DataSize - SizeOf(LEA_OPCODE);
+  end;
+  if (PLine1^ = LEA_OPCODE) or (IsDebugging and (PLine1^ = BREAK_OPCODE)) then
+  begin
+    if CompareMem(PLine1 + SIZEOF_OPCODE, PLine4 + SIZEOF_OPCODE, DataSize) then
+    begin
+      // After this check, it seems to match the WideString <- (temp) AnsiString pattern
+      Result := True; // It is probably OK. (The side effects of being wrong aren't very bad.)
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+threadvar
+  PLastResString: PAnsiChar;
+  LastResStringValue: AnsiString;
+  LastWideResString: WideString;
+
+procedure FreeTntSystemThreadVars;
+begin
+  LastResStringValue := '';
+  LastWideResString := '';
+end;
+
+procedure Custom_System_EndThread(ExitCode: Integer);
+begin
+  FreeTntSystemThreadVars;
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+  if Assigned(SystemThreadEndProc) then
+    SystemThreadEndProc(ExitCode);
+  {$ENDIF}
+  ExitThread(ExitCode);
+end;
+
+function Custom_System_LoadResString(ResStringRec: PResStringRec): AnsiString;
+var
+  ReturnAddr: Pointer;
+begin
+  // get return address
+  asm
+    PUSH   ECX
+    MOV    ECX, [EBP + 4]
+    MOV    ReturnAddr, ECX
+    POP    ECX
+  end;
+  // check calling code pattern
+  if CodeMatchesPatternForUnicode(ReturnAddr) then begin
+    // result will probably be assigned to an intermediate AnsiString
+    //   on its way to either a WideString or Variant.
+    LastWideResString := WideLoadResString(ResStringRec);
+    Result := LastWideResString;
+    LastResStringValue := Result;
+    if Result = '' then
+      PLastResString := nil
+    else
+      PLastResString := PAnsiChar(Result);
+  end else begin
+    // result will probably be assigned to an actual AnsiString variable.
+    PLastResString := nil;
+    Result := WideLoadResString(ResStringRec);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                WStrFromPCharLen()
+//
+//  This system function is used to assign an AnsiString to a WideString.
+//   It has been modified to assign Unicode results from LoadResString.
+//     Another purpose of this function is to specify the code page.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure Custom_System_WStrFromPCharLen(var Dest: WideString; Source: PAnsiChar; Length: Integer);
+var
+  DestLen: Integer;
+  Buffer: array[0..2047] of WideChar;
+  Local_PLastResString: Pointer;
+begin
+  Local_PLastResString := PLastResString;
+  if  (Local_PLastResString <> nil)
+  and (Local_PLastResString = Source)
+  and (System.Length(LastResStringValue) = Length)
+  and (LastResStringValue = Source) then begin
+    // use last unicode resource string
+    PLastResString := nil; { clear for further use }
+    Dest := LastWideResString;
+  end else begin
+    if Local_PLastResString <> nil then
+      PLastResString := nil; { clear for further use }
+    if Length <= 0 then
+    begin
+      Dest := '';
+      Exit;
+    end;
+    if Length + 1 < High(Buffer) then
+    begin
+      DestLen := MultiByteToWideChar(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, Source, Length, Buffer,
+        High(Buffer));
+      if DestLen > 0 then
+      begin
+        SetLength(Dest, DestLen);
+        Move(Pointer(@Buffer[0])^, Pointer(Dest)^, DestLen * SizeOf(WideChar));
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+    DestLen := (Length + 1);
+    SetLength(Dest, DestLen); // overallocate, trim later
+    DestLen := MultiByteToWideChar(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, Source, Length, Pointer(Dest),
+      DestLen);
+    if DestLen < 0 then
+      DestLen := 0;
+    SetLength(Dest, DestLen);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                LStrFromPWCharLen()
+//
+//  This system function is used to assign an WideString to an AnsiString.
+//   It has not been modified from its original purpose other than to specify the code page.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure Custom_System_LStrFromPWCharLen(var Dest: AnsiString; Source: PWideChar; Length: Integer);
+var
+  DestLen: Integer;
+  Buffer: array[0..4095] of AnsiChar;
+begin
+  if Length <= 0 then
+  begin
+    Dest := '';
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  if Length + 1 < (High(Buffer) div sizeof(WideChar)) then
+  begin
+    DestLen := WideCharToMultiByte(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, Source,
+      Length, Buffer, High(Buffer),
+      nil, nil);
+    if DestLen >= 0 then
+    begin
+      SetLength(Dest, DestLen);
+      Move(Pointer(@Buffer[0])^, PAnsiChar(Dest)^, DestLen);
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  DestLen := (Length + 1) * sizeof(WideChar);
+  SetLength(Dest, DestLen); // overallocate, trim later
+  DestLen := WideCharToMultiByte(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, Source, Length, Pointer(Dest), DestLen,
+    nil, nil);
+  if DestLen < 0 then
+    DestLen := 0;
+  SetLength(Dest, DestLen);
+end;
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                WStrToString()
+//
+//  This system function is used to assign an WideString to an short string.
+//   It has not been modified from its original purpose other than to specify the code page.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure Custom_System_WStrToString(Dest: PShortString; const Source: WideString; MaxLen: Integer);
+var
+  SourceLen, DestLen: Integer;
+  Buffer: array[0..511] of AnsiChar;
+begin
+  if MaxLen > 255 then MaxLen := 255;
+  SourceLen := Length(Source);
+  if SourceLen >= MaxLen then SourceLen := MaxLen;
+  if SourceLen = 0 then
+    DestLen := 0
+  else begin
+    DestLen := WideCharToMultiByte(DefaultSystemCodePage, 0, Pointer(Source), SourceLen,
+      Buffer, SizeOf(Buffer), nil, nil);
+    if DestLen > MaxLen then DestLen := MaxLen;
+  end;
+  Dest^[0] := Chr(DestLen);
+  if DestLen > 0 then Move(Buffer, Dest^[1], DestLen);
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                VarFromLStr()
+//
+//  This system function is used to assign an AnsiString to a Variant.
+//   It has been modified to assign Unicode results from LoadResString.
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure Custom_System_VarFromLStr(var V: TVarData; const Value: AnsiString);
+const
+  varDeepData = $BFE8;
+var
+  Local_PLastResString: Pointer;
+begin
+  if (V.VType and varDeepData) <> 0 then
+    VarClear(PVariant(@V)^);
+
+  Local_PLastResString := PLastResString;
+  if  (Local_PLastResString <> nil)
+  and (Local_PLastResString = PAnsiChar(Value))
+  and (LastResStringValue = Value) then begin
+    // use last unicode resource string
+    PLastResString := nil; { clear for further use }
+    V.VOleStr := nil;
+    V.VType := varOleStr;
+    WideString(Pointer(V.VOleStr)) := Copy(LastWideResString, 1, MaxInt);
+  end else begin
+    if Local_PLastResString <> nil then
+      PLastResString := nil; { clear for further use }
+    V.VString := nil;
+    V.VType := varString;
+    AnsiString(V.VString) := Value;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                WStrCat3()     A := B + C;
+//
+//  This system function is used to concatenate two strings into one result.
+//    This function is added because A := '' + '' doesn't necessarily result in A = '';
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure Custom_System_WStrCat3(var Dest: WideString; const Source1, Source2: WideString);
+
+  function NewWideString(CharLength: Longint): Pointer;
+  var
+    _NewWideString: function(CharLength: Longint): Pointer;
+  begin
+    asm
+      PUSH   ECX
+      MOV    ECX, offset System.@NewWideString;
+      MOV    _NewWideString, ECX
+      POP    ECX
+    end;
+    Result := _NewWideString(CharLength);
+  end;
+
+  procedure WStrSet(var S: WideString; P: PWideChar);
+  var
+    Temp: Pointer;
+  begin
+    Temp := Pointer(InterlockedExchange(Integer(S), Integer(P)));
+    if Temp <> nil then
+      WideString(Temp) := '';
+  end;
+
+var
+  Source1Len, Source2Len: Integer;
+  NewStr: PWideChar;
+begin
+  Source1Len := Length(Source1);
+  Source2Len := Length(Source2);
+  if (Source1Len <> 0) or (Source2Len <> 0) then
+  begin
+    NewStr := NewWideString(Source1Len + Source2Len);
+    Move(Pointer(Source1)^, Pointer(NewStr)^, Source1Len * sizeof(WideChar));
+    Move(Pointer(Source2)^, NewStr[Source1Len], Source2Len * sizeof(WideChar));
+    WStrSet(Dest, NewStr);
+  end else
+    Dest := '';
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                System proc replacements
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type
+  POverwrittenData = ^TOverwrittenData;
+  TOverwrittenData = record
+    Location: Pointer;
+    OldCode: array[0..6] of Byte;
+  end;
+
+procedure OverwriteProcedure(OldProcedure, NewProcedure: pointer; Data: POverwrittenData = nil);
+{ OverwriteProcedure originally from Igor Siticov }
+{ Modified by Jacques Garcia Vazquez }
+var
+  x: PAnsiChar;
+  y: integer;
+  ov2, ov: cardinal;
+  p: pointer;
+begin
+  if Assigned(Data) and (Data.Location <> nil) then
+    exit; { procedure already overwritten }
+
+  // need six bytes in place of 5
+  x := PAnsiChar(OldProcedure);
+  if not VirtualProtect(Pointer(x), 6, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, @ov) then
+    RaiseLastOSError;
+
+  // if a jump is present then a redirect is found
+  // $FF25 = jmp dword ptr [xxx]
+  // This redirect is normally present in bpl files, but not in exe files
+  p := OldProcedure;
+
+  if Word(p^) = $25FF then
+  begin
+    Inc(Integer(p), 2); // skip the jump
+    // get the jump address p^ and dereference it p^^
+    p := Pointer(Pointer(p^)^);
+
+    // release the memory
+    if not VirtualProtect(Pointer(x), 6, ov, @ov2) then
+      RaiseLastOSError;
+
+    // re protect the correct one
+    x := PAnsiChar(p);
+    if not VirtualProtect(Pointer(x), 6, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, @ov) then
+      RaiseLastOSError;
+  end;
+
+  if Assigned(Data) then
+  begin
+    Move(x^, Data.OldCode, 6);
+    { Assign Location last so that Location <> nil only if OldCode is properly initialized. }
+    Data.Location := x;
+  end;
+
+  x[0] := AnsiChar($E9);
+  y := integer(NewProcedure) - integer(p) - 5;
+  x[1] := AnsiChar(y and 255);
+  x[2] := AnsiChar((y shr 8) and 255);
+  x[3] := AnsiChar((y shr 16) and 255);
+  x[4] := AnsiChar((y shr 24) and 255);
+
+  if not VirtualProtect(Pointer(x), 6, ov, @ov2) then
+    RaiseLastOSError;
+end;
+
+procedure RestoreProcedure(OriginalProc: Pointer; Data: TOverwrittenData);
+var
+  ov, ov2: Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Data.Location <> nil then begin
+    if not VirtualProtect(Data.Location, 6, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, @ov) then
+      RaiseLastOSError;
+    Move(Data.OldCode, Data.Location^, 6);
+    if not VirtualProtect(Data.Location, 6, ov, @ov2) then
+      RaiseLastOSError;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Addr_System_EndThread: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := @System.EndThread;
+end;
+
+function Addr_System_LoadResString: Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := @System.LoadResString{TNT-ALLOW LoadResString};
+end;
+
+function Addr_System_WStrFromPCharLen: Pointer;
+asm
+  mov eax, offset System.@WStrFromPCharLen;
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function Addr_System_LStrFromPWCharLen: Pointer;
+asm
+  mov eax, offset System.@LStrFromPWCharLen;
+end;
+
+function Addr_System_WStrToString: Pointer;
+asm
+  mov eax, offset System.@WStrToString;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Addr_System_VarFromLStr: Pointer;
+asm
+  mov eax, offset System.@VarFromLStr;
+end;
+
+function Addr_System_WStrCat3: Pointer;
+asm
+  mov eax, offset System.@WStrCat3;
+end;
+
+var
+  System_EndThread_Code,
+  System_LoadResString_Code,
+  System_WStrFromPCharLen_Code,
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  System_LStrFromPWCharLen_Code,
+  System_WStrToString_Code,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  System_VarFromLStr_Code
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  ,
+  System_WStrCat3_Code,
+  SysUtils_WideFmtStr_Code
+  {$ENDIF}
+  : TOverwrittenData;
+
+procedure InstallEndThreadOverride;
+begin
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_EndThread,  @Custom_System_EndThread,  @System_EndThread_Code);
+end;
+
+procedure InstallStringConversionOverrides;
+begin
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_WStrFromPCharLen,  @Custom_System_WStrFromPCharLen,  @System_WStrFromPCharLen_Code);
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_LStrFromPWCharLen, @Custom_System_LStrFromPWCharLen, @System_LStrFromPWCharLen_Code);
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_WStrToString,      @Custom_System_WStrToString,      @System_WStrToString_Code);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure InstallWideResourceStrings;
+begin
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_LoadResString,     @Custom_System_LoadResString,     @System_LoadResString_Code);
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_VarFromLStr,       @Custom_System_VarFromLStr,       @System_VarFromLStr_Code);
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+procedure InstallWideStringConcatenationFix;
+begin
+  OverwriteProcedure(Addr_System_WStrCat3,          @Custom_System_WStrCat3,          @System_WStrCat3_Code);
+end;
+
+procedure InstallWideFormatFixes;
+begin
+  OverwriteProcedure(@SysUtils.WideFmtStr, @TntSysUtils.Tnt_WideFmtStr, @SysUtils_WideFmtStr_Code);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure InstallTntSystemUpdates(Updates: TTntSystemUpdateSet = AllTntSystemUpdates);
+begin
+  InstallEndThreadOverride;
+  if tsWideResourceStrings in Updates then begin
+    InstallStringConversionOverrides;
+    InstallWideResourceStrings;
+  end;
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+    if tsFixImplicitCodePage in Updates then begin
+      InstallStringConversionOverrides;
+      { CP_ACP is the code page used by the non-Unicode Windows API. }
+      GDefaultSystemCodePage := CP_ACP{TNT-ALLOW CP_ACP};
+    end;
+    if tsFixWideStrConcat in Updates then begin
+      InstallWideStringConcatenationFix;
+    end;
+    if tsFixWideFormat in Updates then begin
+      InstallWideFormatFixes;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+var
+  StartupDefaultUserCodePage: Cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure UninstallSystemOverrides;
+begin
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_EndThread,  System_EndThread_Code);
+  // String Conversion
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_WStrFromPCharLen,  System_WStrFromPCharLen_Code);
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_LStrFromPWCharLen, System_LStrFromPWCharLen_Code);
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_WStrToString,      System_WStrToString_Code);
+  GDefaultSystemCodePage := StartupDefaultUserCodePage;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  // Wide resourcestring
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_LoadResString,     System_LoadResString_Code);
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_VarFromLStr,       System_VarFromLStr_Code);
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  // WideString concat fix
+  RestoreProcedure(Addr_System_WStrCat3,          System_WStrCat3_Code);
+  // WideFormat fixes
+  RestoreProcedure(@SysUtils.WideFmtStr, SysUtils_WideFmtStr_Code);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+initialization
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+    {$DEFINE USE_GETACP}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+    {$DEFINE USE_GETACP}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF USE_GETACP}
+  GDefaultSystemCodePage := GetACP;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+    if (Win32Platform = VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) and (Win32MajorVersion >= 5) then
+      GDefaultSystemCodePage := CP_THREAD_ACP // Win 2K/XP/...
+    else
+      GDefaultSystemCodePage := LCIDToCodePage(GetThreadLocale); // Win NT4/95/98/ME
+    {$ELSE}
+    GDefaultSystemCodePage := CP_ACP{TNT-ALLOW CP_ACP};
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+  {$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+  StartupDefaultUserCodePage := DefaultSystemCodePage;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  IsDebugging := DebugHook > 0;
+  {$ENDIF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+finalization
+  {$IFDEF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+  UninstallSystemOverrides;
+  FreeTntSystemThreadVars; { Make MemorySleuth happy. }
+  {$ENDIF USE_SYSTEM_OVERRIDES}
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWideStrUtils.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWideStrUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..99f63aea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWideStrUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+
+{*****************************************************************************}
+{                                                                             }
+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }
+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }
+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }
+{                                                                             }
+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }
+{                                                                             }
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+unit TntWideStrUtils;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}
+
+interface
+
+{ Wide string manipulation functions }
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrAlloc(Size: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+function WStrBufSize(const Str: PWideChar): Cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WStrMove(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: PWideChar; Count: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrNew(const Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+procedure WStrDispose(Str: PWideChar);
+{$ENDIF}
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrLen(Str: PWideChar): Cardinal;
+function WStrEnd(Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WStrCat(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrCopy(Dest, Source: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+function WStrLCopy(Dest, Source: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+function WStrPCopy(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: WideString): PWideChar;
+function WStrPLCopy(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: WideString; MaxLen: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WStrScan(const Str: PWideChar; Chr: WideChar): PWideChar;
+// WStrComp and WStrPos were introduced as broken in Delphi 2006, but fixed in Delphi 2006 Update 2
+function WStrComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar): Integer;
+function WStrPos(Str, SubStr: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+{$ENDIF}
+function Tnt_WStrComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar): Integer; deprecated;
+function Tnt_WStrPos(Str, SubStr: PWideChar): PWideChar; deprecated;
+
+{ ------------ introduced --------------- }
+function WStrECopy(Dest, Source: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+function WStrLComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): Integer;
+function WStrLIComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): Integer;
+function WStrIComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar): Integer;
+function WStrLower(Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+function WStrUpper(Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+function WStrRScan(const Str: PWideChar; Chr: WideChar): PWideChar;
+function WStrLCat(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+function WStrPas(const Str: PWideChar): WideString;
+
+{ SysUtils.pas } //-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WideLastChar(const S: WideString): PWideChar;
+function WideQuotedStr(const S: WideString; Quote: WideChar): WideString;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WideExtractQuotedStr(var Src: PWideChar; Quote: WideChar): Widestring;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WideDequotedStr(const S: WideString; AQuote: WideChar): WideString;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_9_UP} WideStrUtils, {$ENDIF} Math, Windows, TntWindows;
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrAlloc(Size: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Size := SizeOf(Cardinal) + (Size * SizeOf(WideChar));
+  GetMem(Result, Size);
+  PCardinal(Result)^ := Size;
+  Inc(PAnsiChar(Result), SizeOf(Cardinal));
+end;
+
+function WStrBufSize(const Str: PWideChar): Cardinal;
+var
+  P: PWideChar;
+begin
+  P := Str;
+  Dec(PAnsiChar(P), SizeOf(Cardinal));
+  Result := PCardinal(P)^ - SizeOf(Cardinal);
+  Result := Result div SizeOf(WideChar);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WStrMove(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: PWideChar; Count: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+var
+  Length: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Dest;
+  Length := Count * SizeOf(WideChar);
+  Move(Source^, Dest^, Length);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrNew(const Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+var
+  Size: Cardinal;
+begin
+  if Str = nil then Result := nil else
+  begin
+    Size := WStrLen(Str) + 1;
+    Result := WStrMove(WStrAlloc(Size), Str, Size);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure WStrDispose(Str: PWideChar);
+begin
+  if Str <> nil then
+  begin
+    Dec(PAnsiChar(Str), SizeOf(Cardinal));
+    FreeMem(Str, Cardinal(Pointer(Str)^));
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrLen(Str: PWideChar): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := WStrEnd(Str) - Str;
+end;
+
+function WStrEnd(Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  // returns a pointer to the end of a null terminated string
+  Result := Str;
+  While Result^ <> #0 do
+    Inc(Result);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WStrCat(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Dest;
+  WStrCopy(WStrEnd(Dest), Source);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WStrCopy(Dest, Source: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := WStrLCopy(Dest, Source, MaxInt);
+end;
+
+function WStrLCopy(Dest, Source: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+var
+  Count: Cardinal;
+begin
+  // copies a specified maximum number of characters from Source to Dest
+  Result := Dest;
+  Count := 0;
+  While (Count < MaxLen) and (Source^ <> #0) do begin
+    Dest^ := Source^;
+    Inc(Source);
+    Inc(Dest);
+    Inc(Count);
+  end;
+  Dest^ := #0;
+end;
+
+function WStrPCopy(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: WideString): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := WStrLCopy(Dest, PWideChar(Source), Length(Source));
+end;
+
+function WStrPLCopy(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: WideString; MaxLen: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := WStrLCopy(Dest, PWideChar(Source), MaxLen);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WStrScan(const Str: PWideChar; Chr: WideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Str;
+  while Result^ <> Chr do
+  begin
+    if Result^ = #0 then
+    begin
+      Result := nil;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+    Inc(Result);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WStrComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := WStrLComp(Str1, Str2, MaxInt);
+end;
+
+function WStrPos(Str, SubStr: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+var
+  PSave: PWideChar;
+  P: PWideChar;
+  PSub: PWideChar;
+begin
+  // returns a pointer to the first occurance of SubStr in Str
+  Result := nil;
+  if (Str <> nil) and (Str^ <> #0) and (SubStr <> nil) and (SubStr^ <> #0) then begin
+    P := Str;
+    While P^ <> #0 do begin
+      if P^ = SubStr^ then begin
+        // investigate possibility here
+        PSave := P;
+        PSub := SubStr;
+        While (P^ = PSub^) do begin
+          Inc(P);
+          Inc(PSub);
+          if (PSub^ = #0) then begin
+            Result := PSave;
+            exit; // found a match
+          end;
+          if (P^ = #0) then
+            exit; // no match, hit end of string
+        end;
+        P := PSave;
+      end;
+      Inc(P);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function Tnt_WStrComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar): Integer; deprecated;
+begin
+  Result := WStrComp(Str1, Str2);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_WStrPos(Str, SubStr: PWideChar): PWideChar; deprecated;
+begin
+  Result := WStrPos(Str, SubStr);
+end;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function WStrECopy(Dest, Source: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := WStrEnd(WStrCopy(Dest, Source));
+end;
+
+function WStrComp_EX(Str1, Str2: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal; dwCmpFlags: Cardinal): Integer;
+var
+  Len1, Len2: Integer;
+begin
+  if MaxLen = Cardinal(MaxInt) then begin
+    Len1 := -1;
+    Len2 := -1;
+  end else begin
+    Len1 := Min(WStrLen(Str1), MaxLen);
+    Len2 := Min(WStrLen(Str2), MaxLen);
+  end;
+  Result := Tnt_CompareStringW(GetThreadLocale, dwCmpFlags, Str1, Len1, Str2, Len2) - 2;
+end;
+
+function WStrLComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := WStrComp_EX(Str1, Str2, MaxLen, 0);
+end;
+
+function WStrLIComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := WStrComp_EX(Str1, Str2, MaxLen, NORM_IGNORECASE);
+end;
+
+function WStrIComp(Str1, Str2: PWideChar): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := WStrLIComp(Str1, Str2, MaxInt);
+end;
+
+function WStrLower(Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Str;
+  Tnt_CharLowerBuffW(Str, WStrLen(Str))
+end;
+
+function WStrUpper(Str: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Str;
+  Tnt_CharUpperBuffW(Str, WStrLen(Str))
+end;
+
+function WStrRScan(const Str: PWideChar; Chr: WideChar): PWideChar;
+var
+  MostRecentFound: PWideChar;
+begin
+  if Chr = #0 then
+    Result := WStrEnd(Str)
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    MostRecentFound := Str;
+    while True do
+    begin
+      while MostRecentFound^ <> Chr do
+      begin
+        if MostRecentFound^ = #0 then
+          Exit;
+        Inc(MostRecentFound);
+      end;
+      Result := MostRecentFound;
+      Inc(MostRecentFound);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function WStrLCat(Dest: PWideChar; const Source: PWideChar; MaxLen: Cardinal): PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := Dest;
+  WStrLCopy(WStrEnd(Dest), Source, MaxLen - WStrLen(Dest));
+end;
+
+function WStrPas(const Str: PWideChar): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := Str;
+end;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WideLastChar(const S: WideString): PWideChar;
+begin
+  if S = '' then
+    Result := nil
+  else
+    Result := @S[Length(S)];
+end;
+
+function WideQuotedStr(const S: WideString; Quote: WideChar): WideString;
+var
+  P, Src,
+  Dest: PWideChar;
+  AddCount: Integer;
+begin
+  AddCount := 0;
+  P := WStrScan(PWideChar(S), Quote);
+  while (P <> nil) do
+  begin
+    Inc(P);
+    Inc(AddCount);
+    P := WStrScan(P, Quote);
+  end;
+
+  if AddCount = 0 then
+    Result := Quote + S + Quote
+  else
+  begin
+    SetLength(Result, Length(S) + AddCount + 2);
+    Dest := PWideChar(Result);
+    Dest^ := Quote;
+    Inc(Dest);
+    Src := PWideChar(S);
+    P := WStrScan(Src, Quote);
+    repeat
+      Inc(P);
+      Move(Src^, Dest^, 2 * (P - Src));
+      Inc(Dest, P - Src);
+      Dest^ := Quote;
+      Inc(Dest);
+      Src := P;
+      P := WStrScan(Src, Quote);
+    until P = nil;
+    P := WStrEnd(Src);
+    Move(Src^, Dest^, 2 * (P - Src));
+    Inc(Dest, P - Src);
+    Dest^ := Quote;
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+function WideExtractQuotedStr(var Src: PWideChar; Quote: WideChar): Widestring;
+var
+  P, Dest: PWideChar;
+  DropCount: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := '';
+  if (Src = nil) or (Src^ <> Quote) then Exit;
+  Inc(Src);
+  DropCount := 1;
+  P := Src;
+  Src := WStrScan(Src, Quote);
+  while Src <> nil do   // count adjacent pairs of quote chars
+  begin
+    Inc(Src);
+    if Src^ <> Quote then Break;
+    Inc(Src);
+    Inc(DropCount);
+    Src := WStrScan(Src, Quote);
+  end;
+  if Src = nil then Src := WStrEnd(P);
+  if ((Src - P) <= 1) then Exit;
+  if DropCount = 1 then
+    SetString(Result, P, Src - P - 1)
+  else
+  begin
+    SetLength(Result, Src - P - DropCount);
+    Dest := PWideChar(Result);
+    Src := WStrScan(P, Quote);
+    while Src <> nil do
+    begin
+      Inc(Src);
+      if Src^ <> Quote then Break;
+      Move(P^, Dest^, (Src - P) * SizeOf(WideChar));
+      Inc(Dest, Src - P);
+      Inc(Src);
+      P := Src;
+      Src := WStrScan(Src, Quote);
+    end;
+    if Src = nil then Src := WStrEnd(P);
+    Move(P^, Dest^, (Src - P - 1) * SizeOf(WideChar));
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+function WideDequotedStr(const S: WideString; AQuote: WideChar): WideString;
+var
+  LText : PWideChar;
+begin
+  LText := PWideChar(S);
+  Result := WideExtractQuotedStr(LText, AQuote);
+  if Result = '' then
+    Result := S;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWideStrings.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWideStrings.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75132d22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWideStrings.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,846 @@
+
+{*****************************************************************************}
+{                                                                             }
+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }
+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }
+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }
+{                                                                             }
+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }
+{                                                                             }
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+unit TntWideStrings;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF COMPILER_10_UP}
+  {$MESSAGE FATAL 'Do not refer to TntWideStrings.pas.  It works correctly in Delphi 2006.'}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Classes;
+
+{******************************************************************************}
+{                                                                              }
+{  Delphi 2005 introduced TWideStrings in WideStrings.pas.                     }
+{    Unfortunately, it was not ready for prime time.                           }
+{      Setting CommaText is not consistent, and it relies on CharNextW         }
+{         Which is only available on Windows NT+.                              }
+{                                                                              }
+{******************************************************************************}
+
+type
+  TWideStrings = class;
+
+{ IWideStringsAdapter interface }
+{ Maintains link between TWideStrings and IWideStrings implementations }
+
+  IWideStringsAdapter = interface
+    ['{25FE0E3B-66CB-48AA-B23B-BCFA67E8F5DA}']
+    procedure ReferenceStrings(S: TWideStrings);
+    procedure ReleaseStrings;
+  end;
+
+  TWideStringsEnumerator = class
+  private
+    FIndex: Integer;
+    FStrings: TWideStrings;
+  public
+    constructor Create(AStrings: TWideStrings);
+    function GetCurrent: WideString;
+    function MoveNext: Boolean;
+    property Current: WideString read GetCurrent;
+  end;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  TStringsDefined = set of (
+    sdDelimiter, sdQuoteChar, sdNameValueSeparator, sdLineBreak,
+    sdStrictDelimiter);
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$DEFINE NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_7_UP}
+  {$UNDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{ TWideStrings class }
+
+  TWideStrings = class(TPersistent)
+  private
+    FDefined: TStringsDefined;
+    FDelimiter: WideChar;
+    FQuoteChar: WideChar;
+    {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+    FNameValueSeparator: WideChar;
+    {$ENDIF}
+    FUpdateCount: Integer;
+    FAdapter: IWideStringsAdapter;
+    function GetCommaText: WideString;
+    function GetDelimitedText: WideString;
+    function GetName(Index: Integer): WideString;
+    function GetValue(const Name: WideString): WideString;
+    procedure ReadData(Reader: TReader);
+    procedure SetCommaText(const Value: WideString);
+    procedure SetDelimitedText(const Value: WideString);
+    procedure SetStringsAdapter(const Value: IWideStringsAdapter);
+    procedure SetValue(const Name, Value: WideString);
+    procedure WriteData(Writer: TWriter);
+    function GetDelimiter: WideChar;
+    procedure SetDelimiter(const Value: WideChar);
+    function GetQuoteChar: WideChar;
+    procedure SetQuoteChar(const Value: WideChar);
+    function GetNameValueSeparator: WideChar;
+    {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+    procedure SetNameValueSeparator(const Value: WideChar);
+    {$ENDIF}
+    function GetValueFromIndex(Index: Integer): WideString;
+    procedure SetValueFromIndex(Index: Integer; const Value: WideString);
+  protected
+    procedure AssignTo(Dest: TPersistent); override;
+    procedure DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler); override;
+    procedure Error(const Msg: WideString; Data: Integer); overload;
+    procedure Error(Msg: PResStringRec; Data: Integer); overload;
+    function ExtractName(const S: WideString): WideString;
+    function Get(Index: Integer): WideString; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetCapacity: Integer; virtual;
+    function GetCount: Integer; virtual; abstract;
+    function GetObject(Index: Integer): TObject; virtual;
+    function GetTextStr: WideString; virtual;
+    procedure Put(Index: Integer; const S: WideString); virtual;
+    procedure PutObject(Index: Integer; AObject: TObject); virtual;
+    procedure SetCapacity(NewCapacity: Integer); virtual;
+    procedure SetTextStr(const Value: WideString); virtual;
+    procedure SetUpdateState(Updating: Boolean); virtual;
+    property UpdateCount: Integer read FUpdateCount;
+    function CompareStrings(const S1, S2: WideString): Integer; virtual;
+  public
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    function Add(const S: WideString): Integer; virtual;
+    function AddObject(const S: WideString; AObject: TObject): Integer; virtual;
+    procedure Append(const S: WideString);
+    procedure AddStrings(Strings: TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}); overload; virtual;
+    procedure AddStrings(Strings: TWideStrings); overload; virtual;
+    procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
+    procedure BeginUpdate;
+    procedure Clear; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure Delete(Index: Integer); virtual; abstract;
+    procedure EndUpdate;
+    function Equals(Strings: TWideStrings): Boolean;
+    procedure Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer); virtual;
+    function GetEnumerator: TWideStringsEnumerator;
+    function GetTextW: PWideChar; virtual;
+    function IndexOf(const S: WideString): Integer; virtual;
+    function IndexOfName(const Name: WideString): Integer; virtual;
+    function IndexOfObject(AObject: TObject): Integer; virtual;
+    procedure Insert(Index: Integer; const S: WideString); virtual; abstract;
+    procedure InsertObject(Index: Integer; const S: WideString;
+      AObject: TObject); virtual;
+    procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString); virtual;
+    procedure LoadFromStream(Stream: TStream); virtual;
+    procedure Move(CurIndex, NewIndex: Integer); virtual;
+    procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString); virtual;
+    procedure SaveToStream(Stream: TStream); virtual;
+    procedure SetTextW(const Text: PWideChar); virtual;
+    property Capacity: Integer read GetCapacity write SetCapacity;
+    property CommaText: WideString read GetCommaText write SetCommaText;
+    property Count: Integer read GetCount;
+    property Delimiter: WideChar read GetDelimiter write SetDelimiter;
+    property DelimitedText: WideString read GetDelimitedText write SetDelimitedText;
+    property Names[Index: Integer]: WideString read GetName;
+    property Objects[Index: Integer]: TObject read GetObject write PutObject;
+    property QuoteChar: WideChar read GetQuoteChar write SetQuoteChar;
+    property Values[const Name: WideString]: WideString read GetValue write SetValue;
+    property ValueFromIndex[Index: Integer]: WideString read GetValueFromIndex write SetValueFromIndex;
+    property NameValueSeparator: WideChar read GetNameValueSeparator {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW} write SetNameValueSeparator {$ENDIF};
+    property Strings[Index: Integer]: WideString read Get write Put; default;
+    property Text: WideString read GetTextStr write SetTextStr;
+    property StringsAdapter: IWideStringsAdapter read FAdapter write SetStringsAdapter;
+  end;
+
+  PWideStringItem = ^TWideStringItem;
+  TWideStringItem = record
+    FString: WideString;
+    FObject: TObject;
+  end;
+
+  PWideStringItemList = ^TWideStringItemList;
+  TWideStringItemList = array[0..MaxListSize] of TWideStringItem;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Windows, SysUtils, TntSystem, {$IFDEF COMPILER_9_UP} WideStrUtils, {$ELSE} TntWideStrUtils, {$ENDIF}
+  TntSysUtils, TntClasses;
+
+{ TWideStringsEnumerator }
+
+constructor TWideStringsEnumerator.Create(AStrings: TWideStrings);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  FIndex := -1;
+  FStrings := AStrings;
+end;
+
+function TWideStringsEnumerator.GetCurrent: WideString;
+begin
+  Result := FStrings[FIndex];
+end;
+
+function TWideStringsEnumerator.MoveNext: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := FIndex < FStrings.Count - 1;
+  if Result then
+    Inc(FIndex);
+end;
+
+{ TWideStrings }
+
+destructor TWideStrings.Destroy;
+begin
+  StringsAdapter := nil;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.Add(const S: WideString): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := GetCount;
+  Insert(Result, S);
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.AddObject(const S: WideString; AObject: TObject): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Add(S);
+  PutObject(Result, AObject);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Append(const S: WideString);
+begin
+  Add(S);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.AddStrings(Strings: TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings});
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  BeginUpdate;
+  try
+    for I := 0 to Strings.Count - 1 do
+      AddObject(Strings[I], Strings.Objects[I]);
+  finally
+    EndUpdate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.AddStrings(Strings: TWideStrings);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  BeginUpdate;
+  try
+    for I := 0 to Strings.Count - 1 do
+      AddObject(Strings[I], Strings.Objects[I]);
+  finally
+    EndUpdate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
+begin
+  if Source is TWideStrings then
+  begin
+    BeginUpdate;
+    try
+      Clear;
+      FDefined := TWideStrings(Source).FDefined;
+      {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+      FNameValueSeparator := TWideStrings(Source).FNameValueSeparator;
+      {$ENDIF}
+      FQuoteChar := TWideStrings(Source).FQuoteChar;
+      FDelimiter := TWideStrings(Source).FDelimiter;
+      AddStrings(TWideStrings(Source));
+    finally
+      EndUpdate;
+    end;
+  end
+  else if Source is TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings} then
+  begin
+    BeginUpdate;
+    try
+      Clear;
+      {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+      FNameValueSeparator := WideChar(TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Source).NameValueSeparator);
+      {$ENDIF}
+      FQuoteChar := WideChar(TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Source).QuoteChar);
+      FDelimiter := WideChar(TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Source).Delimiter);
+      AddStrings(TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Source));
+    finally
+      EndUpdate;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    inherited Assign(Source);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.AssignTo(Dest: TPersistent);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  if Dest is TWideStrings then Dest.Assign(Self)
+  else if Dest is TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings} then
+  begin
+    TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).BeginUpdate;
+    try
+      TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).Clear;
+      {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+      TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).NameValueSeparator := AnsiChar(NameValueSeparator);
+      {$ENDIF}
+      TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).QuoteChar := AnsiChar(QuoteChar);
+      TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).Delimiter := AnsiChar(Delimiter);
+      for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
+        TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).AddObject(Strings[I], Objects[I]);
+    finally
+      TStrings{TNT-ALLOW TStrings}(Dest).EndUpdate;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    inherited AssignTo(Dest);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.BeginUpdate;
+begin
+  if FUpdateCount = 0 then SetUpdateState(True);
+  Inc(FUpdateCount);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler);
+
+  function DoWrite: Boolean;
+  begin
+    if Filer.Ancestor <> nil then
+    begin
+      Result := True;
+      if Filer.Ancestor is TWideStrings then
+        Result := not Equals(TWideStrings(Filer.Ancestor))
+    end
+    else Result := Count > 0;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  Filer.DefineProperty('Strings', ReadData, WriteData, DoWrite);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.EndUpdate;
+begin
+  Dec(FUpdateCount);
+  if FUpdateCount = 0 then SetUpdateState(False);
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.Equals(Strings: TWideStrings): Boolean;
+var
+  I, Count: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  Count := GetCount;
+  if Count <> Strings.GetCount then Exit;
+  for I := 0 to Count - 1 do if Get(I) <> Strings.Get(I) then Exit;
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Error(const Msg: WideString; Data: Integer);
+
+  function ReturnAddr: Pointer;
+  asm
+          MOV     EAX,[EBP+4]
+  end;
+
+begin
+  raise EStringListError.CreateFmt(Msg, [Data]) at ReturnAddr;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Error(Msg: PResStringRec; Data: Integer);
+begin
+  Error(WideLoadResString(Msg), Data);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer);
+var
+  TempObject: TObject;
+  TempString: WideString;
+begin
+  BeginUpdate;
+  try
+    TempString := Strings[Index1];
+    TempObject := Objects[Index1];
+    Strings[Index1] := Strings[Index2];
+    Objects[Index1] := Objects[Index2];
+    Strings[Index2] := TempString;
+    Objects[Index2] := TempObject;
+  finally
+    EndUpdate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.ExtractName(const S: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  P: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := S;
+  P := Pos(NameValueSeparator, Result);
+  if P <> 0 then
+    SetLength(Result, P-1) else
+    SetLength(Result, 0);
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin  // descendents may optionally override/replace this default implementation
+  Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetCommaText: WideString;
+var
+  LOldDefined: TStringsDefined;
+  LOldDelimiter: WideChar;
+  LOldQuoteChar: WideChar;
+begin
+  LOldDefined := FDefined;
+  LOldDelimiter := FDelimiter;
+  LOldQuoteChar := FQuoteChar;
+  Delimiter := ',';
+  QuoteChar := '"';
+  try
+    Result := GetDelimitedText;
+  finally
+    FDelimiter := LOldDelimiter;
+    FQuoteChar := LOldQuoteChar;
+    FDefined := LOldDefined;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetDelimitedText: WideString;
+var
+  S: WideString;
+  P: PWideChar;
+  I, Count: Integer;
+begin
+  Count := GetCount;
+  if (Count = 1) and (Get(0) = '') then
+    Result := WideString(QuoteChar) + QuoteChar
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := '';
+    for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      S := Get(I);
+      P := PWideChar(S);
+      while not ((P^ in [WideChar(#0)..WideChar(' ')]) or (P^ = QuoteChar) or (P^ = Delimiter)) do
+        Inc(P);
+      if (P^ <> #0) then S := WideQuotedStr(S, QuoteChar);
+      Result := Result + S + Delimiter;
+    end;
+    System.Delete(Result, Length(Result), 1);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetName(Index: Integer): WideString;
+begin
+  Result := ExtractName(Get(Index));
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetObject(Index: Integer): TObject;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetEnumerator: TWideStringsEnumerator;
+begin
+  Result := TWideStringsEnumerator.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetTextW: PWideChar;
+begin
+  Result := WStrNew(PWideChar(GetTextStr));
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetTextStr: WideString;
+var
+  I, L, Size, Count: Integer;
+  P: PWideChar;
+  S, LB: WideString;
+begin
+  Count := GetCount;
+  Size := 0;
+  LB := sLineBreak;
+  for I := 0 to Count - 1 do Inc(Size, Length(Get(I)) + Length(LB));
+  SetString(Result, nil, Size);
+  P := Pointer(Result);
+  for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
+  begin
+    S := Get(I);
+    L := Length(S);
+    if L <> 0 then
+    begin
+      System.Move(Pointer(S)^, P^, L * SizeOf(WideChar));
+      Inc(P, L);
+    end;
+    L := Length(LB);
+    if L <> 0 then
+    begin
+      System.Move(Pointer(LB)^, P^, L * SizeOf(WideChar));
+      Inc(P, L);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetValue(const Name: WideString): WideString;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := IndexOfName(Name);
+  if I >= 0 then
+    Result := Copy(Get(I), Length(Name) + 2, MaxInt) else
+    Result := '';
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.IndexOf(const S: WideString): Integer;
+begin
+  for Result := 0 to GetCount - 1 do
+    if CompareStrings(Get(Result), S) = 0 then Exit;
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.IndexOfName(const Name: WideString): Integer;
+var
+  P: Integer;
+  S: WideString;
+begin
+  for Result := 0 to GetCount - 1 do
+  begin
+    S := Get(Result);
+    P := Pos(NameValueSeparator, S);
+    if (P <> 0) and (CompareStrings(Copy(S, 1, P - 1), Name) = 0) then Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.IndexOfObject(AObject: TObject): Integer;
+begin
+  for Result := 0 to GetCount - 1 do
+    if GetObject(Result) = AObject then Exit;
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.InsertObject(Index: Integer; const S: WideString;
+  AObject: TObject);
+begin
+  Insert(Index, S);
+  PutObject(Index, AObject);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.LoadFromFile(const FileName: WideString);
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite);
+  try
+    LoadFromStream(Stream);
+  finally
+    Stream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.LoadFromStream(Stream: TStream);
+var
+  Size: Integer;
+  S: WideString;
+begin
+  BeginUpdate;
+  try
+    Size := Stream.Size - Stream.Position;
+    SetString(S, nil, Size div SizeOf(WideChar));
+    Stream.Read(Pointer(S)^, Length(S) * SizeOf(WideChar));
+    SetTextStr(S);
+  finally
+    EndUpdate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Move(CurIndex, NewIndex: Integer);
+var
+  TempObject: TObject;
+  TempString: WideString;
+begin
+  if CurIndex <> NewIndex then
+  begin
+    BeginUpdate;
+    try
+      TempString := Get(CurIndex);
+      TempObject := GetObject(CurIndex);
+      Delete(CurIndex);
+      InsertObject(NewIndex, TempString, TempObject);
+    finally
+      EndUpdate;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.Put(Index: Integer; const S: WideString);
+var
+  TempObject: TObject;
+begin
+  TempObject := GetObject(Index);
+  Delete(Index);
+  InsertObject(Index, S, TempObject);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.PutObject(Index: Integer; AObject: TObject);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.ReadData(Reader: TReader);
+begin
+  if Reader.NextValue in [vaString, vaLString] then
+    SetTextStr(Reader.ReadString) {JCL compatiblity}
+  else if Reader.NextValue = vaWString then
+    SetTextStr(Reader.ReadWideString) {JCL compatiblity}
+  else begin
+    BeginUpdate;
+    try
+      Clear;
+      Reader.ReadListBegin;
+      while not Reader.EndOfList do
+        if Reader.NextValue in [vaString, vaLString] then
+          Add(Reader.ReadString) {TStrings compatiblity}
+        else
+          Add(Reader.ReadWideString);
+      Reader.ReadListEnd;
+    finally
+      EndUpdate;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SaveToFile(const FileName: WideString);
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TTntFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+  try
+    SaveToStream(Stream);
+  finally
+    Stream.Free;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SaveToStream(Stream: TStream);
+var
+  SW: WideString;
+begin
+  SW := GetTextStr;
+  Stream.WriteBuffer(PWideChar(SW)^, Length(SW) * SizeOf(WideChar));
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetCapacity(NewCapacity: Integer);
+begin
+  // do nothing - descendents may optionally implement this method
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetCommaText(const Value: WideString);
+begin
+  Delimiter := ',';
+  QuoteChar := '"';
+  SetDelimitedText(Value);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetStringsAdapter(const Value: IWideStringsAdapter);
+begin
+  if FAdapter <> nil then FAdapter.ReleaseStrings;
+  FAdapter := Value;
+  if FAdapter <> nil then FAdapter.ReferenceStrings(Self);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetTextW(const Text: PWideChar);
+begin
+  SetTextStr(Text);
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetTextStr(const Value: WideString);
+var
+  P, Start: PWideChar;
+  S: WideString;
+begin
+  BeginUpdate;
+  try
+    Clear;
+    P := Pointer(Value);
+    if P <> nil then
+      while P^ <> #0 do
+      begin
+        Start := P;
+        while not (P^ in [WideChar(#0), WideChar(#10), WideChar(#13)]) and (P^ <> WideLineSeparator) do
+          Inc(P);
+        SetString(S, Start, P - Start);
+        Add(S);
+        if P^ = #13 then Inc(P);
+        if P^ = #10 then Inc(P);
+        if P^ = WideLineSeparator then Inc(P);
+      end;
+  finally
+    EndUpdate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetUpdateState(Updating: Boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetValue(const Name, Value: WideString);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  I := IndexOfName(Name);
+  if Value <> '' then
+  begin
+    if I < 0 then I := Add('');
+    Put(I, Name + NameValueSeparator + Value);
+  end else
+  begin
+    if I >= 0 then Delete(I);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.WriteData(Writer: TWriter);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  Writer.WriteListBegin;
+  for I := 0 to Count-1 do begin
+    Writer.WriteWideString(Get(I));
+  end;
+  Writer.WriteListEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetDelimitedText(const Value: WideString);
+var
+  P, P1: PWideChar;
+  S: WideString;
+begin
+  BeginUpdate;
+  try
+    Clear;
+    P := PWideChar(Value);
+    while P^ in [WideChar(#1)..WideChar(' ')] do
+      Inc(P);
+    while P^ <> #0 do
+    begin
+      if P^ = QuoteChar then
+        S := WideExtractQuotedStr(P, QuoteChar)
+      else
+      begin
+        P1 := P;
+        while (P^ > ' ') and (P^ <> Delimiter) do
+          Inc(P);
+        SetString(S, P1, P - P1);
+      end;
+      Add(S);
+      while P^ in [WideChar(#1)..WideChar(' ')] do
+        Inc(P);
+      if P^ = Delimiter then
+      begin
+        P1 := P;
+        Inc(P1);
+        if P1^ = #0 then
+          Add('');
+        repeat
+          Inc(P);
+        until not (P^ in [WideChar(#1)..WideChar(' ')]);
+      end;
+    end;
+  finally
+    EndUpdate;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetDelimiter: WideChar;
+begin
+  if not (sdDelimiter in FDefined) then
+    Delimiter := ',';
+  Result := FDelimiter;
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetQuoteChar: WideChar;
+begin
+  if not (sdQuoteChar in FDefined) then
+    QuoteChar := '"';
+  Result := FQuoteChar;
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetDelimiter(const Value: WideChar);
+begin
+  if (FDelimiter <> Value) or not (sdDelimiter in FDefined) then
+  begin
+    Include(FDefined, sdDelimiter);
+    FDelimiter := Value;
+  end
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetQuoteChar(const Value: WideChar);
+begin
+  if (FQuoteChar <> Value) or not (sdQuoteChar in FDefined) then
+  begin
+    Include(FDefined, sdQuoteChar);
+    FQuoteChar := Value;
+  end
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.CompareStrings(const S1, S2: WideString): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := WideCompareText(S1, S2);
+end;
+
+function TWideStrings.GetNameValueSeparator: WideChar;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+  if not (sdNameValueSeparator in FDefined) then
+    NameValueSeparator := '=';
+  Result := FNameValueSeparator;
+  {$ELSE}
+  Result := '=';
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF NAMEVALUESEPARATOR_RW}
+procedure TWideStrings.SetNameValueSeparator(const Value: WideChar);
+begin
+  if (FNameValueSeparator <> Value) or not (sdNameValueSeparator in FDefined) then
+  begin
+    Include(FDefined, sdNameValueSeparator);
+    FNameValueSeparator := Value;
+  end
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function TWideStrings.GetValueFromIndex(Index: Integer): WideString;
+begin
+  if Index >= 0 then
+    Result := Copy(Get(Index), Length(Names[Index]) + 2, MaxInt) else
+    Result := '';
+end;
+
+procedure TWideStrings.SetValueFromIndex(Index: Integer; const Value: WideString);
+begin
+  if Value <> '' then
+  begin
+    if Index < 0 then Index := Add('');
+    Put(Index, Names[Index] + NameValueSeparator + Value);
+  end
+  else
+    if Index >= 0 then Delete(Index);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWindows.pas b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWindows.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8fd7ec88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/TntUnicodeControls/TntWindows.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1501 @@
+
+{*****************************************************************************}
+{                                                                             }
+{    Tnt Delphi Unicode Controls                                              }
+{      http://www.tntware.com/delphicontrols/unicode/                         }
+{        Version: 2.3.0                                                       }
+{                                                                             }
+{    Copyright (c) 2002-2007, Troy Wolbrink (troy.wolbrink@tntware.com)       }
+{                                                                             }
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+unit TntWindows;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$INCLUDE TntCompilers.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Windows, ShellApi, ShlObj;
+
+// ......... compatibility
+
+const
+  DT_NOFULLWIDTHCHARBREAK = $00080000;
+
+const
+  INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES = DWORD(-1);
+
+// ................ ANSI TYPES ................
+{TNT-WARN LPSTR}
+{TNT-WARN PLPSTR}
+{TNT-WARN LPCSTR}
+{TNT-WARN LPCTSTR}
+{TNT-WARN LPTSTR}
+
+// ........ EnumResourceTypesW, EnumResourceNamesW and EnumResourceLanguagesW are supposed ....
+// ........ to work on Win95/98/ME but have caused access violations in testing on Win95 ......
+// .. TNT--WARN EnumResourceTypes ..
+// .. TNT--WARN EnumResourceTypesA ..
+// .. TNT--WARN EnumResourceNames ..
+// .. TNT--WARN EnumResourceNamesA ..
+// .. TNT--WARN EnumResourceLanguages ..
+// .. TNT--WARN EnumResourceLanguagesA ..
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// ......... The Unicode form of these functions are supported on Windows 95/98/ME .........
+{TNT-WARN ExtTextOut}
+{TNT-WARN ExtTextOutA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_ExtTextOutW}
+
+{TNT-WARN FindResource}
+{TNT-WARN FindResourceA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_FindResourceW}
+
+{TNT-WARN FindResourceEx}
+{TNT-WARN FindResourceExA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_FindResourceExW}
+
+{TNT-WARN GetCharWidth}
+{TNT-WARN GetCharWidthA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_GetCharWidthW}
+
+{TNT-WARN GetCommandLine}
+{TNT-WARN GetCommandLineA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_GetCommandLineW}
+
+{TNT-WARN GetTextExtentPoint}
+{TNT-WARN GetTextExtentPointA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_GetTextExtentPointW}
+
+{TNT-WARN GetTextExtentPoint32}
+{TNT-WARN GetTextExtentPoint32A}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_GetTextExtentPoint32W}
+
+{TNT-WARN lstrcat}
+{TNT-WARN lstrcatA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_lstrcatW}
+
+{TNT-WARN lstrcpy}
+{TNT-WARN lstrcpyA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_lstrcpyW}
+
+{TNT-WARN lstrlen}
+{TNT-WARN lstrlenA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_lstrlenW}
+
+{TNT-WARN MessageBox}
+{TNT-WARN MessageBoxA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_MessageBoxW}
+
+{TNT-WARN MessageBoxEx}
+{TNT-WARN MessageBoxExA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_MessageBoxExA}
+
+{TNT-WARN TextOut}
+{TNT-WARN TextOutA}
+{TNT-WARN Tnt_TextOutW}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{TNT-WARN LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT} // <-- use GetThreadLocale
+{TNT-WARN LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT} // <-- use GetThreadLocale
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                                     compatiblity
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+{$IFNDEF COMPILER_9_UP}
+type
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  TStartupInfoA = STARTUPINFO;
+  TStartupInfoW = STARTUPINFO;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TStartupInfoA = _STARTUPINFOA;
+  TStartupInfoW = record
+    cb: DWORD;
+    lpReserved: PWideChar;
+    lpDesktop: PWideChar;
+    lpTitle: PWideChar;
+    dwX: DWORD;
+    dwY: DWORD;
+    dwXSize: DWORD;
+    dwYSize: DWORD;
+    dwXCountChars: DWORD;
+    dwYCountChars: DWORD;
+    dwFillAttribute: DWORD;
+    dwFlags: DWORD;
+    wShowWindow: Word;
+    cbReserved2: Word;
+    lpReserved2: PByte;
+    hStdInput: THandle;
+    hStdOutput: THandle;
+    hStdError: THandle;
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+function CreateProcessW{TNT-ALLOW CreateProcessW}(lpApplicationName: PWideChar; lpCommandLine: PWideChar;
+  lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes: PSecurityAttributes;
+  bInheritHandles: BOOL; dwCreationFlags: DWORD; lpEnvironment: Pointer;
+  lpCurrentDirectory: PWideChar; const lpStartupInfo: TStartupInfoW;
+  var lpProcessInformation: TProcessInformation): BOOL; stdcall; external kernel32 name 'CreateProcessW';
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+type
+  TCurrencyFmtA = CURRENCYFMT;
+  TCurrencyFmtW = CURRENCYFMT;
+  PCurrencyFmtA = ^TCurrencyFmtA;
+  PCurrencyFmtW = ^TCurrencyFmtW;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+{TNT-WARN SetWindowText}
+{TNT-WARN SetWindowTextA}
+{TNT-WARN SetWindowTextW}
+function Tnt_SetWindowTextW(hWnd: HWND; lpString: PWideChar): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN RemoveDirectory}
+{TNT-WARN RemoveDirectoryA}
+{TNT-WARN RemoveDirectoryW}
+function Tnt_RemoveDirectoryW(lpPathName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetShortPathName}
+{TNT-WARN GetShortPathNameA}
+{TNT-WARN GetShortPathNameW}
+function Tnt_GetShortPathNameW(lpszLongPath: PWideChar; lpszShortPath: PWideChar;
+  cchBuffer: DWORD): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetFullPathName}
+{TNT-WARN GetFullPathNameA}
+{TNT-WARN GetFullPathNameW}
+function Tnt_GetFullPathNameW(lpFileName: PWideChar; nBufferLength: DWORD;
+  lpBuffer: PWideChar; var lpFilePart: PWideChar): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN CreateFile}
+{TNT-WARN CreateFileA}
+{TNT-WARN CreateFileW}
+function Tnt_CreateFileW(lpFileName: PWideChar; dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode: DWORD;
+  lpSecurityAttributes: PSecurityAttributes; dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes: DWORD;
+    hTemplateFile: THandle): THandle;
+
+{TNT-WARN FindFirstFile}
+{TNT-WARN FindFirstFileA}
+{TNT-WARN FindFirstFileW}
+function Tnt_FindFirstFileW(lpFileName: PWideChar; var lpFindFileData: TWIN32FindDataW): THandle;
+
+{TNT-WARN FindNextFile}
+{TNT-WARN FindNextFileA}
+{TNT-WARN FindNextFileW}
+function Tnt_FindNextFileW(hFindFile: THandle; var lpFindFileData: TWIN32FindDataW): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetFileAttributes}
+{TNT-WARN GetFileAttributesA}
+{TNT-WARN GetFileAttributesW}
+function Tnt_GetFileAttributesW(lpFileName: PWideChar): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN SetFileAttributes}
+{TNT-WARN SetFileAttributesA}
+{TNT-WARN SetFileAttributesW}
+function Tnt_SetFileAttributesW(lpFileName: PWideChar; dwFileAttributes: DWORD): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN CreateDirectory}
+{TNT-WARN CreateDirectoryA}
+{TNT-WARN CreateDirectoryW}
+function Tnt_CreateDirectoryW(lpPathName: PWideChar;
+  lpSecurityAttributes: PSecurityAttributes): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN MoveFile}
+{TNT-WARN MoveFileA}
+{TNT-WARN MoveFileW}
+function Tnt_MoveFileW(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN CopyFile}
+{TNT-WARN CopyFileA}
+{TNT-WARN CopyFileW}
+function Tnt_CopyFileW(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName: PWideChar; bFailIfExists: BOOL): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN DeleteFile}
+{TNT-WARN DeleteFileA}
+{TNT-WARN DeleteFileW}
+function Tnt_DeleteFileW(lpFileName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN DrawText}
+{TNT-WARN DrawTextA}
+{TNT-WARN DrawTextW}
+function Tnt_DrawTextW(hDC: HDC; lpString: PWideChar; nCount: Integer;
+  var lpRect: TRect; uFormat: UINT): Integer;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetDiskFreeSpace}
+{TNT-WARN GetDiskFreeSpaceA}
+{TNT-WARN GetDiskFreeSpaceW}
+function Tnt_GetDiskFreeSpaceW(lpRootPathName: PWideChar; var lpSectorsPerCluster,
+  lpBytesPerSector, lpNumberOfFreeClusters, lpTotalNumberOfClusters: DWORD): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetVolumeInformation}
+{TNT-WARN GetVolumeInformationA}
+{TNT-WARN GetVolumeInformationW}  
+function Tnt_GetVolumeInformationW(lpRootPathName: PWideChar; lpVolumeNameBuffer: PWideChar;
+  nVolumeNameSize: DWORD; lpVolumeSerialNumber: PDWORD;
+    var lpMaximumComponentLength, lpFileSystemFlags: DWORD; lpFileSystemNameBuffer: PWideChar;
+      nFileSystemNameSize: DWORD): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetModuleFileName}
+{TNT-WARN GetModuleFileNameA}
+{TNT-WARN GetModuleFileNameW}
+function Tnt_GetModuleFileNameW(hModule: HINST; lpFilename: PWideChar; nSize: DWORD): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetTempPath}
+{TNT-WARN GetTempPathA}
+{TNT-WARN GetTempPathW}
+function Tnt_GetTempPathW(nBufferLength: DWORD; lpBuffer: PWideChar): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetTempFileName}
+{TNT-WARN GetTempFileNameA}
+{TNT-WARN GetTempFileNameW}
+function Tnt_GetTempFileNameW(lpPathName, lpPrefixString: PWideChar; uUnique: UINT;
+  lpTempFileName: PWideChar): UINT;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetWindowsDirectory}
+{TNT-WARN GetWindowsDirectoryA}
+{TNT-WARN GetWindowsDirectoryW}
+function Tnt_GetWindowsDirectoryW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; uSize: UINT): UINT;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetSystemDirectory}
+{TNT-WARN GetSystemDirectoryA}
+{TNT-WARN GetSystemDirectoryW}
+function Tnt_GetSystemDirectoryW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; uSize: UINT): UINT;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrentDirectory}
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrentDirectoryA}
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrentDirectoryW}
+function Tnt_GetCurrentDirectoryW(nBufferLength: DWORD; lpBuffer: PWideChar): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN SetCurrentDirectory}
+{TNT-WARN SetCurrentDirectoryA}
+{TNT-WARN SetCurrentDirectoryW}
+function Tnt_SetCurrentDirectoryW(lpPathName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetComputerName}
+{TNT-WARN GetComputerNameA}
+{TNT-WARN GetComputerNameW}
+function Tnt_GetComputerNameW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; var nSize: DWORD): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetUserName}
+{TNT-WARN GetUserNameA}
+{TNT-WARN GetUserNameW}
+function Tnt_GetUserNameW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; var nSize: DWORD): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN ShellExecute}
+{TNT-WARN ShellExecuteA}
+{TNT-WARN ShellExecuteW}
+function Tnt_ShellExecuteW(hWnd: HWND; Operation, FileName, Parameters,
+  Directory: PWideChar; ShowCmd: Integer): HINST;
+
+{TNT-WARN LoadLibrary}
+{TNT-WARN LoadLibraryA}
+{TNT-WARN LoadLibraryW}
+function Tnt_LoadLibraryW(lpLibFileName: PWideChar): HMODULE;
+
+{TNT-WARN LoadLibraryEx}
+{TNT-WARN LoadLibraryExA}
+{TNT-WARN LoadLibraryExW}
+function Tnt_LoadLibraryExW(lpLibFileName: PWideChar; hFile: THandle; dwFlags: DWORD): HMODULE;
+
+{TNT-WARN CreateProcess}
+{TNT-WARN CreateProcessA}
+{TNT-WARN CreateProcessW}
+function Tnt_CreateProcessW(lpApplicationName: PWideChar; lpCommandLine: PWideChar;
+  lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes: PSecurityAttributes;
+    bInheritHandles: BOOL; dwCreationFlags: DWORD; lpEnvironment: Pointer;
+      lpCurrentDirectory: PWideChar; const lpStartupInfo: TStartupInfoW;
+        var lpProcessInformation: TProcessInformation): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrencyFormat}
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrencyFormatA}
+{TNT-WARN GetCurrencyFormatW}
+function Tnt_GetCurrencyFormatW(Locale: LCID; dwFlags: DWORD; lpValue: PWideChar;
+  lpFormat: PCurrencyFmtW; lpCurrencyStr: PWideChar; cchCurrency: Integer): Integer;
+
+{TNT-WARN CompareString}
+{TNT-WARN CompareStringA}
+{TNT-WARN CompareStringW}
+function Tnt_CompareStringW(Locale: LCID; dwCmpFlags: DWORD; lpString1: PWideChar;
+  cchCount1: Integer; lpString2: PWideChar; cchCount2: Integer): Integer;
+
+{TNT-WARN CharUpper}
+{TNT-WARN CharUpperA}
+{TNT-WARN CharUpperW}
+function Tnt_CharUpperW(lpsz: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+
+{TNT-WARN CharUpperBuff}
+{TNT-WARN CharUpperBuffA}
+{TNT-WARN CharUpperBuffW}
+function Tnt_CharUpperBuffW(lpsz: PWideChar; cchLength: DWORD): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN CharLower}
+{TNT-WARN CharLowerA}
+{TNT-WARN CharLowerW}
+function Tnt_CharLowerW(lpsz: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+
+{TNT-WARN CharLowerBuff}
+{TNT-WARN CharLowerBuffA}
+{TNT-WARN CharLowerBuffW}
+function Tnt_CharLowerBuffW(lpsz: PWideChar; cchLength: DWORD): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetStringTypeEx}
+{TNT-WARN GetStringTypeExA}
+{TNT-WARN GetStringTypeExW}
+function Tnt_GetStringTypeExW(Locale: LCID; dwInfoType: DWORD;
+  lpSrcStr: PWideChar; cchSrc: Integer; var lpCharType): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN LoadString}
+{TNT-WARN LoadStringA}
+{TNT-WARN LoadStringW}
+function Tnt_LoadStringW(hInstance: HINST; uID: UINT; lpBuffer: PWideChar; nBufferMax: Integer): Integer;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+type
+  TMenuItemInfoW   = TMENUITEMINFO;
+  tagMenuItemINFOW = tagMENUITEMINFO;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{TNT-WARN InsertMenuItem}
+{TNT-WARN InsertMenuItemA}
+{TNT-WARN InsertMenuItemW}
+function Tnt_InsertMenuItemW(hMenu: HMENU; uItem: DWORD; fByPosition: BOOL; lpmii: tagMenuItemINFOW): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN ExtractIconEx}
+{TNT-WARN ExtractIconExA}
+{TNT-WARN ExtractIconExW}
+function Tnt_ExtractIconExW(lpszFile: PWideChar; nIconIndex: Integer;
+  var phiconLarge, phiconSmall: HICON; nIcons: UINT): UINT;
+
+{TNT-WARN ExtractAssociatedIcon}
+{TNT-WARN ExtractAssociatedIconA}
+{TNT-WARN ExtractAssociatedIconW}
+function Tnt_ExtractAssociatedIconW(hInst: HINST; lpIconPath: PWideChar;
+  var lpiIcon: Word): HICON;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetFileVersionInfoSize}
+{TNT-WARN GetFileVersionInfoSizeA}
+{TNT-WARN GetFileVersionInfoSizeW}
+function Tnt_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW(lptstrFilename: PWideChar; var lpdwHandle: DWORD): DWORD;
+
+{TNT-WARN GetFileVersionInfo}
+{TNT-WARN GetFileVersionInfoA}
+{TNT-WARN GetFileVersionInfoW}
+function Tnt_GetFileVersionInfoW(lptstrFilename: PWideChar; dwHandle, dwLen: DWORD;
+  lpData: Pointer): BOOL;
+
+const
+  VQV_FIXEDFILEINFO = '\';
+  VQV_VARFILEINFO_TRANSLATION = '\VarFileInfo\Translation';
+  VQV_STRINGFILEINFO = '\StringFileInfo';
+
+  VER_COMMENTS         = 'Comments';
+  VER_INTERNALNAME     = 'InternalName';
+  VER_PRODUCTNAME      = 'ProductName';
+  VER_COMPANYNAME      = 'CompanyName';
+  VER_LEGALCOPYRIGHT   = 'LegalCopyright';
+  VER_PRODUCTVERSION   = 'ProductVersion';
+  VER_FILEDESCRIPTION  = 'FileDescription';
+  VER_LEGALTRADEMARKS  = 'LegalTrademarks';
+  VER_PRIVATEBUILD     = 'PrivateBuild';
+  VER_FILEVERSION      = 'FileVersion';
+  VER_ORIGINALFILENAME = 'OriginalFilename';
+  VER_SPECIALBUILD     = 'SpecialBuild';
+
+{TNT-WARN VerQueryValue}
+{TNT-WARN VerQueryValueA}
+{TNT-WARN VerQueryValueW}
+function Tnt_VerQueryValueW(pBlock: Pointer; lpSubBlock: PWideChar;
+  var lplpBuffer: Pointer; var puLen: UINT): BOOL;
+
+type
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  PSHNAMEMAPPINGA = ^SHNAMEMAPPINGA;
+  SHNAMEMAPPINGA = record
+    pszOldPath : LPSTR;
+    pszNewPath : LPSTR;
+    cchOldPath : longint;
+    cchNewPath : longint;
+  end;
+
+  PSHNAMEMAPPINGW = ^SHNAMEMAPPINGW;
+  SHNAMEMAPPINGW = record
+    pszOldPath : LPWSTR;
+    pszNewPath : LPWSTR;
+    cchOldPath : longint;
+    cchNewPath : longint;
+  end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  TSHNameMappingHeaderA = record
+   cNumOfMappings: Cardinal;
+   lpNM: PSHNAMEMAPPINGA;
+  end;
+  PSHNameMappingHeaderA = ^TSHNameMappingHeaderA;
+
+  TSHNameMappingHeaderW = record
+   cNumOfMappings: Cardinal;
+   lpNM: PSHNAMEMAPPINGW;
+  end;
+  PSHNameMappingHeaderW = ^TSHNameMappingHeaderW;
+
+{TNT-WARN SHFileOperation}
+{TNT-WARN SHFileOperationA}
+{TNT-WARN SHFileOperationW} // <-- no stub on early Windows 95
+function Tnt_SHFileOperationW(var lpFileOp: TSHFileOpStructW): Integer;
+
+{TNT-WARN SHFreeNameMappings}
+procedure Tnt_SHFreeNameMappings(hNameMappings: THandle);
+
+{TNT-WARN SHBrowseForFolder}
+{TNT-WARN SHBrowseForFolderA}
+{TNT-WARN SHBrowseForFolderW} // <-- no stub on early Windows 95
+function Tnt_SHBrowseForFolderW(var lpbi: TBrowseInfoW): PItemIDList;
+
+{TNT-WARN SHGetPathFromIDList}
+{TNT-WARN SHGetPathFromIDListA}
+{TNT-WARN SHGetPathFromIDListW} // <-- no stub on early Windows 95
+function Tnt_SHGetPathFromIDListW(pidl: PItemIDList; pszPath: PWideChar): BOOL;
+
+{TNT-WARN SHGetFileInfo}
+{TNT-WARN SHGetFileInfoA}
+{TNT-WARN SHGetFileInfoW} // <-- no stub on early Windows 95
+function Tnt_SHGetFileInfoW(pszPath: PWideChar; dwFileAttributes: DWORD;
+  var psfi: TSHFileInfoW; cbFileInfo, uFlags: UINT): DWORD;
+
+// ......... introduced .........
+function Tnt_Is_IntResource(ResStr: LPCWSTR): Boolean;
+
+function LANGIDFROMLCID(lcid: LCID): WORD;
+function MAKELANGID(usPrimaryLanguage, usSubLanguage: WORD): WORD;
+function MAKELCID(wLanguageID: WORD; wSortID: WORD = SORT_DEFAULT): LCID;
+function PRIMARYLANGID(lgid: WORD): WORD;
+function SORTIDFROMLCID(lcid: LCID): WORD;
+function SUBLANGID(lgid: WORD): WORD;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils, Math, TntSysUtils,
+  {$IFDEF COMPILER_9_UP} WideStrUtils, {$ENDIF} TntWideStrUtils;
+
+function _PAnsiCharWithNil(const S: AnsiString): PAnsiChar;
+begin
+  if S = '' then
+    Result := nil {Win9x needs nil for some parameters instead of empty strings}
+  else
+    Result := PAnsiChar(S);
+end;
+
+function _PWideCharWithNil(const S: WideString): PWideChar;
+begin
+  if S = '' then
+    Result := nil {Win9x needs nil for some parameters instead of empty strings}
+  else
+    Result := PWideChar(S);
+end;
+
+function _WStr(lpString: PWideChar; cchCount: Integer): WideString;
+begin
+  if cchCount = -1 then
+    Result := lpString
+  else
+    Result := Copy(WideString(lpString), 1, cchCount);
+end;
+
+procedure _MakeWideWin32FindData(var WideFindData: TWIN32FindDataW; AnsiFindData: TWIN32FindDataA);
+begin
+  CopyMemory(@WideFindData, @AnsiFindData,
+    PtrUInt(@WideFindData.cFileName) - PtrUInt(@WideFindData));
+  WStrPCopy(WideFindData.cFileName, AnsiFindData.cFileName);
+  WStrPCopy(WideFindData.cAlternateFileName, AnsiFindData.cAlternateFileName);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SetWindowTextW(hWnd: HWND; lpString: PWideChar): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := SetWindowTextW{TNT-ALLOW SetWindowTextW}(hWnd, lpString)
+  else
+    Result := SetWindowTextA{TNT-ALLOW SetWindowTextA}(hWnd, PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpString)));
+end;
+
+//-----------------------------
+
+type
+  TPathLengthResultOption = (poAllowDirectoryMode, poZeroSmallBuff, poExactCopy, poExactCopySubPaths);
+  TPathLengthResultOptions = set of TPathLengthResultOption;
+
+procedure _ExactStrCopyW(pDest, pSource: PWideChar; Count: Integer);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 1 to Count do begin
+    pDest^ := pSource^;
+    Inc(PSource);
+    Inc(pDest);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure _ExactCopySubPaths(pDest, pSource: PWideChar; Count: Integer);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  OriginalSource: PWideChar;
+  PNextSlash: PWideChar;
+begin
+  if Count >= 4 then begin
+    OriginalSource := pSource;
+    PNextSlash := WStrScan(pSource, '\');
+    for i := 1 to Count - 1 do begin
+      // determine next path delimiter
+      if pSource > pNextSlash then begin
+        PNextSlash := WStrScan(pSource, '\');
+      end;
+      // leave if no more sub paths
+      if (PNextSlash = nil)
+      or ((pNextSlash - OriginalSource) >= Count) then begin
+        exit;
+      end;
+      // copy char
+      pDest^ := pSource^;
+      Inc(PSource);
+      Inc(pDest);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function _HandlePathLengthResult(nBufferLength: DWORD; lpBuffer: PWideChar; const AnsiBuff: AnsiString; Options: TPathLengthResultOptions): Integer;
+var
+  WideBuff: WideString;
+begin
+  WideBuff := AnsiBuff;
+  if nBufferLength > Cardinal(Length(WideBuff)) then begin
+    // normal
+    Result := Length(WideBuff);
+    WStrLCopy(lpBuffer, PWideChar(WideBuff), nBufferLength);
+  end else if (poExactCopy in Options) then begin
+    // exact
+    Result := nBufferLength;
+    _ExactStrCopyW(lpBuffer, PWideChar(WideBuff), nBufferLength);
+  end else begin
+    // other
+    if (poAllowDirectoryMode in Options)
+    and (nBufferLength = Cardinal(Length(WideBuff))) then begin
+      Result := Length(WideBuff) + 1;
+      WStrLCopy(lpBuffer, PWideChar(WideBuff), nBufferLength - 1);
+    end else begin
+      Result := Length(WideBuff) + 1;
+      if (nBufferLength > 0) then begin
+        if (poZeroSmallBuff in Options) then
+          lpBuffer^ := #0
+        else if (poExactCopySubPaths in Options) then
+          _ExactCopySubPaths(lpBuffer, PWideChar(WideBuff), nBufferLength);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function _HandleStringLengthResult(nBufferLength: DWORD; lpBuffer: PWideChar; const AnsiBuff: AnsiString; Options: TPathLengthResultOptions): Integer;
+var
+  WideBuff: WideString;
+begin
+  WideBuff := AnsiBuff;
+  if nBufferLength >= Cardinal(Length(WideBuff)) then begin
+    // normal
+    Result := Length(WideBuff);
+    WStrLCopy(lpBuffer, PWideChar(WideBuff), nBufferLength);
+  end else if nBufferLength = 0 then
+    Result := Length(WideBuff)
+  else
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//-------------------------------------------
+
+function Tnt_RemoveDirectoryW(lpPathName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := RemoveDirectoryW{TNT-ALLOW RemoveDirectoryW}(PWideChar(lpPathName))
+  else
+    Result := RemoveDirectoryA{TNT-ALLOW RemoveDirectoryA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpPathName)));
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetShortPathNameW(lpszLongPath: PWideChar; lpszShortPath: PWideChar;
+  cchBuffer: DWORD): DWORD;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetShortPathNameW{TNT-ALLOW GetShortPathNameW}(lpszLongPath, lpszShortPath, cchBuffer)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH * 2);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetShortPathNameA{TNT-ALLOW GetShortPathNameA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpszLongPath)),
+      PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), Length(AnsiBuff)));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(cchBuffer, lpszShortPath, AnsiBuff, [poExactCopySubPaths]);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetFullPathNameW(lpFileName: PWideChar; nBufferLength: DWORD;
+  lpBuffer: PWideChar; var lpFilePart: PWideChar): DWORD;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+  AnsiFilePart: PAnsiChar;
+  AnsiLeadingChars: Integer;
+  WideLeadingChars: Integer;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetFullPathNameW{TNT-ALLOW GetFullPathNameW}(lpFileName, nBufferLength, lpBuffer, lpFilePart)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH * 2);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetFullPathNameA{TNT-ALLOW GetFullPathNameA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileName)),
+      Length(AnsiBuff), PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), AnsiFilePart));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(nBufferLength, lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, [poZeroSmallBuff]);
+    // deal w/ lpFilePart
+    if (AnsiFilePart = nil) or (nBufferLength < Result) then
+      lpFilePart := nil
+    else begin
+      AnsiLeadingChars := AnsiFilePart - PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff);
+      WideLeadingChars := Length(WideString(Copy(AnsiBuff, 1, AnsiLeadingChars)));
+      lpFilePart := lpBuffer + WideLeadingChars;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CreateFileW(lpFileName: PWideChar; dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode: DWORD;
+  lpSecurityAttributes: PSecurityAttributes; dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes: DWORD;
+    hTemplateFile: THandle): THandle;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CreateFileW{TNT-ALLOW CreateFileW}(lpFileName, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode,
+      lpSecurityAttributes, dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes, hTemplateFile)
+  else
+    Result := CreateFileA{TNT-ALLOW CreateFileA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileName)), dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode,
+      lpSecurityAttributes, dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes, hTemplateFile)
+end;
+
+function Tnt_FindFirstFileW(lpFileName: PWideChar; var lpFindFileData: TWIN32FindDataW): THandle;
+var
+  Ansi_lpFindFileData: TWIN32FindDataA;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := FindFirstFileW{TNT-ALLOW FindFirstFileW}(lpFileName, lpFindFileData)
+  else begin
+    Result := FindFirstFileA{TNT-ALLOW FindFirstFileA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileName)),
+      Ansi_lpFindFileData);
+    if Result <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+      _MakeWideWin32FindData(lpFindFileData, Ansi_lpFindFileData);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_FindNextFileW(hFindFile: THandle; var lpFindFileData: TWIN32FindDataW): BOOL;
+var
+  Ansi_lpFindFileData: TWIN32FindDataA;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := FindNextFileW{TNT-ALLOW FindNextFileW}(hFindFile, lpFindFileData)
+  else begin
+    Result := FindNextFileA{TNT-ALLOW FindNextFileA}(hFindFile, Ansi_lpFindFileData);
+    if Result then
+      _MakeWideWin32FindData(lpFindFileData, Ansi_lpFindFileData);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetFileAttributesW(lpFileName: PWideChar): DWORD;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetFileAttributesW{TNT-ALLOW GetFileAttributesW}(lpFileName)
+  else
+    Result := GetFileAttributesA{TNT-ALLOW GetFileAttributesA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileName)));
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SetFileAttributesW(lpFileName: PWideChar; dwFileAttributes: DWORD): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := SetFileAttributesW{TNT-ALLOW SetFileAttributesW}(lpFileName, dwFileAttributes)
+  else
+    Result := SetFileAttributesA{TNT-ALLOW SetFileAttributesA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileName)), dwFileAttributes);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CreateDirectoryW(lpPathName: PWideChar;
+  lpSecurityAttributes: PSecurityAttributes): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CreateDirectoryW{TNT-ALLOW CreateDirectoryW}(lpPathName, lpSecurityAttributes)
+  else
+    Result := CreateDirectoryA{TNT-ALLOW CreateDirectoryA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpPathName)), lpSecurityAttributes);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_MoveFileW(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := MoveFileW{TNT-ALLOW MoveFileW}(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName)
+  else
+    Result := MoveFileA{TNT-ALLOW MoveFileA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpExistingFileName)), PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpNewFileName)));
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CopyFileW(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName: PWideChar; bFailIfExists: BOOL): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CopyFileW{TNT-ALLOW CopyFileW}(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, bFailIfExists)
+  else
+    Result := CopyFileA{TNT-ALLOW CopyFileA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpExistingFileName)),
+      PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpNewFileName)), bFailIfExists);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_DeleteFileW(lpFileName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := DeleteFileW{TNT-ALLOW DeleteFileW}(lpFileName)
+  else
+    Result := DeleteFileA{TNT-ALLOW DeleteFileA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileName)));
+end;
+
+function Tnt_DrawTextW(hDC: HDC; lpString: PWideChar; nCount: Integer;
+  var lpRect: TRect; uFormat: UINT): Integer;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := DrawTextW{TNT-ALLOW DrawTextW}(hDC, lpString, nCount, lpRect, uFormat)
+  else
+    Result := DrawTextA{TNT-ALLOW DrawTextA}(hDC,
+      PAnsiChar(AnsiString(_WStr(lpString, nCount))), -1, lpRect, uFormat);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetDiskFreeSpaceW(lpRootPathName: PWideChar; var lpSectorsPerCluster,
+  lpBytesPerSector, lpNumberOfFreeClusters, lpTotalNumberOfClusters: DWORD): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetDiskFreeSpaceW{TNT-ALLOW GetDiskFreeSpaceW}(lpRootPathName,
+      lpSectorsPerCluster, lpBytesPerSector, lpNumberOfFreeClusters, lpTotalNumberOfClusters)
+  else
+    Result := GetDiskFreeSpaceA{TNT-ALLOW GetDiskFreeSpaceA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpRootPathName)),
+      lpSectorsPerCluster, lpBytesPerSector, lpNumberOfFreeClusters, lpTotalNumberOfClusters)
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetVolumeInformationW(lpRootPathName: PWideChar; lpVolumeNameBuffer: PWideChar;
+  nVolumeNameSize: DWORD; lpVolumeSerialNumber: PDWORD;
+    var lpMaximumComponentLength, lpFileSystemFlags: DWORD; lpFileSystemNameBuffer: PWideChar;
+      nFileSystemNameSize: DWORD): BOOL;
+var
+  AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer: AnsiString;
+  AnsiVolumeNameBuffer: AnsiString;
+  AnsiBuffLen: DWORD;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetVolumeInformationW{TNT-ALLOW GetVolumeInformationW}(lpRootPathName, lpVolumeNameBuffer, nVolumeNameSize, lpVolumeSerialNumber, lpMaximumComponentLength, lpFileSystemFlags, lpFileSystemNameBuffer, nFileSystemNameSize)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiVolumeNameBuffer, MAX_COMPUTERNAME_LENGTH + 1);
+    SetLength(AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer, MAX_COMPUTERNAME_LENGTH + 1);
+    AnsiBuffLen := Length(AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer);
+    Result := GetVolumeInformationA{TNT-ALLOW GetVolumeInformationA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpRootPathName)), PAnsiChar(AnsiVolumeNameBuffer), AnsiBuffLen, lpVolumeSerialNumber, lpMaximumComponentLength, lpFileSystemFlags, PAnsiChar(AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer), AnsiBuffLen);
+    if Result then begin
+      SetLength(AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer, AnsiBuffLen);
+      if (nFileSystemNameSize <= AnsiBuffLen) or (Length(AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer) = 0) then
+        Result := False
+      else begin
+        WStrPLCopy(lpFileSystemNameBuffer, AnsiFileSystemNameBuffer, nFileSystemNameSize);
+        WStrPLCopy(lpVolumeNameBuffer, AnsiVolumeNameBuffer, nVolumeNameSize);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetModuleFileNameW(hModule: HINST; lpFilename: PWideChar; nSize: DWORD): DWORD;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetModuleFileNameW{TNT-ALLOW GetModuleFileNameW}(hModule, lpFilename, nSize)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetModuleFileNameA{TNT-ALLOW GetModuleFileNameA}(hModule, PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), Length(AnsiBuff)));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(nSize, lpFilename, AnsiBuff, [poExactCopy]);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetTempPathW(nBufferLength: DWORD; lpBuffer: PWideChar): DWORD;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetTempPathW{TNT-ALLOW GetTempPathW}(nBufferLength, lpBuffer)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetTempPathA{TNT-ALLOW GetTempPathA}(Length(AnsiBuff), PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff)));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(nBufferLength, lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, [poAllowDirectoryMode, poZeroSmallBuff]);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetTempFileNameW(lpPathName, lpPrefixString: PWideChar; uUnique: UINT;
+  lpTempFileName: PWideChar): UINT;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetTempFileNameW{TNT-ALLOW GetTempFileNameW}(lpPathName, lpPrefixString, uUnique, lpTempFileName)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH);
+    Result := GetTempFileNameA{TNT-ALLOW GetTempFileNameA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpPathName)), PAnsiChar(lpPrefixString), uUnique, PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff));
+    AnsiBuff := PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff);
+    _HandlePathLengthResult(MAX_PATH, lpTempFileName, AnsiBuff, [poZeroSmallBuff]);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetWindowsDirectoryW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; uSize: UINT): UINT;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetWindowsDirectoryW{TNT-ALLOW GetWindowsDirectoryW}(lpBuffer, uSize)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetWindowsDirectoryA{TNT-ALLOW GetWindowsDirectoryA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), Length(AnsiBuff)));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(uSize, lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, []);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetSystemDirectoryW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; uSize: UINT): UINT;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetSystemDirectoryW{TNT-ALLOW GetSystemDirectoryW}(lpBuffer, uSize)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetSystemDirectoryA{TNT-ALLOW GetSystemDirectoryA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), Length(AnsiBuff)));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(uSize, lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, []);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetCurrentDirectoryW(nBufferLength: DWORD; lpBuffer: PWideChar): DWORD;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetCurrentDirectoryW{TNT-ALLOW GetCurrentDirectoryW}(nBufferLength, lpBuffer)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_PATH);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetCurrentDirectoryA{TNT-ALLOW GetCurrentDirectoryA}(Length(AnsiBuff), PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff)));
+    Result := _HandlePathLengthResult(nBufferLength, lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, [poAllowDirectoryMode, poZeroSmallBuff]);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SetCurrentDirectoryW(lpPathName: PWideChar): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := SetCurrentDirectoryW{TNT-ALLOW SetCurrentDirectoryW}(lpPathName)
+  else
+    Result := SetCurrentDirectoryA{TNT-ALLOW SetCurrentDirectoryA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpPathName)));
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetComputerNameW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; var nSize: DWORD): BOOL;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+  AnsiBuffLen: DWORD;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetComputerNameW{TNT-ALLOW GetComputerNameW}(lpBuffer, nSize)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_COMPUTERNAME_LENGTH + 1);
+    AnsiBuffLen := Length(AnsiBuff);
+    Result := GetComputerNameA{TNT-ALLOW GetComputerNameA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), AnsiBuffLen);
+    if Result then begin
+      SetLength(AnsiBuff, AnsiBuffLen);
+      if (nSize <= AnsiBuffLen) or (Length(AnsiBuff) = 0) then begin
+        nSize := AnsiBuffLen + 1;
+        Result := False;
+      end else begin
+        WStrPLCopy(lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, nSize);
+        nSize := WStrLen(lpBuffer);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetUserNameW(lpBuffer: PWideChar; var nSize: DWORD): BOOL;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+  AnsiBuffLen: DWORD;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetUserNameW{TNT-ALLOW GetUserNameW}(lpBuffer, nSize)
+  else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, 255);
+    AnsiBuffLen := Length(AnsiBuff);
+    Result := GetUserNameA{TNT-ALLOW GetUserNameA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), AnsiBuffLen);
+    if Result then begin
+      SetLength(AnsiBuff, AnsiBuffLen);
+      if (nSize <= AnsiBuffLen) or (Length(AnsiBuff) = 0) then begin
+        nSize := AnsiBuffLen + 1;
+        Result := False;
+      end else begin
+        WStrPLCopy(lpBuffer, AnsiBuff, nSize);
+        nSize := WStrLen(lpBuffer);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_ShellExecuteW(hWnd: HWND; Operation, FileName, Parameters,
+  Directory: PWideChar; ShowCmd: Integer): HINST;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := ShellExecuteW{TNT-ALLOW ShellExecuteW}(hWnd, _PWideCharWithNil(WideString(Operation)),
+      FileName, Parameters,
+        Directory, ShowCmd)
+  else begin
+    Result := ShellExecuteA{TNT-ALLOW ShellExecuteA}(hWnd, _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(Operation)),
+      _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(FileName)), _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(Parameters)),
+        _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(Directory)), ShowCmd)
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_LoadLibraryW(lpLibFileName: PWideChar): HMODULE;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := LoadLibraryW{TNT-ALLOW LoadLibraryW}(lpLibFileName)
+  else
+    Result := LoadLibraryA{TNT-ALLOW LoadLibraryA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpLibFileName)));
+end;
+
+function Tnt_LoadLibraryExW(lpLibFileName: PWideChar; hFile: THandle; dwFlags: DWORD): HMODULE;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := LoadLibraryExW{TNT-ALLOW LoadLibraryExW}(lpLibFileName, hFile, dwFlags)
+  else
+    Result := LoadLibraryExA{TNT-ALLOW LoadLibraryExA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpLibFileName)), hFile, dwFlags);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CreateProcessW(lpApplicationName: PWideChar; lpCommandLine: PWideChar;
+  lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes: PSecurityAttributes;
+    bInheritHandles: BOOL; dwCreationFlags: DWORD; lpEnvironment: Pointer;
+      lpCurrentDirectory: PWideChar; const lpStartupInfo: TStartupInfoW;
+        var lpProcessInformation: TProcessInformation): BOOL;
+var
+  AnsiStartupInfo: TStartupInfoA;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then begin
+    Result := CreateProcessW{TNT-ALLOW CreateProcessW}(lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine,
+      lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes, bInheritHandles, dwCreationFlags, lpEnvironment,
+        lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation)
+  end else begin
+    CopyMemory(@AnsiStartupInfo, @lpStartupInfo, SizeOf(TStartupInfo));
+    AnsiStartupInfo.lpReserved := _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(lpStartupInfo.lpReserved));
+    AnsiStartupInfo.lpDesktop := _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(lpStartupInfo.lpDesktop));
+    AnsiStartupInfo.lpTitle := _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(lpStartupInfo.lpTitle));
+    Result := CreateProcessA{TNT-ALLOW CreateProcessA}(_PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(lpApplicationName)),
+      _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(lpCommandLine)),
+        lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes, bInheritHandles, dwCreationFlags, lpEnvironment,
+          _PAnsiCharWithNil(AnsiString(lpCurrentDirectory)), AnsiStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetCurrencyFormatW(Locale: LCID; dwFlags: DWORD; lpValue: PWideChar;
+  lpFormat: PCurrencyFmtW; lpCurrencyStr: PWideChar; cchCurrency: Integer): Integer;
+const
+  MAX_ANSI_BUFF_SIZE = 64; // can a currency string actually be larger?
+var
+  AnsiFormat: TCurrencyFmtA;
+  PAnsiFormat: PCurrencyFmtA;
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetCurrencyFormatW{TNT-ALLOW GetCurrencyFormatW}(Locale, dwFlags, lpValue,
+        {$IFNDEF FPC} lpFormat {$ELSE} PCurrencyFmt(lpFormat) {$ENDIF},
+        lpCurrencyStr, cchCurrency)
+  else begin
+    if lpFormat = nil then
+      PAnsiFormat := nil
+    else begin
+      ZeroMemory(@AnsiFormat, SizeOf(AnsiFormat));
+      AnsiFormat.NumDigits        := lpFormat.NumDigits;
+      AnsiFormat.LeadingZero      := lpFormat.LeadingZero;
+      AnsiFormat.Grouping         := lpFormat.Grouping;
+      AnsiFormat.lpDecimalSep     := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFormat.lpDecimalSep));
+      AnsiFormat.lpThousandSep    := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFormat.lpThousandSep));
+      AnsiFormat.NegativeOrder    := lpFormat.NegativeOrder;
+      AnsiFormat.PositiveOrder    := lpFormat.PositiveOrder;
+      AnsiFormat.lpCurrencySymbol := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFormat.lpCurrencySymbol));
+      PAnsiFormat := @AnsiFormat;
+    end;
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, MAX_ANSI_BUFF_SIZE);
+    SetLength(AnsiBuff, GetCurrencyFormatA{TNT-ALLOW GetCurrencyFormatA}(Locale, dwFlags,
+      PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpValue)), PAnsiFormat, PAnsiChar(AnsiBuff), MAX_ANSI_BUFF_SIZE));
+    Result := _HandleStringLengthResult(cchCurrency, lpCurrencyStr, AnsiBuff, []);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CompareStringW(Locale: LCID; dwCmpFlags: DWORD; lpString1: PWideChar;
+  cchCount1: Integer; lpString2: PWideChar; cchCount2: Integer): Integer;
+var
+  WideStr1, WideStr2: WideString;
+  AnsiStr1, AnsiStr2: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CompareStringW{TNT-ALLOW CompareStringW}(Locale, dwCmpFlags, lpString1, cchCount1, lpString2, cchCount2)
+  else begin
+    WideStr1 := _WStr(lpString1, cchCount1);
+    WideStr2 := _WStr(lpString2, cchCount2);
+    if (dwCmpFlags = 0) then begin
+      // binary comparison
+      if WideStr1 < WideStr2 then
+        Result := 1
+      else if WideStr1 = WideStr2 then
+        Result := 2
+      else
+        Result := 3;
+    end else begin
+      AnsiStr1 := WideStr1;
+      AnsiStr2 := WideStr2;
+      Result := CompareStringA{TNT-ALLOW CompareStringA}(Locale, dwCmpFlags,
+        PAnsiChar(AnsiStr1), -1, PAnsiChar(AnsiStr2), -1);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CharUpperW(lpsz: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+var
+  AStr: AnsiString;
+  WStr: WideString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CharUpperW{TNT-ALLOW CharUpperW}(lpsz)
+  else begin
+    if HiWord(Cardinal(lpsz)) = 0 then begin
+      // literal char mode
+      Result := lpsz;
+      if IsWideCharMappableToAnsi(WideChar(lpsz)) then begin
+        AStr := WideChar(lpsz); // single character may be more than one byte
+        CharUpperA{TNT-ALLOW CharUpperA}(PAnsiChar(AStr));
+        WStr := AStr; // should always be single wide char
+        if Length(WStr) = 1 then
+          Result := PWideChar(WStr[1]);
+      end
+    end else begin
+      // null-terminated string mode
+      Result := lpsz;
+      while lpsz^ <> #0 do begin
+        lpsz^ := WideChar(Tnt_CharUpperW(PWideChar(lpsz^)));
+        Inc(lpsz);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CharUpperBuffW(lpsz: PWideChar; cchLength: DWORD): DWORD;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CharUpperBuffW{TNT-ALLOW CharUpperBuffW}(lpsz, cchLength)
+  else begin
+    Result := cchLength;
+    for i := 1 to cchLength do begin
+      lpsz^ := WideChar(Tnt_CharUpperW(PWideChar(lpsz^)));
+      Inc(lpsz);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CharLowerW(lpsz: PWideChar): PWideChar;
+var
+  AStr: AnsiString;
+  WStr: WideString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CharLowerW{TNT-ALLOW CharLowerW}(lpsz)
+  else begin
+    if HiWord(Cardinal(lpsz)) = 0 then begin
+      // literal char mode
+      Result := lpsz;
+      if IsWideCharMappableToAnsi(WideChar(lpsz)) then begin
+        AStr := WideChar(lpsz); // single character may be more than one byte
+        CharLowerA{TNT-ALLOW CharLowerA}(PAnsiChar(AStr));
+        WStr := AStr; // should always be single wide char
+        if Length(WStr) = 1 then
+          Result := PWideChar(WStr[1]);
+      end
+    end else begin
+      // null-terminated string mode
+      Result := lpsz;
+      while lpsz^ <> #0 do begin
+        lpsz^ := WideChar(Tnt_CharLowerW(PWideChar(lpsz^)));
+        Inc(lpsz);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_CharLowerBuffW(lpsz: PWideChar; cchLength: DWORD): DWORD;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := CharLowerBuffW{TNT-ALLOW CharLowerBuffW}(lpsz, cchLength)
+  else begin
+    Result := cchLength;
+    for i := 1 to cchLength do begin
+      lpsz^ := WideChar(Tnt_CharLowerW(PWideChar(lpsz^)));
+      Inc(lpsz);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetStringTypeExW(Locale: LCID; dwInfoType: DWORD;
+  lpSrcStr: PWideChar; cchSrc: Integer; var lpCharType): BOOL; 
+var
+  AStr: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetStringTypeExW{TNT-ALLOW GetStringTypeExW}(Locale, dwInfoType, lpSrcStr, cchSrc, lpCharType)
+  else begin
+    AStr := _WStr(lpSrcStr, cchSrc);
+    Result := GetStringTypeExA{TNT-ALLOW GetStringTypeExA}(Locale, dwInfoType,
+      PAnsiChar(AStr), -1, lpCharType);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Win9x_LoadStringW(hInstance: HINST; uID: UINT; lpBuffer: PWideChar; nBufferMax: Integer): Integer;
+// This function originated by the WINE Project.
+//   It was translated to Pascal by Francisco Leong.
+//     It was further modified by Troy Wolbrink.
+var
+  hmem: HGLOBAL;
+  hrsrc: THandle;
+  p: PWideChar;
+  string_num, i: Integer;
+  block: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  // Netscape v3 fix...
+  if (HIWORD(uID) = $FFFF) then begin
+    uID := UINT(-(Integer(uID)));
+  end;
+  // figure block, string_num
+  block := ((uID shr 4) and $FFFF) + 1; // bits 4 - 19, mask out bits 20 - 31, inc by 1
+  string_num := uID and $000F;
+  // get handle & pointer to string block
+  hrsrc := FindResource{TNT-ALLOW FindResource}(hInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(block), RT_STRING);
+  if (hrsrc <> 0) then
+  begin
+    hmem := LoadResource(hInstance, hrsrc);
+    if (hmem <> 0) then
+    begin
+      p := LockResource(hmem);
+      // walk the block to the requested string
+      for i := 0 to string_num - 1 do begin
+        p := p + Integer(p^) + 1;
+      end;
+      Result := Integer(p^); { p points to the length of string }
+      Inc(p); { p now points to the actual string }
+      if (lpBuffer <> nil) and (nBufferMax > 0) then
+      begin
+        Result := min(nBufferMax - 1, Result); { max length to copy }
+        if (Result > 0) then begin
+          CopyMemory(lpBuffer, p, Result * sizeof(WideChar));
+        end;
+        lpBuffer[Result] := WideChar(0); { null terminate }
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_LoadStringW(hInstance: HINST; uID: UINT; lpBuffer: PWideChar; nBufferMax: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := Windows.LoadStringW{TNT-ALLOW LoadStringW}(hInstance, uID, lpBuffer, nBufferMax)
+  else
+    Result := Win9x_LoadStringW(hInstance, uID, lpBuffer, nBufferMax);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_InsertMenuItemW(hMenu: HMENU; uItem: DWORD; fByPosition: BOOL; lpmii: TMenuItemInfoW): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := InsertMenuItemW{TNT-ALLOW InsertMenuItemW}(hMenu, uItem, fByPosition,
+        {$IFDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}lpmii)
+  else begin
+    TMenuItemInfoA(lpmii).dwTypeData := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpmii.dwTypeData));
+    Result := InsertMenuItemA{TNT-ALLOW InsertMenuItemA}(hMenu, uItem, fByPosition,
+        {$IFDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}TMenuItemInfoA(lpmii));
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_ExtractIconExW(lpszFile: PWideChar; nIconIndex: Integer;
+  var phiconLarge, phiconSmall: HICON; nIcons: UINT): UINT;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := ExtractIconExW{TNT-ALLOW ExtractIconExW}(lpszFile,
+      nIconIndex, phiconLarge, phiconSmall, nIcons)
+  else
+    Result := ExtractIconExA{TNT-ALLOW ExtractIconExA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpszFile)),
+      nIconIndex, phiconLarge, phiconSmall, nIcons);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_ExtractAssociatedIconW(hInst: HINST; lpIconPath: PWideChar;
+  var lpiIcon: Word): HICON;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := ExtractAssociatedIconW{TNT-ALLOW ExtractAssociatedIconW}(hInst,
+      lpIconPath, {$IFDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}lpiIcon)
+  else
+    Result := ExtractAssociatedIconA{TNT-ALLOW ExtractAssociatedIconA}(hInst,
+      PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpIconPath)), {$IFDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}lpiIcon)
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetFileVersionInfoSizeW(lptstrFilename: PWideChar; var lpdwHandle: DWORD): DWORD;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetFileVersionInfoSizeW{TNT-ALLOW GetFileVersionInfoSizeW}(lptstrFilename, lpdwHandle)
+  else
+    Result := GetFileVersionInfoSizeA{TNT-ALLOW GetFileVersionInfoSizeA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lptstrFilename)), lpdwHandle);
+end;
+
+function Tnt_GetFileVersionInfoW(lptstrFilename: PWideChar; dwHandle, dwLen: DWORD;
+  lpData: Pointer): BOOL;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := GetFileVersionInfoW{TNT-ALLOW GetFileVersionInfoW}(lptstrFilename, dwHandle, dwLen, lpData)
+  else
+    Result := GetFileVersionInfoA{TNT-ALLOW GetFileVersionInfoA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lptstrFilename)), dwHandle, dwLen, lpData);
+end;
+
+var
+  Last_VerQueryValue_String: WideString;
+
+function Tnt_VerQueryValueW(pBlock: Pointer; lpSubBlock: PWideChar;
+  var lplpBuffer: Pointer; var puLen: UINT): BOOL;
+var
+  AnsiBuff: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    Result := VerQueryValueW{TNT-ALLOW VerQueryValueW}(pBlock, lpSubBlock, lplpBuffer, puLen)
+  else begin
+    Result := VerQueryValueA{TNT-ALLOW VerQueryValueA}(pBlock, PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpSubBlock)), lplpBuffer, puLen);
+    if WideTextPos(VQV_STRINGFILEINFO, lpSubBlock) <> 1 then
+    else begin
+      {  /StringFileInfo, convert ansi result to unicode }
+      SetString(AnsiBuff, PAnsiChar(lplpBuffer), puLen);
+      Last_VerQueryValue_String := AnsiBuff;
+      lplpBuffer := PWideChar(Last_VerQueryValue_String);
+      puLen := Length(Last_VerQueryValue_String);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  Wide functions from Shell32.dll should be loaded dynamically (no stub on early Win95)
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type
+  TSHFileOperationW = function(var lpFileOp: TSHFileOpStructW): Integer; stdcall;
+  TSHBrowseForFolderW = function(var lpbi: TBrowseInfoW): PItemIDList; stdcall;
+  TSHGetPathFromIDListW = function(pidl: PItemIDList; pszPath: PWideChar): BOOL; stdcall;
+  TSHGetFileInfoW = function(pszPath: PWideChar; dwFileAttributes: DWORD;
+    var psfi: TSHFileInfoW; cbFileInfo, uFlags: UINT): DWORD; stdcall;
+
+var
+  Safe_SHFileOperationW: TSHFileOperationW = nil;
+  Safe_SHBrowseForFolderW: TSHBrowseForFolderW = nil;
+  Safe_SHGetPathFromIDListW: TSHGetPathFromIDListW = nil;
+  Safe_SHGetFileInfoW: TSHGetFileInfoW = nil;
+
+var Shell32DLL: HModule = 0;
+
+procedure LoadWideShell32Procs;
+begin
+  if Shell32DLL = 0 then begin
+    Shell32DLL := WinCheckH(Tnt_LoadLibraryW('shell32.dll'));
+    Safe_SHFileOperationW := WinCheckP(GetProcAddress(Shell32DLL, 'SHFileOperationW'));
+    Safe_SHBrowseForFolderW := WinCheckP(GetProcAddress(Shell32DLL, 'SHBrowseForFolderW'));
+    Safe_SHGetPathFromIDListW := WinCheckP(GetProcAddress(Shell32DLL, 'SHGetPathFromIDListW'));
+    Safe_SHGetFileInfoW := WinCheckP(GetProcAddress(Shell32DLL, 'SHGetFileInfoW'));
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SHFileOperationW(var lpFileOp: TSHFileOpStructW): Integer;
+var
+  AnsiFileOp: TSHFileOpStructA;
+  MapCount: Integer;
+  PAnsiMap: PSHNameMappingA;
+  PWideMap: PSHNameMappingW;
+  OldPath: WideString;
+  NewPath: WideString;
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then begin
+    LoadWideShell32Procs;
+    Result := Safe_SHFileOperationW(lpFileOp);
+  end else begin
+    AnsiFileOp := TSHFileOpStructA(lpFileOp);
+    // convert PChar -> PWideChar
+    if lpFileOp.pFrom = nil then
+      AnsiFileOp.pFrom := nil
+    else
+      AnsiFileOp.pFrom := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(ExtractStringArrayStr(lpFileOp.pFrom)));
+    if lpFileOp.pTo = nil then
+      AnsiFileOp.pTo := nil
+    else
+      AnsiFileOp.pTo := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(ExtractStringArrayStr(lpFileOp.pTo)));
+    AnsiFileOp.lpszProgressTitle := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpFileOp.lpszProgressTitle));
+    Result := SHFileOperationA{TNT-ALLOW SHFileOperationA}(
+        {$IFDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}AnsiFileOp);
+    // return struct results
+    lpFileOp.fAnyOperationsAborted := AnsiFileOp.fAnyOperationsAborted;
+    lpFileOp.hNameMappings := nil;
+    if (AnsiFileOp.hNameMappings <> nil)
+    and ((FOF_WANTMAPPINGHANDLE and AnsiFileOp.fFlags) <> 0) then begin
+      // alloc mem
+      MapCount := PSHNameMappingHeaderA(AnsiFileOp.hNameMappings).cNumOfMappings;
+      lpFileOp.hNameMappings :=
+        AllocMem(SizeOf({hNameMappings}Cardinal) + SizeOf(TSHNameMappingW) * MapCount);
+      PSHNameMappingHeaderW(lpFileOp.hNameMappings).cNumOfMappings := MapCount;
+      // init pointers
+      PAnsiMap := PSHNameMappingHeaderA(AnsiFileOp.hNameMappings).lpNM;
+      PWideMap := PSHNameMappingHeaderW(lpFileOp.hNameMappings).lpNM;
+      for i := 1 to MapCount do begin
+        // old path
+        OldPath := Copy(PAnsiMap.pszOldPath, 1, PAnsiMap.cchOldPath);
+        PWideMap.pszOldPath := WStrNew(PWideChar(OldPath));
+        PWideMap.cchOldPath := WStrLen(PWideMap.pszOldPath);
+        // new path
+        NewPath := Copy(PAnsiMap.pszNewPath, 1, PAnsiMap.cchNewPath);
+        PWideMap.pszNewPath := WStrNew(PWideChar(NewPath));
+        PWideMap.cchNewPath := WStrLen(PWideMap.pszNewPath);
+        // next record
+        Inc(PAnsiMap);
+        Inc(PWideMap);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure Tnt_SHFreeNameMappings(hNameMappings: THandle);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  MapCount: Integer;
+  PWideMap: PSHNameMappingW;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then
+    SHFreeNameMappings{TNT-ALLOW SHFreeNameMappings}(hNameMappings)
+  else begin
+    // free strings
+    MapCount := PSHNameMappingHeaderW(hNameMappings).cNumOfMappings;
+    PWideMap := PSHNameMappingHeaderW(hNameMappings).lpNM;
+    for i := 1 to MapCount do begin
+      WStrDispose(PWideMap.pszOldPath);
+      WStrDispose(PWideMap.pszNewPath);
+      Inc(PWideMap);
+    end;
+    // free struct
+    FreeMem(Pointer(hNameMappings));
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SHBrowseForFolderW(var lpbi: TBrowseInfoW): PItemIDList;
+var
+  AnsiInfo: TBrowseInfoA;
+  AnsiBuffer: array[0..MAX_PATH] of AnsiChar;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then begin
+    LoadWideShell32Procs;
+    Result := Safe_SHBrowseForFolderW(lpbi);
+  end else begin
+    AnsiInfo := TBrowseInfoA(lpbi);
+    AnsiInfo.lpszTitle := PAnsiChar(AnsiString(lpbi.lpszTitle));
+    if lpbi.pszDisplayName <> nil then
+      AnsiInfo.pszDisplayName := AnsiBuffer;
+    Result := SHBrowseForFolderA{TNT-ALLOW SHBrowseForFolderA}(
+        {$IFDEF FPC}@{$ENDIF}AnsiInfo);
+    if lpbi.pszDisplayName <> nil then
+      WStrPCopy(lpbi.pszDisplayName, AnsiInfo.pszDisplayName);
+    lpbi.iImage := AnsiInfo.iImage;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SHGetPathFromIDListW(pidl: PItemIDList; pszPath: PWideChar): BOOL;
+var
+  AnsiPath: AnsiString;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then begin
+    LoadWideShell32Procs;
+    Result := Safe_SHGetPathFromIDListW(pidl, pszPath);
+  end else begin
+    SetLength(AnsiPath, MAX_PATH);
+    Result := SHGetPathFromIDListA{TNT-ALLOW SHGetPathFromIDListA}(pidl, PAnsiChar(AnsiPath));
+    if Result then
+      WStrPCopy(pszPath, PAnsiChar(AnsiPath))
+  end;
+end;
+
+function Tnt_SHGetFileInfoW(pszPath: PWideChar; dwFileAttributes: DWORD;
+  var psfi: TSHFileInfoW; cbFileInfo, uFlags: UINT): DWORD;
+var
+  SHFileInfoA: TSHFileInfoA;
+begin
+  if Win32PlatformIsUnicode then begin
+    LoadWideShell32Procs;
+    Result := Safe_SHGetFileInfoW(pszPath, dwFileAttributes, psfi, cbFileInfo, uFlags)
+  end else begin
+    Result := SHGetFileInfoA{TNT-ALLOW SHGetFileInfoA}(PAnsiChar(AnsiString(pszPath)),
+      dwFileAttributes, SHFileInfoA, SizeOf(TSHFileInfoA), uFlags);
+    // update pfsi...
+    ZeroMemory(@psfi, SizeOf(TSHFileInfoW));
+    psfi.hIcon := SHFileInfoA.hIcon;
+    psfi.iIcon := SHFileInfoA.iIcon;
+    psfi.dwAttributes := SHFileInfoA.dwAttributes;
+    WStrPLCopy(psfi.szDisplayName, SHFileInfoA.szDisplayName, MAX_PATH);
+    WStrPLCopy(psfi.szTypeName, SHFileInfoA.szTypeName, 80);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+function Tnt_Is_IntResource(ResStr: LPCWSTR): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := HiWord(Cardinal(ResStr)) = 0;
+end;
+
+function LANGIDFROMLCID(lcid: LCID): WORD;
+begin
+  Result := LoWord(lcid);
+end;
+
+function MAKELANGID(usPrimaryLanguage, usSubLanguage: WORD): WORD;
+begin
+  Result := (usSubLanguage shl 10) or usPrimaryLanguage;
+end;
+
+function MAKELCID(wLanguageID: WORD; wSortID: WORD = SORT_DEFAULT): LCID;
+begin
+  Result := MakeLong(wLanguageID, wSortID);
+end;
+
+function PRIMARYLANGID(lgid: WORD): WORD;
+begin
+  Result := lgid and $03FF;
+end;
+
+function SORTIDFROMLCID(lcid: LCID): WORD;
+begin
+  Result := HiWord(lcid);
+end;
+
+function SUBLANGID(lgid: WORD): WORD;
+begin
+  Result := lgid shr 10;
+end;
+
+initialization
+
+finalization
+  if Shell32DLL <> 0 then
+    FreeLibrary(Shell32DLL);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/bass/bass.chm b/src/lib/bass/bass.chm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8071fb0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/bass/bass.chm
diff --git a/src/lib/bass/bass.txt b/src/lib/bass/bass.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..381519e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/bass/bass.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1734 @@
+BASS 2.4
+Copyright (c) 1999-2009 Un4seen Developments Ltd. All rights reserved.
+
+Files that you should have found in the BASS package
+====================================================
+Win32 version
+-------------
+BASS.TXT        This file
+BASS.DLL        The BASS module
+BASS.CHM        BASS documentation
+MP3-FREE
+  BASS.DLL        BASS module using the Windows MP3 decoder
+C\              C/C++ API and examples...
+  BASS.H          BASS C/C++ header file
+  BASS.LIB        BASS import library
+  BASS.DSW        Visual C++ workspace for examples
+  MAKEFILE        Makefile for all examples
+  MAKEFILE.IN     Makefile helper macros
+  3DTEST\         3D/EAX example
+    3DTEST.C
+    3DTEST.RC
+    3DTEST.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  BASSTEST\       Simple playback example
+    BASSTEST.C
+    BASSTEST.RC
+    BASSTEST.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  CONTEST\        Console example
+    CONTEST.C
+    CONTEST.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  CUSTLOOP\       Custom looping example
+    CUSTLOOP.C
+    CUSTLOOP.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  DSPTEST\        DSP example
+    DSPTEST.C
+    DSPTEST.RC
+    DSPTEST.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  FXTEST\         DX8 effect example
+    FXTEST.C
+    FXTEST.RC
+    FXTEST.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  LIVEFX\         Full-duplex example
+    LIVEFX.C
+    LIVEFX.RC
+    LIVEFX.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  LIVESPEC\       "Live" version of spectrum analyser example
+    LIVESPEC.C
+    LIVESPEC.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  MULTI\          Multiple device example
+    MULTI.C
+    MULTI.RC
+    MULTI.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  NETRADIO\       Internet streaming example
+    NETRADIO.C
+    NETRADIO.RC
+    NETRADIO.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  PLUGINS\        Plugins example
+    PLUGINS.C
+    PLUGINS.RC
+    PLUGINS.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  RECTEST\        Recording example
+    RECTEST.C
+    RECTEST.RC
+    RECTEST.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  SPEAKERS\       Multi-speaker example
+    SPEAKERS.C
+    SPEAKERS.RC
+    SPEAKERS.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  SPECTRUM\       Spectrum analyser example
+    SPECTRUM.C
+    SPECTRUM.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  SYNTH\          Synth example
+    SYNTH.C
+    SYNTH.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  WRITEWAV\       WAVE writer example
+    WRITEWAV.C
+    WRITEWAV.DSP
+    MAKEFILE
+  BIN\            Precompiled examples
+    3DTEST.EXE
+    BASSTEST.EXE
+    CONTEST.EXE
+    CUSTLOOP.EXE
+    DSPTEST.EXE
+    FXTEST.EXE
+    LIVEFX.EXE
+    LIVESPEC.EXE
+    MULTI.EXE
+    NETRADIO.EXE
+    RECTEST.EXE
+    SPEAKERS.EXE
+    SPECTRUM.EXE
+    SYNTH.EXE
+    WRITEWAV.EXE
+VB\             Visual Basic API and examples...
+  BASS.BAS        BASS Visual Basic module
+  3DTEST\         3D/EAX example
+    PRJ3DTEST.VBP
+    PRJ3DTEST.FRM
+    PRJDEVICE.FRM
+  BASSTEST\       Simple playback example
+    PRJBASSTEST.VBP
+    FRMBASSTEST.FRM
+  CUSTLOOP\       Custom looping example
+    PRJCUSTLOOP.VBP
+    FRMCUSTLOOP.FRM
+    MODCUSTLOOP.BAS
+  DSPTEST\        DSP example
+    PRJDSPTEST.VBP
+    FRMDSPTEST.FRM
+    MODDSPTEST.BAS
+  FXTEST\         DX8 effect example
+    PRJFXTEST.VBP
+    FRMFXTEST.FRM
+  LIVEFX\         Full-duplex example
+    PRJLIVEFX.VBP
+    FRMLIVEFX.FRM
+    MODLIVEFX.BAS
+  LIVESPEC\       "Live" version of spectrum analyser example
+    PRJLIVESPEC.VBP
+    FRMLIVESPEC.FRM
+    MODLIVESPEC.BAS
+  MULTI\          Multiple device example
+    PRJMULTI.VBP
+    FRMMULTI.FRM
+    FRMDEVICE.FRM
+  NETRADIO\       Internet streaming example
+    PRJNETRADIO.VBP
+    FRMNETRADIO.FRM
+    MODNETRADIO.BAS
+    CLSFILEIO.CLS
+  PLUGINS\        Plugins example
+    PRJPLUGINS.VBP
+    FRMPLUGINS.FRM
+  RECTEST\        Recording example
+    PRJRECTEST.VBP
+    FRMRECTEST.FRM
+    MODRECTEST.BAS
+  SPEAKERS\       Multi-speaker example
+    PRJSPEAKERS.VBP
+    FRMSPEAKERS.FRM
+  SPECTRUM\       Spectrum analyser example
+    PRJSPECTRUM.VBP
+    FRMSPECTRUM.FRM
+    MODSPECTRUM.BAS
+  SYNTH\          Synth example
+    PRJSYNTH.VBP
+    FRMSYNTH.FRM
+    MODSYNTH.BAS
+  WRITEWAV\       WAVE writer example
+    PRJWRITEWAVE.VBP
+    PRJWRITEWAVE.FRM
+  MEMORY\         Playing from memory example by Jobnik
+    PRJMEMORY.VBP
+    FRMMEMORY.FRM
+    SYNCTEST.BAS
+    CBASS_TIME.CLS
+DELPHI\         Delphi API and examples...
+  BASS.PAS        BASS Delphi unit
+  3DTEST\         3D/EAX example
+    D3TEST.DPR
+    DTMAIN.PAS
+    DTMAIN.DFM
+    DTSELECT.PAS
+    DTSELECT.DFM
+  BASSTEST\       Simple playback example
+    BASSTEST.DPR
+    BTMAIN.PAS
+    BTMAIN.DFM
+  CONTEST\        Console example
+    CONTEST.DPR
+  CUSTLOOP\       Custom looping example
+    CUSTLOOP.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+  DSPTEST\        DSP example
+    DSPTEST.DPR
+    DTMAIN.PAS
+    DTMAIN.DFM
+  FXTEST\         DX8 effect example
+    FXTEST.DPR
+    TEST.PAS
+    TEST.DFM
+  LIVEFX\         Full-duplex example
+    LIVEFX.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+  LIVESPEC\       "Live" version of spectrum analyser example
+    LIVESPEC.DPR
+  MULTI\          Multiple device example
+    MULTI.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+    UNIT2.PAS
+    UNIT2.DFM
+  NETRADIO\       Internet streaming example
+    NETRADIO.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+  PLUGINS\        Plugins example
+    PLUGINS.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+  RECORDTEST\     Recording example
+    RECORDTEST.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+  SAMPLEVIS\      Visualisation example
+    SAMPLEVIS.DPR
+    MAIN.PAS
+    MAIN.DFM
+    SPECTRUM_VIS.PAS
+    CIRCLE_VIS.PAS
+    OSC_VIS.PAS
+    COMMONTYPES.PAS
+  SPEAKERS\       Multi-speaker example
+    SPEAKERS.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    UNIT1.DFM
+  SPECTRUM\       Spectrum analyser example
+    SPECTRUM.DPR
+    UNIT1.PAS
+    COMMON.INC
+  STREAMTEST\     User stream example
+    STREAMTEST.DPR
+    STMAIN.PAS
+    STMAIN.DFM
+  WRITEWAV\       WAVE writer example
+    WRITEWAV.DPR
+    UNITMAIN.PAS
+    UNITMAIN.DFM
+  DYNAMIC\        Dynamic-loading Delphi API
+    DYNAMIC_BASS.PAS  Dynamic-loading Delphi unit
+MASM\           MASM API and examples...
+  BASS.INC        BASS MASM include file
+  PLAYER\         Example MOD player
+    PLAYER.EXE
+    PLAYER.ASM
+    RSRC.RC
+    TOOLBAR.BMP
+    COMPILE.BAT
+
+NOTE: To run the example EXEs, first you will have to copy BASS.DLL into the
+      same directory as them.
+
+NOTE: To avoid unnecessary bloatage, the BASS DLLs are not digitally signed.
+      Signed versions are available on request (email: bass@un4seen.com).
+
+MacOSX version
+--------------
+BASS.TXT        This file
+LIBBASS.DYLIB   The BASS module
+BASS.CHM        BASS documentation
+CHMOX.APP       CHM file viewer
+BASS.H          BASS C/C++ header file
+MAKEFILE        Makefile for all examples
+MAKEFILE.IN     Makefile helper macros
+MP3-FREE
+  LIBBASS.DYLIB   BASS module using the OSX MP3 decoder
+3DTEST\         3D example
+  3DTEST.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  3DTEST.NIB
+BASSTEST\       Simple playback example
+  BASSTEST.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  BASSTEST.NIB
+CONTEST\        Console example
+  CONTEST.C
+  MAKEFILE
+CUSTLOOP\       Custom looping example
+  CUSTLOOP.C
+  MAKEFILE
+DSPTEST\        DSP example
+  DSPTEST.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  DSPTEST.NIB
+FXTEST\         DX8 effect example
+  FXTEST.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  FXTEST.NIB
+LIVESPEC\       "Live" version of spectrum analyser example
+  LIVESPEC.C
+  MAKEFILE
+MULTI\          Multiple device example
+  MULTI.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  MULTI.NIB
+NETRADIO\       Internet streaming example
+  NETRADIO.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  NETRADIO.NIB
+PLUGINS\        Plugins example
+  PLUGINS.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  PLUGINS.NIB
+RECTEST\        Recording example
+  RECTEST.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  RECTEST.NIB
+SPEAKERS\       Multi-speaker example
+  SPEAKERS.C
+  MAKEFILE
+  SPEAKERS.NIB
+SPECTRUM\       Spectrum analyser example
+  SPECTRUM.C
+  MAKEFILE
+WRITEWAV\       WAVE writer example
+  WRITEWAV.C
+  MAKEFILE
+
+
+What's the point?
+=================
+BASS is an audio library for use in Windows and MacOSX software. Its
+purpose is to provide the most powerful and efficient (yet easy to use),
+sample, stream, MOD music, and recording functions. All in a tiny DLL,
+under 100KB in size.
+
+See the documentation for descriptions of all the BASS functions. You
+should also look at the included example program source-codes for some
+examples of how to use BASS in your own programs.
+
+
+Requirements
+============
+Win32 version
+-------------
+BASS requires DirectX 3 or above for output. BASS does not require that a
+soundcard with DirectSound/DirectSound3D hardware accelerated drivers is
+installed, but it does improve performance if there is one. BASS also takes
+advantage of MMX, which improves the performance of the MOD music playback.
+
+MacOSX version
+--------------
+OSX 10.3 or above is recommended. BASS uses CoreAudio for output, so there
+are no special library/driver requirements. BASS supports both PowerPC and
+Intel Macs.
+
+
+Main Features
+=============
+* Samples
+  supports WAV/AIFF/MP3/MP2/MP1/OGG and custom generated samples
+
+* Sample streams
+  stream any sample data in 8/16/32 bit, with both "push" and "pull" systems
+
+* File streams
+  MP3/MP2/MP1/OGG/WAV/AIFF file streaming
+
+* Internet file streaming
+  stream files from the internet, including Shout/Icecast
+
+* User file streaming
+  stream files from anywhere using any delivery method
+
+* Multi-channel streaming
+  support for more than plain stereo, including multi-channel OGG/WAV/AIFF files
+
+* MOD music
+  uses the same engine as XMPlay = best accuracy, speed, and quality
+
+* MO3 music
+  MP3/OGG compressed MOD music
+
+* Add-on system
+  support for more formats is available via add-ons (aka plugins)
+
+* Multiple outputs
+  simultaneously use multiple soundcards, and move channels between them
+
+* Recording
+  flexible recording system, with support for multiple devices
+
+* Decode without playback
+  streams and MOD musics can be outputted in any way you want
+
+* Speaker assignment
+  assign streams and MOD musics to specific speakers
+
+* High precision synchronization
+  synchronize events in your software to the streams and MOD musics
+
+* DirectX 8 effects
+  chorus/compressor/distortion/echo/flanger/gargle/parameq/reverb
+
+* User defined DSP functions
+  custom effects may be applied to musics and streams
+
+* 32 bit floating-point decoding and processing
+  floating-point stream/music decoding, DSP, FX, and recording
+
+* 3D sound
+  play samples/streams/musics in any 3D position, with EAX support
+
+* Small
+  BASS is under 100KB (on Windows), so won't bloat your distribution
+
+
+Using BASS
+==========
+There is no guarantee that all future BASS versions will be compatible
+with all previous versions, so your program should use BASS_GetVersion
+to check the version that is loaded. This also means that you should
+put the BASS module in the same directory as your executable (not just
+somewhere in the path), to avoid the possibility of a wrong version being
+loaded.
+
+If you are updating your software from a previous BASS version, then
+you should check the "History" section (below), to see if any of the
+functions that you are using have been affected by a change.
+
+Win32 version
+-------------
+C/C++, Visual Basic, Delphi and MASM APIs are provided, to use BASS with
+another language you'll first have to convert the header file. Or, as a
+last resort, you could use LoadLibrary and GetProcAddress.
+
+The downside is that you have to manually import each function that you
+use, with the GetProcAddress function. But it has been made a lot simpler
+to import BASS this way by the use of the BASSDEF #define. Here's a small
+example:
+
+#define BASSDEF(f) (WINAPI *f) // define the functions as pointers
+#include "bass.h"
+...
+HINSTANCE bass=LoadLibrary("BASS.DLL"); // load BASS
+BASS_Init=GetProcAddress(bass,"BASS_Init"); // get BASS_Init
+BASS_Init(-1,44100,0,hWnd,NULL); // call BASS_Init
+
+To use BASS with Borland C++ Builder, you'll first have to create a
+Borland C++ Builder import library for it. This is done by using the
+IMPLIB tool that comes with Borland C++ Builder. Simply execute this:
+
+	IMPLIB BASSBCB.LIB BASS.DLL
+
+... and then use BASSBCB.LIB in your projects to import BASS.
+
+To use BASS with LCC-Win32, you'll first have to create a compatible
+import library for it. This is done by using the PEDUMP and BUILDLIB
+tools that come with LCC-Win32. Run these 2 commands:
+
+	PEDUMP /EXP BASS.LIB > BASSLCC.EXP
+	BUILDLIB BASSLCC.EXP BASSLCC.LIB
+
+... and then use BASSLCC.LIB in your projects to import BASS.
+
+For the BASS functions that return strings (char*), VB users should use
+the VBStrFromAnsiPtr function to convert the returned pointer into a VB
+string.
+
+MacOSX version
+--------------
+A separate "LIB" file is not required for OSX. Using XCode, you can simply
+add the DYLIB file to the project. Or using a makefile, you can build your
+programs like this, for example:
+
+	gcc yoursource -L. -lbass -o yourprog
+
+The LIBBASS.DYLIB file must be put in the same directory as the executable
+(it can't just be somewhere in the path). See the example makefiles.
+
+LIBBASS.DYLIB is a universal binary, with support for both PowerPC and
+Intel Macs. If you want PowerPC-only or Intel-only versions, the included
+makefile can create them for you, by typing "make ppc" or "make i386". It
+will also process any BASS add-ons placed in the same directory.
+
+
+Latest Version
+==============
+The latest version of BASS can always be found at the BASS website:
+
+	www.un4seen.com
+
+
+Licence
+=======
+BASS is free for non-commercial use. If you are a non-commercial entity
+(eg. an individual) and you are not charging for your product, and the
+product has no other commercial purpose, then you can use BASS in it
+for free. If you wish to use BASS in commercial products, then please
+also see the next section.
+
+TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BASS IS PROVIDED
+"AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS SHALL NOT BE HELD
+LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGE THAT MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OF BASS. YOU USE
+BASS ENTIRELY AT YOUR OWN RISK.
+
+Usage of BASS indicates that you agree to the above conditions.
+
+All trademarks and other registered names contained in the BASS
+package are the property of their respective owners.
+
+Commercial licensing
+--------------------
+BASS is available for use in your commercial products. The licence
+types available are as follows:
+
+SHAREWARE: Allows the usage of BASS in an unlimited number of your
+shareware products, which must sell for no more than 40 Euros each.
+If you are an individual (not a corporation) making and selling your
+own software (and its price is within the limit), this is the licence
+for you.
+
+SINGLE COMMERCIAL: Allows the usage of BASS in a single commercial
+product.
+
+UNLIMITED COMMERCIAL: Allows the usage of BASS in an unlimited number
+of your commercial products. This licence is on a per site basis. So
+if your company has two sites that use BASS, then two licences are
+required.
+
+Please note the products must be end-user products, eg. not components
+used by other products. 
+
+These licences only cover your own software, not the publishing of
+other's software. If you publish other's software, its developers (or
+the software itself) will need to be licensed to use BASS.
+
+These licences are on a per-platform basis, with reductions available
+when licensing for both platforms. In all cases there are no royalties
+to pay, and you can use future BASS updates without further cost. One
+licence covers one person or entity and is not transferable.
+
+These licences do not allow reselling/sublicensing of BASS. For example,
+if a product is a development system, the users of said product are not
+licensed to use BASS in their productions; they will need their own
+licences.
+
+If the standard licences do not meet your requirements, or if you have
+any questions, please get in touch (email: bass@un4seen.com).
+
+Visit the BASS website for the latest pricing:
+
+	www.un4seen.com
+
+MP3
+---
+MP3 technology is patented, and Thomson license the use of their and
+Fraunhofer's patents. The inclusion of an MP3 decoder (eg. BASS) in a
+commercial product requires an MP3 patent licence. Contact Thomson for
+details:
+
+	www.mp3licensing.com
+
+Alternatively, the "MP3-FREE" BASS version does not include its own MP3
+decoder but instead makes use of the operating system's already licensed
+decoder.
+
+NOTE: When using the OS's MP3 decoder, BASS still does the file handling
+      so all the usual features are still supported, including streaming,
+      tag reading, pre-scanning, gapless playback, etc...
+
+
+History
+=======
+These are the major (and not so major) changes at each version stage.
+There are of course bug fixes and other little improvements made along
+the way too! To make upgrading simpler, all functions affected by a
+change to the BASS interface are listed.
+
+2.4.5 - 18/12/2009
+------------------
+* Support for little-endian AIFF files
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* Support for 64-bit floating-point WAVE/AIFF files
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* Input volume retrieval failure results in a reading of -1 instead of 1
+	BASS_RecordGetInput
+	RECTEST example updated
+* Input volume support on OSX
+	BASS_RecordSetInput
+	BASS_RecordGetInput
+	RECTEST example updated
+* Fix for deferred input settings on Vista
+	BASS_RecordSetInput
+* Windows MP3 codec given preference over other installed MP3 codecs (MP3-FREE version)
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+
+2.4.4 - 13/10/2009
+------------------
+* RIFF/BWF "radio traffic" tag retrieval
+	BASS_TAG_RIFF_CART (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+	TAG_CART structure
+* Support for ID3v2 tags in RIFF/WAVE/AIFF files ("ID3 " chunk)
+	BASS_TAG_ID3V2 (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+* Pushed fractional samples are refused rather than discarded
+	BASS_StreamPutData
+* DX8 effect emulation on OSX
+	BASS_FX_DX8_CHORUS/DISTORTION/ECHO/FLANGER/PARAMEQ/REVERB (BASS_ChannelSetFX types)
+	FXTEST example added
+* UTF-16 support on OSX
+	BASS_UNICODE (BASS_StreamCreateFile/SampleLoad/MusicLoad/PluginLoad flag)
+
+2.4.3 - 8/5/2009
+----------------
+* MOD order list retrieval
+	BASS_TAG_MUSIC_ORDERS (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+* Support for ID3v2 tags in RIFF/WAVE files ("id3 " chunk)
+	BASS_TAG_ID3V2 (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+* Improved position reporting precision on Vista
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+* Length retrieval when streaming in blocks (BASS_STREAM_BLOCK)
+	BASS_ChannelGetLength
+* Support for CoreAudio codecs on OSX
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_TAG_CA_CODEC (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+	TAG_CA_CODEC structure
+* 3D algorithm option support on OSX
+	BASS_CONFIG_3DALGORITHM (BASS_SetConfig option)
+
+2.4.2 - 18/9/2008
+-----------------
+* RF64 support
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User
+* RIFF/BWF "Broadcast Audio Extension" tag retrieval
+	BASS_TAG_RIFF_BEXT (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+	TAG_BEXT structure
+* ID3v1 tag structure
+	TAG_ID3 structure
+* Multiple simultaneous recordings per device on Vista & OSX (as on XP)
+	BASS_RecordStart
+* DX8 effect parameter defaults updated/corrected in documentation
+
+2.4 - 2/4/2008
+--------------
+* "Push" streaming
+	STREAMPROC_PUSH (BASS_StreamCreate "proc")
+	BASS_StreamPutData
+	LIVEFX and MULTI examples updated
+* "Push" buffered file streaming
+	STREAMFILE_BUFFERPUSH (BASS_StreamCreateFileUser system)
+	BASS_StreamPutFileData
+* STREAMFILEPROC replaced by table of callbacks for each file operation
+	BASS_FILEPROCS (FILECLOSEPROC/FILELENPROC/FILEREADPROC/FILESEEKPROC)
+	STREAMFILEPROC *removed*
+* 64-bit file positioning
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+	BASS_StreamGetFilePosition
+* File buffer level retrieval
+	BASS_FILEPOS_BUFFER (BASS_StreamGetFilePosition mode)
+* Sinc interpolated MOD music mixing
+	BASS_MUSIC_SINCINTER (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+* MO3 2.4 support
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* MOD orders positioning incorporated into channel functions
+	BASS_ChannelGetLength
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+	BASS_MusicGetOrderPosition *removed*
+	BASS_MusicGetOrders *removed*
+* Channel attribute functions consolidated
+	BASS_ChannelSetAttribute
+	BASS_ChannelGetAttribute
+	BASS_ChannelSlideAttribute
+	BASS_ChannelIsSliding
+	BASS_ChannelSetAttributes *removed*
+	BASS_ChannelGetAttributes *removed*
+	BASS_ChannelSlideAttributes *removed*
+	BASS_ChannelSetEAXMix *removed*
+	BASS_ChannelGetEAXMix *removed*
+	BASS_MusicSetAttribute *removed*
+	BASS_MusicGetAttribute *removed*
+* Floating-point volume and panning
+	BASS_SetVolume
+	BASS_GetVolume
+	BASS_RecordSetInput
+	BASS_RecordGetInput
+	BASS_ATTRIB_PAN/VOL (BASS_ChannelGet/Set/SlideAttribute options)
+	BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_VOL_CHAN/INST (BASS_ChannelGet/Set/SlideAttribute options)
+	BASS_SAMPLE (volume/pan/outvol members)
+	BASS_CONFIG_MAXVOL *removed*
+	BASSTEST and RECTEST examples updated
+* Output device volume control on Vista (as on other OS)
+	BASS_SetVolume
+	BASS_GetVolume
+* Multiple update threads
+	BASS_CONFIG_UPDATETHREADS
+	BASSTEST example updated
+* Global volume range increased to 10000
+	BASS_CONFIG_GVOL_SAMPLE/STREAM/MUSIC (BASS_SetConfig options)
+	BASSTEST example updated
+* Setting and retrieving of a sample's data
+	BASS_SampleSetData
+	BASS_SampleGetData
+	BASS_SampleCreate
+	BASS_SampleCreateDone *removed*
+* Channel flag setting mask
+	BASS_ChannelFlags
+	BASS_ChannelSetFlags *removed*
+	SPEAKERS example updated
+* 256 sample FFT
+	BASS_DATA_FFT256 (BASS_ChannelGetData flag)
+* Channel locking to prevent access by other threads
+	BASS_ChannelLock
+* Manual channel buffer updating
+	BASS_ChannelUpdate
+	BASS_ChannelPreBuf *removed*
+* Configurable manual update length
+	BASS_Update
+* Extended device information retrieval and detection of new/removed devices
+	BASS_GetDeviceInfo
+	BASS_RecordGetDeviceInfo
+	BASS_DEVICEINFO structure
+	BASS_GetDeviceDescription *removed*
+	BASS_RecordGetDeviceDescription *removed*
+	BASS_INFO (driver member) *removed*
+	BASS_RECORDINFO (driver member) *removed*
+	MULTI example updated
+* Default device change tracking on Windows (as on OSX)
+	BASS_Init
+	BASS_RecordInit
+* Speaker detection from Windows control panel
+	BASS_DEVICE_CPSPEAKERS (BASS_Init flag)
+* Channel automatically stopped & resumed for DX8 effects
+	BASS_ChannelSetFX
+	BASS_ChannelRemoveFX
+* "double" precision position conversion
+	BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds
+	BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes
+* Separate config functions for pointers
+	BASS_SetConfigPtr
+	BASS_GetConfigPtr
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_AGENT/PROXY (BASS_SetConfigPtr options)
+* Configurable file format verification length
+	BASS_CONFIG_VERIFY (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Stream filename retrieval
+	BASS_CHANNELINFO (file member)
+* Channel sample retrieval
+	BASS_CHANNELINFO (sample member)
+* META syncs no longer receive metadata in the "data" parameter
+	BASS_SYNC_META (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Separate sync for OGG logical bitstream changes (instead of BASS_SYNC_META)
+	BASS_SYNC_OGG_CHANGE (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+	NETRADIO example updated (C version)
+* Message syncing removed (use PostMessage instead)
+	BASS_SYNC_MESSAGE (BASS_ChannelSetSync flag) *removed*
+* Data retrieval from stopped/paused channels
+	BASS_ChannelGetData
+* Callback "user" parameters changed to pointers
+	BASS_StreamCreate / STREAMPROC
+	BASS_StreamCreateFileUser
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL / DOWNLOADPROC
+	BASS_RecordStart / RECORDPROC
+	BASS_ChannelSetDSP / DSPPROC
+	BASS_ChannelSetSync / SYNCPROC
+
+2.3.0.3 - 30/7/2007
+-------------------
+* FX state resetting
+	BASS_FXReset
+* PLS/M3U playlist URL processing
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_PLAYLIST
+	NETRADIO example updated
+* Internet stream connection status retrieval
+	BASS_FILEPOS_CONNECTED (BASS_StreamGetFilePosition mode)
+* Lyrics3v2 tags
+	BASS_TAG_LYRICS3 (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+* IT virtual channel configuration
+	BASS_CONFIG_MUSIC_VIRTUAL
+* Accurate speaker detection on Vista
+	BASS_INFO (speakers member)
+* Device output/input rate retrieval on Vista
+	BASS_INFO (freq member)
+	BASS_RECORDINFO (freq member)
+* Syncing upon position changes
+	BASS_SYNC_SETPOS (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Improved stall handling
+	BASS_SYNC_STALL
+* Invalid decoding channel flags produce an error instead of being ignored
+	BASS_StreamCreate/File/User/Url
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+
+2.3.0.2 - 22/1/2007
+-------------------
+* Retrieval of a sample's existing channel handles
+	BASS_SampleGetChannels
+* 8192 sample FFT
+	BASS_DATA_FFT8192 (BASS_ChannelGetData flag)
+* Adjustable recording buffer
+	BASS_CONFIG_REC_BUFFER (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Stopping decoding channels before the end
+	BASS_ChannelStop
+* Sample channels created paused to prevent overriding before playback
+	BASS_SampleGetChannel
+* Separate "MP3-FREE" version using the OS's MP3 decoder
+	BASS_CONFIG_MP3_CODEC *removed*
+
+2.3.0.1 - 12/6/2006
+-------------------
+* Ability to move a channel to another device
+	BASS_ChannelSetDevice
+	MULTI example updated
+* Support for ID3v2.4 tags at end of file
+	BASS_TAG_ID3V2 (BASS_ChannelGetTags type)
+
+2.3 - 21/5/2006
+---------------
+* MOD message/instrument/sample text retrieval, merged with stream tag retrieval function
+	BASS_ChannelGetTags
+	BASS_TAG_MUSIC_NAME/MESSAGE/INST/SAMPLE (BASS_ChannelGetTags types)
+	BASS_MusicGetName *removed*
+	BASS_StreamGetTags *removed*
+* Plugin information retrieval
+	BASS_PluginGetInfo
+	BASS_PLUGININFO/FORM structures
+	BASS_CHANNELINFO (plugin member)
+	PLUGINS example updated
+* RIFF/WAVE "INFO" tag retrieval
+	BASS_TAG_RIFF_INFO (BASS_StreamGetTags type)
+* More specific WAVE format information
+	BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_WAV_PCM/FLOAT (channel types)
+	BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_WAV (channel type flag)
+* Proxy server configuration
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_PROXY (BASS_SetConfig option)
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_NOPROXY *removed*
+	NETRADIO example updated
+* Passive FTP mode
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_PASSIVE (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Agent changes take immediate effect
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_AGENT (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Minimum time gap between creating new sample channels
+	BASS_SAMPLE (mingap member)
+	BASS_SampleGetChannel
+* Support for Unicode plugin filenames
+	BASS_PluginLoad
+* Device output/input rate retrieval (MacOSX only)
+	BASS_INFO (freq member)
+	BASS_RECORDINFO (freq member)
+* Extended version info (minor revision)
+	BASS_GetVersion
+* Unsupported codec error code
+	BASS_ERROR_CODEC
+* Optional use of the Windows MP3 codec
+	BASS_CONFIG_MP3_CODEC (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* 3D support for MacOSX
+	BASS_Set3DFactors
+	BASS_Get3DFactors
+	BASS_Set3DPosition
+	BASS_Get3DPosition
+	BASS_Apply3D
+	BASS_ChannelSet3DAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelGet3DAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelSet3DPosition
+	BASS_ChannelGet3DPosition
+	3DTEST example added (Win32 example also updated)
+* VB version of SYNTH example added
+
+2.2 - 2/10/2005
+---------------
+* Add-on plugin system
+	BASS_PluginLoad
+	BASS_PluginFree
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	PLUGINS example added
+* MOD position & syncing in bytes
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+	BASS_MusicGetOrderPosition added for orders position
+	BASS_SYNC_MUSICPOS added for orders syncing
+	MAKEMUSICPOS macro/define
+	CUSTLOOP example updated
+* Stream/MOD "length" functions combined (also works with samples), new MOD orders length function
+	BASS_ChannelGetLength
+	BASS_MusicGetOrders
+	BASS_StreamGetLength *removed*
+	BASS_MusicGetLength *removed*
+* Support for AIFF files
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* Support for 24 and 32-bit (integer) WAV files
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* WAV files are no longer converted to the "device" resolution
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+* Recording master control
+	BASS_RecordGetInput
+	BASS_RecordSetInput
+* Adjustable prebuffering
+	BASS_ChannelPreBuf
+* Floating-point data retrieval
+	BASS_DATA_FLOAT (BASS_ChannelGetData flag)
+* Support for floating-point samples
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_SampleCreate
+* Multi-channel samples
+	BASS_SampleLoad/Create
+	BASS_SAMPLE (chans member)
+* Sample lengths given in bytes
+	BASS_SampleCreate
+	BASS_SAMPLE (length member)
+* MOD music 8-bit resolution option
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* OGG vendor tag retrieval
+	BASS_TAG_VENDOR (BASS_StreamGetTags type)
+* Configurable "User-Agent" header for internet streams
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_AGENT (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Shoutcast metadata is now requested automatically
+	BASS_STREAM_META flag *removed*
+* Download callbacks receive all data from start of file/stream (including any non-audio data)
+	DOWNLOADPROC
+* Length when streaming in blocks is unavailable (BASS_ERROR_NOTAVAIL, not just 0)
+	BASS_ChannelGetLength
+* Support for growing custom file streams
+	BASS_FILE_LEN (STREAMFILEPROC action)
+* Query file action removed
+	BASS_FILE_QUERY *removed*
+* Recording channel syncing
+	BASS_ChannelSetSync
+* Info structure "size" members removed
+	BASS_INFO structure
+	BASS_RECORDINFO structure
+* Little bit of flag reshuffling
+	BASS_MP3_SETPOS renamed to BASS_STREAM_PRESCAN
+	BASS_MUSIC_CALCLEN value changed and renamed to BASS_MUSIC_PRESCAN
+	BASS_MUSIC_POSRESET value changed
+* Add-on API enhancements
+* MacOSX port introduced
+
+2.1 - 28/11/2004
+----------------
+* Improved "mixtime" sync system, allowing custom looping
+	SYNCPROC
+	CUSTLOOP example added
+* FX can now be in the DSP chain, so can be prioritized and applied in floating-point
+	BASS_ChannelSetFX
+	BASS_CONFIG_FLOATDSP (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Ability to set channel flags (eg. looping) independent of playback
+	BASS_ChannelSetFlags
+	SPEAKERS example updated
+* Stream/MOD "play" and channel "resume" functions combined
+	BASS_ChannelPlay
+	BASS_StreamPlay *removed*
+	BASS_MusicPlay *removed*
+	BASS_MusicPlayEx *removed*
+	BASS_ChannelResume *removed*
+* Stream/MOD prebuffering functions combined
+	BASS_ChannelPreBuf
+	BASS_StreamPreBuf *removed*
+	BASS_MusicPreBuf *removed*
+* MOD attribute functions combined, with added BPM/speed/globalvolume options
+	BASS_MusicSetAttribute
+	BASS_MusicGetAttribute
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_AMPLIFY
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_PANSEP
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_PSCALER
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_BPM
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_SPEED
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_VOL_GLOBAL
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_VOL_CHAN
+	BASS_MUSIC_ATTRIB_VOL_INST
+	BASS_MusicSetAmplify *removed*
+	BASS_MusicSetPanSep *removed*
+	BASS_MusicSetPositionScaler *removed*
+	BASS_MusicSetVolume *removed*
+	BASS_MusicGetVolume *removed*
+* Flag to reset bpm/etc as well as notes when seeking in MOD musics
+	BASS_MUSIC_POSRESETEX (BASS_MusicLoad & BASS_ChannelSetFlags flag)
+* More flexible and concise sample channel creation system
+	BASS_SampleGetChannel
+	BASS_SamplePlay *removed*
+	BASS_SamplePlayEx *removed*
+	BASS_SamplePlay3D *removed*
+	BASS_SamplePlay3DEx *removed*
+* Support for up to 30 speakers
+	BASS_SPEAKER_N macro/define
+* More precise level measurement
+	BASS_ChannelGetLevel
+* Level can now be retrieved from decoding channels
+	BASS_ChannelGetLevel
+* Retrieval of a sample/channel's original sample resolution
+	BASS_SAMPLE (origres member)
+	BASS_CHANNELINFO (origres member)
+* Support for streaming WAV files in "blocks"
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+	BASS_StreamCreateFileUser
+* Status info (HTTP/ICY tags) available during connection to server
+	BASS_STREAM_STATUS (BASS_StreamCreateURL flag)
+	DOWNLOADPROC
+	NETRADIO example updated (Delphi version also added)
+* Adjustable internet stream prebuffering
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_PREBUF (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Option to bypass proxy server
+	BASS_CONFIG_NET_NOPROXY (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Option whether to allow channels to be played after BASS_Pause
+	BASS_CONFIG_PAUSE_NOPLAY (BASS_SetConfig option)
+* Recording channel count now a separate parameter
+	BASS_RecordStart (chans parameter)
+* Synchronizer for when a channel is freed
+	BASS_SYNC_FREE (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Data start file position retrieval
+	BASS_FILEPOS_START (BASS_StreamGetFilePosition mode)
+* Performance improvements
+	MP2 decoding ~20% faster
+	MP3/MP1 decoding & FFT processing all up to 10% faster
+	OGG decoding ~3% faster
+* C/C++ examples reorganised, with makefiles & VC++ projects
+* Add-on API enhancements
+* More DLL shrinkage :)
+
+2.0 - 31/10/2003
+----------------
+* Multiple output device support
+	BASS_Init (device number changes)
+	BASS_SetDevice
+	BASS_GetDevice
+	BASS_ChannelGetDevice
+	MULTI example updated (VB version also added)
+* Multiple recording device support
+	BASS_RecordSetDevice
+	BASS_RecordGetDevice
+	BASS_RecordStart
+	BASS_ChannelGetDevice
+	HRECORD handle
+	RECORDPROC (handle parameter)
+* Recording with DSP/FX
+	BASS_ChannelSetDSP
+	BASS_ChannelSetFX
+* Recording position retrieval
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+* Start recording paused
+	BASS_RECORD_PAUSE (BASS_RecordStart flag)
+* Multi-channel streams, inc. support for multichannel OGG & WAV files
+	BASS_StreamCreate
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/User/Url
+* FFT for individual channels, inc. multi-channel streams
+	BASS_DATA_FFT_INDIVIDUAL (BASS_ChannelGetData flag)
+	BASS_DATA_FFT512S/1024S/2048S/4096S *removed*
+* DSP prioritizing
+	BASS_ChannelSetDSP
+	DSPTEST example updated
+* Seeking in internet streamed files
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+* Enhanced custom file stream systems
+	BASS_StreamCreateFileUser
+	BASS_FILE_SEEK (STREAMFILEPROC action)
+	BASS_STREAM_FILEPROC flag *removed*
+* Enhanced custom stream system with automatic stalling/resuming
+	STREAMPROC
+	BASS_STREAMPROC_END (STREAMPROC flag)
+* Synchronizer for stalled/resumed playback 
+	BASS_SYNC_STALL (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Synchronizer for completed download
+	BASS_SYNC_DOWNLOAD (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* End sync support for custom streams
+	BASS_SYNC_END (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Synchronizer support for decoding channels
+	BASS_ChannelSetSync
+* Unified configuration function
+	BASS_SetConfig
+	BASS_GetConfig
+	BASS_SetBufferLength *removed*
+	BASS_SetNetConfig *removed*
+	BASS_SetGlobalVolumes *removed*
+	BASS_GetGlobalVolumes *removed*
+	BASS_SetLogCurves *removed*
+	BASS_Set3DAlgorithm *removed*
+	BASS_DEVICE_FLOATDSP flag *removed*
+* Internet stream saving to disk replaced by more flexible callback
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+	DOWNLOADPROC
+	VB NETRADIO example updated
+* Buffer length retrieval when "streaming in blocks"
+	BASS_FILEPOS_END (BASS_StreamGetFilePosition mode)
+* Individual sample rate setting for MOD musics
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* Channel type and default sample rate retrieval
+	BASS_ChannelGetInfo (replaces BASS_ChannelGetFlags)
+	BASS_CHANNELINFO
+* MOD music flag retrieval
+	BASS_CHANNELINFO (flags member)
+* Adjustable instrument volumes in MOD musics
+	BASS_MusicSetVolume (replaces BASS_MusicSetChannelVol)
+	BASS_MusicGetVolume (replaces BASS_MusicGetChannelVol)
+* Automatically free a MOD music when it stops or ends
+	BASS_MUSIC_AUTOFREE (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+* Class GUID added to initialization parameters
+	BASS_Init
+	BASS_SetCLSID *removed*
+* Update period adjustable at any time
+	BASS_CONFIG_UPDATEPERIOD (BASS_SetConfig option)
+	BASS_DEVICE_NOTHREAD flag *removed*
+* Customizable maximum volume setting
+	BASS_CONFIG_MAXVOL (BASS_SetConfig option)
+	BASS_DEVICE_VOL1000 flag *removed*
+* Device volume is now always left as it is during init/freeing
+	BASS_DEVICE_LEAVEVOL flag *removed*
+* Device driver name retrieval
+	BASS_INFO (driver member)
+	BASS_RECORDINFO (driver member)
+* Error codes are local to the current thread
+	BASS_ErrorGetCode
+* Performance improvements
+	MP2 decoding 15-20% faster
+	MP3 decoding ~5% faster
+* Built-in CD functions removed (replaced in BASSCD)
+	BASS_CDDoor *removed*
+	BASS_CDFree *removed*
+	BASS_CDGetID *removed*
+	BASS_CDGetTrackLength *removed*
+	BASS_CDGetTracks *removed*
+	BASS_CDInDrive *removed*
+	BASS_CDInit *removed*
+	BASS_CDPlay *removed*
+* Force channels to use software mixing
+	BASS_SAMPLE_SOFTWARE (BASS_StreamCreate/File/User/URL & BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+* Support for high-pass filter and forward/reverse (S9E/F) IT/MPT effects
+* BASS_MUSIC flags rearranged to mirror BASS_SAMPLE/STREAM counterparts
+* Output automatically started during initialization
+* BASS_ChannelGetData once again accepts any "length" param
+* All function comments have been removed from the API headers to avoid
+  outdated/incorrect information - the BASS.CHM documentation should be used.
+* TMT Pascal API removed from main distribution - now available on the website
+* A few more 'K' knocked off the DLL size :)
+
+1.8a - 18/6/2003
+----------------
+* Tweaks 'n' fixes, including...
+	Fixed seeking bug on 32-bit OGG streams
+	Fixed seeking on a decoding channel after it has reached the end
+	Low FPU precision (eg. when using Direct3D) issue addressed
+	Improved speakers (BASS_INFO) detection
+	BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes return value is rounded down to nearest sample
+	BASS_ChannelGetData "length" param must equal a whole number of samples
+	Slide syncs are triggered by "-2" volume slides on "autofree" streams
+* Support for UNICODE filenames
+	BASS_UNICODE (BASS_SampleLoad/BASS_StreamCreateFile/BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+* 4096 sample FFT
+	BASS_DATA_FFT4096/S (BASS_ChannelGetData flags)
+* Another 'K' knocked off the DLL size
+
+1.8 - 9/3/2003
+--------------
+* 32-bit floating-point channels
+	BASS_SAMPLE_FLOAT (BASS_StreamCreate/URL/File flag)
+	BASS_MUSIC_FLOAT (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+	BASS_SAMPLE_FLOAT (BASS_RecordStart flag)
+	BASS_DEVICE_FLOATDSP (BASS_Init flag)
+	DSPTEST example updated
+* Support for 32-bit floating-point (type 3) WAV files
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/URL
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* Channel speaker assignment
+	BASS_SPEAKER_FRONT (BASS_MusicLoad/BASS_StreamCreate/File/URL flag)
+	BASS_SPEAKER_REAR                       "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_CENLFE                     "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2                      "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_FRONTLEFT                  "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_FRONTRIGHT                 "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_REARLEFT                   "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_REARRIGHT                  "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_CENTER                     "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_LFE                        "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2LEFT                  "
+	BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2RIGHT                 "
+	BASS_INFO (speakers member)
+	BASS_DEVICE_SPEAKERS (BASS_Init flag)
+	4SPEAKER example replaced by SPEAKERS example
+* Recording input type retrieval
+	BASS_INPUT_TYPE_xxx (BASS_RecordGetInput)
+	RECTEST example updated
+* Non-interpolated MOD mixing
+	BASS_MUSIC_NONINTER (BASS_MusicLoad/PlayEx flag)
+* Performance improvements
+	FFT up to 100% faster!
+	MP3(MPEG2/2.5) decoding up to 60% faster
+	MMX mixers 5-10% faster
+	MP3(MPEG1)/MP2/MP1/OGG decoding all ~5% faster
+* Optional disabling of FFT windowing
+	BASS_DATA_FFT_NOWINDOW (BASS_ChannelGetData flag)
+* BASS_ERROR_FILEFORM - error code to distinguish between file and sample format
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_StreamCreate/File/URL
+* BASS_StreamGetFilePosition mode flags added
+	BASS_FILEPOS_DECODE/DOWNLOAD/END
+* DirectX 9 detection
+	BASS_INFO (dsver member)
+* Initialization flags retrieval
+	BASS_INFO (initflags member)
+* Half-rate MP3 playback option removed
+	BASS_MP3_HALFRATE flag *removed*
+* New internal "plugin" system - BASSWMA is further integrated as a result
+* Improved documentation - integrated with BASSWMA, search option added
+* VB version of DSPTEST example added
+* Delphi RECORDTEST example added
+* Guess what... reduced DLL size again :)
+
+1.7 - 27/10/2002
+----------------
+* New alternative DX8 (DMO) effects implementation
+	BASS_StreamCreate/File/URL
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+	BASS_ChannelSetFX
+	SYNTH example updated
+* User file streaming
+	BASS_STREAM_FILEPROC (BASS_StreamCreate flag)
+	STREAMFILEPROC
+* DSP & FX support for decoding channels
+	BASS_ChannelSetDSP
+	BASS_ChannelSetFX
+* Support for DX8 (DMO) effects in IT/XM/MO3 files
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* Support for chained OGG streaming (and syncing)
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+	BASS_SYNC_META (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Attribute (volume/frequency/pan) sliding
+	BASS_ChannelSlideAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelIsSliding
+	BASS_SYNC_SLIDE (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* Recording without a callback function
+	BASS_RecordStart
+	LIVEFX example added
+* Query a channel's buffered data
+	BASS_DATA_AVAILABLE (BASS_ChannelGetData flag)
+* Discard data from the recording buffer
+	BASS_ChannelGetData
+* Adjustable internet stream config (timeout/buffer lengths)
+	BASS_SetNetConfig
+* Recommended minimum buffer length
+	BASS_INFO (minbuf member)
+* MOD music flags adjustment without changing playback position
+	BASS_MusicPlayEx
+	PLAYER (MASM) example updated
+* More functions are now useable in MOD music "mixtime" syncs
+	SYNCPROC
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+	BASS_MusicPlayEx
+	BASS_MusicSetAmplify
+	BASS_MusicSetPanSep
+* Maximum buffer length increased to 5 seconds
+	BASS_SetBufferLength
+* Support for extended filter range in IT files
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* Speedier MOD music file verification
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* Delphi 3DTEST example fixed
+* Magically reduced DLL size again :)
+
+1.6a - 25/8/2002
+----------------
+* OGG support updated to 1.0
+* Stereo FFT
+	BASS_DATA_FFT512S/1024S/2048S (BASS_ChannelGetData flags)
+* Support for "Invert Loop" (EFx) MOD effect
+* Reduced DLL size
+* New Delphi examples
+	WRITEWAV - WAVE writer example
+	SAMPLEVIS - Visualisation example
+
+1.6 - 13/6/2002
+---------------
+* 64-bit stream lengths and positions
+	BASS_StreamGetLength
+	BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds
+	BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+	BASS_ChannelSetSync
+* Recording input selection
+	BASS_RECORDINFO (inputs & singlein members)
+	BASS_RecordGetInputName
+	BASS_RecordGetInput
+	BASS_RecordSetInput
+* Adjustable recording update period
+	BASS_RecordStart
+* Load OGG files as samples
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* CD drive door opening & closing
+	BASS_CDDoor
+* CDDB2 ID retrieval
+	BASS_CDID_CDDB2 (BASS_CDGetID flag)
+* Streaming beyond initial file length
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+* Recording position bytes<->seconds translation
+	BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds
+	BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes
+* Improved multi-threaded support (play from any thread)
+	BASS_MusicPlay/Ex
+	BASS_SamplePlay/3D/Ex
+	BASS_StreamPlay
+	BASS_DEVICE_NOSYNC flag *removed*
+* Paused channel status
+	BASS_ACTIVE_PAUSED (BASS_ChannelIsActive)
+* Integrated WMA stream freeing
+	BASS_StreamFree
+	BASS_Free
+* Pin-point accurate OGG seeking without BASS_MP3_SETPOS flag
+* Win2k DS buffer bug fix
+
+1.5a - 14/4/2002
+----------------
+* NT4 fix (also enables "nosound" device without DX installed)
+	BASS_ERROR_DX error code
+* MOD music loading without the samples
+	BASS_MUSIC_NOSAMPLE (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+* Custom decoding channels
+	BASS_STREAM_DECODE (BASS_StreamCreate flag)
+* 5 second HTTP connection timeout
+	BASS_ERROR_TIMEOUT (BASS_StreamCreateURL error code)
+
+1.5 - 31/3/2002
+---------------
+* Improved performance
+	MMX mixers lot faster (over 50% faster in some cases!)
+	OGG decoding 15-20% faster
+	MP3 decoding 5-10% faster
+* Recording
+	BASS_RecordGetDeviceDescription
+	BASS_RecordInit
+	BASS_RecordFree
+	BASS_RecordGetInfo
+	BASS_RecordStart
+* OGG support built-in (OGG/VORBIS DLLs not required)
+	BASS_DEVICE_OGG flag *removed*
+* MOD music seeking in seconds
+	BASS_MusicPlayEx
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+* Shoutcast metadata retrieval
+	BASS_STREAM_META (BASS_StreamCreateURL flag)
+	BASS_TAG_META (BASS_StreamGetTags type)
+	BASS_SYNC_META (BASS_ChannelSetSync type)
+* 1000 volume levels
+	BASS_DEVICE_VOL1000 (BASS_Init/CDInit flag)
+* CDDB ID retrieval
+	BASS_CDID_CDDB (BASS_CDGetID flag)
+* Leave the CD volume as it is during init/closing
+	BASS_DEVICE_LEAVEVOL (BASS_CDInit flag)
+* FFT enabled on decoding channels
+	BASS_ChannelGetData
+* Left level duplicated on right for mono channels
+	BASS_ChannelGetLevel
+* Improved MPEG length estimation without BASS_MP3_SETPOS flag
+	BASS_StreamGetLength
+* Support for Modplug/ADPCM compressed files
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* Device description function parameter change
+	BASS_GetDeviceDescription
+* MASM API
+
+1.4 - 30/1/2002
+---------------
+* Channel decoding without playback
+	BASS_MUSIC_DECODE (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+	BASS_STREAM_DECODE (BASS_StreamCreateFile/URL flag)
+	BASS_ChannelGetData
+* Windows message sync callbacks
+	BASS_SYNC_MESSAGE (BASS_ChannelSetSync flag)
+* Adjustable channel volumes in MOD musics
+	BASS_MusicSetChannelVol
+	BASS_MusicGetChannelVol
+* Customizable DirectSound initialization object
+	BASS_SetCLSID
+* Retrieve HMUSIC/HSTREAM/HCHANNEL IDirectSoundBuffer interfaces
+	BASS_GetDSoundObject
+* A3D functions removed (use BASS_SetCLSID/BASS_GetDSoundObject to access A3D)
+	BASS_DEVICE_A3D (BASS_Init flag)
+	BASS_SetA3DResManager
+	BASS_GetA3DResManager
+	BASS_SetA3DHFAbsorbtion
+	BASS_GetA3DHFAbsorbtion
+* Callback functions now work in VB6
+	DSPPROC
+	STREAMPROC
+	SYNCPROC
+* Improved PCM WAVE streaming performance
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+* OGG modules updated to RC3
+* Stereo sample support in MO3 format
+* MO3 encoder now distributed separately from BASS
+
+1.3 - 17/11/2001
+----------------
+* Manual buffer updating
+	BASS_DEVICE_NOTHREAD (BASS_Init flag)
+	BASS_Update
+* Adjustable buffer update period (allows small buffer sizes)
+	BASS_Init
+* Output device latency retrieval
+	BASS_INFO (latency member)
+* MPEG/OGG seeking without BASS_MP3_SETPOS flag
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+* Internet file streaming from offsets
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+* File stream tag/comment retrieval (ID3/ID3v2/OGG/HTTP/ICY tags)
+	BASS_StreamGetTags
+* Byte<->time position translation
+	BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds
+	BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes
+* UMX (Unreal/Tournament music package) format support
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+* S3M/IT sync fx changed to S2x (S0x conflicted with S00)
+	BASS_SYNC_MUSICFX
+* Stereo sample support in IT/XM/S3M formats
+* MO3: OGG compression supported
+
+1.2 - 25/9/2001
+---------------
+* OGG (Ogg Vorbis) stream support
+	BASS_DEVICE_OGG (BASS_Init flag)
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+* Channel linking (start/stop/pause/resume channels together)
+	BASS_ChannelSetLink
+	BASS_ChannelRemoveLink
+* MOD music playback length calculation
+	BASS_MUSIC_CALCLEN (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+	BASS_MusicGetLength
+* Pre-buffering
+	BASS_MusicPreBuf
+	BASS_StreamPreBuf
+* Samples with single simultaneous playbacks have same HSAMPLE/HCHANNEL handle
+	BASS_SamplePlay/Ex
+* Stopping a custom stream flushes its buffer contents
+	BASS_ChannelStop
+
+1.1a - 31/8/2001
+----------------
+* NT4 bug fixed
+* XM Wxx effect syncing
+	BASS_SYNC_MUSICFX
+* MP3/2/1 rewinding without BASS_MP3_SETPOS
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+
+1.1 - 11/8/2001
+---------------
+* DX8 (DMO) effects
+	BASS_SAMPLE_FX (BASS_StreamCreate/File/URL flag)
+	BASS_MUSIC_FX (BASS_MusicLoad flag)
+	BASS_ChannelSetFX
+	BASS_ChannelRemoveFX
+	BASS_FXSetParameters
+	BASS_FXGetParameters
+	BASS_FXCHORUS structure
+	BASS_FXCOMPRESSOR structure
+	BASS_FXDISTORTION structure
+	BASS_FXECHO structure
+	BASS_FXFLANGER structure
+	BASS_FXGARGLE structure
+	BASS_FXI3DL2REVERB structure
+	BASS_FXPARAMEQ structure
+	BASS_FXREVERB structure
+* Internet file streaming in blocks (inc. Shoutcast/Icecast stream support)
+	BASS_STREAM_BLOCK (BASS_StreamCreateURL flag)
+* 512/1024/2048 sample FFT
+	BASS_DATA_FFT512/1024/2048 (BASS_ChannelGetData flags)
+* CD identification
+	BASS_CDGetID
+* Improved DX version detection
+	BASS_INFO (dsver member)
+
+1.0 - 20/6/2001
+---------------
+* Load MP3/MP2/MP1 files as samples
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+* Internet file streaming from FTP servers
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+* Save a local copy of internet file streams
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+* Sample accurate file stream seeking
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+	BASS_StreamGetBlockLength *removed*
+* Stream position synchronizer
+	BASS_SYNC_POS
+* Increased synchronizer precision
+* Improved MPEG file detection and error detection
+* Stop MOD musics on a backwards jump effect
+	BASS_MUSIC_STOPBACK (BASS_MusicLoad/PlayEx flag)
+* Leave the volume as it is during closing (as well as initialization)
+	BASS_DEVICE_LEAVEVOL (BASS_Init flag)
+* Optional automatic use of foreground window handle during initialization
+	BASS_Init
+* Reduced DLL size
+* VB API fixes
+
+0.9 - 18/4/2001
+---------------
+* Internet file streaming
+	BASS_StreamCreateURL
+* MP1 & MP2 (MPEG layer 1 & 2) support
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/URL
+* MPEG 2.5 support (12000/11025/8000hz sample rates)
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile/URL
+* Decoding/download/end file stream position retrieval
+	BASS_StreamGetFilePosition
+* XMPlay surround sound for MOD musics
+	BASS_MUSIC_SURROUND (BASS_MusicLoad/PlayEx flag)
+	BASS_MUSIC_SURROUND2 (BASS_MusicLoad/PlayEx flag)
+* Restrict the download rate of internet file streams
+	BASS_STREAM_RESTRATE (BASS_StreamCreateURL flag)
+* Check if an internet file stream is stalled
+	BASS_ChannelIsActive
+* Automatically free a stream when it stops or ends
+	BASS_STREAM_AUTOFREE (BASS_StreamCreate/File/URL flag)
+* Leave the volume as it is during initialization
+	BASS_DEVICE_LEAVEVOL (BASS_Init flag)
+* Number of CD tracks retrieval
+	BASS_CDGetTracks
+* CD track length retrieval
+	BASS_CDGetTrackLength
+* Exact stream length set after whole file is streamed
+	BASS_StreamGetLength
+* TMT Pascal API and samples
+* Dynamic-loading Delphi API
+
+0.8a - 28/2/2000
+----------------
+* Updated Delphi API and samples
+
+0.8 - 24/1/2000
+---------------
+* Improved MP3 performance on P2/K6 and above CPUs
+* User DSP functions on streams and MOD musics
+	BASS_ChannelSetDSP
+	BASS_ChannelRemoveDSP
+* DX7 voice allocation & management
+	BASS_SAMPLE_VAM (BASS_SampleLoad/Create flag)
+	BASS_VAM_xxx flags
+	BASS_SAMPLE (vam & priority members)
+* DX7 software 3D algorithm selection
+	BASS_Set3DAlgorithm
+* DirectSound interface retrieval
+	BASS_GetDSoundObject
+* Log/linear volume & panning curves
+	BASS_SetLogCurves
+* User data passed to callback functions
+	STREAMPROC - BASS_StreamCreate
+	SYNCPROC - BASS_ChannelSetSync
+* New synchronizer
+	BASS_SYNC_MUSICFX
+* New synchronizer flag
+	BASS_SYNC_MIXTIME
+* Disable synchronizers option - saves a little CPU time
+	BASS_DEVICE_NOSYNC (BASS_Init flag)
+* Hi-res floating-point CPU usage monitoring
+	BASS_GetCPU
+* Wait for playback to start when playing a CD
+	BASS_CDPlay
+* DirectSound (dsound.dll) version retrieval
+	BASS_INFO (dsver member)
+* Removed volume sliding functions (they were fairly pointless)
+	BASS_SlideVolume
+	BASS_IsSliding
+* MO3: read/write encoder settings
+* MO3: remove inst/samp/message texts now optional
+* MO3: LAME encoder settings
+
+0.7 - 3/10/1999
+---------------
+* MO3 (MP3 compressed MODs)
+* A3D functions
+	BASS_DEVICE_A3D (BASS_Init flag)
+	BASS_INFO (a3d member)
+	BASS_SetA3DResManager
+	BASS_GetA3DResManager
+	BASS_SetA3DHFAbsorbtion
+	BASS_GetA3DHFAbsorbtion
+* Music/stream immediate sample data retrieval
+	BASS_ChannelGetData
+* File stream (WAV/MP3) length retrieval
+	BASS_StreamGetLength
+	BASS_StreamGetBlockLength
+* File stream seeking
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+* Mono MP3 option (lower CPU usage)
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+* Music length retrieval
+	BASS_MusicGetLength
+* Music name retrieval
+	BASS_MusicGetName
+* Stop notes when moving MOD music position
+	BASS_MUSIC_POSRESET (BASS_MusicLoad/BASS_MusicPlayEx flag)
+* BASS_ERROR_FREQ - invalid sample rate error code
+	BASS_SampleCreate
+	BASS_SamplePlayEx
+	BASS_SamplePlay3DEx
+	BASS_StreamCreate
+	BASS_ChannelSetAttributes
+* Delphi and VB APIs
+
+0.6a - 26/7/1999
+----------------
+* Half rate MP3 option (lower CPU usage)
+	BASS_MP3_HALFRATE
+* Loading/streaming from file offsets
+	BASS_MusicLoad
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+* Global music/sample/stream volume levels
+	BASS_SetGlobalVolumes
+	BASS_GetGlobalVolumes
+* Other new function
+	BASS_SampleStop
+* New synchronizer
+	BASS_SYNC_END
+* New sample overrider
+	BASS_SAMPLE_OVER_DIST
+* LoadLibrary/GetProcAddress instructions and example
+
+0.5 - 4/7/1999
+--------------
+* Documentation!
+* File streaming (MP3 and WAV)
+	BASS_StreamCreateFile
+* Custom generated samples
+	BASS_SampleCreate
+	BASS_SampleCreateDone
+* Other new function
+	BASS_MusicSetPositionScaler
+* Renamed function
+	BASS_ChannelClearSync -> BASS_ChannelRemoveSync
+* Alterations made to
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_StreamPlay
+
+0.4 - 30/3/1999
+---------------
+* Compressed WAV samples support (using audio CODECs)
+* Updated CD volume handling - now works with SB Live
+* More linear channel volume/pan scales (were slightly off before)
+* "no sound" device option
+* 3D sound functions
+	BASS_Set3DFactors
+	BASS_Get3DFactors
+	BASS_Set3DPosition
+	BASS_Get3DPosition
+	BASS_Apply3D
+	BASS_SamplePlay3D
+	BASS_SamplePlay3DEx
+	BASS_ChannelSet3DAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelGet3DAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelSet3DPosition
+	BASS_ChannelGet3DPosition
+* EAX functions
+	BASS_SetEAXParameters
+	BASS_GetEAXParameters
+	BASS_ChannelSetEAXMix
+	BASS_ChannelGetEAXMix
+* Other new functions
+	BASS_GetDeviceDescription
+	BASS_SetBufferLen
+	BASS_ChannelGetFlags
+	BASS_ChannelPause
+	BASS_ChannelResume
+	BASS_ChannelSetPosition
+* Replaced function
+	BASS_CDResume -> BASS_ChannelResume
+* Alterations made to
+	BASS_Init
+	BASS_CDInit
+	BASS_SampleLoad
+	BASS_StreamPlay
+	BASS_INFO structure
+	BASS_SAMPLE structure
+	BASS_DEVICE_xxx flags
+	BASS_SAMPLE_xxx flags
+
+0.3 - 8/3/1999
+--------------
+* Synchronization functions
+	BASS_ChannelSetSync
+	BASS_ChannelClearSync
+* Other new functions
+	BASS_GetVersion
+	BASS_ChannelGetPosition
+	BASS_ChannelGetLevel
+	BASS_ChannelGetAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelSetAttributes
+* Replaced functions
+	BASS_MusicStop -> BASS_ChannelStop
+	BASS_MusicSetVolume -> BASS_ChannelSetAttributes
+	BASS_CDStop -> BASS_ChannelStop
+	BASS_CDSetVolume -> BASS_ChannelSetAttributes
+	BASS_CDGetVolume -> BASS_ChannelGetAttributes
+	BASS_ChannelUpdate -> BASS_ChannelSetAttributes
+* Alterations made to
+	BASS_MusicPlayEx
+	BASS_StreamPlay
+	BASS_INFO structure
+
+0.2 - 28/2/1999
+---------------
+* First public release
+
+
+Credits
+=======
+Ogg Vorbis decoding is based on libogg/vorbis,
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Xiph.org Foundation
+
+CHMOX is (c) 2004 Stéphane Boisson, http://chmox.sourceforge.net/
+
+API/Sample contributors
+-----------------------
+Visual Basic: Adam Hoult, Hendrik Knaepen, Arthur Aminov,
+              Peter Hebels
+Delphi: Titus Miloi, Rogier Timmermans, Alessandro Cappellozza,
+        Jesse Naranjo, Chris Troesken, Evgeny Melnikov
+MASM: Octavian Chis
+
+
+Bug reports, Suggestions, Comments, Enquiries, etc...
+=====================================================
+If you have any of the aforementioned please visit the BASS forum at
+the website. If you can't find an answer there, you can also email:
+
+	bass@un4seen.com
+
diff --git a/src/lib/bass/delphi/bass-macosx.patch b/src/lib/bass/delphi/bass-macosx.patch
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f79b3925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/bass/delphi/bass-macosx.patch
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+--- D:/daten/bass.pas	Sun Mar 23 18:58:56 2008

++++ D:/daten/Projekte/UltraStarDX/Kopie von trunk/Game/Code/lib/bass/delphi/bass.pas	Sat May 03 03:52:56 2008

+@@ -13,8 +13,20 @@

+ 

+ interface

+ 

++{$IFDEF FPC}

++  {$PACKRECORDS C}

++{$ENDIF}

++

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

++  {$DEFINE DLL_STDCALL}

++{$ELSE}

++  {$DEFINE DLL_CDECL}

++{$ENDIF}

++

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+ uses

+   Windows;

++{$ENDIF}

+ 

+ const

+   BASSVERSION = $204;             // API version

+@@ -231,6 +243,7 @@

+   BASS_3DALG_FULL         = 2;

+   BASS_3DALG_LIGHT        = 3;

+ 

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+   // EAX environments, use with BASS_SetEAXParameters

+   EAX_ENVIRONMENT_GENERIC           = 0;

+   EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PADDEDCELL        = 1;

+@@ -260,6 +273,7 @@

+   EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PSYCHOTIC         = 25;

+   // total number of environments

+   EAX_ENVIRONMENT_COUNT             = 26;

++{$ENDIF}

+ 

+   BASS_STREAMPROC_END = $80000000; // end of user stream flag

+ 

+@@ -487,10 +501,10 @@

+   end;

+ 

+   // User file stream callback functions

+-  FILECLOSEPROC = procedure(user: Pointer); stdcall;

+-  FILELENPROC = function(user: Pointer): QWORD; stdcall;

+-  FILEREADPROC = function(buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD; stdcall;

+-  FILESEEKPROC = function(offset: QWORD; user: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall;

++  FILECLOSEPROC = procedure(user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

++  FILELENPROC = function(user: Pointer): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

++  FILEREADPROC = function(buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

++  FILESEEKPROC = function(offset: QWORD; user: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

+ 

+   BASS_FILEPROCS = record

+     close: FILECLOSEPROC;

+@@ -578,7 +592,7 @@

+   end;

+ 

+   // callback function types

+-  STREAMPROC = function(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD; stdcall;

++  STREAMPROC = function(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

+   {

+     User stream callback function. NOTE: A stream function should obviously be as

+     quick as possible, other streams (and MOD musics) can't be mixed until

+@@ -593,12 +607,12 @@

+ 

+ const

+   // special STREAMPROCs

+-  STREAMPROC_DUMMY : STREAMPROC = STREAMPROC(0);  // "dummy" stream

+-  STREAMPROC_PUSH  : STREAMPROC = STREAMPROC(-1); // push stream

++  STREAMPROC_DUMMY {: STREAMPROC} = Pointer(0);  // "dummy" stream

++  STREAMPROC_PUSH  {: STREAMPROC} = Pointer(-1); // push stream

+ 

+ type

+ 

+-  DOWNLOADPROC = procedure(buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer); stdcall;

++  DOWNLOADPROC = procedure(buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

+   {

+     Internet stream download callback function.

+     buffer : Buffer containing the downloaded data... NULL=end of download

+@@ -606,7 +620,7 @@

+     user   : The 'user' parameter value given when calling BASS_StreamCreateURL

+   }

+ 

+-  SYNCPROC = procedure(handle: HSYNC; channel, data: DWORD; user: Pointer); stdcall;

++  SYNCPROC = procedure(handle: HSYNC; channel, data: DWORD; user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

+   {

+     Sync callback function. NOTE: a sync callback function should be very

+     quick as other syncs cannot be processed until it has finished. If the

+@@ -618,7 +632,7 @@

+     user   : The 'user' parameter given when calling BASS_ChannelSetSync

+   }

+ 

+-  DSPPROC = procedure(handle: HDSP; channel: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer); stdcall;

++  DSPPROC = procedure(handle: HDSP; channel: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

+   {

+     DSP callback function. NOTE: A DSP function should obviously be as quick

+     as possible... other DSP functions, streams and MOD musics can not be

+@@ -630,7 +644,7 @@

+     user   : The 'user' parameter given when calling BASS_ChannelSetDSP

+   }

+ 

+-  RECORDPROC = function(handle: HRECORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall;

++  RECORDPROC = function(handle: HRECORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}

+   {

+     Recording callback function.

+     handle : The recording handle

+@@ -643,116 +657,130 @@

+ 

+ // Functions

+ const

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+   bassdll = 'bass.dll';

+-

+-function BASS_SetConfig(option, value: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetConfig(option: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SetConfigPtr(option: DWORD; value: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetConfigPtr(option: DWORD): Pointer; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetVersion: DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ErrorGetCode: Integer; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetDeviceInfo(device: DWORD; var info: BASS_DEVICEINFO): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Init(device: Integer; freq, flags: DWORD; win: HWND; clsid: PGUID): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SetDevice(device: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetDevice: DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Free: BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetDSoundObject(obj: DWORD): Pointer; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetInfo(var info: BASS_INFO): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Update(length: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetCPU: FLOAT; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Start: BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Stop: BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Pause: BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SetVolume(volume: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetVolume: FLOAT; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_PluginLoad(filename: PChar; flags: DWORD): HPLUGIN; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_PluginFree(handle: HPLUGIN): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_PluginGetInfo(handle: HPLUGIN): PBASS_PLUGININFO; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_Set3DFactors(distf, rollf, doppf: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Get3DFactors(var distf, rollf, doppf: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Set3DPosition(var pos, vel, front, top: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_Get3DPosition(var pos, vel, front, top: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-procedure BASS_Apply3D; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SetEAXParameters(env: Integer; vol, decay, damp: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_GetEAXParameters(var env: DWORD; var vol, decay, damp: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_MusicLoad(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset: QWORD; length, flags, freq: DWORD): HMUSIC; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_MusicFree(handle: HMUSIC): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_SampleLoad(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset: QWORD; length, max, flags: DWORD): HSAMPLE; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleCreate(length, freq, chans, max, flags: DWORD): HSAMPLE; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleFree(handle: HSAMPLE): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleSetData(handle: HSAMPLE; buffer: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleGetData(handle: HSAMPLE; buffer: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleGetInfo(handle: HSAMPLE; var info: BASS_SAMPLE): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleSetInfo(handle: HSAMPLE; var info: BASS_SAMPLE): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleGetChannel(handle: HSAMPLE; onlynew: BOOL): HCHANNEL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleGetChannels(handle: HSAMPLE; channels: Pointer): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_SampleStop(handle: HSAMPLE): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_StreamCreate(freq, chans, flags: DWORD; proc: STREAMPROC; user: Pointer): HSTREAM; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamCreateFile(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset, length: QWORD; flags: DWORD): HSTREAM; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamCreateURL(url: PChar; offset: DWORD; flags: DWORD; proc: DOWNLOADPROC; user: Pointer):HSTREAM; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamCreateFileUser(system, flags: DWORD; var procs: BASS_FILEPROCS; user: Pointer): HSTREAM; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamFree(handle: HSTREAM): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamGetFilePosition(handle: HSTREAM; mode: DWORD): QWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamPutData(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_StreamPutFileData(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_RecordGetDeviceInfo(device: DWORD; var info: BASS_DEVICEINFO): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordInit(device: Integer):BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordSetDevice(device: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordGetDevice: DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordFree: BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordGetInfo(var info: BASS_RECORDINFO): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordGetInputName(input: Integer): PChar; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordSetInput(input: Integer; flags: DWORD; volume: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordGetInput(input: Integer; var volume: FLOAT): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_RecordStart(freq, chans, flags: DWORD; proc: RECORDPROC; user: Pointer): HRECORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds(handle: DWORD; pos: QWORD): Double; stdcall;external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes(handle: DWORD; pos: Double): QWORD; stdcall;external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetDevice(handle: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetDevice(handle, device: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelIsActive(handle: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall;external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetInfo(handle: DWORD; var info: BASS_CHANNELINFO):BOOL;stdcall;external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetTags(handle: HSTREAM; tags: DWORD): PChar; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelFlags(handle, flags, mask: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelUpdate(handle, length: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelLock(handle: DWORD; lock: BOOL): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelPlay(handle: DWORD; restart: BOOL): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelStop(handle: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelPause(handle: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; value: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; var value: FLOAT): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSlideAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; value: FLOAT; time: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelIsSliding(handle, attrib: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall;external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSet3DAttributes(handle: DWORD; mode: Integer; min, max: FLOAT; iangle, oangle, outvol: Integer): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGet3DAttributes(handle: DWORD; var mode: DWORD; var min, max: FLOAT; var iangle, oangle, outvol: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSet3DPosition(handle: DWORD; var pos, orient, vel: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGet3DPosition(handle: DWORD; var pos, orient, vel: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetLength(handle, mode: DWORD): QWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetPosition(handle: DWORD; pos: QWORD; mode: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetPosition(handle, mode: DWORD): QWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetLevel(handle: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelGetData(handle: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetSync(handle: DWORD; type_: DWORD; param: QWORD; proc: SYNCPROC; user: Pointer): HSYNC; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelRemoveSync(handle: DWORD; sync: HSYNC): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetDSP(handle: DWORD; proc: DSPPROC; user: Pointer; priority: Integer): HDSP; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelRemoveDSP(handle: DWORD; dsp: HDSP): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetLink(handle, chan: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelRemoveLink(handle, chan: DWORD): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelSetFX(handle, type_: DWORD; priority: Integer): HFX; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_ChannelRemoveFX(handle: DWORD; fx: HFX): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-

+-function BASS_FXSetParameters(handle: HFX; par: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_FXGetParameters(handle: HFX; par: Pointer): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

+-function BASS_FXReset(handle: HFX): BOOL; stdcall; external bassdll;

++{$ENDIF}

++{$IFDEF DARWIN}

++  bassdll = 'libbass.dylib';

++{$ENDIF}

++

++function BASS_SetConfig(option, value: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetConfig(option: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SetConfigPtr(option: DWORD; value: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetConfigPtr(option: DWORD): Pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetVersion: DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ErrorGetCode: Integer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetDeviceInfo(device: DWORD; var info: BASS_DEVICEINFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

++function BASS_Init(device: Integer; freq, flags: DWORD; win: HWND; clsid: PGUID): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$ELSE}

++function BASS_Init(device: Integer; freq, flags: DWORD; win: Pointer; clsid: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$ENDIF}

++function BASS_SetDevice(device: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetDevice: DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Free: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

++function BASS_GetDSoundObject(obj: DWORD): Pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$ENDIF}

++function BASS_GetInfo(var info: BASS_INFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Update(length: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetCPU: FLOAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Start: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Stop: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Pause: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SetVolume(volume: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetVolume: FLOAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_PluginLoad(filename: PChar; flags: DWORD): HPLUGIN; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_PluginFree(handle: HPLUGIN): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_PluginGetInfo(handle: HPLUGIN): PBASS_PLUGININFO; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_Set3DFactors(distf, rollf, doppf: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Get3DFactors(var distf, rollf, doppf: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Set3DPosition(var pos, vel, front, top: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_Get3DPosition(var pos, vel, front, top: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++procedure BASS_Apply3D; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

++function BASS_SetEAXParameters(env: Integer; vol, decay, damp: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_GetEAXParameters(var env: DWORD; var vol, decay, damp: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++{$ENDIF}

++

++function BASS_MusicLoad(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset: QWORD; length, flags, freq: DWORD): HMUSIC; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_MusicFree(handle: HMUSIC): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_SampleLoad(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset: QWORD; length, max, flags: DWORD): HSAMPLE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleCreate(length, freq, chans, max, flags: DWORD): HSAMPLE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleFree(handle: HSAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleSetData(handle: HSAMPLE; buffer: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleGetData(handle: HSAMPLE; buffer: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleGetInfo(handle: HSAMPLE; var info: BASS_SAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleSetInfo(handle: HSAMPLE; var info: BASS_SAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleGetChannel(handle: HSAMPLE; onlynew: BOOL): HCHANNEL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleGetChannels(handle: HSAMPLE; channels: Pointer): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_SampleStop(handle: HSAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_StreamCreate(freq, chans, flags: DWORD; proc: STREAMPROC; user: Pointer): HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamCreateFile(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset, length: QWORD; flags: DWORD): HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamCreateURL(url: PChar; offset: DWORD; flags: DWORD; proc: DOWNLOADPROC; user: Pointer):HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamCreateFileUser(system, flags: DWORD; var procs: BASS_FILEPROCS; user: Pointer): HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamFree(handle: HSTREAM): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamGetFilePosition(handle: HSTREAM; mode: DWORD): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamPutData(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_StreamPutFileData(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_RecordGetDeviceInfo(device: DWORD; var info: BASS_DEVICEINFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordInit(device: Integer):BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordSetDevice(device: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordGetDevice: DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordFree: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordGetInfo(var info: BASS_RECORDINFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordGetInputName(input: Integer): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordSetInput(input: Integer; flags: DWORD; volume: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordGetInput(input: Integer; var volume: FLOAT): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_RecordStart(freq, chans, flags: DWORD; proc: RECORDPROC; user: Pointer): HRECORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds(handle: DWORD; pos: QWORD): Double; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes(handle: DWORD; pos: Double): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetDevice(handle: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetDevice(handle, device: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelIsActive(handle: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetInfo(handle: DWORD; var info: BASS_CHANNELINFO):BOOL;{$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetTags(handle: HSTREAM; tags: DWORD): PChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelFlags(handle, flags, mask: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelUpdate(handle, length: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelLock(handle: DWORD; lock: BOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelPlay(handle: DWORD; restart: BOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelStop(handle: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelPause(handle: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; value: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; var value: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSlideAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; value: FLOAT; time: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelIsSliding(handle, attrib: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSet3DAttributes(handle: DWORD; mode: Integer; min, max: FLOAT; iangle, oangle, outvol: Integer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGet3DAttributes(handle: DWORD; var mode: DWORD; var min, max: FLOAT; var iangle, oangle, outvol: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSet3DPosition(handle: DWORD; var pos, orient, vel: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGet3DPosition(handle: DWORD; var pos, orient, vel: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetLength(handle, mode: DWORD): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetPosition(handle: DWORD; pos: QWORD; mode: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetPosition(handle, mode: DWORD): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetLevel(handle: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelGetData(handle: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetSync(handle: DWORD; type_: DWORD; param: QWORD; proc: SYNCPROC; user: Pointer): HSYNC; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelRemoveSync(handle: DWORD; sync: HSYNC): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetDSP(handle: DWORD; proc: DSPPROC; user: Pointer; priority: Integer): HDSP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelRemoveDSP(handle: DWORD; dsp: HDSP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetLink(handle, chan: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelRemoveLink(handle, chan: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelSetFX(handle, type_: DWORD; priority: Integer): HFX; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_ChannelRemoveFX(handle: DWORD; fx: HFX): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++

++function BASS_FXSetParameters(handle: HFX; par: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_FXGetParameters(handle: HFX; par: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

++function BASS_FXReset(handle: HFX): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;

+ 

+ 

+ function BASS_SPEAKER_N(n: DWORD): DWORD;

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+ function BASS_SetEAXPreset(env: Integer): BOOL;

+ {

+   This function is defined in the implementation part of this unit.

+@@ -760,7 +788,7 @@

+   to set the predefined EAX environments.

+   env    : a EAX_ENVIRONMENT_xxx constant

+ }

+-

++{$ENDIF}

+ 

+ implementation

+ 

+@@ -769,6 +797,7 @@

+   Result := n shl 24;

+ end;

+ 

++{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}

+ function BASS_SetEAXPreset(env: Integer): BOOL;

+ begin

+   case (env) of

+@@ -828,6 +857,7 @@

+       Result := FALSE;

+   end;

+ end;

++{$ENDIF}

+ 

+ end.

+ // END OF FILE /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

diff --git a/src/lib/bass/delphi/bass.pas b/src/lib/bass/delphi/bass.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e87b05f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/bass/delphi/bass.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,941 @@
+{
+  BASS 2.4 Delphi unit
+  Copyright (c) 1999-2009 Un4seen Developments Ltd.
+
+  See the BASS.CHM file for more detailed documentation
+
+  How to install
+  --------------
+  Copy BASS.PAS to the \LIB subdirectory of your Delphi path or your project dir
+
+  NOTE: Delphi 2009 users should use the BASS_UNICODE flag where possible
+}
+
+unit Bass;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$PACKRECORDS C}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$DEFINE DLL_STDCALL}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$DEFINE DLL_CDECL}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+uses
+  Windows;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+const
+  BASSVERSION = $204;             // API version
+  BASSVERSIONTEXT = '2.4';
+
+  // Use these to test for error from functions that return a DWORD or QWORD
+  DW_ERROR = LongWord(-1); // -1 (DWORD)
+  QW_ERROR = Int64(-1);    // -1 (QWORD)
+
+  // Error codes returned by BASS_ErrorGetCode()
+  BASS_OK                 = 0;    // all is OK
+  BASS_ERROR_MEM          = 1;    // memory error
+  BASS_ERROR_FILEOPEN     = 2;    // can't open the file
+  BASS_ERROR_DRIVER       = 3;    // can't find a free sound driver
+  BASS_ERROR_BUFLOST      = 4;    // the sample buffer was lost
+  BASS_ERROR_HANDLE       = 5;    // invalid handle
+  BASS_ERROR_FORMAT       = 6;    // unsupported sample format
+  BASS_ERROR_POSITION     = 7;    // invalid position
+  BASS_ERROR_INIT         = 8;    // BASS_Init has not been successfully called
+  BASS_ERROR_START        = 9;    // BASS_Start has not been successfully called
+  BASS_ERROR_ALREADY      = 14;   // already initialized/paused/whatever
+  BASS_ERROR_NOCHAN       = 18;   // can't get a free channel
+  BASS_ERROR_ILLTYPE      = 19;   // an illegal type was specified
+  BASS_ERROR_ILLPARAM     = 20;   // an illegal parameter was specified
+  BASS_ERROR_NO3D         = 21;   // no 3D support
+  BASS_ERROR_NOEAX        = 22;   // no EAX support
+  BASS_ERROR_DEVICE       = 23;   // illegal device number
+  BASS_ERROR_NOPLAY       = 24;   // not playing
+  BASS_ERROR_FREQ         = 25;   // illegal sample rate
+  BASS_ERROR_NOTFILE      = 27;   // the stream is not a file stream
+  BASS_ERROR_NOHW         = 29;   // no hardware voices available
+  BASS_ERROR_EMPTY        = 31;   // the MOD music has no sequence data
+  BASS_ERROR_NONET        = 32;   // no internet connection could be opened
+  BASS_ERROR_CREATE       = 33;   // couldn't create the file
+  BASS_ERROR_NOFX         = 34;   // effects are not enabled
+  BASS_ERROR_NOTAVAIL     = 37;   // requested data is not available
+  BASS_ERROR_DECODE       = 38;   // the channel is a "decoding channel"
+  BASS_ERROR_DX           = 39;   // a sufficient DirectX version is not installed
+  BASS_ERROR_TIMEOUT      = 40;   // connection timedout
+  BASS_ERROR_FILEFORM     = 41;   // unsupported file format
+  BASS_ERROR_SPEAKER      = 42;   // unavailable speaker
+  BASS_ERROR_VERSION      = 43;   // invalid BASS version (used by add-ons)
+  BASS_ERROR_CODEC        = 44;   // codec is not available/supported
+  BASS_ERROR_ENDED        = 45;   // the channel/file has ended
+  BASS_ERROR_UNKNOWN      = -1;   // some other mystery problem
+
+  // BASS_SetConfig options
+  BASS_CONFIG_BUFFER        = 0;
+  BASS_CONFIG_UPDATEPERIOD  = 1;
+  BASS_CONFIG_GVOL_SAMPLE   = 4;
+  BASS_CONFIG_GVOL_STREAM   = 5;
+  BASS_CONFIG_GVOL_MUSIC    = 6;
+  BASS_CONFIG_CURVE_VOL     = 7;
+  BASS_CONFIG_CURVE_PAN     = 8;
+  BASS_CONFIG_FLOATDSP      = 9;
+  BASS_CONFIG_3DALGORITHM   = 10;
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_TIMEOUT   = 11;
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_BUFFER    = 12;
+  BASS_CONFIG_PAUSE_NOPLAY  = 13;
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_PREBUF    = 15;
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_PASSIVE   = 18;
+  BASS_CONFIG_REC_BUFFER    = 19;
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_PLAYLIST  = 21;
+  BASS_CONFIG_MUSIC_VIRTUAL = 22;
+  BASS_CONFIG_VERIFY        = 23;
+  BASS_CONFIG_UPDATETHREADS = 24;
+  {$IFDEF LINUX}
+  BASS_CONFIG_DEV_BUFFER    = 27;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // BASS_SetConfigPtr options
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_AGENT     = 16;
+  BASS_CONFIG_NET_PROXY     = 17;
+
+  // Initialization flags
+  BASS_DEVICE_8BITS       = 1;    // use 8 bit resolution, else 16 bit
+  BASS_DEVICE_MONO        = 2;    // use mono, else stereo
+  BASS_DEVICE_3D          = 4;    // enable 3D functionality
+  BASS_DEVICE_LATENCY     = 256;  // calculate device latency (BASS_INFO struct)
+  BASS_DEVICE_CPSPEAKERS  = 1024; // detect speakers via Windows control panel
+  BASS_DEVICE_SPEAKERS    = 2048; // force enabling of speaker assignment
+  BASS_DEVICE_NOSPEAKER   = 4096; // ignore speaker arrangement
+  {$IFDEF LINUX}
+  BASS_DEVICE_DMIX        = 8192; // use "dmix" (shared) output
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // DirectSound interfaces (for use with BASS_GetDSoundObject)
+  BASS_OBJECT_DS          = 1;   // IDirectSound
+  BASS_OBJECT_DS3DL       = 2;   // IDirectSound3DListener
+
+  // BASS_DEVICEINFO flags
+  BASS_DEVICE_ENABLED     = 1;
+  BASS_DEVICE_DEFAULT     = 2;
+  BASS_DEVICE_INIT        = 4;
+
+  // BASS_INFO flags (from DSOUND.H)
+  DSCAPS_CONTINUOUSRATE   = $00000010;     // supports all sample rates between min/maxrate
+  DSCAPS_EMULDRIVER       = $00000020;     // device does NOT have hardware DirectSound support
+  DSCAPS_CERTIFIED        = $00000040;     // device driver has been certified by Microsoft
+  DSCAPS_SECONDARYMONO    = $00000100;     // mono
+  DSCAPS_SECONDARYSTEREO  = $00000200;     // stereo
+  DSCAPS_SECONDARY8BIT    = $00000400;     // 8 bit
+  DSCAPS_SECONDARY16BIT   = $00000800;     // 16 bit
+
+  // BASS_RECORDINFO flags (from DSOUND.H)
+  DSCCAPS_EMULDRIVER = DSCAPS_EMULDRIVER;  // device does NOT have hardware DirectSound recording support
+  DSCCAPS_CERTIFIED = DSCAPS_CERTIFIED;    // device driver has been certified by Microsoft
+
+  // defines for formats field of BASS_RECORDINFO (from MMSYSTEM.H)
+  WAVE_FORMAT_1M08       = $00000001;      // 11.025 kHz, Mono,   8-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_1S08       = $00000002;      // 11.025 kHz, Stereo, 8-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_1M16       = $00000004;      // 11.025 kHz, Mono,   16-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_1S16       = $00000008;      // 11.025 kHz, Stereo, 16-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_2M08       = $00000010;      // 22.05  kHz, Mono,   8-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_2S08       = $00000020;      // 22.05  kHz, Stereo, 8-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_2M16       = $00000040;      // 22.05  kHz, Mono,   16-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_2S16       = $00000080;      // 22.05  kHz, Stereo, 16-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_4M08       = $00000100;      // 44.1   kHz, Mono,   8-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_4S08       = $00000200;      // 44.1   kHz, Stereo, 8-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_4M16       = $00000400;      // 44.1   kHz, Mono,   16-bit
+  WAVE_FORMAT_4S16       = $00000800;      // 44.1   kHz, Stereo, 16-bit
+
+  BASS_SAMPLE_8BITS       = 1;   // 8 bit
+  BASS_SAMPLE_FLOAT       = 256; // 32-bit floating-point
+  BASS_SAMPLE_MONO        = 2;   // mono
+  BASS_SAMPLE_LOOP        = 4;   // looped
+  BASS_SAMPLE_3D          = 8;   // 3D functionality
+  BASS_SAMPLE_SOFTWARE    = 16;  // not using hardware mixing
+  BASS_SAMPLE_MUTEMAX     = 32;  // mute at max distance (3D only)
+  BASS_SAMPLE_VAM         = 64;  // DX7 voice allocation & management
+  BASS_SAMPLE_FX          = 128; // old implementation of DX8 effects
+  BASS_SAMPLE_OVER_VOL    = $10000; // override lowest volume
+  BASS_SAMPLE_OVER_POS    = $20000; // override longest playing
+  BASS_SAMPLE_OVER_DIST   = $30000; // override furthest from listener (3D only)
+
+  BASS_STREAM_PRESCAN     = $20000; // enable pin-point seeking/length (MP3/MP2/MP1)
+  BASS_MP3_SETPOS         = BASS_STREAM_PRESCAN;
+  BASS_STREAM_AUTOFREE	  = $40000; // automatically free the stream when it stop/ends
+  BASS_STREAM_RESTRATE	  = $80000; // restrict the download rate of internet file streams
+  BASS_STREAM_BLOCK       = $100000;// download/play internet file stream in small blocks
+  BASS_STREAM_DECODE      = $200000;// don't play the stream, only decode (BASS_ChannelGetData)
+  BASS_STREAM_STATUS      = $800000;// give server status info (HTTP/ICY tags) in DOWNLOADPROC
+
+  BASS_MUSIC_FLOAT        = BASS_SAMPLE_FLOAT;
+  BASS_MUSIC_MONO         = BASS_SAMPLE_MONO;
+  BASS_MUSIC_LOOP         = BASS_SAMPLE_LOOP;
+  BASS_MUSIC_3D           = BASS_SAMPLE_3D;
+  BASS_MUSIC_FX           = BASS_SAMPLE_FX;
+  BASS_MUSIC_AUTOFREE     = BASS_STREAM_AUTOFREE;
+  BASS_MUSIC_DECODE       = BASS_STREAM_DECODE;
+  BASS_MUSIC_PRESCAN      = BASS_STREAM_PRESCAN; // calculate playback length
+  BASS_MUSIC_CALCLEN      = BASS_MUSIC_PRESCAN;
+  BASS_MUSIC_RAMP         = $200;  // normal ramping
+  BASS_MUSIC_RAMPS        = $400;  // sensitive ramping
+  BASS_MUSIC_SURROUND     = $800;  // surround sound
+  BASS_MUSIC_SURROUND2    = $1000; // surround sound (mode 2)
+  BASS_MUSIC_FT2MOD       = $2000; // play .MOD as FastTracker 2 does
+  BASS_MUSIC_PT1MOD       = $4000; // play .MOD as ProTracker 1 does
+  BASS_MUSIC_NONINTER     = $10000; // non-interpolated sample mixing
+  BASS_MUSIC_SINCINTER    = $800000; // sinc interpolated sample mixing
+  BASS_MUSIC_POSRESET     = $8000; // stop all notes when moving position
+  BASS_MUSIC_POSRESETEX   = $400000; // stop all notes and reset bmp/etc when moving position
+  BASS_MUSIC_STOPBACK     = $80000; // stop the music on a backwards jump effect
+  BASS_MUSIC_NOSAMPLE     = $100000; // don't load the samples
+
+  // Speaker assignment flags
+  BASS_SPEAKER_FRONT      = $1000000;  // front speakers
+  BASS_SPEAKER_REAR       = $2000000;  // rear/side speakers
+  BASS_SPEAKER_CENLFE     = $3000000;  // center & LFE speakers (5.1)
+  BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2      = $4000000;  // rear center speakers (7.1)
+  BASS_SPEAKER_LEFT       = $10000000; // modifier: left
+  BASS_SPEAKER_RIGHT      = $20000000; // modifier: right
+  BASS_SPEAKER_FRONTLEFT  = BASS_SPEAKER_FRONT or BASS_SPEAKER_LEFT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_FRONTRIGHT = BASS_SPEAKER_FRONT or BASS_SPEAKER_RIGHT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_REARLEFT   = BASS_SPEAKER_REAR or BASS_SPEAKER_LEFT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_REARRIGHT  = BASS_SPEAKER_REAR or BASS_SPEAKER_RIGHT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_CENTER     = BASS_SPEAKER_CENLFE or BASS_SPEAKER_LEFT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_LFE        = BASS_SPEAKER_CENLFE or BASS_SPEAKER_RIGHT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2LEFT  = BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2 or BASS_SPEAKER_LEFT;
+  BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2RIGHT = BASS_SPEAKER_REAR2 or BASS_SPEAKER_RIGHT;
+
+  BASS_UNICODE            = $80000000;
+
+  BASS_RECORD_PAUSE       = $8000; // start recording paused
+
+  // DX7 voice allocation & management flags
+  BASS_VAM_HARDWARE       = 1;
+  BASS_VAM_SOFTWARE       = 2;
+  BASS_VAM_TERM_TIME      = 4;
+  BASS_VAM_TERM_DIST      = 8;
+  BASS_VAM_TERM_PRIO      = 16;
+
+  // BASS_CHANNELINFO types
+  BASS_CTYPE_SAMPLE       = 1;
+  BASS_CTYPE_RECORD       = 2;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM       = $10000;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_OGG   = $10002;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_MP1   = $10003;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_MP2   = $10004;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_MP3   = $10005;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_AIFF  = $10006;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_CA    = $10007;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_WAV   = $40000; // WAVE flag, LOWORD=codec
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_WAV_PCM = $50001;
+  BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_WAV_FLOAT = $50003;
+  BASS_CTYPE_MUSIC_MOD    = $20000;
+  BASS_CTYPE_MUSIC_MTM    = $20001;
+  BASS_CTYPE_MUSIC_S3M    = $20002;
+  BASS_CTYPE_MUSIC_XM     = $20003;
+  BASS_CTYPE_MUSIC_IT     = $20004;
+  BASS_CTYPE_MUSIC_MO3    = $00100; // MO3 flag
+
+  // 3D channel modes
+  BASS_3DMODE_NORMAL      = 0; // normal 3D processing
+  BASS_3DMODE_RELATIVE    = 1; // position is relative to the listener
+  BASS_3DMODE_OFF         = 2; // no 3D processing
+
+  // software 3D mixing algorithms (used with BASS_CONFIG_3DALGORITHM)
+  BASS_3DALG_DEFAULT      = 0;
+  BASS_3DALG_OFF          = 1;
+  BASS_3DALG_FULL         = 2;
+  BASS_3DALG_LIGHT        = 3;
+
+  // EAX environments, use with BASS_SetEAXParameters
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_GENERIC           = 0;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PADDEDCELL        = 1;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ROOM              = 2;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_BATHROOM          = 3;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_LIVINGROOM        = 4;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_STONEROOM         = 5;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_AUDITORIUM        = 6;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CONCERTHALL       = 7;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CAVE              = 8;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ARENA             = 9;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_HANGAR            = 10;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CARPETEDHALLWAY   = 11;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_HALLWAY           = 12;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_STONECORRIDOR     = 13;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ALLEY             = 14;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_FOREST            = 15;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CITY              = 16;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_MOUNTAINS         = 17;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_QUARRY            = 18;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PLAIN             = 19;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PARKINGLOT        = 20;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_SEWERPIPE         = 21;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_UNDERWATER        = 22;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_DRUGGED           = 23;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_DIZZY             = 24;
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PSYCHOTIC         = 25;
+  // total number of environments
+  EAX_ENVIRONMENT_COUNT             = 26;
+
+  BASS_STREAMPROC_END = $80000000; // end of user stream flag
+
+
+  // BASS_StreamCreateFileUser file systems
+  STREAMFILE_NOBUFFER     = 0;
+  STREAMFILE_BUFFER       = 1;
+  STREAMFILE_BUFFERPUSH   = 2;
+
+  // BASS_StreamPutFileData options
+  BASS_FILEDATA_END       = 0; // end & close the file
+
+  // BASS_StreamGetFilePosition modes
+  BASS_FILEPOS_CURRENT    = 0;
+  BASS_FILEPOS_DECODE     = BASS_FILEPOS_CURRENT;
+  BASS_FILEPOS_DOWNLOAD   = 1;
+  BASS_FILEPOS_END        = 2;
+  BASS_FILEPOS_START      = 3;
+  BASS_FILEPOS_CONNECTED  = 4;
+  BASS_FILEPOS_BUFFER     = 5;
+
+  // BASS_ChannelSetSync types
+  BASS_SYNC_POS           = 0;
+  BASS_SYNC_END           = 2;
+  BASS_SYNC_META          = 4;
+  BASS_SYNC_SLIDE         = 5;
+  BASS_SYNC_STALL         = 6;
+  BASS_SYNC_DOWNLOAD      = 7;
+  BASS_SYNC_FREE          = 8;
+  BASS_SYNC_SETPOS        = 11;
+  BASS_SYNC_MUSICPOS      = 10;
+  BASS_SYNC_MUSICINST     = 1;
+  BASS_SYNC_MUSICFX       = 3;
+  BASS_SYNC_OGG_CHANGE    = 12;
+  BASS_SYNC_MIXTIME       = $40000000; // FLAG: sync at mixtime, else at playtime
+  BASS_SYNC_ONETIME       = $80000000; // FLAG: sync only once, else continuously
+
+  // BASS_ChannelIsActive return values
+  BASS_ACTIVE_STOPPED = 0;
+  BASS_ACTIVE_PLAYING = 1;
+  BASS_ACTIVE_STALLED = 2;
+  BASS_ACTIVE_PAUSED  = 3;
+
+  // Channel attributes
+  BASS_ATTRIB_FREQ                  = 1;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_VOL                   = 2;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_PAN                   = 3;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_EAXMIX                = 4;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_AMPLIFY         = $100;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_PANSEP          = $101;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_PSCALER         = $102;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_BPM             = $103;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_SPEED           = $104;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_VOL_GLOBAL      = $105;
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_VOL_CHAN        = $200; // + channel #
+  BASS_ATTRIB_MUSIC_VOL_INST        = $300; // + instrument #
+
+  // BASS_ChannelGetData flags
+  BASS_DATA_AVAILABLE = 0;        // query how much data is buffered
+  BASS_DATA_FLOAT     = $40000000; // flag: return floating-point sample data
+  BASS_DATA_FFT256    = $80000000; // 256 sample FFT
+  BASS_DATA_FFT512    = $80000001; // 512 FFT
+  BASS_DATA_FFT1024   = $80000002; // 1024 FFT
+  BASS_DATA_FFT2048   = $80000003; // 2048 FFT
+  BASS_DATA_FFT4096   = $80000004; // 4096 FFT
+  BASS_DATA_FFT8192   = $80000005; // 8192 FFT
+  BASS_DATA_FFT_INDIVIDUAL = $10; // FFT flag: FFT for each channel, else all combined
+  BASS_DATA_FFT_NOWINDOW = $20;   // FFT flag: no Hanning window
+
+  // BASS_ChannelGetTags types : what's returned
+  BASS_TAG_ID3        = 0; // ID3v1 tags : TAG_ID3 structure
+  BASS_TAG_ID3V2      = 1; // ID3v2 tags : variable length block
+  BASS_TAG_OGG        = 2; // OGG comments : series of null-terminated UTF-8 strings
+  BASS_TAG_HTTP       = 3; // HTTP headers : series of null-terminated ANSI strings
+  BASS_TAG_ICY        = 4; // ICY headers : series of null-terminated ANSI strings
+  BASS_TAG_META       = 5; // ICY metadata : ANSI string
+  BASS_TAG_VENDOR     = 9; // OGG encoder : UTF-8 string
+  BASS_TAG_LYRICS3    = 10; // Lyric3v2 tag : ASCII string
+  BASS_TAG_CA_CODEC   = 11; // CoreAudio codec info : TAG_CA_CODEC structure
+  BASS_TAG_RIFF_INFO  = $100; // RIFF "INFO" tags : series of null-terminated ANSI strings
+  BASS_TAG_RIFF_BEXT  = $101; // RIFF/BWF "bext" tags : TAG_BEXT structure
+  BASS_TAG_RIFF_CART  = $102; // RIFF/BWF "cart" tags : TAG_CART structure
+  BASS_TAG_MUSIC_NAME = $10000;	// MOD music name : ANSI string
+  BASS_TAG_MUSIC_MESSAGE = $10001; // MOD message : ANSI string
+  BASS_TAG_MUSIC_ORDERS = $10002; // MOD order list : BYTE array of pattern numbers
+  BASS_TAG_MUSIC_INST = $10100;	// + instrument #, MOD instrument name : ANSI string
+  BASS_TAG_MUSIC_SAMPLE = $10300; // + sample #, MOD sample name : ANSI string
+
+  // BASS_ChannelGetLength/GetPosition/SetPosition modes
+  BASS_POS_BYTE           = 0; // byte position
+  BASS_POS_MUSIC_ORDER    = 1; // order.row position, MAKELONG(order,row)
+  BASS_POS_DECODE         = $10000000; // flag: get the decoding (not playing) position
+  
+  // BASS_RecordSetInput flags
+  BASS_INPUT_OFF    = $10000;
+  BASS_INPUT_ON     = $20000;
+
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_MASK    = $FF000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_UNDEF   = $00000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_DIGITAL = $01000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_LINE    = $02000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_MIC     = $03000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_SYNTH   = $04000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_CD      = $05000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_PHONE   = $06000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_SPEAKER = $07000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_WAVE    = $08000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_AUX     = $09000000;
+  BASS_INPUT_TYPE_ANALOG  = $0A000000;
+
+  BASS_FX_DX8_CHORUS	  = 0;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_COMPRESSOR  = 1;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_DISTORTION  = 2;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_ECHO        = 3;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_FLANGER     = 4;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_GARGLE      = 5;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_I3DL2REVERB = 6;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_PARAMEQ     = 7;
+  BASS_FX_DX8_REVERB      = 8;
+
+  BASS_DX8_PHASE_NEG_180 = 0;
+  BASS_DX8_PHASE_NEG_90  = 1;
+  BASS_DX8_PHASE_ZERO    = 2;
+  BASS_DX8_PHASE_90      = 3;
+  BASS_DX8_PHASE_180     = 4;
+
+type
+  DWORD = LongWord;
+  BOOL = LongBool;
+  FLOAT = Single;
+  QWORD = Int64;
+
+  HMUSIC = DWORD;       // MOD music handle
+  HSAMPLE = DWORD;      // sample handle
+  HCHANNEL = DWORD;     // playing sample's channel handle
+  HSTREAM = DWORD;      // sample stream handle
+  HRECORD = DWORD;      // recording handle
+  HSYNC = DWORD;        // synchronizer handle
+  HDSP = DWORD;         // DSP handle
+  HFX = DWORD;          // DX8 effect handle
+  HPLUGIN = DWORD;      // Plugin handle
+
+  // Device info structure
+  BASS_DEVICEINFO = record
+    name: PAnsiChar;    // description
+    driver: PAnsiChar;  // driver
+    flags: DWORD;
+  end;
+
+  BASS_INFO = record
+    flags: DWORD;       // device capabilities (DSCAPS_xxx flags)
+    hwsize: DWORD;      // size of total device hardware memory
+    hwfree: DWORD;      // size of free device hardware memory
+    freesam: DWORD;     // number of free sample slots in the hardware
+    free3d: DWORD;      // number of free 3D sample slots in the hardware
+    minrate: DWORD;     // min sample rate supported by the hardware
+    maxrate: DWORD;     // max sample rate supported by the hardware
+    eax: BOOL;          // device supports EAX? (always FALSE if BASS_DEVICE_3D was not used)
+    minbuf: DWORD;      // recommended minimum buffer length in ms (requires BASS_DEVICE_LATENCY)
+    dsver: DWORD;       // DirectSound version
+    latency: DWORD;     // delay (in ms) before start of playback (requires BASS_DEVICE_LATENCY)
+    initflags: DWORD;   // BASS_Init "flags" parameter
+    speakers: DWORD;    // number of speakers available
+    freq: DWORD;        // current output rate (OSX only)
+  end;
+
+  // Recording device info structure
+  BASS_RECORDINFO = record
+    flags: DWORD;       // device capabilities (DSCCAPS_xxx flags)
+    formats: DWORD;     // supported standard formats (WAVE_FORMAT_xxx flags)
+    inputs: DWORD;      // number of inputs
+    singlein: BOOL;     // only 1 input can be set at a time
+    freq: DWORD;        // current input rate (OSX only)
+  end;
+
+  // Sample info structure
+  BASS_SAMPLE = record
+    freq: DWORD;        // default playback rate
+    volume: FLOAT;      // default volume (0-100)
+    pan: FLOAT;         // default pan (-100=left, 0=middle, 100=right)
+    flags: DWORD;       // BASS_SAMPLE_xxx flags
+    length: DWORD;      // length (in samples, not bytes)
+    max: DWORD;         // maximum simultaneous playbacks
+    origres: DWORD;     // original resolution
+    chans: DWORD;       // number of channels
+    mingap: DWORD;      // minimum gap (ms) between creating channels
+    mode3d: DWORD;      // BASS_3DMODE_xxx mode
+    mindist: FLOAT;     // minimum distance
+    maxdist: FLOAT;     // maximum distance
+    iangle: DWORD;      // angle of inside projection cone
+    oangle: DWORD;      // angle of outside projection cone
+    outvol: FLOAT;      // delta-volume outside the projection cone
+    vam: DWORD;         // voice allocation/management flags (BASS_VAM_xxx)
+    priority: DWORD;    // priority (0=lowest, $ffffffff=highest)
+  end;
+
+  // Channel info structure
+  BASS_CHANNELINFO = record
+    freq: DWORD;        // default playback rate
+    chans: DWORD;       // channels
+    flags: DWORD;       // BASS_SAMPLE/STREAM/MUSIC/SPEAKER flags
+    ctype: DWORD;       // type of channel
+    origres: DWORD;     // original resolution
+    plugin: HPLUGIN;    // plugin
+    sample: HSAMPLE;    // sample
+    filename: PChar;    // filename
+  end;
+
+  BASS_PLUGINFORM = record
+    ctype: DWORD;       // channel type
+    name: PAnsiChar;    // format description
+    exts: PAnsiChar;    // file extension filter (*.ext1;*.ext2;etc...)
+  end;
+  PBASS_PLUGINFORMS = ^TBASS_PLUGINFORMS;
+  TBASS_PLUGINFORMS = array[0..maxInt div sizeOf(BASS_PLUGINFORM) - 1] of BASS_PLUGINFORM;
+
+  BASS_PLUGININFO = record
+    version: DWORD;             // version (same form as BASS_GetVersion)
+    formatc: DWORD;             // number of formats
+    formats: PBASS_PLUGINFORMS; // the array of formats
+  end;
+  PBASS_PLUGININFO = ^BASS_PLUGININFO;
+
+  // 3D vector (for 3D positions/velocities/orientations)
+  BASS_3DVECTOR = record
+    x: FLOAT;           // +=right, -=left
+    y: FLOAT;           // +=up, -=down
+    z: FLOAT;           // +=front, -=behind
+  end;
+
+  // User file stream callback functions
+  FILECLOSEPROC = procedure(user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  FILELENPROC = function(user: Pointer): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  FILEREADPROC = function(buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  FILESEEKPROC = function(offset: QWORD; user: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  BASS_FILEPROCS = record
+    close: FILECLOSEPROC;
+    length: FILELENPROC;
+    read: FILEREADPROC;
+    seek: FILESEEKPROC;
+  end;
+
+  // ID3v1 tag structure
+  TAG_ID3 = record
+    id: Array[0..2] of AnsiChar;
+    title: Array[0..29] of AnsiChar;
+    artist: Array[0..29] of AnsiChar;
+    album: Array[0..29] of AnsiChar;
+    year: Array[0..3] of AnsiChar;
+    comment: Array[0..29] of AnsiChar;
+    genre: Byte;
+  end;
+
+  // BWF "bext" tag structure
+  TAG_BEXT = record
+    Description: Array[0..255] of AnsiChar;     // description
+    Originator: Array[0..31] of AnsiChar;       // name of the originator
+    OriginatorReference: Array[0..31] of AnsiChar; // reference of the originator
+    OriginationDate: Array[0..9] of AnsiChar;   // date of creation (yyyy-mm-dd)
+    OriginationTime: Array[0..7] of AnsiChar;   // time of creation (hh-mm-ss)
+    TimeReference: QWORD;                       // first sample count since midnight (little-endian)
+    Version: Word;                              // BWF version (little-endian)
+    UMID: Array[0..63] of Byte;                 // SMPTE UMID
+    Reserved: Array[0..189] of Byte;
+    CodingHistory: Array of AnsiChar;           // history
+  end;
+
+  // BWF "cart" tag structures
+  TAG_CART_TIMER = record
+	dwUsage: DWORD;					// FOURCC timer usage ID
+	dwValue: DWORD;					// timer value in samples from head
+  end;
+
+  TAG_CART = record
+	Version: array [0..3] of AnsiChar;				// version of the data structure
+	Title: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;				// title of cart audio sequence
+	Artist: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;				// artist or creator name
+	CutID: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;				// cut number identification
+	ClientID: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;			// client identification
+	Category: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;			// category ID, PSA, NEWS, etc
+	Classification: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;		// classification or auxiliary key
+	OutCue: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;				// out cue text
+	StartDate: array [0..9] of AnsiChar;			// yyyy-mm-dd
+	StartTime: array [0..7] of AnsiChar;			// hh:mm:ss
+	EndDate: array [0..9] of AnsiChar;				// yyyy-mm-dd
+	EndTime: array [0..7] of AnsiChar;				// hh:mm:ss
+	ProducerAppID: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;		// name of vendor or application
+	ProducerAppVersion: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;	// version of producer application
+	UserDef: array [0..63] of AnsiChar;				// user defined text
+	dwLevelReference: DWORD;						// sample value for 0 dB reference
+	PostTimer: array [0..7] of TAG_CART_TIMER;		// 8 time markers after head
+	Reserved: array [0..275] of AnsiChar;
+	URL: array [0..1023] of AnsiChar;				// uniform resource locator
+	TagText: array [0..0] of AnsiChar;				// free form text for scripts or tags
+  end;
+  
+  // CoreAudio codec info structure
+  TAG_CA_CODEC = record
+	ftype: DWORD;					// file format
+	atype: DWORD;					// audio format
+	name: {const} PAnsiChar;		// description
+  end;
+  
+  BASS_DX8_CHORUS = record
+    fWetDryMix: FLOAT;
+    fDepth: FLOAT;
+    fFeedback: FLOAT;
+    fFrequency: FLOAT;
+    lWaveform: DWORD;   // 0=triangle, 1=sine
+    fDelay: FLOAT;
+    lPhase: DWORD;      // BASS_DX8_PHASE_xxx
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_COMPRESSOR = record
+    fGain: FLOAT;
+    fAttack: FLOAT;
+    fRelease: FLOAT;
+    fThreshold: FLOAT;
+    fRatio: FLOAT;
+    fPredelay: FLOAT;
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_DISTORTION = record
+    fGain: FLOAT;
+    fEdge: FLOAT;
+    fPostEQCenterFrequency: FLOAT;
+    fPostEQBandwidth: FLOAT;
+    fPreLowpassCutoff: FLOAT;
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_ECHO = record
+    fWetDryMix: FLOAT;
+    fFeedback: FLOAT;
+    fLeftDelay: FLOAT;
+    fRightDelay: FLOAT;
+    lPanDelay: BOOL;
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_FLANGER = record
+    fWetDryMix: FLOAT;
+    fDepth: FLOAT;
+    fFeedback: FLOAT;
+    fFrequency: FLOAT;
+    lWaveform: DWORD;   // 0=triangle, 1=sine
+    fDelay: FLOAT;
+    lPhase: DWORD;      // BASS_DX8_PHASE_xxx
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_GARGLE = record
+    dwRateHz: DWORD;               // Rate of modulation in hz
+    dwWaveShape: DWORD;            // 0=triangle, 1=square
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_I3DL2REVERB = record
+    lRoom: LongInt;                // [-10000, 0]      default: -1000 mB
+    lRoomHF: LongInt;              // [-10000, 0]      default: 0 mB
+    flRoomRolloffFactor: FLOAT;    // [0.0, 10.0]      default: 0.0
+    flDecayTime: FLOAT;            // [0.1, 20.0]      default: 1.49s
+    flDecayHFRatio: FLOAT;         // [0.1, 2.0]       default: 0.83
+    lReflections: LongInt;         // [-10000, 1000]   default: -2602 mB
+    flReflectionsDelay: FLOAT;     // [0.0, 0.3]       default: 0.007 s
+    lReverb: LongInt;              // [-10000, 2000]   default: 200 mB
+    flReverbDelay: FLOAT;          // [0.0, 0.1]       default: 0.011 s
+    flDiffusion: FLOAT;            // [0.0, 100.0]     default: 100.0 %
+    flDensity: FLOAT;              // [0.0, 100.0]     default: 100.0 %
+    flHFReference: FLOAT;          // [20.0, 20000.0]  default: 5000.0 Hz
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_PARAMEQ = record
+    fCenter: FLOAT;
+    fBandwidth: FLOAT;
+    fGain: FLOAT;
+  end;
+
+  BASS_DX8_REVERB = record
+    fInGain: FLOAT;                // [-96.0,0.0]            default: 0.0 dB
+    fReverbMix: FLOAT;             // [-96.0,0.0]            default: 0.0 db
+    fReverbTime: FLOAT;            // [0.001,3000.0]         default: 1000.0 ms
+    fHighFreqRTRatio: FLOAT;       // [0.001,0.999]          default: 0.001
+  end;
+
+  // callback function types
+  STREAMPROC = function(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {
+    User stream callback function. NOTE: A stream function should obviously be as
+    quick as possible, other streams (and MOD musics) can't be mixed until
+    it's finished.
+    handle : The stream that needs writing
+    buffer : Buffer to write the samples in
+    length : Number of bytes to write
+    user   : The 'user' parameter value given when calling BASS_StreamCreate
+    RETURN : Number of bytes written. Set the BASS_STREAMPROC_END flag to end
+             the stream.
+  }
+
+const
+  // special STREAMPROCs
+  STREAMPROC_DUMMY {: STREAMPROC} = Pointer(0);  // "dummy" stream
+  STREAMPROC_PUSH  {: STREAMPROC} = Pointer(-1); // push stream
+
+type
+
+  DOWNLOADPROC = procedure(buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {
+    Internet stream download callback function.
+    buffer : Buffer containing the downloaded data... NULL=end of download
+    length : Number of bytes in the buffer
+    user   : The 'user' parameter value given when calling BASS_StreamCreateURL
+  }
+
+  SYNCPROC = procedure(handle: HSYNC; channel, data: DWORD; user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {
+    Sync callback function. NOTE: a sync callback function should be very
+    quick as other syncs cannot be processed until it has finished. If the
+    sync is a "mixtime" sync, then other streams and MOD musics can not be
+    mixed until it's finished either.
+    handle : The sync that has occured
+    channel: Channel that the sync occured in
+    data   : Additional data associated with the sync's occurance
+    user   : The 'user' parameter given when calling BASS_ChannelSetSync
+  }
+
+  DSPPROC = procedure(handle: HDSP; channel: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer); {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {
+    DSP callback function. NOTE: A DSP function should obviously be as quick
+    as possible... other DSP functions, streams and MOD musics can not be
+    processed until it's finished.
+    handle : The DSP handle
+    channel: Channel that the DSP is being applied to
+    buffer : Buffer to apply the DSP to
+    length : Number of bytes in the buffer
+    user   : The 'user' parameter given when calling BASS_ChannelSetDSP
+  }
+
+  RECORDPROC = function(handle: HRECORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {
+    Recording callback function.
+    handle : The recording handle
+    buffer : Buffer containing the recorded sample data
+    length : Number of bytes
+    user   : The 'user' parameter value given when calling BASS_RecordStart
+    RETURN : TRUE = continue recording, FALSE = stop
+  }
+
+
+// Functions
+const
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  bassdll = 'bass.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF LINUX}
+  bassdll = 'bass';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  bassdll = 'libbass.dylib';
+  {$linklib libbass}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function BASS_SetConfig(option, value: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetConfig(option: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SetConfigPtr(option: DWORD; value: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetConfigPtr(option: DWORD): Pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetVersion: DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ErrorGetCode: LongInt; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetDeviceInfo(device: DWORD; var info: BASS_DEVICEINFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function BASS_Init(device: LongInt; freq, flags: DWORD; win: HWND; clsid: PGUID): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$ELSE}
+function BASS_Init(device: LongInt; freq, flags: DWORD; win: Pointer; clsid: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$ENDIF}
+function BASS_SetDevice(device: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetDevice: DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Free: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function BASS_GetDSoundObject(obj: DWORD): Pointer; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$ENDIF}
+function BASS_GetInfo(var info: BASS_INFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Update(length: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetCPU: FLOAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Start: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Stop: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Pause: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SetVolume(volume: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetVolume: FLOAT; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_PluginLoad(filename: PChar; flags: DWORD): HPLUGIN; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_PluginFree(handle: HPLUGIN): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_PluginGetInfo(handle: HPLUGIN): PBASS_PLUGININFO; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_Set3DFactors(distf, rollf, doppf: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Get3DFactors(var distf, rollf, doppf: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Set3DPosition(var pos, vel, front, top: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_Get3DPosition(var pos, vel, front, top: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+procedure BASS_Apply3D; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function BASS_SetEAXParameters(env: LongInt; vol, decay, damp: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_GetEAXParameters(var env: DWORD; var vol, decay, damp: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function BASS_MusicLoad(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset: QWORD; length, flags, freq: DWORD): HMUSIC; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_MusicFree(handle: HMUSIC): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_SampleLoad(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset: QWORD; length, max, flags: DWORD): HSAMPLE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleCreate(length, freq, chans, max, flags: DWORD): HSAMPLE; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleFree(handle: HSAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleSetData(handle: HSAMPLE; buffer: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleGetData(handle: HSAMPLE; buffer: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleGetInfo(handle: HSAMPLE; var info: BASS_SAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleSetInfo(handle: HSAMPLE; var info: BASS_SAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleGetChannel(handle: HSAMPLE; onlynew: BOOL): HCHANNEL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleGetChannels(handle: HSAMPLE; channels: Pointer): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_SampleStop(handle: HSAMPLE): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_StreamCreate(freq, chans, flags: DWORD; proc: STREAMPROC; user: Pointer): HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamCreateFile(mem: BOOL; f: Pointer; offset, length: QWORD; flags: DWORD): HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamCreateURL(url: PAnsiChar; offset: DWORD; flags: DWORD; proc: DOWNLOADPROC; user: Pointer):HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamCreateFileUser(system, flags: DWORD; var procs: BASS_FILEPROCS; user: Pointer): HSTREAM; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamFree(handle: HSTREAM): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamGetFilePosition(handle: HSTREAM; mode: DWORD): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamPutData(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_StreamPutFileData(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_RecordGetDeviceInfo(device: DWORD; var info: BASS_DEVICEINFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordInit(device: LongInt):BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordSetDevice(device: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordGetDevice: DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordFree: BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordGetInfo(var info: BASS_RECORDINFO): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordGetInputName(input: LongInt): PAnsiChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordSetInput(input: LongInt; flags: DWORD; volume: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordGetInput(input: LongInt; var volume: FLOAT): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_RecordStart(freq, chans, flags: DWORD; proc: RECORDPROC; user: Pointer): HRECORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds(handle: DWORD; pos: QWORD): Double; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes(handle: DWORD; pos: Double): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetDevice(handle: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetDevice(handle, device: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelIsActive(handle: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetInfo(handle: DWORD; var info: BASS_CHANNELINFO):BOOL;{$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetTags(handle: HSTREAM; tags: DWORD): PAnsiChar; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelFlags(handle, flags, mask: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelUpdate(handle, length: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelLock(handle: DWORD; lock: BOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelPlay(handle: DWORD; restart: BOOL): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelStop(handle: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelPause(handle: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; value: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; var value: FLOAT): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSlideAttribute(handle, attrib: DWORD; value: FLOAT; time: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelIsSliding(handle, attrib: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF}external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSet3DAttributes(handle: DWORD; mode: LongInt; min, max: FLOAT; iangle, oangle, outvol: LongInt): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGet3DAttributes(handle: DWORD; var mode: DWORD; var min, max: FLOAT; var iangle, oangle, outvol: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSet3DPosition(handle: DWORD; var pos, orient, vel: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGet3DPosition(handle: DWORD; var pos, orient, vel: BASS_3DVECTOR): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetLength(handle, mode: DWORD): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetPosition(handle: DWORD; pos: QWORD; mode: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetPosition(handle, mode: DWORD): QWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetLevel(handle: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelGetData(handle: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD): DWORD; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetSync(handle: DWORD; type_: DWORD; param: QWORD; proc: SYNCPROC; user: Pointer): HSYNC; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelRemoveSync(handle: DWORD; sync: HSYNC): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetDSP(handle: DWORD; proc: DSPPROC; user: Pointer; priority: LongInt): HDSP; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelRemoveDSP(handle: DWORD; dsp: HDSP): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetLink(handle, chan: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelRemoveLink(handle, chan: DWORD): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelSetFX(handle, type_: DWORD; priority: LongInt): HFX; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_ChannelRemoveFX(handle: DWORD; fx: HFX): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+function BASS_FXSetParameters(handle: HFX; par: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_FXGetParameters(handle: HFX; par: Pointer): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+function BASS_FXReset(handle: HFX): BOOL; {$IFDEF DLL_STDCALL}stdcall;{$ENDIF}{$IFDEF DLL_CDECL}cdecl;{$ENDIF} external bassdll;
+
+
+function BASS_SPEAKER_N(n: DWORD): DWORD;
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function BASS_SetEAXPreset(env: LongInt): BOOL;
+{
+  This function is defined in the implementation part of this unit.
+  It is not part of BASS.DLL but an extra function which makes it easier
+  to set the predefined EAX environments.
+  env    : a EAX_ENVIRONMENT_xxx constant
+}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+implementation
+
+function BASS_SPEAKER_N(n: DWORD): DWORD;
+begin
+  Result := n shl 24;
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function BASS_SetEAXPreset(env: LongInt): BOOL;
+begin
+  case (env) of
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_GENERIC:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_GENERIC, 0.5, 1.493, 0.5);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PADDEDCELL:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PADDEDCELL, 0.25, 0.1, 0);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ROOM:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ROOM, 0.417, 0.4, 0.666);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_BATHROOM:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_BATHROOM, 0.653, 1.499, 0.166);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_LIVINGROOM:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_LIVINGROOM, 0.208, 0.478, 0);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_STONEROOM:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_STONEROOM, 0.5, 2.309, 0.888);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_AUDITORIUM:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_AUDITORIUM, 0.403, 4.279, 0.5);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CONCERTHALL:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CONCERTHALL, 0.5, 3.961, 0.5);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CAVE:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CAVE, 0.5, 2.886, 1.304);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ARENA:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ARENA, 0.361, 7.284, 0.332);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_HANGAR:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_HANGAR, 0.5, 10.0, 0.3);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CARPETEDHALLWAY:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CARPETEDHALLWAY, 0.153, 0.259, 2.0);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_HALLWAY:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_HALLWAY, 0.361, 1.493, 0);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_STONECORRIDOR:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_STONECORRIDOR, 0.444, 2.697, 0.638);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ALLEY:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_ALLEY, 0.25, 1.752, 0.776);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_FOREST:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_FOREST, 0.111, 3.145, 0.472);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CITY:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_CITY, 0.111, 2.767, 0.224);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_MOUNTAINS:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_MOUNTAINS, 0.194, 7.841, 0.472);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_QUARRY:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_QUARRY, 1, 1.499, 0.5);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PLAIN:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PLAIN, 0.097, 2.767, 0.224);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PARKINGLOT:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PARKINGLOT, 0.208, 1.652, 1.5);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_SEWERPIPE:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_SEWERPIPE, 0.652, 2.886, 0.25);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_UNDERWATER:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_UNDERWATER, 1, 1.499, 0);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_DRUGGED:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_DRUGGED, 0.875, 8.392, 1.388);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_DIZZY:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_DIZZY, 0.139, 17.234, 0.666);
+    EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PSYCHOTIC:
+      Result := BASS_SetEAXParameters(EAX_ENVIRONMENT_PSYCHOTIC, 0.486, 7.563, 0.806);
+    else
+      Result := FALSE;
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+end.
+// END OF FILE /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/CollArray.pas b/src/lib/collections/CollArray.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a10ba905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/CollArray.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+unit CollArray;
+
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ * 
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0.3 $
+ * $Revision: 1.2 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\CollArray.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Colllection implementations based on arrays.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.2  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 12/06/04 20:02:16
+ *   Capacity property.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:30:36
+ *   Size property dropped. 
+ *   Unused abstract functions still implemented.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 01/03/03 10:50:02
+ *   Initial revision.
+ *
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+ 
+interface
+
+uses
+    Collections;
+
+type
+    TArray = class(TAbstractList)
+    private
+        FArray: array of ICollectable;
+    protected
+        function TrueGetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueSetItem(Index: Integer; const Value: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueDelete(Index: Integer): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean = false); override;
+        constructor Create(Size: Integer; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean = false); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const Collection: ICollection); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetFixedSize: Boolean; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+    end;
+
+implementation
+
+constructor TArray.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    Create(0, NaturalItemsOnly);
+end;
+
+constructor TArray.Create(Size: Integer; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean = false);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    SetLength(FArray, Size);
+end;
+
+constructor TArray.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    inherited Create(ItemArray, NaturalItemsOnly);
+    SetLength(FArray, Length(ItemArray));
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        Item := ItemArray[I];
+        ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+        if ItemError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ItemError);
+        end
+        else
+            Items[I] := Item;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TArray.Create(const Collection: ICollection);
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    inherited Create(Collection);
+    SetLength(FArray, Collection.GetSize);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    I := 0;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Items[I] := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        Inc(I);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+end;
+
+destructor TArray.Destroy;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Delete interface references to all items
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        FArray[I] := nil;
+    end;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TArray.TrueGetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FArray[Index];
+end;
+
+procedure TArray.TrueSetItem(Index: Integer; const Value: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FArray[Index] := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TArray.TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    // Ignored as collection is fixed size
+end;
+
+procedure TArray.TrueClear;
+begin
+    // Ignored as collection is fixed size
+end;
+
+function TArray.TrueDelete(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    // Ignored as collection is fixed size
+end;
+
+procedure TArray.TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    // Ignored as collection is fixed size
+end;
+
+function TArray.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Size;
+end;
+
+procedure TArray.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    // Ignored
+end;
+
+function TArray.GetFixedSize: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TArray.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Length(FArray);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/CollHash.pas b/src/lib/collections/CollHash.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..796fc740
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/CollHash.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1497 @@
+unit CollHash;
+
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ * 
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0.3 $
+ * $Revision: 1.1.1.2 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\CollHash.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Collection implementations based on hash tables.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.2  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 12/06/04 20:04:30
+ *   Capacity property.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 24/10/03 16:48:16
+ *   v1.0 branch.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:40:16
+ *   Added integer map and string map versions. 
+ *   THashSet uses its own implementation, not THashMap. 
+ *   DefaulMaxLoadFactor changed.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 01/03/03 10:50:02
+ *   Initial revision.
+ * 
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+ 
+interface
+
+uses
+    Classes, Math,
+    Collections;
+
+const
+    DefaultTableSize = 100;
+    MaxLoadFactorMin = 0.01;        // Minimum allowed value for MaxLoadFactor property.
+    DefaultMaxLoadFactor = 5.0;
+
+type
+    THashMap = class(TAbstractMap)
+    private
+        FArray: TListArray;
+        FCapacity: Integer;
+        FMaxLoadFactor: Double;
+        FSize: Integer;
+        FTableSize: Integer;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator; override;
+        procedure SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double); virtual;
+        procedure SetTableSize(Value: Integer); virtual;
+        procedure ChangeCapacity(Value: TListArray); virtual;
+        procedure CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean); virtual;
+        function GetHash(const Key: ICollectable): Integer; virtual;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure Rehash;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; override;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        class function GetAlwaysNaturalKeys: Boolean; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+        property MaxLoadFactor: Double read FMaxLoadFactor write SetMaxLoadFactor;
+        property TableSize: Integer read FTableSize write SetTableSize;
+    end;
+
+    THashSet = class(TAbstractSet)
+    private
+        FArray: TListArray;
+        FCapacity: Integer;
+        FMaxLoadFactor: Double;
+        FSize: Integer;
+        FTableSize: Integer;
+    protected
+        procedure SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double); virtual;
+        procedure SetTableSize(Value: Integer); virtual;
+        procedure ChangeCapacity(Value: TListArray); virtual;
+        procedure CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean); virtual;
+        function GetHash(const Item: ICollectable): Integer; virtual;
+        function GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure Rehash;
+        procedure TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition); override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        class function GetAlwaysNaturalItems: Boolean; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+        property MaxLoadFactor: Double read FMaxLoadFactor write SetMaxLoadFactor;
+        property TableSize: Integer read FTableSize write SetTableSize;
+    end;
+
+    THashIntegerMap = class(TAbstractIntegerMap)
+    private
+        FArray: TListArray;
+        FCapacity: Integer;
+        FMaxLoadFactor: Double;
+        FSize: Integer;
+        FTableSize: Integer;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IIntegerMapIterator; override;
+        procedure SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double); virtual;
+        procedure SetTableSize(Value: Integer); virtual;
+        procedure ChangeCapacity(Value: TListArray); virtual;
+        procedure CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean); virtual;
+        function GetHash(const Key: Integer): Integer; virtual;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: Integer): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure Rehash;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IIntegerAssociation; override;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IIntegerAssociation): IIntegerAssociation; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IIntegerAssociation; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create; override;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; TableSize: Integer; MaxLoadFactor: Double = DefaultMaxLoadFactor); overload; virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+        property MaxLoadFactor: Double read FMaxLoadFactor write SetMaxLoadFactor;
+        property TableSize: Integer read FTableSize write SetTableSize;
+    end;
+
+    THashStringMap = class(TAbstractStringMap)
+    private
+        FArray: TListArray;
+        FCapacity: Integer;
+        FMaxLoadFactor: Double;
+        FSize: Integer;
+        FTableSize: Integer;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IStringMapIterator; override;
+        procedure SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double); virtual;
+        procedure SetTableSize(Value: Integer); virtual;
+        procedure ChangeCapacity(Value: TListArray); virtual;
+        procedure CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean); virtual;
+        function GetHash(const Key: String): Integer; virtual;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: String): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure Rehash;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IStringAssociation; override;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IStringAssociation): IStringAssociation; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IStringAssociation; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create; override;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; TableSize: Integer; MaxLoadFactor: Double = DefaultMaxLoadFactor); overload; virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+        property MaxLoadFactor: Double read FMaxLoadFactor write SetMaxLoadFactor;
+        property TableSize: Integer read FTableSize write SetTableSize;
+    end;
+
+implementation
+
+const
+    (* (sqrt(5) - 1)/2
+        See Introduction to Algorithms in Pascal, 1995, by Thomas W. Parsons,
+        published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc, ISBN 0-471-11600-9
+    *)
+    HashFactor = 0.618033988749894848204586834365638;
+
+type
+    THashIterator = class(TAbstractIterator)
+    private
+        FHashSet: THashSet;
+        FHash: Integer;
+        FChainIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(HashSet: THashSet);
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    THashAssociationIterator = class(TAbstractAssociationIterator)
+    private
+        FHashMap: THashMap;
+        FHash: Integer;
+        FChainIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(HashMap: THashMap);
+        function TrueFirst: IAssociation; override;
+        function TrueNext: IAssociation; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    THashIntegerIterator = class(TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator)
+    private
+        FHashIntegerMap: THashIntegerMap;
+        FHash: Integer;
+        FChainIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(HashIntegerMap: THashIntegerMap);
+        function TrueFirst: IIntegerAssociation; override;
+        function TrueNext: IIntegerAssociation; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    THashStringIterator = class(TAbstractStringAssociationIterator)
+    private
+        FHashStringMap: THashStringMap;
+        FHash: Integer;
+        FChainIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(HashStringMap: THashStringMap);
+        function TrueFirst: IStringAssociation; override;
+        function TrueNext: IStringAssociation; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    THashPosition = class(TCollectionPosition)
+    private
+        FChain: TList;
+        FIndex: Integer;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Found: Boolean; Chain: TList; Index: Integer);
+        property Chain: TList read FChain;
+        property Index: Integer read FIndex;
+    end;
+
+{ THashMap }
+constructor THashMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Force use of natural keys
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly, true);
+    FTableSize := DefaultTableSize;
+    FMaxLoadFactor := DefaultMaxLoadFactor;
+    SetLength(FArray, FTableSize);
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I] := TList.Create;
+    FCapacity := 0;
+    FSize := 0;
+    ChangeCapacity(FArray);
+end;
+
+destructor THashMap.Destroy;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I].Free;
+    FArray := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+class function THashMap.GetAlwaysNaturalKeys: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function THashMap.GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := HashableIID;
+end;
+
+function THashMap.GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := THashAssociationIterator.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.SetTableSize(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    if (FTableSize <> Value) and (Value >= 1) then
+    begin
+        FTableSize := Value;
+        Rehash;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double);
+begin
+    if (FMaxLoadFactor <> Value) and (Value >= MaxLoadFactorMin) then
+    begin
+        FMaxLoadFactor := Value;
+        CheckLoadFactor(false);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.ChangeCapacity(Value: TListArray);
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, Total, ChainCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    if FCapacity mod FTableSize = 0 then
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize)
+    else
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize) + 1;
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(Value) to High(Value) do
+    begin
+        Chain := Value[I];
+        Chain.Capacity := ChainCapacity;
+        Total := Total + Chain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean);
+var
+    LoadFactor: Double;
+begin
+    LoadFactor := Capacity / TableSize;
+    if LoadFactor > MaxLoadFactor then
+        TableSize := Trunc(Capacity / Max(MaxLoadFactor, MaxLoadFactorMin))
+    else if AlwaysChangeCapacity then
+        ChangeCapacity(FArray);
+end;
+
+function THashMap.GetHash(const Key: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Hashable: IHashable;
+    HashCode: Cardinal;
+begin
+    Key.QueryInterface(IHashable, Hashable);
+    HashCode := Hashable.HashCode;
+    Result := Trunc(Frac(HashCode * HashFactor) * TableSize);
+end;
+
+function THashMap.GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Chain := FArray[GetHash(Key)];
+    Success := false;
+    for I := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Success := KeyComparator.Equals(Key, IAssociation(Chain[I]).GetKey);
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+    end;
+    Result := THashPosition.Create(Success, Chain, I);
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.Rehash;
+var
+    NewArray: TListArray;
+    OldChain, NewChain: TList;
+    Association: IAssociation;
+    Total: Integer;
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Hash: Integer;
+begin
+    // Create new chains
+    SetLength(NewArray, TableSize);
+    for I := Low(NewArray) to High(NewArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := TList.Create;
+        NewArray[I] := NewChain;
+    end;
+    ChangeCapacity(NewArray);
+
+    // Transfer from old chains to new and drop old
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        OldChain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to OldChain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Association := IAssociation(OldChain[J]);
+            Hash := GetHash(Association.GetKey);
+            NewArray[Hash].Add(Pointer(Association));
+        end;
+        OldChain.Free;
+    end;
+    FArray := NewArray;
+
+    // Find actual, new capacity
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := FArray[I];
+        Total := Total + NewChain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.TrueClear;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, J: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        Chain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Association := IAssociation(Chain[J]);
+            Chain[J] := nil;
+            // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+            // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+            Association._Release;
+        end;
+        Chain.Clear;
+    end;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+function THashMap.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Result := IAssociation(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+end;
+
+function THashMap.TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+    OldAssociation: IAssociation;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    if HashPosition.Found then
+    begin
+        OldAssociation := IAssociation(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+        HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index] := Pointer(Association);
+        Result := OldAssociation;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._AddRef;
+        OldAssociation._Release;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        HashPosition.Chain.Add(Pointer(Association));
+        Inc(FSize);
+        Result := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._AddRef;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function THashMap.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Association := IAssociation(TrueGet(Position));
+    HashPosition.Chain.Delete(HashPosition.Index);
+    Dec(FSize);
+    Result := Association;
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+function THashMap.GetCapacity;
+begin
+    Result := FCapacity;
+end;
+
+procedure THashMap.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FCapacity := Value;
+    CheckLoadFactor(true);
+end;
+
+function THashMap.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FSize;
+end;
+
+{ THashSet }
+constructor THashSet.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Force use of natural items
+    inherited Create(true);
+    FTableSize := DefaultTableSize;
+    FMaxLoadFactor := DefaultMaxLoadFactor;
+    SetLength(FArray, FTableSize);
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I] := TList.Create;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+destructor THashSet.Destroy;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I].Free;
+    FArray := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.SetTableSize(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    if (FTableSize <> Value) and (Value >= 1) then
+    begin
+        FTableSize := Value;
+        Rehash;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double);
+begin
+    if (FMaxLoadFactor <> Value) and (Value >= MaxLoadFactorMin) then
+    begin
+        FMaxLoadFactor := Value;
+        CheckLoadFactor(false);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.ChangeCapacity(Value: TListArray);
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, Total, ChainCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    if FCapacity mod FTableSize = 0 then
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize)
+    else
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize) + 1;
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(Value) to High(Value) do
+    begin
+        Chain := Value[I];
+        Chain.Capacity := ChainCapacity;
+        Total := Total + Chain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean);
+var
+    LoadFactor: Double;
+begin
+    LoadFactor := Capacity / TableSize;
+    if LoadFactor > MaxLoadFactor then
+        TableSize := Trunc(Capacity / Max(MaxLoadFactor, MaxLoadFactorMin))
+    else if AlwaysChangeCapacity then
+        ChangeCapacity(FArray);
+end;
+
+function THashSet.GetHash(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Hashable: IHashable;
+    HashCode: Cardinal;
+begin
+    Item.QueryInterface(IHashable, Hashable);
+    HashCode := Hashable.HashCode;
+    Result := Trunc(Frac(HashCode * HashFactor) * TableSize);
+end;
+
+function THashSet.GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Chain := FArray[GetHash(Item)];
+    Success := false;
+    for I := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Success := Comparator.Equals(Item, ICollectable(Chain[I]));
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+    end;
+    Result := THashPosition.Create(Success, Chain, I);
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.Rehash;
+var
+    NewArray: TListArray;
+    OldChain, NewChain: TList;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    Total: Integer;
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Hash: Integer;
+begin
+    // Create new chains
+    SetLength(NewArray, TableSize);
+    for I := Low(NewArray) to High(NewArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := TList.Create;
+        NewArray[I] := NewChain;
+    end;
+    ChangeCapacity(NewArray);
+
+    // Transfer from old chains to new and drop old
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        OldChain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to OldChain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Item := ICollectable(OldChain[J]);
+            Hash := GetHash(Item);
+            NewArray[Hash].Add(Pointer(Item));
+        end;
+        OldChain.Free;
+    end;
+    FArray := NewArray;
+
+    // Find actual, new capacity
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := FArray[I];
+        Total := Total + NewChain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable);
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    HashPosition.Chain.Add(Pointer(Item));
+    Inc(FSize);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Item._AddRef;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.TrueClear;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, J: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        Chain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Item := ICollectable(Chain[J]);
+            Chain[J] := nil;
+            // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+            // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+            Item._Release;
+        end;
+        Chain.Clear;
+    end;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+function THashSet.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Result := ICollectable(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition);
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Item := TrueGet(Position);
+    HashPosition.Chain.Delete(HashPosition.Index);
+    Dec(FSize);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Item._Release;
+end;
+
+class function THashSet.GetAlwaysNaturalItems: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function THashSet.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := THashIterator.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function THashSet.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := HashableIID;
+end;
+
+function THashSet.GetCapacity;
+begin
+    Result := FCapacity;
+end;
+
+procedure THashSet.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FCapacity := Value;
+    CheckLoadFactor(true);
+end;
+
+function THashSet.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FSize;
+end;
+
+{ THashIntegerMap }
+constructor THashIntegerMap.Create;
+begin
+    Create(false, DefaultTableSize, DefaultMaxLoadFactor);
+end;
+
+constructor THashIntegerMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly, DefaultTableSize, DefaultMaxLoadFactor);
+end;
+
+constructor THashIntegerMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; TableSize: Integer; MaxLoadFactor: Double = DefaultMaxLoadFactor);
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    SetLength(FArray, TableSize);
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I] := TList.Create;
+    FTableSize := TableSize;
+    FMaxLoadFactor := MaxLoadFactor;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+destructor THashIntegerMap.Destroy;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I].Free;
+    FArray := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.GetAssociationIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := THashIntegerIterator.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.SetTableSize(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    if (FTableSize <> Value) and (Value >= 1) then
+    begin
+        FTableSize := Value;
+        Rehash;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double);
+begin
+    if (FMaxLoadFactor <> Value) and (Value >= MaxLoadFactorMin) then
+    begin
+        FMaxLoadFactor := Value;
+        CheckLoadFactor(false);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.ChangeCapacity;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, Total, ChainCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    if FCapacity mod FTableSize = 0 then
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize)
+    else
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize) + 1;
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(Value) to High(Value) do
+    begin
+        Chain := Value[I];
+        Chain.Capacity := ChainCapacity;
+        Total := Total + Chain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean);
+var
+    LoadFactor: Double;
+begin
+    LoadFactor := Capacity / TableSize;
+    if LoadFactor > MaxLoadFactor then
+        TableSize := Trunc(Capacity / Max(MaxLoadFactor, MaxLoadFactorMin))
+    else if AlwaysChangeCapacity then
+        ChangeCapacity(FArray);
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.GetHash(const Key: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Trunc(Frac(Cardinal(Key) * HashFactor) * TableSize);
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.GetKeyPosition(const Key: Integer): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Chain := FArray[GetHash(Key)];
+    Success := false;
+    for I := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Success := (Key = IIntegerAssociation(Chain[I]).GetKey);
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+    end;
+    Result := THashPosition.Create(Success, Chain, I);
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.Rehash;
+var
+    NewArray: TListArray;
+    OldChain, NewChain: TList;
+    Association: IIntegerAssociation;
+    Total: Integer;
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Hash: Integer;
+begin
+    // Create new chains
+    SetLength(NewArray, TableSize);
+    for I := Low(NewArray) to High(NewArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := TList.Create;
+        NewArray[I] := NewChain;
+    end;
+    ChangeCapacity(NewArray);
+
+    // Transfer from old chains to new and drop old
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        OldChain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to OldChain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Association := IIntegerAssociation(OldChain[J]);
+            Hash := GetHash(Association.GetKey);
+            NewArray[Hash].Add(Pointer(Association));
+        end;
+        OldChain.Free;
+    end;
+    FArray := NewArray;
+
+    // Find actual, new capacity
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := FArray[I];
+        Total := Total + NewChain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.TrueClear;
+var
+    Association: IIntegerAssociation;
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, J: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        Chain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Association := IIntegerAssociation(Chain[J]);
+            Chain[J] := nil;
+            // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+            // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+            Association._Release;
+        end;
+        Chain.Clear;
+    end;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IIntegerAssociation;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Result := IIntegerAssociation(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IIntegerAssociation): IIntegerAssociation;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+    OldAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    if HashPosition.Found then
+    begin
+        OldAssociation := IIntegerAssociation(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+        HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index] := Pointer(Association);
+        Result := OldAssociation;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._AddRef;
+        OldAssociation._Release;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        HashPosition.Chain.Add(Pointer(Association));
+        Inc(FSize);
+        Result := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._AddRef;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IIntegerAssociation;
+var
+    Association: IIntegerAssociation;
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Association := IIntegerAssociation(TrueGet(Position));
+    HashPosition.Chain.Delete(HashPosition.Index);
+    Dec(FSize);
+    Result := Association;
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.GetCapacity;
+begin
+    Result := FCapacity;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerMap.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FCapacity := Value;
+    CheckLoadFactor(true);
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerMap.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FSize;
+end;
+
+{ THashStringMap }
+constructor THashStringMap.Create;
+begin
+    Create(false, DefaultTableSize, DefaultMaxLoadFactor);
+end;
+
+constructor THashStringMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly, DefaultTableSize, DefaultMaxLoadFactor);
+end;
+
+constructor THashStringMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; TableSize: Integer; MaxLoadFactor: Double = DefaultMaxLoadFactor);
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    SetLength(FArray, TableSize);
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I] := TList.Create;
+    FTableSize := TableSize;
+    FMaxLoadFactor := MaxLoadFactor;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+destructor THashStringMap.Destroy;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+        FArray[I].Free;
+    FArray := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.GetAssociationIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := THashStringIterator.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.SetTableSize(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    if (FTableSize <> Value) and (Value >= 1) then
+    begin
+        FTableSize := Value;
+        Rehash;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.SetMaxLoadFactor(Value: Double);
+begin
+    if (FMaxLoadFactor <> Value) and (Value >= MaxLoadFactorMin) then
+    begin
+        FMaxLoadFactor := Value;
+        CheckLoadFactor(false);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.ChangeCapacity;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, Total, ChainCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    if FCapacity mod FTableSize = 0 then
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize)
+    else
+        ChainCapacity := Trunc(FCapacity / FTableSize) + 1;
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(Value) to High(Value) do
+    begin
+        Chain := Value[I];
+        Chain.Capacity := ChainCapacity;
+        Total := Total + Chain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.CheckLoadFactor(AlwaysChangeCapacity: Boolean);
+var
+    LoadFactor: Double;
+begin
+    LoadFactor := Capacity / TableSize;
+    if LoadFactor > MaxLoadFactor then
+        TableSize := Trunc(Capacity / Max(MaxLoadFactor, MaxLoadFactorMin))
+    else if AlwaysChangeCapacity then
+        ChangeCapacity(FArray);
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.GetHash(const Key: String): Integer;
+var
+    HashCode: Cardinal;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    HashCode := 0;
+    for I := 1 to Length(Key) do
+        HashCode := (HashCode shl 1) xor Ord(Key[I]);
+    Result := Trunc(Frac(HashCode * HashFactor) * TableSize);
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.GetKeyPosition(const Key: String): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Chain := FArray[GetHash(Key)];
+    Success := false;
+    for I := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Success := (Key = IStringAssociation(Chain[I]).GetKey);
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+    end;
+    Result := THashPosition.Create(Success, Chain, I);
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.Rehash;
+var
+    NewArray: TListArray;
+    OldChain, NewChain: TList;
+    Association: IStringAssociation;
+    Total: Integer;
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Hash: Integer;
+begin
+    // Create new chains
+    SetLength(NewArray, TableSize);
+    for I := Low(NewArray) to High(NewArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := TList.Create;
+        NewArray[I] := NewChain;
+    end;
+    ChangeCapacity(NewArray);
+
+    // Transfer from old chains to new and drop old
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        OldChain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to OldChain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Association := IStringAssociation(OldChain[J]);
+            Hash := GetHash(Association.GetKey);
+            NewArray[Hash].Add(Pointer(Association));
+        end;
+        OldChain.Free;
+    end;
+    FArray := NewArray;
+
+    // Find actual, new capacity
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        NewChain := FArray[I];
+        Total := Total + NewChain.Capacity;
+    end;
+    FCapacity := Total;
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.TrueClear;
+var
+    Association: IStringAssociation;
+    Chain: TList;
+    I, J: Integer;
+begin
+    for I := Low(FArray) to High(FArray) do
+    begin
+        Chain := FArray[I];
+        for J := 0 to Chain.Count - 1 do
+        begin
+            Association := IStringAssociation(Chain[J]);
+            Chain[J] := nil;
+            // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+            // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+            Association._Release;
+        end;
+        Chain.Clear;
+    end;
+    FSize := 0;
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IStringAssociation;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Result := IStringAssociation(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IStringAssociation): IStringAssociation;
+var
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+    OldAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    if HashPosition.Found then
+    begin
+        OldAssociation := IStringAssociation(HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index]);
+        HashPosition.Chain.Items[HashPosition.Index] := Pointer(Association);
+        Result := OldAssociation;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._AddRef;
+        OldAssociation._Release;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        HashPosition.Chain.Add(Pointer(Association));
+        Inc(FSize);
+        Result := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._AddRef;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IStringAssociation;
+var
+    Association: IStringAssociation;
+    HashPosition: THashPosition;
+begin
+    HashPosition := THashPosition(Position);
+    Association := IStringAssociation(TrueGet(Position));
+    HashPosition.Chain.Delete(HashPosition.Index);
+    Dec(FSize);
+    Result := Association;
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.GetCapacity;
+begin
+    Result := FCapacity;
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringMap.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FCapacity := Value;
+    CheckLoadFactor(true);
+end;
+
+function THashStringMap.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FSize;
+end;
+
+{ THashPosition }
+constructor THashPosition.Create(Found: Boolean; Chain: TList; Index: Integer);
+begin
+    inherited Create(Found);
+    FChain := Chain;
+    FIndex := Index;
+end;
+
+{ THashIterator }
+constructor THashIterator.Create(HashSet: THashSet);
+begin
+    inherited Create(true);
+    FHashSet := HashSet;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function THashIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    FHash := 0;
+    FChainIndex := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while FHash < FHashSet.TableSize do
+    begin
+        Chain := FHashSet.FArray[FHash];
+        Success := Chain.Count > 0;
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+        Inc(FHash);
+    end;
+    if Success then
+        Result := ICollectable(FHashSet.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function THashIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := false;
+    Chain := FHashSet.FArray[FHash];
+    repeat
+        Inc(FChainIndex);
+        if FChainIndex >= Chain.Count then
+        begin
+            Inc(FHash);
+            FChainIndex := -1;
+            if FHash < FHashSet.TableSize then
+                Chain := FHashSet.FArray[FHash];
+        end
+        else
+            Success := true;
+    until Success or (FHash >= FHashSet.TableSize);
+    if Success then
+        Result := ICollectable(FHashSet.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIterator.TrueRemove;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := ICollectable(FHashSet.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex]);
+    FHashSet.FArray[FHash].Delete(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FHashSet.FSize);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Item._Release;
+end;
+
+
+{ THashAssociationIterator }
+constructor THashAssociationIterator.Create(HashMap: THashMap);
+begin
+    inherited Create(true);
+    FHashMap := HashMap;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function THashAssociationIterator.TrueFirst: IAssociation;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    FHash := 0;
+    FChainIndex := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while FHash < FHashMap.TableSize do
+    begin
+        Chain := FHashMap.FArray[FHash];
+        Success := Chain.Count > 0;
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+        Inc(FHash);
+    end;
+    if Success then
+        Result := IAssociation(FHashMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function THashAssociationIterator.TrueNext: IAssociation;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := false;
+    Chain := FHashMap.FArray[FHash];
+    repeat
+        Inc(FChainIndex);
+        if FChainIndex >= Chain.Count then
+        begin
+            Inc(FHash);
+            FChainIndex := -1;
+            if FHash < FHashMap.TableSize then
+                Chain := FHashMap.FArray[FHash];
+        end
+        else
+            Success := true;
+    until Success or (FHash >= FHashMap.TableSize);
+    if Success then
+        Result := IAssociation(FHashMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure THashAssociationIterator.TrueRemove;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := IAssociation(FHashMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex]);
+    FHashMap.FArray[FHash].Delete(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FHashMap.FSize);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+
+{ THashIntegerIterator }
+constructor THashIntegerIterator.Create(HashIntegerMap: THashIntegerMap);
+begin
+    inherited Create(true);
+    FHashIntegerMap := HashIntegerMap;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerIterator.TrueFirst: IIntegerAssociation;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    FHash := 0;
+    FChainIndex := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while FHash < FHashIntegerMap.TableSize do
+    begin
+        Chain := FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash];
+        Success := Chain.Count > 0;
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+        Inc(FHash);
+    end;
+    if Success then
+        Result := IIntegerAssociation(FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function THashIntegerIterator.TrueNext: IIntegerAssociation;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := false;
+    Chain := FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash];
+    repeat
+        Inc(FChainIndex);
+        if FChainIndex >= Chain.Count then
+        begin
+            Inc(FHash);
+            FChainIndex := -1;
+            if FHash < FHashIntegerMap.TableSize then
+                Chain := FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash];
+        end
+        else
+            Success := true;
+    until Success or (FHash >= FHashIntegerMap.TableSize);
+    if Success then
+        Result := IIntegerAssociation(FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure THashIntegerIterator.TrueRemove;
+var
+    Association: IIntegerAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := IIntegerAssociation(FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex]);
+    FHashIntegerMap.FArray[FHash].Delete(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FHashIntegerMap.FSize);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+{ THashStringIterator }
+constructor THashStringIterator.Create(HashStringMap: THashStringMap);
+begin
+    inherited Create(true);
+    FHashStringMap := HashStringMap;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function THashStringIterator.TrueFirst: IStringAssociation;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    FHash := 0;
+    FChainIndex := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while FHash < FHashStringMap.TableSize do
+    begin
+        Chain := FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash];
+        Success := Chain.Count > 0;
+        if Success then
+            Break;
+        Inc(FHash);
+    end;
+    if Success then
+        Result := IStringAssociation(FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function THashStringIterator.TrueNext: IStringAssociation;
+var
+    Chain: TList;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := false;
+    Chain := FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash];
+    repeat
+        Inc(FChainIndex);
+        if FChainIndex >= Chain.Count then
+        begin
+            Inc(FHash);
+            FChainIndex := -1;
+            if FHash < FHashStringMap.TableSize then
+                Chain := FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash];
+        end
+        else
+            Success := true;
+    until Success or (FHash >= FHashStringMap.TableSize);
+    if Success then
+        Result := IStringAssociation(FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure THashStringIterator.TrueRemove;
+var
+    Association: IStringAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := IStringAssociation(FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash].Items[FChainIndex]);
+    FHashStringMap.FArray[FHash].Delete(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FChainIndex);
+    Dec(FHashStringMap.FSize);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/CollLibrary.pas b/src/lib/collections/CollLibrary.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7e3d268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/CollLibrary.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+unit CollLibrary;
+
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ * 
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0.3 $
+ * $Revision: 1.0.1.1 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\CollLibrary.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Initial version.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0.1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 24/10/03 16:48:16
+ *   v1.0 branch.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:40:32
+ *   Initial revision.
+ * 
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+ 
+interface
+
+uses
+    Collections, CollArray, CollHash, CollList, CollPArray, CollWrappers;
+
+type
+    TMiscCollectionLibrary = class
+    public
+        class function ClassNameToClassType(ClassName: String): TAbstractCollectionClass;
+        class function EqualIID(const IID1, IID2: TGUID): Boolean;
+        class function HashCode(Value: String): Integer;
+        class procedure ShuffleArray(var ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+        class procedure ShuffleList(const List: IList);
+    end;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TMiscCollectionLibrary }
+class function TMiscCollectionLibrary.ClassNameToClassType(ClassName: String): TAbstractCollectionClass;
+begin
+    if ClassName = 'TArray' then
+        Result := TArray
+    else if ClassName = 'THashSet' then
+        Result := THashSet
+    else if ClassName = 'THashMap' then
+        Result := THashMap
+    else if ClassName = 'THashIntegerMap' then
+        Result := THashIntegerMap
+    else if ClassName = 'THashStringMap' then
+        Result := THashStringMap
+    else if ClassName = 'TListSet' then
+        Result := TListSet
+    else if ClassName = 'TListMap' then
+        Result := TListMap
+    else if ClassName = 'TPArrayBag' then
+        Result := TPArrayBag
+    else if ClassName = 'TPArraySet' then
+        Result := TPArraySet
+    else if ClassName = 'TPArrayList' then
+        Result := TPArrayList
+    else if ClassName = 'TPArrayMap' then
+        Result := TPArrayMap
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+class function TMiscCollectionLibrary.EqualIID(const IID1, IID2: TGUID): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (IID1.D1 = IID2.D1) and (IID1.D2 = IID2.D2) and (IID1.D3 = IID2.D3) and
+        (IID1.D4[0] = IID2.D4[0]) and (IID1.D4[1] = IID2.D4[1]) and
+        (IID1.D4[2] = IID2.D4[2]) and (IID1.D4[3] = IID2.D4[3]) and
+        (IID1.D4[4] = IID2.D4[4]) and (IID1.D4[5] = IID2.D4[5]) and
+        (IID1.D4[6] = IID2.D4[6]) and (IID1.D4[7] = IID2.D4[7]);
+end;
+
+class function TMiscCollectionLibrary.HashCode(Value: String): Integer;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := 0;
+    for I := 1 to Length(Value) do
+        Result := (Result shl 1) xor Ord(Value[I]);
+end;
+
+class procedure TMiscCollectionLibrary.ShuffleArray(var ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    ArraySize, I, Index: Integer;
+begin
+    Randomize;
+    ArraySize := Length(ItemArray);
+    for I := 0 to ArraySize - 1 do
+    begin
+        Index := (I + Random(ArraySize - 1) + 1) mod ArraySize;
+        Item := ItemArray[I];
+        ItemArray[I] := ItemArray[Index];
+        ItemArray[Index] := Item;
+    end;
+end;
+
+class procedure TMiscCollectionLibrary.ShuffleList(const List: IList);
+var
+    ListSize, I: Integer;
+begin
+    Randomize;
+    ListSize := List.GetSize;
+    for I := 0 to ListSize - 1 do
+    begin
+        List.Exchange(I, (I + Random(ListSize - 1) + 1) mod ListSize);
+    end;
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/CollList.pas b/src/lib/collections/CollList.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68aa0d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/CollList.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+unit CollList;
+
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ * 
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0.3 $
+ * $Revision: 1.1.1.2 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\CollList.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Collection implementations based on sorted TPArrayList instances.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.2  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 12/06/04 20:05:54
+ *   Capacity property.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 14/02/04 17:45:38
+ *   v1.0 branch.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:41:52
+ *   Uses TExposedPArrayList to improve performance.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 01/03/03 10:50:02
+ *   Initial revision.
+ * 
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+    Collections, CollPArray;
+
+type
+    TListSet = class(TAbstractSet)
+    private
+        FList: TExposedPArrayList;
+    protected
+        function GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition); override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+    end;
+
+    TListMap = class(TAbstractMap)
+    private
+        FList: TExposedPArrayList;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator; override;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; override;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        procedure SetKeyComparator(const Value: IComparator); override;
+        function GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+    end;
+
+implementation
+
+type
+    TListPosition = class(TCollectionPosition)
+    private
+        FSearchResult: TSearchResult;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Found: Boolean; SearchResult: TSearchResult);
+        property SearchResult: TSearchResult read FSearchResult;
+    end;
+
+constructor TListSet.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FList := TExposedPArrayList.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FList.Comparator := Comparator;
+    FList.Sort;
+end;
+
+destructor TListSet.Destroy;
+begin
+    FList.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TListSet.GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+begin
+    SearchResult := FList.Search(Item);
+    Result := TListPosition.Create((SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex), SearchResult);
+end;
+
+procedure TListSet.TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable);
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+    Index: Integer;
+begin
+    SearchResult := TListPosition(Position).SearchResult;
+    Index := SearchResult.Index;
+    if SearchResult.ResultType = srBeforeIndex then
+        FList.TrueInsert(Index, Item)
+    else
+        FList.TrueAppend(Item);
+end;
+
+procedure TListSet.TrueClear;
+begin
+    FList.Clear;
+end;
+
+function TListSet.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Items[TListPosition(Position).SearchResult.Index];
+end;
+
+procedure TListSet.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition);
+begin
+    FList.Delete(TListPosition(Position).SearchResult.Index);
+end;
+
+function TListSet.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Capacity;
+end;
+
+procedure TListSet.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FList.Capacity := Value;
+end;
+
+function TListSet.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := FList.GetIterator;
+end;
+
+function TListSet.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := ComparableIID;
+end;
+
+function TListSet.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Size;
+end;
+
+constructor TListMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly, NaturalKeysOnly);
+    FList := TExposedPArrayList.Create(false);
+    FList.Comparator := AssociationComparator;
+    FList.Sort;
+end;
+
+destructor TListMap.Destroy;
+begin
+    FList.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TListMap.GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TAssociationIterator.Create(FList.GetIterator);
+end;
+
+function TListMap.GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+begin
+    Association := TAssociation.Create(Key, nil);
+    SearchResult := FList.Search(Association);
+    Result := TListPosition.Create((SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex), SearchResult);
+end;
+
+procedure TListMap.TrueClear;
+begin
+    FList.Clear;
+end;
+
+function TListMap.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation;
+begin
+    Result := (FList.Items[TListPosition(Position).SearchResult.Index]) as IAssociation;
+end;
+
+function TListMap.TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation;
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+    Index: Integer;
+begin
+    SearchResult := TListPosition(Position).SearchResult;
+    Index := SearchResult.Index;
+    if SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+    begin
+        Result := (FList.Items[Index]) as IAssociation;
+        FList.Items[Index] := Association;
+    end
+    else if SearchResult.ResultType = srBeforeIndex then
+        FList.TrueInsert(Index, Association)
+    else
+        FList.TrueAppend(Association);
+end;
+
+function TListMap.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation;
+begin
+    Result := (FList.Items[TListPosition(Position).SearchResult.Index]) as IAssociation;
+    FList.Delete(TListPosition(Position).SearchResult.Index);
+end;
+
+procedure TListMap.SetKeyComparator(const Value: IComparator);
+begin
+    inherited SetKeyComparator(Value);
+    FList.Sort;
+end;
+
+function TListMap.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Capacity;
+end;
+
+procedure TListMap.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FList.Capacity := Value;
+end;
+
+function TListMap.GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := ComparableIID;
+end;
+
+function TListMap.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Size;
+end;
+
+constructor TListPosition.Create(Found: Boolean; SearchResult: TSearchResult);
+begin
+    inherited Create(Found);
+    FSearchResult := SearchResult;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/CollPArray.pas b/src/lib/collections/CollPArray.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ebd534b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/CollPArray.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+unit CollPArray;
+
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ * 
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0.3 $
+ * $Revision: 1.2.1.2 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\CollPArray.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Collection implementations based on TList.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.2.1.2  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 12/06/04 20:08:30
+ *   Capacity property.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.2.1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 14/02/04 17:46:10
+ *   v1.0 branch.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.2  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 28/04/03 15:07:14
+ *   Correctly handles nil items.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:43:16
+ *   Added TPArrayMap and TExposedPArrayList.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 01/03/03 10:50:02
+ *   Initial revision.
+ * 
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+ 
+interface
+
+uses
+    Classes,
+    Collections;
+
+type
+    TPArrayBag = class(TAbstractBag)
+    private
+        FList: TList;
+    protected
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+    TPArraySet = class(TAbstractSet)
+    private
+        FList: TList;
+    protected
+        function GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition); override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+    end;
+
+    TPArrayList = class(TAbstractList)
+    private
+        FList: TList;
+    protected
+        function TrueGetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueSetItem(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueDelete(Index: Integer): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+    end;
+
+    TPArrayMap = class(TAbstractMap)
+    private
+        FList: TList;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator; override;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; override;
+        procedure TrueClear; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; override;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean); override;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; override;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); override;
+        function GetSize: Integer; override;
+    end;
+
+    // Same as TPArrayList but raises method visibilities so items can be manually
+    // appended or inserted without resetting sort flag.
+    TExposedPArrayList = class(TPArrayList)
+    public
+        procedure TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable); override;
+        procedure TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); override;
+    end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+type
+    TPArrayIterator = class(TAbstractIterator)
+    private
+        FList: TList;
+        FIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(List: TList; AllowRemove: Boolean);
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    TPArrayAssociationIterator = class(TAbstractAssociationIterator)
+    private
+        FList: TList;
+        FIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(List: TList; AllowRemove: Boolean);
+        function TrueFirst: IAssociation; override;
+        function TrueNext: IAssociation; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    TPArrayPosition = class(TCollectionPosition)
+    private
+        FIndex: Integer;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Found: Boolean; Index: Integer);
+        property Index: Integer read FIndex;
+    end;
+
+constructor TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FList := TList.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TPArrayBag.Destroy;
+begin
+    FList.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    FList.Add(Pointer(Item));
+    Result := true;
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    if Item <> nil then
+        Item._AddRef;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayBag.TrueClear;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Delete all interface references
+    for I := 0 to FList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Item := ICollectable(FList[I]);
+        FList[I] := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        if Item <> nil then
+            Item._Release;
+    end;
+    FList.Clear;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    I := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while (I < FList.Count) and not Success do
+    begin
+        Success := Comparator.Equals(Item, ICollectable(FList[I]));
+        Inc(I);
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    I := 0;
+    Found := false;
+    Result := nil;
+    while (I < FList.Count) and not Found do
+    begin
+        Item2 := ICollectable(FList[I]);
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            Found := true;
+            Result := Item2;
+            FList.Delete(I);
+            // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+            // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+            if Item2 <> nil then
+                Item2._Release;
+        end
+        else
+            Inc(I);
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: TPArrayBag;
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    I := 0;
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create;
+    while I < FList.Count do
+    begin
+        Item2 := ICollectable(FList[I]);
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            ResultCollection.Add(Item2);
+            FList.Delete(I);
+            // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+            // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+            if Item <> nil then
+                Item._Release;
+        end
+        else
+            Inc(I);
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Capacity;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayBag.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FList.Capacity := Value;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TPArrayIterator.Create(FList, true);
+end;
+
+function TPArrayBag.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Count;
+end;
+
+constructor TPArraySet.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FList := TList.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TPArraySet.Destroy;
+begin
+    FList.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TPArraySet.GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    I := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while (I < FList.Count) do
+    begin
+        Success := Comparator.Equals(Item, ICollectable(FList[I]));
+        if Success then
+            break;
+        Inc(I);
+    end;
+    Result := TPArrayPosition.Create(Success, I);
+end;
+
+procedure TPArraySet.TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FList.Add(Pointer(Item));
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Item._AddRef;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArraySet.TrueClear;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Delete all interface references
+    for I := 0 to FList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Item := ICollectable(FList[I]);
+        FList[I] := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Item._Release;
+    end;
+    FList.Clear;
+end;
+
+function TPArraySet.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := ICollectable(FList.Items[TPArrayPosition(Position).Index]);
+end;
+
+procedure TPArraySet.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition);
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := ICollectable(FList[TPArrayPosition(Position).Index]);
+    FList.Delete(TPArrayPosition(Position).Index);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Item._Release;
+end;
+
+function TPArraySet.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Capacity;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArraySet.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FList.Capacity := Value;
+end;
+
+function TPArraySet.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TPArrayIterator.Create(FList, true);
+end;
+
+function TPArraySet.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Count;
+end;
+
+constructor TPArrayList.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FList := TList.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TPArrayList.Destroy;
+begin
+    FList.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayList.TrueGetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := ICollectable(FList.Items[Index]);
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayList.TrueSetItem(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+var
+    OldItem: ICollectable;
+begin
+    OldItem := ICollectable(FList[Index]);
+    FList[Index] := Pointer(Item);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    if Item <> nil then
+        Item._AddRef;
+    if OldItem <> nil then
+        OldItem._Release;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayList.TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FList.Add(Pointer(Item));
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    if Item <> nil then
+        Item._AddRef;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayList.TrueClear;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Delete all interface references
+    for I := 0 to FList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Item := ICollectable(FList[I]);
+        FList[I] := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        if Item <> nil then
+            Item._Release;
+    end;
+    FList.Clear;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayList.TrueDelete(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := ICollectable(FList[Index]);
+    FList.Delete(Index);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    if Result <> nil then
+        Result._Release;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayList.TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FList.Insert(Index, Pointer(Item));
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    if Item <> nil then
+        Item._AddRef;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayList.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Capacity;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayList.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FList.Capacity := Value;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayList.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TPArrayIterator.Create(FList, true);
+end;
+
+function TPArrayList.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Count;
+end;
+
+constructor TPArrayMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly, NaturalKeysOnly);
+    FList := TList.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TPArrayMap.Destroy;
+begin
+    FList.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TPArrayAssociationIterator.Create(FList, true);
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    I := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while (I < FList.Count) do
+    begin
+        Success := KeyComparator.Equals(Key, IAssociation(FList[I]).GetKey);
+        if Success then
+            break;
+        Inc(I);
+    end;
+    Result := TPArrayPosition.Create(Success, I);
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayMap.TrueClear;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    // Delete all interface references
+    for I := 0 to FList.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+        Association := IAssociation(FList[I]);
+        FList[I] := nil;
+        // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+        // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+        Association._Release;
+    end;
+    FList.Clear;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation;
+begin
+    Result := IAssociation(FList.Items[TPArrayPosition(Position).Index]);
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation;
+var
+    OldAssociation: IAssociation;
+    Index: Integer;
+begin
+    if Position.Found then
+    begin
+        Index := (Position as TPArrayPosition).Index;
+        OldAssociation := IAssociation(FList[Index]);
+        FList[Index] := Pointer(Association);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        OldAssociation := nil;
+        FList.Add(Pointer(Association));
+    end;
+    Result := OldAssociation;
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._AddRef;
+    if OldAssociation <> nil then
+        OldAssociation._Release;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation;
+var
+    OldAssociation: IAssociation;
+begin
+    OldAssociation := IAssociation(FList[TPArrayPosition(Position).Index]);
+    FList.Delete(TPArrayPosition(Position).Index);
+    Result := OldAssociation;
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    OldAssociation._Release;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.GetCapacity: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Capacity;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayMap.SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    FList.Capacity := Value;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayMap.GetSize: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FList.Count;
+end;
+
+procedure TExposedPArrayList.TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    inherited TrueAppend(Item);
+end;
+
+procedure TExposedPArrayList.TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    inherited TrueInsert(Index, Item);
+end;
+
+{ TPArrayIterator }
+constructor TPArrayIterator.Create(List: TList; AllowRemove: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(AllowRemove);
+    FList := List;
+    FIndex := -1;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FIndex := 0;
+    if FIndex < FList.Count then
+        Result := ICollectable(FList[FIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Inc(FIndex);
+    if FIndex < FList.Count then
+        Result := ICollectable(FList[FIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayIterator.TrueRemove;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := ICollectable(FList[FIndex]);
+    FList.Delete(FIndex);
+    Dec(FIndex);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Item._Release;
+end;
+
+{ TPArrayAssociationIterator }
+constructor TPArrayAssociationIterator.Create(List: TList; AllowRemove: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(AllowRemove);
+    FList := List;
+    FIndex := -1;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayAssociationIterator.TrueFirst: IAssociation;
+begin
+    FIndex := 0;
+    if FIndex < FList.Count then
+        Result := IAssociation(FList[FIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TPArrayAssociationIterator.TrueNext: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Inc(FIndex);
+    if FIndex < FList.Count then
+        Result := IAssociation(FList[FIndex])
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TPArrayAssociationIterator.TrueRemove;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := IAssociation(FList[FIndex]);
+    FList.Delete(FIndex);
+    Dec(FIndex);
+    // Storing interface reference as a pointer does not update reference
+    // count automatically, so this must be done manually
+    Association._Release;
+end;
+
+{ TPArrayPosition }
+constructor TPArrayPosition.Create(Found: Boolean; Index: Integer);
+begin
+    inherited Create(Found);
+    FIndex := Index;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/CollWrappers.pas b/src/lib/collections/CollWrappers.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..513103a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/CollWrappers.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,876 @@
+unit CollWrappers;
+
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ *
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0.3 $
+ * $Revision: 1.1.1.1 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\CollWrappers.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Various primitive type wrappers, adapters and abstract base classes for
+ *   natural items.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 24/10/03 16:48:16
+ *   v1.0 branch.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:51:04
+ *   Primitive type wrapper interfaces added. 
+ *   Abstract, template classes added. 
+ *   All classes implement reference counting by descending from
+ *   TInterfacedObject. 
+ *   
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 01/03/03 10:50:02
+ *   Initial revision.
+ * 
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+ 
+interface
+
+uses
+    SysUtils,
+    Collections;
+
+type
+    IAssociationWrapper = interface
+        ['{54DF42E0-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetKey: ICollectable;
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read GetAutoDestroy write SetAutoDestroy;
+        property Key: ICollectable read GetKey;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IBoolean = interface
+        ['{62D1D160-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: Boolean;
+        property Value: Boolean read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    ICardinal = interface
+        ['{6AF7B1C0-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: Cardinal;
+        property Value: Cardinal read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IChar = interface
+        ['{73AD00E0-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: Char;
+        property Value: Char read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IClass = interface
+        ['{7A84B660-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: TClass;
+        property Value: TClass read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IDouble = interface
+        ['{815C6BE0-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: Double;
+        property Value: Double read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IInteger = interface
+        ['{88ECC300-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: Integer;
+        property Value: Integer read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IIntegerAssociationWrapper = interface
+        ['{8F582220-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetKey: Integer;
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read GetAutoDestroy write SetAutoDestroy;
+        property Key: Integer read GetKey;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IInterfaceWrapper = interface
+        ['{962E5100-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: IUnknown;
+        property Value: IUnknown read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IObject = interface
+        ['{9C675580-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IString = interface
+        ['{A420DF80-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetValue: String;
+        property Value: String read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    IStringAssociationWrapper = interface
+        ['{AB98CCA0-64F2-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetKey: String;
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read GetAutoDestroy write SetAutoDestroy;
+        property Key: String read GetKey;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractItem = class(TInterfacedObject, ICollectable)
+    public
+        function GetInstance: TObject; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractIntegerMappable = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IIntegerMappable)
+    private
+        FKey: Integer;
+    protected
+        function MakeKey: Integer; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetKey: Integer; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractMappable = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IMappable)
+    private
+        FKey: ICollectable;
+    protected
+        function MakeKey: ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetKey: ICollectable; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractStringMappable = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IStringMappable)
+    private
+        FKey: String;
+    protected
+        function MakeKey: String; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetKey: String; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TAssociationWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IMappable, IAssociationWrapper)
+    private
+        FAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        FKey: ICollectable;
+        FValue: TObject;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Key: ICollectable; Value: TObject); overload;
+        constructor Create(Key: Integer; Value: TObject); overload;
+        constructor Create(Key: String; Value: TObject); overload;
+        constructor Create(Key, Value: TObject; AutoDestroyKey: Boolean = true); overload;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetKey: ICollectable;
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read GetAutoDestroy write SetAutoDestroy;
+        property Key: ICollectable read GetKey;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TBooleanWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IComparable, IBoolean)
+    private
+        FValue: Boolean;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetValue: Boolean;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        property Value: Boolean read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TCardinalWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IComparable, ICardinal)
+    private
+        FValue: Cardinal;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: Cardinal);
+        function GetValue: Cardinal;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        property Value: Cardinal read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TCharWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IComparable, IChar)
+    private
+        FValue: Char;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: Char);
+        function GetValue: Char;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        property Value: Char read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TClassWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IClass)
+    private
+        FValue: TClass;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: TClass);
+        function GetValue: TClass;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        property Value: TClass read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TDoubleWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IComparable, IDouble)
+    private
+        FValue: Double;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: Double);
+        function GetValue: Double;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        property Value: Double read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TIntegerWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IComparable, IInteger)
+    private
+        FValue: Integer;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: Integer);
+        function GetValue: Integer;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        property Value: Integer read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TIntegerAssociationWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IIntegerMappable, IIntegerAssociationWrapper)
+    private
+        FAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        FKey: Integer;
+        FValue: TObject;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Key: Integer; Value: TObject); overload;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetKey: Integer;
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read GetAutoDestroy write SetAutoDestroy;
+        property Key: Integer read GetKey;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TInterfaceWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IHashable, IEquatable, IInterfaceWrapper)
+    private
+        FValue: IUnknown;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Value: IUnknown);
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetValue: IUnknown;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        property Value: IUnknown read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TObjectWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IComparable, IHashable, IObject)
+    private
+        FAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        FValue: TObject;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: TObject); overload;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read FAutoDestroy write FAutoDestroy;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+    TStringWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IHashable, IComparable, IString)
+    private
+        FValue: String;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Value: String);
+        function GetValue: String;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        property Value: String read FValue;
+    end;
+
+    TStringAssociationWrapper = class(TAbstractItem, IEquatable, IStringMappable, IStringAssociationWrapper)
+    private
+        FAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        FKey: String;
+        FValue: TObject;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Key: String; Value: TObject); overload;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+        procedure SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetKey: String;
+        function GetValue: TObject;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        property AutoDestroy: Boolean read GetAutoDestroy write SetAutoDestroy;
+        property Key: String read GetKey;
+        property Value: TObject read GetValue;
+    end;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TAbstractItem }
+function TAbstractItem.GetInstance: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := Self;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAbstractIntegerMappable }
+procedure TAbstractIntegerMappable.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    FKey := MakeKey;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMappable.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self = Item.GetInstance);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMappable.GetKey: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractMappable }
+destructor TAbstractMappable.Destroy;
+begin
+    FKey := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractMappable.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    FKey := MakeKey;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMappable.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self = Item.GetInstance);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMappable.GetKey: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractStringMappable }
+procedure TAbstractStringMappable.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    FKey := MakeKey;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMappable.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self = Item.GetInstance);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMappable.GetKey: String;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+{ TAssociationWrapper }
+constructor TAssociationWrapper.Create(const Key: ICollectable; Value: TObject);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAutoDestroy := true;
+    FKey := Key;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+constructor TAssociationWrapper.Create(Key: Integer; Value: TObject);
+begin
+    Create(TIntegerWrapper.Create(Key) as ICollectable, Value);
+end;
+
+constructor TAssociationWrapper.Create(Key: String; Value: TObject);
+begin
+    Create(TStringWrapper.Create(Key) as ICollectable, Value);
+end;
+
+constructor TAssociationWrapper.Create(Key, Value: TObject; AutoDestroyKey: Boolean);
+var
+    KeyWrapper: TObjectWrapper;
+begin
+    KeyWrapper := TObjectWrapper.Create(Key);
+    KeyWrapper.AutoDestroy := AutoDestroyKey;
+    Create(KeyWrapper as ICollectable, Value);
+end;
+
+destructor TAssociationWrapper.Destroy;
+begin
+    if FAutoDestroy then
+        FValue.Free;
+    FKey := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationWrapper.GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAutoDestroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TAssociationWrapper.SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+begin
+    FAutoDestroy := Value;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationWrapper.GetKey: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationWrapper.GetValue: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TAssociationWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+{ TCardinalWrapper }
+constructor TCardinalWrapper.Create(Value: Cardinal);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TCardinalWrapper.GetValue: Cardinal;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TCardinalWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TCardinalWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TCardinalWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TCardinalWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value2: Cardinal;
+begin
+    Value2 := (Item.GetInstance as TCardinalWrapper).Value;
+    if Value < Value2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Value > Value2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TBooleanWrapper }
+constructor TBooleanWrapper.Create(Value: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TBooleanWrapper.GetValue: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TBooleanWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TBooleanWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TBooleanWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Ord(FValue);
+end;
+
+function TBooleanWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value2: Boolean;
+begin
+    Value2 := (Item.GetInstance as TBooleanWrapper).Value;
+    if not Value and Value2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Value and not Value2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TCharWrapper }
+constructor TCharWrapper.Create(Value: Char);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TCharWrapper.GetValue: Char;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TCharWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TCharWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TCharWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Integer(FValue);
+end;
+
+function TCharWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value2: Char;
+begin
+    Value2 := (Item.GetInstance as TCharWrapper).Value;
+    if Value < Value2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Value > Value2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TClassWrapper }
+constructor TClassWrapper.Create(Value: TClass);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TClassWrapper.GetValue: TClass;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TClassWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TClassWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TClassWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Integer(FValue.ClassInfo);
+end;
+
+{ TDoubleWrapper }
+constructor TDoubleWrapper.Create(Value: Double);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TDoubleWrapper.GetValue: Double;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TDoubleWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TDoubleWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TDoubleWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+var
+    DblAsInt: array[0..1] of Integer;
+begin
+    Double(DblAsInt) := Value;
+    Result := DblAsInt[0] xor DblAsInt[1];
+end;
+
+function TDoubleWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value2: Double;
+begin
+    Value2 := (Item.GetInstance as TDoubleWrapper).Value;
+    if Value < Value2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Value > Value2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TIntegerWrapper }
+constructor TIntegerWrapper.Create(Value: Integer);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerWrapper.GetValue: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TIntegerWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TIntegerWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value2: Integer;
+begin
+    Value2 := (Item.GetInstance as TIntegerWrapper).Value;
+    if Value < Value2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Value > Value2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TIntegerAssociationWrapper }
+constructor TIntegerAssociationWrapper.Create(const Key: Integer; Value: TObject);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAutoDestroy := true;
+    FKey := Key;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TIntegerAssociationWrapper.Destroy;
+begin
+    if FAutoDestroy then
+        FValue.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociationWrapper.GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAutoDestroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TIntegerAssociationWrapper.SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+begin
+    FAutoDestroy := Value;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociationWrapper.GetValue: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociationWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TIntegerAssociationWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociationWrapper.GetKey: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+{ TStringAssociationWrapper }
+constructor TStringAssociationWrapper.Create(const Key: String; Value: TObject);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAutoDestroy := true;
+    FKey := Key;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TStringAssociationWrapper.Destroy;
+begin
+    if FAutoDestroy then
+        FValue.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociationWrapper.GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAutoDestroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TStringAssociationWrapper.SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+begin
+    FAutoDestroy := Value;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociationWrapper.GetValue: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociationWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TStringAssociationWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociationWrapper.GetKey: String;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+{ TInterfaceWrapper }
+constructor TInterfaceWrapper.Create(const Value: IUnknown);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TInterfaceWrapper.Destroy;
+begin
+    FValue := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TInterfaceWrapper.GetValue: IUnknown;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TInterfaceWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TInterfaceWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TInterfaceWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Integer(Pointer(FValue));
+end;
+
+{ TObjectWrapper }
+constructor TObjectWrapper.Create(Value: TObject);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAutoDestroy := true;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TObjectWrapper.Destroy;
+begin
+    if FAutoDestroy then
+        FValue.Free;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TObjectWrapper.GetAutoDestroy: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAutoDestroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TObjectWrapper.SetAutoDestroy(Value: Boolean);
+begin
+    FAutoDestroy := Value;
+end;
+
+function TObjectWrapper.GetValue: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TObjectWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value1, Value2: Integer;
+begin
+    Value1 := Integer(Pointer(Self));
+    if Item <> nil then
+        Value2 := Integer(Pointer(Item))
+    else
+        Value2 := Low(Integer);
+    if (Value1 < Value2) then
+        Result := -1
+    else if (Value1 > Value2) then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TObjectWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TObjectWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TObjectWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := Integer(Pointer(FValue));
+end;
+
+{ TStringWrapper }
+constructor TStringWrapper.Create(Value: String);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+function TStringWrapper.GetValue: String;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+function TStringWrapper.Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self.Value = (Item.GetInstance as TStringWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+function TStringWrapper.HashCode: Integer;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := 0;
+    for I := 1 to Length(FValue) do
+        Result := (Result shl 1) xor Ord(FValue[I]);
+end;
+
+function TStringWrapper.CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+begin
+    Result := CompareStr(Self.Value, (Item.GetInstance as TStringWrapper).Value)
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/Collections.pas b/src/lib/collections/Collections.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c94173d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/Collections.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,5318 @@
+unit Collections;
+(*****************************************************************************
+ * Copyright 2003 by Matthew Greet
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the
+ * Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your
+ * option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more
+ * details. (http://opensource.org/licenses/lgpl-license.php)
+ * 
+ * See http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections for updates and downloads.
+ *
+ * $Version: v1.0 $
+ * $Revision: 1.1.1.4 $
+ * $Log: D:\QVCS Repositories\Delphi Collections\Collections.qbt $
+ * 
+ *   Main unit containing all interface and abstract class definitions.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.4  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 14/03/05 23:26:32
+ *   Fixed RemoveAll for TAbstractList for sorted lists.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.3  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 14/10/04 16:31:18
+ *   Fixed memory lean in ContainsKey of TAbstractStringMap and
+ *   TAbstractIntegerMap.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.2  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 12/06/04 20:03:26
+ *   Capacity property. 
+ *   Memory leak fixed.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1.1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 13/02/04 16:12:10
+ *   v1.0 branch.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.1  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 06/04/03 10:36:30
+ *   Added integer map and string map collection types with supporting
+ *   classes. 
+ *   Add clone and filter functions with supporting classes. 
+ *   Added nil not allowed collection error. 
+ *   Properties appear in collection interfaces as well as abstract
+ *   classes.
+ * 
+ * Revision 1.0  by: Matthew Greet  Rev date: 01/03/03 10:50:02
+ *   Initial revision.
+ * 
+ * FPC compatibility fixes by: UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * $Endlog$
+ *****************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+ 
+interface
+
+uses
+    Classes, SysUtils;
+
+const
+    EquatableIID: TGUID = '{EAC823A7-0B90-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}';
+    HashableIID: TGUID = '{98998440-4C3E-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}';
+    ComparableIID: TGUID = '{9F4C96C0-0CF0-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}';
+    MappableIID: TGUID = '{DAEC8CA0-0DBB-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}';
+    StringMappableIID: TGUID = '{3CC61F40-5F92-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}';
+    IntegerMappableIID: TGUID = '{774FC760-5F92-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}';
+
+type
+    TDefaultComparator = class;
+    TNaturalComparator = class;
+    ICollectable = interface;
+
+    TCollectableArray = array of ICollectable;
+    TIntegerArray = array of Integer;
+    TStringArray = array of String;
+    TListArray = array of TList;
+
+    TCollectionError = (ceOK, ceDuplicate, ceDuplicateKey, ceFixedSize, ceNilNotAllowed, ceNotNaturalItem, ceOutOfRange);
+    TCollectionErrors = set of TCollectionError;
+
+    TSearchResultType = (srNotFound, srFoundAtIndex, srBeforeIndex, srAfterEnd);
+
+    TCollectionType = (ctBag, ctSet, ctList, ctMap, ctIntegerMap, ctStringMap);
+
+    TCollectionFilterFunc = function (const Item: ICollectable): Boolean of object;
+    TCollectionCompareFunc = function (const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer of object;
+
+    TSearchResult = record
+        ResultType: TSearchResultType;
+        Index: Integer;
+    end;
+
+    ICollectable = interface
+        ['{98998441-4C3E-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetInstance: TObject;
+    end;
+
+    IEquatable = interface
+        ['{EAC823A7-0B90-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetInstance: TObject;
+        function Equals(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+    end;
+
+    IHashable = interface(IEquatable)
+        ['{98998440-4C3E-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function HashCode: Integer;
+    end;
+
+    IComparable = interface(IEquatable)
+        ['{9F4C96C0-0CF0-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function CompareTo(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+    end;
+
+    IMappable = interface(IEquatable)
+        ['{DAEC8CA0-0DBB-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKey: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    IStringMappable = interface(IEquatable)
+        ['{3CC61F40-5F92-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKey: String;
+    end;
+
+    IIntegerMappable = interface(IEquatable)
+        ['{774FC760-5F92-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKey: Integer;
+    end;
+
+    IComparator = interface
+        ['{1F20CD60-10FE-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetInstance: TObject;
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function Equals(const Comparator: IComparator): Boolean; overload;
+    end;
+
+    IFilter = interface
+        ['{27FE44C0-638E-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function Accept(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+    end;
+
+    IIterator = interface
+        ['{F6930500-1113-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+        function CurrentItem: ICollectable;
+        function EOF: Boolean;
+        function First: ICollectable;
+        function Next: ICollectable;
+        function Remove: Boolean;
+    end;
+
+    IMapIterator = interface(IIterator)
+        ['{848CC0E0-2A31-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function CurrentKey: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    IIntegerMapIterator = interface(IIterator)
+        ['{C7169780-606C-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function CurrentKey: Integer;
+    end;
+
+    IStringMapIterator = interface(IIterator)
+        ['{1345ED20-5F93-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function CurrentKey: String;
+    end;
+
+    IAssociation = interface(ICollectable)
+        ['{556CD700-4DB3-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKey: ICollectable;
+        function GetValue: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    IIntegerAssociation = interface(ICollectable)
+        ['{ED954420-5F94-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKey: Integer;
+        function GetValue: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    IStringAssociation = interface(ICollectable)
+        ['{FB87D2A0-5F94-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKey: String;
+        function GetValue: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    IAssociationComparator = interface(IComparator)
+        ['{EA9BE6E0-A852-11D8-B93A-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetKeyComparator: IComparator;
+        procedure SetKeyComparator(Value: IComparator);
+        property KeyComparator: IComparator read GetKeyComparator write SetKeyComparator;
+    end;
+
+    IIntegerAssociationComparator = interface(IComparator)
+        ['{EA9BE6E1-A852-11D8-B93A-0002E3165EF8}']
+    end;
+
+    IStringAssociationComparator = interface(IComparator)
+        ['{EA9BE6E2-A852-11D8-B93A-0002E3165EF8}']
+    end;
+
+    ICollection = interface
+        ['{EAC823AC-0B90-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetAsArray: TCollectableArray;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer);
+        function GetComparator: IComparator;
+        procedure SetComparator(const Value: IComparator);
+        function GetDuplicates: Boolean;
+        function GetFixedSize: Boolean;
+        function GetIgnoreErrors: TCollectionErrors;
+        procedure SetIgnoreErrors(Value: TCollectionErrors);
+        function GetInstance: TObject;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; overload;
+        function GetIterator(const Filter: IFilter): IIterator; overload;
+        function GetIterator(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): IIterator; overload;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+        function GetNaturalItemsOnly: Boolean;
+        function GetSize: Integer;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType;
+        function Add(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function Add(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer; overload;
+        function Add(const Collection: ICollection): Integer; overload;
+        function Clear: Integer;
+        function Clone: ICollection;
+        function Contains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function Contains(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function Contains(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean; overload;
+        function Equals(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean;
+        function Find(const Filter: IFilter): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Find(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): ICollectable; overload;
+        function FindAll(const Filter: IFilter = nil): ICollection; overload;
+        function FindAll(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): ICollection; overload;
+        function IsEmpty: Boolean;
+        function IsNaturalItem(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+        function ItemAllowed(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionError;
+        function ItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer; overload;
+        function ItemCount(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer; overload;
+        function ItemCount(const Collection: ICollection): Integer; overload;
+        function Matching(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function Matching(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function Remove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Remove(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function Remove(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveAll(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveAll(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function Retain(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function Retain(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        property AsArray: TCollectableArray read GetAsArray;
+        property Capacity: Integer read GetCapacity write SetCapacity;
+        property Comparator: IComparator read GetComparator write SetComparator;
+        property FixedSize: Boolean read GetFixedSize;
+        property IgnoreErrors: TCollectionErrors read GetIgnoreErrors write SetIgnoreErrors;
+        property NaturalItemIID: TGUID read GetNaturalItemIID;
+        property NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean read GetNaturalItemsOnly;
+        property Size: Integer read GetSize;
+    end;
+
+    IBag = interface(ICollection)
+        ['{C29C9560-2D59-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function CloneAsBag: IBag;
+    end;
+
+    ISet = interface(ICollection)
+        ['{DD7888E2-0BB1-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function CloneAsSet: ISet;
+        function Complement(const Universe: ISet): ISet;
+        function Intersect(const Set2: ISet): ISet;
+        function Union(const Set2: ISet): ISet;
+    end;
+
+    IList = interface(ICollection)
+        ['{EE81AB60-0B9F-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetDuplicates: Boolean;
+        procedure SetDuplicates(Value: Boolean);
+        function GetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+        procedure SetItem(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+        function GetSorted: Boolean;
+        procedure SetSorted(Value: Boolean);
+        function CloneAsList: IList;
+        function Delete(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+        procedure Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer);
+        function First: ICollectable;
+        function IndexOf(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+        function Insert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function Insert(Index: Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer; overload;
+        function Insert(Index: Integer; const Collection: ICollection): Integer; overload;
+        function Last: ICollectable;
+        procedure Sort(const Comparator: IComparator); overload;
+        procedure Sort(CompareFunc: TCollectionCompareFunc); overload;
+        property Duplicates: Boolean read GetDuplicates write SetDuplicates;
+        property Items[Index: Integer]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+        property Sorted: Boolean read GetSorted write SetSorted;
+    end;
+
+    IMap = interface(ICollection)
+        ['{AD458280-2A6B-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetItem(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+        procedure SetItem(const Key, Item: ICollectable);
+        function GetKeyComparator: IComparator;
+        procedure SetKeyComparator(const Value: IComparator);
+        function GetKeyIterator: IIterator;
+        function GetKeys: ISet;
+        function GetMapIterator: IMapIterator;
+        function GetMapIteratorByKey(const Filter: IFilter): IMapIterator; overload;
+        function GetMapIteratorByKey(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): IMapIterator; overload;
+        function GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID;
+        function GetNaturalKeysOnly: Boolean;
+        function GetValues: ICollection;
+        function CloneAsMap: IMap;
+        function ContainsKey(const Key: ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): Boolean; overload;
+        function ContainsKey(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean; overload;
+        function Get(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+        function IsNaturalKey(const Key: ICollectable): Boolean;
+        function KeyAllowed(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionError;
+        function MatchingKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function MatchingKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Put(const Key, Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Map: IMap): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function RetainKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        property KeyComparator: IComparator read GetKeyComparator write SetKeyComparator;
+        property Items[const Key: ICollectable]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+        property NaturalKeyIID: TGUID read GetNaturalKeyIID;
+        property NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean read GetNaturalKeysOnly;
+    end;
+
+    IIntegerMap = interface(ICollection)
+        ['{93DBA9A0-606C-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetItem(const Key: Integer): ICollectable;
+        procedure SetItem(const Key: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+        function GetKeys: ISet;
+        function GetMapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+        function GetValues: ICollection;
+        function CloneAsIntegerMap: IIntegerMap;
+        function ContainsKey(const Key: Integer): Boolean; overload;
+        function ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): Boolean; overload;
+        function Get(const Key: Integer): ICollectable;
+        function Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Put(const Key: Integer; const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Map: IIntegerMap): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const Key: Integer): ICollectable; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): ICollection; overload;
+        function RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): ICollection; overload;
+        property Items[const Key: Integer]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+    end;
+
+    IStringMap = interface(ICollection)
+        ['{20531A20-5F92-11D7-8120-0002E3165EF8}']
+        function GetItem(const Key: String): ICollectable;
+        procedure SetItem(const Key: String; const Item: ICollectable);
+        function GetKeys: ISet;
+        function GetMapIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+        function GetValues: ICollection;
+        function CloneAsStringMap: IStringMap;
+        function ContainsKey(const Key: String): Boolean; overload;
+        function ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of String): Boolean; overload;
+        function Get(const Key: String): ICollectable;
+        function Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Put(const Key: String; const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload;
+        function Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload;
+        function Put(const Map: IStringMap): ICollection; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const Key: String): ICollectable; overload;
+        function RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of String): ICollection; overload;
+        function RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of String): ICollection; overload;
+        property Items[const Key: String]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+    end;
+
+    TCollectionPosition = class
+    private
+        FFound: Boolean;
+    public
+        constructor Create(Found: Boolean);
+        property Found: Boolean read FFound;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractComparator = class(TInterfacedObject, IComparator)
+    public
+        class function GetDefaultComparator: IComparator;
+        class function GetNaturalComparator: IComparator;
+        class function GetReverseNaturalComparator: IComparator;
+        function GetInstance: TObject;
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; virtual; abstract;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual; abstract;
+        function Equals(const Comparator: IComparator): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TDefaultComparator = class(TAbstractComparator)
+    protected
+        constructor Create;
+    public
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+    TNaturalComparator = class(TAbstractComparator)
+    protected
+        constructor Create;
+    public
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+    TReverseNaturalComparator = class(TAbstractComparator)
+    protected
+        constructor Create;
+    public
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+    TAssociation = class(TInterfacedObject, ICollectable, IAssociation)
+    private
+        FKey: ICollectable;
+        FValue: ICollectable;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Key, Value: ICollectable); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetInstance: TObject; virtual;
+        function GetKey: ICollectable;
+        function GetValue: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    TIntegerAssociation = class(TInterfacedObject, ICollectable, IIntegerAssociation)
+    private
+        FKey: Integer;
+        FValue: ICollectable;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Key: Integer; const Value: ICollectable); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetInstance: TObject; virtual;
+        function GetKey: Integer;
+        function GetValue: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    TStringAssociation = class(TInterfacedObject, ICollectable, IStringAssociation)
+    private
+        FKey: String;
+        FValue: ICollectable;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Key: String; const Value: ICollectable); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetInstance: TObject; virtual;
+        function GetKey: String;
+        function GetValue: ICollectable;
+    end;
+
+    TAssociationComparator = class(TAbstractComparator, IAssociationComparator)
+    private
+        FKeyComparator: IComparator;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalKeys: Boolean = false);
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetKeyComparator: IComparator;
+        procedure SetKeyComparator(Value: IComparator);
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        property KeyComparator: IComparator read GetKeyComparator write SetKeyComparator;
+    end;
+
+    TIntegerAssociationComparator = class(TAbstractComparator, IIntegerAssociationComparator)
+    public
+        constructor Create;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+    TStringAssociationComparator = class(TAbstractComparator, IStringAssociationComparator)
+    public
+        constructor Create;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+
+
+    TAbstractCollection = class(TInterfacedObject, ICollection)
+    private
+        FCreated: Boolean;          // Required to avoid passing destroyed object reference to exception
+        FComparator: IComparator;
+        FIgnoreErrors: TCollectionErrors;
+        FNaturalItemsOnly: Boolean;
+    protected
+        procedure CollectionError(ErrorType: TCollectionError);
+        procedure InitFrom(const Collection: ICollection); overload; virtual;
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueClear; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer; virtual;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        constructor Create; overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const Collection: ICollection); overload; virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        class function GetAlwaysNaturalItems: Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetAsArray: TCollectableArray; virtual;
+        function GetCapacity: Integer; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure SetCapacity(Value: Integer); virtual; abstract;
+        function GetComparator: IComparator; virtual;
+        procedure SetComparator(const Value: IComparator); virtual;
+        function GetDuplicates: Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetFixedSize: Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetIgnoreErrors: TCollectionErrors;
+        procedure SetIgnoreErrors(Value: TCollectionErrors);
+        function GetInstance: TObject;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; overload; virtual; abstract;
+        function GetIterator(const Filter: IFilter): IIterator; overload; virtual;
+        function GetIterator(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): IIterator; overload; virtual;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; virtual; abstract;
+        function GetNaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetSize: Integer; virtual; abstract;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; virtual; abstract;
+        function Add(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Add(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        function Add(const Collection: ICollection): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        procedure BeforeDestruction; override;
+        function Clear: Integer; virtual;
+        function Clone: ICollection; virtual;
+        function Contains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Contains(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Contains(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Equals(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean; virtual;
+        function Find(const Filter: IFilter): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Find(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function FindAll(const Filter: IFilter): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function FindAll(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function IsEmpty: Boolean; virtual;
+        function IsNaturalItem(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+        function ItemAllowed(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionError; virtual;
+        function ItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        function ItemCount(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        function ItemCount(const Collection: ICollection): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        function Matching(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Matching(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Remove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Remove(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Remove(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveAll(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveAll(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Retain(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Retain(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        property AsArray: TCollectableArray read GetAsArray;
+        property Capacity: Integer read GetCapacity write SetCapacity;
+        property Comparator: IComparator read GetComparator write SetComparator;
+        property FixedSize: Boolean read GetFixedSize;
+        property IgnoreErrors: TCollectionErrors read GetIgnoreErrors write SetIgnoreErrors;
+        property NaturalItemIID: TGUID read GetNaturalItemIID;
+        property NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean read GetNaturalItemsOnly;
+        property Size: Integer read GetSize;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractBag = class(TAbstractCollection, IBag)
+    public
+        function CloneAsBag: IBag; virtual;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; override;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; override;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractSet = class (TAbstractCollection, ISet)
+    protected
+        function GetPosition(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        procedure TrueAdd2(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Item: ICollectable); virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition); virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; override;
+    public
+        function GetDuplicates: Boolean; override;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; override;
+        function CloneAsSet: ISet; virtual;
+        function Complement(const Universe: ISet): ISet; overload; virtual;
+        function Intersect(const Set2: ISet): ISet; overload; virtual;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; override;
+        function Union(const Set2: ISet): ISet; overload; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractList = class(TAbstractCollection, IList)
+    private
+        FDuplicates: Boolean;
+        FSorted: Boolean;
+    protected
+        function BinarySearch(const Item: ICollectable): TSearchResult; virtual;
+        procedure InitFrom(const Collection: ICollection); override;
+        procedure QuickSort(Lo, Hi: Integer; const Comparator: IComparator); overload; virtual;
+        procedure QuickSort(Lo, Hi: Integer; CompareFunc: TCollectionCompareFunc); overload; virtual;
+        function SequentialSearch(const Item: ICollectable; const SearchComparator: IComparator = nil): TSearchResult; virtual;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueGetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueSetItem(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        procedure TrueAppend(const Item: ICollectable); virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueDelete(Index: Integer): ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueInsert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer; override;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        function GetDuplicates: Boolean; override;
+        procedure SetDuplicates(Value: Boolean); virtual;
+        function GetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable; virtual;
+        procedure SetItem(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); virtual;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetSorted: Boolean; virtual;
+        procedure SetSorted(Value: Boolean); virtual;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; override;
+        function CloneAsList: IList; virtual;
+        function Delete(Index: Integer): ICollectable; virtual;
+        procedure Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer); virtual;
+        function First: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function IndexOf(const Item: ICollectable): Integer; virtual;
+        function Insert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Insert(Index: Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        function Insert(Index: Integer; const Collection: ICollection): Integer; overload; virtual;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; override;
+        function Last: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Search(const Item: ICollectable; const SearchComparator: IComparator = nil): TSearchResult; virtual;
+        procedure Sort(const SortComparator: IComparator = nil); overload; virtual;
+        procedure Sort(CompareFunc: TCollectionCompareFunc); overload; virtual;
+        property Duplicates: Boolean read GetDuplicates write SetDuplicates;
+        property Items[Index: Integer]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+        property Sorted: Boolean read GetSorted write SetSorted;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractMap = class(TAbstractCollection, IMap)
+    private
+        FAssociationComparator: IAssociationComparator;
+        FKeyComparator: IComparator;
+        FNaturalKeysOnly: Boolean;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IMapIterator; virtual; abstract;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionPosition; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure InitFrom(const Collection: ICollection); override;
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IAssociation): IAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; override;
+        property AssociationComparator: IAssociationComparator read FAssociationComparator;
+    public
+        constructor Create; override;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+//      Don't use this parameter signature as it hits a compiler bug in D5.
+//        constructor Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: TCollectableArray; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean = false; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean = true); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const Map: IMap); overload; virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        class function GetAlwaysNaturalKeys: Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetItem(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable; virtual;
+        procedure SetItem(const Key, Item: ICollectable); virtual;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetKeyComparator: IComparator; virtual;
+        procedure SetKeyComparator(const Value: IComparator); virtual;
+        function GetKeyIterator: IIterator; virtual;
+        function GetKeys: ISet; virtual;
+        function GetMapIterator: IMapIterator; virtual;
+        function GetMapIteratorByKey(const Filter: IFilter): IMapIterator; overload; virtual;
+        function GetMapIteratorByKey(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): IMapIterator; overload; virtual;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID; virtual;
+        function GetNaturalKeysOnly: Boolean; virtual;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; override;
+        function GetValues: ICollection; virtual;
+        function Clone: ICollection; override;
+        function CloneAsMap: IMap; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const Key: ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Get(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable; virtual;
+        function KeyAllowed(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionError; virtual;
+        function IsNaturalKey(const Key: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; override;
+        function MatchingKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function MatchingKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Key, Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Map: IMap): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RetainKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        property KeyComparator: IComparator read GetKeyComparator write SetKeyComparator;
+        property Items[const Key: ICollectable]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+        property NaturalKeyIID: TGUID read GetNaturalKeyIID;
+        property NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean read GetNaturalKeysOnly;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractIntegerMap = class(TAbstractCollection, IIntegerMap)
+    private
+        FAssociationComparator: IIntegerAssociationComparator;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IIntegerMapIterator; virtual; abstract;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: Integer): TCollectionPosition; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IIntegerAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IIntegerAssociation): IIntegerAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IIntegerAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; override;
+        property AssociationComparator: IIntegerAssociationComparator read FAssociationComparator;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; override;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray: array of Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray: array of Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const Map: IIntegerMap); overload; virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetItem(const Key: Integer): ICollectable; virtual;
+        procedure SetItem(const Key: Integer; const Item: ICollectable); virtual;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetKeys: ISet; virtual;
+        function GetMapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator; virtual;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; override;
+        function GetValues: ICollection; virtual;
+        function Clone: ICollection; override;
+        function CloneAsIntegerMap: IIntegerMap; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const Key: Integer): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Get(const Key: Integer): ICollectable; virtual;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; override;
+        function Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Key: Integer; const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Map: IIntegerMap): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const Key: Integer): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        property Items[const Key: Integer]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractStringMap = class(TAbstractCollection, IStringMap)
+    private
+        FAssociationComparator: IStringAssociationComparator;
+    protected
+        function GetAssociationIterator: IStringMapIterator; virtual; abstract;
+        function GetKeyPosition(const Key: String): TCollectionPosition; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; override;
+        function TrueGet(Position: TCollectionPosition): IStringAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TruePut(Position: TCollectionPosition; const Association: IStringAssociation): IStringAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueRemove2(Position: TCollectionPosition): IStringAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection; override;
+        property AssociationComparator: IStringAssociationComparator read FAssociationComparator;
+    public
+        constructor Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; override;
+        constructor Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; override;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray: array of String; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const KeyArray: array of String; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean); overload; virtual;
+        constructor Create(const Map: IStringMap); overload; virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function GetItem(const Key: String): ICollectable; virtual;
+        procedure SetItem(const Key: String; const Item: ICollectable); virtual;
+        function GetIterator: IIterator; override;
+        function GetKeys: ISet; virtual;
+        function GetMapIterator: IStringMapIterator; virtual;
+        function GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID; override;
+        function GetType: TCollectionType; override;
+        function GetValues: ICollection; virtual;
+        function Clone: ICollection; override;
+        function CloneAsStringMap: IStringMap; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const Key: String): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of String): Boolean; overload; virtual;
+        function Get(const Key: String): ICollectable; virtual;
+        function IsNilAllowed: Boolean; override;
+        function Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Key: String; const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function Put(const Map: IStringMap): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const Key: String): ICollectable; overload; virtual;
+        function RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of String): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        function RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of String): ICollection; overload; virtual;
+        property Items[const Key: String]: ICollectable read GetItem write SetItem; default;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractCollectionClass = class of TAbstractCollection;
+    TAbstractBagClass = class of TAbstractBag;
+    TAbstractSetClass = class of TAbstractSet;
+    TAbstractListClass = class of TAbstractList;
+    TAbstractMapClass = class of TAbstractMap;
+    TAbstractIntegerMapClass = class of TAbstractIntegerMap;
+    TAbstractStringMapClass = class of TAbstractStringMap;
+
+    TAbstractIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IIterator)
+    private
+        FAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+        FEOF: Boolean;
+        FItem: ICollectable;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueRemove; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function GetAllowRemoval: Boolean; virtual;
+        function CurrentItem: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function EOF: Boolean; virtual;
+        function First: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Next: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Remove: Boolean; virtual;
+        property AllowRemoval: Boolean read GetAllowRemoval;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractListIterator = class(TAbstractIterator)
+    private
+        FCollection: TAbstractList;
+        FIndex: Integer;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(Collection: TAbstractList);
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractMapIterator = class(TAbstractIterator, IMapIterator)
+    public
+        function CurrentKey: ICollectable; virtual; abstract;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractAssociationIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IIterator, IMapIterator)
+    private
+        FAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+        FEOF: Boolean;
+        FAssociation: IAssociation;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+        function TrueFirst: IAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueNext: IAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueRemove; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function GetAllowRemoval: Boolean; virtual;
+        function CurrentKey: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function CurrentItem: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function EOF: Boolean; virtual;
+        function First: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Next: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Remove: Boolean; virtual;
+        property AllowRemoval: Boolean read GetAllowRemoval;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IIterator, IIntegerMapIterator)
+    private
+        FAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+        FEOF: Boolean;
+        FAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+        function TrueFirst: IIntegerAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueNext: IIntegerAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueRemove; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function GetAllowRemoval: Boolean; virtual;
+        function CurrentKey: Integer; virtual;
+        function CurrentItem: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function EOF: Boolean; virtual;
+        function First: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Next: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Remove: Boolean; virtual;
+        property AllowRemoval: Boolean read GetAllowRemoval;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractStringAssociationIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IIterator, IStringMapIterator)
+    private
+        FAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+        FEOF: Boolean;
+        FAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    protected
+        constructor Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+        function TrueFirst: IStringAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        function TrueNext: IStringAssociation; virtual; abstract;
+        procedure TrueRemove; virtual; abstract;
+    public
+        procedure AfterConstruction; override;
+        function GetAllowRemoval: Boolean; virtual;
+        function CurrentKey: String; virtual;
+        function CurrentItem: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function EOF: Boolean; virtual;
+        function First: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Next: ICollectable; virtual;
+        function Remove: Boolean; virtual;
+        property AllowRemoval: Boolean read GetAllowRemoval;
+    end;
+
+    TAssociationIterator = class(TAbstractIterator, IMapIterator)
+    private
+        FIterator: IIterator;
+    protected
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Iterator: IIterator);
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function CurrentItem: ICollectable; override;
+        function CurrentKey: ICollectable; virtual;
+    end;
+
+    TAssociationKeyIterator = class(TAbstractIterator)
+    private
+        FIterator: IMapIterator;
+    protected
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Iterator: IMapIterator);
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+    end;
+
+    TAbstractFilter = class(TInterfacedObject, IFilter)
+    public
+        function Accept(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean; virtual; abstract;
+    end;
+
+    TFilterIterator = class(TAbstractIterator)
+    private
+        FIterator: IIterator;
+        FFilter: IFilter;
+    protected
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Iterator: IIterator; const Filter: IFilter; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+    end;
+
+    TFilterFuncIterator = class(TAbstractIterator)
+    private
+        FIterator: IIterator;
+        FFilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc;
+    protected
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Iterator: IIterator; FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+    end;
+
+    TKeyFilterMapIterator = class(TAbstractMapIterator)
+    private
+        FIterator: IMapIterator;
+        FFilter: IFilter;
+    protected
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Iterator: IMapIterator; const Filter: IFilter; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function CurrentKey: ICollectable; override;
+    end;
+
+    TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator = class(TAbstractMapIterator)
+    private
+        FIterator: IMapIterator;
+        FFilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc;
+    protected
+        function TrueFirst: ICollectable; override;
+        function TrueNext: ICollectable; override;
+        procedure TrueRemove; override;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Iterator: IMapIterator; FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true); virtual;
+        destructor Destroy; override;
+        function CurrentKey: ICollectable; override;
+    end;
+
+
+    ECollectionError = class(Exception)
+    private
+        FCollection: ICollection;
+        FErrorType: TCollectionError;
+    public
+        constructor Create(const Msg: String; const Collection: ICollection; ErrorType: TCollectionError);
+        property Collection: ICollection read FCollection;
+        property ErrorType: TCollectionError read FErrorType;
+    end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+    Math,
+    CollArray, CollHash, CollList, CollPArray, CollWrappers;
+
+var
+    FDefaultComparator: IComparator;
+    FNaturalComparator: IComparator;
+    FReverseNaturalComparator: IComparator;
+
+{ TCollectionPosition }
+constructor TCollectionPosition.Create(Found: Boolean);
+begin
+    FFound := Found;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractComparator }
+class function TAbstractComparator.GetDefaultComparator: IComparator;
+begin
+    if FDefaultComparator = nil then
+        FDefaultComparator := TDefaultComparator.Create;
+    Result := FDefaultComparator;
+end;
+
+class function TAbstractComparator.GetNaturalComparator: IComparator;
+begin
+    if FNaturalComparator = nil then
+        FNaturalComparator := TNaturalComparator.Create;
+    Result := FNaturalComparator;
+end;
+
+class function TAbstractComparator.GetReverseNaturalComparator: IComparator;
+begin
+    if FReverseNaturalComparator = nil then
+        FReverseNaturalComparator := TReverseNaturalComparator.Create;
+    Result := FReverseNaturalComparator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractComparator.GetInstance: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := Self;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractComparator.Equals(const Comparator: IComparator): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Self = Comparator.GetInstance); 
+end;
+
+{ TDefaultComparator }
+constructor TDefaultComparator.Create;
+begin
+    // Empty
+end;
+
+function TDefaultComparator.Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Value1, Value2: Integer;
+begin
+    if Item1 <> nil then
+        Value1 := Integer(Pointer(Item1))
+    else
+        Value1 := Low(Integer);
+    if Item2 <> nil then
+        Value2 := Integer(Pointer(Item2))
+    else
+        Value2 := Low(Integer);
+    if (Value1 < Value2) then
+        Result := -1
+    else if (Value1 > Value2) then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TDefaultComparator.Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Item1 = Item2);
+end;
+
+{ TNaturalComparator }
+constructor TNaturalComparator.Create;
+begin
+    // Empty
+end;
+
+function TNaturalComparator.Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+begin
+    if (Item1 = nil) and (Item2 <> nil) then
+        Result := -1
+    else if (Item1 <> nil) and (Item2 = nil) then
+        Result := 1
+    else if (Item1 = nil) and (Item2 = nil) then
+        Result := 0
+    else
+        Result := (Item1 as IComparable).CompareTo(Item2);
+end;
+
+function TNaturalComparator.Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    if (Item1 = nil) or (Item2 = nil) then
+        Result := (Item1 = Item2)
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := (Item1 as IEquatable).Equals(Item2);
+    end;
+end;
+
+{ TReverseNaturalComparator }
+constructor TReverseNaturalComparator.Create;
+begin
+    // Empty
+end;
+
+function TReverseNaturalComparator.Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+begin
+    if (Item1 = nil) and (Item2 <> nil) then
+        Result := 1
+    else if (Item1 <> nil) and (Item2 = nil) then
+        Result := -1
+    else if (Item1 = nil) and (Item2 = nil) then
+        Result := 0
+    else
+        Result := -(Item1 as IComparable).CompareTo(Item2);
+end;
+
+function TReverseNaturalComparator.Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    if (Item1 = nil) or (Item2 = nil) then
+        Result := (Item1 = Item2)
+    else
+        Result := (Item1 as IEquatable).Equals(Item2);
+end;
+
+{ TAssociation }
+constructor TAssociation.Create(const Key, Value: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FKey := Key;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TAssociation.Destroy;
+begin
+    FKey := nil;
+    FValue := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAssociation.GetInstance: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := Self;
+end;
+
+function TAssociation.GetKey: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+function TAssociation.GetValue: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+
+{ TIntegerAssociation }
+constructor TIntegerAssociation.Create(const Key: Integer; const Value: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FKey := Key;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TIntegerAssociation.Destroy;
+begin
+    FValue := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociation.GetInstance: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := Self;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociation.GetKey: Integer;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociation.GetValue: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+
+{ TStringAssociation }
+constructor TStringAssociation.Create(const Key: String; const Value: ICollectable);
+begin
+    FKey := Key;
+    FValue := Value;
+end;
+
+destructor TStringAssociation.Destroy;
+begin
+    FValue := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociation.GetInstance: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := Self;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociation.GetKey: String;
+begin
+    Result := FKey;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociation.GetValue: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FValue;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAbstractIterator }
+constructor TAbstractIterator.Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAllowRemoval := AllowRemoval;
+    FEOF := true;
+    FItem := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractIterator.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIterator.GetAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAllowRemoval;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIterator.CurrentItem: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FItem;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIterator.EOF: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FEOF;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIterator.First: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FEOF := false;
+    FItem := TrueFirst;
+    if FItem = nil then
+        FEOF := true;
+    Result := FItem;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIterator.Next: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if not FEOF then
+    begin
+        FItem := TrueNext;
+        if FItem = nil then
+            FEOF := true;
+    end;
+    Result := FItem;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIterator.Remove: Boolean;
+begin
+    if (FItem <> nil) and FAllowRemoval then
+    begin
+        TrueRemove;
+        FItem := nil;
+        Result := true;
+    end
+    else
+        Result := false;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractAssociationIterator }
+constructor TAbstractAssociationIterator.Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAllowRemoval := AllowRemoval;
+    FEOF := true;
+    FAssociation := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractAssociationIterator.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.GetAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAllowRemoval;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.CurrentKey: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+        Result := FAssociation.GetKey
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.CurrentItem: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+        Result := FAssociation.GetValue
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.EOF: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FEOF;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.First: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FAssociation := TrueFirst;
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+    begin
+        Result := FAssociation.GetValue;
+        FEOF := false;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := nil;
+        FEOF := true;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.Next: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if not FEOF then
+    begin
+        FAssociation := TrueNext;
+        if FAssociation <> nil then
+            Result := FAssociation.GetValue
+        else
+        begin
+            Result := nil;
+            FEOF := true;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractAssociationIterator.Remove: Boolean;
+begin
+    if (FAssociation <> nil) and FAllowRemoval then
+    begin
+        TrueRemove;
+        FAssociation := nil;
+        Result := true;
+    end
+    else
+        Result := false;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator }
+constructor TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAllowRemoval := AllowRemoval;
+    FEOF := true;
+    FAssociation := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.GetAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAllowRemoval;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.CurrentKey: Integer;
+begin
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+        Result := FAssociation.GetKey
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.CurrentItem: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+        Result := FAssociation.GetValue
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.EOF: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FEOF;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.First: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FAssociation := TrueFirst;
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+    begin
+        Result := FAssociation.GetValue;
+        FEOF := false;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := nil;
+        FEOF := true;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.Next: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if not FEOF then
+    begin
+        FAssociation := TrueNext;
+        if FAssociation <> nil then
+            Result := FAssociation.GetValue
+        else
+        begin
+            Result := nil;
+            FEOF := true;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerAssociationIterator.Remove: Boolean;
+begin
+    if (FAssociation <> nil) and FAllowRemoval then
+    begin
+        TrueRemove;
+        FAssociation := nil;
+        Result := true;
+    end
+    else
+        Result := false;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractStringAssociationIterator }
+constructor TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.Create(AllowRemoval: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    FAllowRemoval := AllowRemoval;
+    FEOF := true;
+    FAssociation := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.GetAllowRemoval: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FAllowRemoval;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.CurrentKey: String;
+begin
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+        Result := FAssociation.GetKey
+    else
+        Result := '';
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.CurrentItem: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+        Result := FAssociation.GetValue
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.EOF: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FEOF;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.First: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FAssociation := TrueFirst;
+    if FAssociation <> nil then
+    begin
+        Result := FAssociation.GetValue;
+        FEOF := false;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := nil;
+        FEOF := true;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.Next: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if not FEOF then
+    begin
+        FAssociation := TrueNext;
+        if FAssociation <> nil then
+            Result := FAssociation.GetValue
+        else
+        begin
+            Result := nil;
+            FEOF := true;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringAssociationIterator.Remove: Boolean;
+begin
+    if (FAssociation <> nil) and FAllowRemoval then
+    begin
+        TrueRemove;
+        FAssociation := nil;
+        Result := true;
+    end
+    else
+        Result := false;
+end;
+
+{ TAssociationIterator }
+constructor TAssociationIterator.Create(const Iterator: IIterator);
+begin
+    inherited Create(Iterator.GetAllowRemoval);
+    FIterator := Iterator;
+end;
+
+destructor TAssociationIterator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FIterator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := FIterator.First as IAssociation;
+    if Association <> nil then
+        Result := Association.GetValue
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := (FIterator.Next as IAssociation);
+    if Association <> nil then
+        Result := Association.GetValue
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAssociationIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FIterator.Remove;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationIterator.CurrentItem: ICollectable;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := FIterator.CurrentItem as IAssociation;
+    if Association <> nil then
+        Result := Association.GetValue
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationIterator.CurrentKey: ICollectable;
+var
+    Association: IAssociation;
+begin
+    Association := FIterator.CurrentItem  as IAssociation;
+    if Association <> nil then
+        Result := Association.GetKey
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+{ TAssociationComparator }
+constructor TAssociationComparator.Create(NaturalKeys: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+    if NaturalKeys then
+        FKeyComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetNaturalComparator
+    else
+        FKeyComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetDefaultComparator;
+end;
+
+destructor TAssociationComparator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FKeyComparator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationComparator.GetKeyComparator: IComparator;
+begin
+    Result := FKeyComparator;
+end;
+
+procedure TAssociationComparator.SetKeyComparator(Value: IComparator);
+begin
+    FKeyComparator := Value;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationComparator.Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+begin
+    Result := KeyComparator.Compare((Item1 as IAssociation).GetKey, (Item2 as IAssociation).GetKey);
+end;
+
+function TAssociationComparator.Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := KeyComparator.Equals((Item1 as IAssociation).GetKey, (Item2 as IAssociation).GetKey);
+end;
+
+{ TIntegerAssociationComparator }
+constructor TIntegerAssociationComparator.Create;
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TIntegerAssociationComparator.Destroy;
+begin
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociationComparator.Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Key1, Key2: Integer;
+begin
+    Key1 := (Item1 as IIntegerAssociation).GetKey;
+    Key2 := (Item2 as IIntegerAssociation).GetKey;
+    if Key1 < Key2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Key1 > Key2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TIntegerAssociationComparator.Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := ((Item1 as IIntegerAssociation).GetKey = (Item2 as IIntegerAssociation).GetKey);
+end;
+
+{ TStringAssociationComparator }
+constructor TStringAssociationComparator.Create;
+begin
+    inherited Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TStringAssociationComparator.Destroy;
+begin
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociationComparator.Compare(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Key1, Key2: String;
+begin
+    Key1 := (Item1 as IStringAssociation).GetKey;
+    Key2 := (Item2 as IStringAssociation).GetKey;
+    if Key1 < Key2 then
+        Result := -1
+    else if Key1 > Key2 then
+        Result := 1
+    else
+        Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TStringAssociationComparator.Equals(const Item1, Item2: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := ((Item1 as IStringAssociation).GetKey = (Item2 as IStringAssociation).GetKey);
+end;
+
+{ TAssociationKeyIterator }
+constructor TAssociationKeyIterator.Create(const Iterator: IMapIterator);
+begin
+    inherited Create(Iterator.GetAllowRemoval);
+    FIterator := Iterator;
+end;
+
+destructor TAssociationKeyIterator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FIterator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationKeyIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FIterator.First;
+    Result := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+end;
+
+function TAssociationKeyIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FIterator.Next;
+    Result := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+end;
+
+procedure TAssociationKeyIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FIterator.Remove;
+end;
+
+{ TFilterIterator }
+constructor TFilterIterator.Create(const Iterator: IIterator; const Filter: IFilter; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+begin
+    FIterator := Iterator;
+    FFilter := Filter;
+end;
+
+destructor TFilterIterator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FIterator := nil;
+    FFilter := nil;
+end;
+
+function TFilterIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.First;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if FFilter.Accept(Item) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+function TFilterIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.Next;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if FFilter.Accept(Item) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+procedure TFilterIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FIterator.Remove;
+end;
+
+{ TFilterFuncIterator }
+constructor TFilterFuncIterator.Create(const Iterator: IIterator; FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+begin
+    FIterator := Iterator;
+    FFilterFunc := FilterFunc;
+end;
+
+destructor TFilterFuncIterator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FIterator := nil;
+    FFilterFunc := nil;
+end;
+
+function TFilterFuncIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.First;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if FFilterFunc(Item) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+function TFilterFuncIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.Next;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if FFilterFunc(Item) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+procedure TFilterFuncIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FIterator.Remove;
+end;
+
+{ TKeyFilterMapIterator }
+constructor TKeyFilterMapIterator.Create(const Iterator: IMapIterator; const Filter: IFilter; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+begin
+    FIterator := Iterator;
+    FFilter := Filter;
+end;
+
+destructor TKeyFilterMapIterator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FIterator := nil;
+    FFilter := nil;
+end;
+
+function TKeyFilterMapIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+var
+    Key, Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.First;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+        if FFilter.Accept(Key) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+function TKeyFilterMapIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+var
+    Key, Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.Next;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+        if FFilter.Accept(Key) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+procedure TKeyFilterMapIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FIterator.Remove;
+end;
+
+function TKeyFilterMapIterator.CurrentKey: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+end;
+
+{ TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator }
+constructor TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.Create(const Iterator: IMapIterator; FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc; AllowRemoval: Boolean = true);
+begin
+    FIterator := Iterator;
+    FFilterFunc := FilterFunc;
+end;
+
+destructor TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.Destroy;
+begin
+    FIterator := nil;
+    FFilterFunc := nil;
+end;
+
+function TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+var
+    Key, Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.First;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+        if FFilterFunc(Key) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+function TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+var
+    Key, Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Item := FIterator.Next;
+    while not FIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+        if FFilterFunc(Key) then
+            break
+        else
+            Item := FIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Item;
+end;
+
+procedure TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FIterator.Remove;
+end;
+
+function TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.CurrentKey: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := FIterator.CurrentKey;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAbstractCollection }
+constructor TAbstractCollection.Create;
+begin
+    Create(false);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractCollection.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    FCreated := false;
+    inherited Create;
+    FNaturalItemsOnly := NaturalItemsOnly or GetAlwaysNaturalItems;
+    if FNaturalItemsOnly then
+        FComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetNaturalComparator
+    else
+        FComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetDefaultComparator;
+    FIgnoreErrors := [ceDuplicate];
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractCollection.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(ItemArray, false);
+end;
+
+// Fixed size collections must override this.
+constructor TAbstractCollection.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Capacity := Length(ItemArray);
+        for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+        begin
+            Add(ItemArray[I]);
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+// Fixed size collections must override this.
+constructor TAbstractCollection.Create(const Collection: ICollection);
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Create(Collection.GetNaturalItemsOnly);
+    InitFrom(Collection);
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Capacity := Collection.GetSize;
+        Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+        while not Iterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+            Iterator.Next;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+destructor TAbstractCollection.Destroy;
+begin
+    FCreated := false;
+    FComparator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractCollection.CollectionError(ErrorType: TCollectionError);
+var
+    Msg: String;
+begin
+    if not (ErrorType in FIgnoreErrors) then
+    begin
+        case ErrorType of
+        ceDuplicate: Msg := 'Collection does not allow duplicates.';
+        ceDuplicateKey: Msg := 'Collection does not allow duplicate keys.';
+        ceFixedSize: Msg := 'Collection has fixed size.';
+        ceNilNotAllowed: Msg := 'Collection does not allow nil.';
+        ceNotNaturalItem: Msg := 'Collection only accepts natural items.';
+        ceOutOfRange: Msg := 'Index out of collection range.';
+        end;
+        // If exception is thrown during construction, collection cannot be
+        // passed to it as destructor is automatically called and this leaves an
+        // interface reference to a destroyed object and crashes.
+        if FCreated then
+            raise ECollectionError.Create(Msg, Self, ErrorType)
+        else
+            raise ECollectionError.Create(Msg, nil, ErrorType);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractCollection.InitFrom(const Collection: ICollection);
+begin
+    Comparator := Collection.GetComparator;
+    IgnoreErrors := Collection.GetIgnoreErrors;
+end;
+
+// Implementations should override this if possible
+function TAbstractCollection.TrueItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Total: Integer;
+begin
+    Total := 0;
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if FComparator.Equals(Item, Iterator.CurrentItem) then
+            Inc(Total);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Total;
+end;
+
+class function TAbstractCollection.GetAlwaysNaturalItems: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetAsArray: TCollectableArray;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Working: TCollectableArray;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    SetLength(Working, Size);
+    I := 0;
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Working[I] := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        Inc(I);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Working;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetComparator: IComparator;
+begin
+    Result := FComparator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetDuplicates: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true; // Sets and lists override this.
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractCollection.SetComparator(const Value: IComparator);
+begin
+    if Value = nil then
+    begin
+        if NaturalItemsOnly then
+            FComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetNaturalComparator
+        else
+            FComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetDefaultComparator;
+    end
+    else
+        FComparator := Value;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetFixedSize: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetIgnoreErrors: TCollectionErrors;
+begin
+    Result := FIgnoreErrors;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractCollection.SetIgnoreErrors(Value: TCollectionErrors);
+begin
+    FIgnoreErrors := Value;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetInstance: TObject;
+begin
+    Result := Self;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetIterator(const Filter: IFilter): IIterator;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    Result := TFilterIterator.Create(Iterator, Filter, Iterator.GetAllowRemoval);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetIterator(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): IIterator;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    Result := TFilterFuncIterator.Create(Iterator, FilterFunc, Iterator.GetAllowRemoval);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.GetNaturalItemsOnly: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FNaturalItemsOnly;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Add(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item); // Can be natural items only error or nil not allowed error
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Success := false;
+    end
+    else if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+        Success := false;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Success := TrueAdd(Item);
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Add(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    I, Count: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Count := 0;
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+        begin
+            Item := ItemArray[I];
+            ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+            if ItemError <> ceOK then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ItemError);
+                Success := false;
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                Success := TrueAdd(Item);
+            end;
+            if Success then
+                Inc(Count);
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Add(const Collection: ICollection): Integer;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Count: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Count := 0;
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+        if ItemError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ItemError);
+            Success := false;
+        end
+        else if FixedSize then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+            Success := false;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Success := TrueAdd(Item);
+        end;
+        if Success then
+            Inc(Count);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Count;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractCollection.AfterConstruction;
+begin
+    inherited AfterConstruction;
+    FCreated := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractCollection.BeforeDestruction;
+begin
+    if not FixedSize then
+        TrueClear;
+    inherited BeforeDestruction;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Clear: Integer;
+begin
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Result := Size;
+        TrueClear;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+        Result := 0;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Clone: ICollection;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractCollectionClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Contains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Success := false;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Success := TrueContains(Item);
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Contains(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := true;
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        Success := Success and Contains(ItemArray[I]);
+        if not Success then
+            break;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Contains(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := true;
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Success := Success and Contains(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        if not Success then
+            break;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Equals(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    if Collection.GetType <> GetType then
+        Result := false
+    else if Collection.Size <> Size then
+        Result := false
+    else if not Collection.Comparator.Equals(Comparator) then
+        Result := false
+    else if not Collection.GetDuplicates and not GetDuplicates then
+    begin
+        // Not equal if any item not found in parameter collection
+        Success := true;
+        Iterator := GetIterator;
+        while not Iterator.EOF and Success do
+        begin
+            Success := Collection.Contains(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+            Iterator.Next;
+        end;
+        Result := Success;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        // Not equal if any item count not equal to item count in parameter collection
+        Success := true;
+        Iterator := GetIterator;
+        while not Iterator.EOF and Success do
+        begin
+            Success := (ItemCount(Iterator.CurrentItem) = Collection.ItemCount(Iterator.CurrentItem));
+            Iterator.Next;
+        end;
+        Result := Success;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Find(const Filter: IFilter): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := GetIterator(Filter).First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Find(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := GetIterator(FilterFunc).First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.FindAll(const Filter: IFilter): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Self.GetIterator(Filter);
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.FindAll(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Self.GetIterator(FilterFunc);
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.IsEmpty: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := (Size = 0);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.IsNaturalItem(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Temp: IUnknown;
+begin
+    if Item <> nil then
+        Result := (Item.QueryInterface(NaturalItemIID, Temp) <> E_NOINTERFACE)
+    else
+        Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.ItemAllowed(const Item: ICollectable): TCollectionError;
+begin
+    if NaturalItemsOnly and not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        Result := ceNotNaturalItem
+    else if not IsNilAllowed and (Item = nil) then
+        Result := ceNilNotAllowed
+    else
+        Result := ceOK;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.ItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := 0;
+    end
+    else if GetDuplicates then
+    begin
+        Result := TrueItemCount(Item);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        // Where duplicates are not allowed, TrueContains will be faster than TrueItemCount.
+        if TrueContains(Item) then
+            Result := 1
+        else
+            Result := 0;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.ItemCount(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Total: Integer;
+begin
+    Total := 0;
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        Total := Total + ItemCount(ItemArray[I]);
+    end;
+    Result := Total;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.ItemCount(const Collection: ICollection): Integer;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Total: Integer;
+begin
+    Total := 0;
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Total := Total + ItemCount(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Total;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Matching(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        if Contains(ItemArray[I]) then
+            ResultCollection.Add(ItemArray[I]);
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Matching(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if Contains(Iterator.CurrentItem) then
+            ResultCollection.Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Remove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := TrueRemove(Item);
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Remove(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(Remove(ItemArray[I]));
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Remove(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(Remove(Iterator.CurrentItem));
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.RemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := TrueRemoveAll(Item);
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.RemoveAll(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(RemoveAll(ItemArray[I]));
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.RemoveAll(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(RemoveAll(Iterator.CurrentItem));
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Retain(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+    Found, Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        // Converting the array to a map would be faster but I don't want to
+        // couple base class code to a complex collection.
+        Found := false;
+        for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+        begin
+            Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+            Found := Comparator.Equals(Item, ItemArray[I]);
+            if Found then
+                break;
+        end;
+        if not Found then
+        begin
+            Success := Iterator.Remove;
+            if Success then
+                ResultCollection.Add(Item);
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractCollection.Retain(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if not Collection.Contains(Item) then
+        begin
+            Success := Iterator.Remove;
+            if Success then
+                ResultCollection.Add(Item);
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractBag }
+function TAbstractBag.CloneAsBag: IBag;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractBagClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractBag.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := EquatableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractBag.GetType: TCollectionType;
+begin
+    Result := ctBag;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractBag.IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractSet }
+function TAbstractSet.TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    // Adds if not already present otherwise fails
+    Position := GetPosition(Item);
+    try
+        if Position.Found then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceDuplicate);
+            Result := false;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            TrueAdd2(Position, Item);
+            Result := true;
+        end;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetPosition(Item);
+    try
+        Result := Position.Found;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetPosition(Item);
+    try
+        if Position.Found then
+        begin
+            Result := TrueGet(Position);
+            TrueRemove2(Position);
+        end
+        else
+            Result := nil;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    RemovedItem: ICollectable;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create;
+    RemovedItem := TrueRemove(Item);
+    if RemovedItem <> nil then
+        ResultCollection.Add(RemovedItem);
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.GetDuplicates: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := EquatableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.GetType: TCollectionType;
+begin
+    Result := ctSet;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.CloneAsSet: ISet;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractSetClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.Complement(const Universe: ISet): ISet;
+var
+    ResultSet: ISet;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    // Return items in universe not found in self.
+    ResultSet := TAbstractSetClass(ClassType).Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Universe.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if not Contains(Item) then
+            ResultSet.Add(Item);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultSet;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.Intersect(const Set2: ISet): ISet;
+var
+    ResultSet: ISet;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    // Return items found in self and parameter.
+    ResultSet := TAbstractSetClass(ClassType).Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Contains(Item) and Set2.Contains(Item) then
+            ResultSet.Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultSet;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractSet.Union(const Set2: ISet): ISet;
+var
+    ResultSet: ISet;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    // Return items found in self or parameter.
+    ResultSet := CloneAsSet;
+    Iterator := Set2.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if not Contains(Item) and Set2.Contains(Item) then
+            ResultSet.Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultSet;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractList }
+constructor TAbstractList.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FDuplicates := true;
+    FSorted := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.InitFrom(const Collection: ICollection);
+var
+    List: IList;
+begin
+    inherited InitFrom(Collection);
+    if Collection.QueryInterface(IList, List) = S_OK then
+    begin
+        FDuplicates := List.GetDuplicates;
+        FSorted := List.GetSorted;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+begin
+    Result := True;
+    if Sorted then
+    begin
+        // Insert in appropriate place to maintain sort order, unless duplicate
+        // not allowed.
+        SearchResult := BinarySearch(Item);
+        case SearchResult.ResultType of
+        srBeforeIndex: TrueInsert(SearchResult.Index, Item);
+        srFoundAtIndex: begin
+            if Duplicates then
+                TrueInsert(SearchResult.Index, Item)
+            else
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ceDuplicate);
+                Result := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+        srAfterEnd: TrueAppend(Item);
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        // Add to end, unless duplicate not allowed.
+        if not Duplicates and (SequentialSearch(Item, Comparator).ResultType = srFoundAtIndex) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceDuplicate);
+            Result := false;
+        end
+        else
+            TrueAppend(Item);
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+begin
+    if Sorted then
+        Result := BinarySearch(Item).ResultType = srFoundAtIndex
+    else
+        Result := SequentialSearch(Item, Comparator).ResultType = srFoundAtIndex
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.TrueItemCount(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+    Count: Integer;
+begin
+    if Sorted then
+    begin
+        // If sorted, use binary search.
+        Count := 0;
+        SearchResult := BinarySearch(Item);
+        if SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+        begin
+            repeat
+                Inc(Count);
+            until not Comparator.Equals(Item, Items[SearchResult.Index]);
+        end;
+        Result := Count;
+    end
+    else
+        // Resort to sequential search for unsorted
+        Result := inherited TrueItemCount(Item);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+begin
+    Result := nil;
+    if Sorted then
+    begin
+        SearchResult := BinarySearch(Item);
+        if SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+        begin
+            Result := TrueDelete(SearchResult.Index);
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        SearchResult := SequentialSearch(Item);
+        if SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+            Result := TrueDelete(SearchResult.Index);
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create;
+    if Sorted then
+    begin
+        SearchResult := BinarySearch(Item);
+        if SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+        begin
+            repeat
+                ResultCollection.Add(TrueDelete(SearchResult.Index));
+            until not Comparator.Equals(Item, Items[SearchResult.Index]);
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        I := 0;
+        while I < Size do
+        begin
+            if Comparator.Equals(Item, Items[I]) then
+            begin
+                ResultCollection.Add(TrueDelete(I));
+            end
+            else
+                Inc(I);
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.QuickSort(Lo, Hi: Integer; const Comparator: IComparator);
+var
+    I, J, Mid: Integer;
+begin
+    repeat
+        I := Lo;
+        J := Hi;
+        Mid := (Lo + Hi) div 2;
+        repeat
+            while Comparator.Compare(Items[I], Items[Mid]) < 0 do
+                Inc(I);
+            while Comparator.Compare(Items[J], Items[Mid]) > 0 do
+                Dec(J);
+            if I <= J then
+            begin
+                Exchange(I, J);
+                if Mid = I then
+                    Mid := J
+                else if Mid = J then
+                    Mid := I;
+                Inc(I);
+                Dec(J);
+            end;
+        until I > J;
+        if Lo < J then
+            QuickSort(Lo, J, Comparator);
+        Lo := I;
+    until I >= Hi;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.QuickSort(Lo, Hi: Integer; CompareFunc: TCollectionCompareFunc);
+var
+    I, J, Mid: Integer;
+begin
+    repeat
+        I := Lo;
+        J := Hi;
+        Mid := (Lo + Hi) div 2;
+        repeat
+            while CompareFunc(Items[I], Items[Mid]) < 0 do
+                Inc(I);
+            while CompareFunc(Items[J], Items[Mid]) > 0 do
+                Dec(J);
+            if I <= J then
+            begin
+                Exchange(I, J);
+                if Mid = I then
+                    Mid := J
+                else if Mid = J then
+                    Mid := I;
+                Inc(I);
+                Dec(J);
+            end;
+        until I > J;
+        if Lo < J then
+            QuickSort(Lo, J, CompareFunc);
+        Lo := I;
+    until I >= Hi;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.GetDuplicates: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FDuplicates;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.SetDuplicates(Value: Boolean);
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Failed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Failed := false;
+    // If trying to set no duplicates, check there are no existing duplicates.
+    if not Value then
+    begin
+        Iterator := GetIterator;
+        while not Iterator.EOF and not Failed do
+        begin
+            Failed := (ItemCount(Iterator.CurrentItem) > 1);
+            Iterator.Next;
+        end;
+        if Failed then
+            CollectionError(ceDuplicate);
+    end;
+    if not Failed then
+        FDuplicates := Value;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.GetItem(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    if (Index < 0) or (Index >= Size) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+        Result := TrueGetItem(Index);
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.SetItem(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+begin
+    if (Index < 0) or (Index >= Size) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange)
+    end
+    else if not Duplicates then
+    begin
+        // Find any duplicates
+        if Sorted then
+        begin
+            SearchResult := BinarySearch(Item);
+            case SearchResult.ResultType of
+            srBeforeIndex, srAfterEnd: begin        // If item is not present
+                FSorted := false;
+                TrueSetItem(Index, Item);
+            end;
+            srFoundAtIndex: begin                   // If item is already present
+                CollectionError(ceDuplicate);
+            end;
+            end;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            // If item is already present
+            if SequentialSearch(Item, Comparator).ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ceDuplicate);
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                TrueSetItem(Index, Item);
+            end;
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        FSorted := false;
+        TrueSetItem(Index, Item);
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TAbstractListIterator.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := ComparableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.GetSorted: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FSorted;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.SetSorted(Value: Boolean);
+begin
+    if Value then
+        Sort;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.GetType: TCollectionType;
+begin
+    Result := ctList;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.BinarySearch(const Item: ICollectable): TSearchResult;
+var
+    Lo, Hi, Mid: Integer;
+    CompareResult: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    if Size = 0 then
+    begin
+        Result.ResultType := srAfterEnd;
+        Exit;
+    end;
+    Lo := 0;
+    Hi := Size - 1;
+    Success := false;
+    repeat
+        Mid := (Lo + Hi) div 2;
+        CompareResult := Comparator.Compare(Item, Items[Mid]);
+        if CompareResult = 0 then
+            Success := true
+        else if CompareResult > 0 then
+            Lo := Mid + 1
+        else
+            Hi := Mid - 1;
+    until (Lo > Hi) or Success;
+    if Success then
+    begin
+        // Move index back if in cluster of duplicates
+        while (Mid > 0) and Comparator.Equals(Item, Items[Mid - 1]) do
+            Dec(Mid);
+        Result.ResultType := srFoundAtIndex;
+        Result.Index := Mid;
+    end
+    else if CompareResult < 0 then
+    begin
+        Result.ResultType := srBeforeIndex;
+        Result.Index := Mid;
+    end
+    else if Hi < Size - 1 then
+    begin
+        Result.ResultType := srBeforeIndex;
+        Result.Index := Mid + 1;
+    end
+    else
+        Result.ResultType := srAfterEnd;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.CloneAsList: IList;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractListClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.Delete(Index: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else if (Index < 0) or (Index >= Size) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Result := TrueDelete(Index);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.Exchange(Index1, Index2: Integer);
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if (Index1 < 0) or (Index1 >= Size) then
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+    if (Index2 < 0) or (Index2 >= Size) then
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+    FSorted := false;
+    Item := ICollectable(Items[Index1]);
+    Items[Index1] := Items[Index2];
+    Items[Index2] := Item;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.First: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if Size > 0 then
+        Result := Items[0]
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.IndexOf(const Item: ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    SearchResult: TSearchResult;
+begin
+    if Sorted then
+        SearchResult := BinarySearch(Item)
+    else
+        SearchResult := SequentialSearch(Item, Comparator);
+    if SearchResult.ResultType = srFoundAtIndex then
+        Result := SearchResult.Index
+    else
+        Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.Insert(Index: Integer; const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := false;
+    end
+    else if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+        Result := false;
+    end
+    else if (Index < 0) or (Index > Size) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+        Result := false;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        FSorted := false;
+        if Index = Size then
+            TrueAdd(Item)
+        else
+            TrueInsert(Index, Item);
+        Result := true;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.Insert(Index: Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): Integer;
+var
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    I, NewIndex, Count: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Count := 0;
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else if (Index < 0) or (Index > Size) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        // Insert entire array in place in correct order
+        NewIndex := Index;
+        for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+        begin
+            Item := ItemArray[I];
+            ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+            if ItemError <> ceOK then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ItemError);
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                Success := Insert(NewIndex, Item);
+                if Success then
+                begin
+                    Inc(NewIndex);
+                    Inc(Count);
+                end;
+            end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.Insert(Index: Integer; const Collection: ICollection): Integer;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    NewIndex, Count: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Count := 0;
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else if (Index < 0) or (Index > Size) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceOutOfRange);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        // Insert entire collection in place in correct order
+        NewIndex := Index;
+        Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+        while not Iterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+            ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+            if ItemError <> ceOK then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ItemError);
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                Success := Insert(NewIndex, Item);
+                if Success then
+                begin
+                    Inc(NewIndex);
+                    Inc(Count);
+                end;
+            end;
+            Iterator.Next;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.Last: ICollectable;
+begin
+    if Size > 0 then
+        Result := Items[Size - 1]
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.Search(const Item: ICollectable; const SearchComparator: IComparator = nil): TSearchResult;
+begin
+    if Sorted and (SearchComparator = nil) then
+        Result := BinarySearch(Item)
+    else
+        Result := SequentialSearch(Item, SearchComparator);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractList.SequentialSearch(const Item: ICollectable; const SearchComparator: IComparator): TSearchResult;
+var
+    WorkingComparator: IComparator;
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    if SearchComparator = nil then
+        WorkingComparator := Comparator
+    else
+        WorkingComparator := SearchComparator;
+    Result.ResultType := srNotFound;
+    I := 0;
+    Success := false;
+    while (I < Size) and not Success do
+    begin
+        if WorkingComparator.Equals(Item, Items[I]) then
+        begin
+            Result.ResultType := srFoundAtIndex;
+            Result.Index := I;
+            Success := true;
+        end
+        else
+            Inc(I);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.Sort(const SortComparator: IComparator);
+begin
+    if SortComparator = nil then
+    begin
+        if Size > 0 then
+            QuickSort(0, Size - 1, Comparator);
+        FSorted := true;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        if Size > 0 then
+            QuickSort(0, Size - 1, SortComparator);
+        FSorted := false;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractList.Sort(CompareFunc: TCollectionCompareFunc);
+begin
+    if Size > 0 then
+        QuickSort(0, Size - 1, CompareFunc);
+    FSorted := false;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractMap }
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create;
+begin
+    Create(false, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FNaturalKeysOnly := NaturalKeysOnly or GetAlwaysNaturalKeys;
+    FAssociationComparator := TAssociationComparator.Create(FNaturalKeysOnly);
+    if FNaturalKeysOnly then
+        FKeyComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetNaturalComparator
+    else
+        FKeyComparator := TAbstractComparator.GetDefaultComparator;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(ItemArray, true, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    Create(ItemArray, true, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    Create(true, NaturalKeysOnly);
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Capacity := Length(ItemArray);
+        for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+        begin
+            Add(ItemArray[I]);
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(KeyArray, ItemArray, false, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    Create(KeyArray, ItemArray, NaturalItemsOnly, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const KeyArray, ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean; NaturalKeysOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I, Lo, Hi: Integer;
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly, NaturalKeysOnly);
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Capacity := Min(Length(KeyArray), Length(ItemArray));
+        Lo := Max(Low(KeyArray), Low(ItemArray));
+        Hi := Min(High(KeyArray), High(ItemArray));
+        for I := Lo to Hi do
+        begin
+            Put(KeyArray[I], ItemArray[I]);
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractMap.Create(const Map: IMap);
+var
+    MapIterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Create(Map.GetNaturalItemsOnly, Map.GetNaturalKeysOnly);
+    InitFrom(Map);
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Capacity := Map.GetSize;
+        MapIterator := Map.GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            Put(MapIterator.CurrentKey, MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+destructor TAbstractMap.Destroy;
+begin
+    FKeyComparator := nil;
+    FAssociationComparator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractMap.InitFrom(const Collection: ICollection);
+var
+    Map: IMap;
+begin
+    inherited InitFrom(Collection);
+    if Collection.QueryInterface(IMap, Map) = S_OK then
+    begin
+        FNaturalKeysOnly := Map.GetNaturalKeysOnly or GetAlwaysNaturalKeys;
+        KeyComparator := Map.GetKeyComparator;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Mappable: IMappable;
+begin
+    if IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+    begin
+        Mappable := Item as IMappable;
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ceDuplicateKey);
+                Result := false;
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                TruePut(Position, TAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item));
+                Result := true;
+            end;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        Result := false;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Success: Boolean;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    Success := false;
+    while not Iterator.EOF and not Success do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+            Success := true;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IMapIterator;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    Found := false;
+    Result := nil;
+    Iterator := GetAssociationIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF and not Found do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            Result := Item2;
+            Iterator.Remove;
+            Found := true;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := GetAssociationIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            ResultCollection.Add(Item2);
+            Iterator.Remove;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+class function TAbstractMap.GetAlwaysNaturalKeys: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetItem(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := Get(Key);
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractMap.SetItem(const Key, Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    Put(Key, Item);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := GetAssociationIterator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetKeyComparator: IComparator;
+begin
+    Result := FKeyComparator;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractMap.SetKeyComparator(const Value: IComparator);
+begin
+    FKeyComparator := Value;
+    FAssociationComparator.KeyComparator := Value;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetKeyIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := TAssociationKeyIterator.Create(GetAssociationIterator);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetKeys: ISet;
+var
+    ResultCollection: TPArraySet;
+    KeyIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArraySet.Create(NaturalKeysOnly);
+    ResultCollection.SetComparator(GetKeyComparator);
+    KeyIterator := GetKeyIterator;
+    while not KeyIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(KeyIterator.CurrentItem);
+        KeyIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetMapIterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := GetAssociationIterator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetMapIteratorByKey(const Filter: IFilter): IMapIterator;
+var
+    Iterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetMapIterator;
+    Result := TKeyFilterMapIterator.Create(Iterator, Filter, Iterator.GetAllowRemoval);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetMapIteratorByKey(FilterFunc: TCollectionFilterFunc): IMapIterator;
+var
+    Iterator: IMapIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetMapIterator;
+    Result := TKeyFilterFuncMapIterator.Create(Iterator, FilterFunc, Iterator.GetAllowRemoval);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := MappableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetNaturalKeyIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := EquatableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetNaturalKeysOnly: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := FNaturalKeysOnly;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetType: TCollectionType;
+begin
+    Result := ctMap;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.GetValues: ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    ValueIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    ValueIterator := GetIterator;
+    while not ValueIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(ValueIterator.CurrentItem);
+        ValueIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+// Overrides TAbstractCollection function, otherwise Create(ICollection) is
+// called, which cannot access keys.
+function TAbstractMap.Clone: ICollection;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractMapClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.CloneAsMap: IMap;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractMapClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.ContainsKey(const Key: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        Result := Position.Found;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := true;
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        Success := Success and ContainsKey(KeyArray[I]);
+        if not Success then
+            break;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.ContainsKey(const Collection: ICollection): Boolean;
+var
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := true;
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Success := Success and ContainsKey(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        if not Success then
+            break;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.Get(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    KeyError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    KeyError := KeyAllowed(Key);
+    if KeyError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(KeyError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+                Result := TrueGet(Position).GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.KeyAllowed(const Key: ICollectable): TCollectionError;
+begin
+    if NaturalKeysOnly and not IsNaturalKey(Key) then
+        Result := ceNotNaturalItem
+    else if Key = nil then
+        Result := ceNilNotAllowed
+    else
+        Result := ceOK;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.IsNaturalKey(const Key: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Temp: IUnknown;
+begin
+    if Key.QueryInterface(NaturalKeyIID, Temp) <> E_NOINTERFACE then
+        Result := true
+    else
+        Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.MatchingKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        if ContainsKey(KeyArray[I]) then
+            ResultCollection.Add(KeyArray[I]);
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.MatchingKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        if ContainsKey(Iterator.CurrentItem) then
+            ResultCollection.Add(Iterator.CurrentItem);
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Mappable: IMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Item.QueryInterface(IMappable, Mappable);
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+        try
+            NewAssociation := TAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+            OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+            if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.Put(const Key, Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IAssociation;
+    ItemError, KeyError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    KeyError := KeyAllowed(Key);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else if KeyError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(KeyError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        // Find appropriate place, then place key-item association there
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            NewAssociation := TAssociation.Create(Key, Item);
+            OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+            if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Mappable: IMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        Item := ItemArray[I];
+        if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            // Find appropriate place, then place key-item association there
+            Item.QueryInterface(IMappable, Mappable);
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Mappable: IMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;;
+        if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            // Find appropriate place, then place key-item association there
+            Item.QueryInterface(IMappable, Mappable);
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.Put(const Map: IMap): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IAssociation;
+    ItemError, KeyError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    MapIterator: IMapIterator;
+    Key, Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    MapIterator := Map.GetMapIterator;
+    while not MapIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := MapIterator.CurrentKey;
+        Item := MapIterator.CurrentItem;
+
+        ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+        KeyError := KeyAllowed(Key);
+        if ItemError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ItemError);
+        end
+        else if KeyError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(KeyError);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            // Find appropriate place, then place key-item association there
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TAssociation.Create(Key, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        MapIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.RemoveKey(const Key: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    KeyError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    OldAssociation: IAssociation;
+begin
+    KeyError := KeyAllowed(Key);
+    if KeyError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(KeyError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+            begin
+                OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            end
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation: IAssociation;
+    KeyError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Key: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        Key := KeyArray[I];
+        KeyError := KeyAllowed(Key);
+        if KeyError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(KeyError);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+            try
+                if Position.Found then
+                begin
+                    OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+                end;
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.RemoveKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation: IAssociation;
+    KeyError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Key: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        KeyError := KeyAllowed(Key);
+        if KeyError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(KeyError);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+            try
+                if Position.Found then
+                begin
+                    OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+                end;
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    MapIterator: IMapIterator;
+    I: Integer;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        MapIterator := GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            // Converting the array to a map would be faster but I don't want to
+            // couple base class code to a complex collection.
+            Found := false;
+            for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+            begin
+                Found := KeyComparator.Equals(MapIterator.CurrentKey, KeyArray[I]);
+                if Found then
+                    break;
+            end;
+            if not Found then
+            begin
+                ResultCollection.Add(MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+                MapIterator.Remove;
+            end;
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+        Result := ResultCollection;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractMap.RetainKey(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    MapIterator: IMapIterator;
+    Key: ICollectable;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        MapIterator := GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            Key := MapIterator.CurrentKey;
+            if not Collection.Contains(Key) then
+            begin
+                ResultCollection.Add(MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+                MapIterator.Remove;
+            end;
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAbstractIntegerMap }
+constructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FAssociationComparator := TIntegerAssociationComparator.Create;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(ItemArray, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(ItemArray, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Create(const KeyArray: array of Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(KeyArray, ItemArray, false);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Create(const KeyArray: array of Integer; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I, Lo, Hi: Integer;
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Capacity := Min(Length(KeyArray), Length(ItemArray));
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Lo := Max(Low(KeyArray), Low(ItemArray));
+        Hi := Min(High(KeyArray), High(ItemArray));
+        for I := Lo to Hi do
+        begin
+            Put(KeyArray[I], ItemArray[I]);
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Create(const Map: IIntegerMap);
+var
+    MapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+begin
+    Create(Map.GetNaturalItemsOnly);
+    InitFrom(Map);
+    Capacity := Map.GetSize;
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        MapIterator := Map.GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            Put(MapIterator.CurrentKey, MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+destructor TAbstractIntegerMap.Destroy;
+begin
+    FAssociationComparator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Mappable: IIntegerMappable;
+begin
+    if IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+    begin
+        Mappable := Item as IIntegerMappable;
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ceDuplicateKey);
+                Result := false;
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                TruePut(Position, TIntegerAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item));
+                Result := true;
+            end;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        Result := false;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Success: Boolean;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    Success := false;
+    while not Iterator.EOF and not Success do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+            Success := true;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    Found := false;
+    Result := nil;
+    Iterator := GetAssociationIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF and not Found do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            Result := Item2;
+            Iterator.Remove;
+            Found := true;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := GetAssociationIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            ResultCollection.Add(Item2);
+            Iterator.Remove;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetItem(const Key: Integer): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := Get(Key);
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractIntegerMap.SetItem(const Key: Integer; const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    Put(Key, Item);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := GetAssociationIterator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetKeys: ISet;
+var
+    ResultCollection: TPArraySet;
+    MapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArraySet.Create(true);
+    MapIterator := GetMapIterator;
+    while not MapIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(TIntegerWrapper.Create(MapIterator.CurrentKey) as ICollectable);
+        MapIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetMapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := GetAssociationIterator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := IntegerMappableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetType: TCollectionType;
+begin
+    Result := ctIntegerMap;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.GetValues: ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    ValueIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    ValueIterator := GetIterator;
+    while not ValueIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(ValueIterator.CurrentItem);
+        ValueIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+// Overrides TAbstractCollection function, otherwise Create(ICollection) is
+// called, which cannot access keys.
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Clone: ICollection;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractIntegerMapClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.CloneAsIntegerMap: IIntegerMap;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractIntegerMapClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.ContainsKey(const Key: Integer): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        Result := Position.Found;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): Boolean;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := true;
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        Success := Success and ContainsKey(KeyArray[I]);
+        if not Success then
+            break;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Get(const Key: Integer): ICollectable;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        if Position.Found then
+            Result := TrueGet(Position).GetValue
+        else
+            Result := nil;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Mappable: IIntegerMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Item.QueryInterface(IIntegerMappable, Mappable);
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+        try
+            NewAssociation := TIntegerAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+            OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+            if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Put(const Key: Integer; const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            NewAssociation := TIntegerAssociation.Create(Key, Item);
+            OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+            if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Mappable: IIntegerMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        Item := ItemArray[I];
+        if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Item.QueryInterface(IIntegerMappable, Mappable);
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TIntegerAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Mappable: IIntegerMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;;
+        if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Item.QueryInterface(IIntegerMappable, Mappable);
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TIntegerAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.Put(const Map: IIntegerMap): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    MapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    Key: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    MapIterator := Map.GetMapIterator;
+    while not MapIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := MapIterator.CurrentKey;
+        Item := MapIterator.CurrentItem;
+
+        ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+        if ItemError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ItemError);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TIntegerAssociation.Create(Key, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        MapIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.RemoveKey(const Key: Integer): ICollectable;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    OldAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        if Position.Found then
+        begin
+            OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+            Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+        end
+        else
+            Result := nil;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation: IIntegerAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Key: Integer;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        Key := KeyArray[I];
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+            begin
+                OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+                ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            end;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractIntegerMap.RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of Integer): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    MapIterator: IIntegerMapIterator;
+    I: Integer;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        MapIterator := GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            // Converting the array to a map would be faster but I don't want to
+            // couple base class code to a complex collection.
+            Found := false;
+            for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+            begin
+                Found := (MapIterator.CurrentKey = KeyArray[I]);
+                if Found then
+                    break;
+            end;
+            if not Found then
+            begin
+                ResultCollection.Add(MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+                MapIterator.Remove;
+            end;
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+        Result := ResultCollection;
+    end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAbstractStringMap }
+constructor TAbstractStringMap.Create(NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    FAssociationComparator := TStringAssociationComparator.Create;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractStringMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(ItemArray, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractStringMap.Create(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+    inherited Create(ItemArray, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractStringMap.Create(const KeyArray: array of String; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable);
+begin
+    Create(KeyArray, ItemArray, false);
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractStringMap.Create(const KeyArray: array of String; const ItemArray: array of ICollectable; NaturalItemsOnly: Boolean);
+var
+    I, Lo, Hi: Integer;
+begin
+    Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Capacity := Min(Length(KeyArray), Length(ItemArray));
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        Lo := Max(Low(KeyArray), Low(ItemArray));
+        Hi := Min(High(KeyArray), High(ItemArray));
+        for I := Lo to Hi do
+        begin
+            Put(KeyArray[I], ItemArray[I]);
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TAbstractStringMap.Create(const Map: IStringMap);
+var
+    MapIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+begin
+    Create(Map.GetNaturalItemsOnly);
+    InitFrom(Map);
+    Capacity := Map.GetSize;
+    if not FixedSize then
+    begin
+        MapIterator := Map.GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            Put(MapIterator.CurrentKey, MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+destructor TAbstractStringMap.Destroy;
+begin
+    FAssociationComparator := nil;
+    inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.TrueAdd(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Mappable: IStringMappable;
+begin
+    if IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+    begin
+        Mappable := Item as IStringMappable;
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+            begin
+                CollectionError(ceDuplicateKey);
+                Result := false;
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+                TruePut(Position, TStringAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item));
+                Result := true;
+            end;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        Result := false;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.TrueContains(const Item: ICollectable): Boolean;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Success: Boolean;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Iterator := GetIterator;
+    Success := false;
+    while not Iterator.EOF and not Success do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+            Success := true;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.TrueRemove(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IStringMapIterator;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    Found := false;
+    Result := nil;
+    Iterator := GetAssociationIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF and not Found do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            Result := Item2;
+            Iterator.Remove;
+            Found := true;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.TrueRemoveAll(const Item: ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Item2: ICollectable;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    // Sequential search
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := GetAssociationIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item2 := Iterator.CurrentItem;
+        if Comparator.Equals(Item, Item2) then
+        begin
+            ResultCollection.Add(Item2);
+            Iterator.Remove;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetItem(const Key: String): ICollectable;
+begin
+    Result := Get(Key);
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractStringMap.SetItem(const Key: String; const Item: ICollectable);
+begin
+    Put(Key, Item);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    Result := GetAssociationIterator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetKeys: ISet;
+var
+    ResultCollection: TPArraySet;
+    MapIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArraySet.Create(true);
+    MapIterator := GetMapIterator;
+    while not MapIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(TStringWrapper.Create(MapIterator.CurrentKey) as ICollectable);
+        MapIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetMapIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+begin
+    Result := GetAssociationIterator;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetNaturalItemIID: TGUID;
+begin
+    Result := StringMappableIID;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetType: TCollectionType;
+begin
+    Result := ctStringMap;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.GetValues: ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    ValueIterator: IIterator;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    ValueIterator := GetIterator;
+    while not ValueIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        ResultCollection.Add(ValueIterator.CurrentItem);
+        ValueIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+// Overrides TAbstractCollection function, otherwise Create(ICollection) is
+// called, which cannot access keys.
+function TAbstractStringMap.Clone: ICollection;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractStringMapClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.CloneAsStringMap: IStringMap;
+begin
+    Result := (TAbstractStringMapClass(ClassType)).Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.ContainsKey(const Key: String): Boolean;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        Result := Position.Found;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.ContainsKey(const KeyArray: array of String): Boolean;
+var
+    I: Integer;
+    Success: Boolean;
+begin
+    Success := true;
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        Success := Success and ContainsKey(KeyArray[I]);
+        if not Success then
+            break;
+    end;
+    Result := Success;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.Get(const Key: String): ICollectable;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        if Position.Found then
+            Result := TrueGet(Position).GetValue
+        else
+            Result := nil;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.IsNilAllowed: Boolean;
+begin
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.Put(const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    Mappable: IStringMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Item.QueryInterface(IStringMappable, Mappable);
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+        try
+            NewAssociation := TStringAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+            OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+            if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.Put(const Key: String; const Item: ICollectable): ICollectable;
+var
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+begin
+    ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+    if ItemError <> ceOK then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ItemError);
+        Result := nil;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            NewAssociation := TStringAssociation.Create(Key, Item);
+            OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+            if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+            else
+                Result := nil;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.Put(const ItemArray: array of ICollectable): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Mappable: IStringMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(ItemArray) to High(ItemArray) do
+    begin
+        Item := ItemArray[I];
+        if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Item.QueryInterface(IStringMappable, Mappable);
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TStringAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.Put(const Collection: ICollection): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    Mappable: IStringMappable;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Iterator: IIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    Iterator := Collection.GetIterator;
+    while not Iterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Item := Iterator.CurrentItem;;
+        if not IsNaturalItem(Item) then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ceNotNaturalItem);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Item.QueryInterface(IStringMappable, Mappable);
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Mappable.GetKey);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TStringAssociation.Create(Mappable.GetKey, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        Iterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.Put(const Map: IStringMap): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation, NewAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    ItemError: TCollectionError;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    MapIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+    Item: ICollectable;
+    Key: String;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    MapIterator := Map.GetMapIterator;
+    while not MapIterator.EOF do
+    begin
+        Key := MapIterator.CurrentKey;
+        Item := MapIterator.CurrentItem;
+
+        ItemError := ItemAllowed(Item);
+        if ItemError <> ceOK then
+        begin
+            CollectionError(ItemError);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+            Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+            try
+                NewAssociation := TStringAssociation.Create(Key, Item);
+                OldAssociation := TruePut(Position, NewAssociation);
+                if OldAssociation <> nil then
+                    ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            finally
+                Position.Free;
+            end;
+        end;
+        MapIterator.Next;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.RemoveKey(const Key: String): ICollectable;
+var
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    OldAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+begin
+    Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+    try
+        if Position.Found then
+        begin
+            OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+            Result := OldAssociation.GetValue
+        end
+        else
+            Result := nil;
+    finally
+        Position.Free;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.RemoveKey(const KeyArray: array of String): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    OldAssociation: IStringAssociation;
+    Position: TCollectionPosition;
+    Key: String;
+    I: Integer;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+    begin
+        Key := KeyArray[I];
+        Position := GetKeyPosition(Key);
+        try
+            if Position.Found then
+            begin
+                OldAssociation := TrueRemove2(Position);
+                ResultCollection.Add(OldAssociation.GetValue);
+            end;
+        finally
+            Position.Free;
+        end;
+    end;
+    Result := ResultCollection;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractStringMap.RetainKey(const KeyArray: array of String): ICollection;
+var
+    ResultCollection: ICollection;
+    MapIterator: IStringMapIterator;
+    I: Integer;
+    Found: Boolean;
+begin
+    ResultCollection := TPArrayBag.Create(NaturalItemsOnly);
+    if FixedSize then
+    begin
+        CollectionError(ceFixedSize);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+        MapIterator := GetMapIterator;
+        while not MapIterator.EOF do
+        begin
+            // Converting the array to a map would be faster but I don't want to
+            // couple base class code to a complex collection.
+            Found := false;
+            for I := Low(KeyArray) to High(KeyArray) do
+            begin
+                Found := (MapIterator.CurrentKey = KeyArray[I]);
+                if Found then
+                    break;
+            end;
+            if not Found then
+            begin
+                ResultCollection.Add(MapIterator.CurrentItem);
+                MapIterator.Remove;
+            end;
+            MapIterator.Next;
+        end;
+        Result := ResultCollection;
+    end;
+end;
+
+
+{ ECollectionError }
+constructor ECollectionError.Create(const Msg: String; const Collection: ICollection; ErrorType: TCollectionError);
+begin
+    inherited Create(Msg);
+    FCollection := Collection;
+    FErrorType := ErrorType;
+end;
+
+{ TAbstractListIterator }
+constructor TAbstractListIterator.Create(Collection: TAbstractList);
+begin
+    inherited Create(true);
+    FCollection := Collection;
+    First;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractListIterator.TrueFirst: ICollectable;
+begin
+    FIndex := 0;
+    if FIndex < FCollection.GetSize then
+        Result := FCollection.GetItem(FIndex)
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TAbstractListIterator.TrueNext: ICollectable;
+begin
+    Inc(FIndex);
+    if FIndex < FCollection.GetSize then
+        Result := FCollection.GetItem(FIndex)
+    else
+        Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAbstractListIterator.TrueRemove;
+begin
+    FCollection.Delete(FIndex);
+    Dec(FIndex);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/collections/readme.txt b/src/lib/collections/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1f6477de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/collections/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Delphi Collections by Matthew Greet
+http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/delphi_collections/
+
+Help files (MS .hlp format) at 
+http://www.warmachine.u-net.com/downloads/delphi_collections_1_0_help.zip
+
+Changes
+=====================
+2008-11-06  FPC compatibility fixes by UltraStar Deluxe Team
+2005-03-14  Maintenance release v1.0.5 - bug fix for sorted lists and functional tests checks unsorted and sorted lists.
+2004-10-14 	Maintenance release v1.0.4 - memory leak fixed.
+2004-06-12 	Maintenance release v1.0.3 - memory leak fixed, memory leak test, new Capacity property.
+2004-02-13 	Maintenance release v1.0.2 - expanded introduction and quick start sections in help file.
+2003-10-25 	Maintenance release v1.0.1 - packages and test harness no longer list unused packages.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/ctypes/ctypes.pas b/src/lib/ctypes/ctypes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..694552dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ctypes/ctypes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+{
+    This file is part of the Free Pascal run time library.
+    Copyright (c) 2004 by Marco van de Voort, member of the
+    Free Pascal development team
+
+    Implements C types for in header conversions
+
+    See the file COPYING.FPC, included in this distribution,
+    for details about the copyright.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+ **********************************************************************}
+
+unit ctypes;
+
+interface
+
+type
+  qword = int64;  // Keep h2pas "uses ctypes" headers working with delphi.
+
+  { the following type definitions are compiler dependant }
+  { and system dependant                                  }
+
+  cint8                  = shortint;           pcint8                 = ^cint8;
+  cuint8                 = byte;               pcuint8                = ^cuint8;
+  cchar                  = cint8;              pcchar                 = ^cchar;
+  cschar                 = cint8;              pcschar                = ^cschar;
+  cuchar                 = cuint8;             pcuchar                = ^cuchar;
+
+  cint16                 = smallint;           pcint16                = ^cint16;
+  cuint16                = word;               pcuint16               = ^cuint16;
+  cshort                 = cint16;             pcshort                = ^cshort;
+  csshort                = cint16;             pcsshort               = ^csshort;
+  cushort                = cuint16;            pcushort               = ^cushort;
+
+  cint32                 = longint;            pcint32                = ^cint32;
+  cuint32                = longword;           pcuint32               = ^cuint32;
+  cint                   = cint32;             pcint                  = ^cint;              { minimum range is : 32-bit    }
+  csint                  = cint32;             pcsint                 = ^csint;             { minimum range is : 32-bit    }
+  cuint                  = cuint32;            pcuint                 = ^cuint;             { minimum range is : 32-bit    }
+  csigned                = cint;               pcsigned               = ^csigned;
+  cunsigned              = cuint;              pcunsigned             = ^cunsigned;
+
+  cint64                 = int64;              pcint64                = ^cint64;
+  cuint64                = qword;              pcuint64               = ^cuint64;
+  clonglong              = cint64;             pclonglong             = ^clonglong;
+  cslonglong             = cint64;             pcslonglong            = ^cslonglong;
+  culonglong             = cuint64;            pculonglong            = ^culonglong;
+
+  cbool                  = longbool;           pcbool                 = ^cbool;
+
+{$if defined(cpu64) and not(defined(win64) and defined(cpux86_64))}
+  clong                  = int64;              pclong                 = ^clong;
+  cslong                 = int64;              pcslong                = ^cslong;
+  culong                 = qword;              pculong                = ^culong;
+{$else}
+  clong                  = longint;            pclong                 = ^clong;
+  cslong                 = longint;            pcslong                = ^cslong;
+  culong                 = cardinal;           pculong                = ^culong;
+{$ifend}
+
+  cfloat                 = single;             pcfloat                = ^cfloat;
+  cdouble                = double;             pcdouble               = ^cdouble;
+  clongdouble            = extended;           pclongdouble           = ^clongdouble;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/avcodec.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avcodec.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a436a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avcodec.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,5002 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavcodec/avcodec.h
+ * Min. version: 51.16.0, revision  6577, Sat Oct  7 15:30:46 2006 UTC 
+ * Max. version: 52.86.1, revision 24882, Wed Aug 23 07:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit avcodec;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  {$linklib libavcodec}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  avutil,
+  rational,
+  opt,
+  SysUtils,
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+  BaseUnix,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UConfig;
+
+const
+  (*
+   * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+   * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+   * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+   * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+   * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+   * occur.
+   *
+   * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+   * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+   * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+   * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+   *
+   * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+   * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+   * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+   * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+   *
+   * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+   * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+   * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+   * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+   * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+   * fix. 
+   *)
+  (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR   = 52;
+  LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR   = 86;
+  LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 1;
+  LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                           (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                           (LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR   = 51;
+  LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR   = 16;
+  LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+  LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                            (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                            (LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < LIBAVCODEC_MIN_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* Check if linked version is supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION > LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavcodec is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+const
+  AV_NOPTS_VALUE: cint64  = $8000000000000000;
+  AV_TIME_BASE            = 1000000;
+  AV_TIME_BASE_Q: TAVRational = (num: 1; den: AV_TIME_BASE);
+
+(**
+ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
+ * The principle is roughly:
+ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
+ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
+ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
+ * 1. no value of a existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
+ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs.
+ *)
+type
+  TCodecID = (
+    CODEC_ID_NONE,
+    
+    (* video codecs *)
+    CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, //* prefered ID for MPEG Video 1/2 decoding */
+    CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC,
+    CODEC_ID_H261,
+    CODEC_ID_H263,
+    CODEC_ID_RV10,
+    CODEC_ID_RV20,
+    CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
+    CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
+    CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
+    CODEC_ID_SP5X,
+    CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
+    CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
+    CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
+    CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
+    CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
+    CODEC_ID_WMV1,
+    CODEC_ID_WMV2,
+    CODEC_ID_H263P,
+    CODEC_ID_H263I,
+    CODEC_ID_FLV1,
+    CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
+    CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
+    CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
+    CODEC_ID_CYUV,
+    CODEC_ID_H264,
+    CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
+    CODEC_ID_VP3,
+    CODEC_ID_THEORA,
+    CODEC_ID_ASV1,
+    CODEC_ID_ASV2,
+    CODEC_ID_FFV1,
+    CODEC_ID_4XM,
+    CODEC_ID_VCR1,
+    CODEC_ID_CLJR,
+    CODEC_ID_MDEC,
+    CODEC_ID_ROQ,
+    CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
+    CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
+    CODEC_ID_RPZA,
+    CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
+    CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
+    CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
+    CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
+    CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
+    CODEC_ID_8BPS,
+    CODEC_ID_SMC,
+    CODEC_ID_FLIC,
+    CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
+    CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_MSZH,
+    CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
+    CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
+    CODEC_ID_SNOW,
+    CODEC_ID_TSCC,
+    CODEC_ID_ULTI,
+    CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
+    CODEC_ID_VIXL,
+    CODEC_ID_QPEG,
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    CODEC_ID_XVID,
+{$IFEND}
+    CODEC_ID_PNG,
+    CODEC_ID_PPM,
+    CODEC_ID_PBM,
+    CODEC_ID_PGM,
+    CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
+    CODEC_ID_PAM,
+    CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
+    CODEC_ID_RV30,
+    CODEC_ID_RV40,
+    CODEC_ID_VC1,
+    CODEC_ID_WMV3,
+    CODEC_ID_LOCO,
+    CODEC_ID_WNV1,
+    CODEC_ID_AASC,
+    CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
+    CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
+    CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
+    CODEC_ID_BMP,
+    CODEC_ID_CSCD,
+    CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
+    CODEC_ID_AVS,
+    CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_NUV,
+    CODEC_ID_KMVC,
+    CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
+    CODEC_ID_CAVS,
+    CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
+    CODEC_ID_VMNC,
+    CODEC_ID_VP5,
+    CODEC_ID_VP6,
+    CODEC_ID_VP6F,
+    CODEC_ID_TARGA,
+    CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
+    CODEC_ID_TIFF,
+    CODEC_ID_GIF,
+    CODEC_ID_FFH264,
+    CODEC_ID_DXA,
+    CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
+    CODEC_ID_THP,
+    CODEC_ID_SGI,
+    CODEC_ID_C93,
+    CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
+    CODEC_ID_PTX,
+    CODEC_ID_TXD,
+    CODEC_ID_VP6A,
+    CODEC_ID_AMV,
+    CODEC_ID_VB,
+    CODEC_ID_PCX,
+    CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
+    CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
+    CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
+    CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
+    CODEC_ID_RL2,
+    CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
+    CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
+    CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
+    CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
+    CODEC_ID_BFI,
+    CODEC_ID_CMV,
+    CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
+    CODEC_ID_TGV,
+    CODEC_ID_TGQ,
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52012000}  // >= 52.12.0
+    CODEC_ID_TQI,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52022002}  // >= 52.22.2
+    CODEC_ID_AURA,
+    CODEC_ID_AURA2,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52027000}  // >= 52.27.0
+    CODEC_ID_V210X,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52028000}  // >= 52.28.0
+    CODEC_ID_TMV,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52029000}  // >= 52.29.0
+    CODEC_ID_V210,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52030002}  // >= 52.30.2
+    CODEC_ID_DPX,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52031002}  // >= 52.31.2
+    CODEC_ID_MAD,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52037000}  // >= 52.37.0
+    CODEC_ID_FRWU,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52041000}  // >= 52.41.0
+    CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52043000}  // >= 52.43.0
+    CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
+    CODEC_ID_R210,
+{$IFEND}
+     CODEC_ID_ANM,
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52049000}  // >= 52.49.0
+    CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52052000}  // >= 52.52.0
+    CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
+    CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52058000}  // >= 52.58.0
+    CODEC_ID_KGV1,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52062000}  // >= 52.62.0
+    CODEC_ID_YOP,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52067002}  // >= 52.67.2
+    CODEC_ID_VP8,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52075001}  // >= 52.75.1
+    CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084000}  // >= 52.84.0
+    CODEC_ID_ANSI,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52086001}  // >= 52.86.1
+    CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
+    CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
+{$IFEND}
+
+    //* various PCM "codecs" */
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE= $10000,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52034000} // >= 52.34.0
+    CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
+{$IFEND}
+
+    //* various ADPCM codecs */
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT= $11000,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
+    CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
+
+    //* AMR */
+    CODEC_ID_AMR_NB= $12000,
+    CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
+
+    //* RealAudio codecs*/
+    CODEC_ID_RA_144= $13000,
+    CODEC_ID_RA_288,
+
+    //* various DPCM codecs */
+    CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM= $14000,
+    CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
+    CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
+    CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
+
+    (* audio codecs *)
+    CODEC_ID_MP2= $15000,
+    CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
+    CODEC_ID_AAC,
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // < 52.0.0
+    _CODEC_ID_MPEG4AAC, // will be redefined to CODEC_ID_AAC below
+    {$IFEND}
+    CODEC_ID_AC3,
+    CODEC_ID_DTS,
+    CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
+    CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
+    CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
+    CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
+    CODEC_ID_MACE3,
+    CODEC_ID_MACE6,
+    CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
+    CODEC_ID_SONIC,
+    CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
+    CODEC_ID_FLAC,
+    CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
+    CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
+    CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
+    CODEC_ID_ALAC,
+    CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
+    CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
+    CODEC_ID_QDM2,
+    CODEC_ID_COOK,
+    CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
+    CODEC_ID_TTA,
+    CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
+    CODEC_ID_QCELP,
+    CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
+    CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
+    CODEC_ID_IMC,
+    CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
+    CODEC_ID_MLP,
+    CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, { as found in WAV }
+    CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
+    CODEC_ID_VOXWARE,
+    CODEC_ID_APE,
+    CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
+    CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
+    CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
+    CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
+    CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
+    CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
+    CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
+    CODEC_ID_EAC3,
+    CODEC_ID_SIPR,
+    CODEC_ID_MP1,
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52020000} // >= 52.20.0
+    CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52022000} // >= 52.22.0
+    CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52026000} // >= 52.26.0
+    CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52035000} // >= 52.35.0
+    CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52049000} // >= 52.49.0
+    CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
+    CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
+{$IFEND}
+
+    //* subtitle codecs */
+    CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE= $17000,
+    CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
+    CODEC_ID_TEXT,  ///< raw UTF-8 text
+    CODEC_ID_XSUB,
+    CODEC_ID_SSA,
+    CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52033000} // >= 52.33.0
+    CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52037001} // >= 52.37.1
+    CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084001} // >= 52.84.1
+    CODEC_ID_SRT,
+{$IFEND}
+
+    (* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) *)
+    CODEC_ID_TTF= $18000,
+
+    CODEC_ID_PROBE= $19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
+
+    CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS= $20000, {*< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
+                               * stream (only used by libavformat) *}
+    __CODEC_ID_4BYTE = $FFFFF  // ensure 4-byte enum
+  );
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // < 52.0.0
+{* CODEC_ID_MP3LAME is obsolete *}
+const
+  CODEC_ID_MP3LAME = CODEC_ID_MP3;
+  CODEC_ID_MPEG4AAC = CODEC_ID_AAC;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53} // < 53.0.0
+type
+  TCodecType = (
+    CODEC_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,
+    CODEC_TYPE_VIDEO,
+    CODEC_TYPE_AUDIO,
+    CODEC_TYPE_DATA,
+    CODEC_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+    CODEC_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,
+    CODEC_TYPE_NB
+  );
+{$IFEND}
+
+{
+  TAVMediaType moved to avutil in LIBAVUTIL_VERSION 50.14.0
+  but moving it in the pascal headers was not really necessary
+  but caused problems. So, I (KMS) left it here.
+}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52064000} // >= 52.64.0
+type
+  TAVMediaType = (
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+  );
+{$IFEND}
+
+{**
+ * all in native endian
+ *}
+type
+  TSampleFormat = (
+    SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    SAMPLE_FMT_U8,              ///< unsigned 8 bits
+    SAMPLE_FMT_S16,             ///< signed 16 bits
+    SAMPLE_FMT_S32,             ///< signed 32 bits
+    SAMPLE_FMT_FLT,             ///< float
+    SAMPLE_FMT_DBL,             ///< double
+    SAMPLE_FMT_NB               ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if dynamically linking to libavcodec
+  );
+  _TSampleFormatArray = array [0 .. MaxInt div SizeOf(TSampleFormat)-1] of TSampleFormat;
+  PSampleFormatArray = ^_TSampleFormatArray;
+
+const
+  {* Audio channel masks *}
+  CH_FRONT_LEFT             = $00000001;
+  CH_FRONT_RIGHT            = $00000002;
+  CH_FRONT_CENTER           = $00000004;
+  CH_LOW_FREQUENCY          = $00000008;
+  CH_BACK_LEFT              = $00000010;
+  CH_BACK_RIGHT             = $00000020;
+  CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER   = $00000040;
+  CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER  = $00000080;
+  CH_BACK_CENTER            = $00000100;
+  CH_SIDE_LEFT              = $00000200;
+  CH_SIDE_RIGHT             = $00000400;
+  CH_TOP_CENTER             = $00000800;
+  CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT         = $00001000;
+  CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER       = $00002000;
+  CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT        = $00004000;
+  CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT          = $00008000;
+  CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER        = $00010000;
+  CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT         = $00020000;
+  CH_STEREO_LEFT            = $20000000;  ///< Stereo downmix.
+  CH_STEREO_RIGHT           = $40000000;  ///< See CH_STEREO_LEFT.
+{** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+ *  to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+ *  to be the native codec channel order.
+ *}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52038001} // >= 52.38.1
+  CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE          = $8000000000000000;
+{$IFEND}
+
+  {* Audio channel convenience macros *}
+  CH_LAYOUT_MONO            = (CH_FRONT_CENTER);
+  CH_LAYOUT_STEREO          = (CH_FRONT_LEFT or CH_FRONT_RIGHT);
+  CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND        = (CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or CH_FRONT_CENTER);
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52027000} // >= 52.27.0
+  CH_LAYOUT_2_1             = (CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or CH_BACK_CENTER);
+  CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0         = (CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or CH_BACK_CENTER);
+  CH_LAYOUT_2_2             = (CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or CH_SIDE_LEFT or CH_SIDE_RIGHT);
+{$IFEND}
+  CH_LAYOUT_QUAD            = (CH_LAYOUT_STEREO or CH_BACK_LEFT or CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+  CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0         = (CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or CH_SIDE_LEFT or CH_SIDE_RIGHT);
+  CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1         = (CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000} // >= 52.25.0
+  CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK    = (CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or CH_BACK_LEFT or 
+                               CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+  CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK    = (CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK or CH_LOW_FREQUENCY);
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52034000} // >= 52.34.0
+  CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0         = (CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 or CH_BACK_LEFT or CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+{$IFEND}
+  CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1         = (CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 or CH_BACK_LEFT or CH_BACK_RIGHT);
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52025000} // < 52.25.0
+  CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE    = (CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND or CH_LOW_FREQUENCY or
+                               CH_BACK_LEFT or CH_BACK_RIGHT or
+{$ELSE}
+  CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE    = (CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK or 
+{$IFEND}
+                               CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER or
+                               CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER);
+  CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX  = (CH_STEREO_LEFT or CH_STEREO_RIGHT);
+
+{* in bytes *}
+  AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE = 192000; // 1 second of 48khz 32bit audio
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION <= 52056000} // <= 52.56.0
+{**
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ *}
+  FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE = 8;
+{$ELSEIF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52058000} // < 52.58.0
+{**
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * The first 8 bytes are needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end. The remainder is to give
+ * decoders a reasonable amount of distance to work with before checking for
+ * buffer overreads.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ *}
+  FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE = 64;
+{$ELSE} // >= 52.58.0}
+{**
+ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
+ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
+ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
+ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
+ *}
+  FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE = 8;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{**
+ * minimum encoding buffer size.
+ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
+ *}
+  FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE = 16384;
+
+type
+{*
+ * motion estimation type.
+ *}
+  TMotion_Est_ID = (
+    ME_ZERO = 1,  ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed
+    ME_FULL,
+    ME_LOG,
+    ME_PHODS,
+    ME_EPZS,      ///< enhanced predictive zonal search
+    ME_X1,        ///< reserved for experiments
+    ME_HEX,       ///< hexagon based search
+    ME_UMH,       ///< uneven multi-hexagon search
+    ME_ITER,      ///< iterative search
+    ME_TESA       ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm
+  );
+
+  TAVDiscard = (
+    {* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
+     * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames).
+     *}
+    AVDISCARD_NONE    = -16, ///< discard nothing
+    AVDISCARD_DEFAULT =   0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
+    AVDISCARD_NONREF  =   8, ///< discard all non reference
+    AVDISCARD_BIDIR   =  16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
+    AVDISCARD_NONKEY  =  32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
+    AVDISCARD_ALL     =  48  ///< discard all
+  );
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52028000} // >= 52.28.0
+  TAVColorPrimaries = (
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT709       = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470M      = 4,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG     = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M   = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M   = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_PRI_FILM        = 8,
+    AVCOL_PRI_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+  );
+
+  TAVColorTransferCharacteristic = (
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT709       = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+    AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22     = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28     = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+    AVCOL_TRC_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+  );
+
+  TAVColorSpace = (
+    AVCOL_SPC_RGB         = 0,
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT709       = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_SPC_FCC         = 4,
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG     = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M   = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M   = 7,
+    AVCOL_SPC_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+  );
+
+  TAVColorRange = (
+    AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG        = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
+    AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG        = 2, ///< the normal     2^n-1   "JPEG" YUV ranges
+    AVCOL_RANGE_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+  );
+
+(**
+ *  X   X      3 4 X      X are luma samples,
+ *             1 2        1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ *  X   X      5 6 X      0 is undefined/unknown position
+ *)
+  TAVChromaLocation = (
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT        = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER      = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT     = 3, ///< DV
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP         = 4,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT  = 5,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM      = 6,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+  );
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52083000} // >= 52.83.0
+(**
+ * LPC analysis type
+ *)
+  TAVLPCType = (
+    AV_LPC_TYPE_DEFAULT     = -1, ///< use the codec default LPC type
+    AV_LPC_TYPE_NONE        =  0, ///< do not use LPC prediction or use all zero coefficients
+    AV_LPC_TYPE_FIXED       =  1, ///< fixed LPC coefficients
+    AV_LPC_TYPE_LEVINSON    =  2, ///< Levinson-Durbin recursion
+    AV_LPC_TYPE_CHOLESKY    =  3, ///< Cholesky factorization
+    AV_LPC_TYPE_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+  );
+{$IFEND}
+
+  PRcOverride = ^TRcOverride;
+  TRcOverride = record {16}
+    start_frame:    cint;
+    end_frame:      cint;
+    qscale:         cint; // if this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead
+    quality_factor: cfloat;
+  end;
+
+const
+  FF_MAX_B_FRAMES = 16;
+
+{* encoding support
+   These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
+   Note: Not everything is supported yet.
+*}
+
+  CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE = $0002;  ///< Use fixed qscale.
+  CODEC_FLAG_4MV    = $0004;  ///< 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H263.
+  CODEC_FLAG_QPEL   = $0010;  ///< use qpel MC.
+  CODEC_FLAG_GMC    = $0020;  ///< use GMC.
+  CODEC_FLAG_MV0    = $0040;  ///< always try a MB with MV=<0,0>.
+  CODEC_FLAG_PART   = $0080;  ///< Use data partitioning.
+  {**
+   * The parent program guarantees that the input for B-frames containing
+   * streams is not written to for at least s->max_b_frames+1 frames, if
+   * this is not set the input will be copied.
+   *}
+  CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED    = $0100;
+  CODEC_FLAG_PASS1              = $0200; ///< use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first  pass mode
+  CODEC_FLAG_PASS2              = $0400; ///< use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode
+  CODEC_FLAG_EXTERN_HUFF        = $1000; ///< use external huffman table (for mjpeg)
+  CODEC_FLAG_GRAY               = $2000; ///< only decode/encode grayscale
+  CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE           = $4000; ///< don't draw edges
+  CODEC_FLAG_PSNR               = $8000; ///< error[?] variables will be set during encoding
+  CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED      = $00010000; //** input bitstream might be truncated at a random location instead
+                                   //         of only at frame boundaries */
+  CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP  = $00020000; ///< normalize adaptive quantization
+  CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT = $00040000; ///< use interlaced dct
+  CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY      = $00080000; ///< force low delay
+  CODEC_FLAG_ALT_SCAN       = $00100000; ///< use alternate scan
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // < 52.0.0
+  CODEC_FLAG_TRELLIS_QUANT  = $00200000; ///< use trellis quantization
+  {$IFEND}
+  CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER  = $00400000; ///< place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe
+  CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT       = $00800000; ///< use only bitexact stuff (except (i)dct)
+  {* Fx : Flag for h263+ extra options *}
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // < 52.0.0
+  CODEC_FLAG_H263P_AIC      = $01000000; ///< H263 Advanced intra coding / MPEG4 AC prediction (remove this)
+  {$IFEND}
+  CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED        = $01000000; ///< H263 Advanced intra coding / MPEG4 AC prediction
+  CODEC_FLAG_H263P_UMV      = $02000000; ///< Unlimited motion vector
+  CODEC_FLAG_CBP_RD         = $04000000; ///< use rate distortion optimization for cbp
+  CODEC_FLAG_QP_RD          = $08000000; ///< use rate distortion optimization for qp selectioon
+  CODEC_FLAG_H263P_AIV      = $00000008; ///< H263 Alternative inter vlc
+  CODEC_FLAG_OBMC           = $00000001; ///< OBMC
+  CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER    = $00000800; ///< loop filter
+  CODEC_FLAG_H263P_SLICE_STRUCT = $10000000;
+  CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME  = $20000000; ///< interlaced motion estimation
+  CODEC_FLAG_SVCD_SCAN_OFFSET = $40000000; ///< will reserve space for SVCD scan offset user data
+  CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP     = $80000000;
+  CODEC_FLAG2_FAST          = $00000001; ///< allow non spec compliant speedup tricks
+  CODEC_FLAG2_STRICT_GOP    = $00000002; ///< strictly enforce GOP size
+  CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT     = $00000004; ///< skip bitstream encoding
+  CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER  = $00000008; ///< place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata
+  CODEC_FLAG2_BPYRAMID      = $00000010; ///< H.264 allow b-frames to be used as references
+  CODEC_FLAG2_WPRED         = $00000020; ///< H.264 weighted biprediction for b-frames
+  CODEC_FLAG2_MIXED_REFS    = $00000040; ///< H.264 multiple references per partition
+  CODEC_FLAG2_8X8DCT        = $00000080; ///< H.264 high profile 8x8 transform
+  CODEC_FLAG2_FASTPSKIP     = $00000100; ///< H.264 fast pskip
+  CODEC_FLAG2_AUD           = $00000200; ///< H.264 access unit delimiters
+  CODEC_FLAG2_BRDO          = $00000400; ///< b-frame rate-distortion optimization
+  CODEC_FLAG2_INTRA_VLC     = $00000800; ///< use MPEG-2 intra VLC table
+  CODEC_FLAG2_MEMC_ONLY     = $00001000; ///< only do ME/MC (I frames -> ref, P frame -> ME+MC)
+  CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE = $00002000; ///< timecode is in drop frame format.
+  CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_RD       = $00004000; ///< RD optimal MB level residual skipping
+  CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS        = $00008000; ///< Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries instead of only at frame boundaries.
+  CODEC_FLAG2_NON_LINEAR_QUANT = $00010000; ///< Use MPEG-2 nonlinear quantizer.
+  CODEC_FLAG2_BIT_RESERVOIR = $00020000; ///< Use a bit reservoir when encoding if possible
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52043000}   // >= 52.43.0  
+  CODEC_FLAG2_MBTREE        = $00040000; ///< Use macroblock tree ratecontrol (x264 only)
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52061000}   // >= 52.61.0  
+  CODEC_FLAG2_PSY           = $00080000; ///< Use psycho visual optimizations.
+  CODEC_FLAG2_SSIM          = $00100000; ///< Compute SSIM during encoding, error[] values are undefined.
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52067000}   // >= 52.67.0  
+  CODEC_FLAG2_INTRA_REFRESH = $00200000; ///< Use periodic insertion of intra blocks instead of keyframes.
+  {$IFEND}
+
+(* Unsupported options :
+ *              Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC)
+ *              Reference Picture Selection
+ *              Independant Segment Decoding *)
+(* /Fx *)
+(* codec capabilities *)
+
+  CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND = $0001; ///< decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback
+  (**
+   * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators.
+   * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that
+   * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer.
+   *)
+  CODEC_CAP_DR1             = $0002;
+  (* if 'parse_only' field is true, then avcodec_parse_frame() can be used *)
+  CODEC_CAP_PARSE_ONLY      = $0004;
+  CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED       = $0008;
+  (* codec can export data for HW decoding (XvMC) *)
+  CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL         = $0010;
+  (**
+   * codec has a non zero delay and needs to be feeded with NULL at the end to get the delayed data.
+   * if this is not set, the codec is guranteed to never be feeded with NULL data
+   *)
+  CODEC_CAP_DELAY           = $0020;
+  (**
+   * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
+   * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
+   *)
+  CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME = $0040;
+
+  (**
+   * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU).
+   *)
+  CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU    = $0080;
+
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52035000} // >= 52.35.0
+  (**
+   * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
+   * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
+   * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
+   * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
+   * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
+   * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus
+   * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
+   * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
+   * as a last resort.
+   *)
+  CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES        = $0100;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52071000} // >= 52.71.0
+  (**
+   * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
+   * encoders
+   *)
+  CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL     = $0200;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+   //the following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them
+   MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4   = $001;
+   MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 = $002; //FIXME h264 specific
+   MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM  = $004; //FIXME h264 specific
+   MB_TYPE_16x16      = $008;
+   MB_TYPE_16x8       = $010;
+   MB_TYPE_8x16       = $020;
+   MB_TYPE_8x8        = $040;
+   MB_TYPE_INTERLACED = $080;
+   MB_TYPE_DIRECT2     = $100; //FIXME
+   MB_TYPE_ACPRED     = $200;
+   MB_TYPE_GMC        = $400;
+   MB_TYPE_SKIP       = $800;
+   MB_TYPE_P0L0       = $1000;
+   MB_TYPE_P1L0       = $2000;
+   MB_TYPE_P0L1       = $4000;
+   MB_TYPE_P1L1       = $8000;
+   MB_TYPE_L0         = (MB_TYPE_P0L0 or MB_TYPE_P1L0);
+   MB_TYPE_L1         = (MB_TYPE_P0L1 or MB_TYPE_P1L1);
+   MB_TYPE_L0L1       = (MB_TYPE_L0   or MB_TYPE_L1);
+   MB_TYPE_QUANT      = $0010000;
+   MB_TYPE_CBP        = $0020000;
+   //Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (h264 ref0, mpeg1 0mv, ...)
+
+type
+(**
+ * Pan Scan area.
+ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
+ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
+ *)
+  PAVPanScan = ^TAVPanScan;
+  TAVPanScan = record {24}
+    (*** id.
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *)
+    id: cint;
+
+    (*** width and height in 1/16 pel
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *)
+    width: cint;
+    height: cint;
+
+    (*** position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames.
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec. *)
+    position: array [0..2] of array [0..1] of smallint;
+  end;
+
+const
+  FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1  = 0;
+  FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2  = 1;
+  FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264   = 2;
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52049000} // >= 52.49.0
+  FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56   = 3;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  FF_BUFFER_TYPE_INTERNAL = 1;
+  FF_BUFFER_TYPE_USER     = 2; ///< Direct rendering buffers (image is (de)allocated by user)
+  FF_BUFFER_TYPE_SHARED   = 4; ///< buffer from somewhere else, don't dealloc image (data/base), all other tables are not shared
+  FF_BUFFER_TYPE_COPY     = 8; ///< just a (modified) copy of some other buffer, don't dealloc anything.
+
+
+  FF_I_TYPE  = 1; ///< Intra
+  FF_P_TYPE  = 2; ///< Predicted
+  FF_B_TYPE  = 3; ///< Bi-dir predicted
+  FF_S_TYPE  = 4; ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
+  FF_SI_TYPE = 5; ///< Switching Intra
+  FF_SP_TYPE = 6; ///< Switching Predicted
+  FF_BI_TYPE = 7;
+
+  FF_BUFFER_HINTS_VALID    = $01; // Buffer hints value is meaningful (if 0 ignore)
+  FF_BUFFER_HINTS_READABLE = $02; // Codec will read from buffer
+  FF_BUFFER_HINTS_PRESERVE = $04; // User must not alter buffer content
+  FF_BUFFER_HINTS_REUSABLE = $08; // Codec will reuse the buffer (update)
+
+const
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // < 52.0.0
+  DEFAULT_FRAME_RATE_BASE = 1001000;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED = 15;
+
+  FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID = 1;
+
+  FF_BUG_AUTODETECT       = 1;  ///< autodetection
+  FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4      = 2;
+  FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE       = 4;
+  FF_BUG_UMP4             = 8;
+  FF_BUG_NO_PADDING       = 16;
+  FF_BUG_AMV              = 32;
+  FF_BUG_AC_VLC           = 0;  ///< will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non compliant files by default
+  FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA      = 64;
+  FF_BUG_STD_QPEL         = 128;
+  FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2     = 256;
+  FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE = 512;
+  FF_BUG_EDGE             = 1024;
+  FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA      = 2048;
+  FF_BUG_DC_CLIP          = 4096;
+  FF_BUG_MS               = 8192; ///< workaround various bugs in microsofts broken decoders
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52054000} // >= 52.54.0
+  FF_BUG_TRUNCATED        = 16384;
+  {$IFEND}
+  //FF_BUG_FAKE_SCALABILITY = 16 //Autodetection should work 100%.
+
+  FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT   =  2; ///< strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software
+  FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT        =  1; ///< strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences
+  FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL        =  0;
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53} // < 53
+  FF_COMPLIANCE_INOFFICIAL    = -1; ///< Allow inofficial extensions
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52079001} // >= 52.79.1
+  FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL    = -1; ///< Allow unofficial extensions
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL  = -2; ///< allow non standarized experimental things
+
+  FF_ER_CAREFUL         = 1;
+  FF_ER_COMPLIANT       = 2;
+  FF_ER_AGGRESSIVE      = 3;
+  FF_ER_VERY_AGGRESSIVE = 4;
+
+  FF_DCT_AUTO    = 0;
+  FF_DCT_FASTINT = 1;
+  FF_DCT_INT     = 2;
+  FF_DCT_MMX     = 3;
+  FF_DCT_MLIB    = 4;
+  FF_DCT_ALTIVEC = 5;
+  FF_DCT_FAAN    = 6;
+
+  FF_IDCT_AUTO         = 0;
+  FF_IDCT_INT          = 1;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLE       = 2;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX    = 3;
+  FF_IDCT_LIBMPEG2MMX  = 4;
+  FF_IDCT_PS2          = 5;
+  FF_IDCT_MLIB         = 6;
+  FF_IDCT_ARM          = 7;
+  FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC      = 8;
+  FF_IDCT_SH4          = 9;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM    = 10;
+  FF_IDCT_H264         = 11;
+  FF_IDCT_VP3          = 12;
+  FF_IDCT_IPP          = 13;
+  FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX      = 14;
+  FF_IDCT_CAVS         = 15;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE= 16;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6  = 17;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS    = 18;
+  FF_IDCT_WMV2         = 19;
+  FF_IDCT_FAAN         = 20;
+  FF_IDCT_EA           = 21;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON   = 22;
+  FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA  = 23;
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52055000} // >= 52.55.0
+  FF_IDCT_BINK         = 24;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  FF_EC_GUESS_MVS   = 1;
+  FF_EC_DEBLOCK     = 2;
+
+  FF_MM_FORCE       = $80000000; (* force usage of selected flags (OR) *)
+  (* lower 16 bits - CPU features *)
+  FF_MM_MMX         = $0001; ///< standard MMX
+  FF_MM_3DNOW       = $0004; ///< AMD 3DNOW
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+  FF_MM_MMXEXT      = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52024000} // >= 52.24.0
+  FF_MM_MMX2        = $0002; ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+  {$IFEND}
+  FF_MM_SSE         = $0008; ///< SSE functions
+  FF_MM_SSE2        = $0010; ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084000} // >= 52.84.0
+  FF_MM_SSE2SLOW    = $40000000; ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+                                 ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+  {$IFEND}
+  FF_MM_3DNOWEXT    = $0020; ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+  FF_MM_SSE3        = $0040; ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084000} // >= 52.84.0
+  FF_MM_SSE3SLOW    = $20000000; ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+                                 ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+  {$IFEND}
+  FF_MM_SSSE3       = $0080; ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52022003} // >= 52.22.3
+  FF_MM_SSE4        = $0100; ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+  FF_MM_SSE42       = $0200; ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+  {$IFEND}
+  FF_MM_IWMMXT      = $0100; ///< XScale IWMMXT
+  FF_MM_ALTIVEC     = $0001; ///< standard AltiVec
+
+  FF_PRED_LEFT   = 0;
+  FF_PRED_PLANE  = 1;
+  FF_PRED_MEDIAN = 2;
+
+  FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO    = 1;
+  FF_DEBUG_RC           = 2;
+  FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM    = 4;
+  FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE      = 8;
+  FF_DEBUG_QP           = 16;
+  FF_DEBUG_MV           = 32;
+  FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF    = $00000040;
+  FF_DEBUG_SKIP         = $00000080;
+  FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE    = $00000100;
+  FF_DEBUG_PTS          = $00000200;
+  FF_DEBUG_ER           = $00000400;
+  FF_DEBUG_MMCO         = $00000800;
+  FF_DEBUG_BUGS         = $00001000;
+  FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP       = $00002000;
+  FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE  = $00004000;
+  FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS      = $00008000;
+
+  FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR  = $00000001; //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames
+  FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR  = $00000002; //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames
+  FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK = $00000004; //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames
+
+  FF_CMP_SAD    = 0;
+  FF_CMP_SSE    = 1;
+  FF_CMP_SATD   = 2;
+  FF_CMP_DCT    = 3;
+  FF_CMP_PSNR   = 4;
+  FF_CMP_BIT    = 5;
+  FF_CMP_RD     = 6;
+  FF_CMP_ZERO   = 7;
+  FF_CMP_VSAD   = 8;
+  FF_CMP_VSSE   = 9;
+  FF_CMP_NSSE   = 10;
+  FF_CMP_W53    = 11;
+  FF_CMP_W97    = 12;
+  FF_CMP_DCTMAX = 13;
+  FF_CMP_DCT264 = 14;
+  FF_CMP_CHROMA = 256;
+
+  FF_DTG_AFD_SAME         = 8;
+  FF_DTG_AFD_4_3          = 9;
+  FF_DTG_AFD_16_9         = 10;
+  FF_DTG_AFD_14_9         = 11;
+  FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9  = 13;
+  FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14;
+  FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3       = 15;
+
+  FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS   = 999999;
+
+  FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT   = 7;
+  FF_LAMBDA_SCALE   = (1 shl FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT);
+  FF_QP2LAMBDA      = 118; ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+  FF_LAMBDA_MAX     = (256 * 128 - 1);
+
+  FF_QUALITY_SCALE  = FF_LAMBDA_SCALE; //FIXME maybe remove
+
+  FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC     = 0;
+  FF_CODER_TYPE_AC      = 1;
+  FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW     = 2;
+  FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE     = 3;
+  FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE = 4;
+
+  SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER    = $0001; ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
+  SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD    = $0002; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG2 field pics)
+  SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE    = $0004; ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
+
+  FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE = 0;        ///< uses mb_cmp
+  FF_MB_DECISION_BITS   = 1;        ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
+  FF_MB_DECISION_RD     = 2;        ///< rate distortion
+
+  FF_AA_AUTO    = 0;
+  FF_AA_FASTINT = 1; //not implemented yet
+  FF_AA_INT     = 2;
+  FF_AA_FLOAT   = 3;
+
+  FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN  = -99;
+  FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN = 0;
+  FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW  = 1;
+  FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR  = 2;
+  FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP  = 3;
+
+  FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN    = -99;
+
+  X264_PART_I4X4 = $001;  (* Analyse i4x4 *)
+  X264_PART_I8X8 = $002;  (* Analyse i8x8 (requires 8x8 transform) *)
+  X264_PART_P8X8 = $010;  (* Analyse p16x8, p8x16 and p8x8 *)
+  X264_PART_P4X4 = $020;  (* Analyse p8x4, p4x8, p4x4 *)
+  X264_PART_B8X8 = $100;  (* Analyse b16x8, b8x16 and b8x8 *)
+
+  FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT = -1;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+const
+  AVPALETTE_SIZE = 1024;
+  AVPALETTE_COUNT = 256;
+
+type
+(**
+ * AVPaletteControl
+ * This structure defines a method for communicating palette changes
+ * between and demuxer and a decoder.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use AVPacket to send palette changes instead.
+ * This is totally broken.
+ *)
+  PAVPaletteControl = ^TAVPaletteControl;
+  TAVPaletteControl = record
+    (* demuxer sets this to 1 to indicate the palette has changed;
+     * decoder resets to 0 *)
+    palette_changed: cint;
+
+    (* 4-byte ARGB palette entries, stored in native byte order; note that
+     * the individual palette components should be on a 8-bit scale; if
+     * the palette data comes from a IBM VGA native format, the component
+     * data is probably 6 bits in size and needs to be scaled *)
+    palette: array [0..AVPALETTE_COUNT - 1] of cuint;
+  end; {deprecated;}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52023000} // >= 52.23.0
+type
+  PAVPacket = ^TAVPacket;
+  TAVPacket = record
+(*
+ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
+ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+ *)
+    pts:          cint64;
+(*
+ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
+ * the packet is decompressed.
+ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+ *)
+    dts:          cint64;
+    data:         PByteArray;
+    size:         cint;
+    stream_index: cint;
+    flags:        cint;
+(*
+ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+ *)
+    duration:     cint;
+    destruct:     procedure (para1: PAVPacket); cdecl;
+    priv:         pointer;
+    pos:          cint64;       // byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+(*
+ * Time difference in AVStream->time_base units from the pts of this
+ * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged
+ * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the
+ * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from
+ * the very first frame or from this keyframe.
+ * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown.
+ * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY
+ * set.
+ *
+ * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no
+ * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the
+ * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also
+ * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all
+ * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking.
+ *)
+    convergence_duration: cint64;
+  end;
+
+const
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52030002} // < 52.30.2
+  PKT_FLAG_KEY = $0001;
+  {$ELSE}
+  AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY = $0001;
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+  PKT_FLAG_KEY = AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY;
+    {$IFEND}
+  {$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  PAVClass = ^TAVClass; {const}
+  PAVCodecContext = ^TAVCodecContext;
+
+  PAVCodec = ^TAVCodec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52018000} // >= 52.18.0
+  PAVHWAccel = ^TAVHWAccel;
+{$IFEND}
+
+  // int[4]
+  PQuadIntArray = ^TQuadIntArray;
+  TQuadIntArray = array [0..3] of cint;
+  // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg)
+  TExecuteFunc = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52037000} // >= 52.37.0
+  // int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr)
+  TExecute2Func = function(c2: PAVCodecContext; arg: Pointer; jobnr: cint; threadnr: cint): cint; cdecl;
+{$IFEND}
+  
+  TAVClass = record
+    class_name: PAnsiChar;
+    (* actually passing a pointer to an AVCodecContext
+       or AVFormatContext, which begin with an AVClass.
+       Needed because av_log is in libavcodec and has no visibility
+       of AVIn/OutputFormat *)
+    item_name: function(): PAnsiChar; cdecl;
+    option: PAVOption;
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50015000} // 50.15.0
+    (**
+     * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+     * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+     * version bumps everywhere.
+     *)
+    version: cint;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50015002} // 50.15.2
+    (**
+     * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+     * 0 means there is no such variable
+     *)
+    log_level_offset_offset: cint;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50015003} // 50.15.3
+    (**
+     * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for loging is stored.
+     * for example a decoder that uses eval.c could pass its AVCodecContext to eval as such
+     * parent context. And a av_log() implementation could then display the parent context
+     * can be NULL of course
+     *)
+    parent_log_context_offset: cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+  {**
+   * Audio Video Frame.
+   * New fields can be added to the end of FF_COMMON_FRAME with minor version
+   * bumps.
+   * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+   * version bump. No fields should be added into AVFrame before or after
+   * FF_COMMON_FRAME!
+   * sizeof(AVFrame) must not be used outside libav*.
+   *}
+  PAVFrame = ^TAVFrame;
+  TAVFrame = record {200}
+    (**
+     * pointer to the picture planes.
+     * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+     * - encoding:
+     * - decoding:
+     *)
+    data: array [0..3] of pbyte;
+    linesize: array [0..3] of cint;
+    (**
+     * pointer to the first allocated byte of the picture. Can be used in get_buffer/release_buffer.
+     * This isn't used by libavcodec unless the default get/release_buffer() is used.
+     * - encoding:
+     * - decoding:
+     *)
+    base: array [0..3] of pbyte;
+    (**
+     * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    key_frame: cint;
+    (**
+     * Picture type of the frame, see ?_TYPE below.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input).
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    pict_type: cint;
+    (**
+     * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user)
+     * If AV_NOPTS_VALUE then frame_rate = 1/time_base will be assumed.
+     * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    pts: cint64;
+    (**
+     * picture number in bitstream order
+     * - encoding: set by
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    coded_picture_number: cint;
+    (**
+     * picture number in display order
+     * - encoding: set by
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    display_picture_number: cint;
+    (**
+     * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input).
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    quality: cint;
+    (**
+     * buffer age (1->was last buffer and dint change, 2->..., ...).
+     * Set to INT_MAX if the buffer has not been used yet.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: MUST be set by get_buffer().
+     *)
+    age: cint;
+    (**
+     * is this picture used as reference
+     * The values for this are the same as the MpegEncContext.picture_structure
+     * variable, that is 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame/both fields.
+     * Set to 4 for delayed, non-reference frames.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)).
+     *)
+    reference: cint;
+    (**
+     * QP table
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    qscale_table: PShortint;
+    (**
+     * QP store stride
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    qstride: cint;
+    (**
+     * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change
+     * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    mbskip_table: pbyte;
+    (**
+     * motion vector table
+     * @code
+     * example:
+     * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2;
+     * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4;
+     * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1;
+     * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y];
+     * @endcode
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    //int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2];
+    motion_val: array [0..1] of pointer;
+    (**
+     * macroblock type table
+     * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    mb_type: PCuint;
+    (**
+     * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents:
+     * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2)
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    motion_subsample_log2: byte;
+    (**
+     * for some private data of the user
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    opaque: pointer;
+    (**
+     * error
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    error: array [0..3] of cuint64;
+    (**
+     * type of the buffer (to keep track of who has to deallocate data[*])
+     * - encoding: Set by the one who allocates it.
+     * - decoding: Set by the one who allocates it.
+     * Note: User allocated (direct rendering) & internal buffers cannot coexist currently.
+     *)
+    type_: cint;
+    (**
+     * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+     * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    repeat_pict: cint;
+    (**
+     *
+     *)
+    qscale_type: cint;
+    (**
+     * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0)
+     *)
+    interlaced_frame: cint;
+    (**
+     * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    top_field_first: cint;
+    (**
+     * Pan scan.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    pan_scan: PAVPanScan;
+    (**
+     * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+     * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet)
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0).
+     *)
+    palette_has_changed: cint;
+    (**
+     * codec suggestion on buffer type if != 0
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)).
+     *)
+    buffer_hints: cint;
+    (**
+     * DCT coefficients
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    dct_coeff: PsmallInt;
+    (**
+     * motion reference frame index
+     * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    ref_index: array [0..1] of PShortint;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51068000} // >= 51.68.0
+    (**
+     * reordered opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) from AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+     * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     *)
+    reordered_opaque: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+    
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION = 52021000} // = 52.21.0
+    (**
+     * hardware accelerator private data (FFmpeg allocated)
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+    hwaccel_data_private: pointer;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52022000} // >= 52.22.0
+    hwaccel_picture_private: pointer;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+  end;
+
+  (**
+   * main external API structure.
+   * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+   * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+   * version bump.
+   * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+   *)
+  TAVCodecContext = record {720}
+    (**
+     * information on struct for av_log
+     * - set by avcodec_alloc_context
+     *)
+    av_class: PAVClass;
+    (**
+     * the average bitrate
+     * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. 0 or some bitrate if this info is available in the stream.
+     *)
+    bit_rate: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
+     *           the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
+     * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    bit_rate_tolerance: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * CODEC_FLAG_*.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    flags: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Some codecs need additional format info. It is stored here.
+     * If any muxer uses this then ALL demuxers/parsers AND encoders for the
+     * specific codec MUST set it correctly otherwise stream copy breaks.
+     * In general use of this field by muxers is not recommanded.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (FIXME: Is this OK?)
+     *)
+    sub_id: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Motion estimation algorithm used for video coding.
+     * 1 (zero), 2 (full), 3 (log), 4 (phods), 5 (epzs), 6 (x1), 7 (hex),
+     * 8 (umh), 9 (iter), 10 (tesa) [7, 8, 10 are x264 specific, 9 is snow specific]
+     * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_method: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
+     * mjpeg: Huffman tables
+     * rv10: additional flags
+     * mpeg4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
+     * The allocated memory should be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
+     * than extradata_size to avoid prolems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
+     * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
+     * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
+     *)
+    extradata: pbyte;
+    extradata_size: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+     * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+     * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
+     * identically 1.
+     * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    time_base: TAVRational;
+
+    (* video only *)
+    (**
+     * picture width / height.
+     * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * Note: For compatibility it is possible to set this instead of
+     * coded_width/height before decoding.
+     *)
+    width, height: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    gop_size: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Pixel format, see PIX_FMT_xxx.
+     * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
+     * May be overriden by the decoder if it knows better.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec if known
+     *)
+    pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+
+    (**
+     * Frame rate emulation. If not zero, the lower layer (i.e. format handler)
+     * has to read frames at native frame rate.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rate_emu: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
+     * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
+     * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
+     * beforehand.
+     * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
+     * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
+     * the data needed for hardware render.
+     * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
+     * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
+     * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
+     * or mark state.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     * @param height the height of the slice
+     * @param y the y position of the slice
+     * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
+     * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
+     *)
+    draw_horiz_band: procedure (s: PAVCodecContext;
+                                src: {const} PAVFrame; offset: PQuadIntArray;
+                                y: cint; type_: cint; height: cint); cdecl;
+
+    (* audio only *)
+    sample_rate: cint; ///< samples per second
+    channels: cint;    ///< number of audio channels
+    
+    (**
+     * audio sample format
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    sample_fmt: TSampleFormat;  ///< sample format
+
+    (* The following data should not be initialized. *)
+    (**
+     * Samples per packet, initialized when calling 'init'.
+     *)
+    frame_size: cint;
+    frame_number: cint;   ///< audio or video frame number
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    real_pict_num: cint;  ///< returns the real picture number of previous encoded frame
+{$IFEND}
+
+    (**
+     * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to
+     * the encoded input.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    delay: cint;
+
+    (* - encoding parameters *)
+    qcompress: cfloat;  ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
+    qblur: cfloat;      ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
+
+    (**
+     * minimum quantizer
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    qmin: cint;
+
+   (**
+     * maximum quantizer
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+   qmax: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * maximum quantizer difference between frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    max_qdiff: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
+     * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    max_b_frames: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
+     * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+     * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    b_quant_factor: cfloat;
+
+    (** obsolete FIXME remove *)
+    rc_strategy: cint;
+
+    b_frame_strategy: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * hurry up amount
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user. 1-> Skip B-frames, 2-> Skip IDCT/dequant too, 5-> Skip everything except header
+     * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of skip_idct and skip_frame.
+     *)
+    hurry_up: cint;
+
+    codec: PAVCodec;
+
+    priv_data: pointer;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+    (* unused, FIXME remove*)
+    rtp_mode: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    rtp_payload_size: cint;  (* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will  *)
+                                (* do it's best to deliver a chunk with size    *)
+                                (* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start *)
+                                (* with a start code on some codecs like H.263  *)
+                                (* This doesn't take account of any particular  *)
+                                (* headers inside the transmited RTP payload    *)
+
+
+    (* The RTP callback: This function is called   *)
+    (* every time the encoder has a packet to send *)
+    (* Depends on the encoder if the data starts   *)
+    (* with a Start Code (it should) H.263 does.   *)
+    (* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks    *)
+    (* encoded in the RTP payload                  *)
+    rtp_callback: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext; data: pointer;
+                             size: cint; mb_nb: cint); cdecl;
+
+    (* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding *)
+    mv_bits: cint;
+    header_bits: cint;
+    i_tex_bits: cint;
+    p_tex_bits: cint;
+    i_count: cint;
+    p_count: cint;
+    skip_count: cint;
+    misc_bits: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * number of bits used for the previously encoded frame
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    frame_bits: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    opaque: pointer;
+
+    codec_name: array [0..31] of AnsiChar;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+    codec_type: TCodecType; (* see CODEC_TYPE_xxx *)
+{$ELSE}
+    codec_type: TAVMediaType; (* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx *)
+{$IFEND}
+    codec_id: TCodecID; (* see CODEC_ID_xxx *)
+
+    (**
+     * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+     * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+     * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
+     * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
+     * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
+     * If the codec tag field in a container is larger then 32 bits then the demuxer should
+     * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
+     * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
+     * first.
+     * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
+     * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+     *)
+    codec_tag: cuint;
+
+    (**
+     * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     *)
+    workaround_bugs: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * luma single coefficient elimination threshold
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    luma_elim_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * chroma single coeff elimination threshold
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    chroma_elim_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * strictly follow the standard (MPEG4, ...).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
+     * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
+     * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
+     * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
+     * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
+     * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
+     * (=strictly conform to the specs)
+     *)
+    strict_std_compliance: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    b_quant_offset: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * Error recognization; higher values will detect more errors but may
+     * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    error_recognition: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Called at the beginning of each frame to get a buffer for it.
+     * If pic.reference is set then the frame will be read later by libavcodec.
+     * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
+     * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
+     * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer() must call
+     * avcodec_default_get_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+     * some other means.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     *)
+    get_buffer: function (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Called to release buffers which were allocated with get_buffer.
+     * A released buffer can be reused in get_buffer().
+     * pic.data[*] must be set to NULL.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     *)
+    release_buffer: procedure (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame); cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
+     * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    has_b_frames: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
+     * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
+     *)
+    block_align: cint;
+
+    parse_only: cint; (* - decoding only: if true, only parsing is done
+                       (function avcodec_parse_frame()). The frame
+                       data is returned. Only MPEG codecs support this now. *)
+
+    (**
+     * 0-> h263 quant 1-> mpeg quant
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mpeg_quant: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    stats_out: PByteArray;
+
+    (**
+     * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
+     * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
+     * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    stats_in: PByteArray;
+
+    (**
+     * ratecontrol qmin qmax limiting method
+     * 0-> clipping, 1-> use a nice continous function to limit qscale wthin qmin/qmax.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_qsquish: cfloat;
+
+    rc_qmod_amp: cfloat;
+    rc_qmod_freq: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
+     * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_override: PRcOverride;
+    rc_override_count: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * rate control equation
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_eq: {const} PByteArray; 
+
+    (**
+     * maximum bitrate
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_max_rate: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * minimum bitrate
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_min_rate: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * decoder bitstream buffer size
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_buffer_size: cint;
+    rc_buffer_aggressivity: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * qscale factor between P and I-frames
+     * If > 0 then the last p frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
+     * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    i_quant_factor: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * qscale offset between P and I-frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    i_quant_offset: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * initial complexity for pass1 ratecontrol
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_initial_cplx: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    dct_algo: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    lumi_masking: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    temporal_cplx_masking: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    spatial_cplx_masking: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * p block masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    p_masking: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    dark_masking: cfloat;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+    (* for binary compatibility *)
+    unused: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (**
+     * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    idct_algo: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * slice count
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
+     *)
+    slice_count: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
+     * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
+     *)
+    slice_offset: PCint;
+
+    (**
+     * error concealment flags
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    error_concealment: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * dsp_mask could be add used to disable unwanted CPU features
+     * CPU features (i.e. MMX, SSE. ...)
+     *
+     * With the FORCE flag you may instead enable given CPU features.
+     * (Dangerous: Usable in case of misdetection, improper usage however will
+     * result into program crash.)
+     *)
+    dsp_mask: cuint;
+
+    (**
+     * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+     bits_per_coded_sample: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * prediction method (needed for huffyuv)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+     prediction_method: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+     * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
+     * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+
+    (**
+     * the picture in the bitstream
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    coded_frame: PAVFrame;
+
+    (**
+     * debug
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    debug: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * debug
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    debug_mv: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * error
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    error: array [0..3] of cuint64;
+
+    (**
+     * minimum MB quantizer
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mb_qmin: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * maximum MB quantizer
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mb_qmax: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * motion estimation comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_cmp: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_sub_cmp: cint;
+    (**
+     * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mb_cmp: cint;
+    (**
+     * interlaced DCT comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    ildct_cmp: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * ME diamond size & shape
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    dia_size: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    last_predictor_count: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * prepass for motion estimation
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    pre_me: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * motion estimation prepass comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_pre_cmp: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * ME prepass diamond size & shape
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    pre_dia_size: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * subpel ME quality
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_subpel_quality: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat
+     * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec,
+     * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality.
+     * The first is always the native one.
+     * @return the chosen format
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen.
+     *)
+    get_format: function (s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio
+     * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams)
+     * 0 if not set.
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by decoder.
+     *)
+    dtg_active_format: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
+     * If 0 then no limit.
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_range: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * intra quantizer bias
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    intra_quant_bias: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * inter quantizer bias
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    inter_quant_bias: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * color table ID
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Which clrtable should be used for 8bit RGB images.
+     *             Tables have to be stored somewhere. FIXME
+     *)
+    color_table_id: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * internal_buffer count
+     * Don't touch, used by libavcodec default_get_buffer().
+     *)
+    internal_buffer_count: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * internal_buffers
+     * Don't touch, used by libavcodec default_get_buffer().
+     *)
+    internal_buffer: pointer;
+
+    (**
+     * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
+     * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    global_quality: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * coder type
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    coder_type: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * context model
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    context_model: cint;
+
+    {
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    realloc: function (s: PAVCodecContext; buf: Pbyte; buf_size: cint): Pbyte; cdecl;
+    }
+
+    (**
+     * slice flags
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    slice_flags: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * XVideo Motion Acceleration
+     * - encoding: forbidden
+     * - decoding: set by decoder
+     *)
+    xvmc_acceleration: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * macroblock decision mode
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mb_decision: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * custom intra quantization matrix
+     * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    intra_matrix: PWord;
+
+    (**
+     * custom inter quantization matrix
+     * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    inter_matrix: PWord;
+
+    (**
+     * fourcc from the AVI stream header (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
+     * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
+     *)
+    stream_codec_tag: array [0..3] of AnsiChar; //cuint;
+
+    (**
+     * scene change detection threshold
+     * 0 is default, larger means fewer detected scene changes.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    scenechange_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * minimum Lagrange multipler
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    lmin: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * maximum Lagrange multipler
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    lmax: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * palette control structure
+     * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet)
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    palctrl: PAVPaletteControl;
+
+    (**
+     * noise reduction strength
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    noise_reduction: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Called at the beginning of a frame to get cr buffer for it.
+     * Buffer type (size, hints) must be the same. libavcodec won't check it.
+     * libavcodec will pass previous buffer in pic, function should return
+     * same buffer or new buffer with old frame "painted" into it.
+     * If pic.data[0] == NULL must behave like get_buffer().
+     * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then reget_buffer() must call
+     * avcodec_default_reget_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by
+     * some other means.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override
+     *)
+    reget_buffer: function (c: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_initial_buffer_occupancy: cint;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    inter_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * CODEC_FLAG2_*
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    flags2: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Simulates errors in the bitstream to test error concealment.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    error_rate: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * MP3 antialias algorithm, see FF_AA_* below.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    antialias_algo: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * quantizer noise shaping
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    quantizer_noise_shaping: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * thread count
+     * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    thread_count: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+     * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+     * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+     * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+     * @param count the number of things to execute
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     *)
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52004000} // < 52.4.0
+    execute: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: PPointer; ret: PCint; count: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$ELSE}
+    execute: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; ret: PCint; count: cint; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (**
+     * thread opaque
+     * Can be used by execute() to store some per AVCodecContext stuff.
+     * - encoding: set by execute()
+     * - decoding: set by execute()
+     *)
+    thread_opaque: pointer;
+
+    (**
+     * Motion estimation threshold below which no motion estimation is
+     * performed, but instead the user specified motion vectors are used.
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+     me_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Macroblock threshold below which the user specified macroblock types will be used.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+     mb_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+     intra_dc_precision: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparsion function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+     nsse_weight: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+     skip_top: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+     skip_bottom: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * profile
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+     profile: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * level
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+     level: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+     lowres: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height if lowres
+     * or other things are used.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user before init if known. Codec should override / dynamically change if needed.
+     *)
+    coded_width, coded_height: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * frame skip threshold
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    frame_skip_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * frame skip factor
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    frame_skip_factor: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * frame skip exponent
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    frame_skip_exp: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * frame skip comparison function
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    frame_skip_cmp: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Border processing masking, raises the quantizer for mbs on the borders
+     * of the picture.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    border_masking: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * minimum MB lagrange multipler
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mb_lmin: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * maximum MB lagrange multipler
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mb_lmax: cint;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    me_penalty_compensation: cint;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    skip_loop_filter: TAVDiscard;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    skip_idct: TAVDiscard;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    skip_frame: TAVDiscard;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    bidir_refine: cint;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    brd_scale: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * constant rate factor - quality-based VBR - values ~correspond to qps
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51021000} // 51.21.0
+    crf: cfloat;
+    {$ELSE}
+    crf: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (**
+     * constant quantization parameter rate control method
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    cqp: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * minimum GOP size
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    keyint_min: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * number of reference frames
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by lavc.
+     *)
+    refs: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * chroma qp offset from luma
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    chromaoffset: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Influences how often B-frames are used.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    bframebias: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * trellis RD quantization
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    trellis: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Reduce fluctuations in qp (before curve compression).
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    complexityblur: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * in-loop deblocking filter alphac0 parameter
+     * alpha is in the range -6...6
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    deblockalpha: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * in-loop deblocking filter beta parameter
+     * beta is in the range -6...6
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    deblockbeta: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * macroblock subpartition sizes to consider - p8x8, p4x4, b8x8, i8x8, i4x4
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    partitions: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * direct MV prediction mode - 0 (none), 1 (spatial), 2 (temporal), 3 (auto)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    directpred: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    cutoff: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    scenechange_factor: cint;
+
+    (**
+     *
+     * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    mv0_threshold: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Adjusts sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    b_sensitivity: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    compression_level: cint;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    (**
+     * Sets whether to use LPC mode - used by FLAC encoder.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of lpc_type and lpc_passes.
+     *)
+    use_lpc: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (**
+     * LPC coefficient precision - used by FLAC encoder
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    lpc_coeff_precision: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    min_prediction_order: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    max_prediction_order: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * search method for selecting prediction order
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    prediction_order_method: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    min_partition_order: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    max_partition_order: cint;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51026000} // 51.26.0
+    (**
+     * GOP timecode frame start number, in non drop frame format
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    timecode_frame_start: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51042000} // 51.42.0
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    (**
+     * Decoder should decode to this many channels if it can (0 for default)
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of request_channel_layout.
+     *)
+    request_channels: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION > 51049000} // > 51.49.0
+    (**
+     * Percentage of dynamic range compression to be applied by the decoder.
+     * The default value is 1.0, corresponding to full compression.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    drc_scale: cfloat;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51068000} // 51.68.0
+    (**
+     * opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
+     * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    reordered_opaque: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+    
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51069000} // 51.69.0
+    (**
+     * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
+     * This field is applicable only when sample_fmt is SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    bits_per_raw_sample: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52002000} // 52.2.0
+    (**
+     * Audio channel layout.
+     * - encoding: set by user.
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
+     *)
+    channel_layout: cint64;
+
+    (**
+     * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user.
+     *)
+    request_channel_layout: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52004000} // >= 52.4.0
+    (**
+     * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused.
+     *)
+    rc_max_available_vbv_use: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused.
+     *)
+    rc_min_vbv_overflow_use: cfloat;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52018000} // >= 52.18.0
+    (**
+     * Hardware accelerator in use
+     * - encoding: unused.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+    hwaccel: PAVHWAccel;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52020000} // >= 52.20.0
+    (**
+     * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
+     * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
+     * if no telecine is used ...
+     *
+     * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
+     *)
+    ticks_per_frame: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52021000} // >= 52.21.0
+    (**
+     * Hardware accelerator context.
+     * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be
+     * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent
+     * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the
+     * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this
+     * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Set by user
+     *)
+    hwaccel_context: pointer;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52028000} // >= 52.28.0
+    (**
+     * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+    color_primaries: TAVColorPrimaries;
+
+    (**
+     * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+    color_trc: TAVColorTransferCharacteristic;
+
+    (**
+     * YUV colorspace type.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+    colorspace: TAVColorSpace;
+
+    (**
+     * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+    color_range: TAVColorRange;
+
+    (**
+     * This defines the location of chroma samples.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     *)
+     chroma_sample_location: TAVChromaLocation;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52037000} // >= 52.37.0
+    (**
+     * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
+     * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
+     * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
+     * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
+     * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option.
+     * @param c context passed also to func
+     * @param count the number of things to execute
+     * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
+     * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
+     * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
+     *             threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
+     *             two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
+     * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
+     *         returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
+     * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
+     *)
+      execute2: function (c: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecute2Func; arg2: Pointer; ret: Pcint; count: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52042000} // >= 52.42.0
+    (**
+     * explicit P-frame weighted prediction analysis method
+     * 0: off
+     * 1: fast blind weighting (one reference duplicate with -1 offset)
+     * 2: smart weighting (full fade detection analysis)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    weighted_p_pred: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+    
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52061000} // >= 52.61.0
+    (**
+     * AQ mode
+     * 0: Disabled
+     * 1: Variance AQ (complexity mask)
+     * 2: Auto-variance AQ (experimental)
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    aq_mode: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * AQ strength
+     * Reduces blocking and blurring in flat and textured areas.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    aq_strength: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * PSY RD
+     * Strength of psychovisual optimization
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    psy_rd: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * PSY trellis
+     * Strength of psychovisual optimization
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    psy_trellis: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * RC lookahead
+     * Number of frames for frametype and ratecontrol lookahead
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    rc_lookahead: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52067000} // >= 52.67.0
+    (**
+     * Constant rate factor maximum
+     * With CRF encoding mode and VBV restrictions enabled, prevents quality from being worse
+     * than crf_max, even if doing so would violate VBV restrictions.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    crf_max: cfloat;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52067002} // >= 52.67.2
+    log_level_offset: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52083000} // >= 52.83.0
+    (**
+     * Determines which LPC analysis algorithm to use.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    lpc_type: TAVLPCType;
+
+    (**
+     * Number of passes to use for Cholesky factorization during LPC analysis
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: unused
+     *)
+    lpc_passes: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end; {TAVCodecContext}
+
+(**
+ * AVCodec.
+ *)
+  TAVCodec = record
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+    type_: TCodecType;
+{$ELSE}
+    type_: TAVMediaType;
+{$IFEND}
+    id: TCodecID;
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+    init: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl; (* typo corretion by the Creative CAT *)
+    encode: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint; data: pointer): cint; cdecl;
+    close: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+    decode: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext; outdata: pointer; var outdata_size: cint;
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52025000} // 52.25.0
+                      buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$ELSE}
+                      avpkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    (**
+     * Codec capabilities.
+     * see CODEC_CAP_*
+     *)
+    capabilities: cint;
+    next: PAVCodec;
+    (**
+     * Flush buffers.
+     * Will be called when seeking
+     *)
+    flush: procedure (avctx: PAVCodecContext); cdecl;
+    supported_framerates: {const} PAVRational; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
+    pix_fmts: {const} PAVPixelFormat;       ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51055000} // 51.55.0
+    (**
+     * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
+     * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
+     *)
+    long_name: {const} PAnsiChar;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51056000} // 51.56.0
+    supported_samplerates: {const} PCint;      ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51062000} // 51.62.0
+    sample_fmts: {const} PSampleFormatArray;   ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52002000} // 52.2.0
+    channel_layouts: {const} PCint64;          ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52080000} // 52.80.0
+    max_lowres: byte;                          ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52018000} // 52.18.0
+(**
+ * AVHWAccel.
+ *)
+  TAVHWAccel = record
+    (**
+     * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
+     * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
+     * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
+     *)
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+    (**
+     * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+     *
+     * See CODEC_TYPE_xxx
+     *)
+    type_: TCodecType;
+{$ELSE}
+    (**
+     * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+     *
+     * See AVMediaType_xxx
+     *)
+    type_: TAVMediaType;
+{$IFEND}
+
+    
+    (**
+     * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
+     *
+     * See CODEC_ID_xxx
+     *)
+    id: TCodecID;
+
+    (**
+     * Supported pixel format.
+     *
+     * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
+     *)
+    pix_fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat; 
+
+    (**
+     * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
+     * see FF_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
+     *)
+    capabilities: cint;
+
+    next: PAVCodec;
+
+    (**
+     * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
+     *
+     * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+     * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+     *
+     * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
+     * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @param buf the frame data buffer base
+     * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     *)
+    start_frame: function (avctx:    PAVCodecContext; 
+                           buf:      PByteArray; 
+                           buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Callback for each slice.
+     *
+     * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
+     * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @param buf the slice data buffer base
+     * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     *)
+    decode_slice: function (avctx:    PAVCodecContext;
+                            buf:      PByteArray; 
+                            buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
+     *
+     * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
+     * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
+     *
+     * @param avctx the codec context
+     * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
+     *)
+    end_frame: function (avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint; cdecl;
+        
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52021000} // >= 52.21.0
+    (**
+     * Size of HW accelerator private data.
+     *
+     * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
+     * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
+     * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
+     *)
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+{$IFEND}
+        
+  end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * four components are given, that's all.
+ * the last component is alpha
+ *)
+  PAVPicture = ^TAVPicture;
+  TAVPicture = record
+    data: array [0..3] of PByteArray;
+    linesize: array [0..3] of cint;       ///< number of bytes per line
+  end;
+
+type
+  TAVSubtitleType = (
+    SUBTITLE_NONE,
+
+    SUBTITLE_BITMAP,                ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
+
+    (**
+     * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
+     * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
+     *)
+    SUBTITLE_TEXT,
+
+    (**
+     * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
+     * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
+     *)
+    SUBTITLE_ASS
+  );
+
+type
+  PPAVSubtitleRect = ^PAVSubtitleRect;
+  PAVSubtitleRect = ^TAVSubtitleRect;
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52010000} // < 52.10.0
+  TAVSubtitleRect = record
+    x: cuint16;
+    y: cuint16;
+    w: cuint16;
+    h: cuint16;
+    nb_colors: cuint16;
+    linesize: cint;
+    rgba_palette: PCuint32;
+    bitmap: PCuint8;
+  end;
+  {$ELSE}
+  TAVSubtitleRect = record
+    x: cint;        ///< top left corner  of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    y: cint;        ///< top left corner  of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    w: cint;        ///< width            of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    h: cint;        ///< height           of pict, undefined when pict is not set
+    nb_colors: cint; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
+
+    (**
+     * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
+     * can be set for text/ass as well once they where rendered
+     *)
+    pict: TAVPicture;
+    type_: TAVSubtitleType;
+
+    text: PAnsiChar;                     ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
+
+    (**
+     * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
+     * The pressentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
+     * struct.
+     *)
+    ass: PByteArray;
+  end;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  PPAVSubtitle = ^PAVSubtitle;
+  PAVSubtitle = ^TAVSubtitle;
+  TAVSubtitle = record
+    format: cuint16; (* 0 = graphics *)
+    start_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *)
+    end_display_time: cuint32; (* relative to packet pts, in ms *)
+    num_rects: cuint;
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52010000} // < 52.10.0
+    rects: PAVSubtitleRect;
+    {$ELSE}
+    rects: PPAVSubtitleRect;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52032000} // >= 52.32.0
+    pts: cint64;     ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000} // 52.25.0
+{ packet functions  }
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated use NULL instead
+ *)
+procedure av_destruct_packet_nofree(pkt: PAVPacket);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Default packet destructor.
+ *)
+procedure av_destruct_packet(pkt: PAVPacket);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ *)
+procedure av_init_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ *)
+function av_new_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size new size
+ *)
+procedure av_shrink_packet(pkt: PAVPacket; size: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The
+ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated.
+ *)
+function av_dup_packet(pkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(*
+ * Free a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to free
+ *)
+procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket);
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52028000} // 52.28.0
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* resample.c *)
+type
+  PReSampleContext = pointer;
+  PAVResampleContext = pointer;
+  PImgReSampleContext = pointer;
+
+function audio_resample_init (output_channels: cint; input_channels: cint;
+                              output_rate: cint; input_rate: cint): PReSampleContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function audio_resample (s: PReSampleContext; output: PSmallint; input: PSmallint; nb_samples: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure audio_resample_close (s: PReSampleContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize an audio resampler.
+ * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are.
+ * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq
+ * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank
+ * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated
+                 between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used
+ * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate
+ *)
+function av_resample_init (out_rate: cint; in_rate: cint; filter_length: cint;
+                           log2_phase_count: cint; linear: cint; cutoff: cdouble): PAVResampleContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context.
+ * @param src an array of unconsumed samples
+ * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here
+ * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available
+ * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst
+ * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context.
+ * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred
+ *)
+function av_resample (c: PAVResampleContext; dst: PSmallint; src: PSmallint; var consumed: cint;
+                      src_size: cint; dst_size: cint; update_ctx: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing
+ * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur
+ * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed
+ * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less
+ *
+ * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500)
+ * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output
+ *
+ * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different,
+ * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small
+ *)
+procedure av_resample_compensate (c: PAVResampleContext; sample_delta: cint;
+                                  compensation_distance: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure av_resample_close (c: PAVResampleContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+(* YUV420 format is assumed ! *)
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+function img_resample_init (output_width: cint; output_height: cint;
+                           input_width: cint; input_height: cint): PImgReSampleContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+function img_resample_full_init (owidth: cint; oheight: cint;
+                                    iwidth: cint; iheight: cint;
+                                    topBand: cint; bottomBand: cint;
+                                    leftBand: cint; rightBand: cint;
+                                    padtop: cint; padbottom: cint;
+                                    padleft: cint; padright: cint): PImgReSampleContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+procedure img_resample (s: PImgReSampleContext; output: PAVPicture; input: {const} PAVPicture);
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+procedure img_resample_close (s: PImgReSampleContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate memory for a picture.  Call avpicture_free to free it.
+ *
+ * @param picture the picture to be filled in.
+ * @param pix_fmt the format of the picture.
+ * @param width the width of the picture.
+ * @param height the height of the picture.
+ * @return Zero if successful, a negative value if not.
+ *)
+function avpicture_alloc (picture: PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                          width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Free a picture previously allocated by avpicture_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param picture the AVPicture to be freed
+ *)
+procedure avpicture_free (picture: PAVPicture);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Fill in the AVPicture fields.
+ * The fields of the given AVPicture are filled in by using the 'ptr' address
+ * which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the specified picture
+ * format, one or multiple image data pointers and line sizes will be set.
+ * If a planar format is specified, several pointers will be set pointing to
+ * the different picture planes and the line sizes of the different planes
+ * will be stored in the lines_sizes array.
+ * Call with ptr == NULL to get the required size for the ptr buffer.
+ *
+ * @param picture AVPicture whose fields are to be filled in
+ * @param ptr Buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data
+ * @param pix_fmt The format in which the picture data is stored.
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @return size of the image data in bytes
+ *)
+function avpicture_fill (picture: PAVPicture; ptr: pointer;
+                 pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avpicture_layout (src: {const} PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                   width: cint; height: cint;
+                   dest: PByteArray; dest_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Calculate the size in bytes that a picture of the given width and height
+ * would occupy if stored in the given picture format.
+ * Note that this returns the size of a compact representation as generated
+ * by avpicture_layout, which can be smaller than the size required for e.g.
+ * avpicture_fill.
+ *
+ * @param pix_fmt the given picture format
+ * @param width the width of the image
+ * @param height the height of the image
+ * @return Image data size in bytes or -1 on error (e.g. too large dimensions).
+ *)
+function avpicture_get_size (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample (pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; var h_shift: cint; var v_shift: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to the name name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then look for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first look for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, return PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_pix_fmt_name(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure avcodec_set_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: cint; height: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+(**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to the name name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns PIX_FMT_NONE.*
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_get_pix_fmt().
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_pix_fmt(name: {const} PAnsiChar): TAVPixelFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52049000} // >= 52.49.0
+  deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
+ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
+ * found.
+ *)
+function avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52073000} // 52.73.0
+(**
+ * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if
+ * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null
+ *)
+function av_get_codec_tag_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: size_t; codec_tag: cuint): size_t;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+const
+  FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION  = $0001; {**< loss due to resolution change *}
+  FF_LOSS_DEPTH       = $0002; {**< loss due to color depth change *}
+  FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE  = $0004; {**< loss due to color space conversion *}
+  FF_LOSS_ALPHA       = $0008; {**< loss of alpha bits *}
+  FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT  = $0010; {**< loss due to color quantization *}
+  FF_LOSS_CHROMA      = $0020; {**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) *}
+
+(**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * avcodec_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss (dst_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                           has_alpha: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
+ * format.  When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
+ * may occur.  For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
+ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
+ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt() searches which of
+ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
+ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
+ * pix_fmt_mask parameter.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * src_pix_fmt = PIX_FMT_YUV420P;
+ * pix_fmt_mask = (1 << PIX_FMT_YUV422P) || (1 << PIX_FMT_RGB24);
+ * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(pix_fmt_mask, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt_mask bitmask determining which pixel format to choose from
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
+ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52000000} // 52.0.0
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(pix_fmt_mask: cint64; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                            has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: PCint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSEIF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52022001}
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(pix_fmt_mask: cint; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                            has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: PCint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSE}
+function avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(pix_fmt_mask: cint; src_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                            has_alpha: cint; loss_ptr: PCint): TAVPixelFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51041000} // 51.41.0
+(**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or an header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param[in] buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param[in] buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the corresponding info string, or
+ * a negative value to print the corresponding header.
+ * Meaningful values for obtaining a pixel format info vary from 0 to PIX_FMT_NB -1.
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52022001} // 52.22.1
+procedure avcodec_pix_fmt_string (buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; pix_fmt: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSE}
+procedure avcodec_pix_fmt_string (buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+const
+  FF_ALPHA_TRANSP      = $0001; {* image has some totally transparent pixels *}
+  FF_ALPHA_SEMI_TRANSP = $0002; {* image has some transparent pixels *}
+
+(**
+ * Tell if an image really has transparent alpha values.
+ * @return ored mask of FF_ALPHA_xxx constants
+ *)
+function img_get_alpha_info (src: {const} PAVPicture;
+                             pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                             width:   cint;
+                             height:  cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+(**
+ * convert among pixel formats
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+function img_convert (dst: PAVPicture; dst_pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+              src: {const} PAVPicture; pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+              width: cint; height: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* deinterlace a picture *)
+(* deinterlace - if not supported return -1 *)
+function avpicture_deinterlace (dst: PAVPicture;
+                        src: {const} PAVPicture;
+                        pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+                        width:   cint;
+                        height:  cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{* external high level API *}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+{
+var
+  first_avcodec: PAVCodec; external av__codec;
+}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51049000} // 51.49.0
+(**
+ * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec,
+ * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c,
+ * or NULL if c is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_codec_next(c: PAVCodec): PAVCodec;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function avcodec_version(): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52008000} // 52.8.0
+(* returns LIBAVCODEC_BUILD constant *)
+function avcodec_build(): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52041000} // 52.41.0
+(**
+ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function avcodec_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavcodec license.
+ *)
+function avcodec_license(): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Initialize libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @warning This function must be called before any other libavcodec
+ * function.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_init();
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec.
+ *
+ * @see avcodec_init()
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52014000} // 52.14.0
+procedure avcodec_register(codec: PAVCodec);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+// Deprecated in favor of avcodec_register.
+procedure register_avcodec(codec: PAVCodec);
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$ELSEIF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+procedure register_avcodec(codec: PAVCodec);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+(**
+ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id CodecID of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_encoder(id: TCodecID): PAVCodec;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested encoder
+ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Findsa registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
+ *
+ * @param id CodecID of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_decoder(id: TCodecID): PAVCodec;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
+ *
+ * @param name name of the requested decoder
+ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
+ *)
+function avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(name: PAnsiChar): PAVCodec;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure avcodec_string(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; enc: PAVCodecContext; encode: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values.
+ *
+ * @param s The AVCodecContext of which the fields should be set to default values.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults(s: PAVCodecContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51039000} // 51.39.0
+(** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API!
+ *  we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults2(s: PAVCodecContext; ctype: TCodecType);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSE}
+procedure avcodec_get_context_defaults2(s: PAVCodecContext; ctype: TAVMediaType);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and sets it fields to default values.  The
+ * resulting struct can be deallocated by simply calling av_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults
+ *)
+function avcodec_alloc_context(): PAVCodecContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51039000} // 51.39.0
+(** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API!
+ *  we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+function avcodec_alloc_context2(ctype: TCodecType): PAVCodecContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSE}
+function avcodec_alloc_context2(ctype: TAVMediaType): PAVCodecContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52065000} // >= 52.65.0
+(**
+ * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination
+ * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be
+ * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open() before you
+ * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data.
+ *
+ * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with
+ *             avcodec_alloc_context(), but otherwise uninitialized
+ * @param src source codec context
+ * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success
+ *)
+function avcodec_copy_context(dest: PAVCodecContext; src: {const} PAVCodecContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Set the fields of the given AVFrame to default values.
+ *
+ * @param pic The AVFrame of which the fields should be set to default values.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_get_frame_defaults (pic: PAVFrame);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values.  The resulting
+ * struct can be deallocated by simply calling av_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ * @see avcodec_get_frame_defaults
+ *)
+function avcodec_alloc_frame(): PAVFrame;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avcodec_default_get_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure avcodec_default_release_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+function avcodec_default_reget_buffer (s: PAVCodecContext; pic: PAVFrame): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52066000} // >= 52.66.0
+(**
+ * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must
+ * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the
+ * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag.
+ *
+ * @return Required padding in pixels.
+ *)
+function avcodec_get_edge_width(): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
+ * padding.
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased
+ * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_align_dimensions(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}  // < 53
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52055000} // >= 52.55.0
+(**
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084003} // >= 52.84.3
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_check_image_size().
+{$ELSE}
+ * Modifiy width and height values so that they will result in a memory
+ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
+ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
+ *
+ * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
+ * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased
+ * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before.
+{$IFEND}
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_align_dimensions2(s: PAVCodecContext; width: PCint; height: PCint;
+                                    linesize_align: PQuadIntArray);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084003} // >= 52.84.3
+  deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Check if the given dimension of a picture is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the picture can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param[in] w Width of the picture.
+ * @param[in] h Height of the picture.
+ * @return Zero if valid, a negative value if invalid.
+ *)
+function avcodec_check_dimensions(av_log_ctx: pointer; w: cuint; h: cuint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+
+function avcodec_default_get_format(s: PAVCodecContext; fmt: {const} PAVPixelFormat): TAVPixelFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avcodec_thread_init(s: PAVCodecContext; thread_count: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure avcodec_thread_free(s: PAVCodecContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52004000} // < 52.4.0
+function avcodec_thread_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: PPointer; var ret: cint; count: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSEIF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52059000} // < 52.59.0
+function avcodec_thread_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52004000} // < 52.4.0
+function avcodec_default_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: PPointer; var ret: cint; count: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$ELSE}
+function avcodec_default_execute(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52037000} // >= 52.37.0
+function avcodec_default_execute2(s: PAVCodecContext; func: TExecuteFunc; arg: Pointer; var ret: cint; count: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+//FIXME func typedef
+
+(**
+ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
+ * function the context has to be allocated.
+ *
+ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
+ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
+ * retrieving a codec.
+ *
+ * @warning This function is not thread safe!
+ *
+ * @code
+ * avcodec_register_all();
+ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(CODEC_ID_H264);
+ * if (!codec)
+ *     exit(1);
+ *
+ * context = avcodec_alloc_context();
+ *
+ * if (avcodec_open(context, codec) < 0)
+ *     exit(1);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param avctx The context which will be set up to use the given codec.
+ * @param codec The codec to use within the context.
+ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
+ * @see avcodec_alloc_context, avcodec_find_decoder, avcodec_find_encoder
+ *)
+function avcodec_open(avctx: PAVCodecContext; codec: PAVCodec): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // < 52.0.0
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_audio2 instead.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_audio(avctx: PAVCodecContext; samples: PSmallint;
+                           var frame_size_ptr: cint;
+                           buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; {deprecated;}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51030000} // 51.30.0
+(**
+ * Decode an audio frame from buf into samples.
+ * Wrapper function which calls avcodec_decode_audio3.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_audio3 instead.
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] samples the output buffer, sample type in avctx->sample_fmt
+ * @param[in,out] frame_size_ptr the output buffer size in bytes
+ * @param[in] buf the input buffer
+ * @param[in] buf_size the input buffer size in bytes
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_audio2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; samples: PSmallint;
+               var frame_size_ptr: cint;
+               buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; {deprecated;}
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000} // 52.25.0
+(**
+ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into samples.
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case,
+ * avcodec_decode_audio3 has to be called again with an AVPacket that contains
+ * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame etc.
+ * If no frame
+ * could be outputted, frame_size_ptr is zero. Otherwise, it is the
+ * decompressed frame size in bytes.
+ *
+ * @warning You must set frame_size_ptr to the allocated size of the
+ * output buffer before calling avcodec_decode_audio3().
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
+ * bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer avpkt->data should be set to 0 to ensure that
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
+ *
+ * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data and output buffer
+ * samples. The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: On some CPUs it isn't
+ * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others
+ * * it will work but it will have an impact on performance.
+ *
+ * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum and
+ * samples should be 16 byte aligned unless the CPU doesn't need it
+ * (AltiVec and SSE do).
+ *
+ * @note Some codecs have a delay between input and output, these need to be
+ * fed with avpkt->data=NULL, avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] samples the output buffer
+ * @param[in,out] frame_size_ptr the output buffer size in bytes
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ *            You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
+ *            data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields.
+ *            All decoders are designed to use the least fields possible though.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame data was decompressed (used) from the input AVPacket.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_audio3(avctx: PAVCodecContext; samples: PSmallint;
+               var frame_size_ptr: cint;
+               avpkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+(**
+ * Decode a video frame from buf into picture.
+ * Wrapper function which calls avcodec_decode_video2.
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_video2 instead.
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored.
+ *             Use avcodec_alloc_frame to get an AVFrame, the codec will
+ *             allocate memory for the actual bitmap.
+ *             with default get/release_buffer(), the decoder frees/reuses the bitmap as it sees fit.
+ *             with overridden get/release_buffer() (needs CODEC_CAP_DR1) the user decides into what buffer the decoder
+ *                   decodes and the decoder tells the user once it does not need the data anymore,
+ *                   the user app can at this point free/reuse/keep the memory as it sees fit.
+ *
+ * @param[in] buf the input buffer
+ * @param[in] buf_size the size of the input buffer in bytes
+ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_video(avctx: PAVCodecContext; picture: PAVFrame;
+                       var got_picture_ptr: cint;
+                       buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; {deprecated;}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000} // 52.25.0
+(**
+ * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture.
+ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
+ * decoders would then just decode the first frame.
+ *
+ * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
+ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
+ * bits at once and could read over the end.
+ *
+ * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that
+ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
+ *
+ * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data.
+ * The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: on some CPUs it isn't
+ * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others
+ * it will work but it will have an impact on performance.
+ *
+ * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVpacket containing the input buffer.
+ *            You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
+ *            data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like
+ *            flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least
+ *            fields possible.
+ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
+ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_video2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; picture: PAVFrame;
+                       var got_picture_ptr: cint;
+                       avpkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+(* Decode a subtitle message. Return -1 if error, otherwise return the
+ * number of bytes used. If no subtitle could be decompressed,
+ * got_sub_ptr is zero. Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in*sub.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_subtitle(avctx: PAVCodecContext; sub: PAVSubtitle;
+                          var got_sub_ptr: cint;
+                          buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+  
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000} // 52.25.0
+(* Decode a subtitle message.
+ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
+ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
+ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
+ * Note that CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
+ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible 
+ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
+ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] sub The AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, must be
+                   freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
+ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
+ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
+ *)
+function avcodec_decode_subtitle2(avctx: PAVCodecContext; sub: PAVSubtitle;
+                          var got_sub_ptr: cint;
+                          avpkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+  
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52082000} // 52.82.0
+(**
+ * Frees all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
+ *
+ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
+ *)
+procedure avsubtitle_free(sub: PAVSubtitle);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+function avcodec_parse_frame(avctx: PAVCodecContext; pdata: PPointer;
+                      data_size_ptr: PCint;
+                      buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Encode an audio frame from samples into buf.
+ *
+ * @note The output buffer should be at least FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE bytes large.
+ * However, for PCM audio the user will know how much space is needed
+ * because it depends on the value passed in buf_size as described
+ * below. In that case a lower value can be used.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] buf the output buffer
+ * @param[in] buf_size the output buffer size
+ * @param[in] samples the input buffer containing the samples
+ * The number of samples read from this buffer is frame_size*channels,
+ * both of which are defined in avctx.
+ * For PCM audio the number of samples read from samples is equal to
+ * buf_size * input_sample_size / output_sample_size.
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number
+ * of bytes used to encode the data read from the input buffer.
+ *)
+function avcodec_encode_audio(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByte;
+                      buf_size: cint; samples: {const} PSmallint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Encode a video frame from pict into buf.
+ * The input picture should be
+ * stored using a specific format, namely avctx.pix_fmt.
+ *
+ * @param avctx the codec context
+ * @param[out] buf the output buffer for the bitstream of encoded frame
+ * @param[in] buf_size the size of the output buffer in bytes
+ * @param[in] pict the input picture to encode
+ * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number
+ * of bytes used from the output buffer.
+ *)
+function avcodec_encode_video(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByte;
+                      buf_size: cint; pict: PAVFrame): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+function avcodec_encode_subtitle(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: PByteArray;
+                      buf_size: cint; sub: {const} PAVSubtitle): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function avcodec_close(avctx: PAVCodecContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at
+ * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly
+ * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration
+ * functions.
+ *
+ * @see register_avcodec
+ * @see avcodec_register
+ * @see av_register_codec_parser
+ * @see av_register_bitstream_filter
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_register_all();
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Flush buffers, should be called when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
+ *)
+procedure avcodec_flush_buffers(avctx: PAVCodecContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+  
+procedure avcodec_default_free_buffers(s: PAVCodecContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(* misc useful functions *)
+
+(**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type
+ * @return A single character representing the picture type.
+ *)
+function av_get_pict_type_char(pict_type: cint): AnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Return codec bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
+ *)
+function av_get_bits_per_sample(codec_id: TCodecID): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51041000} // 51.41.0
+(**
+ * Return sample format bits per sample.
+ *
+ * @param[in] sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given sample format.
+ *)
+function av_get_bits_per_sample_format(sample_fmt: TSampleFormat): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+const
+  AV_PARSER_PTS_NB      = 4;
+  PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES = $0001;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52070000} // 52.70.0
+  PARSER_FLAG_ONCE            = $0002;
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  {* frame parsing *}
+  PAVCodecParserContext = ^TAVCodecParserContext;
+  PAVCodecParser = ^TAVCodecParser;
+
+  TAVCodecParserContext = record
+    priv_data: pointer;
+    parser: PAVCodecParser;
+    frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the current frame *)
+    cur_offset: cint64; (* current offset (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) *)
+    next_frame_offset: cint64; (* offset of the next frame *)
+    (* video info *)
+    pict_type: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *)
+    (**
+     * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
+     * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
+     * is compared to normal frame duration.
+     *
+     * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
+     *
+     * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
+     *)
+    repeat_pict: cint; (* XXX: put it back in AVCodecContext *)
+    pts: cint64;     (* pts of the current frame *)
+    dts: cint64;     (* dts of the current frame *)
+
+    (* private data *)
+    last_pts: cint64;
+    last_dts: cint64;
+    fetch_timestamp: cint;
+
+    cur_frame_start_index: cint;
+    cur_frame_offset: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+    cur_frame_pts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+    cur_frame_dts: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+
+    flags: cint;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51040003} // 51.40.3
+    offset: cint64;      ///< byte offset from starting packet start
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51057001} // 51.57.1
+    cur_frame_end: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52016000} // 52.16.0
+    (*!
+     * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
+     * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
+     * old-style fallback using FF_I_TYPE picture type as key frames
+     * will be used.
+     *)
+    key_frame: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52018000} // 52.18.0
+    (**
+     * Time difference in stream time base units from the pts of this
+     * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged
+     * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the
+     * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from
+     * the very first frame or from this keyframe.
+     * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown.
+     * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY
+     * set.
+     *
+     * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no
+     * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the
+     * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also
+     * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all
+     * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking.
+     *)
+    convergence_duration: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52019000} // 52.19.0
+    // Timestamp generation support:
+    (**
+     * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
+     *
+     * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
+     * (default).
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
+     * SEI message.
+     *)
+    dts_sync_point: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
+     * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+     *
+     * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+     * contain a valid timestamp offset.
+     *
+     * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
+     * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
+     * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
+     *)
+    dts_ref_dts_delta: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
+     *
+     * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
+     * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
+     * must not lie in the past).
+     *
+     * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
+     * time of the frame.
+     *
+     * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
+     *)
+    pts_dts_delta: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52021000} // 52.21.0
+    (**
+     * Position of the packet in file.
+     *
+     * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
+     *)
+    cur_frame_pos: array [0..AV_PARSER_PTS_NB - 1] of cint64;
+
+    (**
+     * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
+     *)
+    pos: cint64;
+
+    (**
+     * Previous frame byte position.
+     *)
+    last_pos: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+  TAVCodecParser = record
+    codec_ids: array [0..4] of cint; (* several codec IDs are permitted *)
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+    parser_init: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext): cint; cdecl;
+    parser_parse: function(s: PAVCodecParserContext;
+                           avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+                           poutbuf: {const} PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+                           buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    parser_close: procedure(s: PAVCodecParserContext); cdecl;
+    split: function(avctx: PAVCodecContext; buf: {const} PByteArray;
+                    buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    next: PAVCodecParser;
+  end;
+
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+{
+var
+  av_first_parser: PAVCodecParser; external av__codec;
+}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51049000} // 51.49.0
+function av_parser_next(c: PAVCodecParser): PAVCodecParser;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+procedure av_register_codec_parser(parser: PAVCodecParser);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_parser_init(codec_id: cint): PAVCodecParserContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+function av_parser_parse(s: PAVCodecParserContext;
+                  avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+                  poutbuf: PPointer;
+                  poutbuf_size: PCint;
+                  buf: {const} PByteArray;
+                  buf_size: cint;
+                  pts: cint64;
+                  dts: cint64): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52021000} // 52.21.0
+(**
+ * Parse a packet.
+ *
+ * @param s             parser context.
+ * @param avctx         codec context.
+ * @param poutbuf       set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
+ * @param poutbuf_size  set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
+ * @param buf           input buffer.
+ * @param buf_size      input length, to signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output).
+ * @param pts           input presentation timestamp.
+ * @param dts           input decoding timestamp.
+ * @param pos           input byte position in stream.
+ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * @code
+ *   while (in_len) do
+ *   begin
+ *     len := av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, data, size,
+ *                                       in_data, in_len,
+ *                                       pts, dts, pos);
+ *      in_data := in_data + len;
+ *      in_len  := in_len  - len;
+ *
+ *      if (size) then
+ *        decode_frame(data, size);
+ *   end;
+ * @endcode
+ *)
+function av_parser_parse2(s:    PAVCodecParserContext;
+                  avctx:        PAVCodecContext;
+                  poutbuf:      PPointer;
+                  poutbuf_size: PCint;
+                  buf: {const}  PByteArray;
+                  buf_size:     cint;
+                  pts:          cint64;
+                  dts:          cint64;
+                  pos:          cint64): cint;
+   cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+function av_parser_change(s: PAVCodecParserContext;
+                   avctx: PAVCodecContext;
+                   poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+                   buf: {const} PByteArray; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+procedure av_parser_close(s: PAVCodecParserContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+type
+  PAVBitStreamFilterContext = ^TAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+  PAVBitStreamFilter = ^TAVBitStreamFilter;
+
+  TAVBitStreamFilterContext = record
+    priv_data: pointer;
+    filter: PAVBitStreamFilter;
+    parser: PAVCodecParserContext;
+    next: PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+  end;
+
+  TAVBitStreamFilter = record
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+    filter: function(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+                  avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: PByteArray;
+                  poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+                  buf: PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51043000} // 51.43.0
+    close: procedure(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext);
+    {$IFEND}
+    next: PAVBitStreamFilter;
+  end;
+
+procedure av_register_bitstream_filter(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilter);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_bitstream_filter_init(name: PAnsiChar): PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_bitstream_filter_filter(bsfc: PAVBitStreamFilterContext;
+                               avctx: PAVCodecContext; args: PByteArray;
+                               poutbuf: PPointer; poutbuf_size: PCint;
+                               buf: PByte; buf_size: cint; keyframe: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure av_bitstream_filter_close(bsf: PAVBitStreamFilterContext);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51049000} // 51.49.0
+function av_bitstream_filter_next(f: PAVBitStreamFilter): PAVBitStreamFilter;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* memory *)
+
+(**
+ * Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * @see av_realloc
+ *)
+procedure av_fast_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: PCuint; min_size: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000} // >= 52.25.0
+(**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
+ * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
+ * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
+ * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
+ *                 *size 0 if an error occurred.
+ *)
+procedure av_fast_malloc(ptr: pointer; size: PCuint; min_size: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 51057000} // 51.57.0
+(* for static data only *)
+
+(**
+ * Frees all static arrays and resets their pointers to 0.
+ * Call this function to release all statically allocated tables.
+ *
+ * @deprecated. Code which uses av_free_static is broken/misdesigned
+ * and should correctly use static arrays
+ *
+ *)
+procedure av_free_static();
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * Allocation of static arrays.
+ *
+ * @warning Do not use for normal allocation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] size The amount of memory you need in bytes.
+ * @return block of memory of the requested size
+ * @deprecated. Code which uses av_mallocz_static is broken/misdesigned
+ * and should correctly use static arrays
+ *)
+procedure av_mallocz_static(size: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52085000} // 52.85.0
+(**
+ * Copy image data in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
+ *)
+type
+  PQuaduint8Array = ^TQuaduint8Array;
+  TQuaduint8Array = array [0..3] of cuint8;
+
+procedure av_picture_data_copy(dst_data: PQuaduint8Array; dst_linesize: TQuadIntArray;
+                               src_data: PQuaduint8Array; src_linesize: TQuadIntArray;
+                               pix_fmt:  TAVPixelFormat;  width: cint; height: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 51035000} // 51.35.0
+procedure av_realloc_static(ptr: pointer; size: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51039000} // 51.39.0
+(**
+ * Copy image src to dst. Wraps av_picture_data_copy() above.
+ *)
+procedure av_picture_copy(dst: PAVPicture; 
+              src: {const} PAVPicture;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52022001} // 52.22.1
+              pix_fmt: cint;
+{$ELSE}
+              pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+{$IFEND}
+              width:  cint;
+              height: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Crop image top and left side.
+ *)
+function av_picture_crop(dst: PAVPicture;
+              src: {const} PAVPicture;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52022001} // 52.22.1
+              pix_fmt: cint;
+{$ELSE}
+              pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+{$IFEND}
+              top_band:  cint;
+              left_band: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Pad image.
+ *)
+function av_picture_pad(dst: PAVPicture;
+            src: {const} PAVPicture;
+            height: cint;
+            width: cint;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52022001} // 52.22.1
+            pix_fmt: cint;
+{$ELSE}
+            pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+{$IFEND}
+            padtop: cint;
+            padbottom: cint;
+            padleft: cint;
+            padright:
+            cint;
+            color: PCint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52000000} // 52.0.0
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+procedure img_copy(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture;
+                    pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; width: cint; height: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+function img_crop(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture;
+           pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; top_band, left_band: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use the software scaler (swscale) instead.
+ *)
+function img_pad(dst: PAVPicture; src: {const} PAVPicture; height, width: cint;
+                  pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; padtop, padbottom, padleft, padright: cint;
+                  color: PCint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
+ *
+ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
+ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
+ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
+ *)
+function av_xiphlacing(s: PByte; v: cuint): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}  // < 53
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51041000} // >= 51.41.0
+(**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084001} // >= 52.84.1
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_parse_video_size().
+{$ELSE}
+ * @return 0 in case of a successful parsing, a negative value otherwise
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video frame size abbreviation.
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * frame width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * frame height value
+{$IFEND}
+ *)
+function av_parse_video_frame_size(width_ptr: PCint; height_ptr: PCint; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084001} // >= 52.84.1
+  deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *frame_rate.
+ *
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084001} // >= 52.84.1
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_parse_video_rate().
+{$ELSE}
+ * @return 0 in case of a successful parsing, a negative value otherwise
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * frame_rate_num / frame_rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @param[in,out] frame_rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+{$IFEND}
+ *)
+function av_parse_video_frame_rate(frame_rate: PAVRational; str: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52084001} // >= 52.84.1
+  deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52059000} // <52.59.0
+
+{
+ The following error codes are moved to libavutil/error.h on 
+ revision 22501 Mar 13 2010
+}
+
+{* error handling *}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  ENOENT = ESysENOENT;
+  EIO    = ESysEIO;
+  ENOMEM = ESysENOMEM;
+  EINVAL = ESysEINVAL;
+  EDOM   = ESysEDOM;
+  ENOSYS = ESysENOSYS;
+  EILSEQ = ESysEILSEQ;
+  EPIPE  = ESysEPIPE;
+{$ELSE}
+  ENOENT = 2;
+  EIO    = 5;
+  ENOMEM = 12;
+  EINVAL = 22;
+  EPIPE  = 32;  // just an assumption. needs to be checked.
+  EDOM   = 33;
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // Note: we assume that ffmpeg was compiled with MinGW.
+  // This must be changed if DLLs were compiled with cygwin.
+  ENOSYS = 40;  // MSVC/MINGW: 40, CYGWIN: 88,  LINUX/FPC: 38
+  EILSEQ = 42;  // MSVC/MINGW: 42, CYGWIN: 138, LINUX/FPC: 84
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * We need the sign of the error, because some platforms have 
+ * E* and errno already negated. The previous version failed
+ * with Delphi, because it needed EINVAL defined.
+ * Warning: This code is platform dependent and assumes constants 
+ * to be 32 bit.
+ * This version does the following steps:
+ * 1) shr 30:        shifts the sign bit to bit position 2
+ * 2) and $00000002: sets all other bits to zero
+ *                   positive EINVAL gives 0, negative gives 2
+ * 3) - 1:           positive EINVAL gives -1, negative 1
+ *)
+const
+  AVERROR_SIGN = (EINVAL shr 30) and $00000002 - 1;
+
+(*
+#if EINVAL > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. *}
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. *}
+#else
+{* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. *}
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+*)
+
+const
+  AVERROR_UNKNOWN     = AVERROR_SIGN * EINVAL;  (**< unknown error *)
+  AVERROR_IO          = AVERROR_SIGN * EIO;     (**< I/O error *)
+  AVERROR_NUMEXPECTED = AVERROR_SIGN * EDOM;    (**< Number syntax expected in filename. *)
+  AVERROR_INVALIDDATA = AVERROR_SIGN * EINVAL;  (**< invalid data found *)
+  AVERROR_NOMEM       = AVERROR_SIGN * ENOMEM;  (**< not enough memory *)
+  AVERROR_NOFMT       = AVERROR_SIGN * EILSEQ;  (**< unknown format *)
+  AVERROR_NOTSUPP     = AVERROR_SIGN * ENOSYS;  (**< Operation not supported. *)
+  AVERROR_NOENT       = AVERROR_SIGN * ENOENT;  (**< No such file or directory. *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52017000} // 52.17.0
+  AVERROR_EOF         = AVERROR_SIGN * EPIPE;   (**< End of file. *)
+{$IFEND}
+  // Note: function calls as constant-initializers are invalid
+  //AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -MKTAG('P','A','W','E'); {**< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg. Patches welcome. *}
+  AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -(ord('P') or (ord('A') shl 8) or (ord('W') shl 16) or (ord('E') shl 24));
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52032000} // >= 52.32.0
+(**
+ * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is
+ * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.)
+ * only, and would normally not be used by applications.
+ * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is
+ * a pointer to an AVClass struct
+ * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature
+ * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature.
+ * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbage will be added to the log
+ * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development
+ * mailing list.
+ *)
+procedure av_log_missing_feature(avc: Pointer; feature: {const} Pchar; want_sample: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is
+ * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.)
+ * only, and would normally not be used by applications.
+ * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is
+ * a pointer to an AVClass struct
+ * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message
+ *)
+procedure av_log_ask_for_sample(avc: Pointer; msg: {const} Pchar);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52018000} // 52.18.0
+(**
+ * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel.
+ *)
+procedure av_register_hwaccel (hwaccel: PAVHWAccel)
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+(**
+ * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator,
+ * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator
+ * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_hwaccel_next (hwaccel: PAVHWAccel): PAVHWAccel;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52030000} // 52.30.0
+(**
+ * Lock operation used by lockmgr
+ *)
+type
+  TAVLockOp = (
+    AV_LOCK_CREATE,  ///< Create a mutex
+    AV_LOCK_OBTAIN,  ///< Lock the mutex
+    AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex
+    AV_LOCK_DESTROY  ///< Free mutex resources
+  );
+
+(**
+ * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations
+ * specified by AVLockOp. mutex points to a (void) where the
+ * lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user allocated mutex. It's
+ * NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and != NULL for all other ops.
+ *
+ * @param cb User defined callback. Note: FFmpeg may invoke calls to this
+ *           callback during the call to av_lockmgr_register().
+ *           Thus, the application must be prepared to handle that.
+ *           If cb is set to NULL the lockmgr will be unregistered.
+ *           Also note that during unregistration the previously registered
+ *           lockmgr callback may also be invoked.
+ *)
+// ToDo: Implement and test this
+//function av_lockmgr_register(cb: function (mutex: pointer; op: TAVLockOp)): cint;
+//  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+{$IF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52025000) and (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION <= 52027000)} // 52.25.0 - 52.27.0
+procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket);{$IFDEF HASINLINE} inline; {$ENDIF} 
+begin
+  if assigned(pkt) then
+  begin
+    if assigned(pkt^.destruct) then
+      pkt^.destruct(pkt);
+    pkt^.data := NIL;
+    pkt^.size := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/avformat.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avformat.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd13c70e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avformat.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2100 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavformat/avformat.h
+ * Min. version: 50.5.0 , revision  6577, Sat Oct  7 15:30:46 2006 UTC
+ * Max. version: 52.78.3, revision 24841, Thu Aug 26 02:00:00 2010 CET
+ *)
+
+unit avformat;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}  (* for the HasInline define *)
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  {$linklib libavformat}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  avcodec,
+  avutil,
+  avio,
+  rational,
+  SysUtils,
+  UConfig;
+
+const
+  (*
+   * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+   * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+   * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+   * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+   * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+   * occur.
+   *
+   * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+   * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+   * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+   * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+   *
+   * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+   * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+   * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+   * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+   *
+   * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+   * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+   * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+   * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+   * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+   * fix. 
+   *)
+  (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR   = 52;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR   = 78;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 3;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                            (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                            (LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR   = 50;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR   = 5;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+  LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                            (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                            (LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < LIBAVFORMAT_MIN_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION > LIBAVFORMAT_MAX_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavformat is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52078003} // >= 52.78.3
+(**
+ * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
+ * They may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *)
+const
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+  FF_API_MAX_STREAMS       = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53);
+  FF_API_OLD_METADATA      = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53);
+  FF_API_REGISTER_PROTOCOL = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53);
+  FF_API_URL_RESETBUF      = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53);
+  {$ELSE}
+  FF_API_URL_CLASS    = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 53);
+  {$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52020000} // 52.20.0
+(**
+ * I return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.  You got
+ * a fucking problem with that, douchebag?
+ *)
+function avformat_version(): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52039002} // 52.39.2
+(**
+ * Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function avformat_configuration(): {const} PansiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavformat license.
+ *)
+function avformat_license(): {const} PansiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  PAVFile = Pointer;
+
+(*
+ * Public Metadata API.
+ * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
+ * application using a sequence of key/value pairs. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
+ * metadata must be stored as UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
+ * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
+ * Important concepts to keep in mind:
+ * 1. Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
+ *    also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
+ *    several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
+ *    E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
+ *    placed in the same tag.
+ * 2. Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
+ *    want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
+ *    and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
+ * 3. A tag whose value is localized for a particular language is appended
+ *    with a dash character ('-') and the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
+ *    For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
+ *    The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
+ *    A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
+ *)
+const
+  AV_METADATA_MATCH_CASE    = 1;
+  AV_METADATA_IGNORE_SUFFIX = 2;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52043000} // >= 52.43.0
+  AV_METADATA_DONT_STRDUP_KEY = 4;
+  AV_METADATA_DONT_STRDUP_VAL = 8;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52061000} // >= 52.61.0
+  AV_METADATA_DONT_OVERWRITE  = 16;
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  PAVMetadataTag = ^TAVMetadataTag;
+  TAVMetadataTag = record
+    key:   PAnsiChar;
+    value: PAnsiChar;
+  end;
+
+  PAVMetadata = Pointer;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION > 52024001} // > 52.24.1
+(**
+ * Get a metadata element with matching key.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ *             If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons.
+ * @return Found tag or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior.
+ *)
+function av_metadata_get(m: PAVMetadata; key: {const} PAnsiChar;
+                         prev: {const} PAVMetadataTag ; flags: cint): PAVMetadataTag;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+(**
+ * Set the given tag in *pm, overwriting an existing tag.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a metadata struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a metadata struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key tag key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped)
+ * @param value tag value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped)
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ * @deprecated Use av_metadata_set2() instead.
+ *)
+function av_metadata_set(var pm: PAVMetadata; key: {const} PAnsiChar; value: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52061000} // >= 52.61.0
+    deprecated;
+  {$IFEND}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_METADATA}
+(**
+ * Set the given tag in *pm, overwriting an existing tag.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a metadata struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a metadata struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key tag key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped)
+ * @param value tag value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped)
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ * @deprecated Use av_metadata_set2() instead.
+ *)
+function av_metadata_set(var pm: PAVMetadata; key: {const} PAnsiChar; value: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52043000} // >= 52.43.0
+(**
+ * Set the given tag in *pm, overwriting an existing tag.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a metadata struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a metadata struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key tag key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
+ * @param value tag value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
+ *        Passing a NULL value will cause an existing tag to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ *)
+function av_metadata_set2(var pm: PAVMetadata; key: {const} PAnsiChar; value: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVMetadata struct.
+ *)
+procedure av_metadata_free(var m: PAVMetadata);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* packet functions *)
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52032000} // < 52.32.0
+type
+  PAVPacket = ^TAVPacket;
+  TAVPacket = record
+    (**
+     * Presentation timestamp in time_base units; the time at which the
+     * decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
+     * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+     * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation can not happen before
+     * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
+     * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
+     * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
+     *)
+    pts: cint64;
+    (**
+     * Decompression timestamp in time_base units; the time at which the
+     * packet is decompressed.
+     * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
+     *)
+    dts: cint64;
+    data: PByteArray;
+    size: cint;
+    stream_index: cint;
+    flags: cint;
+    (**
+     * Duration of this packet in time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+     * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
+     *)
+    duration: cint;
+    destruct: procedure (p: PAVPacket); cdecl;
+    priv: pointer;
+    pos: cint64;                            ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52022000} // 52.22.0
+    (**
+     * Time difference in stream time base units from the pts of this
+     * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged
+     * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the
+     * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from
+     * the very first frame or from this keyframe.
+     * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown.
+     * This field is not the display duration of the current packet.
+     *
+     * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no
+     * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the
+     * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also
+     * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all
+     * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking.
+     *)
+    convergence_duration: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+  
+const
+  PKT_FLAG_KEY = $0001;
+
+procedure av_destruct_packet_nofree(var pkt: TAVPacket);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Default packet destructor.
+ *)
+procedure av_destruct_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ *)
+procedure av_init_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket);
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51012002} // 51.12.2
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size wanted payload size
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ *)
+function av_new_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
+ * default values.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet
+ * @param size desired payload size
+ * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ *)
+function av_get_packet(s: PByteIOContext; var pkt: TAVPacket; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52032000} // < 52.32.0
+(**
+ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The
+ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated.
+ *)
+function av_dup_packet(pkt: PAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Free a packet.
+ *
+ * @param pkt packet to free
+ *)
+procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(*************************************************)
+(* fractional numbers for exact pts handling *)
+
+type
+ (**
+  * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'.
+  * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den.
+  *)
+  PAVFrac = ^TAVFrac;
+  TAVFrac = record
+    val, num, den: cint64;
+  end;
+
+(*************************************************)
+(* input/output formats *)
+
+type
+  (**
+   * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
+   *)
+  TAVProbeData = record
+    filename: PAnsiChar;
+    buf: PByteArray;  (**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. *)
+    buf_size: cint;   (**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes *)
+  end;
+
+const
+  AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX   = 100;   ///< Maximum score, half of that is used for file-extension-based detection
+  AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE = 32;   ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
+
+  //! Demuxer will use url_fopen, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
+  AVFMT_NOFILE        = $0001;
+  AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER    = $0002; (**< Needs '%d' in filename. *)
+  AVFMT_SHOW_IDS      = $0008; (**< Show format stream IDs numbers. *)
+  AVFMT_RAWPICTURE    = $0020; (**< Format wants AVPicture structure for
+                                      raw picture data. *)
+  AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER  = $0040; (**< Format wants global header. *)
+  AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS  = $0080; (**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. *)
+  AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX = $0100; (**< Use generic index building code. *)
+  AVFMT_TS_DISCONT    = $0200; (**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. *)
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52029002} // 52.29.2
+  AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS  = $0400; (**< Format allows variable fps. *)
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52052000} // 52.52.0
+  AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS  = $0800; (**< Format does not need width/height *)
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  // used by AVIndexEntry
+  AVINDEX_KEYFRAME = $0001;
+
+  AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER = $0001; (**< signal that no header is present
+                                         (streams are added dynamically) *)
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003}  // < 52.78.3
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+  MAX_STREAMS = 20;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52068000}  // < 52.68.0
+  MAX_STREAMS = 100;
+    {$IFEND}
+  {$IFEND}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FF_API_MAX_STREAMS}
+  MAX_STREAMS = 20;
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$IFEND}
+
+
+  AVFMT_NOOUTPUTLOOP = -1;
+  AVFMT_INFINITEOUTPUTLOOP = 0;
+  AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS = $0001;   ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
+  AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX = $0002;   ///< Ignore index.
+  AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK = $0004; ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52048000}  // >= 52.48.0
+  AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS   = $0008; ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52060000}  // >= 52.60.0
+  AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN = $0010; ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
+  AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE  = $0020; ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52063000}  // >= 52.63.0
+  AVFMT_FLAG_RTP_HINT = $0040; ///< Add RTP hinting to the output file
+{$IFEND}
+
+  // used by AVStream
+  MAX_REORDER_DELAY = 16;
+
+  // used by TAVProgram
+  AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING = 1;
+
+
+  AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT   = $0001;
+  AV_DISPOSITION_DUB       = $0002;
+  AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL  = $0004;
+  AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT   = $0008;
+  AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS    = $0010;
+  AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE   = $0020;
+
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52073000}  // >= 52.73.0
+  (**
+   * Track should be used during playback by default.
+   * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
+   * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
+   *)
+  AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED    = $0040;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  // used by TAVFormatContext.debug
+  FF_FDEBUG_TS = 0001;
+
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52034000}  // >= 52.34.0
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52039000} // <  52.39.0
+  MAX_PROBE_PACKETS = 100;
+    {$ELSE}
+  MAX_PROBE_PACKETS = 2500;
+    {$IFEND}
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52035000}  // >= 52.35.0
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52039000} // <  52.39.0
+  RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE = 32000;
+    {$ELSE}
+  RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE = 2500000;
+    {$IFEND}
+  {$IFEND}
+
+type
+  PPAVCodecTag = ^PAVCodecTag;
+  PAVCodecTag = Pointer;
+
+  PPAVFormatContext = ^PAVFormatContext;
+  PAVFormatContext = ^TAVFormatContext;
+
+  PAVFormatParameters = ^TAVFormatParameters;
+
+  PAVOutputFormat = ^TAVOutputFormat;
+  PAVProbeData = ^TAVProbeData;
+
+  PAVInputFormat = ^TAVInputFormat;
+  PAVIndexEntry = ^TAVIndexEntry;
+
+  PAVStream = ^TAVStream;
+  PAVPacketList = ^TAVPacketList;
+
+  PPAVProgram = ^PAVProgram;
+  PAVProgram = ^TAVProgram;
+
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 51006000} // 51.6.0
+  PAVImageFormat = ^TAVImageFormat;
+  PAVImageInfo = ^TAVImageInfo;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52030001} // >= 52.30.1
+(**
+ * Convert all the metadata sets from ctx according to the source and
+ * destination conversion tables.
+ *
+ * @param d_conv destination tags format conversion table
+ * @param s_conv source tags format conversion table
+ *)
+  PAVMetadataConv = ^TAVMetadataConv;
+  TAVMetadataConv = record
+    ctx:            PAVFormatContext;
+    d_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv;
+    s_conv: {const} PAVMetadataConv;
+  end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+  PAVChapter = ^TAVChapter;
+  TAVChapter = record
+    id: cint;                 ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
+    time_base: TAVRational;   ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
+    start, end_: cint64;      ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+    title: PAnsiChar;         ///< chapter title
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_METADATA}
+    title: PAnsiChar;         ///< chapter title
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52024001} // 52.24.1
+    metadata: PAVMetadata;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+  TAVChapterArray = array[0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVChapter))-1] of TAVChapter;
+  PAVChapterArray = ^TAVChapterArray;
+
+  TAVFormatParameters = record
+    time_base: TAVRational;
+    sample_rate: cint;
+    channels: cint;
+    width: cint;
+    height: cint;
+    pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat;
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 51006000} // 51.6.0
+    image_format: PAVImageFormat;
+    {$IFEND}
+    channel: cint; (**< Used to select DV channel. *)
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 52}
+    device: PAnsiChar; (* video, audio or DV device, if LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) *)
+    {$IFEND}
+    standard: PAnsiChar; (**< TV standard, NTSC, PAL, SECAM *)
+    { Delphi does not support bit fields -> use bf_flags instead
+    unsigned int mpeg2ts_raw:1;  (**< Force raw MPEG-2 transport stream output, if possible. *)
+    unsigned int mpeg2ts_compute_pcr:1; (**< Compute exact PCR for each transport
+                                  stream packet (only meaningful if
+                                  mpeg2ts_raw is TRUE). *)
+    unsigned int initial_pause:1;       (**< Do not begin to play the stream
+                                        immediately (RTSP only). *)
+    unsigned int prealloced_context:1;
+    }
+    bf_flags: byte; // 0:mpeg2ts_raw/1:mpeg2ts_compute_pcr/2:initial_pause/3:prealloced_context
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    video_codec_id: TCodecID;
+    audio_codec_id: TCodecID;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+  TAVOutputFormat = record
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+    (**
+     * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+     * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+     * to define it.
+     *)
+    long_name: PAnsiChar;
+    mime_type: PAnsiChar;
+    extensions: PAnsiChar; (**< comma-separated filename extensions *)
+    (**
+     * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
+     *)
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+    (* output support *)
+    audio_codec: TCodecID; (**< default audio codec *)
+    video_codec: TCodecID; (**< default video codec *)
+    write_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+    write_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; pkt: PAVPacket): cint; cdecl;
+    write_trailer: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+    (** 
+     * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER
+     *)
+    flags: cint;
+    (**
+     * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P.
+     *)
+    set_parameters: function (c: PAVFormatContext; f: PAVFormatParameters): cint; cdecl;
+    interleave_packet: function (s: PAVFormatContext; out_: PAVPacket;
+                                 in_: PAVPacket; flush: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51008000} // 51.8.0
+    (**
+     * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
+     * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by CODEC_ID_NONE.
+     *)
+    codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51012002} // 51.12.2
+    subtitle_codec: TCodecID; (**< default subtitle codec *)
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52030001} // 52.30.1
+    {const} metadata_conv: PAVMetadataConv;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (* private fields *)
+    next: PAVOutputFormat;
+  end;
+
+  TAVInputFormat = record
+    (**
+     * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
+     * may be appended with a minor bump.
+     *)
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+
+    (**
+     * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
+     * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
+     * to define it.
+     *)
+    long_name: PAnsiChar;
+
+    (**
+     * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
+     *)
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
+     * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
+     * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
+     *)
+    read_probe: function (p: PAVProbeData): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
+     * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'ap' if non-NULL contains
+     * additional parameters. Only used in raw format right
+     * now. 'av_new_stream' should be called to create new streams.
+     *)
+    read_header: function (c: PAVFormatContext; ap: PAVFormatParameters): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
+     * set. 'av_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
+     * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used.
+     * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
+     *         When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated
+     *         or must be freed before returning
+     *)
+    read_packet: function (c: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
+     * freed by this function
+     *)
+    read_close: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    (**
+     * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
+     * stream component stream_index.
+     * @param stream_index Must not be -1.
+     * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
+     *              match is available.
+     * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
+     *)
+    read_seek: function (c: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+                  timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+{$IFEND}
+
+    (**
+     * Gets the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
+     * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
+     *)
+    read_timestamp: function (s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+                              pos: pint64; pos_limit: cint64): cint64; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER.
+     *)
+    flags: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
+     * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
+     * reliable enough
+     *)
+    extensions: PAnsiChar;
+
+    (**
+     * General purpose read-only value that the format can use.
+     *)
+    value: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+     * (RTSP).
+     *)
+    read_play: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+    (**
+     * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
+     * (RTSP).
+     *)  
+    read_pause: function (c: PAVFormatContext): cint; cdecl;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51008000} // 51.8.0
+    codec_tag: {const} PPAVCodecTag;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52030000} // 52.30.0
+    (**
+     * Seek to timestamp ts.
+     * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+     * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+     * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+     *)
+    read_seek2: function (s:            PAVFormatContext;
+                          stream_index: cint;
+			  min_ts:       cint64;
+			  ts:           cint64; 
+			  max_ts:       cint64;
+			  flags:        cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52030001} // 52.30.1
+    {const} metadata_conv: PAVMetadataConv;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (* private fields *)
+    next: PAVInputFormat;
+  end;
+
+  TAVStreamParseType = (
+    AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
+    AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL,       (**< full parsing and repack *)
+    AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS,    (**< Only parse headers, do not repack. *)
+    AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS  (**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary *)
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52066000} // 52.66.0
+  , AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE   (**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently *)
+    {$IFEND}
+  );
+
+  TAVIndexEntry = record
+    pos: cint64;
+    timestamp: cint64;
+    { Delphi doesn't support bitfields -> use flags_size instead
+    int flags:2;
+    int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
+    }
+    flags_size: cint; // 0..1: flags, 2..31: size
+    min_distance: cint;         (**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. *)
+  end;
+
+ (**
+  * Stream structure.
+  * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+  * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+  * version bump.
+  * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
+  *)
+  TAVStream = record
+    index: cint;    (**< stream index in AVFormatContext *)
+    id: cint;       (**< format-specific stream ID *)
+    codec: PAVCodecContext; (**< codec context *)
+    (**
+     * Real base framerate of the stream.
+     * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
+     * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
+     * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
+     * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
+     * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
+     *)
+    r_frame_rate: TAVRational;
+    priv_data: pointer;
+
+    (* internal data used in av_find_stream_info() *)
+    first_dts: cint64;
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 52}
+    codec_info_nb_frames: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (** 
+     * encoding: pts generation when outputting stream
+     *)
+    pts: TAVFrac;
+    (**
+     * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
+     * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
+     * time base should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be 1.
+     *)
+    time_base: TAVRational;
+    pts_wrap_bits: cint; (* number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) *)
+    (* ffmpeg.c private use *)
+    stream_copy: cint; (**< If set, just copy stream. *)
+    discard: TAVDiscard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
+    //FIXME move stuff to a flags field?
+    (** 
+     * Quality, as it has been removed from AVCodecContext and put in AVVideoFrame.
+     * MN:dunno if thats the right place, for it
+     *)
+    quality: cfloat;
+
+    (**
+     * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream, in stream time base.
+     * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
+     * it to really is the pts of the first frame.
+     * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
+     * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
+     * demuxer must NOT set this.
+     *)
+    start_time: cint64;
+
+    (**
+     * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
+     * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
+     * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
+     *)
+    duration: cint64;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+    language: array [0..3] of PAnsiChar; (**< ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code (empty string if undefined) *)
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_METADATA}
+    language: array [0..3] of PAnsiChar; (**< ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code (empty string if undefined) *)
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (* av_read_frame() support *)
+    need_parsing: TAVStreamParseType;
+    parser: PAVCodecParserContext;
+
+    cur_dts: cint64;
+    last_IP_duration: cint;
+    last_IP_pts: cint64;
+    (* av_seek_frame() support *)
+    index_entries: PAVIndexEntry; (**< Only used if the format does not
+                                       support seeking natively. *)
+    nb_index_entries: cint;
+    index_entries_allocated_size: cuint;
+
+    nb_frames: cint64;                 ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
+    
+    {$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 50006000) and (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)} // 50.6.0 - 53.0.0
+    unused: array [0..4] of cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52006000) and (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003)} // 52.6.0 - 52.78.2
+    filename: PAnsiChar; (**< source filename of the stream *)
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_METADATA}
+    filename: PAnsiChar; (**< source filename of the stream *)
+      {$ENDIF}    
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52008000} // 52.8.0
+    disposition: cint; (**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bitfield *)
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52019000} // 52.19.0
+    probe_data: TAVProbeData;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52021000} // 52.21.0
+    pts_buffer: array [0..MAX_REORDER_DELAY] of cint64;
+
+    (**
+     * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavformat.
+     *)
+    sample_aspect_ratio: TAVRational;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52024001} // 52.24.1
+    metadata: PAVMetadata;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION > 52024001} // > 52.24.1
+    {* Intended mostly for av_read_frame() support. Not supposed to be used by *}
+    {* external applications; try to use something else if at all possible.    *}
+    cur_ptr: {const} PCuint8;
+    cur_len: cint;
+    cur_pkt: TAVPacket;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52030000} // > 52.30.0
+    // Timestamp generation support:
+    (**
+     * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point.
+     *
+     * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and
+     * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to
+     * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default.
+     *)
+    reference_dts: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52034000} // >= 52.34.0
+    (**
+     * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing
+     * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
+     *)
+    probe_packets: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52038000} // >= 52.38.0
+    (**
+     * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing.
+     * used internally, NOT PART OF PUBLIC API, dont read or write from outside of libav*
+     *)
+    last_in_packet_buffer: PAVPacketList;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52041000} // >= 52.41.0
+    (**
+     * Average framerate
+     *)
+    avg_frame_rate: TAVRational;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52054000} // >= 52.54.0
+    (**
+     * Number of frames that have been demuxed during av_find_stream_info()
+     *)
+    codec_info_nb_frames: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+ (**
+  * Format I/O context.
+  * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+  * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+  * version bump.
+  * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+  *)
+  TAVFormatContext = record
+    av_class: PAVClass; (**< Set by avformat_alloc_context. *)
+    (* Can only be iformat or oformat, not both at the same time. *)
+    iformat: PAVInputFormat;
+    oformat: PAVOutputFormat;
+    priv_data: pointer;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 52}
+    pb: PByteIOContext;
+    {$ELSE}
+    pb: TByteIOContext;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    nb_streams: cuint;
+    streams: array [0..MAX_STREAMS - 1] of PAVStream;
+    filename: array [0..1023] of AnsiChar; (* input or output filename *)
+    (* stream info *)
+    timestamp: cint64;
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+    title: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    author: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    copyright: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    comment: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    album: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    year: cint;  (**< ID3 year, 0 if none *)
+    track: cint; (**< track number, 0 if none *)
+    genre: array [0..31] of AnsiChar; (**< ID3 genre *)
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_METADATA}
+    title: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    author: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    copyright: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    comment: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    album: array [0..511] of AnsiChar;
+    year: cint;  (**< ID3 year, 0 if none *)
+    track: cint; (**< track number, 0 if none *)
+    genre: array [0..31] of AnsiChar; (**< ID3 genre *)
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    ctx_flags: cint; (**< Format-specific flags, see AVFMTCTX_xx *)
+    (* private data for pts handling (do not modify directly). *)
+    (**
+     * This buffer is only needed when packets were already buffered but
+     * not decoded, for example to get the codec parameters in MPEG
+     * streams.
+     *)
+    packet_buffer: PAVPacketList;
+
+    (**
+     * Decoding: position of the first frame of the component, in
+     * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
+     * It is deduced from the AVStream values.
+     *)
+    start_time: cint64;
+    (**
+     * Decoding: duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
+     * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
+     * durations and also dont set any of them. This is deduced from the
+     * AVStream values if not set.
+     *)
+    duration: cint64;
+    (**
+     * decoding: total file size, 0 if unknown
+     *)
+    file_size: cint64;
+    (**
+     * Decoding: total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
+     * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
+     * duration are known as ffmpeg can compute it automatically.
+     *)
+    bit_rate: cint;
+
+    (* av_read_frame() support *)
+    cur_st: PAVStream;
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+    cur_ptr_deprecated: pbyte;
+    cur_len_deprecated: cint;
+    cur_pkt_deprecated: TAVPacket;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    (* av_seek_frame() support *)
+    data_offset: cint64; (**< offset of the first packet *)
+    index_built: cint;
+
+    mux_rate: cint;
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52034001} // < 52.34.1
+    packet_size: cint;
+    {$ELSE}
+    packet_size: cuint;
+    {$IFEND}
+    preload: cint;
+    max_delay: cint;
+
+    (**
+     * number of times to loop output in formats that support it
+     *)
+    loop_output: cint;
+
+    flags: cint;
+    loop_input: cint;
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 50006000} // 50.6.0
+    (**
+     * decoding: size of data to probe; encoding: unused.
+     *)
+    probesize: cuint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51009000} // 51.9.0
+    (**
+     * Maximum time (in AV_TIME_BASE units) during which the input should
+     * be analyzed in av_find_stream_info().
+     *)
+    max_analyze_duration: cint;
+
+    key: pbyte;
+    keylen : cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51014000} // 51.14.0
+    nb_programs: cuint;
+    programs: PPAVProgram;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52003000} // 52.3.0
+    (**
+     * Forced video codec_id.
+     * Demuxing: Set by user.
+     *)
+    video_codec_id: TCodecID;
+
+    (**
+     * Forced audio codec_id.
+     * Demuxing: Set by user.
+     *)
+    audio_codec_id: TCodecID;
+
+    (**
+     * Forced subtitle codec_id.
+     * Demuxing: Set by user.
+     *)
+    subtitle_codec_id: TCodecID;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+    (**
+     * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
+     * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
+     * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
+     * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
+     * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
+     * this.
+     * muxing  : unused
+     * demuxing: set by user
+     *)
+    max_index_size: cuint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52009000} // 52.9.0
+    (**
+     * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
+     * obtained from realtime capture devices.
+     *)
+    max_picture_buffer: cuint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52014000} // 52.14.0
+    nb_chapters: cuint;
+    chapters: PAVChapterArray;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52016000} // 52.16.0
+    (**
+     * Flags to enable debugging.
+     *)
+    debug: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52019000} // 52.19.0
+    (**
+     * Raw packets from the demuxer, prior to parsing and decoding.
+     * This buffer is used for buffering packets until the codec can
+     * be identified, as parsing cannot be done without knowing the
+     * codec.
+     *)
+    raw_packet_buffer: PAVPacketList;
+    raw_packet_buffer_end: PAVPacketList;
+
+    packet_buffer_end: PAVPacketList;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52024001} // 52.24.1
+    metadata: PAVMetadata;
+    {$IFEND}
+    
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52035000} // 52.35.0
+    (**
+     * Remaining size available for raw_packet_buffer, in bytes.
+     * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
+     *)
+    raw_packet_buffer_remaining_size: cint;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52056000} // 52.56.0
+    (**
+     * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
+     * since the unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0
+     * in the stream was captured at this real world time.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Unused.
+     *)
+    start_time_realtime: cint64;
+    {$IFEND}
+
+  end;
+
+  (**
+   * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+   * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+   * version bump.
+   * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
+   *)
+  TAVProgram = record
+      id                : cint;
+      {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+      provider_name     : PAnsiChar;  ///< network name for DVB streams
+      name              : PAnsiChar;  ///< service name for DVB streams
+      {$ELSE}
+        {$IFDEF FF_API_OLD_METADATA}
+      provider_name     : PAnsiChar;  ///< network name for DVB streams
+      name              : PAnsiChar;  ///< service name for DVB streams
+        {$ENDIF}
+      {$IFEND}
+      flags             : cint;
+      discard           : TAVDiscard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
+      {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51016000} // 51.16.0
+      stream_index      : PCardinal;
+      nb_stream_indexes : PCardinal;
+      {$IFEND}
+      {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52024001} // 52.24.1
+      metadata: PAVMetadata;
+      {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+  TAVPacketList = record
+    pkt: TAVPacket;
+    next: PAVPacketList;
+  end;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 51006000} // 51.6.0
+  (* still image support *)
+  PAVInputImageContext = pointer; {deprecated}
+
+  (* still image support *)
+  TAVImageInfo = record
+    pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat; (* requested pixel format *)
+    width: cint; (* requested width *)
+    height: cint; (* requested height *)
+    interleaved: cint; (* image is interleaved (e.g. interleaved GIF) *)
+    pict: TAVPicture; (* returned allocated image *)
+  end; {deprecated}
+
+  TAVImageFormat = record
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+    extensions: PAnsiChar;
+    (* tell if a given file has a chance of being parsing by this format *)
+    img_probe: function (d: PAVProbeData): cint; cdecl;
+    (* read a whole image. 'alloc_cb' is called when the image size is
+       known so that the caller can allocate the image. If 'allo_cb'
+       returns non zero, then the parsing is aborted. Return '0' if
+       OK. *)
+    img_read: function (b: PByteIOContext; alloc_cb: pointer; ptr: pointer): cint; cdecl;
+    (* write the image *)
+    supported_pixel_formats: cint; (* mask of supported formats for output *)
+    img_write: function (b: PByteIOContext; i: PAVImageInfo): cint; cdecl;
+    flags: cint;
+    next: PAVImageFormat;
+  end; {deprecated}
+
+procedure av_register_image_format(img_fmt: PAVImageFormat);
+    cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+
+function av_probe_image_format(pd: PAVProbeData): PAVImageFormat;
+    cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+
+function guess_image_format(filename: PAnsiChar): PAVImageFormat;
+    cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+
+function av_read_image(pb: PByteIOContext; filename: PAnsiChar;
+                  fmt: PAVImageFormat;
+                  alloc_cb: pointer; opaque: pointer): cint;
+    cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+
+function av_write_image(pb: PByteIOContext; fmt: PAVImageFormat; img: PAVImageInfo): cint;
+    cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52030001} // >= 52.30.1
+(**
+ * Convert all the metadata sets from ctx according to the source and
+ * destination conversion tables. If one of the tables is NULL, then
+ * tags are converted to/from ffmpeg generic tag names.
+ *
+ * @param d_conv destination tags format conversion table
+ * @param s_conv source tags format conversion table
+ *)
+procedure av_metadata_conv(ctx: PAVFormatContext; {const} d_conv: PAVMetadataConv;
+                                                  {const} s_conv: PAVMetadataConv);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+{
+var
+  first_iformat: PAVInputFormat; external av__format;
+  first_oformat: PAVOutputFormat; external av__format;
+}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52003000} // 52.3.0
+(**
+ * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format,
+ * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
+ * or NULL if f is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_iformat_next(f: PAVInputFormat): PAVInputFormat;
+    cdecl; external av__format;
+(**
+ * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format,
+ * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
+ * or NULL if f is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_oformat_next(f: PAVOutputFormat): PAVOutputFormat;
+    cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+function av_guess_image2_codec(filename: {const} PAnsiChar): TCodecID;
+    cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(* XXX: Use automatic init with either ELF sections or C file parser *)
+(* modules. *)
+
+(* utils.c *)
+procedure av_register_input_format(format: PAVInputFormat);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure av_register_output_format(format: PAVOutputFormat);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53} // < 53
+function guess_stream_format(short_name: PAnsiChar;
+                             filename: PAnsiChar;
+                             mime_type: PAnsiChar): PAVOutputFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
+ * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
+ * there is no match.
+ *
+ * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
+ * names of the registered formats
+ * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
+ * extensions of the registered formats
+ * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
+ * MIME type of the registered formats
+ *)
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use av_guess_format() instead.
+ *)
+function guess_format(short_name: PAnsiChar;
+                      filename: PAnsiChar;
+                      mime_type: PAnsiChar): PAVOutputFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52045000} // >= 52.45.0
+                              deprecated;
+function av_guess_format(short_name: PAnsiChar;
+                         filename: PAnsiChar;
+                         mime_type: PAnsiChar): PAVOutputFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
+ *)
+function av_guess_codec(fmt: PAVOutputFormat; short_name: PAnsiChar;
+                        filename: PAnsiChar; mime_type: PAnsiChar;
+                        type_: TCodecType): TCodecID;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump, av_pkt_dump_log
+ *)
+procedure av_hex_dump(f: PAVFile; buf: PByteArray; size: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51011000} // 51.11.0
+(**
+ * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param buf buffer
+ * @param size buffer size
+ *
+ * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump, av_pkt_dump_log
+ *)
+procedure av_hex_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; buf: PByteArray; size: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
+ *
+ * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ *)
+procedure av_pkt_dump(f: PAVFile; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51011000} // 51.11.0
+(**
+ * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param pkt packet to dump
+ * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
+ *)
+procedure av_pkt_dump_log(avcl: Pointer; level: cint; pkt: PAVPacket; dump_payload: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and
+ * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select
+ * exactly which formats you want to support.
+ *
+ * @see av_register_input_format()
+ * @see av_register_output_format()
+ * @see av_register_protocol()
+ *)
+procedure av_register_all();
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51008000} // 51.8.0
+(**
+ * Get the CodecID for the given codec tag tag.
+ * If no codec id is found returns CODEC_ID_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ *)
+function av_codec_get_id(var tags: PAVCodecTag; tag: cuint): TCodecID;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Getsthe codec tag for the given codec id id.
+ * If no codec tag is found returns 0.
+ *
+ * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
+ * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
+ *)
+function av_codec_get_tag(var tags: PAVCodecTag; id: TCodecID): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* media file input *)
+
+(**
+ * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
+ *)
+function av_find_input_format(short_name: PAnsiChar): PAVInputFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Guess file format.
+ *
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ *                  demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ *)
+function av_probe_input_format(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint): PAVInputFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52062000} // 52.62.0
+(**
+ * Guess the file format.
+ *
+ * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
+ *                  demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
+ * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
+ *                  detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
+ *                  score afterwards.
+ *                  If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
+ *                  to retry with a larger probe buffer.
+ *)
+function av_probe_input_format2(pd: PAVProbeData; is_opened: cint; score_max: PCint): PAVInputFormat;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate all the structures needed to read an input stream.
+ *        This does not open the needed codecs for decoding the stream[s].
+ *)
+function av_open_input_stream(var ic_ptr: PAVFormatContext;
+                       pb: PByteIOContext; filename: PAnsiChar;
+                       fmt: PAVInputFormat; ap: PAVFormatParameters): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Open a media file as input. The codecs are not opened. Only the file
+ * header (if present) is read.
+ *
+ * @param ic_ptr The opened media file handle is put here.
+ * @param filename filename to open
+ * @param fmt If non-NULL, force the file format to use.
+ * @param buf_size optional buffer size (zero if default is OK)
+ * @param ap Additional parameters needed when opening the file
+ *           (NULL if default).
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
+ *)
+function av_open_input_file(var ic_ptr: PAVFormatContext; filename: PAnsiChar;
+                     fmt: PAVInputFormat; buf_size: cint;
+                     ap: PAVFormatParameters): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52026000} // 52.26.0
+(**
+ * Allocate an AVFormatContext.
+ * Can be freed with av_free() but do not forget to free everything you
+ * explicitly allocated as well!
+ *)
+function avformat_alloc_context(): PAVFormatContext;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+(**
+ * @deprecated Use avformat_alloc_context() instead.
+ *)
+function av_alloc_format_context(): PAVFormatContext;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+  {$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
+ * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
+ * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
+ * frame mode.
+ * The logical file position is not changed by this function;
+ * examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
+ *
+ * @param ic media file handle
+ * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
+ *       we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
+ *)
+function av_find_stream_info(ic: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Read a transport packet from a media file.
+ *
+ * This function is obsolete and should never be used.
+ * Use av_read_frame() instead.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt is filled
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *)
+function av_read_packet(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the next frame of a stream.
+ *
+ * The returned packet is valid
+ * until the next av_read_frame() or until av_close_input_file() and
+ * must be freed with av_free_packet. For video, the packet contains
+ * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an cint number of
+ * frames if each frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM
+ * data). If the audio frames have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio),
+ * then it contains one frame.
+ *
+ * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
+ * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
+ * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
+ * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
+ * decompress the payload.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file
+ *)
+function av_read_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
+ * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
+ * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
+ * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
+ * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
+ * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ *        or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ *)
+function av_seek_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint; timestamp: cint64;
+                       flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52026000} // 52.26.0
+(**
+ * Seek to timestamp ts.
+ * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
+ * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
+ * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
+ *
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in byte and
+ * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME then all timestamps are in frames
+ * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
+ * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
+ * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
+ *
+ * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference.
+ * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param ts target timestamp
+ * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
+ * @param flags flags
+ * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
+ *       Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect
+ *       ABI compatibility yet!
+ *)
+function avformat_seek_file(s:            PAVFormatContext;
+			    stream_index: cint;
+			    min_ts:       cint64;
+			    ts:           cint64;
+			    max_ts:       cint64;
+			    flags:        cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
+ * current position.
+ *)
+function av_read_play(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
+ *
+ * Use av_read_play() to resume it.
+ *)
+function av_read_pause(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52003000} // 52.3.0
+(**
+ * Free a AVFormatContext allocated by av_open_input_stream.
+ * @param s context to free
+ *)
+procedure av_close_input_stream(s: PAVFormatContext);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Close a media file (but not its codecs).
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ *)
+procedure av_close_input_file(s: PAVFormatContext);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Add a new stream to a media file.
+ *
+ * Can only be called in the read_header() function. If the flag
+ * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is in the format context, then new streams
+ * can be added in read_packet too.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param id file-format-dependent stream ID
+ *)
+function av_new_stream(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint): PAVStream;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51014000} // 51.14.0
+function av_new_program(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint): PAVProgram;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52014000} // 52.14.0
+(**
+ * Add a new chapter.
+ * This function is NOT part of the public API
+ * and should ONLY be used by demuxers.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param id unique ID for this chapter
+ * @param start chapter start time in time_base units
+ * @param end chapter end time in time_base units
+ * @param title chapter title
+ *
+ * @return AVChapter or NULL on error
+ *)
+function ff_new_chapter(s: PAVFormatContext; id: cint; time_base: TAVRational;
+                        start, end_: cint64; title: {const} PAnsiChar): PAVChapter;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Set the pts for a given stream.
+ *
+ * @param s stream
+ * @param pts_wrap_bits number of bits effectively used by the pts
+ *        (used for wrap control, 33 is the value for MPEG)
+ * @param pts_num numerator to convert to seconds (MPEG: 1)
+ * @param pts_den denominator to convert to seconds (MPEG: 90000)
+ *)
+procedure av_set_pts_info(s: PAVStream; pts_wrap_bits: cint;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52036000} // < 52.36.0
+                   pts_num: cint; pts_den: cint);
+{$ELSE}
+                   pts_num: cuint; pts_den: cuint);
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+const
+  AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD = 1; ///< seek backward
+  AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE     = 2; ///< seeking based on position in bytes
+  AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY      = 4; ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52037000} // >= 52.37.0
+  AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME    = 8;
+{$IFEND}
+
+function av_find_default_stream_index(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the index for a specific timestamp.
+ * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
+ *                 to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
+ *                 is 0, then it will be >=
+ *              if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
+ * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
+ *)
+function av_index_search_timestamp(st: PAVStream; timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+(**
+ * Ensure the index uses less memory than the maximum specified in
+ * AVFormatContext.max_index_size by discarding entries if it grows
+ * too large.
+ * This function is not part of the public API and should only be called
+ * by demuxers.
+ *)
+procedure ff_reduce_index(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
+ * already contains it.
+ *
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in the timebase of the given stream
+ *)
+function av_add_index_entry(st: PAVStream; pos: cint64; timestamp: cint64;
+                  size: cint; distance: cint; flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Perform a binary search using av_index_search_timestamp() and
+ * AVInputFormat.read_timestamp().
+ * This is not supposed to be called directly by a user application,
+ * but by demuxers.
+ * @param target_ts target timestamp in the time base of the given stream
+ * @param stream_index stream number
+ *)
+function av_seek_frame_binary(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+                 target_ts: cint64; flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+
+(**
+ * Update cur_dts of all streams based on the given timestamp and AVStream.
+ *
+ * Stream ref_st unchanged, others set cur_dts in their native time base.
+ * Only needed for timestamp wrapping or if (dts not set and pts!=dts).
+ * @param timestamp new dts expressed in time_base of param ref_st
+ * @param ref_st reference stream giving time_base of param timestamp
+ *)
+procedure av_update_cur_dts(s: PAVFormatContext; ref_st: PAVStream;
+                            timestamp: cint64);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51007000} // 51.7.0
+type
+  TReadTimestampFunc = function (pavfc: PAVFormatContext;
+    arg2: cint; arg3: Pint64; arg4: cint64): cint64; cdecl;
+
+(**
+ * Perform a binary search using read_timestamp().
+ * This is not supposed to be called directly by a user application,
+ * but by demuxers.
+ * @param target_ts target timestamp in the time base of the given stream
+ * @param stream_index stream number
+ *)
+function av_gen_search(s: PAVFormatContext; stream_index: cint;
+                       target_ts: cint64; pos_min: cint64;
+                       pos_max: cint64; pos_limit: cint64;
+                       ts_min: cint64; ts_max: cint64;
+                       flags: cint; ts_ret: Pint64;
+                       read_timestamp: TReadTimestampFunc): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * media file output
+ *)
+function av_set_parameters(s: PAVFormatContext; ap: PAVFormatParameters): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52072000} // 52.72.0
+(**
+ * Split a URL string into components.
+ *
+ * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
+ * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
+ * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
+ * value.
+ *
+ * @param proto the buffer for the protocol
+ * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
+ * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
+ * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
+ * @param hostname the buffer for the host name
+ * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
+ * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
+ * @param path the buffer for the path
+ * @param path_size the size of the path buffer
+ * @param url the URL to split
+ *)
+procedure av_url_split(proto: PAnsiChar;         proto_size: cint;
+                       authorization: PAnsiChar; authorization_size: cint;
+                       hostname: PAnsiChar;      hostname_size: cint;
+                       port_ptr: Pcint;
+                       path: PAnsiChar;          path_size: cint;
+                       {const} url: PAnsiChar);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to an
+ * output media file.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *)
+function av_write_header(s: PAVFormatContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file.
+ *
+ * The packet shall contain one audio or video frame.
+ * The packet must be correctly interleaved according to the container
+ * specification, if not then av_interleaved_write_frame must be used.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet, which contains the stream_index, buf/buf_size,
+ *            dts/pts, ...
+ * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if end of stream wanted
+ *)
+function av_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
+ *
+ * The packet must contain one audio or video frame.
+ * If the packets are already correctly interleaved, the application should
+ * call av_write_frame() instead as it is slightly faster. It is also important
+ * to keep in mind that completely non-interleaved input will need huge amounts
+ * of memory to interleave with this, so it is preferable to interleave at the
+ * demuxer level.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param pkt The packet, which contains the stream_index, buf/buf_size,
+ *            dts/pts, ...
+ * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if end of stream wanted
+ *)
+function av_interleaved_write_frame(s: PAVFormatContext; var pkt: TAVPacket): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Interleave a packet per dts in an output media file.
+ *
+ * Packets with pkt->destruct == av_destruct_packet will be freed inside this
+ * function, so they cannot be used after it. Note that calling av_free_packet()
+ * on them is still safe.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @param out the interleaved packet will be output here
+ * @param pkt the input packet
+ * @param flush 1 if no further packets are available as input and all
+ *              remaining packets should be output
+ * @return 1 if a packet was output, 0 if no packet could be output,
+ *         < 0 if an error occurred
+ *)
+function av_interleave_packet_per_dts(s: PAVFormatContext; _out: PAVPacket;
+                                      pkt: PAVPacket; flush: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52025000} // 52.25.0
+(**
+ * Add packet to AVFormatContext->packet_buffer list, determining its
+ * interleaved position using compare() function argument.
+ *
+ * This function is not part of the public API and should only be called
+ * by muxers using their own interleave function.
+ *)
+{
+procedure ff_interleave_add_packet(s:   PAVFormatContext;
+                                   pkt: PAVPacket;
+		   compare: function(para1: PAVFormatContext;
+				     para2: PAVPacket;
+				     para3: PAVPacket): cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
+ * file private data.
+ *
+ * May only be called after a successful call to av_write_header.
+ *
+ * @param s media file handle
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *)
+function av_write_trailer(s: pAVFormatContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure dump_format(ic: PAVFormatContext; index: cint; url: PAnsiChar;
+               is_output: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Parse width and height out of string str.
+ * @deprecated Use av_parse_video_frame_size instead.
+ *)
+function parse_image_size(width_ptr: PCint; height_ptr: PCint;
+                          str: PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+(**
+ * Convert framerate from a string to a fraction.
+ * @deprecated Use av_parse_video_frame_rate instead.
+ *)
+function parse_frame_rate(frame_rate: PCint; frame_rate_base: PCint;
+                          arg: PByteArray): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Parse datestr and return a corresponding number of microseconds.
+ * @param datestr String representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ *  now|{[{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]}|{HH[MM[SS[.m...]]]}}[Z|z]}
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is localtime unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * Returns the number of microseconds since 1st of January, 1970 up to
+ * the time of the parsed date or INT64_MIN if datestr cannot be
+ * successfully parsed.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ *  [-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
+ *  [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @return the number of microseconds contained in a time interval
+ * with the specified duration or INT64_MIN if datestr cannot be
+ * successfully parsed.
+ * @param duration Flag which tells how to interpret datestr, if
+ * not zero datestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a
+ * date.
+ *)
+function parse_date(datestr: PAnsiChar; duration: cint): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds.
+ *)
+function av_gettime(): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(* ffm-specific for ffserver *)
+const
+  FFM_PACKET_SIZE = 4096;
+
+function ffm_read_write_index(fd: cint): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52027000} // 52.27.0
+procedure ffm_write_write_index(fd: cint; pos: cint64);
+{$ELSE}
+function ffm_write_write_index(fd: cint; pos: cint64): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure ffm_set_write_index(s: PAVFormatContext; pos: cint64; file_size: cint64);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ *)
+function find_info_tag(arg: PAnsiChar; arg_size: cint; tag1: PAnsiChar; info: PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
+ *
+ * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
+ * of digits and '%%'.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer
+ * @param buf_size destination buffer size
+ * @param path numbered sequence string
+ * @param number frame number
+ * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
+ *)
+function av_get_frame_filename(buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint;
+                               path: PAnsiChar; number: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION <= 50006000} // 50.6.0
+  name 'get_frame_filename'
+  {$IFEND};
+
+(**
+ * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
+ *
+ * @param filename possible numbered sequence string
+ * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
+ *)
+function av_filename_number_test(filename: PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION <= 50006000} // 50.6.0
+  name 'filename_number_test'
+  {$IFEND};
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51012002} // 51.12.2
+(**
+ * Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
+ *
+ * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
+ *           array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
+ *           multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
+ *           all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
+ *           must contain only one AVStream.
+ * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
+ * @param buff buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
+ *             the caller)
+ * @param size the size of the buffer
+ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
+ *)
+function avf_sdp_create(ac: PPAVFormatContext; n_files: cint; buff: PByteArray; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52060000} // 52.60.0
+(**
+ * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
+ * extensions, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
+ *)
+function av_match_ext(filename: {const} Pchar; extensions: {const} Pchar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 51012002} // 51.12.2
+procedure av_init_packet(var pkt: TAVPacket);
+begin
+  with pkt do begin
+    pts   := AV_NOPTS_VALUE;
+    dts   := AV_NOPTS_VALUE;
+    pos   := -1;
+    duration := 0;
+    flags := 0;
+    stream_index := 0;
+    destruct := @av_destruct_packet_nofree
+  end
+end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52032000} // < 52.32.0
+procedure av_free_packet(pkt: PAVPacket);
+begin
+  if ((pkt <> nil) and (@pkt^.destruct <> nil)) then
+    pkt^.destruct(pkt);
+end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/avio.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..adb59a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,796 @@
+(*
+ * unbuffered io for ffmpeg system
+ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavformat/avio.h
+ * unbuffered I/O operations
+ * @warning This file has to be considered an internal but installed
+ * header, so it should not be directly included in your projects.
+ *
+ * update to
+ * Max. avformat version: 52.78.3, revision 24841, Thu Aug 26 02:00:00 2010 CET
+ *)
+
+unit avio;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  avutil,
+  avcodec,
+  SysUtils,
+  UConfig;
+
+(* unbuffered I/O *)
+
+const
+  URL_RDONLY = 0;
+  URL_WRONLY = 1;
+  URL_RDWR   = 2;
+
+ (**
+  * Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+  * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
+  * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
+  *)
+  AVSEEK_SIZE = $10000;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52056000} // 52.56.0
+ (**
+  * Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
+  * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonble
+  * means that can be extreemly slow.
+  * This may be ignored by the seek code.
+  *)
+  AVSEEK_FORCE = $20000;
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  TURLInterruptCB = function (): cint; cdecl;
+
+type
+  PURLProtocol = ^TURLProtocol;
+
+ (**
+  * URL Context.
+  * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+  * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+  * version bump.
+  * sizeof(URLContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+  *)
+  PURLContext = ^TURLContext;
+  TURLContext = record
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+    av_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< information for av_log(). Set by url_open().
+    {$ELSE}
+      {$IFDEF FF_API_URL_CLASS}
+    av_class: {const} PAVClass; ///< information for av_log(). Set by url_open().
+      {$ENDIF}
+    {$IFEND}
+    prot: PURLProtocol;
+    flags: cint;
+    is_streamed: cint;  (**< true if streamed (no seek possible), default = false *)
+    max_packet_size: cint;  (**< if non zero, the stream is packetized with this max packet size *)
+    priv_data: pointer;
+    filename: PAnsiChar; (**< specified URL *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52070000} // 52.70.0
+     is_connected: cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  end;
+  PPURLContext = ^PURLContext;
+
+  PURLPollEntry = ^TURLPollEntry;
+  TURLPollEntry = record
+    handle: PURLContext;
+    events: cint;
+    revents: cint;
+  end;
+
+  TURLProtocol = record
+    name: PAnsiChar;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52047000} // 52.47.0
+    url_open: function (h: PURLContext; filename: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+{$ELSE}
+    url_open: function (h: PURLContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Read up to size bytes from the resource accessed by h, and store
+ * the read bytes in buf.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually read, or a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error. A value of zero
+ * indicates that it is not possible to read more from the accessed
+ * resource (except if the value of the size argument is also zero).
+ *)
+    url_read: function (h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+(**
+ * Read as many bytes as possible (up to size), calling the
+ * read function multiple times if necessary.
+ * Will also retry if the read function returns AVERROR(EAGAIN).
+ * This makes special short-read handling in applications
+ * unnecessary, if the return value is < size then it is
+ * certain there was either an error or the end of file was reached.
+ *)
+    url_write: function (h: PURLContext; {const} buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+
+(**
+ * Change the position that will be used by the next read/write
+ * operation on the resource accessed by h.
+ *
+ * @param pos specifies the new position to set
+ * @param whence specifies how pos should be interpreted, it must be
+ * one of SEEK_SET (seek from the beginning), SEEK_CUR (seek from the
+ * current position), SEEK_END (seek from the end), or AVSEEK_SIZE
+ * (return the filesize of the requested resource, pos is ignored).
+ * @return a negative value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case
+ * of failure, or the resulting file position, measured in bytes from
+ * the beginning of the file. You can use this feature together with
+ * SEEK_CUR to read the current file position.
+ *)
+    url_seek: function (h: PURLContext; pos: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+
+    url_close: function (h: PURLContext): cint; cdecl;
+    next: PURLProtocol;
+    {$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52001000) and (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52004000)} // 52.1.0 .. 52.4.0
+    url_read_play: function (h: PURLContext): cint; cdecl;
+    url_read_pause: function (h: PURLContext): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+    url_read_pause: function (h: PURLContext; pause: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52001000} // 52.1.0
+    url_read_seek: function (h: PURLContext; stream_index: cint;
+                             timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52031000} // 52.31.0
+    url_get_file_handle: function (h: PURLContext): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52071000} // 52.71.0
+    priv_data_size: cint;
+    {const} priv_data_class: PAVClass;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+ (**
+  * Bytestream IO Context.
+  * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
+  * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
+  * version bump.
+  * sizeof(ByteIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
+  *)
+  PByteIOContext = ^TByteIOContext;
+  TByteIOContext = record
+    buffer: PByteArray;
+    buffer_size: cint;
+    buf_ptr: PByteArray;
+    buf_end: PByteArray;
+    opaque: pointer;
+    read_packet: function (opaque: pointer; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    write_packet: function (opaque: pointer; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    seek: function (opaque: pointer; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+    pos: cint64; (* position in the file of the current buffer *)
+    must_flush: cint; (* true if the next seek should flush *)
+    eof_reached: cint; (* true if eof reached *)
+    write_flag: cint;  (* true if open for writing *)
+    is_streamed: cint;
+    max_packet_size: cint;
+    checksum: culong;
+    checksum_ptr: PByteArray;
+    update_checksum: function (checksum: culong; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cuint): culong; cdecl;
+    error: cint;         ///< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened
+    {$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52001000) and (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52004000)} // 52.1.0 .. 52.4.0
+    read_play: function(opaque: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+    read_pause: function(opaque: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+    read_pause: function(opaque: Pointer; pause: cint): cint; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+    {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52001000} // 52.1.0
+    read_seek: function(opaque: Pointer; stream_index: cint;
+                        timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+    {$IFEND}
+  end;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52070000} // 52.70.0
+(**
+ * Create a URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by
+ * url, but do not initiate the connection yet.
+ *
+ * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the
+ * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+function url_alloc(h: PPURLContext; {const} url: PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Connect an URLContext that has been allocated by url_alloc
+ *)
+function url_connect(h: PURLContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52021000} // 52.21.0
+(**
+ * Create a URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by
+ * URL, and open it using the URLProtocol up.
+ *
+ * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the
+ * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by URL
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+function url_open_protocol(puc: PPURLContext; up: PURLProtocol;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52047000} // 52.47.0
+                           filename: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+                           url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Create a URLContext for accessing to the resource indicated by
+ * url, and open it.
+ *
+ * @param puc pointer to the location where, in case of success, the
+ * function puts the pointer to the created URLContext
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52047000} // 52.47.0
+function url_open(h: PPointer; filename: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_open(h: PPointer; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function url_read (h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52034000} // 52.34.0
+function url_read_complete (h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+function url_write (h: PURLContext; {const} buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function url_seek (h: PURLContext; pos: cint64; whence: cint): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Close the resource accessed by the URLContext h, and free the
+ * memory used by it.
+ *
+ * @return a negative value if an error condition occurred, 0
+ * otherwise
+ *)
+function url_close (h: PURLContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return a non-zero value if the resource indicated by url
+ * exists, 0 otherwise.
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52047000} // 52.47.0
+function url_exist(filename: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_exist(url: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function url_filesize (h: PURLContext): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the file descriptor associated with this URL. For RTP, this
+ * will return only the RTP file descriptor, not the RTCP file descriptor.
+ * To get both, use rtp_get_file_handles().
+ *
+ * @return the file descriptor associated with this URL, or <0 on error.
+ *)
+(* not implemented *)
+function url_get_file_handle(h: PURLContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the maximum packet size associated to packetized file
+ * handle. If the file is not packetized (stream like HTTP or file on
+ * disk), then 0 is returned.
+ *
+ * @param h file handle
+ * @return maximum packet size in bytes
+ *)
+function url_get_max_packet_size(h: PURLContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure url_get_filename(h: PURLContext; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * The callback is called in blocking functions to test regulary if
+ * asynchronous interruption is needed. AVERROR(EINTR) is returned
+ * in this case by the interrupted function. 'NULL' means no interrupt
+ * callback is given.
+ *)
+procedure url_set_interrupt_cb (interrupt_cb: TURLInterruptCB);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(* not implemented *)
+function url_poll(poll_table: PURLPollEntry; n: cint; timeout: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+(**
+ * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
+ * protocol (e.g. MMS).
+ * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
+ *)
+function av_url_read_pause(h: PURLContext; pause: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52001000} // 52.1.0
+(**
+ * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
+ * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
+ * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
+ *        If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
+ *        units from the beginning of the presentation.
+ *        If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
+ *        seeking based on component streams, the call will fail with ENOTSUP.
+ * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
+ *        or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
+ * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
+ *        and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
+ *        AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
+ *        fail with ENOTSUP if used and not supported.
+ * @return >= 0 on success
+ * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
+ *)
+function av_url_read_seek(h: PURLContext; stream_index: cint;
+                          timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+var
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+  first_protocol: PURLProtocol; external av__format;
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FF_API_REGISTER_PROTOCOL}
+  first_protocol: PURLProtocol; external av__format;
+  {$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+  url_interrupt_cb: PURLInterruptCB; external av__format;
+**)
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52002000} // 52.2.0
+(**
+ * If protocol is NULL, returns the first registered protocol,
+ * if protocol is non-NULL, returns the next registered protocol after protocol,
+ * or NULL if protocol is the last one.
+ *)
+function av_protocol_next(p: PURLProtocol): PURLProtocol;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION <= 52028000} // 52.28.0
+(**
+ * Register the URLProtocol protocol.
+ *
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_register_protocol() instead.
+ *)
+function register_protocol(protocol: PURLProtocol): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+(** Alias for register_protocol()
+ *
+ * @deprecated Use av_register_protocol2() instead.
+ *)
+function av_register_protocol(protocol: PURLProtocol): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format name 'register_protocol';
+{$ELSE}
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+function av_register_protocol(protocol: PURLProtocol): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$ELSE}
+  {$IFDEF FF_API_REGISTER_PROTOCOL}
+function av_register_protocol(protocol: PURLProtocol): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52069000} // 52.69.0
+function av_register_protocol2(protocol: PURLProtocol; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  TReadWriteFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; buf: PByteArray; buf_size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+  TSeekFunc = function(opaque: Pointer; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64; cdecl;
+
+function init_put_byte(s: PByteIOContext;
+                buffer: PByteArray;
+                buffer_size: cint; write_flag: cint;
+                opaque: pointer;
+                read_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+                write_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+                seek: TSeekFunc): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+function av_alloc_put_byte(
+                  buffer: PByteArray;
+                  buffer_size: cint;
+                  write_flag: cint;
+                  opaque: Pointer;
+                  read_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+                  write_packet: TReadWriteFunc;
+                  seek: TSeekFunc): PByteIOContext;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+procedure put_byte(s: PByteIOContext; b: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_buffer (s: PByteIOContext; buf: {const} PByteArray; size: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_le64(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint64);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_be64(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint64);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_le32(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_be32(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_le24(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_be24(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_le16(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_be16(s: PByteIOContext; val: cuint);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure put_tag(s: PByteIOContext; tag: {const} PAnsiChar);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure put_strz(s: PByteIOContext; buf: {const} PAnsiChar);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * fseek() equivalent for ByteIOContext.
+ * @return new position or AVERROR.
+ *)
+function url_fseek(s: PByteIOContext; offset: cint64; whence: cint): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Skip given number of bytes forward.
+ * @param offset number of bytes
+ * @return 0 on success, <0 on error
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52074000} // 52.74.0
+procedure url_fskip(s: PByteIOContext; offset: cint64);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_fskip(s: PByteIOContext; offset: cint64): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * ftell() equivalent for ByteIOContext.
+ * @return position or AVERROR.
+ *)
+function url_ftell(s: PByteIOContext): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Get the filesize.
+ * @return filesize or AVERROR
+ *)
+function url_fsize(s: PByteIOContext): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * feof() equivalent for ByteIOContext.
+ * @return non zero if and only if end of file
+ *)
+function url_feof(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function url_ferror(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52004000} // 52.4.0
+function av_url_read_fpause(h: PByteIOContext; pause: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52001000} // 52.1.0
+function av_url_read_fseek(h: PByteIOContext; stream_index: cint;
+                           timestamp: cint64; flags: cint): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+const
+  URL_EOF = -1;
+(** @note return URL_EOF (-1) if EOF *)
+function url_fgetc(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(** @warning currently size is limited *)
+function url_fprintf(s: PByteIOContext; fmt: {const} PAnsiChar; args: array of const): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(** @note unlike fgets, the EOL character is not returned and a whole
+   line is parsed. return NULL if first char read was EOF *)
+function url_fgets(s: PByteIOContext; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+procedure put_flush_packet (s: PByteIOContext);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Read size bytes from ByteIOContext into buf.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ *)
+function get_buffer(s: PByteIOContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Read size bytes from ByteIOContext into buf.
+ * This reads at most 1 packet. If that is not enough fewer bytes will be
+ * returned.
+ * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
+ *)
+function get_partial_buffer(s: PByteIOContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(** @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
+   necessary *)
+function get_byte(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_le24(s: PByteIOContext): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_le32(s: PByteIOContext): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_le64(s: PByteIOContext): cuint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_le16(s: PByteIOContext): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+function get_strz(s: PByteIOContext; buf: PAnsiChar; maxlen: cint): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_be16(s: PByteIOContext): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_be24(s: PByteIOContext): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_be32(s: PByteIOContext): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function get_be64(s: PByteIOContext): cuint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51017001} // 51.17.1
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52078003} // < 52.78.3
+function ff_get_v(bc: PByteIOContext): cuint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$IFDEF FF_API_URL_RESETBUF}
+function ff_get_v(bc: PByteIOContext): cuint64;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+    {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+function url_is_streamed(s: PByteIOContext): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Create and initialize a ByteIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource referenced by the URLContext h.
+ * @note When the URLContext h has been opened in read+write mode, the
+ * ByteIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created ByteIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52000000} // 52.0.0
+function url_fdopen (var s: PByteIOContext; h: PURLContext): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_fdopen (s: PByteIOContext; h: PURLContext): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(** @warning must be called before any I/O *)
+function url_setbufsize (s: PByteIOContext; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51015000} // 51.15.0
+(** Reset the buffer for reading or writing.
+ * @note Will drop any data currently in the buffer without transmitting it.
+ * @param flags URL_RDONLY to set up the buffer for reading, or URL_WRONLY
+ *        to set up the buffer for writing. *)
+function url_resetbuf(s: PByteIOContext; flags: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52061000} // 52.61.0
+(**
+ * Rewind the ByteIOContext using the specified buffer containing the first buf_size bytes of the file.
+ * Used after probing to avoid seeking.
+ * Joins buf and s->buffer, taking any overlap into consideration.
+ * @note s->buffer must overlap with buf or they can't be joined and the function fails
+ * @note This function is NOT part of the public API
+ *
+ * @param s The read-only ByteIOContext to rewind
+ * @param buf The probe buffer containing the first buf_size bytes of the file
+ * @param buf_size The size of buf
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+function ff_rewind_with_probe_data(s: PByteIOContext;  buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Create and initialize a ByteIOContext for accessing the
+ * resource indicated by url.
+ * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
+ * read+write mode, the ByteIOContext can be used only for writing.
+ *
+ * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created ByteIOContext.
+ * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
+ * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
+ * is to be opened
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of failure
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION < 52047000} // 52.47.0
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52000000} // 52.0.0
+function url_fopen(var s: PByteIOContext; filename: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_fopen(s: PByteIOContext; filename: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+{$ELSE}
+function url_fopen(var s: PByteIOContext; url: {const} PAnsiChar; flags: cint): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function url_fclose(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function url_fileno(s: PByteIOContext): PURLContext;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the maximum packet size associated to packetized buffered file
+ * handle. If the file is not packetized (stream like http or file on
+ * disk), then 0 is returned.
+ *
+ * @param s buffered file handle
+ * @return maximum packet size in bytes
+ *)
+function url_fget_max_packet_size (s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52000000} // 52.0.0
+function url_open_buf(var s: PByteIOContext; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; flags: cint): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_open_buf(s: PByteIOContext; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_size: cint; flags: cint): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(** return the written or read size *)
+function url_close_buf(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Open a write only memory stream.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52000000} // 52.0.0
+function url_open_dyn_buf(var s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_open_dyn_buf(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Open a write only packetized memory stream with a maximum packet
+ * size of 'max_packet_size'.  The stream is stored in a memory buffer
+ * with a big endian 4 byte header giving the packet size in bytes.
+ *
+ * @param s new IO context
+ * @param max_packet_size maximum packet size (must be > 0)
+ * @return zero if no error.
+ *)
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52000000} // 52.0.0
+function url_open_dyn_packet_buf(var s: PByteIOContext; max_packet_size: cint): cint;
+{$ELSE}
+function url_open_dyn_packet_buf(s: PByteIOContext; max_packet_size: cint): cint;
+{$IFEND}
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(**
+ * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
+ * must be freed with av_free(). If the buffer is opened with
+ * url_open_dyn_buf, then padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is
+ * added; if opened with url_open_dyn_packet_buf, no padding is added.
+ * @param s IO context
+ * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
+ * @return the length of the byte buffer
+ *)
+function url_close_dyn_buf(s: PByteIOContext; pbuffer:PPointer): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 51017001} // 51.17.1
+function ff_crc04C11DB7_update(checksum: culong; buf: {const} PByteArray;
+                               len: cuint): culong;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+
+function get_checksum(s: PByteIOContext): culong;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+procedure init_gsum(s: PByteIOContext;
+                        update_checksum: pointer;
+                        checksum: culong);
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+(* udp.c *)
+function udp_set_remote_url(h: PURLContext; uri: {const} PAnsiChar): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+function udp_get_local_port(h: PURLContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+
+{$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR <= 52}
+function udp_get_file_handle(h: PURLContext): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__format;
+{$IFEND}
+  
+implementation
+
+function url_is_streamed(s: PByteIOContext): cint;
+begin
+  Result := s^.is_streamed;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/avutil.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avutil.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f8c79f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/avutil.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversions of
+ *
+ * libavutil/avutil.h:
+ *  Min. version: 49.0.1,  revision  6577, Sat Oct  7 15:30:46 2006 UTC
+ *  Max. version: 50.24.0, revision 24814, Wed Aug 25 05:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ * libavutil/mem.h:
+ *  revision 23904, Wed Jul 21 01:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ * libavutil/log.h:
+ *  revision 23972, Wed Jul 21 01:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ * include/keep pixfmt.h (change in revision 50.01.0)
+ * Maybe, the pixelformats are not needed, but it has not been checked.
+ * log.h is only partial.
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit avutil;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  {$linklib libavutil}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  mathematics,
+  rational,
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+  BaseUnix,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UConfig;
+
+const
+  (*
+   * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+   * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+   * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+   * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+   * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+   * occur.
+   *
+   * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+   * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+   * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+   * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+   *
+   * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+   * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+   * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+   * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+   *
+   * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+   * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+   * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+   * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+   * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+   * fix. 
+   *)
+  (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR   = 50;
+  LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR   = 24;
+  LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+  LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                          (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                          (LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+  (* Min. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR   = 49;
+  LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR   = 0;
+  LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE = 1;
+  LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                          (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                          (LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION < LIBAVUTIL_MIN_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is too old!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION > LIBAVUTIL_MAX_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libavutil is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49008000} // 49.8.0
+(**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function avutil_version(): cuint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50004000} // >= 50.4.0
+(**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function avutil_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ *)
+function avutil_license(): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{
+  TAVMediaType moved to avutil in LIBAVUTIL_VERSION 50.14.0
+  but moving it in the pascal headers was not really necessary
+  but caused problems. So, I (KMS) left it there.
+
+type
+  TAVMediaType = (
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+  );
+}
+
+{$INCLUDE error.pas}
+
+(* libavutil/pixfmt.h up to revision 23144, May 16 2010 *)
+
+type
+(**
+ * Pixel format. Notes:
+ *
+ * PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ *  (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ *
+ * Note, make sure that all newly added big endian formats have pix_fmt&1==1
+ * and that all newly added little endian formats have pix_fmt&1==0
+ * this allows simpler detection of big vs little endian.
+ *)
+
+  PAVPixelFormat = ^TAVPixelFormat;
+  TAVPixelFormat = (
+    PIX_FMT_NONE= -1,
+    PIX_FMT_YUV420P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+    PIX_FMT_YUYV422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+    PIX_FMT_RGB24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+    PIX_FMT_BGR24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+    PIX_FMT_YUV422P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    PIX_FMT_YUV444P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB32,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, (msb)8A 8R 8G 8B(lsb), in CPU endianness
+{$IFEND}
+    PIX_FMT_YUV410P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:0,  9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+    PIX_FMT_YUV411P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50000000} // 50.00.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB565,    ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), in CPU endianness
+    PIX_FMT_RGB555,    ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), in CPU endianness, most significant bit to 0
+{$IFEND}
+    PIX_FMT_GRAY8,     ///<        Y        ,  8bpp
+    PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    PIX_FMT_PAL8,      ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG)
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG)
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG)
+    PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+    PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
+    PIX_FMT_UYVY422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+    PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_BGR32,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, (msb)8A 8B 8G 8R(lsb), in CPU endianness
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50000000} // 50.00.0
+    PIX_FMT_BGR565,    ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), in CPU endianness
+    PIX_FMT_BGR555,    ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), in CPU endianness, most significant bit to 1
+{$IFEND}
+    PIX_FMT_BGR8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+    PIX_FMT_BGR4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+    PIX_FMT_RGB8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+    PIX_FMT_RGB4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+    PIX_FMT_NV12,      ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+    PIX_FMT_NV21,      ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB32_1,   ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, (msb)8R 8G 8B 8A(lsb), in CPU endianness
+    PIX_FMT_BGR32_1,   ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, (msb)8B 8G 8R 8A(lsb), in CPU endianness
+{$ELSE} // 50.02.0
+    PIX_FMT_ARGB,      ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA,      ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+    PIX_FMT_ABGR,      ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA,      ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+{$IFEND}
+    PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV440P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG)
+    PIX_FMT_YUVA420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+    PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49015000} // 49.15.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_RGB48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB565BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_RGB565LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_RGB555BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB555LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0
+
+    PIX_FMT_BGR565BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGR565LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGR555BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1
+    PIX_FMT_BGR555LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1
+
+    PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+    PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+    PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,  ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+{$IFEND}
+    PIX_FMT_NB         ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+  );
+
+const
+{$ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA    = PIX_FMT_RGB32_1;
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA    = PIX_FMT_BGR32_1;
+    PIX_FMT_ARGB    = PIX_FMT_RGB32;
+    PIX_FMT_ABGR    = PIX_FMT_BGR32;
+  {$ELSE} // 50.02.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB32   = PIX_FMT_ARGB;
+    PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = PIX_FMT_RGBA;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR32   = PIX_FMT_ABGR;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = PIX_FMT_BGRA;
+  {$IFEND}
+  PIX_FMT_GRAY16  = PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE;
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49015000} // 49.15.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB48   = PIX_FMT_RGB48BE;
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB565  = PIX_FMT_RGB565BE;
+    PIX_FMT_RGB555  = PIX_FMT_RGB555BE;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR565  = PIX_FMT_BGR565BE;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR555  = PIX_FMT_BGR555BE
+  {$IFEND}
+{$else}
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION <= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA    = PIX_FMT_BGR32;
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA    = PIX_FMT_RGB32;
+    PIX_FMT_ARGB    = PIX_FMT_BGR32_1;
+    PIX_FMT_ABGR    = PIX_FMT_RGB32_1;
+  {$ELSE} // 50.02.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB32   = PIX_FMT_BGRA;
+    PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 = PIX_FMT_ABGR;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR32   = PIX_FMT_RGBA;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 = PIX_FMT_ARGB;
+  {$IFEND}
+  PIX_FMT_GRAY16  = PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE;
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49015000} // 49.15.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB48   = PIX_FMT_RGB48LE;
+  {$IFEND}
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50001000} // 50.01.0
+    PIX_FMT_RGB565  = PIX_FMT_RGB565LE;
+    PIX_FMT_RGB555  = PIX_FMT_RGB555LE;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR565  = PIX_FMT_BGR565LE;
+    PIX_FMT_BGR555  = PIX_FMT_BGR555LE;
+  {$IFEND}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 50} // 50.0.0
+  PIX_FMT_UYVY411 = PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411;
+  PIX_FMT_RGBA32  = PIX_FMT_RGB32;
+  PIX_FMT_YUV422  = PIX_FMT_YUYV422;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(* libavutil/common.h *) // until now MKTAG and MKBETAG is all from common.h KMS 19/5/2010
+
+function MKTAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer;
+function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer;
+
+(* libavutil/mem.h *)
+
+(* memory handling functions *)
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ *)
+function av_malloc(size: cuint): pointer;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)}
+
+(**
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If 
+ * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL.
+ * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ * cannot be allocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ *)
+function av_realloc(ptr: pointer; size: cuint): pointer;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_alloc_size(2)}
+
+(**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * av_realloc().
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ *)
+procedure av_free(ptr: pointer);
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
+ * zeroes all the bytes of the block.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ *)
+function av_mallocz(size: cuint): pointer;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1)}
+
+(**
+ * Duplicate the string s.
+ * @param s string to be duplicated.
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a
+ * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
+ *)
+function av_strdup({const} s: PAnsiChar): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_malloc_attrib}
+
+(**
+ * Freesa memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
+ * be freed.
+ * @see av_free()
+ *)
+procedure av_freep (ptr: pointer);
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(* libavutil/log.h *)
+
+const
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 50}
+  AV_LOG_QUIET   = -1;
+  AV_LOG_FATAL   =  0;
+  AV_LOG_ERROR   =  0;
+  AV_LOG_WARNING =  1;
+  AV_LOG_INFO    =  1;
+  AV_LOG_VERBOSE =  1;
+  AV_LOG_DEBUG   =  2;
+{$ELSE}
+  AV_LOG_QUIET   = -8;
+
+(**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ *)
+  AV_LOG_PANIC   =  0;
+
+(**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ *)
+  AV_LOG_FATAL   =  8;
+
+(**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ *)
+  AV_LOG_ERROR   = 16;
+
+(**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ *)
+  AV_LOG_WARNING = 24;
+
+  AV_LOG_INFO    = 32;
+  AV_LOG_VERBOSE = 40;
+
+(**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ *)
+  AV_LOG_DEBUG   = 48;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @see av_vlog
+ *)
+
+{** to be translated if needed
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+void av_log(void*, int level, const char *fmt, ...) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+#else
+void av_log(void*, int level, const char *fmt, ...);
+#endif
+ 
+void av_vlog(void*, int level, const char *fmt, va_list);
+**}
+
+function av_log_get_level(): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+procedure av_log_set_level(level: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+
+{** to be translated if needed
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl);
+**}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50015003} // 50.15.3
+function av_default_item_name (ctx: pointer): Pchar;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+(* libavutil/common.h *)
+
+function MKTAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer;
+begin
+  Result := (ord(a) or (ord(b) shl 8) or (ord(c) shl 16) or (ord(d) shl 24));
+end;
+
+function MKBETAG(a, b, c, d: AnsiChar): integer;
+begin
+  Result := (ord(d) or (ord(c) shl 8) or (ord(b) shl 16) or (ord(a) shl 24));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/error.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/error.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..720005b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/error.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+(*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of the Pascal port of ffmpeg.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/error.h
+ * Max. avutil version:  50.21.0, revision 24190, Wed Jul 21 01:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ *)
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50012000} // >= 50.12.0
+
+{* error handling *}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  ENOENT = ESysENOENT;
+  EIO    = ESysEIO;
+  ENOMEM = ESysENOMEM;
+  EINVAL = ESysEINVAL;
+  EDOM   = ESysEDOM;
+  ENOSYS = ESysENOSYS;
+  EILSEQ = ESysEILSEQ;
+  EPIPE  = ESysEPIPE;
+{$ELSE}
+  ENOENT = 2;
+  EIO    = 5;
+  ENOMEM = 12;
+  EINVAL = 22;
+  EPIPE  = 32;  // just an assumption. needs to be checked.
+  EDOM   = 33;
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // Note: we assume that ffmpeg was compiled with MinGW.
+  // This must be changed if DLLs were compiled with cygwin.
+  ENOSYS = 40;  // MSVC/MINGW: 40, CYGWIN: 88,  LINUX/FPC: 38
+  EILSEQ = 42;  // MSVC/MINGW: 42, CYGWIN: 138, LINUX/FPC: 84
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * We need the sign of the error, because some platforms have 
+ * E* and errno already negated. The previous version failed
+ * with Delphi, because it needed EINVAL defined.
+ * Warning: This code is platform dependent and assumes constants 
+ * to be 32 bit.
+ * This version does the following steps:
+ * 1) shr 30:        shifts the sign bit to bit position 2
+ * 2) and $00000002: sets all other bits to zero
+ *                   positive EINVAL gives 0, negative gives 2
+ * 3) not:           inverts all bits. This gives -1 and -3
+ * 3) - 1:           positive EINVAL gives -1, negative 1
+ *)
+const
+  AVERROR_SIGN = (EINVAL shr 30) and $00000002 - 1;
+
+(*
+#if EINVAL > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. *}
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) {**< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. *}
+#else
+{* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. *}
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+*)
+
+const
+  AVERROR_UNKNOWN     = AVERROR_SIGN * EINVAL;  (**< unknown error *)
+  AVERROR_IO          = AVERROR_SIGN * EIO;     (**< I/O error *)
+  AVERROR_NUMEXPECTED = AVERROR_SIGN * EDOM;    (**< Number syntax expected in filename. *)
+  AVERROR_INVALIDDATA = AVERROR_SIGN * EINVAL;  (**< invalid data found *)
+  AVERROR_NOMEM       = AVERROR_SIGN * ENOMEM;  (**< not enough memory *)
+  AVERROR_NOFMT       = AVERROR_SIGN * EILSEQ;  (**< unknown format *)
+  AVERROR_NOTSUPP     = AVERROR_SIGN * ENOSYS;  (**< Operation not supported. *)
+  AVERROR_NOENT       = AVERROR_SIGN * ENOENT;  (**< No such file or directory. *)
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52017000} // 52.17.0
+  AVERROR_EOF         = AVERROR_SIGN * EPIPE;   (**< End of file. *)
+{$IFEND}
+  // Note: function calls as constant-initializers are invalid
+  //AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -MKTAG('P','A','W','E'); {**< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg. Patches welcome. *}
+  AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME = -(ord('P') or (ord('A') shl 8) or (ord('W') shl 16) or (ord('E') shl 24));
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50013000} // >= 50.13.0
+(*
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum      error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf      buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ *)
+
+function av_strerror(errnum: cint; errbuf: Pchar; errbuf_size: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/mathematics.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/mathematics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98901c2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/mathematics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+(*
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/mathematics.h
+ * avutil max. version 50.23.0, revision 24439, Wed Aug 25 05:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit mathematics;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  rational,
+  UConfig;
+
+const
+  M_E          = 2.7182818284590452354;   // e
+  M_LN2        = 0.69314718055994530942;  // log_e 2
+  M_LN10       = 2.30258509299404568402;  // log_e 10
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50009000} // >= 50.9.0
+  M_LOG2_10    = 3.32192809488736234787;  // log_2 10
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50023000} // >= 50.23.0
+  M_PHI        = 1.61803398874989484820;  // phi / golden ratio
+{$IFEND}
+  M_PI         = 3.14159265358979323846;  // pi
+  M_SQRT1_2    = 0.70710678118654752440;  // 1/sqrt(2)
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50014000} // >= 50.14.0
+  M_SQRT2      = 1.41421356237309504880;  // sqrt(2)
+{$IFEND}
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50005001} // >= 50.5.1
+  NAN          = 0.0/0.0;     
+  INFINITY     = 1.0/0.0;     
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  TAVRounding = (
+    AV_ROUND_ZERO     = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+    AV_ROUND_INF      = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+    AV_ROUND_DOWN     = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_UP       = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5  ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+  );
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49013000} // 49.13.0
+(**
+ * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ * If both a or b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is
+ * undefined.
+ *)
+function av_gcd(a: cint64; b: cint64): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
+ *)
+function av_rescale (a, b, c: cint64): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
+ *)
+function av_rescale_rnd (a, b, c: cint64; enum: TAVRounding): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *)
+function av_rescale_q (a: cint64; bq, cq: TAVRational): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50008000} // 50.8.0
+(**
+ * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
+ * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
+ * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
+ *)
+function av_compare_ts(ts_a: cint64; tb_a: TAVRational; ts_b: cint64; tb_b: TAVRational): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
+ 
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 50018000} // 50.18.0
+(**
+ * Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
+ * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
+ * significant log2(mod) bits are known.
+ *
+ * @param mod must be a power of 2
+ * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
+ *         a positiv  value if a is greater than b
+ *         0                if a equals          b
+ *)
+function av_compare_mod(a: cuint64; b: cuint64; modVar: cuint64): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/opt.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/opt.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8669eaf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/opt.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+(*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavcodec/opt.h
+ * Max. avcodec version: 52.86.1, 24882, Wed Aug 23 07:00:00 2010 CET
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit opt;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  rational,
+  UConfig;
+
+type
+  TAVOptionType = (
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,  ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128
+  );
+
+const
+  AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM  = 1;   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+  AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM  = 2;   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+  AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA        = 4;   ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
+  AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM     = 8;
+  AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM     = 16;
+  AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM  = 32;
+
+type
+  (**
+   * AVOption
+   *)
+  PAVOption = ^TAVOption;
+  TAVOption = record
+    name: {const} PAnsiChar;
+    
+    (**
+     * short English help text
+     * @todo What about other languages?
+     *)
+    help: {const} PAnsiChar;
+
+    (**
+     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+     *)
+    offset: cint;
+    type_: TAVOptionType;
+
+    (**
+     * the default value for scalar options
+     *)
+    default_val: cdouble;
+    min: cdouble;                ///< minimum valid value for the option
+    max: cdouble;                ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+    flags: cint;
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+    (**
+     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+     * unit. May be NULL.
+     *)
+    unit_: {const} PAnsiChar;
+  end;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52042000} // >= 52.42.0
+(**
+ * AVOption2.
+ * THIS IS NOT PART OF THE API/ABI YET!
+ * This is identical to AVOption except that default_val was replaced by
+ * an union, it should be compatible with AVOption on normal platforms.
+ *)
+type
+  PAVOption2 = ^TAVOption2;
+  TAVOption2 = record
+    name   : {const} PAnsiChar;
+
+    (**
+     * short English help text
+     * @todo What about other languages?
+     *)
+    help   : {const} PAnsiChar;
+
+    (**
+     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+     *)
+    offset : cint;
+    type_  : TAVOptionType;
+
+    (**
+     * the default value for scalar options
+     *)
+    default_val : record
+      case cint of
+        0 : (dbl: cdouble);
+        1 : (str: PAnsiChar);
+      end;
+    min   : cdouble;
+    max   : cdouble;
+    flags : cint;
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+    (**
+     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+     * unit. May be NULL.
+     *)
+    unit_: {const} PAnsiChar;
+  end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51039000} // 51.39.0
+(**
+ * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which
+ * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is,
+ * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags).
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass
+ * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for
+ * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL
+ * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * has been found
+ *)
+function av_find_opt(obj: Pointer; {const} name: {const} PAnsiChar; {const} unit_: PAnsiChar; mask: cint; flags: cint): {const} PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53}
+
+(**
+ * @see av_set_string2()
+ *)
+function av_set_string(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar): {const} PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51059000} // 51.59.0
+(**
+ * @return a pointer to the AVOption corresponding to the field set or
+ * NULL if no matching AVOption exists, or if the value val is not
+ * valid
+ * @see av_set_string3()
+ *)
+function av_set_string2(obj: Pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; alloc: cint): {const} PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 52007000} // 52.7.0
+(**
+ * Set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
+ * type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
+ * found
+ * @param alloc when 1 then the old value will be av_freed() and the
+ *                     new av_strduped()
+ *              when 0 then no av_free() nor av_strdup() will be used
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR(ENOENT) if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ *)
+function av_set_string3(obj: Pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; val: {const} PAnsiChar; alloc: cint; out o_out: {const} PAVOption): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+function av_set_double(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: cdouble): PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_set_q(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: TAVRational): PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_set_int(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; n: cint64): PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_get_double(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; var o_out: {const} PAVOption): cdouble;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_get_q(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; var o_out: {const} PAVOption): TAVRational;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_get_int(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; var o_out: {const} PAVOption): cint64;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_get_string(obj: pointer; name: {const} PAnsiChar; var o_out: {const} PAVOption; buf: PAnsiChar; buf_len: cint): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_next_option(obj: pointer; last: {const} PAVOption): PAVOption;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+function av_opt_show(obj: pointer; av_log_obj: pointer): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+procedure av_opt_set_defaults(s: pointer);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51039000} // 51.39.0
+procedure av_opt_set_defaults2(s: Pointer; mask: cint; flags: cint);
+  cdecl; external av__codec;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/rational.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/rational.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..323d7937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/rational.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+(*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * This is a part of Pascal porting of ffmpeg.
+ * - Originally by Victor Zinetz for Delphi and Free Pascal on Windows.
+ * - For Mac OS X, some modifications were made by The Creative CAT, denoted as CAT
+ *   in the source codes.
+ * - Changes and updates by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libavutil/rational.h
+ * avutil max. version 50.21.0, revision 24190, Wed Jul 21 01:00:00 2010 CET 
+ *
+ *)
+
+unit rational;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  UConfig;
+
+type
+  (*
+   * rational number numerator/denominator
+   *)
+  PAVRational = ^TAVRational;
+  TAVRational = record
+    num: cint; ///< numerator
+    den: cint; ///< denominator
+  end;
+
+  TAVRationalArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(TAVRational))-1] of TAVRational;
+  PAVRationalArray = ^TAVRationalArray;
+
+(**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ * @param a first rational
+ * @param b second rational
+ * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b and -1 if a<b
+ *)
+function av_cmp_q(a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Convert rational to double.
+ * @param a rational to convert
+ * @return (double) a
+ *)
+function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+(**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ * @param dst_num destination numerator
+ * @param dst_den destination denominator
+ * @param num source numerator
+ * @param den source denominator
+ * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
+ * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
+ *)
+function av_reduce(dst_num: PCint; dst_den: PCint; num: cint64; den: cint64; max: cint64): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ *)
+function av_mul_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ *)
+function av_div_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ *)
+function av_add_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ *)
+function av_sub_q(b: TAVRational; c: TAVRational): TAVRational;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+(**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ * @param d double to convert
+ * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return (AVRational) d
+ *)
+function av_d2q(d: cdouble; max: cint): TAVRational;
+  cdecl; external av__util; {av_const}
+
+{$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49011000} // 49.11.0
+(**
+ * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
+ * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
+ *)
+function av_nearer_q(q, q1, q2: TAVRational): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+
+(**
+ * Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
+ * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
+ * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
+ *)
+function av_find_nearest_q_idx(q: TAVRational; q_list: {const} PAVRationalArray): cint;
+  cdecl; external av__util;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+function av_cmp_q (a: TAVRational; b: TAVRational): cint;
+var
+  tmp: cint64;
+begin
+  tmp := a.num * cint64(b.den) - b.num * cint64(a.den);
+
+  if (tmp <> 0) then
+    Result := (tmp shr 63) or 1
+  else
+    Result := 0
+end;
+
+function av_q2d(a: TAVRational): cdouble;
+begin
+  Result := a.num / a.den;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/ffmpeg/swscale.pas b/src/lib/ffmpeg/swscale.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7289e902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/ffmpeg/swscale.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+(*
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ *
+ * FFmpeg Pascal port
+ * - Ported by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+ *
+ * Conversion of libswscale/swscale.h
+ * Max. version: 0.11.0, revision 31301, Mon Jul 12 8:00:00 2010 CET 
+ *)
+ 
+unit swscale;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  {$linklib libswscale}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  avutil,
+  avcodec,
+  UConfig;
+
+const
+(*
+ * IMPORTANT: The official FFmpeg C headers change very quickly. Often some
+ * of the data structures are changed so that they become incompatible with
+ * older header files. The Pascal headers have to be adjusted to those changes,
+ * otherwise the application might crash randomly or strange bugs (not
+ * necessarily related to video or audio due to buffer overflows etc.) might
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * In the past users reported problems with USDX that took hours to fix and
+ * the problem was an unsupported version of FFmpeg. So we decided to disable
+ * support for future versions of FFmpeg until the headers are revised by us
+ * for that version as they otherwise most probably will break USDX.
+ *
+ * If the headers do not yet support your FFmpeg version you may want to
+ * adjust the max. version numbers manually but please note: it may work but
+ * in many cases it does not. The USDX team does NOT PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT
+ * for the game if the MAX. VERSION WAS CHANGED.
+ *
+ * The only safe way to support new versions of FFmpeg is to add the changes
+ * of the FFmpeg git repository C headers to the Pascal headers.
+ * You can accelerate this process by posting a patch with the git changes
+ * translated to Pascal to our bug tracker (please join our IRC chat before
+ * you start working on it). Simply adjusting the max. versions is NOT a valid
+ * fix. 
+ *)
+  (* Max. supported version by this header *)
+  LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR   =  0;
+  LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR   = 11;
+  LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE =  0;
+  LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION = (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+                           (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+                           (LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+(* Check if linked versions are supported *)
+{$IF (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION > LIBSWSCALE_MAX_VERSION)}
+  {$MESSAGE Error 'Linked version of libswscale is not yet supported!'}
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  TQuadCintArray = array[0..3] of cint;
+  PQuadCintArray = ^TQuadCintArray;
+  TCintArray = array[0..0] of cint;
+  PCintArray = ^TCintArray;
+  TPCuint8Array = array[0..0] of PCuint8;
+  PPCuint8Array = ^TPCuint8Array;
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000006001} // 0.6.1
+(**
+ * Returns the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ *)
+function swscale_version(): cuint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000007002} // 0.7.2
+(**
+ * Returns the libswscale build-time configuration.
+ *)
+function swscale_configuration(): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the libswscale license.
+ *)
+function swscale_license(): PAnsiChar;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+{$IFEND}
+
+const
+  (* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different *)
+  SWS_FAST_BILINEAR =    1;
+  SWS_BILINEAR      =    2;
+  SWS_BICUBIC       =    4;
+  SWS_X             =    8;
+  SWS_POINT         =  $10;
+  SWS_AREA          =  $20;
+  SWS_BICUBLIN      =  $40;
+  SWS_GAUSS         =  $80;
+  SWS_SINC          = $100;
+  SWS_LANCZOS       = $200;
+  SWS_SPLINE        = $400;
+
+  SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK  = $30000;
+  SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT = 16;
+
+  SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT        = 123456;
+
+  SWS_PRINT_INFO           = $1000;
+
+  // the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
+  // internal chrominace subsampling info
+  SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT    = $2000;
+  // input subsampling info
+  SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP    = $4000;
+  SWS_DIRECT_BGR        = $8000;
+  SWS_ACCURATE_RND      = $40000;
+  SWS_BITEXACT          = $80000;
+
+  SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX      = $80000000;
+  SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2     = $20000000;
+  SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW    = $40000000;
+  SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC  = $10000000;
+  SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN     = $01000000;
+
+  SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF = 0.002;
+
+  SWS_CS_ITU709         = 1;
+  SWS_CS_FCC            = 4;
+  SWS_CS_ITU601         = 5;
+  SWS_CS_ITU624         = 5;
+  SWS_CS_SMPTE170M      = 5;
+  SWS_CS_SMPTE240M      = 7;
+  SWS_CS_DEFAULT        = 5;
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000010000} // 0.10.0
+(**
+ * Returns a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
+ * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ *
+ * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
+ * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
+ *)
+function sws_getCoefficients(colorspace: cint): Pcint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+{$IFEND}
+  
+type
+
+  // when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
+  // coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
+  PSwsVector = ^TSwsVector;
+  TSwsVector = record
+    coeff: PCdouble;    // pointer to the list of coefficients
+    length: cint;       // number of coefficients in the vector
+  end;
+
+  // vectors can be shared
+  PSwsFilter = ^TSwsFilter;
+  TSwsFilter = record
+    lumH: PSwsVector;
+    lumV: PSwsVector;
+    chrH: PSwsVector;
+    chrV: PSwsVector;
+  end;
+
+  PSwsContext = ^TSwsContext;
+  TSwsContext = record
+    {internal structure}
+  end;
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000008000} // 0.8.0
+(**
+ * Returns a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ *)
+function sws_isSupportedInput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Returns a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ *)
+function sws_isSupportedOutput(pix_fmt: TAVPixelFormat): cint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * Frees the swscaler context swsContext.
+ * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
+ *)
+procedure sws_freeContext(swsContext: PSwsContext);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocates and returns a SwsContext. You need it to perform
+ * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
+ *
+ * @param srcW the width of the source image
+ * @param srcH the height of the source image
+ * @param srcFormat the source image format
+ * @param dstW the width of the destination image
+ * @param dstH the height of the destination image
+ * @param dstFormat the destination image format
+ * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
+ * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
+ *)
+function sws_getContext(srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+                        dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+	                flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter;
+	                dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: PCdouble): PSwsContext;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Scales the image slice in srcSlice and puts the resulting scaled
+ * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
+ * rows in an image.
+ *
+ * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
+ * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
+ * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param context   the scaling context previously created with
+ *                  sws_getContext()
+ * @param srcSlice  the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ *                  the source slice
+ * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ *                  the source image
+ * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
+ *                  process, that is the number (counted starting from
+ *                  zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
+ * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
+ *                  of rows in the slice
+ * @param dst       the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ *                  the destination image
+ * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ *                  the destination image
+ * @return          the height of the output slice
+ *)
+function sws_scale(context: PSwsContext; {const} srcSlice: PPCuint8Array; {const} srcStride: PCintArray;
+              srcSliceY: cint; srcSliceH: cint; {const} dst: PPCuint8Array; {const} dstStride: PCintArray): cint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1}
+// deprecated. Use sws_scale() instead.
+function sws_scale_ordered(context: PSwsContext; {const} src: PPCuint8Array;
+                           srcStride: PCintArray; srcSliceY: cint; srcSliceH: cint;
+	                   dst: PPCuint8Array; dstStride: PCintArray): cint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+(**
+ * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param fullRange if 1 then the luma range is 0..255 if 0 it is 16..235
+ * @return -1 if not supported
+ *)
+function sws_setColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; inv_table: PQuadCintArray; 
+              srcRange: cint; table: PQuadCintArray; dstRange: cint;
+              brightness: cint; contrast: cint; saturation: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * @return -1 if not supported
+ *)
+function sws_getColorspaceDetails(c: PSwsContext; var inv_table: PQuadCintArray;
+              var srcRange: cint; var table: PQuadCintArray; var dstRange: cint;
+              var brightness: cint; var contrast: cint; var saturation: cint): cint;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Returns a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
+ * quality=3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
+ *)
+function sws_getGaussianVec(variance: cdouble; quality: cdouble): PSwsVector;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocates and returns a vector with length coefficients, all
+ * with the same value c.
+ *)
+function sws_getConstVec(c: cdouble; length: cint): PSwsVector;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+  
+(**
+ * Allocates and returns a vector with just one coefficient, with
+ * value 1.0.
+ *)
+function sws_getIdentityVec: PSwsVector;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Scales all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
+ *)
+procedure sws_scaleVec(a: PSwsVector; scalar: cdouble);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Scales all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
+ *)
+procedure sws_normalizeVec(a: PSwsVector; height: cdouble);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_convVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_addVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_subVec(a: PSwsVector; b: PSwsVector);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_shiftVec(a: PSwsVector; shift: cint);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Allocates and returns a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
+ * with the same coefficients as a.
+ *)
+function sws_cloneVec(a: PSwsVector): PSwsVector;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1}
+// deprecated Use sws_printVec2() instead.
+
+procedure sws_printVec(a: PSwsVector);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale; deprecated;
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000007000} // >= 0.7.0
+(**
+ * Prints with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
+ * if log_level <= av_log_level.
+ *)
+procedure sws_printVec2(a:         PSwsVector;
+                        log_ctx:   PAVClass; // PAVClass is declared in avcodec.pas
+			log_level: cint);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+{$IFEND}
+
+procedure sws_freeVec(a: PSwsVector);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+function sws_getDefaultFilter(lumaGBlur: cfloat; chromaGBlur: cfloat; 
+                              lumaSharpen: cfloat; chromaSharpen: cfloat;
+			      chromaHShift: cfloat; chromaVShift: cfloat;
+			      verbose: cint): PSwsFilter;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+procedure sws_freeFilter(filter: PSwsFilter);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Checks if context can be reused, otherwise reallocates a new
+ * one.
+ * 
+ * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
+ * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
+ * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
+ * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
+ * the new parameters.
+ * 
+ * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
+ * are assumed to remain the same.
+ *)
+function sws_getCachedContext(context: PSwsContext;
+              srcW: cint; srcH: cint; srcFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+              dstW: cint; dstH: cint; dstFormat: TAVPixelFormat;
+	      flags: cint; srcFilter: PSwsFilter; 
+	      dstFilter: PSwsFilter; param: PCdouble): PSwsContext;
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+{$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000011000} // >= 0.11.0
+(**
+ * Converts an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32-bits.
+ *
+ * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
+ *
+ * @param src        source frame buffer
+ * @param dst        destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette    array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ *)
+procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32({const} src:      PPCuint8Array;
+                                         dst:             PPCuint8Array;
+					 num_pixels:      clong;
+					 {const} palette: PPCuint8Array);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+
+(**
+ * Converts an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
+ *
+ * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
+ *
+ * @param src        source frame buffer
+ * @param dst        destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette    array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ *)
+procedure sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24({const} src:      PPCuint8Array;
+                                         dst:             PPCuint8Array;
+					 num_pixels:      clong;
+					 {const} palette: PPCuint8Array);
+  cdecl; external sw__scale;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/fft/UFFT.pas b/src/lib/fft/UFFT.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a056a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/fft/UFFT.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+{**********************************************************************
+
+  FFT.cpp
+
+  Dominic Mazzoni
+
+  September 2000
+
+***********************************************************************
+
+Fast Fourier Transform routines.
+
+  This file contains a few FFT routines, including a real-FFT
+  routine that is almost twice as fast as a normal complex FFT,
+  and a power spectrum routine when you know you don't care
+  about phase information.
+
+  Some of this code was based on a free implementation of an FFT
+  by Don Cross, available on the web at:
+
+    http://www.intersrv.com/~dcross/fft.html
+
+  The basic algorithm for his code was based on Numerican Recipes
+  in Fortran.  I optimized his code further by reducing array
+  accesses, caching the bit reversal table, and eliminating
+  float-to-double conversions, and I added the routines to
+  calculate a real FFT and a real power spectrum.
+
+***********************************************************************
+
+  Salvo Ventura - November 2006
+  Added more window functions:
+    * 4: Blackman
+    * 5: Blackman-Harris
+    * 6: Welch
+    * 7: Gaussian(a=2.5)
+    * 8: Gaussian(a=3.5)
+    * 9: Gaussian(a=4.5)
+
+***********************************************************************
+
+  This file is part of Audacity 1.3.4 beta (http://audacity.sourceforge.net/)
+  Ported to Pascal by the UltraStar Deluxe Team
+}
+
+unit UFFT;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // Use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+type
+  TSingleArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(Single))-1] of Single;
+  PSingleArray = ^TSingleArray;
+
+  TFFTWindowFunc = (
+    fwfRectangular,
+    fwfBartlett,
+    fwfHamming,
+    fwfHanning,
+    fwfBlackman,
+    fwfBlackman_Harris,
+    fwfWelch,
+    fwfGaussian2_5,
+    fwfGaussian3_5,
+    fwfGaussian4_5
+  );
+  
+const
+  FFTWindowName: array[TFFTWindowFunc] of string = (
+     'Rectangular',
+     'Bartlett',
+     'Hamming',
+     'Hanning',
+     'Blackman',
+     'Blackman-Harris',
+     'Welch',
+     'Gaussian(a=2.5)',
+     'Gaussian(a=3.5)',
+     'Gaussian(a=4.5)'
+  );
+
+(*
+ * This is the function you will use the most often.
+ * Given an array of floats, this will compute the power
+ * spectrum by doing a Real FFT and then computing the
+ * sum of the squares of the real and imaginary parts.
+ * Note that the output array is half the length of the
+ * input array, and that NumSamples must be a power of two.
+ *)
+procedure PowerSpectrum(NumSamples: Integer; In_, Out_: PSingleArray);
+
+(*
+ * Computes an FFT when the input data is real but you still
+ * want complex data as output.  The output arrays are half
+ * the length of the input, and NumSamples must be a power of
+ * two.
+ *)
+procedure RealFFT(NumSamples: integer;
+                  RealIn, RealOut, ImagOut: PSingleArray);
+
+(*
+ * Computes a FFT of complex input and returns complex output.
+ * Currently this is the only function here that supports the
+ * inverse transform as well.
+ *)
+procedure FFT(NumSamples: Integer;
+              InverseTransform: boolean;
+              RealIn, ImagIn, RealOut, ImagOut: PSingleArray);
+
+(*
+ * Applies a windowing function to the data in place
+ *
+ * 0: Rectangular (no window)
+ * 1: Bartlett    (triangular)
+ * 2: Hamming
+ * 3: Hanning
+ * 4: Blackman
+ * 5: Blackman-Harris
+ * 6: Welch
+ * 7: Gaussian(a=2.5)
+ * 8: Gaussian(a=3.5)
+ * 9: Gaussian(a=4.5)
+ *)
+procedure WindowFunc(whichFunction: TFFTWindowFunc; NumSamples: Integer; in_: PSingleArray);
+
+(*
+ * Returns the name of the windowing function (for UI display)
+ *)
+function WindowFuncName(whichFunction: TFFTWindowFunc): string;
+
+(*
+ * Returns the number of windowing functions supported
+ *)
+function NumWindowFuncs(): integer;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils;
+
+type TIntArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(Integer))-1] of Integer;
+type PIntArray = ^TIntArray;
+type TIntIntArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(PIntArray))-1] of PIntArray;
+type PIntIntArray = ^TIntIntArray;
+var gFFTBitTable: PIntIntArray;
+const MaxFastBits: Integer = 16;
+
+function IsPowerOfTwo(x: Integer): Boolean;
+begin
+   if (x < 2) then
+      result := false
+   else if ((x and (x - 1)) <> 0) then  { Thanks to 'byang' for this cute trick! }
+      result := false
+   else
+    result := true;
+end;
+
+function NumberOfBitsNeeded(PowerOfTwo: Integer): Integer;
+var i: Integer;
+begin
+  if (PowerOfTwo < 2) then begin
+    Writeln(ErrOutput, Format('Error: FFT called with size %d\n', [PowerOfTwo]));
+    Abort;
+  end;
+
+  i := 0;
+  while(true) do begin
+    if (PowerOfTwo and (1 shl i) <> 0) then begin
+      result := i;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+    Inc(i);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ReverseBits(index, NumBits: Integer): Integer;
+var
+  i, rev: Integer;
+begin
+  rev := 0;
+  for i := 0 to NumBits-1 do begin
+    rev := (rev shl 1) or (index and 1);
+    index := index shr 1;
+  end;
+
+  result := rev;
+end;
+
+procedure InitFFT();
+var
+  len: Integer;
+  b, i: Integer;
+begin
+  GetMem(gFFTBitTable, MaxFastBits * sizeof(PSingle));
+
+  len := 2;
+  for b := 1 to MaxFastBits do begin
+    GetMem(gFFTBitTable[b - 1], len * sizeof(Single));
+    for i := 0 to len-1 do
+      gFFTBitTable[b - 1][i] := ReverseBits(i, b);
+      len := len shl 1;
+   end;
+end;
+
+function FastReverseBits(i, NumBits: Integer): Integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  if (NumBits <= MaxFastBits) then
+    result := gFFTBitTable[NumBits - 1][i]
+  else
+    result := ReverseBits(i, NumBits);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Complex Fast Fourier Transform
+ *}
+procedure FFT(NumSamples: Integer;
+         InverseTransform: boolean;
+         RealIn, ImagIn, RealOut, ImagOut: PSingleArray);
+var
+  NumBits: Integer;                 { Number of bits needed to store indices }
+  i, j, k, n: Integer;
+  BlockSize, BlockEnd: Integer;
+  delta_angle: Double;
+  angle_numerator: Double;
+  tr, ti: Double;                   { temp real, temp imaginary }
+  sm2, sm1, cm2, cm1: Double;
+  w: Double;
+  ar0, ar1, ar2, ai0, ai1, ai2: Double;
+  denom: Single;
+begin
+
+   angle_numerator := 2.0 * Pi;
+
+   if (not IsPowerOfTwo(NumSamples)) then begin
+      Writeln(ErrOutput, Format('%d is not a power of two', [NumSamples]));
+      Abort;
+   end;
+
+   if (gFFTBitTable = nil) then
+      InitFFT();
+
+   if (InverseTransform) then
+      angle_numerator := -angle_numerator;
+
+   NumBits := NumberOfBitsNeeded(NumSamples);
+
+   {
+    **   Do simultaneous data copy and bit-reversal ordering into outputs...
+   }
+
+   for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do begin
+      j := FastReverseBits(i, NumBits);
+      RealOut[j] := RealIn[i];
+      if(ImagIn = nil) then
+        ImagOut[j] := 0.0
+      else
+        ImagOut[j] := ImagIn[i];
+   end;
+
+   {
+    **   Do the FFT itself...
+   }
+
+   BlockEnd := 1;
+   BlockSize := 2;
+   while(BlockSize <= NumSamples) do
+   begin
+
+      delta_angle := angle_numerator / BlockSize;
+
+      sm2 := sin(-2 * delta_angle);
+      sm1 := sin(-delta_angle);
+      cm2 := cos(-2 * delta_angle);
+      cm1 := cos(-delta_angle);
+      w := 2 * cm1;
+
+      i := 0;
+      while(i < NumSamples) do
+      begin
+         ar2 := cm2;
+         ar1 := cm1;
+
+         ai2 := sm2;
+         ai1 := sm1;
+
+         j := i;
+         for n := 0 to BlockEnd-1 do
+         begin
+            ar0 := w * ar1 - ar2;
+            ar2 := ar1;
+            ar1 := ar0;
+
+            ai0 := w * ai1 - ai2;
+            ai2 := ai1;
+            ai1 := ai0;
+
+            k := j + BlockEnd;
+            tr := ar0 * RealOut[k] - ai0 * ImagOut[k];
+            ti := ar0 * ImagOut[k] + ai0 * RealOut[k];
+
+            RealOut[k] := RealOut[j] - tr;
+            ImagOut[k] := ImagOut[j] - ti;
+
+            RealOut[j] := RealOut[j] + tr;
+            ImagOut[j] := ImagOut[j] + ti;
+
+            Inc(j);
+         end;
+
+         Inc(i, BlockSize);
+      end;
+
+      BlockEnd := BlockSize;
+      BlockSize := BlockSize shl 1;
+   end;
+
+   {
+      **   Need to normalize if inverse transform...
+   }
+
+   if (InverseTransform) then begin
+      denom := NumSamples;
+
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do begin
+         RealOut[i] := RealOut[i] / denom;
+         ImagOut[i] := ImagOut[i] / denom;
+      end;
+   end;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Real Fast Fourier Transform
+ *
+ * This function was based on the code in Numerical Recipes in C.
+ * In Num. Rec., the inner loop is based on a single 1-based array
+ * of interleaved real and imaginary numbers.  Because we have two
+ * separate zero-based arrays, our indices are quite different.
+ * Here is the correspondence between Num. Rec. indices and our indices:
+ *
+ * i1  <->  real[i]
+ * i2  <->  imag[i]
+ * i3  <->  real[n/2-i]
+ * i4  <->  imag[n/2-i]
+ *)
+procedure RealFFT(NumSamples: integer; RealIn, RealOut, ImagOut: PSingleArray);
+var
+  Half: Integer;
+  i: Integer;
+  theta: Single;
+  tmpReal, tmpImag: PSingleArray;
+  wtemp: Single;
+  wpr, wpi, wr, wi: Single;
+  i3: Integer;
+  h1r, h1i, h2r, h2i: Single;
+begin
+   Half := NumSamples div 2;
+
+   theta := Pi / Half;
+
+   GetMem(tmpReal, Half * sizeof(Single));
+   GetMem(tmpImag, Half * sizeof(Single));
+
+   for i := 0 to Half-1 do
+   begin
+      tmpReal[i] := RealIn[2 * i];
+      tmpImag[i] := RealIn[2 * i + 1];
+   end;
+
+   FFT(Half, false, tmpReal, tmpImag, RealOut, ImagOut);
+
+   wtemp := sin(0.5 * theta);
+
+   wpr := -2.0 * wtemp * wtemp;
+   wpi := sin(theta);
+   wr := 1.0 + wpr;
+   wi := wpi;
+
+   for i := 1 to (Half div 2)-1 do
+   begin
+      i3 := Half - i;
+
+      h1r := 0.5 * (RealOut[i] + RealOut[i3]);
+      h1i := 0.5 * (ImagOut[i] - ImagOut[i3]);
+      h2r := 0.5 * (ImagOut[i] + ImagOut[i3]);
+      h2i := -0.5 * (RealOut[i] - RealOut[i3]);
+
+      RealOut[i] := h1r + wr * h2r - wi * h2i;
+      ImagOut[i] := h1i + wr * h2i + wi * h2r;
+      RealOut[i3] := h1r - wr * h2r + wi * h2i;
+      ImagOut[i3] := -h1i + wr * h2i + wi * h2r;
+
+      wtemp := wr;
+      wr := wtemp * wpr - wi * wpi + wr;
+      wi := wi * wpr + wtemp * wpi + wi;
+   end;
+
+   h1r := RealOut[0];
+   RealOut[0] := h1r + ImagOut[0];
+   ImagOut[0] := h1r - ImagOut[0];
+
+   FreeMem(tmpReal);
+   FreeMem(tmpImag);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * PowerSpectrum
+ *
+ * This function computes the same as RealFFT, above, but
+ * adds the squares of the real and imaginary part of each
+ * coefficient, extracting the power and throwing away the
+ * phase.
+ *
+ * For speed, it does not call RealFFT, but duplicates some
+ * of its code.
+ *}
+procedure PowerSpectrum(NumSamples: Integer; In_, Out_: PSingleArray);
+var
+  Half: Integer;
+  i: Integer;
+  theta: Single;
+  tmpReal, tmpImag, RealOut, ImagOut: PSingleArray;
+  wtemp: Single;
+  wpr, wpi, wr, wi: Single;
+  i3: Integer;
+  h1r, h1i, h2r, h2i, rt, it: Single;
+begin
+   Half := NumSamples div 2;
+
+   theta := Pi / Half;
+
+   GetMem(tmpReal, Half * sizeof(Single));
+   GetMem(tmpImag, Half * sizeof(Single));
+   GetMem(RealOut, Half * sizeof(Single));
+   GetMem(ImagOut, Half * sizeof(Single));
+
+   for i := 0 to Half-1 do begin
+      tmpReal[i] := In_[2 * i];
+      tmpImag[i] := In_[2 * i + 1];
+   end;
+
+   FFT(Half, false, tmpReal, tmpImag, RealOut, ImagOut);
+
+   wtemp := sin(0.5 * theta);
+
+   wpr := -2.0 * wtemp * wtemp;
+   wpi := sin(theta);
+   wr := 1.0 + wpr;
+   wi := wpi;
+
+   for i := 1 to (Half div 2)-1 do
+   begin
+      i3 := Half - i;
+
+      h1r := 0.5 * (RealOut[i] + RealOut[i3]);
+      h1i := 0.5 * (ImagOut[i] - ImagOut[i3]);
+      h2r := 0.5 * (ImagOut[i] + ImagOut[i3]);
+      h2i := -0.5 * (RealOut[i] - RealOut[i3]);
+
+      rt := h1r + wr * h2r - wi * h2i;
+      it := h1i + wr * h2i + wi * h2r;
+
+      Out_[i] := rt * rt + it * it;
+
+      rt := h1r - wr * h2r + wi * h2i;
+      it := -h1i + wr * h2i + wi * h2r;
+
+      Out_[i3] := rt * rt + it * it;
+
+      wtemp := wr;
+      wr := wtemp * wpr - wi * wpi + wr;
+      wi := wi * wpr + wtemp * wpi + wi;
+   end;
+
+   h1r := RealOut[0];
+   rt := h1r + ImagOut[0];
+   it := h1r - ImagOut[0];
+   Out_[0] := rt * rt + it * it;
+
+   rt := RealOut[Half div 2];
+   it := ImagOut[Half div 2];
+   Out_[Half div 2] := rt * rt + it * it;
+
+   FreeMem(tmpReal);
+   FreeMem(tmpImag);
+   FreeMem(RealOut);
+   FreeMem(ImagOut);
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Windowing Functions
+ *)
+function NumWindowFuncs(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := Length(FFTWindowName);
+end;
+
+function WindowFuncName(whichFunction: TFFTWindowFunc): string;
+begin
+  Result := FFTWindowName[whichFunction];
+end;
+
+procedure WindowFunc(whichFunction: TFFTWindowFunc; NumSamples: Integer; in_: PSingleArray);
+var
+  i: Integer;
+  A: Single;
+begin
+  case whichFunction of
+    fwfBartlett:
+    begin
+      // Bartlett (triangular) window
+      for i := 0 to (NumSamples div 2)-1 do
+      begin
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * (i / (NumSamples / 2));
+        in_[i + (NumSamples div 2)] :=
+            in_[i + (NumSamples div 2)] *
+            (1.0 - (i / (NumSamples / 2)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfHamming:
+    begin
+      // Hamming
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * (0.54 - 0.46 * cos(2 * Pi * i / (NumSamples - 1)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfHanning:
+    begin
+      // Hanning
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * (0.50 - 0.50 * cos(2 * Pi * i / (NumSamples - 1)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfBlackman:
+    begin
+      // Blackman
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * (0.42 - 0.5 * cos (2 * Pi * i / (NumSamples - 1)) + 0.08 * cos (4 * Pi * i / (NumSamples - 1)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfBlackman_Harris:
+    begin
+      // Blackman-Harris
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * (0.35875 - 0.48829 * cos(2 * Pi * i /(NumSamples-1)) + 0.14128 * cos(4 * Pi * i/(NumSamples-1)) - 0.01168 * cos(6 * Pi * i/(NumSamples-1)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfWelch:
+    begin
+      // Welch
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * 4*i/NumSamples*(1-(i/NumSamples));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfGaussian2_5:
+    begin
+      // Gaussian (a=2.5)
+      // Precalculate some values, and simplify the fmla to try and reduce overhead
+      A := -2*2.5*2.5;
+
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        // full
+        // in_[i] := in_[i] * exp(-0.5*(A*((i-NumSamples/2)/NumSamples/2))*(A*((i-NumSamples/2)/NumSamples/2)));
+        // reduced
+        //in_[i] := in_[i] * exp(A*(0.25 + ((i/NumSamples)*(i/NumSamples)) - (i/NumSamples)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfGaussian3_5:
+    begin
+      // Gaussian (a=3.5)
+      A := -2*3.5*3.5;
+
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        // reduced
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * exp(A*(0.25 + ((i/NumSamples)*(i/NumSamples)) - (i/NumSamples)));
+      end;
+    end;
+    fwfGaussian4_5:
+    begin
+      // Gaussian (a=4.5)
+      A := -2*4.5*4.5;
+
+      for i := 0 to NumSamples-1 do
+      begin
+        // reduced
+        in_[i] := in_[i] * exp(A*(0.25 + ((i/NumSamples)*(i/NumSamples)) - (i/NumSamples)));
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.bdsproj b/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.bdsproj
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5b3e97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.bdsproj
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>

+<BorlandProject>

+	<PersonalityInfo>

+		<Option>

+			<Option Name="Personality">Delphi.Personality</Option>

+			<Option Name="ProjectType">VCLApplication</Option>

+			<Option Name="Version">1.0</Option>

+			<Option Name="GUID">{41656F26-D552-4948-B9DB-E184B77C3993}</Option>

+		</Option>

+	</PersonalityInfo>

+	<Delphi.Personality>

+		<Source>

+			<Source Name="MainSource">engine-test.dpr</Source>

+		</Source>

+		<FileVersion>

+			<FileVersion Name="Version">7.0</FileVersion>

+		</FileVersion>

+		<Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="A">8</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="B">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="C">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="D">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="E">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="F">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="G">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="H">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="I">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="J">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="K">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="L">1</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="M">0</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="N">1</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="O">1</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="P">1</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="Q">0</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="R">0</Compiler>
+			<Compiler Name="S">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="T">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="U">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="V">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="W">0</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="X">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="Y">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="Z">1</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ShowHints">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ShowWarnings">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitAliases">WinTypes=Windows;WinProcs=Windows;DbiTypes=BDE;DbiProcs=BDE;DbiErrs=BDE;</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="NamespacePrefix"></Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="GenerateDocumentation">False</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="DefaultNamespace"></Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="SymbolDeprecated">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="SymbolLibrary">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="SymbolPlatform">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="SymbolExperimental">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitLibrary">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitPlatform">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitDeprecated">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitExperimental">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="HResultCompat">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="HidingMember">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="HiddenVirtual">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="Garbage">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="BoundsError">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ZeroNilCompat">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="StringConstTruncated">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ForLoopVarVarPar">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="TypedConstVarPar">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="AsgToTypedConst">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="CaseLabelRange">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ForVariable">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ConstructingAbstract">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ComparisonFalse">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ComparisonTrue">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ComparingSignedUnsigned">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="CombiningSignedUnsigned">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnsupportedConstruct">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="FileOpen">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="FileOpenUnitSrc">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="BadGlobalSymbol">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="DuplicateConstructorDestructor">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="InvalidDirective">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="PackageNoLink">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="PackageThreadVar">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ImplicitImport">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="HPPEMITIgnored">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="NoRetVal">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UseBeforeDef">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ForLoopVarUndef">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitNameMismatch">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="NoCFGFileFound">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ImplicitVariants">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnicodeToLocale">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="LocaleToUnicode">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="ImagebaseMultiple">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="SuspiciousTypecast">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="PrivatePropAccessor">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnsafeType">False</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnsafeCode">False</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnsafeCast">False</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="OptionTruncated">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="WideCharReduced">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="DuplicatesIgnored">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="UnitInitSeq">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="LocalPInvoke">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="MessageDirective">True</Compiler>

+			<Compiler Name="CodePage"></Compiler>

+		</Compiler>

+		<Linker>

+			<Linker Name="MapFile">0</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="OutputObjs">0</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="GenerateHpps">False</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="ConsoleApp">1</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="DebugInfo">False</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="RemoteSymbols">False</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="GenerateDRC">False</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="MinStackSize">16384</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="MaxStackSize">1048576</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="ImageBase">4194304</Linker>

+			<Linker Name="ExeDescription"></Linker>

+		</Linker>

+		<Directories>

+			<Directories Name="OutputDir"></Directories>

+			<Directories Name="UnitOutputDir"></Directories>

+			<Directories Name="PackageDLLOutputDir"></Directories>

+			<Directories Name="PackageDCPOutputDir"></Directories>

+			<Directories Name="SearchPath">..\..\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas</Directories>

+			<Directories Name="Packages">vclx;vcl;rtl;vclactnband</Directories>

+			<Directories Name="Conditionals"></Directories>

+			<Directories Name="DebugSourceDirs"></Directories>

+			<Directories Name="UsePackages">False</Directories>

+		</Directories>

+		<Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="RunParams"></Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="HostApplication"></Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="Launcher"></Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="UseLauncher">False</Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="DebugCWD"></Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="Debug Symbols Search Path"></Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="LoadAllSymbols">True</Parameters>

+			<Parameters Name="LoadUnspecifiedSymbols">False</Parameters>

+		</Parameters>

+		<Language>

+			<Language Name="ActiveLang"></Language>

+			<Language Name="ProjectLang">$00000000</Language>

+			<Language Name="RootDir"></Language>

+		</Language>

+		<VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="IncludeVerInfo">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="AutoIncBuild">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="MajorVer">1</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="MinorVer">0</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="Release">0</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="Build">0</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="Debug">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="PreRelease">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="Special">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="Private">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="DLL">False</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="Locale">1031</VersionInfo>

+			<VersionInfo Name="CodePage">1252</VersionInfo>

+		</VersionInfo>

+		<VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="CompanyName"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="FileDescription"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="FileVersion">1.0.0.0</VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="InternalName"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="LegalCopyright"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="LegalTrademarks"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="OriginalFilename"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="ProductName"></VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="ProductVersion">1.0.0.0</VersionInfoKeys>

+			<VersionInfoKeys Name="Comments"></VersionInfoKeys>

+		</VersionInfoKeys>

+	</Delphi.Personality>

+</BorlandProject>

diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.dpr b/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.dpr
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bbd7d890
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.dpr
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+program engine_test;
+(*
+ * This code was created by Jeff Molofee '99
+ * (ported to Linux/SDL by Ti Leggett '01)
+ *
+ * If you've found this code useful, please let me know.
+ *
+ * Visit Jeff at http://nehe.gamedev.net/
+ *
+ * or for port-specific comments, questions, bugreports etc.
+ * email to leggett@eecs.tulane.edu
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$mode delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$APPTYPE Console}
+
+uses
+  moduleloader in '../../JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas',
+  SDL          in '../../JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas',
+  gl           in '../../JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas',
+  glext        in '../../JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glext.pas',
+  glu          in '../../JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glu.pas',
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  ctypes       in '../../ctypes/ctypes.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+  FreeType     in '../freetype.pas',
+  UFont        in 'UFont.pas',
+  //UFont        in '../../../base/UFont.pas',
+  UUnicodeUtils in '../../../base/UUnicodeUtils.pas',
+  math,
+  sysutils;
+
+const
+  // screen width, height, and bit depth
+  SCREEN_WIDTH  = 640;
+  SCREEN_HEIGHT = 480;
+  SCREEN_BPP    =  16;
+
+  //FONT_FILE = 'Test.ttf';
+  //FONT_FILE = 'C:/Windows/Fonts/Arial.ttf';
+  //FONT_FILE = 'C:/Windows/Fonts/SimSun.ttf';
+  //FONT_FILE = 'eurostarregularextended.ttf';
+  FONT_FILE = '../../../../game/fonts/FreeSans/FreeSans.ttf';
+  
+var
+  OurFont: TScalableFont;
+  // This is our SDL surface
+  surface: PSDL_Surface;
+  cnt1, cnt2: GLfloat;
+
+(* function to release/destroy our resources and restoring the old desktop *)
+procedure Quit(returnCode: integer);
+begin
+  OurFont.Free;
+
+  // clean up the window
+  SDL_Quit( );
+
+  // and exit appropriately
+  Halt( returnCode );
+end;
+
+(* function to reset our viewport after a window resize *)
+function resizeWindow(width: integer; height: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  // Protect against a divide by zero
+  if ( height = 0 ) then
+    height := 1;
+
+  // Setup our viewport.
+  glViewport( 0, 0, GLsizei(width), GLsizei(height) );
+
+  // change to the projection matrix and set our viewing volume.
+  glMatrixMode( GL_PROJECTION );
+  glLoadIdentity( );
+
+  // Set our perspective
+  //gluOrtho2D(0, width, 0, height);
+  gluOrtho2D(0, 800, 0, 600);
+
+  // Make sure we're chaning the model view and not the projection
+  glMatrixMode( GL_MODELVIEW );
+
+  // Reset The View
+  glLoadIdentity( );
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+(* function to handle key press events *)
+procedure handleKeyPress(keysym: PSDL_keysym);
+begin
+  case ( keysym^.sym ) of
+    SDLK_ESCAPE:
+    begin
+      // ESC key was pressed
+      Quit( 0 );
+    end;
+    SDLK_F1:
+    begin
+      // F1 key was pressed
+      // this toggles fullscreen mode
+      SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen( surface );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(* general OpenGL initialization function *)
+function initGL(): boolean;
+begin
+  // Enable smooth shading
+  glShadeModel( GL_SMOOTH );
+
+  // Set the background black
+  //glClearColor( 1, 1, 1.0, 1.0 );
+  //glClearColor( 0.3, 0.7, 1.0, 1.0 );
+  glClearColor( 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 );
+
+  // Depth buffer setup
+  glClearDepth( 1.0 );
+
+  // Enables Depth Testing
+  glEnable( GL_DEPTH_TEST );
+
+  // The Type Of Depth Test To Do
+  glDepthFunc( GL_LEQUAL );
+
+  // Really Nice Perspective Calculations
+  glHint( GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT, GL_NICEST );
+
+  OurFont := TFTScalableFont.Create(FONT_FILE, 64, 0.03);
+  //OurFont := TFTFont.Create(FONT_FILE, 128);
+  //OurFont := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FONT_FILE, 64, 0.03);
+  //OurFont.UseKerning := false;
+  //TFTScalableOutlineFont(OurFont).SetOutlineColor(1, 0, 0, 1);
+  //OurFont := TOutlineFont.Create(FONT_FILE, 32, 2);
+  //OurFont.LineSpacing := OurFont.LineSpacing * 0.5;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+var
+  NextTime: cardinal;
+  Counter: integer;
+
+type
+  TVector4d = array[0..3] of GLdouble;
+
+function NewVector4d(a, b, c, d: GLdouble): TVector4d;
+begin
+  Result[0] := a;
+  Result[1] := b;
+  Result[2] := c;
+  Result[3] := d;
+end;
+
+(* Here goes our drawing code *)
+function drawGLScene(): boolean;
+var
+  msg: WideString;
+  bounds: TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+  glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);  // Clear Screen And Depth Buffer
+
+  //msg := 'Here'#13'there'#13'be'#13#13'newlines'#13'.';
+  //msg := 'Here'#13'newlines';
+  msg := 'Active FreeType Text - ' + FloatToStr(cnt1);
+  //msg := 'Hören'#13'其自诞生至今'#13'�пецификаци�';
+
+  // Red text
+  glLoadIdentity();
+  glTranslatef(cnt2, 240, 0);
+  if (cnt2 > 800) then
+    cnt2 := 0;
+  glTranslatef(30, 40, 0);
+  //glTranslatef(320, 240, 0);
+  //glRotatef(cnt1, 0, 0, 1);
+  //glScalef(1, 0.8 + 0.3*cos(cnt1/5), 1);
+
+  OurFont.Style := [Italic, {Underline,} Reflect];
+  //OurFont.GlyphSpacing := 10;
+  //OurFont.SetOutlineColor(0.5, 0.5, 0.5);
+  //OurFont.ReflectionSpacing := -4;
+  //OurFont.UseKerning := false;
+  OurFont.Height := 150;//cnt2;
+  //OurFont.Reset;
+  //OurFont.Aspect := 2;
+
+  glColor3f(1, 1, 0);
+  bounds := OurFont.BBox(msg);
+  //glRectf(bounds.Left, OurFont.Ascender, bounds.Right, OurFont.Ascender-OurFont.Height);
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  //OurFont.ReflectionSpacing := 0;
+  OurFont.Print(msg);
+
+  cnt1 := cnt1 + 0.051;  // Increase The First Counter
+  cnt2 := cnt2 + 0.005;  // Increase The First Counter
+
+  SDL_GL_SwapBuffers( );
+
+  Inc(Counter);
+
+  if (NextTime < SDL_GetTicks()) then
+  begin
+    NextTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 2000;
+    writeln('FPS: ' + floattostr(Counter / 2.0));
+    Counter := 0;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+var
+  // Flags to pass to SDL_SetVideoMode
+  videoFlags: integer;
+  // main loop variable
+  done: boolean = false;
+  // used to collect events
+  event: TSDL_Event;
+  // this holds some info about our display
+  videoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo;
+  // whether or not the window is active
+  isActive: boolean = true;
+
+begin
+  // initialize SDL
+  if ( SDL_Init( SDL_INIT_VIDEO or SDL_INIT_TIMER ) < 0 ) then
+  begin
+    writeln( ErrOutput, 'Video initialization failed: ' + SDL_GetError() );
+    Quit( 1 );
+  end;
+
+  // Fetch the video info
+  videoInfo := SDL_GetVideoInfo( );
+
+  if ( videoInfo = nil ) then
+  begin
+    writeln( ErrOutput, 'Video query failed: ' + SDL_GetError() );
+    Quit( 1 );
+  end;
+
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute( SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, 1 ); // Enable double buffering
+
+  // the flags to pass to SDL_SetVideoMode
+  videoFlags := SDL_OPENGL;                        // Enable OpenGL in SDL
+  videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_HWPALETTE;       // Store the palette in hardware
+  videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_RESIZABLE;       // Enable window resizing
+
+  // This checks to see if surfaces can be stored in memory
+  if ( videoInfo^.hw_available <> 0 ) then
+    videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_HWSURFACE
+  else
+    videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_SWSURFACE;
+
+  // This checks if hardware blits can be done
+  if ( videoInfo^.blit_hw <> 0 ) then
+    videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_HWACCEL;
+
+  // Sets up OpenGL double buffering
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute( SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, 1 );
+
+  // get a SDL surface
+  surface := SDL_SetVideoMode( SCREEN_WIDTH, SCREEN_HEIGHT, SCREEN_BPP,
+                               videoFlags );
+
+  // Verify there is a surface
+  if ( surface = nil ) then
+  begin
+    writeln( ErrOutput, 'Video mode set failed: ' + SDL_GetError() );
+    Quit( 1 );
+  end;
+
+  // initialize OpenGL
+  initGL();
+
+  // resize the initial window
+  resizeWindow( SCREEN_WIDTH, SCREEN_HEIGHT );
+
+  // wait for events
+  while ( not done ) do
+  begin
+    { handle the events in the queue }
+
+    while ( SDL_PollEvent( @event ) <> 0 ) do
+    begin
+      case( event.type_ ) of
+        SDL_ACTIVEEVENT:
+        begin
+          // Something's happend with our focus
+          // If we are iconified, we shouldn't draw the screen
+          if ( (event.active.state and SDL_APPACTIVE) <> 0 ) then
+          begin
+            if (  event.active.gain = 0 ) then
+              isActive := false
+            else
+              isActive := true;
+          end;
+        end;
+        SDL_VIDEORESIZE:
+        begin
+          // handle resize event
+          {$IFDEF UNIX}
+          surface := SDL_SetVideoMode( event.resize.w,
+              event.resize.h,
+              16, videoFlags );
+          if ( surface = nil ) then
+          begin
+            writeln( ErrOutput, 'Could not get a surface after resize: ' + SDL_GetError( ) );
+            Quit( 1 );
+          end;
+          {$ENDIF}
+          resizeWindow( event.resize.w, event.resize.h );
+        end;
+        SDL_KEYDOWN:
+        begin
+          // handle key presses
+          handleKeyPress( @event.key.keysym );
+        end;
+        SDL_QUITEV:
+        begin
+          // handle quit requests
+          done := true;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // draw the scene
+    if ( isActive ) then
+      drawGLScene( );
+  end;
+
+  // clean ourselves up and exit
+  Quit( 0 );
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.lpi b/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.lpi
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45483a56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/engine-test.lpi
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>

+<CONFIG>

+  <ProjectOptions>

+    <PathDelim Value="\"/>

+    <Version Value="6"/>

+    <General>

+      <MainUnit Value="0"/>

+      <IconPath Value=".\"/>

+      <TargetFileExt Value=""/>

+      <ActiveEditorIndexAtStart Value="0"/>

+    </General>

+    <VersionInfo>

+      <ProjectVersion Value=""/>

+      <Language Value=""/>

+      <CharSet Value=""/>

+    </VersionInfo>

+    <PublishOptions>

+      <Version Value="2"/>

+      <DestinationDirectory Value="$(TestDir)\publishedproject\"/>

+      <IgnoreBinaries Value="False"/>

+      <IncludeFileFilter Value="*.(pas|pp|inc|lfm|lpr|lrs|lpi|lpk|sh|xml)"/>

+      <ExcludeFileFilter Value="*.(bak|ppu|ppw|o|so);*~;backup"/>

+    </PublishOptions>

+    <RunParams>

+      <local>

+        <FormatVersion Value="1"/>

+        <LaunchingApplication PathPlusParams="\usr\X11R6\bin\xterm -T 'Lazarus Run Output' -e $(LazarusDir)\tools\runwait.sh $(TargetCmdLine)"/>

+      </local>

+    </RunParams>

+    <Units Count="16">

+      <Unit0>
+        <Filename Value="engine-test.dpr"/>
+        <IsPartOfProject Value="True"/>
+        <CursorPos X="18" Y="25"/>
+        <TopLine Value="1"/>
+        <EditorIndex Value="0"/>
+        <UsageCount Value="72"/>
+        <Loaded Value="True"/>
+      </Unit0>

+      <Unit1>

+        <Filename Value="JEDI-SDL\OpenGL\Pas\opengl12.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="opengl12"/>

+        <CursorPos X="20" Y="9922"/>

+        <TopLine Value="9889"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="5"/>

+      </Unit1>

+      <Unit2>

+        <Filename Value="JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\sdl.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="sdl"/>

+        <CursorPos X="29" Y="3569"/>

+        <TopLine Value="3547"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="5"/>

+      </Unit2>

+      <Unit3>

+        <Filename Value="FreeType.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="FreeType"/>

+        <CursorPos X="6" Y="1"/>

+        <TopLine Value="1"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="5"/>

+      </Unit3>

+      <Unit4>

+        <Filename Value="UFreeType.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="UFreeType"/>

+        <CursorPos X="47" Y="111"/>

+        <TopLine Value="76"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="35"/>

+      </Unit4>

+      <Unit5>

+        <Filename Value="freetype"/>

+        <CursorPos X="1" Y="1"/>

+        <TopLine Value="1"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="8"/>

+        <SyntaxHighlighter Value="None"/>

+      </Unit5>

+      <Unit6>

+        <Filename Value="freetype\freetype.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="freetype"/>

+        <CursorPos X="31" Y="807"/>

+        <TopLine Value="14"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="15"/>

+      </Unit6>

+      <Unit7>

+        <Filename Value="..\..\daten\Projekte\UltraStarDX\trunk\Game\Code\lib\ffmpeg\avcodec.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="avcodec"/>

+        <CursorPos X="1" Y="38"/>

+        <TopLine Value="1"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="6"/>

+      </Unit7>

+      <Unit8>

+        <Filename Value="..\..\JEDI-SDL\OpenGL\Pas\gl.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="gl"/>

+        <CursorPos X="2" Y="89"/>

+        <TopLine Value="69"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="9"/>

+      </Unit8>

+      <Unit9>

+        <Filename Value="..\..\ctypes\ctypes.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="ctypes"/>

+        <CursorPos X="8" Y="25"/>

+        <TopLine Value="51"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="9"/>

+      </Unit9>

+      <Unit10>

+        <Filename Value="..\..\JEDI-SDL\OpenGL\Pas\glu.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="glu"/>

+        <CursorPos X="14" Y="155"/>

+        <TopLine Value="135"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="9"/>

+      </Unit10>

+      <Unit11>

+        <Filename Value="..\..\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\sdl.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="sdl"/>

+        <CursorPos X="12" Y="1418"/>

+        <TopLine Value="1398"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="9"/>

+      </Unit11>

+      <Unit12>

+        <Filename Value="..\freetype.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="freetype"/>

+        <CursorPos X="3" Y="1985"/>

+        <TopLine Value="1965"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="10"/>

+      </Unit12>

+      <Unit13>

+        <Filename Value="C:\Programme\lazarus\fpc\2.2.0\source\rtl\objpas\classes\classesh.inc"/>

+        <CursorPos X="13" Y="26"/>

+        <TopLine Value="6"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="13"/>

+      </Unit13>

+      <Unit14>

+        <Filename Value="C:\Programme\lazarus\fpc\2.2.0\source\rtl\objpas\types.pp"/>

+        <UnitName Value="types"/>

+        <CursorPos X="7" Y="105"/>

+        <TopLine Value="73"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="12"/>

+      </Unit14>

+      <Unit15>

+        <Filename Value="UFont.pas"/>

+        <UnitName Value="UFont"/>

+        <CursorPos X="15" Y="1752"/>

+        <TopLine Value="1734"/>

+        <UsageCount Value="10"/>
+      </Unit15>
+    </Units>
+    <JumpHistory Count="2" HistoryIndex="1">
+      <Position1>
+        <Filename Value="engine-test.dpr"/>
+        <Caret Line="52" Column="10" TopLine="37"/>
+      </Position1>
+      <Position2>
+        <Filename Value="engine-test.dpr"/>
+        <Caret Line="1" Column="1" TopLine="1"/>
+      </Position2>
+    </JumpHistory>
+  </ProjectOptions>
+  <CompilerOptions>
+    <Version Value="8"/>
+    <PathDelim Value="\"/>

+    <SearchPaths>

+      <IncludeFiles Value="..\..\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\"/>

+    </SearchPaths>

+    <Other>

+      <CompilerPath Value="$(CompPath)"/>

+    </Other>

+  </CompilerOptions>

+  <Debugging>

+    <BreakPoints Count="1">

+      <Item1>

+        <Source Value="lesson43.dpr"/>

+        <Line Value="138"/>

+      </Item1>

+    </BreakPoints>

+    <Exceptions Count="2">

+      <Item1>

+        <Name Value="ECodetoolError"/>

+      </Item1>

+      <Item2>

+        <Name Value="EFOpenError"/>

+      </Item2>

+    </Exceptions>

+  </Debugging>

+</CONFIG>

diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/UFreeType.pas b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/UFreeType.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c1243aae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/UFreeType.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+unit UFreeType;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$mode delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  FreeType,
+  gl,
+  glu,
+  classes,
+  sysutils;
+
+type
+  // This holds all of the information related to any
+  // freetype font that we want to create.
+  TFontData = class
+    h: single;                  ///< Holds the height of the font.
+    textures: array of GLuint;  ///< Holds the texture id's
+    list_base: GLuint;          ///< Holds the first display list id
+
+    // The init function will create a font of
+    // of the height h from the file fname.
+    constructor Create(const fname: string; h: cardinal);
+
+    // Free all the resources assosiated with the font.
+    destructor Destroy(); override;
+  end;
+
+  TFreeType = class
+    public
+      // The flagship function of the library - this thing will print
+      // out text at window coordinates x,y, using the font ft_font.
+      // The current modelview matrix will also be applied to the text.
+      class procedure print(ft_font: TFontData; x, y: single; const str: string);
+  end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+
+// This function gets the first power of 2 >= the
+// int that we pass it.
+function next_p2 ( a: integer ): integer; inline;
+begin
+  Result := 1;
+  while (Result < a) do
+    Result := Result shl 1;
+end;
+
+type
+  PAGLuint = ^AGLuint;
+  AGLuint = array[0..High(Word)] of GLuint;
+
+// Create a display list coresponding to the given character.
+procedure make_dlist ( face: FT_Face; ch: byte; list_base: GLuint; tex_base: PAGLuint );
+var
+  i, j: integer;
+  width, height: integer;
+  glyph: FT_Glyph;
+  bitmap_glyph: FT_BitmapGlyph;
+  bitmap: PFT_Bitmap;
+  expanded_data: array of GLubyte;
+  x, y: single;
+begin
+  // The first thing we do is get FreeType to render our character
+  // into a bitmap.  This actually requires a couple of FreeType commands:
+
+  // Load the Glyph for our character.
+  if (FT_Load_Glyph( face, FT_Get_Char_Index( face, ch ), FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.create('FT_Load_Glyph failed');
+
+  // Move the face's glyph into a Glyph object.
+  if (FT_Get_Glyph( face^.glyph, glyph ) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.create('FT_Get_Glyph failed');
+
+  // Convert the glyph to a bitmap.
+  FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( glyph, ft_render_mode_normal, nil, 1 );
+  bitmap_glyph := FT_BitmapGlyph(glyph);
+
+  // This reference will make accessing the bitmap easier
+  bitmap := @bitmap_glyph^.bitmap;
+
+  // Use our helper function to get the widths of
+  // the bitmap data that we will need in order to create
+  // our texture.
+  width := next_p2( bitmap.width );
+  height := next_p2( bitmap.rows );
+
+  // Allocate memory for the texture data.
+  SetLength(expanded_data, 2 * width * height);
+
+  // Here we fill in the data for the expanded bitmap.
+  // Notice that we are using two channel bitmap (one for
+  // luminocity and one for alpha), but we assign
+  // both luminocity and alpha to the value that we
+  // find in the FreeType bitmap.
+  // We use the ?: operator so that value which we use
+  // will be 0 if we are in the padding zone, and whatever
+  // is the the Freetype bitmap otherwise.
+  for j := 0 to height-1 do
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to width-1 do
+    begin
+      if ((i >= bitmap.width) or (j >= bitmap.rows)) then
+        expanded_data[2*(i+j*width)] := 0
+      else
+        expanded_data[2*(i+j*width)] := byte(bitmap.buffer[i + bitmap.width*j]);
+      expanded_data[2*(i+j*width)+1] := expanded_data[2*(i+j*width)];
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  // Now we just setup some texture paramaters.
+  glBindTexture( GL_TEXTURE_2D, tex_base[integer(ch)]);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D,GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER,GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D,GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER,GL_LINEAR);
+
+  // Here we actually create the texture itself, notice
+  // that we are using GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA to indicate that
+  // we are using 2 channel data.
+  glTexImage2D( GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height,
+      0, GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @expanded_data[0] );
+
+  //With the texture created, we don't need to expanded data anymore
+  SetLength(expanded_data, 0);
+
+  //So now we can create the display list
+  glNewList(list_base+ch, GL_COMPILE);
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, tex_base[ch]);
+
+  glPushMatrix();
+
+  //first we need to move over a little so that
+  //the character has the right amount of space
+  //between it and the one before it.
+  glTranslatef(bitmap_glyph^.left, 0, 0);
+
+  //Now we move down a little in the case that the
+  //bitmap extends past the bottom of the line
+  //(this is only true for characters like 'g' or 'y'.
+  glTranslatef(0, bitmap_glyph^.top - bitmap.rows, 0);
+
+  //Now we need to account for the fact that many of
+  //our textures are filled with empty padding space.
+  //We figure what portion of the texture is used by 
+  //the actual character and store that information in
+  //the x and y variables, then when we draw the
+  //quad, we will only reference the parts of the texture
+  //that we contain the character itself.
+  x := bitmap.width / width;
+  y := bitmap.rows  / height;
+
+  //Here we draw the texturemaped quads.
+  //The bitmap that we got from FreeType was not
+  //oriented quite like we would like it to be,
+  //so we need to link the texture to the quad
+  //so that the result will be properly aligned.
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2d(0, 0); glVertex2f(0, bitmap.rows);
+    glTexCoord2d(0, y); glVertex2f(0, 0);
+    glTexCoord2d(x, y); glVertex2f(bitmap.width, 0);
+    glTexCoord2d(x, 0); glVertex2f(bitmap.width, bitmap.rows);
+  glEnd();
+
+  glPopMatrix();
+  glTranslatef(face^.glyph^.advance.x shr 6, 0, 0);
+
+  //increment the raster position as if we were a bitmap font.
+  //(only needed if you want to calculate text length)
+  //glBitmap(0,0,0,0,face->glyph->advance.x >> 6,0,NULL);
+
+  //Finnish the display list
+  glEndList();
+end;
+
+
+constructor TFontData.Create(const fname: string; h: cardinal);
+var
+  library_: FT_Library;
+  //The object in which Freetype holds information on a given
+  //font is called a "face".
+  face: FT_Face;
+  i: byte;
+begin
+  //Allocate some memory to store the texture ids.
+  SetLength(textures, 128);
+
+  Self.h := h;
+
+  //Create and initilize a freetype font library.
+  if (FT_Init_FreeType( library_ ) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.create('FT_Init_FreeType failed');
+
+  //This is where we load in the font information from the file.
+  //Of all the places where the code might die, this is the most likely,
+  //as FT_New_Face will die if the font file does not exist or is somehow broken.
+  if (FT_New_Face( library_, PChar(fname), 0, face ) <> 0) then
+    raise Exception.create('FT_New_Face failed (there is probably a problem with your font file)');
+
+  //For some twisted reason, Freetype measures font size
+  //in terms of 1/64ths of pixels.  Thus, to make a font
+  //h pixels high, we need to request a size of h*64.
+  //(h shl 6 is just a prettier way of writting h*64)
+  FT_Set_Char_Size( face, h shl 6, h shl 6, 96, 96);
+
+  //Here we ask opengl to allocate resources for
+  //all the textures and displays lists which we
+  //are about to create.  
+  list_base := glGenLists(128);
+  glGenTextures( 128, @textures[0] );
+
+  //This is where we actually create each of the fonts display lists.
+  for i := 0 to 127 do
+    make_dlist(face, i, list_base, @textures[0]);
+
+  //We don't need the face information now that the display
+  //lists have been created, so we free the assosiated resources.
+  FT_Done_Face(face);
+
+  //Ditto for the library.
+  FT_Done_FreeType(library_);
+end;
+
+destructor TFontData.Destroy();
+begin
+  glDeleteLists(list_base, 128);
+  glDeleteTextures(128, @textures[0]);
+  SetLength(textures, 0);
+end;
+
+/// A fairly straight forward function that pushes
+/// a projection matrix that will make object world
+/// coordinates identical to window coordinates.
+procedure pushScreenCoordinateMatrix(); inline;
+var
+  viewport: array [0..3] of GLint;
+begin
+  glPushAttrib(GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
+  glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, @viewport);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glLoadIdentity();
+  gluOrtho2D(viewport[0], viewport[2], viewport[1], viewport[3]);
+  glPopAttrib();
+end;
+
+/// Pops the projection matrix without changing the current
+/// MatrixMode.
+procedure pop_projection_matrix(); inline;
+begin
+  glPushAttrib(GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPopMatrix();
+  glPopAttrib();
+end;
+
+///Much like Nehe's glPrint function, but modified to work
+///with freetype fonts.
+class procedure TFreeType.print(ft_font: TFontData; x, y: single; const str: string);
+var
+  font: GLuint;
+  h: single;
+  i: cardinal;
+  lines: TStringList;
+  modelview_matrix: array[0..15] of single;
+begin
+  // We want a coordinate system where things coresponding to window pixels.
+  pushScreenCoordinateMatrix();
+
+  font := ft_font.list_base;
+  h := ft_font.h / 0.63;      //We make the height about 1.5* that of
+
+  lines := TStringList.Create();
+  ExtractStrings([#13], [], PChar(str), lines);
+
+  glPushAttrib(GL_LIST_BIT or GL_CURRENT_BIT  or GL_ENABLE_BIT or GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+  glDisable(GL_LIGHTING);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+  glListBase(font);
+
+  glGetFloatv(GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX, @modelview_matrix);
+
+  //This is where the text display actually happens.
+  //For each line of text we reset the modelview matrix
+  //so that the line's text will start in the correct position.
+  //Notice that we need to reset the matrix, rather than just translating
+  //down by h. This is because when each character is
+  //draw it modifies the current matrix so that the next character
+  //will be drawn immediatly after it.
+  for i := 0 to lines.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    glPushMatrix();
+    glLoadIdentity();
+    glTranslatef(x, y - h*i, 0);
+    glMultMatrixf(@modelview_matrix);
+
+    //  The commented out raster position stuff can be useful if you need to
+    //  know the length of the text that you are creating.
+    //  If you decide to use it make sure to also uncomment the glBitmap command
+    //  in make_dlist().
+    //glRasterPos2f(0,0);
+    glCallLists(Length(lines[i]), GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, PChar(lines[i]));
+    //float rpos[4];
+    //glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION ,rpos);
+    //float len=x-rpos[0];
+
+    glPopMatrix();
+  end;
+
+  glPopAttrib();
+
+  pop_projection_matrix();
+ 
+  lines.Free();
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/lesson43.bdsproj b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/lesson43.bdsproj
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d3851c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/lesson43.bdsproj
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>

+<BorlandProject>

+  <PersonalityInfo>

+    <Option>

+      <Option Name="Personality">Delphi.Personality</Option>

+      <Option Name="ProjectType">VCLApplication</Option>

+      <Option Name="Version">1.0</Option>

+      <Option Name="GUID">{3306FA70-362B-4647-A969-BCEA731F436C}</Option>

+    </Option>

+  </PersonalityInfo>

+  <Delphi.Personality>

+    <Source>

+      <Source Name="MainSource">lesson43.dpr</Source>

+    </Source>

+    <FileVersion>

+      <FileVersion Name="Version">7.0</FileVersion>

+    </FileVersion>

+    <Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="A">8</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="B">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="C">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="D">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="E">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="F">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="G">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="H">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="I">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="J">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="K">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="L">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="M">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="N">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="O">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="P">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="Q">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="R">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="S">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="T">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="U">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="V">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="W">0</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="X">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="Y">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="Z">1</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ShowHints">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ShowWarnings">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitAliases">WinTypes=Windows;WinProcs=Windows;DbiTypes=BDE;DbiProcs=BDE;DbiErrs=BDE;</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="NamespacePrefix"></Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="GenerateDocumentation">False</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="DefaultNamespace"></Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="SymbolDeprecated">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="SymbolLibrary">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="SymbolPlatform">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="SymbolExperimental">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitLibrary">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitPlatform">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitDeprecated">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitExperimental">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="HResultCompat">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="HidingMember">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="HiddenVirtual">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="Garbage">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="BoundsError">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ZeroNilCompat">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="StringConstTruncated">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ForLoopVarVarPar">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="TypedConstVarPar">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="AsgToTypedConst">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="CaseLabelRange">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ForVariable">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ConstructingAbstract">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ComparisonFalse">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ComparisonTrue">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ComparingSignedUnsigned">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="CombiningSignedUnsigned">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnsupportedConstruct">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="FileOpen">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="FileOpenUnitSrc">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="BadGlobalSymbol">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="DuplicateConstructorDestructor">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="InvalidDirective">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="PackageNoLink">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="PackageThreadVar">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ImplicitImport">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="HPPEMITIgnored">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="NoRetVal">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UseBeforeDef">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ForLoopVarUndef">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitNameMismatch">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="NoCFGFileFound">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ImplicitVariants">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnicodeToLocale">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="LocaleToUnicode">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="ImagebaseMultiple">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="SuspiciousTypecast">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="PrivatePropAccessor">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnsafeType">False</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnsafeCode">False</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnsafeCast">False</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="OptionTruncated">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="WideCharReduced">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="DuplicatesIgnored">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="UnitInitSeq">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="LocalPInvoke">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="MessageDirective">True</Compiler>

+      <Compiler Name="CodePage"></Compiler>

+    </Compiler>

+    <Linker>

+      <Linker Name="MapFile">0</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="OutputObjs">0</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="GenerateHpps">False</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="ConsoleApp">1</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="DebugInfo">False</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="RemoteSymbols">False</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="GenerateDRC">False</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="MinStackSize">16384</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="MaxStackSize">1048576</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="ImageBase">4194304</Linker>

+      <Linker Name="ExeDescription"></Linker>

+    </Linker>

+    <Directories>

+      <Directories Name="OutputDir"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="UnitOutputDir"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="PackageDLLOutputDir"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="PackageDCPOutputDir"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="SearchPath">../../../JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas</Directories>

+      <Directories Name="Packages"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="Conditionals"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="DebugSourceDirs"></Directories>

+      <Directories Name="UsePackages">False</Directories>

+    </Directories>

+    <Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="RunParams"></Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="HostApplication"></Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="Launcher"></Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="UseLauncher">False</Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="DebugCWD"></Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="Debug Symbols Search Path"></Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="LoadAllSymbols">True</Parameters>

+      <Parameters Name="LoadUnspecifiedSymbols">False</Parameters>

+    </Parameters>

+    <Language>

+      <Language Name="ActiveLang"></Language>

+      <Language Name="ProjectLang">$00000000</Language>

+      <Language Name="RootDir"></Language>

+    </Language>

+    <VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="IncludeVerInfo">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="AutoIncBuild">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="MajorVer">1</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="MinorVer">0</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="Release">0</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="Build">0</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="Debug">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="PreRelease">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="Special">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="Private">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="DLL">False</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="Locale">1031</VersionInfo>

+      <VersionInfo Name="CodePage">1252</VersionInfo>

+    </VersionInfo>

+    <VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="CompanyName"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="FileDescription"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="FileVersion">1.0.0.0</VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="InternalName"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="LegalCopyright"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="LegalTrademarks"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="OriginalFilename"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="ProductName"></VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="ProductVersion">1.0.0.0</VersionInfoKeys>

+      <VersionInfoKeys Name="Comments"></VersionInfoKeys>

+    </VersionInfoKeys>

+  </Delphi.Personality>

+</BorlandProject>

diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/lesson43.dpr b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/lesson43.dpr
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe296fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/lesson43.dpr
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+program lesson43;
+(*
+ * This code was created by Jeff Molofee '99
+ * (ported to Linux/SDL by Ti Leggett '01)
+ *
+ * If you've found this code useful, please let me know.
+ *
+ * Visit Jeff at http://nehe.gamedev.net/
+ *
+ * or for port-specific comments, questions, bugreports etc.
+ * email to leggett@eecs.tulane.edu
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$mode delphi}{$H+}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$APPTYPE Console}
+
+uses
+  moduleloader in '../../../JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/moduleloader.pas',
+  SDL          in '../../../JEDI-SDL/SDL/Pas/sdl.pas',
+  gl           in '../../../JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/gl.pas',
+  glu          in '../../../JEDI-SDL/OpenGL/Pas/glu.pas',
+  ctypes       in '../../../ctypes/ctypes.pas',
+  FreeType     in '../../freetype.pas',
+  UFreeType    in 'UFreeType.pas',
+  math,
+  sysutils;
+
+const
+  // screen width, height, and bit depth
+  SCREEN_WIDTH  = 640;
+  SCREEN_HEIGHT = 480;
+  SCREEN_BPP    =  16;
+
+var
+  our_font: TFontData;
+  // This is our SDL surface
+  surface: PSDL_Surface;
+  cnt1, cnt2: GLfloat;
+
+(* function to release/destroy our resources and restoring the old desktop *)
+procedure Quit(returnCode: integer);
+begin
+  // clean up the window
+  SDL_Quit( );
+
+  // and exit appropriately
+  Halt( returnCode );
+end;
+
+(* function to reset our viewport after a window resize *)
+function resizeWindow(width: integer; height: integer): boolean;
+var
+  // Height / width ration
+  ratio: GLfloat;
+begin
+  // Protect against a divide by zero
+  if ( height = 0 ) then
+    height := 1;
+
+  ratio := width / height;
+
+  // Setup our viewport.
+  glViewport( 0, 0, GLsizei(width), GLsizei(height) );
+
+  // change to the projection matrix and set our viewing volume.
+  glMatrixMode( GL_PROJECTION );
+  glLoadIdentity( );
+
+  // Set our perspective
+  gluPerspective( 45.0, ratio, 0.1, 100.0 );
+
+  // Make sure we're chaning the model view and not the projection
+  glMatrixMode( GL_MODELVIEW );
+
+  // Reset The View
+  glLoadIdentity( );
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+(* function to handle key press events *)
+procedure handleKeyPress(keysym: PSDL_keysym);
+begin
+  case ( keysym^.sym ) of
+    SDLK_ESCAPE:
+    begin
+      // ESC key was pressed
+      Quit( 0 );
+    end;
+    SDLK_F1:
+    begin
+      // F1 key was pressed
+      // this toggles fullscreen mode
+      SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen( surface );
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(* general OpenGL initialization function *)
+function initGL(): boolean;
+begin
+  // Enable smooth shading
+  glShadeModel( GL_SMOOTH );
+
+  // Set the background black
+  glClearColor( 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 );
+
+  // Depth buffer setup
+  glClearDepth( 1.0 );
+
+  // Enables Depth Testing
+  glEnable( GL_DEPTH_TEST );
+
+  // The Type Of Depth Test To Do
+  glDepthFunc( GL_LEQUAL );
+
+  // Really Nice Perspective Calculations
+  glHint( GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT, GL_NICEST );
+
+  our_font := TFontData.Create('Test.ttf', 16);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+(* Here goes our drawing code *)
+function drawGLScene(): boolean;
+begin
+  glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);  // Clear Screen And Depth Buffer
+  glLoadIdentity();              // Reset The Current Modelview Matrix
+  glTranslatef(0.0, 0.0, -1.0);  // Move One Unit Into The Screen
+
+  // Blue Text
+  glColor3ub(0, 0, $ff);
+
+  // Position The WGL Text On The Screen
+  glRasterPos2f(-0.40, 0.35);
+
+  // Here We Print Some Text Using Our FreeType Font
+  // The only really important command is the actual print() call,
+  // but for the sake of making the results a bit more interesting
+  // I have put in some code to rotate and scale the text.
+
+  // Red text
+  glColor3ub($ff, 0, 0);
+
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glLoadIdentity();
+  glRotatef(cnt1, 0, 0,1);
+  glScalef(1, 0.8 + 0.3*cos(cnt1/5) ,1);
+  glTranslatef(-180, 0, 0);
+  TFreeType.print(our_font, 320, 240, 'Active FreeType Text - ' + FloatToStr(cnt1));
+  glPopMatrix();
+
+  //Uncomment this to test out print's ability to handle newlines.
+  //TFreeType.print(our_font, 320, 200, 'Here'#13'there'#13'be'#13#13'newlines'#13'.');
+
+  cnt1 := cnt1 + 0.051;  // Increase The First Counter
+  cnt2 := cnt2 + 0.005;  // Increase The First Counter
+
+  SDL_GL_SwapBuffers( );
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+var
+  // Flags to pass to SDL_SetVideoMode
+  videoFlags: integer;
+  // main loop variable
+  done: boolean = false;
+  // used to collect events
+  event: TSDL_Event;
+  // this holds some info about our display
+  videoInfo: PSDL_VideoInfo;
+  // whether or not the window is active
+  isActive: boolean = true;
+
+begin
+  // initialize SDL
+  if ( SDL_Init( SDL_INIT_VIDEO ) < 0 ) then
+  begin
+    writeln( ErrOutput, 'Video initialization failed: ' + SDL_GetError() );
+    Quit( 1 );
+  end;
+
+  // Fetch the video info
+  videoInfo := SDL_GetVideoInfo( );
+
+  if ( videoInfo = nil ) then
+  begin
+    writeln( ErrOutput, 'Video query failed: ' + SDL_GetError() );
+    Quit( 1 );
+  end;
+
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute( SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, 1 ); // Enable double buffering
+
+  // the flags to pass to SDL_SetVideoMode
+  videoFlags := SDL_OPENGL;                        // Enable OpenGL in SDL
+  videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_HWPALETTE;       // Store the palette in hardware
+  videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_RESIZABLE;       // Enable window resizing
+
+  // This checks to see if surfaces can be stored in memory
+  if ( videoInfo^.hw_available <> 0 ) then
+    videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_HWSURFACE
+  else
+    videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_SWSURFACE;
+
+  // This checks if hardware blits can be done
+  if ( videoInfo^.blit_hw <> 0 ) then
+    videoFlags := videoFlags or SDL_HWACCEL;
+
+  // Sets up OpenGL double buffering
+  SDL_GL_SetAttribute( SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, 1 );
+
+  // get a SDL surface
+  surface := SDL_SetVideoMode( SCREEN_WIDTH, SCREEN_HEIGHT, SCREEN_BPP,
+                               videoFlags );
+
+  // Verify there is a surface
+  if ( surface = nil ) then
+  begin
+    writeln( ErrOutput, 'Video mode set failed: ' + SDL_GetError() );
+    Quit( 1 );
+  end;
+
+  // initialize OpenGL
+  initGL();
+
+  // resize the initial window
+  resizeWindow( SCREEN_WIDTH, SCREEN_HEIGHT );
+
+  // wait for events
+  while ( not done ) do
+  begin
+    { handle the events in the queue }
+
+    while ( SDL_PollEvent( @event ) <> 0 ) do
+    begin
+      case( event.type_ ) of
+        SDL_ACTIVEEVENT:
+        begin
+          // Something's happend with our focus
+          // If we are iconified, we shouldn't draw the screen
+          if ( (event.active.state and SDL_APPACTIVE) <> 0 ) then
+          begin
+            if (  event.active.gain = 0 ) then
+              isActive := false
+            else
+              isActive := true;
+          end;
+        end;
+        SDL_VIDEORESIZE:
+        begin
+          // handle resize event
+          {$IFDEF UNIX}
+          surface := SDL_SetVideoMode( event.resize.w,
+              event.resize.h,
+              16, videoFlags );
+          if ( surface = nil ) then
+          begin
+            writeln( ErrOutput, 'Could not get a surface after resize: ' + SDL_GetError( ) );
+            Quit( 1 );
+          end;
+          {$ENDIF}
+          resizeWindow( event.resize.w, event.resize.h );
+        end;
+        SDL_KEYDOWN:
+        begin
+          // handle key presses
+          handleKeyPress( @event.key.keysym );
+        end;
+        SDL_QUITEV:
+        begin
+          // handle quit requests
+          done := true;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // draw the scene
+    if ( isActive ) then
+      drawGLScene( );
+  end;
+
+  // clean ourselves up and exit
+  Quit( 0 );
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/readme.txt b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1186ef0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/nehe/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Pascal conversion of the NeHe tutorial lesson 43  (Tutorial on using FreeType Fonts in OpenGL)
+http://nehe.gamedev.net/data/lessons/lesson.asp?lesson=43
+
+Put the following DLLs into this directory:
+- libfreetype-6.dll
+- SDL.dll
+- zlib1.dll
+
+and copy a TrueType font to this directory and rename it into "Test.ttf".
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/demo/switches.inc b/src/lib/freetype/demo/switches.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a940004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/demo/switches.inc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+{$DEFINE FREETYPE_DEMO}
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/freetype.pas b/src/lib/freetype/freetype.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01f507bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/freetype.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1903 @@
+(***************************************************************************)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  freetype.h                                                             *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*    FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only).       *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             *)
+(*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *)
+(*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *)
+(*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *)
+(*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *)
+(*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Initial Pascal port by                                                  *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Anti-Grain Geometry - Version 2.4 (Public License)                      *)
+(* Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Maxim Shemanarev (http://www.antigrain.com)     *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(* Anti-Grain Geometry - Version 2.4 Release Milano 3 (AggPas 2.4 RM3)     *)
+(* Pascal Port By: Milan Marusinec alias Milano                            *)
+(*                 milan@marusinec.sk                                      *)
+(*                 http://www.aggpas.org                                   *)
+(* Copyright (c) 2005-2007                                                 *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(* Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software      *)
+(* is granted provided this copyright notice appears in all copies.        *)
+(* This software is provided "as is" without express or implied            *)
+(* warranty, and with no claim as to its suitability for any purpose.      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Extended by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                   *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+unit freetype;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  ctypes;
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  ft_lib = 'freetype6.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  ft_lib = 'libfreetype.dylib';
+  {$LINKLIB libfreetype}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  ft_lib = 'freetype.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Library                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to a FreeType library instance.  Each `library' is        *)
+  (*    completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set  *)
+  (*    of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a     *)
+  (*    scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster).                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and     *)
+  (*    destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType.                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Library = Pointer;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the          *)
+  (*    @FT_FaceRec structure.  They inform client applications of         *)
+  (*    properties of the corresponding face.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ::                                           *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face provides vectorial outlines.  This       *)
+  (*      doesn't prevent embedded bitmaps, i.e., a face can have both     *)
+  (*      this bit and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ::                                        *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face contains `fixed sizes', i.e., bitmap     *)
+  (*      strikes for some given pixel sizes.  See the `num_fixed_sizes'   *)
+  (*      and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ::                                        *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like    *)
+  (*      Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.).                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ::                                               *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme.  For     *)
+  (*      now, this means TrueType and OpenType.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ::                                         *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics.  This *)
+  (*      should be set for all common formats.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ::                                           *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics.  This   *)
+  (*      is only available in some formats, not all of them.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ::                                            *)
+  (*      Indicates that the face contains kerning information.  If set,   *)
+  (*      the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function       *)
+  (*      @FT_Get_Kerning.  Note that if unset, this function will always  *)
+  (*      return the vector (0,0).                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ::                                        *)
+  (*      THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE OR TEST IT.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ::                                   *)
+  (*      Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable *)
+  (*      of interpolating between them.  See the multiple-masters         *)
+  (*      specific API for details.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ::                                        *)
+  (*      Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be         *)
+  (*      retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.  Note that some TrueType   *)
+  (*      fonts contain broken glyph name tables.  Use the function        *)
+  (*      @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ::                                    *)
+  (*      Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was *)
+  (*      provided by the client application and should not be destroyed   *)
+  (*      when @FT_Done_Face is called.  Don't read or test this flag.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+const
+  FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE = 1 shl 0;
+  FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING  = 1 shl 6;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Macro>                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_ENC_TAG                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long.  It is *)
+  (*    used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding).          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you    *)
+  (*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   *)
+  (*    this:                                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )  value                   *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  {
+  #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d )         \
+          value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) |  \
+                    ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) |  \
+                    ( (FT_UInt32)(c) <<  8 ) |  \
+                      (FT_UInt32)(d)         )
+  }
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Encoding                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    An enumeration used to specify encodings supported by charmaps.    *)
+  (*    Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Because of 32-bit charcodes defined in Unicode (i.e., surrogates), *)
+  (*    all character codes must be expressed as FT_Longs.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The values of this type correspond to specific character           *)
+  (*    repertories (i.e. charsets), and not to text encoding methods      *)
+  (*    (like UTF-8, UTF-16, GB2312_EUC, etc.).                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Other encodings might be defined in the future.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_NONE ::                                                 *)
+  (*     The encoding value 0 is reserved.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_UNICODE ::                                              *)
+  (*     Corresponds to the Unicode character set.  This value covers      *)
+  (*     all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and       *)
+  (*     Latin-1.  Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all       *)
+  (*     of them.                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL ::                                            *)
+  (*     Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode      *)
+  (*     mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range.  For    *)
+  (*     more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_SJIS ::                                                 *)
+  (*     Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding.  More info at              *)
+  (*     at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'.        *)
+  (*     See note on multi-byte encodings below.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_GB2312 ::                                               *)
+  (*     Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used  *)
+  (*     used in mainland China.                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_BIG5 ::                                                 *)
+  (*     Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as used *)
+  (*     in Taiwan and Hong Kong.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG ::                                              *)
+  (*     Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung.       *)
+  (*     For more information see                                          *)
+  (*     `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_JOHAB ::                                                *)
+  (*     The Korean standard character set (KS C-5601-1992), which         *)
+  (*     corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361.  This character set     *)
+  (*     includes all possible Hangeul character combinations.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 ::                                        *)
+  (*     Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type 1          *)
+  (*     Postscript font.  It is limited to 256 character codes.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD ::                                       *)
+  (*     Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type 1,   *)
+  (*     CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character      *)
+  (*     codes.                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT ::                                         *)
+  (*     Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type 1,     *)
+  (*     CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character      *)
+  (*     codes.                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM ::                                         *)
+  (*     Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type 1, CFF, and    *)
+  (*     OpenType/CFF fonts.  It is limited to 256 character codes.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN ::                                          *)
+  (*     Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding.  Many TrueType and *)
+  (*     OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since older   *)
+  (*     versions of Mac OS are able to use it.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 ::                                          *)
+  (*     This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by       *)
+  (*     FreeType.  Don't use or test for it.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS ::                                              *)
+  (*     Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS.  Deprecated.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 ::                                            *)
+  (*     Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312.  Deprecated.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 ::                                              *)
+  (*     Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5.  Deprecated.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG ::                                           *)
+  (*     Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.  Deprecated.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB ::                                             *)
+  (*     Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.  Deprecated.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*   By default, FreeType automatically synthetizes a Unicode charmap    *)
+  (*   for Postscript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries.         *)
+  (*   However, it will also report the encodings defined explicitly in    *)
+  (*   the font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe   *)
+  (*   values as well.                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap   *)
+  (*   is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to           *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_UNICODE).  Use `FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID' to find out      *)
+  (*   which encoding is really present.  If, for example, the             *)
+  (*   `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R',   *)
+  (*   the font is encoded in KOI8-R.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the     *)
+  (*   winfonts driver.  Use `FT_Get_WinFNT_Header' and examine the        *)
+  (*   `charset' field of the `FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec' structure to find out  *)
+  (*   which encoding is really present.  For example, FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 *)
+  (*   (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for Russian).                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is `TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH' *)
+  (*   and `encoding_id' is not `TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN' (otherwise it is set to  *)
+  (*   FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN).                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   If `platform_id' is `TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH', use the function       *)
+  (*   `FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID' to query the Mac language ID which may be *)
+  (*   needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants.  See      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*     http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   to get an idea how to do that.  Basically, if the language ID is 0, *)
+  (*   dont use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID.  Then       *)
+  (*   examine `encoding_id'.  If, for example, `encoding_id' is           *)
+  (*   `TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN' and the language ID (minus 1) is                  *)
+  (*   `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman.         *)
+  (*   `TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC' with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi       *)
+  (*   variant the Arabic encoding.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+type
+  PFT_Encoding = ^FT_Encoding;
+  FT_Encoding = cint32; // 32 bit enum of FT_ENC_TAG
+const
+  FT_ENCODING_NONE      = (Ord(#0) shl 24) or
+                          (Ord(#0) shl 16) or
+                          (Ord(#0) shl  8) or
+                          (Ord(#0) shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL = (Ord('s') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('y') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord('m') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord('b') shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_UNICODE   = (Ord('u') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('n') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord('i') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord('c') shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_SJIS      = (Ord('s') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('j') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord('i') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord('s') shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_GB2312    = (Ord('g') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('b') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord(' ') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord(' ') shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_BIG5      = (Ord('b') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('i') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord('g') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord('5') shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG   = (Ord('w') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('a') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord('n') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord('s') shl  0);
+
+  FT_ENCODING_JOHAB     = (Ord('j') shl 24) or
+                          (Ord('o') shl 16) or
+                          (Ord('h') shl  8) or
+                          (Ord('a') shl  0);
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Constant>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face.    *)
+  (*    These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ::                                            *)
+  (*      Indicates that a given face is italicized.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ::                                              *)
+  (*      Indicates that a given face is bold.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+const
+  FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC = 1 shl 0;
+  FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD   = 1 shl 1;
+
+
+ (***************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *   FT_LOAD_XXX
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A list of bit-field constants, used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate
+  *   what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *   FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
+  *     Corresponding to 0, this value is used a default glyph load.  In this
+  *     case, the following will happen:
+  *
+  *     1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
+  *        face's current size.  If one is found, the function returns.  The
+  *        bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note below).
+  *
+  *     2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a
+  *        scalable outline.  If one is found, it is loaded from the font
+  *        file, scaled to device pixels, then "hinted" to the pixel grid in
+  *        order to optimize it.  The outline data can be accessed from the
+  *        glyph slot (see note below).
+  *
+  *     Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
+  *     bitmaps.  The following flags are used to modify this default
+  *     behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
+  *     Don't scale the vector outline being loaded to 26.6 fractional
+  *     pixels, but kept in font units.  Note that this also disables
+  *     hinting and the loading of embedded bitmaps.  You should only use it
+  *     when you want to retrieve the original glyph outlines in font units.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
+  *     Don't hint glyph outlines after their scaling to device pixels.
+  *     This generally generates "blurrier" glyphs in anti-aliased modes.
+  *
+  *     This flag is ignored if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
+  *     Render the glyph outline immediately into a bitmap before the glyph
+  *     loader returns.  By default, the glyph is rendered for the
+  *     @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode, which corresponds to 8-bit anti-aliased
+  *     bitmaps using 256 opacity levels.  You can use either
+  *     @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME to render 1-bit
+  *     monochrome bitmaps.
+  *
+  *     This flag is ignored if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
+  *     Don't look for bitmaps when loading the glyph.  Only scalable
+  *     outlines will be loaded when available, and scaled, hinted, or
+  *     rendered depending on other bit flags.
+  *
+  *     This does not prevent you from rendering outlines to bitmaps
+  *     with @FT_LOAD_RENDER, however.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
+  *     Prepare the glyph image for vertical text layout.  This basically
+  *     means that `face.glyph.advance' will correspond to the vertical
+  *     advance height (instead of the default horizontal advance width),
+  *     and that the glyph image will be translated to match the vertical
+  *     bearings positions.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
+  *     Force the use of the FreeType auto-hinter when a glyph outline is
+  *     loaded.  You shouldn't need this in a typical application, since it
+  *     is mostly used to experiment with its algorithm.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
+  *     Indicates that the glyph loader should try to crop the bitmap (i.e.,
+  *     remove all space around its black bits) when loading it.  This is
+  *     only useful when loading embedded bitmaps in certain fonts, since
+  *     bitmaps rendered with @FT_LOAD_RENDER are always cropped by default.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
+  *     Indicates that the glyph loader should perform pedantic
+  *     verifications during glyph loading, rejecting invalid fonts.  This
+  *     is mostly used to detect broken glyphs in fonts.  By default,
+  *     FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
+  *     Indicates that the glyph loader should ignore the global advance
+  *     width defined in the font.  As far as we know, this is only used by
+  *     the X-TrueType font server, in order to deal correctly with the
+  *     incorrect metrics contained in DynaLab's TrueType CJK fonts.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
+  *     This flag is only used internally.  It merely indicates that the
+  *     glyph loader should not load composite glyphs recursively.  Instead,
+  *     it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the glyph
+  *     slot accordingly, and set "glyph->format" to
+  *     @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
+  *
+  *     The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client
+  *     applications for now.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
+  *     Indicates that the glyph loader should not try to transform the
+  *     loaded glyph image.  This doesn't prevent scaling, hinting, or
+  *     rendering.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
+  *     This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want
+  *     to render a 1-bit monochrome glyph bitmap from a vectorial outline.
+  *
+  *     Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used by the
+  *     glyph loader.  You should better use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO if you
+  *     want to render monochrome-optimized glyph images instead.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
+  *     Return the linearly scaled metrics expressed in original font units
+  *     instead of the default 16.16 pixel values.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
+  *     Indicates that the auto-hinter should never be used to hint glyph
+  *     outlines.  This doesn't prevent native format-specific hinters from
+  *     being used.  This can be important for certain fonts where unhinted
+  *     output is better than auto-hinted one.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
+  *     Use hinting for @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
+  *     Use hinting for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
+  *     Use hinting for @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
+  *     Use hinting for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.
+  *
+  *   FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
+  *     Use hinting for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
+  *)
+const
+  FT_LOAD_DEFAULT          = $0000;
+  FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE         = $0001;
+  FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING       = $0002;
+  FT_LOAD_RENDER           = $0004;
+  FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP        = $0008;
+  FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT  = $0010;
+  FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT   = $0020;
+  FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP      = $0040;
+  FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC         = $0080;
+  FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH = $0200;
+  FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE       = $0400;
+  FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM = $0800;
+  FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME       = $1000;
+  FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN    = $2000;
+
+  (* temporary hack! *)
+  FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY       = $4000;
+  FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT      = $8000;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Render_Mode                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by       *)
+  (*    FreeType 2.  Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline  *)
+  (*    conversion performed on the outline, as well as specific           *)
+  (*    hinting optimizations.                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    For bitmap fonts the `bitmap->pixel_mode' field in the             *)
+  (*    @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the returned        *)
+  (*    bitmap.                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ::                                           *)
+  (*      This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit         *)
+  (*      anti-aliased bitmaps, using 256 levels of opacity.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ::                                            *)
+  (*      This is similar to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL -- you have to use     *)
+  (*      @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT in calls to @FT_Load_Glyph to get any      *)
+  (*      effect since the rendering process no longer influences the      *)
+  (*      positioning of glyph outlines.                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*      The resulting glyph shapes are more similar to the original,     *)
+  (*      while being a bit more fuzzy (`better shapes' instead of `better *)
+  (*      contrast', so to say.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ::                                             *)
+  (*      This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ::                                              *)
+  (*      This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB/BGR sub-pixel displays,  *)
+  (*      like LCD-screens.  It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times    *)
+  (*      the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and which use *)
+  (*      the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ::                                            *)
+  (*      This mode corresponds to vertical RGB/BGR sub-pixel displays     *)
+  (*      (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.).  It produces     *)
+  (*      8-bit bitmaps that are 3 times the height of the original        *)
+  (*      glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*   The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph are     *)
+  (*   _not filtered_ to reduce color-fringes.  It is up to the caller to  *)
+  (*   perform this pass.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+type
+  FT_Render_Mode = cint;
+const
+  FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0;
+  FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  = FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL + 1;
+  FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   = FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT  + 1;
+  FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    = FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO   + 1;
+  FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  = FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD    + 1;
+  FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX    = FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V  + 1;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_GlyphSlot                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to a given `glyph slot'.  A slot is a container where it  *)
+  (*    is possible to load any one of the glyphs contained in its parent  *)
+  (*    face.                                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or               *)
+  (*    @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, *)
+  (*    i.e. the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and       *)
+  (*    other control information.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Also>                                                                *)
+  (*    @FT_GlyphSlotRec details the publicly accessible glyph fields.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+type
+  FT_GlyphSlot = ^FT_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+{$DEFINE TYPE_DECL}
+{$I ftconfig.inc}
+{$I fttypes.inc}
+{$I ftimage.inc}
+{$I ftglyph.inc}
+{$I ftstroke.inc}
+{$I ftoutln.inc} 
+{$UNDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_Metrics                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph.  The      *)
+  (*    values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag  *)
+  (*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is used, values are returned in font units        *)
+  (*    instead.                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    width ::                                                           *)
+  (*      The glyph's width.                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    height ::                                                          *)
+  (*      The glyph's height.                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    horiBearingX ::                                                    *)
+  (*      Left side bearing for horizontal layout.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    horiBearingY ::                                                    *)
+  (*      Top side bearing for horizontal layout.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    horiAdvance ::                                                     *)
+  (*      Advance width for horizontal layout.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    vertBearingX ::                                                    *)
+  (*      Left side bearing for vertical layout.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    vertBearingY ::                                                    *)
+  (*      Top side bearing for vertical layout.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    vertAdvance ::                                                     *)
+  (*      Advance height for vertical layout.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Glyph_Metrics = record
+    width  ,
+    height       : FT_Pos;
+
+    horiBearingX ,
+    horiBearingY ,
+    horiAdvance  : FT_Pos;
+
+    vertBearingX ,
+    vertBearingY ,
+    vertAdvance  : FT_Pos;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Bitmap_Size                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This structure models the size of a bitmap strike (i.e., a bitmap  *)
+  (*    instance of the font for a given resolution) in a fixed-size font  *)
+  (*    face.  It is used for the `available_sizes' field of the           *)
+  (*    @FT_FaceRec structure.                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    height :: The (vertical) baseline-to-baseline distance in pixels.  *)
+  (*              It makes most sense to define the height of a bitmap     *)
+  (*              font in this way.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    width  :: The average width of the font (in pixels).  Since the    *)
+  (*              algorithms to compute this value are different for the   *)
+  (*              various bitmap formats, it can only give an additional   *)
+  (*              hint if the `height' value isn't sufficient to select    *)
+  (*              the proper font.  For monospaced fonts the average width *)
+  (*              is the same as the maximum width.                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    size   :: The point size in 26.6 fractional format this font shall *)
+  (*              represent (for a given vertical resolution).             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem value (in 26.6 fractional format).   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    y_ppem :: The vertical ppem value (in 26.6 fractional format).     *)
+  (*              Usually, this is the `nominal' pixel height of the font. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The values in this structure are taken from the bitmap font.  If   *)
+  (*    the font doesn't provide a parameter it is set to zero to indicate *)
+  (*    that the information is not available.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The following formula converts from dpi to ppem:                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*      ppem = size * dpi / 72                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    where `size' is in points.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Windows FNT:                                                       *)
+  (*      The `size' parameter is not reliable: There exist fonts (e.g.,   *)
+  (*      app850.fon) which have a wrong size for some subfonts; x_ppem    *)
+  (*      and y_ppem are thus set equal to pixel width and height given in *)
+  (*      in the Windows FNT header.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    TrueType embedded bitmaps:                                         *)
+  (*      `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the    *)
+  (*      bitmap strike itself.  They are computed from the global font    *)
+  (*      parameters.                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Bitmap_Size = ^FT_Bitmap_Size;
+  FT_Bitmap_Size = record
+    height,
+    width  : FT_Short;
+    
+    size:    FT_Pos;
+
+    x_ppem:  FT_Pos;
+    y_ppem:  FT_Pos;
+  end;
+
+  PAFT_Bitmap_Size = ^AFT_Bitmap_Size;
+  AFT_Bitmap_Size = array[0..High(Word)] of FT_Bitmap_Size;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Face                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to a given typographic face object.  A face object models *)
+  (*    a given typeface, in a given style.                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well  *)
+  (*    as one or more @FT_Size objects.                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from *)
+  (*    a given filepathname or a custom input stream.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes).   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Also>                                                                *)
+  (*    The @FT_FaceRec details the publicly accessible fields of a given  *)
+  (*    face object.                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Face = ^FT_FaceRec;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_CharMap                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to a given character map.  A charmap is used to translate *)
+  (*    character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its     *)
+  (*    parent's face.  Some font formats may provide several charmaps per *)
+  (*    font.                                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them  *)
+  (*    can be "active" and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the  *)
+  (*    "face->num_charmaps" and "face->charmaps" fields of @FT_FaceRec.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The currently active charmap is available as "face->charmap".      *)
+  (*    You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or         *)
+  (*    @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within     *)
+  (*    the list and automatically activates it.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Also>                                                                *)
+  (*    The @FT_CharMapRec details the publicly accessible fields of a     *)
+  (*    given character map.                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_CharMap = ^FT_CharMap;
+  FT_CharMap = ^FT_CharMapRec;
+
+  PAFT_CharMap = ^FT_CharMap;
+  AFT_CharMap = array[0..High(Word)] of FT_CharMap;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_SubGlyph                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe      *)
+  (*    subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites).                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API,     *)
+  (*    hence the forward structure declaration.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_SubGlyph = ^FT_SubGlyphRec;
+  FT_SubGlyphRec = record // internal
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_GlyphSlotRec                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    FreeType root glyph slot class structure.  A glyph slot is a       *)
+  (*    container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they           *)
+  (*    vectorial or bitmap/graymaps.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    library           :: A handle to the FreeType library instance     *)
+  (*                         this slot belongs to.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    face              :: A handle to the parent face object.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    next              :: In some cases (like some font tools), several *)
+  (*                         glyph slots per face object can be a good     *)
+  (*                         thing.  As this is rare, the glyph slots are  *)
+  (*                         listed through a direct, single-linked list   *)
+  (*                         using its `next' field.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    generic           :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the     *)
+  (*                         FreeType library or any of its drivers.  It   *)
+  (*                         can be used by client applications to link    *)
+  (*                         their own data to each glyph slot object.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    metrics           :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the   *)
+  (*                         slot.  The returned values depend on the last *)
+  (*                         load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API        *)
+  (*                         function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 *)
+  (*                         fractional pixels or font units.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                         Note that even when the glyph image is        *)
+  (*                         transformed, the metrics are not.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    linearHoriAdvance :: For scalable formats only, this field holds   *)
+  (*                         the linearly scaled horizontal advance width  *)
+  (*                         for the glyph (i.e. the scaled and unhinted   *)
+  (*                         value of the hori advance).  This can be      *)
+  (*                         important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                         Note that this value is expressed by default  *)
+  (*                         in 16.16 pixels. However, when the glyph is   *)
+  (*                         loaded with the FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN flag,   *)
+  (*                         this field contains simply the value of the   *)
+  (*                         advance in original font units.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    linearVertAdvance :: For scalable formats only, this field holds   *)
+  (*                         the linearly scaled vertical advance height   *)
+  (*                         for the glyph.  See linearHoriAdvance for     *)
+  (*                         comments.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    advance           :: This is the transformed advance width for the *)
+  (*                         glyph.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    format            :: This field indicates the format of the image  *)
+  (*                         contained in the glyph slot.  Typically       *)
+  (*                         FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP,                       *)
+  (*                         FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, and                  *)
+  (*                         FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are     *)
+  (*                         possible.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bitmap            :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor     *)
+  (*                         when the slot format is                       *)
+  (*                         FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.  Note that the        *)
+  (*                         address and content of the bitmap buffer can  *)
+  (*                         change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a  *)
+  (*                         few other functions.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bitmap_left       :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed   *)
+  (*                         in integer pixels.  Of course, this is only   *)
+  (*                         valid if the format is                        *)
+  (*                         FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bitmap_top        :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in *)
+  (*                         integer pixels.  Remember that this is the    *)
+  (*                         distance from the baseline to the top-most    *)
+  (*                         glyph scanline, upwards y-coordinates being   *)
+  (*                         *positive*.                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    outline           :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph  *)
+  (*                         image if its format is                        *)
+  (*                         FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    num_subglyphs     :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. *)
+  (*                         This field is only valid for the composite    *)
+  (*                         glyph format that should normally only be     *)
+  (*                         loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag.     *)
+  (*                         For now this is internal to FreeType.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    subglyphs         :: An array of subglyph descriptors for          *)
+  (*                         composite glyphs.  There are `num_subglyphs'  *)
+  (*                         elements in there.  Currently internal to     *)
+  (*                         FreeType.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    control_data      :: Certain font drivers can also return the      *)
+  (*                         control data for a given glyph image (e.g.    *)
+  (*                         TrueType bytecode, Type 1 charstrings, etc.). *)
+  (*                         This field is a pointer to such data.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    control_len       :: This is the length in bytes of the control    *)
+  (*                         data.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    other             :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to *)
+  (*                         present their own glyph image to client apps. *)
+  (*                         Note that the app will need to know about the *)
+  (*                         image format.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    lsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    *)
+  (*                         left side bearing while autohinting is        *)
+  (*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    rsb_delta         :: The difference between hinted and unhinted    *)
+  (*                         right side bearing while autohinting is       *)
+  (*                         active.  Zero otherwise.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see                *)
+  (*    @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in   *)
+  (*    its native format (e.g. a vectorial outline for TrueType and       *)
+  (*    Type 1 formats).                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling         *)
+  (*    @FT_Render_Glyph.  This function finds the current renderer for    *)
+  (*    the native image's format then invokes it.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through *)
+  (*    the slot's face transformation fields, then convert it into a      *)
+  (*    bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used *)
+  (*    to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen  *)
+  (*    position (e.g. coordinates [0,0] on the baseline).  Of course,     *)
+  (*    `slot->format' is also changed to `FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP' .       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use           *)
+  (*    `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta':                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      FT_Pos  origin_x       = 0;                                      *)
+  (*      FT_Pos  prev_rsb_delta = 0;                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*      for all glyphs do                                                *)
+  (*        <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to *)
+  (*         `origin_x'>                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'>                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 )           *)
+  (*          origin_x -= 64;                                              *)
+  (*        else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 )      *)
+  (*          origin_x += 64;                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta;                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...>                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x;                            *)
+  (*      endfor                                                           *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_GlyphSlotRec = record
+    alibrary : FT_Library;
+
+    face  : FT_Face;
+    next  : FT_GlyphSlot;
+    flags : FT_UInt;
+
+    generic : FT_Generic;
+    metrics : FT_Glyph_Metrics;
+
+    linearHoriAdvance ,
+    linearVertAdvance : FT_Fixed;
+
+    advance : FT_Vector;
+    format  : FT_Glyph_Format;
+    bitmap  : FT_Bitmap;
+
+    bitmap_left ,
+    bitmap_top  : FT_Int;
+
+    outline : FT_Outline;
+
+    num_subglyphs : FT_UInt;
+    subglyphs     : FT_SubGlyph;
+    
+    control_data  : pointer;
+    control_len   : clong;
+
+    lsb_delta: FT_Pos;
+    rsb_delta: FT_Pos;
+
+    other : pointer;
+    
+    //internal: FT_Slot_Internal;
+  end;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Size_Metrics                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The size metrics structure returned scaled important distances for *)
+  (*    a given size object.                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    x_ppem       :: The character width, expressed in integer pixels.  *)
+  (*                    This is the width of the EM square expressed in    *)
+  (*                    pixels, hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    y_ppem       :: The character height, expressed in integer pixels. *)
+  (*                    This is the height of the EM square expressed in   *)
+  (*                    pixels, hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM).     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    x_scale      :: A simple 16.16 fixed point format coefficient used *)
+  (*                    to scale horizontal distances expressed in font    *)
+  (*                    units to fractional (26.6) pixel coordinates.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    y_scale      :: A simple 16.16 fixed point format coefficient used *)
+  (*                    to scale vertical distances expressed in font      *)
+  (*                    units to fractional (26.6) pixel coordinates.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    ascender     :: The ascender, expressed in 26.6 fixed point        *)
+  (*                    pixels.  Positive for ascenders above the          *)
+  (*                    baseline.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    descender    :: The descender, expressed in 26.6 fixed point       *)
+  (*                    pixels.  Negative for descenders below the         *)
+  (*                    baseline.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    height       :: The text height, expressed in 26.6 fixed point     *)
+  (*                    pixels.  Always positive.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    max_advance  :: Maximum horizontal advance, expressed in 26.6      *)
+  (*                    fixed point pixels.  Always positive.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    For scalable fonts, the values of `ascender', `descender', and     *)
+  (*    `height' are scaled versions of `face->ascender',                  *)
+  (*    `face->descender', and `face->height', respectively.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Unfortunately, due to glyph hinting, these values might not be     *)
+  (*    exact for certain fonts.  They thus must be treated as unreliable  *)
+  (*    with an error margin of at least one pixel!                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Indeed, the only way to get the exact pixel ascender and descender *)
+  (*    is to render _all_ glyphs.  As this would be a definite            *)
+  (*    performance hit, it is up to client applications to perform such   *)
+  (*    computations.                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Size_Metrics = record
+    x_ppem,                   (* horizontal pixels per EM               *)
+    y_ppem:      FT_UShort;   (* vertical pixels per EM                 *)
+    x_scale,                  (* scaling values used to convert font    *)
+    y_scale:     FT_Fixed;    (* units to 26.6 fractional pixels        *)
+
+    ascender,                 (* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels          *)
+    descender:   FT_Pos;      (* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels         *)
+    height:      FT_Pos;      (* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels       *)
+    max_advance: FT_Pos;      (* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels *)
+  end;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Size                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to a given size object.  Such an object models the data   *)
+  (*    that depends on the current _resolution_ and _character size_ in a *)
+  (*    given @FT_Face.                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Each face object owns one or more sizes.  There is however a       *)
+  (*    single _active_ size for the face at any time that will be used by *)
+  (*    functions like @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Get_Kerning, etc.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    You can use the @FT_Activate_Size API to change the current        *)
+  (*    active size of any given face.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Also>                                                                *)
+  (*    The @FT_SizeRec structure details the publicly accessible fields   *)
+  (*    of a given face object.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Size = ^FT_SizeRec;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_SizeRec                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    FreeType root size class structure.  A size object models the      *)
+  (*    resolution and pointsize dependent data of a given face.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    face    :: Handle to the parent face object.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType     *)
+  (*               library or any of its drivers.  It can be used by       *)
+  (*               client applications to link their own data to each size *)
+  (*               object.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    metrics :: Metrics for this size object.  This field is read-only. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_SizeRec = record
+    face    : FT_Face;
+    generic : FT_Generic;
+    metrics : FT_Size_Metrics;
+    //internal : FT_Size_Internal;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_FaceRec                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    FreeType root face class structure.  A face object models the      *)
+  (*    resolution and point-size independent data found in a font file.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    num_faces           :: In the case where the face is located in a  *)
+  (*                           collection (i.e., a file which embeds       *)
+  (*                           several faces), this is the total number of *)
+  (*                           faces found in the resource.  1 by default. *)
+  (*                           Accessing non-existent face indices causes  *)
+  (*                           an error.                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    face_index          :: The index of the face in its font file.     *)
+  (*                           Usually, this is 0 for all normal font      *)
+  (*                           formats.  It can be > 0 in the case of      *)
+  (*                           collections (which embed several fonts in a *)
+  (*                           single resource/file).                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    face_flags          :: A set of bit flags that give important      *)
+  (*                           information about the face; see the         *)
+  (*                           @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX constants for details.    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    style_flags         :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of  *)
+  (*                           the face (i.e., italic, bold, underline,    *)
+  (*                           etc).  See the @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX           *)
+  (*                           constants.                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    num_glyphs          :: The total number of glyphs in the face.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    family_name         :: The face's family name.  This is an ASCII   *)
+  (*                           string, usually in English, which describes *)
+  (*                           the typeface's family (like `Times New      *)
+  (*                           Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc).  This   *)
+  (*                           is a least common denominator used to list  *)
+  (*                           fonts.  Some formats (TrueType & OpenType)  *)
+  (*                           provide localized and Unicode versions of   *)
+  (*                           this string.  Applications should use the   *)
+  (*                           format specific interface to access them.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    style_name          :: The face's style name.  This is an ASCII    *)
+  (*                           string, usually in English, which describes *)
+  (*                           the typeface's style (like `Italic',        *)
+  (*                           `Bold', `Condensed', etc).  Not all font    *)
+  (*                           formats provide a style name, so this field *)
+  (*                           is optional, and can be set to NULL.  As    *)
+  (*                           for `family_name', some formats provide     *)
+  (*                           localized/Unicode versions of this string.  *)
+  (*                           Applications should use the format specific *)
+  (*                           interface to access them.                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    num_fixed_sizes     :: The number of fixed sizes available in this *)
+  (*                           face.  This should be set to 0 for scalable *)
+  (*                           fonts, unless its face includes a set of    *)
+  (*                           glyphs (called a `strike') for the          *)
+  (*                           specified sizes.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    available_sizes     :: An array of sizes specifying the available  *)
+  (*                           bitmap/graymap sizes that are contained in  *)
+  (*                           in the font face.  Should be set to NULL if *)
+  (*                           the field `num_fixed_sizes' is set to 0.    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    num_charmaps        :: The total number of character maps in the   *)
+  (*                           face.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    charmaps            :: A table of pointers to the face's charmaps. *)
+  (*                           Used to scan the list of available charmaps *)
+  (*                           -- this table might change after a call to  *)
+  (*                           @FT_Attach_File or @FT_Attach_Stream (e.g.  *)
+  (*                           if used to hook an additional encoding or   *)
+  (*                           CMap to the face object).                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    generic             :: A field reserved for client uses.  See the  *)
+  (*                           @FT_Generic type description.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bbox                :: The font bounding box.  Coordinates are     *)
+  (*                           expressed in font units (see units_per_EM). *)
+  (*                           The box is large enough to contain any      *)
+  (*                           glyph from the font.  Thus, bbox.yMax can   *)
+  (*                           be seen as the `maximal ascender',          *)
+  (*                           bbox.yMin as the `minimal descender', and   *)
+  (*                           the maximal glyph width is given by         *)
+  (*                           `bbox.xMax-bbox.xMin' (not to be confused   *)
+  (*                           with the maximal _advance_width_).  Only    *)
+  (*                           relevant for scalable formats.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    units_per_EM        :: The number of font units per EM square for  *)
+  (*                           this face.  This is typically 2048 for      *)
+  (*                           TrueType fonts, 1000 for Type1 fonts, and   *)
+  (*                           should be set to the (unrealistic) value 1  *)
+  (*                           for fixed-sizes fonts.  Only relevant for   *)
+  (*                           scalable formats.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    ascender            :: The face's ascender is the vertical         *)
+  (*                           distance from the baseline to the topmost   *)
+  (*                           point of any glyph in the face.  This       *)
+  (*                           field's value is positive, expressed in     *)
+  (*                           font units.  Some font designs use a value  *)
+  (*                           different from `bbox.yMax'.  Only relevant  *)
+  (*                           for scalable formats.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    descender           :: The face's descender is the vertical        *)
+  (*                           distance from the baseline to the           *)
+  (*                           bottommost point of any glyph in the face.  *)
+  (*                           This field's value is *negative* for values *)
+  (*                           below the baseline.  It is expressed in     *)
+  (*                           font units.  Some font designs use a value  *)
+  (*                           different from `bbox.yMin'.  Only relevant  *)
+  (*                           for scalable formats.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    height              :: The face's height is the vertical distance  *)
+  (*                           from one baseline to the next when writing  *)
+  (*                           several lines of text.  Its value is always *)
+  (*                           positive, expressed in font units.  The     *)
+  (*                           value can be computed as                    *)
+  (*                           `ascender+descender+line_gap' where the     *)
+  (*                           value of `line_gap' is also called          *)
+  (*                           `external leading'.  Only relevant for      *)
+  (*                           scalable formats.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    max_advance_width   :: The maximal advance width, in font units,   *)
+  (*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This can be   *)
+  (*                           used to make word wrapping computations     *)
+  (*                           faster.  Only relevant for scalable         *)
+  (*                           formats.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    max_advance_height  :: The maximal advance height, in font units,  *)
+  (*                           for all glyphs in this face.  This is only  *)
+  (*                           relevant for vertical layouts, and should   *)
+  (*                           be set to the `height' for fonts that do    *)
+  (*                           not provide vertical metrics.  Only         *)
+  (*                           relevant for scalable formats.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    underline_position  :: The position, in font units, of the         *)
+  (*                           underline line for this face.  It's the     *)
+  (*                           center of the underlining stem.  Only       *)
+  (*                           relevant for scalable formats.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the        *)
+  (*                           underline for this face.  Only relevant for *)
+  (*                           scalable formats.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    glyph               :: The face's associated glyph slot(s).  This  *)
+  (*                           object is created automatically with a new  *)
+  (*                           face object.  However, certain kinds of     *)
+  (*                           applications (mainly tools like converters) *)
+  (*                           can need more than one slot to ease their   *)
+  (*                           task.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    size                :: The current active size for this face.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    charmap             :: The current active charmap for this face.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_FaceRec = record
+    num_faces       : FT_Long;
+    face_index      : FT_Long;
+
+    face_flags      : FT_Long;
+    style_flags     : FT_Long;
+
+    num_glyphs      : FT_Long;
+
+    family_name     : PFT_String;
+    style_name      : PFT_String;
+
+    num_fixed_sizes : FT_Int;
+    available_sizes : PAFT_Bitmap_Size; // is array
+
+    num_charmaps    : FT_Int;
+    charmaps        : PAFT_CharMap;    // is array
+
+    generic         : FT_Generic;
+
+    (*# the following are only relevant to scalable outlines *)
+    bbox            : FT_BBox;
+
+    units_per_EM    : FT_UShort;
+    ascender        : FT_Short;
+    descender       : FT_Short;
+    height          : FT_Short;
+
+    max_advance_width   : FT_Short;
+    max_advance_height  : FT_Short;
+    
+    underline_position  : FT_Short;
+    underline_thickness : FT_Short;
+
+    glyph           : FT_GlyphSlot;
+    size            : FT_Size;
+    charmap         : FT_CharMap;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_CharMapRec                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The base charmap structure.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    face        :: A handle to the parent face object.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    encoding    :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap.  Use   *)
+  (*                   this with @FT_Select_Charmap.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the        *)
+  (*                   following encoding ID.  This comes directly from    *)
+  (*                   the TrueType specification and should be emulated   *)
+  (*                   for other formats.                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number.  This also     *)
+  (*                   comes from the TrueType specification and should be *)
+  (*                   emulated similarly.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_CharMapRec = record
+    face        : FT_Face;
+    encoding    : FT_Encoding;
+    platform_id : FT_UShort;
+    encoding_id : FT_UShort;
+  end;
+
+
+{$I ftconfig.inc}
+{$I fttypes.inc}
+{$I ftimage.inc}
+{$I ftglyph.inc}
+{$I ftstroke.inc}
+{$I ftoutln.inc} 
+
+
+{ GLOBAL PROCEDURES }
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* @macro:                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_HAS_KERNING( face )                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* @description:                                                         *)
+  (*    A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning  *)
+  (*    data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_HAS_KERNING(face : FT_Face ) : cbool;
+
+  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* @macro:                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* @description:                                                         *)
+  (*    A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a        *)
+  (*    scalable font face (true for TrueType, Type 1, CID, and            *)
+  (*    OpenType/CFF font formats.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_IS_SCALABLE(face : FT_Face ) : cbool;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Init_FreeType                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Initializes a new FreeType library object.  The set of modules     *)
+  (*    that are registered by this function is determined at build time.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    alibrary :: A handle to a new library object.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Init_FreeType(out alibrary : FT_Library ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Init_FreeType';
+
+ (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Done_FreeType                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Destroys a given FreeType library object and all of its childs,    *)
+  (*    including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc.                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    library :: A handle to the target library object.                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Done_FreeType(alibrary : FT_Library ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Done_FreeType';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Attach_File                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    `Attaches' a given font file to an existing face.  This is usually *)
+  (*    to read additional information for a single face object.  For      *)
+  (*    example, it is used to read the AFM files that come with Type 1    *)
+  (*    fonts in order to add kerning data and other metrics.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    face         :: The target face object.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    filepathname :: An 8-bit pathname naming the `metrics' file.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    If your font file is in memory, or if you want to provide your     *)
+  (*    own input stream object, use @FT_Attach_Stream.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The meaning of the `attach' action (i.e., what really happens when *)
+  (*    the new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself.  It really  *)
+  (*    depends on the font format (and thus the font driver).             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Client applications are expected to know what they are doing       *)
+  (*    when invoking this function.  Most drivers simply do not implement *)
+  (*    file attachments.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Attach_File(face : FT_Face; filepathname : PChar ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Attach_File';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_New_Memory_Face                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Creates a new face object from a given resource and typeface index *)
+  (*    using a font file already loaded into memory.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    file_base  :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    file_size  :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      *)
+  (*                  first face has index 0.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The font data bytes are used _directly_ by the @FT_Face object.    *)
+  (*    This means that they are not copied, and that the client is        *)
+  (*    responsible for releasing/destroying them _after_ the              *)
+  (*    corresponding call to @FT_Done_Face .                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph   *)
+  (*    slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through    *)
+  (*    `face->glyph'.                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    @FT_New_Memory_Face can be used to determine and/or check the font *)
+  (*    format of a given font resource.  If the `face_index' field is     *)
+  (*    negative, the function will _not_ return any face handle in        *)
+  (*    `aface'; the return value is 0 if the font format is recognized,   *)
+  (*    or non-zero otherwise.                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_New_Memory_Face(
+            library_ : FT_Library;
+            file_base : PFT_Byte;
+            file_size ,
+            face_index : FT_Long;
+            out aface :  FT_Face ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_New_Memory_Face';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_New_Face                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Creates a new face object from a given resource and typeface index *)
+  (*    using a pathname to the font file.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    library    :: A handle to the library resource.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    pathname   :: A path to the font file.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    face_index :: The index of the face within the resource.  The      *)
+  (*                  first face has index 0.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    aface      :: A handle to a new face object.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph   *)
+  (*    slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through    *)
+  (*    `face->glyph'.                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    @FT_New_Face can be used to determine and/or check the font format *)
+  (*    of a given font resource.  If the `face_index' field is negative,  *)
+  (*    the function will _not_ return any face handle in `aface';  the    *)
+  (*    return value is 0 if the font format is recognized, or non-zero    *)
+  (*    otherwise.                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Each new face object created with this function also owns a        *)
+  (*    default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_New_Face(
+            library_ : FT_Library;
+            filepathname : PChar;
+            face_index : FT_Long;
+            out aface : FT_Face ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_New_Face';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Done_Face                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Discards a given face object, as well as all of its child slots    *)
+  (*    and sizes.                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    face :: A handle to a target face object.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Done_Face(face : FT_Face ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Done_Face';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Select_Charmap                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Selects a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in          *)
+  (*    `freetype.h').                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    encoding :: A handle to the selected charmap.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    This function will return an error if no charmap in the face       *)
+  (*    corresponds to the encoding queried here.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Select_Charmap(face : FT_Face; encoding : FT_Encoding ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Select_Charmap';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Get_Char_Index                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Returns the glyph index of a given character code.  This function  *)
+  (*    uses a charmap object to do the translation.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    face     :: A handle to the source face object.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    charcode :: The character code.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    The glyph index.  0 means `undefined character code'.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    FreeType computes its own glyph indices which are not necessarily  *)
+  (*    the same as used in the font in case the font is based on glyph    *)
+  (*    indices.  Reason for this behaviour is to assure that index 0 is   *)
+  (*    never used, representing the missing glyph.                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Get_Char_Index(face : FT_Face; charcode : FT_ULong ) : FT_UInt;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Get_Char_Index';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Load_Glyph                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function used to load a single glyph within a given glyph slot,  *)
+  (*    for a given size.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    face        :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph  *)
+  (*                   will be loaded.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file.  For       *)
+  (*                   CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format)     *)
+  (*                   this argument specifies the CID value.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    load_flags  :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph.  The *)
+  (*                   @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the   *)
+  (*                   glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline    *)
+  (*                   should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not,   *)
+  (*                   whether to hint the outline, etc).                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    If the glyph image is not a bitmap, and if the bit flag            *)
+  (*    FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM is unset, the glyph image will be         *)
+  (*    transformed with the information passed to a previous call to      *)
+  (*    @FT_Set_Transform.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but *)
+  (*    *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Load_Glyph(
+            face : FT_Face;
+            glyph_index : FT_UInt ;
+            load_flags : FT_Int32 ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Load_Glyph';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Render_Glyph                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Converts a given glyph image to a bitmap.  It does so by           *)
+  (*    inspecting the glyph image format, find the relevant renderer, and *)
+  (*    invoke it.                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    slot        :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to  *)
+  (*                   convert.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph    *)
+  (*                   image into a bitmap.  See FT_Render_Mode for a list *)
+  (*                   of possible values.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Render_Glyph(slot : FT_GlyphSlot; render_mode : FT_Render_Mode ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Render_Glyph';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Kerning_Mode                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in   *)
+  (*    @FT_Get_Kerning.                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning       *)
+  (*                           distances (value is 0).                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning    *)
+  (*                           distances.                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font  *)
+  (*                           units.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+const
+  FT_KERNING_DEFAULT  = 0;
+  FT_KERNING_UNFITTED = 1;
+  FT_KERNING_UNSCALED = 2;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Get_Kerning                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Returns the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    face        :: A handle to a source face object.                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    left_glyph  :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    kern_mode   :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information.          *)
+  (*                   Determines the scale/dimension of the returned      *)
+  (*                   kerning vector.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    akerning    :: The kerning vector.  This is in font units for      *)
+  (*                   scalable formats, and in pixels for fixed-sizes     *)
+  (*                   formats.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are        *)
+  (*    supported by this method.  Other layouts, or more sophisticated    *)
+  (*    kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be *)
+  (*    implemented through format-specific interfaces.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Get_Kerning(
+            face : FT_Face;
+            left_glyph ,
+            right_glyph ,
+            kern_mode : FT_UInt;
+            out akerning : FT_Vector ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Get_Kerning';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Set_Char_Size                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Sets the character dimensions of a given face object.  The         *)
+  (*    `char_width' and `char_height' values are used for the width and   *)
+  (*    height, respectively, expressed in 26.6 fractional points.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    If the horizontal or vertical resolution values are zero, a        *)
+  (*    default value of 72dpi is used.  Similarly, if one of the          *)
+  (*    character dimensions is zero, its value is set equal to the other. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    face            :: A handle to a target face object.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    char_width      :: The character width, in 26.6 fractional points. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    char_height     :: The character height, in 26.6 fractional        *)
+  (*                       points.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution.                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    When dealing with fixed-size faces (i.e., non-scalable formats),   *)
+  (*    @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes provides a more convenient interface.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Set_Char_Size(
+            face : FT_Face;
+            char_width ,
+            char_height : FT_F26dot6;
+            horz_res ,
+            vert_res : FT_UInt) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Set_Char_Size';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Sets the character dimensions of a given face object.  The width   *)
+  (*    and height are expressed in integer pixels.                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    If one of the character dimensions is zero, its value is set equal *)
+  (*    to the other.                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    face         :: A handle to the target face object.                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    pixel_width  :: The character width, in integer pixels.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    pixel_height :: The character height, in integer pixels.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The values of `pixel_width' and `pixel_height' correspond to the   *)
+  (*    pixel values of the _typographic_ character size, which are NOT    *)
+  (*    necessarily the same as the dimensions of the glyph `bitmap        *)
+  (*    cells'.                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The `character size' is really the size of an abstract square      *)
+  (*    called the `EM', used to design the font.  However, depending      *)
+  (*    on the font design, glyphs will be smaller or greater than the     *)
+  (*    EM.                                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    This means that setting the pixel size to, say, 8x8 doesn't        *)
+  (*    guarantee in any way that you will get glyph bitmaps that all fit  *)
+  (*    within an 8x8 cell (sometimes even far from it).                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    For bitmap fonts, `pixel_height' usually is a reliable value for   *)
+  (*    the height of the bitmap cell.  Drivers for bitmap font formats    *)
+  (*    which contain a single bitmap strike only (BDF, PCF, FNT) ignore   *)
+  (*    `pixel_width'.                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes(
+            face : FT_Face;
+            pixel_width ,
+            pixel_height : FT_UInt ) : FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes';
+
+const
+  FT_ANGLE_PI  = 180 shl 16;
+  FT_ANGLE_2PI = FT_ANGLE_PI * 2;
+  FT_ANGLE_PI2 = FT_ANGLE_PI div 2;
+  FT_ANGLE_PI4 = FT_ANGLE_PI div 4;
+
+
+implementation
+
+
+{ FT_CURVE_TAG }
+function FT_CURVE_TAG(flag: byte): byte;
+begin
+  result := flag and 3;
+end;
+
+{ FT_HAS_KERNING }
+function FT_HAS_KERNING(face : FT_Face ) : cbool;
+begin
+  result := cbool(face.face_flags and FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING );
+end;
+
+{ FT_IS_SCALABLE }
+function FT_IS_SCALABLE(face : FT_Face ) : cbool;
+begin
+  result := cbool(face.face_flags and FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE );
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/ftconfig.inc b/src/lib/freetype/ftconfig.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..100fb2e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/ftconfig.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+(***************************************************************************)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  ftconfig.h                                                             *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*    ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).               *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                   *)
+(*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *)
+(*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *)
+(*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *)
+(*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *)
+(*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Pascal port by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* IntN types                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   Used to guarantee the size of some specific integers.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Int16   = cint16;
+  FT_UInt16  = cuint16;
+  FT_Int32   = cint32;
+  FT_UInt32  = cuint32;
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/ftglyph.inc b/src/lib/freetype/ftglyph.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d4acc99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/ftglyph.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+(***************************************************************************)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  ftglyph.h                                                              *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*    FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).     *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006 by                               *)
+(*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *)
+(*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *)
+(*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *)
+(*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *)
+(*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Pascal port by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions    *)
+  (* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph      *)
+  (* bitmaps and outlines from a given face.                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server   *)
+  (* or text layout engine on top of FreeType.  However, they are pretty   *)
+  (* handy for many other simple uses of the library.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Section>                                                             *)
+  (*    glyph_management                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Title>                                                               *)
+  (*    Glyph Management                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Abstract>                                                            *)
+  (*    Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data        *)
+  (*    through generic FT_Glyph objects.  Each of them can contain a      *)
+  (*    bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+  
+  (* forward declaration to a private type *)
+  PFT_Glyph_Class = Pointer;
+
+  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images.  It is a   *)
+  (*    pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph      *)
+  (*    bitmap or pointer.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Glyph objects are not owned by the library.  You must thus release *)
+  (*    them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling            *)
+  (*    @FT_Done_FreeType.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Glyph = ^FT_GlyphRec;
+  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_GlyphRec                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its     *)
+  (*    advance width in 16.16 fixed float format.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    library :: A handle to the FreeType library object.                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    clazz   :: A pointer to the glyph's class.  Private.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    format  :: The format of the glyph's image.                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_GlyphRec = record
+    library_: FT_Library;
+    clazz:    PFT_Glyph_Class;
+    format:   FT_Glyph_Format;
+    advance:  FT_Vector;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_BitmapGlyph                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image.  This is *)
+  (*    a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_BitmapGlyph = ^FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_BitmapGlyphRec                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure used for bitmap glyph images.  This really is a        *)
+  (*    `sub-class' of `FT_GlyphRec'.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    root   :: The root FT_Glyph fields.                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    left   :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance     *)
+  (*              from the current pen position to the left border of the  *)
+  (*              glyph bitmap.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    top    :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from   *)
+  (*              the current pen position to the top border of the glyph  *)
+  (*              bitmap.  This distance is positive for upwards-y!        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    You can typecast FT_Glyph to FT_BitmapGlyph if you have            *)
+  (*    glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP.  This lets you access     *)
+  (*    the bitmap's contents easily.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by the BitmapGlyph  *)
+  (*    and is thus created and destroyed with it.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_BitmapGlyphRec = record
+    root:   FT_GlyphRec;
+    left:   FT_Int;
+    top:    FT_Int;
+    bitmap: FT_Bitmap;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_OutlineGlyph                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image.  This  *)
+  (*    is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_OutlineGlyph = ^FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_OutlineGlyphRec                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images.  This       *)
+  (*    really is a `sub-class' of `FT_GlyphRec'.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    root    :: The root FT_Glyph fields.                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    outline :: A descriptor for the outline.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    You can typecast FT_Glyph to FT_OutlineGlyph if you have           *)
+  (*    glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE.  This lets you access    *)
+  (*    the outline's content easily.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are *)
+  (*    expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag                 *)
+  (*    FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in FT_Load_Glyph() or FT_Load_Char().    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are        *)
+  (*    destroyed with it.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_OutlineGlyphRec = record
+    root:    FT_GlyphRec;
+    outline: FT_Outline;
+  end;
+
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Get_Glyph                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    slot   :: A handle to the source glyph slot.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Get_Glyph(
+             slot:   FT_GlyphSlot;
+             out aglyph: FT_Glyph ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Get_Glyph';
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_Copy                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function used to copy a glyph image.  Note that the created      *)
+  (*    @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    source :: A handle to the source glyph object.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    target :: A handle to the target glyph object.  0~in case of       *)
+  (*              error.                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0~means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Glyph_Copy(source: FT_Glyph;
+                 var target: FT_Glyph ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Glyph_Copy';
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::                                          *)
+  (*      Return unscaled font units.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::                                         *)
+  (*      Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::                                           *)
+  (*      Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::                                          *)
+  (*      Return coordinates in integer pixels.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::                                            *)
+  (*      Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode = cint;
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED  = 0;
+  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0;
+  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT   = 1;
+  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE  = 2;
+  FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS    = 3;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_Get_CBox                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Return a glyph's `control box'.  The control box encloses all the  *)
+  (*    outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it      *)
+  (*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   *)
+  (*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  *)
+  (*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding *)
+  (*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  *)
+  (*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       *)
+  (*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    mode  :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned    *)
+  (*             bounding box values.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box.  Coordinates are       *)
+  (*             expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the Y-upwards  *)
+  (*    convention.                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode'   *)
+  (*    must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font        *)
+  (*    units in 26.6 pixel format.  The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS    *)
+  (*    is another name for this constant.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that  *)
+  (*    one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in  *)
+  (*    integer or 26.6 pixels) as:                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      width  = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;                                  *)
+  (*      height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;                                  *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to      *)
+  (*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,  *)
+  (*    which corresponds to:                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);                                    *)
+  (*      bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);                                    *)
+  (*      bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);                                  *)
+  (*      bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);                                  *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to           *)
+  (*    @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode'  *)
+  (*    to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  procedure FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( glyph: FT_Glyph;
+                     bbox_mode: FT_UInt;
+                     out acbox: FT_BBox );
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Glyph_Get_CBox';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Converts a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    the_glyph   :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    render_mode :: An enumeration that describe how the data is        *)
+  (*                   rendered.                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    origin      :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph   *)
+  (*                   image before rendering.  Can be 0 (if no            *)
+  (*                   translation).  The origin is expressed in           *)
+  (*                   26.6 pixels.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    destroy     :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph    *)
+  (*                   image should be destroyed by this function.  It is  *)
+  (*                   never destroyed in case of error.                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before      *)
+  (*    rendering.                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The first parameter is a pointer to a FT_Glyph handle, that will   *)
+  (*    be replaced by this function.  Typically, you would use (omitting  *)
+  (*    error handling):                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*      {                                                                *)
+  (*        FT_Glyph        glyph;                                         *)
+  (*        FT_BitmapGlyph  glyph_bitmap;                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        // load glyph                                                  *)
+  (*        error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT );     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        // extract glyph image                                         *)
+  (*        error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroy old)     *)
+  (*        if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )                 *)
+  (*        {                                                              *)
+  (*          error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_DEFAULT,  *)
+  (*                                      0, 1 );                          *)
+  (*          if ( error ) // glyph unchanged                              *)
+  (*            ...                                                        *)
+  (*        }                                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        // access bitmap content by typecasting                        *)
+  (*        glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing               *)
+  (*        ...                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*        // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)                         *)
+  (*        FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );                                        *)
+  (*      }                                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap(var the_glyph: FT_Glyph;
+                      render_mode: FT_Render_Mode;
+                      origin:      PFT_Vector;
+                      destroy:     FT_Bool ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap';
+
+    
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Done_Glyph                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Destroys a given glyph.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object.                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  procedure FT_Done_Glyph( glyph: FT_Glyph );
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Done_Glyph';
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/ftimage.inc b/src/lib/freetype/ftimage.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63eee534
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/ftimage.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,849 @@
+(***************************************************************************)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  ftimage.h                                                              *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*    FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface            *)
+(*    (specification).                                                     *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by             *)
+(*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *)
+(*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *)
+(*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *)
+(*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *)
+(*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Pascal port by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render      *)
+  (*       FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Pos                                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The type FT_Pos is a 32-bit integer used to store vectorial        *)
+  (*    coordinates.  Depending on the context, these can represent        *)
+  (*    distances in integer font units, or 16,16, or 26.6 fixed float     *)
+  (*    pixel coordinates.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Pos     = cslong;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Vector                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of   *)
+  (*    the FT_Pos type.                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    x :: The horizontal coordinate.                                    *)
+  (*    y :: The vertical coordinate.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Vector = ^FT_Vector;
+  FT_Vector = record
+    x ,
+    y : FT_Pos;
+  end;
+
+  PFT_VectorArray = ^FT_VectorArray;
+  FT_VectorArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(FT_Vector))-1] of FT_Vector;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_BBox                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the      *)
+  (*    coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical          *)
+  (*    directions.                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most).                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most).                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most).                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most).                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_BBox = ^FT_BBox;
+  FT_BBox = record
+    xMin, yMin : FT_Pos;
+    xMax, yMax : FT_Pos;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a     *)
+  (*    given bitmap.  Note that additional formats may be added in the    *)
+  (*    future.                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE ::                                              *)
+  (*      Value 0 is reserved.                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO ::                                              *)
+  (*      A monochrome bitmap, using 1 bit per pixel.  Note that pixels    *)
+  (*      are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that     *)
+  (*      the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY ::                                              *)
+  (*      An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph  *)
+  (*      images.  Each pixel is stored in one byte.  Note that the number *)
+  (*      of value `gray' levels is stored in the `num_bytes' field of     *)
+  (*      the @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256).                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 ::                                             *)
+  (*      A 2-bit/pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased    *)
+  (*      bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.   *)
+  (*      We haven't found a single font using this format, however.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 ::                                             *)
+  (*      A 4-bit/pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded anti-aliased    *)
+  (*      bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification.   *)
+  (*      We haven't found a single font using this format, however.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD ::                                               *)
+  (*      An 8-bit bitmap, used to represent RGB or BGR decimated glyph    *)
+  (*      images used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three     *)
+  (*      times wider than the original glyph image.  See also             *)
+  (*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD.                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V ::                                             *)
+  (*      An 8-bit bitmap, used to represent RGB or BGR decimated glyph    *)
+  (*      images used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap      *)
+  (*      is three times taller than the original glyph image.  See also   *)
+  (*      @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Pixel_Mode = cint;
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE    = 0;
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO    = FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE  + 1;
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY    = FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO  + 1;
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2   = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY  + 1;
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4   = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 + 1;
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD     = FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 + 1;
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V   = FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD   + 1;
+
+  FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX     = FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V + 1; (* do not remove *)
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Bitmap                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster.     *)
+  (*    Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the      *)
+  (*    `pixel_mode' field.                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    rows         :: The number of bitmap rows.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    width        :: The number of pixels in bitmap row.                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    pitch        :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes  *)
+  (*                    taken by one bitmap row, including padding.        *)
+  (*                    However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has *)
+  (*                    a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up'    *)
+  (*                    flow.  In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add *)
+  (*                    to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    buffer       :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer.  This     *)
+  (*                    value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in    *)
+  (*                    most cases.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    num_grays    :: This field is only used with                       *)
+  (*                    `FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY'; it gives the number of gray  *)
+  (*                    levels used in the bitmap.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    pixel_mode   :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored.   *)
+  (*                    See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    palette_mode :: This field is only used with paletted pixel modes; *)
+  (*                    it indicates how the palette is stored.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    palette      :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; only     *)
+  (*                    used for paletted pixel modes.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*   For now, the only pixel mode supported by FreeType are mono and     *)
+  (*   grays.  However, drivers might be added in the future to support    *)
+  (*   more `colorful' options.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   When using pixel modes pal2, pal4 and pal8 with a void `palette'    *)
+  (*   field, a gray pixmap with respectively 4, 16, and 256 levels of     *)
+  (*   gray is assumed.  This, in order to be compatible with some         *)
+  (*   embedded bitmap formats defined in the TrueType specification.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*   Note that no font was found presenting such embedded bitmaps, so    *)
+  (*   this is currently completely unhandled by the library.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Bitmap = ^FT_Bitmap;
+  FT_Bitmap = record
+    rows:         FT_Int;
+    width:        FT_Int;
+    pitch:        FT_Int;
+    buffer:       PByteArray;
+    num_grays:    FT_Short;
+    pixel_mode:   byte;
+    palette_mode: byte;
+    palette:      pointer;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Section>                                                             *)
+  (*    outline_processing                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Outline                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line     *)
+  (*    converter.                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    n_points   :: The number of points in the outline.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    points     :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' FT_Vector        *)
+  (*                  elements, giving the outline's point coordinates.    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    tags       :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving    *)
+  (*                  each outline point's type.  If bit 0 is unset, the   *)
+  (*                  point is `off' the curve, i.e. a Bezier control      *)
+  (*                  point, while it is `on' when set.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                  Bit 1 is meaningful for `off' points only.  If set,  *)
+  (*                  it indicates a third-order Bezier arc control point; *)
+  (*                  and a second-order control point if unset.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    contours   :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end      *)
+  (*                  point of each contour within the outline.  For       *)
+  (*                  example, the first contour is defined by the points  *)
+  (*                  `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by   *)
+  (*                  the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc.    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    flags      :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline  *)
+  (*                  and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on   *)
+  (*                  how to convert/grid-fit it.  See FT_Outline_Flags.   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Outline = ^FT_Outline;
+  FT_Outline = record
+    n_contours: FT_Short;        (* number of contours in glyph        *)
+    n_points:   FT_Short;        (* number of points in the glyph      *)
+
+    points:     PFT_VectorArray; (* the outline's points               *)
+    tags:       PByteArray;      (* the points flags                   *)
+    contours:   PFT_ShortArray;  (* the contour end points             *)
+
+    flags:      FT_Int;          (* outline masks                      *)
+  end;
+
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* @macro:                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_CURVE_TAG  ( flag )                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function  FT_CURVE_TAG(flag: byte): byte;
+
+const
+  FT_CURVE_TAG_ON    = 1;
+  FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC = 0;
+  FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC = 2;
+
+  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X   =   8;  // reserved for the TrueType hinter
+  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y   =  16;  // reserved for the TrueType hinter
+
+  FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH  = ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X or
+                               FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y );
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_MoveToFunc                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move  *)
+  (*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the  *)
+  (*            decomposition function.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc = function(to_: {const} PFT_Vector;
+                                   user: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_LineToFunc                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line  *)
+  (*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    to   :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the  *)
+  (*            decomposition function.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Outline_LineToFunc = function(to_: {const} PFT_Vector;
+                                   user: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_ConicToFunc                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function pointer type use to describe the signature of a `conic  *)
+  (*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in   *)
+  (*    the outline.                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    control :: An intermediate control point between the last position *)
+  (*               and the new target in `to'.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    to      :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user    :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of   *)
+  (*               the decomposition function.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Outline_ConicToFunc = function(control: {const} PFT_Vector;
+                             to_:  {const} PFT_Vector;
+                             user: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_CubicToFunc                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic *)
+  (*    to' function during outline walking/decomposition.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    to       :: A pointer to the target end point.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user     :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of  *)
+  (*                the decomposition function.                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    Error code.  0 means success.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Outline_CubicToFunc = function( control1: {const} PFT_Vector;
+                             control2: {const} PFT_Vector;
+                             to_:      {const} PFT_Vector;
+                             user:     Pointer ): cint; cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline  *)
+  (*    decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers, *)
+  (*    as well as `move to' and `close to' operations.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    move_to  :: The `move to' emitter.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    line_to  :: The segment emitter.                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter.                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    shift    :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they   *)
+  (*                are sent to the emitter.                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    delta    :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they   *)
+  (*                are sent to the emitter, but after the shift.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed     *)
+  (*    version of the original coordinates (this is important for high    *)
+  (*    accuracy during scan-conversion).  The transformation is simple:   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      x' = (x << shift) - delta                                        *)
+  (*      y' = (x << shift) - delta                                        *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Set the value of `shift' and `delta' to 0 to get the original      *)
+  (*    point coordinates.                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Outline_Funcs = ^FT_Outline_Funcs;
+  FT_Outline_Funcs = record
+    move_to:  FT_Outline_MoveToFunc;
+    line_to:  FT_Outline_LineToFunc;
+    conic_to: FT_Outline_ConicToFunc;
+    cubic_to: FT_Outline_CubicToFunc;
+
+    shift:    cint;
+    delta:    FT_Pos;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Macro>                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you    *)
+  (*    should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like   *)
+  (*    this:                                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  value         *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  {
+  #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 )  \
+          value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+                    ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+                    ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8  ) | \
+                      (unsigned long)_x4         )
+  }
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph   *)
+  (*    image.  Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image *)
+  (*    formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register  *)
+  (*    their own format.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE ::                                            *)
+  (*      The value 0 is reserved and does describe a glyph format.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE ::                                       *)
+  (*      The glyph image is a composite of several other images.  This    *)
+  (*      format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to   *)
+  (*      report compound glyphs (like accented characters).               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ::                                          *)
+  (*      The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an          *)
+  (*      @FT_Bitmap.  You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of  *)
+  (*      the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ::                                         *)
+  (*      The glyph image is a vertorial outline made of line segments     *)
+  (*      and Bezier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you      *)
+  (*      generally want to access the `outline' field of the              *)
+  (*      @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER ::                                         *)
+  (*      The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside/outside       *)
+  (*      contours.  Some Type 1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family,  *)
+  (*      contain glyphs in this format.  These are described as           *)
+  (*      @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering   *)
+  (*      them correctly.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  // Note: enums are 32 bit on x86 AND x86_64
+  FT_Glyph_Format = cuint32;  // 32 bit enum of FT_IMAGE_TAG
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE      = (Ord(#0) shl 24) or
+                              (Ord(#0) shl 16) or
+                              (Ord(#0) shl  8) or
+                              (Ord(#0) shl  0);
+
+  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE = (Ord('c') shl 24) or
+                              (Ord('o') shl 16) or
+                              (Ord('m') shl  8) or
+                              (Ord('p') shl  0);
+
+  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP    = (Ord('b') shl 24) or
+                              (Ord('i') shl 16) or
+                              (Ord('t') shl  8) or
+                              (Ord('s') shl  0);
+
+  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE   = (Ord('o') shl 24) or
+                              (Ord('u') shl 16) or
+                              (Ord('t') shl  8) or
+                              (Ord('l') shl  0);
+
+  FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER   = (Ord('p') shl 24) or
+                              (Ord('l') shl 16) or
+                              (Ord('o') shl  8) or
+                              (Ord('t') shl  0);
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*****                                                               *****)
+  (*****            R A S T E R   D E F I N I T I O N S                *****)
+  (*****                                                               *****)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into  *)
+  (* a a bitmap.  This section contains the public API for rasters.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within      *)
+  (* specific modules called `renderers'.  See `freetype/ftrender.h' for   *)
+  (* more details on renderers.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Section>                                                             *)
+  (*    raster                                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Title>                                                               *)
+  (*    Scanline Converter                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Abstract>                                                            *)
+  (*    How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This section contains technical definitions.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Raster                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A handle (pointer) to a raster object.  Each object can be used    *)
+  (*    independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Raster = Pointer;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Span                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels  *)
+  (*    when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap.                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    x        :: The span's horizontal start position.                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    len      :: The span's length in pixels.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background)   *)
+  (*                to 255 (foreground).  Only used for anti-aliased       *)
+  (*                rendering.                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named     *)
+  (*    @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y-coordinate of the span as a         *)
+  (*    a parameter.                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The coverage value is always between 0 and 255.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Span = ^FT_Span;
+  FT_Span = record
+    x:         cshort;
+    len:       cushort;
+    coverage:  cuchar;
+  end;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_SpanFunc                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in     *)
+  (*    order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel    *)
+  (*    spans on each scan line.                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    y     :: The scanline's y-coordinate.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    This callback allows client applications to directly render the    *)
+  (*    gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces.     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a      *)
+  (*    given background bitmap, and even perform translucency.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value   *)
+  (*    defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in          *)
+  (*    `ftoption.h'.  By default, this value is set to 32, which means    *)
+  (*    that if there are more than 32 spans on a given scanline, the      *)
+  (*    callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in    *)
+  (*    order to draw all callbacks.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and     *)
+  (*    only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_SpanFunc = procedure(y:      cint;
+                  count:          cint;
+                  spans:          {const} PFT_Span;
+                  user:           Pointer ); cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Raster_BitTest_Func                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter    *)
+  (*    to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing *)
+  (*    `color'.  These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control    *)
+  (*    per-se the TrueType spec.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    y     :: The pixel's y-coordinate.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    x     :: The pixel's x-coordinate.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*   1 if the pixel is `set', 0 otherwise.                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Raster_BitTest_Func = function(y: cint;
+                             x:    cint;
+                             user: Pointer): cint; cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Raster_BitSet_Func                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED.  DO NOT USE IT.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter    *)
+  (*    to set an individual target pixel.  This is crucial to implement   *)
+  (*    drop-out control according to the TrueType specification.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    y     :: The pixel's y-coordinate.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    x     :: The pixel's x-coordinate.                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user  :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    1 if the pixel is `set', 0 otherwise.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Raster_BitSet_Func = procedure(y: cint;
+                            x:    cint;
+                            user: Pointer ); cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Enum>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a     *)
+  (*    @FT_Raster_Params structure.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Values>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0.                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA      :: This flag is set to indicate that an     *)
+  (*                              anti-aliased glyph image should be       *)
+  (*                              generated.  Otherwise, it will be        *)
+  (*                              monochrome (1-bit).                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT  :: This flag is set to indicate direct      *)
+  (*                              rendering.  In this mode, client         *)
+  (*                              applications must provide their own span *)
+  (*                              callback.  This lets them directly       *)
+  (*                              draw or compose over an existing bitmap. *)
+  (*                              If this bit is not set, the target       *)
+  (*                              pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before  *)
+  (*                              rendering.                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                              Note that for now, direct rendering is   *)
+  (*                              only possible with anti-aliased glyphs.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP    :: This flag is only used in direct         *)
+  (*                              rendering mode.  If set, the output will *)
+  (*                              be clipped to a box specified in the     *)
+  (*                              `clip_box' field of the                  *)
+  (*                              @FT_Raster_Params structure.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                              Note that by default, the glyph bitmap   *)
+  (*                              is clipped to the target pixmap, except  *)
+  (*                              in direct rendering mode where all spans *)
+  (*                              are generated if no clipping box is set. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT  = $0;
+  FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA       = $1;
+  FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT   = $2;
+  FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP     = $4;
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Raster_Params                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render        *)
+  (*    function.                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    target      :: The target bitmap.                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    source      :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an       *)
+  (*                   @FT_Outline).                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    flags       :: The rendering flags.                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    gray_spans  :: The gray span drawing callback.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    black_spans :: The black span drawing callback.                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bit_test    :: The bit test callback.  UNIMPLEMENTED!              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    bit_set     :: The bit set callback.  UNIMPLEMENTED!               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    user        :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing   *)
+  (*                   callback.                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    clip_box    :: An optional clipping box.  It is only used in       *)
+  (*                   direct rendering mode.  Note that coordinates here  *)
+  (*                   should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in *)
+  (*                   26.6 fixed-point units).                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA    *)
+  (*    bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome       *)
+  (*    bitmap is generated.                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the      *)
+  (*    raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel      *)
+  (*    spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call             *)
+  (*    `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a       *)
+  (*    monochrome bitmap.  This allows direct composition over a          *)
+  (*    pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the *)
+  (*    span drawing/composition.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when *)
+  (*    rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement    *)
+  (*    correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Raster_Params = ^FT_Raster_Params;
+  FT_Raster_Params = record
+    target:        {const} PFT_Bitmap;
+    source:        {const} Pointer;
+    flags:         cint;
+    gray_spans:    FT_SpanFunc;
+    black_spans:   FT_SpanFunc;
+    bit_test:      FT_Raster_BitTest_Func;     (* doesn't work! *)
+    bit_set:       FT_Raster_BitSet_Func;      (* doesn't work! *)
+    user:          Pointer;
+    clip_box:      FT_BBox;
+  end;
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+
+
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/ftoutln.inc b/src/lib/freetype/ftoutln.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..997c6cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/ftoutln.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
+(***************************************************************************)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  ftoutln.h                                                              *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*    Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of        *)
+(*    most scalable font formats (specification).                          *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 by                   *)
+(*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *)
+(*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *)
+(*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *)
+(*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *)
+(*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Pascal port by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Section>                                                             *)
+  (*    outline_processing                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Title>                                                               *)
+  (*    Outline Processing                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Abstract>                                                            *)
+  (*    Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable *)
+  (*    glyph images known as `outlines'.  These can also be measured,     *)
+  (*    transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Order>                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_Outline                                                         *)
+  (*    FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS                                                   *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_New                                                     *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Get_BBox                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Funcs                                                   *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func                                             *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_LineTo_Func                                             *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFNDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Decompose                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Walks over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual  *)
+  (*    segments and Bézier arcs.  This function is also able to emit      *)
+  (*    `move to' and `close to' operations to indicate the start and end  *)
+  (*    of new contours in the outline.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline        :: A pointer to the source target.                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e,. function pointers   *)
+  (*                      called during decomposition to indicate path     *)
+  (*                      operations.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    user           :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each       *)
+  (*                      emitter during the decomposition.  It can be     *)
+  (*                      used to store the state during the               *)
+  (*                      decomposition.                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Decompose(
+                        outline:        PFT_Outline;
+                        func_interface: {const} PFT_Outline_Funcs;
+                        user:           Pointer): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Decompose';
+
+    
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_New                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Creates a new outline of a given size.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    library     :: A handle to the library object from where the       *)
+  (*                   outline is allocated.  Note however that the new    *)
+  (*                   outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when     *)
+  (*                   destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    numPoints   :: The maximal number of points within the outline.    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    numContours :: The maximal number of contours within the outline.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    anoutline   :: A handle to the new outline.  NULL in case of       *)
+  (*                   error.                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply *)
+  (*    to use the library's memory allocator.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_New(
+                  library_:    FT_Library;
+                  numPoints:   FT_UInt;
+                  numContours: FT_Int;
+                  anoutline:   PFT_Outline): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_New';
+
+                  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Done                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Destroys an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the     *)
+  (*               outline.                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline        *)
+  (*    descriptor will be released.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is       *)
+  (*    simply to use ft_mem_free().                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Done(library_: FT_Library;
+                           outline:  PFT_Outline): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Done';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Check                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Check the contents of an outline descriptor.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline :: A handle to a source outline.                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Check( outline: PFT_Outline ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Check';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Get_CBox                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Returns an outline's `control box'.  The control box encloses all  *)
+  (*    the outline's points, including Bézier control points.  Though it  *)
+  (*    coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be   *)
+  (*    slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline  *)
+  (*    which contains Bézier outside arcs).                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding *)
+  (*    box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments  *)
+  (*    and arcs in the outline.  To get the latter, you can use the       *)
+  (*    `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    acbox   :: The outline's control box.                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  procedure FT_Outline_Get_CBox(
+                       outline: {const} PFT_Outline;
+                       acbox: PFT_BBox);
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Get_CBox';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Translate                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Applies a simple translation to the points of an outline.          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    xOffset :: The horizontal offset.                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    yOffset :: The vertical offset.                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  procedure FT_Outline_Translate(
+                        outline: {const} PFT_Outline;
+                        xOffset: FT_Pos;
+                        yOffset: FT_Pos);
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Translate';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Copy                                                    *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Copies an outline into another one.  Both objects must have the    *)
+  (*    same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this       *)
+  (*    function is called.                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    source :: A handle to the source outline.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Output>                                                              *)
+  (*    target :: A handle to the target outline.                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Copy(
+                   source: {const} PFT_Outline;
+                   target: PFT_Outline): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Copy';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Transform                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Applies a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points.  Useful *)
+  (*    for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    matrix  :: A pointer to the transformation matrix.                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the     *)
+  (*    outline's points.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  procedure FT_Outline_Transform(
+                        outline: {const} PFT_Outline;
+                        matrix:  {const} PFT_Matrix);
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Transform';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Embolden                                                *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Emboldens an outline.  The new outline will be at most 4 times     *)
+  (*    `strength' pixels wider and higher.  You may think of the left and *)
+  (*    bottom borders as unchanged.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are     *)
+  (*    possible also.                                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline  :: A handle to the target outline.                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened.  Expressed in      *)
+  (*                26.6 pixel format.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the    *)
+  (*    glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain *)
+  (*    situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes        *)
+  (*    handled incorrectly.                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Example call:                                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    {                                                                  *)
+  (*      FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );                   *)
+  (*      if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )             *)
+  (*        FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength );         *)
+  (*    }                                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Embolden(
+                       outline:  PFT_Outline;
+                       strength: FT_Pos): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Embolden';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Reverse                                                 *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Reverses the drawing direction of an outline.  This is used to     *)
+  (*    ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    This functions toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in    *)
+  (*    the outline's `flags' field.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it     *)
+  (*    knows what it is doing.                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  procedure FT_Outline_Reverse( outline: PFT_Outline );
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Reverse';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Renders an outline within a bitmap.  The outline's image is simply *)
+  (*    OR-ed to the target bitmap.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an       *)
+  (*    outline image within the one you pass to it!                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap(
+                         library_: FT_Library;
+                         outline:  PFT_Outline;
+                         abitmap:  {const} PFT_Bitmap): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap';
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Function>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Outline_Render                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Renders an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. *)
+  (*    This functions uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, *)
+  (*    allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency,  *)
+  (*    etc.                                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    library :: A handle to a FreeType library object.                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <InOut>                                                               *)
+  (*    params  :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to     *)
+  (*               describe the rendering operation.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Return>                                                              *)
+  (*    FreeType error code.  0 means success.                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Note>                                                                *)
+  (*    You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works *)
+  (*    to use this function.                                              *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan *)
+  (*    converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is  *)
+  (*    actually ignored.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  function FT_Outline_Render(
+                     library_: FT_Library;
+                     outline: PFT_Outline;
+                     params:  PFT_Raster_Params): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Render';
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+
+ (**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @enum:
+  *   FT_Orientation
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
+  *
+  *   The TrueType and Postscript specifications use different conventions
+  *   to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
+  *
+  * @values:
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
+  *     According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
+  *     be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
+  *     According to the Postscript specification, counter-clockwise contours
+  *     must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
+  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
+  *     remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
+  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
+  *     This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
+  *     remember that in Postscript, everything that is to the left of
+  *     the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+  *
+  *   FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
+  *     The orientation cannot be determined.  That is, different parts of
+  *     the glyph have different orientation.
+  *
+  *)
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+  FT_Orientation = cint;
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+  FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE   = 0;
+  FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1;
+  FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE;
+  FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT  = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT;
+  FT_ORIENTATION_NONE       = FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT+1;
+
+ (**************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @function:
+  *   FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
+  *   fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation).  This is done by computing
+  *   the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
+  *   within the outline.
+  *
+  *   Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
+  *   outlines.
+  *
+  * @input:
+  *   outline ::
+  *     A handle to the source outline.
+  *
+  * @return:
+  *   The orientation.
+  *
+  *)
+  function FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( outline: PFT_Outline ): FT_Orientation;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_Get_Orientation';
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+  
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/ftstroke.inc b/src/lib/freetype/ftstroke.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf8a00ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/ftstroke.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+{***************************************************************************}
+{*                                                                         *}
+{*  ftstroke.h                                                             *}
+{*                                                                         *}
+{*    FreeType path stroker (specification).                               *}
+{*                                                                         *}
+{*  Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 by                              *}
+{*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *}
+{*                                                                         *}
+{*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *}
+{*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *}
+{*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *}
+{*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *}
+{*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *}
+{*                                                                         *}
+{***************************************************************************}
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Pascal port by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+ {************************************************************************
+  *
+  * @section:
+  *    glyph_stroker
+  *
+  * @title:
+  *    Glyph Stroker
+  *
+  * @abstract:
+  *    Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *    This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
+  *    glyph.  It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
+  *    `inside' borders of the stroke.
+  *
+  *    This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
+  *    displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
+  *    shape.
+  *}
+
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+ {**************************************************************
+  *
+  * @type:
+  *   FT_Stroker
+  *
+  * @description:
+  *   Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
+  *}
+   FT_Stroker = Pointer;
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineJoin
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
+   *   in a stroker.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
+   *     Used to render rounded line joins.  Circular arcs are used
+   *     to join two lines smoothly.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
+   *     Used to render beveled line joins; i.e., the two joining lines
+   *     are extended until they intersect.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
+   *     Same as beveled rendering, except that an additional line
+   *     break is added if the angle between the two joining lines
+   *     is too closed (this is useful to avoid unpleasant spikes
+   *     in beveled rendering).
+   *}
+    FT_Stroker_LineJoin = cint;
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0;
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1;
+    FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = 2;
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineCap
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
+   *   rendered in a stroke.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
+   *     point itself.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
+   *     last point.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
+   *     The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
+   *     last point.
+   *}
+    FT_Stroker_LineCap = cint;
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT   = 0;
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND  = 1;
+    FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE = 2;
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @enum:
+   *   FT_StrokerBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   These values are used to select a given stroke border
+   *   in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
+   *
+   * @values:
+   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
+   *     Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
+   *
+   *   FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
+   *     Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
+   *   borders.  However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
+   *   `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
+   *   drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
+   *
+   *   You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
+   *   @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
+   *}
+    FT_StrokerBorder = cint;
+{$ELSE TYPE_DECL}
+const
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT  = 0;
+    FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT = 1;
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+   *   `inside' borders of a given outline.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+   *   outlines.
+   *}
+  function FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( outline: PFT_Outline ): FT_StrokerBorder;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+   *   `outside' borders of a given outline.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   The border index.  @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+   *   outlines.
+   *}
+  function FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( outline: PFT_Outline ): FT_StrokerBorder;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_New
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Create a new stroker object.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   library ::
+   *     FreeType library handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   astroker ::
+   *     A new stroker object handle.  NULL in case of error.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_New(
+                  library_: FT_Library;
+                  out astroker: FT_Stroker ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_New';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Set
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Reset a stroker object's attributes.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   radius ::
+   *     The border radius.
+   *
+   *   line_cap ::
+   *     The line cap style.
+   *
+   *   line_join ::
+   *     The line join style.
+   *
+   *   miter_limit ::
+   *     The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER style,
+   *     expressed as 16.16 fixed point value.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The radius is expressed in the same units that the outline
+   *   coordinates.
+   *}
+  procedure FT_Stroker_Set(
+                  stroker:     FT_Stroker;
+                  radius:      FT_Fixed;
+                  line_cap:    FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+                  line_join:   FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+                  miter_limit: FT_Fixed );
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_Set';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Rewind
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
+   *   You should call this function before beginning a new
+   *   series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *}
+  procedure FT_Stroker_Rewind( stroker: FT_Stroker );
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_Rewind';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
+   *   the stroker.  The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
+   *   later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The source outline.
+   *
+   *   opened ::
+   *     A boolean.  If 1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
+   *     of a closed one.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   If `opened' is 0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
+   *   path, and the stroker will generate two distinct `border' outlines.
+   *
+   *   If `opened' is 1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
+   *   stroker will generate a single `stroke' outline.
+   *
+   *   This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(
+                           stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                           outline: PFT_Outline;
+                           opened:  FT_Bool): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_ParseOutline';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the start vector.
+   *
+   *   open ::
+   *     A boolean.  If 1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
+   *   not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath(
+                           stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                           to_:     PFT_Vector;
+                           open:    FT_Bool ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
+   *   If the subpath was not `opened', this function will `draw' a
+   *   single line segment to the start position when needed.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( stroker: FT_Stroker ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_EndSubPath';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_LineTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_LineTo(
+                     stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                     to_:     PFT_Vector ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_LineTo';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ConicTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   control ::
+   *     A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_ConicTo(
+                      stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                      control: PFT_Vector;
+                      to_:     PFT_Vector ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_ConicTo';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_CubicTo
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+   *   from the last position.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   control1 ::
+   *     A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   control2 ::
+   *     A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+   *
+   *   to ::
+   *     A pointer to the destination point.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+   *   @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_CubicTo(
+                      stroker:  FT_Stroker;
+                      control1: PFT_Vector;
+                      control2: PFT_Vector;
+                      to_:      PFT_Vector ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_CubicTo';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+   *   with the stroker.  It will return the number of points and
+   *   contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
+   *   outlines generated by the stroker.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   border ::
+   *     The border index.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   anum_points ::
+   *     The number of points.
+   *
+   *   anum_contours ::
+   *     The number of contours.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
+   *
+   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+   *   the `border' outlines with caps.  The `left' border receives all
+   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+   *
+   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
+   *   retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(
+                              stroker:           FT_Stroker;
+                              border:            FT_StrokerBorder;
+                              out anum_points:   FT_UInt;
+                              out anum_contours: FT_UInt ): FT_Error;
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
+   *   structure.
+   *
+   *   Note that this function will append the border points and
+   *   contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its
+   *   arrays.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   border ::
+   *     The border index.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The target outline handle.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
+   *   receive all new data.
+   *
+   *   When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+   *   two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
+   *
+   *   When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+   *   the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+   *   points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+   *
+   *   Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
+   *   retrieve all borders at once.
+   *}
+  procedure FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(
+                           stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                           border:  FT_StrokerBorder;
+                           outline: PFT_Outline );
+    cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_ExportBorder';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_GetCounts
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+   *   with the stroker.  It returns the number of points and
+   *   contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
+   *   outline/path.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   * @output:
+   *   anum_points ::
+   *     The number of points.
+   *
+   *   anum_contours ::
+   *     The number of contours.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *   FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *}
+  function FT_Stroker_GetCounts(
+                        stroker:           FT_Stroker;
+                        out anum_points:   FT_UInt;
+                        out anum_contours: FT_UInt ): FT_Error;
+     cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_GetCounts';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Export
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+   *   export the all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
+   *
+   *   Note that this function will append the border points and
+   *   contours to your outline, but will not try to resize its
+   *   arrays.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     The target stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   outline ::
+   *     The target outline handle.
+   *}
+  procedure FT_Stroker_Export(
+                     stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                     outline: PFT_Outline );
+     cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_Export';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Stroker_Done
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Destroy a stroker object.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.  Can be NULL.
+   *}
+  procedure FT_Stroker_Done( stroker: FT_Stroker );
+     cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Stroker_Done';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Glyph_Stroke
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   pglyph ::
+   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   destroy ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+   *     on success.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+   *}
+  function FT_Glyph_Stroke(
+                   var glyph: FT_Glyph;
+                   stroker: FT_Stroker;
+                   destroy: FT_Bool ): FT_Error;
+     cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Glyph_Stroke';
+
+
+  {**************************************************************
+   *
+   * @function:
+   *   FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
+   *
+   * @description:
+   *   Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
+   *   only return either its inside or outside border.
+   *
+   * @inout:
+   *   pglyph ::
+   *     Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+   *
+   * @input:
+   *   stroker ::
+   *     A stroker handle.
+   *
+   *   inside ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If 1, return the inside border, otherwise
+   *     the outside border.
+   *
+   *   destroy ::
+   *     A Boolean.  If 1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+   *     on success.
+   *
+   * @return:
+   *    FreeType error code.  0 means success.
+   *
+   * @note:
+   *   The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+   *}
+  function FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder(
+                         var glyph: FT_Glyph;
+                         stroker:   FT_Stroker;
+                         inside:    FT_Bool;
+                         destroy:   FT_Bool ): FT_Error;
+     cdecl; external ft_lib name 'FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder';
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+
diff --git a/src/lib/freetype/fttypes.inc b/src/lib/freetype/fttypes.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a64432e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/freetype/fttypes.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+(***************************************************************************)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  fttypes.h                                                              *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*    FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).              *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007 by                         *)
+(*  David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.                      *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(*  This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,       *)
+(*  modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project      *)
+(*  license, LICENSE.TXT.  By continuing to use, modify, or distribute     *)
+(*  this file you indicate that you have read the license and              *)
+(*  understand and accept it fully.                                        *)
+(*                                                                         *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(***************************************************************************)
+(* Pascal port by the UltraStar Deluxe Team                                *)
+(***************************************************************************)
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Section>                                                             *)
+  (*    basic_types                                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Title>                                                               *)
+  (*    Basic Data Types                                                   *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Abstract>                                                            *)
+  (*    The basic data types defined by the library.                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType 2,  *)
+  (*    ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors.  More      *)
+  (*    font-specific structures are defined in a different section.       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Order>                                                               *)
+  (*    FT_Byte                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Bytes                                                           *)
+  (*    FT_Char                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Int                                                             *)
+  (*    FT_UInt                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Short                                                           *)
+  (*    FT_UShort                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_Long                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_ULong                                                           *)
+  (*    FT_Bool                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Offset                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_PtrDist                                                         *)
+  (*    FT_String                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_Tag                                                             *)
+  (*    FT_Error                                                           *)
+  (*    FT_Fixed                                                           *)
+  (*    FT_Pointer                                                         *)
+  (*    FT_Pos                                                             *)
+  (*    FT_Vector                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_BBox                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Matrix                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_FWord                                                           *)
+  (*    FT_UFWord                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_F2Dot14                                                         *)
+  (*    FT_UnitVector                                                      *)
+  (*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_Generic                                                         *)
+  (*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    FT_Bitmap                                                          *)
+  (*    FT_Pixel_Mode                                                      *)
+  (*    FT_Palette_Mode                                                    *)
+  (*    FT_Glyph_Format                                                    *)
+  (*    FT_IMAGE_TAG                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*************************************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Bool                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans.  As usual,   *)
+  (*    values 1 and 0 represent true and false, respectively.             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Bool    = cuchar;
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFNDEF TYPE_DECL}
+const
+  FT_FALSE = 0;
+  FT_TRUE  = 1;
+{$ENDIF !TYPE_DECL}
+{$IFDEF TYPE_DECL}
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Byte                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Byte    = cuchar;
+  PFT_Byte   = ^FT_Byte;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_String                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_String  = cchar;
+  PFT_String = ^FT_String;
+
+  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Short                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef for signed short.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Short   = csshort;
+  PFT_Short  = ^FT_Short;
+
+  PFT_ShortArray = ^FT_ShortArray;
+  FT_ShortArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(FT_Short))-1] of FT_Short;
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_UShort                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef for unsigned short.                                      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_UShort  = cushort;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Int                                                             *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef for the int type.                                        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Int     = csint;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_UInt                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef for the unsigned int type.                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_UInt    = cuint;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Long                                                            *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef for signed long.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Long    = cslong;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_ULong                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A typedef for unsigned long.                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_ULong   = culong;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_F26Dot6                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A signed 26.6 fixed float type used for vectorial pixel            *)
+  (*    coordinates.                                                       *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_F26Dot6 = cslong;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Fixed                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    This type is used to store 16.16 fixed float values, like scaling  *)
+  (*    values or matrix coefficients.                                     *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Fixed   = cslong;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Type>                                                                *)
+  (*    FT_Error                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    The FreeType error code type.  A value of 0 is always interpreted  *)
+  (*    as a successful operation.                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Error   = cint;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Matrix                                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix.  Coefficients are   *)
+  (*    in 16.16 fixed float format.  The computation performed is:        *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*       {                                                               *)
+  (*          x' = x*xx + y*xy                                             *)
+  (*          y' = x*yx + y*yy                                             *)
+  (*       }                                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    xx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    xy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    yx :: Matrix coefficient.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    yy :: Matrix coefficient.                                          *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  PFT_Matrix = ^FT_Matrix;
+  FT_Matrix = record
+    xx, xy: FT_Fixed;
+    yx, yy: FT_Fixed;
+  end;
+
+  
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <FuncType>                                                            *)
+  (*    FT_Generic_Finalizer                                               *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Describes a function used to destroy the `client' data of any      *)
+  (*    FreeType object.  See the description of the FT_Generic type for   *)
+  (*    details of usage.                                                  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Input>                                                               *)
+  (*    The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization.    *)
+  (*    Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field.           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Generic_Finalizer = procedure(AnObject : pointer ); cdecl;
+
+
+  (*************************************************************************)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Struct>                                                              *)
+  (*    FT_Generic                                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Description>                                                         *)
+  (*    Client applications often need to associate their own data to a    *)
+  (*    variety of FreeType core objects.  For example, a text layout API  *)
+  (*    might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.      *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    Most FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type           *)
+  (*    FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font    *)
+  (*    servers.                                                           *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well *)
+  (*    as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by  *)
+  (*    FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous   *)
+  (*    client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor *)
+  (*    in the `finalizer' field).                                         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (* <Fields>                                                              *)
+  (*    data      :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This *)
+  (*                 field is completely ignored by the FreeType library.  *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  (*    finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which    *)
+  (*                 will be called when the object is destroyed.  If this *)
+  (*                 field is set to NULL, no code will be called.         *)
+  (*                                                                       *)
+  FT_Generic = record
+    data:      pointer;
+    finalizer: FT_Generic_Finalizer;
+  end;
+
+
+  TByteArray = array [0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(byte))-1] of byte;
+  PByteArray = ^TByteArray;
+
+{$ENDIF TYPE_DECL}
+
diff --git a/src/lib/lib-info.txt b/src/lib/lib-info.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a184568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/lib-info.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+bass:
+http://www.un4seen.com/ (2.4.2.1)
+- FPC Mac OS X compatibility fixes
+
+fft:
+translation of audacity's FFT.cpp by hennymcc (maybe replace this with FFTW?)
+
+ffmpeg:
+- http://www.iversenit.dk/dev/ffmpeg-headers/: 2006-10
+- several bugs were fixed
+- many IFDEFS were added to the header to support multiple versions of ffmpeg (starting with end of 2006) and not only one specific version. This is necessary as we cannot control which version is used on linux. We could ship the ffmpeg lib with USDX and link statically but a stripped down ffmpeg is 15MB in size and takes 5 minutes to compile (so static linkage is not a good option).
+- the headers were updated to reflect the changes in the ffmpeg C-headers (http://svn.mplayerhq.hu/ffmpeg/trunk/ and http://svn.mplayerhq.hu/mplayer/trunk/libswscale/)
+
+freeimage:
+- inserted by eddie. Some compatibility fixes for platforms different than mac os x.
+- not used anymore
+
+freetype:
+- based on the AggPas (http://aggpas.org/) headers
+- just a minimal header that contains only some of the freetype functions and types. Some functions and structures/constants/types needed for USDX were added.
+- some comments added
+
+jedi-sdl:
+JEDI-SDL v1.0 Final RC 2 (http://jedi-sdl.pascalgamedevelopment.com/)
+- 64bit compatibility patch (http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1902924&group_id=43805&atid=437446)
+- some Mac OS X patches from freepascal trunk
+- some additional patched (see *.patch)
+
+midi:
+taken from http://www.torry.net/authorsmore.php?id=1615 (TMidiPlayer)
+- FPC (Win32) compatibility fixes
+- Win32 only. Maybe use some timidity stuff under linux.
+
+libpng:
+autocreated H2Pas file taken from freepascal trunk
+- bug fixes (especially H2Pas related stuff like wrong file types)
+- delphi compatibility
+- comments added
+
+portaudio:
+translation of the (patched) audacity C headers by hennymcc.
+See http://audacity.cvs.sourceforge.net/viewvc/audacity/lib-src/portaudio-v19/include/?sortdir=down
+
+portmixer:
+translation of the (patched) audacity C headers by hennymcc.
+- Unlike portaudio portmixer is part of audacity and there is no linux package for it. If we want to use it for linux, we have to link it statically. Unfortunately it requires a patched version of portaudio (which is part of audacity and statically linked to) so we have to statically link portaudio too :(.
+
+projectM:
+translation of the original C++ headers and C-wrapper by hennymcc
+
+samplerate:
+translation of the original C headers by profoX/hennymcc
+
+sqlite:
+taken from http://www.itwriting.com/blog/a-simple-delphi-wrapper-for-sqlite-3
+- slightly patched: see *.patch files for what has been patched (e.g. Binding)
+
+zlib:
+taken from freepascal (slightly patched)
+- delphi compatibility
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/libpng/png.pas b/src/lib/libpng/png.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0092dde3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libpng/png.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
+(*
+ * libpng pascal headers
+ * Version: 1.2.12
+ *)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$ifndef NO_SMART_LINK}
+  {$smartlink on}
+  {$endif}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+unit png;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKRECORDS C}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+  baseunix,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  zlib;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // use libpng12-0 (Version 1.2.18), delivered wih SDL_Image
+  LibPng = 'libpng12-0'; // 'libpng13';
+  // matching lib version for libpng13.dll, needed for initialization
+  PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING='1.2.12';
+  // define the compiler that was used to built the DLL (necessary for jmp_buf)
+  // SDL_Image was compiled with GCC
+  //{$define MSVC_DLL} // MS Visual C++
+  {$DEFINE GCC_DLL}  // GCC
+{$ELSE}
+  LibPng = 'png';
+  // matching lib version for libpng, needed for initialization
+  PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING='1.2.12';
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+    {$linklib libpng}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+const
+   // JB_LEN (#elements in jmp_buf) depends on the compiler used to compile the DLL
+   //   MSVC++: 16 (x86/AMD64), GCC: 52
+   {$IF Defined(MSVC_DLL)}
+   JB_LEN = 16;
+   {$ELSEIF Defined(GCC_DLL)}
+   JB_LEN = 52;
+   {$ELSE}
+   JB_LEN = 0;
+   {$IFEND}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+type
+   {$IFNDEF FPC}
+   // defines for Delphi
+   size_t = culong;
+   {$ENDIF}
+
+   {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+     {$if JB_LEN > 0}
+     jmp_buf = array[0..JB_LEN-1] of cint;
+     // the png_struct cannot be accessed if the size of jmp_buf is unknown
+     {$define UsePngStruct}
+     {$ifend}
+     // Do NOT use time_t on windows! It might be 32 or 64bit, depending on the compiler and system.
+     // MSVS-2005 starts using 64bit for time_t on x86 by default, but GCC uses just 32bit.
+     //time_t = clong;
+   {$endif}
+
+   z_stream = TZStream;
+
+   png_uint_32 = cuint32;
+   png_int_32 = cint32;
+   png_uint_16 = cuint16;
+   png_int_16 = cint16;
+   png_byte = cuint8;
+   ppng_uint_32 = ^png_uint_32;
+   ppng_int_32 = ^png_int_32;
+   ppng_uint_16 = ^png_uint_16;
+   ppng_int_16 = ^png_int_16;
+   ppng_byte = ^png_byte;
+   pppng_uint_32 = ^ppng_uint_32;
+   pppng_int_32 = ^ppng_int_32;
+   pppng_uint_16 = ^ppng_uint_16;
+   pppng_int_16 = ^ppng_int_16;
+   pppng_byte = ^ppng_byte;
+   png_size_t = size_t;
+   png_fixed_point = png_int_32;
+   ppng_fixed_point = ^png_fixed_point;
+   pppng_fixed_point = ^ppng_fixed_point;
+   png_voidp = pointer;
+   png_bytep = Ppng_byte;
+   ppng_bytep = ^png_bytep;
+   png_uint_32p = Ppng_uint_32;
+   png_int_32p = Ppng_int_32;
+   png_uint_16p = Ppng_uint_16;
+   ppng_uint_16p = ^png_uint_16p;
+   png_int_16p = Ppng_int_16;
+   png_const_charp = {const} Pchar;
+   png_charp = Pchar;
+   ppng_charp = ^png_charp;
+   png_fixed_point_p = Ppng_fixed_point;
+   png_FILE_p = Pointer;
+   png_doublep = PCdouble;
+   png_bytepp = PPpng_byte;
+   png_uint_32pp = PPpng_uint_32;
+   png_int_32pp = PPpng_int_32;
+   png_uint_16pp = PPpng_uint_16;
+   png_int_16pp = PPpng_int_16;
+   png_const_charpp = {const} PPchar;
+   png_charpp = PPchar;
+   ppng_charpp = ^png_charpp;
+   png_fixed_point_pp = PPpng_fixed_point;
+   PPCdouble = ^PCdouble;
+   png_doublepp = PPCdouble;
+   PPPChar = ^PPChar;
+   png_charppp = PPPChar;
+   PCharf = PChar;
+   PPCharf = ^PCharf;
+   png_zcharp = PCharf;
+   png_zcharpp = PPCharf;
+   png_zstreamp = Pzstream;
+
+const
+  (* Maximum positive integer used in PNG is (2^31)-1 *)
+  PNG_UINT_31_MAX = (png_uint_32($7fffffff));
+  PNG_UINT_32_MAX = (png_uint_32(-1));
+  PNG_SIZE_MAX    = (png_size_t(-1));
+  {$if defined(PNG_1_0_X) or defined (PNG_1_2_X)}
+  (* PNG_MAX_UINT is deprecated; use PNG_UINT_31_MAX instead. *)
+  PNG_MAX_UINT = PNG_UINT_31_MAX;
+  {$ifend}
+
+  (* These describe the color_type field in png_info. *)
+  (* color type masks *)
+  PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE  = 1;
+  PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR    = 2;
+  PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA    = 4;
+
+  (* color types.  Note that not all combinations are legal *)
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY = 0;
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE    = (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR or PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE);
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB        = (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR);
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA  = (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR or PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA);
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA = (PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA);
+  (* aliases *)
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA;
+  PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA   = PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA;
+
+  (* This is for compression type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. *)
+  PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE = 0; (* Deflate method 8, 32K window *)
+  PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT = PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE;
+
+  (* This is for filter type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. *)
+  PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE     = 0; (* Single row per-byte filtering *)
+  PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING = 64; (* Used only in MNG datastreams *)
+  PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT  = PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE;
+
+  (* These are for the interlacing type.  These values should NOT be changed. *)
+  PNG_INTERLACE_NONE      = 0; (* Non-interlaced image *)
+  PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7     = 1; (* Adam7 interlacing *)
+  PNG_INTERLACE_LAST      = 2; (* Not a valid value *)
+
+  (* These are for the oFFs chunk.  These values should NOT be changed. *)
+  PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL        = 0; (* Offset in pixels *)
+  PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER   = 1; (* Offset in micrometers (1/10^6 meter) *)
+  PNG_OFFSET_LAST         = 2; (* Not a valid value *)
+
+  (* These are for the pCAL chunk.  These values should NOT be changed. *)
+  PNG_EQUATION_LINEAR     = 0; (* Linear transformation *)
+  PNG_EQUATION_BASE_E     = 1; (* Exponential base e transform *)
+  PNG_EQUATION_ARBITRARY  = 2; (* Arbitrary base exponential transform *)
+  PNG_EQUATION_HYPERBOLIC = 3; (* Hyperbolic sine transformation *)
+  PNG_EQUATION_LAST       = 4; (* Not a valid value *)
+
+  (* These are for the sCAL chunk.  These values should NOT be changed. *)
+  PNG_SCALE_UNKNOWN       = 0; (* unknown unit (image scale) *)
+  PNG_SCALE_METER         = 1; (* meters per pixel *)
+  PNG_SCALE_RADIAN        = 2; (* radians per pixel *)
+  PNG_SCALE_LAST          = 3; (* Not a valid value *)
+
+  (* These are for the pHYs chunk.  These values should NOT be changed. *)
+  PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN  = 0; (* pixels/unknown unit (aspect ratio) *)
+  PNG_RESOLUTION_METER    = 1; (* pixels/meter *)
+  PNG_RESOLUTION_LAST     = 2; (* Not a valid value *)
+
+  (* These are for the sRGB chunk.  These values should NOT be changed. *)
+  PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL = 0;
+  PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE   = 1;
+  PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION = 2;
+  PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE   = 3;
+  PNG_sRGB_INTENT_LAST       = 4; (* Not a valid value *)
+
+  (* This is for text chunks *)
+  PNG_KEYWORD_MAX_LENGTH   = 79;
+
+  (* Maximum number of entries in PLTE/sPLT/tRNS arrays *)
+  PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH  = 256;
+
+  (* These determine if an ancillary chunk's data has been successfully read
+   * from the PNG header, or if the application has filled in the corresponding
+   * data in the info_struct to be written into the output file.  The values
+   * of the PNG_INFO_<chunk> defines should NOT be changed.
+   *)
+  PNG_INFO_gAMA = $0001;
+  PNG_INFO_sBIT = $0002;
+  PNG_INFO_cHRM = $0004;
+  PNG_INFO_PLTE = $0008;
+  PNG_INFO_tRNS = $0010;
+  PNG_INFO_bKGD = $0020;
+  PNG_INFO_hIST = $0040;
+  PNG_INFO_pHYs = $0080;
+  PNG_INFO_oFFs = $0100;
+  PNG_INFO_tIME = $0200;
+  PNG_INFO_pCAL = $0400;
+  PNG_INFO_sRGB = $0800;  (* GR-P, 0.96a *)
+  PNG_INFO_iCCP = $1000;  (* ESR, 1.0.6 *)
+  PNG_INFO_sPLT = $2000;  (* ESR, 1.0.6 *)
+  PNG_INFO_sCAL = $4000;  (* ESR, 1.0.6 *)
+  PNG_INFO_IDAT = $8000;  (* ESR, 1.0.6 *)
+
+
+(*
+var
+  png_libpng_ver    : array[0..11] of char; external LibPng name 'png_libpng_ver';
+  png_pass_start    : array[0..6] of cint; external LibPng name 'png_pass_start';
+  png_pass_inc      : array[0..6] of cint; external LibPng name 'png_pass_inc';
+  png_pass_ystart   : array[0..6] of cint; external LibPng name 'png_pass_ystart';
+  png_pass_yinc     : array[0..6] of cint; external LibPng name 'png_pass_yinc';
+  png_pass_mask     : array[0..6] of cint; external LibPng name 'png_pass_mask';
+  png_pass_dsp_mask : array[0..6] of cint; external LibPng name 'png_pass_dsp_mask';
+*)
+
+type
+  (* Three color definitions.  The order of the red, green, and blue, (and the
+   * exact size) is not important, although the size of the fields need to
+   * be png_byte or png_uint_16 (as defined below).
+   *)
+  png_color = record
+       red : png_byte;
+       green : png_byte;
+       blue : png_byte;
+    end;
+  ppng_color = ^png_color;
+  pppng_color = ^ppng_color;
+  png_color_struct = png_color;
+  png_colorp = Ppng_color;
+  ppng_colorp = ^png_colorp;
+  png_colorpp = PPpng_color;
+
+  png_color_16 = record
+       index : png_byte;    (* used for palette files *)
+       red : png_uint_16;   (* for use in red green blue files *)
+       green : png_uint_16;
+       blue : png_uint_16;
+       gray : png_uint_16;  (* for use in grayscale files *)
+    end;
+  ppng_color_16 = ^png_color_16 ;
+  pppng_color_16 = ^ppng_color_16 ;
+  png_color_16_struct = png_color_16;
+  png_color_16p = Ppng_color_16;
+  ppng_color_16p = ^png_color_16p;
+  png_color_16pp = PPpng_color_16;
+
+  png_color_8 = record
+       red : png_byte;    (* for use in red green blue files *)
+       green : png_byte;
+       blue : png_byte;
+       gray : png_byte;   (* for use in grayscale files *)
+       alpha : png_byte;  (* for alpha channel files *)
+    end;
+  ppng_color_8 = ^png_color_8;
+  pppng_color_8 = ^ppng_color_8;
+  png_color_8_struct = png_color_8;
+  png_color_8p = Ppng_color_8;
+  ppng_color_8p = ^png_color_8p;
+  png_color_8pp = PPpng_color_8;
+   
+  (*
+   * The following two structures are used for the in-core representation
+   * of sPLT chunks.
+   *)
+  png_sPLT_entry = record
+       red : png_uint_16;
+       green : png_uint_16;
+       blue : png_uint_16;
+       alpha : png_uint_16;
+       frequency : png_uint_16;
+    end;
+  ppng_sPLT_entry = ^png_sPLT_entry;
+  pppng_sPLT_entry = ^ppng_sPLT_entry;
+  png_sPLT_entry_struct = png_sPLT_entry;
+  png_sPLT_entryp = Ppng_sPLT_entry;
+  png_sPLT_entrypp = PPpng_sPLT_entry;
+
+  (*  When the depth of the sPLT palette is 8 bits, the color and alpha samples
+   *  occupy the LSB of their respective members, and the MSB of each member
+   *  is zero-filled.  The frequency member always occupies the full 16 bits.
+   *)
+
+  png_sPLT_t = record
+       name : png_charp;          (* palette name *)
+       depth : png_byte;          (* depth of palette samples *)
+       entries : png_sPLT_entryp; (* palette entries *)
+       nentries : png_int_32;     (* number of palette entries *)
+    end;
+  ppng_sPLT_t = ^png_sPLT_t;
+  pppng_sPLT_t = ^ppng_sPLT_t;
+  png_sPLT_struct = png_sPLT_t;
+  png_sPLT_tp = Ppng_sPLT_t;
+  png_sPLT_tpp = PPpng_sPLT_t;
+   
+  (* png_text holds the contents of a text/ztxt/itxt chunk in a PNG file,
+   * and whether that contents is compressed or not.  The "key" field
+   * points to a regular zero-terminated C string.  The "text", "lang", and
+   * "lang_key" fields can be regular C strings, empty strings, or NULL pointers.
+   * However, the * structure returned by png_get_text() will always contain
+   * regular zero-terminated C strings (possibly empty), never NULL pointers,
+   * so they can be safely used in printf() and other string-handling functions.
+   *)
+  png_text = record
+       compression : cint;       (* compression value:
+                                   -1: tEXt, none
+                                    0: zTXt, deflate
+                                    1: iTXt, none
+                                    2: iTXt, deflate  *)
+       key : png_charp;          (* keyword, 1-79 character description of "text" *)
+       text : png_charp;         (* comment, may be an empty string (ie "")
+                                    or a NULL pointer *)
+       text_length : png_size_t; (* length of the text string *)
+    end;
+  ppng_text = ^png_text;
+  pppng_text = ^ppng_text;
+  png_text_struct = png_text;
+  png_textp = Ppng_text;
+  ppng_textp = ^png_textp;
+  png_textpp = PPpng_text;
+   
+  (* png_time is a way to hold the time in an machine independent way.
+   * Two conversions are provided, both from time_t and struct tm.  There
+   * is no portable way to convert to either of these structures, as far
+   * as I know.  If you know of a portable way, send it to me.  As a side
+   * note - PNG has always been Year 2000 compliant!
+   *)
+  png_time = record
+       year : png_uint_16; (* full year, as in, 1995 *)
+       month : png_byte;   (* month of year, 1 - 12 *)
+       day : png_byte;     (* day of month, 1 - 31 *)
+       hour : png_byte;    (* hour of day, 0 - 23 *)
+       minute : png_byte;  (* minute of hour, 0 - 59 *)
+       second : png_byte;  (* second of minute, 0 - 60 (for leap seconds) *)
+    end;
+  ppng_time = ^png_time;
+  pppng_time = ^ppng_time;
+  png_time_struct = png_time;
+  png_timep = Ppng_time;
+  PPNG_TIMEP = ^PNG_TIMEP;
+  png_timepp = PPpng_time;
+
+const
+  PNG_CHUNK_NAME_LENGTH = 5; 
+type
+  (* png_unknown_chunk is a structure to hold queued chunks for which there is
+   * no specific support.  The idea is that we can use this to queue
+   * up private chunks for output even though the library doesn't actually
+   * know about their semantics.
+   *)
+  png_unknown_chunk = record
+       name : array[0..PNG_CHUNK_NAME_LENGTH-1] of png_byte;
+       data : Ppng_byte;
+       size : png_size_t;
+       
+       (* libpng-using applications should NOT directly modify this byte. *)
+       location : png_byte; (* mode of operation at read time *)
+    end;
+  ppng_unknown_chunk = ^png_unknown_chunk;
+  pppng_unknown_chunk = ^ppng_unknown_chunk;
+  png_unknown_chunk_t = png_unknown_chunk;
+  png_unknown_chunkp = Ppng_unknown_chunk;
+  png_unknown_chunkpp = PPpng_unknown_chunk;
+   
+  (* png_info is a structure that holds the information in a PNG file so
+   * that the application can find out the characteristics of the image.
+   * If you are reading the file, this structure will tell you what is
+   * in the PNG file.  If you are writing the file, fill in the information
+   * you want to put into the PNG file, then call png_write_info().
+   * The names chosen should be very close to the PNG specification, so
+   * consult that document for information about the meaning of each field.
+   *
+   * With libpng < 0.95, it was only possible to directly set and read the
+   * the values in the png_info_struct, which meant that the contents and
+   * order of the values had to remain fixed.  With libpng 0.95 and later,
+   * however, there are now functions that abstract the contents of
+   * png_info_struct from the application, so this makes it easier to use
+   * libpng with dynamic libraries, and even makes it possible to use
+   * libraries that don't have all of the libpng ancillary chunk-handing
+   * functionality.
+   *
+   * In any case, the order of the parameters in png_info_struct should NOT
+   * be changed for as long as possible to keep compatibility with applications
+   * that use the old direct-access method with png_info_struct.
+   *
+   * The following members may have allocated storage attached that should be
+   * cleaned up before the structure is discarded: palette, trans, text,
+   * pcal_purpose, pcal_units, pcal_params, hist, iccp_name, iccp_profile,
+   * splt_palettes, scal_unit, row_pointers, and unknowns.   By default, these
+   * are automatically freed when the info structure is deallocated, if they were
+   * allocated internally by libpng.  This behavior can be changed by means
+   * of the png_data_freer() function.
+   *
+   * More allocation details: all the chunk-reading functions that
+   * change these members go through the corresponding png_set_*
+   * functions.  A function to clear these members is available: see
+   * png_free_data().  The png_set_* functions do not depend on being
+   * able to point info structure members to any of the storage they are
+   * passed (they make their own copies), EXCEPT that the png_set_text
+   * functions use the same storage passed to them in the text_ptr or
+   * itxt_ptr structure argument, and the png_set_rows and png_set_unknowns
+   * functions do not make their own copies.
+   *)
+  png_info = record
+       width : png_uint_32;       (* width of image in pixels (from IHDR) *)
+       height : png_uint_32;      (* height of image in pixels (from IHDR) *)
+       valid : png_uint_32;       (* valid chunk data (see PNG_INFO_ below) *)
+       rowbytes : png_uint_32;    (* bytes needed to hold an untransformed row *)
+       palette : png_colorp;      (* array of color values (valid & PNG_INFO_PLTE) *)
+       num_palette : png_uint_16; (* number of color entries in "palette" (PLTE) *)
+       num_trans : png_uint_16;   (* number of transparent palette color (tRNS) *)
+       bit_depth : png_byte;      (* 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 bits/channel (from IHDR) *)
+       color_type : png_byte;     (* see PNG_COLOR_TYPE_ below (from IHDR) *)
+       (* The following three should have been named *_method not *_type *)
+       compression_type : png_byte; (* must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE (IHDR) *)
+       filter_type : png_byte;    (* must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE (from IHDR) *)
+       interlace_type : png_byte; (* One of PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 *)
+
+       (* The following is informational only on read, and not used on writes. *)
+       channels : png_byte;       (* number of data channels per pixel (1, 2, 3, 4) *)
+       pixel_depth : png_byte;    (* number of bits per pixel *)
+       spare_byte : png_byte;     (* to align the data, and for future use *)
+       signature : array[0..7] of png_byte; (* magic bytes read by libpng from start of file *)
+
+       (* The rest of the data is optional.  If you are reading, check the
+        * valid field to see if the information in these are valid.  If you
+        * are writing, set the valid field to those chunks you want written,
+        * and initialize the appropriate fields below.
+        *)
+        
+       gamma : cfloat;
+       srgb_intent : png_byte;
+       num_text : cint;
+       max_text : cint;
+       text : png_textp;
+       mod_time : png_time;
+       sig_bit : png_color_8;
+       trans : png_bytep;
+       trans_values : png_color_16;
+       background : png_color_16;
+       x_offset : png_int_32;
+       y_offset : png_int_32;
+       offset_unit_type : png_byte;
+       x_pixels_per_unit : png_uint_32;
+       y_pixels_per_unit : png_uint_32;
+       phys_unit_type : png_byte;
+       hist : png_uint_16p;
+       x_white : cfloat;
+       y_white : cfloat;
+       x_red : cfloat;
+       y_red : cfloat;
+       x_green : cfloat;
+       y_green : cfloat;
+       x_blue : cfloat;
+       y_blue : cfloat;
+       pcal_purpose : png_charp;
+       pcal_X0 : png_int_32;
+       pcal_X1 : png_int_32;
+       pcal_units : png_charp;
+       pcal_params : png_charpp;
+       pcal_type : png_byte;
+       pcal_nparams : png_byte;
+       free_me : png_uint_32;
+       unknown_chunks : png_unknown_chunkp;
+       unknown_chunks_num : png_size_t;
+       iccp_name : png_charp;
+       iccp_profile : png_charp;
+       iccp_proflen : png_uint_32;
+       iccp_compression : png_byte;
+       splt_palettes : png_sPLT_tp;
+       splt_palettes_num : png_uint_32;
+       scal_unit : png_byte;
+       scal_pixel_width : cdouble;
+       scal_pixel_height : cdouble;
+       scal_s_width : png_charp;
+       scal_s_height : png_charp;
+       row_pointers : png_bytepp;
+       int_gamma : png_fixed_point;
+       int_x_white : png_fixed_point;
+       int_y_white : png_fixed_point;
+       int_x_red : png_fixed_point;
+       int_y_red : png_fixed_point;
+       int_x_green : png_fixed_point;
+       int_y_green : png_fixed_point;
+       int_x_blue : png_fixed_point;
+       int_y_blue : png_fixed_point;
+    end;
+  ppng_info = ^png_info;
+  pppng_info = ^ppng_info;
+  png_info_struct = png_info;
+  png_infop = Ppng_info;
+  png_infopp = PPpng_info;
+  
+  (* This is used for the transformation routines, as some of them
+   * change these values for the row.  It also should enable using
+   * the routines for other purposes.
+   *)
+  png_row_info = record
+       width : png_uint_32;    (* width of row *)
+       rowbytes : png_uint_32; (* number of bytes in row *)
+       color_type : png_byte;  (* color type of row *)
+       bit_depth : png_byte;   (* bit depth of row *)
+       channels : png_byte;    (* number of channels (1, 2, 3, or 4) *)
+       pixel_depth : png_byte; (* bits per pixel (depth * channels) *)
+    end;
+  ppng_row_info = ^png_row_info;
+  pppng_row_info = ^ppng_row_info;
+  png_row_info_struct = png_row_info;
+  png_row_infop = Ppng_row_info;
+  png_row_infopp = PPpng_row_info;
+  png_structp = ^png_struct;
+
+
+  (* These are the function types for the I/O functions and for the functions
+   * that allow the user to override the default I/O functions with his or her
+   * own.  The png_error_ptr type should match that of user-supplied warning
+   * and error functions, while the png_rw_ptr type should match that of the
+   * user read/write data functions.
+   *)
+  png_error_ptr = procedure(Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_const_charp); cdecl;
+  png_rw_ptr = procedure(Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_bytep; Arg3 : png_size_t); cdecl;
+  png_flush_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp); cdecl;
+  png_read_status_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_uint_32; Arg3: cint); cdecl;
+  png_write_status_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2:png_uint_32;Arg3 : cint); cdecl;
+  png_progressive_info_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_infop); cdecl;
+  png_progressive_end_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_infop); cdecl;
+  png_progressive_row_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_bytep; Arg3 : png_uint_32; Arg4 : cint); cdecl;
+  png_user_transform_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_row_infop; Arg3 : png_bytep); cdecl;
+  png_user_chunk_ptr = function (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_unknown_chunkp): cint; cdecl;
+  png_unknown_chunk_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp); cdecl;
+  png_malloc_ptr = function (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_size_t) : png_voidp; cdecl;
+  png_free_ptr = procedure (Arg1 : png_structp; Arg2 : png_voidp); cdecl;
+
+  png_struct_def = record
+        {$ifdef UsePngStruct}
+        jmpbuf : jmp_buf;            (* used in png_error *)
+        error_fn : png_error_ptr;    (* function for printing errors and aborting *)
+        warning_fn : png_error_ptr;  (* function for printing warnings *)
+        error_ptr : png_voidp;       (* user supplied struct for error functions *)
+        write_data_fn : png_rw_ptr;  (* function for writing output data *)
+        read_data_fn : png_rw_ptr;   (* function for reading input data *)
+        io_ptr : png_voidp;          (* ptr to application struct for I/O functions *)
+
+        read_user_transform_fn : png_user_transform_ptr;  (* user read transform *)
+
+        write_user_transform_fn : png_user_transform_ptr; (* user write transform *)
+
+        (* These were added in libpng-1.0.2 *)
+        user_transform_ptr : png_voidp; (* user supplied struct for user transform *)
+        user_transform_depth : png_byte;    (* bit depth of user transformed pixels *)
+        user_transform_channels : png_byte; (* channels in user transformed pixels *)
+
+        mode : png_uint_32;          (* tells us where we are in the PNG file *)
+        flags : png_uint_32;         (* flags indicating various things to libpng *)
+        transformations : png_uint_32; (* which transformations to perform *)
+
+        zstream : z_stream;          (* pointer to decompression structure (below) *)
+        zbuf : png_bytep;            (* buffer for zlib *)
+        zbuf_size : png_size_t;      (* size of zbuf *)
+        zlib_level : cint;        (* holds zlib compression level *)
+        zlib_method : cint;       (* holds zlib compression method *)
+        zlib_window_bits : cint;  (* holds zlib compression window bits *)
+        zlib_mem_level : cint;    (* holds zlib compression memory level *)
+        zlib_strategy : cint;     (* holds zlib compression strategy *)
+
+        width : png_uint_32;         (* width of image in pixels *)
+        height : png_uint_32;        (* height of image in pixels *)
+        num_rows : png_uint_32;      (* number of rows in current pass *)
+        usr_width : png_uint_32;     (* width of row at start of write *)
+        rowbytes : png_uint_32;      (* size of row in bytes *)
+        irowbytes : png_uint_32;     (* size of current interlaced row in bytes *)
+        iwidth : png_uint_32;        (* width of current interlaced row in pixels *)
+        row_number : png_uint_32;    (* current row in interlace pass *)
+        prev_row : png_bytep;        (* buffer to save previous (unfiltered) row *)
+        row_buf : png_bytep;         (* buffer to save current (unfiltered) row *)
+        sub_row : png_bytep;         (* buffer to save "sub" row when filtering *)
+        up_row : png_bytep;          (* buffer to save "up" row when filtering *)
+        avg_row : png_bytep;         (* buffer to save "avg" row when filtering *)
+        paeth_row : png_bytep;       (* buffer to save "Paeth" row when filtering *)
+        row_info : png_row_info;     (* used for transformation routines *)
+        
+        idat_size : png_uint_32;     (* current IDAT size for read *)
+        crc : png_uint_32;           (* current chunk CRC value *)
+        palette : png_colorp;        (* palette from the input file *)
+        num_palette : png_uint_16;   (* number of color entries in palette *)
+        num_trans : png_uint_16;     (* number of transparency values *)
+        chunk_name : array[0..4] of png_byte; (* null-terminated name of current chunk *)
+        compression : png_byte;      (* file compression type (always 0) *)
+        filter : png_byte;           (* file filter type (always 0) *)
+        interlaced : png_byte;       (* PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 *)
+        pass : png_byte;             (* current interlace pass (0 - 6) *)
+        do_filter : png_byte;        (* row filter flags (see PNG_FILTER_ below ) *)
+        color_type : png_byte;       (* color type of file *)
+        bit_depth : png_byte;        (* bit depth of file *)
+        usr_bit_depth : png_byte;    (* bit depth of users row *)
+        pixel_depth : png_byte;      (* number of bits per pixel *)
+        channels : png_byte;         (* number of channels in file *)
+        usr_channels : png_byte;     (* channels at start of write *)
+        sig_bytes : png_byte;        (* magic bytes read/written from start of file *)
+
+        filler : png_uint_16;
+
+        background_gamma_type : png_byte;
+        background_gamma : cfloat;
+        background : png_color_16;
+        background_1 : png_color_16;
+        output_flush_fn : png_flush_ptr;
+        flush_dist : png_uint_32;
+        flush_rows : png_uint_32;
+        gamma_shift : cint;
+        gamma : cfloat;
+        screen_gamma : cfloat;
+        gamma_table : png_bytep;
+        gamma_from_1 : png_bytep;
+        gamma_to_1 : png_bytep;
+        gamma_16_table : png_uint_16pp;
+        gamma_16_from_1 : png_uint_16pp;
+        gamma_16_to_1 : png_uint_16pp;
+        sig_bit : png_color_8;
+        shift : png_color_8;
+        trans : png_bytep;
+        trans_values : png_color_16;
+        read_row_fn : png_read_status_ptr;
+        write_row_fn : png_write_status_ptr;
+        info_fn : png_progressive_info_ptr;
+        row_fn : png_progressive_row_ptr;
+        end_fn : png_progressive_end_ptr;
+        save_buffer_ptr : png_bytep;
+        save_buffer : png_bytep;
+        current_buffer_ptr : png_bytep;
+        current_buffer : png_bytep;
+        push_length : png_uint_32;
+        skip_length : png_uint_32;
+        save_buffer_size : png_size_t;
+        save_buffer_max : png_size_t;
+        buffer_size : png_size_t;
+        current_buffer_size : png_size_t;
+        process_mode : cint;
+        cur_palette : cint;
+        current_text_size : png_size_t;
+        current_text_left : png_size_t;
+        current_text : png_charp;
+        current_text_ptr : png_charp;
+        palette_lookup : png_bytep;
+        dither_index : png_bytep;
+        hist : png_uint_16p;
+        heuristic_method : png_byte;
+        num_prev_filters : png_byte;
+        prev_filters : png_bytep;
+        filter_weights : png_uint_16p;
+        inv_filter_weights : png_uint_16p;
+        filter_costs : png_uint_16p;
+        inv_filter_costs : png_uint_16p;
+        time_buffer : png_charp;
+        free_me : png_uint_32;
+        user_chunk_ptr : png_voidp;
+        read_user_chunk_fn : png_user_chunk_ptr;
+        num_chunk_list : cint;
+        chunk_list : png_bytep;
+        rgb_to_gray_status : png_byte;
+        rgb_to_gray_red_coeff : png_uint_16;
+        rgb_to_gray_green_coeff : png_uint_16;
+        rgb_to_gray_blue_coeff : png_uint_16;
+        empty_plte_permitted : png_byte;
+        int_gamma : png_fixed_point;
+        {$endif UsePngStruct}
+     end;
+   ppng_struct_def = ^png_struct_def;
+   pppng_struct_def = ^ppng_struct_def;
+   png_struct = png_struct_def;
+   ppng_struct = ^png_struct;
+   pppng_struct = ^ppng_struct;
+
+   version_1_0_8 = png_structp;
+   png_structpp = PPpng_struct;
+
+function png_access_version_number:png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr:png_structp; num_bytes:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_sig_cmp(sig:png_bytep; start:png_size_t; num_to_check:png_size_t):cint; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_check_sig(sig:png_bytep; num:cint):cint; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for reading, and any other memory. *)
+function png_create_read_struct(user_png_ver:png_const_charp; error_ptr:png_voidp; error_fn:png_error_ptr; warn_fn:png_error_ptr):png_structp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for writing, and any other memory *)
+function png_create_write_struct(user_png_ver:png_const_charp; error_ptr:png_voidp; error_fn:png_error_ptr; warn_fn:png_error_ptr):png_structp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+function png_get_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr:png_structp):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr:png_structp; size:png_uint_32); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_reset_zstream(png_ptr:png_structp):cint; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_write_chunk(png_ptr:png_structp; chunk_name:png_bytep; data:png_bytep; length:png_size_t); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_chunk_start(png_ptr:png_structp; chunk_name:png_bytep; length:png_uint_32); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_chunk_data(png_ptr:png_structp; data:png_bytep; length:png_size_t); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_chunk_end(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Allocate and initialize the info structure *)
+function png_create_info_struct(png_ptr:png_structp):png_infop; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Initialize the info structure (old interface - DEPRECATED) *)
+procedure png_info_init(info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Writes all the PNG information before the image. *)
+procedure png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_info(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* read the information before the actual image data. *)
+procedure png_read_info(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+function png_convert_to_rfc1123(png_ptr:png_structp; ptime:png_timep):png_charp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_convert_from_struct_tm(ptime:png_timep; ttime:Pointer); cdecl; external LibPng;
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+procedure png_convert_from_time_t(ptime:png_timep; ttime:time_t); cdecl; external LibPng;
+{$ENDIF}
+procedure png_set_expand(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_bgr(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr:png_structp; error_action:cint; red:cdouble; green:cdouble); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(png_ptr:png_structp; error_action:cint; red:png_fixed_point; green:png_fixed_point); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr:png_structp):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_build_grayscale_palette(bit_depth:cint; palette:png_colorp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_filler(png_ptr:png_structp; filler:png_uint_32; flags:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_swap(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_packing(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_packswap(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_shift(png_ptr:png_structp; true_bits:png_color_8p); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr:png_structp):cint; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_background(png_ptr:png_structp; background_color:png_color_16p; background_gamma_code:cint; need_expand:cint; background_gamma:cdouble); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_strip_16(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_dither(png_ptr:png_structp; palette:png_colorp; num_palette:cint; maximum_colors:cint; histogram:png_uint_16p;
+            full_dither:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_gamma(png_ptr:png_structp; screen_gamma:cdouble; default_file_gamma:cdouble); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_permit_empty_plte(png_ptr:png_structp; empty_plte_permitted:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_flush(png_ptr:png_structp; nrows:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_flush(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_start_read_image(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_read_update_info(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* read one or more rows of image data. *)
+procedure png_read_rows(png_ptr:png_structp; row:png_bytepp; display_row:png_bytepp; num_rows:png_uint_32); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* read a row of data. *)
+procedure png_read_row(png_ptr:png_structp; row:png_bytep; display_row:png_bytep); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* read the whole image into memory at once. *)
+procedure png_read_image(png_ptr:png_structp; image:png_bytepp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* write a row of image data *)
+procedure png_write_row(png_ptr:png_structp; row:png_bytep); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* write a few rows of image data *)
+procedure png_write_rows(png_ptr:png_structp; row:png_bytepp; num_rows:png_uint_32); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* write the image data *)
+procedure png_write_image(png_ptr:png_structp; image:png_bytepp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* writes the end of the PNG file. *)
+procedure png_write_end(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* read the end of the PNG file. *)
+procedure png_read_end(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* free any memory associated with the png_info_struct *)
+procedure png_destroy_info_struct(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr_ptr:png_infopp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs *)
+procedure png_destroy_read_struct(png_ptr_ptr:png_structpp; info_ptr_ptr:png_infopp; end_info_ptr_ptr:png_infopp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* free all memory used by the read (old method - NOT DLL EXPORTED) *)
+procedure png_read_destroy(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; end_info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs *)
+procedure png_destroy_write_struct(png_ptr_ptr:png_structpp; info_ptr_ptr:png_infopp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_write_destroy_info(info_ptr:png_infop); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_destroy(png_ptr:png_structp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_crc_action(png_ptr:png_structp; crit_action:cint; ancil_action:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_filter(png_ptr:png_structp; method:cint; filters:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr:png_structp; heuristic_method:cint; num_weights:cint; filter_weights:png_doublep; filter_costs:png_doublep); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_compression_level(png_ptr:png_structp; level:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr:png_structp; mem_level:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr:png_structp; strategy:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr:png_structp; window_bits:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_compression_method(png_ptr:png_structp; method:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_init_io(png_ptr:png_structp; fp:png_FILE_p); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Replace the (error and abort), and warning functions with user
+ * supplied functions.  If no messages are to be printed you must still
+ * write and use replacement functions. The replacement error_fn should
+ * still do a longjmp to the last setjmp location if you are using this
+ * method of error handling.  If error_fn or warning_fn is NULL, the
+ * default function will be used.
+ *)
+procedure png_set_error_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; error_ptr:png_voidp; error_fn:png_error_ptr; warning_fn:png_error_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Return the user pointer associated with the error functions *)
+function png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr:png_structp):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Replace the default data output functions with a user supplied one(s).
+ * If buffered output is not used, then output_flush_fn can be set to NULL.
+ * If PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED is not defined at libpng compile time
+ * output_flush_fn will be ignored (and thus can be NULL).
+ *)
+procedure png_set_write_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; io_ptr:png_voidp; write_data_fn:png_rw_ptr; output_flush_fn:png_flush_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Replace the default data input function with a user supplied one. *)
+procedure png_set_read_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; io_ptr:png_voidp; read_data_fn:png_rw_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* Return the user pointer associated with the I/O functions *)
+function png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr:png_structp):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; read_row_fn:png_read_status_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; write_row_fn:png_write_status_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; read_user_transform_fn:png_user_transform_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; write_user_transform_fn:png_user_transform_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr:png_structp; user_transform_ptr:png_voidp; user_transform_depth:cint; user_transform_channels:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr:png_structp):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; user_chunk_ptr:png_voidp; read_user_chunk_fn:png_user_chunk_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr:png_structp):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr:png_structp; progressive_ptr:png_voidp; info_fn:png_progressive_info_ptr; row_fn:png_progressive_row_ptr; end_fn:png_progressive_end_ptr); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr:png_structp):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_process_data(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; buffer:png_bytep; buffer_size:png_size_t); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr:png_structp; old_row:png_bytep; new_row:png_bytep); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_malloc(png_ptr:png_structp; size:png_uint_32):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_free(png_ptr:png_structp; ptr:png_voidp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_free_data(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; free_me:png_uint_32; num:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_data_freer(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; freer:cint; mask:png_uint_32); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_memcpy_check(png_ptr:png_structp; s1:png_voidp; s2:png_voidp; size:png_uint_32):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_memset_check(png_ptr:png_structp; s1:png_voidp; value:cint; size:png_uint_32):png_voidp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_error(png_ptr:png_structp; error:png_const_charp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_chunk_error(png_ptr:png_structp; error:png_const_charp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_warning(png_ptr:png_structp; message:png_const_charp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_chunk_warning(png_ptr:png_structp; message:png_const_charp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_valid(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; flag:png_uint_32):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_rows(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_bytepp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_rows(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; row_pointers:png_bytepp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_channels(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_image_width(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_image_height(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_color_type(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_filter_type(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_compression_type(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_byte; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):cfloat; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_x_offset_pixels(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_int_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_y_offset_pixels(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_int_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_int_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_int_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_signature(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop):png_bytep; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+function png_get_bKGD(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; background:Ppng_color_16p):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_bKGD(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; background:png_color_16p); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_cHRM(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; white_x:PCdouble; white_y:PCdouble; red_x:PCdouble;
+           red_y:PCdouble; green_x:PCdouble; green_y:PCdouble; blue_x:PCdouble; blue_y:PCdouble):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; int_white_x:Ppng_fixed_point; int_white_y:Ppng_fixed_point; int_red_x:Ppng_fixed_point;
+           int_red_y:Ppng_fixed_point; int_green_x:Ppng_fixed_point; int_green_y:Ppng_fixed_point; int_blue_x:Ppng_fixed_point; int_blue_y:Ppng_fixed_point):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_cHRM(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; white_x:cdouble; white_y:cdouble; red_x:cdouble;
+            red_y:cdouble; green_x:cdouble; green_y:cdouble; blue_x:cdouble; blue_y:cdouble); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; int_white_x:png_fixed_point; int_white_y:png_fixed_point; int_red_x:png_fixed_point;
+            int_red_y:png_fixed_point; int_green_x:png_fixed_point; int_green_y:png_fixed_point; int_blue_x:png_fixed_point; int_blue_y:png_fixed_point); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_gAMA(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; file_gamma:PCdouble):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; int_file_gamma:Ppng_fixed_point):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_gAMA(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; file_gamma:cdouble); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; int_file_gamma:png_fixed_point); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_hIST(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; hist:Ppng_uint_16p):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_hIST(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; hist:png_uint_16p); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_IHDR(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; width:Ppng_uint_32; height:Ppng_uint_32; bit_depth:PCint;
+           color_type:PCint; interlace_type:PCint; compression_type:PCint; filter_type:PCint):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_IHDR(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; width:png_uint_32; height:png_uint_32; bit_depth:cint;
+            color_type:cint; interlace_type:cint; compression_type:cint; filter_type:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_oFFs(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; offset_x:Ppng_int_32; offset_y:Ppng_int_32; unit_type:PCint):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_oFFs(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; offset_x:png_int_32; offset_y:png_int_32; unit_type:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_pCAL(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; purpose:Ppng_charp; X0:Ppng_int_32; X1:Ppng_int_32;
+           atype:PCint; nparams:PCint; units:Ppng_charp; params:Ppng_charpp):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_pCAL(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; purpose:png_charp; X0:png_int_32; X1:png_int_32;
+            atype:cint; nparams:cint; units:png_charp; params:png_charpp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_pHYs(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; res_x:Ppng_uint_32; res_y:Ppng_uint_32; unit_type:PCint):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_pHYs(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; res_x:png_uint_32; res_y:png_uint_32; unit_type:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_PLTE(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; palette:Ppng_colorp; num_palette:PCint):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_PLTE(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; palette:png_colorp; num_palette:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_sBIT(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; sig_bit:Ppng_color_8p):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_sBIT(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; sig_bit:png_color_8p); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_sRGB(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; intent:PCint):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_sRGB(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; intent:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; intent:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_iCCP(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; name:png_charpp; compression_type:PCint; profile:png_charpp;
+           proflen:Ppng_uint_32):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_iCCP(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; name:png_charp; compression_type:cint; profile:png_charp;
+            proflen:png_uint_32); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_sPLT(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; entries:png_sPLT_tpp):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_sPLT(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; entries:png_sPLT_tp; nentries:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(* png_get_text also returns the number of text chunks in *num_text *)
+function png_get_text(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; text_ptr:Ppng_textp; num_text:PCint):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+(*
+ *  Note while png_set_text() will accept a structure whose text,
+ *  language, and  translated keywords are NULL pointers, the structure
+ *  returned by png_get_text will always contain regular
+ *  zero-terminated C strings.  They might be empty strings but
+ *  they will never be NULL pointers.
+ *)
+procedure png_set_text(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; text_ptr:png_textp; num_text:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+function png_get_tIME(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; mod_time:Ppng_timep):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_tIME(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; mod_time:png_timep); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_tRNS(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; trans:Ppng_bytep; num_trans:PCint; trans_values:Ppng_color_16p):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_tRNS(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; trans:png_bytep; num_trans:cint; trans_values:png_color_16p); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_sCAL(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; aunit:PCint; width:PCdouble; height:PCdouble):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_sCAL(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; aunit:cint; width:cdouble; height:cdouble); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; aunit:cint; swidth:png_charp; sheight:png_charp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr:png_structp; keep:cint; chunk_list:png_bytep; num_chunks:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; unknowns:png_unknown_chunkp; num_unknowns:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; chunk:cint; location:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; entries:png_unknown_chunkpp):png_uint_32; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_set_invalid(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; mask:cint); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+procedure png_read_png(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; transforms:cint; params:png_voidp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+procedure png_write_png(png_ptr:png_structp; info_ptr:png_infop; transforms:cint; params:png_voidp); cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+function png_get_header_ver(png_ptr:png_structp):png_charp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_header_version(png_ptr:png_structp):png_charp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+function png_get_libpng_ver(png_ptr:png_structp):png_charp; cdecl; external LibPng;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/CIRCBUF.PAS b/src/lib/midi/CIRCBUF.PAS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ceb4c6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/CIRCBUF.PAS
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/CIRCBUF.PAS 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{ Written by David Churcher <dchurcher@cix.compulink.co.uk>,
+  released to the public domain. }
+
+
+{ A First-In First-Out circular buffer.
+  Port of circbuf.c from Microsoft's Windows MIDI monitor example.
+  I did do a version of this as an object (see Rev 1.1) but it was getting too 
+  complicated and I couldn't see any real benefits to it so I dumped it 
+  for an ordinary memory buffer with pointers. 
+
+  This unit is a bit C-like, everything is done with pointers and extensive
+  use is made of the undocumented feature of the Inc() function that 
+  increments pointers by the size of the object pointed to.
+  All of this could probably be done using Pascal array notation with
+  range-checking turned off, but I'm not sure it's worth it.
+}
+
+Unit Circbuf;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+Uses
+  Windows,
+  MMSystem;
+
+type
+	{ MIDI input event }
+	TMidiBufferItem = record
+	  	timestamp: DWORD;	{ Timestamp in milliseconds after midiInStart }
+		data: DWORD;		{ MIDI message received }
+		sysex: PMidiHdr;	{ Pointer to sysex MIDIHDR, nil if not sysex }
+	end;
+	PMidiBufferItem = ^TMidiBufferItem;
+
+	{ MIDI input buffer }
+	TCircularBuffer = record
+		RecordHandle: HGLOBAL;		{ Windows memory handle for this record }
+		BufferHandle: HGLOBAL;		{ Windows memory handle for the buffer }
+		pStart: PMidiBufferItem;		{ ptr to start of buffer }
+		pEnd: PMidiBufferItem;			{ ptr to end of buffer }
+		pNextPut: PMidiBufferItem;		{ next location to fill }
+		pNextGet: PMidiBufferItem;		{ next location to empty }
+		Error: Word;		 		{ error code from MMSYSTEM functions }
+		Capacity: Word;				{ buffer size (in TMidiBufferItems) }
+		EventCount: Word;			{ Number of events in buffer }
+	end;
+
+   PCircularBuffer = ^TCircularBuffer;
+
+function GlobalSharedLockedAlloc( Capacity: Word; var hMem: HGLOBAL ): Pointer;
+procedure GlobalSharedLockedFree( hMem: HGLOBAL; ptr: Pointer );
+
+function CircbufAlloc( Capacity: Word ): PCircularBuffer;
+procedure CircbufFree( PBuffer: PCircularBuffer );
+function CircbufRemoveEvent( PBuffer: PCircularBuffer ): Boolean;
+function CircbufReadEvent( PBuffer: PCircularBuffer; PEvent: PMidiBufferItem ): Boolean;
+{ Note: The PutEvent function is in the DLL }
+
+implementation
+
+{ Allocates in global shared memory, returns pointer and handle }
+function GlobalSharedLockedAlloc( Capacity: Word; var hMem: HGLOBAL ): Pointer;
+var
+	ptr: Pointer;
+begin
+	{ Allocate the buffer memory }
+	hMem := GlobalAlloc(GMEM_SHARE Or GMEM_MOVEABLE Or GMEM_ZEROINIT, Capacity );
+
+	if (hMem = 0) then
+		ptr := Nil
+	else
+		begin
+		ptr := GlobalLock(hMem);
+		if (ptr = Nil) then
+			GlobalFree(hMem);
+		end;
+
+	GlobalSharedLockedAlloc := Ptr;
+end;
+
+procedure GlobalSharedLockedFree( hMem: HGLOBAL; ptr: Pointer );
+begin
+	if (hMem <> 0) then
+		begin
+		GlobalUnlock(hMem);
+		GlobalFree(hMem);
+		end;
+end;
+
+function CircbufAlloc( Capacity: Word ): PCircularBuffer;
+var
+	NewCircularBuffer: PCircularBuffer;
+	NewMIDIBuffer: PMidiBufferItem;
+	hMem: HGLOBAL;
+begin
+	{ TODO: Validate circbuf size, <64K }
+	NewCircularBuffer :=
+		GlobalSharedLockedAlloc( Sizeof(TCircularBuffer), hMem );
+	if (NewCircularBuffer <> Nil) then
+		begin
+		NewCircularBuffer^.RecordHandle := hMem;
+		NewMIDIBuffer :=
+			GlobalSharedLockedAlloc( Capacity * Sizeof(TMidiBufferItem), hMem );
+		if (NewMIDIBuffer = Nil) then
+			begin
+			{ TODO: Exception here? }
+			GlobalSharedLockedFree( NewCircularBuffer^.RecordHandle,
+											NewCircularBuffer );
+			NewCircularBuffer := Nil;
+			end
+		else
+			begin
+                	NewCircularBuffer^.pStart := NewMidiBuffer;
+			{ Point to item at end of buffer }
+			NewCircularBuffer^.pEnd := NewMidiBuffer;
+			Inc(NewCircularBuffer^.pEnd, Capacity);
+			{ Start off the get and put pointers in the same position. These
+			  will get out of sync as the interrupts start rolling in }
+			NewCircularBuffer^.pNextPut := NewMidiBuffer;
+			NewCircularBuffer^.pNextGet := NewMidiBuffer;
+			NewCircularBuffer^.Error := 0;
+			NewCircularBuffer^.Capacity := Capacity;
+			NewCircularBuffer^.EventCount := 0;
+			end;
+		end;
+	CircbufAlloc := NewCircularBuffer;
+end;
+
+procedure CircbufFree( pBuffer: PCircularBuffer );
+begin
+	if (pBuffer <> Nil) then
+		begin
+		GlobalSharedLockedFree(pBuffer^.BufferHandle, pBuffer^.pStart);
+		GlobalSharedLockedFree(pBuffer^.RecordHandle, pBuffer);
+		end;
+end;
+
+{ Reads first event in queue without removing it.
+  Returns true if successful, False if no events in queue }
+function CircbufReadEvent( PBuffer: PCircularBuffer; PEvent: PMidiBufferItem ): Boolean;
+var
+	PCurrentEvent: PMidiBufferItem;
+begin
+	if (PBuffer^.EventCount <= 0) then
+			CircbufReadEvent := False
+	else
+		begin
+		PCurrentEvent := PBuffer^.PNextget;
+
+		{ Copy the object from the "tail" of the buffer to the caller's object }
+		PEvent^.Timestamp := PCurrentEvent^.Timestamp;
+		PEvent^.Data := PCurrentEvent^.Data;
+        PEvent^.Sysex := PCurrentEvent^.Sysex;
+		CircbufReadEvent := True;
+		end;
+end;
+
+{ Remove current event from the queue }
+function CircbufRemoveEvent(PBuffer: PCircularBuffer): Boolean;
+begin
+	if (PBuffer^.EventCount > 0) then
+		begin
+		Dec( Pbuffer^.EventCount);
+
+		{ Advance the buffer pointer, with wrap }
+		Inc( Pbuffer^.PNextGet );
+		If (PBuffer^.PNextGet = PBuffer^.PEnd) then
+			PBuffer^.PNextGet := PBuffer^.PStart;
+
+		CircbufRemoveEvent := True;
+		end
+	else
+		CircbufRemoveEvent := False;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/DELPHMCB.PAS b/src/lib/midi/DELPHMCB.PAS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef0d5451
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/DELPHMCB.PAS
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/DELPHMCB.PAS 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{MIDI callback for Delphi, was DLL for Delphi 1}
+
+unit Delphmcb;
+
+{ These segment options required for the MIDI callback functions }
+{$IFNDEF FPC}
+{$C PRELOAD FIXED PERMANENT}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Windows,
+  MMsystem,
+  Circbuf,
+  MidiDefs,
+  MidiCons;
+
+procedure midiHandler(
+		  hMidiIn: HMidiIn;
+		  wMsg: UINT;
+		  dwInstance: DWORD;
+		  dwParam1: DWORD;
+		  dwParam2: DWORD); stdcall; export;
+function CircbufPutEvent(PBuffer: PCircularBuffer; PTheEvent: PMidiBufferItem): Boolean; stdcall; export;
+
+implementation
+
+{ Add an event to the circular input buffer. }
+function CircbufPutEvent(PBuffer: PCircularBuffer; PTheEvent: PMidiBufferItem): Boolean; stdcall;
+begin
+	If (PBuffer^.EventCount < PBuffer^.Capacity) Then
+		begin
+		Inc(Pbuffer^.EventCount);
+
+		{ Todo: better way of copying this record }
+		with PBuffer^.PNextput^ do
+			begin
+			Timestamp := PTheEvent^.Timestamp;
+			Data := PTheEvent^.Data;
+			Sysex := PTheEvent^.Sysex;
+          end;
+
+		{ Move to next put location, with wrap }
+		Inc(Pbuffer^.PNextPut);
+		If (PBuffer^.PNextPut = PBuffer^.PEnd) then
+			PBuffer^.PNextPut := PBuffer^.PStart;
+
+		CircbufPutEvent := True;
+		end
+	else
+		CircbufPutEvent := False;
+end;
+
+{ This is the callback function specified when the MIDI device was opened
+  by midiInOpen. It's called at interrupt time when MIDI input is seen
+  by the MIDI device driver(s). See the docs for midiInOpen for restrictions
+  on the Windows functions that can be called in this interrupt. }
+procedure midiHandler(
+		  hMidiIn: HMidiIn;
+		  wMsg: UINT;
+		  dwInstance: DWORD;
+		  dwParam1: DWORD;
+		  dwParam2: DWORD); stdcall;
+var
+	thisEvent: TMidiBufferItem;
+	thisCtlInfo: PMidiCtlInfo;
+	thisBuffer: PCircularBuffer;
+Begin
+	case wMsg of
+
+		mim_Open: {nothing};
+
+		mim_Error: {TODO: handle (message to trigger exception?) };
+
+		mim_Data, mim_Longdata, mim_Longerror:
+			{ Note: mim_Longerror included because there's a bug in the Maui
+			input driver that sends MIM_LONGERROR for subsequent buffers when
+			the input buffer is smaller than the sysex block being received }
+
+			begin
+			{ TODO: Make filtered messages customisable, I'm sure someone wants to
+			do something with MTC! }
+			if (dwParam1 <> MIDI_ACTIVESENSING) and
+							(dwParam1 <> MIDI_TIMINGCLOCK) then
+				begin
+
+				{ The device driver passes us the instance data pointer we
+				specified for midiInOpen. Use this to get the buffer address
+				and window handle for the MIDI control }
+				thisCtlInfo := PMidiCtlInfo(dwInstance);
+				thisBuffer := thisCtlInfo^.PBuffer;
+
+				{ Screen out short messages if we've been asked to }
+				if ((wMsg <> mim_Data) or (thisCtlInfo^.SysexOnly = False))
+					and (thisCtlInfo <> Nil) and (thisBuffer <> Nil) then
+					begin
+					with thisEvent do
+						begin
+						timestamp := dwParam2;
+						if (wMsg = mim_Longdata) or
+							(wMsg = mim_Longerror) then
+							begin
+							data := 0;
+							sysex := PMidiHdr(dwParam1);
+							end
+						else
+							begin
+							data := dwParam1;
+							sysex := Nil;
+							end;
+						end;
+					if CircbufPutEvent( thisBuffer, @thisEvent ) then
+						{ Send a message to the control to say input's arrived }
+						PostMessage(thisCtlInfo^.hWindow, mim_Data, 0, 0)
+					else
+						{ Buffer overflow }
+						PostMessage(thisCtlInfo^.hWindow, mim_Overflow, 0, 0);
+					end;
+				end;
+			end;
+
+		mom_Done:	{ Sysex output complete, dwParam1 is pointer to MIDIHDR }
+			begin
+			{ Notify the control that its sysex output is finished.
+			  The control should call midiOutUnprepareHeader before freeing the buffer }
+			PostMessage(PMidiCtlInfo(dwInstance)^.hWindow, mom_Done, 0, dwParam1);
+			end;
+
+	end;	{ Case }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/MIDIDEFS.PAS b/src/lib/midi/MIDIDEFS.PAS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4afe56ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/MIDIDEFS.PAS
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/MIDIDEFS.PAS 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{ Written by David Churcher <dchurcher@cix.compulink.co.uk>,
+  released to the public domain. }
+
+
+{ Common definitions used by DELPHMID.DPR and the MIDI components.
+  This must be a separate unit to prevent large chunks of the VCL being
+  linked into the DLL. }
+unit Mididefs;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Windows,
+  MMsystem,
+  Circbuf;
+
+type
+
+	{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+	{ This is the information about the control that must be accessed by
+	  the MIDI input callback function in the DLL at interrupt time }
+	PMidiCtlInfo = ^TMidiCtlInfo;
+	TMidiCtlInfo = record
+		hMem: THandle; 				{ Memory handle for this record }
+		PBuffer: PCircularBuffer;	{ Pointer to the MIDI input data buffer }
+		hWindow: HWnd;					{ Control's window handle }
+		SysexOnly: Boolean;			{ Only process System Exclusive input }
+	end;
+
+	{ Information for the output timer callback function, also required at
+	  interrupt time. }
+	PMidiOutTimerInfo = ^TMidiOutTimerInfo;
+	TMidiOutTimerInfo = record
+		hMem: THandle;				{ Memory handle for this record }
+		PBuffer: PCircularBuffer;	{ Pointer to MIDI output data buffer }
+		hWindow: HWnd;				{ Control's window handle }
+		TimeToNextEvent: DWORD;	{ Delay to next event after timer set }
+		MIDIHandle: HMidiOut;		{ MIDI handle to send output to 
+									(copy of component's FMidiHandle property) }
+		PeriodMin: Word;			{ Multimedia timer minimum period supported }
+		PeriodMax: Word;			{ Multimedia timer maximum period supported }
+		TimerId: Word;				{ Multimedia timer ID of current event }
+	end;
+
+implementation
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/MIDITYPE.PAS b/src/lib/midi/MIDITYPE.PAS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45b50820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/MIDITYPE.PAS
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/MIDITYPE.PAS 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{ Written by David Churcher <dchurcher@cix.compulink.co.uk>,
+  released to the public domain. }
+
+
+unit Miditype;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  Windows,
+  Messages,
+  MMSystem,
+  MidiDefs,
+  Circbuf;
+
+type
+	{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+	{ A MIDI input/output event }
+	TMyMidiEvent = class(TPersistent)
+	public
+		MidiMessage: Byte;          { MIDI message status byte }
+		Data1: Byte;            { MIDI message data 1 byte }
+		Data2: Byte;            { MIDI message data 2 byte }
+		Time: DWORD;          { Time in ms since midiInOpen }
+		SysexLength: Word;  { Length of sysex data (0 if none) }
+		Sysex: PChar;           { Pointer to sysex data buffer }
+		destructor Destroy; override;   { Frees sysex data buffer if nec. }
+	end;
+	PMyMidiEvent = ^TMyMidiEvent;
+
+	{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+	{ Encapsulates the MIDIHDR with its memory handle and sysex buffer }
+	PMyMidiHdr = ^TMyMidiHdr;
+	TMyMidiHdr = class(TObject)
+	public
+		hdrHandle: THandle;
+		hdrPointer: PMIDIHDR;
+		sysexHandle: THandle;
+		sysexPointer: Pointer;
+		constructor Create(BufferSize: Word);
+		destructor Destroy; override;
+	end;
+
+implementation
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Free any sysex buffer associated with the event }
+destructor TMyMidiEvent.Destroy;
+begin
+	if (Sysex <> Nil) then
+		Freemem(Sysex, SysexLength);
+
+	inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Allocate memory for the sysex header and buffer }
+constructor TMyMidiHdr.Create(BufferSize:Word);
+begin
+	inherited Create;
+
+	if BufferSize > 0 then
+		begin
+		hdrPointer := GlobalSharedLockedAlloc(sizeof(TMIDIHDR), hdrHandle);
+		sysexPointer := GlobalSharedLockedAlloc(BufferSize, sysexHandle);
+
+		hdrPointer^.lpData := sysexPointer;
+		hdrPointer^.dwBufferLength := BufferSize;
+		end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+destructor TMyMidiHdr.Destroy;
+begin
+	GlobalSharedLockedFree( hdrHandle, hdrPointer );
+	GlobalSharedLockedFree( sysexHandle, sysexPointer );
+	inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/MidiFile.pas b/src/lib/midi/MidiFile.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acf44c04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/MidiFile.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
+{
+  Load a midifile and get access to tracks and events
+  I did build this component to convert midifiles to wave files
+  or play the files on a software synthesizer which I'm currenly
+  building.
+
+  version 1.0 first release
+
+  version 1.1
+    added some function
+    function KeyToStr(key : integer) : string;
+    function MyTimeToStr(val : integer) : string;
+    Bpm can be set to change speed
+
+  version 1.2
+    added some functions
+    function  GetTrackLength:integer;
+    function  Ready: boolean;
+
+  version 1.3
+    update by Chulwoong,
+    He knows how to use the MM timer, the timing is much better now, thank you
+
+  for comments/bugs
+  F.Bouwmans
+  fbouwmans@spiditel.nl
+
+  if you think this component is nice and you use it, sent me a short email.
+  I've seen that other of my components have been downloaded a lot, but I've
+  got no clue wether they are actually used.
+  Don't worry because you are free to use these components
+
+  Timing has improved, however because the messages are handled by the normal
+  windows message loop (of the main window) it is still influenced by actions
+  done on the window (minimize/maximize ..).
+  Use of a second thread with higher priority which only handles the
+  timer message should increase performance. If somebody knows such a component
+  which is freeware please let me know.
+
+  interface description:
+
+  procedure ReadFile:
+    actually read the file which is set in Filename
+
+  function GetTrack(index: integer) : TMidiTrack;
+
+  property Filename
+    set/read filename of midifile
+
+  property NumberOfTracks
+    read number of tracks in current file
+
+  property TicksPerQuarter: integer
+    ticks per quarter, tells how to interpret the time value in midi events
+
+  property FileFormat: TFileFormat
+    tells the format of the current midifile
+
+  property Bpm:integer
+    tells Beats per minut
+
+  property OnMidiEvent:TOnMidiEvent
+    called while playing for each midi event
+
+  procedure StartPlaying;
+    start playing the current loaded midifile from the beginning
+
+  procedure StopPlaying;
+    stop playing the current midifile
+
+  procedure PlayToTime(time : integer);
+    if playing yourself then events from last time to this time are produced
+
+
+  function KeyToStr(key : integer) : string;
+      give note string on key value:  e.g. C4
+
+  function MyTimeToStr(val : integer) : string;
+      give time string from msec time
+
+  function  GetTrackLength:integer;
+      gives the track lenght in msec (assuming the bpm at the start oof the file)
+
+  function  Ready: boolean;
+      now you can check wether the playback is finished
+
+}
+
+unit MidiFile;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Windows,
+  Messages,
+  Classes,
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  WinAllocation,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TChunkType = (illegal, header, track);
+  TFileFormat = (single, multi_synch, multi_asynch);
+  PByte = ^byte;
+
+  TMidiEvent = record
+    event: byte;
+    data1: byte;
+    data2: byte;
+    str: string;
+    dticks: integer;
+    time: integer;
+    mtime: integer;
+    len: integer;
+  end;
+  PMidiEvent = ^TMidiEvent;
+
+  TOnMidiEvent = procedure(event: PMidiEvent) of object;
+  TEvent = procedure of object;
+
+  TMidiTrack = class(TObject)
+  protected
+    events: TList;
+      name: string;
+    instrument: string;
+    currentTime: integer;
+    currentPos: integer;
+    ready: boolean;
+    trackLenght: integer;
+    procedure checkReady;
+  public
+    OnMidiEvent: TOnMidiEvent;
+    OnTrackReady: TEvent;
+    constructor Create;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    procedure Rewind(pos: integer);
+    procedure PlayUntil(pos: integer);
+    procedure GoUntil(pos: integer);
+
+    procedure putEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+    function getEvent(index: integer): PMidiEvent;
+    function getName: string;
+    function getInstrument: string;
+    function getEventCount: integer;
+    function getCurrentTime: integer;
+    function getTrackLength: integer;
+    function isReady:boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TMidiFile = class(TComponent)
+  private
+    { Private declarations }
+    procedure MidiTimer(sender : TObject);
+    procedure WndProc(var Msg : TMessage);
+  protected
+    { Protected declarations }
+    midiFile: TBinaryFileStream;
+    chunkType: TChunkType;
+    chunkLength: integer;
+    chunkData: PByte;
+    chunkIndex: PByte;
+    chunkEnd: PByte;
+    FPriority: DWORD;
+
+    // midi file attributes
+    FFileFormat: TFileFormat;
+    numberTracks: integer;
+    deltaTicks: integer;
+    FBpm: integer;
+    FBeatsPerMeasure: integer;
+    FusPerTick: double;
+    FFilename: IPath;
+
+    Tracks: TList;
+    currentTrack: TMidiTrack;
+    FOnMidiEvent: TOnMidiEvent;
+    FOnUpdateEvent: TNotifyEvent;
+
+    // playing attributes
+    playing: boolean;
+    PlayStartTime: integer;
+    currentTime: integer; // Current playtime in msec
+    currentPos: Double; // Current Position in ticks
+
+    procedure OnTrackReady;
+    procedure SetFilename(val: IPath);
+    procedure ReadChunkHeader;
+    procedure ReadChunkContent;
+    procedure ReadChunk;
+    procedure ProcessHeaderChunk;
+    procedure ProcessTrackChunk;
+    function ReadVarLength: integer;
+    function ReadString(l: integer): string;
+    procedure SetOnMidiEvent(handler: TOnMidiEvent);
+    procedure SetBpm(val: integer);
+  public
+    { Public declarations }
+    constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent); override;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    procedure ReadFile;
+    function GetTrack(index: integer): TMidiTrack;
+
+    procedure StartPlaying;
+    procedure StopPlaying;
+    procedure ContinuePlaying;
+
+    procedure PlayToTime(time: integer);
+    procedure GoToTime(time: integer);
+    function GetCurrentTime: integer;
+    function GetFusPerTick : Double;
+    function  GetTrackLength:integer;
+    function  Ready: boolean;
+  published
+    { Published declarations }
+    property Filename: IPath read FFilename write SetFilename;
+    property NumberOfTracks: integer read numberTracks;
+    property TicksPerQuarter: integer read deltaTicks;
+    property FileFormat: TFileFormat read FFileFormat;
+    property Bpm: integer read FBpm write SetBpm;
+    property OnMidiEvent: TOnMidiEvent read FOnMidiEvent write SetOnMidiEvent;
+    property OnUpdateEvent: TNotifyEvent read FOnUpdateEvent write FOnUpdateEvent;
+  end;
+
+function KeyToStr(key: integer): string;
+function MyTimeToStr(val: integer): string;
+procedure Register;
+
+implementation
+
+uses mmsystem;
+
+type
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  TTimerProc = TTIMECALLBACK;
+  TTimeCaps = TIMECAPS;
+{$ELSE}
+  TTimerProc = TFNTimeCallBack;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+const TIMER_RESOLUTION=10;
+const WM_MULTIMEDIA_TIMER=WM_USER+127;
+
+var MIDIFileHandle : HWND;
+    TimerProc      : TTimerProc;
+    MIDITimerID    : Integer;
+    TimerPeriod     : Integer;
+
+procedure TimerCallBackProc(uTimerID,uMsg: Cardinal; dwUser,dwParam1,dwParam2:DWORD);stdcall;
+begin
+     PostMessage(HWND(dwUser),WM_MULTIMEDIA_TIMER,0,0);
+end;
+
+procedure SetMIDITimer;
+  var TimeCaps    : TTimeCaps;
+begin
+  timeGetDevCaps(@TimeCaps,SizeOf(TimeCaps));
+  if TIMER_RESOLUTION < TimeCaps.wPeriodMin then
+    TimerPeriod:=TimeCaps.wPeriodMin
+  else if TIMER_RESOLUTION > TimeCaps.wPeriodMax then
+    TimerPeriod:=TimeCaps.wPeriodMax
+  else
+    TimerPeriod:=TIMER_RESOLUTION;
+
+  timeBeginPeriod(TimerPeriod);
+  MIDITimerID:=timeSetEvent(TimerPeriod,TimerPeriod,TimerProc,
+                            DWORD(MIDIFileHandle),TIME_PERIODIC);
+  if MIDITimerID=0 then
+    timeEndPeriod(TimerPeriod);
+end;
+
+procedure KillMIDITimer;
+begin
+  timeKillEvent(MIDITimerID);
+  timeEndPeriod(TimerPeriod);
+end;
+
+constructor TMidiTrack.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  events := TList.Create;
+  currentTime := 0;
+  currentPos := 0;
+end;
+
+destructor TMidiTrack.Destroy;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to events.count - 1 do
+    Dispose(PMidiEvent(events.items[i]));
+  events.Free;
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiTRack.putEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+var
+  command: integer;
+  i: integer;
+  pevent: PMidiEvent;
+begin
+  if (event.event = $FF) then
+  begin
+    if (event.data1 = 3) then
+      name := event.str;
+    if (event.data1 = 4) then
+      instrument := event.str;
+  end;
+  currentTime := currentTime + event.dticks;
+  event.time := currentTime; // for the moment just add dticks
+  event.len := 0;
+  events.add(TObject(event));
+  command := event.event and $F0;
+
+  if ((command = $80) // note off
+    or ((command = $90) and (event.data2 = 0))) //note on with speed 0
+  then
+  begin
+    // this is a note off, try to find the accompanion note on
+    command := event.event or $90;
+    i := events.count - 2;
+    while i >= 0 do
+    begin
+      pevent := PMidiEvent(events[i]);
+      if (pevent.event = command) and
+        (pevent.data1 = event.data1)
+        then
+      begin
+        pevent.len := currentTIme - pevent.time;
+        i := 0;
+        event.len := -1;
+      end;
+      dec(i);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TMidiTrack.getName: string;
+begin
+  result := name;
+end;
+
+function TMidiTrack.getInstrument: string;
+begin
+  result := instrument;
+end;
+
+function TMiditrack.getEventCount: integer;
+begin
+  result := events.count;
+end;
+
+function TMiditrack.getEvent(index: integer): PMidiEvent;
+begin
+  if ((index < events.count) and (index >= 0)) then
+    result := events[index]
+  else
+    result := nil;
+end;
+
+function TMiditrack.getCurrentTime: integer;
+begin
+  result := currentTime;
+end;
+
+procedure TMiditrack.Rewind(pos: integer);
+begin
+  if currentPos = events.count then
+    dec(currentPos);
+  while ((currentPos > 0) and
+    (PMidiEvent(events[currentPos]).time > pos))
+    do
+  begin
+    dec(currentPos);
+  end;
+  checkReady;
+end;
+
+procedure TMiditrack.PlayUntil(pos: integer);
+begin
+  if assigned(OnMidiEvent) then
+  begin
+    while ((currentPos < events.count) and
+      (PMidiEvent(events[currentPos]).time < pos)) do
+    begin
+      OnMidiEvent(PMidiEvent(events[currentPos]));
+      inc(currentPos);
+    end;
+  end;
+  checkReady;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiTrack.GoUntil(pos: integer);
+begin
+  while ((currentPos < events.count) and
+    (PMidiEvent(events[currentPos]).time < pos)) do
+  begin
+    inc(currentPos);
+  end;
+  checkReady;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiTrack.checkReady;
+begin
+  if currentPos >= events.count then
+  begin
+    ready := true;
+    if assigned(OnTrackReady) then
+      OnTrackReady;
+  end
+  else
+    ready := false;
+end;
+
+function TMidiTrack.getTrackLength: integer;
+begin
+  result := PMidiEvent(events[events.count-1]).time
+end;
+
+function TMidiTrack.isReady: boolean;
+begin
+  result := ready;
+end;
+
+constructor TMidifile.Create(AOwner: TComponent);
+begin
+  inherited Create(AOWner);
+  MIDIFileHandle:=AllocateHWnd(WndProc);
+  chunkData := nil;
+  chunkType := illegal;
+  Tracks := TList.Create;
+  TimerProc:=@TimerCallBackProc;
+  FPriority:=GetPriorityClass(MIDIFileHandle);
+end;
+
+destructor TMidifile.Destroy;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  if not (chunkData = nil) then FreeMem(chunkData);
+  for i := 0 to Tracks.Count - 1 do
+    TMidiTrack(Tracks.Items[i]).Free;
+  Tracks.Free;
+  SetPriorityClass(MIDIFileHandle,FPriority);
+
+  if MIDITimerID<>0 then KillMIDITimer;
+
+  DeallocateHWnd(MIDIFileHandle);
+
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+function TMidiFile.GetTrack(index: integer): TMidiTrack;
+begin
+  result := Tracks.Items[index];
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.SetFilename(val: IPath);
+begin
+  FFilename := val;
+//  ReadFile;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.SetOnMidiEvent(handler: TOnMidiEvent);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+//  if not (FOnMidiEvent = handler) then
+//  begin
+  FOnMidiEvent := handler;
+  for i := 0 to tracks.count - 1 do
+    TMidiTrack(tracks.items[i]).OnMidiEvent := handler;
+//  end;
+end;
+
+{$WARNINGS OFF}
+procedure TMidifile.MidiTimer(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  if playing then
+  begin
+    PlayToTime(GetTickCount - PlayStartTime);
+    if assigned(FOnUpdateEvent) then FOnUpdateEvent(self);
+  end;
+end;
+{$WARNINGS ON}
+
+procedure TMidifile.StartPlaying;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to tracks.count - 1 do
+    TMidiTrack(tracks[i]).Rewind(0);
+  playStartTime := getTickCount;
+  playing := true;
+
+  SetPriorityClass(MIDIFileHandle,REALTIME_PRIORITY_CLASS);
+
+  SetMIDITimer;
+  currentPos := 0.0;
+  currentTime := 0;
+end;
+
+{$WARNINGS OFF}
+procedure TMidifile.ContinuePlaying;
+begin
+  PlayStartTime := GetTickCount - currentTime;
+  playing := true;
+
+  SetPriorityClass(MIDIFileHandle,REALTIME_PRIORITY_CLASS);
+
+  SetMIDITimer;
+end;
+{$WARNINGS ON}
+
+procedure TMidifile.StopPlaying;
+begin
+  playing := false;
+  KillMIDITimer;
+  SetPriorityClass(MIDIFileHandle,FPriority);
+end;
+
+function TMidiFile.GetCurrentTime: integer;
+begin
+  Result := currentTime;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.PlayToTime(time: integer);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  track: TMidiTrack;
+  pos: integer;
+  deltaTime: integer;
+begin
+  // calculate the pos in the file.
+  // pos is actually tick
+  // Current FusPerTick is uses to determine the actual pos
+
+  deltaTime := time - currentTime;
+  currentPos := currentPos + (deltaTime * 1000) / FusPerTick;
+  pos := round(currentPos);
+
+  for i := 0 to tracks.count - 1 do
+  begin
+    TMidiTrack(tracks.items[i]).PlayUntil(pos);
+  end;
+  currentTime := time;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.GoToTime(time: integer);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  track: TMidiTrack;
+  pos: integer;
+begin
+  // this function should be changed because FusPerTick might not be constant
+  pos := round((time * 1000) / FusPerTick);
+  for i := 0 to tracks.count - 1 do
+  begin
+    TMidiTrack(tracks.items[i]).Rewind(0);
+    TMidiTrack(tracks.items[i]).GoUntil(pos);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.SetBpm(val: integer);
+var
+  us_per_quarter: integer;
+begin
+  if not (val = FBpm) then
+  begin
+    us_per_quarter := 60000000 div val;
+
+    FBpm := 60000000 div us_per_quarter;
+    FusPerTick := us_per_quarter / deltaTicks;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.ReadChunkHeader;
+var
+  theByte: array[0..7] of byte;
+begin
+  midiFile.Read(theByte[0], 8);
+  if (theByte[0] = $4D) and (theByte[1] = $54) then
+  begin
+    if (theByte[2] = $68) and (theByte[3] = $64) then
+      chunkType := header
+    else if (theByte[2] = $72) and (theByte[3] = $6B) then
+      chunkType := track
+    else
+      chunkType := illegal;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    chunkType := illegal;
+  end;
+  chunkLength := theByte[7] + theByte[6] * $100 + theByte[5] * $10000 + theByte[4] * $1000000;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.ReadChunkContent;
+begin
+  if not (chunkData = nil) then
+    FreeMem(chunkData);
+  GetMem(chunkData, chunkLength + 10);
+  midiFile.Read(chunkData^, chunkLength);
+  chunkIndex := chunkData;
+  chunkEnd := PByte(integer(chunkIndex) + integer(chunkLength) - 1);
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.ReadChunk;
+begin
+  ReadChunkHeader;
+  ReadChunkContent;
+  case chunkType of
+    header:
+      ProcessHeaderChunk;
+    track:
+      ProcessTrackCHunk;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.ProcessHeaderChunk;
+begin
+  chunkIndex := chunkData;
+  inc(chunkIndex);
+  if chunkType = header then
+  begin
+    case chunkIndex^ of
+      0: FfileFormat := single;
+      1: FfileFormat := multi_synch;
+      2: FfileFormat := multi_asynch;
+    end;
+    inc(chunkIndex);
+    numberTracks := chunkIndex^ * $100;
+    inc(chunkIndex);
+    numberTracks := numberTracks + chunkIndex^;
+    inc(chunkIndex);
+    deltaTicks := chunkIndex^ * $100;
+    inc(chunkIndex);
+    deltaTicks := deltaTicks + chunkIndex^;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.ProcessTrackChunk;
+var
+  dTime: integer;
+  event: integer;
+  len: integer;
+  str: string;
+  midiEvent: PMidiEvent;
+  i: integer;
+  us_per_quarter: integer;
+begin
+  chunkIndex := chunkData;
+//  inc(chunkIndex);
+  event := 0;
+  if chunkType = track then
+  begin
+    currentTrack := TMidiTrack.Create;
+    currentTrack.OnMidiEvent := FOnMidiEvent;
+    Tracks.add(currentTrack);
+    while integer(chunkIndex) < integer(chunkEnd) do
+    begin
+      // each event starts with var length delta time
+      dTime := ReadVarLength;
+      if chunkIndex^ >= $80 then
+      begin
+        event := chunkIndex^;
+        inc(chunkIndex);
+      end;
+      // else it is a running status event (just the same event as before)
+
+      if event = $FF then
+      begin
+{        case chunkIndex^ of
+        $00: // sequence number, not implemented jet
+            begin
+              inc(chunkIndex); // $02
+              inc(chunkIndex);
+            end;
+        $01 .. $0f: // text events  FF ty len text
+            begin
+              New(midiEvent);
+              midiEvent.event := $FF;
+              midiEvent.data1 := chunkIndex^;     // type is stored in data1
+              midiEvent.dticks := dtime;
+
+              inc(chunkIndex);
+              len := ReadVarLength;
+              midiEvent.str    := ReadString(len);
+
+              currentTrack.putEvent(midiEvent);
+            end;
+        $20: // Midi channel prefix  FF 20 01 cc
+             begin
+               inc(chunkIndex); // $01
+               inc(chunkIndex); // channel
+               inc(chunkIndex);
+             end;
+        $2F: // End of track FF 2F 00
+             begin
+               inc(chunkIndex); // $00
+               inc(chunkIndex);
+             end;
+        $51: // Set Tempo  FF 51 03 tttttt
+             begin
+               inc(chunkIndex); // $03
+               inc(chunkIndex); // tt
+               inc(chunkIndex); // tt
+               inc(chunkIndex); // tt
+               inc(chunkIndex);
+             end;
+        $54: // SMPTE offset  FF 54 05 hr mn se fr ff
+             begin
+               inc(chunkIndex); // $05
+               inc(chunkIndex); // hr
+               inc(chunkIndex); // mn
+               inc(chunkIndex); // se
+               inc(chunkIndex); // fr
+               inc(chunkIndex); // ff
+               inc(chunkIndex);
+             end;
+        $58: // Time signature FF 58 04 nn dd cc bb
+             begin
+               inc(chunkIndex); // $04
+               inc(chunkIndex); // nn
+               inc(chunkIndex); // dd
+               inc(chunkIndex); // cc
+               inc(chunkIndex); // bb
+               inc(chunkIndex);
+             end;
+        $59: // Key signature FF 59 02 df mi
+             begin
+               inc(chunkIndex); // $02
+               inc(chunkIndex); // df
+               inc(chunkIndex); // mi
+               inc(chunkIndex);
+             end;
+        $7F: // Sequence specific Meta-event
+            begin
+              inc(chunkIndex);
+              len := ReadVarLength;
+              str := ReadString(len);
+            end;
+        else // unknown meta event
+        }
+        begin
+          New(midiEvent);
+          midiEvent.event := $FF;
+          midiEvent.data1 := chunkIndex^; // type is stored in data1
+          midiEvent.dticks := dtime;
+
+          inc(chunkIndex);
+          len := ReadVarLength;
+          midiEvent.str := ReadString(len);
+          currentTrack.putEvent(midiEvent);
+
+          case midiEvent.data1 of
+            $51:
+              begin
+                us_per_quarter :=
+                  (integer(byte(midiEvent.str[1])) shl 16 +
+                  integer(byte(midiEvent.str[2])) shl 8 +
+                  integer(byte(midiEvent.str[3])));
+                FBpm := 60000000 div us_per_quarter;
+                FusPerTick := us_per_quarter / deltaTicks;
+              end;
+          end;
+        end;
+//        end;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+      // these are all midi events
+        New(midiEvent);
+        midiEvent.event := event;
+        midiEvent.dticks := dtime;
+//         inc(chunkIndex);
+        case event of
+          $80..$8F, // note off
+          $90..$9F, // note on
+          $A0..$AF, // key aftertouch
+          $B0..$BF, // control change
+          $E0..$EF: // pitch wheel change
+            begin
+              midiEvent.data1 := chunkIndex^; inc(chunkIndex);
+              midiEvent.data2 := chunkIndex^; inc(chunkIndex);
+            end;
+          $C0..$CF, // program change
+          $D0..$DF: // channel aftertouch
+            begin
+              midiEvent.data1 := chunkIndex^; inc(chunkIndex);
+            end;
+        else
+           // error
+        end;
+        currentTrack.putEvent(midiEvent);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+function TMidifile.ReadVarLength: integer;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  b: byte;
+begin
+  b := 128;
+  i := 0;
+  while b > 127 do
+  begin
+    i := i shl 7;
+    b := chunkIndex^;
+    i := i + b and $7F;
+    inc(chunkIndex);
+  end;
+  result := i;
+end;
+
+function TMidifile.ReadString(l: integer): string;
+var
+  s: PChar;
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  GetMem(s, l + 1); ;
+  s[l] := chr(0);
+  for i := 0 to l - 1 do
+  begin
+    s[i] := Chr(chunkIndex^);
+    inc(chunkIndex);
+  end;
+  result := string(s);
+end;
+
+procedure TMidifile.ReadFile;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to Tracks.Count - 1 do
+    TMidiTrack(Tracks.Items[i]).Free;
+  Tracks.Clear;
+  chunkType := illegal;
+
+  midiFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FFilename, fmOpenRead);
+  while (midiFile.Position < midiFile.Size) do
+    ReadChunk;
+  FreeAndNil(midiFile);
+  numberTracks := Tracks.Count;
+end;
+
+function KeyToStr(key: integer): string;
+var
+  n: integer;
+  str: string;
+begin
+  n := key mod 12;
+  case n of
+    0: str := 'C';
+    1: str := 'C#';
+    2: str := 'D';
+    3: str := 'D#';
+    4: str := 'E';
+    5: str := 'F';
+    6: str := 'F#';
+    7: str := 'G';
+    8: str := 'G#';
+    9: str := 'A';
+    10: str := 'A#';
+    11: str := 'B';
+  end;
+  Result := str + IntToStr(key div 12);
+end;
+
+function IntToLenStr(val: integer; len: integer): string;
+var
+  str: string;
+begin
+  str := IntToStr(val);
+  while Length(str) < len do
+    str := '0' + str;
+  Result := str;
+end;
+
+function MyTimeToStr(val: integer): string;
+ var
+  hour: integer;
+  min: integer;
+  sec: integer;
+  msec: integer;
+begin
+  msec := val mod 1000;
+  sec := val div 1000;
+  min := sec div 60;
+  sec := sec mod 60;
+  hour := min div 60;
+  min := min mod 60;
+  Result := IntToStr(hour) + ':' + IntToLenStr(min, 2) + ':' + IntToLenStr(sec, 2) + '.' + IntToLenStr(msec, 3);
+end;
+
+function TMidiFIle.GetFusPerTick : Double;
+begin
+  Result := FusPerTick;
+end;
+
+function  TMidiFIle.GetTrackLength:integer;
+var i,length : integer;
+    time : extended;
+begin
+  length := 0;
+  for i := 0 to Tracks.Count - 1 do
+    if TMidiTrack(Tracks.Items[i]).getTrackLength > length then
+      length := TMidiTrack(Tracks.Items[i]).getTrackLength;
+  time := length * FusPerTick;
+  time := time / 1000.0;
+  result := round(time);
+end;
+
+function  TMidiFIle.Ready: boolean;
+var i : integer;
+begin
+  result := true;
+  for i := 0 to Tracks.Count - 1 do
+    if not TMidiTrack(Tracks.Items[i]).isready then
+      result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiFile.OnTrackReady;
+begin
+  if ready then
+    if assigned(FOnUpdateEvent) then FOnUpdateEvent(self);
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiFile.WndProc(var Msg : TMessage);
+begin
+  with MSG do
+  begin
+    case Msg of
+      WM_MULTIMEDIA_TIMER:
+      begin
+        //try
+          MidiTimer(self);
+        //except
+        // Note: HandleException() is called by default if exception is not handled
+        //  Application.HandleException(Self);
+        //end;
+      end;
+    else
+      begin
+        Result := DefWindowProc(MIDIFileHandle, Msg, wParam, lParam);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure Register;
+begin
+  RegisterComponents('Synth', [TMidiFile]);
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/MidiScope.pas b/src/lib/midi/MidiScope.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..afc20b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/MidiScope.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+{
+  Shows a large black area where midi note/controller events are shown
+  just to monitor midi activity (for the MidiPlayer)
+
+  version 1.0 first release
+
+  for comments/bugs
+  F.Bouwmans
+  fbouwmans@spiditel.nl
+
+  if you think this component is nice and you use it, sent me a short email.
+  I've seen that other of my components have been downloaded a lot, but I've
+  got no clue wether they are actually used.
+  Don't worry because you are free to use these components
+}
+
+unit MidiScope;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Windows, Messages, SysUtils, Classes, Graphics, Controls, Forms, Dialogs;
+
+type
+  TMidiScope = class(TGraphicControl)
+  private
+    { Private declarations }
+  protected
+    { Protected declarations }
+    notes       : array[0..15,0..127] of integer;
+    controllers : array[0..15,0..17]  of integer;
+    aftertouch  : array[0..15,0..127] of integer;
+
+    selectedChannel : integer;
+
+    procedure PaintSlide(ch,pos,val: integer);
+
+    procedure NoteOn(channel, note, speed : integer);
+    procedure Controller(channel,number,value : integer);
+    procedure AfterTch(channel, note, value : integer);
+
+  public
+    { Public declarations }
+    constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent); override;
+    procedure MidiEvent(event,data1,data2 : integer);
+    procedure Paint; override;
+  published
+    { Published declarations }
+  end;
+
+
+procedure Register;
+
+const
+  BarHeight = 16;
+  BarHeightInc  = BarHeight+2;
+  BarWidth      = 3;
+  BarWidthInc   = BarWidth+1;
+  HeightDiv     = 128 div BarHeight;
+
+implementation
+
+uses Midicons;
+
+procedure Register;
+begin
+  RegisterComponents('Synth', [TMidiScope]);
+end;
+
+constructor TMidiScope.Create(AOwner: TComponent);
+var
+ i,j : integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create(AOwner);
+  Height := BarHeightinc * 16 + 4;
+  Width :=  147*BarWidthInc + 4 + 20;  // for channel number
+  for i := 0 to 15 do
+  begin
+    for j := 0 to 127 do
+    begin
+      notes[i,j] := 0;
+      aftertouch[i,j] := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+  for i := 0 to 17 do
+  begin
+    for j := 0 to 15 do
+      controllers[i,j] := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiScope.PaintSlide(ch,pos,val: integer);
+var x,y:integer;
+begin
+  Canvas.Brush.Color := clBlack;
+  Canvas.Pen.color := clBlack;
+  x := pos * BarWidthInc + 2;
+  y := 2 + ch * BarHeightInc;
+  Canvas.Rectangle(x, y, x+BarWidthInc, y+BarHeightInc);
+  Canvas.Brush.Color := clGreen;
+  Canvas.Pen.Color := clGreen;
+  Canvas.Rectangle(x, y + (BarHeight - (val div HeightDiv )), x + BarWidth, y + BarHeight)
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiScope.Paint;
+var i,j : integer;
+x : integer;
+begin
+  Canvas.Brush.color := clBlack;
+  Canvas.Rectangle(0,0,Width,Height);
+  Canvas.Pen.Color := clGreen;
+  x := 128*BarWidthInc+2;
+  Canvas.MoveTo(x,0);
+  Canvas.LineTo(x,Height);
+  x :=  148*BarWIdthInc+2;
+  canvas.Font.Color := clGreen;
+  for i := 0 to 15 do
+    Canvas.TextOut(x,((i+1)*BarHeightInc) - Canvas.font.size-3,IntToStr(i+1));
+  canvas.Pen.color := clBlack;
+  begin
+    for j := 0 to 127 do
+    begin
+      PaintSlide(i,j,notes[i,j]);
+    end;
+    for j := 0 to 17 do
+    begin
+      PaintSlide(i,j+129,controllers[i,j]);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+procedure TMidiScope.NoteOn(channel, note, speed : integer);
+begin
+  notes[channel,note] := speed;
+  PaintSlide(channel,note,notes[channel,note]);
+end;
+procedure TMidiScope.AfterTch(channel, note, value : integer);
+begin
+  aftertouch[channel,note] := value;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiScope.Controller(channel,number,value : integer);
+var i : integer;
+begin
+  if number < 18 then
+  begin
+  controllers[channel,number] := value;
+  PaintSlide(channel,number+129,value);
+  end
+  else if number >= $7B then
+  begin
+    // all notes of for channel
+    for i := 0 to 127 do
+    begin
+      if notes[channel,i] > 0 then
+      begin
+        notes[channel,i] := 0;
+        PaintSlide(channel,i,0);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiScope.MidiEvent(event,data1,data2 : integer);
+begin
+  case (event AND $F0) of
+  MIDI_NOTEON :
+  begin
+    NoteOn((event AND $F),data1,data2);
+  end;
+  MIDI_NOTEOFF:
+  begin
+    NoteOn((event AND $F),data1,0);
+  end;
+  MIDI_CONTROLCHANGE :
+  begin
+    Controller((event AND $F),data1,data2);
+  end;
+  MIDI_CHANAFTERTOUCH:
+  begin
+    Controller((Event AND $F),16,Data1);
+  end;
+  MIDI_PITCHBEND:
+  begin
+  begin
+    Controller((Event AND $F),17,data2);
+  end;
+  end;
+  MIDI_KEYAFTERTOUCH:
+  begin
+  end;
+  end;
+end;
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/Midicons.pas b/src/lib/midi/Midicons.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72259beb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/Midicons.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/MIDICONS.PAS 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{ Written by David Churcher <dchurcher@cix.compulink.co.uk>,
+  released to the public domain. }
+
+
+{ MIDI Constants }
+unit Midicons;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses Messages;
+
+const
+	MIDI_ALLNOTESOFF     = $7B;
+	MIDI_NOTEON          = $90;
+	MIDI_NOTEOFF         = $80;
+	MIDI_KEYAFTERTOUCH   = $a0;
+	MIDI_CONTROLCHANGE   = $b0;
+	MIDI_PROGRAMCHANGE   = $c0;
+	MIDI_CHANAFTERTOUCH  = $d0;
+	MIDI_PITCHBEND       = $e0;
+	MIDI_SYSTEMMESSAGE   = $f0;
+	MIDI_BEGINSYSEX      = $f0;
+	MIDI_MTCQUARTERFRAME = $f1;
+	MIDI_SONGPOSPTR      = $f2;
+	MIDI_SONGSELECT      = $f3;
+	MIDI_ENDSYSEX        = $F7;
+	MIDI_TIMINGCLOCK     = $F8;
+	MIDI_START           = $FA;
+	MIDI_CONTINUE        = $FB;
+	MIDI_STOP            = $FC;
+	MIDI_ACTIVESENSING   = $FE;
+	MIDI_SYSTEMRESET     = $FF;
+
+	MIM_OVERFLOW         = WM_USER;	{ Input buffer overflow }
+	MOM_PLAYBACK_DONE    = WM_USER+1; { Timed playback complete }
+
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/Midiin.pas b/src/lib/midi/Midiin.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a055669a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/Midiin.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/Midiin.pas 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{ Written by David Churcher <dchurcher@cix.compulink.co.uk>,
+  released to the public domain. }
+
+unit MidiIn;
+
+{
+  Properties:
+ DeviceID: 	Windows numeric device ID for the MIDI input device.
+ Between 0 and NumDevs-1.
+ Read-only while device is open, exception when changed while open
+
+ MIDIHandle:	The input handle to the MIDI device.
+ 0 when device is not open
+ Read-only, runtime-only
+
+ MessageCount:	Number of input messages waiting in input buffer
+
+ Capacity:	Number of messages input buffer can hold
+ Defaults to 1024
+ Limited to (64K/event size)
+ Read-only when device is open (exception when changed while open)
+
+ SysexBufferSize:	Size in bytes of each sysex buffer
+ Defaults to 10K
+ Minimum 0K (no buffers), Maximum 64K-1
+
+ SysexBufferCount:	Number of sysex buffers
+ Defaults to 16
+ Minimum 0 (no buffers), Maximum (avail mem/SysexBufferSize)
+ Check where these buffers are allocated?
+
+ SysexOnly: True to ignore all non-sysex input events. May be changed while
+ device is open. Handy for patch editors where you have lots of short MIDI
+ events on the wire which you are always going to ignore anyway.
+
+ DriverVersion: Version number of MIDI device driver. High-order byte is
+ major version, low-order byte is minor version.
+
+ ProductName: Name of product (e.g. 'MPU 401 In')
+
+ MID and PID: Manufacturer ID and Product ID, see
+ "Manufacturer and Product IDs" in MMSYSTEM.HLP for list of possible values.
+
+  Methods:
+ GetMidiEvent: Read Midi event at the head of the FIFO input buffer.
+ Returns a TMyMidiEvent object containing MIDI message data, timestamp,
+ and sysex data if applicable.
+ This method automatically removes the event from the input buffer.
+ It makes a copy of the received sysex buffer and puts the buffer back
+ on the input device.
+ The TMyMidiEvent object must be freed by calling MyMidiEvent.Free.
+
+ Open: Opens device. Note no input will appear until you call the Start
+ method.
+
+ Close: Closes device. Any pending system exclusive output will be cancelled.
+
+ Start: Starts receiving MIDI input.
+
+ Stop: Stops receiving MIDI input.
+
+  Events:
+ OnMidiInput: Called when MIDI input data arrives. Use the GetMidiEvent to
+ get the MIDI input data.
+
+ OnOverflow: Called if the MIDI input buffer overflows. The caller must
+ clear the buffer before any more MIDI input can be received.
+
+ Notes:
+ Buffering: Uses a circular buffer, separate pointers for next location
+ to fill and next location to empty because a MIDI input interrupt may
+ be adding data to the buffer while the buffer is being read. Buffer
+ pointers wrap around from end to start of buffer automatically. If
+ buffer overflows then the OnBufferOverflow event is triggered and no
+ further input will be received until the buffer is emptied by calls
+ to GetMidiEvent.
+
+ Sysex buffers: There are (SysexBufferCount) buffers on the input device.
+ When sysex events arrive these buffers are removed from the input device and
+ added to the circular buffer by the interrupt handler in the DLL.  When the sysex events
+ are removed from the circular buffer by the GetMidiEvent method the buffers are
+ put back on the input. If all the buffers are used up there will be no
+ more sysex input until at least one sysex event is removed from the input buffer.
+ In other	words if you're expecting lots of sysex input you need to set the
+ SysexBufferCount property high enough so that you won't run out of
+ input buffers before you get a chance to read them with GetMidiEvent.
+
+ If the synth sends a block of sysex that's longer than SysexBufferSize it
+ will be received as separate events.
+ TODO: Component derived from this one that handles >64K sysex blocks cleanly
+ and can stream them to disk.
+
+ Midi Time Code (MTC) and Active Sensing: The DLL is currently hardcoded
+ to filter these short events out, so that we don't spend all our time
+ processing them.
+ TODO: implement a filter property to select the events that will be filtered
+ out.
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  Messages,
+  Windows,
+  MMSystem,
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  WinAllocation,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  MidiDefs,
+  MidiType,
+  MidiCons,
+  Circbuf,
+  Delphmcb;
+
+type
+  MidiInputState = (misOpen, misClosed, misCreating, misDestroying);
+  EMidiInputError = class(Exception);
+
+ {-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+  TMidiInput = class(TComponent)
+  private
+    Handle: THandle; { Window handle used for callback notification }
+    FDeviceID: Word; { MIDI device ID }
+    FMIDIHandle: HMIDIIn; { Handle to input device }
+    FState: MidiInputState; { Current device state }
+
+    FError: Word;
+    FSysexOnly: Boolean;
+
+ { Stuff from MIDIINCAPS }
+    FDriverVersion: MMVERSION;
+    FProductName: string;
+    FMID: Word; { Manufacturer ID }
+    FPID: Word; { Product ID }
+
+ { Queue }
+    FCapacity: Word; { Buffer capacity }
+    PBuffer: PCircularBuffer; { Low-level MIDI input buffer created by Open method }
+    FNumdevs: Word; { Number of input devices on system }
+
+ { Events }
+    FOnMIDIInput: TNotifyEvent; { MIDI Input arrived }
+    FOnOverflow: TNotifyEvent; { Input buffer overflow }
+ { TODO: Some sort of error handling event for MIM_ERROR }
+
+ { Sysex }
+    FSysexBufferSize: Word;
+    FSysexBufferCount: Word;
+    MidiHdrs: Tlist;
+
+    PCtlInfo: PMidiCtlInfo; { Pointer to control info for DLL }
+
+  protected
+    procedure Prepareheaders;
+    procedure UnprepareHeaders;
+    procedure AddBuffers;
+    procedure SetDeviceID(DeviceID: Word);
+    procedure SetProductName(NewProductName: string);
+    function GetEventCount: Word;
+    procedure SetSysexBufferSize(BufferSize: Word);
+    procedure SetSysexBufferCount(BufferCount: Word);
+    procedure SetSysexOnly(bSysexOnly: Boolean);
+    function MidiInErrorString(WError: Word): string;
+
+  public
+    constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent); override;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    property MIDIHandle: HMIDIIn read FMIDIHandle;
+
+    property DriverVersion: MMVERSION read FDriverVersion;
+    property MID: Word read FMID; { Manufacturer ID }
+    property PID: Word read FPID; { Product ID }
+
+    property Numdevs: Word read FNumdevs;
+
+    property MessageCount: Word read GetEventCount;
+ { TODO: property to select which incoming messages get filtered out }
+
+    procedure Open;
+    procedure Close;
+    procedure Start;
+    procedure Stop;
+ { Get first message in input queue }
+    function GetMidiEvent: TMyMidiEvent;
+    procedure MidiInput(var Message: TMessage);
+
+   { Some functions to decode and classify incoming messages would be good }
+
+  published
+
+ { TODO: Property editor with dropdown list of product names }
+    property ProductName: string read FProductName write SetProductName;
+
+    property DeviceID: Word read FDeviceID write SetDeviceID default 0;
+    property Capacity: Word read FCapacity write FCapacity default 1024;
+    property Error: Word read FError;
+    property SysexBufferSize: Word
+      read FSysexBufferSize
+      write SetSysexBufferSize
+      default 10000;
+    property SysexBufferCount: Word
+      read FSysexBufferCount
+      write SetSysexBufferCount
+      default 16;
+    property SysexOnly: Boolean
+      read FSysexOnly
+      write SetSysexOnly
+      default False;
+
+ { Events }
+    property OnMidiInput: TNotifyEvent read FOnMidiInput write FOnMidiInput;
+    property OnOverflow: TNotifyEvent read FOnOverflow write FOnOverflow;
+
+  end;
+
+procedure Register;
+
+{====================================================================}
+implementation
+
+uses Controls,
+     Graphics;
+
+(* Not used in Delphi 3
+{ This is the callback procedure in the external DLL.
+  It's used when midiInOpen is called by the Open method.
+  There are special requirements and restrictions for this callback
+  procedure (see midiInOpen in MMSYSTEM.HLP) so it's impractical to
+  make it an object method }
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function midiHandler(
+    hMidiIn: HMidiIn;
+    wMsg: UINT;
+    dwInstance: DWORD;
+    dwParam1: DWORD;
+    dwParam2: DWORD): Boolean; stdcall; external 'DELMID32.DLL';
+{$ENDIF}
+*)
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+constructor TMidiInput.Create(AOwner: TComponent);
+begin
+  inherited Create(AOwner);
+  FState := misCreating;
+
+  FSysexOnly := False;
+  FNumDevs := midiInGetNumDevs;
+  MidiHdrs := nil;
+
+ { Set defaults }
+  if  (FNumDevs > 0) then
+    SetDeviceID(0);
+  FCapacity := 1024;
+  FSysexBufferSize := 4096;
+  FSysexBufferCount := 16;
+
+ { Create the window for callback notification }
+  if not (csDesigning in ComponentState) then
+  begin
+    Handle := AllocateHwnd(MidiInput);
+  end;
+
+  FState := misClosed;
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Close the device if it's open }
+
+destructor TMidiInput.Destroy;
+begin
+  if (FMidiHandle <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Close;
+    FMidiHandle := 0;
+  end;
+
+  if (PCtlInfo <> nil) then
+    GlobalSharedLockedFree(PCtlinfo^.hMem, PCtlInfo);
+
+  DeallocateHwnd(Handle);
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Convert the numeric return code from an MMSYSTEM function to a string
+  using midiInGetErrorText. TODO: These errors aren't very helpful
+  (e.g. "an invalid parameter was passed to a system function") so
+  sort out some proper error strings. }
+
+function TMidiInput.MidiInErrorString(WError: Word): string;
+var
+  errorDesc: PChar;
+begin
+  errorDesc := nil;
+  try
+    errorDesc := StrAlloc(MAXERRORLENGTH);
+    if midiInGetErrorText(WError, errorDesc, MAXERRORLENGTH) = 0 then
+      result := StrPas(errorDesc)
+    else
+      result := 'Specified error number is out of range';
+  finally
+    if errorDesc <> nil then StrDispose(errorDesc);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the sysex buffer size, fail if device is already open }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.SetSysexBufferSize(BufferSize: Word);
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+    raise EMidiInputError.Create('Change to SysexBufferSize while device was open')
+  else
+  { TODO: Validate the sysex buffer size. Is this necessary for WIN32? }
+    FSysexBufferSize := BufferSize;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the sysex buffer count, fail if device is already open }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.SetSysexBuffercount(Buffercount: Word);
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+    raise EMidiInputError.Create('Change to SysexBuffercount while device was open')
+  else
+  { TODO: Validate the sysex buffer count }
+    FSysexBuffercount := Buffercount;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the Sysex Only flag to eliminate unwanted short MIDI input messages }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.SetSysexOnly(bSysexOnly: Boolean);
+begin
+  FSysexOnly := bSysexOnly;
+ { Update the interrupt handler's copy of this property }
+  if PCtlInfo <> nil then
+    PCtlInfo^.SysexOnly := bSysexOnly;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the Device ID to select a new MIDI input device
+  Note: If no MIDI devices are installed, throws an 'Invalid Device ID' exception }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.SetDeviceID(DeviceID: Word);
+var
+  MidiInCaps: TMidiInCaps;
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+    raise EMidiInputError.Create('Change to DeviceID while device was open')
+  else
+    if (DeviceID >= midiInGetNumDevs) then
+      raise EMidiInputError.Create('Invalid device ID')
+    else
+    begin
+      FDeviceID := DeviceID;
+
+   { Set the name and other MIDIINCAPS properties to match the ID }
+      FError :=
+        midiInGetDevCaps(DeviceID, @MidiInCaps, sizeof(TMidiInCaps));
+      if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+        raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+
+      FProductName := StrPas(MidiInCaps.szPname);
+      FDriverVersion := MidiInCaps.vDriverVersion;
+      FMID := MidiInCaps.wMID;
+      FPID := MidiInCaps.wPID;
+
+    end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the product name and put the matching input device number in FDeviceID.
+  This is handy if you want to save a configured input/output device
+  by device name instead of device number, because device numbers may
+  change if users add or remove MIDI devices.
+  Exception if input device with matching name not found,
+  or if input device is open }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.SetProductName(NewProductName: string);
+var
+  MidiInCaps: TMidiInCaps;
+  testDeviceID: Word;
+  testProductName: string;
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+    raise EMidiInputError.Create('Change to ProductName while device was open')
+  else
+  { Don't set the name if the component is reading properties because
+ the saved Productname will be from the machine the application was compiled
+ on, which may not be the same for the corresponding DeviceID on the user's
+ machine. The FProductname property will still be set by SetDeviceID }
+    if not (csLoading in ComponentState) then
+    begin
+      begin
+        for testDeviceID := 0 to (midiInGetNumDevs - 1) do
+        begin
+          FError :=
+            midiInGetDevCaps(testDeviceID, @MidiInCaps, sizeof(TMidiInCaps));
+          if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+            raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+          testProductName := StrPas(MidiInCaps.szPname);
+          if testProductName = NewProductName then
+          begin
+            FProductName := NewProductName;
+            Break;
+          end;
+        end;
+        if FProductName <> NewProductName then
+          raise EMidiInputError.Create('MIDI Input Device ' +
+            NewProductName + ' not installed ')
+        else
+          SetDeviceID(testDeviceID);
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Get the sysex buffers ready }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.PrepareHeaders;
+var
+  ctr: Word;
+  MyMidiHdr: TMyMidiHdr;
+begin
+  if (FSysexBufferCount > 0) and (FSysexBufferSize > 0)
+    and (FMidiHandle <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Midihdrs := TList.Create;
+    for ctr := 1 to FSysexBufferCount do
+    begin
+   { Initialize the header and allocate buffer memory }
+      MyMidiHdr := TMyMidiHdr.Create(FSysexBufferSize);
+
+   { Store the address of the MyMidiHdr object in the contained MIDIHDR
+              structure so we can get back to the object when a pointer to the
+              MIDIHDR is received.
+              E.g. see TMidiOutput.Output method }
+      MyMidiHdr.hdrPointer^.dwUser := DWORD(MyMidiHdr);
+
+   { Get MMSYSTEM's blessing for this header }
+      FError := midiInPrepareHeader(FMidiHandle, MyMidiHdr.hdrPointer,
+        sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+      if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+        raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+
+   { Save it in our list }
+      MidiHdrs.Add(MyMidiHdr);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Clean up from PrepareHeaders }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.UnprepareHeaders;
+var
+  ctr: Word;
+begin
+  if (MidiHdrs <> nil) then { will be Nil if 0 sysex buffers }
+  begin
+    for ctr := 0 to MidiHdrs.Count - 1 do
+    begin
+      FError := midiInUnprepareHeader(FMidiHandle,
+        TMyMidiHdr(MidiHdrs.Items[ctr]).hdrPointer,
+        sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+      if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+        raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+      TMyMidiHdr(MidiHdrs.Items[ctr]).Free;
+    end;
+    MidiHdrs.Free;
+    MidiHdrs := nil;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Add sysex buffers, if required, to input device }
+
+procedure TMidiInput.AddBuffers;
+var
+  ctr: Word;
+begin
+  if MidiHdrs <> nil then { will be Nil if 0 sysex buffers }
+  begin
+    if MidiHdrs.Count > 0 then
+    begin
+      for ctr := 0 to MidiHdrs.Count - 1 do
+      begin
+        FError := midiInAddBuffer(FMidiHandle,
+          TMyMidiHdr(MidiHdrs.Items[ctr]).hdrPointer,
+          sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+        if FError <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+          raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiInput.Open;
+var
+  hMem: THandle;
+begin
+  try
+  { Create the buffer for the MIDI input messages }
+    if (PBuffer = nil) then
+      PBuffer := CircBufAlloc(FCapacity);
+
+  { Create the control info for the DLL }
+    if (PCtlInfo = nil) then
+    begin
+      PCtlInfo := GlobalSharedLockedAlloc(Sizeof(TMidiCtlInfo), hMem);
+      PctlInfo^.hMem := hMem;
+    end;
+    PctlInfo^.pBuffer := PBuffer;
+    Pctlinfo^.hWindow := Handle; { Control's window handle }
+    PCtlInfo^.SysexOnly := FSysexOnly;
+    FError := midiInOpen(@FMidiHandle, FDeviceId,
+      DWORD(@midiHandler),
+      DWORD(PCtlInfo),
+      CALLBACK_FUNCTION);
+
+    if (FError <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR) then
+   { TODO: use CreateFmtHelp to add MIDI device name/ID to message }
+      raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+
+  { Get sysex buffers ready }
+    PrepareHeaders;
+
+  { Add them to the input }
+    AddBuffers;
+
+    FState := misOpen;
+
+  except
+    if PBuffer <> nil then
+    begin
+      CircBufFree(PBuffer);
+      PBuffer := nil;
+    end;
+
+    if PCtlInfo <> nil then
+    begin
+      GlobalSharedLockedFree(PCtlInfo^.hMem, PCtlInfo);
+      PCtlInfo := nil;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function TMidiInput.GetMidiEvent: TMyMidiEvent;
+var
+  thisItem: TMidiBufferItem;
+begin
+  if (FState = misOpen) and
+    CircBufReadEvent(PBuffer, @thisItem) then
+  begin
+    Result := TMyMidiEvent.Create;
+    with thisItem do
+    begin
+      Result.Time := Timestamp;
+      if (Sysex = nil) then
+      begin
+    { Short message }
+        Result.MidiMessage := LoByte(LoWord(Data));
+        Result.Data1 := HiByte(LoWord(Data));
+        Result.Data2 := LoByte(HiWord(Data));
+        Result.Sysex := nil;
+        Result.SysexLength := 0;
+      end
+      else
+             { Long Sysex message }
+      begin
+        Result.MidiMessage := MIDI_BEGINSYSEX;
+        Result.Data1 := 0;
+        Result.Data2 := 0;
+        Result.SysexLength := Sysex^.dwBytesRecorded;
+        if Sysex^.dwBytesRecorded <> 0 then
+        begin
+     { Put a copy of the sysex buffer in the object }
+          GetMem(Result.Sysex, Sysex^.dwBytesRecorded);
+          StrMove(Result.Sysex, Sysex^.lpData, Sysex^.dwBytesRecorded);
+        end;
+
+    { Put the header back on the input buffer }
+        FError := midiInPrepareHeader(FMidiHandle, Sysex,
+          sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+        if Ferror = 0 then
+          FError := midiInAddBuffer(FMidiHandle,
+            Sysex, sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+        if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+          raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+      end;
+    end;
+    CircbufRemoveEvent(PBuffer);
+  end
+  else
+  { Device isn't open, return a nil event }
+    Result := nil;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function TMidiInput.GetEventCount: Word;
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+    Result := PBuffer^.EventCount
+  else
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiInput.Close;
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+  begin
+    FState := misClosed;
+
+  { MidiInReset cancels any pending output.
+  Note that midiInReset causes an MIM_LONGDATA callback for each sysex
+  buffer on the input, so the callback function and Midi input buffer
+  should still be viable at this stage.
+  All the resulting MIM_LONGDATA callbacks will be completed by the time
+  MidiInReset returns, though. }
+    FError := MidiInReset(FMidiHandle);
+    if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+      raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+
+  { Remove sysex buffers from input device and free them }
+    UnPrepareHeaders;
+
+  { Close the device (finally!) }
+    FError := MidiInClose(FMidiHandle);
+    if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+      raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+
+    FMidiHandle := 0;
+
+    if (PBuffer <> nil) then
+    begin
+      CircBufFree(PBuffer);
+      PBuffer := nil;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiInput.Start;
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+  begin
+    FError := MidiInStart(FMidiHandle);
+    if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+      raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiInput.Stop;
+begin
+  if FState = misOpen then
+  begin
+    FError := MidiInStop(FMidiHandle);
+    if Ferror <> MMSYSERR_NOERROR then
+      raise EMidiInputError.Create(MidiInErrorString(FError));
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiInput.MidiInput(var Message: TMessage);
+{ Triggered by incoming message from DLL.
+  Note DLL has already put the message in the queue }
+begin
+  case Message.Msg of
+    mim_data:
+  { Trigger the user's MIDI input event, if they've specified one and
+  we're not in the process of closing the device. The check for
+  GetEventCount > 0 prevents unnecessary event calls where the user has
+  already cleared all the events from the input buffer using a GetMidiEvent
+  loop in the OnMidiInput event handler }
+      if Assigned(FOnMIDIInput) and (FState = misOpen)
+        and (GetEventCount > 0) then
+        FOnMIDIInput(Self);
+
+    mim_Overflow: { input circular buffer overflow }
+      if Assigned(FOnOverflow) and (FState = misOpen) then
+        FOnOverflow(Self);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure Register;
+begin
+  RegisterComponents('Synth', [TMIDIInput]);
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/Midiout.pas b/src/lib/midi/Midiout.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ce385eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/Midiout.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
+{ $Header: /MidiComp/MidiOut.pas 2     10/06/97 7:33 Davec $ }
+
+{ Written by David Churcher <dchurcher@cix.compulink.co.uk>,
+  released to the public domain. }
+
+{ Thanks very much to Fred Kohler for the Technology code. }
+
+unit MidiOut;
+
+{
+  MIDI Output component.
+
+  Properties:
+   DeviceID: 	Windows numeric device ID for the MIDI output device.
+ Between 0 and (midioutGetNumDevs-1), or MIDI_MAPPER (-1).
+    Special value MIDI_MAPPER specifies output to the Windows MIDI mapper
+ Read-only while device is open, exception if changed while open
+
+ MIDIHandle:	The output handle to the MIDI device.
+ 0 when device is not open
+ Read-only, runtime-only
+
+ ProductName: Name of the output device product that corresponds to the
+ DeviceID property (e.g. 'MPU 401 out').
+ You can write to this while the device is closed to select a particular
+ output device by name (the DeviceID property will change to match).
+ Exception if this property is changed while the device is open.
+
+ Numdevs: Number of MIDI output devices installed on the system. This
+ is the value returned by midiOutGetNumDevs. It's included for
+ completeness.
+
+    Technology: Type of technology used by the MIDI device. You can set this
+    property to one of the values listed for OutportTech (below) and the component
+    will find an appropriate MIDI device. For example:
+     MidiOutput.Technology := opt_FMSynth;
+    will set MidiInput.DeviceID to the MIDI device ID of the FM synth, if one
+    is installed. If no such device is available an exception is raised,
+    see MidiOutput.SetTechnology.
+
+ See the MIDIOUTCAPS entry in MMSYSTEM.HLP for descriptions of the
+ following properties:
+  DriverVersion
+  Voices
+  Notes
+  ChannelMask
+  Support
+
+ Error: The error code for the last MMSYSTEM error. See the MMSYSERR_
+ entries in MMSYSTEM.INT for possible values.
+
+  Methods:
+ Open: Open MIDI device specified by DeviceID property for output
+
+ Close: Close device
+
+ PutMidiEvent(Event:TMyMidiEvent): Output a note or sysex message to the
+ device. This method takes a TMyMidiEvent object and transmits it.
+ Notes:
+   1. If the object contains a sysex event the OnMidiOutput event will
+    be triggered when the sysex transmission is complete.
+   2. You can queue up multiple blocks of system exclusive data for
+    transmission by chucking them at this method; they will be
+   transmitted as quickly as the device can manage.
+   3. This method will not free the TMyMidiEvent object, the caller
+    must do that. Any sysex data in the TMyMidiEvent is copied before
+   transmission so you can free the TMyMidiEvent immediately after
+   calling PutMidiEvent, even if output has not yet finished.
+
+ PutShort(MidiMessage: Byte; Data1: Byte; Data2: Byte): Output a short
+ MIDI message. Handy when you can't be bothered to build a TMyMidiEvent.
+ If the message you're sending doesn't use Data1 or Data2, set them to 0.
+
+ PutLong(TheSysex: Pointer; msgLength: Word): Output sysex data.
+  SysexPointer: Pointer to sysex data to send
+  msgLength: Length of sysex data.
+ This is handy when you don't have a TMyMidiEvent.
+
+ SetVolume(Left: Word, Right: Word): Set the volume of the
+ left and right channels on the output device (only on internal devices?).
+ 0xFFFF is maximum volume. If the device doesn't support separate
+ left/right volume control, the value of the Left parameter will be used.
+ Check the Support property to see whether the device supports volume
+ control. See also other notes on volume control under midiOutSetVolume()
+ in MMSYSTEM.HLP.
+
+  Events:
+ OnMidiOutput: Procedure called when output of a system exclusive block
+ is completed.
+
+  Notes:
+   I haven't implemented any methods for midiOutCachePatches and
+  midiOutCacheDrumpatches, mainly 'cause I don't have any way of testing
+  them. Does anyone really use these?
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Windows,
+  Messages,
+  Classes,
+  MMSystem,
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  WinAllocation,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  Circbuf,
+  MidiType,
+  MidiDefs,
+  Delphmcb;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+type TmidioutCaps = MIDIOUTCAPS;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+type
+  midioutputState = (mosOpen, mosClosed);
+  EmidioutputError = class(Exception);
+
+ { These are the equivalent of constants prefixed with mod_
+   as defined in MMSystem. See SetTechnology }
+  OutPortTech = (
+    opt_None, { none }
+    opt_MidiPort, { output port }
+    opt_Synth, { generic internal synth }
+    opt_SQSynth, { square wave internal synth }
+    opt_FMSynth, { FM internal synth }
+    opt_Mapper); { MIDI mapper }
+  TechNameMap = array[OutPortTech] of string[18];
+
+
+const
+  TechName: TechNameMap = (
+    'None', 'MIDI Port', 'Generic Synth', 'Square Wave Synth',
+    'FM Synth', 'MIDI Mapper');
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+type
+  TMidiOutput = class(TComponent)
+  protected
+    Handle: THandle; { Window handle used for callback notification }
+    FDeviceID: Cardinal; { MIDI device ID }
+    FMIDIHandle: Hmidiout; { Handle to output device }
+    FState: midioutputState; { Current device state }
+    PCtlInfo: PMidiCtlInfo; { Pointer to control info for DLL }
+
+    PBuffer: PCircularBuffer; { Output queue for PutTimedEvent, set by Open }
+
+    FError: Word; { Last MMSYSTEM error }
+
+ { Stuff from midioutCAPS }
+    FDriverVersion: MMVERSION; { Driver version from midioutGetDevCaps }
+    FProductName: string; { product name }
+    FTechnology: OutPortTech; { Type of MIDI output device }
+    FVoices: Word; { Number of voices (internal synth) }
+    FNotes: Word; { Number of notes (internal synth) }
+    FChannelMask: Word; { Bit set for each MIDI channels that the
+          device responds to (internal synth) }
+    FSupport: DWORD; { Technology supported (volume control,
+          patch caching etc. }
+    FNumdevs: Word; { Number of MIDI output devices on system }
+
+
+    FOnMIDIOutput: TNotifyEvent; { Sysex output finished }
+
+    procedure MidiOutput(var Message: TMessage);
+    procedure SetDeviceID(DeviceID: Cardinal);
+    procedure SetProductName(NewProductName: string);
+    procedure SetTechnology(NewTechnology: OutPortTech);
+    function midioutErrorString(WError: Word): string;
+
+  public
+ { Properties }
+    property MIDIHandle: Hmidiout read FMIDIHandle;
+    property DriverVersion: MMVERSION { Driver version from midioutGetDevCaps }
+    read FDriverVersion;
+    property Technology: OutPortTech { Type of MIDI output device }
+    read FTechnology
+      write SetTechnology
+      default opt_Synth;
+    property Voices: Word { Number of voices (internal synth) }
+    read FVoices;
+    property Notes: Word { Number of notes (internal synth) }
+    read FNotes;
+    property ChannelMask: Word { Bit set for each MIDI channels that the }
+    read FChannelMask; { device responds to (internal synth) }
+    property Support: DWORD { Technology supported (volume control, }
+    read FSupport; { patch caching etc. }
+    property Error: Word read FError;
+    property Numdevs: Word read FNumdevs;
+
+ { Methods }
+    function Open: Boolean; virtual;
+    function Close: Boolean; virtual;
+    procedure PutMidiEvent(theEvent: TMyMidiEvent); virtual;
+    procedure PutShort(MidiMessage: Byte; Data1: Byte; Data2: Byte); virtual;
+    procedure PutLong(TheSysex: Pointer; msgLength: Word); virtual;
+    procedure SetVolume(Left: Word; Right: Word);
+    constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent); override;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+   { Some functions to decode and classify incoming messages would be nice }
+
+  published
+ { TODO: Property editor with dropdown list of product names }
+    property ProductName: string read FProductName write SetProductName;
+
+    property DeviceID: Cardinal read FDeviceID write SetDeviceID default 0;
+ { TODO: midiOutGetVolume? Or two properties for Left and Right volume?
+   Is it worth it??
+     midiOutMessage?? Does anyone use this? }
+
+ { Events }
+    property Onmidioutput: TNotifyEvent
+      read FOnmidioutput
+      write FOnmidioutput;
+  end;
+
+procedure Register;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+implementation
+
+(* Not used in Delphi 3
+
+{ This is the callback procedure in the external DLL.
+  It's used when midioutOpen is called by the Open method.
+  There are special requirements and restrictions for this callback
+  procedure (see midioutOpen in MMSYSTEM.HLP) so it's impractical to
+  make it an object method }
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+function midiHandler(
+    hMidiIn: HMidiIn;
+    wMsg: UINT;
+    dwInstance: DWORD;
+    dwParam1: DWORD;
+    dwParam2: DWORD): Boolean; stdcall; external 'DELMID32.DLL';
+{$ENDIF}
+*)
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+constructor Tmidioutput.Create(AOwner: TComponent);
+begin
+  inherited Create(AOwner);
+  FState := mosClosed;
+  FNumdevs := midiOutGetNumDevs;
+
+ { Create the window for callback notification }
+  if not (csDesigning in ComponentState) then
+  begin
+    Handle := AllocateHwnd(MidiOutput);
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+destructor Tmidioutput.Destroy;
+begin
+  if FState = mosOpen then
+    Close;
+  if (PCtlInfo <> nil) then
+    GlobalSharedLockedFree(PCtlinfo^.hMem, PCtlInfo);
+  DeallocateHwnd(Handle);
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Convert the numeric return code from an MMSYSTEM function to a string
+  using midioutGetErrorText. TODO: These errors aren't very helpful
+  (e.g. "an invalid parameter was passed to a system function") so
+  some proper error strings would be nice. }
+
+
+function Tmidioutput.midioutErrorString(WError: Word): string;
+var
+  errorDesc: PChar;
+begin
+  errorDesc := nil;
+  try
+    errorDesc := StrAlloc(MAXERRORLENGTH);
+    if midioutGetErrorText(WError, errorDesc, MAXERRORLENGTH) = 0 then
+      result := StrPas(errorDesc)
+    else
+      result := 'Specified error number is out of range';
+  finally
+    if errorDesc <> nil then StrDispose(errorDesc);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the output device ID and change the other properties to match }
+
+procedure Tmidioutput.SetDeviceID(DeviceID: Cardinal);
+var
+  midioutCaps: TmidioutCaps;
+begin
+  if FState = mosOpen then
+    raise EmidioutputError.Create('Change to DeviceID while device was open')
+  else
+    if (DeviceID >= midioutGetNumDevs) and (DeviceID <> MIDI_MAPPER) then
+      raise EmidioutputError.Create('Invalid device ID')
+    else
+    begin
+      FDeviceID := DeviceID;
+
+   { Set the name and other midioutCAPS properties to match the ID }
+      FError :=
+        midioutGetDevCaps(DeviceID, @midioutCaps, sizeof(TmidioutCaps));
+      if Ferror > 0 then
+        raise EmidioutputError.Create(midioutErrorString(FError));
+
+      with midiOutCaps do
+      begin
+        FProductName := StrPas(szPname);
+        FDriverVersion := vDriverVersion;
+        FTechnology := OutPortTech(wTechnology);
+        FVoices := wVoices;
+        FNotes := wNotes;
+        FChannelMask := wChannelMask;
+        FSupport := dwSupport;
+      end;
+
+    end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the product name property and put the matching output device number
+  in FDeviceID.
+  This is handy if you want to save a configured output/output device
+  by device name instead of device number, because device numbers may
+  change if users install or remove MIDI devices.
+  Exception if output device with matching name not found,
+  or if output device is open }
+
+procedure Tmidioutput.SetProductName(NewProductName: string);
+var
+  midioutCaps: TmidioutCaps;
+  testDeviceID: Integer;
+  testProductName: string;
+begin
+  if FState = mosOpen then
+    raise EmidioutputError.Create('Change to ProductName while device was open')
+  else
+  { Don't set the name if the component is reading properties because
+  the saved Productname will be from the machine the application was compiled
+  on, which may not be the same for the corresponding DeviceID on the user's
+  machine. The FProductname property will still be set by SetDeviceID }
+    if not (csLoading in ComponentState) then
+    begin
+    { Loop uses -1 to test for MIDI_MAPPER as well }
+      for testDeviceID := -1 to (midioutGetNumDevs - 1) do
+      begin
+        FError :=
+          midioutGetDevCaps(testDeviceID, @midioutCaps, sizeof(TmidioutCaps));
+        if Ferror > 0 then
+          raise EmidioutputError.Create(midioutErrorString(FError));
+        testProductName := StrPas(midioutCaps.szPname);
+        if testProductName = NewProductName then
+        begin
+          FProductName := NewProductName;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
+      if FProductName <> NewProductName then
+        raise EmidioutputError.Create('MIDI output Device ' +
+          NewProductName + ' not installed')
+      else
+        SetDeviceID(testDeviceID);
+    end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+{ Set the output technology property and put the matching output device
+ number in FDeviceID.
+  This is handy, for example, if you want to be able to switch between a
+  sound card and a MIDI port }
+
+procedure TMidiOutput.SetTechnology(NewTechnology: OutPortTech);
+var
+  midiOutCaps: TMidiOutCaps;
+  testDeviceID: Integer;
+  testTechnology: OutPortTech;
+begin
+  if FState = mosOpen then
+    raise EMidiOutputError.Create(
+      'Change to Product Technology while device was open')
+  else
+  begin
+       { Loop uses -1 to test for MIDI_MAPPER as well }
+    for testDeviceID := -1 to (midiOutGetNumDevs - 1) do
+    begin
+      FError :=
+        midiOutGetDevCaps(testDeviceID,
+        @midiOutCaps, sizeof(TMidiOutCaps));
+      if Ferror > 0 then
+        raise EMidiOutputError.Create(MidiOutErrorString(FError));
+      testTechnology := OutPortTech(midiOutCaps.wTechnology);
+      if testTechnology = NewTechnology then
+      begin
+        FTechnology := NewTechnology;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+    if FTechnology <> NewTechnology then
+      raise EMidiOutputError.Create('MIDI output technology ' +
+        TechName[NewTechnology] + ' not installed')
+    else
+      SetDeviceID(testDeviceID);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function Tmidioutput.Open: Boolean;
+var
+  hMem: THandle;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  try
+  { Create the control info for the DLL }
+    if (PCtlInfo = nil) then
+    begin
+      PCtlInfo := GlobalSharedLockedAlloc(Sizeof(TMidiCtlInfo), hMem);
+      PctlInfo^.hMem := hMem;
+    end;
+
+    Pctlinfo^.hWindow := Handle; { Control's window handle }
+
+    FError := midioutOpen(@FMidiHandle, FDeviceId,
+      DWORD(@midiHandler),
+      DWORD(PCtlInfo),
+      CALLBACK_FUNCTION);
+{                FError := midioutOpen(@FMidiHandle, FDeviceId,
+      Handle,
+      DWORD(PCtlInfo),
+      CALLBACK_WINDOW); }
+    if (FError <> 0) then
+   { TODO: use CreateFmtHelp to add MIDI device name/ID to message }
+      raise EmidioutputError.Create(midioutErrorString(FError))
+    else
+    begin
+      Result := True;
+      FState := mosOpen;
+    end;
+
+  except
+    if PCtlInfo <> nil then
+    begin
+      GlobalSharedLockedFree(PCtlInfo^.hMem, PCtlInfo);
+      PCtlInfo := nil;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiOutput.PutShort(MidiMessage: Byte; Data1: Byte; Data2: Byte);
+var
+  thisMsg: DWORD;
+begin
+  thisMsg := DWORD(MidiMessage) or
+    (DWORD(Data1) shl 8) or
+    (DWORD(Data2) shl 16);
+
+  FError := midiOutShortMsg(FMidiHandle, thisMsg);
+  if Ferror > 0 then
+    raise EmidioutputError.Create(midioutErrorString(FError));
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiOutput.PutLong(TheSysex: Pointer; msgLength: Word);
+{ Notes: This works asynchronously; you send your sysex output by
+calling this function, which returns immediately. When the MIDI device
+driver has finished sending the data the MidiOutPut function in this
+component is called, which will in turn call the OnMidiOutput method
+if the component user has defined one. }
+{ TODO: Combine common functions with PutTimedLong into subroutine }
+
+var
+  MyMidiHdr: TMyMidiHdr;
+begin
+ { Initialize the header and allocate buffer memory }
+  MyMidiHdr := TMyMidiHdr.Create(msgLength);
+
+ { Copy the data over to the MidiHdr buffer
+   We can't just use the caller's PChar because the buffer memory
+   has to be global, shareable, and locked. }
+  StrMove(MyMidiHdr.SysexPointer, TheSysex, msgLength);
+
+ { Store the MyMidiHdr address in the header so we can find it again quickly
+      (see the MidiOutput proc) }
+  MyMidiHdr.hdrPointer^.dwUser := DWORD(MyMidiHdr);
+
+ { Get MMSYSTEM's blessing for this header }
+  FError := midiOutPrepareHeader(FMidiHandle, MyMidiHdr.hdrPointer,
+    sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+  if Ferror > 0 then
+    raise EMidiOutputError.Create(MidiOutErrorString(FError));
+
+ { Send it }
+  FError := midiOutLongMsg(FMidiHandle, MyMidiHdr.hdrPointer,
+    sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+  if Ferror > 0 then
+    raise EMidiOutputError.Create(MidiOutErrorString(FError));
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure Tmidioutput.PutMidiEvent(theEvent: TMyMidiEvent);
+begin
+  if FState <> mosOpen then
+    raise EMidiOutputError.Create('MIDI Output device not open');
+
+  with theEvent do
+  begin
+    if Sysex = nil then
+    begin
+      PutShort(MidiMessage, Data1, Data2)
+    end
+    else
+      PutLong(Sysex, SysexLength);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function Tmidioutput.Close: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := False;
+  if FState = mosOpen then
+  begin
+
+        { Note this sends a lot of fast control change messages which some synths can't handle.
+          TODO: Make this optional. }
+{		FError := midioutReset(FMidiHandle);
+  if Ferror <> 0 then
+   raise EMidiOutputError.Create(MidiOutErrorString(FError)); }
+
+    FError := midioutClose(FMidiHandle);
+    if Ferror <> 0 then
+      raise EMidiOutputError.Create(MidiOutErrorString(FError))
+    else
+      Result := True;
+  end;
+
+  FMidiHandle := 0;
+  FState := mosClosed;
+
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure TMidiOutput.SetVolume(Left: Word; Right: Word);
+var
+  dwVolume: DWORD;
+begin
+  dwVolume := (DWORD(Left) shl 16) or Right;
+  FError := midiOutSetVolume(DeviceID, dwVolume);
+  if Ferror <> 0 then
+    raise EMidiOutputError.Create(MidiOutErrorString(FError));
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure Tmidioutput.midioutput(var Message: TMessage);
+{ Triggered when sysex output from PutLong is complete }
+var
+  MyMidiHdr: TMyMidiHdr;
+  thisHdr: PMidiHdr;
+begin
+  if Message.Msg = Mom_Done then
+  begin
+  { Find the MIDIHDR we used for the output. Message.lParam is its address }
+    thisHdr := PMidiHdr(Message.lParam);
+
+  { Remove it from the output device }
+    midiOutUnprepareHeader(FMidiHandle, thisHdr, sizeof(TMIDIHDR));
+
+  { Get the address of the MyMidiHdr object containing this MIDIHDR structure.
+   We stored this address in the PutLong procedure }
+    MyMidiHdr := TMyMidiHdr(thisHdr^.dwUser);
+
+  { Header and copy of sysex data no longer required since output is complete }
+    MyMidiHdr.Free;
+
+  { Call the user's event handler if any }
+    if Assigned(FOnmidioutput) then
+      FOnmidioutput(Self);
+  end;
+ { TODO: Case for MOM_PLAYBACK_DONE }
+end;
+
+{-------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+procedure Register;
+begin
+  RegisterComponents('Synth', [Tmidioutput]);
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/demo/MidiTest.dfm b/src/lib/midi/demo/MidiTest.dfm
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d0ae182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/demo/MidiTest.dfm
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/demo/MidiTest.pas b/src/lib/midi/demo/MidiTest.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..793db730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/demo/MidiTest.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+// Test application for TMidiFile
+
+unit MidiTest;
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  Windows, Messages, SysUtils, Classes, Graphics, Controls, Forms, Dialogs,
+  StdCtrls, MidiFile,  ExtCtrls, MidiOut, MidiType, MidiScope, Grids;
+type
+  TMidiPlayer = class(TForm)
+    OpenDialog1: TOpenDialog;
+    Button1: TButton;
+    Button3: TButton;
+    Button4: TButton;
+    MidiOutput1: TMidiOutput;
+    cmbInput: TComboBox;
+    MidiFile1: TMidiFile;
+    MidiScope1: TMidiScope;
+    Label3: TLabel;
+    edtBpm: TEdit;
+    Memo2: TMemo;
+    edtTime: TEdit;
+    Button2: TButton;
+    TrackGrid: TStringGrid;
+    TracksGrid: TStringGrid;
+    edtLength: TEdit;
+    procedure Button1Click(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+    procedure Button3Click(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure Button4Click(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure FormCreate(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure cmbInputChange(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure MidiFile1UpdateEvent(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure Button2Click(Sender: TObject);
+    procedure edtBpmKeyPress(Sender: TObject; var Key: Char);
+    procedure TracksGridSelectCell(Sender: TObject; Col, Row: Integer;
+      var CanSelect: Boolean);
+    procedure FormShow(Sender: TObject);
+  private
+    { Private declarations }
+    MidiOpened : boolean;
+    procedure SentAllNotesOff;
+
+    procedure MidiOpen;
+    procedure MidiClose;
+
+  public
+    { Public declarations }
+  end;
+
+var
+  MidiPlayer: TMidiPlayer;
+
+implementation
+
+{$R *.DFM}
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.Button1Click(Sender: TObject);
+var
+  i,j: integer;
+  track : TMidiTrack;
+  event : PMidiEvent;
+begin
+  if opendialog1.execute then
+  begin
+    midifile1.filename := opendialog1.filename;
+    midifile1.readfile;
+//    label1.caption := IntToStr(midifile1.NumberOfTracks);
+    edtBpm.text := IntToStr(midifile1.Bpm);
+//    TracksGrid.cells.clear;
+    for i := 0 to midifile1.NumberOfTracks-1 do
+    begin
+      track := midifile1.getTrack(i);
+      TracksGrid.cells[0,i] := 'Tr: '+ track.getName + ' '+ track.getInstrument ;
+    end;
+    edtLength.Text := MyTimeToStr(MidiFile1.GetTrackLength);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+var mEvent : TMyMidiEvent;
+begin
+  mEvent := TMyMidiEvent.Create;
+  if not (event.event = $FF) then
+  begin
+    mEvent.MidiMessage := event.event;
+    mEvent.data1 := event.data1;
+    mEvent.data2 := event.data2;
+    midioutput1.PutMidiEvent(mEvent);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if (event.data1 >= 1) and (event.data1 < 15) then
+    begin
+      memo2.Lines.add(IntToStr(event.data1) + ' '+ event.str);
+    end
+  end;
+  midiScope1.MidiEvent(event.event,event.data1,event.data2);
+  mEvent.Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.SentAllNotesOff;
+var mEvent : TMyMidiEvent;
+channel : integer;
+begin
+  mEvent := TMyMidiEvent.Create;
+  for channel:= 0 to 15 do
+  begin
+    mEvent.MidiMessage := $B0 + channel;
+    mEvent.data1 := $78;
+    mEvent.data2 := 0;
+    if MidiOpened then
+      midioutput1.PutMidiEvent(mEvent);
+    midiScope1.MidiEvent(mEvent.MidiMessage,mEvent.data1,mEvent.data2);
+  end;
+  mEvent.Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.Button3Click(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  midifile1.StartPlaying;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.Button4Click(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  midifile1.StopPlaying;
+  SentAllNotesOff;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.MidiOpen;
+begin
+  if not (cmbInput.Text = '') then
+  begin
+    MidiOutput1.ProductName := cmbInput.Text;
+    MidiOutput1.OPEN;
+    MidiOpened := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.MidiClose;
+begin
+  if MidiOpened then
+  begin
+    MidiOutput1.Close;
+    MidiOpened := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.FormCreate(Sender: TObject);
+var thisDevice : integer;
+begin
+  for thisDevice := 0 to MidiOutput1.NumDevs - 1 do
+  begin
+    MidiOutput1.DeviceID := thisDevice;
+    cmbInput.Items.Add(MidiOutput1.ProductName);
+  end;
+  cmbInput.ItemIndex := 0;
+  MidiOpened := false;
+  MidiOpen;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.cmbInputChange(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  MidiClose;
+  MidiOPen;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.MidiFile1UpdateEvent(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  edtTime.Text := MyTimeToStr(MidiFile1.GetCurrentTime);
+  edtTime.update;
+  if MidiFile1.ready then
+  begin
+    midifile1.StopPlaying;
+    SentAllNotesOff;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.Button2Click(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  MidiFile1.ContinuePlaying;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.edtBpmKeyPress(Sender: TObject; var Key: Char);
+begin
+ if Key = char(13) then
+ begin
+   MidiFile1.Bpm := StrToInt(edtBpm.Text);
+   edtBpm.text := IntToStr(midifile1.Bpm);
+   abort;
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.TracksGridSelectCell(Sender: TObject; Col,
+  Row: Integer; var CanSelect: Boolean);
+var
+  MidiTrack : TMidiTrack;
+  i         : integer;
+  j         : integer;
+  event     : PMidiEvent;
+begin
+  CanSelect := false;
+  if Row < MidiFile1.NumberOfTracks then
+  begin
+    CanSelect := true;
+    MidiTrack := MidiFile1.GetTrack(Row);
+    TrackGrid.RowCount := 2;
+    TrackGrid.RowCount := MidiTrack.getEventCount;
+    j := 1;
+    for i := 0 to MidiTrack.GetEventCount-1 do
+    begin
+      event := MidiTrack.getEvent(i);
+      if not (event.len = -1) then
+      begin // do not print when
+        TrackGrid.cells[0,j] := IntToStr(i);
+        TrackGrid.cells[1,j] := MyTimeToStr(event.time);
+        TrackGrid.cells[2,j] := IntToHex(event.event,2);
+        if not (event.event = $FF) then
+        begin
+          TrackGrid.cells[3,j] := IntToStr(event.len);
+          TrackGrid.cells[4,j] := KeyToStr(event.data1);
+          TrackGrid.cells[5,j] := IntToStr(event.data2);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          TrackGrid.cells[3,j] := IntToStr(event.data1);
+          TrackGrid.cells[4,j] := '';
+          TrackGrid.cells[5,j] := event.str;
+        end;
+        inc(j);
+      end;
+    end;
+    TrackGrid.RowCount := j;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMidiPlayer.FormShow(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+  TrackGrid.ColWidths[0] := 30;
+  TrackGrid.ColWidths[2] := 30;
+  TrackGrid.ColWidths[3] := 30;
+  TrackGrid.ColWidths[4] := 30;
+  TrackGrid.ColWidths[5] := 100;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/demo/Project1.dpr b/src/lib/midi/demo/Project1.dpr
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7aa4e512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/demo/Project1.dpr
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+program Project1;
+
+uses
+  Forms,
+  MidiTest in 'MidiTest.pas' {MidiPlayer};
+
+{$R *.RES}
+
+begin
+  Application.Initialize;
+  Application.CreateForm(TMidiPlayer, MidiPlayer);
+  Application.Run;
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/demo/Project1.res b/src/lib/midi/demo/Project1.res
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b020d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/demo/Project1.res
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/midiComp.cfg b/src/lib/midi/midiComp.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b774c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/midiComp.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+-$A+
+-$B-
+-$C+
+-$D+
+-$E-
+-$F-
+-$G+
+-$H+
+-$I+
+-$J+
+-$K-
+-$L+
+-$M-
+-$N+
+-$O+
+-$P+
+-$Q-
+-$R-
+-$S-
+-$T-
+-$U-
+-$V+
+-$W-
+-$X+
+-$Y-
+-$Z1
+-cg
+-AWinTypes=Windows;WinProcs=Windows;DbiTypes=BDE;DbiProcs=BDE;DbiErrs=BDE;
+-H+
+-W+
+-M
+-$M16384,1048576
+-K$00400000
+-LE"d:\program files\borland\delphi5\Projects\Bpl"
+-LN"d:\program files\borland\delphi5\Projects\Bpl"
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/midiComp.dpk b/src/lib/midi/midiComp.dpk
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7c403eae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/midiComp.dpk
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package midiComp;

+

+{$R *.RES}

+{$R 'MidiFile.dcr'}

+{$R 'Midiin.dcr'}

+{$R 'Midiout.dcr'}

+{$R 'MidiScope.dcr'}

+{$ALIGN ON}

+{$ASSERTIONS ON}

+{$BOOLEVAL OFF}

+{$DEBUGINFO ON}

+{$EXTENDEDSYNTAX ON}

+{$IMPORTEDDATA ON}

+{$IOCHECKS ON}

+{$LOCALSYMBOLS ON}

+{$LONGSTRINGS ON}

+{$OPENSTRINGS ON}

+{$OPTIMIZATION ON}

+{$OVERFLOWCHECKS OFF}

+{$RANGECHECKS OFF}

+{$REFERENCEINFO OFF}

+{$SAFEDIVIDE OFF}

+{$STACKFRAMES OFF}

+{$TYPEDADDRESS OFF}

+{$VARSTRINGCHECKS ON}

+{$WRITEABLECONST ON}

+{$MINENUMSIZE 1}

+{$IMAGEBASE $400000}

+{$DESCRIPTION 'Midi related components'}

+{$DESIGNONLY}

+{$IMPLICITBUILD ON}

+

+requires

+  vcl50;

+

+contains

+  Miditype in 'Miditype.pas',

+  Mididefs in 'Mididefs.pas',

+  MidiFile in 'MidiFile.pas',

+  Midiin in 'Midiin.pas',

+  Midiout in 'Midiout.pas',

+  MidiScope in 'MidiScope.pas',

+  Midicons in 'Midicons.pas';

+

+end.

diff --git a/src/lib/midi/midiComp.res b/src/lib/midi/midiComp.res
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..91fb756e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/midiComp.res
diff --git a/src/lib/midi/readme.txt b/src/lib/midi/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7112aecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/midi/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+
+Midi components
+  TMidiFile, TMidiScope
+  TMidiIn and TMidiOut of david Churcher are included because they are used in 
+  the demo application
+
+Freeware.
+
+100% source code,  demo application.
+
+Included Components/Classes
+
+TMidiFile, read a midifile and have the contents available in memory 
+  list of Tracks, track is list of events
+
+
+TMidiScope, show all activity on a midi device
+
+TMidiIn and TMidiOut of David Churcher are included because they are used 
+in the demo application
+
+Midiplayer is a demo application which plays a midifile on a midi output
+ it is build fairly simple with the included components. The timer is used
+ to time the midievents. The timing is therefor as good as the windows timer.
+
+
+  The header of midifile,midiscope contains help information on the properties/functions
+  The example Midiplayer gives a good idea how to use the components
+
+Installation
+	open midiComp.dpk with file/open
+	compile and install the package
+	make sure that the directory where the files are located is in the library path 	
+        (tools/environment options/library)
+
+to run the demo
+	open project1.dpr in the demo directory and press run.
+
+
+
+history
+1.0  18-1-1999 first release
+
+1.1  5-3-1999 update
+  added some functions for display purposes
+  improved demo to include event viewer
+  bpm can be changed
+
+1.2  24-2-2000 update
+  added some functions to see the length of a song and ready function to know when playback is ready
+
+for comments/bugs in these components:
+
+Frans Bouwmans
+fbouwmans@spiditel.nl
+
+I'm busy building a software music synthesizer, which will be available in source 
+to the public. If you are interrested in helping me with certain soundmodules 
+(effects, filters, sound generators) just sent me an email.
+
diff --git a/src/lib/other/DirWatch.pas b/src/lib/other/DirWatch.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e00ec5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/other/DirWatch.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+unit DirWatch;
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Component Name:  TDirectoryWatch                                            .
+// Module:          DirWatch                                                   .
+// Description:     Implements watching for file changes in a designated       .
+//                  directory (or directories).                                .
+// Version:         1.4                                                        .
+// Date:            10-MAR-2003                                                .
+// Target:          Win32, Delphi 3 - Delphi 7                                 .
+// Author:          Angus Johnson, angusj-AT-myrealbox-DOT-com                 .
+//                  A portion of code has been copied from the Drag & Drop     .
+//                  Component Suite which I co-authored with Anders Melander.  .
+// Copyright:       © 2003 Angus Johnson                                       .
+//                                                                             .
+// Usage:           1. Add a TDirectoryWatch component to your form.           .
+//                  2. Set its Directory property                              .
+//                  3. If you wish to watch its subdirectories too then set    .
+//                  the WatchSubDir property to true                           .
+//                  4. Assign the OnChange event                               .
+//                  5. Set Active to true                                      .
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Windows,
+  Messages,
+  Classes,
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  WinAllocation,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  TNotifyFilters = set of (nfFilename, nfDirname, nfAttrib,
+    nfSize, nfLastWrite, nfSecurity);
+
+  TWatchThread = class;             //forward declaration
+
+  TDirectoryWatch = class(TComponent)
+  private
+    fWindowHandle: THandle;
+    fWatchThread: TWatchThread;
+    fWatchSubDirs: boolean;
+    fDirectory: string;
+    fActive: boolean;
+    fNotifyFilters: TNotifyFilters; //see FindFirstChangeNotification in winAPI
+    fOnChangeEvent: TNotifyEvent;
+    procedure SetActive(aActive: boolean);
+    procedure SetDirectory(aDir: string);
+    procedure SetWatchSubDirs(aWatchSubDirs: boolean);
+    procedure SetNotifyFilters(aNotifyFilters: TNotifyFilters);
+    procedure WndProc(var aMsg: TMessage);
+  public
+    constructor Create(aOwner: TComponent); override;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+  published
+    property Directory: string read fDirectory write SetDirectory;
+    property NotifyFilters: TNotifyFilters
+      read fNotifyFilters write SetNotifyFilters;
+    property WatchSubDirs: boolean read fWatchSubDirs write SetWatchSubDirs;
+    property Active: boolean read fActive write SetActive;
+    property OnChange: TNotifyEvent read fOnChangeEvent write fOnChangeEvent;
+  end;
+
+  TWatchThread = class(TThread)
+  private
+    fOwnerHdl: Thandle;
+    fChangeNotify : THandle; //Signals whenever Windows detects a change in    .
+                             //the watched directory                           .
+    fBreakEvent: THandle;    //Signals when either the Directory property      .
+                             //changes or when the thread terminates           .
+    fDirectory: string;
+    fWatchSubDirs: longbool;
+    fNotifyFilters: dword;
+    fFinished: boolean;    
+  protected
+    procedure SetDirectory(const Value: string);
+    procedure ProcessFilenameChanges;
+    procedure Execute; override;
+  public
+    constructor Create( OwnerHdl: THandle;
+      const InitialDir: string; WatchSubDirs: boolean; NotifyFilters: dword);
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+    procedure Terminate;
+    property Directory: string write SetDirectory;
+  end;
+
+procedure Register;
+
+implementation
+
+const
+  NOTIFYCHANGE_MESSAGE = WM_USER + 1;
+
+resourcestring
+  sInvalidDir = 'Invalid Directory: ';
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Miscellaneous functions ...
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure Register;
+begin
+  RegisterComponents('Samples', [TDirectoryWatch]);
+end;
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+function DirectoryExists(const Name: string): Boolean;
+var
+  Code: Integer;
+begin
+  Code := GetFileAttributes(PChar(Name));
+  Result := (Code <> -1) and (FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY and Code <> 0);
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TDirectoryWatch methods ...
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+constructor TDirectoryWatch.Create(aOwner: TComponent);
+begin
+  inherited Create(aOwner);
+  //default Notify values - notify if either a file name or a directory name
+  //changes or if a file is modified ...
+  fNotifyFilters := [nfFilename, nfDirname, nfLastWrite];
+  fDirectory := 'C:\';
+  //this non-visual control needs to handle messages, so ...
+  if not (csDesigning in ComponentState) then
+    fWindowHandle := AllocateHWnd(WndProc);
+end;
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+destructor TDirectoryWatch.Destroy;
+begin
+  Active := false;
+  if not (csDesigning in ComponentState) then
+    DeallocateHWnd(fWindowHandle);
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TDirectoryWatch.WndProc(var aMsg: TMessage);
+begin
+  with aMsg do
+    if Msg = NOTIFYCHANGE_MESSAGE then
+    begin
+      if assigned(OnChange) then OnChange(self);
+    end else
+      Result := DefWindowProc(FWindowHandle, Msg, wParam, lParam);
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TDirectoryWatch.SetNotifyFilters(aNotifyFilters: TNotifyFilters);
+begin
+  if aNotifyFilters = fNotifyFilters then exit;
+  fNotifyFilters := aNotifyFilters;
+  if assigned(fWatchThread) then
+  begin
+    Active := false;
+    Active := true;
+  end;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TDirectoryWatch.SetWatchSubDirs(aWatchSubDirs: boolean);
+begin
+  if aWatchSubDirs = fWatchSubDirs then exit;
+  fWatchSubDirs := aWatchSubDirs;
+  if assigned(fWatchThread) then
+  begin
+    Active := false;
+    Active := true;
+  end;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TDirectoryWatch.SetDirectory(aDir: string);
+begin
+  if aDir = '' then
+  begin
+    Active := false;
+    fDirectory := '';
+    exit;
+  end;
+  if (aDir[length(aDir)] <> '\') then aDir := aDir + '\';
+  if aDir = fDirectory then exit;
+  if not (csDesigning in ComponentState) and not DirectoryExists(aDir) then
+    raise Exception.Create( sInvalidDir + aDir);
+  fDirectory := aDir;
+  if assigned(fWatchThread) then
+    fWatchThread.Directory := fDirectory;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TDirectoryWatch.SetActive(aActive: boolean);
+var
+  nf: dword;
+begin
+  if aActive = fActive then exit;
+  fActive := aActive;
+  if csDesigning in ComponentState then exit;
+  if fActive then
+  begin
+    if not DirectoryExists(fDirectory) then
+    begin
+      fActive := false;
+      raise Exception.Create(sInvalidDir + fDirectory);
+    end;
+    nf := 0;
+    if nfFilename in fNotifyFilters then
+      nf := nf or FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE_FILE_NAME;
+    if nfDirname in fNotifyFilters then
+      nf := nf or FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE_DIR_NAME;
+    if nfAttrib in fNotifyFilters then
+      nf := nf or FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES;
+    if nfSize in fNotifyFilters then
+      nf := nf or FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE_SIZE;
+    if nfLastWrite in fNotifyFilters then
+      nf := nf or FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE_LAST_WRITE;
+    if nfSecurity in fNotifyFilters then
+      nf := nf or FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE_SECURITY;
+    fWatchThread := TWatchThread.Create(
+      fWindowHandle, fDirectory, fWatchSubDirs, nf);
+  end else
+  begin
+    fWatchThread.Terminate;
+    fWatchThread := nil;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// TWatchThread methods ...
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+constructor TWatchThread.Create(OwnerHdl: THandle;
+  const InitialDir: string; WatchSubDirs: boolean; NotifyFilters: dword);
+begin
+  inherited Create(True);       
+  fOwnerHdl := OwnerHdl;
+  if WatchSubDirs then
+    cardinal(fWatchSubDirs) := 1 //workaround a Win9x OS issue
+  else
+    fWatchSubDirs := false;
+  FreeOnTerminate := true;
+  Priority := tpLowest;
+  fDirectory := InitialDir;
+  fNotifyFilters := NotifyFilters;
+  fBreakEvent := windows.CreateEvent(nil, False, False, nil);
+  Resume;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+destructor TWatchThread.Destroy;
+begin
+  CloseHandle(fBreakEvent);
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TWatchThread.SetDirectory(const Value: string);
+begin
+  if (Value = FDirectory) then exit;
+  FDirectory := Value;
+  SetEvent(fBreakEvent);
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TWatchThread.Terminate;
+begin
+  inherited Terminate;
+  SetEvent(fBreakEvent);
+  while not fFinished do sleep(10); //avoids a reported resource leak
+                                    //if called while closing the application.
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TWatchThread.Execute;
+begin
+  //OUTER LOOP - manages Directory property reassignments
+  while (not Terminated) do
+  begin
+    fChangeNotify := FindFirstChangeNotification(pchar(fDirectory),
+      fWatchSubDirs, fNotifyFilters);
+    if (fChangeNotify = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) then
+      //Can't monitor the specified directory so we'll just wait for
+      //a new Directory assignment or the thread terminating ...
+      WaitForSingleObject(fBreakEvent, INFINITE)
+    else
+      try
+        //Now do the INNER loop...
+        ProcessFilenameChanges;
+      finally
+        FindCloseChangeNotification(fChangeNotify);
+      end;
+  end;
+  fFinished := true;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+procedure TWatchThread.ProcessFilenameChanges;
+var
+  WaitResult : DWORD;
+  HandleArray : array[0..1] of THandle;
+const
+  TEN_MSECS = 10;
+  HUNDRED_MSECS = 100;
+begin
+  HandleArray[0] := fBreakEvent;
+  HandleArray[1] := fChangeNotify;
+  //INNER LOOP - exits only when fBreakEvent signaled
+  while (not Terminated) do
+  begin
+    //waits for either fChangeNotify or fBreakEvent ...
+    WaitResult := WaitForMultipleObjects(2, @HandleArray, False, INFINITE);
+    if (WaitResult = WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1) then //fChangeNotify
+    begin
+      repeat //ie: if a number of files are changing in a block
+             //just post the one notification message ...
+        FindNextChangeNotification(fChangeNotify);
+      until Terminated or
+        (WaitForSingleObject(fChangeNotify, TEN_MSECS) <> WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+      if Terminated then break;
+      //OK, now notify the main thread (before restarting inner loop)...
+      PostMessage(fOwnerHdl, NOTIFYCHANGE_MESSAGE, 0, 0);
+    end else //fBreakEvent ...
+    begin
+      //If the Directory property is undergoing multiple rapid reassignments
+      //wait 'til this stops before restarting monitoring of a new directory ...
+      while (not Terminated) and
+        (WaitForSingleObject(fBreakEvent, HUNDRED_MSECS) = WAIT_OBJECT_0) do;
+      break; //EXIT LOOP HERE
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/other/WinAllocation.pas b/src/lib/other/WinAllocation.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba1b0919
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/other/WinAllocation.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+unit WinAllocation;
+
+// FPC misses AllocateHWnd and DeallocateHWnd which is used by several
+// libraries such as Midi... or DirWatch.
+// Since FPC 2.2.2 there are dummies in Classes that just raise RunTime exceptions.
+// To avoid those exceptions, include this unit AFTER Classes.
+// Maybe the dummies will be replaced by functional routines in the future.WinAllocation
+//
+// THESE FUNCTIONS ARE ONLY FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH SOME EXTERNAL WIN32 LIBS.
+// DO NOT USE THEM IN USDX CODE.
+//
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  Windows;
+
+function  AllocateHWnd(Method: TWndMethod): HWND;
+procedure DeallocateHWnd(hWnd: HWND);
+
+implementation
+
+function AllocateHWndCallback(hWnd: HWND; uMsg: UINT; wParam: WPARAM; lParam: LPARAM): LRESULT; stdcall;
+var
+  Msg: TMessage;
+  MethodPtr: ^TWndMethod;
+begin
+  FillChar(Msg, SizeOf(Msg), 0);
+  Msg.msg := uMsg;
+  Msg.wParam := wParam;
+  Msg.lParam := lParam;
+
+  MethodPtr := Pointer(GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA));
+  if Assigned(MethodPtr) then
+    MethodPtr^(Msg);
+
+  Result := DefWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+end;
+
+function AllocateHWnd(Method: TWndMethod): HWND;
+var
+  ClassExists: Boolean;
+  WndClass, OldClass: TWndClass;
+  MethodPtr: ^TMethod;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  // setup class-info
+  FillChar(WndClass, SizeOf(TWndClass), 0);
+  WndClass.hInstance := HInstance;
+  // Important: do not enable AllocateHWndCallback before the msg-handler method is assigned,
+  //   otherwise race-conditions might occur
+  WndClass.lpfnWndProc := @DefWindowProc;
+  WndClass.lpszClassName:= 'USDXUtilWindowClass';
+
+  // check if class is already registered
+  ClassExists := GetClassInfo(HInstance, WndClass.lpszClassName, OldClass);
+  // create window-class shared by all windows created by AllocateHWnd()
+  if (not ClassExists) or (@OldClass.lpfnWndProc <> @DefWindowProc) then
+  begin
+    if ClassExists then
+      UnregisterClass(WndClass.lpszClassName, HInstance);
+    if (RegisterClass(WndClass) = 0) then
+       Exit;
+  end;
+  // create window
+  Result := CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, WndClass.lpszClassName, '',
+    DWORD(WS_POPUP), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, HInstance, nil);
+  if (Result = 0) then
+    Exit;
+  // assign individual callback procedure to the window
+  if Assigned(Method) then
+  begin
+    // TMethod contains two pointers but we can pass just one as USERDATA
+    GetMem(MethodPtr, SizeOf(TMethod));
+    MethodPtr^ := TMethod(Method);
+    SetWindowLongPtr(Result, GWL_USERDATA, LONG_PTR(MethodPtr));
+  end;
+  // now enable AllocateHWndCallback for this window
+  SetWindowLongPtr(Result, GWL_WNDPROC, LONG_PTR(@AllocateHWndCallback));
+end;
+
+procedure DeallocateHWnd(hWnd: HWND);
+var
+  MethodPtr: ^TMethod;
+begin
+  if (hWnd <> 0) then
+  begin
+    MethodPtr := Pointer(GetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA));
+    DestroyWindow(hWnd);
+    if Assigned(MethodPtr) then
+      FreeMem(MethodPtr);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/pcre/pcre.pas b/src/lib/pcre/pcre.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab04a9d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/pcre/pcre.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,867 @@
+{**************************************************************************************************}
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ Project JEDI Code Library (JCL)                                                                  }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 (the "License"); }
+{ you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the    }
+{ License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/                                                           }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF   }
+{ ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing rights  }
+{ and limitations under the License.                                                               }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ The Original Code is JclPRCE.pas.                                                                }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Peter Thornqvist.                                  }
+{ Portions created by Peter Thornqvist are Copyright (C) of Peter Thornqvist. All rights reserved. }
+{ Portions created by University of Cambridge are                                                  }
+{ Copyright (C) 1997-2001 by University of Cambridge.                                              }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ Contributor(s):                                                                                  }
+{   Robert Rossmair (rrossmair)                                                                    }
+{   Mario R. Carro                                                                                 }
+{   Florent Ouchet (outchy)                                                                        }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ The latest release of PCRE is always available from                                              }
+{ ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-xxx.tar.gz                            }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{**************************************************************************************************}
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ Header conversion of pcre.h                                                                      }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{**************************************************************************************************}
+{                                                                                                  }
+{ Last modified: $Date::                                                                         $ }
+{ Revision:      $Rev::                                                                          $ }
+{ Author:        $Author::                                                                       $ }
+{                                                                                                  }
+{**************************************************************************************************}
+
+unit pcre;
+
+interface
+
+(*************************************************
+*       Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions      *
+*************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$WEAKPACKAGEUNIT ON}
+
+(*$HPPEMIT '#include "pcre.h"'*)
+
+const
+  MAX_PATTERN_LENGTH = $10003;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM MAX_PATTERN_LENGTH}
+  MAX_QUANTIFY_REPEAT = $10000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM MAX_QUANTIFY_REPEAT}
+  MAX_CAPTURE_COUNT = $FFFF;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM MAX_CAPTURE_COUNT}
+  MAX_NESTING_DEPTH = 200;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM MAX_NESTING_DEPTH}
+
+const
+  (* Options *)
+  PCRE_CASELESS = $00000001;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CASELESS}
+  PCRE_MULTILINE = $00000002;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_MULTILINE}
+  PCRE_DOTALL = $00000004;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_DOTALL}
+  PCRE_EXTENDED = $00000008;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTENDED}
+  PCRE_ANCHORED = $00000010;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ANCHORED}
+  PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY = $00000020;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY}
+  PCRE_EXTRA = $00000040;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTRA}
+  PCRE_NOTBOL = $00000080;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NOTBOL}
+  PCRE_NOTEOL = $00000100;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NOTEOL}
+  PCRE_UNGREEDY = $00000200;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_UNGREEDY}
+  PCRE_NOTEMPTY = $00000400;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NOTEMPTY}
+  PCRE_UTF8 = $00000800;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_UTF8}
+  PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE = $00001000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE}
+  PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK = $00002000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK}
+  PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT = $00004000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT}
+  PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT = $00008000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT}
+  PCRE_PARTIAL = PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT; // Backwards compatible synonym
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_PARTIAL}
+  PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST = $00010000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST}
+  PCRE_DFA_RESTART = $00020000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_DFA_RESTART}
+  PCRE_FIRSTLINE = $00040000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_FIRSTLINE}
+  PCRE_DUPNAMES = $00080000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_DUPNAMES}
+  PCRE_NEWLINE_CR = $00100000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NEWLINE_CR}
+  PCRE_NEWLINE_LF = $00200000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NEWLINE_LF}
+  PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF = $00300000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF}
+  PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY = $00400000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY}
+  PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF = $00500000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF}
+  PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF = $00800000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF}
+  PCRE_BSR_UNICODE = $01000000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_BSR_UNICODE}
+  PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT = $02000000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT}
+  PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE = $04000000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE}
+  PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMISE = $04000000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMISE}
+  PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD = $08000000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD}
+  PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART = $10000000;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART}
+
+  (* Exec-time and get-time error codes *)
+
+  PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH = -1;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH}
+  PCRE_ERROR_NULL = -2;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_NULL}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION = -3;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC = -4;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC}
+  PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_NODE = -5;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_NODE}
+  PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY = -6;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY}
+  PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING = -7;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING}
+  PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT = -8;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT}
+  PCRE_ERROR_CALLOUT = -9;  (* Never used by PCRE itself *)
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_CALLOUT}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8 = -10;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET = -11;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET}
+  PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL = -12;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL = -13;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL}
+  PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL = -14;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT = -15;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT}
+  PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM = -16;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM}
+  PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND = -17;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND}
+  PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT = -18;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT}
+  PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE = -19;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE}
+  PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE = -20;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE}
+  PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT = -21;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT}
+  PCRE_ERROR_NULLWSLIMIT = -22;  (* No longer actually used *)
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_NULLWSLIMIT}
+  PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE = -23;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE}
+
+  (* Request types for pcre_fullinfo() *)
+
+  PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS = 0;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS}
+  PCRE_INFO_SIZE = 1;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_SIZE}
+  PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT = 2;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT}
+  PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX = 3;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX}
+  PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHAR = 4;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHAR}
+  PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE = 5;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE}
+  PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL = 6;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL}
+  PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE = 7;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE}
+  PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT = 8;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT}
+  PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE = 9;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE}
+  PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE = 10;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE}
+  PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES = 11;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES}
+  PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL = 12;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL}
+  PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED = 13;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED}
+  PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF = 14;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF}
+  PCRE_INFO_MINLENGTH = 15;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_INFO_MINLENGTH}
+
+  (* Request types for pcre_config() *)
+  PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8 = 0;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE = 1;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE = 2;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD = 3;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT = 4;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE = 5;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES = 6;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION = 7;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION}
+  PCRE_CONFIG_BSR = 8;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_CONFIG_BSR}
+
+  (* Bit flags for the pcre_extra structure *)
+
+  PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA = $0001;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA}
+  PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT = $0002;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT}
+  PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA = $0004;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA}
+  PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES = $0008;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES}
+  PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION = $0010;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION}
+
+type
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  {$IFDEF CPU64}
+  SizeInt = Int64;
+  {$ELSE ~CPU64}
+  SizeInt = Integer;
+  {$ENDIF ~CPU64}
+  PPAnsiChar = ^PAnsiChar;
+  {$ENDIF ~FPC}
+  PPPAnsiChar = ^PPAnsiChar;
+
+  real_pcre = packed record
+    {magic_number: Longword;
+    size: Integer;
+    tables: PAnsiChar;
+    options: Longword;
+    top_bracket: Word;
+    top_backref: word;
+    first_char: PAnsiChar;
+    req_char: PAnsiChar;
+    code: array [0..0] of AnsiChar;}
+  end;
+  TPCRE = real_pcre;
+  PPCRE = ^TPCRE;
+
+  real_pcre_extra = packed record
+    {options: PAnsiChar;
+    start_bits: array [0..31] of AnsiChar;}
+    flags: Cardinal;        (* Bits for which fields are set *)
+    study_data: Pointer;    (* Opaque data from pcre_study() *)
+    match_limit: Cardinal;  (* Maximum number of calls to match() *)
+    callout_data: Pointer;  (* Data passed back in callouts *)
+    tables: PAnsiChar;      (* Pointer to character tables *)
+    match_limit_recursion: Cardinal; (* Max recursive calls to match() *)
+  end;
+  TPCREExtra = real_pcre_extra;
+  PPCREExtra = ^TPCREExtra;
+
+  pcre_callout_block = packed record
+    version: Integer;           (* Identifies version of block *)
+  (* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- *)
+    callout_number: Integer;    (* Number compiled into pattern *)
+    offset_vector: PInteger;    (* The offset vector *)
+    subject: PAnsiChar;         (* The subject being matched *)
+    subject_length: Integer;    (* The length of the subject *)
+    start_match: Integer;       (* Offset to start of this match attempt *)
+    current_position: Integer;  (* Where we currently are in the subject *)
+    capture_top: Integer;       (* Max current capture *)
+    capture_last: Integer;      (* Most recently closed capture *)
+    callout_data: Pointer;      (* Data passed in with the call *)
+  (* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- *)
+    pattern_position: Integer;  (* Offset to next item in the pattern *)
+    next_item_length: Integer;  (* Length of next item in the pattern *)
+  (* ------------------------------------------------------------------ *)
+  end;
+
+  pcre_malloc_callback = function(Size: SizeInt): Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_malloc_callback}
+  pcre_free_callback = procedure(P: Pointer); cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_free_callback}
+  pcre_stack_malloc_callback = function(Size: SizeInt): Pointer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_stack_malloc_callback}
+  pcre_stack_free_callback = procedure(P: Pointer); cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_stack_free_callback}
+  pcre_callout_callback = function(var callout_block: pcre_callout_block): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_callout_callback}
+
+var
+  // renamed from "pcre_X" to "pcre_X_func" to allow functions with name "pcre_X" to be
+  // declared in implementation when static linked
+  pcre_malloc_func: ^pcre_malloc_callback = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_malloc_func}
+  pcre_free_func: ^pcre_free_callback = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_free_func}
+  pcre_stack_malloc_func: ^pcre_stack_malloc_callback = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_stack_malloc_func}
+  pcre_stack_free_func: ^pcre_stack_free_callback = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_stack_free_func}
+  pcre_callout_func: ^pcre_callout_callback = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_callout_func}
+
+procedure SetPCREMallocCallback(const Value: pcre_malloc_callback);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SetPCREMallocCallback}
+function GetPCREMallocCallback: pcre_malloc_callback;
+{$EXTERNALSYM GetPCREMallocCallback}
+function CallPCREMalloc(Size: SizeInt): Pointer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM CallPCREMalloc}
+
+procedure SetPCREFreeCallback(const Value: pcre_free_callback);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SetPCREFreeCallback}
+function GetPCREFreeCallback: pcre_free_callback;
+{$EXTERNALSYM GetPCREFreeCallback}
+procedure CallPCREFree(P: Pointer);
+{$EXTERNALSYM CallPCREFree}
+
+procedure SetPCREStackMallocCallback(const Value: pcre_stack_malloc_callback);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SetPCREStackMallocCallback}
+function GetPCREStackMallocCallback: pcre_stack_malloc_callback;
+{$EXTERNALSYM GetPCREStackMallocCallback}
+function CallPCREStackMalloc(Size: SizeInt): Pointer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM CallPCREStackMalloc}
+
+procedure SetPCREStackFreeCallback(const Value: pcre_stack_free_callback);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SetPCREStackFreeCallback}
+function GetPCREStackFreeCallback: pcre_stack_free_callback;
+{$EXTERNALSYM GetPCREStackFreeCallback}
+procedure CallPCREStackFree(P: Pointer);
+{$EXTERNALSYM CallPCREStackFree}
+
+procedure SetPCRECalloutCallback(const Value: pcre_callout_callback);
+{$EXTERNALSYM SetPCRECalloutCallback}
+function GetPCRECalloutCallback: pcre_callout_callback;
+{$EXTERNALSYM GetPCRECalloutCallback}
+function CallPCRECallout(var callout_block: pcre_callout_block): Integer;
+{$EXTERNALSYM CallPCRECallout}
+
+type
+  TPCRELibNotLoadedHandler = procedure; cdecl;
+
+var
+  // Value to initialize function pointers below with, in case LoadPCRE fails
+  // or UnloadPCRE is called.  Typically the handler will raise an exception.
+  LibNotLoadedHandler: TPCRELibNotLoadedHandler = nil;
+
+(* Functions *)
+
+// dynamic dll import
+type
+  pcre_compile_func = function(const pattern: PAnsiChar; options: Integer;
+    const errptr: PPAnsiChar; erroffset: PInteger; const tableptr: PAnsiChar): PPCRE;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_compile_func}
+  pcre_compile2_func = function(const pattern: PAnsiChar; options: Integer;
+    const errorcodeptr: PInteger; const errorptr: PPAnsiChar; erroroffset: PInteger;
+    const tables: PAnsiChar): PPCRE; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_compile2_func}
+  pcre_config_func = function(what: Integer; where: Pointer): Integer;
+  cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_config_func}
+  pcre_copy_named_substring_func = function(const code: PPCRE; const subject: PAnsiChar;
+    ovector: PInteger; stringcount: Integer; const stringname: PAnsiChar;
+    buffer: PAnsiChar; size: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_copy_named_substring_func}
+  pcre_copy_substring_func = function(const subject: PAnsiChar; ovector: PInteger;
+    stringcount, stringnumber: Integer; buffer: PAnsiChar; buffersize: Integer): Integer;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_copy_substring_func}
+  pcre_dfa_exec_func = function(const argument_re: PPCRE; const extra_data: PPCREExtra;
+    const subject: PAnsiChar; length: Integer; start_offset: Integer;
+    options: Integer; offsets: PInteger; offsetcount: Integer; workspace: PInteger;
+    wscount: Integer): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_dfa_exec_func}
+  pcre_exec_func = function(const code: PPCRE; const extra: PPCREExtra; const subject: PAnsiChar;
+    length, startoffset, options: Integer; ovector: PInteger; ovecsize: Integer): Integer;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_exec_func}
+  pcre_free_substring_func = procedure(stringptr: PAnsiChar);
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_free_substring_func}
+  pcre_free_substring_list_func = procedure(stringptr: PPAnsiChar);
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_free_substring_list_func}
+  pcre_fullinfo_func = function(const code: PPCRE; const extra: PPCREExtra;
+    what: Integer; where: Pointer): Integer;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_fullinfo_func}
+  pcre_get_named_substring_func = function(const code: PPCRE; const subject: PAnsiChar;
+    ovector: PInteger; stringcount: Integer; const stringname: PAnsiChar;
+    const stringptr: PPAnsiChar): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_named_substring_func}
+  pcre_get_stringnumber_func = function(const code: PPCRE;
+    const stringname: PAnsiChar): Integer; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_stringnumber_func}
+  pcre_get_stringtable_entries_func = function(const code: PPCRE; const stringname: PAnsiChar;
+    firstptr: PPAnsiChar; lastptr: PPAnsiChar): Integer;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_stringtable_entries_func}
+  pcre_get_substring_func = function(const subject: PAnsiChar; ovector: PInteger;
+    stringcount, stringnumber: Integer; const stringptr: PPAnsiChar): Integer;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_substring_func}
+  pcre_get_substring_list_func = function(const subject: PAnsiChar; ovector: PInteger;
+    stringcount: Integer; listptr: PPPAnsiChar): Integer;
+    cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_substring_list_func}
+  pcre_info_func = function(const code: PPCRE; optptr, firstcharptr: PInteger): Integer;
+  cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_info_func}
+  pcre_maketables_func = function: PAnsiChar; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_maketables_func}
+  pcre_refcount_func = function(argument_re: PPCRE; adjust: Integer): Integer;
+  cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_refcount_func}
+  pcre_study_func = function(const code: PPCRE; options: Integer; const errptr: PPAnsiChar): PPCREExtra;
+  cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_study_func}
+  pcre_version_func = function: PAnsiChar; cdecl;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_version_func}
+
+var
+  pcre_compile: pcre_compile_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_compile}
+  pcre_compile2: pcre_compile2_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_compile2}
+  pcre_config: pcre_config_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_config}
+  pcre_copy_named_substring: pcre_copy_named_substring_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_copy_named_substring}
+  pcre_copy_substring: pcre_copy_substring_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_copy_substring}
+  pcre_dfa_exec: pcre_dfa_exec_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_dfa_exec}
+  pcre_exec: pcre_exec_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_exec}
+  pcre_free_substring: pcre_free_substring_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_free_substring}
+  pcre_free_substring_list: pcre_free_substring_list_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_free_substring_list}
+  pcre_fullinfo: pcre_fullinfo_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_fullinfo}
+  pcre_get_named_substring: pcre_get_named_substring_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_named_substring}
+  pcre_get_stringnumber: pcre_get_stringnumber_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_stringnumber}
+  pcre_get_stringtable_entries: pcre_get_stringtable_entries_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_stringtable_entries}
+  pcre_get_substring: pcre_get_substring_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_substring}
+  pcre_get_substring_list: pcre_get_substring_list_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_get_substring_list}
+  pcre_info: pcre_info_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_info}
+  pcre_maketables: pcre_maketables_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_maketables}
+  pcre_refcount: pcre_refcount_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_refcount}
+  pcre_study: pcre_study_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_study}
+  pcre_version: pcre_version_func = nil;
+  {$EXTERNALSYM pcre_version}
+
+function IsPCRELoaded: Boolean;
+function LoadPCRE: Boolean;
+procedure UnloadPCRE;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  UConfig,
+  {$ENDIF DARWIN}  
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows;
+  {$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$IFDEF UNIX}
+  {$IFDEF HAS_UNIT_TYPES}
+  Types,
+  {$ENDIF HAS_UNIT_TYPES}
+  {$IFDEF HAS_UNIT_LIBC}
+  Libc;
+  {$ELSE ~HAS_UNIT_LIBC}
+  dl;
+  {$ENDIF ~HAS_UNIT_LIBC}
+  {$ENDIF UNIX}
+
+type
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  TModuleHandle = HINST;
+  {$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$IFDEF LINUX}
+  TModuleHandle = Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF LINUX}
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  TModuleHandle = Pointer;
+  {$ENDIF DARWIN}
+
+const
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  libpcremodulename = 'pcre3.dll';
+  {$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$IFDEF LINUX}
+  libpcremodulename = 'libpcre.so.0';
+  {$ENDIF LINUX}
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  libpcremodulename = 'libpcre.dylib';  // this is a symlink for example to libpcre.0.0.1.dylib
+  // the system resolves the symlink
+  libpcremodulenamefromfink = LIBPCRE_LIBDIR + '/' + libpcremodulename;
+  // the install command in the Makefile resolves the symlink, when installing libpcre.dylib in the app bundle
+  libpcremodulenamefromexecutable = '@executable_path/' + libpcremodulename;
+  {$ENDIF DARWIN}
+  PCRECompileExportName = 'pcre_compile';
+  PCRECompile2ExportName = 'pcre_compile2';
+  PCREConfigExportName = 'pcre_config';
+  PCRECopyNamedSubstringExportName = 'pcre_copy_named_substring';
+  PCRECopySubStringExportName = 'pcre_copy_substring';
+  PCREDfaExecExportName = 'pcre_dfa_exec';
+  PCREExecExportName = 'pcre_exec';
+  PCREFreeSubStringExportName = 'pcre_free_substring';
+  PCREFreeSubStringListExportName = 'pcre_free_substring_list';
+  PCREFullInfoExportName = 'pcre_fullinfo';
+  PCREGetNamedSubstringExportName = 'pcre_get_named_substring';
+  PCREGetStringNumberExportName = 'pcre_get_stringnumber';
+  PCREGetStringTableEntriesExportName = 'pcre_get_stringtable_entries';
+  PCREGetSubStringExportName = 'pcre_get_substring';
+  PCREGetSubStringListExportName = 'pcre_get_substring_list';
+  PCREInfoExportName = 'pcre_info';
+  PCREMakeTablesExportName = 'pcre_maketables';
+  PCRERefCountExportName = 'pcre_refcount';
+  PCREStudyExportName = 'pcre_study';
+  PCREVersionExportName = 'pcre_version';
+  PCREMallocExportName = 'pcre_malloc';
+  PCREFreeExportName = 'pcre_free';
+  PCREStackMallocExportName = 'pcre_stack_malloc';
+  PCREStackFreeExportName = 'pcre_stack_free';
+  PCRECalloutExportName = 'pcre_callout';
+  INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE = TModuleHandle(0);
+
+var
+  PCRELib: TModuleHandle = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+
+procedure SetPCREMallocCallback(const Value: pcre_malloc_callback);
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_malloc_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if Assigned(pcre_malloc_func) then
+    pcre_malloc_func^ := Value
+  else if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+    LibNotLoadedHandler;
+end;
+
+function GetPCREMallocCallback: pcre_malloc_callback;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_malloc_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if not Assigned(pcre_malloc_func) then
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+      LibNotLoadedHandler;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := pcre_malloc_func^;
+end;
+
+function CallPCREMalloc(Size: SizeInt): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := pcre_malloc_func^(Size);
+end;
+
+procedure SetPCREFreeCallback(const Value: pcre_free_callback);
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_free_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if Assigned(pcre_free_func) then
+    pcre_free_func^ := Value
+  else if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+    LibNotLoadedHandler;
+end;
+
+function GetPCREFreeCallback: pcre_free_callback;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_free_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if not Assigned(pcre_free_func) then
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+      LibNotLoadedHandler;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := pcre_free_func^
+end;
+
+procedure CallPCREFree(P: Pointer);
+begin
+  pcre_free_func^(P);
+end;
+
+procedure SetPCREStackMallocCallback(const Value: pcre_stack_malloc_callback);
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_stack_malloc_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if Assigned(pcre_stack_malloc_func) then
+    pcre_stack_malloc_func^ := Value
+  else if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+    LibNotLoadedHandler;
+end;
+
+function GetPCREStackMallocCallback: pcre_stack_malloc_callback;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_stack_malloc_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if not Assigned(pcre_stack_malloc_func) then
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+      LibNotLoadedHandler;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := pcre_stack_malloc_func^;
+end;
+
+function CallPCREStackMalloc(Size: SizeInt): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := pcre_stack_malloc_func^(Size);
+end;
+
+procedure SetPCREStackFreeCallback(const Value: pcre_stack_free_callback);
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_stack_free_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if Assigned(pcre_stack_free_func) then
+    pcre_stack_free_func^ := Value
+  else if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+    LibNotLoadedHandler;
+end;
+
+function GetPCREStackFreeCallback: pcre_stack_free_callback;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_stack_free_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if not Assigned(pcre_stack_free_func) then
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+      LibNotLoadedHandler;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := pcre_stack_free_func^;
+end;
+
+procedure CallPCREStackFree(P: Pointer);
+begin
+  pcre_stack_free_func^(P);
+end;
+
+procedure SetPCRECalloutCallback(const Value: pcre_callout_callback);
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_callout_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if Assigned(pcre_callout_func) then
+    pcre_callout_func^ := Value
+  else if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+    LibNotLoadedHandler;
+end;
+
+function GetPCRECalloutCallback: pcre_callout_callback;
+begin
+  if not Assigned(pcre_callout_func) then
+    LoadPCRE;
+
+  if not Assigned(pcre_callout_func) then
+  begin
+    Result := nil;
+    if Assigned(LibNotLoadedHandler) then
+      LibNotLoadedHandler;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := pcre_callout_func^;
+end;
+
+function CallPCRECallout(var callout_block: pcre_callout_block): Integer;
+begin
+  Result := pcre_callout_func^(callout_block);
+end;
+
+procedure InitPCREFuncPtrs(const Value: Pointer);
+begin
+  @pcre_compile := Value;
+  @pcre_compile2 := Value;
+  @pcre_config := Value;
+  @pcre_copy_named_substring := Value;
+  @pcre_copy_substring := Value;
+  @pcre_dfa_exec := Value;
+  @pcre_exec := Value;
+  @pcre_free_substring := Value;
+  @pcre_free_substring_list := Value;
+  @pcre_fullinfo := Value;
+  @pcre_get_named_substring := Value;
+  @pcre_get_stringnumber := Value;
+  @pcre_get_stringtable_entries := Value;
+  @pcre_get_substring := Value;
+  @pcre_get_substring_list := Value;
+  @pcre_info := Value;
+  @pcre_maketables := Value;
+  @pcre_refcount := Value;
+  @pcre_study := Value;
+  @pcre_version := Value;
+  pcre_malloc_func := nil;
+  pcre_free_func := nil;
+  pcre_stack_malloc_func := nil;
+  pcre_stack_free_func := nil;
+  pcre_callout_func := nil;
+end;
+
+function IsPCRELoaded: Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := PCRELib <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+end;
+
+function LoadPCRE: Boolean;
+  function GetSymbol(SymbolName: PAnsiChar): Pointer;
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    Result := GetProcAddress(PCRELib, SymbolName);
+    {$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+    {$IFDEF UNIX}
+    Result := dlsym(PCRELib, SymbolName);
+    {$ENDIF UNIX}
+  end;
+
+begin
+  Result := PCRELib <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+  if Result then
+    Exit;
+
+  if PCRELib = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    PCRELib := SafeLoadLibrary(libpcremodulename);
+    {$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+    {$IFDEF UNIX}
+    PCRELib := dlopen(PAnsiChar(libpcremodulename), RTLD_NOW);
+    {$ENDIF UNIX}
+    
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}  // if libpcre.dylib is not found, first try from the executable path and finally from the fink path
+  if PCRELib = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    PCRELib := dlopen(PAnsiChar(libpcremodulenamefromexecutable), RTLD_NOW);
+  if PCRELib = INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    PCRELib := dlopen(PAnsiChar(libpcremodulenamefromfink), RTLD_NOW);
+  {$ENDIF DARWIN}
+
+  Result := PCRELib <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+  if Result then
+  begin
+    @pcre_compile := GetSymbol(PCRECompileExportName);
+    @pcre_compile2 := GetSymbol(PCRECompile2ExportName);
+    @pcre_config := GetSymbol(PCREConfigExportName);
+    @pcre_copy_named_substring := GetSymbol(PCRECopyNamedSubstringExportName);
+    @pcre_copy_substring := GetSymbol(PCRECopySubStringExportName);
+    @pcre_dfa_exec := GetSymbol(PCREDfaExecExportName);
+    @pcre_exec := GetSymbol(PCREExecExportName);
+    @pcre_free_substring := GetSymbol(PCREFreeSubStringExportName);
+    @pcre_free_substring_list := GetSymbol(PCREFreeSubStringListExportName);
+    @pcre_fullinfo := GetSymbol(PCREFullInfoExportName);
+    @pcre_get_named_substring := GetSymbol(PCREGetNamedSubstringExportName);
+    @pcre_get_stringnumber := GetSymbol(PCREGetStringNumberExportName);
+    @pcre_get_stringtable_entries := GetSymbol(PCREGetStringTableEntriesExportName);
+    @pcre_get_substring := GetSymbol(PCREGetSubStringExportName);
+    @pcre_get_substring_list := GetSymbol(PCREGetSubStringListExportName);
+    @pcre_info := GetSymbol(PCREInfoExportName);
+    @pcre_maketables := GetSymbol(PCREMakeTablesExportName);
+    @pcre_refcount := GetSymbol(PCRERefCountExportName);
+    @pcre_study := GetSymbol(PCREStudyExportName);
+    @pcre_version := GetSymbol(PCREVersionExportName);
+    pcre_malloc_func := GetSymbol(PCREMallocExportName);
+    pcre_free_func := GetSymbol(PCREFreeExportName);
+    pcre_stack_malloc_func := GetSymbol(PCREStackMallocExportName);
+    pcre_stack_free_func := GetSymbol(PCREStackFreeExportName);
+    pcre_callout_func := GetSymbol(PCRECalloutExportName);
+  end
+  else
+    InitPCREFuncPtrs(@LibNotLoadedHandler);
+end;
+
+procedure UnloadPCRE;
+begin
+  if PCRELib <> INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE then
+    {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    FreeLibrary(PCRELib);
+    {$ENDIF MSWINDOWS}
+    {$IFDEF UNIX}
+    dlclose(Pointer(PCRELib));
+    {$ENDIF UNIX}
+  PCRELib := INVALID_MODULEHANDLE_VALUE;
+  InitPCREFuncPtrs(@LibNotLoadedHandler);
+end;
+
+(*
+function pcre_compile; external libpcremodulename name PCRECompileExportName;
+function pcre_compile2; external libpcremodulename name PCRECompile2ExportName;
+function pcre_config; external libpcremodulename name PCREConfigExportName;
+function pcre_copy_named_substring; external libpcremodulename name PCRECopyNamedSubStringExportName;
+function pcre_copy_substring; external libpcremodulename name PCRECopySubStringExportName;
+function pcre_dfa_exec; external libpcremodulename name PCREDfaExecExportName;
+function pcre_exec; external libpcremodulename name PCREExecExportName;
+procedure pcre_free_substring; external libpcremodulename name PCREFreeSubStringExportName;
+procedure pcre_free_substring_list; external libpcremodulename name PCREFreeSubStringListExportName;
+function pcre_fullinfo; external libpcremodulename name PCREFullInfoExportName;
+function pcre_get_named_substring; external libpcremodulename name PCREGetNamedSubStringExportName;
+function pcre_get_stringnumber; external libpcremodulename name PCREGetStringNumberExportName;
+function pcre_get_stringtable_entries; external libpcremodulename name PCREGetStringTableEntriesExportName;
+function pcre_get_substring; external libpcremodulename name PCREGetSubStringExportName;
+function pcre_get_substring_list; external libpcremodulename name PCREGetSubStringListExportName;
+function pcre_info; external libpcremodulename name PCREInfoExportName;
+function pcre_maketables; external libpcremodulename name PCREMakeTablesExportName;
+function pcre_refcount; external libpcremodulename name PCRERefCountExportName;
+function pcre_study; external libpcremodulename name PCREStudyExportName;
+function pcre_version; external libpcremodulename name PCREVersionExportName;
+*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/portaudio/portaudio.pas b/src/lib/portaudio/portaudio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea7d06b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/portaudio/portaudio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1160 @@
+{*
+ * $Id: portaudio.h,v 1.7 2007/08/16 20:45:34 richardash1981 Exp $
+ * PortAudio Portable Real-Time Audio Library
+ * PortAudio API Header File
+ * Latest version available at: http://www.portaudio.com/
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2002 Ross Bencina and Phil Burk
+ *                                                 
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
+ * CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *}
+
+{*
+ * The text above constitutes the entire PortAudio license; however, 
+ * the PortAudio community also makes the following non-binding requests:
+ *
+ * Any person wishing to distribute modifications to the Software is
+ * requested to send the modifications to the original developer so that
+ * they can be incorporated into the canonical version. It is also 
+ * requested that these non-binding requests be included along with the 
+ * license above.
+ *}
+
+{** @file
+ @brief The PortAudio API.
+*}
+
+unit portaudio;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes;
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  LibName = 'portaudio_x86.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  // this is for portaudio version 19
+  LibName = 'libportaudio.2.dylib';
+  {$LINKLIB libportaudio.2}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  LibName = 'libportaudio.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{** Retrieve the release number of the currently running PortAudio build,
+ eg 1900.
+*}
+function Pa_GetVersion(): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve a textual description of the current PortAudio build,
+ eg "PortAudio V19-devel 13 October 2002".
+*}
+function Pa_GetVersionText(): PChar; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Error codes returned by PortAudio functions.
+ Note that with the exception of paNoError, all PaErrorCodes are negative.
+*}
+
+type TPaError = cint;
+type TPaErrorCode = {enum}cint; const
+{enum_begin PaErrorCode}
+    paNoError = 0;
+
+    paNotInitialized = -10000;
+    paUnanticipatedHostError                = (paNotInitialized+ 1);
+    paInvalidChannelCount                   = (paNotInitialized+ 2);
+    paInvalidSampleRate                     = (paNotInitialized+ 3);
+    paInvalidDevice                         = (paNotInitialized+ 4);
+    paInvalidFlag                           = (paNotInitialized+ 5);
+    paSampleFormatNotSupported              = (paNotInitialized+ 6);
+    paBadIODeviceCombination                = (paNotInitialized+ 7);
+    paInsufficientMemory                    = (paNotInitialized+ 8);
+    paBufferTooBig                          = (paNotInitialized+ 9);
+    paBufferTooSmall                        = (paNotInitialized+10);
+    paNullCallback                          = (paNotInitialized+11);
+    paBadStreamPtr                          = (paNotInitialized+12);
+    paTimedOut                              = (paNotInitialized+13);
+    paInternalError                         = (paNotInitialized+14);
+    paDeviceUnavailable                     = (paNotInitialized+15);
+    paIncompatibleHostApiSpecificStreamInfo = (paNotInitialized+16);
+    paStreamIsStopped                       = (paNotInitialized+17);
+    paStreamIsNotStopped                    = (paNotInitialized+18);
+    paInputOverflowed                       = (paNotInitialized+19);
+    paOutputUnderflowed                     = (paNotInitialized+20);
+    paHostApiNotFound                       = (paNotInitialized+21); // The notes below are from the 
+    paInvalidHostApi                        = (paNotInitialized+22); // original file portaudio.h
+    paCanNotReadFromACallbackStream         = (paNotInitialized+23); {**< @todo review error code name *}
+    paCanNotWriteToACallbackStream          = (paNotInitialized+24); {**< @todo review error code name *}
+    paCanNotReadFromAnOutputOnlyStream      = (paNotInitialized+25); {**< @todo review error code name *}
+    paCanNotWriteToAnInputOnlyStream        = (paNotInitialized+26); {**< @todo review error code name *}
+    paIncompatibleStreamHostApi             = (paNotInitialized+27);
+    paBadBufferPtr                          = (paNotInitialized+28);
+{enum_end PaErrorCode}
+
+
+{** Translate the supplied PortAudio error code into a human readable
+ message.
+*}
+function Pa_GetErrorText( errorCode: TPaError ): PChar; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Library initialization function - call this before using PortAudio.
+ This function initialises internal data structures and prepares underlying
+ host APIs for use.  With the exception of Pa_GetVersion(), Pa_GetVersionText(),
+ and Pa_GetErrorText(), this function MUST be called before using any other
+ PortAudio API functions.
+
+ If Pa_Initialize() is called multiple times, each successful
+ call must be matched with a corresponding call to Pa_Terminate(). 
+ Pairs of calls to Pa_Initialize()/Pa_Terminate() may overlap, and are not 
+ required to be fully nested.
+
+ Note that if Pa_Initialize() returns an error code, Pa_Terminate() should
+ NOT be called.
+
+ @return paNoError if successful, otherwise an error code indicating the cause
+ of failure.
+
+ @see Pa_Terminate
+*}
+function Pa_Initialize(): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Library termination function - call this when finished using PortAudio.
+ This function deallocates all resources allocated by PortAudio since it was
+ initializied by a call to Pa_Initialize(). In cases where Pa_Initialise() has
+ been called multiple times, each call must be matched with a corresponding call
+ to Pa_Terminate(). The final matching call to Pa_Terminate() will automatically
+ close any PortAudio streams that are still open.
+
+ Pa_Terminate() MUST be called before exiting a program which uses PortAudio.
+ Failure to do so may result in serious resource leaks, such as audio devices
+ not being available until the next reboot.
+
+ @return paNoError if successful, otherwise an error code indicating the cause
+ of failure.
+ 
+ @see Pa_Initialize
+*}
+function Pa_Terminate(): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+
+{** The type used to refer to audio devices. Values of this type usually
+ range from 0 to (Pa_GetDeviceCount()-1), and may also take on the PaNoDevice
+ and paUseHostApiSpecificDeviceSpecification values.
+
+ @see Pa_GetDeviceCount, paNoDevice, paUseHostApiSpecificDeviceSpecification
+*}
+type TPaDeviceIndex = cint;
+
+
+{** A special PaDeviceIndex value indicating that no device is available,
+ or should be used.
+
+ @see PaDeviceIndex
+*}
+const paNoDevice = TPaDeviceIndex(-1);
+
+
+{** A special PaDeviceIndex value indicating that the device(s) to be used
+ are specified in the host api specific stream info structure.
+
+ @see PaDeviceIndex
+*}
+const paUseHostApiSpecificDeviceSpecification = TPaDeviceIndex(-2);
+
+
+{* Host API enumeration mechanism *}
+
+{** The type used to enumerate to host APIs at runtime. Values of this type
+ range from 0 to (Pa_GetHostApiCount()-1).
+
+ @see Pa_GetHostApiCount
+*}
+type TPaHostApiIndex = cint;
+
+{** Retrieve the number of available host APIs. Even if a host API is
+ available it may have no devices available.
+
+ @return A non-negative value indicating the number of available host APIs
+ or, a PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if PortAudio is not initialized
+ or an error is encountered.
+
+ @see PaHostApiIndex
+*}
+function Pa_GetHostApiCount(): TPaHostApiIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve the index of the default host API. The default host API will be
+ the lowest common denominator host API on the current platform and is
+ unlikely to provide the best performance.
+
+ @return A non-negative value ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetHostApiCount()-1)
+ indicating the default host API index or, a PaErrorCode (which are always
+ negative) if PortAudio is not initialized or an error is encountered.
+*}
+function Pa_GetDefaultHostApi(): TPaHostApiIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Unchanging unique identifiers for each supported host API. This type
+ is used in the PaHostApiInfo structure. The values are guaranteed to be
+ unique and to never change, thus allowing code to be written that
+ conditionally uses host API specific extensions.
+
+ New type ids will be allocated when support for a host API reaches
+ "public alpha" status, prior to that developers should use the
+ paInDevelopment type id.
+
+ @see PaHostApiInfo
+*}
+type TPaHostApiTypeId = {enum}cint; const
+{enum_begin PaHostApiTypeId}
+    paInDevelopment=0; {* use while developing support for a new host API *}
+    paDirectSound=1;
+    paMME=2;
+    paASIO=3;
+    paSoundManager=4;
+    paCoreAudio=5;
+    paOSS=7;
+    paALSA=8;
+    paAL=9;
+    paBeOS=10;
+    paWDMKS=11;
+    paJACK=12;
+    paWASAPI=13;
+    paAudioScienceHPI=14;
+{enum_end PaHostApiTypeId}
+
+{** A structure containing information about a particular host API. *}
+
+type
+  PPaHostApiInfo = ^TPaHostApiInfo;
+  TPaHostApiInfo = record
+      {** this is struct version 1 *}
+      structVersion: cint;
+      {** The well known unique identifier of this host API @see PaHostApiTypeId *}
+      _type: TPaHostApiTypeId;
+      {** A textual description of the host API for display on user interfaces. *}
+      name: PChar;
+
+      {**  The number of devices belonging to this host API. This field may be
+       used in conjunction with Pa_HostApiDeviceIndexToDeviceIndex() to enumerate
+       all devices for this host API.
+       @see Pa_HostApiDeviceIndexToDeviceIndex
+      *}
+      deviceCount: cint;
+
+      {** The default input device for this host API. The value will be a
+       device index ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetDeviceCount()-1), or paNoDevice
+       if no default input device is available.
+      *}
+      defaultInputDevice: TPaDeviceIndex;
+
+      {** The default output device for this host API. The value will be a
+       device index ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetDeviceCount()-1), or paNoDevice
+       if no default output device is available.
+      *}
+      defaultOutputDevice: TPaDeviceIndex;
+  end;
+
+
+{** Retrieve a pointer to a structure containing information about a specific
+ host Api.
+
+ @param hostApi A valid host API index ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetHostApiCount()-1)
+
+ @return A pointer to an immutable PaHostApiInfo structure describing
+ a specific host API. If the hostApi parameter is out of range or an error
+ is encountered, the function returns NULL.
+
+ The returned structure is owned by the PortAudio implementation and must not
+ be manipulated or freed. The pointer is only guaranteed to be valid between
+ calls to Pa_Initialize() and Pa_Terminate().
+*}
+function Pa_GetHostApiInfo( hostApi: TPaHostApiIndex ): PPaHostApiInfo; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Convert a static host API unique identifier, into a runtime
+ host API index.
+
+ @param type A unique host API identifier belonging to the PaHostApiTypeId
+ enumeration.
+
+ @return A valid PaHostApiIndex ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetHostApiCount()-1) or,
+ a PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if PortAudio is not initialized
+ or an error is encountered.
+ 
+ The paHostApiNotFound error code indicates that the host API specified by the
+ type parameter is not available.
+
+ @see PaHostApiTypeId
+*}
+function Pa_HostApiTypeIdToHostApiIndex( _type: TPaHostApiTypeId ): TPaHostApiIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Convert a host-API-specific device index to standard PortAudio device index.
+ This function may be used in conjunction with the deviceCount field of
+ PaHostApiInfo to enumerate all devices for the specified host API.
+
+ @param hostApi A valid host API index ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetHostApiCount()-1)
+
+ @param hostApiDeviceIndex A valid per-host device index in the range
+ 0 to (Pa_GetHostApiInfo(hostApi)->deviceCount-1)
+
+ @return A non-negative PaDeviceIndex ranging from 0 to (Pa_GetDeviceCount()-1)
+ or, a PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if PortAudio is not initialized
+ or an error is encountered.
+
+ A paInvalidHostApi error code indicates that the host API index specified by
+ the hostApi parameter is out of range.
+
+ A paInvalidDevice error code indicates that the hostApiDeviceIndex parameter
+ is out of range.
+ 
+ @see PaHostApiInfo
+*}
+function Pa_HostApiDeviceIndexToDeviceIndex( hostApi: TPaHostApiIndex;
+        hostApiDeviceIndex: cint ): TPaDeviceIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+
+{** Structure used to return information about a host error condition.
+*}
+type
+  PPaHostErrorInfo = ^TPaHostErrorInfo;
+  TPaHostErrorInfo = record
+      hostApiType: TPaHostApiTypeId;    {**< the host API which returned the error code *}
+      errorCode: clong;                 {**< the error code returned *}
+      errorText: PChar;                 {**< a textual description of the error if available, otherwise a zero-length string *}
+  end;
+
+
+{** Return information about the last host error encountered. The error
+ information returned by Pa_GetLastHostErrorInfo() will never be modified
+ asyncronously by errors occurring in other PortAudio owned threads
+ (such as the thread that manages the stream callback.)
+
+ This function is provided as a last resort, primarily to enhance debugging
+ by providing clients with access to all available error information.
+
+ @return A pointer to an immutable structure constaining information about
+ the host error. The values in this structure will only be valid if a
+ PortAudio function has previously returned the paUnanticipatedHostError
+ error code.
+*}
+function Pa_GetLastHostErrorInfo(): PPaHostErrorInfo; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+
+{* Device enumeration and capabilities *}
+
+{** Retrieve the number of available devices. The number of available devices
+ may be zero.
+
+ @return A non-negative value indicating the number of available devices or,
+ a PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if PortAudio is not initialized
+ or an error is encountered.
+*}
+function Pa_GetDeviceCount(): TPaDeviceIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve the index of the default input device. The result can be
+ used in the inputDevice parameter to Pa_OpenStream().
+
+ @return The default input device index for the default host API, or paNoDevice
+ if no default input device is available or an error was encountered.
+*}
+function Pa_GetDefaultInputDevice(): TPaDeviceIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve the index of the default output device. The result can be
+ used in the outputDevice parameter to Pa_OpenStream().
+
+ @return The default output device index for the defualt host API, or paNoDevice
+ if no default output device is available or an error was encountered.
+
+ @note
+ On the PC, the user can specify a default device by
+ setting an environment variable. For example, to use device #1.
+<pre>
+ set PA_RECOMMENDED_OUTPUT_DEVICE=1
+</pre>
+ The user should first determine the available device ids by using
+ the supplied application "pa_devs".
+*}
+function Pa_GetDefaultOutputDevice(): TPaDeviceIndex; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** The type used to represent monotonic time in seconds that can be used
+ for syncronisation. The type is used for the outTime argument to the
+ PaStreamCallback and as the result of Pa_GetStreamTime().
+     
+ @see PaStreamCallback, Pa_GetStreamTime
+*}
+type TPaTime = cdouble;
+
+
+{** A type used to specify one or more sample formats. Each value indicates
+ a possible format for sound data passed to and from the stream callback,
+ Pa_ReadStream and Pa_WriteStream.
+
+ The standard formats paFloat32, paInt16, paInt32, paInt24, paInt8
+ and aUInt8 are usually implemented by all implementations.
+
+ The floating point representation (paFloat32) uses +1.0 and -1.0 as the
+ maximum and minimum respectively.
+
+ paUInt8 is an unsigned 8 bit format where 128 is considered "ground"
+
+ The paNonInterleaved flag indicates that a multichannel buffer is passed
+ as a set of non-interleaved pointers.
+
+ @see Pa_OpenStream, Pa_OpenDefaultStream, PaDeviceInfo
+ @see paFloat32, paInt16, paInt32, paInt24, paInt8
+ @see paUInt8, paCustomFormat, paNonInterleaved
+*}
+type TPaSampleFormat = culong;
+const
+  paFloat32        = TPaSampleFormat($00000001); {**< @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paInt32          = TPaSampleFormat($00000002); {**< @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paInt24          = TPaSampleFormat($00000004); {**< Packed 24 bit format. @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paInt16          = TPaSampleFormat($00000008); {**< @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paInt8           = TPaSampleFormat($00000010); {**< @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paUInt8          = TPaSampleFormat($00000020); {**< @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paCustomFormat   = TPaSampleFormat($00010000); {**< @see PaSampleFormat *}
+  paNonInterleaved = TPaSampleFormat($80000000);
+
+{** A structure providing information and capabilities of PortAudio devices.
+ Devices may support input, output or both input and output.
+*}
+type
+  PPaDeviceInfo = ^TPaDeviceInfo;
+  TPaDeviceInfo = record
+      structVersion: cint;  {* this is struct version 2 *}
+      name: PChar;
+      hostApi: TPaHostApiIndex; {* note this is a host API index, not a type id*}
+
+      maxInputChannels: cint;
+      maxOutputChannels: cint;
+
+      {* Default latency values for interactive performance. *}
+      defaultLowInputLatency: TPaTime;
+      defaultLowOutputLatency: TPaTime;
+      {* Default latency values for robust non-interactive applications (eg. playing sound files). *}
+      defaultHighInputLatency: TPaTime;
+      defaultHighOutputLatency: TPaTime;
+
+      defaultSampleRate: cdouble;
+  end;
+
+
+{** Retrieve a pointer to a PaDeviceInfo structure containing information
+ about the specified device.
+ @return A pointer to an immutable PaDeviceInfo structure. If the device
+ parameter is out of range the function returns NULL.
+
+ @param device A valid device index in the range 0 to (Pa_GetDeviceCount()-1)
+
+ @note PortAudio manages the memory referenced by the returned pointer,
+ the client must not manipulate or free the memory. The pointer is only
+ guaranteed to be valid between calls to Pa_Initialize() and Pa_Terminate().
+
+ @see PaDeviceInfo, PaDeviceIndex
+*}
+function Pa_GetDeviceInfo( device: TPaDeviceIndex ): PPaDeviceInfo; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Parameters for one direction (input or output) of a stream.
+*}
+type
+  PPaStreamParameters = ^TPaStreamParameters;
+  TPaStreamParameters = record
+      {** A valid device index in the range 0 to (Pa_GetDeviceCount()-1)
+       specifying the device to be used or the special constant
+       paUseHostApiSpecificDeviceSpecification which indicates that the actual
+       device(s) to use are specified in hostApiSpecificStreamInfo.
+       This field must not be set to paNoDevice.
+      *}
+      device: TPaDeviceIndex;
+
+      {** The number of channels of sound to be delivered to the
+       stream callback or accessed by Pa_ReadStream() or Pa_WriteStream().
+       It can range from 1 to the value of maxInputChannels in the
+       PaDeviceInfo record for the device specified by the device parameter.
+      *}
+      channelCount: cint;
+
+      {** The sample format of the buffer provided to the stream callback,
+       a_ReadStream() or Pa_WriteStream(). It may be any of the formats described
+       by the PaSampleFormat enumeration.
+      *}
+      sampleFormat: TPaSampleFormat;
+
+      {** The desired latency in seconds. Where practical, implementations should
+       configure their latency based on these parameters, otherwise they may
+       choose the closest viable latency instead. Unless the suggested latency
+       is greater than the absolute upper limit for the device implementations
+       should round the suggestedLatency up to the next practial value - ie to
+       provide an equal or higher latency than suggestedLatency wherever possibe.
+       Actual latency values for an open stream may be retrieved using the
+       inputLatency and outputLatency fields of the PaStreamInfo structure
+       returned by Pa_GetStreamInfo().
+       @see default*Latency in PaDeviceInfo, *Latency in PaStreamInfo
+      *}
+      suggestedLatency: TPaTime;
+
+      {** An optional pointer to a host api specific data structure
+       containing additional information for device setup and/or stream processing.
+       hostApiSpecificStreamInfo is never required for correct operation,
+       if not used it should be set to NULL.
+      *}
+      hostApiSpecificStreamInfo: Pointer;
+  end;
+
+
+{** Return code for Pa_IsFormatSupported indicating success. *}
+const paFormatIsSupported = (0);
+
+{** Determine whether it would be possible to open a stream with the specified
+ parameters.
+
+ @param inputParameters A structure that describes the input parameters used to
+ open a stream. The suggestedLatency field is ignored. See PaStreamParameters
+ for a description of these parameters. inputParameters must be NULL for
+ output-only streams.
+
+ @param outputParameters A structure that describes the output parameters used
+ to open a stream. The suggestedLatency field is ignored. See PaStreamParameters
+ for a description of these parameters. outputParameters must be NULL for
+ input-only streams.
+
+ @param sampleRate The required sampleRate. For full-duplex streams it is the
+ sample rate for both input and output
+
+ @return Returns 0 if the format is supported, and an error code indicating why
+ the format is not supported otherwise. The constant paFormatIsSupported is
+ provided to compare with the return value for success.
+
+ @see paFormatIsSupported, PaStreamParameters
+*}
+function Pa_IsFormatSupported( inputParameters: PPaStreamParameters;
+                              outputParameters: PPaStreamParameters;
+                              sampleRate: cdouble ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+
+{* Streaming types and functions *}
+
+
+{**
+ A single PaStream can provide multiple channels of real-time
+ streaming audio input and output to a client application. A stream
+ provides access to audio hardware represented by one or more
+ PaDevices. Depending on the underlying Host API, it may be possible 
+ to open multiple streams using the same device, however this behavior 
+ is implementation defined. Portable applications should assume that 
+ a PaDevice may be simultaneously used by at most one PaStream.
+
+ Pointers to PaStream objects are passed between PortAudio functions that
+ operate on streams.
+
+ @see Pa_OpenStream, Pa_OpenDefaultStream, Pa_OpenDefaultStream, Pa_CloseStream,
+ Pa_StartStream, Pa_StopStream, Pa_AbortStream, Pa_IsStreamActive,
+ Pa_GetStreamTime, Pa_GetStreamCpuLoad
+
+*}
+type
+  PPaStream = Pointer;
+
+{** Can be passed as the framesPerBuffer parameter to Pa_OpenStream()
+ or Pa_OpenDefaultStream() to indicate that the stream callback will
+ accept buffers of any size.
+*}
+const paFramesPerBufferUnspecified = (0);
+
+
+{** Flags used to control the behavior of a stream. They are passed as
+ parameters to Pa_OpenStream or Pa_OpenDefaultStream. Multiple flags may be
+ ORed together.
+
+ @see Pa_OpenStream, Pa_OpenDefaultStream
+ @see paNoFlag, paClipOff, paDitherOff, paNeverDropInput,
+  paPrimeOutputBuffersUsingStreamCallback, paPlatformSpecificFlags
+*}
+type TPaStreamFlags = culong;
+
+{** @see PaStreamFlags *}
+const   paNoFlag          = TPaStreamFlags(0);
+
+{** Disable default clipping of out of range samples.
+ @see PaStreamFlags
+*}
+const   paClipOff         = TPaStreamFlags($00000001);
+
+{** Disable default dithering.
+ @see PaStreamFlags
+*}
+const   paDitherOff       = TPaStreamFlags($00000002);
+
+{** Flag requests that where possible a full duplex stream will not discard
+ overflowed input samples without calling the stream callback. This flag is
+ only valid for full duplex callback streams and only when used in combination
+ with the paFramesPerBufferUnspecified (0) framesPerBuffer parameter. Using
+ this flag incorrectly results in a paInvalidFlag error being returned from
+ Pa_OpenStream and Pa_OpenDefaultStream.
+
+ @see PaStreamFlags, paFramesPerBufferUnspecified
+*}
+const   paNeverDropInput  = TPaStreamFlags($00000004);
+
+{** Call the stream callback to fill initial output buffers, rather than the
+ default behavior of priming the buffers with zeros (silence). This flag has
+ no effect for input-only and blocking read/write streams.
+ 
+ @see PaStreamFlags
+*}
+const   paPrimeOutputBuffersUsingStreamCallback = TPaStreamFlags($00000008);
+
+{** A mask specifying the platform specific bits.
+ @see PaStreamFlags
+*}
+const   paPlatformSpecificFlags = TPaStreamFlags($FFFF0000);
+
+{**
+ Timing information for the buffers passed to the stream callback.
+*}
+type
+  PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo = ^TPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo;
+  TPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo = record
+      inputBufferAdcTime: TPaTime;
+      currentTime: TPaTime;
+      outputBufferDacTime: TPaTime;
+  end;
+
+
+{**
+ Flag bit constants for the statusFlags to PaStreamCallback.
+
+ @see paInputUnderflow, paInputOverflow, paOutputUnderflow, paOutputOverflow,
+ paPrimingOutput
+*}
+type TPaStreamCallbackFlags = culong;
+
+{** In a stream opened with paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, indicates that
+ input data is all silence (zeros) because no real data is available. In a
+ stream opened without paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, it indicates that one or
+ more zero samples have been inserted into the input buffer to compensate
+ for an input underflow.
+ @see PaStreamCallbackFlags
+*}
+const paInputUnderflow   = TPaStreamCallbackFlags($00000001);
+
+{** In a stream opened with paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, indicates that data
+ prior to the first sample of the input buffer was discarded due to an
+ overflow, possibly because the stream callback is using too much CPU time.
+ Otherwise indicates that data prior to one or more samples in the
+ input buffer was discarded.
+ @see PaStreamCallbackFlags
+*}
+const paInputOverflow    = TPaStreamCallbackFlags($00000002);
+
+{** Indicates that output data (or a gap) was inserted, possibly because the
+ stream callback is using too much CPU time.
+ @see PaStreamCallbackFlags
+*}
+const paOutputUnderflow  = TPaStreamCallbackFlags($00000004);
+
+{** Indicates that output data will be discarded because no room is available.
+ @see PaStreamCallbackFlags
+*}
+const paOutputOverflow   = TPaStreamCallbackFlags($00000008);
+
+{** Some of all of the output data will be used to prime the stream, input
+ data may be zero.
+ @see PaStreamCallbackFlags
+*}
+const paPrimingOutput    = TPaStreamCallbackFlags($00000010);
+
+{**
+ Allowable return values for the PaStreamCallback.
+ @see PaStreamCallback
+*}
+type TPaStreamCallbackResult = {enum}cint; const
+{enum_begin PaStreamCallbackResult}
+    paContinue=0;
+    paComplete=1;
+    paAbort=2;
+{enum_end PaStreamCallbackResult}
+
+{**
+ Functions of type PaStreamCallback are implemented by PortAudio clients.
+ They consume, process or generate audio in response to requests from an
+ active PortAudio stream.
+     
+ @param input and @param output are arrays of interleaved samples,
+ the format, packing and number of channels used by the buffers are
+ determined by parameters to Pa_OpenStream().
+     
+ @param frameCount The number of sample frames to be processed by
+ the stream callback.
+
+ @param timeInfo The time in seconds when the first sample of the input
+ buffer was received at the audio input, the time in seconds when the first
+ sample of the output buffer will begin being played at the audio output, and
+ the time in seconds when the stream callback was called.
+ See also Pa_GetStreamTime()
+
+ @param statusFlags Flags indicating whether input and/or output buffers
+ have been inserted or will be dropped to overcome underflow or overflow
+ conditions.
+
+ @param userData The value of a user supplied pointer passed to
+ Pa_OpenStream() intended for storing synthesis data etc.
+
+ @return
+ The stream callback should return one of the values in the
+ PaStreamCallbackResult enumeration. To ensure that the callback continues
+ to be called, it should return paContinue (0). Either paComplete or paAbort
+ can be returned to finish stream processing, after either of these values is
+ returned the callback will not be called again. If paAbort is returned the
+ stream will finish as soon as possible. If paComplete is returned, the stream
+ will continue until all buffers generated by the callback have been played.
+ This may be useful in applications such as soundfile players where a specific
+ duration of output is required. However, it is not necessary to utilise this
+ mechanism as Pa_StopStream(), Pa_AbortStream() or Pa_CloseStream() can also
+ be used to stop the stream. The callback must always fill the entire output
+ buffer irrespective of its return value.
+
+ @see Pa_OpenStream, Pa_OpenDefaultStream
+
+ @note With the exception of Pa_GetStreamCpuLoad() it is not permissable to call
+ PortAudio API functions from within the stream callback.
+*}
+type
+  PPaStreamCallback = ^TPaStreamCallback;
+  TPaStreamCallback = function(
+      input: Pointer; output: Pointer;
+      frameCount: culong;
+      timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo;
+      statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+      userData: Pointer ): cint; cdecl;
+
+
+{** Opens a stream for either input, output or both.
+     
+ @param stream The address of a PaStream pointer which will receive
+ a pointer to the newly opened stream.
+     
+ @param inputParameters A structure that describes the input parameters used by
+ the opened stream. See PaStreamParameters for a description of these parameters.
+ inputParameters must be NULL for output-only streams.
+
+ @param outputParameters A structure that describes the output parameters used by
+ the opened stream. See PaStreamParameters for a description of these parameters.
+ outputParameters must be NULL for input-only streams.
+ 
+ @param sampleRate The desired sampleRate. For full-duplex streams it is the
+ sample rate for both input and output
+
+ @param framesPerBuffer The number of frames passed to the stream callback
+ function, or the preferred block granularity for a blocking read/write stream.
+ The special value paFramesPerBufferUnspecified (0) may be used to request that
+ the stream callback will recieve an optimal (and possibly varying) number of
+ frames based on host requirements and the requested latency settings.
+ Note: With some host APIs, the use of non-zero framesPerBuffer for a callback
+ stream may introduce an additional layer of buffering which could introduce
+ additional latency. PortAudio guarantees that the additional latency
+ will be kept to the theoretical minimum however, it is strongly recommended
+ that a non-zero framesPerBuffer value only be used when your algorithm
+ requires a fixed number of frames per stream callback.
+ 
+ @param streamFlags Flags which modify the behaviour of the streaming process.
+ This parameter may contain a combination of flags ORed together. Some flags may
+ only be relevant to certain buffer formats.
+     
+ @param streamCallback A pointer to a client supplied function that is responsible
+ for processing and filling input and output buffers. If this parameter is NULL
+ the stream will be opened in 'blocking read/write' mode. In blocking mode,
+ the client can receive sample data using Pa_ReadStream and write sample data
+ using Pa_WriteStream, the number of samples that may be read or written
+ without blocking is returned by Pa_GetStreamReadAvailable and
+ Pa_GetStreamWriteAvailable respectively.
+
+ @param userData A client supplied pointer which is passed to the stream callback
+ function. It could for example, contain a pointer to instance data necessary
+ for processing the audio buffers. This parameter is ignored if streamCallback
+ is NULL.
+     
+ @return
+ Upon success Pa_OpenStream() returns paNoError and places a pointer to a
+ valid PaStream in the stream argument. The stream is inactive (stopped).
+ If a call to Pa_OpenStream() fails, a non-zero error code is returned (see
+ PaError for possible error codes) and the value of stream is invalid.
+
+ @see PaStreamParameters, PaStreamCallback, Pa_ReadStream, Pa_WriteStream,
+ Pa_GetStreamReadAvailable, Pa_GetStreamWriteAvailable
+*}
+function Pa_OpenStream( var stream: PPaStream;
+                       inputParameters: PPaStreamParameters;
+                       outputParameters: PPaStreamParameters;
+                       sampleRate: cdouble;
+                       framesPerBuffer: culong;
+                       streamFlags: TPaStreamFlags;
+                       streamCallback: PPaStreamCallback;
+                       userData: Pointer ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** A simplified version of Pa_OpenStream() that opens the default input
+ and/or output devices.
+
+ @param stream The address of a PaStream pointer which will receive
+ a pointer to the newly opened stream.
+ 
+ @param numInputChannels  The number of channels of sound that will be supplied
+ to the stream callback or returned by Pa_ReadStream. It can range from 1 to
+ the value of maxInputChannels in the PaDeviceInfo record for the default input
+ device. If 0 the stream is opened as an output-only stream.
+
+ @param numOutputChannels The number of channels of sound to be delivered to the
+ stream callback or passed to Pa_WriteStream. It can range from 1 to the value
+ of maxOutputChannels in the PaDeviceInfo record for the default output dvice.
+ If 0 the stream is opened as an output-only stream.
+
+ @param sampleFormat The sample format of both the input and output buffers
+ provided to the callback or passed to and from Pa_ReadStream and Pa_WriteStream.
+ sampleFormat may be any of the formats described by the PaSampleFormat
+ enumeration.
+ 
+ @param sampleRate Same as Pa_OpenStream parameter of the same name.
+ @param framesPerBuffer Same as Pa_OpenStream parameter of the same name.
+ @param streamCallback Same as Pa_OpenStream parameter of the same name.
+ @param userData Same as Pa_OpenStream parameter of the same name.
+
+ @return As for Pa_OpenStream
+
+ @see Pa_OpenStream, PaStreamCallback
+*}
+function Pa_OpenDefaultStream( var stream: PPaStream;
+                              numInputChannels: cint;
+                              numOutputChannels: cint;
+                              sampleFormat: TPaSampleFormat;
+                              sampleRate: cdouble;
+                              framesPerBuffer: culong;
+                              streamCallback: PPaStreamCallback;
+                              userData: Pointer ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Closes an audio stream. If the audio stream is active it
+ discards any pending buffers as if Pa_AbortStream() had been called.
+*}
+function Pa_CloseStream( stream: PPaStream ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Functions of type PaStreamFinishedCallback are implemented by PortAudio 
+ clients. They can be registered with a stream using the Pa_SetStreamFinishedCallback
+ function. Once registered they are called when the stream becomes inactive
+ (ie once a call to Pa_StopStream() will not block).
+ A stream will become inactive after the stream callback returns non-zero,
+ or when Pa_StopStream or Pa_AbortStream is called. For a stream providing audio
+ output, if the stream callback returns paComplete, or Pa_StopStream is called,
+ the stream finished callback will not be called until all generated sample data
+ has been played.
+ 
+ @param userData The userData parameter supplied to Pa_OpenStream()
+
+ @see Pa_SetStreamFinishedCallback
+*}
+type
+  PPaStreamFinishedCallback = ^TPaStreamFinishedCallback;
+  TPaStreamFinishedCallback = procedure( userData: Pointer ); cdecl;
+
+
+{** Register a stream finished callback function which will be called when the 
+ stream becomes inactive. See the description of PaStreamFinishedCallback for 
+ further details about when the callback will be called.
+
+ @param stream a pointer to a PaStream that is in the stopped state - if the
+ stream is not stopped, the stream's finished callback will remain unchanged 
+ and an error code will be returned.
+
+ @param streamFinishedCallback a pointer to a function with the same signature
+ as PaStreamFinishedCallback, that will be called when the stream becomes
+ inactive. Passing NULL for this parameter will un-register a previously
+ registered stream finished callback function.
+
+ @return on success returns paNoError, otherwise an error code indicating the cause
+ of the error.
+
+ @see PaStreamFinishedCallback
+*}
+function Pa_SetStreamFinishedCallback( stream: PPaStream;
+                streamFinishedCallback: PPaStreamFinishedCallback ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Commences audio processing.
+*}
+function Pa_StartStream( stream: PPaStream ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Terminates audio processing. It waits until all pending
+ audio buffers have been played before it returns.
+*}
+function Pa_StopStream( stream: PPaStream ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Terminates audio processing immediately without waiting for pending
+ buffers to complete.
+*}
+function Pa_AbortStream( stream: PPaStream ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Determine whether the stream is stopped.
+ A stream is considered to be stopped prior to a successful call to
+ Pa_StartStream and after a successful call to Pa_StopStream or Pa_AbortStream.
+ If a stream callback returns a value other than paContinue the stream is NOT
+ considered to be stopped.
+
+ @return Returns one (1) when the stream is stopped, zero (0) when
+ the stream is running or, a PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if
+ PortAudio is not initialized or an error is encountered.
+
+ @see Pa_StopStream, Pa_AbortStream, Pa_IsStreamActive
+*}
+function Pa_IsStreamStopped( stream: PPaStream ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Determine whether the stream is active.
+ A stream is active after a successful call to Pa_StartStream(), until it
+ becomes inactive either as a result of a call to Pa_StopStream() or
+ Pa_AbortStream(), or as a result of a return value other than paContinue from
+ the stream callback. In the latter case, the stream is considered inactive
+ after the last buffer has finished playing.
+
+ @return Returns one (1) when the stream is active (ie playing or recording
+ audio), zero (0) when not playing or, a PaErrorCode (which are always negative)
+ if PortAudio is not initialized or an error is encountered.
+
+ @see Pa_StopStream, Pa_AbortStream, Pa_IsStreamStopped
+*}
+function Pa_IsStreamActive( stream: PPaStream ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+
+{** A structure containing unchanging information about an open stream.
+ @see Pa_GetStreamInfo
+*}
+type
+  PPaStreamInfo = ^TPaStreamInfo;
+  TPaStreamInfo = record
+      {** this is struct version 1 *}
+      structVersion: cint;
+
+      {** The input latency of the stream in seconds. This value provides the most
+       accurate estimate of input latency available to the implementation. It may
+       differ significantly from the suggestedLatency value passed to Pa_OpenStream().
+       The value of this field will be zero (0.) for output-only streams.
+       @see PaTime
+      *}
+      inputLatency: TPaTime;
+
+      {** The output latency of the stream in seconds. This value provides the most
+       accurate estimate of output latency available to the implementation. It may
+       differ significantly from the suggestedLatency value passed to Pa_OpenStream().
+       The value of this field will be zero (0.) for input-only streams.
+       @see PaTime
+      *}
+      outputLatency: TPaTime;
+
+      {** The sample rate of the stream in Hertz (samples per second). In cases
+       where the hardware sample rate is inaccurate and PortAudio is aware of it,
+       the value of this field may be different from the sampleRate parameter
+       passed to Pa_OpenStream(). If information about the actual hardware sample
+       rate is not available, this field will have the same value as the sampleRate
+       parameter passed to Pa_OpenStream().
+      *}
+      sampleRate: cdouble;
+  end;
+
+
+{** Retrieve a pointer to a PaStreamInfo structure containing information
+ about the specified stream.
+ @return A pointer to an immutable PaStreamInfo structure. If the stream
+ parameter invalid, or an error is encountered, the function returns NULL.
+
+ @param stream A pointer to an open stream previously created with Pa_OpenStream.
+
+ @note PortAudio manages the memory referenced by the returned pointer,
+ the client must not manipulate or free the memory. The pointer is only
+ guaranteed to be valid until the specified stream is closed.
+
+ @see PaStreamInfo
+*}
+function Pa_GetStreamInfo( stream: PPaStream ): PPaStreamInfo; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Determine the current time for the stream according to the same clock used
+ to generate buffer timestamps. This time may be used for syncronising other
+ events to the audio stream, for example synchronizing audio to MIDI.
+                                        
+ @return The stream's current time in seconds, or 0 if an error occurred.
+
+ @see PaTime, PaStreamCallback
+*}
+function Pa_GetStreamTime( stream: PPaStream ): TPaTime; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve CPU usage information for the specified stream.
+ The "CPU Load" is a fraction of total CPU time consumed by a callback stream's
+ audio processing routines including, but not limited to the client supplied
+ stream callback. This function does not work with blocking read/write streams.
+
+ This function may be called from the stream callback function or the
+ application.
+     
+ @return
+ A floating point value, typically between 0.0 and 1.0, where 1.0 indicates
+ that the stream callback is consuming the maximum number of CPU cycles possible
+ to maintain real-time operation. A value of 0.5 would imply that PortAudio and
+ the stream callback was consuming roughly 50% of the available CPU time. The
+ return value may exceed 1.0. A value of 0.0 will always be returned for a
+ blocking read/write stream, or if an error occurrs.
+*}
+function Pa_GetStreamCpuLoad( stream: PPaStream ): cdouble; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Read samples from an input stream. The function doesn't return until
+ the entire buffer has been filled - this may involve waiting for the operating
+ system to supply the data.
+
+ @param stream A pointer to an open stream previously created with Pa_OpenStream.
+ 
+ @param buffer A pointer to a buffer of sample frames. The buffer contains
+ samples in the format specified by the inputParameters->sampleFormat field
+ used to open the stream, and the number of channels specified by
+ inputParameters->numChannels. If non-interleaved samples were requested,
+ buffer is a pointer to the first element of an array of non-interleaved
+ buffer pointers, one for each channel.
+
+ @param frames The number of frames to be read into buffer. This parameter
+ is not constrained to a specific range, however high performance applications
+ will want to match this parameter to the framesPerBuffer parameter used
+ when opening the stream.
+
+ @return On success PaNoError will be returned, or PaInputOverflowed if input
+ data was discarded by PortAudio after the previous call and before this call.
+*}
+function Pa_ReadStream( stream: PPaStream;
+                       buffer: Pointer;
+                       frames: culong ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Write samples to an output stream. This function doesn't return until the
+ entire buffer has been consumed - this may involve waiting for the operating
+ system to consume the data.
+
+ @param stream A pointer to an open stream previously created with Pa_OpenStream.
+
+ @param buffer A pointer to a buffer of sample frames. The buffer contains
+ samples in the format specified by the outputParameters->sampleFormat field
+ used to open the stream, and the number of channels specified by
+ outputParameters->numChannels. If non-interleaved samples were requested,
+ buffer is a pointer to the first element of an array of non-interleaved
+ buffer pointers, one for each channel.
+
+ @param frames The number of frames to be written from buffer. This parameter
+ is not constrained to a specific range, however high performance applications
+ will want to match this parameter to the framesPerBuffer parameter used
+ when opening the stream.
+
+ @return On success PaNoError will be returned, or paOutputUnderflowed if
+ additional output data was inserted after the previous call and before this
+ call.
+*}
+function Pa_WriteStream( stream: PPaStream;
+                        buffer: Pointer;
+                        frames: culong ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve the number of frames that can be read from the stream without
+ waiting.
+
+ @return Returns a non-negative value representing the maximum number of frames
+ that can be read from the stream without blocking or busy waiting or, a
+ PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if PortAudio is not initialized or an
+ error is encountered.
+*}
+function Pa_GetStreamReadAvailable( stream: PPaStream ): cslong; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve the number of frames that can be written to the stream without
+ waiting.
+
+ @return Returns a non-negative value representing the maximum number of frames
+ that can be written to the stream without blocking or busy waiting or, a
+ PaErrorCode (which are always negative) if PortAudio is not initialized or an
+ error is encountered.
+*}
+function Pa_GetStreamWriteAvailable( stream: PPaStream ): cslong; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Retrieve the host type handling an open stream.
+
+ @return Returns a non-negative value representing the host API type
+ handling an open stream or, a PaErrorCode (which are always negative)
+ if PortAudio is not initialized or an error is encountered.
+*}
+function Pa_GetStreamHostApiType( stream: PPaStream ): TPaHostApiTypeId; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{* Miscellaneous utilities *}
+
+
+{** Retrieve the size of a given sample format in bytes.
+
+ @return The size in bytes of a single sample in the specified format,
+ or paSampleFormatNotSupported if the format is not supported.
+*}
+function Pa_GetSampleSize( format: TPaSampleFormat ): TPaError; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+
+{** Put the caller to sleep for at least 'msec' milliseconds. This function is
+ provided only as a convenience for authors of portable code (such as the tests
+ and examples in the PortAudio distribution.)
+
+ The function may sleep longer than requested so don't rely on this for accurate
+ musical timing.
+*}
+procedure Pa_Sleep( msec: clong ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/portmixer/portmixer.pas b/src/lib/portmixer/portmixer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b84e0cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/portmixer/portmixer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+{*
+ * PortMixer
+ * PortMixer API Header File
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002, 2006
+ *
+ * Written by Dominic Mazzoni
+ *        and Leland Lucius
+ *
+ * PortMixer is intended to work side-by-side with PortAudio,
+ * the Portable Real-Time Audio Library by Ross Bencina and
+ * Phil Burk.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files
+ * (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
+ * including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * Any person wishing to distribute modifications to the Software is
+ * requested to send the modifications to the original developer so that
+ * they can be incorporated into the canonical version.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
+ * CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *}
+unit portmixer;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$PACKRECORDS C}    (* GCC/Visual C/C++ compatible record packing *)
+  {$MODE DELPHI }
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  portaudio;
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  LibName = 'portmixer.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+//  LibName = 'libportmixer.dylib';
+//  {$LINKLIB libportaudio}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  LibName = 'libportmixer.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  PPxMixer = Pointer;
+  TPxVolume = cfloat; {* 0.0 (min) --> 1.0 (max) *}
+  TPxBalance = cfloat; {* -1.0 (left) --> 1.0 (right) *}
+
+{*
+ Px_OpenMixer() returns a mixer which will work with the given PortAudio
+ audio device.  Pass 0 as the index for the first (default) mixer.
+*}
+
+function Px_OpenMixer( pa_stream: Pointer; i: cint ): PPxMixer; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ Px_CloseMixer() closes a mixer opened using Px_OpenMixer and frees any
+ memory associated with it. 
+*}
+
+procedure Px_CloseMixer( mixer: PPxMixer ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ Px_GetNumMixers returns the number of mixers which could be
+ used with the given PortAudio device.  On most systems, there
+ will be only one mixer for each device; however there may be
+ multiple mixers for each device, or possibly multiple mixers
+ which are independent of any particular PortAudio device.
+*}
+
+function Px_GetNumMixers( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetMixerName( mixer: PPxMixer; i: cint ): PChar; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ Master (output) volume
+*}
+
+function Px_GetMasterVolume( mixer: PPxMixer ): TPxVolume; cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure Px_SetMasterVolume( mixer: PPxMixer; volume: TPxVolume ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ Main output volume
+*}
+
+function Px_GetPCMOutputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer ): TPxVolume; cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure Px_SetPCMOutputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer; volume: TPxVolume ); cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_SupportsPCMOutputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ All output volumes
+*}
+
+function Px_GetNumOutputVolumes( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetOutputVolumeName( mixer: PPxMixer; i: cint ): PChar; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetOutputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer; i: cint ): TPxVolume; cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure Px_SetOutputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer; i: cint; volume: TPxVolume ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ Input source
+*}
+
+function Px_GetNumInputSources( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetInputSourceName( mixer: PPxMixer; i: cint): PChar; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetCurrentInputSource( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName; {* may return -1 == none *}
+procedure Px_SetCurrentInputSource( mixer: PPxMixer; i: cint ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+ Input volume
+*}
+
+function Px_GetInputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer ): TPxVolume; cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure Px_SetInputVolume( mixer: PPxMixer; volume: TPxVolume ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+  Balance
+*}
+
+function Px_SupportsOutputBalance( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetOutputBalance( mixer: PPxMixer ): TPxBalance; cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure Px_SetOutputBalance( mixer: PPxMixer; balance: TPxBalance ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+  Playthrough
+*}
+
+function Px_SupportsPlaythrough( mixer: PPxMixer ): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+function Px_GetPlaythrough( mixer: PPxMixer ): TPxVolume; cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure Px_SetPlaythrough( mixer: PPxMixer; volume: TPxVolume ); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/Makefile.in b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fef3b80b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#################################################
+# projectM C-wrapper
+# @configure_input@
+#################################################
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+
+OBJECTS	= projectM-cwrapper.o
+LIBRARY = libprojectM-cwrapper.a
+
+CXX      = @CXX@
+CXXFLAGS += @CXXFLAGS@
+INCLUDES = -I@libprojectM_INCLUDEDIR@/libprojectM
+DEFINES  = -DPROJECTM_VERSION_INT=@libprojectM_VERSION_INT@
+RANLIB   = @RANLIB@
+
+.PHONY: all clean distclean strip
+
+all : $(LIBRARY)
+
+$(LIBRARY): $(OBJECTS)
+	ar ruv $(LIBRARY) $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $(LIBRARY)
+
+%.o : %.cpp
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -c $(<) -o $@
+
+clean : 
+	rm -f $(LIBRARY)
+	rm -f $(OBJECTS)
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -rf Makefile
+
+strip : 
+	strip $(LIBRARY)
+	$(RANLIB) $(LIBRARY)
+
diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.cpp b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ebf43554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+#include "projectM-cwrapper.h"
+
+#define PM_CLASS(pm) ((projectM*)pm)
+
+#if (PROJECTM_VERSION_INT > 1000000)
+#define	PM_PCM(pm) (PM_CLASS(pm)->pcm())
+#else
+#define	PM_PCM(pm) (PM_CLASS(pm)->pcm)
+#endif
+
+projectM_ptr projectM_create1(char* config_file) 
+{
+    return projectM_ptr(new projectM(config_file));
+}
+
+#if (PROJECTM_VERSION_INT < 1000000)
+projectM_ptr projectM_create2(int gx, int gy, int fps, int texsize, 
+			      int width, int height, char* preset_url, 
+			      char* title_fonturl, char* title_menuurl)
+{
+    return projectM_ptr(new projectM(gx, gy, fps, texsize, width, height, 
+    				     preset_url, title_fonturl, title_menuurl));}
+#endif
+
+void projectM_resetGL(projectM_ptr pm, int width, int height)
+{
+    PM_CLASS(pm)->projectM_resetGL(width, height);
+}
+
+void projectM_setTitle(projectM_ptr pm, char* title)
+{
+    PM_CLASS(pm)->projectM_setTitle(title);
+}
+
+void projectM_renderFrame(projectM_ptr pm)
+{
+    PM_CLASS(pm)->renderFrame();
+}
+
+unsigned projectM_initRenderToTexture(projectM_ptr pm)
+{
+    return PM_CLASS(pm)->initRenderToTexture();
+}
+
+void projectM_key_handler(projectM_ptr pm, projectMEvent event, 
+		projectMKeycode keycode, projectMModifier modifier)
+{
+    PM_CLASS(pm)->key_handler(event, keycode, modifier);
+}
+	    
+void projectM_free(projectM_ptr pm)
+{
+    delete PM_CLASS(pm);
+}
+
+void PCM_addPCMfloat(projectM_ptr pm, float *PCMdata, int samples)
+{
+    PM_PCM(pm)->addPCMfloat(PCMdata, samples);
+}
+
+void PCM_addPCM16(projectM_ptr pm, short pcm_data[2][512])
+{
+    PM_PCM(pm)->addPCM16(pcm_data);
+}
+
+void PCM_addPCM16Data(projectM_ptr pm, const short* pcm_data, short samples)
+{
+    PM_PCM(pm)->addPCM16Data(pcm_data, samples);
+}
+
+void PCM_addPCM8(projectM_ptr pm, unsigned char pcm_data[2][1024])
+{
+    PM_PCM(pm)->addPCM8(pcm_data);
+}
+
+void PCM_addPCM8_512(projectM_ptr pm, const unsigned char pcm_data[2][512])
+{
+    PM_PCM(pm)->addPCM8_512(pcm_data);
+}
+
+#define COPY_FIELD(c_ptr, s, fld) (c_ptr->fld = s.fld)
+
+#if (PROJECTM_VERSION_INT > 1000000)
+void projectM_settings(projectM_ptr pm, Settings* settings)
+{
+    const projectM::Settings& pmSettings = PM_CLASS(pm)->settings();
+
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, meshX);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, meshY);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, fps);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, textureSize);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, windowWidth);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, windowHeight);
+    settings->presetURL    = pmSettings.presetURL.c_str();
+    settings->titleFontURL = pmSettings.titleFontURL.c_str();
+    settings->menuFontURL  = pmSettings.menuFontURL.c_str();
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, smoothPresetDuration);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, presetDuration);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, beatSensitivity);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, aspectCorrection);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, easterEgg);
+    COPY_FIELD(settings, pmSettings, shuffleEnabled);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.h b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..125b1253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#ifndef __PROJECTM_CWRAPPER_H__
+#define __PROJECTM_CWRAPPER_H__
+
+#include "projectM.hpp"
+
+// PROJECTM_VERSION define is not very helpful, lets create our own
+#define PROJECTM_VERSION_1_00_00 1000000 // 1.00.00 = 1.0 or 1.01 (same version number for 1.0 and 1.01)
+#define PROJECTM_VERSION_1_10_00 1010000 // 1.10.00 = 1.1 (bigger than 1.2 due to strange versioning)
+#define PROJECTM_VERSION_1_02_00 1002000 // 1.02.00 = 1.2
+#define PROJECTM_VERSION_2_00_00 2000000 // 2.00.00 = 2.0
+
+// version of projectM to wrap (see PROJECTM_VERSION)
+#ifndef PROJECTM_VERSION_INT
+#define PROJECTM_VERSION_INT PROJECTM_VERSION_2_00_00
+#endif
+
+extern "C" {
+
+    #if (PROJECTM_VERSION_INT > 1000000)
+    struct Settings {
+	int meshX;
+	int meshY;
+	int fps;
+	int textureSize;
+	int windowWidth;
+	int windowHeight;
+	const char* presetURL;
+	const char* titleFontURL;
+	const char* menuFontURL;		
+	int smoothPresetDuration;
+	int presetDuration;
+	float beatSensitivity;
+	char aspectCorrection;
+	float easterEgg;
+	char shuffleEnabled;
+    };
+    #endif
+
+    typedef void* projectM_ptr;
+
+    DLLEXPORT projectM_ptr projectM_create1(char* config_file);
+    #if (PROJECTM_VERSION_INT < 1000000)
+    DLLEXPORT projectM_ptr projectM_create2(int gx, int gy, int fps, int texsize, 
+					    int width, int height, char* preset_url, 
+					    char* title_fonturl, char* title_menuurl);
+    #endif
+
+    DLLEXPORT void projectM_resetGL(projectM_ptr pm, int width, int height);
+    DLLEXPORT void projectM_setTitle(projectM_ptr pm, char* title);
+    DLLEXPORT void projectM_renderFrame(projectM_ptr pm);
+    DLLEXPORT unsigned projectM_initRenderToTexture(projectM_ptr pm); 
+    DLLEXPORT void projectM_key_handler(projectM_ptr pm, projectMEvent event, 
+					projectMKeycode keycode, projectMModifier modifier);
+    
+    DLLEXPORT void projectM_free(projectM_ptr pm);
+
+    DLLEXPORT void PCM_addPCMfloat(projectM_ptr pm, float *PCMdata, int samples);
+    DLLEXPORT void PCM_addPCM16(projectM_ptr pm, short [2][512]);
+    DLLEXPORT void PCM_addPCM16Data(projectM_ptr pm, const short* pcm_data, short samples);
+    DLLEXPORT void PCM_addPCM8(projectM_ptr pm, unsigned char [2][1024]);
+    DLLEXPORT void PCM_addPCM8_512(projectM_ptr pm, const unsigned char [2][512]);
+
+    #if (PROJECTM_VERSION_INT > 1000000)
+    DLLEXPORT void projectM_settings(projectM_ptr pm, Settings* settings);
+    #endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.sln b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.sln
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61fef817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.sln
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+

+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00

+# Visual Studio 2008

+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "projectM-cwrapper", "projectM-cwrapper.vcproj", "{8E653284-12F3-4A90-9D0D-4195557051F7}"

+EndProject

+Global

+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution

+		Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32

+		Release|Win32 = Release|Win32

+	EndGlobalSection

+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution

+		{8E653284-12F3-4A90-9D0D-4195557051F7}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32

+		{8E653284-12F3-4A90-9D0D-4195557051F7}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32

+		{8E653284-12F3-4A90-9D0D-4195557051F7}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32

+		{8E653284-12F3-4A90-9D0D-4195557051F7}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32

+	EndGlobalSection

+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution

+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE

+	EndGlobalSection

+EndGlobal

diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.vcproj b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f6ef4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/cwrapper/projectM-cwrapper.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>

+<VisualStudioProject

+	ProjectType="Visual C++"

+	Version="9,00"

+	Name="projectM-cwrapper"

+	ProjectGUID="{8E653284-12F3-4A90-9D0D-4195557051F7}"

+	RootNamespace="projectMcwrapper"

+	Keyword="Win32Proj"

+	TargetFrameworkVersion="131072"

+	>

+	<Platforms>

+		<Platform

+			Name="Win32"

+		/>

+	</Platforms>

+	<ToolFiles>

+	</ToolFiles>

+	<Configurations>

+		<Configuration

+			Name="Debug|Win32"

+			OutputDirectory="$(SolutionDir)$(ConfigurationName)"

+			IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"

+			ConfigurationType="2"

+			CharacterSet="2"

+			>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCMIDLTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

+				Optimization="0"

+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="&quot;D:\daten\projectM-2.0.1-Source&quot;"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;PROJECTMCWRAPPER_EXPORTS"

+				MinimalRebuild="true"

+				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"

+				RuntimeLibrary="3"

+				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

+				WarningLevel="3"

+				DebugInformationFormat="4"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCLinkerTool"

+				AdditionalDependencies="projectM.lib"

+				LinkIncremental="2"

+				AdditionalLibraryDirectories="&quot;D:\daten\projectM-2.0.1-Source\build\Debug&quot;"

+				GenerateDebugInformation="true"

+				SubSystem="2"

+				RandomizedBaseAddress="1"

+				DataExecutionPrevention="0"

+				TargetMachine="1"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCALinkTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCManifestTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCBscMakeTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCFxCopTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCAppVerifierTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"

+			/>

+		</Configuration>

+		<Configuration

+			Name="Release|Win32"

+			OutputDirectory="$(SolutionDir)$(ConfigurationName)"

+			IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"

+			ConfigurationType="2"

+			CharacterSet="1"

+			WholeProgramOptimization="1"

+			>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCMIDLTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="&quot;D:\daten\projectM-2.0.1-Source&quot;"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;PROJECTMCWRAPPER_EXPORTS"

+				ExceptionHandling="1"

+				RuntimeLibrary="2"

+				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

+				WarningLevel="3"

+				DebugInformationFormat="3"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCLinkerTool"

+				AdditionalDependencies="projectM.lib"

+				LinkIncremental="1"

+				AdditionalLibraryDirectories="&quot;D:\daten\projectM-2.0.1-Source\build\Release&quot;"

+				GenerateDebugInformation="true"

+				SubSystem="2"

+				OptimizeReferences="2"

+				EnableCOMDATFolding="2"

+				RandomizedBaseAddress="1"

+				DataExecutionPrevention="0"

+				TargetMachine="1"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCALinkTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCManifestTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCBscMakeTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCFxCopTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCAppVerifierTool"

+			/>

+			<Tool

+				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"

+			/>

+		</Configuration>

+	</Configurations>

+	<References>

+	</References>

+	<Files>

+		<Filter

+			Name="Quelldateien"

+			Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"

+			UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"

+			>

+			<File

+				RelativePath=".\projectM-cwrapper.cpp"

+				>

+			</File>

+		</Filter>

+		<Filter

+			Name="Headerdateien"

+			Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"

+			UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"

+			>

+			<File

+				RelativePath=".\projectM-cwrapper.h"

+				>

+			</File>

+		</Filter>

+		<Filter

+			Name="Ressourcendateien"

+			Filter="rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav"

+			UniqueIdentifier="{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}"

+			>

+		</Filter>

+	</Files>

+	<Globals>

+	</Globals>

+</VisualStudioProject>

diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/projectM-0_9.inc b/src/lib/projectM/projectM-0_9.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b525cf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/projectM-0_9.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+{$IFDEF Unix}
+uses
+  baseunix;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  libprojectM = 'libprojectM.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  libprojectM = 'libprojectM.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{**************** INTERNAL SECTION ****************}
+
+
+type
+  PPCfloat = ^PCfloat;
+
+type
+  _TContextType = cint;
+const
+  AGL_CONTEXT   = 0;
+  CGL_CONTEXT   = 1;
+  NSGL_CONTEXT  = 2;
+  GLX_CONTEXT   = 3;
+  WGL_CONTEXT   = 4;
+
+type
+  _PRenderTarget = ^_TRenderTarget;
+  _TRenderTarget = record
+    { Texture size }
+    texsize: cint;
+
+    { Application context }
+    origContextType: _TContextType;
+
+    usePbuffers: cint;
+
+    {$ifdef LINUX}
+      lock_func: procedure(); cdecl;
+      unlock_func: procedure(); cdecl;
+    {$endif}
+
+    { Opaque pbuffer context and pbuffer }
+    {$ifdef DARWIN}
+      origContext: Pointer;
+      pbufferContext: Pointer;
+      pbuffer: Pointer;
+    {$endif}
+
+  { Render target texture ID for non-pbuffer systems }
+    textureID: array[0..2] of GLuint;
+  end;
+
+  _PProjectM = ^_TProjectM;
+  _TProjectM = record
+    presetURL: PChar;
+    presetName: PChar;
+    fontURL: PChar;
+
+    hasInit: cint;
+
+    noSwitch: cint;
+    pcmframes: cint;
+    freqframes: cint;
+    totalframes: cint;
+
+    showfps: cint;
+    showtitle: cint;
+    showpreset: cint;
+    showhelp: cint;
+    showstats: cint;
+
+    studio: cint;
+
+    fbuffer: PGLubyte;
+
+    {$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+    { The first ticks value of the application }
+    startTime: timeval;
+    {$ELSE}
+    startTime: clong;
+    {$ENDIF}
+    Time: cfloat;
+
+    { Render target texture ID }
+    renderTarget: _PRenderTarget;
+
+    disp: array[0..79] of Char;
+
+    wave_o: cfloat;
+
+    //int texsize=1024;   //size of texture to do actual graphics
+    fvw: cint;   //fullscreen dimensions
+    fvh: cint;
+    wvw: cint;   //windowed dimensions
+    wvh: cint;
+    vw: cint;    //runtime dimensions
+    vh: cint;
+    fullscreen: cint;
+
+    maxsamples: cint;  //size of PCM buffer
+    numsamples: cint;  //size of new PCM info
+    pcmdataL: PCfloat;     //holder for most recent pcm data
+    pcmdataR: PCfloat;     //holder for most recent pcm data
+
+    avgtime: cint;     //# frames per preset
+    
+    title: PChar;
+    drawtitle: cint;
+
+    correction: cint;
+
+    vol: cfloat;
+
+    //per pixel equation variables
+    gridx: PPCfloat;     //grid containing interpolated mesh
+    gridy: PPCfloat;
+    origtheta: PPCfloat; //grid containing interpolated mesh reference values
+    origrad: PPCfloat;
+    origx: PPCfloat;     //original mesh
+    origy: PPCfloat;
+    origx2: PPCfloat;    //original mesh
+    origy2: PPCfloat;
+
+    { Timing information }
+    mspf: cint;
+    timed: cint;
+    timestart: cint;
+    nohard: cint;
+    count: cint;
+    realfps,
+    fpsstart: cfloat;
+
+    { PCM data }
+    vdataL: array[0..511] of cfloat;  //holders for FFT data (spectrum)
+    vdataR: array[0..511] of cfloat;
+
+    { Various toggles }
+    doPerPixelEffects: cint;
+    doIterative: cint;
+
+    { ENGINE VARIABLES }
+    { From engine_vars.h }
+    preset_name: array[0..255] of Char;
+
+    { PER FRAME CONSTANTS BEGIN }
+    zoom: cfloat;
+    zoomexp: cfloat;
+    rot: cfloat;
+    warp: cfloat;
+
+    sx: cfloat;
+    sy: cfloat;
+    dx: cfloat;
+    dy: cfloat;
+    cx: cfloat;
+    cy: cfloat;
+
+    gy: cint;
+    gx: cint;
+
+    decay: cfloat;
+
+    wave_r: cfloat;
+    wave_g: cfloat;
+    wave_b: cfloat;
+    wave_x: cfloat;
+    wave_y: cfloat;
+    wave_mystery: cfloat;
+
+    ob_size: cfloat;
+    ob_r: cfloat;
+    ob_g: cfloat;
+    ob_b: cfloat;
+    ob_a: cfloat;
+
+    ib_size: cfloat;
+    ib_r: cfloat;
+    ib_g: cfloat;
+    ib_b: cfloat;
+    ib_a: cfloat;
+
+    meshx: cint;
+    meshy: cint;
+
+    mv_a: cfloat;
+    mv_r: cfloat;
+    mv_g: cfloat;
+    mv_b: cfloat;
+    mv_l: cfloat;
+    mv_x: cfloat;
+    mv_y: cfloat;
+    mv_dy: cfloat;
+    mv_dx: cfloat;
+
+    treb: cfloat;
+    mid: cfloat;
+    bass: cfloat;
+    bass_old: cfloat;
+    beat_sensitivity: cfloat;
+    treb_att: cfloat;
+    mid_att: cfloat;
+    bass_att: cfloat;
+    progress: cfloat;
+    frame: cint;
+
+    { PER_FRAME CONSTANTS END }
+
+    { PER_PIXEL CONSTANTS BEGIN }
+
+    x_per_pixel: cfloat;
+    y_per_pixel: cfloat;
+    rad_per_pixel: cfloat;
+    ang_per_pixel: cfloat;
+
+    { PER_PIXEL CONSTANT END }
+
+
+    fRating: cfloat;
+    fGammaAdj: cfloat;
+    fVideoEchoZoom: cfloat;
+    fVideoEchoAlpha: cfloat;
+
+    nVideoEchoOrientation: cint;
+    nWaveMode: cint;
+    bAdditiveWaves: cint;
+    bWaveDots: cint;
+    bWaveThick: cint;
+    bModWaveAlphaByVolume: cint;
+    bMaximizeWaveColor: cint;
+    bTexWrap: cint;
+    bDarkenCenter: cint;
+    bRedBlueStereo: cint;
+    bBrighten: cint;
+    bDarken: cint;
+    bSolarize: cint;
+    bInvert: cint;
+    bMotionVectorsOn: cint;
+    fps: cint;
+
+    fWaveAlpha: cfloat;
+    fWaveScale: cfloat;
+    fWaveSmoothing: cfloat;
+    fWaveParam: cfloat;
+    fModWaveAlphaStart: cfloat;
+    fModWaveAlphaEnd: cfloat;
+    fWarpAnimSpeed: cfloat;
+    fWarpScale: cfloat;
+    fShader: cfloat;
+
+    
+    { Q VARIABLES START }
+
+    q1: cfloat;
+    q2: cfloat;
+    q3: cfloat;
+    q4: cfloat;
+    q5: cfloat;
+    q6: cfloat;
+    q7: cfloat;
+    q8: cfloat;
+
+
+    { Q VARIABLES END }
+
+    zoom_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    zoomexp_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    rot_mesh: PPCfloat;
+
+    sx_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    sy_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    dx_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    dy_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    cx_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    cy_mesh: PPCfloat;
+
+    x_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    y_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    rad_mesh: PPCfloat;
+    theta_mesh: PPCfloat;
+  end;
+
+  PProjectMState = ^TProjectMState;
+  TProjectMState = record
+    fontURLStr: string;
+    presetURLStr: string;
+    titleStr: string;
+    pm: _TProjectM;
+  end;
+
+{ projectM.h declarations }
+procedure _projectM_init(pm: _PProjectM); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'projectM_init';
+procedure _projectM_reset(pm: _PProjectM); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'projectM_reset';
+procedure _projectM_resetGL(pm: _PProjectM; width: cint; height: cint); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'projectM_resetGL';
+procedure _projectM_setTitle(pm: _PProjectM; title: PChar); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'projectM_setTitle';
+procedure _renderFrame(pm: _PProjectM); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'renderFrame';
+
+{ PCM.h declarations }
+procedure _addPCMfloat(pcm_data: PCfloat; samples: cint); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'addPCMfloat';
+procedure _addPCM16(pcm_data: PPCM16); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'addPCM16';
+procedure _addPCM16Data(pcm_data: PCshort; samples: cshort); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'addPCM16Data';
+procedure _addPCM8_512(pcm_data: PPCM8_512); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'addPCM8';
+
+{ console_interface.h declarations }
+procedure _key_handler(pm: _PProjectM;
+                       event:    TProjectMEvent;
+                       keycode:  TProjectMKeycode;
+                       modifier: TProjectMModifier); cdecl; external libprojectM name 'key_handler';
+
+
+
+
+{**************** EXTERNAL SECTION ****************}
+
+
+constructor TProjectM.Create(gx, gy: cint; fps: integer;
+  texsize: integer; width, height: integer;
+  const presetsDir, fontsDir: string;
+  const titleFont, menuFont: string);
+var
+  state: PProjectMState;
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  New(state);
+  data := state;
+
+  with state^ do
+  begin
+    // copy strings (Note: do not use e.g. PChar(presetsDir) directly, it might
+    // be a pointer to local stack data that is invalid after the calling function returns)
+    fontURLStr   := fontsDir;
+    presetURLStr := presetsDir;
+    
+    _projectM_reset(@pm);
+
+    pm.fullscreen := 0;
+    pm.renderTarget^.texsize := texsize;
+    pm.gx := gx;
+    pm.gy := gy;
+    pm.fps := fps;
+    pm.renderTarget^.usePbuffers := 0;
+    pm.fontURL   := PChar(fontURLStr);
+    pm.presetURL := PChar(presetURLStr);
+
+    _projectM_init(@pm);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.ResetGL(width, height: integer);
+begin
+  _projectM_resetGL(@PProjectMState(data).pm, width, height);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.SetTitle(const title: string);
+var
+  state: PProjectMState;
+begin
+  state := PProjectMState(data);
+  with state^ do
+  begin
+    titleStr := title;
+    pm.title := PChar(titleStr);
+    pm.showtitle := 1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.RenderFrame();
+begin
+  _renderFrame(@PProjectMState(data).pm);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCMfloat(pcmData: PSingle; samples: integer);
+begin
+  _addPCMfloat(PCfloat(pcmData), samples);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM16(pcmData: PPCM16);
+begin
+  _addPCM16(pcmData);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM16Data(pcmData: PSmallint; samples: Smallint);
+begin
+  _addPCM16Data(PCshort(pcmData), samples);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM8_512(pcmData: PPCM8_512);
+begin
+  _addPCM8_512(pcmData);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.KeyHandler(event:    TProjectMEvent;
+                               keycode:  TProjectMKeycode;
+                               modifier: TProjectMModifier);
+begin
+  _key_handler(@PProjectMState(data).pm, event, keycode, modifier);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.RandomPreset();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_r_LOWERCASE, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.PreviousPreset();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_p_LOWERCASE, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.NextPreset();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_n_LOWERCASE, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.ToggleShowPresetNames();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_F3, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+destructor TProjectM.Destroy();
+begin
+  Dispose(PProjectMState(data));
+  data := nil;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/projectM-1_0.inc b/src/lib/projectM/projectM-1_0.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e84894d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/projectM-1_0.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+//uses
+
+(**
+ * Note: be careful with ProjectM's versioning scheme.
+ *
+ * Version  | Version in pkg-config .pc file
+ * ---------+--------------------------------------------
+ * 1.00     | 1.00
+ * 1.01     | 1.00
+ * 1.1      | 1.10
+ * 1.2      | 1.2 (= 1.02)
+ *
+ * So the version number of 1.1 is bigger than that of 1.2.
+ *)
+
+const
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // Note: static linking is not possible with delphi because it does neither
+  // accept gcc nor MSVC object files (only Intel-style ones).
+  libprojectM_cwrapper = 'projectM-cwrapper.dll';
+{$ELSE}
+  // static libs are not supported in the "external"-clause
+  libprojectM_cwrapper = '';
+  // statically link the cwrapper and dynamically link projectM
+  {$L 'cwrapper/libprojectM-cwrapper.a'}
+  {$LINKLIB projectM}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{**************** INTERNAL SECTION ****************}
+
+
+type
+  _PProjectM = Pointer;
+
+{ projectM.hpp declarations }
+function _projectM_create1(config_file: PChar): _PProjectM; cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_create1';
+{$IF PROJECTM_VERSION < 1000000} // 0.9x
+function _projectM_create2(gx: cint; gy: cint; fps: cint;
+  texsize: cint; width: cint; height: cint;
+  preset_url: PChar; title_fonturl: PChar; title_menuurl: PChar): _PProjectM; cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_create2';
+{$IFEND}
+
+procedure _projectM_resetGL(pm: _PProjectM; width: cint; height: cint); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_resetGL';
+procedure _projectM_setTitle(pm: _PProjectM; title: PChar); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_setTitle';
+procedure _projectM_renderFrame(pm: _PProjectM); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_renderFrame';
+function _projectM_initRenderToTexture(pm: _PProjectM): cuint; cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_initRenderToTexture';
+
+procedure _projectM_free(pm: _PProjectM); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_free';
+
+procedure _projectM_key_handler(pm: _PProjectM; event: TProjectMEvent;
+  keycode: TProjectMKeycode; modifier: TProjectMModifier); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_key_handler';
+
+{$IF PROJECTM_VERSION > 1000000} // > 1.01
+procedure _projectM_settings(pm: _PProjectM; settings: PSettings); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'projectM_settings';
+{$IFEND}
+
+{ PCM.hpp declarations }
+procedure _PCM_addPCMfloat(pm: _PProjectM; pcm_data: PSingle; samples: cint); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'PCM_addPCMfloat';
+procedure _PCM_addPCM16(pm: _PProjectM; pcm_data: PPCM16); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'PCM_addPCM16';
+procedure _PCM_addPCM16Data(pm: _PProjectM; pcm_data: PCshort; samples: cshort); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'PCM_addPCM16Data';
+procedure _PCM_addPCM8_512(pm: _PProjectM; pcm_data: PPCM8_512); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'PCM_addPCM8_512';
+procedure _PCM_addPCM8_1024(pm: _PProjectM; pcm_data: PPCM8_1024); cdecl; external libprojectM_cwrapper name 'PCM_addPCM8';
+
+
+{**************** EXTERNAL SECTION ****************}
+
+// This constructor is present in projectM 1.0(1) but does not work with
+// linux because of a bug.
+(*
+constructor TProjectM.Create(gx, gy: integer; fps: integer;
+  texsize: integer; width, height: integer;
+  const presetsDir, fontsDir: string;
+  const titleFont, menuFont: string);
+begin
+  data := _projectM_create2(gx, gy, fps, texsize, width, height,
+            PChar(presetsDir),
+            PChar(fontsDir + PathDelim + titleFont),
+            PChar(fontsDir + PathDelim + menuFont));
+end;
+*)
+
+constructor TProjectM.Create(const configFile: string);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  // we cannot catch C++ exceptions in delphi, so we have to check
+  // if configFile is valid first
+  if (not FileExists(configFile)) then
+    raise Exception.Create('Invalid file: ' + configFile);
+
+  data := _projectM_create1(PChar(configFile));
+  if (data = nil) then
+    raise Exception.Create('Creation of projectM object failed');
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.ResetGL(width, height: Integer);
+begin
+  _projectM_resetGL(data, width, height);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.SetTitle(const title: string);
+begin
+  _projectM_setTitle(data, PChar(title));
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.RenderFrame();
+begin
+  _projectM_renderFrame(data);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCMfloat(pcmData: PSingle; samples: integer);
+begin
+  _PCM_addPCMfloat(data, pcmData, samples);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM16(pcmData: PPCM16);
+begin
+  _PCM_addPCM16(data, pcmData);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Passes interleaved stereo PCM-samples to projectM.
+ *}
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM16Data(pcmData: PSmallint; samples: Smallint);
+begin
+  _PCM_addPCM16Data(data, PCshort(pcmData), samples);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM8_512(pcmData: PPCM8_512);
+begin
+  _PCM_addPCM8_512(data, pcmData);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.AddPCM8_1024(pcmData: PPCM8_1024);
+begin
+  _PCM_addPCM8_1024(data, pcmData);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * If the result is > -1 projectM will render to a texture.
+ * The texture-ID is the return-value.
+ *}
+function TProjectM.InitRenderToTexture(): GLuint;
+begin
+  result := _projectM_initRenderToTexture(data);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.KeyHandler(event:    TProjectMEvent;
+                               keycode:  TProjectMKeycode;
+                               modifier: TProjectMModifier);
+begin
+  _projectM_key_handler(data, event, keycode, modifier);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.RandomPreset();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_r_LOWERCASE, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.PreviousPreset();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_p_LOWERCASE, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.NextPreset();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_n_LOWERCASE, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+
+procedure TProjectM.ToggleShowPresetNames();
+begin
+  KeyHandler(PROJECTM_KEYDOWN, PROJECTM_K_F3, PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT);
+end;
+                       
+{$IF PROJECTM_VERSION > 1000000} // > 1.01
+procedure TProjectM.Settings(var settings: TSettings);
+begin
+  _projectM_settings(data, @settings);
+end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+destructor TProjectM.Destroy();
+begin
+  _projectM_free(data);
+  data := nil;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
diff --git a/src/lib/projectM/projectM.pas b/src/lib/projectM/projectM.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..533cb19b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/projectM/projectM.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+unit projectM;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$H+}            (* use long strings *)
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* C/C++-compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  ctypes,
+  gl,
+  UConfig;
+
+type
+  // 16bit non-interleaved data
+  TPCM16 = array[0..1, 0..511] of Smallint;
+  PPCM16 = ^TPCM16;
+  // 8bit non-interleaved data (512 samples)
+  TPCM8_512 = array[0..1, 0..511] of byte;
+  PPCM8_512 = ^TPCM8_512;
+  // 8bit non-interleaved data (1024 samples)
+  TPCM8_1024 = array[0..1, 0..1023] of byte;
+  PPCM8_1024 = ^TPCM8_512;
+
+{ Event types }
+type
+  TProjectMEvent = cint;
+const
+  PROJECTM_KEYUP       = 0;
+  PROJECTM_KEYDOWN     = 1;
+  PROJECTM_VIDEORESIZE = 2;
+  PROJECTM_VIDEOQUIT   = 3;
+  PROJECTM_NONE        = 4;
+
+{ Keycodes }
+type
+  TProjectMKeycode = cint;
+const
+  PROJECTM_K_RETURN    =  0;
+  PROJECTM_K_RIGHT     =  1;
+  PROJECTM_K_LEFT      =  2;
+  PROJECTM_K_UP        =  3;
+  PROJECTM_K_DOWN      =  4;
+  PROJECTM_K_PAGEUP    =  5;
+  PROJECTM_K_PAGEDOWN  =  6;
+  PROJECTM_K_INSERT    =  7;
+  PROJECTM_K_DELETE    =  8;
+  PROJECTM_K_ESCAPE    =  9;
+  PROJECTM_K_LSHIFT    = 10;
+  PROJECTM_K_RSHIFT    = 11;
+  PROJECTM_K_CAPSLOCK  = 12;
+  PROJECTM_K_LCTRL     = 13;
+  PROJECTM_K_HOME      = 14;
+  PROJECTM_K_END       = 15;
+  PROJECTM_K_BACKSPACE = 16;
+
+  PROJECTM_K_F1        = 17;
+  PROJECTM_K_F2        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  1);
+  PROJECTM_K_F3        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  2);
+  PROJECTM_K_F4        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  3);
+  PROJECTM_K_F5        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  4);
+  PROJECTM_K_F6        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  5);
+  PROJECTM_K_F7        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  6);
+  PROJECTM_K_F8        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  7);
+  PROJECTM_K_F9        = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  8);
+  PROJECTM_K_F10       = (PROJECTM_K_F1 +  9);
+  PROJECTM_K_F11       = (PROJECTM_K_F1 + 10);
+  PROJECTM_K_F12       = (PROJECTM_K_F1 + 11);
+
+  PROJECTM_K_0         = 48;
+  PROJECTM_K_1         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 1);
+  PROJECTM_K_2         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 2);
+  PROJECTM_K_3         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 3);
+  PROJECTM_K_4         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 4);
+  PROJECTM_K_5         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 5);
+  PROJECTM_K_6         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 6);
+  PROJECTM_K_7         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 7);
+  PROJECTM_K_8         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 8);
+  PROJECTM_K_9         = (PROJECTM_K_0 + 9);
+
+  { Upper case }
+  PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE = 65;
+  PROJECTM_K_B_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  1);
+  PROJECTM_K_C_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  2);
+  PROJECTM_K_D_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  3);
+  PROJECTM_K_E_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  4);
+  PROJECTM_K_F_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  5);
+  PROJECTM_K_G_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  6);
+  PROJECTM_K_H_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  7);
+  PROJECTM_K_I_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  8);
+  PROJECTM_K_J_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE +  9);
+  PROJECTM_K_K_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 10);
+  PROJECTM_K_L_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 11);
+  PROJECTM_K_M_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 12);
+  PROJECTM_K_N_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 13);
+  PROJECTM_K_O_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 14);
+  PROJECTM_K_P_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 15);
+  PROJECTM_K_Q_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 16);
+  PROJECTM_K_R_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 17);
+  PROJECTM_K_S_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 18);
+  PROJECTM_K_T_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 19);
+  PROJECTM_K_U_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 20);
+  PROJECTM_K_V_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 21);
+  PROJECTM_K_W_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 22);
+  PROJECTM_K_X_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 23);
+  PROJECTM_K_Y_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 24);
+  PROJECTM_K_Z_UPPERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_A_UPPERCASE + 25);
+
+  { Lower case }
+  PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE = 97;
+  PROJECTM_K_b_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  1);
+  PROJECTM_K_c_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  2);
+  PROJECTM_K_d_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  3);
+  PROJECTM_K_e_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  4);
+  PROJECTM_K_f_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  5);
+  PROJECTM_K_g_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  6);
+  PROJECTM_K_h_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  7);
+  PROJECTM_K_i_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  8);
+  PROJECTM_K_j_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE +  9);
+  PROJECTM_K_k_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 10);
+  PROJECTM_K_l_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 11);
+  PROJECTM_K_m_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 12);
+  PROJECTM_K_n_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 13);
+  PROJECTM_K_o_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 14);
+  PROJECTM_K_p_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 15);
+  PROJECTM_K_q_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 16);
+  PROJECTM_K_r_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 17);
+  PROJECTM_K_s_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 18);
+  PROJECTM_K_t_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 19);
+  PROJECTM_K_u_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 20);
+  PROJECTM_K_v_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 21);
+  PROJECTM_K_w_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 22);
+  PROJECTM_K_x_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 23);
+  PROJECTM_K_y_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 24);
+  PROJECTM_K_z_LOWERCASE = (PROJECTM_K_a_LOWERCASE + 25);
+
+  PROJECTM_K_NONE        = (PROJECTM_K_z_LOWERCASE + 1);
+
+{ Modifiers }
+type
+  TProjectMModifier = cint;
+const
+  PROJECTM_KMOD_LSHIFT = 0;
+  PROJECTM_KMOD_RSHIFT = 1;
+  PROJECTM_KMOD_CAPS   = 2;
+  PROJECTM_KMOD_LCTRL  = 3;
+  PROJECTM_KMOD_RCTRL  = 4;
+
+type
+  PSettings = ^TSettings;
+  TSettings = record
+    meshX: cint;
+    meshY: cint;
+    fps: cint;
+    textureSize: cint;
+    windowWidth: cint;
+    windowHeight: cint;
+    presetURL: PChar;
+    titleFontURL: PChar;
+    menuFontURL: PChar;
+    smoothPresetDuration: cint;
+    presetDuration: cint;
+    beatSensitivity: cfloat;
+    aspectCorrection: byte;
+    easterEgg: cfloat;
+    shuffleEnabled: byte;
+  end;
+
+type
+  PProjectM = ^TProjectM;
+  TProjectM = class(TObject)
+    private
+      data: Pointer;
+    public
+      {$IF PROJECTM_VERSION < 1000000} // 0.9x
+      constructor Create(gx, gy: integer; fps: integer;
+        texsize: integer; width, height: integer;
+        const presetsDir, fontsDir: string;
+        const titleFont: string = 'Vera.ttf';
+        const menuFont: string = 'Vera.ttf'); overload;
+      {$IFEND}
+      {$IF PROJECTM_VERSION >= 1000000}
+      constructor Create(const configFile: string); overload;
+      {$IFEND}
+
+      procedure ResetGL(width, height: Integer);
+      procedure SetTitle(const title: string);
+      procedure RenderFrame();
+
+      procedure AddPCMfloat(pcmData: PSingle; samples: integer);
+      procedure AddPCM16(pcmData: PPCM16);
+      procedure AddPCM16Data(pcmData: PSmallint; samples: Smallint);
+      procedure AddPCM8_512(pcmData: PPCM8_512);
+      {$IF PROJECTM_VERSION >= 1000000}
+      procedure AddPCM8_1024(pcmData: PPCM8_1024);
+      {$IFEND}
+
+      procedure RandomPreset();
+      procedure PreviousPreset();
+      procedure NextPreset();
+      procedure ToggleShowPresetNames();
+
+      {$IF PROJECTM_VERSION >= 1000000}
+      function InitRenderToTexture(): GLuint;
+      {$IFEND}
+
+      procedure KeyHandler(event:    TProjectMEvent;
+                           keycode:  TProjectMKeycode;
+                           modifier: TProjectMModifier);
+
+      {$IF PROJECTM_VERSION > 1000000} // > 1.01
+      procedure Settings(var settings: TSettings);
+      {$IFEND}
+
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+{$IF PROJECTM_VERSION >= 1000000}
+  {$I projectM-1_0.inc}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$I projectM-0_9.inc}
+{$IFEND}
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/requirements.txt b/src/lib/requirements.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3955585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/requirements.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+Included in SVN ..
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+Jedi-sdl
+  http://sourceforge.net/projects/jedi-sdl
+
+pngImage
+  http://pngdelphi.sourceforge.net/
+
+BASS.pas
+  http://www.un4seen.com/download.php?bass23
+
+ffmpeg
+  http://www.iversenit.dk/dev/ffmpeg-headers/
+
+SQLLite Wrapper
+  http://www.itwriting.com/sqlitesimple.php
+
+======================================
+LINUX build
+======================================
+On top of the above pas files, you will need development libraries for them.
+
+here are the instructions needed to compile on ubunty ( 7.04 )
+
+		sudo apt-get install libavcodec-dev libavformat-dev libsqlite3-dev libsdl-ttf2.0-dev libsdl-image1.2-dev portaudio19-dev 
+
+in order to build the configure file ( with autogen.sh )
+
+		sudo apt-get install automake autoconf
+
+
+for Fedora 8 ( contributed by kdub )
+
+		yum install ffmpeg-devel portaudio-devel SDL_ttf-devel SDL_image-devel sqlite-devel
+
+======================================
+Mac OS X build
+======================================
+You need the Developer tools from Apple, Xcode and fink, the open source software package manager.
+
+Install the FreePascal compiler (version 2.2.2 or later) using fink or a package.
+
+Install these libs and their dependences using fink:
+
+		fink install pkgconfig libavcodec-dev libavformat-dev libavutil-dev libswscale-dev
+		fink install portaudio2 SDL SDL-image libpng3 sqlite3-dev
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lib/samplerate/samplerate.pas b/src/lib/samplerate/samplerate.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..784b87da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/samplerate/samplerate.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+{*
+** Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Erik de Castro Lopo <erikd@mega-nerd.com>
+**
+** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+** the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+** (at your option) any later version.
+**
+** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+** GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+** Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*}
+
+{*
+** API documentation is available here:
+** http://www.mega-nerd.com/SRC/api.html
+*}
+
+unit samplerate;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+  {$PACKENUM 4}    (* use 4-byte enums *)
+  {$PACKRECORDS C} (* GCC/Visual C/C++ compatible record packing *)
+{$ELSE}
+  {$MINENUMSIZE 4} (* use 4-byte enums *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+interface
+
+uses
+  ctypes,
+  UConfig;
+
+const
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  LibName = 'libsamplerate-0.dll';
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UNIX}
+  LibName = 'samplerate';
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+    {$LINKLIB libsamplerate}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{ Opaque data type SRC_STATE. }
+type
+  PSRC_STATE = ^SRC_STATE;
+  SRC_STATE = record
+    // opaque
+  end;
+
+{ SRC_DATA is used to pass data to src_simple() and src_process().  }
+type
+  PSRC_DATA = ^SRC_DATA;
+  SRC_DATA = record
+    data_in, data_out: PCfloat;
+    input_frames, output_frames: clong;
+    input_frames_used, output_frames_gen: clong;
+    end_of_input: cint;
+    src_ratio: cdouble;
+  end;
+
+{ SRC_CB_DATA is used with callback based API.  }
+type
+  SRC_CB_DATA = record
+    frames: clong;
+    data_in: PCfloat;
+  end;
+
+{*
+** User supplied callback function type for use with src_callback_new()
+** and src_callback_read(). First parameter is the same pointer that was
+** passed into src_callback_new(). Second parameter is pointer to a
+** pointer. The user supplied callback function must modify *data to
+** point to the start of the user supplied float array. The user supplied
+** function must return the number of frames that **data points to.
+*}
+src_callback_t = function (cb_data: pointer; var data: PCfloat): clong; cdecl;
+
+{*
+** Standard initialisation function : return an anonymous pointer to the
+** internal state of the converter. Choose a converter from the enums below.
+** Error returned in *error.
+*}
+function src_new(converter_type: cint; channels: cint; error: PCint): PSRC_STATE; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Initilisation for callback based API : return an anonymous pointer to the
+** internal state of the converter. Choose a converter from the enums below.
+** The cb_data pointer can point to any data or be set to NULL. Whatever the
+** value, when processing, user supplied function "func" gets called with
+** cb_data as first parameter.
+*}
+function src_callback_new(func: src_callback_t; converter_type: cint; channels: cint;
+            error: Pinteger; cb_data: pointer): PSRC_STATE; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Cleanup all internal allocations.
+** Always returns NULL.
+*}
+function src_delete(state: PSRC_STATE): PSRC_STATE; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Standard processing function.
+** Returns non zero on error.
+*}
+function src_process(state: PSRC_STATE; data: PSRC_DATA): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Callback based processing function. Read up to frames worth of data from
+** the converter int *data and return frames read or -1 on error.
+*}
+function src_callback_read(state: PSRC_STATE; src_ratio: cdouble;
+            frames: clong; data: PCfloat): clong; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Simple interface for performing a single conversion from input buffer to
+** output buffer at a fixed conversion ratio.
+** Simple interface does not require initialisation as it can only operate on
+** a single buffer worth of audio.
+*}
+function src_simple(data: PSRC_DATA; converter_type: cint; channels: cint): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** This library contains a number of different sample rate converters,
+** numbered 0 through N.
+**
+** Return a string giving either a name or a more full description of each
+** sample rate converter or NULL if no sample rate converter exists for
+** the given value. The converters are sequentially numbered from 0 to N.
+*}
+function src_get_name(converter_type: cint): {const} Pchar; cdecl; external LibName;
+function src_get_description(converter_type: cint): {const} Pchar; cdecl; external LibName;
+function src_get_version(): {const} Pchar; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Set a new SRC ratio. This allows step responses
+** in the conversion ratio.
+** Returns non zero on error.
+*}
+function src_set_ratio(state: PSRC_STATE; new_ratio: cdouble): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Reset the internal SRC state.
+** Does not modify the quality settings.
+** Does not free any memory allocations.
+** Returns non zero on error.
+*}
+function src_reset(state: PSRC_STATE): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Return TRUE if ratio is a valid conversion ratio, FALSE
+** otherwise.
+*}
+function src_is_valid_ratio(ratio: cdouble): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Return an error number.
+*}
+function src_error(state: PSRC_STATE): cint; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** Convert the error number into a string.
+*}
+function src_strerror(error: cint): {const} Pchar; cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{*
+** The following enums can be used to set the interpolator type
+** using the function src_set_converter().
+*}
+const
+  SRC_SINC_BEST_QUALITY   = 0;
+  SRC_SINC_MEDIUM_QUALITY = 1;
+  SRC_SINC_FASTEST        = 2;
+  SRC_ZERO_ORDER_HOLD     = 3;
+  SRC_LINEAR              = 4;
+
+{*
+** Extra helper functions for converting from short to float and
+** back again.
+*}
+procedure src_short_to_float_array(input: {const} PCshort; output: PCfloat; len: cint); cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure src_float_to_short_array(input: {const} PCfloat; output: PCshort; len: cint); cdecl; external LibName;
+
+{$IF LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION >= 1003} // 0.1.3
+procedure src_int_to_float_array(input: {const} PCint; output: PCfloat; len: cint); cdecl; external LibName;
+procedure src_float_to_int_array(input: {const} PCfloat; output: PCint; len: cint); cdecl; external LibName;
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lib/zlib/zlib.pas b/src/lib/zlib/zlib.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d09313f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/zlib/zlib.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+(*
+ * zlib pascal headers
+ * This file is part of Free Pascal, released under the LGPL.
+ *)
+
+{$ifdef FPC}
+  {$ifndef NO_SMART_LINK}
+  {$smartlink on}
+  {$endif}
+{$endif}
+unit zlib;
+
+interface
+
+{$ifdef FPC}
+  {$mode objfpc} // Needed for array of const
+  {$H+} // use long strings
+  {$PACKRECORDS C}
+{$endif}
+
+uses
+  ctypes;
+
+const
+  ZLIB_VERSION = '1.2.3';
+
+{$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+  libz = 'zlib1';
+{$else}
+  libz = 'z';
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+    {$linklib libz}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$endif}
+
+type
+  { Compatible with paszlib }
+  uInt    = cuint;
+  uLong   = culong;
+  uLongf  = uLong; {FAR}
+  PuLongf = ^uLongf;
+  z_off_t = clong;
+  pbyte   = ^byte;
+  bytef   = byte; {FAR}
+  pbytef  = ^byte; 
+  voidpf  = pointer;
+
+  TAllocfunc = function (opaque: voidpf; items: uInt; size: uInt): voidpf; cdecl;
+  TFreeFunc = procedure (opaque: voidpf; address: voidpf); cdecl;
+
+  TInternalState = record
+  end;
+  PInternalState = ^TInternalstate;
+
+  TZStream = record
+    next_in:   pbytef;
+    avail_in:  uInt;
+    total_in:  uLong;
+    next_out:  pbytef;
+    avail_out: uInt;
+    total_out: uLong;
+    msg:       pchar;
+    state:     PInternalState;
+    zalloc:    TAllocFunc;
+    zfree:     TFreeFunc;
+    opaque:    voidpf;
+    data_type: cint;
+    adler:     uLong;
+    reserved:  uLong;
+  end;
+  TZStreamRec = TZStream;
+  PZstream = ^TZStream;
+  gzFile = pointer;
+
+
+const
+  Z_NO_FLUSH      = 0;
+  Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH = 1;
+  Z_SYNC_FLUSH    = 2;
+  Z_FULL_FLUSH    = 3;
+  Z_FINISH        = 4;
+  Z_BLOCK         = 5;
+
+  Z_OK            = 0;
+  Z_STREAM_END    = 1;
+  Z_NEED_DICT     = 2;
+  Z_ERRNO         = -(1);
+  Z_STREAM_ERROR  = -(2);
+  Z_DATA_ERROR    = -(3);
+  Z_MEM_ERROR     = -(4);
+  Z_BUF_ERROR     = -(5);
+  Z_VERSION_ERROR = -(6);
+
+  Z_NO_COMPRESSION      = 0;
+  Z_BEST_SPEED          = 1;
+  Z_BEST_COMPRESSION    = 9;
+  Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = -(1);
+
+  Z_FILTERED         = 1;
+  Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY     = 2;
+  Z_RLE              = 3;
+  Z_FIXED            = 4;
+  Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY = 0;
+
+  Z_BINARY  = 0;
+  Z_TEXT    = 1;
+  Z_ASCII   = Z_TEXT;
+  Z_UNKNOWN = 2;
+
+  Z_DEFLATED = 8;
+
+  Z_NULL = 0;
+
+function zlibVersionpchar(): pchar; cdecl; external libz name 'zlibVersion';
+function zlibVersion(): string;
+
+function deflate(var strm: TZStream; flush: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflate';
+function deflateEnd(var strm: TZStream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateEnd';
+function inflate(var strm: TZStream; flush: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflate';
+function inflateEnd(var strm: TZStream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateEnd';
+function deflateSetDictionary(var strm: TZStream; dictionary: pbytef; dictLength: uInt): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateSetDictionary';
+function deflateCopy(var dest, source: TZstream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateCopy';
+function deflateReset(var strm: TZStream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateReset';
+function deflateParams(var strm: TZStream; level: integer; strategy: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateParams';
+//...
+function inflateSetDictionary(var strm: TZStream; dictionary: pbytef; dictLength: uInt): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateSetDictionary';
+function inflateSync(var strm: TZStream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateSync';
+//...
+function inflateReset(var strm: TZStream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateReset';
+
+function compress(dest: pbytef; destLen: puLongf; source : pbytef; sourceLen: uLong): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'compress';
+function compress2(dest: pbytef; destLen: puLongf; source : pbytef; sourceLen: uLong; level: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'compress2';
+function uncompress(dest: pbytef; destLen: puLongf; source : pbytef; sourceLen: uLong): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'uncompress';
+
+function gzopen(path: pchar; mode: pchar): gzFile; cdecl; external libz name 'gzopen';
+function gzdopen(fd: integer; mode: pchar): gzFile; cdecl; external libz name 'gzdopen';
+function gzsetparams(thefile: gzFile; level: integer; strategy: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzsetparams';
+function gzread(thefile: gzFile; buf: pointer; len: cardinal): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzread';
+function gzwrite(thefile: gzFile; buf: pointer; len: cardinal): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzwrite';
+function gzprintf(thefile: gzFile; format: pbytef; args: array of const): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzprintf';
+function gzputs(thefile: gzFile; s: pbytef): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzputs';
+function gzgets(thefile: gzFile; buf: pbytef; len: integer): pchar; cdecl; external libz name 'gzgets';
+function gzputc(thefile: gzFile; c: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzputc';
+function gzgetc(thefile: gzFile): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzgetc';
+function gzflush(thefile: gzFile; flush: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzflush';
+function gzseek(thefile: gzFile; offset: z_off_t; whence: integer): z_off_t; cdecl; external libz name 'gzseek';
+function gzrewind(thefile: gzFile): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzrewind';
+function gztell(thefile: gzFile): z_off_t; cdecl; external libz name 'gztell';
+function gzeof(thefile: gzFile): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzeof';
+function gzclose(thefile: gzFile): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'gzclose';
+function gzerror(thefile: gzFile; var errnum: integer): pchar; cdecl; external libz name 'gzerror';
+
+function adler32(adler: uLong; buf: pbytef; len: uInt): uLong; cdecl; external libz name 'adler32';
+function crc32(crc: uLong; buf: pbytef; len: uInt): uLong; cdecl; external libz name 'crc32';
+
+function deflateInit_(var strm: TZStream; level: integer; version: pchar; stream_size: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateInit_';
+function deflateInit(var strm: TZStream; level : integer) : integer;
+function inflateInit_(var strm: TZStream; version: pchar; stream_size: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateInit_';
+function inflateInit(var strm:TZStream) : integer;
+function deflateInit2_(var strm: TZStream; level: integer; method: integer; windowBits: integer; memLevel: integer; strategy: integer; version: pchar; stream_size: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'deflateInit2_';
+function deflateInit2(var strm: TZStream; level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy: integer): integer;
+function inflateInit2_(var strm: TZStream; windowBits: integer; version: pchar; stream_size: integer): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateInit2_';
+function inflateInit2(var strm: TZStream; windowBits: integer): integer;
+
+function zErrorpchar(err: integer): pchar; cdecl; external libz name 'zError';
+function zError(err: integer): string;
+function inflateSyncPoint(z: PZstream): integer; cdecl; external libz name 'inflateSyncPoint';
+function get_crc_table(): pointer; cdecl; external libz name 'get_crc_table';
+
+function zlibAllocMem(AppData: Pointer; Items, Size: Integer):  Pointer; cdecl;
+procedure zlibFreeMem(AppData, Block: Pointer);  cdecl;
+
+implementation
+
+function zlibversion(): string;
+begin
+   zlibversion := string(zlibversionpchar);
+end;
+
+function deflateInit(var strm: TZStream; level: integer) : integer;
+begin
+   deflateInit := deflateInit_(strm, level, ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(TZStream));
+end;
+
+function inflateInit(var strm: TZStream): integer;
+begin
+   inflateInit := inflateInit_(strm, ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(TZStream));
+end;
+
+function deflateInit2(var strm: TZStream; level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy: integer) : integer;
+begin
+   deflateInit2 := deflateInit2_(strm, level, method, windowBits, memLevel, strategy, ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(TZStream));
+end;
+
+function inflateInit2(var strm: TZStream; windowBits: integer): integer;
+begin
+   inflateInit2 := inflateInit2_(strm, windowBits, ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(TZStream));
+end;
+
+function zError(err: integer): string;
+begin
+   zerror := string(zErrorpchar(err));
+end;
+
+function zlibAllocMem(AppData: Pointer; Items, Size: Integer): Pointer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Result := GetMemory(Items * Size);
+end;
+
+procedure zlibFreeMem(AppData, Block: Pointer); cdecl;
+begin
+  FreeMem(Block);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lua/UHookableEvent.pas b/src/lua/UHookableEvent.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ad7ea9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/UHookableEvent.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+unit UHookableEvent;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses ULua;

+

+type

+  { Record holding information about a hook of an event }

+  PHook = ^THook;

+  THook = record

+    Handle: Integer; //< Handle to identify the hook, e.g. for unhooking by plugin

+    Parent: Integer; //< Lua Core Handle this hook belongs to

+

+    Func: String;   //< Name of the global that holds the function

+

+    Next: PHook; //< Next Hook in list (nil for the first)

+  end;

+

+  { procedure is called before each call to the hooking lua functions, to push values on stack

+    returns the number of pushed arguments}

+  PrepareStackProc = Function(L: PLua_State): Integer;

+

+  { class representing a hookable event }

+  THookableEvent = class

+    private

+      iHandle: Integer; //< used to unregister at lua core

+      LastHook: PHook;  //< last hook in hook list, first to be called

+      NextHookHandle: Integer;  //< handle to identify next hook

+

+      sName: String;    //< the events name

+

+      PrepareStack: PrepareStackProc; //< prepare stack procedure passed to constructor

+      CallinProcess: boolean; //< true if a chain call is in process, to prepare unhooking during calls

+      HooksToRemove: array of PHook; // hooks to delete after chaincall

+

+      procedure RemoveWaitingHooks;

+    public

+      constructor Create(Name: String; const Proc: PrepareStackProc = nil);

+

+      property Name: String read sName;             //< returns the events name

+      property Handle: Integer read iHandle;        //< returns the events name

+

+      procedure Hook(L: Plua_State; Parent: Integer; Func: String); //< pushes hook object/table to the lua stack

+      procedure UnHook(L: Plua_State; hHook: Integer);              //< unhook by plugin. push true or error string to lua stack

+

+      procedure UnHookByParent(Parent: Integer);     //< deletes all hooks by a specified parent (unhook by core)

+

+      function CallHookChain(Breakable: Boolean): PLua_State;   //< calls the events hookchain. if breakable, plugin can breake the chain by returning a value != 0 or false or nil

+

+      destructor Destroy; override;

+  end;

+

+{ the default function for THookableEvent.PrepareStack it don't pass any arguments }

+function PrepareStack_Dummy(L: PLua_State): Integer;

+

+{ function in resulting hook table. it calls the unhook command of the event on plugins demand }

+function LuaHook_UnHook(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+implementation

+uses ULuaCore;

+

+constructor THookableEvent.Create(Name: String; const Proc: PrepareStackProc);

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  

+  Self.sName := Name;

+

+  if (@Proc = nil) then

+    Self.PrepareStack := @PrepareStack_Dummy

+  else

+    Self.PrepareStack := Proc;

+

+  //init LastHook pointer w/ nil

+  LastHook := nil;

+  NextHookHandle := 1;

+

+  iHandle := LuaCore.RegisterEvent(Self);

+end;

+

+destructor THookableEvent.Destroy;

+var

+  Prev: PHook;

+  Cur:  PHook;

+begin

+  //delete all hooks

+  Cur := LastHook;

+  While (Cur <> nil) do

+  begin

+    Prev := Cur;

+    Cur := Prev.Next;

+

+    Dispose(Prev);

+  end;

+

+  //remove from luacores list

+  LuaCore.UnRegisterEvent(iHandle);

+

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+{ adds hook to events list and pushes hook object/table to the lua stack }

+procedure  THookableEvent.Hook(L: PLua_State; Parent: Integer; Func: String);

+  var

+    Item: PHook;

+    P: TLuaPlugin;

+begin

+  P := LuaCore.GetPluginById(Parent);

+  if (P <> nil) then

+  begin

+    // get mem and fill it w/ data

+    New(Item);

+    Item.Handle := NextHookHandle;

+    Inc(NextHookHandle);

+

+    Item.Parent := Parent;

+    Item.Func := Func;

+

+    // add at front of the hook chain

+    Item.Next := LastHook;

+    LastHook := Item;

+

+    //we need 2 free stack slots

+    lua_checkstack(L, 2);

+

+    //create the hook table, we need 2 elements (event name and unhook function)

+    lua_createtable(L, 0, 2);

+

+    //push events name

+    lua_pushstring(L, PAnsiChar(Name));

+

+    //add the name to the table

+    lua_setfield(L, -2, 'Event');

+

+    //push hook id to the stack

+    lua_pushinteger(L, Item.Handle);

+

+    //create a c closure, append one value from stack(the id)

+    //this will pop both, the function and the id

+    lua_pushcclosure(L, LuaHook_UnHook, 1);

+

+    //add the function to our table

+    lua_setfield(L, -2, 'Unhook');

+

+    //the table is left on the stack, it is our result

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ removes hooks in HookstoRemove array from chain }

+procedure THookableEvent.RemoveWaitingHooks;

+  function IsInArray(Cur: PHook): boolean;

+    var I: Integer;

+  begin

+    Result := false;

+    for I := 0 to high(HooksToRemove) do

+      if (HooksToRemove[I] = Cur) then

+      begin

+        Result := true;

+        Break;

+      end;

+  end;

+

+  var

+    Cur, Prev: PHook;

+begin

+  Prev := nil;

+  Cur := LastHook;

+

+  while (Cur <> nil) do

+  begin

+    if (IsInArray(Cur)) then

+    begin //we found the hook

+      if (prev <> nil) then

+        Prev.Next := Cur.Next

+      else //last hook found

+        LastHook := Cur.Next;

+

+      //free hooks memory

+      Dispose(Cur);

+

+      if (prev <> nil) then

+        Cur := Prev.Next

+      else

+        Cur := LastHook;

+    end

+    else

+    begin

+      Prev := Cur;

+      Cur := Prev.Next;

+    end;

+  end;

+

+  SetLength(HooksToRemove, 0);

+end;

+

+{ unhook by plugin. push true or error string to lua stack }

+procedure  THookableEvent.UnHook(L: Plua_State; hHook: Integer);

+  var

+    Cur, Prev: PHook;

+    Len: integer;

+begin

+  if (hHook < NextHookHandle) and (hHook > 0) then

+  begin

+    //Search for the Hook

+    Prev := nil;

+    Cur := LastHook;

+

+    while (Cur <> nil) do

+    begin

+      if (Cur.Handle = hHook) then

+      begin //we found the hook

+        if not CallinProcess then

+        begin // => remove it

+          if (prev <> nil) then

+            Prev.Next := Cur.Next

+          else //last hook found

+            LastHook := Cur.Next;

+

+          //free hooks memory

+          Dispose(Cur);

+        end

+        else

+        begin // add to list of hooks to remove

+          Len := Length(HooksToRemove);

+          SetLength(HooksToRemove, Len + 1);

+          HooksToRemove[Len] := Cur;

+        end;

+        

+        //indicate success

+        lua_pushboolean(L, True);

+        exit; //break the chain and exit the function

+      end;

+      Prev := Cur;

+      Cur := Prev.Next;

+    end;

+

+    lua_pushstring(L, PAnsiChar('handle already unhooked')); //the error description

+  end

+  else

+    lua_pushstring(L, PAnsiChar('undefined hook handle')); //the error description

+end;

+

+{ deletes all hooks by a specified parent (unhook by core) }

+procedure  THookableEvent.UnHookByParent(Parent: Integer);

+  var

+    Cur, Prev: PHook;

+begin

+  Prev := nil;

+  Cur := LastHook;

+

+  While (Cur <> nil) do

+  begin

+    if (Cur.Parent = Parent) then

+    begin //found a hook from parent => remove it

+      if (Prev <> nil) then

+        Prev.Next := Cur.Next

+      Else

+        LastHook := Cur.Next;

+

+      Dispose(Cur);

+

+      if (Prev <> nil) then

+        Cur := Prev.Next

+      else

+        Cur := LastHook;

+    end

+    else //move through the chain

+    begin

+      Prev := Cur;

+      Cur := Prev.Next;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ calls the events hookchain. if breakable, plugin can breake the chain

+  by returning a value

+  breakable is pushed as the first parameter to the hooking functions

+  if chain is broken the LuaStack is returned, with all results left

+  you may call lua_clearstack }

+function  THookableEvent.CallHookChain(Breakable: Boolean): Plua_State;

+  var

+    Cur: PHook;

+    P: TLuaPlugin;

+begin

+  Result := nil;

+

+  CallinProcess := true;

+  

+  Cur := LastHook;

+  While (Cur <> nil) do

+  begin

+    P := LuaCore.GetPluginById(Cur.Parent);

+    lua_pushboolean(P.LuaState, Breakable);

+

+    if  (P.CallFunctionByName(Cur.Func, 1 + PrepareStack(P.LuaState), LUA_MULTRET))

+    and Breakable

+    and (lua_gettop(P.LuaState) > 0) then

+    begin //Chain Broken

+      Result := P.LuaState;

+      Break;

+    end;

+

+    Cur := Cur.Next;

+  end;

+

+  RemoveWaitingHooks;

+  CallinProcess := false;

+end;

+

+{ the default function for THookableEvent.PrepareStack it don't pass any arguments }

+function PrepareStack_Dummy(L: PLua_State): Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+end;

+

+{ function in resulting hook table. it calls the unhook command of the event on plugins demand }

+function LuaHook_UnHook(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Name: string;

+    Event: THookableEvent;

+    hHook: integer;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+

+  if not lua_isTable(L, 1) then

+    LuaL_Error(L, 'Can''t find hook table in LuaHook_Unhook. Please call Unhook with method seperator (colon) instead of a point.');

+

+  // get event name

+  Lua_GetField(L, 1, 'Event');

+  if not lua_isString(L, -1) then

+    LuaL_Error(L, 'Can''t get event name in LuaHook_Unhook');

+

+  Name := Lua_ToString(L, -1);

+

+  // get event by name

+  Event := LuaCore.GetEventbyName(Name);

+

+  // free stack slots

+  Lua_pop(L, Lua_GetTop(L));

+

+  if (Event = nil) then

+    LuaL_Error(L, PAnsiChar('event ' + Name + ' does not exist (anymore?) in LuaHook_Unhook'));

+

+  // get the hookid

+  hHook := lua_ToInteger(L, lua_upvalueindex(1));

+

+  Event.UnHook(L, hHook);

+end;

+

+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaCore.pas b/src/lua/ULuaCore.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ea9fd991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaCore.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1021 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+unit ULuaCore;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses SysUtils, ULua, UHookableEvent, UPath;

+

+type

+  { this exception is raised when the lua panic function

+    is called. Only in case we use call instead of pcall.

+    it has the lua error string in its message attribute }

+  ELuaException = class(Exception);

+

+  { record represents item of Eventlist of TLuaCore }

+  PEventListItem = ^TEventListItem;

+  TEventListItem = record

+    Event: THookableEvent;

+    Next:  PEventListItem;

+  end;

+

+  { record represents a module }

+  TLuaModule = record

+    Name:      string;

+    Functions: array of luaL_reg; //modules functions, w/ trailing nils this time

+  end;

+

+  TLuaPlugin_Status = (psNone, psRunning, psClosed, psErrorOnLoad, psErrorOnCall, psErrorInInit, psErrorOnRun);

+  { class represents a loaded plugin }

+  TLuaPlugin = class

+    private

+      iId:        integer;

+      Filename:   IPath;

+      State:      Plua_State; //< all functions of this plugin are called with this Lua state

+      bPaused:    boolean;    //< If true no lua functions from this state are called

+      ErrorCount: integer;    //< counts the errors that occured during function calls of this plugin

+      ShutDown:   boolean;    //< for self shutdown by plugin. true if plugin wants to be unloaded after execution of current function

+

+      sName:    string;

+      sVersion: string;

+      sAuthor:  string;

+      sURL:     string;

+

+      sStatus:  TLuaPlugin_Status;

+    public

+      constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Id: integer);

+

+      property Id:      integer read iId;

+      property Name:    string read sName;

+      property Version: string read sVersion;

+      property Author:  string read sAuthor;

+      property Url:     string read sUrl;

+

+      property Status:      TLuaPlugin_Status read sStatus;

+      property CountErrors: integer read ErrorCount;

+

+      property LuaState:    Plua_State read State;

+

+      procedure Load;

+

+      procedure Register(Name, Version, Author, Url: string);

+      function HasRegistred: boolean;

+

+      procedure PausePlugin(doPause: boolean);

+      property Paused: boolean read bPaused write PausePlugin;

+

+      procedure ShutMeDown;

+

+      { calls the lua function in the global w/ the given name.

+        the arguments to the function have to be pushed to the stack

+        before calling this function.

+        the arguments and the function will be removed from stack

+        results will not be removed.

+        if result is false there was an error calling the function

+        if ReportErrors is true the errorstring is popped from stack

+        and written to error.log otherwise it is left on stack}

+      function CallFunctionByName(Name:               string; 

+                                  const nArgs:        integer = 0;

+				  const nResults:     integer = 0;

+				  const ReportErrors: boolean = true): boolean;

+      procedure ClearStack;

+

+      procedure Unload; //< Destroys the Luastate, and frees as much mem as possible, w/o destroying the class and important information 

+

+      destructor Destroy; override;

+  end;

+

+  { class managing the plugins w/ their LuaStates, the events and modules

+    it also offers the usdx table to the plugins w/ some basic functionality

+    like self unload or hook getting}

+  TLuaCore = class

+    private

+      EventList:         PEventListItem;  //< pointer to first registred Event, ordered by name

+      EventHandles:      array of string; //< Index is Events handle, value is events name. if length(value) is 0 handle is considered unregistred

+

+      Plugins:           array of TLuaPlugin;

+

+      eLoadingFinished: THookableEvent;

+    protected

+      Modules: array of TLuaModule; //< modules that has been registred, has to be proctected because fucntions of this unit need to get access

+

+      function GetModuleIdByName(Name: string): integer; //returns id of given module, or -1 if module is not found

+    public

+      constructor Create;

+      destructor Destroy; override;

+

+      procedure LoadPlugins;                         //< calls LoadPlugin w/ Plugindir and LoadingFinished Eventchain

+

+      procedure BrowseDir(Dir: IPath);               //< searches for files w/ extension .usdx in the specified dir and tries to load them w/ lua

+      procedure LoadPlugin(Filename: IPath);         //< tries to load filename w/ lua and creates the default usdx lua environment for the plugins state

+

+      function GetPluginByName(Name: string): TLuaPlugin;

+      function GetPluginById(Id: integer): TLuaPlugin;

+

+      { this function adds a module loader for your functions

+        name is the name the script needs to write in its require()

+        Functions is an array of lua calling compatible functions

+        w/o trailing nils! }

+      procedure RegisterModule(Name: string; const Functions: array of luaL_reg);

+

+      function RegisterEvent(Event: THookableEvent): integer; //< adds the event to eventlist and returns its handle

+      procedure UnRegisterEvent(hEvent: integer);             //< removes the event from eventlist by handle

+

+      function GetEventbyName(Name: string): THookableEvent;       //< tries to find the event w/ the given name in the list

+      function GetEventbyHandle(hEvent: integer): THookableEvent;  //< tries to find the event w/ the given handle

+

+      procedure UnHookByParent(Parent: integer); //< remove all hooks by given parent id from all events

+

+      procedure PrepareState(L: Plua_State);

+

+      procedure DumpPlugins; //< prints plugin runtime information w/ Log.LogStatus

+  end;

+

+//some luastyle functions to call from lua scripts

+{ register global, used by plugins to identify

+  register(plugin name, plugin version, [plugin author], [plugin homepage])

+  can only be called once since the global "register" is niled by the function

+  returns true on success. (name does not exist)}

+function TLuaPlugin_Register (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+

+{ moduleloader for usdx.* modules

+  stored in package.loaders[3]

+  package.loaders[3] (module name)

+  returns a function to load the requested module or a error

+  description(string) when the module is not found }

+function TLuaCore_ModuleLoader (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+

+{ loads module specified by a cfunction upvalue to

+  usdx.modulename and returns it.

+  loadmodule(module name) }

+function TLuaCore_LoadModule (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+

+{ custom lua panic function

+  it writes error string to error.log and raises an ELuaException

+  that may be caught }

+function TLua_CustomPanic (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+

+{ replacement for luas require function

+  can be called with more than one parameter to require

+  some modules at once. e.g.: require('math', 'Usdx.Log')

+  modules are loaded from right to left

+  unlike standard require the module tables are not returned

+  the standard require function in _require is called by

+  this function }

+function TLua_CustomRequire(L: PLua_State): integer; cdecl;

+

+

+var

+  LuaCore: TLuaCore;

+

+implementation

+uses

+  StrUtils,

+  ULog,

+  UFilesystem,

+  ULuaUsdx,

+  UPathUtils,

+  ULuaUtils;

+

+constructor TLuaCore.Create;

+begin

+  inherited;

+

+  //init EventList w/ nil

+  EventList := nil;

+

+  eLoadingFinished := nil;

+end;

+

+destructor TLuaCore.Destroy;

+var

+  Cur:  PEventListItem;

+  Prev: PEventListItem;

+begin

+  SetLength(EventHandles, 0);

+

+  //delete event list

+  Cur := EventList;

+

+  while(Cur <> nil) do

+  begin

+    Prev := Cur;

+    Cur := Prev.Next;

+

+    Dispose(Prev);

+  end;

+

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+{ calls BrowseDir w/ plugin dir and LoadingFinished eventchain }

+procedure TLuaCore.LoadPlugins;

+begin

+  // we have to create event here, because in create it can

+  // not be registred, because LuaCore is no assigned

+  if (not Assigned(eLoadingFinished)) then

+    eLoadingFinished := THookableEvent.Create('Usdx.LoadingFinished');

+

+  BrowseDir(PluginPath);

+  eLoadingFinished.CallHookChain(false);

+end;

+

+{ searches for files w/ extension .usdx in the specified

+  dir and tries to load them w/ lua }

+procedure TLuaCore.BrowseDir(Dir: IPath);

+  var

+    Iter:     IFileIterator;

+    FileInfo: TFileInfo;

+    FileName: IPath;

+    Ext:      IPath;

+begin

+  Ext := Path('.usdx');

+

+  // search for all files and directories

+  Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*'), faAnyFile);

+  while (Iter.HasNext) do

+  begin

+    FileInfo := Iter.Next;

+    FileName := FileInfo.Name;

+    if ((FileInfo.Attr and faDirectory) <> 0) then

+    begin

+      if (not FileName.Equals('.')) and (not FileName.Equals('..')) then

+        BrowseDir(Dir.Append(FileName));

+    end

+    else

+    begin

+      if (Ext.Equals(FileName.GetExtension(), true)) then

+      begin

+        LoadPlugin(Dir.Append(FileName));

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ tries to load filename w/ lua and creates the default

+  usdx lua environment for the plugins state }

+procedure TLuaCore.LoadPlugin(Filename: IPath);

+  var

+    Len: integer;  

+begin

+  Len := Length(Plugins);

+  SetLength(Plugins, Len + 1);

+  Plugins[Len] := TLuaPlugin.Create(Filename, Len);

+  Plugins[Len].Load;

+end;

+

+{ returns Plugin on success nil on failure }

+function TLuaCore.GetPluginByName(Name: string): TLuaPlugin;

+  var

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  Result := nil;

+  Name := lowercase(Name);

+

+  for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do

+    if (lowercase(Plugins[I].Name) = Name) then

+    begin

+      Result := GetPluginById(I);

+      Exit;

+    end;

+end;

+

+{ returns Plugin on success nil on failure }

+function TLuaCore.GetPluginById(Id: integer): TLuaPlugin;

+begin

+  if (Id >= 0) and (Id <= High(Plugins)) then

+    Result := Plugins[Id]

+  else

+    Result := nil;

+end;

+

+{ this function adds a module loader for your functions

+  name is the name the script needs to write in its require()

+  Functions is an array of lua calling compatible functions

+  w/o trailing nils! }

+procedure TLuaCore.RegisterModule(Name: string; const Functions: array of luaL_reg);

+  var

+    Len:     integer;

+    FuncLen: integer;

+    I:       integer;

+begin

+  Len := Length(Modules);

+  SetLength(Modules, Len + 1);

+  Modules[Len].Name := Name;

+

+  FuncLen := Length(Functions);

+  SetLength(Modules[Len].Functions, FuncLen + 1);

+  

+  for I := 0 to FuncLen-1 do

+    Modules[Len].Functions[I] := Functions[I];

+

+  Modules[Len].Functions[FuncLen].name := nil;

+  Modules[Len].Functions[FuncLen].func := nil;

+end;

+

+{ adds the event to eventlist and returns its handle

+  called by THookableEvent on creation }

+function TLuaCore.RegisterEvent(Event: THookableEvent): integer;

+var

+  Cur, Prev, Item: PEventListItem;

+begin

+  if (Event <> nil) and (Length(Event.Name) > 0) then

+  begin

+    Result := Length(EventHandles);

+    SetLength(EventHandles, Result + 1); //get Handle and copy it to result

+

+    EventHandles[Result] := Event.Name;

+

+    //create eventlist item

+    New(Item);

+    Item.Event := Event;

+

+    //search for a place for this event in alphabetical order

+    Prev := nil;

+    Cur := EventList;

+

+    while (Cur <> nil) and (CompareStr(Cur.Event.Name, EventHandles[Result]) < 0) do

+    begin

+      Prev := Cur;

+      Cur := Prev.Next;

+    end;

+

+    //found the place => add new item

+    if (Prev <> nil) then

+      Prev.Next := Item

+    else //first item

+      EventList := Item;

+

+    Item.Next := Cur;

+  end

+  else

+    Result := -1;

+end;

+

+{ removes the event from eventlist by handle }

+procedure TLuaCore.UnRegisterEvent(hEvent: integer);

+  var

+    Cur, Prev: PEventListItem;

+begin

+  if (hEvent >= 0) and (hEvent <= High(EventHandles)) and (Length(EventHandles[hEvent]) > 0) then

+  begin //hEvent in bounds and not already deleted

+    //delete from eventlist

+    Prev := nil;

+    Cur  := EventList;

+

+    while (Cur <> nil) and (CompareStr(Cur.Event.Name, EventHandles[hEvent]) < 0) do

+    begin

+      Prev := Cur;

+      Cur  := Prev.Next;

+    end;

+

+    if (Cur <> nil) and (Cur.Event.Name = EventHandles[hEvent]) then

+    begin //delete if found

+      Prev.Next := Cur.Next; // remove from list

+      Dispose(Cur); // free memory

+    end;

+

+    //delete from handle array

+    EventHandles[hEvent] := '';

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ tries to find the event w/ the given name in the list

+  to-do : use binary search algorithm instead of linear search here

+          check whether this is possible (events are saved in a pointer list) }

+function TLuaCore.GetEventbyName(Name: string): THookableEvent;

+  var

+    Cur: PEventListItem;

+begin

+  Result := nil;

+

+  if (Length(Name) > 0) then

+  begin

+    //search in eventlist

+    Cur := EventList;

+

+    while (Cur <> nil) and (CompareStr(Cur.Event.Name, Name) < 0) do

+    begin

+      Cur := Cur.Next;

+    end;

+

+    if (Cur <> nil) and (Cur.Event.Name = Name) then

+    begin //we found what we want to find

+      Result := Cur.Event;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ tries to find the event w/ the given handle }

+function TLuaCore.GetEventbyHandle(hEvent: integer): THookableEvent;

+begin

+  if (hEvent >= 0) and (hEvent <= High(EventHandles)) and (Length(EventHandles[hEvent]) > 0) then

+  begin //hEvent in bounds and not already deleted

+    Result := GetEventByName(EventHandles[hEvent]);

+  end

+  else

+    Result := nil;

+end;

+

+{ remove all hooks by given parent id from all events }

+procedure TLuaCore.UnHookByParent(Parent: integer);

+  var

+    Cur: PEventListItem;

+begin

+  if (Parent >= 0) and (Parent <= High(Plugins)) then

+  begin

+    // go through event list

+    Cur := EventList;

+

+    while (Cur <> nil) do

+    begin

+      Cur.Event.UnHookByParent(Parent);

+      Cur := Cur.Next;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ prepares the given already opened Lua state with the

+  basic usdx environment, e.g.: base and package Modules,

+  usdx moduleloader and usdx table }

+procedure TLuaCore.PrepareState(L: Plua_State);

+begin

+  //load basic lib functionality

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_base);

+  lua_call(L, 0, 0);

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L)); //pop the results

+

+  //load module functionality

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_package);

+  lua_call(L, 0, 0);

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L)); //pop the results

+

+  { adds the loader for the other standard lib to package.preload table

+    plugins can call e.g. require('math') if they need math functionality }

+

+  // we need 3 free stack slots

+  lua_checkstack(L, 3);

+

+  // get package table

+  lua_getglobal (L, PChar('package'));

+

+  // get package.preload table

+  lua_getfield (L, -1, PChar('preload'));

+

+  {**** add string lib }

+

+  // push loader function

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_string);

+

+  // set package.preload.x loader

+  lua_setfield (L, -2, PChar('string'));

+

+  {**** add table lib }

+

+  // push loader function

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_table);

+

+  // set package.preload.x loader

+  lua_setfield (L, -2, PChar('table'));

+

+  {**** add math lib }

+

+  // push loader function

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_math);

+

+  // set package.preload.x loader

+  lua_setfield (L, -2, PChar('math'));

+

+  {**** add os lib }

+

+  // push loader function

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_os);

+

+  // set package.preload.x loader

+  lua_setfield (L, -2, PChar('os'));

+

+  //pop package.preload table from stack

+  lua_pop(L, 1);

+

+  // get package.loaders table

+  lua_getfield (L, -1, PChar('loaders'));

+

+  {**** Move C-Library and all-in-one module loader backwards,

+        slot 3 is free now }

+  // get package.loaders[4] function

+  lua_pushinteger(L, 5); //push new index

+  lua_pushinteger(L, 4); //push old index

+  lua_gettable (L, -3);

+

+  // and move it to package.loaders[5]

+  lua_settable (L, -3);

+

+  // get package.loaders[3] function

+  lua_pushinteger(L, 4); //push new index

+  lua_pushinteger(L, 3); //push old index

+  lua_gettable (L, -3);

+

+  // and move it to package.loaders[4]

+  lua_settable (L, -3);

+

+  {**** now we add the core module to package.loaders[3] }

+  lua_pushinteger(L, 3); //push new loaders index

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, TLuaCore_ModuleLoader);

+

+  // and move it to package.loaders[3]

+  lua_settable (L, -3);

+

+  //pop both package and package.loaders tables from stack

+  lua_pop(L, 2);

+

+  {**** replace the standard require w/ our custom require function }

+  // first move standard require function to _require

+  lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, PChar('require'));

+  lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, PChar('_require'));

+

+  // then save custom require function to require

+  lua_pushcfunction(L, TLua_CustomRequire);

+  lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, PChar('require'));

+

+  {**** now we create the usdx table }

+  //at first functions from ULuaUsdx

+  luaL_register(L, 'Usdx', @ULuaUsdx_Lib_f[0]);

+end;

+

+{ returns id of given module, or -1 if module is not found }

+function TLuaCore.GetModuleIdByName(Name: string): integer;

+  var

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  Result := -1;

+  

+  for I := 0 to High(Modules) do

+    if (Modules[I].Name = Name) then

+    begin

+      Result := I;

+      Exit;

+    end;

+end;

+

+{ moduleloader for usdx.* modules

+  stored in package.loaders[3]

+  package.loaders[3] (module name)

+  returns a function to load the requested module or an error

+  description(string) when the module is not found }

+function TLuaCore_ModuleLoader (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Name: string;

+    ID:   integer;

+begin

+  Result := 1; //we will return one value in any case (or never return in case of an error)

+

+  if (lua_gettop(L) >= 1) then

+  begin

+    // pop all arguments but the first

+    if (lua_gettop(L) > 1) then

+      lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L)-1);

+

+

+    if (lua_IsString(L, 1)) then

+    begin //we got the name => go get it

+      Name := lua_toString(L, 1);

+

+      //we need at least 6 letters

+      //and first 5 letters have to be usdx.

+      if (Length(Name) > 5) and (lowercase(copy(Name, 1, 5))='usdx.') then

+      begin

+        ID := LuaCore.GetModuleIdByName(copy(Name, 6, Length(Name) - 5));

+        if (ID >= 0) then

+        begin //found the module -> return loader function

+          lua_pushinteger(L, Id);

+          lua_pushcclosure(L, TLuaCore_LoadModule, 1);

+          //the function is the result, so we leave it on stack

+        end

+        else

+          lua_pushString(L, PChar('usdx module "' + Name + '" couldn''t be found'));

+      end

+      else

+        lua_pushString(L, PChar('module doesn''t have "Usdx." prefix'));

+

+    end

+    else

+      luaL_argerror(L, 1, PChar('string expected'));

+  end

+  else

+    luaL_error(L, PChar('no modulename specified in usdx moduleloader')); 

+end;

+

+{ loads module specified by a cfunction upvalue to

+  usdx.modulename and returns it.

+  loadmodule(module name) }

+function TLuaCore_LoadModule (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Id: integer;

+begin

+  if (not lua_isnoneornil(L, lua_upvalueindex(1))) then

+  begin

+    Id := lua_ToInteger(L, lua_upvalueindex(1));

+

+    luaL_register(L, PChar('Usdx.' + LuaCore.Modules[Id].Name), @LuaCore.Modules[Id].Functions[0]);

+

+    // set the modules table as global "modulename"

+    // so it can be accessed either by Usdx.modulename.x() or

+    // by modulename.x()

+    lua_setglobal(L, PChar(LuaCore.Modules[Id].Name));

+

+    // no we net to push the table again to return it

+    lua_getglobal(L, PChar(LuaCore.Modules[Id].Name));

+

+    Result := 1; //return table

+  end

+  else

+    luaL_error(L, PChar('no upvalue found in LuaCore_LoadModule'));

+end;

+

+{ prints plugin runtime information w/ Log.LogStatus }

+procedure TLuaCore.DumpPlugins;

+  function PluginStatusToString(Status: TLuaPlugin_Status): string;

+  begin

+    case Status of

+      psNone:        Result := 'not loaded';

+      psRunning:     Result := 'running';

+      psClosed:      Result := 'closed';

+      psErrorOnLoad: Result := 'error during load';

+      psErrorOnCall: Result := 'error during call';

+      psErrorInInit: Result := 'error in plugin_init()';

+      psErrorOnRun:  Result := 'error on function call';

+      else           Result := 'unknown';

+    end;

+  end;

+

+var

+  I: integer;

+begin

+  // print table header

+  Log.LogStatus(Format('%3s %-30s %-8s %-10s %-7s %-6s', [

+      '#', 'Name', 'Version', 'Status', 'Paused', '#Errors'

+  ]), 'LuaCore Plugins');

+

+  for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do

+    Log.LogStatus(Format('%3d %-30s %-8s %-10s %-7s %-6d', [

+        Plugins[I].Id, Plugins[I].Name, Plugins[I].Version,

+        PluginStatusToString(Plugins[I].Status),

+        BoolToStr(Plugins[I].Paused, true),

+        Plugins[I].CountErrors

+    ]), 'LuaCore Plugins');

+  if (High(Plugins) < 0) then

+    Log.LogError(' no plugins loaded ', 'LuaCore Plugins');

+end;

+

+// Implementation of TLuaPlugin

+//--------

+constructor TLuaPlugin.Create(Filename: IPath; Id: integer);

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  Self.iId := Id;

+  Self.Filename := Filename;

+

+  // set some default attributes

+  Self.bPaused    := false;

+  Self.ErrorCount := 0;

+  Self.sName      := 'not registred';

+  Self.sStatus    := psNone;

+  Self.ShutDown   := false;

+

+  State := nil; //< to prevent calls to unopened state

+end;

+

+destructor TLuaPlugin.Destroy;

+begin

+  Unload;

+  inherited;

+end;

+

+{ does the main loading part

+  can not be called by create, because Plugins[Id] isn't defined there }

+procedure TLuaPlugin.Load;

+begin

+  // create Lua state for this plugin

+  State := luaL_newstate;

+

+  //set our custom panic function if s/t went wrong along the init

+  //we don't expect

+  lua_atPanic(State, TLua_CustomPanic);

+

+  if (LuaL_LoadFile(State, PChar(Filename.ToNative)) = 0) then

+  begin // file loaded successful

+    { note: we run the file here, but the environment isn't

+            set up now. it just causes the functions to

+            register in globals and runs the code in the file

+            body. At least there should be no code, it could

+            neither use functions from baselibs nor load libs

+            with require, this code would be useless. }

+    if (lua_pcall(State, 0, 0, 0) = 0) then

+    begin // file called successful

+

+      //let the core prepare our state

+      LuaCore.PrepareState(State);

+

+      // set register function

+      lua_checkstack(State, 2);

+      lua_pushinteger(State, Id);

+      lua_pushcclosure(State, TLuaPlugin_Register, 1); 

+      lua_setglobal(State, PChar('register'));

+

+      // write plugin id to registry

+      lua_pushinteger(State, iId);

+      lua_setfield (State, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, '_USDX_STATE_ID');

+      lua_pop(State, Lua_GetTop(State));

+

+      // now run the plugin_init function

+      // plugin_init() if false or nothing is returned plugin init is aborted

+      if (CallFunctionByName('plugin_init', 0, 1)) then

+      begin

+        if (HasRegistred) and (sStatus = psNone) and (lua_toBoolean(State, 1)) then

+        begin

+          sStatus := psRunning;

+          ClearStack;

+        end

+        else

+          Unload;

+      end

+      else

+      begin

+        sStatus := psErrorInInit;

+        Log.LogError('error in plugin_init: ' + Self.Filename.ToNative, 'lua');

+        Unload;

+      end;

+    end

+    else

+    begin

+      sStatus := psErrorOnLoad;

+      Log.LogError(String(lua_toString(State, 1)), 'lua');

+      Log.LogError('unable to call file: ' + Self.Filename.ToNative, 'lua');

+      Unload;

+    end;

+

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    sStatus := psErrorOnLoad;

+    Log.LogError(String(lua_toString(State, 1)), 'lua');

+    Log.LogError('unable to load file: ' + Self.Filename.ToNative, 'lua');

+    Unload;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TLuaPlugin.Register(Name, Version, Author, Url: string);

+begin

+  sName    := Name;

+  sVersion := Version;

+  sAuthor  := Author;

+  sURL     := Url;

+end;

+

+{ returns true if plugin has called register }

+function TLuaPlugin.HasRegistred: boolean;

+begin

+  Result := (Self.sName <> 'not registred');

+end;

+

+procedure TLuaPlugin.PausePlugin(doPause: boolean);

+begin

+  bPaused := doPause;

+end;

+

+{ unload plugin after execution of the current function }

+procedure TLuaPlugin.ShutMeDown;

+begin

+  ShutDown := true;

+end;

+

+{ calls the lua function in the global w/ the given name.

+  the arguments to the function have to be pushed to the stack

+  before calling this function.

+  the arguments and the function will be removed from stack

+  results will not be removed.

+  if result is false there was an error calling the function,

+  if ReportErrors is true the errorstring is popped from stack

+  and written to error.log otherwise it is left on stack}

+function TLuaPlugin.CallFunctionByName(Name:               string; 

+                                       const nArgs:        integer;

+				       const nResults:     integer;

+				       const ReportErrors: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := false;

+  if (State <> nil) then

+  begin

+    if (not bPaused) then

+    begin

+      // we need at least one stack slot free

+      lua_checkstack(State, 1);

+

+      // lua_getglobal(State, PChar(Name)); //this is just a macro:

+      lua_getfield(State, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, PChar(Name));

+

+      if (lua_isfunction(State, -1)) then

+      begin //we got a function

+        // move function in front of the arguments (if any)

+        if (nArgs > 0) then

+          lua_insert(State, -(nArgs + 1));

+

+        // call it!

+        if (lua_pcall(State, nArgs, nResults, 0) = 0) then

+          Result := true //called w/o errors

+        else //increase error counter

+          Inc (ErrorCount);

+      end

+      else

+      begin //we have to pop the args and the field we pushed from stack

+        lua_pop(State, nArgs + 1);

+        //leave an errormessage on stack

+        lua_pushstring(State, Pchar('could not find function named ' + Name));

+      end;

+    end

+    else

+    begin //we have to pop the args from stack

+      lua_pop(State, nArgs);

+      //leave an errormessage on stack

+      lua_pushstring(State, PChar('plugin paused'));

+    end;

+

+    if (not Result) and (ReportErrors) then

+      Log.LogError(lua_toString(State, -1), 'lua/' + sName);

+

+    if ShutDown then

+    begin // plugin indicates self shutdown

+      ShutDown := false;

+      Unload;

+      Result := false;

+    end

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    Log.LogError('trying to call function of closed or not opened lua state', IfThen(HasRegistred, Name, Filename.ToUTF8));

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ removes all values from stack }

+procedure TLuaPlugin.ClearStack;

+begin

+  if (State <> nil) and (lua_gettop(State) > 0) then

+    lua_pop(State, lua_gettop(State));

+end;

+

+{ destroys the lua state, and frees as much mem as possible,

+  w/o destroying the class and important information }

+procedure TLuaPlugin.Unload;

+begin

+  if (State <> nil) then

+  begin

+    if (Status in [psRunning, psErrorOnRun]) then

+      CallFunctionByName('plugin_unload');

+

+    ClearStack;

+    lua_close(State);

+    State := nil; //don't forget to nil it ;)

+

+    LuaCore.UnHookByParent(iId);

+

+    if (sStatus = psRunning) then

+      sStatus := psClosed;

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TLuaPlugin_Register (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Id: integer;

+    P:  TLuaPlugin;

+    Name, Version, Author, Url: string;

+begin

+  if (lua_gettop(L) >= 2) then

+  begin // we got at least name and version

+    if (not lua_isNumber(L, lua_upvalueindex(1))) then

+      luaL_Error(L, PChar('upvalue missing'));

+

+    if (not lua_isString(L, 1)) then

+      luaL_ArgError(L, 1, 'string expected');

+

+    if (not lua_isString(L, 2)) then

+      luaL_ArgError(L, 1, 'string expected');

+

+    Id := lua_ToInteger(L, lua_upvalueindex(1));

+

+    //get version and name

+    Name    := lua_tostring(L, 1);

+    Version := lua_tostring(L, 2);

+

+    //get optional parameters

+    if (lua_isString(L, 3)) then //author

+      Author := lua_toString(L, 3)

+    else

+    begin

+      Author := 'unknown';

+    end;

+

+    // homepage

+    if (lua_isString(L, 4)) then

+      Url := lua_toString(L, 4)

+    else

+    begin

+      Url := '';

+    end;

+

+    //clear stack

+    if (lua_gettop(L) > 0) then

+      lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));

+

+    //call register

+    P := LuaCore.GetPluginById(Id);

+    if (P <> nil) then

+      P.Register(Name, Version, Author, Url)

+    else

+      luaL_error(L, PChar('wrong id in upstream'));

+

+    // remove function from global register

+    lua_pushnil(L);

+    lua_setglobal(L, PChar('register'));

+

+    // return true

+    Result := 1;

+    lua_pushboolean(L, true);  

+  end

+  else

+    luaL_error(L, PChar('not enough arguments, at least 2 expected. in TLuaPlugin_Register'));

+end;

+

+{ custom lua panic function

+  it writes error string to error.log and raises an ELuaException

+  that may be caught }

+function TLua_CustomPanic (L: Plua_State): integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Msg: string;

+begin

+  if (lua_isString(L, -1)) then

+    Msg := lua_toString(L, -1)

+  else

+    Msg := 'undefined lua panic';

+

+  Log.LogError(Msg, 'lua');

+

+  raise ELuaException.Create(Msg);;

+

+  Result := 0;

+end;

+

+{ replacement for luas require function

+  can be called with more than one parameter to require

+  some modules at once. e.g.: require('math', 'Usdx.Log')

+  modules are loaded from right to left

+  unlike standard require the module tables are not returned

+  the standard require function in _require is called by

+  this function }

+function TLua_CustomRequire(L: PLua_State): integer; cdecl;

+begin

+  // no results

+  Result := 0;

+

+  // move through parameters

+  while (lua_getTop(L) >= 1) do

+  begin

+    // get luas require function

+    lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, PChar('_require'));

+

+    // move it under the top param

+    lua_insert(L, -2);

+

+    // call it w/ next param (function + param are poped from stack)

+    lua_call(L, 1, 0);

+  end;

+end;

+

+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaGl.pas b/src/lua/ULuaGl.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..178853b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaGl.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1513 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULuaGl;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  gl,
+  ULua;
+
+function luaopen_gl (L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_StringToEnum(Str: String): GLenum;
+
+{ lua lib functions }
+function ULuaGl_Begin(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_BindTexture(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_BlendFunc(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Clear(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_ClearAccum(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_ClearColor(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Color(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_CullFace(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_DepthFunc(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_DepthRange(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Disable(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_DisableClientState(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_DrawBuffer(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Enable(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_EnableClientState(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_End(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_EndList(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Finish(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Flush(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_FrontFace(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_InitNames(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_LoadIdentity(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_LogicOp(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_MatrixMode(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Ortho(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_PopAttrib(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_PopClientAttrib(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_PopMatrix(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_PopName(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_PushMatrix(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_RasterPos(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_ReadBuffer(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Rect(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Rotate(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Scale(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_ShadeModel(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_TexCoord(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Translate(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Vertex(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Viewport(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaGl_Dummy(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+const
+  ULuaGl_Lib_f: array [0..40] of lual_reg = (
+   (name:'Begin';func:ULuaGl_Begin),
+   (name:'BindTexture';func:ULuaGl_BindTexture),
+   (name:'BlendFunc';func:ULuaGl_BlendFunc),
+   (name:'Clear';func:ULuaGl_Clear),
+   (name:'ClearAccum';func:ULuaGl_ClearAccum),
+   (name:'ClearColor';func:ULuaGl_ClearColor),
+   (name:'Color';func:ULuaGl_Color),
+   (name:'CullFace';func:ULuaGl_CullFace),
+   (name:'DepthFunc';func:ULuaGl_DepthFunc),
+   (name:'DepthRange';func:ULuaGl_DepthRange),
+   (name:'Disable';func:ULuaGl_Disable),
+   (name:'DisableClientState';func:ULuaGl_DisableClientState),
+   (name:'DrawBuffer';func:ULuaGl_DrawBuffer),
+   (name:'Enable';func:ULuaGl_Enable),
+   (name:'EnableClientState';func:ULuaGl_EnableClientState),
+   (name:'End';func:ULuaGl_End),
+   (name:'EndList';func:ULuaGl_EndList),
+   (name:'Finish';func:ULuaGl_Finish),
+   (name:'Flush';func:ULuaGl_Flush),
+   (name:'FrontFace';func:ULuaGl_FrontFace),
+   (name:'InitNames';func:ULuaGl_InitNames),
+   (name:'LoadIdentity';func:ULuaGl_LoadIdentity),
+   (name:'LogicOp';func:ULuaGl_LogicOp),
+   (name:'MatrixMode';func:ULuaGl_MatrixMode),
+   (name:'Ortho';func:ULuaGl_Ortho),
+   (name:'PopAttrib';func:ULuaGl_PopAttrib),
+   (name:'PopClientAttrib';func:ULuaGl_PopClientAttrib),
+   (name:'PopMatrix';func:ULuaGl_PopMatrix),
+   (name:'PopName';func:ULuaGl_PopName),
+   (name:'PushMatrix';func:ULuaGl_PushMatrix),
+   (name:'RasterPos';func:ULuaGl_RasterPos),
+   (name:'ReadBuffer';func:ULuaGl_ReadBuffer),
+   (name:'Rotate';func:ULuaGl_Rotate),
+   (name:'Rect';func:ULuaGl_Rect),
+   (name:'Scale';func:ULuaGl_Scale),
+   (name:'ShadeModel';func:ULuaGl_ShadeModel),
+   (name:'TexCoord';func:ULuaGl_TexCoord),
+   (name:'Translate';func:ULuaGl_Translate),
+   (name:'Vertex';func:ULuaGl_Vertex),
+   (name:'Viewport';func:ULuaGl_Viewport),
+   (name:nil;func:nil)
+   );
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+   ULog;
+
+type
+  TULuaGl_Enums = record
+    Text:       string;
+    Value:      GLenum;
+  end;
+const
+  ULuaGl_EnumERROR = $fffffffe;
+
+function ULuaGl_Begin(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.Begin''');
+
+  glBegin(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_BindTexture(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.BindTexture''');
+
+  glBindTexture(e,lual_checkinteger(L,2));
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_BlendFunc(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+  f : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+  f := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,2));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) or (f = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.BlendFunc''');
+
+  glBlendFunc(e,f);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Clear(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.Clear''');
+
+  glClear(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_ClearAccum(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 4)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glClearAccum(lual_checknumber(L,-4),
+                 lual_checknumber(L,-3),
+                 lual_checknumber(L,-2),
+                 lual_checknumber(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.ClearAccum''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_ClearColor(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 4)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glClearColor(lual_checknumber(L,-4),
+                 lual_checknumber(L,-3),
+                 lual_checknumber(L,-2),
+                 lual_checknumber(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.ClearColor''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Color(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 3)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glColor3d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+              GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+              GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 4)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glColor4d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-4)),
+              GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+              GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+              GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Color''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_CullFace(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.CullFace''');
+
+  glCullFace(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_DepthFunc(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.DepthFunc''');
+
+  glDepthFunc(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_DepthRange(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if  (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 2))
+  or  (lua_gettop(L) = 2) then
+    glDepthRange(lual_checkinteger(L,-2),
+                 lual_checkinteger(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.DepthRange''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Disable(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.Disable''');
+
+  glDisable(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_DisableClientState(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.DisableClientState''');
+
+  glDisableClientState(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_DrawBuffer(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.DrawBuffer''');
+
+  glDrawBuffer(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Enable(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.Enable''');
+
+  glEnable(e);
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_EnableClientState(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.EnableClientState''');
+
+  glEnableClientState(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_End(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glEnd();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_EndList(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glEndList();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Finish(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glFinish();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Flush(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glFlush();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_FrontFace(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.FrontFace''');
+
+  glFrontFace(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_InitNames(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glInitNames();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_LoadIdentity(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glLoadIdentity();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_LogicOp(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.LogicOp''');
+
+  glLogicOp(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_MatrixMode(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.MatrixMode''');
+
+  glMatrixMode(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Ortho(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  if  (lua_gettop(L) = 6) then
+    glOrtho(lual_checkinteger(L,-6),
+            lual_checkinteger(L,-5),
+            lual_checkinteger(L,-4),
+            lual_checkinteger(L,-3),
+            lual_checkinteger(L,-2),
+            lual_checkinteger(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Ortho''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_PopAttrib(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glPopAttrib();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_PopClientAttrib(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glPopClientAttrib();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_PopMatrix(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glPopMatrix();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_PopName(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glPopName();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_PushMatrix(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  glPopName();
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_RasterPos(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 2)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 2) then
+    glRasterPos2d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+                  GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 3)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glRasterPos3d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+                  GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+                  GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 4)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glRasterPos4d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-4)),
+                  GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+                  GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+                  GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.RasterPos''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_ReadBuffer(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.ReadBuffer''');
+
+  glReadBuffer(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Rect(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) and lua_istable(L, 2) then
+  begin
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,2) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,2,i);
+  end;
+
+  if  (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 2))
+  and (lua_istable(L, 2) and (lua_objlen(L,2) = 2))
+  or  (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glRectD(lual_checknumber(L,-4),
+            lual_checknumber(L,-3),
+            lual_checknumber(L,-2),
+            lual_checknumber(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Rect''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Rotate(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  if  (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glRotated(lual_checkinteger(L,-4),
+              lual_checkinteger(L,-3),
+              lual_checkinteger(L,-2),
+              lual_checkinteger(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Rotate''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Scale(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  if  (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glScaled(lual_checkinteger(L,-3),
+             lual_checkinteger(L,-2),
+             lual_checkinteger(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Scale''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_ShadeModel(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  e : GLenum;
+begin
+  e := ULuaGl_StringToEnum(lual_checkstring(L,1));
+
+  if (e = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect string argument to function ''gl.ShadeModel''');
+
+  glShadeModel(e);
+
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_TexCoord(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 1)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 1) then
+    glTexCoord1d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 2)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 2) then
+    glTexCoord2d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+                 GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 3)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glTexCoord3d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+                 GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+                 GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 4)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glTexCoord4d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-4)),
+                 GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+                 GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+                 GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.TexCoord''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Translate(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  if  (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glTranslated(lual_checkinteger(L,-3),
+                 lual_checkinteger(L,-2),
+                 lual_checkinteger(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Translate''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Vertex(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) then
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+
+  if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 2)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 2) then
+    glVertex2d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+               GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 3)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 3) then
+    glVertex3d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+               GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+               GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else if (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 4)) or (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glVertex4d(GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-4)),
+               GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-3)),
+               GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-2)),
+               GLdouble(lual_checknumber(L,-1)))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Vertex''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Viewport(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  i: Integer;
+begin
+  if lua_istable(L, 1) and lua_istable(L, 2) then
+  begin
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,1) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,1,i);
+    for i := 1 to lua_objlen(L,2) do
+      lua_rawgeti(L,2,i);
+  end;
+
+  if  (lua_istable(L, 1) and (lua_objlen(L,1) = 2))
+  and (lua_istable(L, 2) and (lua_objlen(L,2) = 2))
+  or  (lua_gettop(L) = 4) then
+    glViewport(lual_checkinteger(L,-4),
+               lual_checkinteger(L,-3),
+               lual_checkinteger(L,-2),
+               lual_checkinteger(L,-1))
+  else
+    luaL_error(L, 'incorrect argument to function ''gl.Viewport''');
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaGl_Dummy(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function luaopen_gl (L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+    luaL_register(L,'gl',@ULuaGl_Lib_f[0]);
+    result:=1;
+end;
+
+(*
+  glAccum: procedure(op: GLenum; value: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAlphaFunc: procedure(func: GLenum; ref: GLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glAreTexturesResident: function (n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint; residences: PGLboolean): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glArrayElement: procedure(i: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glBitmap: procedure (width, height: GLsizei; xorig, yorig: GLfloat; xmove, ymove: GLfloat; const bitmap: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCallList: procedure(list: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCallLists: procedure(n: GLsizei; atype: GLenum; const lists: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearDepth: procedure(depth: GLclampd); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearIndex: procedure(c: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClearStencil: procedure(s: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glClipPlane: procedure(plane: GLenum; const equation: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glColorMask: procedure(red, green, blue, alpha: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorMaterial: procedure(face, mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glColorPointer: procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyPixels: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; atype: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexImage1D: procedure (target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalFormat: GLenum; x, y: GLint; width: GLsizei; border: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; internalFormat: GLenum; x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; border: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexSubImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset, x, y: GLint; width: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glCopyTexSubImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset, yoffset, x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteLists: procedure(list: GLuint; range: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDeleteTextures: procedure(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDepthMask: procedure(flag: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawArrays: procedure(mode: GLenum; first: GLint; count: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawElements: procedure(mode: GLenum; count: GLsizei; atype: GLenum; const indices: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glDrawPixels: procedure(width, height: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlag: procedure(flag: GLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlagPointer: procedure(stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEdgeFlagv: procedure(const flag: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glEvalCoord1d: procedure(u: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1dv: procedure(const u: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1f: procedure(u: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord1fv: procedure(const u: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2d: procedure(u, v: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2dv: procedure(const u: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2f: procedure(u, v: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalCoord2fv: procedure(const u: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glEvalMesh1: procedure(mode: GLenum; i1, i2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalMesh2: procedure(mode: GLenum; i1, i2, j1, j2: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalPoint1: procedure(i: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glEvalPoint2: procedure(i, j: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFeedbackBuffer: procedure(size: GLsizei; atype: GLenum; buffer: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogfv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogi: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFogiv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glFrustum: procedure(left, right, bottom, top, zNear, zFar: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenLists: function(range: GLsizei): GLuint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGenTextures: procedure(n: GLsizei; textures: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetBooleanv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLboolean); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetClipPlane: procedure(plane: GLenum; equation: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetDoublev: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+//  glGetError: function: GLenum; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetFloatv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetIntegerv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLightfv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetLightiv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapdv: procedure(target, query: GLenum; v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapfv: procedure(target, query: GLenum; v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMapiv: procedure(target, query: GLenum; v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMaterialfv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetMaterialiv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelMapfv: procedure(map: GLenum; values: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelMapuiv: procedure(map: GLenum; values: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPixelMapusv: procedure(map: GLenum; values: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPointerv: procedure(pname: GLenum; params: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetPolygonStipple: procedure(mask: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+/  glGetString: function(name: GLenum): PChar; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexEnvfv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexEnviv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexGendv: procedure(coord, pname: GLenum; params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexGenfv: procedure(coord, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexGeniv: procedure(coord, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexImage: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; format: GLenum; atype: GLenum; pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexLevelParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; pname: GLenum; params: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexLevelParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; level: GLint; pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexParameterfv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glGetTexParameteriv: procedure(target, pname: GLenum; params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glHint: procedure(target, mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexMask: procedure(mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glIndexPointer: procedure(atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexd: procedure(c: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexdv: procedure(const c: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexf: procedure(c: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexfv: procedure(const c: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexi: procedure(c: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexiv: procedure(const c: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexs: procedure(c: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexsv: procedure(const c: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexub: procedure(c: GLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIndexubv: procedure(const c: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glInterleavedArrays: procedure(format: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+/  glIsEnabled: function(cap: GLenum): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsList: function(list: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glIsTexture: function(texture: GLuint): GLboolean; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModelf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModelfv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModeli: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightModeliv: procedure(pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightf: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightfv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLighti: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLightiv: procedure(light, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLineStipple: procedure(factor: GLint; pattern: GLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLineWidth: procedure(width: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glListBase: procedure(base: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadMatrixd: procedure(const m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadMatrixf: procedure(const m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glLoadName: procedure(name: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap1d: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLdouble; stride, order: GLint; const points: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap1f: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLfloat; stride, order: GLint; const points: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap2d: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLdouble; ustride, uorder: GLint; v1, v2: GLdouble; vstride, vorder: GLint; const points: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMap2f: procedure(target: GLenum; u1, u2: GLfloat; ustride, uorder: GLint; v1, v2: GLfloat; vstride, vorder: GLint; const points: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid1d: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid1f: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid2d: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLdouble; vn: GLint; v1, v2: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMapGrid2f: procedure(un: GLint; u1, u2: GLfloat; vn: GLint; v1, v2: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMaterialf: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMaterialfv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMateriali: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMaterialiv: procedure(face, pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultMatrixd: procedure(const m: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glMultMatrixf: procedure(const m: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNewList: procedure(list: GLuint; mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3b: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3bv: procedure(const v: PGLbyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3d: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3dv: procedure(const v: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3f: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3fv: procedure(const v: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3i: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3iv: procedure(const v: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3s: procedure(nx, ny, nz: GLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormal3sv: procedure(const v: PGLshort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glNormalPointer: procedure(atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPassThrough: procedure(token: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelMapfv: procedure(map: GLenum; mapsize: GLsizei; const values: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelMapuiv: procedure(map: GLenum; mapsize: GLsizei; const values: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelMapusv: procedure(map: GLenum; mapsize: GLsizei; const values: PGLushort); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelStoref: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelStorei: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelTransferf: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelTransferi: procedure(pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPixelZoom: procedure(xfactor, yfactor: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPointSize: procedure(size: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPolygonMode: procedure(face, mode: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPolygonOffset: procedure(factor, units: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPolygonStipple: procedure(const mask: PGLubyte); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPrioritizeTextures: procedure(n: GLsizei; const textures: PGLuint; const priorities: PGLclampf); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushAttrib: procedure(mask: GLbitfield); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushClientAttrib: procedure(mask: GLbitfield); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glPushName: procedure(name: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glReadPixels: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glRenderMode: function(mode: GLint): GLint; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glScissor: procedure(x, y: GLint; width, height: GLsizei); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glSelectBuffer: procedure(size: GLsizei; buffer: PGLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilFunc: procedure(func: GLenum; ref: GLint; mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilMask: procedure(mask: GLuint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glStencilOp: procedure(fail, zfail, zpass: GLenum); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+
+  glTexCoordPointer: procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnvf: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnvfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnvi: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexEnviv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGend: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGendv: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLdouble); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGenf: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGenfv: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGeni: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexGeniv: procedure(coord: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, internalformat: GLint; width: GLsizei; border: GLint; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, internalformat: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; border: GLint; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameterf: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameterfv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLfloat); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameteri: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; param: GLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexParameteriv: procedure(target: GLenum; pname: GLenum; const params: PGLint); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage1D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset: GLint; width: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glTexSubImage2D: procedure(target: GLenum; level, xoffset, yoffset: GLint; width, height: GLsizei; format, atype: GLenum; const pixels: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  glVertexPointer: procedure(size: GLint; atype: GLenum; stride: GLsizei; const pointer: Pointer); {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF WINDOWS}
+  ChoosePixelFormat: function(DC: HDC; p2: PPixelFormatDescriptor): Integer; {$IFDEF WINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+  *)
+
+  const
+  ULuaGl_Enum: array [0..579] of TULuaGl_Enums = (
+    (Text:'GL_VERSION_1_1';Value:GL_VERSION_1_1),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM';Value:GL_ACCUM),
+    (Text:'GL_LOAD';Value:GL_LOAD),
+    (Text:'GL_RETURN';Value:GL_RETURN),
+    (Text:'GL_MULT';Value:GL_MULT),
+    (Text:'GL_ADD';Value:GL_ADD),
+    (Text:'GL_NEVER';Value:GL_NEVER),
+    (Text:'GL_LESS';Value:GL_LESS),
+    (Text:'GL_EQUAL';Value:GL_EQUAL),
+    (Text:'GL_LEQUAL';Value:GL_LEQUAL),
+    (Text:'GL_GREATER';Value:GL_GREATER),
+    (Text:'GL_NOTEQUAL';Value:GL_NOTEQUAL),
+    (Text:'GL_GEQUAL';Value:GL_GEQUAL),
+    (Text:'GL_ALWAYS';Value:GL_ALWAYS),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_BIT';Value:GL_CURRENT_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_BIT';Value:GL_POINT_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_BIT';Value:GL_LINE_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_BIT';Value:GL_POLYGON_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE_BIT';Value:GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MODE_BIT';Value:GL_PIXEL_MODE_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHTING_BIT';Value:GL_LIGHTING_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_BIT';Value:GL_FOG_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT';Value:GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT';Value:GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT';Value:GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_VIEWPORT_BIT';Value:GL_VIEWPORT_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_TRANSFORM_BIT';Value:GL_TRANSFORM_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_ENABLE_BIT';Value:GL_ENABLE_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT';Value:GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_HINT_BIT';Value:GL_HINT_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_EVAL_BIT';Value:GL_EVAL_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_LIST_BIT';Value:GL_LIST_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_BIT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_SCISSOR_BIT';Value:GL_SCISSOR_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS';Value:GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_POINTS';Value:GL_POINTS),
+    (Text:'GL_LINES';Value:GL_LINES),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_LOOP';Value:GL_LINE_LOOP),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_STRIP';Value:GL_LINE_STRIP),
+    (Text:'GL_TRIANGLES';Value:GL_TRIANGLES),
+    (Text:'GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP';Value:GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP),
+    (Text:'GL_TRIANGLE_FAN';Value:GL_TRIANGLE_FAN),
+    (Text:'GL_QUADS';Value:GL_QUADS),
+    (Text:'GL_QUAD_STRIP';Value:GL_QUAD_STRIP),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON';Value:GL_POLYGON),
+    (Text:'GL_ZERO';Value:GL_ZERO),
+    (Text:'GL_ONE';Value:GL_ONE),
+    (Text:'GL_SRC_COLOR';Value:GL_SRC_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR';Value:GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_SRC_ALPHA';Value:GL_SRC_ALPHA),
+    (Text:'GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA';Value:GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA),
+    (Text:'GL_DST_ALPHA';Value:GL_DST_ALPHA),
+    (Text:'GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA';Value:GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA),
+    (Text:'GL_DST_COLOR';Value:GL_DST_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR';Value:GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE';Value:GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE),
+    (Text:'GL_TRUE';Value:GL_TRUE),
+    (Text:'GL_FALSE';Value:GL_FALSE),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIP_PLANE0';Value:GL_CLIP_PLANE0),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIP_PLANE1';Value:GL_CLIP_PLANE1),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIP_PLANE2';Value:GL_CLIP_PLANE2),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIP_PLANE3';Value:GL_CLIP_PLANE3),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIP_PLANE4';Value:GL_CLIP_PLANE4),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIP_PLANE5';Value:GL_CLIP_PLANE5),
+    (Text:'GL_BYTE';Value:GL_BYTE),
+    (Text:'GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE';Value:GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE),
+    (Text:'GL_SHORT';Value:GL_SHORT),
+    (Text:'GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT';Value:GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT),
+    (Text:'GL_INT';Value:GL_INT),
+    (Text:'GL_UNSIGNED_INT';Value:GL_UNSIGNED_INT),
+    (Text:'GL_FLOAT';Value:GL_FLOAT),
+    (Text:'GL_2_BYTES';Value:GL_2_BYTES),
+    (Text:'GL_3_BYTES';Value:GL_3_BYTES),
+    (Text:'GL_4_BYTES';Value:GL_4_BYTES),
+    (Text:'GL_DOUBLE';Value:GL_DOUBLE),
+    (Text:'GL_NONE';Value:GL_NONE),
+    (Text:'GL_FRONT_LEFT';Value:GL_FRONT_LEFT),
+    (Text:'GL_FRONT_RIGHT';Value:GL_FRONT_RIGHT),
+    (Text:'GL_BACK_LEFT';Value:GL_BACK_LEFT),
+    (Text:'GL_BACK_RIGHT';Value:GL_BACK_RIGHT),
+    (Text:'GL_FRONT';Value:GL_FRONT),
+    (Text:'GL_BACK';Value:GL_BACK),
+    (Text:'GL_LEFT';Value:GL_LEFT),
+    (Text:'GL_RIGHT';Value:GL_RIGHT),
+    (Text:'GL_FRONT_AND_BACK';Value:GL_FRONT_AND_BACK),
+    (Text:'GL_AUX0';Value:GL_AUX0),
+    (Text:'GL_AUX1';Value:GL_AUX1),
+    (Text:'GL_AUX2';Value:GL_AUX2),
+    (Text:'GL_AUX3';Value:GL_AUX3),
+    (Text:'GL_NO_ERROR';Value:GL_NO_ERROR),
+    (Text:'GL_INVALID_ENUM';Value:GL_INVALID_ENUM),
+    (Text:'GL_INVALID_VALUE';Value:GL_INVALID_VALUE),
+    (Text:'GL_INVALID_OPERATION';Value:GL_INVALID_OPERATION),
+    (Text:'GL_STACK_OVERFLOW';Value:GL_STACK_OVERFLOW),
+    (Text:'GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW';Value:GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW),
+    (Text:'GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY';Value:GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
+    (Text:'GL_2D';Value:GL_2D),
+    (Text:'GL_3D';Value:GL_3D),
+    (Text:'GL_3D_COLOR';Value:GL_3D_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_3D_COLOR_TEXTURE';Value:GL_3D_COLOR_TEXTURE),
+    (Text:'GL_4D_COLOR_TEXTURE';Value:GL_4D_COLOR_TEXTURE),
+    (Text:'GL_PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN';Value:GL_PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_TOKEN';Value:GL_POINT_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_TOKEN';Value:GL_LINE_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_TOKEN';Value:GL_POLYGON_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_BITMAP_TOKEN';Value:GL_BITMAP_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_DRAW_PIXEL_TOKEN';Value:GL_DRAW_PIXEL_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_COPY_PIXEL_TOKEN';Value:GL_COPY_PIXEL_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_RESET_TOKEN';Value:GL_LINE_RESET_TOKEN),
+    (Text:'GL_EXP';Value:GL_EXP),
+    (Text:'GL_EXP2';Value:GL_EXP2),
+    (Text:'GL_CW';Value:GL_CW),
+    (Text:'GL_CCW';Value:GL_CCW),
+    (Text:'GL_COEFF';Value:GL_COEFF),
+    (Text:'GL_ORDER';Value:GL_ORDER),
+    (Text:'GL_DOMAIN';Value:GL_DOMAIN),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_COLOR';Value:GL_CURRENT_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_INDEX';Value:GL_CURRENT_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_NORMAL';Value:GL_CURRENT_NORMAL),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_TEXTURE_COORDS';Value:GL_CURRENT_TEXTURE_COORDS),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_RASTER_COLOR';Value:GL_CURRENT_RASTER_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_RASTER_INDEX';Value:GL_CURRENT_RASTER_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_RASTER_TEXTURE_COORDS';Value:GL_CURRENT_RASTER_TEXTURE_COORDS),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION';Value:GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION_VALID';Value:GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION_VALID),
+    (Text:'GL_CURRENT_RASTER_DISTANCE';Value:GL_CURRENT_RASTER_DISTANCE),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_SMOOTH';Value:GL_POINT_SMOOTH),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_SIZE';Value:GL_POINT_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_SIZE_RANGE';Value:GL_POINT_SIZE_RANGE),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY';Value:GL_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_SMOOTH';Value:GL_LINE_SMOOTH),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_WIDTH';Value:GL_LINE_WIDTH),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE';Value:GL_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY';Value:GL_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_STIPPLE';Value:GL_LINE_STIPPLE),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_STIPPLE_PATTERN';Value:GL_LINE_STIPPLE_PATTERN),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_STIPPLE_REPEAT';Value:GL_LINE_STIPPLE_REPEAT),
+    (Text:'GL_LIST_MODE';Value:GL_LIST_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_LIST_NESTING';Value:GL_MAX_LIST_NESTING),
+    (Text:'GL_LIST_BASE';Value:GL_LIST_BASE),
+    (Text:'GL_LIST_INDEX';Value:GL_LIST_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_MODE';Value:GL_POLYGON_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH';Value:GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE';Value:GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG),
+    (Text:'GL_CULL_FACE';Value:GL_CULL_FACE),
+    (Text:'GL_CULL_FACE_MODE';Value:GL_CULL_FACE_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_FRONT_FACE';Value:GL_FRONT_FACE),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHTING';Value:GL_LIGHTING),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER';Value:GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE';Value:GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT';Value:GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT),
+    (Text:'GL_SHADE_MODEL';Value:GL_SHADE_MODEL),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE';Value:GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER';Value:GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_MATERIAL';Value:GL_COLOR_MATERIAL),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG';Value:GL_FOG),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_INDEX';Value:GL_FOG_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_DENSITY';Value:GL_FOG_DENSITY),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_START';Value:GL_FOG_START),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_END';Value:GL_FOG_END),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_MODE';Value:GL_FOG_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_COLOR';Value:GL_FOG_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_RANGE';Value:GL_DEPTH_RANGE),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_TEST';Value:GL_DEPTH_TEST),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK';Value:GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE';Value:GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_FUNC';Value:GL_DEPTH_FUNC),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM_CLEAR_VALUE';Value:GL_ACCUM_CLEAR_VALUE),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_TEST';Value:GL_STENCIL_TEST),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE';Value:GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_FUNC';Value:GL_STENCIL_FUNC),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK';Value:GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_FAIL';Value:GL_STENCIL_FAIL),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL';Value:GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS';Value:GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_REF';Value:GL_STENCIL_REF),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK';Value:GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK),
+    (Text:'GL_MATRIX_MODE';Value:GL_MATRIX_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMALIZE';Value:GL_NORMALIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_VIEWPORT';Value:GL_VIEWPORT),
+    (Text:'GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX';Value:GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX),
+    (Text:'GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX';Value:GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX';Value:GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX),
+    (Text:'GL_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA_TEST';Value:GL_ALPHA_TEST),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA_TEST_FUNC';Value:GL_ALPHA_TEST_FUNC),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA_TEST_REF';Value:GL_ALPHA_TEST_REF),
+    (Text:'GL_DITHER';Value:GL_DITHER),
+    (Text:'GL_BLEND_DST';Value:GL_BLEND_DST),
+    (Text:'GL_BLEND_SRC';Value:GL_BLEND_SRC),
+    (Text:'GL_BLEND';Value:GL_BLEND),
+    (Text:'GL_LOGIC_OP_MODE';Value:GL_LOGIC_OP_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP';Value:GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP';Value:GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP),
+    (Text:'GL_AUX_BUFFERS';Value:GL_AUX_BUFFERS),
+    (Text:'GL_DRAW_BUFFER';Value:GL_DRAW_BUFFER),
+    (Text:'GL_READ_BUFFER';Value:GL_READ_BUFFER),
+    (Text:'GL_SCISSOR_BOX';Value:GL_SCISSOR_BOX),
+    (Text:'GL_SCISSOR_TEST';Value:GL_SCISSOR_TEST),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_CLEAR_VALUE';Value:GL_INDEX_CLEAR_VALUE),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_WRITEMASK';Value:GL_INDEX_WRITEMASK),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE';Value:GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK';Value:GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_MODE';Value:GL_INDEX_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA_MODE';Value:GL_RGBA_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_DOUBLEBUFFER';Value:GL_DOUBLEBUFFER),
+    (Text:'GL_STEREO';Value:GL_STEREO),
+    (Text:'GL_RENDER_MODE';Value:GL_RENDER_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT';Value:GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT';Value:GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT';Value:GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT';Value:GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT),
+    (Text:'GL_FOG_HINT';Value:GL_FOG_HINT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S';Value:GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T';Value:GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R';Value:GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q';Value:GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A_SIZE';Value:GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES';Value:GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES),
+    (Text:'GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST';Value:GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST),
+    (Text:'GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH';Value:GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH),
+    (Text:'GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS';Value:GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS),
+    (Text:'GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS';Value:GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS),
+    (Text:'GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT';Value:GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT),
+    (Text:'GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES';Value:GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES),
+    (Text:'GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST';Value:GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST),
+    (Text:'GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH';Value:GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH),
+    (Text:'GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS';Value:GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS),
+    (Text:'GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS';Value:GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS),
+    (Text:'GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT';Value:GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP_COLOR';Value:GL_MAP_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP_STENCIL';Value:GL_MAP_STENCIL),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_SHIFT';Value:GL_INDEX_SHIFT),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_OFFSET';Value:GL_INDEX_OFFSET),
+    (Text:'GL_RED_SCALE';Value:GL_RED_SCALE),
+    (Text:'GL_RED_BIAS';Value:GL_RED_BIAS),
+    (Text:'GL_ZOOM_X';Value:GL_ZOOM_X),
+    (Text:'GL_ZOOM_Y';Value:GL_ZOOM_Y),
+    (Text:'GL_GREEN_SCALE';Value:GL_GREEN_SCALE),
+    (Text:'GL_GREEN_BIAS';Value:GL_GREEN_BIAS),
+    (Text:'GL_BLUE_SCALE';Value:GL_BLUE_SCALE),
+    (Text:'GL_BLUE_BIAS';Value:GL_BLUE_BIAS),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA_SCALE';Value:GL_ALPHA_SCALE),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA_BIAS';Value:GL_ALPHA_BIAS),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_SCALE';Value:GL_DEPTH_SCALE),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_BIAS';Value:GL_DEPTH_BIAS),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_EVAL_ORDER';Value:GL_MAX_EVAL_ORDER),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_LIGHTS';Value:GL_MAX_LIGHTS),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_CLIP_PLANES';Value:GL_MAX_CLIP_PLANES),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE';Value:GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_PIXEL_MAP_TABLE';Value:GL_MAX_PIXEL_MAP_TABLE),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MAX_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MAX_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_NAME_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MAX_NAME_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MAX_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MAX_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS';Value:GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS),
+    (Text:'GL_MAX_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_MAX_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS';Value:GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_BITS';Value:GL_INDEX_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_RED_BITS';Value:GL_RED_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_GREEN_BITS';Value:GL_GREEN_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_BLUE_BITS';Value:GL_BLUE_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA_BITS';Value:GL_ALPHA_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_BITS';Value:GL_DEPTH_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_BITS';Value:GL_STENCIL_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS';Value:GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS';Value:GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS';Value:GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS';Value:GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_NAME_STACK_DEPTH';Value:GL_NAME_STACK_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_AUTO_NORMAL';Value:GL_AUTO_NORMAL),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_COLOR_4';Value:GL_MAP1_COLOR_4),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_INDEX';Value:GL_MAP1_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_NORMAL';Value:GL_MAP1_NORMAL),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1';Value:GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2';Value:GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3';Value:GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4';Value:GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3';Value:GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4';Value:GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_COLOR_4';Value:GL_MAP2_COLOR_4),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_INDEX';Value:GL_MAP2_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_NORMAL';Value:GL_MAP2_NORMAL),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1';Value:GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2';Value:GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3';Value:GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4';Value:GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3';Value:GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4';Value:GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_GRID_DOMAIN';Value:GL_MAP1_GRID_DOMAIN),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP1_GRID_SEGMENTS';Value:GL_MAP1_GRID_SEGMENTS),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_GRID_DOMAIN';Value:GL_MAP2_GRID_DOMAIN),
+    (Text:'GL_MAP2_GRID_SEGMENTS';Value:GL_MAP2_GRID_SEGMENTS),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_1D';Value:GL_TEXTURE_1D),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_2D';Value:GL_TEXTURE_2D),
+    (Text:'GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_POINTER';Value:GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE';Value:GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_TYPE';Value:GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_TYPE),
+    (Text:'GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_POINTER';Value:GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_SIZE';Value:GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_WIDTH';Value:GL_TEXTURE_WIDTH),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_HEIGHT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_HEIGHT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR';Value:GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_BORDER';Value:GL_TEXTURE_BORDER),
+    (Text:'GL_DONT_CARE';Value:GL_DONT_CARE),
+    (Text:'GL_FASTEST';Value:GL_FASTEST),
+    (Text:'GL_NICEST';Value:GL_NICEST),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT0';Value:GL_LIGHT0),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT1';Value:GL_LIGHT1),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT2';Value:GL_LIGHT2),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT3';Value:GL_LIGHT3),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT4';Value:GL_LIGHT4),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT5';Value:GL_LIGHT5),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT6';Value:GL_LIGHT6),
+    (Text:'GL_LIGHT7';Value:GL_LIGHT7),
+    (Text:'GL_AMBIENT';Value:GL_AMBIENT),
+    (Text:'GL_DIFFUSE';Value:GL_DIFFUSE),
+    (Text:'GL_SPECULAR';Value:GL_SPECULAR),
+    (Text:'GL_POSITION';Value:GL_POSITION),
+    (Text:'GL_SPOT_DIRECTION';Value:GL_SPOT_DIRECTION),
+    (Text:'GL_SPOT_EXPONENT';Value:GL_SPOT_EXPONENT),
+    (Text:'GL_SPOT_CUTOFF';Value:GL_SPOT_CUTOFF),
+    (Text:'GL_CONSTANT_ATTENUATION';Value:GL_CONSTANT_ATTENUATION),
+    (Text:'GL_LINEAR_ATTENUATION';Value:GL_LINEAR_ATTENUATION),
+    (Text:'GL_QUADRATIC_ATTENUATION';Value:GL_QUADRATIC_ATTENUATION),
+    (Text:'GL_COMPILE';Value:GL_COMPILE),
+    (Text:'GL_COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE';Value:GL_COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE),
+    (Text:'GL_CLEAR';Value:GL_CLEAR),
+    (Text:'GL_AND';Value:GL_AND),
+    (Text:'GL_AND_REVERSE';Value:GL_AND_REVERSE),
+    (Text:'GL_COPY';Value:GL_COPY),
+    (Text:'GL_AND_INVERTED';Value:GL_AND_INVERTED),
+    (Text:'GL_NOOP';Value:GL_NOOP),
+    (Text:'GL_XOR';Value:GL_XOR),
+    (Text:'GL_OR';Value:GL_OR),
+    (Text:'GL_NOR';Value:GL_NOR),
+    (Text:'GL_EQUIV';Value:GL_EQUIV),
+    (Text:'GL_INVERT';Value:GL_INVERT),
+    (Text:'GL_OR_REVERSE';Value:GL_OR_REVERSE),
+    (Text:'GL_COPY_INVERTED';Value:GL_COPY_INVERTED),
+    (Text:'GL_OR_INVERTED';Value:GL_OR_INVERTED),
+    (Text:'GL_NAND';Value:GL_NAND),
+    (Text:'GL_SET';Value:GL_SET),
+    (Text:'GL_EMISSION';Value:GL_EMISSION),
+    (Text:'GL_SHININESS';Value:GL_SHININESS),
+    (Text:'GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE';Value:GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEXES';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEXES),
+    (Text:'GL_MODELVIEW';Value:GL_MODELVIEW),
+    (Text:'GL_PROJECTION';Value:GL_PROJECTION),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE';Value:GL_TEXTURE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR';Value:GL_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH';Value:GL_DEPTH),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL';Value:GL_STENCIL),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_STENCIL_INDEX';Value:GL_STENCIL_INDEX),
+    (Text:'GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT';Value:GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT),
+    (Text:'GL_RED';Value:GL_RED),
+    (Text:'GL_GREEN';Value:GL_GREEN),
+    (Text:'GL_BLUE';Value:GL_BLUE),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA';Value:GL_ALPHA),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB';Value:GL_RGB),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA';Value:GL_RGBA),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE';Value:GL_LUMINANCE),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA';Value:GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA),
+    (Text:'GL_BITMAP';Value:GL_BITMAP),
+    (Text:'GL_POINT';Value:GL_POINT),
+    (Text:'GL_LINE';Value:GL_LINE),
+    (Text:'GL_FILL';Value:GL_FILL),
+    (Text:'GL_RENDER';Value:GL_RENDER),
+    (Text:'GL_FEEDBACK';Value:GL_FEEDBACK),
+    (Text:'GL_SELECT';Value:GL_SELECT),
+    (Text:'GL_FLAT';Value:GL_FLAT),
+    (Text:'GL_SMOOTH';Value:GL_SMOOTH),
+    (Text:'GL_KEEP';Value:GL_KEEP),
+    (Text:'GL_REPLACE';Value:GL_REPLACE),
+    (Text:'GL_INCR';Value:GL_INCR),
+    (Text:'GL_DECR';Value:GL_DECR),
+    (Text:'GL_VENDOR';Value:GL_VENDOR),
+    (Text:'GL_RENDERER';Value:GL_RENDERER),
+    (Text:'GL_VERSION';Value:GL_VERSION),
+    (Text:'GL_EXTENSIONS';Value:GL_EXTENSIONS),
+    (Text:'GL_S';Value:GL_S),
+    (Text:'GL_T';Value:GL_T),
+    (Text:'GL_R';Value:GL_R),
+    (Text:'GL_Q';Value:GL_Q),
+    (Text:'GL_MODULATE';Value:GL_MODULATE),
+    (Text:'GL_DECAL';Value:GL_DECAL),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR';Value:GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_ENV';Value:GL_TEXTURE_ENV),
+    (Text:'GL_EYE_LINEAR';Value:GL_EYE_LINEAR),
+    (Text:'GL_OBJECT_LINEAR';Value:GL_OBJECT_LINEAR),
+    (Text:'GL_SPHERE_MAP';Value:GL_SPHERE_MAP),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE),
+    (Text:'GL_OBJECT_PLANE';Value:GL_OBJECT_PLANE),
+    (Text:'GL_EYE_PLANE';Value:GL_EYE_PLANE),
+    (Text:'GL_NEAREST';Value:GL_NEAREST),
+    (Text:'GL_LINEAR';Value:GL_LINEAR),
+    (Text:'GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST';Value:GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST),
+    (Text:'GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST';Value:GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST),
+    (Text:'GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR';Value:GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR),
+    (Text:'GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR';Value:GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER';Value:GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER';Value:GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S';Value:GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T';Value:GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T),
+    (Text:'GL_CLAMP';Value:GL_CLAMP),
+    (Text:'GL_REPEAT';Value:GL_REPEAT),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIENT_PIXEL_STORE_BIT';Value:GL_CLIENT_PIXEL_STORE_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIENT_VERTEX_ARRAY_BIT';Value:GL_CLIENT_VERTEX_ARRAY_BIT),
+    (Text:'GL_CLIENT_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS';Value:GL_CLIENT_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR';Value:GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS';Value:GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT';Value:GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE';Value:GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE),
+    (Text:'GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL';Value:GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA4';Value:GL_ALPHA4),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA8';Value:GL_ALPHA8),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA12';Value:GL_ALPHA12),
+    (Text:'GL_ALPHA16';Value:GL_ALPHA16),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE4';Value:GL_LUMINANCE4),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE8';Value:GL_LUMINANCE8),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE12';Value:GL_LUMINANCE12),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE16';Value:GL_LUMINANCE16),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4';Value:GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2';Value:GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8';Value:GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4';Value:GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12';Value:GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12),
+    (Text:'GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16';Value:GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16),
+    (Text:'GL_INTENSITY';Value:GL_INTENSITY),
+    (Text:'GL_INTENSITY4';Value:GL_INTENSITY4),
+    (Text:'GL_INTENSITY8';Value:GL_INTENSITY8),
+    (Text:'GL_INTENSITY12';Value:GL_INTENSITY12),
+    (Text:'GL_INTENSITY16';Value:GL_INTENSITY16),
+    (Text:'GL_R3_G3_B2';Value:GL_R3_G3_B2),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB4';Value:GL_RGB4),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB5';Value:GL_RGB5),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB8';Value:GL_RGB8),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB10';Value:GL_RGB10),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB12';Value:GL_RGB12),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB16';Value:GL_RGB16),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA2';Value:GL_RGBA2),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA4';Value:GL_RGBA4),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB5_A1';Value:GL_RGB5_A1),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA8';Value:GL_RGBA8),
+    (Text:'GL_RGB10_A2';Value:GL_RGB10_A2),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA12';Value:GL_RGBA12),
+    (Text:'GL_RGBA16';Value:GL_RGBA16),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D';Value:GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D),
+    (Text:'GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D';Value:GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY';Value:GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D';Value:GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D';Value:GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER),
+    (Text:'GL_V2F';Value:GL_V2F),
+    (Text:'GL_V3F';Value:GL_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_C4UB_V2F';Value:GL_C4UB_V2F),
+    (Text:'GL_C4UB_V3F';Value:GL_C4UB_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_C3F_V3F';Value:GL_C3F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_N3F_V3F';Value:GL_N3F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_C4F_N3F_V3F';Value:GL_C4F_N3F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_T2F_V3F';Value:GL_T2F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_T4F_V4F';Value:GL_T4F_V4F),
+    (Text:'GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F';Value:GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_T2F_C3F_V3F';Value:GL_T2F_C3F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_T2F_N3F_V3F';Value:GL_T2F_N3F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F';Value:GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F),
+    (Text:'GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F';Value:GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F),
+    (Text:'GL_EXT_vertex_array';Value:GL_EXT_vertex_array),
+    (Text:'GL_WIN_swap_hint';Value:GL_WIN_swap_hint),
+    (Text:'GL_EXT_bgra';Value:GL_EXT_bgra),
+    (Text:'GL_EXT_paletted_texture';Value:GL_EXT_paletted_texture),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT';Value:GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT';Value:GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT';Value:GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT';Value:GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT';Value:GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_DOUBLE_EXT';Value:GL_DOUBLE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_BGR_EXT';Value:GL_BGR_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_BGRA_EXT';Value:GL_BGRA_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT),
+    (Text:'GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT';Value:GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT)
+   );
+
+function ULuaGl_StringToEnum(Str: String): GLenum;
+  function GetEnum(const Str: String): GLenum;
+  var
+    i : Integer;
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to high(ULuaGl_Enum) do
+    begin
+      if 0 = AnsiCompareText(Str, ULuaGl_Enum[i].Text) then
+      begin
+        Result := ULuaGl_Enum[i].Value;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+    Result := ULuaGl_EnumERROR;
+  end;
+  var
+    i : Integer;
+    j : Integer;
+    temp : GLenum;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  j := 1;
+  for i := 1 to Length(Str) do
+  begin
+    if Str[i] = ',' then
+    begin
+      temp := GetEnum(Copy(Str,j,i-j));
+      if temp <> ULuaGl_EnumERROR then
+        Result := Result or temp;
+      j := i + 1;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  temp := GetEnum(Copy(Str,j,MaxInt));
+  if (temp = ULuaGl_EnumERROR) then
+  begin
+    if Result = 0 then
+      Result := ULuaGl_EnumERROR;
+    exit;
+  end;
+  Result := Result or temp;
+end;
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaLog.pas b/src/lua/ULuaLog.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95efaa19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaLog.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULuaLog;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  ULog,
+  ULua;
+
+function luaopen_Log (L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogError(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogMsg(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_BenchmarkStart(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_BenchmarkEnd(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogBenchmark(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogDebug(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogInfo(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogStatus(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogWarn(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_LogCritical(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_CriticalError(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_GetLogLevel(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+function ULuaLog_SetLogLevel(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+
+const
+  ULuaLog_Lib_f: array [0..13] of lual_reg = (
+   (name:'LogError';func:ULuaLog_LogError),
+   (name:'LogMsg';func:ULuaLog_LogMsg),
+   (name:'BenchmarkStart';func:ULuaLog_BenchmarkStart),
+   (name:'BenchmarkEnd';func:ULuaLog_BenchmarkEnd),
+   (name:'LogBenchmark';func:ULuaLog_LogBenchmark),
+   (name:'LogDebug';func:ULuaLog_LogDebug),
+   (name:'LogInfo';func:ULuaLog_LogInfo),
+   (name:'LogStatus';func:ULuaLog_LogStatus),
+   (name:'LogWarn';func:ULuaLog_LogWarn),
+   (name:'LogCritical';func:ULuaLog_LogCritical),
+   (name:'CriticalError';func:ULuaLog_CriticalError),
+   (name:'SetLogLevel';func:ULuaLog_GetLogLevel),
+   (name:'GetLogLevel';func:ULuaLog_SetLogLevel),
+   (name:nil;func:nil)
+   );
+
+implementation
+
+function ULuaLog_LogError(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  if (lua_gettop(L) > 1) then
+    Log.LogError(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkstring(L,-1))
+  else
+    Log.LogError(luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogMsg(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  if (lua_gettop(L) > 2) then
+    Log.LogMsg(luaL_checkstring(L,-3),luaL_checkstring(L,-1),luaL_checkinteger(L,-2))
+  else
+    Log.LogMsg(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkinteger(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_BenchmarkStart(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.BenchmarkStart(luaL_checkinteger(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_BenchmarkEnd(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(luaL_checkinteger(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogBenchmark(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.LogBenchmark(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkinteger(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogDebug(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.LogDebug(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogInfo(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.LogInfo(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogStatus(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogWarn(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.LogWarn(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_LogCritical(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.LogCritical(luaL_checkstring(L,-2),luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_CriticalError(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.CriticalError(luaL_checkstring(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_GetLogLevel(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  lua_pushinteger(L,Log.GetLogLevel());
+  result:=1; // number of results
+end;
+
+function ULuaLog_SetLogLevel(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  Log.SetLogLevel(luaL_checkinteger(L,-1));
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+function luaopen_Log (L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+    luaL_register(L,'Log',@ULuaLog_Lib_f[0]);
+    result:=1;
+end;
+end.
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaParty.pas b/src/lua/ULuaParty.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69096e97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaParty.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+unit ULuaParty;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses ULua;

+

+{ lua c functions from Party table. Enables creating of party modes w/ lua scripts }

+

+{ Party.Register - register party mode at party manager

+  arguments: info: table

+                   Name: String;          //< Name used as identifier (language strings, etc.). Has to be set.

+                   CanNonParty: Boolean   //< mode is playable when not in party mode. defaulted to false if not set

+                   CanParty: Boolean      //< mode is playable in party mode. defaulted to false if not set

+                   PlayerCount: Table     //< playable with one, two, three etc. players per team. defaulted to no restrictions if not set. (use table constructor e.g. {1, 2, 3) means playable w/ 1, 2 or three players)

+                   TeamCount: Table       //< playable with one, two, three etc. different teams. defaulted to no restrictions if not set. (use table constructor e.g. {1, 2, 3) means playable w/ 1, 2 or three players)

+

+                   BeforeSongSelect: String   //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+                   AfterSongSelect: String    //< name of global that will be called after song is selected (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+

+                   BeforeSing: String         //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+                   OnSing: String             //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+                   AfterSing: String          //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)}

+function ULuaParty_Register(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ Party.GameFinished - returns true if no party game is running or all rounds

+  of current game were played }

+function ULuaParty_GameFinished(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+(* Party.SetRoundRanking - sets ranking of current party round,

+  arguments: Ranking: table

+  ranking of team i is the value (integer from 1 to number of teams) of the

+  table with index [i: number].

+  you may call this function in the following way:

+    Party.SetRoundRanking({3, 1, 2});

+    this means: team 1 is ranked third, team 2 is ranked first and team 3 is

+    ranked second.

+  if no party game is started or party game is finished

+  it will raise an error *)

+function ULuaParty_SetRoundRanking(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ Party.GetTeams - returns a table with all information and structure as

+  in the TPartyGame.Teams array }

+function ULuaParty_GetTeams(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ Party.SetTeams - changes all fields from TPartyGame.Teams that have been

+  set in the table given as first argument}

+function ULuaParty_SetTeams(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+const

+  ULuaParty_Lib_f: array [0..4] of lual_reg = (

+    (name:'Register'; func:ULuaParty_Register),

+    (name:'GameFinished'; func:ULuaParty_GameFinished),

+    (name:'SetRoundRanking'; func:ULuaParty_SetRoundRanking),

+    (name:'GetTeams'; func:ULuaParty_GetTeams),

+    (name:'SetTeams'; func:ULuaParty_SetTeams)

+  );

+

+implementation

+uses ULuaCore, ULuaUtils, UParty, SysUtils;

+

+

+{ Party.Register - register party mode at party manager

+  arguments: info: table

+                   Name: String;          //< Name used as identifier (language strings, etc.). Has to be set.

+                   CanNonParty: Boolean   //< mode is playable when not in party mode. defaulted to false if not set

+                   CanParty: Boolean      //< mode is playable in party mode. defaulted to false if not set

+                   PlayerCount: Table     //< playable with one, two, three etc. players per team. defaulted to no restrictions if not set. (use table constructor e.g. {1, 2, 3) means playable w/ 1, 2 or three players)

+                   TeamCount: Table       //< playable with one, two, three etc. different teams. defaulted to no restrictions if not set. (use table constructor e.g. {1, 2, 3) means playable w/ 1, 2 or three players)

+

+                   BeforeSongSelect: String   //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+                   AfterSongSelect: String    //< name of global that will be called after song is selected (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+

+                   BeforeSing: String         //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+                   OnSing: String             //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)

+                   AfterSing: String          //< name of global that will be called before song select screen is shown (if nil, not callable or returns true, default action will be executed)}

+function ULuaParty_Register(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Info: TParty_ModeInfo;

+    Key: String;

+    P: TLuaPlugin;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+  

+  // check for table on stack

+  luaL_checkType(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE);

+

+  // get parent id

+  P := Lua_GetOwner(L);

+

+

+  // set mode info to default

+  Party.DefaultModeInfo(Info);

+

+

+  // set parent in info rec and pop it from stack

+  Info.Parent := P.Id;

+

+  // go through table elements

+  lua_pushNil(L);

+  while (lua_Next(L, 1) <> 0) do

+  begin

+    Key := lowercase(lua_ToString(L, -2));

+

+    if (Key = 'name') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+      Info.Name := lua_toString(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'cannonparty') and lua_isBoolean(L, -1) then

+      Info.CanNonParty := lua_toBoolean(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'canparty') and lua_isBoolean(L, -1) then

+      Info.CanParty := lua_toBoolean(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'playercount') and lua_isTable(L, -1) then

+      Info.PlayerCount := lua_toBinInt(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'teamcount') and lua_isTable(L, -1) then

+      Info.TeamCount := lua_toBinInt(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'beforesongselect') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+      Info.Functions.BeforeSongSelect := lua_toString(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'aftersongselect') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+      Info.Functions.AfterSongSelect := lua_toString(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'beforesing') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+      Info.Functions.BeforeSing := lua_toString(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'onsing') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+      Info.Functions.OnSing := lua_toString(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'aftersing') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+      Info.Functions.AfterSing := lua_toString(L, -1);

+

+    // pop value from stack so key is on top

+    lua_pop(L, 1);

+  end;

+

+  // clear stack from table

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));

+

+  if not Party.RegisterMode(Info) then

+    luaL_error(L, PChar('can''t register party mode at party manager in Party.Register. Is Info.Name defined or is there another mode with this name?'));

+end;

+

+{ Party.GameFinished - returns true if no party game is running or all rounds

+  of current game were played }

+function ULuaParty_GameFinished(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+begin

+  // clear stack

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));

+

+  // push result

+  lua_pushBoolean(L, Party.GameFinished);

+

+  //we return one value

+  Result := 1;

+end;

+

+{ Party.SetRoundRanking - sets ranking of current party round,

+  if no party game is started or party game is finished

+  it will raise an error }

+function ULuaParty_SetRoundRanking(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+var

+  R: AParty_TeamRanking;

+  I: Integer;

+  Rank: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+

+  luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE);

+

+  lua_checkstack(L, 1);

+

+  SetLength(R, Length(Party.Teams));

+

+  for I := 0 to High(R) do

+  begin

+    lua_pushInteger(L, (I+1));

+    lua_gettable(L, 1);

+

+    R[I].Rank := Length(R);

+    R[I].Team := I;

+    if (lua_isnumber(L, -1)) then

+    begin

+      Rank := lua_toInteger(L, -1);

+      if (Rank >= 1) and (Rank <= Length(R)) then

+        R[I].Rank := Rank

+    end;

+

+    lua_pop(L, 1);

+    

+  end;

+

+  // pop table

+  lua_pop(L, 1);

+

+  if (not Party.SetRanking(R)) then

+    luaL_error(L, PChar('cann''t set party round ranking. Is party started and not finished yet?'));

+end;

+

+{ Party.GetTeams - returns a table with all information and structure as

+  in the TPartyGame.Teams array }

+function ULuaParty_GetTeams(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Team: Integer;

+    Player: Integer;

+begin

+  // clear stack

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));

+

+  // ensure we have enough stack slots left

+  lua_checkstack(L, 7);

+

+  // create the table we want to return

+  lua_createtable(L, Length(Party.Teams), 0);

+

+  // add the teams

+  for Team := 0 to High(Party.Teams) do

+  begin

+    // push key for current teams value. lua array beggins at 1

+    lua_pushInteger(L, Team + 1);

+

+    // push table containing team info and players table

+    lua_createtable(L, 0, 5);

+

+    // team name

+    lua_pushString(L, PChar(Party.Teams[Team].Name));

+    lua_setField(L, -2, 'Name');

+

+    // team score

+    lua_pushInteger(L, Party.Teams[Team].Score);

+    lua_setField(L, -2, 'Score');

+

+    // team jokers left

+    lua_pushInteger(L, Party.Teams[Team].JokersLeft);

+    lua_setField(L, -2, 'JokersLeft');

+

+    // team nextPlayer

+    lua_pushInteger(L, Party.Teams[Team].NextPlayer);

+    lua_setField(L, -2, 'NextPlayer');

+

+    // team players table

+    lua_createtable(L, Length(Party.Teams[Team].Players), 0);

+

+    //add players

+    for Player := 0 to High(Party.Teams[Team].Players) do

+    begin

+      // push key for current players value. lua array beggins at 1

+      lua_pushInteger(L, Player + 1);

+

+      // push table containing player info

+      lua_createTable(L, 0, 2);

+

+      // player name

+      lua_PushString(L, PChar(Party.Teams[Team].Players[Player].Name));

+      lua_SetField(L, -2, 'Name');

+

+      // players times played

+      lua_PushInteger(L, Party.Teams[Team].Players[Player].TimesPlayed);

+      lua_SetField(L, -2, 'TimesPlayed');

+

+      // add value - key - pair to teams player table

+      lua_setTable(L, -3);

+    end;

+

+    lua_setField(L, -2, 'Players');

+

+    // add value - key - pair to returned table

+    lua_setTable(L, -3);

+  end;

+

+  // we return 1 value (the first table)

+  Result := 1;

+end;

+

+{ Party.SetTeams - changes all fields from TPartyGame.Teams that have been

+  set in the table given as first argument}

+function ULuaParty_SetTeams(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+  procedure Do_Player(Team, Player: Integer);

+    var

+      Key: String;

+  begin

+    if (Player >= 0) and (Player <= High(Party.Teams[Team].Players)) then

+    begin

+      // go through table elements

+      lua_pushNil(L);

+      while (lua_Next(L, -2) <> 0) do

+      begin

+        Key := lowercase(lua_ToString(L, -2));

+

+        if (Key = 'name') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+          Party.Teams[Team].Players[Player].Name := lua_toString(L, -1)

+        else if (Key = 'timesplayed') and lua_isNumber(L, -1) then

+          Party.Teams[Team].Players[Player].TimesPlayed := lua_toInteger(L, -1);

+

+        // pop value from stack so key is on top

+        lua_pop(L, 1);

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+

+  procedure Do_Players(Team: Integer);

+  begin

+    // go through table elements

+    lua_pushNil(L);

+    while (lua_Next(L, -2) <> 0) do

+    begin

+      // check if key is a number and value is a table

+      if (lua_isNumber(L, -2)) and (lua_isTable(L, -1)) then

+        Do_Player(Team, lua_toInteger(L, -2));

+

+      // pop value from stack so key is on top

+      lua_pop(L, 1);

+    end;

+  end;

+

+  procedure Do_Team(Team: Integer);

+    var

+      Key: String;

+  begin

+    if (Team >= 0) and (Team <= High(Party.Teams)) then

+    begin

+      // go through table elements

+      lua_pushNil(L);

+      while (lua_Next(L, -2) <> 0) do

+      begin

+        Key := lowercase(lua_ToString(L, -2));

+

+        if (Key = 'name') and lua_isString(L, -1) then

+          Party.Teams[Team].Name := lua_toString(L, -1)

+        else if (Key = 'score') and lua_isNumber(L, -1) then

+          Party.Teams[Team].Score := lua_toInteger(L, -1)

+        else if (Key = 'jokersleft') and lua_isNumber(L, -1) then

+          Party.Teams[Team].JokersLeft := lua_toInteger(L, -1)

+        else if (Key = 'currentplayer') and lua_isNumber(L, -1) then

+          Party.Teams[Team].NextPlayer := lua_toInteger(L, -1)

+        else if (Key = 'players') and lua_isTable(L, -1) then

+          Do_Players(Team);

+

+        // pop value from stack so key is on top

+        lua_pop(L, 1);

+      end;

+    end;

+  end;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+  

+  // check for table on stack

+  luaL_checkType(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE);

+

+

+  // go through table elements

+  lua_pushNil(L);

+  while (lua_Next(L, 1) <> 0) do

+  begin

+    // check if key is a number and value is a table

+    if (lua_isNumber(L, -2)) and (lua_isTable(L, -1)) then

+      Do_Team(lua_toInteger(L, -2));

+

+    // pop value from stack so key is on top

+    lua_pop(L, 1);

+  end;

+

+  // clear stack from table

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));

+end;

+

+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaScreenSing.pas b/src/lua/ULuaScreenSing.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e17224c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaScreenSing.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/branches/experimental/Lua/src/lua/ULuaTexture.pas $

+ * $Id: ULuaTexture.pas 1551 2009-01-04 14:08:33Z Hawkear $

+ *}

+

+unit ULuaScreenSing;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses

+  ULua;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = score of player i }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetScores(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = rating of player i range: [0..1] }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetRating(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = rect of players score background: table(x, y, w, h) }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetScoreBGRect(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = rect of players rating bar: table(x, y, w, h) }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetRBRect(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetBPM - no arguments

+  returns the beats per minutes of the current song in quarts }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetBPM(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.BeatsToSeconds(Beats: float)

+  returns the time in seconds that the given number of beats (in quarts) last }

+function ULuaScreenSing_BeatsToSeconds(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.SecondsToBeats(Seconds: float)

+  returns the Beats in quarts that the given seconds last }

+function ULuaScreenSing_SecondsToBeats(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetBeat() - returns current beat of lyricstate (in quarts) }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetBeat(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ finishes current song, if sing screen is not shown it will raise

+  an error }

+function ULuaScreenSing_Finish(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetSettings - no arguments

+  returns a table filled with the data of TScreenSing.Settings }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetSettings(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.SetSettings - arguments: Table

+  sets all attributes of TScreenSing.Settings that are

+  unequal to nil in Table }

+function ULuaScreenSing_SetSettings(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetSongLines - no arguments

+  returns a table filled with lines of the loaded song or

+  nil if no song is loaded (singscreen is not displayed)

+  structure of returned table:

+    array [1.."count of lines"]

+     \

+     | Start: integer - beat the line is displayed at (on top of lyrics display)

+     | Lyric: string  - full lyric of the line

+     | Notes: array [1.."count notes of this line"]

+     \

+      | Start: integer    - beat the note starts at

+      | Length: integer   - length in beats

+      | Tone: integer     - pitch that has to be sung, full range

+      | NoteType: integer - 0 for freestyle, 1 for normal, 2 for golden

+      | Text: string      - text of this fragment }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetSongLines(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+const

+  ULuaScreenSing_Lib_f: array [0..11] of lual_reg = (

+    (name:'GetScores';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetScores),

+    (name:'GetRating';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetRating),

+    (name:'GetBPM';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetBPM),

+    (name:'BeatsToSeconds';func:ULuaScreenSing_BeatsToSeconds),

+    (name:'SecondsToBeats';func:ULuaScreenSing_SecondsToBeats),

+    (name:'GetBeat';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetBeat),

+    (name:'GetScoreBGRect';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetScoreBGRect),

+    (name:'GetRBRect';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetRBRect),

+    (name:'Finish';func:ULuaScreenSing_Finish),

+    (name:'GetSettings';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetSettings),

+    (name:'SetSettings';func:ULuaScreenSing_SetSettings),

+    (name:'GetSongLines';func:ULuaScreenSing_GetSongLines)

+  );

+

+implementation

+uses UScreenSing, UNote, UDisplay, UGraphic, UMusic, ULuaUtils, SysUtils;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = score of player i }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetScores(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Top: Integer;

+    I: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+

+  // pop arguments

+  Top := lua_getTop(L);

+  if (Top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, Top);

+

+  // create table

+  lua_createtable(L, Length(Player), 0);

+

+  // fill w/ values

+  for I := 0 to High(Player) do

+  begin

+    lua_pushInteger(L, I + 1);

+    lua_pushInteger(L, Player[I].ScoreTotalInt);

+

+    lua_settable(L, -3);

+  end;

+

+  // leave table on stack, it is our result

+end;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = rating of player i range: [0..1] }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetRating(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Top: Integer;

+    I: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+

+  // pop arguments

+  Top := lua_getTop(L);

+  if (Top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, Top);

+

+  // create table

+  lua_createtable(L, Length(Player), 0);

+

+  // fill w/ values

+  for I := 0 to High(ScreenSing.Scores.Players) do

+  begin

+    lua_pushInteger(L, I + 1);

+    lua_pushNumber(L, ScreenSing.Scores.Players[I].RBPos);

+

+    lua_settable(L, -3);

+  end;

+

+  // leave table on stack, it is our result

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetBPM - no arguments

+  returns the beats per minutes of the current song in quarts }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetBPM(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+begin

+  lua_ClearStack(L);

+  Result := 1;

+

+  if (CurrentSong = nil) or (Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 0) or (Display.CurrentScreen <> @ScreenSing) then

+    lua_PushNumber(L, 0) // in case of error

+  else if (Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1) then

+    lua_PushNumber(L, CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM)

+  else

+  begin

+    // to-do: do this for songs w/ BPM changes

+    //        or drop support for BPM changes?!

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.BeatsToSeconds(Beats: float)

+  returns the time in seconds that the given number of beats (in quarts) last }

+function ULuaScreenSing_BeatsToSeconds(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+

+  if (CurrentSong = nil) or (Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 0) or (Display.CurrentScreen <> @ScreenSing) then

+    lua_PushNumber(L, 0) // in case of error

+  else if (Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1) then

+    lua_PushNumber(L, luaL_CheckNumber(L, 1) * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM)

+  else

+  begin

+    // to-do: do this for songs w/ BPM changes

+    //        or drop support for BPM changes?!

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.BeatsToSeconds(Seconds: float)

+  returns the Beats in quarts that the given seconds last }

+function ULuaScreenSing_SecondsToBeats(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+

+  if (CurrentSong = nil) or (Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 0) or (Display.CurrentScreen <> @ScreenSing) then

+    lua_PushNumber(L, 0)

+  else if (Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1) then

+    lua_PushNumber(L, luaL_CheckNumber(L, 1) * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60)

+  else

+  begin

+    // to-do: do this for songs w/ BPM changes

+    //        or drop support for BPM changes?!

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetBeat() - returns current beat of lyricstate (in quarts) }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetBeat(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+var top: Integer;

+begin

+  //remove arguments (if any)

+  top := lua_gettop(L);

+

+  if (top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, top);

+

+  //push result

+  lua_pushnumber(L, LyricsState.MidBeat);

+  Result := 1; //one result

+end;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = rect of players ScoreBG: table(x, y, w, h) }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetScoreBGRect(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Top: Integer;

+    I: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+

+  // pop arguments

+  Top := lua_getTop(L);

+  if (Top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, Top);

+

+  // create table

+  lua_createtable(L, Length(ScreenSing.Scores.Players), 0);

+

+  // fill w/ values

+  for I := 0 to High(ScreenSing.Scores.Players) do

+  begin

+    lua_pushInteger(L, I + 1);

+

+    if (ScreenSing.Scores.Players[I].Position = High(Byte)) then

+      // player has no position, prevent crash by pushing nil

+      lua_pushNil(L)

+    else

+      with ScreenSing.Scores.Positions[ScreenSing.Scores.Players[I].Position] do

+        lua_PushRect(L, BGX, BGY, BGW, BGH);

+

+

+    lua_settable(L, -3);

+  end;

+

+  // leave table on stack, it is our result

+end;

+

+{ returns a table with following structure:

+    t[1..playercount] = rect of players rating bar: table(x, y, w, h) }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetRBRect(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Top: Integer;

+    I: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+

+  // pop arguments

+  Top := lua_getTop(L);

+  if (Top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, Top);

+

+  // create table

+  lua_createtable(L, Length(ScreenSing.Scores.Players), 0);

+

+  // fill w/ values

+  for I := 0 to High(ScreenSing.Scores.Players) do

+  begin

+    lua_pushInteger(L, I + 1);

+

+    if (ScreenSing.Scores.Players[I].Position = High(Byte)) then

+      // player has no position, prevent crash by pushing nil

+      lua_pushNil(L)

+    else

+      with ScreenSing.Scores.Positions[ScreenSing.Scores.Players[I].Position] do

+        lua_PushRect(L, RBX, RBY, RBW, RBH);

+

+

+    lua_settable(L, -3);

+  end;

+

+  // leave table on stack, it is our result

+end;

+

+{ finishes current song, if sing screen is not shown it will raise

+  an error }

+function ULuaScreenSing_Finish(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var Top: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+

+  // pop arguments

+  Top := lua_getTop(L);

+  if (Top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, Top);

+

+  if (Display.CurrentScreen^ = ScreenSing) then

+  begin

+    ScreenSing.EndSong;

+  end

+  else

+    LuaL_error(L, 'Usdx.ScreenSing.Finish is called, but sing screen is not shown.'); 

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetSettings - no arguments

+  returns a table filled with the data of TScreenSing }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetSettings(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var Top: Integer;

+begin

+  // pop arguments

+  Top := lua_getTop(L);

+  if (Top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, Top);

+

+  lua_createtable(L, 0, 3);

+

+  //fill table w/ info

+  lua_pushBoolean(L, ScreenSing.Settings.LyricsVisible);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'LyricsVisible');

+

+  lua_pushBinInt(L, ScreenSing.Settings.NotesVisible);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'NotesVisible');

+

+  lua_pushBinInt(L, ScreenSing.Settings.PlayerEnabled);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'PlayerEnabled');

+

+

+  Result := 1;

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.SetSettings - arguments: Table

+  sets all attributes of TScreenSing.Settings that are

+  unequal to nil in Table }

+function ULuaScreenSing_SetSettings(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    Key: String;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+

+  // check for table on stack

+  luaL_checkType(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE);

+

+  // go through table elements

+  lua_pushNil(L);

+  while (lua_Next(L, 1) <> 0) do

+  begin

+    Key := lowercase(lua_ToString(L, -2));

+

+    if (Key = 'lyricsvisible') and (lua_isBoolean(L, -1)) then

+      ScreenSing.settings.LyricsVisible := lua_toBoolean(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'notesvisible') and (lua_isTable(L, -1)) then

+      ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible := lua_toBinInt(L, -1)

+    else if (Key = 'playerenabled') and (lua_isTable(L, -1)) then

+      ScreenSing.settings.PlayerEnabled := lua_toBinInt(L, -1);

+

+    // pop value from stack so key is on top

+    lua_pop(L, 1);

+  end;

+

+  // clear stack from table

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));

+

+  ScreenSing.ApplySettings;

+end;

+

+{ ScreenSing.GetSongLines - no arguments

+  returns a table filled with lines of the loaded song or

+  nil if no song is loaded (singscreen is not displayed)

+  structure of returned table:

+    array [1.."count of lines"]

+     \

+     | Start: integer - beat the line is displayed at (on top of lyrics display)

+     | Lyric: string  - full lyric of the line

+     | Notes: array [1.."count notes of this line"]

+     \

+      | Start: integer    - beat the note starts at

+      | Length: integer   - length in beats

+      | Tone: integer     - pitch that has to be sung, full range

+      | NoteType: integer - 0 for freestyle, 1 for normal, 2 for golden

+      | Text: string      - text of this fragment }

+function ULuaScreenSing_GetSongLines(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    I, J: Integer;

+begin

+  Result := 1;

+  if  (Length(Lines) >= 1) then

+  begin

+    lua_ClearStack(L);

+

+    if not lua_CheckStack(L, 7) then

+      luaL_Error(L, PChar('can''t allocate enough stack space in ULuaScreenSing_GetSongLines'));

+

+    // lines array table

+    lua_CreateTable(L, Length(Lines[0].Line), 0);

+

+    for I := 0 to High(Lines[0].Line) do

+    with Lines[0].Line[I] do

+    begin

+      lua_pushInteger(L, I+1);

+

+      // line struct table

+      lua_CreateTable(L, 0, 3);

+

+      // line start

+      lua_PushInteger(L, Start);

+      lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Start'));

+

+      // line lyric

+      lua_PushString(L, PChar(Lyric));

+      lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Lyric'));

+

+      //line notes array table

+      lua_CreateTable(L, Length(Note), 0);

+

+      for J := 0 to High(Note) do

+      begin

+        lua_PushInteger(L, J + 1);

+

+        // note struct table

+        lua_CreateTable(L, 0, 5);

+

+        // Notes[J+1].Start

+        lua_PushInteger(L, Note[J].Start);

+        lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Start'));

+

+        // Notes[J+1].Length

+        lua_PushInteger(L, Note[J].Length);

+        lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Length'));

+

+        // Notes[J+1].Tone

+        lua_PushInteger(L, Note[J].Tone);

+        lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Tone'));

+

+        // Notes[J+1].NoteType

+        lua_PushInteger(L, Integer(Note[J].NoteType));

+        lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('NoteType'));

+

+        // Notes[J+1].Text

+        lua_PushString(L, PChar(Note[J].Text));

+        lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Text'));

+

+        lua_SetTable(L, -3);

+      end;

+

+      lua_SetField(L, -2, PChar('Notes'));

+

+      // save line to array table

+      lua_setTable(L, -3);

+    end;

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    lua_ClearStack(L);

+    lua_pushNil(L);

+  end;

+end;

+

+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaTextGL.pas b/src/lua/ULuaTextGL.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e70a2c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaTextGL.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULuaTextGL;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  TextGL,
+  SysUtils,
+  ULua;
+
+{ TextGl.Pos(X, Y: Float) : sets font position }
+function ULuaTextGL_Pos(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+{ TextGl.Size(Size: Float) : sets font size }
+function ULuaTextGL_Size(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+{ TextGl.Style(Style: int) : sets font style (from 0 to 3) }
+function ULuaTextGL_Style(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+{ TextGl.Italic(isItalic: boolean) : sets if font is italic }
+function ULuaTextGL_Italic(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+{ TextGl.Width(Text: String) : returns width of Text if printed
+  w/ current settings in pixels }
+function ULuaTextGL_Width(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+{ TextGl.Print(Text: String) : prints text to screen w/ current
+  settings}
+function ULuaTextGL_Print(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+const
+  ULuaTextGl_Lib_f: array [0..5] of lual_reg = (
+    (name:'Pos'; func:ULuaTextGl_Pos),
+    (name:'Size'; func:ULuaTextGl_Size),
+    (name:'Style'; func:ULuaTextGl_Style),
+    (name:'Italic'; func:ULuaTextGl_Italic),
+    (name:'Width'; func:ULuaTextGl_Width),
+    (name:'Print'; func:ULuaTextGl_Print)
+  );
+
+
+implementation
+
+{ TextGl.Pos(X, Y: Float) : sets font position }
+function ULuaTextGL_Pos(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+  var X, Y: Double;
+begin
+  X := luaL_checknumber(L, 1);
+  Y := luaL_checknumber(L, 2);
+
+  SetFontPos(X, Y);
+
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TextGl.Size(Size: Float) : sets font size }
+function ULuaTextGL_Size(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+  var Size: Double;
+begin
+  Size := luaL_checknumber(L, 1);
+
+  SetFontSize(Size);
+  
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TextGl.Style(Style: int) : sets font style (from 0 to 3) }
+function ULuaTextGL_Style(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+  var Style: Integer;
+begin
+  Style := luaL_checkinteger(L, 1);
+
+  if (Style >= 0) and (Style < Length(Fonts)) then
+    SetFontStyle(Style)
+  else
+    luaL_ArgError(L, 1, PChar('number from 0 to ' + IntToStr(High(Fonts)) + ' expected'));
+
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TextGl.Italic(isItalic: boolean) : sets if font is italic }
+function ULuaTextGL_Italic(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+  var isItalic: Boolean;
+begin
+  luaL_checkany(L, 1);
+  isItalic := lua_toBoolean(L, 1);
+
+  SetFontItalic(isItalic);
+  
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{ TextGl.Width(Text: String) : returns width of Text if printed
+  w/ current settings in pixels }
+function ULuaTextGL_Width(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+  var Text: String;
+begin
+  Text := luaL_checkstring(L, 1);
+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L));
+
+  lua_PushNumber(L, glTextWidth(Text));
+
+  Result := 1;
+end;
+
+{ TextGl.Print(Text: String) : prints text to screen w/ current
+  settings}
+function ULuaTextGL_Print(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+  var Text: String;
+begin
+  Text := luaL_checkstring(L, 1);
+
+  glPrint(Text);
+
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaTexture.pas b/src/lua/ULuaTexture.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..931c0405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaTexture.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULuaTexture;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  ULua,
+  UTexture;
+
+function luaopen_Texture (L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+function ULuaTexture_Dummy(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+
+implementation
+
+function ULuaTexture_Dummy(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  result:=0; // number of results
+end;
+
+const
+  ULuaTexture_Lib_f: array [0..1] of lual_reg = (
+   (name:'Add';func:ULuaTexture_Dummy),
+   (name:nil;func:nil)
+   );
+
+function luaopen_Texture (L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;
+begin
+    luaL_register(L,'Texture',@ULuaTexture_Lib_f[0]);
+    result:=1;
+end;
+end.
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaUsdx.pas b/src/lua/ULuaUsdx.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d92289b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaUsdx.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+unit ULuaUsdx;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses ULua;

+

+{ some basic lua c functions from usdx table }

+

+{ Usdx.Time - returns sdl_time to have time numbers comparable with

+              ultrastar deluxe ones. no arguments }

+function ULuaUsdx_Time(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ Usdx.Version - returns Usdx version string (the same that US_Version

+  language-constant does). no arguments }

+function ULuaUsdx_Version(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ Usdx.Hook - returns an hook table with name and Unhook function

+              arguments: event_name: string }

+function ULuaUsdx_Hook(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+{ Usdx.ShutMeDown - no results, no arguments

+  unloads the calling plugin }

+function ULuaUsdx_ShutMeDown(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+

+const

+  ULuaUsdx_Lib_f: array [0..4] of lual_reg = (

+    (name:'Version'; func:ULuaUsdx_Version),

+    (name:'Time'; func:ULuaUsdx_Time),

+    (name:'Hook'; func:ULuaUsdx_Hook),

+    (name:'ShutMeDown'; func:ULuaUsdx_ShutMeDown),

+    (name:nil;func:nil)

+  );

+

+implementation

+uses SDL, ULuaCore, ULuaUtils, UHookableEvent, UConfig;

+

+{ Usdx.Time - returns sdl_time to have time numbers comparable with

+              ultrastar deluxe ones. no arguments }

+function ULuaUsdx_Time(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var top: Integer;

+begin

+  //remove arguments (if any)

+  top := lua_gettop(L);

+

+  if (top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, top);

+

+  //push result

+  lua_pushinteger(L, SDL_GetTicks);

+  Result := 1; //one result

+end;

+

+{ Usdx.Version - returns Usdx version string (the same that US_Version

+  language-constant does). no arguments }

+function ULuaUsdx_Version(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var top: Integer;

+begin

+  //remove arguments (if any)

+  top := lua_gettop(L);

+

+  if (top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, top);

+

+  //push result

+  lua_pushstring(L, PChar(USDXVersionStr()));

+  Result := 1; //one result

+end;

+

+{ Usdx.Hook - returns an hook table with name and Unhook function

+              arguments: event_name: string; function_name: string }

+function ULuaUsdx_Hook(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+var

+  EventName: String;

+  FunctionName: String;

+  P: TLuaPlugin;

+  Event: THookableEvent;

+begin

+  EventName := luaL_checkstring(L, 1);

+  FunctionName := luaL_checkstring(L, 2);

+

+  P := Lua_GetOwner(L);

+

+  lua_pop(L, lua_gettop(L)); //clear stack

+

+  Result := 1;

+

+  Event := LuaCore.GetEventByName(EventName);

+  if (Event <> nil) then

+  begin

+    Event.Hook(L, P.Id, FunctionName);

+  end

+  else

+    luaL_error(L, PChar('event does not exist: ' + EventName));

+end;

+

+function ULuaUsdx_ShutMeDown(L: Plua_State): Integer; cdecl;

+  var

+    top: Integer;

+    P: TLuaPlugin;

+begin

+  Result := 0;

+  

+  //remove arguments (if any)

+  top := lua_gettop(L);

+

+  if (top > 0) then

+    lua_pop(L, top);

+

+  P := Lua_GetOwner(L);

+

+  P.ShutMeDown;

+end;

+

+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/lua/ULuaUtils.pas b/src/lua/ULuaUtils.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..143b34d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lua/ULuaUtils.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL$

+ * $Id$

+ *}

+

+unit ULuaUtils;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses ULua, ULuaCore;

+

+{ converts a lua table with a structure like:

+    * = 1 , * = 4 , * = 5

+  to an integer with the value:

+    0b11001

+  does not pop anything }

+function Lua_ToBinInt(L: PLua_State; idx: Integer): Integer;

+

+{ converts an integer with the value:

+    0b11001

+  to a lua table with a structure like:

+    * = 1 , * = 4 , * = 5

+  and pushed the table onto the stack }

+procedure Lua_PushBinInt(L: PLua_State; BinInt: Integer);

+

+{ pushes a table with position and size of a rectangle

+  t.x => position of the rectangle in pixels at x-axis

+  t.y => position of the rectangle in pixels at y-axis

+  t.w => width of the rectangle

+  t.h => height of the rectangle }

+procedure Lua_PushRect(L: PLua_State; X, Y, W, H: Double);

+

+{ returns plugin that is the owner of the given state

+  may raise a lua error if the parent id is not found

+  in states registry, if state owner does not exists

+  or is not loaded. So a check for a nil value is not

+  necessary }

+function Lua_GetOwner(L: PLua_State): TLuaPlugin;

+

+{ this is a helper in case an evenet owner don't has no use for the results

+  returns number of popped elements }

+function Lua_ClearStack(L: Plua_State): Integer;

+

+

+implementation

+

+{ converts a lua table with a structure like:

+    * = 1 , * = 4 , * = 5

+  to an integer with the value:

+    0b11001

+  does not pop anything }

+function Lua_ToBinInt(L: PLua_State; idx: Integer): Integer;

+  var

+    I: Integer;

+begin

+  // default: no bits set

+  Result := 0;

+

+  lua_checkstack(L, 2);

+

+  if (idx < 0) then

+    dec(idx); // we will push one value before using this

+

+  lua_PushNil(L);

+  while (lua_next(L, idx) <> 0) do

+  begin

+    if (lua_isNumber(L, -1)) then

+    begin //check if we got an integer value from 1 to 32

+      I := lua_toInteger(L, -1);

+      if (I >= 1) and (I <= 32) then

+        Result := Result or 1 shl (I - 1);

+    end;

+

+    // pop value, so key is on top

+    lua_pop(L, 1);

+  end;

+end;

+

+{ converts an integer with the value:

+    0b11001

+  to a lua table with a structure like:

+    * = 1 , * = 4 , * = 5

+  and pushed the table onto the stack }

+procedure Lua_PushBinInt(L: PLua_State; BinInt: Integer);

+var

+  I, Index: Integer;

+begin

+  lua_newTable(L);

+

+

+  Index := 1; //< lua starts w/ index 1

+  for I := 0 to 31 do

+    if (BinInt and (1 shl I) <> 0) then

+    begin

+      lua_pushInteger(L, Index);

+      lua_pushInteger(L, I);

+      lua_settable(L, -3);

+

+      Inc(Index);

+    end;

+end;

+

+{ pushes a table with position and size of a rectangle

+  t.x => position of the rectangle in pixels at x-axis

+  t.y => position of the rectangle in pixels at y-axis

+  t.w => width of the rectangle

+  t.h => height of the rectangle }

+procedure Lua_PushRect(L: PLua_State; X, Y, W, H: Double);

+begin

+  lua_createtable(L, 0, 4); // table w/ 4 record fields

+

+  // x pos

+  lua_pushNumber(L, X);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'x');

+

+  // y pos

+  lua_pushNumber(L, Y);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'y');

+

+  // width

+  lua_pushNumber(L, W);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'w');

+

+  // height

+  lua_pushNumber(L, H);

+  lua_setField(L, -2, 'h');

+end;

+

+{ returns plugin that is the owner of the given state

+  may raise a lua error if the parent id is not found

+  in states registry, if state owner does not exists

+  or is not loaded. So a check for a nil value is not

+  necessary }

+function Lua_GetOwner(L: PLua_State): TLuaPlugin;

+begin

+  lua_checkstack(L, 1);

+

+  lua_getfield (L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, '_USDX_STATE_ID');

+  if (not lua_isNumber(L, -1)) then

+    luaL_error(L, 'unable to get _USDX_STATE_ID');

+

+  Result := LuaCore.GetPluginById(lua_toInteger(L, -1));

+

+  lua_pop(L, 1); //< remove state id from stack

+

+  if (Result = nil) then

+    luaL_error(L, '_USDX_STATE_ID has invalid value')

+  else if (Result.Status > psRunning) then

+    luaL_error(L, 'owning plugin is not loaded or already unloaded in Lua_GetOwner');

+end;

+

+{ this is a helper in case an evenet owner don't has no use for the results

+  returns number of popped elements }

+function Lua_ClearStack(L: Plua_State): Integer;

+begin

+  Result := lua_gettop(L);

+  lua_pop(L, Result);

+end;

+

+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/macosx/Info.plist b/src/macosx/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5682c8a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/macosx/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+	<string>English</string>
+	<key>CFBundleDisplayName</key>
+	<string>UltraStarDeluxe</string>
+	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+	<string>ultrastardx</string>
+	<key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+	<string>UltraStarDeluxe, a SingStar clone</string>
+	<key>CFBundleIconFile</key>
+	<string>ultrastardx.icns</string>
+	<key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+	<string>org.ultrastardeluxe.ultrastardeluxe</string>
+	<key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+	<string>6.0</string>
+	<key>CFBundleName</key>
+	<string>UltraStarDeluxe</string>
+	<key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+	<string>APPL</string>
+	<key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+	<string>1.0</string>
+	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+	<string>USDX</string>
+	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+	<string>1.0</string>
+	<key>LSExecutableArchitectures</key>
+	<string>i386</string>
+	<key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key>
+	<false/>
+	<key>NSHumanReadableCopyright</key>
+	<string>LGPL</string>
+	<key>NSMainNibFile</key>
+	<string>SDLMain</string>
+	<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
+	<string>NSApplication</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/src/macosx/PseudoThread.pas b/src/macosx/PseudoThread.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d74285f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/macosx/PseudoThread.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit PseudoThread;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+type
+
+// Debugging threads with XCode doesn't seem to work.
+// We use PseudoThread in Debug mode to get proper debugging.
+
+TPseudoThread = class(TObject)
+  private
+  protected
+    Terminated,
+    FreeOnTerminate: boolean;
+    procedure Execute; virtual; abstract;
+    procedure Resume;
+    procedure Suspend;
+  public
+   constructor Create(const suspended : boolean);
+end;
+
+implementation
+
+{ TPseudoThread }
+
+constructor TPseudoThread.Create(const suspended: boolean);
+begin
+  if not suspended then
+  begin
+    Execute;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TPseudoThread.Resume;
+begin
+  Execute;
+end;
+
+procedure TPseudoThread.Suspend;
+begin
+end;
+
+end.
+ 
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioConverter.pas b/src/media/UAudioConverter.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..657b80dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioConverter.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioConverter;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMusic,
+  ULog,
+  ctypes,
+  {$IFDEF UseSRCResample}
+  samplerate,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF UseFFmpegResample}
+  avcodec,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UMediaCore_SDL,
+  sdl,
+  SysUtils,
+  Math;
+
+type
+  {*
+   * Notes:
+   *  - 44.1kHz to 48kHz conversion or vice versa is not supported
+   *    by SDL 1.2 (will be introduced in 1.3).
+   *    No conversion takes place in this cases.
+   *    This is because SDL just converts differences in powers of 2.
+   *    So the result might not be that accurate.
+   *    This IS audible (voice to high/low) and it needs good synchronization
+   *    with the video or the lyrics timer.
+   *  - float<->int16 conversion is not supported (will be part of 1.3) and
+   *    SDL (<1.3) is not capable of handling floats at all.
+   *  -> Using FFmpeg or libsamplerate for resampling is preferred.
+   *     Use SDL for channel and format conversion only.
+   *}
+  TAudioConverter_SDL = class(TAudioConverter)
+    private
+      cvt: TSDL_AudioCVT;
+    public
+      function Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; override;
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function GetRatio(): double; override;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF UseFFmpegResample}
+  // Note: FFmpeg seems to be using "kaiser windowed sinc" for resampling, so
+  // the quality should be good.
+  TAudioConverter_FFmpeg = class(TAudioConverter)
+    private
+      // TODO: use SDL for multi-channel->stereo and format conversion
+      ResampleContext: PReSampleContext;
+      Ratio: double;
+    public
+      function Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; override;
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function GetRatio(): double; override;
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF UseSRCResample}
+  TAudioConverter_SRC = class(TAudioConverter)
+    private
+      ConverterState: PSRC_STATE;
+      ConversionData: SRC_DATA;
+      FormatConverter: TAudioConverter;
+    public
+      function Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; override;
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function GetRatio(): double; override;
+  end;
+
+  // Note: SRC (=libsamplerate) provides several converters with different quality
+  // speed trade-offs. The SINC-types are slow but offer best quality.
+  // The SRC_SINC_* converters are too slow for realtime conversion,
+  // (SRC_SINC_FASTEST is approx. ten times slower than SRC_LINEAR) resulting
+  // in audible clicks and pops.
+  // SRC_LINEAR is very fast and should have a better quality than SRC_ZERO_ORDER_HOLD
+  // because it interpolates the samples. Normal "non-audiophile" users should not
+  // be able to hear a difference between the SINC_* ones and LINEAR. Especially
+  // if people sing along with the song.
+  // But FFmpeg might offer a better quality/speed ratio than SRC_LINEAR.
+  const
+    SRC_CONVERTER_TYPE = SRC_LINEAR; 
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+implementation
+
+function TAudioConverter_SDL.Init(srcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; dstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+var
+  srcFormat: UInt16;
+  dstFormat: UInt16;
+begin
+  inherited Init(SrcFormatInfo, DstFormatInfo);
+
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (not ConvertAudioFormatToSDL(srcFormatInfo.Format, srcFormat) or
+      not ConvertAudioFormatToSDL(dstFormatInfo.Format, dstFormat)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Audio-format not supported by SDL', 'TSoftMixerPlaybackStream.InitFormatConversion');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (SDL_BuildAudioCVT(@cvt,
+    srcFormat, srcFormatInfo.Channels, Round(srcFormatInfo.SampleRate),
+    dstFormat, dstFormatInfo.Channels, Round(dstFormatInfo.SampleRate)) = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(SDL_GetError(), 'TSoftMixerPlaybackStream.InitFormatConversion');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioConverter_SDL.Destroy();
+begin
+  // nothing to be done here
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Returns the size of the output buffer. This might be bigger than the actual
+ * size of resampled audio data.
+ *)
+function TAudioConverter_SDL.GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  // Note: len_ratio must not be used here. Even if the len_ratio is 1.0, len_mult might be 2.
+  // Example: 44.1kHz/mono to 22.05kHz/stereo -> len_ratio=1, len_mult=2
+  Result := InputSize * cvt.len_mult;
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_SDL.GetRatio(): double;
+begin
+  Result := cvt.len_ratio;
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_SDL.Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if (InputSize <= 0) then
+  begin
+    // avoid div-by-zero problems
+    if (InputSize = 0) then
+      Result := 0;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // OutputBuffer is always bigger than or equal to InputBuffer
+  Move(InputBuffer[0], OutputBuffer[0], InputSize);
+  cvt.buf := PUint8(OutputBuffer);
+  cvt.len := InputSize;
+  if (SDL_ConvertAudio(@cvt) = -1) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Result := cvt.len_cvt;
+end;
+
+
+{$IFDEF UseFFmpegResample}
+
+function TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+begin
+  inherited Init(SrcFormatInfo, DstFormatInfo);
+
+  Result := false;
+
+  // Note: ffmpeg does not support resampling for more than 2 input channels
+
+  if (srcFormatInfo.Format <> asfS16) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Unsupported format', 'TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Init');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // TODO: use SDL here
+  if (srcFormatInfo.Format <> dstFormatInfo.Format) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Incompatible formats', 'TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Init');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  ResampleContext := audio_resample_init(
+      dstFormatInfo.Channels, srcFormatInfo.Channels,
+      Round(dstFormatInfo.SampleRate), Round(srcFormatInfo.SampleRate));
+  if (ResampleContext = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('audio_resample_init() failed', 'TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Init');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // calculate ratio
+  Ratio := (dstFormatInfo.Channels / srcFormatInfo.Channels) *
+           (dstFormatInfo.SampleRate / srcFormatInfo.SampleRate);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Destroy();
+begin
+  if (ResampleContext <> nil) then
+    audio_resample_close(ResampleContext);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  InputSampleCount: integer;
+  OutputSampleCount: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if (InputSize <= 0) then
+  begin
+    // avoid div-by-zero in audio_resample()
+    if (InputSize = 0) then
+      Result := 0;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  InputSampleCount := InputSize div SrcFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+  OutputSampleCount := audio_resample(
+      ResampleContext, PSmallInt(OutputBuffer), PSmallInt(InputBuffer),
+      InputSampleCount);
+  if (OutputSampleCount = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('audio_resample() failed', 'TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Convert');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := OutputSampleCount * DstFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := Ceil(InputSize * GetRatio());
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.GetRatio(): double;
+begin
+  Result := Ratio;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{$IFDEF UseSRCResample}
+
+function TAudioConverter_SRC.Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+var
+  error: integer;
+  TempSrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+  TempDstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  inherited Init(SrcFormatInfo, DstFormatInfo);
+
+  Result := false;
+
+  FormatConverter := nil;
+
+  // SRC does not handle channel or format conversion
+  if ((SrcFormatInfo.Channels <> DstFormatInfo.Channels) or
+      not (SrcFormatInfo.Format in [asfS16, asfFloat])) then
+  begin
+    // SDL can not convert to float, so we have to convert to SInt16 first
+    TempSrcFormatInfo := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+        SrcFormatInfo.Channels, SrcFormatInfo.SampleRate, SrcFormatInfo.Format);
+    TempDstFormatInfo := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+        DstFormatInfo.Channels, SrcFormatInfo.SampleRate, asfS16);
+
+    // init format/channel conversion
+    FormatConverter := TAudioConverter_SDL.Create();
+    if (not FormatConverter.Init(TempSrcFormatInfo, TempDstFormatInfo)) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Unsupported input format', 'TAudioConverter_SRC.Init');
+      FormatConverter.Free;
+      // exit after the format-info is freed
+    end;
+
+    // this info was copied so we do not need it anymore 
+    TempSrcFormatInfo.Free;
+    TempDstFormatInfo.Free;
+
+    // leave if the format is not supported
+    if (not assigned(FormatConverter)) then
+      Exit;
+
+    // adjust our copy of the input audio-format for SRC conversion
+    Self.SrcFormatInfo.Channels := DstFormatInfo.Channels;
+    Self.SrcFormatInfo.Format := asfS16;
+  end;
+
+  if ((DstFormatInfo.Format <> asfS16) and
+      (DstFormatInfo.Format <> asfFloat)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Unsupported output format', 'TAudioConverter_SRC.Init');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  ConversionData.src_ratio := DstFormatInfo.SampleRate / SrcFormatInfo.SampleRate;
+  if (src_is_valid_ratio(ConversionData.src_ratio) = 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Invalid samplerate ratio', 'TAudioConverter_SRC.Init');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  ConverterState := src_new(SRC_CONVERTER_TYPE, DstFormatInfo.Channels, @error);
+  if (ConverterState = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('src_new() failed: ' + src_strerror(error), 'TAudioConverter_SRC.Init');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioConverter_SRC.Destroy();
+begin
+  if (ConverterState <> nil) then
+    src_delete(ConverterState);
+  FormatConverter.Free;
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_SRC.Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  FloatInputBuffer: PSingle;
+  FloatOutputBuffer: PSingle;
+  TempBuffer: PByteArray;
+  TempSize: integer;
+  NumSamples: integer;
+  OutputSize: integer;
+  error: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  TempBuffer := nil;
+
+  // format conversion with external converter (to correct number of channels and format)
+  if (assigned(FormatConverter)) then
+  begin
+    TempSize := FormatConverter.GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize);
+    GetMem(TempBuffer, TempSize);
+    InputSize := FormatConverter.Convert(InputBuffer, TempBuffer, InputSize);
+    InputBuffer := TempBuffer;
+  end;
+
+  if (InputSize <= 0) then
+  begin
+    // avoid div-by-zero problems
+    if (InputSize = 0) then
+      Result := 0;
+    if (TempBuffer <> nil) then
+      FreeMem(TempBuffer);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (SrcFormatInfo.Format = asfFloat) then
+  begin
+    FloatInputBuffer := PSingle(InputBuffer);
+  end else begin
+    NumSamples := InputSize div AudioSampleSize[SrcFormatInfo.Format];
+    GetMem(FloatInputBuffer, NumSamples * SizeOf(Single));
+    src_short_to_float_array(PCshort(InputBuffer), PCfloat(FloatInputBuffer), NumSamples);
+  end;
+
+  // calculate approx. output size
+  OutputSize := Ceil(InputSize * ConversionData.src_ratio);
+
+  if (DstFormatInfo.Format = asfFloat) then
+  begin
+    FloatOutputBuffer := PSingle(OutputBuffer);
+  end else begin
+    NumSamples := OutputSize div AudioSampleSize[DstFormatInfo.Format];
+    GetMem(FloatOutputBuffer, NumSamples * SizeOf(Single));
+  end;
+
+  with ConversionData do
+  begin
+    data_in := PCFloat(FloatInputBuffer);
+    input_frames := InputSize div SrcFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+    data_out := PCFloat(FloatOutputBuffer);
+    output_frames := OutputSize div DstFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+    // TODO: set this to 1 at end of file-playback
+    end_of_input := 0;
+  end;
+
+  error := src_process(ConverterState, @ConversionData);
+  if (error <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(src_strerror(error), 'TAudioConverter_SRC.Convert');
+    if (SrcFormatInfo.Format <> asfFloat) then
+      FreeMem(FloatInputBuffer);
+    if (DstFormatInfo.Format <> asfFloat) then
+      FreeMem(FloatOutputBuffer);
+    if (TempBuffer <> nil) then
+      FreeMem(TempBuffer);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (SrcFormatInfo.Format <> asfFloat) then
+    FreeMem(FloatInputBuffer);
+
+  if (DstFormatInfo.Format <> asfFloat) then
+  begin
+    NumSamples := ConversionData.output_frames_gen * DstFormatInfo.Channels;
+    src_float_to_short_array(PCfloat(FloatOutputBuffer), PCshort(OutputBuffer), NumSamples);
+    FreeMem(FloatOutputBuffer);
+  end;
+
+  // free format conversion buffer if used
+  if (TempBuffer <> nil) then
+    FreeMem(TempBuffer);
+
+  if (assigned(FormatConverter)) then
+    InputSize := ConversionData.input_frames_used * FormatConverter.SrcFormatInfo.FrameSize
+  else
+    InputSize := ConversionData.input_frames_used * SrcFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+
+  // set result to output size according to SRC
+  Result := ConversionData.output_frames_gen * DstFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_SRC.GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := Ceil(InputSize * GetRatio());
+end;
+
+function TAudioConverter_SRC.GetRatio(): double;
+begin
+  // if we need additional channel/format conversion, use this ratio
+  if (assigned(FormatConverter)) then
+    Result := FormatConverter.GetRatio()
+  else
+    Result := 1.0;
+
+  // now the SRC ratio (Note: the format might change from SInt16 to float)
+  Result := Result *
+            ConversionData.src_ratio *
+            (DstFormatInfo.FrameSize / SrcFormatInfo.FrameSize);
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioCore_Bass.pas b/src/media/UAudioCore_Bass.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a84dcd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioCore_Bass.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioCore_Bass;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMusic,
+  bass;     // (Note: DWORD is defined here)
+
+type
+  TAudioCore_Bass = class
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      class function GetInstance(): TAudioCore_Bass;
+      function CheckVersion(): boolean;
+      function ErrorGetString(): string; overload;
+      function ErrorGetString(errCode: integer): string; overload;
+      function ConvertAudioFormatToBASSFlags(Format: TAudioSampleFormat; out Flags: DWORD): boolean;
+      function ConvertBASSFlagsToAudioFormat(Flags: DWORD; out Format: TAudioSampleFormat): boolean;
+    private
+      function DecodeVersion(VersionHex: integer): string;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UMain,
+  ULog;
+
+const
+  // BASS 2.4.2 is not ABI compatible with older versions
+  // as (BASS_RECORDINFO.driver was removed)
+  BASS_MIN_REQUIRED_VERSION = $02040201;
+
+var
+  Instance: TAudioCore_Bass;
+
+constructor TAudioCore_Bass.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+class function TAudioCore_Bass.GetInstance(): TAudioCore_Bass;
+begin
+  if (not Assigned(Instance)) then
+    Instance := TAudioCore_Bass.Create();
+  Result := Instance;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Bass.DecodeVersion(VersionHex: integer): string;
+var
+  Version: array [0..3] of integer;
+begin
+  Version[0] := (VersionHex shr 24) and $FF;
+  Version[1] := (VersionHex shr 16) and $FF;
+  Version[2] := (VersionHex shr 8) and $FF;
+  Version[3] := (VersionHex shr 0) and $FF;
+  Result := Format('%x.%x.%x.%x', [Version[0], Version[1], Version[2], Version[3]]);
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Bass.CheckVersion(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := BASS_GetVersion() >= BASS_MIN_REQUIRED_VERSION;
+  if (not Result) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogWarn('Could not init BASS audio library. ''bass.dll'' version is ' + DecodeVersion(BASS_GetVersion()) + ' but ' + DecodeVersion(BASS_MIN_REQUIRED_VERSION) + ' or higher is required.',
+        'TAudioCore_Bass.CheckVersion');
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Bass.ErrorGetString(): string;
+begin
+  Result := ErrorGetString(BASS_ErrorGetCode());
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Bass.ErrorGetString(errCode: integer): string;
+begin
+  case errCode of
+    BASS_OK:             result := 'No error';
+    BASS_ERROR_MEM:      result := 'Insufficient memory';
+    BASS_ERROR_FILEOPEN: result := 'File could not be opened';
+    BASS_ERROR_DRIVER:   result := 'Device driver not available';
+    BASS_ERROR_BUFLOST:  result := 'Buffer lost';
+    BASS_ERROR_HANDLE:   result := 'Invalid Handle';
+    BASS_ERROR_FORMAT:   result := 'Sample-Format not supported';
+    BASS_ERROR_POSITION: result := 'Illegal position';
+    BASS_ERROR_INIT:     result := 'BASS_Init has not been successfully called';
+    BASS_ERROR_START:    result := 'Paused/stopped';
+    BASS_ERROR_ALREADY:  result := 'Already created/used';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOCHAN:   result := 'No free channels';
+    BASS_ERROR_ILLTYPE:  result := 'Type is invalid';
+    BASS_ERROR_ILLPARAM: result := 'Illegal parameter';
+    BASS_ERROR_NO3D:     result := 'No 3D support';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOEAX:    result := 'No EAX support';
+    BASS_ERROR_DEVICE:   result := 'Invalid device number';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOPLAY:   result := 'Channel not playing';
+    BASS_ERROR_FREQ:     result := 'Freq out of range';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOTFILE:  result := 'Not a file stream';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOHW:     result := 'No hardware support';
+    BASS_ERROR_EMPTY:    result := 'Is empty';
+    BASS_ERROR_NONET:    result := 'Network unavailable';
+    BASS_ERROR_CREATE:   result := 'Creation error';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOFX:     result := 'DX8 effects unavailable';
+    BASS_ERROR_NOTAVAIL: result := 'Not available';
+    BASS_ERROR_DECODE:   result := 'Is a decoding channel';
+    BASS_ERROR_DX:       result := 'Insufficient version of DirectX';
+    BASS_ERROR_TIMEOUT:  result := 'Timeout';
+    BASS_ERROR_FILEFORM: result := 'File-Format not recognised/supported';
+    BASS_ERROR_SPEAKER:  result := 'Requested speaker(s) not support';
+    BASS_ERROR_VERSION:  result := 'Version error';
+    BASS_ERROR_CODEC:    result := 'Codec not available/supported';
+    BASS_ERROR_ENDED:    result := 'The channel/file has ended';
+    BASS_ERROR_UNKNOWN:  result := 'Unknown error';
+    else                 result := 'Unknown error';
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Bass.ConvertAudioFormatToBASSFlags(Format: TAudioSampleFormat; out Flags: DWORD): boolean;
+begin
+  case Format of
+    asfS16:   Flags := 0;
+    asfFloat: Flags := BASS_SAMPLE_FLOAT;
+    asfU8:    Flags := BASS_SAMPLE_8BITS;
+    else begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Bass.ConvertBASSFlagsToAudioFormat(Flags: DWORD; out Format: TAudioSampleFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  if ((Flags and BASS_SAMPLE_FLOAT) <> 0) then
+    Format := asfFloat
+  else if ((Flags and BASS_SAMPLE_8BITS) <> 0) then
+    Format := asfU8
+  else
+    Format := asfS16;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioCore_Portaudio.pas b/src/media/UAudioCore_Portaudio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c97b5d10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioCore_Portaudio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioCore_Portaudio;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I ../switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  portaudio;
+
+type
+  TAudioCore_Portaudio = class
+    private
+      InitCount: integer; ///< keeps track of the number of Initialize/Terminate calls
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      class function GetInstance(): TAudioCore_Portaudio;
+      function Initialize(): boolean;
+      function Terminate(): boolean;
+      function GetPreferredApiIndex(): TPaHostApiIndex;
+      function TestDevice(inParams, outParams: PPaStreamParameters; var sampleRate: double): boolean;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  ULog;
+
+{*
+ * The default API used by Portaudio is the least common denominator
+ * and might lack efficiency. In addition it might not even work.
+ * We use an array named ApiPreferenceOrder with which we define the order of
+ * preferred APIs to use. The first API-type in the list is tried first.
+ * If it is not available the next one is tried and so on ...
+ * If none of the preferred APIs was found the default API (detected by
+ * portaudio) is used.
+ *
+ * Pascal does not permit zero-length static arrays, so you must use paDefaultApi
+ * as an array's only member if you do not have any preferences.
+ * You can also append paDefaultApi to a non-zero length preferences array but
+ * this is optional because the default API is always used as a fallback.
+ *}
+const
+  paDefaultApi = -1;
+const
+  ApiPreferenceOrder:
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+    // Note1: Portmixer has no mixer support for paASIO and paWASAPI at the moment
+    // Note2: Windows Default-API is MME, but DirectSound is faster
+    array[0..0] of TPaHostApiTypeId = ( paDirectSound );
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+    array[0..0] of TPaHostApiTypeId = ( paDefaultApi ); // paCoreAudio
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+    // Note: Portmixer has no mixer support for JACK at the moment
+    array[0..2] of TPaHostApiTypeId = ( paALSA, paJACK, paOSS );
+{$ELSE}
+    array[0..0] of TPaHostApiTypeId = ( paDefaultApi );
+{$IFEND}
+
+
+{ TAudioInput_Portaudio }
+
+var
+  Instance: TAudioCore_Portaudio;
+
+constructor TAudioCore_Portaudio.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  InitCount := 0;
+end;
+
+class function TAudioCore_Portaudio.GetInstance(): TAudioCore_Portaudio;
+begin
+  if not assigned(Instance) then
+    Instance := TAudioCore_Portaudio.Create();
+  Result := Instance;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Portaudio.Initialize(): boolean;
+var
+  Err: TPaError;
+begin
+  // initialize only once
+  if (InitCount > 0) then
+  begin
+    Inc(InitCount);
+    Result := true;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // init Portaudio
+  Err := Pa_Initialize();
+  if (Err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(Pa_GetErrorText(Err), 'TAudioCore_Portaudio.Initialize');
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // only increment on success
+  Inc(InitCount);
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Portaudio.Terminate(): boolean;
+var
+  Err: TPaError;
+begin
+  // decrement usage count
+  Dec(InitCount);
+  if (InitCount > 0) then
+  begin
+    // do not terminate yet
+    Result := true;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // terminate if usage count is 0
+  Err := Pa_Terminate();
+  if (Err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(Pa_GetErrorText(Err), 'TAudioCore_Portaudio.Terminate');
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioCore_Portaudio.GetPreferredApiIndex(): TPaHostApiIndex;
+var
+  i:        integer;
+  apiIndex: TPaHostApiIndex;
+  apiInfo:  PPaHostApiInfo;
+begin
+  result := -1;
+
+  // select preferred sound-API
+  for i:= 0 to High(ApiPreferenceOrder) do
+  begin
+    if (ApiPreferenceOrder[i] <> paDefaultApi) then
+    begin
+      // check if API is available
+      apiIndex := Pa_HostApiTypeIdToHostApiIndex(ApiPreferenceOrder[i]);
+      if (apiIndex >= 0) then
+      begin
+        // we found an API but we must check if it works
+        // (on linux portaudio might detect OSS but does not provide
+        // any devices if ALSA is enabled)
+        apiInfo := Pa_GetHostApiInfo(apiIndex);
+        if (apiInfo^.deviceCount > 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := apiIndex;
+          break;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // None of the preferred APIs is available -> use default
+  if (result < 0) then
+  begin
+    result := Pa_GetDefaultHostApi();
+  end;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Portaudio test callback used by TestDevice().
+ *}
+function TestCallback(input: pointer; output: pointer; frameCount: longword;
+      timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo; statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+      inputDevice: pointer): integer; cdecl;
+begin
+  // this callback is called only once
+  result := paAbort;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Tests if the callback works. Some devices can be opened without
+ * an error but the callback is never called. Calling Pa_StopStream() on such
+ * a stream freezes USDX then. Probably because the callback-thread is deadlocked
+ * due to some bug in portaudio. The blocking Pa_ReadStream() and Pa_WriteStream()
+ * block forever too and though can't be used for testing.
+ *
+ * To avoid freezing Pa_AbortStream (or Pa_CloseStream which calls Pa_AbortStream)
+ * can be used to force the stream to stop. But for some reason this stops debugging
+ * in gdb with a "no process found" message.
+ *
+ * Because freezing devices are non-working devices we test the devices here to
+ * be able to exclude them from the device-selection list.
+ *
+ * Portaudio does not provide any test to check this error case (probably because
+ * it should not even occur). So we have to open the device, start the stream and
+ * check if the callback is called (the stream is stopped if the callback is called
+ * for the first time, so we can poll until the stream is stopped).
+ *
+ * Another error that occurs is that some devices (even the default device) might
+ * work at the beginning but stop after a few calls (maybe 50) of the callback.
+ * For me this problem occurs with the default output-device. The "dmix" or "front"
+ * device must be selected instead. Another problem is that (due to a bug in
+ * portaudio or ALSA) the "front" device is not detected every time portaudio
+ * is started. Sometimes it needs two or more restarts.
+ *
+ * There is no reasonable way to test for these errors. For the first error-case
+ * we could test if the callback is called 50 times but this can take a second
+ * for each device and it can fail in the 51st or even 100th callback call then.
+ *
+ * The second error-case cannot be tested at all. How should we now that one
+ * device is missing if portaudio is not even able to detect it.
+ * We could start and terminate Portaudio for several times and see if the device
+ * count changes but this is ugly.
+ *
+ * Conclusion: We are not able to autodetect a working device with
+ *   portaudio (at least not with the newest v19_20071207) at the moment.
+ *   So we have to provide the possibility to manually select an output device
+ *   in the UltraStar options if we want to use portaudio instead of SDL.
+ *)
+function TAudioCore_Portaudio.TestDevice(inParams, outParams: PPaStreamParameters; var sampleRate: double): boolean;
+const
+  altSampleRates: array[0..1] of double = (44100, 48000); // alternative sample-rates
+var
+  stream:  PPaStream;
+  err:     TPaError;
+  cbWorks: boolean;
+  cbPolls: integer;
+  i:       integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (sampleRate <= 0) then
+    sampleRate := 44100;
+
+  // check if device supports our input-format
+  err := Pa_IsFormatSupported(inParams, outParams, sampleRate);
+  if (err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    // we cannot fix the error -> exit
+    if (err <> paInvalidSampleRate) then
+      Exit;
+
+    // try alternative sample-rates to the detected one
+    sampleRate := 0;
+    for i := 0 to High(altSampleRates) do
+    begin
+      // do not check the detected sample-rate twice
+      if (altSampleRates[i] = sampleRate) then
+        continue;
+      // check alternative
+      err := Pa_IsFormatSupported(inParams, outParams, altSampleRates[i]);
+      if (err = paNoError) then
+      begin
+        // sample-rate works
+        sampleRate := altSampleRates[i];
+        break;
+      end;
+    end;
+    // no working sample-rate found
+    if (sampleRate = 0) then
+      Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // FIXME: for some reason gdb stops after a call of Pa_AbortStream()
+  // which is implicitely called by Pa_CloseStream().
+  // gdb's stops with the message: "ptrace: no process found".
+  // Probably because the callback-thread is killed what confuses gdb.
+  {$IF Defined(Debug) and Defined(Linux)}
+  cbWorks := true;
+  {$ELSE}
+  // open device for testing
+  err := Pa_OpenStream(stream, inParams, outParams, sampleRate,
+          paFramesPerBufferUnspecified,
+          paNoFlag, @TestCallback, nil);
+  if (err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  // start the callback
+  err := Pa_StartStream(stream);
+  if (err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Pa_CloseStream(stream);
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  cbWorks := false;
+  // check if the callback was called (poll for max. 200ms)
+  for cbPolls := 1 to 20 do
+  begin
+    // if the test-callback was called it should be aborted now
+    if (Pa_IsStreamActive(stream) = 0) then
+    begin
+      cbWorks := true;
+      break;
+    end;
+    // not yet aborted, wait and try (poll) again
+    Pa_Sleep(10);
+  end;
+
+  // finally abort the stream
+  Pa_CloseStream(stream);
+  {$IFEND}
+  
+  Result := cbWorks;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioDecoder_Bass.pas b/src/media/UAudioDecoder_Bass.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6d2425a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioDecoder_Bass.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioDecoder_Bass;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  bass,
+  UMain,
+  UMusic,
+  UAudioCore_Bass,
+  ULog,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TBassDecodeStream = class(TAudioDecodeStream)
+    private
+      Handle: HSTREAM;
+      FormatInfo : TAudioFormatInfo;
+      Error: boolean;
+    public
+      constructor Create(Handle: HSTREAM);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      procedure Close();                     override;
+
+      function GetLength(): real;            override;
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
+      function GetPosition: real;            override;
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);     override;
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;           override;
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);   override;
+      function IsEOF(): boolean;             override;
+      function IsError(): boolean;           override;
+
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer): integer; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TAudioDecoder_Bass = class( TInterfacedObject, IAudioDecoder )
+    public
+      function GetName: string;
+
+      function InitializeDecoder(): boolean;
+      function FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+  end;
+
+var
+  BassCore: TAudioCore_Bass;
+
+
+{ TBassDecodeStream }
+
+constructor TBassDecodeStream.Create(Handle: HSTREAM);
+var
+  ChannelInfo: BASS_CHANNELINFO;
+  Format: TAudioSampleFormat;
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  Self.Handle := Handle;
+
+  // setup format info
+  if (not BASS_ChannelGetInfo(Handle, ChannelInfo)) then
+  begin
+    raise Exception.Create('Failed to open decode-stream');
+  end;
+  BassCore.ConvertBASSFlagsToAudioFormat(ChannelInfo.flags, Format);
+  FormatInfo := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(ChannelInfo.chans, ChannelInfo.freq, format);
+
+  Error := false;
+end;
+
+destructor TBassDecodeStream.Destroy();
+begin
+  Close();
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassDecodeStream.Close();
+begin
+  if (Handle <> 0) then
+  begin
+    BASS_StreamFree(Handle);
+    Handle := 0;
+  end;
+  PerformOnClose();
+  FreeAndNil(FormatInfo);
+  Error := false;
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := FormatInfo;
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.GetLength(): real;
+var
+  bytes: QWORD;
+begin
+  bytes  := BASS_ChannelGetLength(Handle, BASS_POS_BYTE);
+  Result := BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds(Handle, bytes);
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.GetPosition: real;
+var
+  bytes: QWORD;
+begin
+  bytes  := BASS_ChannelGetPosition(Handle, BASS_POS_BYTE);
+  Result := BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds(Handle, bytes);
+end;
+
+procedure TBassDecodeStream.SetPosition(Time: real);
+var
+  bytes: QWORD;
+begin
+  bytes := BASS_ChannelSeconds2Bytes(Handle, Time);
+  BASS_ChannelSetPosition(Handle, bytes, BASS_POS_BYTE);
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.GetLoop(): boolean;
+var
+  flags: DWORD;
+begin
+  // retrieve channel flags
+  flags := BASS_ChannelFlags(Handle, 0, 0);
+  if (flags = DWORD(-1)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_ChannelFlags: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassDecodeStream.GetLoop');
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := (flags and BASS_SAMPLE_LOOP) <> 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassDecodeStream.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+var
+  flags: DWORD;
+begin
+  // set/unset loop-flag
+  if (Enabled) then
+    flags := BASS_SAMPLE_LOOP
+  else
+    flags := 0;
+
+  // set new flag-bits
+  if (BASS_ChannelFlags(Handle, flags, BASS_SAMPLE_LOOP) = DWORD(-1)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_ChannelFlags: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassDecodeStream.SetLoop');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.IsEOF(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := (BASS_ChannelIsActive(Handle) = BASS_ACTIVE_STOPPED);
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.IsError(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := Error;
+end;
+
+function TBassDecodeStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := BASS_ChannelGetData(Handle, Buffer, BufSize);
+  // check error state (do not handle EOF as error)
+  if ((Result = -1) and (BASS_ErrorGetCode() <> BASS_ERROR_ENDED)) then
+    Error := true
+  else
+    Error := false;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioDecoder_Bass }
+
+function TAudioDecoder_Bass.GetName: String;
+begin
+  result := 'BASS_Decoder';
+end;
+
+function TAudioDecoder_Bass.InitializeDecoder(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  BassCore := TAudioCore_Bass.GetInstance();
+  if not BassCore.CheckVersion then
+    Exit;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioDecoder_Bass.FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioDecoder_Bass.Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+var
+  Stream: HSTREAM;
+  ChannelInfo: BASS_CHANNELINFO;
+  FileExt: string;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  // check if BASS was initialized
+  // in case the decoder is not used with BASS playback, init the NO_SOUND device
+  if ((integer(BASS_GetDevice) = -1) and (BASS_ErrorGetCode() = BASS_ERROR_INIT)) then
+    BASS_Init(0, 44100, 0, 0, nil);
+
+  // TODO: use BASS_STREAM_PRESCAN for accurate seeking in VBR-files?
+  //       disadvantage: seeking will slow down.
+  
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // Windows: Use UTF-16 version
+  Stream := BASS_StreamCreateFile(False, PWideChar(Filename.ToWide), 0, 0, BASS_STREAM_DECODE or BASS_UNICODE);
+  {$ELSE}
+  // Mac OS X: Use UTF8/ANSI version
+  Stream := BASS_StreamCreateFile(False, PAnsiChar(Filename.ToNative), 0, 0, BASS_STREAM_DECODE);
+  {$ENDIF}
+  if (Stream = 0) then
+  begin
+    //Log.LogError(BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TAudioDecoder_Bass.Open');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // check if BASS opened some erroneously recognized file-formats
+  if BASS_ChannelGetInfo(Stream, channelInfo) then
+  begin
+    fileExt := Filename.GetExtension.ToUTF8;
+    // BASS opens FLV-files (maybe others too) although it cannot handle them.
+    // Setting BASS_CONFIG_VERIFY to the max. value (100000) does not help.
+    if ((fileExt = '.flv') and (channelInfo.ctype = BASS_CTYPE_STREAM_MP1)) then
+    begin
+      BASS_StreamFree(Stream);
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := TBassDecodeStream.Create(Stream);
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TAudioDecoder_Bass.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.pas b/src/media/UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b44c7b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1159 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg;
+
+(*******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * This unit is primarily based upon -
+ *   http://www.dranger.com/ffmpeg/ffmpegtutorial_all.html
+ *
+ *   and tutorial03.c
+ *
+ *   http://www.inb.uni-luebeck.de/~boehme/using_libavcodec.html
+ *
+ *******************************************************************************)
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+// show FFmpeg specific debug output
+{.$DEFINE DebugFFmpegDecode}
+
+// FFmpeg is very verbose and shows a bunch of errors.
+// Those errors (they can be considered as warnings by us) can be ignored
+// as they do not give any useful information.
+// There is no solution to fix this except for turning them off.
+{.$DEFINE EnableFFmpegErrorOutput}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SDL, // SDL redefines some base types -> include before SysUtils to ignore them
+  Classes,
+  Math,
+  SysUtils,
+  avcodec,
+  avformat,
+  avutil,
+  avio,
+  mathematics, // used for av_rescale_q
+  rational,
+  UMusic,
+  UIni,
+  UMain,
+  UMediaCore_FFmpeg,
+  ULog,
+  UCommon,
+  UConfig,
+  UPath;
+
+const
+  MAX_AUDIOQ_SIZE = (5 * 16 * 1024);
+
+const
+  // TODO: The factor 3/2 might not be necessary as we do not need extra
+  // space for synchronizing as in the tutorial.
+  AUDIO_BUFFER_SIZE = (AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE * 3) div 2;
+
+type
+  TFFmpegDecodeStream = class(TAudioDecodeStream)
+    private
+      fStateLock:   PSDL_Mutex;
+
+      fEOFState:   boolean; // end-of-stream flag (locked by StateLock)
+      fErrorState: boolean; // error flag (locked by StateLock)
+
+      fQuitRequest: boolean; // (locked by StateLock)
+      fParserIdleCond: PSDL_Cond;
+
+      // parser pause/resume data
+      fParserLocked:            boolean;
+      fParserPauseRequestCount: integer;
+      fParserUnlockedCond:      PSDL_Cond;
+      fParserResumeCond:        PSDL_Cond;
+
+      fSeekRequest: boolean; // (locked by StateLock)
+      fSeekFlags:   integer; // (locked by StateLock)
+      fSeekPos:     double;    // stream position to seek for (in secs) (locked by StateLock)
+      fSeekFlush:   boolean;   // true if the buffers should be flushed after seeking (locked by StateLock)
+      SeekFinishedCond: PSDL_Cond;
+
+      fLoop: boolean; // (locked by StateLock)
+
+      fParseThread: PSDL_Thread;
+      fPacketQueue: TPacketQueue;
+
+      fFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+      // FFmpeg specific data
+      fFormatCtx: PAVFormatContext;
+      fCodecCtx:  PAVCodecContext;
+      fCodec:     PAVCodec;
+
+      fAudioStreamIndex: integer;
+      fAudioStream: PAVStream;
+      fAudioStreamPos: double; // stream position in seconds (locked by DecoderLock)
+
+      // decoder pause/resume data
+      fDecoderLocked:            boolean;
+      fDecoderPauseRequestCount: integer;
+      fDecoderUnlockedCond:      PSDL_Cond;
+      fDecoderResumeCond:        PSDL_Cond;
+
+      // state-vars for DecodeFrame (locked by DecoderLock)
+      fAudioPaket:        TAVPacket;
+      fAudioPaketData:    PByteArray;
+      fAudioPaketSize:    integer;
+      fAudioPaketSilence: integer; // number of bytes of silence to return
+
+      // state-vars for AudioCallback (locked by DecoderLock)
+      fAudioBufferPos:  integer;
+      fAudioBufferSize: integer;
+      fAudioBuffer:     PByteArray;
+
+      fFilename: IPath;
+
+      procedure SetPositionIntern(Time: real; Flush: boolean; Blocking: boolean);
+      procedure SetEOF(State: boolean);   {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+      procedure SetError(State: boolean); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+      function IsSeeking(): boolean;
+      function IsQuit(): boolean;
+
+      procedure Reset();
+
+      procedure Parse();
+      function ParseLoop(): boolean;
+      procedure PauseParser();
+      procedure ResumeParser();
+
+      function DecodeFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+      procedure FlushCodecBuffers();
+      procedure PauseDecoder();
+      procedure ResumeDecoder();
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
+      procedure Close();                     override;
+
+      function GetLength(): real;            override;
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
+      function GetPosition: real;            override;
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);     override;
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;           override;
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);   override;
+      function IsEOF(): boolean;             override;
+      function IsError(): boolean;           override;
+
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg = class(TInterfacedObject, IAudioDecoder)
+    public
+      function GetName: string;
+
+      function InitializeDecoder(): boolean;
+      function FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+  end;
+
+var
+  FFmpegCore: TMediaCore_FFmpeg;
+
+function ParseThreadMain(Data: Pointer): integer; cdecl; forward;
+
+
+{ TFFmpegDecodeStream }
+
+constructor TFFmpegDecodeStream.Create();
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  fStateLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+  fParserUnlockedCond := SDL_CreateCond();
+  fParserResumeCond := SDL_CreateCond();
+  fParserIdleCond := SDL_CreateCond();
+  SeekFinishedCond := SDL_CreateCond();
+  fDecoderUnlockedCond := SDL_CreateCond();
+  fDecoderResumeCond := SDL_CreateCond();
+
+  // according to the documentation of avcodec_decode_audio(2), sample-data
+  // should be aligned on a 16 byte boundary. Otherwise internal calls
+  // (e.g. to SSE or Altivec operations) might fail or lack performance on some
+  // CPUs. Although GetMem() in Delphi and FPC seems to use a 16 byte or higher
+  // alignment for buffers of this size (alignment depends on the size of the
+  // requested buffer), we will set the alignment explicitly as the minimum
+  // alignment used by Delphi and FPC is on an 8 byte boundary.
+  // 
+  // Note: AudioBuffer was previously defined as a field of type TAudioBuffer
+  // (array[0..AUDIO_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte) and hence statically allocated.
+  // Fields of records are aligned different to memory allocated with GetMem(),
+  // aligning depending on the type but will be at least 2 bytes.
+  // AudioBuffer was not aligned to a 16 byte boundary. The {$ALIGN x} directive
+  // was not applicable as Delphi in contrast to FPC provides at most 8 byte
+  // alignment ({$ALIGN 16} is not supported) by this directive.
+  fAudioBuffer := GetAlignedMem(AUDIO_BUFFER_SIZE, 16);
+
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.Reset();
+begin
+  fParseThread := nil;
+
+  fEOFState := false;
+  fErrorState := false;
+  fLoop := false;
+  fQuitRequest := false;
+
+  fAudioPaketData := nil;
+  fAudioPaketSize := 0;
+  fAudioPaketSilence := 0;
+
+  fAudioBufferPos := 0;
+  fAudioBufferSize := 0;
+
+  fParserLocked := false;
+  fParserPauseRequestCount := 0;
+  fDecoderLocked := false;
+  fDecoderPauseRequestCount := 0;
+
+  FillChar(fAudioPaket, SizeOf(TAVPacket), 0);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Frees the decode-stream data.
+ *}
+destructor TFFmpegDecodeStream.Destroy();
+begin
+  Close();
+
+  SDL_DestroyMutex(fStateLock);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(fParserUnlockedCond);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(fParserResumeCond);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(fParserIdleCond);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(SeekFinishedCond);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(fDecoderUnlockedCond);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(fDecoderResumeCond);
+
+  FreeAlignedMem(fAudioBuffer);
+
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
+var
+  SampleFormat: TAudioSampleFormat;
+  AVResult: integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  Close();
+  Reset();
+
+  if (not Filename.IsFile) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Audio-file does not exist: "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Self.fFilename := Filename;
+
+  // use custom 'ufile' protocol for UTF-8 support
+  if (av_open_input_file(fFormatCtx, PAnsiChar('ufile:'+FileName.ToUTF8), nil, 0, nil) <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('av_open_input_file failed: "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // generate PTS values if they do not exist
+  fFormatCtx^.flags := fFormatCtx^.flags or AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS;
+
+  // retrieve stream information
+  if (av_find_stream_info(fFormatCtx) < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('av_find_stream_info failed: "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // FIXME: hack used by ffplay. Maybe should not use url_feof() to test for the end
+  fFormatCtx^.pb.eof_reached := 0;
+
+  {$IFDEF DebugFFmpegDecode}
+  dump_format(fFormatCtx, 0, PAnsiChar(Filename.ToNative), 0);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  fAudioStreamIndex := FFmpegCore.FindAudioStreamIndex(fFormatCtx);
+  if (fAudioStreamIndex < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('FindAudioStreamIndex: No Audio-stream found "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  //Log.LogStatus('AudioStreamIndex is: '+ inttostr(ffmpegStreamID), 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+
+  fAudioStream := fFormatCtx.streams[fAudioStreamIndex];
+  fAudioStreamPos := 0;
+  fCodecCtx := fAudioStream^.codec;
+
+  // TODO: should we use this or not? Should we allow 5.1 channel audio?
+  (*
+  {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51042000}
+  if (CodecCtx^.channels > 0) then
+    CodecCtx^.request_channels := Min(2, CodecCtx^.channels)
+  else
+    CodecCtx^.request_channels := 2;
+  {$IFEND}
+  *)
+
+  fCodec := avcodec_find_decoder(fCodecCtx^.codec_id);
+  if (fCodec = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Unsupported codec!', 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+    fCodecCtx := nil;
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // set debug options
+  fCodecCtx^.debug_mv := 0;
+  fCodecCtx^.debug := 0;
+
+  // detect bug-workarounds automatically
+  fCodecCtx^.workaround_bugs := FF_BUG_AUTODETECT;
+  // error resilience strategy (careful/compliant/agressive/very_aggressive)
+  //CodecCtx^.error_resilience := FF_ER_CAREFUL; //FF_ER_COMPLIANT;
+  // allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
+  //CodecCtx^.flags2 := CodecCtx^.flags2 or CODEC_FLAG2_FAST;
+
+  // Note: avcodec_open() and avcodec_close() are not thread-safe and will
+  // fail if called concurrently by different threads.
+  FFmpegCore.LockAVCodec();
+  try
+    AVResult := avcodec_open(fCodecCtx, fCodec);
+  finally
+    FFmpegCore.UnlockAVCodec();
+  end;
+  if (AVResult < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('avcodec_open failed!', 'UAudio_FFmpeg');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // now initialize the audio-format
+
+  if (not FFmpegCore.ConvertFFmpegToAudioFormat(fCodecCtx^.sample_fmt, SampleFormat)) then
+  begin
+    // try standard format
+    SampleFormat := asfS16;
+  end;
+  if fCodecCtx^.channels > 255 then
+    Log.LogStatus('Error: CodecCtx^.channels > 255', 'TFFmpegDecodeStream.Open');
+  fFormatInfo := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+    byte(fCodecCtx^.channels),
+    fCodecCtx^.sample_rate,
+    SampleFormat
+  );
+
+  fPacketQueue := TPacketQueue.Create();
+
+  // finally start the decode thread
+  fParseThread := SDL_CreateThread(@ParseThreadMain, Self);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.Close();
+var
+  ThreadResult: integer;
+begin
+  // wake threads waiting for packet-queue data
+  // Note: normally, there are no waiting threads. If there were waiting
+  // ones, they would block the audio-callback thread.
+  if (assigned(fPacketQueue)) then
+    fPacketQueue.Abort();
+
+  // send quit request (to parse-thread etc)
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  fQuitRequest := true;
+  SDL_CondBroadcast(fParserIdleCond);
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+
+  // abort parse-thread
+  if (fParseThread <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // and wait until it terminates
+    SDL_WaitThread(fParseThread, ThreadResult);
+    fParseThread := nil;
+  end;
+
+  // Close the codec
+  if (fCodecCtx <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // avcodec_close() is not thread-safe
+    FFmpegCore.LockAVCodec();
+    try
+      avcodec_close(fCodecCtx);
+    finally
+      FFmpegCore.UnlockAVCodec();
+    end;
+    fCodecCtx := nil;
+  end;
+
+  // Close the video file
+  if (fFormatCtx <> nil) then
+  begin
+    av_close_input_file(fFormatCtx);
+    fFormatCtx := nil;
+  end;
+
+  PerformOnClose();
+  
+  FreeAndNil(fPacketQueue);
+  FreeAndNil(fFormatInfo);
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.GetLength(): real;
+begin
+  // do not forget to consider the start_time value here
+  // there is a type size mismatch warnign because start_time and duration are cint64.
+  // So, in principle there could be an overflow when doing the sum.
+  Result := (fFormatCtx^.start_time + fFormatCtx^.duration) / AV_TIME_BASE;
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := fFormatInfo;
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.IsEOF(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Result := fEOFState;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.SetEOF(State: boolean);
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  fEOFState := State;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.IsError(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Result := fErrorState;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.SetError(State: boolean);
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  fErrorState := State;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.IsSeeking(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Result := fSeekRequest;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.IsQuit(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Result := fQuitRequest;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.GetPosition(): real;
+var
+  BufferSizeSec: double;
+begin
+  PauseDecoder();
+
+  // ReadData() does not return all of the buffer retrieved by DecodeFrame().
+  // Determine the size of the unused part of the decode-buffer.
+  BufferSizeSec := (fAudioBufferSize - fAudioBufferPos) /
+                   fFormatInfo.BytesPerSec;
+
+  // subtract the size of unused buffer-data from the audio clock.
+  Result := fAudioStreamPos - BufferSizeSec;
+
+  ResumeDecoder();
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+  SetPositionIntern(Time, true, true);
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Result := fLoop;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  fLoop := Enabled;
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+
+(********************************************
+ * Parser section
+ ********************************************)
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.PauseParser();
+begin
+  if (SDL_ThreadID() = fParseThread.threadid) then
+    Exit;
+    
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Inc(fParserPauseRequestCount);
+  while (fParserLocked) do
+    SDL_CondWait(fParserUnlockedCond, fStateLock);
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.ResumeParser();
+begin
+  if (SDL_ThreadID() = fParseThread.threadid) then
+    Exit;
+
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Dec(fParserPauseRequestCount);
+  SDL_CondSignal(fParserResumeCond);
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.SetPositionIntern(Time: real; Flush: boolean; Blocking: boolean);
+begin
+  // - Pause the parser first to prevent it from putting obsolete packages
+  //   into the queue after the queue was flushed and before seeking is done.
+  //   Otherwise we will hear fragments of old data, if the stream was seeked
+  //   in stopped mode and resumed afterwards (applies to non-blocking mode only).
+  // - Pause the decoder to avoid race-condition that might occur otherwise.
+  // - Last lock the state lock because we are manipulating some shared state-vars.
+  PauseParser();
+  PauseDecoder();
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  try
+    fEOFState := false;
+    fErrorState := false;
+
+    // do not seek if we are already at the correct position.
+    // This is important especially for seeking to position 0 if we already are
+    // at the beginning. Although seeking with AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD for pos 0 works,
+    // it is still a bit choppy (although much better than w/o AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD).
+    if (Time = fAudioStreamPos) then
+      Exit;    
+
+    // configure seek parameters
+    fSeekPos := Time;
+    fSeekFlush := Flush;
+    fSeekFlags := AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY;
+    fSeekRequest := true;
+
+    // Note: the BACKWARD-flag seeks to the first position <= the position
+    // searched for. Otherwise e.g. position 0 might not be seeked correct.
+    // For some reason ffmpeg sometimes doesn't use position 0 but the key-frame
+    // following. In streams with few key-frames (like many flv-files) the next
+    // key-frame after 0 might be 5secs ahead.
+    if (Time <= fAudioStreamPos) then
+      fSeekFlags := fSeekFlags or AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD;
+
+    // send a reuse signal in case the parser was stopped (e.g. because of an EOF)
+    SDL_CondSignal(fParserIdleCond);
+  finally
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+    ResumeDecoder();
+    ResumeParser();
+  end;
+
+  // in blocking mode, wait until seeking is done
+  if (Blocking) then
+  begin
+    SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+    while (fSeekRequest) do
+      SDL_CondWait(SeekFinishedCond, fStateLock);
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function ParseThreadMain(Data: Pointer): integer; cdecl;
+var
+  Stream: TFFmpegDecodeStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TFFmpegDecodeStream(Data);
+  if (Stream <> nil) then
+    Stream.Parse();
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.Parse();
+begin
+  // reuse thread as long as the stream is not terminated
+  while (ParseLoop()) do
+  begin
+    // wait for reuse or destruction of stream
+    SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+    while (not (fSeekRequest or fQuitRequest)) do
+      SDL_CondWait(fParserIdleCond, fStateLock);
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Parser main loop.
+ * Will not return until parsing of the stream is finished.
+ * Reasons for the parser to return are:
+ * - the end-of-file is reached
+ * - an error occured
+ * - the stream was quited (received a quit-request)
+ * Returns true if the stream can be resumed or false if the stream has to
+ * be terminated.
+ *)
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.ParseLoop(): boolean;
+var
+  Packet: TAVPacket;
+  SeekTarget: int64;
+  ByteIOCtx: PByteIOContext;
+  ErrorCode: integer;
+  StartSilence: double;       // duration of silence at start of stream
+  StartSilencePtr: PDouble;  // pointer for the EMPTY status packet 
+
+  // Note: pthreads wakes threads waiting on a mutex in the order of their
+  // priority and not in FIFO order. SDL does not provide any option to
+  // control priorities. This might (and already did) starve threads waiting
+  // on the mutex (e.g. SetPosition) making usdx look like it was froozen.
+  // Instead of simply locking the critical section we set a ParserLocked flag
+  // instead and give priority to the threads requesting the parser to pause.
+  procedure LockParser();
+  begin
+    SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+    while (fParserPauseRequestCount > 0) do
+      SDL_CondWait(fParserResumeCond, fStateLock);
+    fParserLocked := true;
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+  end;
+
+  procedure UnlockParser();
+  begin
+    SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+    fParserLocked := false;
+    SDL_CondBroadcast(fParserUnlockedCond);
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+  end;
+
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  while (true) do
+  begin
+    LockParser();
+    try
+
+      if (IsQuit()) then
+      begin
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // handle seek-request (Note: no need to lock SeekRequest here)
+      if (fSeekRequest) then
+      begin
+        // first try: seek on the audio stream
+        SeekTarget := Round(fSeekPos / av_q2d(fAudioStream^.time_base));
+        StartSilence := 0;
+        if (SeekTarget < fAudioStream^.start_time) then
+          StartSilence := (fAudioStream^.start_time - SeekTarget) * av_q2d(fAudioStream^.time_base);
+        ErrorCode := av_seek_frame(fFormatCtx, fAudioStreamIndex, SeekTarget, fSeekFlags);
+
+        if (ErrorCode < 0) then
+        begin
+          // second try: seek on the default stream (necessary for flv-videos and some ogg-files)
+          SeekTarget := Round(fSeekPos * AV_TIME_BASE);
+          StartSilence := 0;
+          if (SeekTarget < fFormatCtx^.start_time) then
+            StartSilence := (fFormatCtx^.start_time - SeekTarget) / AV_TIME_BASE;
+          ErrorCode := av_seek_frame(fFormatCtx, -1, SeekTarget, fSeekFlags);
+        end;
+
+        // pause decoder and lock state (keep the lock-order to avoid deadlocks).
+        // Note that the decoder does not block in the packet-queue in seeking state,
+        // so locking the decoder here does not cause a dead-lock.
+        PauseDecoder();
+        SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+        try
+          if (ErrorCode < 0) then
+          begin
+            // seeking failed
+            fErrorState := true;
+            Log.LogError('Seek Error in "'+fFormatCtx^.filename+'"', 'UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg');
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            if (fSeekFlush) then
+            begin
+              // flush queue (we will send a Flush-Packet when seeking is finished)
+              fPacketQueue.Flush();
+
+              // flush the decode buffers
+              fAudioBufferSize := 0;
+              fAudioBufferPos := 0;
+              fAudioPaketSize := 0;
+              fAudioPaketSilence := 0;
+              FlushCodecBuffers();
+              
+              // Set preliminary stream position. The position will be set to
+              // the correct value as soon as the first packet is decoded.
+              fAudioStreamPos := fSeekPos;
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+              // request avcodec buffer flush
+              fPacketQueue.PutStatus(PKT_STATUS_FLAG_FLUSH, nil);
+            end;
+
+            // fill the gap between position 0 and start_time with silence
+            // but not if we are in loop mode
+            if ((StartSilence > 0) and (not fLoop)) then
+            begin
+              GetMem(StartSilencePtr, SizeOf(StartSilence));
+              StartSilencePtr^ := StartSilence;
+              fPacketQueue.PutStatus(PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EMPTY, StartSilencePtr);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          fSeekRequest := false;
+          SDL_CondBroadcast(SeekFinishedCond);
+        finally
+          SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+          ResumeDecoder();
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      if (fPacketQueue.GetSize() > MAX_AUDIOQ_SIZE) then
+      begin
+        SDL_Delay(10);
+        Continue;
+      end;
+
+      if (av_read_frame(fFormatCtx, Packet) < 0) then
+      begin
+        // failed to read a frame, check reason
+        {$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 52)}
+        ByteIOCtx := fFormatCtx^.pb;
+        {$ELSE}
+        ByteIOCtx := @fFormatCtx^.pb;
+        {$IFEND}
+
+        // check for end-of-file (eof is not an error)
+        if (url_feof(ByteIOCtx) <> 0) then
+        begin
+          if (GetLoop()) then
+          begin
+            // rewind stream (but do not flush)
+            SetPositionIntern(0, false, false);
+            Continue;
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            // signal end-of-file
+            fPacketQueue.PutStatus(PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EOF, nil);
+            Exit;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        // check for errors
+        if (url_ferror(ByteIOCtx) <> 0) then
+        begin
+          // an error occured -> abort and wait for repositioning or termination
+          fPacketQueue.PutStatus(PKT_STATUS_FLAG_ERROR, nil);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+        // url_feof() does not detect an EOF for some files
+        // so we have to do it this way.
+        if ((fFormatCtx^.file_size <> 0) and
+            (ByteIOCtx^.pos >= fFormatCtx^.file_size)) then
+        begin
+          fPacketQueue.PutStatus(PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EOF, nil);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+        // unknown error occured, exit
+        fPacketQueue.PutStatus(PKT_STATUS_FLAG_ERROR, nil);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      if (Packet.stream_index = fAudioStreamIndex) then
+        fPacketQueue.Put(@Packet)
+      else
+        av_free_packet(@Packet);
+
+    finally
+      UnlockParser();
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+(********************************************
+ * Decoder section
+ ********************************************)
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.PauseDecoder();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Inc(fDecoderPauseRequestCount);
+  while (fDecoderLocked) do
+    SDL_CondWait(fDecoderUnlockedCond, fStateLock);
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.ResumeDecoder();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+  Dec(fDecoderPauseRequestCount);
+  SDL_CondSignal(fDecoderResumeCond);
+  SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TFFmpegDecodeStream.FlushCodecBuffers();
+begin
+  // if no flush operation is specified, avcodec_flush_buffers will not do anything.
+  if (@fCodecCtx.codec.flush <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // flush buffers used by avcodec_decode_audio, etc.
+    avcodec_flush_buffers(fCodecCtx);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // we need a Workaround to avoid plopping noise with ogg-vorbis and
+    // mp3 (in older versions of FFmpeg).
+    // We will just reopen the codec.
+    FFmpegCore.LockAVCodec();
+    try
+      avcodec_close(fCodecCtx);
+      avcodec_open(fCodecCtx, fCodec);
+    finally
+      FFmpegCore.UnlockAVCodec();
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.DecodeFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  PaketDecodedSize: integer; // size of packet data used for decoding
+  DataSize: integer;         // size of output data decoded by FFmpeg
+  BlockQueue: boolean;
+  SilenceDuration: double;
+  {$IFDEF DebugFFmpegDecode}
+  TmpPos: double;
+  {$ENDIF}
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if (EOF) then
+    Exit;
+
+  while(true) do
+  begin
+    // for titles with start_time > 0 we have to generate silence
+    // until we reach the pts of the first data packet.
+    if (fAudioPaketSilence > 0) then
+    begin
+      DataSize := Min(fAudioPaketSilence, BufferSize);
+      FillChar(Buffer[0], DataSize, 0);
+      Dec(fAudioPaketSilence, DataSize);
+      fAudioStreamPos := fAudioStreamPos + DataSize / fFormatInfo.BytesPerSec;
+      Result := DataSize;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // read packet data
+    while (fAudioPaketSize > 0) do
+    begin
+      DataSize := BufferSize;
+
+      {$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION >= 51030000} // 51.30.0
+      PaketDecodedSize := avcodec_decode_audio2(fCodecCtx, PSmallint(Buffer),
+                  DataSize, fAudioPaketData, fAudioPaketSize);
+      {$ELSE}
+      PaketDecodedSize := avcodec_decode_audio(fCodecCtx, PSmallint(Buffer),
+                  DataSize, fAudioPaketData, fAudioPaketSize);
+      {$IFEND}
+
+      if(PaketDecodedSize < 0) then
+      begin
+        // if error, skip frame
+        {$IFDEF DebugFFmpegDecode}
+        DebugWriteln('Skip audio frame');
+        {$ENDIF}
+        fAudioPaketSize := 0;
+        Break;
+      end;
+
+      Inc(PByte(fAudioPaketData), PaketDecodedSize);
+      Dec(fAudioPaketSize, PaketDecodedSize);
+
+      // check if avcodec_decode_audio returned data, otherwise fetch more frames
+      if (DataSize <= 0) then
+        Continue;
+
+      // update stream position by the amount of fetched data
+      fAudioStreamPos := fAudioStreamPos + DataSize / fFormatInfo.BytesPerSec;
+      
+      // we have data, return it and come back for more later
+      Result := DataSize;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // free old packet data
+    if (fAudioPaket.data <> nil) then
+      av_free_packet(@fAudioPaket);
+
+    // do not block queue on seeking (to avoid deadlocks on the DecoderLock)
+    if (IsSeeking()) then
+      BlockQueue := false
+    else
+      BlockQueue := true;
+
+    // request a new packet and block if none available.
+    // If this fails, the queue was aborted.
+    if (fPacketQueue.Get(fAudioPaket, BlockQueue) <= 0) then
+      Exit;
+
+    // handle Status-packet
+    if (PAnsiChar(fAudioPaket.data) = STATUS_PACKET) then
+    begin
+      fAudioPaket.data := nil;
+      fAudioPaketData := nil;
+      fAudioPaketSize := 0;
+
+      case (fAudioPaket.flags) of
+        PKT_STATUS_FLAG_FLUSH:
+        begin
+          // just used if SetPositionIntern was called without the flush flag.
+          FlushCodecBuffers;
+        end;
+        PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EOF: // end-of-file
+        begin
+          // ignore EOF while seeking
+          if (not IsSeeking()) then
+            SetEOF(true);
+          // buffer contains no data -> result = -1
+          Exit;
+        end;
+        PKT_STATUS_FLAG_ERROR:
+        begin
+          SetError(true);
+          Log.LogStatus('I/O Error', 'TFFmpegDecodeStream.DecodeFrame');
+          Exit;
+        end;
+        PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EMPTY:
+        begin
+          SilenceDuration := PDouble(fPacketQueue.GetStatusInfo(fAudioPaket))^;
+          fAudioPaketSilence := Round(SilenceDuration * fFormatInfo.SampleRate) * fFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+          fPacketQueue.FreeStatusInfo(fAudioPaket);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          Log.LogStatus('Unknown status', 'TFFmpegDecodeStream.DecodeFrame');
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Continue;
+    end;
+
+    fAudioPaketData := fAudioPaket.data;
+    fAudioPaketSize := fAudioPaket.size;
+
+    // if available, update the stream position to the presentation time of this package
+    if(fAudioPaket.pts <> AV_NOPTS_VALUE) then
+    begin
+      {$IFDEF DebugFFmpegDecode}
+      TmpPos := fAudioStreamPos;
+      {$ENDIF}
+      fAudioStreamPos := av_q2d(fAudioStream^.time_base) * fAudioPaket.pts;
+      {$IFDEF DebugFFmpegDecode}
+      DebugWriteln('Timestamp: ' + floattostrf(fAudioStreamPos, ffFixed, 15, 3) + ' ' +
+                   '(Calc: ' + floattostrf(TmpPos, ffFixed, 15, 3) + '), ' +
+                   'Diff: ' + floattostrf(fAudioStreamPos-TmpPos, ffFixed, 15, 3));
+      {$ENDIF}
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TFFmpegDecodeStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  CopyByteCount:   integer; // number of bytes to copy
+  RemainByteCount: integer; // number of bytes left (remain) to read
+  BufferPos: integer;
+
+  // prioritize pause requests
+  procedure LockDecoder();
+  begin
+    SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+    while (fDecoderPauseRequestCount > 0) do
+      SDL_CondWait(fDecoderResumeCond, fStateLock);
+    fDecoderLocked := true;
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+  end;
+
+  procedure UnlockDecoder();
+  begin
+    SDL_mutexP(fStateLock);
+    fDecoderLocked := false;
+    SDL_CondBroadcast(fDecoderUnlockedCond);
+    SDL_mutexV(fStateLock);
+  end;
+
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  // set number of bytes to copy to the output buffer
+  BufferPos := 0;
+
+  LockDecoder();
+  try
+    // leave if end-of-file is reached
+    if (EOF) then
+      Exit;
+
+    // copy data to output buffer
+    while (BufferPos < BufferSize) do
+    begin
+      // check if we need more data
+      if (fAudioBufferPos >= fAudioBufferSize) then
+      begin
+        fAudioBufferPos := 0;
+
+        // we have already sent all our data; get more
+        fAudioBufferSize := DecodeFrame(fAudioBuffer, AUDIO_BUFFER_SIZE);
+
+        // check for errors or EOF
+        if(fAudioBufferSize < 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := BufferPos;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      // calc number of new bytes in the decode-buffer
+      CopyByteCount := fAudioBufferSize - fAudioBufferPos;
+      // resize copy-count if more bytes available than needed (remaining bytes are used the next time)
+      RemainByteCount := BufferSize - BufferPos;
+      if (CopyByteCount > RemainByteCount) then
+        CopyByteCount := RemainByteCount;
+
+      Move(fAudioBuffer[fAudioBufferPos], Buffer[BufferPos], CopyByteCount);
+
+      Inc(BufferPos,      CopyByteCount);
+      Inc(fAudioBufferPos, CopyByteCount);
+    end;
+  finally
+    UnlockDecoder();
+  end;
+
+  Result := BufferSize;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg }
+
+function TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.GetName: String;
+begin
+  Result := 'FFmpeg_Decoder';
+end;
+
+function TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.InitializeDecoder: boolean;
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus('InitializeDecoder', 'UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg');
+  FFmpegCore := TMediaCore_FFmpeg.GetInstance();
+  av_register_all();
+
+  // Do not show uninformative error messages by default.
+  // FFmpeg prints all error-infos on the console by default what
+  // is very confusing as the playback of the files is correct.
+  // We consider these errors to be internal to FFMpeg. They can be fixed
+  // by the FFmpeg guys only and do not provide any useful information in
+  // respect to USDX.
+  {$IFNDEF EnableFFmpegErrorOutput}
+    {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR >= 50}
+    av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_FATAL);
+    {$ELSE}
+    // FATAL and ERROR share one log-level, so we have to use QUIET
+    av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_QUIET);
+    {$IFEND}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+var
+  Stream: TFFmpegDecodeStream;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  Stream := TFFmpegDecodeStream.Create();
+  if (not Stream.Open(Filename)) then
+  begin
+    Stream.Free;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := Stream;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioInput_Bass.pas b/src/media/UAudioInput_Bass.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e79b343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioInput_Bass.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioInput_Bass;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  URecord,
+  UMusic;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UAudioCore_Bass,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UCommon,    // (Note: for MakeLong on non-windows platforms)
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  Windows,    // (Note: for MakeLong)
+  {$ENDIF}
+  bass;       // (Note: DWORD is redefined here -> insert after Windows-unit)
+
+type
+  TAudioInput_Bass = class(TAudioInputBase)
+    private
+      function EnumDevices(): boolean;
+    public
+      function GetName: String; override;
+      function InitializeRecord: boolean; override;
+      function FinalizeRecord: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+  TBassInputDevice = class(TAudioInputDevice)
+    private
+      RecordStream: HSTREAM;
+      BassDeviceID: DWORD; // DeviceID used by BASS
+      SingleIn: boolean;
+
+      function SetInputSource(SourceIndex: integer): boolean;
+      function GetInputSource(): integer;
+    public
+      function Open(): boolean;
+      function Close(): boolean;
+      function Start(): boolean; override;
+      function Stop(): boolean;  override;
+
+      function GetVolume(): single;        override;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); override;
+  end;
+
+var
+  BassCore: TAudioCore_Bass;
+
+
+{ Global }
+
+{*
+ * Bass input capture callback.
+ * Params:
+ *   stream - BASS input stream
+ *   buffer - buffer of captured samples
+ *   len - size of buffer in bytes
+ *   user - players associated with left/right channels
+ *}
+function MicrophoneCallback(stream: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer;
+    len: integer; inputDevice: Pointer): boolean; {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  AudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(buffer, len, inputDevice);
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+
+{ TBassInputDevice }
+
+function TBassInputDevice.GetInputSource(): integer;
+var
+  SourceCnt: integer;
+  i: integer;
+  flags: DWORD;
+begin
+  // get input-source config (subtract virtual device to get BASS indices)
+  SourceCnt := Length(Source)-1;
+
+  // find source
+  Result := -1;
+  for i := 0 to SourceCnt-1 do
+  begin
+    // get input settings
+    flags := BASS_RecordGetInput(i, PSingle(nil)^);
+    if (flags = DWORD(-1)) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('BASS_RecordGetInput: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.GetInputSource');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check if current source is selected
+    if ((flags and BASS_INPUT_OFF) = 0) then
+    begin
+      // selected source found
+      Result := i;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TBassInputDevice.SetInputSource(SourceIndex: integer): boolean;
+var
+  SourceCnt: integer;
+  i: integer;
+  flags: DWORD;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // check for invalid source index
+  if (SourceIndex < 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // get input-source config (subtract virtual device to get BASS indices)
+  SourceCnt := Length(Source)-1;
+
+  // turn on selected source (turns off the others for single-in devices)
+  if (not BASS_RecordSetInput(SourceIndex, BASS_INPUT_ON, -1)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_RecordSetInput: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.Start');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // turn off all other sources (not needed for single-in devices)
+  if (not SingleIn) then
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to SourceCnt-1 do
+    begin
+      if (i = SourceIndex) then
+        continue;
+      // get input settings
+      flags := BASS_RecordGetInput(i, PSingle(nil)^);
+      if (flags = DWORD(-1)) then
+      begin
+        Log.LogError('BASS_RecordGetInput: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.GetInputSource');
+        Exit;
+      end;
+      // deselect source if selected
+      if ((flags and BASS_INPUT_OFF) = 0) then
+        BASS_RecordSetInput(i, BASS_INPUT_OFF, -1);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TBassInputDevice.Open(): boolean;
+var
+  FormatFlags: DWORD;
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+const
+  latency = 20; // 20ms callback period (= latency)
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (not BASS_RecordInit(BassDeviceID)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_RecordInit['+Name+']: ' +
+                 BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.Open');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (not BassCore.ConvertAudioFormatToBASSFlags(AudioFormat.Format, FormatFlags)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Unhandled sample-format', 'TBassInputDevice.Open');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // start capturing in paused state
+  RecordStream := BASS_RecordStart(Round(AudioFormat.SampleRate), AudioFormat.Channels,
+                    MakeLong(FormatFlags or BASS_RECORD_PAUSE, latency),
+                    @MicrophoneCallback, Self);
+  if (RecordStream = 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_RecordStart: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.Open');
+    BASS_RecordFree;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // save current source selection and select new source
+  SourceIndex := Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex].Input-1;
+  if (SourceIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    // nothing to do if default source is used
+    SourceRestore := -1;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // store current source-index and select new source
+    SourceRestore := GetInputSource();
+    SetInputSource(SourceIndex);
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+{* Start input-capturing on this device. *}
+function TBassInputDevice.Start(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // recording already started -> stop first
+  if (RecordStream <> 0) then
+    Stop();
+
+  // TODO: Do not open the device here (takes too much time).
+  if not Open() then
+    Exit;
+
+  if (not BASS_ChannelPlay(RecordStream, true)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_ChannelPlay: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.Start');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+{* Stop input-capturing on this device. *}
+function TBassInputDevice.Stop(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (RecordStream = 0) then
+    Exit;
+  if (not BASS_RecordSetDevice(BassDeviceID)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  if (not BASS_ChannelStop(RecordStream)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_ChannelStop: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.Stop');
+  end;
+
+  // TODO: Do not close the device here (takes too much time).
+  Result := Close();
+end;
+
+function TBassInputDevice.Close(): boolean;
+begin
+  // restore source selection
+  if (SourceRestore >= 0) then
+  begin
+    SetInputSource(SourceRestore);
+  end;
+
+  // free data
+  if (not BASS_RecordFree()) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_RecordFree: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassInputDevice.Close');
+    Result := false;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := true;
+  end;
+
+  RecordStream := 0;
+end;
+
+function TBassInputDevice.GetVolume(): single;
+var
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+  lVolume: Single;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  SourceIndex := Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex].Input-1;
+  if (SourceIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    // if default source used find selected source
+    SourceIndex := GetInputSource();
+    if (SourceIndex = -1) then
+      Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (BASS_RecordGetInput(SourceIndex, lVolume) = DWORD(-1)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_RecordGetInput: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString() , 'TBassInputDevice.GetVolume');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := lVolume;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassInputDevice.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+var
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+begin
+  SourceIndex := Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex].Input-1;
+  if (SourceIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    // if default source used find selected source
+    SourceIndex := GetInputSource();
+    if (SourceIndex = -1) then
+      Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // clip volume to valid range
+  if (Volume > 1.0) then
+    Volume := 1.0
+  else if (Volume < 0) then
+    Volume := 0;
+
+  if (not BASS_RecordSetInput(SourceIndex, 0, Volume)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_RecordSetInput: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString() , 'TBassInputDevice.SetVolume');
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioInput_Bass }
+
+function  TAudioInput_Bass.GetName: String;
+begin
+  result := 'BASS_Input';
+end;
+
+function TAudioInput_Bass.EnumDevices(): boolean;
+var
+  Descr:      UTF8String;
+  SourceName: PChar;
+  Flags:      integer;
+  BassDeviceID: integer;
+  BassDevice:   TBassInputDevice;
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  DeviceInfo: BASS_DEVICEINFO;
+  SourceIndex:  integer;
+  RecordInfo: BASS_RECORDINFO;
+  SelectedSourceIndex: integer;
+begin
+  result := false;
+
+  DeviceIndex := 0;
+  BassDeviceID := 0;
+  SetLength(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList, 0);
+
+  // checks for recording devices and puts them into an array
+  while true do
+  begin
+    if (not BASS_RecordGetDeviceInfo(BassDeviceID, DeviceInfo)) then
+      break;
+
+    // try to initialize the device
+    if not BASS_RecordInit(BassDeviceID) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogStatus('Failed to initialize BASS Capture-Device['+inttostr(BassDeviceID)+']',
+                    'TAudioInput_Bass.InitializeRecord');
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      SetLength(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList, DeviceIndex+1);
+
+      // TODO: free object on termination
+      BassDevice := TBassInputDevice.Create();
+      AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex] := BassDevice;
+
+      BassDevice.BassDeviceID := BassDeviceID;
+
+      // BASS device names seem to be encoded with local encoding
+      // TODO: works for windows, check Linux + Mac OS X
+      Descr := DecodeStringUTF8(DeviceInfo.name, encLocale);
+
+      BassDevice.Name := UnifyDeviceName(Descr, DeviceIndex);
+
+      // zero info-struct as some fields might not be set (e.g. freq is just set on Vista and MacOSX)
+      FillChar(RecordInfo, SizeOf(RecordInfo), 0);
+      // retrieve recording device info
+      BASS_RecordGetInfo(RecordInfo);
+
+      // check if BASS has capture-freq. info
+      if (RecordInfo.freq > 0) then
+      begin
+        // use current input sample rate (available only on Windows Vista and OSX).
+        // Recording at this rate will give the best quality and performance, as no resampling is required.
+        // FIXME: does BASS use LSB/MSB or system integer values for 16bit?
+        BassDevice.AudioFormat := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(2, RecordInfo.freq, asfS16)
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // BASS does not provide an explizit input channel count (except BASS_RECORDINFO.formats)
+        // but it doesn't fail if we use stereo input on a mono device
+        // -> use stereo by default
+        BassDevice.AudioFormat := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(2, 44100, asfS16)
+      end;
+
+      // get info if multiple input-sources can be selected at once
+      BassDevice.SingleIn := RecordInfo.singlein;
+
+      // init list for capture buffers per channel
+      SetLength(BassDevice.CaptureChannel, BassDevice.AudioFormat.Channels);
+
+      BassDevice.MicSource := -1;
+      BassDevice.SourceRestore := -1;
+
+      // add a virtual default source (will not change mixer-settings)
+      SetLength(BassDevice.Source, 1);
+      BassDevice.Source[0].Name := DEFAULT_SOURCE_NAME;
+
+      // add real input sources
+      SourceIndex := 1;
+
+      // process each input
+      while true do
+      begin
+        SourceName := BASS_RecordGetInputName(SourceIndex-1);
+
+        {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+        // Under MacOSX the SingStar Mics have an empty InputName.
+        // So, we have to add a hard coded Workaround for this problem
+        // FIXME: - Do we need this anymore? Doesn't the (new) default source already solve this problem?
+        //        - Normally a nil return value of BASS_RecordGetInputName() means end-of-list, so maybe
+        //          BASS is not able to detect any mic-sources (the default source will work then).
+        //        - Does BASS_RecordGetInfo() return true or false? If it returns true in this case
+        //          we could use this value to check if the device exists.
+        //          Please check that, eddie.
+        //          If it returns false, then the source is not detected and it does not make sense to add a second
+        //          fake device here.
+        //          What about BASS_RecordGetInput()? Does it return a value <> -1?
+        //        - Does it even work at all with this fake source-index, now that input switching works?
+        //          This info was not used before (sources were never switched), so it did not matter what source-index was used.
+        //          But now BASS_RecordSetInput() will probably fail.
+        if ((SourceName = nil) and (SourceIndex = 1) and (Pos('USBMIC Serial#', Descr) > 0)) then
+          SourceName := 'Microphone'
+        {$ENDIF}
+        
+        if (SourceName = nil) then
+          break;
+
+        SetLength(BassDevice.Source, Length(BassDevice.Source)+1);
+        // BASS source names seem to be encoded with local encoding
+        // TODO: works for windows, check Linux + Mac OS X
+        BassDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name := DecodeStringUTF8(SourceName, encLocale);
+
+        // get input-source info
+        Flags := BASS_RecordGetInput(SourceIndex, PSingle(nil)^);
+        if (Flags <> -1) then
+        begin
+          // chech if current source is a mic (and none was set before)
+          if ((Flags and BASS_INPUT_TYPE_MIC) <> 0) and
+             (BassDevice.MicSource = -1) then
+          begin
+            BassDevice.MicSource := SourceIndex;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        Inc(SourceIndex);
+      end;
+
+      // FIXME: this call hangs in FPC (windows) every 2nd time USDX is called.
+      //   Maybe because the sound-device was not released properly?
+      BASS_RecordFree;
+
+      Inc(DeviceIndex);
+    end;
+
+    Inc(BassDeviceID);
+  end;
+
+  result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInput_Bass.InitializeRecord(): boolean;
+begin
+  BassCore := TAudioCore_Bass.GetInstance();
+  if not BassCore.CheckVersion then
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := EnumDevices();
+end;
+
+function TAudioInput_Bass.FinalizeRecord(): boolean;
+begin
+  CaptureStop;
+  Result := inherited FinalizeRecord;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TAudioInput_Bass.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioInput_Portaudio.pas b/src/media/UAudioInput_Portaudio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7364eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioInput_Portaudio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioInput_Portaudio;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I ../switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMusic;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+  portmixer,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  portaudio,
+  ctypes,
+  UAudioCore_Portaudio,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  URecord;
+
+type
+  TAudioInput_Portaudio = class(TAudioInputBase)
+    private
+      AudioCore: TAudioCore_Portaudio;
+      function EnumDevices(): boolean;
+    public
+      function GetName: string; override;
+      function InitializeRecord: boolean; override;
+      function FinalizeRecord: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+  TPortaudioInputDevice = class(TAudioInputDevice)
+    private
+      RecordStream: PPaStream;
+      {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+      Mixer: PPxMixer;
+      {$ENDIF}
+      PaDeviceIndex:  TPaDeviceIndex;
+    public
+      function Open():  boolean;
+      function Close(): boolean;
+      function Start(): boolean; override;
+      function Stop():  boolean; override;
+
+      function DetermineInputLatency(Info: PPaDeviceInfo): TPaTime;
+
+      function GetVolume(): single;        override;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); override;
+  end;
+
+function MicrophoneCallback(input: pointer; output: pointer; frameCount: culong;
+      timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo; statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+      inputDevice: pointer): cint; cdecl; forward;
+
+function MicrophoneTestCallback(input: pointer; output: pointer; frameCount: culong;
+      timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo; statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+      inputDevice: pointer): cint; cdecl; forward;
+
+{**
+ * Converts a string returned by Portaudio into UTF8.
+ * If the string already is in UTF8 no conversion is performed, otherwise
+ * the local encoding is used. 
+ *}
+function ConvertPaStringToUTF8(const Str: RawByteString): UTF8String;
+begin
+  if (IsUTF8String(Str)) then
+    Result := Str
+  else
+    Result := DecodeStringUTF8(Str, encLocale);  
+end;
+
+
+{ TPortaudioInputDevice }
+
+function TPortaudioInputDevice.DetermineInputLatency(Info: PPaDeviceInfo): TPaTime;
+begin
+  if (Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex].Latency <> -1) then
+  begin
+    // autodetection off -> set user latency
+    Result := Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex].Latency / 1000
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // on vista and xp the defaultLowInputLatency may be set to 0 but it works.
+    // TODO: correct too low latencies (what is a too low latency, maybe < 10ms?)
+    // TODO: retry with input-latency set to 20ms (defaultLowInputLatency might
+    //       not be set correctly in OSS)
+
+    // FIXME: according to the portaudio headers defaultHighInputLatency (approx. 40ms) is
+    // for robust non-interactive  applications and defaultLowInputLatency (approx. 15ms)
+    // for interactive performance.
+    // We need defaultLowInputLatency here but this setting is far too buggy. If the callback
+    // does not return quickly the stream will be stuck after returning from the callback
+    // and the callback will not be called anymore and mic-capturing stops.
+    // Audacity (in AudioIO.cpp) uses defaultHighInputLatency if software playthrough is on
+    // and even higher latencies (100ms) without playthrough so this should be ok for now.
+    //Result := Info^.defaultLowInputLatency;
+    Result := Info^.defaultHighInputLatency;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPortaudioInputDevice.Open(): boolean;
+var
+  Error:       TPaError;
+  inputParams: TPaStreamParameters;
+  deviceInfo:  PPaDeviceInfo;
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+  {$ENDIF}
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // get input latency info
+  deviceInfo := Pa_GetDeviceInfo(PaDeviceIndex);
+
+  // set input stream parameters
+  with inputParams do
+  begin
+    device := PaDeviceIndex;
+    channelCount := AudioFormat.Channels;
+    sampleFormat := paInt16;
+    suggestedLatency := DetermineInputLatency(deviceInfo);
+    hostApiSpecificStreamInfo := nil;
+  end;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Open ' + deviceInfo^.name, 'Portaudio');
+  Log.LogStatus('Latency of ' + deviceInfo^.name + ': ' + floatToStr(inputParams.suggestedLatency), 'Portaudio');
+
+  // open input stream
+  Error := Pa_OpenStream(RecordStream, @inputParams, nil,
+      AudioFormat.SampleRate,
+      paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, paNoFlag,
+      @MicrophoneCallback, pointer(Self));
+  if (Error <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Error opening stream: ' + Pa_GetErrorText(Error), 'TPortaudioInputDevice.Open');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+    // open default mixer
+    Mixer := Px_OpenMixer(RecordStream, 0);
+    if (Mixer = nil) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Error opening mixer: ' + Pa_GetErrorText(Error), 'TPortaudioInputDevice.Open');
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // save current source selection and select new source
+      SourceIndex := Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex].Input-1;
+      if (SourceIndex = -1) then
+      begin
+        // nothing to do if default source is used
+        SourceRestore := -1;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // store current source-index and select new source
+        SourceRestore := Px_GetCurrentInputSource(Mixer); // -1 in error case
+        Px_SetCurrentInputSource(Mixer, SourceIndex);
+      end;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TPortaudioInputDevice.Start(): boolean;
+var
+  Error: TPaError;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // recording already started -> stop first
+  if (RecordStream <> nil) then
+    Stop();
+
+  // TODO: Do not open the device here (takes too much time).
+  if (not Open()) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // start capture
+  Error := Pa_StartStream(RecordStream);
+  if (Error <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Error starting stream: ' + Pa_GetErrorText(Error), 'TPortaudioInputDevice.Start');
+    Close();
+    RecordStream := nil;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TPortaudioInputDevice.Stop(): boolean;
+var
+  Error: TPaError;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (RecordStream = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // Note: do NOT call Pa_StopStream here!
+  // It gets stuck on devices with non-working callback as Pa_StopStream
+  // waits until all buffers have been handled (which never occurs in that case).
+  Error := Pa_AbortStream(RecordStream);
+  if (Error <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Pa_AbortStream: ' + Pa_GetErrorText(Error), 'TPortaudioInputDevice.Stop');
+  end;
+
+  Result := Close();
+end;
+
+function TPortaudioInputDevice.Close(): boolean;
+var
+  Error: TPaError;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+    if (Mixer <> nil) then
+    begin
+      // restore source selection
+      if (SourceRestore >= 0) then
+      begin
+        Px_SetCurrentInputSource(Mixer, SourceRestore);
+      end;
+
+      // close mixer
+      Px_CloseMixer(Mixer);
+      Mixer := nil;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  Error := Pa_CloseStream(RecordStream);
+  if (Error <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Pa_CloseStream: ' + Pa_GetErrorText(Error), 'TPortaudioInputDevice.Close');
+    Result := false;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := true;
+  end;
+
+  RecordStream := nil;
+end;
+
+function TPortaudioInputDevice.GetVolume(): single;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+    if (Mixer <> nil) then
+      Result := Px_GetInputVolume(Mixer);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TPortaudioInputDevice.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+    if (Mixer <> nil) then
+    begin
+      // clip to valid range
+      if (Volume > 1.0) then
+        Volume := 1.0
+      else if (Volume < 0) then
+        Volume := 0;
+      Px_SetInputVolume(Mixer, Volume);
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioInput_Portaudio }
+
+function TAudioInput_Portaudio.GetName: String;
+begin
+  result := 'Portaudio';
+end;
+
+function TAudioInput_Portaudio.EnumDevices(): boolean;
+var
+  i:            integer;
+  deviceName:   UTF8String;
+  paApiIndex:   TPaHostApiIndex;
+  paApiInfo:    PPaHostApiInfo;
+  paDeviceIndex:TPaDeviceIndex;
+  paDeviceInfo: PPaDeviceInfo;
+  channelCnt:   integer;
+  deviceIndex:  integer;
+  err:          TPaError;
+  errMsg:       string;
+  paDevice:     TPortaudioInputDevice;
+  inputParams:  TPaStreamParameters;
+  stream:       PPaStream;
+  streamInfo:   PPaStreamInfo;
+  sampleRate:   double;
+  latency:      TPaTime;
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+  mixer:        PPxMixer;
+  sourceCnt:    integer;
+  sourceIndex:  integer;
+  sourceName:   UTF8String;
+  {$ENDIF}
+const
+  MIN_TEST_LATENCY = 100 / 1000; // min. test latency of 100 ms to avoid removal of working devices
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // choose the best available Audio-API
+  paApiIndex := AudioCore.GetPreferredApiIndex();
+  if (paApiIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No working Audio-API found', 'TAudioInput_Portaudio.EnumDevices');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  paApiInfo := Pa_GetHostApiInfo(paApiIndex);
+
+  deviceIndex := 0;
+
+  // init array-size to max. input-devices count
+  SetLength(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList, paApiInfo^.deviceCount);
+  for i:= 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+  begin
+    // convert API-specific device-index to global index
+    paDeviceIndex := Pa_HostApiDeviceIndexToDeviceIndex(paApiIndex, i);
+    paDeviceInfo := Pa_GetDeviceInfo(paDeviceIndex);
+
+    channelCnt := paDeviceInfo^.maxInputChannels;
+
+    // current device is no input device -> skip
+    if (channelCnt <= 0) then
+      continue;
+
+    // portaudio returns a channel-count of 128 for some devices
+    // (e.g. the "default"-device), so we have to detect those
+    // fantasy channel counts.
+    if (channelCnt > 8) then
+      channelCnt := 2;
+
+    paDevice := TPortaudioInputDevice.Create();
+    AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[deviceIndex] := paDevice;
+
+    // retrieve device-name
+    deviceName := ConvertPaStringToUTF8(paDeviceInfo^.name);
+    paDevice.Name := UnifyDeviceName(deviceName, deviceIndex);
+    paDevice.PaDeviceIndex := paDeviceIndex;
+
+    sampleRate := paDeviceInfo^.defaultSampleRate;
+
+    // use a stable (high) latency so we do not remove working devices
+    if (paDeviceInfo^.defaultHighInputLatency > MIN_TEST_LATENCY) then
+      latency := paDeviceInfo^.defaultHighInputLatency
+    else
+      latency := MIN_TEST_LATENCY;
+
+    // setup desired input parameters
+    with inputParams do
+    begin
+      device := paDeviceIndex;
+      channelCount := channelCnt;
+      sampleFormat := paInt16;
+      suggestedLatency := latency;
+      hostApiSpecificStreamInfo := nil;
+    end;
+
+    // check souncard and adjust sample-rate
+    if (not AudioCore.TestDevice(@inputParams, nil, sampleRate)) then
+    begin
+      // ignore device if it does not work
+      Log.LogError('Device "'+paDevice.Name+'" does not work',
+                   'TAudioInput_Portaudio.EnumDevices');
+      paDevice.Free();
+      continue;
+    end;
+
+    // open device for further info
+    err := Pa_OpenStream(stream, @inputParams, nil, sampleRate,
+        paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, paNoFlag, @MicrophoneTestCallback, nil);
+    if (err <> paNoError) then
+    begin
+      // unable to open device -> skip
+      errMsg := Pa_GetErrorText(err);
+      Log.LogError('Device error: "'+ deviceName +'" ('+ errMsg +')',
+                   'TAudioInput_Portaudio.EnumDevices');
+      paDevice.Free();
+      continue;
+    end;
+
+    // adjust sample-rate (might be changed by portaudio)
+    streamInfo := Pa_GetStreamInfo(stream);
+    if (streamInfo <> nil) then
+    begin
+      if (sampleRate <> streamInfo^.sampleRate) then
+      begin
+        Log.LogStatus('Portaudio changed Samplerate from ' + FloatToStr(sampleRate) +
+            ' to ' + FloatToStr(streamInfo^.sampleRate),
+            'TAudioInput_Portaudio.InitializeRecord');
+        sampleRate := streamInfo^.sampleRate;
+      end;
+    end;
+    
+    // create audio-format info and resize capture-buffer array
+    paDevice.AudioFormat := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+        channelCnt,
+        sampleRate,
+        asfS16
+    );
+    SetLength(paDevice.CaptureChannel, paDevice.AudioFormat.Channels);
+
+    Log.LogStatus('InputDevice "'+paDevice.Name+'"@' +
+        IntToStr(paDevice.AudioFormat.Channels)+'x'+
+        FloatToStr(paDevice.AudioFormat.SampleRate)+'Hz ('+
+        FloatTostr(inputParams.suggestedLatency)+'sec)' ,
+        'Portaudio.EnumDevices');
+
+    // portaudio does not provide a source-type check
+    paDevice.MicSource := -1;
+    paDevice.SourceRestore := -1;
+
+    // add a virtual default source (will not change mixer-settings)
+    SetLength(paDevice.Source, 1);
+    paDevice.Source[0].Name := DEFAULT_SOURCE_NAME;
+
+    {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+      // use default mixer
+      mixer := Px_OpenMixer(stream, 0);
+
+      // get input count
+      sourceCnt := Px_GetNumInputSources(mixer);
+      SetLength(paDevice.Source, sourceCnt+1);
+
+      // get input names
+      for sourceIndex := 1 to sourceCnt do
+      begin
+        sourceName := Px_GetInputSourceName(mixer, sourceIndex-1);
+        paDevice.Source[sourceIndex].Name := ConvertPaStringToUTF8(sourceName);
+      end;
+
+      Px_CloseMixer(mixer);
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    // close test-stream
+    Pa_CloseStream(stream);
+
+    Inc(deviceIndex);
+  end;
+
+  // adjust size to actual input-device count
+  SetLength(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList, deviceIndex);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('#Input-Devices: ' + inttostr(deviceIndex), 'Portaudio');
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInput_Portaudio.InitializeRecord(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  AudioCore := TAudioCore_Portaudio.GetInstance();
+
+  // initialize portaudio
+  if (not AudioCore.Initialize()) then
+     Exit;
+  Result := EnumDevices();
+end;
+
+function TAudioInput_Portaudio.FinalizeRecord: boolean;
+begin
+  CaptureStop;
+  AudioCore.Terminate();
+  Result := inherited FinalizeRecord();
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Portaudio input capture callback.
+ *}
+function MicrophoneCallback(input: pointer; output: pointer; frameCount: culong;
+      timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo; statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+      inputDevice: pointer): cint; cdecl;
+begin
+  AudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(input, frameCount*4, inputDevice);
+  result := paContinue;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Portaudio test capture callback.
+ *}
+function MicrophoneTestCallback(input: pointer; output: pointer; frameCount: culong;
+      timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo; statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+      inputDevice: pointer): cint; cdecl;
+begin
+  // this callback is called only once
+  result := paAbort;
+end;
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.add(TAudioInput_Portaudio.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioPlaybackBase.pas b/src/media/UAudioPlaybackBase.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f317257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioPlaybackBase.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioPlaybackBase;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMusic,
+  UTime,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TAudioPlaybackBase = class(TInterfacedObject, IAudioPlayback)
+    protected
+      OutputDeviceList: TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+      MusicStream: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      function CreatePlaybackStream(): TAudioPlaybackStream; virtual; abstract;
+      procedure ClearOutputDeviceList();
+      function GetLatency(): double; virtual; abstract;
+
+      // open sound or music stream (used by Open() and OpenSound())
+      function OpenStream(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      function OpenDecodeStream(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+    public
+      function GetName: string; virtual; abstract;
+
+      function Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean; // true if succeed
+      procedure Close;
+
+      procedure Play;
+      procedure Pause;
+      procedure Stop;
+      procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+
+      procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+      function  GetPosition: real;
+
+      function InitializePlayback: boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function FinalizePlayback: boolean; virtual;
+
+      //function SetOutputDevice(Device: TAudioOutputDevice): boolean;
+      function GetOutputDeviceList(): TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+
+      procedure SetAppVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+
+      procedure Rewind;
+      function  Finished: boolean;
+      function  Length: real;
+
+      // Sounds
+      function OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      procedure PlaySound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+      procedure StopSound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+
+      // Equalizer
+      procedure GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);
+
+      // Interface for Visualizer
+      function GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+
+      function CreateVoiceStream(Channel: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream; virtual; abstract;
+  end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  ULog,
+  SysUtils;
+
+{ TAudioPlaybackBase }
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.FinalizePlayback: boolean;
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(MusicStream);
+  ClearOutputDeviceList();
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean;
+begin
+  // free old MusicStream
+  MusicStream.Free;
+
+  MusicStream := OpenStream(Filename);
+  if not assigned(MusicStream) then
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  //MusicStream.AddSoundEffect(TVoiceRemoval.Create());
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.Close;
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(MusicStream);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.OpenDecodeStream(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to AudioDecoders.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    Result := IAudioDecoder(AudioDecoders[i]).Open(Filename);
+    if (assigned(Result)) then
+    begin
+      Log.LogInfo('Using decoder ' + IAudioDecoder(AudioDecoders[i]).GetName() +
+        ' for "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'TAudioPlaybackBase.OpenDecodeStream');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure OnClosePlaybackStream(Stream: TAudioProcessingStream);
+var
+  PlaybackStream: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+  SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream;
+begin
+  PlaybackStream := TAudioPlaybackStream(Stream);
+  SourceStream := PlaybackStream.GetSourceStream();
+  SourceStream.Free;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.OpenStream(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+var
+  PlaybackStream: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+  DecodeStream: TAudioDecodeStream;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  //Log.LogStatus('Loading Sound: "' + Filename + '"', 'TAudioPlayback_Bass.OpenStream');
+
+  DecodeStream := OpenDecodeStream(Filename);
+  if (not assigned(DecodeStream)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus('Could not open "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'TAudioPlayback_Bass.OpenStream');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // create a matching playback-stream for the decoder
+  PlaybackStream := CreatePlaybackStream();
+  if (not PlaybackStream.Open(DecodeStream)) then
+  begin
+    FreeAndNil(PlaybackStream);
+    FreeAndNil(DecodeStream);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  PlaybackStream.AddOnCloseHandler(OnClosePlaybackStream);
+
+  Result := PlaybackStream;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.Play;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.Play();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.Pause;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.Pause();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.Stop;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.Stop();
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.Length: real;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    Result := MusicStream.Length
+  else
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.GetPosition: real;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    Result := MusicStream.Position
+  else
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.Position := Time;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.SetSyncSource(SyncSource);
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.Rewind;
+begin
+  SetPosition(0);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.Finished: boolean;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    Result := (MusicStream.Status = ssStopped)
+  else
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.Volume := Volume;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.FadeIn(Time, TargetVolume);
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.Loop := Enabled;
+end;
+
+// Equalizer
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.GetFFTData(var data: TFFTData);
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    MusicStream.GetFFTData(data);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Copies interleaved PCM SInt16 stereo samples into data.
+ * Returns the number of frames
+ *}
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.GetPCMData(var data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+begin
+  if assigned(MusicStream) then
+    Result := MusicStream.GetPCMData(data)
+  else
+    Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+begin
+  Result := OpenStream(Filename);
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.PlaySound(stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+  if assigned(stream) then
+    stream.Play();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.StopSound(stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+  if assigned(stream) then
+    stream.Stop();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackBase.ClearOutputDeviceList();
+var
+  DeviceIndex: integer;
+begin
+  for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(OutputDeviceList) do
+    OutputDeviceList[DeviceIndex].Free();
+  SetLength(OutputDeviceList, 0);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlaybackBase.GetOutputDeviceList(): TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+begin
+  Result := OutputDeviceList;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioPlayback_Bass.pas b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_Bass.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d7a44dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_Bass.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioPlayback_Bass;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  Math,
+  UIni,
+  UMain,
+  UMusic,
+  UAudioPlaybackBase,
+  UAudioCore_Bass,
+  ULog,
+  sdl,
+  bass,
+  SysUtils;
+
+type
+  PHDSP = ^HDSP;
+
+type
+  TBassPlaybackStream = class(TAudioPlaybackStream)
+    private
+      Handle: HSTREAM;
+      NeedsRewind: boolean;
+      PausedSeek: boolean; // true if a seek was performed in pause state
+
+      procedure Reset();
+      function IsEOF(): boolean;
+    protected
+      function GetLatency(): double;        override;
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;          override;
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);  override;
+      function GetLength(): real;           override;
+      function GetStatus(): TStreamStatus;  override;
+      function GetVolume(): single;         override;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);  override;
+      function GetPosition: real;           override;
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);    override;
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Open(SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream): boolean; override;
+      procedure Close();                    override;
+
+      procedure Play();                     override;
+      procedure Pause();                    override;
+      procedure Stop();                     override;
+      procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single); override;
+
+      procedure AddSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);    override;
+      procedure RemoveSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect); override;
+
+      procedure GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);           override;
+      function  GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal; override;
+
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
+
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+
+      property EOF: boolean READ IsEOF;
+  end;
+
+const
+  MAX_VOICE_DELAY = 0.020; // 20ms
+
+type
+  TBassVoiceStream = class(TAudioVoiceStream)
+    private
+      Handle: HSTREAM;
+    public
+      function Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; override;
+      procedure Close(); override;
+
+      procedure WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); override;
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function IsEOF(): boolean; override;
+      function IsError(): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TAudioPlayback_Bass = class(TAudioPlaybackBase)
+    private
+      function EnumDevices(): boolean;
+    protected
+      function GetLatency(): double; override;
+      function CreatePlaybackStream(): TAudioPlaybackStream; override;
+    public
+      function GetName: String; override;
+      function InitializePlayback(): boolean; override;
+      function FinalizePlayback: boolean; override;
+      procedure SetAppVolume(Volume: single); override;
+      function CreateVoiceStream(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream; override;
+  end;
+
+  TBassOutputDevice = class(TAudioOutputDevice)
+    private
+      BassDeviceID: DWORD; // DeviceID used by BASS
+  end;
+
+var
+  BassCore: TAudioCore_Bass;
+
+
+{ TBassPlaybackStream }
+
+function PlaybackStreamHandler(handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer): DWORD;
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+var
+  PlaybackStream: TBassPlaybackStream;
+  BytesRead: integer;
+begin
+  PlaybackStream := TBassPlaybackStream(user);
+  if (not assigned (PlaybackStream)) then
+  begin
+    Result := BASS_STREAMPROC_END;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  BytesRead := PlaybackStream.ReadData(buffer, length);
+  // check for errors
+  if (BytesRead < 0) then
+    Result := BASS_STREAMPROC_END
+  // check for EOF
+  else if (PlaybackStream.EOF) then
+    Result := BytesRead or BASS_STREAMPROC_END
+  // no error/EOF
+  else
+    Result := BytesRead;
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  AdjustedSize: integer;
+  RequestedSourceSize, SourceSize: integer;
+  SkipCount: integer;
+  SourceFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+  FrameSize: integer;
+  PadFrame: PByteArray;
+  //Info: BASS_INFO;
+  //Latency: double;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if (not assigned(SourceStream)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // sanity check
+  if (BufferSize = 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  SourceFormatInfo := SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo();
+  FrameSize := SourceFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+
+  // check how much data to fetch to be in synch
+  AdjustedSize := Synchronize(BufferSize, SourceFormatInfo);
+
+  // skip data if we are too far behind
+  SkipCount := AdjustedSize - BufferSize;
+  while (SkipCount > 0) do
+  begin
+    RequestedSourceSize := Min(SkipCount, BufferSize);
+    SourceSize := SourceStream.ReadData(Buffer, RequestedSourceSize);
+    // if an error or EOF occured stop skipping and handle error/EOF with the next ReadData()
+    if (SourceSize <= 0) then
+      break;
+    Dec(SkipCount, SourceSize);
+  end;
+
+  // get source data (e.g. from a decoder)
+  RequestedSourceSize := Min(AdjustedSize, BufferSize);
+  SourceSize := SourceStream.ReadData(Buffer, RequestedSourceSize);
+  if (SourceSize < 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set preliminary result
+  Result := SourceSize;
+
+  // if we are to far ahead, fill output-buffer with last frame of source data
+  // Note that AdjustedSize is used instead of SourceSize as the SourceSize might
+  // be less than expected because of errors etc.
+  if (AdjustedSize < BufferSize) then
+  begin
+    // use either the last frame for padding or fill with zero
+    if (SourceSize >= FrameSize) then
+      PadFrame := @Buffer[SourceSize-FrameSize]
+    else
+      PadFrame := nil;
+
+    FillBufferWithFrame(@Buffer[SourceSize], BufferSize - SourceSize,
+                        PadFrame, FrameSize);
+    Result := BufferSize;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TBassPlaybackStream.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+destructor TBassPlaybackStream.Destroy();
+begin
+  Close();
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.Open(SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream): boolean;
+var
+  FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+  FormatFlags: DWORD;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  // close previous stream and reset state
+  Reset();
+
+  // sanity check if stream is valid
+  if not assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Self.SourceStream := SourceStream;
+  FormatInfo := SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo();
+  if (not BassCore.ConvertAudioFormatToBASSFlags(FormatInfo.Format, FormatFlags)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Unhandled sample-format', 'TBassPlaybackStream.Open');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // create matching playback stream
+  Handle := BASS_StreamCreate(Round(FormatInfo.SampleRate), FormatInfo.Channels, formatFlags,
+      @PlaybackStreamHandler, Self);
+  if (Handle = 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_StreamCreate failed: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(BASS_ErrorGetCode()),
+                 'TBassPlaybackStream.Open');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.Close();
+begin
+  // stop and free stream
+  if (Handle <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Bass_StreamFree(Handle);
+    Handle := 0;
+  end;
+
+  // Note: PerformOnClose must be called before SourceStream is invalidated
+  PerformOnClose();
+  // unset source-stream
+  SourceStream := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.Reset();
+begin
+  Close();
+  NeedsRewind := false;
+  PausedSeek := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.Play();
+var
+  NeedsFlush: boolean;
+begin
+  if (not assigned(SourceStream)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  NeedsFlush := true;
+
+  if (BASS_ChannelIsActive(Handle) = BASS_ACTIVE_PAUSED) then
+  begin
+    // only paused (and not seeked while paused) streams are not flushed
+    if (not PausedSeek) then
+      NeedsFlush := false;
+    // paused streams do not need a rewind
+    NeedsRewind := false;
+  end;
+
+  // rewind if necessary. Cases that require no rewind are:
+  // - stream was created and never played
+  // - stream was paused and is resumed now
+  // - stream was stopped and set to a new position already
+  if (NeedsRewind) then
+    SourceStream.Position := 0;
+
+  NeedsRewind := true;
+  PausedSeek := false;
+
+  // start playing and flush buffers on rewind
+  BASS_ChannelPlay(Handle, NeedsFlush);
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+begin
+  // start stream
+  Play();
+  // start fade-in: slide from fadeStart- to fadeEnd-volume in FadeInTime
+  BASS_ChannelSlideAttribute(Handle, BASS_ATTRIB_VOL, TargetVolume, Trunc(Time * 1000));
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.Pause();
+begin
+  BASS_ChannelPause(Handle);
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.Stop();
+begin
+  BASS_ChannelStop(Handle);
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.IsEOF(): boolean;
+begin
+  if (assigned(SourceStream)) then
+    Result := SourceStream.EOF
+  else
+    Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetLatency(): double;
+begin
+  // TODO: should we consider output latency for synching (needs BASS_DEVICE_LATENCY)?
+  //if (BASS_GetInfo(Info)) then
+  //  Latency := Info.latency / 1000
+  //else
+  //  Latency := 0;
+  Result := 0; 
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetVolume(): single;
+var
+  lVolume: single;
+begin
+  if (not BASS_ChannelGetAttribute(Handle, BASS_ATTRIB_VOL, lVolume)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('BASS_ChannelGetAttribute: ' + BassCore.ErrorGetString(),
+      'TBassPlaybackStream.GetVolume');
+    Result := 0;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := Round(lVolume);
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  // clamp volume
+  if Volume < 0 then
+    Volume := 0;
+  if Volume > 1.0 then
+    Volume := 1.0;
+  // set volume
+  BASS_ChannelSetAttribute(Handle, BASS_ATTRIB_VOL, Volume);
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetPosition: real;
+var
+  BufferPosByte: QWORD;
+  BufferPosSec: double;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+  begin
+    BufferPosByte := BASS_ChannelGetData(Handle, nil, BASS_DATA_AVAILABLE);
+    BufferPosSec := BASS_ChannelBytes2Seconds(Handle, BufferPosByte);
+    // decrease the decoding position by the amount buffered (and hence not played)
+    // in the BASS playback stream.
+    Result := SourceStream.Position - BufferPosSec;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.SetPosition(Time: real);
+var
+  ChannelState: DWORD;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+  begin
+    ChannelState := BASS_ChannelIsActive(Handle);
+    if (ChannelState = BASS_ACTIVE_STOPPED) then
+    begin
+      // if the stream is stopped, do not rewind when the stream is played next time
+      NeedsRewind := false
+    end
+    else if (ChannelState = BASS_ACTIVE_PAUSED) then
+    begin
+      // buffers must be flushed if in paused state but there is no
+      // BASS_ChannelFlush() function so we have to use BASS_ChannelPlay() called in Play().
+      PausedSeek := true;
+    end;
+
+    // set new position
+    SourceStream.Position := Time;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetLength(): real;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Result := SourceStream.Length
+  else
+    Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetStatus(): TStreamStatus;
+var
+  State: DWORD;
+begin
+  State := BASS_ChannelIsActive(Handle);
+  case State of
+    BASS_ACTIVE_PLAYING,
+    BASS_ACTIVE_STALLED:
+      Result := ssPlaying;
+    BASS_ACTIVE_PAUSED:
+      Result := ssPaused;
+    BASS_ACTIVE_STOPPED:
+      Result := ssStopped;
+    else
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Unknown status', 'TBassPlaybackStream.GetStatus');
+      Result := ssStopped;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Result := SourceStream.Loop
+  else
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    SourceStream.Loop := Enabled;
+end;
+
+procedure DSPProcHandler(handle: HDSP; channel: DWORD; buffer: Pointer; length: DWORD; user: Pointer);
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}stdcall;{$ELSE}cdecl;{$ENDIF}
+var
+  Effect: TSoundEffect;
+begin
+  Effect := TSoundEffect(user);
+  if assigned(Effect) then
+    Effect.Callback(buffer, length);
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.AddSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);
+var
+  DspHandle: HDSP;
+begin
+  if assigned(Effect.engineData) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('TSoundEffect.engineData already set', 'TBassPlaybackStream.AddSoundEffect');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  DspHandle := BASS_ChannelSetDSP(Handle, @DSPProcHandler, Effect, 0);
+  if (DspHandle = 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassPlaybackStream.AddSoundEffect');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  GetMem(Effect.EngineData, SizeOf(HDSP));
+  PHDSP(Effect.EngineData)^ := DspHandle;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.RemoveSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);
+begin
+  if not assigned(Effect.EngineData) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('TSoundEffect.engineData invalid', 'TBassPlaybackStream.RemoveSoundEffect');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if not BASS_ChannelRemoveDSP(Handle, PHDSP(Effect.EngineData)^) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(BassCore.ErrorGetString(), 'TBassPlaybackStream.RemoveSoundEffect');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  FreeMem(Effect.EngineData);
+  Effect.EngineData := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassPlaybackStream.GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);
+begin
+  // get FFT channel data (Mono, FFT512 -> 256 values)
+  BASS_ChannelGetData(Handle, @Data, BASS_DATA_FFT512);
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Copies interleaved PCM SInt16 stereo samples into data.
+ * Returns the number of frames
+ *}
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+var
+  Info: BASS_CHANNELINFO;
+  nBytes: DWORD;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  FillChar(Data, SizeOf(TPCMData), 0);
+
+  // no support for non-stereo files at the moment
+  BASS_ChannelGetInfo(Handle, Info);
+  if (Info.chans <> 2) then
+    Exit;
+
+  nBytes := BASS_ChannelGetData(Handle, @Data, SizeOf(TPCMData));
+  if(nBytes <= 0) then
+    Result := 0
+  else
+    Result := nBytes div SizeOf(TPCMStereoSample);
+end;
+
+function TBassPlaybackStream.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Result := SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo()
+  else
+    Result := nil;
+end;
+
+
+{ TBassVoiceStream }
+
+function TBassVoiceStream.Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+var
+  Flags: DWORD;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  Close();
+
+  if (not inherited Open(ChannelMap, FormatInfo)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // get channel flags
+  BassCore.ConvertAudioFormatToBASSFlags(FormatInfo.Format, Flags);
+
+  (*
+  // distribute the mics equally to both speakers
+  if ((ChannelMap and CHANNELMAP_LEFT) <> 0) then
+    Flags := Flags or BASS_SPEAKER_FRONTLEFT;
+  if ((ChannelMap and CHANNELMAP_RIGHT) <> 0) then
+    Flags := Flags or BASS_SPEAKER_FRONTRIGHT;
+  *)
+  
+  // create the channel
+  Handle := BASS_StreamCreate(Round(FormatInfo.SampleRate), 1, Flags, STREAMPROC_PUSH, nil);
+
+  // start the channel
+  BASS_ChannelPlay(Handle, true);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TBassVoiceStream.Close();
+begin
+  if (Handle <> 0) then
+  begin
+    BASS_ChannelStop(Handle);
+    BASS_StreamFree(Handle);
+  end;
+  inherited Close();
+end;
+
+procedure TBassVoiceStream.WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
+var QueueSize: DWORD;
+begin
+  if ((Handle <> 0) and (BufferSize > 0)) then
+  begin
+    // query the queue size (normally 0)
+    QueueSize := BASS_StreamPutData(Handle, nil, 0);
+    // flush the buffer if the delay would be too high
+    if (QueueSize > MAX_VOICE_DELAY * FormatInfo.BytesPerSec) then
+      BASS_ChannelPlay(Handle, true);
+    // send new data to playback buffer
+    BASS_StreamPutData(Handle, Buffer, BufferSize);
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Note: we do not need the read-function for the BASS implementation
+function TBassVoiceStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TBassVoiceStream.IsEOF(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TBassVoiceStream.IsError(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioPlayback_Bass }
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.GetName: String;
+begin
+  Result := 'BASS_Playback';
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.EnumDevices(): boolean;
+var
+  BassDeviceID: DWORD;
+  DeviceIndex: integer;
+  Device: TBassOutputDevice;
+  DeviceInfo: BASS_DEVICEINFO;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  ClearOutputDeviceList();
+
+  // skip "no sound"-device (ID = 0)
+  BassDeviceID := 1;
+
+  while (true) do
+  begin
+    // check for device
+    if (not BASS_GetDeviceInfo(BassDeviceID, DeviceInfo)) then
+      Break;
+
+    // set device info
+    Device := TBassOutputDevice.Create();
+    Device.Name := DeviceInfo.name;
+    Device.BassDeviceID := BassDeviceID;
+
+    // add device to list
+    SetLength(OutputDeviceList, BassDeviceID);
+    OutputDeviceList[BassDeviceID-1] := Device;
+
+    Inc(BassDeviceID);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.InitializePlayback(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  BassCore := TAudioCore_Bass.GetInstance();
+  if not BassCore.CheckVersion then
+    Exit;
+
+  EnumDevices();
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(4);
+  //Log.LogStatus('Initializing Playback Subsystem', 'Music Initialize');
+
+  // TODO: use BASS_DEVICE_LATENCY to determine the latency
+  if not BASS_Init(-1, 44100, 0, 0, nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Could not initialize BASS', 'TAudioPlayback_Bass.InitializePlayback');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(4); Log.LogBenchmark('--> Bass Init', 4);
+
+  // config playing buffer
+  //BASS_SetConfig(BASS_CONFIG_UPDATEPERIOD, 10);
+  //BASS_SetConfig(BASS_CONFIG_BUFFER, 100);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.FinalizePlayback(): boolean;
+begin
+  Close;
+  BASS_Free;
+  inherited FinalizePlayback();
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.CreatePlaybackStream(): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+begin
+  Result := TBassPlaybackStream.Create();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_Bass.SetAppVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  // set volume for this application (ranges from 0..10000 since BASS 2.4)
+  BASS_SetConfig(BASS_CONFIG_GVOL_STREAM, Round(Volume*10000));
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.CreateVoiceStream(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream;
+var
+  VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  VoiceStream := TBassVoiceStream.Create();
+  if (not VoiceStream.Open(ChannelMap, FormatInfo)) then
+  begin
+    VoiceStream.Free;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := VoiceStream;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Bass.GetLatency(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TAudioPlayback_Bass.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioPlayback_Portaudio.pas b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_Portaudio.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fbae6e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_Portaudio.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioPlayback_Portaudio;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMusic;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  portaudio,
+  UAudioCore_Portaudio,
+  UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer,
+  ULog,
+  UIni,
+  UMain;
+
+type
+  TAudioPlayback_Portaudio = class(TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer)
+    private
+      paStream:  PPaStream;
+      AudioCore: TAudioCore_Portaudio;
+      Latency: double;
+      function OpenDevice(deviceIndex: TPaDeviceIndex): boolean;
+      function EnumDevices(): boolean;
+    protected
+      function InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean; override;
+      function StartAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;      override;
+      procedure StopAudioPlaybackEngine();               override;
+      function FinalizeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;   override;
+      function GetLatency(): double;                     override;
+    public
+      function GetName: String;                          override;
+  end;
+
+  TPortaudioOutputDevice = class(TAudioOutputDevice)
+    private
+      PaDeviceIndex:  TPaDeviceIndex;
+  end;
+
+
+{ TAudioPlayback_Portaudio }
+
+function PortaudioAudioCallback(input: Pointer; output: Pointer; frameCount: Longword;
+    timeInfo: PPaStreamCallbackTimeInfo; statusFlags: TPaStreamCallbackFlags;
+    userData: Pointer): Integer; cdecl;
+var
+  Engine: TAudioPlayback_Portaudio;
+begin
+  Engine := TAudioPlayback_Portaudio(userData);
+  // update latency
+  Engine.Latency := timeInfo.outputBufferDacTime - timeInfo.currentTime;
+  // call superclass callback
+  Engine.AudioCallback(output, frameCount * Engine.FormatInfo.FrameSize);
+  Result := paContinue;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.GetName: String;
+begin
+  Result := 'Portaudio_Playback';
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.OpenDevice(deviceIndex: TPaDeviceIndex): boolean;
+var
+  DeviceInfo : PPaDeviceInfo;
+  SampleRate : double;
+  OutParams  : TPaStreamParameters;
+  StreamInfo : PPaStreamInfo;
+  err        : TPaError;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  DeviceInfo := Pa_GetDeviceInfo(deviceIndex);
+
+  Log.LogInfo('Audio-Output Device: ' + DeviceInfo^.name, 'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.OpenDevice');
+
+  SampleRate := DeviceInfo^.defaultSampleRate;
+
+  with OutParams do
+  begin
+    device := deviceIndex;
+    channelCount := 2;
+    sampleFormat := paInt16;
+    suggestedLatency := DeviceInfo^.defaultLowOutputLatency;
+    hostApiSpecificStreamInfo := nil;
+  end;
+
+  // check souncard and adjust sample-rate
+  if not AudioCore.TestDevice(nil, @OutParams, SampleRate) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus('TestDevice failed!', 'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.OpenDevice');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // open output stream
+  err := Pa_OpenStream(paStream, nil, @OutParams, SampleRate,
+          paFramesPerBufferUnspecified,
+          paNoFlag, @PortaudioAudioCallback, Self);
+  if(err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus(Pa_GetErrorText(err), 'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.OpenDevice');
+    paStream := nil;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // get estimated latency (will be updated with real latency in the callback)
+  StreamInfo := Pa_GetStreamInfo(paStream);
+  if (StreamInfo <> nil) then
+    Latency := StreamInfo^.outputLatency
+  else
+    Latency := 0;
+
+  FormatInfo := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+    OutParams.channelCount,
+    SampleRate,
+    asfS16 // FIXME: is paInt16 system-dependant or -independant?
+  );
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.EnumDevices(): boolean;
+var
+  i:           integer;
+  paApiIndex:  TPaHostApiIndex;
+  paApiInfo:   PPaHostApiInfo;
+  deviceName:  string;
+  deviceIndex: TPaDeviceIndex;
+  deviceInfo:  PPaDeviceInfo;
+  channelCnt:  integer;
+  SC:          integer; // soundcard
+  err:         TPaError;
+  errMsg:      string;
+  paDevice:    TPortaudioOutputDevice;
+  outputParams: TPaStreamParameters;
+  stream:      PPaStream;
+  streamInfo:  PPaStreamInfo;
+  sampleRate:  double;
+  latency:     TPaTime;
+  cbPolls: integer;
+  cbWorks: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+(*
+  // choose the best available Audio-API
+  paApiIndex := AudioCore.GetPreferredApiIndex();
+  if(paApiIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No working Audio-API found', 'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.EnumDevices');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  paApiInfo := Pa_GetHostApiInfo(paApiIndex);
+
+  SC := 0;
+
+  // init array-size to max. output-devices count
+  SetLength(OutputDeviceList, paApiInfo^.deviceCount);
+  for i:= 0 to High(OutputDeviceList) do
+  begin
+    // convert API-specific device-index to global index
+    deviceIndex := Pa_HostApiDeviceIndexToDeviceIndex(paApiIndex, i);
+    deviceInfo := Pa_GetDeviceInfo(deviceIndex);
+
+    channelCnt := deviceInfo^.maxOutputChannels;
+
+    // current device is no output device -> skip
+    if (channelCnt <= 0) then
+      continue;
+
+    // portaudio returns a channel-count of 128 for some devices
+    // (e.g. the "default"-device), so we have to detect those
+    // fantasy channel counts.
+    if (channelCnt > 8) then
+      channelCnt := 2;
+
+    paDevice := TPortaudioOutputDevice.Create();
+    OutputDeviceList[SC] := paDevice;
+
+    // retrieve device-name
+    deviceName := deviceInfo^.name;
+    paDevice.Name := deviceName;
+    paDevice.PaDeviceIndex := deviceIndex;
+
+    if (deviceInfo^.defaultSampleRate > 0) then
+      sampleRate := deviceInfo^.defaultSampleRate
+    else
+      sampleRate := 44100;
+
+    // on vista and xp the defaultLowInputLatency may be set to 0 but it works.
+    // TODO: correct too low latencies (what is a too low latency, maybe < 10ms?)
+    latency := deviceInfo^.defaultLowInputLatency;
+
+    // setup desired output parameters
+    // TODO: retry with input-latency set to 20ms (defaultLowOutputLatency might
+    //       not be set correctly in OSS)
+    with outputParams do
+    begin
+      device := deviceIndex;
+      channelCount := channelCnt;
+      sampleFormat := paInt16;
+      suggestedLatency := latency;
+      hostApiSpecificStreamInfo := nil;
+    end;
+
+    // check if mic-callback works (might not be called on some devices)
+    if (not TAudioCore_Portaudio.TestDevice(nil, @outputParams, sampleRate)) then
+    begin
+      // ignore device if callback did not work
+      Log.LogError('Device "'+paDevice.Name+'" does not respond',
+                   'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.InitializeRecord');
+      paDevice.Free();
+      continue;
+    end;
+
+    // open device for further info
+    err := Pa_OpenStream(stream, nil, @outputParams, sampleRate,
+        paFramesPerBufferUnspecified, paNoFlag, @MicrophoneTestCallback, nil);
+    if(err <> paNoError) then
+    begin
+      // unable to open device -> skip
+      errMsg := Pa_GetErrorText(err);
+      Log.LogError('Device error: "'+ deviceName +'" ('+ errMsg +')',
+                   'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.InitializeRecord');
+      paDevice.Free();
+      continue;
+    end;
+
+    // adjust sample-rate (might be changed by portaudio)
+    streamInfo := Pa_GetStreamInfo(stream);
+    if (streamInfo <> nil) then
+    begin
+      if (sampleRate <> streamInfo^.sampleRate) then
+      begin
+        Log.LogStatus('Portaudio changed Samplerate from ' + FloatToStr(sampleRate) +
+            ' to ' + FloatToStr(streamInfo^.sampleRate),
+            'TAudioInput_Portaudio.InitializeRecord');
+        sampleRate := streamInfo^.sampleRate;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // create audio-format info and resize capture-buffer array
+    paDevice.AudioFormat := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+        channelCnt,
+        sampleRate,
+        asfS16
+    );
+    SetLength(paDevice.CaptureChannel, paDevice.AudioFormat.Channels);
+
+    Log.LogStatus('OutputDevice "'+paDevice.Name+'"@' +
+        IntToStr(paDevice.AudioFormat.Channels)+'x'+
+        FloatToStr(paDevice.AudioFormat.SampleRate)+'Hz ('+
+        FloatTostr(outputParams.suggestedLatency)+'sec)' ,
+        'TAudioInput_Portaudio.InitializeRecord');
+
+    // close test-stream
+    Pa_CloseStream(stream);
+
+    Inc(SC);
+  end;
+
+  // adjust size to actual input-device count
+  SetLength(OutputDeviceList, SC);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('#Output-Devices: ' + inttostr(SC), 'Portaudio');
+*)
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;
+var
+  paApiIndex      : TPaHostApiIndex;
+  paApiInfo       : PPaHostApiInfo;
+  paOutDevice     : TPaDeviceIndex;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  AudioCore := TAudioCore_Portaudio.GetInstance();
+
+  // initialize portaudio
+  if (not AudioCore.Initialize()) then
+    Exit;
+
+  paApiIndex := AudioCore.GetPreferredApiIndex();
+  if (paApiIndex = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No working Audio-API found', 'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  EnumDevices();
+
+  paApiInfo := Pa_GetHostApiInfo(paApiIndex);
+  Log.LogInfo('Audio-Output API-Type: ' + paApiInfo^.name, 'TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.OpenDevice');
+
+  paOutDevice := paApiInfo^.defaultOutputDevice;
+  if (not OpenDevice(paOutDevice)) then
+  begin
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.StartAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;
+var
+  err: TPaError;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  if (paStream = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  err := Pa_StartStream(paStream);
+  if(err <> paNoError) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus('Pa_StartStream: '+Pa_GetErrorText(err), 'UAudioPlayback_Portaudio');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.StopAudioPlaybackEngine();
+begin
+  if (paStream <> nil) then
+  begin
+    Pa_CloseStream(paStream);
+    // wait until stream is closed, otherwise Terminate() might cause a segfault
+    while (Pa_IsStreamActive(paStream) = 1) do
+      ;
+    paStream := nil;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.FinalizeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;
+begin
+  StopAudioPlaybackEngine();
+  Result := AudioCore.Terminate();
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.GetLatency(): double;
+begin
+  Result := Latency;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TAudioPlayback_Portaudio.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioPlayback_SDL.pas b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_SDL.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8403ef03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_SDL.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioPlayback_SDL;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  sdl,
+  SysUtils,
+  UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer,
+  UMusic,
+  ULog,
+  UIni,
+  UMain;
+
+type
+  TAudioPlayback_SDL = class(TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer)
+    private
+      Latency: double;
+      function EnumDevices(): boolean;
+    protected
+      function InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean; override;
+      function StartAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;      override;
+      procedure StopAudioPlaybackEngine();               override;
+      function FinalizeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;   override;
+      function GetLatency(): double;                     override;
+    public
+      function GetName: String;                          override;
+      procedure MixBuffers(dst, src: PByteArray; size: Cardinal; volume: Single); override;
+  end;
+
+  
+{ TAudioPlayback_SDL }
+
+procedure SDLAudioCallback(userdata: Pointer; stream: PByteArray; len: integer); cdecl;
+var
+  Engine: TAudioPlayback_SDL;
+begin
+  Engine := TAudioPlayback_SDL(userdata);
+  Engine.AudioCallback(stream, len);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SDL.GetName: String;
+begin
+  Result := 'SDL_Playback';
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SDL.EnumDevices(): boolean;
+begin
+  // Note: SDL does not provide Device-Selection capabilities (will be introduced in 1.3)
+  ClearOutputDeviceList();
+  SetLength(OutputDeviceList, 1);
+  OutputDeviceList[0] := TAudioOutputDevice.Create();
+  OutputDeviceList[0].Name := '[SDL Default-Device]';
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SDL.InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;
+var
+  DesiredAudioSpec, ObtainedAudioSpec: TSDL_AudioSpec;
+  SampleBufferSize: integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  EnumDevices();
+
+  if (SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_AUDIO) = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('SDL_InitSubSystem failed!', 'TAudioPlayback_SDL.InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  SampleBufferSize := IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals[Ini.AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex];
+  if (SampleBufferSize <= 0) then
+  begin
+    // Automatic setting default
+    // FIXME: too much glitches with 1024 samples
+    SampleBufferSize := 2048; //1024;
+  end;
+
+  FillChar(DesiredAudioSpec, SizeOf(DesiredAudioSpec), 0);
+  with DesiredAudioSpec do
+  begin
+    freq := 44100;
+    format := AUDIO_S16SYS;
+    channels := 2;
+    samples := SampleBufferSize;
+    callback := @SDLAudioCallback;
+    userdata := Self;
+  end;
+
+  // Note: always use the "obtained" parameter, otherwise SDL might try to convert
+  // the samples itself if the desired format is not available. This might lead
+  // to problems if for example ALSA does not support 44100Hz and proposes 48000Hz.
+  // Without the obtained parameter, SDL would try to convert 44.1kHz to 48kHz with
+  // its crappy (non working) converter resulting in a wrong (too high) pitch.
+  if(SDL_OpenAudio(@DesiredAudioSpec, @ObtainedAudioSpec) = -1) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogStatus('SDL_OpenAudio: ' + SDL_GetError(), 'TAudioPlayback_SDL.InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  FormatInfo := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(
+    ObtainedAudioSpec.channels,
+    ObtainedAudioSpec.freq,
+    asfS16
+  );
+
+  // Note: SDL does not provide info of the internal buffer state.
+  // So we use the average buffer-size.
+  Latency := (ObtainedAudioSpec.samples/2) / FormatInfo.SampleRate;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Opened audio device', 'TAudioPlayback_SDL.InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine');
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SDL.StartAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_PauseAudio(0);
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_SDL.StopAudioPlaybackEngine();
+begin
+  SDL_PauseAudio(1);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SDL.FinalizeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_CloseAudio();
+  SDL_QuitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_AUDIO);
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SDL.GetLatency(): double;
+begin
+  Result := Latency;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_SDL.MixBuffers(dst, src: PByteArray; size: Cardinal; volume: Single);
+begin
+  SDL_MixAudio(PUInt8(dst), PUInt8(src), size, Round(volume * SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME));
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.add(TAudioPlayback_SDL.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.pas b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11df4df5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1204 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  sdl,
+  SysUtils,
+  URingBuffer,
+  UMusic,
+  UAudioPlaybackBase;
+
+type
+  TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer = class;
+
+  TGenericPlaybackStream = class(TAudioPlaybackStream)
+    private
+      Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer;
+      LastReadSize: integer;  // size of data returned by the last ReadData() call
+      LastReadTime: Cardinal; // time of the last ReadData() call
+
+      SampleBuffer:      PByteArray;
+      SampleBufferSize:  integer;
+      SampleBufferCount: integer; // number of available bytes in SampleBuffer
+      SampleBufferPos:   integer;
+
+      SourceBuffer:      PByteArray;
+      SourceBufferSize:  integer;
+      SourceBufferCount: integer; // number of available bytes in SourceBuffer
+
+      Converter: TAudioConverter;
+      Status:    TStreamStatus;
+      InternalLock: PSDL_Mutex;
+      SoundEffects: TList;
+      fVolume: single;
+
+      FadeInStartTime, FadeInTime: cardinal;
+      FadeInStartVolume, FadeInTargetVolume: single;
+
+      NeedsRewind: boolean;
+
+      procedure Reset();
+
+      procedure ApplySoundEffects(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
+      function InitFormatConversion(): boolean;
+      procedure FlushBuffers();
+
+      procedure LockSampleBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+      procedure UnlockSampleBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+    protected
+      function GetLatency(): double;        override;
+      function GetStatus(): TStreamStatus;  override;
+      function GetVolume(): single;         override;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);  override;
+      function GetLength(): real;           override;
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;          override;
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);  override;
+      function GetPosition: real;           override;
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);    override;
+
+      function GetRemainingBufferSize(): integer;
+    public
+      constructor Create(Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Open(SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream): boolean; override;
+      procedure Close();                    override;
+
+      procedure Play();                     override;
+      procedure Pause();                    override;
+      procedure Stop();                     override;
+      procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single); override;
+
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
+
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+
+      function GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): cardinal; override;
+      procedure GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);          override;
+
+      procedure AddSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);    override;
+      procedure RemoveSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect); override;
+  end;
+
+  TAudioMixerStream = class
+    private
+      Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer;
+
+      ActiveStreams: TList;
+      MixerBuffer: PByteArray;
+      InternalLock: PSDL_Mutex;
+
+      AppVolume: single;
+
+      procedure Lock(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+      procedure Unlock(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+      function GetVolume(): single;
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);
+    public
+      constructor Create(Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer);
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+      procedure AddStream(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+      procedure RemoveStream(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+
+      property Volume: single read GetVolume write SetVolume;
+  end;
+
+  TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer = class(TAudioPlaybackBase)
+    private
+      MixerStream: TAudioMixerStream;
+    protected
+      FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+      function InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+      function StartAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;      virtual; abstract;
+      procedure StopAudioPlaybackEngine();               virtual; abstract;
+      function FinalizeAudioPlaybackEngine(): boolean;   virtual; abstract;
+      procedure AudioCallback(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+      function CreatePlaybackStream(): TAudioPlaybackStream; override;
+    public
+      function GetName: string; override; abstract;
+      function InitializePlayback(): boolean; override;
+      function FinalizePlayback: boolean; override;
+
+      procedure SetAppVolume(Volume: single); override;
+
+      function CreateVoiceStream(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream; override;
+
+      function GetMixer(): TAudioMixerStream; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+      function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+      procedure MixBuffers(DstBuffer, SrcBuffer: PByteArray; Size: cardinal; Volume: single); virtual;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TGenericVoiceStream = class(TAudioVoiceStream)
+    private
+      VoiceBuffer: TRingBuffer;
+      BufferLock: PSDL_Mutex;
+      PlaybackStream: TGenericPlaybackStream;
+      Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer;
+    public
+      constructor Create(Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer);
+
+      function Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; override;
+      procedure Close(); override;
+      procedure WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); override;
+      function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer; override;
+      function IsEOF(): boolean; override;
+      function IsError(): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  SOURCE_BUFFER_FRAMES = 4096;
+
+const
+  MAX_VOICE_DELAY = 0.500; // 20ms
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  ULog,
+  UIni,
+  UFFT,
+  UAudioConverter,
+  UMain;
+
+{ TAudioMixerStream }
+
+constructor TAudioMixerStream.Create(Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+
+  Self.Engine := Engine;
+
+  ActiveStreams := TList.Create;
+  InternalLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+  AppVolume := 1.0;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioMixerStream.Destroy();
+begin
+  if assigned(MixerBuffer) then
+    Freemem(MixerBuffer);
+  ActiveStreams.Free;
+  SDL_DestroyMutex(InternalLock);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioMixerStream.Lock();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(InternalLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioMixerStream.Unlock();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexV(InternalLock);
+end;
+
+function TAudioMixerStream.GetVolume(): single;
+begin
+  Lock();
+  Result := AppVolume;
+  Unlock();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioMixerStream.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  Lock();
+  AppVolume := Volume;
+  Unlock();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioMixerStream.AddStream(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+  if not assigned(Stream) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Lock();
+  // check if stream is already in list to avoid duplicates
+  if (ActiveStreams.IndexOf(Pointer(Stream)) = -1) then
+    ActiveStreams.Add(Pointer(Stream));
+  Unlock();
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Sets the entry of stream in the ActiveStreams-List to nil
+ * but does not remove it from the list (Count is not changed!).
+ * Otherwise iterations over the elements might fail due to a
+ * changed Count-property.
+ * Call ActiveStreams.Pack() to remove the nil-pointers
+ * or check for nil-pointers when accessing ActiveStreams.
+ *)
+procedure TAudioMixerStream.RemoveStream(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+var
+  Index: integer;
+begin
+  Lock();
+  Index := activeStreams.IndexOf(Pointer(Stream));
+  if (Index <> -1) then
+  begin
+    // remove entry but do not decrease count-property
+    ActiveStreams[Index] := nil;
+  end;
+  Unlock();
+end;
+
+function TAudioMixerStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  Size: integer;
+  Stream: TGenericPlaybackStream;
+  NeedsPacking: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := BufferSize;
+
+  // zero target-buffer (silence)
+  FillChar(Buffer^, BufferSize, 0);
+
+  // resize mixer-buffer if necessary
+  ReallocMem(MixerBuffer, BufferSize);
+  if not assigned(MixerBuffer) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Lock();
+
+  NeedsPacking := false;
+
+  // mix streams to one stream
+  for i := 0 to ActiveStreams.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    if (ActiveStreams[i] = nil) then
+    begin
+      NeedsPacking := true;
+      continue;
+    end;
+
+    Stream := TGenericPlaybackStream(ActiveStreams[i]);
+    // fetch data from current stream
+    Size := Stream.ReadData(MixerBuffer, BufferSize);
+    if (Size > 0) then
+    begin
+      // mix stream-data with mixer-buffer
+      // Note: use Self.appVolume instead of Self.Volume to prevent recursive locking
+      Engine.MixBuffers(Buffer, MixerBuffer, Size, AppVolume * Stream.Volume);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // remove nil-pointers from list
+  if (NeedsPacking) then
+  begin
+    ActiveStreams.Pack();
+  end;
+
+  Unlock();
+end;
+
+
+{ TGenericPlaybackStream }
+
+constructor TGenericPlaybackStream.Create(Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  Self.Engine := Engine;
+  InternalLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+  SoundEffects := TList.Create;
+  Status := ssStopped;
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+destructor TGenericPlaybackStream.Destroy();
+begin
+  Close();
+  SDL_DestroyMutex(InternalLock);
+  FreeAndNil(SoundEffects);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.Reset();
+begin
+  SourceStream := nil;
+
+  FreeAndNil(Converter);
+
+  FreeMem(SampleBuffer);
+  SampleBuffer := nil;
+  SampleBufferPos := 0;
+  SampleBufferSize := 0;
+  SampleBufferCount := 0;
+
+  FreeMem(SourceBuffer);
+  SourceBuffer := nil;
+  SourceBufferSize := 0;
+  SourceBufferCount := 0;
+
+  NeedsRewind := false;
+
+  fVolume := 0;
+  SoundEffects.Clear;
+  FadeInTime := 0;
+
+  LastReadSize := 0;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.Open(SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  Close();
+
+  if not assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Exit;
+  Self.SourceStream := SourceStream;
+
+  if not InitFormatConversion() then
+  begin
+    // reset decode-stream so it will not be freed on destruction
+    Self.SourceStream := nil;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  SourceBufferSize := SOURCE_BUFFER_FRAMES * SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo().FrameSize;
+  GetMem(SourceBuffer, SourceBufferSize);
+  fVolume := 1.0;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.Close();
+begin
+  // stop audio-callback on this stream
+  Stop();
+
+  // Note: PerformOnClose must be called before SourceStream is invalidated
+  PerformOnClose();
+  // and free data
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.LockSampleBuffer();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(InternalLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.UnlockSampleBuffer();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexV(InternalLock);
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.InitFormatConversion(): boolean;
+var
+  SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+  DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  SrcFormatInfo := SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo();
+  DstFormatInfo := GetAudioFormatInfo();
+
+  // TODO: selection should not be done here, use a factory (TAudioConverterFactory) instead 
+  {$IF Defined(UseFFmpegResample)}
+  Converter := TAudioConverter_FFmpeg.Create();
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(UseSRCResample)}
+  Converter := TAudioConverter_SRC.Create();
+  {$ELSE}
+  Converter := TAudioConverter_SDL.Create();
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  Result := Converter.Init(SrcFormatInfo, DstFormatInfo);
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.Play();
+var
+  Mixer: TAudioMixerStream;
+begin
+  // only paused streams are not flushed
+  if (Status = ssPaused) then
+    NeedsRewind := false;
+
+  // rewind if necessary. Cases that require no rewind are:
+  // - stream was created and never played
+  // - stream was paused and is resumed now
+  // - stream was stopped and set to a new position already
+  if (NeedsRewind) then
+    SetPosition(0);
+
+  // update status
+  Status := ssPlaying;
+
+  NeedsRewind := true;
+
+  // add this stream to the mixer
+  Mixer := Engine.GetMixer();
+  if (Mixer <> nil) then
+    Mixer.AddStream(Self);
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+begin
+  FadeInTime := Trunc(Time * 1000);
+  FadeInStartTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+  FadeInStartVolume := fVolume;
+  FadeInTargetVolume := TargetVolume;
+  Play();
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.Pause();
+var
+  Mixer: TAudioMixerStream;
+begin
+  if (Status <> ssPlaying) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Status := ssPaused;
+
+  Mixer := Engine.GetMixer();
+  if (Mixer <> nil) then
+    Mixer.RemoveStream(Self);
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.Stop();
+var
+  Mixer: TAudioMixerStream;
+begin
+  if (Status = ssStopped) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Status := ssStopped;
+  // stop fading
+  FadeInTime := 0;
+
+  LastReadSize := 0;
+  
+  Mixer := Engine.GetMixer();
+  if (Mixer <> nil) then
+    Mixer.RemoveStream(Self);
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Result := SourceStream.Loop
+  else
+    Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    SourceStream.Loop := Enabled;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetLength(): real;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+    Result := SourceStream.Length
+  else
+    Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetLatency(): double;
+begin
+  Result := Engine.GetLatency();
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetStatus(): TStreamStatus;
+begin
+  Result := Status;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := Engine.GetAudioFormatInfo();
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.FlushBuffers();
+begin
+  SampleBufferCount := 0;
+  SampleBufferPos := 0;
+  SourceBufferCount := 0;
+  LastReadSize := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.ApplySoundEffects(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  for i := 0 to SoundEffects.Count-1 do
+  begin
+    if (SoundEffects[i] <> nil) then
+    begin
+      TSoundEffect(SoundEffects[i]).Callback(Buffer, BufferSize);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+var
+  ConversionInputCount: integer;
+  ConversionOutputSize: integer;   // max. number of converted data (= buffer size)
+  ConversionOutputCount: integer;  // actual number of converted data
+  SourceSize: integer;
+  NeededSampleBufferSize: integer;
+  BytesNeeded: integer;
+  SourceFormatInfo, OutputFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+  SourceFrameSize, OutputFrameSize: integer;
+  SkipOutputCount: integer;  // number of output-data bytes to skip
+  SkipSourceCount: integer;  // number of source-data bytes to skip
+  FillCount: integer;  // number of bytes to fill with padding data
+  CopyCount: integer;
+  PadFrame: PByteArray;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  LastReadSize := 0;
+
+  // sanity check for the source-stream
+  if (not assigned(SourceStream)) then
+    Exit;
+  
+  SkipOutputCount := 0;
+  SkipSourceCount := 0;
+  FillCount := 0;
+
+  SourceFormatInfo := SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo();
+  SourceFrameSize := SourceFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+  OutputFormatInfo := GetAudioFormatInfo();
+  OutputFrameSize := OutputFormatInfo.FrameSize;
+
+  // synchronize (adjust buffer size)
+  BytesNeeded := Synchronize(BufferSize, OutputFormatInfo);
+  if (BytesNeeded > BufferSize) then
+  begin
+    SkipOutputCount := BytesNeeded - BufferSize;
+    BytesNeeded := BufferSize;
+  end
+  else if (BytesNeeded < BufferSize) then
+  begin
+    FillCount := BufferSize - BytesNeeded;
+  end;
+
+  // lock access to sample-buffer
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  try
+
+    // skip sample-buffer data
+    SampleBufferPos := SampleBufferPos + SkipOutputCount;
+    // size of available bytes in SampleBuffer after skipping
+    SampleBufferCount := SampleBufferCount - SampleBufferPos;
+    // update byte skip-count
+    SkipOutputCount := -SampleBufferCount;
+
+    // now that we skipped all buffered data from the last pass, we have to skip
+    // data directly after fetching it from the source-stream.
+    if (SkipOutputCount > 0) then
+    begin
+      SampleBufferCount := 0;
+      // convert skip-count to source-format units and resize to a multiple of
+      // the source frame-size.
+      SkipSourceCount := Round((SkipOutputCount * OutputFormatInfo.GetRatio(SourceFormatInfo)) /
+                               SourceFrameSize) * SourceFrameSize;
+      SkipOutputCount := 0;
+    end;
+
+    // copy data to front of buffer
+    if ((SampleBufferCount > 0) and (SampleBufferPos > 0)) then
+      Move(SampleBuffer[SampleBufferPos], SampleBuffer[0], SampleBufferCount);
+    SampleBufferPos := 0;
+
+    // resize buffer to a reasonable size
+    if (BufferSize > SampleBufferCount) then
+    begin
+      // Note: use BufferSize instead of BytesNeeded to minimize the need for resizing
+      SampleBufferSize := BufferSize;
+      ReallocMem(SampleBuffer, SampleBufferSize);
+      if (not assigned(SampleBuffer)) then
+        Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // fill sample-buffer (fetch and convert one block of source data per loop)
+    while (SampleBufferCount < BytesNeeded) do
+    begin
+      // move remaining source data from the previous pass to front of buffer
+      if (SourceBufferCount > 0) then
+      begin
+        Move(SourceBuffer[SourceBufferSize-SourceBufferCount],
+             SourceBuffer[0],
+             SourceBufferCount);
+      end;
+
+      SourceSize := SourceStream.ReadData(
+          @SourceBuffer[SourceBufferCount], SourceBufferSize-SourceBufferCount);
+      // break on error (-1) or if no data is available (0), e.g. while seeking
+      if (SourceSize <= 0) then
+      begin
+        // if we do not have data -> exit
+        if (SourceBufferCount = 0) then
+        begin
+          FlushBuffers();
+          Exit;
+        end;
+        // if we have some data, stop retrieving data from the source stream
+        // and use the data we have so far
+        Break;
+      end;
+
+      SourceBufferCount := SourceBufferCount + SourceSize;
+
+      // end-of-file reached -> stop playback
+      if (SourceStream.EOF) then
+      begin
+        if (Loop) then
+          SourceStream.Position := 0
+        else
+          Stop();
+      end;
+
+      if (SkipSourceCount > 0) then
+      begin
+        // skip data and update source buffer count
+        SourceBufferCount := SourceBufferCount - SkipSourceCount;
+        SkipSourceCount := -SourceBufferCount;
+        // continue with next pass if we skipped all data
+        if (SourceBufferCount <= 0) then
+        begin
+          SourceBufferCount := 0;
+          Continue;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      // calc buffer size (might be bigger than actual resampled byte count)
+      ConversionOutputSize := Converter.GetOutputBufferSize(SourceBufferCount);
+      NeededSampleBufferSize := SampleBufferCount + ConversionOutputSize;
+
+      // resize buffer if necessary
+      if (SampleBufferSize < NeededSampleBufferSize) then
+      begin
+        SampleBufferSize := NeededSampleBufferSize;
+        ReallocMem(SampleBuffer, SampleBufferSize);
+        if (not assigned(SampleBuffer)) then
+        begin
+          FlushBuffers();
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      // resample source data (Note: ConversionInputCount might be adjusted by Convert())
+      ConversionInputCount := SourceBufferCount;
+      ConversionOutputCount := Converter.Convert(
+          SourceBuffer, @SampleBuffer[SampleBufferCount], ConversionInputCount);
+      if (ConversionOutputCount = -1) then
+      begin
+        FlushBuffers();
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // adjust sample- and source-buffer count by the number of converted bytes
+      SampleBufferCount := SampleBufferCount + ConversionOutputCount;
+      SourceBufferCount := SourceBufferCount - ConversionInputCount;
+    end;
+
+    // apply effects
+    ApplySoundEffects(SampleBuffer, SampleBufferCount);
+
+    // copy data to result buffer
+    CopyCount := Min(BytesNeeded, SampleBufferCount);
+    Move(SampleBuffer[0], Buffer[BufferSize - BytesNeeded], CopyCount);
+    Dec(BytesNeeded, CopyCount);
+    SampleBufferPos := CopyCount;
+
+  // release buffer lock
+  finally
+    UnlockSampleBuffer();
+  end;
+
+  // pad the buffer with the last frame if we are to fast
+  if (FillCount > 0) then
+  begin
+    if (CopyCount >= OutputFrameSize) then
+      PadFrame := @Buffer[CopyCount-OutputFrameSize]
+    else
+      PadFrame := nil;
+    FillBufferWithFrame(@Buffer[CopyCount], FillCount,
+                        PadFrame, OutputFrameSize);
+  end;
+
+  // BytesNeeded now contains the number of remaining bytes we were not able to fetch
+  LastReadTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+  LastReadSize := BufferSize - BytesNeeded;
+  Result := LastReadSize;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): cardinal;
+var
+  ByteCount: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  // just SInt16 stereo support for now
+  if ((Engine.GetAudioFormatInfo().Format <> asfS16) or
+      (Engine.GetAudioFormatInfo().Channels <> 2)) then
+  begin
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // zero memory
+  FillChar(Data, SizeOf(Data), 0);
+
+  // TODO: At the moment just the first samples of the SampleBuffer
+  // are returned, even if there is newer data in the upper samples.
+
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  ByteCount := Min(SizeOf(Data), SampleBufferCount);
+  if (ByteCount > 0) then
+  begin
+    Move(SampleBuffer[0], Data, ByteCount);
+  end;
+  UnlockSampleBuffer();
+  
+  Result := ByteCount div SizeOf(TPCMStereoSample);
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);
+var
+  i: integer;
+  Frames: integer;
+  DataIn: PSingleArray;
+  AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  // only works with SInt16 and Float values at the moment
+  AudioFormat := GetAudioFormatInfo();
+
+  DataIn := AllocMem(FFTSize * SizeOf(single));
+  if (DataIn = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  // TODO: We just use the first Frames frames, the others are ignored.
+  Frames := Min(FFTSize, SampleBufferCount div AudioFormat.FrameSize);
+  // use only first channel and convert data to float-values
+  case AudioFormat.Format of
+    asfS16:
+    begin
+      for i := 0 to Frames-1 do
+        DataIn[i] := PSmallInt(@SampleBuffer[i*AudioFormat.FrameSize])^ / -Low(SmallInt);
+    end;
+    asfFloat:
+    begin
+      for i := 0 to Frames-1 do
+        DataIn[i] := PSingle(@SampleBuffer[i*AudioFormat.FrameSize])^;
+    end;
+  end;
+  UnlockSampleBuffer();
+
+  WindowFunc(fwfHanning, FFTSize, DataIn);
+  PowerSpectrum(FFTSize, DataIn, @Data);
+  FreeMem(DataIn);
+
+  // resize data to a 0..1 range
+  for i := 0 to High(TFFTData) do
+  begin
+    Data[i] := Sqrt(Data[i]) / 100;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.AddSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);
+begin
+  if (not assigned(Effect)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  // check if effect is already in list to avoid duplicates
+  if (SoundEffects.IndexOf(Pointer(Effect)) = -1) then
+    SoundEffects.Add(Pointer(Effect));
+  UnlockSampleBuffer();
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.RemoveSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect);
+begin
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  SoundEffects.Remove(Effect);
+  UnlockSampleBuffer();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the approximate number of bytes left in the audio engines buffer queue.
+ *}
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetRemainingBufferSize(): integer;
+var
+  TimeDiff: double;
+begin
+  if (LastReadSize <= 0) then
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    TimeDiff := (SDL_GetTicks() - LastReadTime) / 1000;
+    // we gave the data-sink LastReadSize bytes at the last call to ReadData().
+    // Calculate how much of this should be left in the data-sink
+    Result := LastReadSize - Trunc(TimeDiff * Engine.FormatInfo.BytesPerSec);
+    if (Result < 0) then
+      Result := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetPosition: real;
+var
+  BufferedTime: double;
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+  begin
+    LockSampleBuffer();
+
+    // the duration of source stream data that is buffered in this stream.
+    // (this is the data retrieved from the source but has not been resampled)
+    BufferedTime := SourceBufferCount / SourceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo().BytesPerSec;
+
+    // the duration of data that is buffered in this stream.
+    // (this is the already resampled data that has not yet been passed to the audio engine)
+    BufferedTime := BufferedTime + (SampleBufferCount - SampleBufferPos) / Engine.FormatInfo.BytesPerSec;
+
+    // Now consider the samples left in the engine's (e.g. SDL) buffer.
+    // Otherwise the result calculated so far will not change until the callback
+    // is called the next time.
+    // For example, if the buffer has a size of 2048 frames we would not be
+    // able to return a new new position for approx. 40ms (at 44.1kHz) which
+    // would be very bad for synching.
+    BufferedTime := BufferedTime + GetRemainingBufferSize() / Engine.FormatInfo.BytesPerSec;
+
+    // use the timestamp of the source as reference and subtract the time of
+    // the data that is still buffered and not yet output.
+    Result := SourceStream.Position - BufferedTime;
+
+    UnlockSampleBuffer();
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+  if assigned(SourceStream) then
+  begin
+    LockSampleBuffer();
+
+    SourceStream.Position := Time;
+    if (Status = ssStopped) then
+      NeedsRewind := false;
+    // do not use outdated data
+    FlushBuffers();
+
+    AvgSyncDiff := -1;
+    
+    UnlockSampleBuffer();
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TGenericPlaybackStream.GetVolume(): single;
+var
+  FadeAmount: single;
+begin
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  // adjust volume if fading is enabled
+  if (FadeInTime > 0) then
+  begin
+    FadeAmount := (SDL_GetTicks() - FadeInStartTime) / FadeInTime;
+    // check if fade-target is reached
+    if (FadeAmount >= 1) then
+    begin
+      // target reached -> stop fading
+      FadeInTime := 0;
+      fVolume := FadeInTargetVolume;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // fading in progress
+      fVolume := FadeAmount*FadeInTargetVolume + (1-FadeAmount)*FadeInStartVolume;
+    end;
+  end;
+  // return current volume
+  Result := fVolume;
+  UnlockSampleBuffer();
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericPlaybackStream.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  LockSampleBuffer();
+  // stop fading
+  FadeInTime := 0;
+  // clamp volume
+  if (Volume > 1.0) then
+    fVolume := 1.0
+  else if (Volume < 0) then
+    fVolume := 0
+  else
+    fVolume := Volume;
+  UnlockSampleBuffer();
+end;
+
+
+{ TGenericVoiceStream }
+
+constructor TGenericVoiceStream.Create(Engine: TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer);
+begin
+  inherited Create();
+  Self.Engine := Engine;
+end;
+
+function TGenericVoiceStream.Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+var
+  BufferSize: integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  Close();
+
+  if (not inherited Open(ChannelMap, FormatInfo)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // Note:
+  // - use Self.FormatInfo instead of FormatInfo as the latter one might have a
+  //   channel size of 2.
+  // - the buffer-size must be a multiple of the FrameSize
+  BufferSize := (Ceil(MAX_VOICE_DELAY * Self.FormatInfo.BytesPerSec) div Self.FormatInfo.FrameSize) *
+                Self.FormatInfo.FrameSize;
+  VoiceBuffer := TRingBuffer.Create(BufferSize);
+
+  BufferLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+
+
+  // create a matching playback stream for the voice-stream
+  PlaybackStream := TGenericPlaybackStream.Create(Engine);
+  // link voice- and playback-stream
+  if (not PlaybackStream.Open(Self)) then
+  begin
+    PlaybackStream.Free;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // start voice passthrough
+  PlaybackStream.Play();
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericVoiceStream.Close();
+begin
+  // stop and free the playback stream
+  FreeAndNil(PlaybackStream);
+
+  // free data
+  FreeAndNil(VoiceBuffer);
+  if (BufferLock <> nil) then
+    SDL_DestroyMutex(BufferLock);
+
+  inherited Close();
+end;
+
+procedure TGenericVoiceStream.WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer);
+begin
+  // lock access to buffer
+  SDL_mutexP(BufferLock);
+  try
+    if (VoiceBuffer = nil) then
+      Exit;
+    VoiceBuffer.Write(Buffer, BufferSize);
+  finally
+    SDL_mutexV(BufferLock);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TGenericVoiceStream.ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  // lock access to buffer
+  SDL_mutexP(BufferLock);
+  try
+    if (VoiceBuffer = nil) then
+      Exit;
+    Result := VoiceBuffer.Read(Buffer, BufferSize);
+  finally
+    SDL_mutexV(BufferLock);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TGenericVoiceStream.IsEOF(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(BufferLock);
+  Result := (VoiceBuffer = nil);
+  SDL_mutexV(BufferLock);
+end;
+
+function TGenericVoiceStream.IsError(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer }
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.InitializePlayback: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+
+  //Log.LogStatus('InitializePlayback', 'UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer');
+
+  if (not InitializeAudioPlaybackEngine()) then
+    Exit;
+
+  MixerStream := TAudioMixerStream.Create(Self);
+
+  if (not StartAudioPlaybackEngine()) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.FinalizePlayback: boolean;
+begin
+  Close;
+  StopAudioPlaybackEngine();
+
+  FreeAndNil(MixerStream);
+  FreeAndNil(FormatInfo);
+
+  FinalizeAudioPlaybackEngine();
+  inherited FinalizePlayback;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.AudioCallback(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer);
+begin
+  MixerStream.ReadData(Buffer, Size);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.GetMixer(): TAudioMixerStream;
+begin
+  Result := MixerStream;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+  Result := FormatInfo;
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.CreatePlaybackStream(): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+begin
+  Result := TGenericPlaybackStream.Create(Self);
+end;
+
+function TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.CreateVoiceStream(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream;
+var
+  VoiceStream: TGenericVoiceStream;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+
+  // create a voice stream
+  VoiceStream := TGenericVoiceStream.Create(Self);
+  if (not VoiceStream.Open(ChannelMap, FormatInfo)) then
+  begin
+    VoiceStream.Free;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Result := VoiceStream;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.SetAppVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+  // sets volume only for this application
+  MixerStream.Volume := Volume;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.MixBuffers(DstBuffer, SrcBuffer: PByteArray; Size: cardinal; Volume: single);
+var
+  SampleIndex: cardinal;
+  SampleInt: integer;
+  SampleFlt: single;
+begin
+  SampleIndex := 0;
+  case FormatInfo.Format of
+    asfS16:
+    begin
+      while (SampleIndex < Size) do
+      begin
+        // apply volume and sum with previous mixer value
+        SampleInt := PSmallInt(@DstBuffer[SampleIndex])^ +
+                     Round(PSmallInt(@SrcBuffer[SampleIndex])^ * Volume);
+        // clip result
+        if (SampleInt > High(SmallInt)) then
+          SampleInt := High(SmallInt)
+        else if (SampleInt < Low(SmallInt)) then
+          SampleInt := Low(SmallInt);
+        // assign result
+        PSmallInt(@DstBuffer[SampleIndex])^ := SampleInt;
+        // increase index by one sample
+        Inc(SampleIndex, SizeOf(SmallInt));
+      end;
+    end;
+    asfFloat:
+    begin
+      while (SampleIndex < Size) do
+      begin
+        // apply volume and sum with previous mixer value
+        SampleFlt := PSingle(@DstBuffer[SampleIndex])^ +
+                     PSingle(@SrcBuffer[SampleIndex])^ * Volume;
+        // clip result
+        if (SampleFlt > 1.0) then
+          SampleFlt := 1.0
+        else if (SampleFlt < -1.0) then
+          SampleFlt := -1.0;
+        // assign result
+        PSingle(@DstBuffer[SampleIndex])^ := SampleFlt;
+        // increase index by one sample
+        Inc(SampleIndex, SizeOf(single));
+      end;
+    end;
+    else
+    begin
+      Log.LogError('Incompatible format', 'TAudioMixerStream.MixAudio');
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UMediaCore_FFmpeg.pas b/src/media/UMediaCore_FFmpeg.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb136995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UMediaCore_FFmpeg.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMediaCore_FFmpeg;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  ctypes,
+  sdl,
+  avcodec,
+  avformat,
+  avutil,
+  avio,
+  swscale,
+  UMusic,
+  ULog,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  PPacketQueue = ^TPacketQueue;
+  TPacketQueue = class
+    private
+      FirstListEntry: PAVPacketList;
+      LastListEntry:  PAVPacketList;
+      PacketCount: integer;
+      Mutex:     PSDL_Mutex;
+      Condition: PSDL_Cond;
+      Size: integer;
+      AbortRequest: boolean;
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+      function Put(Packet : PAVPacket): integer;
+      function PutStatus(StatusFlag: integer; StatusInfo: Pointer): integer;
+      procedure FreeStatusInfo(var Packet: TAVPacket);
+      function GetStatusInfo(var Packet: TAVPacket): Pointer;
+      function Get(var Packet: TAVPacket; Blocking: boolean): integer;
+      function GetSize(): integer;
+      procedure Flush();
+      procedure Abort();
+      function IsAborted(): boolean;
+  end;
+
+const
+  STATUS_PACKET: PChar = 'STATUS_PACKET';
+const
+  PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EOF     = 1; // signal end-of-file
+  PKT_STATUS_FLAG_FLUSH   = 2; // request the decoder to flush its avcodec decode buffers
+  PKT_STATUS_FLAG_ERROR   = 3; // signal an error state
+  PKT_STATUS_FLAG_EMPTY   = 4; // request the decoder to output empty data (silence or black frames)
+
+type
+  TMediaCore_FFmpeg = class
+    private
+      AVCodecLock: PSDL_Mutex;
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      destructor Destroy(); override;
+      class function GetInstance(): TMediaCore_FFmpeg;
+
+      function GetErrorString(ErrorNum: integer): string;
+      function FindStreamIDs(FormatCtx: PAVFormatContext; out FirstVideoStream, FirstAudioStream: integer ): boolean;
+      function FindAudioStreamIndex(FormatCtx: PAVFormatContext): integer;
+      function ConvertFFmpegToAudioFormat(FFmpegFormat: TSampleFormat; out Format: TAudioSampleFormat): boolean;
+      procedure LockAVCodec();
+      procedure UnlockAVCodec();
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  UConfig;
+
+function FFmpegStreamOpen(h: PURLContext; filename: PChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl; forward;
+function FFmpegStreamRead(h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl; forward;
+function FFmpegStreamWrite(h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl; forward;
+function FFmpegStreamSeek(h: PURLContext; pos: int64; whence: cint): int64; cdecl; forward;
+function FFmpegStreamClose(h: PURLContext): cint; cdecl; forward;
+
+const
+  UTF8FileProtocol: TURLProtocol = (
+      name:      'ufile';
+      url_open:  FFmpegStreamOpen;
+      url_read:  FFmpegStreamRead;
+      url_write: FFmpegStreamWrite;
+      url_seek:  FFmpegStreamSeek;
+      url_close: FFmpegStreamClose;
+  );
+
+var
+  Instance: TMediaCore_FFmpeg;
+
+function AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c: cardinal): cuint;
+begin
+  Result := (a shl 16) or (b shl 8) or c;
+end;
+
+procedure CheckVersions();
+var
+  libVersion: cuint;
+  headerVersion: cuint;
+
+  function hexVerToStr(Version: cuint): string;
+  var
+    Major, Minor, Release: cardinal;
+  begin
+    Major   := (Version shr 16) and $FF;;
+    Minor   := (Version shr 8) and $FF;
+    Release := Version and $FF;
+    Result := Format('%d.%d.%d', [Major, Minor, Release]);
+  end;
+
+begin
+  libVersion := avcodec_version();
+  headerVersion := AV_VERSION_INT(
+      LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR,
+      LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR,
+      LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_RELEASE);
+  if (libVersion <> headerVersion) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(Format('%s header (%s) and DLL (%s) versions do not match.',
+        ['libavcodec', hexVerToStr(headerVersion), hexVerToStr(libVersion)]));
+  end;
+
+  {$IF LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION >= 52020000} // 52.20.0
+  libVersion := avformat_version();
+  headerVersion := AV_VERSION_INT(
+      LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR,
+      LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR,
+      LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_RELEASE);
+  if (libVersion <> headerVersion) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(Format('%s header (%s) and DLL (%s) versions do not match.',
+        ['libavformat', hexVerToStr(headerVersion), hexVerToStr(libVersion)]));
+  end;
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  {$IF LIBAVUTIL_VERSION >= 49008000} // 49.8.0
+  libVersion := avutil_version();
+  headerVersion := AV_VERSION_INT(
+      LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR,
+      LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR,
+      LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_RELEASE);
+  if (libVersion <> headerVersion) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(Format('%s header (%s) and DLL (%s) versions do not match.',
+        ['libavutil', hexVerToStr(headerVersion), hexVerToStr(libVersion)]));
+  end;
+  {$IFEND}
+  
+  {$IF LIBSWSCALE_VERSION >= 000006001} // 0.6.1
+  libVersion := swscale_version();
+  headerVersion := AV_VERSION_INT(
+      LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR,
+      LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR,
+      LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_RELEASE);
+  if (libVersion <> headerVersion) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError(Format('%s header (%s) and DLL (%s) versions do not match.',
+        ['libswscale', hexVerToStr(headerVersion), hexVerToStr(libVersion)]));
+  end;
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+constructor TMediaCore_FFmpeg.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  CheckVersions();
+  av_register_protocol(@UTF8FileProtocol);
+  AVCodecLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+end;
+
+destructor TMediaCore_FFmpeg.Destroy();
+begin
+  SDL_DestroyMutex(AVCodecLock);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+class function TMediaCore_FFmpeg.GetInstance(): TMediaCore_FFmpeg;
+begin
+  if (not Assigned(Instance)) then
+    Instance := TMediaCore_FFmpeg.Create();
+  Result := Instance;
+end;
+
+procedure TMediaCore_FFmpeg.LockAVCodec();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexP(AVCodecLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TMediaCore_FFmpeg.UnlockAVCodec();
+begin
+  SDL_mutexV(AVCodecLock);
+end;
+
+function TMediaCore_FFmpeg.GetErrorString(ErrorNum: integer): string;
+begin
+  case ErrorNum of
+    AVERROR_IO:           Result := 'AVERROR_IO';
+    AVERROR_NUMEXPECTED:  Result := 'AVERROR_NUMEXPECTED';
+    AVERROR_INVALIDDATA:  Result := 'AVERROR_INVALIDDATA';
+    AVERROR_NOMEM:        Result := 'AVERROR_NOMEM';
+    AVERROR_NOFMT:        Result := 'AVERROR_NOFMT';
+    AVERROR_NOTSUPP:      Result := 'AVERROR_NOTSUPP';
+    AVERROR_NOENT:        Result := 'AVERROR_NOENT';
+    AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME: Result := 'AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME';
+    else                  Result := 'AVERROR_#'+inttostr(ErrorNum);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{
+  @param(FormatCtx is a PAVFormatContext returned from av_open_input_file )
+  @param(FirstVideoStream is an OUT value of type integer, this is the index of the video stream)
+  @param(FirstAudioStream is an OUT value of type integer, this is the index of the audio stream)
+  @returns(@true on success, @false otherwise)
+}
+function TMediaCore_FFmpeg.FindStreamIDs(FormatCtx: PAVFormatContext; out FirstVideoStream, FirstAudioStream: integer): boolean;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  Stream: PAVStream;
+begin
+  // find the first video stream
+  FirstAudioStream := -1;
+  FirstVideoStream := -1;
+
+  for i := 0 to FormatCtx.nb_streams-1 do
+  begin
+    Stream := FormatCtx.streams[i];
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+    if (Stream.codec.codec_type = CODEC_TYPE_VIDEO) and
+       (FirstVideoStream < 0) then
+    begin
+      FirstVideoStream := i;
+    end;
+
+    if (Stream.codec.codec_type = CODEC_TYPE_AUDIO) and
+       (FirstAudioStream < 0) then
+    begin
+      FirstAudioStream := i;
+    end;
+  end;
+{$ELSE}
+    if (Stream.codec.codec_type = AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO) and
+       (FirstVideoStream < 0) then
+    begin
+      FirstVideoStream := i;
+    end;
+
+    if (Stream.codec.codec_type = AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO) and
+       (FirstAudioStream < 0) then
+    begin
+      FirstAudioStream := i;
+    end;
+  end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+  // return true if either an audio- or video-stream was found
+  Result := (FirstAudioStream > -1) or
+            (FirstVideoStream > -1) ;
+end;
+
+function TMediaCore_FFmpeg.FindAudioStreamIndex(FormatCtx: PAVFormatContext): integer;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  StreamIndex: integer;
+  Stream: PAVStream;
+begin
+  // find the first audio stream
+  StreamIndex := -1;
+
+  for i := 0 to FormatCtx^.nb_streams-1 do
+  begin
+    Stream := FormatCtx^.streams[i];
+
+{$IF LIBAVCODEC_VERSION < 52064000} // < 52.64.0
+    if (Stream.codec^.codec_type = CODEC_TYPE_AUDIO) then
+{$ELSE}
+    if (Stream.codec^.codec_type = AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO) then
+{$IFEND}
+    begin
+      StreamIndex := i;
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := StreamIndex;
+end;
+
+function TMediaCore_FFmpeg.ConvertFFmpegToAudioFormat(FFmpegFormat: TSampleFormat; out Format: TAudioSampleFormat): boolean;
+begin
+  case FFmpegFormat of
+    SAMPLE_FMT_U8:  Format := asfU8;
+    SAMPLE_FMT_S16: Format := asfS16;
+    SAMPLE_FMT_S32: Format := asfS32;
+    SAMPLE_FMT_FLT: Format := asfFloat;
+    SAMPLE_FMT_DBL: Format := asfDouble;
+    else begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * UTF-8 Filename wrapper based on:
+ * http://www.mail-archive.com/libav-user@mplayerhq.hu/msg02460.html
+ *}
+
+function FFmpegStreamOpen(h: PURLContext; filename: PChar; flags: cint): cint; cdecl;
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+  Mode: word;
+  ProtPrefix: string;
+  FilePath: IPath;
+begin
+  // check for protocol prefix ('ufile:') and strip it
+  ProtPrefix := Format('%s:', [UTF8FileProtocol.name]);
+  if (StrLComp(filename, PChar(ProtPrefix), Length(ProtPrefix)) = 0) then
+  begin
+    Inc(filename, Length(ProtPrefix));
+  end;
+
+  FilePath := Path(filename);
+
+  if ((flags and URL_RDWR) <> 0) then
+    Mode := fmCreate
+  else if ((flags and URL_WRONLY) <> 0) then
+    Mode := fmCreate // TODO: fmCreate is Read+Write -> reopen with fmOpenWrite
+  else
+    Mode := fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite;
+
+  Result := 0;
+
+  try
+    Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FilePath, Mode);
+    h.priv_data := Stream;
+  except
+    Result := AVERROR_NOENT;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function FFmpegStreamRead(h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TStream(h.priv_data);
+  if (Stream = nil) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create('FFmpegStreamRead on nil');
+  try
+    Result := Stream.Read(buf[0], size);
+  except
+    Result := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function FFmpegStreamWrite(h: PURLContext; buf: PByteArray; size: cint): cint; cdecl;
+var
+  Stream: TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TStream(h.priv_data);
+  if (Stream = nil) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create('FFmpegStreamWrite on nil');
+  try
+    Result := Stream.Write(buf[0], size);
+  except
+    Result := -1;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function FFmpegStreamSeek(h: PURLContext; pos: int64; whence: cint): int64; cdecl;
+var
+  Stream : TStream;
+  Origin : TSeekOrigin;
+begin
+  Stream := TStream(h.priv_data);
+  if (Stream = nil) then
+    raise EInvalidContainer.Create('FFmpegStreamSeek on nil');
+  case whence of
+    0 {SEEK_SET}: Origin := soBeginning;
+    1 {SEEK_CUR}: Origin := soCurrent;
+    2 {SEEK_END}: Origin := soEnd;
+    AVSEEK_SIZE: begin
+      Result := Stream.Size;
+      Exit;
+    end
+  else
+    Origin := soBeginning;
+  end;
+  Result := Stream.Seek(pos, Origin);
+end;
+
+function FFmpegStreamClose(h: PURLContext): cint; cdecl;
+var
+  Stream : TStream;
+begin
+  Stream := TStream(h.priv_data);
+  Stream.Free;
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+
+{ TPacketQueue }
+
+constructor TPacketQueue.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  FirstListEntry := nil;
+  LastListEntry  := nil;
+  PacketCount := 0;
+  Size := 0;
+
+  Mutex := SDL_CreateMutex();
+  Condition := SDL_CreateCond();
+end;
+
+destructor TPacketQueue.Destroy();
+begin
+  Flush();
+  SDL_DestroyMutex(Mutex);
+  SDL_DestroyCond(Condition);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TPacketQueue.Abort();
+begin
+  SDL_LockMutex(Mutex);
+
+  AbortRequest := true;
+
+  SDL_CondBroadcast(Condition);
+  SDL_UnlockMutex(Mutex);
+end;
+
+function TPacketQueue.IsAborted(): boolean;
+begin
+  SDL_LockMutex(Mutex);
+  Result := AbortRequest;
+  SDL_UnlockMutex(Mutex);
+end;
+
+function TPacketQueue.Put(Packet : PAVPacket): integer;
+var
+  CurrentListEntry : PAVPacketList;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  if (Packet = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  if (PChar(Packet^.data) <> STATUS_PACKET) then
+  begin
+    if (av_dup_packet(Packet) < 0) then
+      Exit;
+  end;
+
+  CurrentListEntry := av_malloc(SizeOf(TAVPacketList));
+  if (CurrentListEntry = nil) then
+    Exit;
+
+  CurrentListEntry^.pkt  := Packet^;
+  CurrentListEntry^.next := nil;
+
+  SDL_LockMutex(Mutex);
+  try
+    if (LastListEntry = nil) then
+      FirstListEntry := CurrentListEntry
+    else
+      LastListEntry^.next := CurrentListEntry;
+
+    LastListEntry := CurrentListEntry;
+    Inc(PacketCount);
+
+    Size := Size + CurrentListEntry^.pkt.size;
+    SDL_CondSignal(Condition);
+  finally
+    SDL_UnlockMutex(Mutex);
+  end;
+
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Adds a status packet (EOF, Flush, etc.) to the end of the queue.
+ * StatusInfo can be used to pass additional information to the decoder.
+ * Only assign nil or a valid pointer to data allocated with Getmem() to
+ * StatusInfo because the pointer will be disposed with Freemem() on a call
+ * to Flush(). If the packet is removed from the queue it is the decoder's
+ * responsibility to free the StatusInfo data with FreeStatusInfo().
+ *)
+function TPacketQueue.PutStatus(StatusFlag: integer; StatusInfo: Pointer): integer;
+var
+  TempPacket: PAVPacket;
+begin
+  // create temp. package
+  TempPacket := av_malloc(SizeOf(TAVPacket));
+  if (TempPacket = nil) then
+  begin
+    Result := -1;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  // init package
+  av_init_packet(TempPacket^);
+  TempPacket^.data  := Pointer(STATUS_PACKET);
+  TempPacket^.flags := StatusFlag;
+  TempPacket^.priv  := StatusInfo;
+  // put a copy of the package into the queue
+  Result := Put(TempPacket);
+  // data has been copied -> delete temp. package
+  av_free(TempPacket);
+end;
+
+procedure TPacketQueue.FreeStatusInfo(var Packet: TAVPacket);
+begin
+  if (Packet.priv <> nil) then
+    FreeMem(Packet.priv);
+end;
+
+function TPacketQueue.GetStatusInfo(var Packet: TAVPacket): Pointer;
+begin
+  Result := Packet.priv;
+end;
+
+function TPacketQueue.Get(var Packet: TAVPacket; Blocking: boolean): integer;
+var
+  CurrentListEntry: PAVPacketList;
+const
+  WAIT_TIMEOUT = 10; // timeout in ms
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  SDL_LockMutex(Mutex);
+  try
+    while (true) do
+    begin
+      if (AbortRequest) then
+        Exit;
+
+      CurrentListEntry := FirstListEntry;
+      if (CurrentListEntry <> nil) then
+      begin
+        FirstListEntry := CurrentListEntry^.next;
+        if (FirstListEntry = nil) then
+          LastListEntry := nil;
+        Dec(PacketCount);
+
+        Size := Size - CurrentListEntry^.pkt.size;
+        Packet := CurrentListEntry^.pkt;
+        av_free(CurrentListEntry);
+
+        Result := 1;
+        Break;
+      end
+      else if (not Blocking) then
+      begin
+        Result := 0;
+        Break;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // block until a new package arrives,
+        // but do not wait till infinity to avoid deadlocks
+        if (SDL_CondWaitTimeout(Condition, Mutex, WAIT_TIMEOUT) = SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT) then
+        begin
+          Result := 0;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  finally
+    SDL_UnlockMutex(Mutex);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TPacketQueue.GetSize(): integer;
+begin
+  SDL_LockMutex(Mutex);
+  Result := Size;
+  SDL_UnlockMutex(Mutex);
+end;
+
+procedure TPacketQueue.Flush();
+var
+  CurrentListEntry, TempListEntry: PAVPacketList;
+begin
+  SDL_LockMutex(Mutex);
+
+  CurrentListEntry := FirstListEntry;
+  while(CurrentListEntry <> nil) do
+  begin
+    TempListEntry := CurrentListEntry^.next;
+    // free status data
+    if (PChar(CurrentListEntry^.pkt.data) = STATUS_PACKET) then
+      FreeStatusInfo(CurrentListEntry^.pkt);
+    // free packet data
+    av_free_packet(@CurrentListEntry^.pkt);
+    // Note: param must be a pointer to a pointer!
+    av_freep(@CurrentListEntry);
+    CurrentListEntry := TempListEntry;
+  end;
+  LastListEntry := nil;
+  FirstListEntry := nil;
+  PacketCount := 0;
+  Size := 0;
+
+  SDL_UnlockMutex(Mutex);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UMediaCore_SDL.pas b/src/media/UMediaCore_SDL.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74c75e16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UMediaCore_SDL.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMediaCore_SDL;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMusic,
+  sdl;
+
+function ConvertAudioFormatToSDL(Format: TAudioSampleFormat; out SDLFormat: UInt16): boolean;
+
+implementation
+
+function ConvertAudioFormatToSDL(Format: TAudioSampleFormat; out SDLFormat: UInt16): boolean;
+begin
+  case Format of
+    asfU8:     SDLFormat := AUDIO_U8;
+    asfS8:     SDLFormat := AUDIO_S8;
+    asfU16LSB: SDLFormat := AUDIO_U16LSB;
+    asfS16LSB: SDLFormat := AUDIO_S16LSB;
+    asfU16MSB: SDLFormat := AUDIO_U16MSB;
+    asfS16MSB: SDLFormat := AUDIO_S16MSB;
+    asfU16:    SDLFormat := AUDIO_U16;
+    asfS16:    SDLFormat := AUDIO_S16;
+    else begin
+      Result := false;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UMedia_dummy.pas b/src/media/UMedia_dummy.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..46cbe6b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UMedia_dummy.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMedia_dummy;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  math,
+  UTime,
+  UMusic,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+    TAudio_Dummy = class( TInterfacedObject, IAudioPlayback, IAudioInput )
+    private
+      DummyOutputDeviceList: TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      function GetName: string;
+
+      function Init(): boolean;
+      function Finalize(): boolean;
+
+      function Open(const aFileName: IPath): boolean; // true if succeed
+      procedure Close;
+
+      procedure Play;
+      procedure Pause;
+      procedure Stop;
+
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+      function  GetPosition: real;
+
+      procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+
+      // IAudioInput
+      function InitializeRecord: boolean;
+      function FinalizeRecord: boolean;
+      procedure CaptureStart;
+      procedure CaptureStop;
+      procedure GetFFTData(var data: TFFTData);
+      function GetPCMData(var data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+
+      // IAudioPlayback
+      function InitializePlayback: boolean;
+      function FinalizePlayback: boolean;
+
+      function GetOutputDeviceList(): TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+      procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+      procedure SetAppVolume(Volume: single);
+      procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);
+      procedure Rewind;
+
+      procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;
+
+      function Finished: boolean;
+      function Length: real;
+
+      function OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+      procedure CloseSound(var PlaybackStream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+      procedure PlaySound(stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+      procedure StopSound(stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+
+      function CreateVoiceStream(Channel: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream;
+      procedure CloseVoiceStream(var VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream);
+    end;
+
+    TVideo_Dummy = class( TInterfacedObject, IVideo )
+    public
+      procedure Close;
+
+      procedure Play;
+      procedure Pause;
+      procedure Stop;
+
+      procedure SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;
+
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+      function GetPosition: real;
+
+      procedure SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+      function GetScreen(): integer;
+
+      procedure SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z: double);
+      procedure GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+
+      procedure  SetWidth(Width: double);
+      function GetWidth(): double;
+
+      procedure  SetHeight(Height: double);
+      function GetHeight(): double;
+
+      procedure SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+      function GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+
+      function GetFrameAspect(): real;
+
+      procedure SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+      function GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+
+      procedure SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+      function GetAlpha(): double;
+
+      procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+      function GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+
+      procedure GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+      procedure Draw();
+      procedure DrawReflection();
+
+      property Screen: integer read GetScreen;
+      property Width: double read GetWidth write SetWidth;
+      property Height: double read GetHeight write SetWidth;
+      property Alpha: double read GetAlpha write SetAlpha;
+      property ReflectionSpacing: double read GetReflectionSpacing write SetReflectionSpacing;
+      property FrameAspect: real read GetFrameAspect;
+      property AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection read GetAspectCorrection;
+      property Loop: boolean read GetLoop write SetLoop;
+      property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+    end;
+
+    TVideoPlayback_Dummy = class( TInterfacedObject, IVideoPlayback, IVideoVisualization )
+    public
+      constructor Create();
+      function GetName: string;
+
+      function Init(): boolean;
+      function Finalize(): boolean;
+
+      function Open(const FileName: IPath): IVideo;
+    end;
+
+function  TAudio_Dummy.GetName: string;
+begin
+  Result := 'AudioDummy';
+end;
+
+constructor TAudio_Dummy.Create();
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.Init(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.Finalize(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.Open(const aFileName : IPath): boolean; // true if succeed
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.Close;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.Play;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.Pause;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.Stop;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+end;
+
+function  TAudio_Dummy.GetPosition: real;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+begin
+end;
+
+// IAudioInput
+function TAudio_Dummy.InitializeRecord: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.FinalizeRecord: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.CaptureStart;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.CaptureStop;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.GetFFTData(var data: TFFTData);
+begin
+end;
+
+function  TAudio_Dummy.GetPCMData(var data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+// IAudioPlayback
+function TAudio_Dummy.InitializePlayback: boolean;
+begin
+  SetLength(DummyOutputDeviceList, 1);
+  DummyOutputDeviceList[0] := TAudioOutputDevice.Create();
+  DummyOutputDeviceList[0].Name := '[Dummy Device]';
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.FinalizePlayback: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.GetOutputDeviceList(): TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+begin
+  Result := DummyOutputDeviceList;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.SetAppVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.SetVolume(Volume: single);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.Rewind;
+begin
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.Finished: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.Length: real;
+begin
+  Result := 60;
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.CloseSound(var PlaybackStream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.PlaySound(stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.StopSound(stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TAudio_Dummy.CreateVoiceStream(Channel: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream;
+begin
+  Result := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudio_Dummy.CloseVoiceStream(var VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream);
+begin
+end;
+
+
+{ TVideoPlayback_Dummy }
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.Close;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.Play;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.Pause;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.Stop;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetPosition: real;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetScreen(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+begin
+  X := 0;
+  Y := 0;
+  Z := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetWidth(Width: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetWidth(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetHeight(Height: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetHeight(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+begin
+  Result.Left := 0;
+  Result.Right := 0;
+  Result.Upper := 0;
+  Result.Lower := 0;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetFrameAspect(): real;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+begin
+  Result := acoStretch;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetAlpha(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_Dummy.GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.Draw();
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_Dummy.DrawReflection();
+begin
+end;
+
+
+{ TVideoPlayback_Dummy }
+
+constructor TVideoPlayback_Dummy.Create();
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_Dummy.GetName: string;
+begin
+  Result := 'VideoDummy';
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_Dummy.Init(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_Dummy.Finalize(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_Dummy.Open(const FileName: IPath): IVideo;
+begin
+  Result := TVideo_Dummy.Create;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TAudio_Dummy.Create);
+  MediaManager.Add(TVideoPlayback_Dummy.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UVideo.pas b/src/media/UVideo.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..add7bdc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UVideo.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1436 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UVideo;
+
+{*
+ * based on 'An ffmpeg and SDL Tutorial' (http://www.dranger.com/ffmpeg/)
+ *}
+
+// uncomment if you want to see the debug stuff
+{.$define DebugDisplay}
+{.$define DebugFrames}
+{.$define VideoBenchmark}
+{.$define Info}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+// use BGR-format for accelerated colorspace conversion with swscale
+{$IFDEF UseSWScale}
+  {$DEFINE PIXEL_FMT_BGR}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  SDL,
+  avcodec,
+  avformat,
+  avutil,
+  avio,
+  rational,
+  {$IFDEF UseSWScale}
+  swscale,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  gl,
+  glu,
+  glext,
+  textgl,
+  UMediaCore_FFmpeg,
+  UCommon,
+  UConfig,
+  ULog,
+  UMusic,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  UGraphic,
+  UPath;
+
+{$DEFINE PIXEL_FMT_BGR}
+
+const
+{$IFDEF PIXEL_FMT_BGR}
+  PIXEL_FMT_OPENGL = GL_BGR;
+  PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG = PIX_FMT_BGR24;
+  PIXEL_FMT_SIZE   = 3;
+
+  // looks strange on linux:
+  //PIXEL_FMT_OPENGL = GL_RGBA;
+  //PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG = PIX_FMT_BGR32;
+  //PIXEL_FMT_SIZE   = 4;
+{$ELSE}
+  // looks strange on linux:
+  PIXEL_FMT_OPENGL = GL_RGB;
+  PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG = PIX_FMT_RGB24;
+  PIXEL_FMT_SIZE   = 3;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+  ReflectionH = 0.5; //reflection height (50%)
+
+type
+  IVideo_FFmpeg = interface (IVideo)
+  ['{E640E130-C8C0-4399-AF02-67A3569313AB}']
+    function Open(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TVideo_FFmpeg = class( TInterfacedObject, IVideo_FFmpeg )
+  private
+    fOpened: boolean;     //**< stream successfully opened
+    fPaused: boolean;     //**< stream paused
+    fEOF: boolean;        //**< end-of-file state
+
+    fLoop: boolean;       //**< looping enabled
+
+    fStream:        PAVStream;
+    fStreamIndex :  integer;
+    fFormatContext: PAVFormatContext;
+    fCodecContext:  PAVCodecContext;
+    fCodec:         PAVCodec;
+
+    fAVFrame:     PAVFrame;
+    fAVFrameRGB:  PAVFrame;
+
+    fFrameBuffer: PByte;  //**< stores a FFmpeg video frame
+    fFrameTex:    GLuint; //**< OpenGL texture for FrameBuffer
+    fFrameTexValid: boolean; //**< if true, fFrameTex contains the current frame
+    fTexWidth, fTexHeight: cardinal;
+
+    {$IFDEF UseSWScale}
+    fSwScaleContext: PSwsContext;
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    fScreen:          integer; //actual screen to draw on
+
+    fPosX:    double;
+    fPosY:    double;
+    fPosZ:    double;
+    fWidth:   double;
+    fHeight:  double;
+
+    fFrameRange:        TRectCoords;
+
+    fAlpha:             double;
+    fReflectionSpacing: double;
+
+
+    fAspect: real;        //**< width/height ratio
+    fAspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection;
+
+    fFrameDuration: extended; //**< duration of a video frame in seconds (= 1/fps)
+    fFrameTime: extended; //**< video time position (absolute)
+    fLoopTime: extended;  //**< start time of the current loop
+
+    fPboEnabled: boolean;
+    fPboId:      GLuint;
+    procedure Reset();
+    function DecodeFrame(): boolean;
+    procedure SynchronizeTime(Frame: PAVFrame; var pts: double);
+
+    procedure GetVideoRect(var ScreenRect, TexRect: TRectCoords);
+    procedure DrawBorders(ScreenRect: TRectCoords);
+    procedure DrawBordersReflected(ScreenRect: TRectCoords; AlphaUpper, AlphaLower: double);
+
+    procedure ShowDebugInfo();
+
+  public
+    constructor Create;
+    destructor Destroy; override;
+
+    function Open(const FileName: IPath): boolean;
+    procedure Close;
+
+    procedure Play;
+    procedure Pause;
+    procedure Stop;
+
+    procedure SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+    function GetLoop(): boolean;
+
+    procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+    function GetPosition: real;
+
+    procedure SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+    function GetScreen(): integer;
+
+    procedure SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z: double);
+    procedure GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+
+    procedure SetWidth(Width: double);
+    function GetWidth(): double;
+
+    procedure SetHeight(Height: double);
+    function GetHeight(): double;
+
+    {**
+     * Sub-image of the video frame to draw.
+     * This can be used for zooming or similar purposes.
+     *}
+     procedure SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+     function GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+
+     function GetFrameAspect(): real;
+
+     procedure SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+     function GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+
+     procedure SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+     function GetAlpha(): double;
+
+     procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+     function GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+
+     procedure GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+     procedure Draw();
+     procedure DrawReflection();
+  end;
+
+  TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg = class( TInterfacedObject, IVideoPlayback )
+  private
+    fInitialized: boolean;
+
+  public
+    function GetName: String;
+
+    function Init(): boolean;
+    function Finalize: boolean;
+
+    function Open(const FileName : IPath): IVideo;
+  end;
+
+var
+  FFmpegCore: TMediaCore_FFmpeg;
+
+
+// These are called whenever we allocate a frame buffer.
+// We use this to store the global_pts in a frame at the time it is allocated.
+function PtsGetBuffer(CodecCtx: PAVCodecContext; Frame: PAVFrame): integer; cdecl;
+var
+  pts: Pint64;
+  VideoPktPts: Pint64;
+begin
+  Result := avcodec_default_get_buffer(CodecCtx, Frame);
+  VideoPktPts := CodecCtx^.opaque;
+  if (VideoPktPts <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // Note: we must copy the pts instead of passing a pointer, because the packet
+    // (and with it the pts) might change before a frame is returned by av_decode_video.
+    pts := av_malloc(sizeof(int64));
+    pts^ := VideoPktPts^;
+    Frame^.opaque := pts;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure PtsReleaseBuffer(CodecCtx: PAVCodecContext; Frame: PAVFrame); cdecl;
+begin
+  if (Frame <> nil) then
+    av_freep(@Frame^.opaque);
+  avcodec_default_release_buffer(CodecCtx, Frame);
+end;
+
+
+{*------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------------}
+
+function  TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.GetName: String;
+begin
+  result := 'FFmpeg_Video';
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.Init(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (fInitialized) then
+    Exit;
+  fInitialized := true;
+
+  FFmpegCore := TMediaCore_FFmpeg.GetInstance();
+
+  av_register_all();
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.Finalize(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.Open(const FileName : IPath): IVideo;
+var
+  Video: IVideo_FFmpeg;
+begin
+  Video := TVideo_FFmpeg.Create;
+  if Video.Open(FileName) then
+    Result := Video
+  else
+    Result := nil;
+end;
+
+
+{* TVideo_FFmpeg *}
+
+constructor TVideo_FFmpeg.Create;
+begin
+  glGenTextures(1, PGLuint(@fFrameTex));
+  Reset();
+end;
+
+destructor TVideo_FFmpeg.Destroy;
+begin
+  Close();
+  glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(@fFrameTex));
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.Open(const FileName : IPath): boolean;
+var
+  errnum: Integer;
+  glErr: GLenum;
+  AudioStreamIndex: integer;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  Reset();
+
+  fPboEnabled := PboSupported;
+
+  // use custom 'ufile' protocol for UTF-8 support
+  errnum := av_open_input_file(fFormatContext, PAnsiChar('ufile:'+FileName.ToUTF8), nil, 0, nil);
+  if (errnum <> 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Failed to open file "'+ FileName.ToNative +'" ('+FFmpegCore.GetErrorString(errnum)+')');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // update video info
+  if (av_find_stream_info(fFormatContext) < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No stream info found', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Log.LogInfo('VideoStreamIndex : ' + inttostr(fStreamIndex), 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+
+  // find video stream
+  FFmpegCore.FindStreamIDs(fFormatContext, fStreamIndex, AudioStreamIndex);
+  if (fStreamIndex < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No video stream found', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  fStream := fFormatContext^.streams[fStreamIndex];
+  fCodecContext := fStream^.codec;
+
+  fCodec := avcodec_find_decoder(fCodecContext^.codec_id);
+  if (fCodec = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No matching codec found', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // set debug options
+  fCodecContext^.debug_mv := 0;
+  fCodecContext^.debug := 0;
+
+  // detect bug-workarounds automatically
+  fCodecContext^.workaround_bugs := FF_BUG_AUTODETECT;
+  // error resilience strategy (careful/compliant/agressive/very_aggressive)
+  //fCodecContext^.error_resilience := FF_ER_CAREFUL; //FF_ER_COMPLIANT;
+  // allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
+  //fCodecContext^.flags2 := fCodecContext^.flags2 or CODEC_FLAG2_FAST;
+
+  // Note: avcodec_open() and avcodec_close() are not thread-safe and will
+  // fail if called concurrently by different threads.
+  FFmpegCore.LockAVCodec();
+  try
+    errnum := avcodec_open(fCodecContext, fCodec);
+  finally
+    FFmpegCore.UnlockAVCodec();
+  end;
+  if (errnum < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('No matching codec found', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // register custom callbacks for pts-determination
+  fCodecContext^.get_buffer := PtsGetBuffer;
+  fCodecContext^.release_buffer := PtsReleaseBuffer;
+
+  {$ifdef DebugDisplay}
+  DebugWriteln('Found a matching Codec: '+ fCodecContext^.Codec.Name + sLineBreak +
+    sLineBreak +
+    '  Width = '+inttostr(fCodecContext^.width) +
+    ', Height='+inttostr(fCodecContext^.height) + sLineBreak +
+    '  Aspect    : '+inttostr(fCodecContext^.sample_aspect_ratio.num) + '/' +
+                     inttostr(fCodecContext^.sample_aspect_ratio.den) + sLineBreak +
+    '  Framerate : '+inttostr(fCodecContext^.time_base.num) + '/' +
+                     inttostr(fCodecContext^.time_base.den));
+  {$endif}
+
+  // allocate space for decoded frame and rgb frame
+  fAVFrame := avcodec_alloc_frame();
+  fAVFrameRGB := avcodec_alloc_frame();
+  fFrameBuffer := av_malloc(avpicture_get_size(PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG,
+      fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height));
+
+  if ((fAVFrame = nil) or (fAVFrameRGB = nil) or (fFrameBuffer = nil)) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Failed to allocate buffers', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // TODO: pad data for OpenGL to GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT
+  // (otherwise video will be distorted if width/height is not a multiple of the alignment)
+  errnum := avpicture_fill(PAVPicture(fAVFrameRGB), fFrameBuffer, PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG,
+      fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height);
+  if (errnum < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('avpicture_fill failed: ' + FFmpegCore.GetErrorString(errnum), 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // calculate some information for video display
+  fAspect := av_q2d(fCodecContext^.sample_aspect_ratio);
+  if (fAspect = 0) then
+    fAspect := fCodecContext^.width /
+               fCodecContext^.height
+  else
+    fAspect := fAspect * fCodecContext^.width /
+                         fCodecContext^.height;
+
+  fFrameDuration := 1/av_q2d(fStream^.r_frame_rate);
+
+  // hack to get reasonable framerate (for divx and others)
+  if (fFrameDuration < 0.02) then // 0.02 <-> 50 fps
+  begin
+    fFrameDuration := av_q2d(fStream^.r_frame_rate);
+    while (fFrameDuration > 50) do
+      fFrameDuration := fFrameDuration/10;
+    fFrameDuration := 1/fFrameDuration;
+  end;
+
+  Log.LogInfo('Framerate: '+inttostr(floor(1/fFrameDuration))+'fps', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+
+  {$IFDEF UseSWScale}
+  // if available get a SWScale-context -> faster than the deprecated img_convert().
+  // SWScale has accelerated support for PIX_FMT_RGB32/PIX_FMT_BGR24/PIX_FMT_BGR565/PIX_FMT_BGR555.
+  // Note: PIX_FMT_RGB32 is a BGR- and not an RGB-format (maybe a bug)!!!
+  // The BGR565-formats (GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5) is way too slow because of its
+  // bad OpenGL support. The BGR formats have MMX(2) implementations but no speed-up
+  // could be observed in comparison to the RGB versions.
+  fSwScaleContext := sws_getContext(
+      fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height,
+      fCodecContext^.pix_fmt,
+      fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height,
+      PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG,
+      SWS_FAST_BILINEAR, nil, nil, nil);
+  if (fSwScaleContext = nil) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Failed to get swscale context', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.Open');
+    Close();
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  fTexWidth   := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(fCodecContext^.width))));
+  fTexHeight  := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(fCodecContext^.height))));
+
+  if (fPboEnabled) then
+  begin
+    glGetError();
+
+    glGenBuffersARB(1, @fPboId);
+    glBindBufferARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB, fPboId);
+    glBufferDataARB(
+        GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB,
+        fCodecContext^.width * fCodecContext^.height * PIXEL_FMT_SIZE,
+        nil,
+        GL_STREAM_DRAW_ARB);
+    glBindBufferARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB, 0);
+
+    glErr := glGetError();
+    if (glErr <> GL_NO_ERROR) then
+    begin
+      fPboEnabled := false;
+      Log.LogError('PBO initialization failed: ' + gluErrorString(glErr), 'TVideo_FFmpeg.Open');
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // we retrieve a texture just once with glTexImage2D and update it with glTexSubImage2D later.
+  // Benefits: glTexSubImage2D is faster and supports non-power-of-two widths/height.
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fFrameTex);
+  glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, fTexWidth, fTexHeight, 0,
+      PIXEL_FMT_OPENGL, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, nil);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+
+  fOpened := true;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.Reset();
+begin
+  // close previously opened video
+  Close();
+
+  fOpened := False;
+  fPaused := False;
+  fFrameDuration := 0;
+  fFrameTime := 0;
+  fStream := nil;
+  fStreamIndex := -1;
+  fFrameTexValid := false;
+
+  fEOF := false;
+
+  fLoop := false;
+  fLoopTime := 0;
+
+  fPboId := 0;
+
+  fAspectCorrection := acoCrop;
+
+  fScreen := 1;
+
+  fPosX := 0;
+  fPosY := 0;
+  fPosZ := 0;
+  fWidth := RenderW;
+  fHeight := RenderH;
+
+  fFrameRange.Left := 0;
+  fFrameRange.Right := 1;
+  fFrameRange.Upper := 0;
+  fFrameRange.Lower := 1;
+
+  fAlpha := 1;
+  fReflectionSpacing := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.Close;
+begin
+  if (fFrameBuffer <> nil) then
+    av_free(fFrameBuffer);
+  if (fAVFrameRGB <> nil) then
+    av_free(fAVFrameRGB);
+  if (fAVFrame <> nil) then
+    av_free(fAVFrame);
+
+  fAVFrame     := nil;
+  fAVFrameRGB  := nil;
+  fFrameBuffer := nil;
+
+  if (fCodecContext <> nil) then
+  begin
+    // avcodec_close() is not thread-safe
+    FFmpegCore.LockAVCodec();
+    try
+      avcodec_close(fCodecContext);
+    finally
+      FFmpegCore.UnlockAVCodec();
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (fFormatContext <> nil) then
+    av_close_input_file(fFormatContext);
+
+  fCodecContext  := nil;
+  fFormatContext := nil;
+
+  if (fPboId <> 0) then
+    glDeleteBuffersARB(1, @fPboId);
+
+  fOpened := False;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SynchronizeTime(Frame: PAVFrame; var pts: double);
+var
+  FrameDelay: double;
+begin
+  if (pts <> 0) then
+  begin
+    // if we have pts, set video clock to it
+    fFrameTime := pts;
+  end else
+  begin
+    // if we aren't given a pts, set it to the clock
+    pts := fFrameTime;
+  end;
+  // update the video clock
+  FrameDelay := av_q2d(fCodecContext^.time_base);
+  // if we are repeating a frame, adjust clock accordingly
+  FrameDelay := FrameDelay + Frame^.repeat_pict * (FrameDelay * 0.5);
+  fFrameTime := fFrameTime + FrameDelay;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Decode a new frame from the video stream.
+ * The decoded frame is stored in fAVFrame. fFrameTime is updated to the new frame's
+ * time.
+ * @param pts will be updated to the presentation time of the decoded frame.
+ * returns true if a frame could be decoded. False if an error or EOF occured.
+ *}
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.DecodeFrame(): boolean;
+var
+  FrameFinished: Integer;
+  VideoPktPts: int64;
+  pbIOCtx: PByteIOContext;
+  errnum: integer;
+  AVPacket: TAVPacket;
+  pts: double;
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  FrameFinished := 0;
+
+  if fEOF then
+    Exit;
+
+  // read packets until we have a finished frame (or there are no more packets)
+  while (FrameFinished = 0) do
+  begin
+    errnum := av_read_frame(fFormatContext, AVPacket);
+    if (errnum < 0) then
+    begin
+      // failed to read a frame, check reason
+
+      {$IF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR >= 52)}
+      pbIOCtx := fFormatContext^.pb;
+      {$ELSE}
+      pbIOCtx := @fFormatContext^.pb;
+      {$IFEND}
+
+      // check for end-of-file (EOF is not an error)
+      if (url_feof(pbIOCtx) <> 0) then
+      begin
+        fEOF := true;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // check for errors
+      if (url_ferror(pbIOCtx) <> 0) then
+      begin
+        Log.LogError('Video decoding file error', 'TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.DecodeFrame');
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // url_feof() does not detect an EOF for some mov-files (e.g. deluxe.mov)
+      // so we have to do it this way.
+      if ((fFormatContext^.file_size <> 0) and
+          (pbIOCtx^.pos >= fFormatContext^.file_size)) then
+      begin
+        fEOF := true;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // error occured, log and exit
+      Log.LogError('Video decoding error', 'TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.DecodeFrame');
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // if we got a packet from the video stream, then decode it
+    if (AVPacket.stream_index = fStreamIndex) then
+    begin
+      // save pts to be stored in pFrame in first call of PtsGetBuffer()
+      VideoPktPts := AVPacket.pts;
+      fCodecContext^.opaque := @VideoPktPts;
+
+      // decode packet
+      avcodec_decode_video(fCodecContext, fAVFrame,
+          frameFinished, AVPacket.data, AVPacket.size);
+
+      // reset opaque data
+      fCodecContext^.opaque := nil;
+
+      // update pts
+      if (AVPacket.dts <> AV_NOPTS_VALUE) then
+      begin
+        pts := AVPacket.dts;
+      end
+      else if ((fAVFrame^.opaque <> nil) and
+               (Pint64(fAVFrame^.opaque)^ <> AV_NOPTS_VALUE)) then
+      begin
+        pts := Pint64(fAVFrame^.opaque)^;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        pts := 0;
+      end;
+
+      if fStream^.start_time <> AV_NOPTS_VALUE then
+        pts := pts - fStream^.start_time;
+
+      pts := pts * av_q2d(fStream^.time_base);
+
+      // synchronize time on each complete frame
+      if (frameFinished <> 0) then
+        SynchronizeTime(fAVFrame, pts);
+    end;
+
+    // free the packet from av_read_frame
+    av_free_packet( @AVPacket );
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+var
+  errnum: Integer;
+  glErr: GLenum;
+  CurrentTime: Extended;
+  TimeDiff: Extended;
+  DropFrameCount: Integer;
+  i: Integer;
+  Success: boolean;
+  BufferPtr: PGLvoid;
+const
+  SKIP_FRAME_DIFF = 0.010; // start skipping if we are >= 10ms too late
+begin
+  if not fOpened then
+    Exit;
+
+  if fPaused then
+    Exit;
+
+  {*
+   * Synchronization - begin
+   *}
+
+  // requested stream position (relative to the last loop's start)
+  if (fLoop) then
+    CurrentTime := Time - fLoopTime
+  else
+    CurrentTime := Time;
+
+  // check if current texture still contains the active frame
+  if (fFrameTexValid) then
+  begin
+    // time since the last frame was returned
+    TimeDiff := CurrentTime - fFrameTime;
+
+    {$IFDEF DebugDisplay}
+    DebugWriteln('Time:      '+inttostr(floor(Time*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+                 'VideoTime: '+inttostr(floor(fFrameTime*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+                 'TimeBase:  '+inttostr(floor(fFrameDuration*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+                 'TimeDiff:  '+inttostr(floor(TimeDifference*1000)));
+    {$endif}
+
+    // check if time has reached the next frame
+    if (TimeDiff < fFrameDuration) then
+    begin
+      {$ifdef DebugFrames}
+      // frame delay debug display
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(200,15,1,16,0,-1,ColoredStar,$00ff00);
+      {$endif}
+
+      {$IFDEF DebugDisplay}
+      DebugWriteln('not getting new frame' + sLineBreak +
+          'Time:      '+inttostr(floor(Time*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+          'VideoTime: '+inttostr(floor(fFrameTime*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+          'TimeBase:  '+inttostr(floor(fFrameDuration*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+          'TimeDiff:  '+inttostr(floor(TimeDifference*1000)));
+      {$endif}
+
+      // we do not need a new frame now
+      Exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF VideoBenchmark}
+  Log.BenchmarkStart(15);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // fetch new frame (updates fFrameTime)
+  Success := DecodeFrame();
+  TimeDiff := CurrentTime - fFrameTime;
+
+  // check if we have to skip frames
+  // Either if we are one frame behind or if the skip threshold has been reached.
+  // Do not skip if the difference is less than fFrameDuration as there is no next frame.
+  // Note: We assume that fFrameDuration is the length of one frame.
+  if (TimeDiff >= Max(fFrameDuration, SKIP_FRAME_DIFF)) then
+  begin
+    {$IFDEF DebugFrames}
+    //frame drop debug display
+    GoldenRec.Spawn(200,55,1,16,0,-1,ColoredStar,$ff0000);
+    {$ENDIF}
+    {$IFDEF DebugDisplay}
+    DebugWriteln('skipping frames' + sLineBreak +
+        'TimeBase:  '+inttostr(floor(fFrameDuration*1000)) + sLineBreak +
+        'TimeDiff:  '+inttostr(floor(TimeDifference*1000)));
+    {$endif}
+
+    // update video-time
+    DropFrameCount := Trunc(TimeDiff / fFrameDuration);
+    fFrameTime := fFrameTime + DropFrameCount*fFrameDuration;
+
+    // skip frames
+    for i := 1 to DropFrameCount do
+      Success := DecodeFrame();
+  end;
+
+  // check if we got an EOF or error
+  if (not Success) then
+  begin
+    if fLoop then
+    begin
+      // we have to loop, so rewind
+      SetPosition(0);
+      // record the start-time of the current loop, so we can
+      // determine the position in the stream (fFrameTime-fLoopTime) later.
+      fLoopTime := Time;
+    end;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * Synchronization - end
+   *}
+
+  // TODO: support for pan&scan
+  //if (fAVFrame.pan_scan <> nil) then
+  //begin
+  //  Writeln(Format('PanScan: %d/%d', [fAVFrame.pan_scan.width, fAVFrame.pan_scan.height]));
+  //end;
+
+  // otherwise we convert the pixeldata from YUV to RGB
+  {$IFDEF UseSWScale}
+  errnum := sws_scale(fSwScaleContext, @fAVFrame.data, @fAVFrame.linesize,
+          0, fCodecContext^.Height,
+          @fAVFrameRGB.data, @fAVFrameRGB.linesize);
+  {$ELSE}
+  // img_convert from lib/ffmpeg/avcodec.pas is actually deprecated.
+  // If ./configure does not find SWScale then this gives the error
+  // that the identifier img_convert is not known or similar.
+  // I think this should be removed, but am not sure whether there should
+  // be some other replacement or a warning, Therefore, I leave it for now.
+  // April 2009, mischi
+  errnum := img_convert(PAVPicture(fAVFrameRGB), PIXEL_FMT_FFMPEG,
+            PAVPicture(fAVFrame), fCodecContext^.pix_fmt,
+            fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  if (errnum < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Image conversion failed', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.GetFrame');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF VideoBenchmark}
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(15);
+  Log.BenchmarkStart(16);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // TODO: data is not padded, so we will need to tell OpenGL.
+  //   Or should we add padding with avpicture_fill? (check which one is faster)
+  //glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT, 1);
+
+  // glTexEnvi with GL_REPLACE might give a small speed improvement
+  glTexEnvi(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_REPLACE);
+
+  if (not fPboEnabled) then
+  begin
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fFrameTex);
+    glTexSubImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 0, 0,
+        fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height,
+        PIXEL_FMT_OPENGL, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, fAVFrameRGB^.data[0]);
+  end
+  else // fPboEnabled
+  begin
+    glGetError();
+
+    glBindBufferARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB, fPboId);
+    glBufferDataARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB,
+        fCodecContext^.height * fCodecContext^.width * PIXEL_FMT_SIZE,
+        nil,
+        GL_STREAM_DRAW_ARB);
+
+    bufferPtr := glMapBufferARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB, GL_WRITE_ONLY_ARB);
+    if(bufferPtr <> nil) then
+    begin
+      Move(fAVFrameRGB^.data[0]^, bufferPtr^,
+           fCodecContext^.height * fCodecContext^.width * PIXEL_FMT_SIZE);
+
+      // release pointer to mapping buffer
+      glUnmapBufferARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB);
+    end;
+
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fFrameTex);
+    glTexSubImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 0, 0,
+        fCodecContext^.width, fCodecContext^.height,
+        PIXEL_FMT_OPENGL, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, nil);
+
+    glBindBufferARB(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB, 0);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0);
+
+    glErr := glGetError();
+    if (glErr <> GL_NO_ERROR) then
+      Log.LogError('PBO texture stream error: ' + gluErrorString(glErr), 'TVideo_FFmpeg.GetFrame');
+  end;
+
+  // reset to default
+  glTexEnvi(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_MODULATE);
+
+  if (not fFrameTexValid) then
+    fFrameTexValid := true;
+
+  {$ifdef DebugFrames}
+  //frame decode debug display
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(200, 35, 1, 16, 0, -1, ColoredStar, $ffff00);
+  {$endif}
+
+  {$IFDEF VideoBenchmark}
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(16);
+  Log.LogBenchmark('FFmpeg', 15);
+  Log.LogBenchmark('Texture', 16);
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.GetVideoRect(var ScreenRect, TexRect: TRectCoords);
+var
+  ScreenAspect: double;  // aspect of screen resolution
+  ScaledVideoWidth, ScaledVideoHeight: double;
+
+begin
+  // Three aspects to take into account:
+  //  1. Screen/display resolution (e.g. 1920x1080 -> 16:9)
+  //  2. Render aspect (fWidth x fHeight -> variable)
+  //  3. Movie aspect (video frame aspect stored in fAspect)
+  ScreenAspect := fWidth*((ScreenW/Screens)/RenderW)/(fHeight*(ScreenH/RenderH));
+
+  case fAspectCorrection of
+    acoStretch: begin
+      ScaledVideoWidth  := fWidth;
+      ScaledVideoHeight := fHeight;
+    end;
+
+    acoCrop: begin
+      if (ScreenAspect >= fAspect) then
+      begin
+        ScaledVideoWidth  := fWidth;
+        ScaledVideoHeight := fHeight * ScreenAspect/fAspect;
+      end else
+      begin
+        ScaledVideoHeight := fHeight;
+        ScaledVideoWidth  := fWidth * fAspect/ScreenAspect;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    acoLetterBox: begin
+      if (ScreenAspect <= fAspect) then
+      begin
+        ScaledVideoWidth  := fWidth;
+        ScaledVideoHeight := fHeight * ScreenAspect/fAspect;
+      end else
+      begin
+        ScaledVideoHeight := fHeight;
+        ScaledVideoWidth  := fWidth * fAspect/ScreenAspect;
+      end;
+    end else
+      raise Exception.Create('Unhandled aspect correction!');
+  end;
+
+  //center video
+  ScreenRect.Left  := (fWidth - ScaledVideoWidth) / 2 + fPosX;
+  ScreenRect.Right := ScreenRect.Left + ScaledVideoWidth;
+  ScreenRect.Upper := (fHeight - ScaledVideoHeight) / 2 + fPosY;
+  ScreenRect.Lower := ScreenRect.Upper + ScaledVideoHeight;
+
+  // texture contains right/lower (power-of-2) padding.
+  // Determine the texture coords of the video frame.
+  TexRect.Left  := (fCodecContext^.width / fTexWidth) * fFrameRange.Left;
+  TexRect.Right := (fCodecContext^.width / fTexWidth) * fFrameRange.Right;
+  TexRect.Upper := (fCodecContext^.height / fTexHeight) * fFrameRange.Upper;
+  TexRect.Lower := (fCodecContext^.height / fTexHeight) * fFrameRange.Lower;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.DrawBorders(ScreenRect: TRectCoords);
+  procedure DrawRect(left, right, upper, lower: double);
+  begin
+    glColor4f(0, 0, 0, fAlpha);
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glVertex3f(left, upper, fPosZ);
+      glVertex3f(right, upper, fPosZ);
+      glVertex3f(right, lower, fPosZ);
+      glVertex3f(left, lower, fPosZ);
+    glEnd;
+  end;
+begin
+  //upper border
+  if(ScreenRect.Upper > fPosY) then
+    DrawRect(fPosX, fPosX+fWidth, fPosY, ScreenRect.Upper);
+
+  //lower border
+  if(ScreenRect.Lower < fPosY+fHeight) then
+    DrawRect(fPosX, fPosX+fWidth, ScreenRect.Lower, fPosY+fHeight);
+
+  //left border
+  if(ScreenRect.Left > fPosX) then
+    DrawRect(fPosX, ScreenRect.Left, fPosY, fPosY+fHeight);
+
+  //right border
+  if(ScreenRect.Right < fPosX+fWidth) then
+    DrawRect(ScreenRect.Right, fPosX+fWidth, fPosY, fPosY+fHeight);
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.DrawBordersReflected(ScreenRect: TRectCoords; AlphaUpper, AlphaLower: double);
+var
+  rPosUpper, rPosLower: double;
+
+  procedure DrawRect(left, right, upper, lower: double);
+  var
+    AlphaTop: double;
+    AlphaBottom: double;
+
+  begin
+    AlphaTop := AlphaUpper+(AlphaLower-AlphaUpper)*(upper-rPosUpper)/(fHeight*ReflectionH);
+    AlphaBottom := AlphaLower+(AlphaUpper-AlphaLower)*(rPosLower-lower)/(fHeight*ReflectionH);
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glColor4f(0, 0, 0, AlphaTop);
+      glVertex3f(left, upper, fPosZ);
+      glVertex3f(right, upper, fPosZ);
+
+      glColor4f(0, 0, 0, AlphaBottom);
+      glVertex3f(right, lower, fPosZ);
+      glVertex3f(left, lower, fPosZ);
+    glEnd;
+  end;
+begin
+  rPosUpper := fPosY+fHeight+fReflectionSpacing;
+  rPosLower := rPosUpper+fHeight*ReflectionH;
+
+  //upper border
+  if(ScreenRect.Upper > rPosUpper) then
+    DrawRect(fPosX, fPosX+fWidth, rPosUpper, ScreenRect.Upper);
+
+  //lower border
+  if(ScreenRect.Lower < rPosLower) then
+    DrawRect(fPosX, fPosX+fWidth, ScreenRect.Lower, rPosLower);
+
+  //left border
+  if(ScreenRect.Left > fPosX) then
+    DrawRect(fPosX, ScreenRect.Left, rPosUpper, rPosLower);
+
+  //right border
+  if(ScreenRect.Right < fPosX+fWidth) then
+    DrawRect(ScreenRect.Right, fPosX+fWidth, rPosUpper, rPosLower);
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.Draw();
+var
+  ScreenRect:   TRectCoords;
+  TexRect:      TRectCoords;
+  HeightFactor: double;
+  WidthFactor:  double;
+
+begin
+  // exit if there's nothing to draw
+  if (not fOpened) then
+    Exit;
+
+  {$IFDEF VideoBenchmark}
+  Log.BenchmarkStart(15);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  // get texture and screen positions
+  GetVideoRect(ScreenRect, TexRect);
+
+  WidthFactor := (ScreenW/Screens) / RenderW;
+  HeightFactor := ScreenH / RenderH;
+
+  glScissor(
+    round(fPosX*WidthFactor + (ScreenW/Screens)*(fScreen-1)),
+    round((RenderH-fPosY-fHeight)*HeightFactor),
+    round(fWidth*WidthFactor),
+    round(fHeight*HeightFactor)
+    );
+
+  glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDepthRange(0, 10);
+  glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+  glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fFrameTex);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, fAlpha);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // upper-left coord
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Left, TexRect.Upper);
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Left, ScreenRect.Upper, fPosZ);
+    // lower-left coord
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Left, TexRect.Lower);
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Left, ScreenRect.Lower, fPosZ);
+    // lower-right coord
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Right, TexRect.Lower);
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Right, ScreenRect.Lower, fPosZ);
+    // upper-right coord
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Right, TexRect.Upper);
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Right, ScreenRect.Upper, fPosZ);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0);
+
+  //draw black borders
+  DrawBorders(ScreenRect);
+
+  glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+
+  {$IFDEF VideoBenchmark}
+  Log.BenchmarkEnd(15);
+  Log.LogBenchmark('Draw', 15);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IF Defined(Info) or Defined(DebugFrames)}
+  ShowDebugInfo();
+  {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.DrawReflection();
+var
+  ScreenRect:   TRectCoords;
+  TexRect:      TRectCoords;
+  HeightFactor: double;
+  WidthFactor:  double;
+
+  AlphaTop:     double;
+  AlphaBottom:  double;
+
+  AlphaUpper:   double;
+  AlphaLower:   double;
+
+begin
+  // exit if there's nothing to draw
+  if (not fOpened) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // get texture and screen positions
+  GetVideoRect(ScreenRect, TexRect);
+
+  WidthFactor := (ScreenW/Screens) / RenderW;
+  HeightFactor := ScreenH / RenderH;
+
+  glScissor(
+    round(fPosX*WidthFactor + (ScreenW/Screens)*(fScreen-1)),
+    round((RenderH-fPosY-fHeight-fReflectionSpacing-fHeight*ReflectionH)*HeightFactor),
+    round(fWidth*WidthFactor),
+    round(fHeight*HeightFactor*ReflectionH)
+    );
+
+  glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDepthRange(0, 10);
+  glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+  glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fFrameTex);
+
+  //calculate new ScreenRect coordinates for Reflection
+  ScreenRect.Lower := fPosY + fHeight + fReflectionSpacing
+    + (ScreenRect.Upper-fPosY) + (ScreenRect.Lower-ScreenRect.Upper)*ReflectionH;
+  ScreenRect.Upper := fPosY + fHeight + fReflectionSpacing
+    + (ScreenRect.Upper-fPosY);
+
+  AlphaUpper := fAlpha-0.3;
+  AlphaLower := 0;
+
+  AlphaTop := AlphaUpper-(AlphaLower-AlphaUpper)*
+    (ScreenRect.Upper-fPosY-fHeight-fReflectionSpacing)/fHeight;
+  AlphaBottom := AlphaLower+(AlphaUpper-AlphaLower)*
+    (fPosY+fHeight+fReflectionSpacing+fHeight*ReflectionH-ScreenRect.Lower)/fHeight;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    //Top Left
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, AlphaTop);
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Left, TexRect.Lower);
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Left, ScreenRect.Upper, fPosZ);
+
+    //Bottom Left
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, AlphaBottom);
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Left, (TexRect.Lower-TexRect.Upper)*(1-ReflectionH));
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Left, ScreenRect.Lower, fPosZ);
+
+    //Bottom Right
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, AlphaBottom);
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Right, (TexRect.Lower-TexRect.Upper)*(1-ReflectionH));
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Right, ScreenRect.Lower, fPosZ);
+
+    //Top Right
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, AlphaTop);
+    glTexCoord2f(TexRect.Right, TexRect.Lower);
+    glVertex3f(ScreenRect.Right, ScreenRect.Upper, fPosZ);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0);
+
+  //draw black borders
+  DrawBordersReflected(ScreenRect, AlphaUpper, AlphaLower);
+
+  glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.ShowDebugInfo();
+begin
+  {$IFDEF Info}
+  if (fFrameTime+fFrameDuration < 0) then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(0.7, 1, 0.3, 1);
+    SetFontStyle (1);
+    SetFontItalic(False);
+    SetFontSize(27);
+    SetFontPos (300, 0);
+    glPrint('Delay due to negative VideoGap');
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF DebugFrames}
+    glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.2);
+    glbegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glVertex2f(0, 0);
+      glVertex2f(0, 70);
+      glVertex2f(250, 70);
+      glVertex2f(250, 0);
+    glEnd;
+
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+    SetFontStyle (1);
+    SetFontItalic(False);
+    SetFontSize(27);
+    SetFontPos (5, 0);
+    glPrint('delaying frame');
+    SetFontPos (5, 20);
+    glPrint('fetching frame');
+    SetFontPos (5, 40);
+    glPrint('dropping frame');
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.Play;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.Pause;
+begin
+  fPaused := not fPaused;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.Stop;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+  fLoop := Enable;
+  fLoopTime := 0;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := fLoop;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Sets the stream's position.
+ * The stream is set to the first keyframe with timestamp <= Time.
+ * Note that fFrameTime is set to Time no matter if the actual position seeked to is
+ * at Time or the time of a preceding keyframe. fFrameTime will be updated to the
+ * actual frame time when GetFrame() is called the next time.
+ * @param Time new position in seconds
+ *}
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetPosition(Time: real);
+var
+  SeekFlags: integer;
+begin
+  if not fOpened then
+    Exit;
+
+  if (Time < 0) then
+    Time := 0;
+
+  // TODO: handle fLoop-times
+  //Time := Time mod VideoDuration;
+
+  // Do not use the AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY here. It will seek to any frame, even
+  // non keyframes (P-/B-frames). It will produce corrupted video frames as
+  // FFmpeg does not use the information of the preceding I-frame.
+  // The picture might be gray or green until the next keyframe occurs.
+  // Instead seek the first keyframe smaller than the requested time
+  // (AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD). As this can be some seconds earlier than the
+  // requested time, let the sync in GetFrame() do its job.
+  SeekFlags := AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD;
+
+  fFrameTime := Time;
+  fEOF := false;
+  fFrameTexValid := false;
+
+  if (av_seek_frame(fFormatContext,
+     fStreamIndex,
+     Round(Time / av_q2d(fStream^.time_base)),
+     SeekFlags) < 0) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('av_seek_frame() failed', 'TVideoPlayback_ffmpeg.SetPosition');
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  avcodec_flush_buffers(fCodecContext);
+end;
+
+function  TVideo_FFmpeg.GetPosition: real;
+begin
+  Result := fFrameTime;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+begin
+  fScreen := Screen;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetScreen(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := fScreen;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z: double);
+begin
+  fPosX := X;
+  fPosY := Y;
+  fPosZ := Z;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+begin
+  X := fPosX;
+  Y := fPosY;
+  Z := fPosZ;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetWidth(Width: double);
+begin
+  fWidth := Width;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetWidth(): double;
+begin
+  Result := fWidth;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetHeight(Height: double);
+begin
+  fHeight := Height;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetHeight(): double;
+begin
+  Result := fHeight;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+begin
+  fFrameRange := Range;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+begin
+  Result := fFrameRange;
+end;
+
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetFrameAspect(): real;
+begin
+  Result := fAspect;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+begin
+  fAspectCorrection := AspectCorrection;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+begin
+  Result := fAspectCorrection;
+end;
+
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+begin
+  fAlpha := Alpha;
+
+  if (fAlpha>1) then
+    fAlpha := 1;
+
+  if (fAlpha<0) then
+    fAlpha := 0;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetAlpha(): double;
+begin
+  Result := fAlpha;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TVideo_FFmpeg.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+begin
+  fReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_FFmpeg.GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+begin
+  Result := fReflectionSpacing;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/media/UVisualizer.pas b/src/media/UVisualizer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1cdc3500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/media/UVisualizer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UVisualizer;
+
+(* TODO:
+ *   - fix video/visualizer switching
+ *   - use GL_EXT_framebuffer_object for rendering to a separate framebuffer,
+ *     this will prevent plugins from messing up our render-context
+ *     (-> no stack corruption anymore, no need for Save/RestoreOpenGLState()).
+ *   - create a generic (C-compatible) interface for visualization plugins
+ *   - create a visualization plugin manager
+ *   - write a plugin for projectM in C/C++ (so we need no wrapper anymore)
+ *)
+
+{* Note:
+ * It would be easier to create a seperate Render-Context (RC) for projectM
+ * and switch to it when necessary. This can be achieved by pbuffers
+ * (slow and platform specific) or the OpenGL FramebufferObject (FBO) extension
+ * (fast and plattform-independent but not supported by older graphic-cards/drivers).
+ *
+ * See http://oss.sgi.com/projects/ogl-sample/registry/EXT/framebuffer_object.txt
+ *
+ * To support as many cards as possible we will stick to the current dirty
+ * solution for now even if it is a pain to save/restore projectM's state due
+ * to bugs etc.
+ *
+ * This also restricts us to projectM. As other plug-ins might have different
+ * needs and bugs concerning the OpenGL state, USDX's state would probably be
+ * corrupted after the plug-in finshed drawing.
+ *}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE DELPHI}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{.$DEFINE UseTexture}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  textgl,
+  math,
+  gl,
+  {$IFDEF UseTexture}
+  glu,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  SysUtils,
+  UIni,
+  projectM,
+  UMusic;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UConfig,
+  UPath,
+  ULog;
+
+{$IF PROJECTM_VERSION < 1000000} // < 1.0
+// Initialization data used on projectM 0.9x creation.
+// Since projectM 1.0 this data is passed via the config-file.
+const
+  meshX = 32;
+  meshY = 24;
+  fps   = 30;
+  textureSize = 512;
+{$IFEND}
+
+type
+  TProjectMState = ( pmPlay, pmStop, pmPause );
+
+type
+  TGLMatrix = array[0..3, 0..3] of GLdouble;
+  TGLMatrixStack = array of TGLMatrix;
+
+type
+  TVideo_ProjectM = class( TInterfacedObject, IVideo )
+    private
+      fPm: TProjectM;
+      fProjectMPath : string;
+
+      fState: TProjectMState;
+
+      fScreen:  integer;
+
+      fVisualTex: GLuint;
+      fPCMData: TPCMData;
+      fRndPCMcount: integer;
+
+      fModelviewMatrixStack: TGLMatrixStack;
+      fProjectionMatrixStack: TGLMatrixStack;
+      fTextureMatrixStack:  TGLMatrixStack;
+
+      procedure InitProjectM;
+
+      function  GetRandomPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+
+      function GetMatrixStackDepth(MatrixMode: GLenum): GLint;
+      procedure SaveMatrixStack(MatrixMode: GLenum; var MatrixStack: TGLMatrixStack);
+      procedure RestoreMatrixStack(MatrixMode: GLenum; var MatrixStack: TGLMatrixStack);
+      procedure SaveOpenGLState();
+      procedure RestoreOpenGLState();
+
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure Close;
+
+      procedure Play;
+      procedure Pause;
+      procedure Stop;
+
+      procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+      function GetPosition: real;
+
+      procedure SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+      function GetLoop(): boolean;
+
+      procedure SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+      function GetScreen(): integer;
+
+      procedure SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z: double);
+      procedure GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+
+      procedure  SetWidth(Width: double);
+      function GetWidth(): double;
+
+      procedure  SetHeight(Height: double);
+      function GetHeight(): double;
+
+      procedure SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+      function GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+
+      function GetFrameAspect(): real;
+
+      procedure SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+      function GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+              
+      procedure SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+      function GetAlpha(): double;
+
+      procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+      function GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+
+      procedure GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+      procedure Draw();
+      procedure DrawReflection();
+  end;
+
+  TVideoPlayback_ProjectM = class( TInterfacedObject, IVideoVisualization )
+    private
+      fInitialized: boolean;
+
+    public
+      function GetName: String;
+
+      function Init(): boolean;
+      function Finalize(): boolean;
+
+      function Open(const aFileName: IPath): IVideo;
+  end;
+
+
+{ TVideoPlayback_ProjectM }
+
+function  TVideoPlayback_ProjectM.GetName: String;
+begin
+  Result := 'ProjectM';
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_ProjectM.Init(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (fInitialized) then
+    Exit;
+  fInitialized := true;
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_ProjectM.Finalize(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TVideoPlayback_ProjectM.Open(const aFileName: IPath): IVideo;
+begin
+  Result := TVideo_ProjectM.Create;
+end;
+
+
+{ TVideo_ProjectM }
+
+constructor TVideo_ProjectM.Create;
+begin
+  fRndPCMcount := 0;
+
+  fProjectMPath := ProjectM_DataDir + PathDelim;
+
+  fState := pmStop;
+
+  {$IFDEF UseTexture}
+  glGenTextures(1, PglUint(@fVisualTex));
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fVisualTex);
+
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  InitProjectM();
+end;
+
+destructor TVideo_ProjectM.Destroy;
+begin
+  Close();
+  {$IFDEF UseTexture}
+  glDeleteTextures(1, PglUint(@fVisualTex));
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.Close;
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(fPm);
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.Play;
+begin
+  if (fState = pmStop) and (assigned(fPm)) then
+    fPm.RandomPreset();
+  fState := pmPlay;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.Pause;
+begin
+  if (fState = pmPlay) then
+    fState := pmPause
+  else if (fState = pmPause) then
+    fState := pmPlay;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.Stop;
+begin
+  fState := pmStop;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+  if assigned(fPm) then
+    fPm.RandomPreset();
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetPosition: real;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetLoop(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetScreen(Screen: integer);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetScreen(): integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.GetScreenPosition(var X, Y, Z: double);
+begin
+  X := 0;
+  Y := 0;
+  Z := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetWidth(Width: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetWidth(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetHeight(Height: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetHeight(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetFrameRange(Range: TRectCoords);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetFrameRange(): TRectCoords;
+begin
+  Result.Left := 0;
+  Result.Right := 0;
+  Result.Upper := 0;
+  Result.Lower := 0;
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetFrameAspect(): real;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetAspectCorrection(AspectCorrection: TAspectCorrection);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetAspectCorrection(): TAspectCorrection;
+begin
+  Result := acoStretch;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetAlpha(Alpha: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetAlpha(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 1;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: double);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetReflectionSpacing(): double;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the stack depth of the given OpenGL matrix mode stack.
+ *}
+function TVideo_ProjectM.GetMatrixStackDepth(MatrixMode: GLenum): GLint;
+begin
+  // get number of matrices on stack
+  case (MatrixMode) of
+    GL_PROJECTION:
+      glGetIntegerv(GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH, @Result);
+    GL_MODELVIEW:
+      glGetIntegerv(GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH, @Result);
+    GL_TEXTURE:
+      glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH, @Result);
+  end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Saves the current matrix stack using MatrixMode
+ * (one of GL_PROJECTION/GL_TEXTURE/GL_MODELVIEW)
+ *
+ * Use this function instead of just saving the current matrix with glPushMatrix().
+ * OpenGL specifies the depth of the GL_PROJECTION and GL_TEXTURE stacks to be
+ * at least 2 but projectM already uses 2 stack-entries so overflows might be
+ * possible on older hardware.
+ * In contrast to this the GL_MODELVIEW stack-size is at least 32, but this
+ * function should be used for the modelview stack too. We cannot rely on a
+ * proper stack management of the underlying visualizer (projectM).
+ * For example in the projectM versions 1.0 - 1.01 the modelview- and
+ * projection-matrices were popped without being pushed first.
+ *
+ * By saving the whole stack we are on the safe side, so a nasty bug in the
+ * visualizer does not corrupt USDX.
+ *}
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SaveMatrixStack(MatrixMode: GLenum;
+                var MatrixStack: TGLMatrixStack);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  StackDepth: GLint;
+begin
+  glMatrixMode(MatrixMode);
+
+  StackDepth := GetMatrixStackDepth(MatrixMode);
+  SetLength(MatrixStack, StackDepth);
+
+  // save current matrix stack
+  for I := StackDepth-1 downto 0 do
+  begin
+    // save current matrix
+    case (MatrixMode) of
+      GL_PROJECTION:
+        glGetDoublev(GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX, @MatrixStack[I]);
+      GL_MODELVIEW:
+        glGetDoublev(GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX, @MatrixStack[I]);
+      GL_TEXTURE:
+        glGetDoublev(GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX, @MatrixStack[I]);
+    end;
+
+    // remove matrix from stack
+    if (I > 0) then
+      glPopMatrix();
+  end;
+
+  // reset default (first) matrix
+  glLoadIdentity();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Restores the OpenGL matrix stack stored with SaveMatrixStack.
+ *}
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.RestoreMatrixStack(MatrixMode: GLenum;
+                var MatrixStack: TGLMatrixStack);
+var
+  I: integer;
+  StackDepth: GLint;
+begin
+  glMatrixMode(MatrixMode);
+
+  StackDepth := GetMatrixStackDepth(MatrixMode);
+  // remove all (except the first) matrices from current stack
+  for I := 1 to StackDepth-1 do
+    glPopMatrix();
+
+  // rebuild stack
+  for I := 0 to High(MatrixStack) do
+  begin
+    glLoadMatrixd(@MatrixStack[I]);
+    if (I < High(MatrixStack)) then
+      glPushMatrix();
+  end;
+
+  // clean stored stack
+  SetLength(MatrixStack, 0);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Saves the current OpenGL state.
+ * This is necessary to prevent projectM from corrupting USDX's current
+ * OpenGL state.
+ *
+ * The following steps are performed:
+ *   - All attributes are pushed to the attribute-stack
+ *   - Projection-/Texture-matrices are saved
+ *   - Modelview-matrix is pushed to the Modelview-stack
+ *   - the OpenGL error-state (glGetError) is cleared
+ *}
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.SaveOpenGLState();
+begin
+  // save all OpenGL state-machine attributes
+  glPushAttrib(GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS);
+  glPushClientAttrib(GL_CLIENT_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS);
+
+  SaveMatrixStack(GL_PROJECTION, fProjectionMatrixStack);
+  SaveMatrixStack(GL_MODELVIEW, fModelviewMatrixStack);
+  SaveMatrixStack(GL_TEXTURE, fTextureMatrixStack);
+
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+
+  // reset OpenGL error-state
+  glGetError();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Restores the OpenGL state saved by SaveOpenGLState()
+ * and resets the error-state.
+ *}
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.RestoreOpenGLState();
+begin
+  // reset OpenGL error-state
+  glGetError();
+
+  // restore matrix stacks
+  RestoreMatrixStack(GL_PROJECTION, fProjectionMatrixStack);
+  RestoreMatrixStack(GL_MODELVIEW, fModelviewMatrixStack);
+  RestoreMatrixStack(GL_TEXTURE, fTextureMatrixStack);
+
+  // restore all OpenGL state-machine attributes
+  // (also restores the matrix mode)
+  glPopClientAttrib();
+  glPopAttrib();
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.InitProjectM;
+begin
+  // the OpenGL state must be saved before TProjectM.Create is called
+  SaveOpenGLState();
+  try
+
+    try
+      {$IF PROJECTM_VERSION >= 1000000} // >= 1.0
+      fPm := TProjectM.Create(fProjectMPath + 'config.inp');
+      {$ELSE}
+      fPm := TProjectM.Create(
+        meshX, meshY, fps, textureSize, ScreenW, ScreenH,
+        fProjectMPath + 'presets', fProjectMPath + 'fonts');
+      {$IFEND}
+    except on E: Exception do
+      begin
+        // Create() might fail if the config-file is not found
+        Log.LogError('TProjectM.Create: ' + E.Message, 'TVideoPlayback_ProjectM.VisualizerStart');
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // initialize OpenGL
+    fPm.ResetGL(ScreenW, ScreenH);
+    // skip projectM default-preset
+    fPm.RandomPreset();
+    // projectM >= 1.0 uses the OpenGL FramebufferObject (FBO) extension.
+    // Unfortunately it does NOT reset the framebuffer-context after
+    // TProjectM.Create. Either glBindFramebufferEXT(GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, 0) for
+    // a manual reset or TProjectM.RenderFrame() must be called.
+    // We use the latter so we do not need to load the FBO extension in USDX.
+    fPm.RenderFrame();
+  finally
+    RestoreOpenGLState();
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.GetFrame(Time: Extended);
+var
+  nSamples: cardinal;
+begin
+  if (fState <> pmPlay) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // get audio data
+  nSamples := AudioPlayback.GetPCMData(fPCMData);
+
+  // generate some data if non is available
+  if (nSamples = 0) then
+    nSamples := GetRandomPCMData(fPCMData);
+
+  // send audio-data to projectM
+  if (nSamples > 0) then
+    fPm.AddPCM16Data(PSmallInt(@fPCMData), nSamples);
+
+  // store OpenGL state (might be messed up otherwise)
+  SaveOpenGLState();
+  try
+    // setup projectM's OpenGL state
+    fPm.ResetGL(ScreenW, ScreenH);
+
+    // let projectM render a frame
+    fPm.RenderFrame();
+
+    {$IFDEF UseTexture}
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fVisualTex);
+    glFlush();
+    glCopyTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGB, 0, 0, fVisualWidth, fVisualHeight, 0);
+    {$ENDIF}
+  finally
+    // restore USDX OpenGL state
+    RestoreOpenGLState();
+  end;
+
+  // discard projectM's depth buffer information (avoid overlay)
+  glClear(GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws the current frame to screen.
+ * TODO: this is not used yet. Data is directly drawn on GetFrame().
+ *}
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.Draw();
+begin
+  {$IFDEF UseTexture}
+  // have a nice black background to draw on
+  if (fScreen = 1) then
+  begin
+    glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+    glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+  end;
+
+  // exit if there's nothing to draw
+  if (fState <> pmPlay) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // setup display
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glLoadIdentity();
+  // Use count of screens instead of 1 for the right corner
+  // otherwise we would draw the visualization streched over both screens
+  // another point is that we draw over the at this time drawn first
+  // screen, if Screen = 2
+  gluOrtho2D(0, Screens, 0, 1);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+  glPushMatrix();
+  glLoadIdentity();
+
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glTexEnvf(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_REPLACE);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fVisualTex);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+  // draw projectM frame
+  // Screen is 1 to 2. So current screen is from (Screen - 1) to (Screen)
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f((fScreen - 1), 0);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(fScreen, 0);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(fScreen, 1);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f((fScreen - 1), 1);
+  glEnd();
+
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // restore state
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPopMatrix();
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+  glPopMatrix();
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TVideo_ProjectM.DrawReflection();
+begin
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Produces random "sound"-data in case no audio-data is available.
+ * Otherwise the visualization will look rather boring.
+ *}
+function  TVideo_ProjectM.GetRandomPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  // Produce some fake PCM data
+  if (fRndPCMcount mod 500 = 0) then
+  begin
+    FillChar(Data, SizeOf(TPCMData), 0);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    for i := 0 to 511 do
+    begin
+      Data[i][0] := Random(High(Word)+1);
+      Data[i][1] := Random(High(Word)+1);
+    end;
+  end;
+  Inc(fRndPCMcount);
+  Result := 512;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+  MediaManager.Add(TVideoPlayback_ProjectM.Create);
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UDisplay.pas b/src/menu/UDisplay.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6ec8e2ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UDisplay.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,747 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDisplay;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UCommon,
+  Math,
+  SDL,
+  gl,
+  glu,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UPath,
+  UMusic,
+  UHookableEvent;
+
+type
+  TDisplay = class
+    private
+      ePreDraw: THookableEvent;
+      eDraw: THookableEvent;
+
+      // fade-to-black
+      BlackScreen:   boolean;
+
+      FadeEnabled:   boolean;  // true if fading is enabled
+      FadeFailed:    boolean;  // true if fading is possible (enough memory, etc.)
+      FadeStartTime: cardinal; // time when fading starts, 0 means that the fade texture must be initialized
+      DoneOnShow:    boolean;  // true if passed onShow after fading
+
+      FadeTex:       array[0..1] of GLuint;
+      TexW, TexH:    Cardinal;
+ 
+      FPSCounter:    cardinal;
+      LastFPS:       cardinal;
+      NextFPSSwap:   cardinal;
+
+      OSD_LastError: string;
+
+      { software cursor data }
+      Cursor_X:              double;
+      Cursor_Y:              double;
+      Cursor_Pressed:        boolean;
+      Cursor_HiddenByScreen: boolean; // hides software cursor and deactivate auto fade in
+
+      // used for cursor fade out when there is no movement
+      Cursor_Visible:      boolean;
+      Cursor_LastMove:     cardinal;
+      Cursor_Fade:         boolean;
+
+      procedure DrawDebugInformation;
+
+      { called by MoveCursor and OnMouseButton to update last move and start fade in }
+      procedure UpdateCursorFade;
+    public
+      NextScreen:          PMenu;
+      CurrentScreen:       PMenu;
+
+      // popup data
+      NextScreenWithCheck: Pmenu;
+      CheckOK:             boolean;
+
+      // FIXME: Fade is set to 0 in UMain and other files but not used here anymore.
+      Fade:                real;
+
+      constructor Create;
+      destructor  Destroy; override;
+
+      procedure InitFadeTextures();
+      
+      procedure SaveScreenShot;
+
+      function  Draw: boolean;
+
+      { calls ParseInput of cur or next Screen if assigned }
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown : boolean): boolean;
+
+      { sets SDL_ShowCursor depending on options set in Ini }
+      procedure SetCursor;
+
+      { called when cursor moves, positioning of software cursor }
+      procedure MoveCursor(X, Y: double);
+
+      { called when left or right mousebutton is pressed or released }
+      procedure OnMouseButton(Pressed: boolean);
+      { fades to specific screen (playing specified sound) }
+      function FadeTo(Screen: PMenu; const aSound: TAudioPlaybackStream = nil): PMenu;
+
+      { abort fading to the current screen, may be used in OnShow, or during fade process }
+      procedure AbortScreenChange;
+
+      { draws software cursor }
+      procedure DrawCursor;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Display: TDisplay;
+
+const
+  { constants for screen transition
+    time in milliseconds }
+  FADE_DURATION = 400;
+  { constants for software cursor effects
+    time in milliseconds }
+  CURSOR_FADE_IN_TIME = 500;      // seconds the fade in effect lasts
+  CURSOR_FADE_OUT_TIME = 2000;    // seconds the fade out effect lasts
+  CURSOR_AUTOHIDE_TIME = 5000;   // seconds until auto fade out starts if there is no mouse movement
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  TextGL,
+  UCommandLine,
+  UGraphic,
+  UIni,
+  UImage,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  UTexture,
+  UTime,
+  ULanguage,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+constructor TDisplay.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  // create events for plugins
+  ePreDraw := THookableEvent.Create('Display.PreDraw');
+  eDraw := THookableEvent.Create('Display.Draw');
+
+  // init popup
+  CheckOK             := false;
+  NextScreen          := nil;
+  NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+  BlackScreen         := false;
+
+  // init fade
+  FadeStartTime := 0;
+  FadeEnabled := (Ini.ScreenFade = 1);
+  FadeFailed  := false;
+  DoneOnShow  := false;
+
+  glGenTextures(2, PGLuint(@FadeTex));
+  InitFadeTextures();
+
+  // set LastError for OSD to No Error
+  OSD_LastError := 'No Errors';
+
+  // software cursor default values
+  Cursor_LastMove := 0;
+  Cursor_Visible  := false;
+  Cursor_Pressed  := false;
+  Cursor_X        := -1;
+  Cursor_Y        := -1;
+  Cursor_Fade     := false;
+  Cursor_HiddenByScreen := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TDisplay.Destroy;
+begin
+  glDeleteTextures(2, @FadeTex);
+  inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TDisplay.InitFadeTextures();
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  TexW := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(ScreenW div Screens))));
+  TexH := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(ScreenH))));
+
+  for i := 0 to 1 do
+  begin
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, FadeTex[i]);
+    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+    glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+    glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, TexW, TexH, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, nil);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TDisplay.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  S:               integer;
+  FadeStateSquare: real;
+  FadeW, FadeH:    real;
+  FadeCopyW, FadeCopyH: integer;
+  currentTime:     cardinal;
+  glError:         glEnum;
+
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  for S := 1 to Screens do
+  begin
+    ScreenAct := S;
+
+    //if Screens = 1 then ScreenX := 0;
+    //if (Screens = 2) and (S = 1) then ScreenX := -1;
+    //if (Screens = 2) and (S = 2) then ScreenX := 1;
+    ScreenX := 0;
+
+    glViewPort((S-1) * ScreenW div Screens, 0, ScreenW div Screens, ScreenH);
+
+    // popup check was successful... move on
+    if CheckOK then
+    begin
+      if assigned(NextScreenWithCheck) then
+      begin
+        NextScreen := NextScreenWithCheck;
+        NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+        CheckOk := false;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // on end of game fade to black before exit
+        BlackScreen := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (not assigned(NextScreen)) and (not BlackScreen) then
+    begin
+      ePreDraw.CallHookChain(false);
+      CurrentScreen.Draw;
+
+      // popup
+      if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and ScreenPopupError.Visible then
+        ScreenPopupError.Draw
+      else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and ScreenPopupInfo.Visible then
+        ScreenPopupInfo.Draw
+      else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and ScreenPopupCheck.Visible then
+        ScreenPopupCheck.Draw;
+
+      // fade
+      FadeStartTime := 0;
+      if ((Ini.ScreenFade = 1) and (not FadeFailed)) then
+        FadeEnabled := true
+      else
+        FadeEnabled := false;
+
+      eDraw.CallHookChain(false);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // disable fading if initialization failed
+      if (FadeEnabled and FadeFailed) then
+      begin
+        FadeEnabled := false;
+      end;
+      
+      if (FadeEnabled and not FadeFailed) then
+      begin
+        // create fading texture if we're just starting
+        if FadeStartTime = 0 then
+        begin
+          // draw screen that will be faded
+          ePreDraw.CallHookChain(false);
+          CurrentScreen.Draw;
+          eDraw.CallHookChain(false);
+
+          // clear OpenGL errors, otherwise fading might be disabled due to some
+          // older errors in previous OpenGL calls.
+          glGetError();
+
+          FadeCopyW := ScreenW div Screens;
+          FadeCopyH := ScreenH;
+
+          // it is possible that our fade textures are too small after a window
+          // resize. In that case resize the fade texture to fit the requirements.
+          if (TexW < FadeCopyW) or (TexH < FadeCopyH) then
+            InitFadeTextures();
+
+          // copy screen to texture
+          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, FadeTex[S-1]);
+          glCopyTexSubImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 0, 0, (S-1) * ScreenW div Screens, 0,
+            FadeCopyW, FadeCopyH);
+
+          glError := glGetError();
+          if (glError <> GL_NO_ERROR) then
+          begin
+            FadeFailed := true;
+            Log.LogError('Fading disabled: ' + gluErrorString(glError), 'TDisplay.Draw');
+          end;
+
+          if not BlackScreen and (S = 1) and not DoneOnShow then
+          begin
+            NextScreen.OnShow;
+            DoneOnShow := true;
+          end;
+
+
+          // set fade time once on second screen (or first if screens = 1)
+          if (Screens = 1) or (S = 2) then
+            FadeStartTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+        end; // end texture creation in first fading step
+
+        if not BlackScreen then
+        begin
+          ePreDraw.CallHookChain(false);
+          NextScreen.Draw; // draw next screen
+          eDraw.CallHookChain(false);
+        end
+        else if ScreenAct = 1 then
+        begin
+          // draw black screen
+          glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 1);
+          glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+        end;
+
+        // and draw old screen over it... slowly fading out
+        if (FadeStartTime = 0) then
+          FadeStateSquare := 0 // for first screen if screens = 2
+        else
+          FadeStateSquare := sqr((SDL_GetTicks - FadeStartTime) / FADE_DURATION);
+
+        if (FadeStateSquare < 1) then
+        begin
+          FadeW := (ScreenW div Screens)/TexW;
+          FadeH := ScreenH/TexH;
+
+          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, FadeTex[S-1]);
+          // TODO: check if glTexEnvi() gives any speed improvement
+          //glTexEnvi(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_REPLACE);
+          glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1-FadeStateSquare);
+
+          glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+          glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+          glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+            glTexCoord2f((0+FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeW, (0+FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeH);
+            glVertex2f(0,   RenderH);
+
+            glTexCoord2f((0+FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeW, (1-FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeH);
+            glVertex2f(0,   0);
+
+            glTexCoord2f((1-FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeW, (1-FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeH);
+            glVertex2f(RenderW, 0);
+
+            glTexCoord2f((1-FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeW, (0+FadeStateSquare/2)*FadeH);
+            glVertex2f(RenderW, RenderH);
+          glEnd;
+          glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+          glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+
+          // reset to default
+          //glTexEnvi(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_MODULATE);
+        end;
+      end
+
+      // there is no need to init next screen if it is a black screen
+      else if not BlackScreen then
+      begin
+        NextScreen.OnShow;
+      end;
+
+      if ((FadeStartTime + FADE_DURATION < SDL_GetTicks) or
+          (not FadeEnabled) or FadeFailed) and
+         ((Screens = 1) or (S = 2)) then
+      begin
+        // fade out complete...
+        FadeStartTime := 0;
+        DoneOnShow := false;
+        CurrentScreen.onHide;
+        CurrentScreen.ShowFinish := false;
+        CurrentScreen := NextScreen;
+        NextScreen := nil;
+        if not BlackScreen then
+        begin
+          CurrentScreen.OnShowFinish;
+          CurrentScreen.ShowFinish := true;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end; // if
+
+    // Draw OSD only on first Screen if Debug Mode is enabled
+    if ((Ini.Debug = 1) or (Params.Debug)) and (S = 1) then
+      DrawDebugInformation;
+
+    if not BlackScreen then
+      DrawCursor;
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+{ sets SDL_ShowCursor depending on options set in Ini }
+procedure TDisplay.SetCursor;
+var
+  Cursor: Integer;
+begin
+  Cursor := 0;
+
+  if (CurrentScreen <> @ScreenSing) or (Cursor_HiddenByScreen) then
+  begin // hide cursor on singscreen
+    if (Ini.Mouse = 0) and (Ini.FullScreen = 0) then
+      // show sdl (os) cursor in window mode even when mouse support is off
+      Cursor := 1
+    else if (Ini.Mouse = 1) then
+      // show sdl (os) cursor when hardware cursor is selected
+      Cursor := 1;
+
+    if (Ini.Mouse <> 2) then
+      Cursor_HiddenByScreen := false;
+  end
+  else if (Ini.Mouse <> 2) then
+    Cursor_HiddenByScreen := true;
+
+
+  SDL_ShowCursor(Cursor);
+
+  if (Ini.Mouse = 2) then
+  begin
+    if Cursor_HiddenByScreen then
+    begin
+      // show software cursor
+      Cursor_HiddenByScreen := false;
+      Cursor_Visible := false;
+      Cursor_Fade := false;
+    end
+    else if (CurrentScreen = @ScreenSing) then
+    begin
+      // hide software cursor in singscreen
+      Cursor_HiddenByScreen := true;
+      Cursor_Visible := false;
+      Cursor_Fade := false;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ called by MoveCursor and OnMouseButton to update last move and start fade in }
+procedure TDisplay.UpdateCursorFade;
+var
+  Ticks: cardinal;
+begin
+  Ticks := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+  { fade in on movement (or button press) if not first movement }
+  if (not Cursor_Visible) and (Cursor_LastMove <> 0) then
+  begin
+    if Cursor_Fade then // we use a trick here to consider progress of fade out
+      Cursor_LastMove := Ticks - round(CURSOR_FADE_IN_TIME * (1 - (Ticks - Cursor_LastMove)/CURSOR_FADE_OUT_TIME))
+    else
+      Cursor_LastMove := Ticks;
+
+    Cursor_Visible := true;
+    Cursor_Fade := true;
+  end
+  else if not Cursor_Fade then
+  begin
+    Cursor_LastMove := Ticks;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ called when cursor moves, positioning of software cursor }
+procedure TDisplay.MoveCursor(X, Y: double);
+begin
+  if (Ini.Mouse = 2) and
+     ((X <> Cursor_X) or (Y <> Cursor_Y)) then
+  begin
+    Cursor_X := X;
+    Cursor_Y := Y;
+
+    UpdateCursorFade;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ called when left or right mousebutton is pressed or released }
+procedure TDisplay.OnMouseButton(Pressed: boolean);
+begin
+  if (Ini.Mouse = 2) then
+  begin
+    Cursor_Pressed := Pressed;
+
+    UpdateCursorFade;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ draws software cursor }
+procedure TDisplay.DrawCursor;
+var
+  Alpha: single;
+  Ticks: cardinal;
+  DrawX: double;
+begin
+  if (Ini.Mouse = 2) and ((Screens = 1) or ((ScreenAct - 1) = (Round(Cursor_X+16) div RenderW))) then
+  begin // draw software cursor
+    Ticks := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+    if (Cursor_Visible) and (Cursor_LastMove + CURSOR_AUTOHIDE_TIME <= Ticks) then
+    begin // start fade out after 5 secs w/o activity
+      Cursor_Visible := false;
+      Cursor_LastMove := Ticks;
+      Cursor_Fade := true;
+    end;
+    
+    // fading
+    if Cursor_Fade then
+    begin
+      if Cursor_Visible then
+      begin // fade in
+        if (Cursor_LastMove + CURSOR_FADE_IN_TIME <= Ticks) then
+          Cursor_Fade := false
+        else
+          Alpha := sin((Ticks - Cursor_LastMove) * 0.5 * pi / CURSOR_FADE_IN_TIME) * 0.7;
+      end
+      else
+      begin //fade out
+        if (Cursor_LastMove + CURSOR_FADE_OUT_TIME <= Ticks) then
+          Cursor_Fade := false
+        else
+          Alpha := cos((Ticks - Cursor_LastMove) * 0.5 * pi / CURSOR_FADE_OUT_TIME) * 0.7;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // no else if here because we may turn off fade in if block
+    if not Cursor_Fade then
+    begin
+      if Cursor_Visible then
+        Alpha := 0.7 // alpha when cursor visible and not fading
+      else
+        Alpha := 0;  // alpha when cursor is hidden
+    end;
+
+    if (Alpha > 0) and (not Cursor_HiddenByScreen) then
+    begin
+      DrawX := Cursor_X;
+      if (ScreenAct = 2) then
+        DrawX := DrawX - RenderW;
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+      if (Cursor_Pressed) and (Tex_Cursor_Pressed.TexNum > 0) then
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Cursor_Pressed.TexNum)
+      else
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Cursor_Unpressed.TexNum);
+
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(DrawX, Cursor_Y);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 1);
+        glVertex2f(DrawX, Cursor_Y + 32);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 1);
+        glVertex2f(DrawX + 32, Cursor_Y + 32);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(1, 0);
+        glVertex2f(DrawX + 32, Cursor_Y);
+      glEnd;
+
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TDisplay.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown : boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  if (assigned(NextScreen)) then
+    Result := NextScreen^.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown)
+  else if (assigned(CurrentScreen)) then
+    Result := CurrentScreen^.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown)
+  else
+    Result := True;
+end;
+
+{ abort fading to the next screen, may be used in OnShow, or during fade process }
+procedure TDisplay.AbortScreenChange;
+  var
+    Temp: PMenu;
+begin
+  // this is some kind of "hack" it is based on the
+  // code that is used to change the screens in TDisplay.Draw
+  // we should rewrite this whole behaviour, as it is not well
+  // structured and not well extendable. Also we should offer
+  // a possibility to change screens to plugins
+  // change this code when restructuring is done
+  if (assigned(NextScreen)) then
+  begin
+    // we have to swap the screens
+    Temp := CurrentScreen;
+    CurrentScreen := NextScreen;
+    NextScreen := Temp;
+
+    // and call the OnShow procedure of the previous screen
+    // because it was already called by default fade procedure
+    NextScreen.OnShow;
+    
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ fades to specific screen (playing specified sound)
+  returns old screen }
+function TDisplay.FadeTo(Screen: PMenu; const aSound: TAudioPlaybackStream = nil): PMenu;
+begin
+  Result := CurrentScreen;
+  if (Result <> nil) then
+  begin
+    if (aSound <> nil) then
+      Result.FadeTo(Screen, aSound)
+    else
+      Result.FadeTo(Screen);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TDisplay.SaveScreenShot;
+var
+  Num:        integer;
+  FileName:   IPath;
+  Prefix:     UTF8String;
+  ScreenData: PChar;
+  Surface:    PSDL_Surface;
+  Success:    boolean;
+  Align:      integer;
+  RowSize:    integer;
+begin
+  // Exit if Screenshot-path does not exist or read-only
+  if (ScreenshotsPath.IsUnset) then
+    Exit;
+
+  for Num := 1 to 9999 do
+  begin
+    // fill prefix to 4 digits with leading '0', e.g. '0001'
+    Prefix := Format('screenshot%.4d', [Num]);
+    FileName := ScreenshotsPath.Append(Prefix + '.png');
+    if not FileName.Exists() then
+      break;
+  end;
+
+  // we must take the row-alignment (4byte by default) into account
+  glGetIntegerv(GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT, @Align);
+  // calc aligned row-size
+  RowSize := ((ScreenW*3 + (Align-1)) div Align) * Align;
+
+  GetMem(ScreenData, RowSize * ScreenH);
+  glReadPixels(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, ScreenData);
+  // on big endian machines (powerpc) this may need to be changed to
+  // Needs to be tests. KaMiSchi Sept 2008
+  // in this case one may have to add " glext, " to the list of used units
+  //  glReadPixels(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, ScreenData);
+  Surface := SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(
+      ScreenData, ScreenW, ScreenH, 24, RowSize,
+      $0000FF, $00FF00, $FF0000, 0);
+
+  //  Success := WriteJPGImage(FileName, Surface, 95);
+  //  Success := WriteBMPImage(FileName, Surface);
+  Success := WritePNGImage(FileName, Surface);
+  if Success then
+    ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Format(Language.Translate('SCREENSHOT_SAVED'), [FileName.GetName.ToUTF8()]))
+  else
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('SCREENSHOT_FAILED'));
+
+  SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+  FreeMem(ScreenData);
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DrawDebugInformation - procedure draw fps and some other informations on screen
+//------------
+procedure TDisplay.DrawDebugInformation;
+var
+  Ticks: cardinal;
+begin
+  // Some White Background for information
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.5);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(690, 44);
+    glVertex2f(690, 0);
+    glVertex2f(800, 0);
+    glVertex2f(800, 44);
+  glEnd;
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // set font specs
+  SetFontStyle(ftNormal);
+  SetFontSize(21);
+  SetFontItalic(false);
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+
+  // calculate fps
+  Ticks := SDL_GetTicks();
+  if (Ticks >= NextFPSSwap) then
+  begin
+    LastFPS := FPSCounter * 4;
+    FPSCounter := 0;
+    NextFPSSwap := Ticks + 250;
+  end;
+
+  Inc(FPSCounter);
+
+  // draw text
+
+  // fps
+  SetFontPos(695, 0);
+  glPrint ('FPS: ' + InttoStr(LastFPS));
+
+  // rspeed
+  SetFontPos(695, 13);
+  glPrint ('RSpeed: ' + InttoStr(Round(1000 * TimeMid)));
+
+  // lasterror
+  SetFontPos(695, 26);
+  glColor4f(1, 0, 0, 1);
+  glPrint (OSD_LastError);
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UDrawTexture.pas b/src/menu/UDrawTexture.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc136f11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UDrawTexture.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDrawTexture;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UTexture;
+
+procedure DrawLine(X1, Y1, X2, Y2, ColR, ColG, ColB: real);
+procedure DrawQuad(X,  Y,  W,  H,  ColR, ColG, ColB: real);
+procedure DrawTexture(Texture: TTexture);
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  gl;
+
+procedure DrawLine(X1, Y1, X2, Y2, ColR, ColG, ColB: real);
+begin
+  glColor3f(ColR, ColG, ColB);
+  glBegin(GL_LINES);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure DrawQuad(X, Y, W, H, ColR, ColG, ColB: real);
+begin
+  glColor3f(ColR, ColG, ColB);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x,   y);
+    glVertex2f(x,   y+h);
+    glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+    glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure DrawTexture(Texture: TTexture);
+var
+  x1, x2, x3, x4:     real;
+  y1, y2, y3, y4:     real;
+  xt1, xt2, xt3, xt4: real;
+  yt1, yt2, yt3, yt4: real;
+begin
+  with Texture do
+  begin
+    glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha);
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glDepthRange(0, 10);
+    glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+//    glDepthFunc(GL_GEQUAL);
+    glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+//    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_COLOR, GL_ZERO);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, TexNum);
+
+    x1 := x;
+    x2 := x;
+    x3 := x+w*scaleW;
+    x4 := x+w*scaleW;
+    y1 := y;
+    y2 := y+h*scaleH;
+    y3 := y+h*scaleH;
+    y4 := y;
+    if Rot <> 0 then
+    begin
+      xt1 := x1 - (x + w/2);
+      xt2 := x2 - (x + w/2);
+      xt3 := x3 - (x + w/2);
+      xt4 := x4 - (x + w/2);
+      yt1 := y1 - (y + h/2);
+      yt2 := y2 - (y + h/2);
+      yt3 := y3 - (y + h/2);
+      yt4 := y4 - (y + h/2);
+
+      x1 := (x + w/2) + xt1 * cos(Rot) - yt1 * sin(Rot);
+      x2 := (x + w/2) + xt2 * cos(Rot) - yt2 * sin(Rot);
+      x3 := (x + w/2) + xt3 * cos(Rot) - yt3 * sin(Rot);
+      x4 := (x + w/2) + xt4 * cos(Rot) - yt4 * sin(Rot);
+
+      y1 := (y + h/2) + yt1 * cos(Rot) + xt1 * sin(Rot);
+      y2 := (y + h/2) + yt2 * cos(Rot) + xt2 * sin(Rot);
+      y3 := (y + h/2) + yt3 * cos(Rot) + xt3 * sin(Rot);
+      y4 := (y + h/2) + yt4 * cos(Rot) + xt4 * sin(Rot);
+
+    end;
+
+{
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(0,    0);    glVertex3f(x1, y1, z);
+      glTexCoord2f(0,    TexH); glVertex3f(x2, y2, z);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexW, TexH); glVertex3f(x3, y3, z);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexW, 0);    glVertex3f(x4, y4, z);
+    glEnd;
+}
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY1*TexH); glVertex3f(x1, y1, z);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY2*TexH); glVertex3f(x2, y2, z);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY2*TexH); glVertex3f(x3, y3, z);
+      glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY1*TexH); glVertex3f(x4, y4, z);
+    glEnd;
+  end;
+  glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); 
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenu.pas b/src/menu/UMenu.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b011eddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenu.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1804 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenu;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  SDL,
+  UPath,
+  UMenuBackground,
+  UMenuButton,
+  UMenuButtonCollection,
+  UMenuInteract,
+  UMenuSelectSlide,
+  UMenuStatic,
+  UMenuText,
+  UMusic,
+  UTexture,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+{  Int16 = SmallInt;}
+
+  PMenu = ^TMenu;
+  TMenu = class
+    protected
+      Background:       TMenuBackground;
+
+      Interactions:     array of TInteract;
+      SelInteraction:   integer;
+
+      ButtonPos:        integer;
+      Button:           array of TButton;
+
+      SelectsS:         array of TSelectSlide;
+      ButtonCollection: array of TButtonCollection;
+    public
+      Text:       array of TText;
+      Statics:     array of TStatic;
+      mX:         integer; // mouse X
+      mY:         integer; // mouse Y
+
+      Fade:       integer; // fade type
+      ShowFinish: boolean; // true if there is no fade
+      RightMbESC: boolean; // true to simulate ESC keypress when RMB is pressed
+
+      destructor Destroy; override;
+      constructor Create; overload; virtual;
+      //constructor Create(Back: string); overload; virtual; // Back is a JPG resource name for background
+      //constructor Create(Back: string; W, H: integer); overload; virtual; // W and H are the number of overlaps
+
+      // interaction
+      procedure AddInteraction(Typ, Num: integer);
+      procedure SetInteraction(Num: integer); virtual;
+      property Interaction: integer read SelInteraction write SetInteraction;
+
+      // procedure load bg, texts, statics and button collections from themebasic
+      procedure LoadFromTheme(const ThemeBasic: TThemeBasic);
+
+      procedure PrepareButtonCollections(const Collections: AThemeButtonCollection);
+      procedure AddButtonCollection(const ThemeCollection: TThemeButtonCollection; const Num: byte);
+
+      // background
+      procedure AddBackground(ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+
+      // static
+      function AddStatic(ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: integer): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: integer): integer; overload;
+      function AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; TexX1, TexY1, TexX2, TexY2: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: integer; Reflection: boolean; ReflectionSpacing: real): integer; overload;
+
+      // text
+      function AddText(ThemeText: TThemeText): integer; overload;
+      function AddText(X, Y: real; const Text_: UTF8String): integer; overload;
+      function AddText(X, Y: real; Style: integer; Size, ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const Text: UTF8String): integer; overload;
+      function AddText(X, Y, W: real; Style: integer; Size, ColR, ColG, ColB: real; Align: integer; const Text_: UTF8String; Reflection_: boolean; ReflectionSpacing_: real; Z : real): integer; overload;
+
+      // button
+      procedure SetButtonLength(Length: cardinal); //Function that Set Length of Button Array in one Step instead of register new Memory for every Button
+      function AddButton(ThemeButton: TThemeButton): integer; overload;
+      function AddButton(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath): integer; overload;
+      function AddButton(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Reflection: boolean): integer; overload;
+      function AddButton(X, Y, W, H, ColR, ColG, ColB, Int, DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Reflection: boolean; ReflectionSpacing, DeSelectReflectionSpacing: real): integer; overload;
+      procedure ClearButtons;
+      procedure AddButtonText(AddX, AddY: real; const AddText: UTF8String); overload;
+      procedure AddButtonText(AddX, AddY: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const AddText: UTF8String); overload;
+      procedure AddButtonText(AddX, AddY: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; Font: integer; Size: integer; Align: integer; const AddText: UTF8String); overload;
+      procedure AddButtonText(CustomButton: TButton; AddX, AddY: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; Font: integer; Size: integer; Align: integer; const AddText: UTF8String); overload;
+
+      // select slide
+      function AddSelectSlide(ThemeSelectS: TThemeSelectSlide; var Data: integer; const Values: array of UTF8String): integer; overload;
+      function AddSelectSlide(X, Y, W, H, SkipX, SBGW, ColR, ColG, ColB, Int, DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt,
+        TColR, TColG, TColB, TInt, TDColR, TDColG, TDColB, TDInt,
+        SBGColR, SBGColG, SBGColB, SBGInt, SBGDColR, SBGDColG, SBGDColB, SBGDInt,
+        STColR, STColG, STColB, STInt, STDColR, STDColG, STDColB, STDInt: real;
+        const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; const SBGName: IPath; SBGTyp: TTextureType;
+        const Caption: UTF8String; var Data: integer): integer; overload;
+      procedure AddSelectSlideOption(const AddText: UTF8String); overload;
+      procedure AddSelectSlideOption(SelectNo: cardinal; const AddText: UTF8String); overload;
+      procedure UpdateSelectSlideOptions(ThemeSelectSlide: TThemeSelectSlide; SelectNum: integer; const Values: array of UTF8String; var Data: integer);
+
+//      function AddWidget(X, Y : UInt16; WidgetSrc : PSDL_Surface): Int16;
+//      procedure ClearWidgets(MinNumber : Int16);
+      procedure FadeTo(Screen: PMenu); overload;
+      procedure FadeTo(Screen: PMenu; aSound: TAudioPlaybackStream); overload;
+      //popup hack
+      procedure CheckFadeTo(Screen: PMenu; Msg: UTF8String);
+
+      function DrawBG: boolean; virtual;
+      function DrawFG: boolean; virtual;
+      function Draw: boolean; virtual;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown : boolean): boolean; virtual;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; virtual;
+      function InRegion(X, Y: real; A: TMouseOverRect): boolean;
+      function InteractAt(X, Y: real): integer;
+      function CollectionAt(X, Y: real): integer;
+      procedure OnShow; virtual;
+      procedure OnShowFinish; virtual;
+      procedure OnHide; virtual;
+
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); virtual;
+
+      function IsSelectable(Int: cardinal): boolean;
+    
+      procedure InteractNext; virtual;
+      procedure InteractCustom(CustomSwitch: integer); virtual;
+      procedure InteractPrev; virtual;
+      procedure InteractInc; virtual;
+      procedure InteractDec; virtual;
+      procedure InteractNextRow; virtual; // this is for the options screen, so button down makes sense
+      procedure InteractPrevRow; virtual; // this is for the options screen, so button up makes sense
+      procedure AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+  end;
+
+function RGBFloatToInt(R, G, B: double): cardinal;
+
+const
+  MENU_MDOWN = 8;
+  MENU_MUP   = 0;
+
+  pmMove    = 1;
+  pmClick   = 2;
+  pmUnClick = 3;
+
+  iButton           = 0; // interaction type
+  iText             = 2;
+  iSelectS          = 3;
+  iBCollectionChild = 5;
+
+//  fBlack = 0; // fade type
+//  fWhite = 1;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UCommon,
+  UCovers,
+  UDisplay,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  UGraphic,
+  ULog,
+  UMain,
+  USkins,
+  UTime,
+  //Background types
+  UMenuBackgroundNone,
+  UMenuBackgroundColor,
+  UMenuBackgroundTexture,
+  UMenuBackgroundVideo,
+  UMenuBackgroundFade;
+
+destructor TMenu.Destroy;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[I].Free;
+  for I := 0 to High(ButtonCollection) do
+    ButtonCollection[I].Free;
+  for I := 0 to High(SelectsS) do
+    SelectsS[I].Free;
+  for I := 0 to High(Text) do
+    Text[I].Free;
+  for I := 0 to High(Statics) do
+    Statics[I].Free;
+
+  Background.Free;
+
+  //Log.LogError('Unloaded Succesful: ' + ClassName);
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+constructor TMenu.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Fade := 0;//fWhite;
+
+  SetLength(Statics, 0);
+  SetLength(Button, 0);
+
+  //Set ButtonPos to Autoset Length
+  ButtonPos := -1;
+
+  Background := nil;
+
+  RightMbESC := true;
+end;
+{
+constructor TMenu.Create(Back: string);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  if Back <> '' then
+  begin
+//    BackImg := Texture.GetTexture(true, Back, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+    BackImg := Texture.GetTexture(Back, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0); // new theme system
+    BackImg.W := 800;//640;
+    BackImg.H := 600;//480;
+    BackW := 1;
+    BackH := 1;
+  end
+  else
+    BackImg.TexNum := 0;
+
+   //Set ButtonPos to Autoset Length
+   ButtonPos := -1;
+end;
+
+constructor TMenu.Create(Back: string; W, H: integer);
+begin
+  Create(Back);
+  BackImg.W := BackImg.W / W;
+  BackImg.H := BackImg.H / H;
+  BackW := W;
+  BackH := H;
+end;   }
+
+function RGBFloatToInt(R, G, B: double): cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := (Trunc(255 * R) shl 16) or
+            (Trunc(255 * G) shl  8) or
+             Trunc(255 * B);
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddInteraction(Typ, Num: integer);
+var
+  IntNum: integer;
+begin
+  IntNum := Length(Interactions);
+  SetLength(Interactions, IntNum+1);
+  Interactions[IntNum].Typ := Typ;
+  Interactions[IntNum].Num := Num;
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.SetInteraction(Num: integer);
+var
+  OldNum, OldTyp: integer;
+  NewNum, NewTyp: integer;
+begin
+  // set inactive
+  OldNum := Interactions[Interaction].Num;
+  OldTyp := Interactions[Interaction].Typ;
+
+  NewNum := Interactions[Num].Num;
+  NewTyp := Interactions[Num].Typ;
+
+  case OldTyp of
+    iButton:  Button[OldNum].Selected := false;
+    iText:    Text[OldNum].Selected := false;
+    iSelectS: SelectsS[OldNum].Selected := false;
+    //Button Collection Mod
+    iBCollectionChild:
+      begin
+        Button[OldNum].Selected := false;
+      
+        // deselect collection if next button is not from collection
+        if (NewTyp <> iButton) or (Button[NewNum].Parent <> Button[OldNum].Parent) then
+          ButtonCollection[Button[OldNum].Parent-1].Selected := false;
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  // set active
+  SelInteraction := Num;
+  case NewTyp of
+    iButton:  Button[NewNum].Selected := true;
+    iText:    Text[NewNum].Selected := true;
+    iSelectS: SelectsS[NewNum].Selected := true;
+
+    //Button Collection Mod
+    iBCollectionChild:
+      begin
+        Button[NewNum].Selected := true;
+        ButtonCollection[Button[NewNum].Parent-1].Selected := true;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------
+//LoadFromTheme - Load BG, Texts, Statics and
+//Button Collections from ThemeBasic
+//----------------------
+procedure TMenu.LoadFromTheme(const ThemeBasic: TThemeBasic);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  //Add Button Collections (Set Button CollectionsLength)
+  //Button Collections are Created when the first ChildButton is Created
+  PrepareButtonCollections(ThemeBasic.ButtonCollection);
+
+  //Add Background
+  AddBackground(ThemeBasic.Background);
+
+  //Add Statics and Texts
+  for I := 0 to High(ThemeBasic.Statics) do
+    AddStatic(ThemeBasic.Statics[I]);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(ThemeBasic.Text) do
+    AddText(ThemeBasic.Text[I]);
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddBackground(ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+  var
+    FileExt: string;
+
+  function IsInArray(const Piece: string; const A: array of string): boolean;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+  begin
+    Result := false;
+  
+    for I := 0 to High(A) do
+      if (A[I] = Piece) then
+      begin
+        Result := true;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  function TryBGCreate(Typ: cMenuBackground): boolean;
+  begin
+    Result := true;
+
+    try
+      Background := Typ.Create(ThemedSettings);
+    except
+      on E: EMenuBackgroundError do
+      begin //Background failes to create
+        Freeandnil(Background);
+        Result := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  FreeAndNil(Background);
+
+  case ThemedSettings.BGType of
+    bgtAuto: begin //Automaticly choose one out of BGT_Texture, BGT_Video or BGT_Color
+
+      if (Length(ThemedSettings.Tex) > 0) then
+      begin
+
+        //At first some intelligent try to decide which BG to load
+        FileExt := LowerCase(Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemedSettings.Tex).GetExtension.ToUTF8);
+
+        if IsInArray(FileExt, SUPPORTED_EXTS_BACKGROUNDTEXTURE) then
+          TryBGCreate(TMenuBackgroundTexture)
+        else if IsInArray(FileExt, SUPPORTED_EXTS_BACKGROUNDVIDEO) then
+          TryBGCreate(TMenuBackgroundVideo);
+
+        //If the intelligent method don't succeed
+        //do it by trial and error
+        if (Background = nil) then
+        begin
+          //Try Textured Bg
+          if not TryBGCreate(TMenuBackgroundTexture) then
+            TryBgCreate(TMenuBackgroundVideo); //Try Video BG
+
+          //Color is fallback if Background = nil
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    bgtColor: begin
+      try
+        Background := TMenuBackgroundColor.Create(ThemedSettings);
+      except
+        on E: EMenuBackgroundError do
+        begin
+          Log.LogError(E.Message);
+          freeandnil(Background);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    bgtTexture: begin
+      try
+        Background := TMenuBackgroundTexture.Create(ThemedSettings);
+      except
+        on E: EMenuBackgroundError do
+        begin
+          Log.LogError(E.Message);
+          freeandnil(Background);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    bgtVideo: begin
+      try
+        Background := TMenuBackgroundVideo.Create(ThemedSettings);
+      except
+        on E: EMenuBackgroundError do
+        begin
+          Log.LogError(E.Message);
+          freeandnil(Background);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    bgtNone: begin
+      try
+        Background := TMenuBackgroundNone.Create(ThemedSettings);
+      except
+        on E: EMenuBackgroundError do
+        begin
+          Log.LogError(E.Message);
+          freeandnil(Background);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    bgtFade: begin
+      try
+        Background := TMenuBackgroundFade.Create(ThemedSettings);
+      except
+        on E: EMenuBackgroundError do
+        begin
+          Log.LogError(E.Message);
+          freeandnil(Background);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  //Fallback to None Background or Colored Background
+  if (Background = nil) then
+  begin
+    if (ThemedSettings.BGType = bgtColor) then
+      Background := TMenuBackgroundNone.Create(ThemedSettings)
+    else
+      Background := TMenuBackgroundColor.Create(ThemedSettings)
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------------------
+//PrepareButtonCollections:
+//Add Button Collections (Set Button CollectionsLength)
+//----------------------
+procedure TMenu.PrepareButtonCollections(const Collections: AThemeButtonCollection);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(ButtonCollection, Length(Collections));
+  for I := 0 to High(ButtonCollection) do
+    AddButtonCollection(Collections[I], I);
+end;
+
+//----------------------
+//AddButtonCollection:
+//Create a Button Collection;
+//----------------------
+procedure TMenu.AddButtonCollection(const ThemeCollection: TThemeButtonCollection; const Num: byte);
+var
+  BT, BTLen:         integer;
+  TempCol, TempDCol: cardinal;
+
+begin
+  if (Num > High(ButtonCollection)) then
+    exit;
+
+  TempCol := 0;
+
+  // colorize hack
+  if (ThemeCollection.Style.Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    TempCol  := RGBFloatToInt(ThemeCollection.Style.ColR, ThemeCollection.Style.ColG, ThemeCollection.Style.ColB);
+    TempDCol := RGBFloatToInt(ThemeCollection.Style.DColR, ThemeCollection.Style.DColG, ThemeCollection.Style.DColB);
+    // give encoded color to GetTexture()
+    ButtonCollection[Num] := TButtonCollection.Create(
+      Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeCollection.Style.Tex), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, TempCol),
+      Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeCollection.Style.Tex), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, TempDCol));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    ButtonCollection[Num] := TButtonCollection.Create(Texture.GetTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeCollection.Style.Tex), ThemeCollection.Style.Typ));
+  end;
+
+  //Set Parent menu
+  ButtonCollection[Num].ScreenButton := @Self.Button;
+
+  //Set Attributes
+  ButtonCollection[Num].FirstChild := ThemeCollection.FirstChild;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].CountChilds := ThemeCollection.ChildCount;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Parent := Num + 1;
+
+  //Set Style
+  ButtonCollection[Num].X := ThemeCollection.Style.X;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Y := ThemeCollection.Style.Y;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].W := ThemeCollection.Style.W;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].H := ThemeCollection.Style.H;
+  if (ThemeCollection.Style.Typ <> TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    ButtonCollection[Num].SelectColR := ThemeCollection.Style.ColR;
+    ButtonCollection[Num].SelectColG := ThemeCollection.Style.ColG;
+    ButtonCollection[Num].SelectColB := ThemeCollection.Style.ColB;
+    ButtonCollection[Num].DeselectColR := ThemeCollection.Style.DColR;
+    ButtonCollection[Num].DeselectColG := ThemeCollection.Style.DColG;
+    ButtonCollection[Num].DeselectColB := ThemeCollection.Style.DColB;
+  end;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].SelectInt := ThemeCollection.Style.Int;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].DeselectInt := ThemeCollection.Style.DInt;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Texture.TexX1 := 0;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Texture.TexY1 := 0;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Texture.TexX2 := 1;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Texture.TexY2 := 1;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].SetSelect(false);
+
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Reflection := ThemeCollection.Style.Reflection;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Reflectionspacing := ThemeCollection.Style.ReflectionSpacing;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].DeSelectReflectionspacing := ThemeCollection.Style.DeSelectReflectionSpacing;
+
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Z := ThemeCollection.Style.Z;
+
+  //Some Things from ButtonFading
+  ButtonCollection[Num].SelectH := ThemeCollection.Style.SelectH;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].SelectW := ThemeCollection.Style.SelectW;
+
+  ButtonCollection[Num].Fade := ThemeCollection.Style.Fade;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].FadeText := ThemeCollection.Style.FadeText;
+  if (ThemeCollection.Style.Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    ButtonCollection[Num].FadeTex := Texture.GetTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeCollection.Style.FadeTex), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, TempCol)
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    ButtonCollection[Num].FadeTex := Texture.GetTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeCollection.Style.FadeTex), ThemeCollection.Style.Typ);
+  end;
+  ButtonCollection[Num].FadeTexPos := ThemeCollection.Style.FadeTexPos;
+
+  BTLen := Length(ThemeCollection.Style.Text);
+  for BT := 0 to BTLen-1 do
+  begin
+      AddButtonText(ButtonCollection[Num], ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].X, ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].Y,
+        ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].ColR, ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].ColG, ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].ColB,
+        ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].Font, ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].Size, ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].Align,
+        ThemeCollection.Style.Text[BT].Text);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddStatic(ThemeStatic.X, ThemeStatic.Y, ThemeStatic.W, ThemeStatic.H, ThemeStatic.Z,
+    ThemeStatic.ColR, ThemeStatic.ColG, ThemeStatic.ColB,
+    ThemeStatic.TexX1, ThemeStatic.TexY1, ThemeStatic.TexX2, ThemeStatic.TexY2,
+    Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeStatic.Tex),
+    ThemeStatic.Typ, $FFFFFF, ThemeStatic.Reflection, ThemeStatic.Reflectionspacing);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, TexName, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real;
+       ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+			 const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, ColR, ColG, ColB, TexName, Typ, $FFFFFF);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z: real;
+       ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+			 const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z, ColR, ColG, ColB, TexName, Typ, $FFFFFF);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real;
+       const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType): integer;
+var
+  StatNum: integer;
+begin
+  // adds static
+  StatNum := Length(Statics);
+  SetLength(Statics, StatNum + 1);
+  Statics[StatNum] := TStatic.Create(Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, $FF00FF)); // new skin
+
+  // configures static
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.X := X;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.Y := Y;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.W := W;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.H := H;
+  Statics[StatNum].Visible := true;
+  Result := StatNum;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H: real;
+                         ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+			 const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType;
+			 Color: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, 0, ColR, ColG, ColB, TexName, Typ, Color);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z: real;
+                         ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+			 const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType;
+			 Color: integer): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z, ColR, ColG, ColB, 0, 0, 1, 1, TexName, Typ, Color, false, 0);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddStatic(X, Y, W, H, Z: real;
+                         ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+			 TexX1, TexY1, TexX2, TexY2: real;
+			 const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType;
+			 Color: integer;
+			 Reflection: boolean;
+			 ReflectionSpacing: real): integer;
+var
+  StatNum: integer;
+begin
+  // adds static
+  StatNum := Length(Statics);
+  SetLength(Statics, StatNum + 1);
+
+  // colorize hack
+  if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    // give encoded color to GetTexture()
+    Statics[StatNum] := TStatic.Create(Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, RGBFloatToInt(ColR, ColG, ColB)));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Statics[StatNum] := TStatic.Create(Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, Color)); // new skin
+  end;
+                     
+  // configures static
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.X := X;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.Y := Y;
+
+  //Set height and width via sprite size if omitted
+  if(H = 0) then
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.H := Statics[StatNum].Texture.H
+  else
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.H := H;
+
+  if(W = 0) then
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.W := Statics[StatNum].Texture.W
+  else
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.W := W;
+
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.Z := Z;
+  if (Typ <> TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.ColR := ColR;
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.ColG := ColG;
+    Statics[StatNum].Texture.ColB := ColB;
+  end;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.TexX1 := TexX1;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.TexY1 := TexY1;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.TexX2 := TexX2;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.TexY2 := TexY2;
+  Statics[StatNum].Texture.Alpha := 1;
+  Statics[StatNum].Visible := true;
+
+  //ReflectionMod
+  Statics[StatNum].Reflection := Reflection;
+  Statics[StatNum].ReflectionSpacing := ReflectionSpacing;
+
+  Result := StatNum;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddText(ThemeText: TThemeText): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddText(ThemeText.X, ThemeText.Y, ThemeText.W, ThemeText.Font, ThemeText.Size,
+    ThemeText.ColR, ThemeText.ColG, ThemeText.ColB, ThemeText.Align, ThemeText.Text, ThemeText.Reflection, ThemeText.ReflectionSpacing, ThemeText.Z);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddText(X, Y: real; const Text_: UTF8String): integer;
+var
+  TextNum: integer;
+begin
+  // adds text
+  TextNum := Length(Text);
+  SetLength(Text, TextNum + 1);
+  Text[TextNum] := TText.Create(X, Y, Text_);
+  Result := TextNum;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddText(X, Y: real;
+                      Style: integer;
+                      Size, ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+                      const Text: UTF8String): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddText(X, Y, 0, Style, Size, ColR, ColG, ColB, 0, Text, false, 0, 0);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddText(X, Y, W: real;
+                       Style: integer;
+                       Size, ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+                       Align: integer;
+                       const Text_: UTF8String;
+                       Reflection_: boolean;
+                       ReflectionSpacing_: real;
+                       Z : real): integer;
+var
+  TextNum: integer;
+begin
+  // adds text
+  TextNum := Length(Text);
+  SetLength(Text, TextNum + 1);
+  Text[TextNum] := TText.Create(X, Y, W, Style, Size, ColR, ColG, ColB, Align, Text_, Reflection_, ReflectionSpacing_, Z);
+  Result := TextNum;
+end;
+
+//Function that Set Length of Button boolean in one Step instead of register new Memory for every Button
+procedure TMenu.SetButtonLength(Length: cardinal);
+begin
+  if (ButtonPos = -1) and (Length > 0) then
+  begin
+    //Set Length of Button
+    SetLength(Button, Length);
+
+    //Set ButtonPos to start with 0
+    ButtonPos := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Method to add a button in our TMenu. It returns the assigned ButtonNumber
+function TMenu.AddButton(ThemeButton: TThemeButton): integer;
+var
+  BT:    integer;
+  BTLen: integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddButton(ThemeButton.X, ThemeButton.Y, ThemeButton.W, ThemeButton.H,
+    ThemeButton.ColR, ThemeButton.ColG, ThemeButton.ColB, ThemeButton.Int,
+    ThemeButton.DColR, ThemeButton.DColG, ThemeButton.DColB, ThemeButton.DInt,
+    Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeButton.Tex), ThemeButton.Typ,
+    ThemeButton.Reflection, ThemeButton.Reflectionspacing, ThemeButton.DeSelectReflectionspacing);
+
+  Button[Result].Z := ThemeButton.Z;
+
+  //Button Visibility
+  Button[Result].Visible := ThemeButton.Visible;
+
+  //Some Things from ButtonFading
+  Button[Result].SelectH := ThemeButton.SelectH;
+  Button[Result].SelectW := ThemeButton.SelectW;
+
+  Button[Result].Fade := ThemeButton.Fade;
+  Button[Result].FadeText := ThemeButton.FadeText;
+  if (ThemeButton.Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    Button[Result].FadeTex := Texture.GetTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeButton.FadeTex), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED,
+      RGBFloatToInt(ThemeButton.ColR, ThemeButton.ColG, ThemeButton.ColB));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Button[Result].FadeTex := Texture.GetTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeButton.FadeTex), ThemeButton.Typ);
+  end;
+
+  Button[Result].FadeTexPos := ThemeButton.FadeTexPos;
+
+  BTLen := Length(ThemeButton.Text);
+  for BT := 0 to BTLen-1 do
+  begin
+    AddButtonText(ThemeButton.Text[BT].X, ThemeButton.Text[BT].Y,
+      ThemeButton.Text[BT].ColR, ThemeButton.Text[BT].ColG, ThemeButton.Text[BT].ColB,
+      ThemeButton.Text[BT].Font, ThemeButton.Text[BT].Size, ThemeButton.Text[BT].Align,
+      ThemeButton.Text[BT].Text);
+  end;
+
+  // bautton collection mod
+  if (ThemeButton.Parent <> 0) then
+  begin
+    // if collection exists then change interaction to child button
+    if (@ButtonCollection[ThemeButton.Parent-1] <> nil) then
+    begin
+      Interactions[High(Interactions)].Typ := iBCollectionChild;
+      Button[Result].Visible := false;
+
+      for BT := 0 to BTLen-1 do
+        Button[Result].Text[BT].Alpha := 0;
+
+      Button[Result].Parent := ThemeButton.Parent;
+      if (ButtonCollection[ThemeButton.Parent-1].Fade) then
+        Button[Result].Texture.Alpha := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddButton(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddButton(X, Y, W, H, TexName, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddButton(X, Y, W, H: real; const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Reflection: boolean): integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddButton(X, Y, W, H, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0.5, TexName, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Reflection, 15, 15);
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddButton(X, Y, W, H, ColR, ColG, ColB, Int, DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt: real;
+                         const TexName: IPath;
+			 Typ: TTextureType;
+                         Reflection: boolean;
+			 ReflectionSpacing, DeSelectReflectionSpacing: real): integer;
+begin
+  // adds button
+  //SetLength is used once to reduce Memory usement
+  if (ButtonPos <> -1) then
+  begin
+    Result := ButtonPos;
+    Inc(ButtonPos)
+  end
+  else //Old Method -> Reserve new Memory for every Button
+  begin
+    Result := Length(Button);
+    SetLength(Button, Result + 1);
+  end;
+
+  // colorize hack
+  if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    // give encoded color to GetTexture()
+    Button[Result] := TButton.Create(Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, RGBFloatToInt(ColR, ColG, ColB)),
+                                     Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, RGBFloatToInt(DColR, DColG, DColB)));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Button[Result] := TButton.Create(Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ));
+  end;
+
+  // configures button
+  Button[Result].X := X;
+  Button[Result].Y := Y;
+  Button[Result].W := W;
+  Button[Result].H := H;
+  if (Typ <> TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    Button[Result].SelectColR := ColR;
+    Button[Result].SelectColG := ColG;
+    Button[Result].SelectColB := ColB;
+    Button[Result].DeselectColR := DColR;
+    Button[Result].DeselectColG := DColG;
+    Button[Result].DeselectColB := DColB;
+  end;
+  Button[Result].SelectInt := Int;
+  Button[Result].DeselectInt := DInt;
+  Button[Result].Texture.TexX1 := 0;
+  Button[Result].Texture.TexY1 := 0;
+  Button[Result].Texture.TexX2 := 1;
+  Button[Result].Texture.TexY2 := 1;
+  Button[Result].SetSelect(false);
+
+  Button[Result].Reflection := Reflection;
+  Button[Result].Reflectionspacing := ReflectionSpacing;
+  Button[Result].DeSelectReflectionspacing := DeSelectReflectionSpacing;
+
+  // button collection mod
+  Button[Result].Parent := 0;
+
+  // adds interaction
+  AddInteraction(iButton, Result);
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.ClearButtons;
+begin
+  Setlength(Button, 0);
+end;
+
+// method to draw our tmenu and all his child buttons
+function TMenu.DrawBG: boolean;
+begin
+  Background.Draw;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.DrawFG: boolean;
+var
+  J: integer;
+begin
+  // We don't forget about newly implemented static for nice skin ...
+  for J := 0 to High(Statics) do
+    Statics[J].Draw;
+
+  // ... and slightly implemented menutext unit
+  for J := 0 to High(Text) do
+    Text[J].Draw;
+
+  //  Draw all ButtonCollections
+  for J := 0 to High(ButtonCollection) do
+    ButtonCollection[J].Draw;
+
+  // Second, we draw all of our buttons
+  for J := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[J].Draw;
+
+  for J := 0 to High(SelectsS) do
+    SelectsS[J].Draw;
+
+  // Third, we draw all our widgets
+  //  for J := 0 to Length(WidgetsSrc) - 1 do
+  //    SDL_BlitSurface(WidgetsSrc[J], nil, ParentBackBuf, WidgetsRect[J]);
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  DrawBG;
+  DrawFG;
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+{
+function TMenu.GetNextScreen(): PMenu;
+begin
+  Result := NextScreen;
+end;
+}
+
+{
+function TMenu.AddWidget(X, Y: UInt16; WidgetSrc: PSDL_Surface): Int16;
+var
+  WidgetNum: Int16;
+begin
+  if (Assigned(WidgetSrc)) then
+  begin
+    WidgetNum := Length(WidgetsSrc);
+
+    SetLength(WidgetsSrc, WidgetNum + 1);
+    SetLength(WidgetsRect, WidgetNum + 1);
+
+    WidgetsSrc[WidgetNum] := WidgetSrc;
+    WidgetsRect[WidgetNum] := new(PSDL_Rect);
+    WidgetsRect[WidgetNum]^.x := X;
+    WidgetsRect[WidgetNum]^.y := Y;
+    WidgetsRect[WidgetNum]^.w := WidgetSrc^.w;
+    WidgetsRect[WidgetNum]^.h := WidgetSrc^.h;
+
+    Result := WidgetNum;
+  end
+  else
+    Result := -1;
+end;
+}
+
+{
+procedure TMenu.ClearWidgets(MinNumber: Int16);
+var
+  J: Int16;
+begin
+  for J := MinNumber to (Length(WidgetsSrc) - 1) do
+  begin
+    SDL_FreeSurface(WidgetsSrc[J]);
+    dispose(WidgetsRect[J]);
+  end;
+
+  SetLength(WidgetsSrc, MinNumber);
+  SetLength(WidgetsRect, MinNumber);
+end;
+}
+
+function TMenu.IsSelectable(Int: cardinal): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  case Interactions[Int].Typ of
+    //Button
+    iButton: Result := Button[Interactions[Int].Num].Visible and Button[Interactions[Int].Num].Selectable;
+
+    //Select Slide
+    iSelectS: Result := SelectsS[Interactions[Int].Num].Visible;
+
+    //ButtonCollection Child
+    iBCollectionChild:
+      Result := (ButtonCollection[Button[Interactions[Int].Num].Parent - 1].FirstChild - 1 = Int) and ((Interactions[Interaction].Typ <> iBCollectionChild) or (Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Parent <> Button[Interactions[Int].Num].Parent));
+  end;
+end;
+
+// implemented for the sake of usablility
+// [curser down] picks the button left to the actual atm
+// this behaviour doesn't make sense for two rows of buttons
+procedure TMenu.InteractPrevRow;
+var
+  Int: integer;
+begin
+// these two procedures just make sense for at least 5 buttons, because we
+// usually start a second row when there are more than 4 buttons
+  Int := Interaction;
+
+  Int := Int - ceil(Length(Interactions) / 2);
+
+  //Set Interaction
+  if ((Int < 0) or (Int > Length(Interactions) - 1)) then
+    Int         := Interaction // invalid button, keep current one
+  else
+    Interaction := Int;        // select row above
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.InteractNextRow;
+var
+  Int: integer;
+begin
+  Int := Interaction;
+
+  Int := Int + ceil(Length(Interactions) / 2);
+
+  //Set Interaction
+  if ((Int < 0) or (Int > Length(Interactions) - 1)) then
+    Int         := Interaction // invalid button, keep current one
+  else
+    Interaction := Int;        // select row above
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.InteractNext;
+var
+  Int: integer;
+begin
+  Int := Interaction;
+
+  // change interaction as long as it's needed
+  repeat
+    Int := (Int + 1) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    //If no Interaction is Selectable Simply Select Next
+    if (Int = Interaction) then
+      Break;
+
+  until IsSelectable(Int);
+
+  //Set Interaction
+  Interaction := Int;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.InteractPrev;
+var
+  Int: integer;
+begin
+  Int := Interaction;
+
+  // change interaction as long as it's needed
+  repeat
+    Int := Int - 1;
+    if Int = -1 then
+      Int := High(Interactions);
+
+    //If no Interaction is Selectable Simply Select Next
+    if (Int = Interaction) then
+      Break;
+  until IsSelectable(Int);
+
+  //Set Interaction
+  Interaction := Int
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.InteractCustom(CustomSwitch: integer);
+{ needed only for below
+var
+  Num:   integer;
+  Typ:   integer;
+  Again: boolean;
+}
+begin
+  //Code Commented atm, because it needs to be Rewritten
+  //it doesn't work with Button Collections
+  {then
+  begin
+    CustomSwitch:= CustomSwitch*(-1);
+    Again := true;
+  // change interaction as long as it's needed
+  while (Again = true) do
+  begin
+    Num := SelInteraction - CustomSwitch;
+    if Num = -1 then
+      Num := High(Interactions);
+    Interaction := Num;
+    Again := false; // reset, default to accept changing interaction
+
+    // checking newly interacted element
+    Num := Interactions[Interaction].Num;
+    Typ := Interactions[Interaction].Typ;
+    case Typ of
+    iButton:
+      begin
+        if Button[Num].Selectable = false then
+	  Again := true;
+      end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // while
+  end
+  else if num>0 then
+  begin
+    Again := true;
+    // change interaction as long as it's needed
+  while (Again = true) do
+  begin
+    Num := (Interaction + CustomSwitch) Mod Length(Interactions);
+    Interaction := Num;
+    Again := false; // reset, default to accept changing interaction
+
+    // checking newly interacted element
+    Num := Interactions[Interaction].Num;
+    Typ := Interactions[Interaction].Typ;
+    case Typ of
+    iButton:
+      begin
+        if Button[Num].Selectable = false then
+	  Again := true;
+      end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // while
+    end     }
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.FadeTo(Screen: PMenu);
+begin
+  Display.Fade := 0;
+  Display.NextScreen := Screen;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.FadeTo(Screen: PMenu; aSound: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+begin
+  FadeTo( Screen );
+  AudioPlayback.PlaySound( aSound );
+end;
+
+procedure OnSaveEncodingError(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer);
+begin
+  Display.CheckOK := Value;
+  if (Value) then
+  begin
+    //Hack to Finish Singscreen correct on Exit with Q Shortcut
+    if (Display.NextScreenWithCheck = nil) then
+    begin
+      if (Display.CurrentScreen = @ScreenSing) then
+        ScreenSing.Finish
+      {else if (Display.CurrentScreen = @ScreenSingModi) then
+        ScreenSingModi.Finish;}
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//popup hack
+procedure TMenu.CheckFadeTo(Screen: PMenu; Msg: UTF8String);
+begin
+  Display.Fade := 0;
+  Display.NextScreenWithCheck := Screen;
+  Display.CheckOK := false;
+  ScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(msg, OnSaveEncodingError, nil, false);
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddButtonText(AddX, AddY: real; const AddText: UTF8String);
+begin
+  AddButtonText(AddX, AddY, 1, 1, 1, AddText);
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddButtonText(AddX, AddY: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; const AddText: UTF8String);
+var
+  Il: integer;
+begin
+  with Button[High(Button)] do
+  begin
+    Il := Length(Text);
+    SetLength(Text, Il+1);
+    Text[Il] := TText.Create(X + AddX, Y + AddY, AddText);
+    Text[Il].ColR := ColR;
+    Text[Il].ColG := ColG;
+    Text[Il].ColB := ColB;
+    Text[Il].Int := 1;//0.5;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddButtonText(AddX, AddY: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; Font: integer; Size: integer; Align: integer; const AddText: UTF8String);
+var
+  Il: integer;
+begin
+  with Button[High(Button)] do
+  begin
+    Il := Length(Text);
+    SetLength(Text, Il+1);
+    Text[Il] := TText.Create(X + AddX, Y + AddY, AddText);
+    Text[Il].ColR := ColR;
+    Text[Il].ColG := ColG;
+    Text[Il].ColB := ColB;
+    Text[Il].Int := 1;//0.5;
+    Text[Il].Style := Font;
+    Text[Il].Size := Size;
+    Text[Il].Align := Align;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddButtonText(CustomButton: TButton; AddX, AddY: real; ColR, ColG, ColB: real; Font: integer; Size: integer; Align: integer; const AddText: UTF8String);
+var
+  Il: integer;
+begin
+  with CustomButton do
+  begin
+    Il := Length(Text);
+    SetLength(Text, Il+1);
+    Text[Il] := TText.Create(X + AddX, Y + AddY, AddText);
+    Text[Il].ColR := ColR;
+    Text[Il].ColG := ColG;
+    Text[Il].ColB := ColB;
+    Text[Il].Int := 1;//0.5;
+    Text[Il].Style := Font;
+    Text[Il].Size := Size;
+    Text[Il].Align := Align;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddSelectSlide(ThemeSelectS: TThemeSelectSlide; var Data: integer; const Values: array of UTF8String): integer;
+var
+  SO: integer;
+begin
+  Result := AddSelectSlide(ThemeSelectS.X, ThemeSelectS.Y, ThemeSelectS.W, ThemeSelectS.H, ThemeSelectS.SkipX, ThemeSelectS.SBGW,
+    ThemeSelectS.ColR, ThemeSelectS.ColG, ThemeSelectS.ColB, ThemeSelectS.Int,
+    ThemeSelectS.DColR, ThemeSelectS.DColG, ThemeSelectS.DColB, ThemeSelectS.DInt,
+    ThemeSelectS.TColR, ThemeSelectS.TColG, ThemeSelectS.TColB, ThemeSelectS.TInt,
+    ThemeSelectS.TDColR, ThemeSelectS.TDColG, ThemeSelectS.TDColB, ThemeSelectS.TDInt,
+    ThemeSelectS.SBGColR, ThemeSelectS.SBGColG, ThemeSelectS.SBGColB, ThemeSelectS.SBGInt,
+    ThemeSelectS.SBGDColR, ThemeSelectS.SBGDColG, ThemeSelectS.SBGDColB, ThemeSelectS.SBGDInt,
+    ThemeSelectS.STColR, ThemeSelectS.STColG, ThemeSelectS.STColB, ThemeSelectS.STInt,
+    ThemeSelectS.STDColR, ThemeSelectS.STDColG, ThemeSelectS.STDColB, ThemeSelectS.STDInt,
+    Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeSelectS.Tex), ThemeSelectS.Typ,
+    Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemeSelectS.TexSBG), ThemeSelectS.TypSBG,
+    ThemeSelectS.Text, Data);
+  for SO := 0 to High(Values) do
+    AddSelectSlideOption(Values[SO]);
+
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Text.Size := ThemeSelectS.TextSize;
+
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Texture.Z := ThemeSelectS.Z;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].TextureSBG.Z := ThemeSelectS.Z;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.Z := ThemeSelectS.Z;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.Z := ThemeSelectS.Z;
+
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].showArrows := ThemeSelectS.showArrows;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].oneItemOnly := ThemeSelectS.oneItemOnly;
+
+  //Generate Lines
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].GenLines;
+
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].SelectedOption := SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].SelectOptInt; // refresh
+end;
+
+function TMenu.AddSelectSlide(X, Y, W, H, SkipX, SBGW, ColR, ColG, ColB, Int, DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt,
+  TColR, TColG, TColB, TInt, TDColR, TDColG, TDColB, TDInt,
+  SBGColR, SBGColG, SBGColB, SBGInt, SBGDColR, SBGDColG, SBGDColB, SBGDInt,
+  STColR, STColG, STColB, STInt, STDColR, STDColG, STDColB, STDInt: real;
+  const TexName: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; const SBGName: IPath; SBGTyp: TTextureType;
+  const Caption: UTF8String; var Data: integer): integer;
+var
+  S: integer;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  S := Length(SelectsS);
+  SetLength(SelectsS, S + 1);
+  SelectsS[S] := TSelectSlide.Create;
+
+  if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    SelectsS[S].Colorized := true;
+    SelectsS[S].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, RGBFloatToInt(ColR, ColG, ColB));
+    SelectsS[S].DeselectTexture := Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ, RGBFloatToInt(DColR, DColG, DColB));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    SelectsS[S].Colorized := false;
+    SelectsS[S].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(TexName, Typ);
+    
+    SelectsS[S].ColR := ColR;
+    SelectsS[S].ColG := ColG;
+    SelectsS[S].ColB := ColB;
+
+    SelectsS[S].DColR := DColR;
+    SelectsS[S].DColG := DColG;
+    SelectsS[S].DColB := DColB;
+  end;
+  
+  SelectsS[S].Int := Int;
+  SelectsS[S].DInt := DInt; 
+
+  SelectsS[S].X := X;
+  SelectsS[S].Y := Y;
+  SelectsS[S].W := W;
+  SelectsS[S].H := H;  
+
+  if (SBGTyp = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+  begin
+    SelectsS[S].ColorizedSBG := true;
+    SelectsS[S].TextureSBG := Texture.GetTexture(SBGName, SBGTyp, RGBFloatToInt(SBGColR, SBGColG, SBGColB));
+    SelectsS[S].DeselectTextureSBG := Texture.GetTexture(SBGName, SBGTyp, RGBFloatToInt(SBGDColR, SBGDColG, SBGDColB));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    SelectsS[S].ColorizedSBG := false;
+    SelectsS[S].TextureSBG := Texture.GetTexture(SBGName, SBGTyp);
+
+    SelectsS[S].SBGColR := SBGColR;
+    SelectsS[S].SBGColG := SBGColG;
+    SelectsS[S].SBGColB := SBGColB;
+
+    SelectsS[S].SBGDColR := SBGDColR;
+    SelectsS[S].SBGDColG := SBGDColG;
+    SelectsS[S].SBGDColB := SBGDColB;
+  end;
+
+
+  SelectsS[S].SBGInt := SBGInt;
+  SelectsS[S].SBGDInt := SBGDInt;
+  
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowL   := Tex_SelectS_ArrowL;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.X := X + W + SkipX;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.Y := Y + (H - Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.H) / 2;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.W := Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.W;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.H := Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.H;
+
+
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowR   := Tex_SelectS_ArrowR;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.X := X + W + SkipX + SBGW - Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.W;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.Y := Y + (H - Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.H) / 2;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.W := Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.W;
+  SelectsS[High(SelectsS)].Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.H := Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.H;
+
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.X := X + W + SkipX;
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.Y := Y;
+  SelectsS[S].SBGW := SBGW;
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.H := H;
+
+  SelectsS[S].Text.X := X + 20;
+  SelectsS[S].Text.Y := Y + (SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.H / 2) - 15;
+  SelectsS[S].Text.Text := Caption;
+  SelectsS[S].Text.Size := 30;
+  SelectsS[S].Text.Visible := true;
+  SelectsS[S].TColR := TColR;
+  SelectsS[S].TColG := TColG;
+  SelectsS[S].TColB := TColB;
+  SelectsS[S].TInt := TInt;
+  SelectsS[S].TDColR := TDColR;
+  SelectsS[S].TDColG := TDColG;
+  SelectsS[S].TDColB := TDColB;
+  SelectsS[S].TDInt := TDInt;
+
+  SelectsS[S].STColR := STColR;
+  SelectsS[S].STColG := STColG;
+  SelectsS[S].STColB := STColB;
+  SelectsS[S].STInt := STInt;
+  SelectsS[S].STDColR := STDColR;
+  SelectsS[S].STDColG := STDColG;
+  SelectsS[S].STDColB := STDColB;
+  SelectsS[S].STDInt := STDInt;
+
+  // new
+  SelectsS[S].Texture.TexX1 := 0;
+  SelectsS[S].Texture.TexY1 := 0;
+  SelectsS[S].Texture.TexX2 := 1;
+  SelectsS[S].Texture.TexY2 := 1;
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.TexX1 := 0;
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.TexY1 := 0;
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.TexX2 := 1;
+  SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.TexY2 := 1;
+
+  // Sets Data to copy the value of selectops to global value;
+  SelectsS[S].PData := @Data;
+  // Configures Select options
+  {//SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].Text := IntToStr(I+1);
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].Size := 30;
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].Align := 1;
+
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].ColR := SelectsS[S].STDColR;
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].ColG := SelectsS[S].STDColG;
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].ColB := SelectsS[S].STDColB;
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].Int := SelectsS[S].STDInt;
+  SelectsS[S].TextOpt[0].Visible := true; }
+
+  // Sets default value of selectopt from Data;
+  SelectsS[S].SelectedOption := Data;
+
+  // Disables default selection
+  SelectsS[S].SetSelect(false);
+
+  {// Configures 3 select options
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+  begin
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].X := SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.X + 20 + (50 + 20) + (150 - 20) * I;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].Y := SelectsS[S].TextureSBG.Y + 20;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].Text := IntToStr(I+1);
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].Size := 30;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].Align := 1;
+
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].ColR := SelectsS[S].STDColR;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].ColG := SelectsS[S].STDColG;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].ColB := SelectsS[S].STDColB;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].Int := SelectsS[S].STDInt;
+    SelectsS[S].TextOpt[I].Visible := true;
+  end;}
+
+  // adds interaction
+  AddInteraction(iSelectS, S);
+  Result := S;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddSelectSlideOption(const AddText: UTF8String);
+begin
+  AddSelectSlideOption(High(SelectsS), AddText);
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddSelectSlideOption(SelectNo: cardinal; const AddText: UTF8String);
+var
+  SO: integer;
+begin
+  SO := Length(SelectsS[SelectNo].TextOptT);
+
+  SetLength(SelectsS[SelectNo].TextOptT, SO + 1);
+  SelectsS[SelectNo].TextOptT[SO] := AddText;
+{
+  SelectsS[S].SelectedOption := SelectsS[S].SelectOptInt; // refresh
+
+  if SO = Selects[S].PData^ then
+    Selects[S].SelectedOption := SO;
+}
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.UpdateSelectSlideOptions(ThemeSelectSlide: TThemeSelectSlide;
+  SelectNum: integer; const Values: array of UTF8String; var Data: integer);
+var
+  SO: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(SelectsS[SelectNum].TextOptT, 0);
+  for SO := 0 to High(Values) do
+    AddSelectSlideOption(SelectNum, Values[SO]);
+
+  SelectsS[SelectNum].GenLines;
+
+//  SelectsS[SelectNum].SelectedOption := SelectsS[SelectNum].SelectOptInt; // refresh
+//  SelectS[SelectNum].SetSelectOpt(Data);
+//  SelectS[SelectNum].SelectedOption := 0;//Data;
+
+//  Log.LogError(IntToStr(High(SelectsS[SelectNum].TextOptT)));
+//  if 0 <= High(SelectsS[SelectNum].TextOptT) then
+
+  SelectsS[SelectNum].PData := @Data;
+  SelectsS[SelectNum].SelectedOption := Data;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.InteractInc;
+var
+  Num:   integer;
+  Value: integer;
+begin
+  case Interactions[Interaction].Typ of
+    iSelectS: begin
+        Num := Interactions[Interaction].Num;
+        Value := SelectsS[Num].SelectedOption;
+//        Value := (Value + 1) Mod (Length(SelectsS[Num].TextOptT));
+
+        // limit
+        Value := Value + 1;
+        if Value <= High(SelectsS[Num].TextOptT) then
+          SelectsS[Num].SelectedOption := Value;
+      end;
+    //Button Collection Mod
+    iBCollectionChild:
+      begin
+
+        //Select Next Button in Collection
+        for Num := 1 to High(Button) do
+        begin
+          Value := (Interaction + Num) Mod Length(Button);
+          if Value = 0 then
+          begin
+            InteractNext;
+            Break;
+          end;
+          if (Button[Value].Parent = Button[Interaction].Parent) then
+          begin
+            Interaction := Value;
+            Break;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+    //interact Next if there is Nothing to Change
+    else InteractNext;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.InteractDec;
+var
+  Num:   integer;
+  Value: integer;
+begin
+  case Interactions[Interaction].Typ of
+    iSelectS: begin
+        Num := Interactions[Interaction].Num;
+        Value := SelectsS[Num].SelectedOption;
+        Value := Value - 1;
+//        if Value = -1 then
+//          Value := High(SelectsS[Num].TextOptT);
+
+        if Value >= 0 then
+          SelectsS[Num].SelectedOption := Value;
+      end;
+    //Button Collection Mod
+    iBCollectionChild:
+      begin
+        //Select Prev Button in Collection
+        for Num := High(Button) downto 1 do
+        begin
+          Value := (Interaction + Num) Mod Length(Button);
+          if Value = High(Button) then
+          begin
+            InteractPrev;
+            Break;
+          end;
+          if (Button[Value].Parent = Button[Interaction].Parent) then
+          begin
+            Interaction := Value;
+            Break;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+    // interact prev if there is nothing to change
+    else
+      begin
+        InteractPrev;
+        // if buttoncollection with more than 1 entry then select last entry
+        if (Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Parent <> 0) and (ButtonCollection[Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Parent-1].CountChilds > 1) then
+        begin
+          //Select Last Child
+          for Num := High(Button) downto 1 do
+          begin
+            Value := (Interaction + Num) Mod Length(Button);
+            if (Button[Value].Parent = Button[Interaction].Parent) then
+            begin
+              Interaction := Value;
+              Break;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+begin
+  AddStatic(X,   Y,   W,   H,   0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(X+2, Y+2, W-4, H-4, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.OnShow;
+begin
+  // FIXME: this needs some work. First, there should be a variable like
+  // VideoBackground so we can check whether a video-background is enabled or not.
+  // Second, a video should be stopped if the screen is hidden, but the Video.Stop()
+  // method is not implemented by now. This is necessary for theme-switching too.
+  // At the moment videos cannot be turned off without restarting USDX.
+
+  {// check if a background texture was found
+  if (BackImg.TexNum = 0)  then
+  begin
+    // try to open an animated background
+    // Note: newer versions of ffmpeg are able to open images like jpeg
+    //   so do not pass an image's filename to VideoPlayback.Open()
+    if fileexists( fFileName ) then
+    begin
+      if VideoPlayback.Open( fFileName ) then
+      begin
+        VideoBGTimer.SetTime(0);
+        VideoPlayback.Play;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end; }
+  if (Background = nil) then
+    AddBackground(DEFAULT_BACKGROUND);
+
+  Background.OnShow;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.OnShowFinish;
+begin
+  // nothing
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.OnHide;
+begin
+  // nothing
+  Background.OnFinish;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  // nothing
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+var
+  nBut: integer;
+  Action: TMouseClickAction;
+begin
+  //default mouse parsing: clicking generates return keypress,
+  //  mousewheel selects in select slide
+  //override ParseMouse to customize
+  Result := true;
+
+  if RightMbESC and (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) and BtnDown then
+  begin
+    //if RightMbESC is set, send ESC keypress
+    Result:=ParseInput(SDLK_ESCAPE, 0, true);
+  end;
+
+  // transfer mousecords to the 800x600 raster we use to draw
+  X := Round((X / (ScreenW / Screens)) * RenderW);
+  if (X > RenderW) then
+    X := X - RenderW;
+  Y := Round((Y / ScreenH) * RenderH);
+
+  // allways go to next screen if we don't have any interactions
+  if Length(Interactions) = 0 then
+  begin
+    if (BtnDown) and (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) then
+      Result := ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    nBut := InteractAt(X, Y);
+    if nBut >= 0 then
+    begin
+      //select on mouse-over
+      if nBut <> Interaction then
+        SetInteraction(nBut);
+
+      Action := maNone;
+
+      if (BtnDown) then
+      begin
+        if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) then
+        begin
+          //click button or SelectS
+          if (Interactions[nBut].Typ = iSelectS) then
+            Action := SelectsS[Interactions[nBut].Num].OnClick(X, Y)
+          else
+            Action := maReturn;
+        end
+        else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN) then
+        begin //forward on select slide with mousewheel
+          if (Interactions[nBut].Typ = iSelectS) then
+            Action := maRight;
+        end
+        else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP) then
+        begin //backward on select slide with mousewheel
+          if (Interactions[nBut].Typ = iSelectS) then
+            Action := maLeft;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+        // do the action we have to do ;)
+      case Action of
+        maReturn: Result := ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+        maLeft:   Result := ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true);
+        maRight:  Result := ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true);
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      nBut := CollectionAt(X, Y);
+      if (nBut >= 0) and (not ButtonCollection[nBut].Selected) then
+      begin
+        // if over button collection, that is not already selected
+        // -> select first child but don't allow click
+        nBut := ButtonCollection[nBut].FirstChild - 1;
+        if nBut <> Interaction then
+          SetInteraction(nBut);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TMenu.InRegion(X, Y: real; A: TMouseOverRect): boolean;
+begin
+  // check whether A contains X and Y
+  Result := (X >= A.X) and (X <= A.X + A.W) and (Y >= A.Y) and (Y <= A.Y + A.H);
+end;
+
+//takes x,y coordinates and returns the interaction number
+//of the control at this position
+function TMenu.InteractAt(X, Y: real): integer;
+var
+  i, nBut: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  for i := Low(Interactions) to High(Interactions) do
+  begin
+    case Interactions[i].Typ of
+      iButton:
+        if InRegion(X, Y, Button[Interactions[i].Num].GetMouseOverArea) and
+           Button[Interactions[i].Num].Visible then
+        begin
+          Result:=i;
+          exit;
+        end;
+      iBCollectionChild:
+        if InRegion(X, Y, Button[Interactions[i].Num].GetMouseOverArea) then
+        begin
+          Result:=i;
+          exit;
+        end;
+      iSelectS:
+        if InRegion(X, Y, SelectSs[Interactions[i].Num].GetMouseOverArea)  then
+      	begin
+          Result:=i;
+          exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//takes x,y coordinates and returns the button collection id
+function TMenu.CollectionAt(X, Y: real): integer;
+var
+  i, nBut: integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  for i:= Low(ButtonCollection) to High(ButtonCollection) do
+  begin
+    if InRegion(X, Y, ButtonCollection[i].GetMouseOverArea) and
+        ButtonCollection[i].Visible then
+    begin
+      Result:=i;
+      exit;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenu.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  // nothing
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuBackground.pas b/src/menu/UMenuBackground.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e2e63a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuBackground.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuBackground;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+//TMenuBackground - abstraction class for MenuBackgrounds
+//this is a class, not an interface because of the constructors
+//and destructors
+//--------
+
+type
+  EMenuBackgroundError = class(Exception);
+  TMenuBackground = class
+    constructor Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground); virtual;
+    procedure   OnShow; virtual;
+    procedure   Draw; virtual;
+    procedure   OnFinish; virtual;
+    destructor  Destroy; override;
+  end;
+  cMenuBackground = class of TMenuBackground;
+
+implementation
+
+constructor TMenuBackground.Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+end;
+
+destructor  TMenuBackground.Destroy;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackground.OnShow;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackground.OnFinish;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackground.Draw;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundColor.pas b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundColor.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45b58c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundColor.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuBackgroundColor;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UMenuBackground;
+
+//TMenuBackgroundColor - Background Color
+//--------
+
+type
+  TMenuBackgroundColor = class (TMenuBackground)
+    private
+      Color: TRGB;
+    public
+      constructor Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground); override;
+      procedure   Draw; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  UGraphic;
+
+constructor TMenuBackgroundColor.Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Color := ThemedSettings.Color;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackgroundColor.Draw;
+begin
+  if (ScreenAct = 1) then
+  begin //just clear once, even when using two screens
+   glClearColor(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, 0);
+   glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundFade.pas b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundFade.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d877baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundFade.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuBackgroundFade;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuBackground,
+  UPath;
+
+//TMenuBackgroundFade - Background Fade In for Overlay screens
+//--------
+
+type
+  TMenuBackgroundFade = class (TMenuBackground)
+    private
+      Tex:        TTexture;
+      Color:      TRGB;
+      Alpha:      real;
+      
+      useTexture: boolean;
+
+      FadeTime:   cardinal;
+    public
+      constructor Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground); override;
+      procedure   OnShow; override;
+      procedure   Draw; override;
+      destructor  Destroy; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  FADEINTIME = 1500; //Time the bg fades in
+
+implementation
+uses
+  sdl,
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  USkins,
+  UCommon,
+  UGraphic;
+
+constructor TMenuBackgroundFade.Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+var
+  texFilename: IPath;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  FadeTime := 0;
+
+  Color := ThemedSettings.Color;
+  Alpha := ThemedSettings.Alpha;
+  if (Length(ThemedSettings.Tex) > 0) then
+  begin
+    texFilename := Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemedSettings.Tex);
+    Tex         := Texture.GetTexture(texFilename, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+    UseTexture  := (Tex.TexNum <> 0);
+  end
+  else
+    UseTexture := false;
+
+  if (not UseTexture) then
+    FreeandNil(Tex);
+end;
+
+destructor  TMenuBackgroundFade.Destroy;
+begin
+  //Why isn't there any Tex.free method?
+  {if UseTexture then
+    FreeandNil(Tex); }
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackgroundFade.OnShow;
+begin
+  FadeTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackgroundFade.Draw;
+var
+  Progress: real;
+begin
+  if FadeTime = 0 then
+    Progress := Alpha
+  else
+    Progress := Alpha * (SDL_GetTicks - FadeTime) / FADEINTIME;
+
+  if Progress > Alpha then
+  begin
+    FadeTime := 0;
+    Progress := Alpha;
+  end;
+
+  if (UseTexture) then
+  begin //Draw Texture to Screen
+    if (ScreenAct = 1) then //Clear just once when in dual screen mode
+      glClear(GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+    glColorRGB(Color, Progress);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex.TexNum);
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX1*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY1*Tex.TexH);
+      glVertex2f(0, 0);
+
+      glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX1*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY2*Tex.TexH);
+      glVertex2f(0, 600);
+
+      glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX2*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY2*Tex.TexH);
+      glVertex2f(800, 600);
+
+      glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX2*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY1*Tex.TexH);
+      glVertex2f(800, 0);
+    glEnd;
+
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  end
+  else
+  begin //Clear Screen w/ progress Alpha + Color
+    if (ScreenAct = 1) then //Clear just once when in dual screen mode
+      glClear(GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+      
+    glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+    glColorRGB(Color, Progress);
+
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glVertex2f(0, 0);
+      glVertex2f(0, 600);
+      glVertex2f(800, 600);
+      glVertex2f(800, 0);
+    glEnd;
+
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  end;  
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundNone.pas b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundNone.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c64f3023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundNone.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuBackgroundNone;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UMenuBackground;
+
+//TMenuBackgroundNone - Just no Background (e.g. for Overlays)
+//--------
+
+type
+  TMenuBackgroundNone = class (TMenuBackground)
+    private
+
+    public
+      constructor Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground); override;
+      procedure   Draw; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  UGraphic;
+
+constructor TMenuBackgroundNone.Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackgroundNone.Draw;
+begin
+  //Do just nothing in here!
+  If (ScreenAct = 1) then //Clear just once when in dual screen mode
+    glClear(GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundTexture.pas b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundTexture.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f71637ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundTexture.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuBackgroundTexture;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuBackground,
+  UPath;
+
+//TMenuBackgroundColor - Background Color
+//--------
+
+type
+  TMenuBackgroundTexture = class (TMenuBackground)
+    private
+      Tex: TTexture;
+      Color: TRGB;
+    public
+      constructor Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground); override;
+      procedure   Draw; override;
+      destructor  Destroy; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  SUPPORTED_EXTS_BACKGROUNDTEXTURE: array[0..13] of string = ('.png', '.bmp', '.jpg', '.jpeg', '.gif', '.pnm', '.ppm', '.pgm', '.pbm', '.xpm', '.lbm', '.pcx', '.tga', '.tiff');
+
+implementation
+uses
+  USkins,
+  UCommon,
+  SysUtils,
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  UGraphic;
+
+constructor TMenuBackgroundTexture.Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+var
+  texFilename: IPath;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  if (Length(ThemedSettings.Tex) = 0) then
+    raise EMenuBackgroundError.Create('TMenuBackgroundTexture: No texture filename present');
+
+  Color       := ThemedSettings.Color;
+
+  texFilename := Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemedSettings.Tex);
+  Tex         := Texture.GetTexture(texFilename, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+  if (Tex.TexNum = 0) then
+  begin
+    freeandnil(Tex);
+    raise EMenuBackgroundError.Create('TMenuBackgroundTexture: Can''t load texture');
+  end;
+end;
+
+destructor  TMenuBackgroundTexture.Destroy;
+begin
+  //freeandnil(Tex); <- this causes an Access Violation o0
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackgroundTexture.Draw;
+begin
+  If (ScreenAct = 1) then //Clear just once when in dual screen mode
+    glClear(GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+    
+  glColorRGB(Color);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex.TexNum);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX1*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY1*Tex.TexH);
+    glVertex2f(0, 0);
+
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX1*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY2*Tex.TexH);
+    glVertex2f(0, 600);
+
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX2*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY2*Tex.TexH);
+    glVertex2f(800, 600);
+
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex.TexX2*Tex.TexW, Tex.TexY1*Tex.TexH);
+    glVertex2f(800, 0);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundVideo.pas b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundVideo.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a33e721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuBackgroundVideo.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuBackgroundVideo;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UMenuBackground,
+  UMusic,
+  UVideo,
+  UPath;
+
+//TMenuBackgroundColor - Background Color
+//--------
+
+type
+  //DefaultBGVideoPlayback = TVideoPlayback_FFmpeg;
+
+{type
+  TBGVideoPool = class;
+
+  PBGVideoPoolItem = ^TBGVideoPoolItem;
+  TBGVideoPoolItem = record
+    Parent: TBGVideoPool;
+    VideoPlayback = IVideoPlayback;
+    ReferenceCounter: cardinal; //Number of Creations
+  end;
+
+  TBGVideo = class
+    private
+      myItem: PBGVideoPoolItem;
+    public
+      constructor Create(Item: PBGVideoPoolItem); override;
+
+      function    GetVideoPlayback: IVideoPlayback;
+      procedure   Draw;
+
+      destructor  Destroy;
+  end;
+
+  TBGVideoPool = class
+    private
+      Items: PBGVideoPoolItem;
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+
+      function    GetBGVideo(filename: IPath): TBGVideo;
+      procedure   RemoveItem(
+      procedure   FreeAllItems;
+
+      destructor  Destroy;
+  end;
+
+type }
+  TMenuBackgroundVideo = class (TMenuBackground)
+    private
+      fFilename: IPath;
+      fBgVideo: IVideo;
+    public
+      constructor Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground); override;
+      procedure   OnShow; override;
+      procedure   Draw; override;
+      procedure   OnFinish; override;
+      destructor  Destroy; override;
+  end;
+
+{var
+  BGVideoPool: TBGVideoPool;  }
+const
+  SUPPORTED_EXTS_BACKGROUNDVIDEO: array[0..6] of string = ('.avi', '.mov', '.divx', '.mpg', '.mp4', '.mpeg', '.m2v');
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  gl,
+  glext,
+  SysUtils,
+  UTime,
+  USkins,
+  UCommon,
+  UGraphic;
+
+constructor TMenuBackgroundVideo.Create(const ThemedSettings: TThemeBackground);
+begin
+  inherited;
+  if (Length(ThemedSettings.Tex) = 0) then
+    raise EMenuBackgroundError.Create('TMenuBackgroundVideo: No video filename present');
+
+  fFileName := Skin.GetTextureFileName(ThemedSettings.Tex);
+  if (not fFilename.IsFile) then
+    raise EMenuBackgroundError.Create('TMenuBackgroundVideo: Can''t load background video: ' + fFilename.ToNative);
+end;
+
+destructor  TMenuBackgroundVideo.Destroy;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TMenuBackgroundVideo.OnShow;
+begin
+  fBgVideo := VideoPlayback.Open(fFileName);
+  if (fBgVideo <> nil) then
+  begin
+    VideoBGTimer.SetTime(0);
+    VideoBGTimer.Start();
+    fBgVideo.Loop := true;
+    fBgVideo.Play;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure   TMenuBackgroundVideo.OnFinish;
+begin
+  // unload video
+  fBgVideo := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TMenuBackgroundVideo.Draw;
+begin
+  // clear just once when in dual screen mode
+  if (ScreenAct = 1) then
+  begin
+    glClear(GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+    // video failure -> draw blank background
+    if (fBgVideo = nil) then
+      glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT);
+  end;
+
+  if (fBgVideo <> nil) then
+  begin
+    fBgVideo.GetFrame(VideoBGTimer.GetTime());
+    fBgVideo.SetScreen(ScreenAct);
+    fBgVideo.Draw();
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Implementation of TBGVideo
+//--------
+{constructor TBGVideo.Create(Item: PBGVideoPoolItem);
+begin
+  myItem := PBGVideoPoolItem;
+  Inc(myItem.ReferenceCounter);
+end;
+
+destructor  TBGVideo.Destroy;
+begin
+  Dec(myItem.ReferenceCounter);
+end;
+
+function    TBGVideo.GetVideoPlayback: IVideoPlayback;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure   TBGVideo.Draw;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+// Implementation of TBGVideoPool
+//--------
+
+constructor TBGVideoPool.Create;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+destructor  TBGVideoPool.Destroy;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+function    TBGVideoPool.GetBGVideo(filename: IPath): TBGVideo;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure   TBGVideoPool.FreeAllItems;
+begin
+
+end;  }
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuButton.pas b/src/menu/UMenuButton.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..868a86f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuButton.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuButton;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  TextGL,
+  UTexture,
+  gl,
+  UMenuText,
+  SDL,
+  UMenuInteract;
+
+type
+  CButton = class of TButton;
+
+  TButton = class
+    protected
+      SelectBool:   boolean;
+
+      FadeProgress: real;
+      FadeLastTick: cardinal;
+
+      DeSelectW,
+      DeSelectH,
+      PosX,
+      PosY:         real;
+
+
+    public
+      Text:                      array of TText;
+      Texture:                   TTexture; // Button Screen position and size
+      Texture2:                  TTexture; // second texture only used for fading full resolution covers
+
+      Colorized:                 boolean;
+      DeSelectTexture:           TTexture; // texture for colorized hack
+
+      FadeTex:                   TTexture; //Texture for beautiful fading
+      FadeTexPos:                byte;     //Pos of the FadeTexture (0: Top, 1: Left, 2: Bottom, 3: Right)
+
+      DeselectType:              integer;  // not used yet
+      Visible:                   boolean;
+
+      Reflection:                boolean;
+      Reflectionspacing,
+      DeSelectReflectionspacing: real;
+
+      Fade,
+      FadeText:                  boolean;
+
+      Selectable:                boolean;
+
+      //Number of the Parent Collection, 0 if in no Collection
+      Parent:  byte;
+
+      SelectColR,
+      SelectColG,
+      SelectColB,
+      SelectInt,
+      SelectTInt:   real;
+      //Fade Mod
+      SelectW:      real;
+      SelectH:      real;
+
+      DeselectColR,
+      DeselectColG,
+      DeselectColB,
+      DeselectInt,
+      DeselectTInt: real;
+
+      procedure SetY(Value: real);
+      procedure SetX(Value: real);
+      procedure SetW(Value: real);
+      procedure SetH(Value: real);
+
+      procedure SetSelect(Value: boolean); virtual;
+      property X: real read PosX write SetX;
+      property Y: real read PosY write SetY;
+      property Z: real read Texture.z write Texture.z;
+      property W: real read DeSelectW write SetW;
+      property H: real read DeSelectH write SetH;
+      property Selected: boolean read SelectBool write SetSelect;
+
+      procedure   Draw; virtual;
+
+      constructor Create(); overload;
+      constructor Create(Textura: TTexture); overload;
+      constructor Create(Textura, DSTexture: TTexture); overload;
+      destructor  Destroy; override;
+
+      function GetMouseOverArea: TMouseOverRect;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses 
+  SysUtils,
+  UDrawTexture;
+
+procedure TButton.SetX(Value: real);
+{var
+  dx:   real;
+  T:    integer;    // text}
+begin
+  {dY := Value - Texture.y;
+
+  Texture.X := Value;
+
+  for T := 0 to High(Text) do
+    Text[T].X := Text[T].X + dY;}
+
+  PosX := Value;
+  if (FadeTex.TexNum = 0) then
+    Texture.X := Value;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TButton.SetY(Value: real);
+{var
+  dY: real;
+  T:  integer;    // text}
+begin
+  {dY := Value - PosY;
+
+
+  for T := 0 to High(Text) do
+    Text[T].Y := Text[T].Y + dY;}
+
+  PosY := Value;
+  if (FadeTex.TexNum = 0) then
+    Texture.y := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TButton.SetW(Value: real);
+begin
+  if SelectW = DeSelectW then
+    SelectW := Value;
+
+  DeSelectW := Value;
+
+  if not Fade then
+  begin
+    if SelectBool then
+      Texture.W := SelectW
+    else
+      Texture.W := DeSelectW;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TButton.SetH(Value: real);
+begin
+  if SelectH = DeSelectH then
+    SelectH := Value;
+
+  DeSelectH := Value;
+
+  if not Fade then
+  begin
+    if SelectBool then
+      Texture.H := SelectH
+    else
+      Texture.H := DeSelectH;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TButton.SetSelect(Value : boolean);
+var
+  T: integer;
+begin
+  SelectBool := Value;
+
+  if (Value) then
+  begin
+    Texture.ColR  := SelectColR;
+    Texture.ColG  := SelectColG;
+    Texture.ColB  := SelectColB;
+    Texture.Int   := SelectInt;
+
+    Texture2.ColR := SelectColR;
+    Texture2.ColG := SelectColG;
+    Texture2.ColB := SelectColB;
+    Texture2.Int  := SelectInt;
+
+    for T := 0 to High(Text) do
+      Text[T].Int := SelectTInt;
+
+    //Fade Mod
+    if Fade then
+    begin
+      if (FadeProgress <= 0) then
+        FadeProgress := 0.125;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Texture.W := SelectW;
+      Texture.H := SelectH;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Texture.ColR  := DeselectColR;
+    Texture.ColG  := DeselectColG;
+    Texture.ColB  := DeselectColB;
+    Texture.Int   := DeselectInt;
+
+    Texture2.ColR := DeselectColR;
+    Texture2.ColG := DeselectColG;
+    Texture2.ColB := DeselectColB;
+    Texture2.Int  := DeselectInt;
+
+    for T := 0 to High(Text) do
+      Text[T].Int := DeselectTInt;
+
+    //Fade Mod
+    if Fade then
+    begin
+      if (FadeProgress >= 1) then
+        FadeProgress := 0.875;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Texture.W := DeSelectW;
+      Texture.H := DeSelectH;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// ***** Public methods ****** //
+
+procedure TButton.Draw;
+var
+  T:       integer;
+  Tick:    cardinal;
+  Spacing: real;
+begin
+  if Visible then
+  begin
+    //Fade Mod
+    T:=0;
+    if Fade then
+    begin
+      if (FadeProgress < 1) and (FadeProgress > 0) then
+      begin
+        Tick := SDL_GetTicks() div 16;
+        if (Tick <> FadeLastTick) then
+        begin
+          FadeLastTick := Tick;
+
+          if SelectBool then
+            FadeProgress := FadeProgress + 0.125
+          else
+            FadeProgress := FadeProgress - 0.125;
+
+          if (FadeText) then
+          begin
+            for T := 0 to high(Text) do
+            begin
+              Text[T].MoveX := (SelectW - DeSelectW) * FadeProgress;
+              Text[T].MoveY := (SelectH - DeSelectH) * FadeProgress;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      //Method without Fade Texture
+      if (FadeTex.TexNum = 0) then
+      begin
+        Texture.W         := DeSelectW + (SelectW - DeSelectW) * FadeProgress;
+        Texture.H         := DeSelectH + (SelectH - DeSelectH) * FadeProgress;
+        DeSelectTexture.W := Texture.W;
+        DeSelectTexture.H := Texture.H;
+      end
+      else //method with Fade Texture
+      begin
+        Texture.W         := DeSelectW;
+        Texture.H         := DeSelectH;
+        DeSelectTexture.W := Texture.W;
+        DeSelectTexture.H := Texture.H;
+
+        FadeTex.ColR      := Texture.ColR;
+        FadeTex.ColG      := Texture.ColG;
+        FadeTex.ColB      := Texture.ColB;
+        FadeTex.Int       := Texture.Int;
+
+        FadeTex.Z         := Texture.Z;
+
+        FadeTex.Alpha     := Texture.Alpha;
+        FadeTex.TexX1     := 0;
+        FadeTex.TexX2     := 1;
+        FadeTex.TexY1     := 0;
+        FadeTex.TexY2     := 1;
+
+        case FadeTexPos of
+          0: //FadeTex on Top
+            begin
+              //Standard Texture
+              Texture.X := PosX;
+              Texture.Y := PosY + (SelectH - DeSelectH) * FadeProgress;
+              DeSelectTexture.X := Texture.X;
+              DeSelectTexture.Y := Texture.Y;
+              //Fade Tex
+              FadeTex.X := PosX;
+              FadeTex.Y := PosY;
+              FadeTex.W := Texture.W;
+              FadeTex.H := (SelectH - DeSelectH) * FadeProgress;
+              FadeTex.ScaleW := Texture.ScaleW;
+              //Some Hack that Fixes a little Space between both Textures
+              FadeTex.TexY2 := 0.9;
+            end;
+          1: //FadeTex on Left
+            begin
+              //Standard Texture
+              Texture.X := PosX + (SelectW - DeSelectW) * FadeProgress;
+              Texture.Y := PosY;
+              DeSelectTexture.X := Texture.X;
+              DeSelectTexture.Y := Texture.Y;
+              //Fade Tex
+              FadeTex.X := PosX;
+              FadeTex.Y := PosY;
+              FadeTex.H := Texture.H;
+              FadeTex.W := (SelectW - DeSelectW) * FadeProgress;
+              FadeTex.ScaleH := Texture.ScaleH;
+              //Some Hack that Fixes a little Space between both Textures
+              FadeTex.TexX2 := 0.9;
+            end;
+          2: //FadeTex on Bottom
+            begin
+              //Standard Texture
+              Texture.X := PosX;
+              Texture.Y := PosY;
+              DeSelectTexture.X := Texture.X;
+              DeSelectTexture.Y := Texture.Y;
+              //Fade Tex
+              FadeTex.X := PosX;
+              FadeTex.Y := PosY  + (SelectH - DeSelectH) * FadeProgress;;
+              FadeTex.W := Texture.W;
+              FadeTex.H := (SelectH - DeSelectH) * FadeProgress;
+              FadeTex.ScaleW := Texture.ScaleW;
+              //Some Hack that Fixes a little Space between both Textures
+              FadeTex.TexY1 := 0.1;
+            end;
+          3: //FadeTex on Right
+            begin
+              //Standard Texture
+              Texture.X := PosX;
+              Texture.Y := PosY;
+              DeSelectTexture.X := Texture.X;
+              DeSelectTexture.Y := Texture.Y;
+              //Fade Tex
+              FadeTex.X := PosX + (SelectW - DeSelectW) * FadeProgress;
+              FadeTex.Y := PosY;
+              FadeTex.H := Texture.H;
+              FadeTex.W := (SelectW - DeSelectW) * FadeProgress;
+              FadeTex.ScaleH := Texture.ScaleH;
+              //Some Hack that Fixes a little Space between both Textures
+              FadeTex.TexX1 := 0.1;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end
+    else if (FadeText) then
+    begin
+      Text[T].MoveX := (SelectW - DeSelectW);
+      Text[T].MoveY := (SelectH - DeSelectH);
+    end;
+
+    if SelectBool or (FadeProgress > 0) or not Colorized then
+      DrawTexture(Texture)
+    else
+    begin
+      DeSelectTexture.X := Texture.X;
+      DeSelectTexture.Y := Texture.Y;
+      DeSelectTexture.H := Texture.H;
+      DeSelectTexture.W := Texture.W;
+      DrawTexture(DeSelectTexture);
+    end;
+
+    //Draw FadeTex
+    if (FadeTex.TexNum > 0) then
+      DrawTexture(FadeTex);
+
+    if Texture2.Alpha > 0 then
+    begin
+      Texture2.ScaleW := Texture.ScaleW;
+      Texture2.ScaleH := Texture.ScaleH;
+
+      Texture2.X := Texture.X;
+      Texture2.Y := Texture.Y;
+      Texture2.W := Texture.W;
+      Texture2.H := Texture.H;
+
+      Texture2.ColR := Texture.ColR;
+      Texture2.ColG := Texture.ColG;
+      Texture2.ColB := Texture.ColB;
+      Texture2.Int := Texture.Int;
+
+      Texture2.Z := Texture.Z;
+
+      DrawTexture(Texture2);
+    end;
+
+    //Reflection Mod
+    if (Reflection) then // Draw Reflections
+    begin
+      if (FadeProgress <> 0) and (FadeProgress <> 1) then
+      begin
+        Spacing := DeSelectReflectionspacing - (DeSelectReflectionspacing - Reflectionspacing) * FadeProgress;
+      end
+      else if SelectBool then
+        Spacing := Reflectionspacing
+      else
+        Spacing := DeSelectReflectionspacing;
+
+      if SelectBool or not Colorized then
+      with Texture do
+      begin
+        //Bind Tex and GL Attributes
+        glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        glDepthRange(0, 10);
+        glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+        glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+        glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, TexNum);
+
+        //Draw
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);//Top Left
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha-0.3);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY2*TexH);
+          glVertex3f(x, y+h*scaleH+ Spacing, z);
+
+          //Bottom Left
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, 0);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY1+TexH*0.5);
+          glVertex3f(x, y+h*scaleH + h*scaleH/2 + Spacing, z);
+
+
+          //Bottom Right
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, 0);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY1+TexH*0.5);
+          glVertex3f(x+w*scaleW, y+h*scaleH + h*scaleH/2 + Spacing, z);
+
+          //Top Right
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha-0.3);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY2*TexH);
+          glVertex3f(x+w*scaleW, y+h*scaleH + Spacing, z);
+        glEnd;
+
+        glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+        glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+      end
+      else
+      with DeSelectTexture do
+      begin
+        //Bind Tex and GL Attributes
+        glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        glDepthRange(0, 10);
+        glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+        glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+        glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, TexNum);
+
+        //Draw
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);//Top Left
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha-0.3);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY2*TexH);
+          glVertex3f(x, y+h*scaleH+ Spacing, z);
+
+          //Bottom Left
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, 0);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY1+TexH*0.5);
+          glVertex3f(x, y+h*scaleH + h*scaleH/2 + Spacing, z);
+
+          //Bottom Right
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, 0);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY1+TexH*0.5);
+          glVertex3f(x+w*scaleW, y+h*scaleH + h*scaleH/2 + Spacing, z);
+
+          //Top Right
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha-0.3);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY2*TexH);
+          glVertex3f(x+w*scaleW, y+h*scaleH + Spacing, z);
+        glEnd;
+
+        glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+        glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    for T := 0 to High(Text) do
+    begin
+      Text[T].Draw;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TButton.GetMouseOverArea: TMouseOverRect;
+begin
+  if (FadeTex.TexNum = 0) then
+  begin
+    Result.X := Texture.X;
+    Result.Y := Texture.Y;
+    Result.W := Texture.W;
+    Result.H := Texture.H;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    case FadeTexPos of
+      0: begin // fade tex on top
+        Result.X := Texture.X;
+        Result.Y := FadeTex.Y;
+        Result.W := Texture.W;
+        Result.H := FadeTex.H + Texture.H;
+      end;
+
+      1: begin // fade tex on left side
+        Result.X := FadeTex.X;
+        Result.Y := Texture.Y;
+        Result.W := FadeTex.W + Texture.W;
+        Result.H := Texture.H;
+      end;
+
+      2: begin // fade tex on bottom
+        Result.X := Texture.X;
+        Result.Y := Texture.Y;
+        Result.W := Texture.W;
+        Result.H := FadeTex.H + Texture.H;
+      end;
+
+      3: begin // fade tex on right side
+        Result.X := Texture.X;
+        Result.Y := Texture.Y;
+        Result.W := FadeTex.W + Texture.W;
+        Result.H := Texture.H;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+destructor TButton.Destroy;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+constructor TButton.Create();
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  // We initialize all to 0, nil or false
+  Visible        := true;
+  SelectBool     := false;
+  DeselectType   := 0;
+  Selectable     := true;
+  Reflection     := false;
+  Colorized      := false;
+
+  SelectColR     := 1;
+  SelectColG     := 1;
+  SelectColB     := 1;
+  SelectInt      := 1;
+  SelectTInt     := 1;
+
+  DeselectColR   := 1;
+  DeselectColG   := 1;
+  DeselectColB   := 1;
+  DeselectInt    := 0.5;
+  DeselectTInt   := 1;
+
+  Fade           := false;
+  FadeTex.TexNum := 0;
+  FadeProgress   := 0;
+  FadeText       := false;
+  SelectW        := DeSelectW;
+  SelectH        := DeSelectH;
+
+  PosX           := 0;
+  PosY           := 0;
+
+  Parent         := 0;
+end;
+
+constructor TButton.Create(Textura: TTexture);
+begin
+  Create();
+  Texture         := Textura;
+  DeSelectTexture := Textura;
+  Texture.ColR    := 0;
+  Texture.ColG    := 0.5;
+  Texture.ColB    := 0;
+  Texture.Int     := 1;
+  Colorized       := false;
+end;
+
+// Button has the texture-type "colorized"
+// Two textures are generated, one with Col the other one with DCol
+// Check UMenu.pas line 680 to see the call ( AddButton() )
+constructor TButton.Create(Textura, DSTexture: TTexture);
+begin
+  Create();
+  Texture         := Textura;
+  DeSelectTexture := DSTexture;
+  Texture.ColR    := 1;
+  Texture.ColG    := 1;
+  Texture.ColB    := 1;
+  Texture.Int     := 1;
+  Colorized       := true;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuButtonCollection.pas b/src/menu/UMenuButtonCollection.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b7a1c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuButtonCollection.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuButtonCollection;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenuButton;
+
+type
+  //----------------
+  //TButtonCollection
+  //No Extra Attributes or Functions ATM
+  //----------------
+  AButton = array of TButton;
+  PAButton = ^AButton;
+  TButtonCollection = class(TButton)
+    //num of the First Button, that can be Selected
+    FirstChild: byte;
+    CountChilds: byte;
+    
+    ScreenButton: PAButton;
+
+    procedure SetSelect(Value : boolean); override;
+    procedure Draw; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+procedure TButtonCollection.SetSelect(Value : boolean);
+var
+  Index: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Visible for Every Button that is a Child of this ButtonCollection
+  if (not Fade) then
+    for Index := 0 to High(ScreenButton^) do
+      if (ScreenButton^[Index].Parent = Parent) then
+        ScreenButton^[Index].Visible := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TButtonCollection.Draw;
+var
+  I, J: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  //If fading is activated, Fade Child Buttons
+  if (Fade) then
+  begin
+    for I := 0 to High(ScreenButton^) do
+      if (ScreenButton^[I].Parent = Parent) then
+      begin
+        if (FadeProgress < 0.5) then
+        begin
+          ScreenButton^[I].Visible := SelectBool;
+
+          for J := 0 to High(ScreenButton^[I].Text) do
+            ScreenButton^[I].Text[J].Visible := SelectBool;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          ScreenButton^[I].Texture.Alpha := (FadeProgress-0.666)*3;
+          
+          for J := 0 to High(ScreenButton^[I].Text) do
+            ScreenButton^[I].Text[J].Alpha := (FadeProgress-0.666)*3;
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuEqualizer.pas b/src/menu/UMenuEqualizer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f57e44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuEqualizer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuEqualizer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  //----------------
+  //Tms_Equalizer
+  //Class displaying an equalizer (Songscreen)
+  //----------------
+  Tms_Equalizer = class(TObject)
+    private
+      FFTData: TFFTData; // moved here to avoid stack overflows
+      BandData: array of byte;
+      RefreshTime: cardinal;
+
+      Source: IAudioPlayback;
+
+      procedure Analyse;
+    public
+      X: integer;
+      Y: integer;
+      Z: real;
+
+      W: integer;
+      H: integer;
+      Space: integer;
+
+      Visible: boolean;
+      Alpha:   real;
+      Color:   TRGB;
+
+      Direction:  boolean;
+      BandLength: integer;
+
+      Reflection:        boolean;
+      Reflectionspacing: real;
+
+
+      constructor Create(Source: IAudioPlayback; mySkin: TThemeEqualizer);
+
+      procedure Draw;
+      procedure SetBands(Value: byte);
+      function  GetBands: byte;
+      property  Bands: byte read GetBands write SetBands;
+      procedure SetSource(newSource: IAudioPlayback);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses
+  math,
+  SDL,
+  gl,
+  glext;
+
+constructor Tms_Equalizer.Create(Source: IAudioPlayback; mySkin: TThemeEqualizer);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  if (Source <> nil) then
+  begin
+    X          := mySkin.X;
+    Y          := mySkin.Y;
+    W          := mySkin.W;
+    H          := mySkin.H;
+    Z          := mySkin.Z;
+
+    Space      := mySkin.Space;
+
+    Visible    := mySkin.Visible;
+    Alpha      := mySkin.Alpha;
+    Color.R    := mySkin.ColR;
+    Color.G    := mySkin.ColG;
+    Color.B    := mySkin.ColB;
+
+    Direction  := mySkin.Direction;
+    Bands      := mySkin.Bands;
+    BandLength := mySkin.Length;
+
+    Reflection := mySkin.Reflection;
+    Reflectionspacing := mySkin.Reflectionspacing;
+
+    Self.Source := Source;
+
+
+    //Check if Visible
+    if (Bands  <= 0)  or
+       (BandLength <= 0)  or
+       (W      <= 0)  or
+       (H      <= 0)  or
+       (Alpha  <= 0)  then
+      Visible := false;
+
+    //ClearArray
+    for I := low(BandData) to high(BandData) do
+      BandData[I] := 3;
+  end
+  else
+    Visible := false;
+end;
+
+//--------
+// evaluate FFT-Data
+//--------
+procedure Tms_Equalizer.Analyse;
+var
+  I:            integer;
+  ChansPerBand: byte;        // channels per band
+  MaxChannel:   integer;
+  Pos:          real;
+  CurBand:      integer;
+begin
+  Source.GetFFTData(FFTData);
+
+  Pos := 0;
+  // use only the first approx. 92 of 256 FFT-channels (approx. up to 8kHz
+  ChansPerBand := ceil(92 / Bands); // How much channels are used for one Band
+  MaxChannel := ChansPerBand * Bands - 1;
+
+  // Change Lengths
+  for i := 0 to MaxChannel do
+  begin
+    // Gain higher freq. data so that the bars are visible
+    if i > 35 then
+      FFTData[i] := FFTData[i] * 8
+    else if i > 11 then
+      FFTData[i] := FFTData[i] * 4.5
+    else
+      FFTData[i] := FFTData[i] * 1.1;
+
+    // clamp data
+    if (FFTData[i] > 1) then
+      FFTData[i] := 1;
+
+    // Get max. pos
+    if (FFTData[i] * BandLength > Pos) then
+      Pos := FFTData[i] * BandLength;
+
+    // Check if this is the last channel in the band
+    if ((i+1) mod ChansPerBand = 0) then
+    begin
+      CurBand := i div ChansPerBand;
+
+      // Smooth delay if new equalizer is lower than the old one
+      if ((BandData[CurBand] > Pos) and (BandData[CurBand] > 1)) then
+        BandData[CurBand] := BandData[CurBand] - 1
+      else
+        BandData[CurBand] := Round(Pos);
+
+      Pos := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//--------
+// Draw SpectrumAnalyser, Call Analyse
+//--------
+procedure Tms_Equalizer.Draw;
+var
+  CurTime:    cardinal;
+  PosX, PosY: real;
+  I, J:       integer;
+  Diff:       real;
+
+  function GetAlpha(Diff: single): single;
+  begin
+    if Direction then
+      Result := (Alpha * 0.6) * (0.5 - Diff/(BandLength * (H + Space)))
+    else
+      Result := (Alpha * 0.6) * (0.5 - Diff/(Bands      * (H + Space)));
+  end;
+
+begin
+  if (Visible) and not (AudioPlayback.Finished) then
+  begin
+    //Call Analyse if necessary
+    CurTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+    if (CurTime > RefreshTime) then
+    begin
+      Analyse;
+
+      RefreshTime := CurTime + 44;
+    end;
+
+    //Draw Equalizer Bands
+    // Setup OpenGL
+    glColorRGB(Color, Alpha);
+    glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+    // Set position of the first equalizer bar
+    PosY := Y;
+    PosX := X;
+
+    // Draw bars for each band
+    for I := 0 to High(BandData) do
+    begin
+      // Reset to lower or left position depending on the drawing-direction
+      if Direction then // Vertical bars
+        // FIXME: Is Y the upper or lower coordinate?
+        PosY := Y //+ (H + Space) * BandLength
+      else                                   // Horizontal bars
+        PosX := X;
+
+      // Draw the bar as a stack of blocks
+      for J := 1 to BandData[I] do
+      begin
+        // Draw block
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+          glVertex3f(PosX, PosY, Z);
+          glVertex3f(PosX, PosY+H, Z);
+          glVertex3f(PosX+W, PosY+H, Z);
+          glVertex3f(PosX+W, PosY, Z);
+        glEnd;
+
+        if (Reflection) and (J <= BandLength div 2) then
+        begin
+          Diff := (Y-PosY) + H;
+
+          //Draw Reflection
+          if Direction then
+          begin
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glColorRGB(Color, GetAlpha(Diff));
+              glVertex3f(PosX, Diff + Y + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+
+              //bottom v
+              glColorRGB(Color, GetAlpha(Diff + H));
+              glVertex3f(PosX, Diff + Y+H + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+              glVertex3f(PosX+W, Diff + Y+H + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+
+              glColorRGB(Color, GetAlpha(Diff));
+              glVertex3f(PosX+W, Diff + Y + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+            glEnd;
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+              glColorRGB(Color, GetAlpha(Diff));
+              glVertex3f(PosX, Diff + Y + (H + Space)*Bands + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+              glVertex3f(PosX, Diff + Y+H  + (H + Space)*Bands + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+              glVertex3f(PosX+W, Diff + Y+H  + (H + Space)*Bands + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+              glVertex3f(PosX+W, Diff + Y + (H + Space)*Bands + ReflectionSpacing, Z);
+              glColorRGB(Color, GetAlpha(Diff + H));
+            glEnd;
+          end;
+
+          glColorRGB(Color, Alpha);
+        end;
+
+
+        // Calc position of the bar's next block
+        if Direction then // Vertical bars
+          PosY := PosY - H - Space
+        else                                   // Horizontal bars
+          PosX := PosX + W + Space;
+      end;
+
+      // Calc position of the next bar
+      if Direction then // Vertical bars
+        PosX := PosX + W + Space
+      else                                   // Horizontal bars
+        PosY := PosY + H + Space;
+    end;
+
+
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure Tms_Equalizer.SetBands(Value: byte);
+begin
+  SetLength(BandData, Value);
+end;
+
+function  Tms_Equalizer.GetBands: byte;
+begin
+  Result := Length(BandData);
+end;
+
+procedure Tms_Equalizer.SetSource(newSource: IAudioPlayback);
+begin
+  if (newSource <> nil) then
+    Source := newSource;
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuInteract.pas b/src/menu/UMenuInteract.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7cb92025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuInteract.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuInteract;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+type
+  TInteract = record // for moving thru menu
+    Typ: integer;  // 0 - button, 1 - select, 2 - Text, 3 - Select SLide, 5 - ButtonCollection Child
+    Num: integer;  // number of this item in proper list like buttons, selects
+  end;
+
+  { to handle the area where the mouse is over a control }
+  TMouseOverRect = record
+    X, Y: Real;
+    W, H: Real;
+  end;
+
+  { to handle the on click action }
+  TMouseClickAction = (maNone, maReturn, maLeft, maRight);
+
+implementation
+
+end.
+ 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas b/src/menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..09ce3b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuSelectSlide;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  gl,
+  TextGL,
+  UMenuText,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuInteract;
+
+type
+  PSelectSlide = ^TSelectSlide;
+  TSelectSlide = class
+    private
+      SelectBool:       boolean;
+
+      function AdjustOptionTextToFit(OptText: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+    public
+      // objects
+      Text:             TText; // Main text describing option
+      TextOpt:          array of TText; // 3 texts in the position of possible options
+      TextOptT:         array of UTF8String; // array of names for possible options
+
+      Texture:          TTexture; // Select Texture
+      TextureSBG:       TTexture; // Background Selections Texture
+
+      Colorized:          boolean;
+      DeSelectTexture:    TTexture; // texture for colorized hack
+      ColorizedSBG:       boolean;
+      DeSelectTextureSBG: TTexture; // texture for colorized hack Select BG
+
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowL:    TTexture; // Texture for left arrow
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowR:    TTexture; // Texture for right arrow
+
+      SelectOptInt:     integer;
+      PData:            ^integer;
+
+      //For automatically Setting LineCount
+      Lines: byte;
+
+      //Arrows on/off
+      showArrows: boolean;      //default is false
+
+      //whether to show one item or all that fit into the select
+      oneItemOnly: boolean;      //default is false
+
+      //Visibility
+      Visible: boolean;
+
+      // for selection and deselection
+      // main static
+      ColR:     real;
+      ColG:     real;
+      ColB:     real;
+      Int:      real;
+      DColR:    real;
+      DColG:    real;
+      DColB:    real;
+      DInt:     real;
+
+      // main text
+      TColR:    real;
+      TColG:    real;
+      TColB:    real;
+      TInt:     real;
+      TDColR:   real;
+      TDColG:   real;
+      TDColB:   real;
+      TDInt:    real;
+
+      // selection background static
+      SBGColR:    real;
+      SBGColG:    real;
+      SBGColB:    real;
+      SBGInt:     real;
+      SBGDColR:   real;
+      SBGDColG:   real;
+      SBGDColB:   real;
+      SBGDInt:    real;
+
+      // selection text
+      STColR:     real;
+      STColG:     real;
+      STColB:     real;
+      STInt:      real;
+      STDColR:    real;
+      STDColG:    real;
+      STDColB:    real;
+      STDInt:     real;
+      
+      // position and size
+      property X: real read Texture.x write Texture.x;
+      property Y: real read Texture.y write Texture.y;
+      property W: real read Texture.w write Texture.w;
+      property H: real read Texture.h write Texture.h;
+//      property X2: real read Texture2.x write Texture2.x;
+//      property Y2: real read Texture2.y write Texture2.y;
+//      property W2: real read Texture2.w write Texture2.w;
+//      property H2: real read Texture2.h write Texture2.h;
+
+      property SBGW: real read TextureSBG.w write TextureSBG.w;
+
+      // procedures
+      procedure SetSelect(Value: boolean);
+      property Selected: boolean read SelectBool write SetSelect;
+      procedure SetSelectOpt(Value: integer);
+      property SelectedOption: integer read SelectOptInt write SetSelectOpt;
+      procedure Draw;
+      constructor Create;
+
+      //Automatically Generate Lines (Texts)
+      procedure genLines;
+
+      function GetMouseOverArea: TMouseOverRect;
+      function OnClick(X, Y: Real): TMouseClickAction;
+  end;
+
+const
+  ArrowAlphaOptionsLeft = 1;
+  ArrowAlphaNoOptionsLeft = 0;
+  MinItemSpacing = 5;
+  MinSideSpacing = 24;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  math,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  ULog;
+
+// ------------ Select
+constructor TSelectSlide.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  Text := TText.Create;
+  SetLength(TextOpt, 1);
+  TextOpt[0] := TText.Create;
+  Visible := true;
+
+  Colorized := false;
+  ColorizedSBG := false;
+  ColR := 1;
+  ColG := 1;
+  ColB := 1;
+  Int := 1;
+  DColR := 1;
+  DColG := 1;
+  DColB := 1;
+  DInt := 1;
+
+  SBGColR := 1;
+  SBGColG := 1;
+  SBGColB := 1;
+  SBGInt := 1;
+  SBGDColR := 1;
+  SBGDColG := 1;
+  SBGDColB := 1;
+  SBGDInt := 1;
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.SetSelect(Value: boolean);
+{var
+  SO: integer;
+  I:  integer;}
+begin
+  SelectBool := Value;
+  if Value then
+  begin
+    Texture.ColR := ColR;
+    Texture.ColG := ColG;
+    Texture.ColB := ColB;
+    Texture.Int := Int;
+
+    Text.ColR := TColR;
+    Text.ColG := TColG;
+    Text.ColB := TColB;
+    Text.Int := TInt;
+
+    TextureSBG.ColR := SBGColR;
+    TextureSBG.ColG := SBGColG;
+    TextureSBG.ColB := SBGColB;
+    TextureSBG.Int := SBGInt;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if Colorized then
+      DeSelectTexture.Int := DInt
+    else
+    begin
+      Texture.ColR := DColR;
+      Texture.ColG := DColG;
+      Texture.ColB := DColB;
+      Texture.Int := DInt;
+    end;
+
+    Text.ColR := TDColR;
+    Text.ColG := TDColG;
+    Text.ColB := TDColB;
+    Text.Int := TDInt;
+
+    if (ColorizedSBG) then
+      DeselectTextureSBG.Int := SBGDInt
+    else
+    begin
+      TextureSBG.ColR := SBGDColR;
+      TextureSBG.ColG := SBGDColG;
+      TextureSBG.ColB := SBGDColB;
+      TextureSBG.Int := SBGDInt;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.SetSelectOpt(Value: integer);
+var
+  SO:    integer;
+  HalfL: integer;
+  HalfR: integer;
+
+  procedure DoSelection(Sel: cardinal);
+  var
+    I: integer;
+  begin
+    for I := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+    begin
+      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;
+      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;
+      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;
+      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;
+    end;
+
+    if (integer(Sel) <= High(TextOpt)) then
+    begin
+      TextOpt[Sel].ColR := STColR;
+      TextOpt[Sel].ColG := STColG;
+      TextOpt[Sel].ColB := STColB;
+      TextOpt[Sel].Int := STInt;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+begin
+  SelectOptInt := Value;
+  PData^ := Value;
+
+  if (Length(TextOpt) > 0) and (Length(TextOptT) > 0) then
+  begin
+
+    //First option selected
+    if (Value <= 0) then
+    begin
+      Value := 0;
+
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.alpha := ArrowAlphaNoOptionsLeft;
+      if (Length(TextOptT) > 1) then
+        Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.alpha := ArrowAlphaOptionsLeft
+      else
+        Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.alpha := ArrowAlphaNoOptionsLeft;
+
+      for SO := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+      begin
+        TextOpt[SO].Text := AdjustOptionTextToFit(TextOptT[SO]);
+      end;
+
+      DoSelection(0);
+    end
+
+    //Last option selected
+    else if (Value >= High(TextOptT)) then
+    begin
+      Value := High(TextOptT);
+
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.alpha := ArrowAlphaOptionsLeft;
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.alpha := ArrowAlphaNoOptionsLeft;
+
+      for SO := High(TextOpt) downto Low(TextOpt) do
+      begin
+        TextOpt[SO].Text := AdjustOptionTextToFit(TextOptT[High(TextOptT) - (Lines - SO - 1)]);
+      end;
+      DoSelection(Lines - 1);
+    end
+
+    //in between first and last
+    else
+    begin
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowL.alpha := ArrowAlphaOptionsLeft;
+      Tex_SelectS_ArrowR.alpha := ArrowAlphaOptionsLeft;
+
+      HalfL := Ceil((Lines - 1) / 2);
+      HalfR := Lines - 1 - HalfL;
+
+      //Selected option is near to the left side
+      if (Value <= HalfL) then
+      begin
+        //Change texts
+      	for SO := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+      	begin
+      	  TextOpt[SO].Text := AdjustOptionTextToFit(TextOptT[SO]);
+      	end;
+
+      	DoSelection(Value);
+      end
+
+      //Selected option is near to the right side
+      else if (Value > High(TextOptT) - HalfR) then
+      begin
+      	HalfR := High(TextOptT) - Value;
+      	HalfL := Lines - 1 - HalfR;
+      	//Change texts
+       	for SO := High(TextOpt) downto Low(TextOpt) do
+       	begin
+	        TextOpt[SO].Text := AdjustOptionTextToFit(TextOptT[High(TextOptT) - (Lines - SO - 1)]);
+      	end;
+
+      	DoSelection (HalfL);
+      end
+
+      else
+      begin
+      	//Change Texts
+       	for SO := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+      	begin
+	        TextOpt[SO].Text := AdjustOptionTextToFit(TextOptT[Value - HalfL + SO]);
+      	end;
+
+        DoSelection(HalfL);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{ cuts the text if it is too long to fit on the selectbg }
+function TSelectSlide.AdjustOptionTextToFit(OptText: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+  var
+    MaxLen: real;
+    Len: integer;
+begin
+  Result := OptText;
+  
+  if (TextureSBG.W > 0) then
+  begin
+    MaxLen := TextureSBG.W - MinSideSpacing * 2;
+
+    SetFontStyle(ftNormal);
+    SetFontSize(Text.Size);
+
+    // we will remove min. 2 letters by default and replace them w/ points
+    // if the whole text don't fit
+    Len := Length(OptText) - 1;
+
+    while (glTextWidth(Result) > MaxLen) and (Len > 0) do
+    begin
+      { ensure that we only cut at full letters }
+      { this code may be a problem if there is a text that
+        consists of many multi byte characters and only few
+        one byte characters }
+      repeat
+        Dec(Len);
+      until (byte(OptText[Len]) and 128) = 0;
+      
+      Result := copy(OptText, 1, Len) + '..';
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.Draw;
+var
+  SO: integer;
+begin
+  if Visible then
+  begin
+    if SelectBool or not Colorized then
+    begin
+      DrawTexture(Texture);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      DeselectTexture.X := Texture.X;
+      DeselectTexture.Y := Texture.Y;
+      DeselectTexture.W := Texture.W;
+      DeselectTexture.H := Texture.H;
+      DrawTexture(DeselectTexture);
+    end;
+
+    if SelectBool or not ColorizedSBG then
+    begin
+      DrawTexture(TextureSBG);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      DeselectTextureSBG.X := TextureSBG.X;
+      DeselectTextureSBG.Y := TextureSBG.Y;
+      DeselectTextureSBG.W := TextureSBG.W;
+      DeselectTextureSBG.H := TextureSBG.H;
+      DrawTexture(DeselectTextureSBG);
+    end;
+
+    if showArrows then
+    begin
+      DrawTexture(Tex_SelectS_ArrowL);
+      DrawTexture(Tex_SelectS_ArrowR);
+    end;
+
+    Text.Draw;
+
+    for SO := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+      TextOpt[SO].Draw;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.GenLines;
+var
+  maxlength: real;
+  I:         integer;
+begin
+  SetFontStyle(ftNormal{Text.Style});
+  SetFontSize(Text.Size);
+  maxlength := 0;
+
+  for I := Low(TextOptT) to High(TextOptT) do
+  begin
+    if (glTextWidth(TextOptT[I]) > maxlength) then
+      maxlength := glTextWidth(TextOptT[I]);
+  end;
+
+
+  if (oneItemOnly = false) then
+  begin
+    //show all items
+    Lines := floor((TextureSBG.W - MinSideSpacing * 2) / (maxlength + MinItemSpacing));
+    if (Lines > Length(TextOptT)) then
+      Lines := Length(TextOptT);
+
+    if (Lines <= 0) then
+      Lines := 1;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    //show one item only
+    Lines := 1;
+  end;
+
+  //Free old Space used by Texts
+  for I := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+    TextOpt[I].Free;
+    
+  SetLength (TextOpt, Lines);
+
+  for I := Low(TextOpt) to High(TextOpt) do
+  begin
+    TextOpt[I] := TText.Create;
+    TextOpt[I].Size := Text.Size;
+    TextOpt[I].Visible := true;
+    TextOpt[I].Style := 0;
+
+    TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;
+    TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;
+    TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;
+    TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;
+
+    // generate positions
+    TextOpt[I].Y := TextureSBG.Y + (TextureSBG.H - Text.Size) / 2;
+
+    // better look with 2 options and a single option
+    if (Lines = 2) then
+    begin
+      TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W -40 - glTextWidth(TextOptT[1])) * I;
+      TextOpt[I].Align := 0;
+    end
+    else if (Lines = 1) then
+    begin
+      TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + (TextureSBG.W / 2);
+      TextOpt[I].Align := 1; //center text
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + TextureSBG.W / 2 + (TextureSBG.W - MinSideSpacing*2) * (I / Lines - 0.5);
+      TextOpt[I].Align := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TSelectSlide.GetMouseOverArea: TMouseOverRect;
+begin
+  Result.X := Texture.X;
+  Result.Y := Texture.Y;
+  Result.W := (TextureSBG.X + TextureSBG.W) - Result.X;
+  Result.H := Max(Texture.H, TextureSBG.H);
+end;
+
+function TSelectSlide.OnClick(X, Y: Real): TMouseClickAction;
+  var
+    AreaW: Real;
+begin
+  // default: press return on click 
+  Result := maReturn;
+
+  // use left sides to inc or dec selection by click
+  AreaW := TextureSbg.W / 20;
+
+  if (Y >= TextureSBG.Y) and (Y <= TextureSBG.Y + TextureSBG.H) then
+  begin
+    if (X >= TextureSBG.X) and (X <= TextureSBG.X + AreaW) then
+      Result := maLeft   // hit left area
+    else if (X >= TextureSBG.X + TextureSBG.W - AreaW) and (X <= TextureSBG.X + TextureSBG.W) then
+      Result := maRight; // hit right area
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuStatic.pas b/src/menu/UMenuStatic.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72f4eb36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuStatic.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuStatic;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UTexture,
+  gl;
+
+type
+  TStatic = class
+    public
+      Texture:           TTexture; // Button Screen position and size
+      Visible:           boolean;
+
+      //Reflection Mod
+      Reflection:        boolean;
+      Reflectionspacing: real;
+
+      procedure Draw;
+      constructor Create(Textura: TTexture); overload;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses
+  UDrawTexture;
+
+procedure TStatic.Draw;
+begin
+  if Visible then
+  begin
+    DrawTexture(Texture);
+
+  //Reflection Mod
+    if (Reflection) then // Draw Reflections
+    begin
+      with Texture do
+      begin
+        //Bind Tex and GL Attributes
+        glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+        glDepthRange(0, 10);
+        glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+        glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+        glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+        glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, TexNum);
+
+        //Draw
+        glBegin(GL_QUADS);//Top Left
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha-0.3);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, TexY2*TexH);
+          glVertex3f(x, y+h*scaleH+ Reflectionspacing, z);
+
+          //Bottom Left
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, 0);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX1*TexW, 0.5*TexH+TexY1);
+          glVertex3f(x, y+h*scaleH + h*scaleH/2 + Reflectionspacing, z);
+
+
+          //Bottom Right
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, 0);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, 0.5*TexH+TexY1);
+          glVertex3f(x+w*scaleW, y+h*scaleH + h*scaleH/2 + Reflectionspacing, z);
+
+          //Top Right
+          glColor4f(ColR * Int, ColG * Int, ColB * Int, Alpha-0.3);
+          glTexCoord2f(TexX2*TexW, TexY2*TexH);
+          glVertex3f(x+w*scaleW, y+h*scaleH + Reflectionspacing, z);
+        glEnd;
+
+        glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+        glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+        glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TStatic.Create(Textura: TTexture);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  Texture := Textura;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/menu/UMenuText.pas b/src/menu/UMenuText.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab180b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/menu/UMenuText.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMenuText;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  math,
+  SysUtils,
+  gl, 
+  SDL,
+  TextGL,
+  UTexture;
+
+type
+  TText = class
+    private
+      SelectBool:  boolean;
+      TextString:  UTF8String;
+      TextTiles:   array of UTF8String;
+
+      STicks:      cardinal;
+      SelectBlink: boolean;
+    public
+      X:      real;
+      Y:      real;
+      Z:      real;
+      MoveX:  real;       // some modifier for x - position that don't affect the real Y
+      MoveY:  real;       // some modifier for y - position that don't affect the real Y
+      W:      real;       // text wider than W is broken
+//      H:      real;
+      Size:   real;
+      ColR:   real;
+      ColG:   real;
+      ColB:   real;
+      Alpha:  real;
+      Int:    real;
+      Style:   integer;
+      Visible: boolean;
+      Align:   integer; // 0 = left, 1 = center, 2 = right
+
+      // reflection
+      Reflection:        boolean;
+      ReflectionSpacing: real;
+
+      procedure SetSelect(Value: boolean);
+      property Selected: boolean read SelectBool write SetSelect;
+
+      procedure SetText(Value: UTF8String);
+      property  Text: UTF8String read TextString write SetText;
+
+      procedure DeleteLastLetter; //< Deletes the rightmost letter
+
+      procedure Draw;
+      constructor Create; overload;
+      constructor Create(X, Y: real; const Text: UTF8String); overload;
+      constructor Create(ParX, ParY, ParW: real; ParStyle: integer; ParSize, ParColR, ParColG, ParColB: real; ParAlign: integer; const ParText: UTF8String; ParReflection: boolean; ParReflectionSpacing: real; ParZ: real); overload;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  StrUtils;
+
+procedure TText.SetSelect(Value: boolean);
+begin
+  SelectBool := Value;
+  
+  // set cursor visible
+  SelectBlink := true;
+  STicks := SDL_GetTicks() div 550;
+end;
+
+procedure TText.SetText(Value: UTF8String);
+var
+  NextPos:   cardinal;  // next pos of a space etc.
+  LastPos:   cardinal;  // last pos "
+  LastBreak: cardinal;  // last break
+  isBreak:   boolean;   // true if the break is not caused because the text is out of the area
+  FirstWord: word;      // is first word after break?
+  Len:       word;      // length of the tiles array
+
+  function GetNextPos: boolean;
+  var
+    T1, {T2,} T3: cardinal;
+  begin
+    LastPos := NextPos;
+
+    // next space (if width is given)
+    if (W > 0) then
+      T1 := PosEx(' ', Value, LastPos + 1)
+    else
+      T1 := Length(Value);
+
+    {// next -
+    T2 := PosEx('-', Value, LastPos + 1);}
+
+    // next break
+    T3 := PosEx('\n', Value, LastPos + 1);
+
+    if T1 = 0 then
+      T1 := Length(Value);
+    {if T2 = 0 then
+      T2 := Length(Value); }
+    if T3 = 0 then
+      T3 := Length(Value);
+
+    // get nearest pos
+    NextPos := min(T1, T3{min(T2, T3)});
+
+    if (LastPos = cardinal(Length(Value))) then
+      NextPos := 0;
+
+    isBreak := (NextPos = T3) and (NextPos <> cardinal(Length(Value)));
+    Result := (NextPos <> 0);
+  end;
+
+  procedure AddBreak(const From, bTo: cardinal);
+  begin
+    if (isBreak) or (bTo - From >= 1) then
+    begin
+      Inc(Len);
+      SetLength (TextTiles, Len);
+      TextTiles[Len-1] := Trim(Copy(Value, From, bTo - From));
+
+      if isBreak then
+        LastBreak := bTo + 2
+      else
+        LastBreak := bTo + 1;
+      FirstWord := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+begin
+  // set TextString
+  TextString := Value;
+
+  // set cursor visible
+  SelectBlink := true;
+  STicks := SDL_GetTicks() div 550;
+
+  // exit if there is no need to create tiles
+  if (W <= 0) and (Pos('\n', Value) = 0) then
+  begin
+    SetLength (TextTiles, 1);
+    TextTiles[0] := Value;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  // create tiles
+  // reset text array
+  SetLength (TextTiles, 0);
+  Len := 0;
+
+  // reset counter vars
+  LastPos := 1;
+  NextPos := 1;
+  LastBreak := 1;
+  FirstWord := 1;
+
+  if (W > 0) then
+  begin
+    // set font properties
+    SetFontStyle(Style);
+    SetFontSize(Size);
+  end;
+
+  // go through text
+  while (GetNextPos) do
+  begin
+      // break in text
+      if isBreak then
+      begin
+        // look for break before the break
+        if (glTextWidth(Copy(Value, LastBreak, NextPos - LastBreak + 1)) > W) AND (NextPos-LastPos > 1) then
+        begin
+          isBreak := false;
+          // not the first word after break, so we don't have to break within a word
+          if (FirstWord > 1) then
+          begin
+            // add break before actual position, because there the text fits the area
+            AddBreak(LastBreak, LastPos);
+          end
+          else // first word after break break within the word
+          begin
+            // to do
+            // AddBreak(LastBreak, LastBreak + 155);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        isBreak := true;
+        // add break from text
+        AddBreak(LastBreak, NextPos);
+      end
+      // text comes out of the text area -> createbreak
+      else if (glTextWidth(Copy(Value, LastBreak, NextPos - LastBreak + 1)) > W) then
+      begin
+        // not the first word after break, so we don't have to break within a word
+        if (FirstWord > 1) then
+        begin
+          // add break before actual position, because there the  text fits the area
+          AddBreak(LastBreak, LastPos);
+        end
+        else // first word after break -> break within the word
+        begin
+          // to do
+          // AddBreak(LastBreak, LastBreak + 155);
+        end;
+      end;
+    //end;
+    Inc(FirstWord)
+  end;
+  // add ending
+  AddBreak(LastBreak, Length(Value)+1);
+end;
+
+procedure TText.DeleteLastLetter;
+begin
+  SetText(UTF8Copy(TextString, 1, LengthUTF8(TextString)-1));
+end;
+
+procedure TText.Draw;
+var
+  X2, Y2: real;
+  Text2:  UTF8String;
+  I:      integer;
+  Ticks:  cardinal;
+begin
+  if Visible then
+  begin
+    SetFontStyle(Style);
+    SetFontSize(Size);
+    SetFontItalic(false);
+
+    glColor4f(ColR*Int, ColG*Int, ColB*Int, Alpha);
+
+    // reflection
+    if Reflection then
+      SetFontReflection(true, ReflectionSpacing)
+    else
+      SetFontReflection(false,0);
+
+    // if selected set blink...
+    if SelectBool then
+    begin
+      Ticks := SDL_GetTicks() div 550;
+      if Ticks <> STicks then
+      begin // change visability
+        STicks := Ticks;
+        SelectBlink := Not SelectBlink;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    {if (false) then // no width set draw as one long string
+    begin
+      if not (SelectBool AND SelectBlink) then
+        Text2 := Text
+      else
+        Text2 := Text + '|';
+
+      case Align of
+        0: X2 := X;
+        1: X2 := X - glTextWidth(Text2)/2;
+        2: X2 := X - glTextWidth(Text2);
+      end;
+
+      SetFontPos(X2, Y);
+      glPrint(Text2);
+      SetFontStyle(ftNormal); // reset to default
+    end
+    else
+    begin}
+    // now use always:
+    // draw text as many strings
+      Y2 := Y + MoveY;
+      for I := 0 to High(TextTiles) do
+      begin
+        if (not (SelectBool and SelectBlink)) or (I <> High(TextTiles)) then
+          Text2 := TextTiles[I]
+        else
+          Text2 := TextTiles[I] + '|';
+
+        case Align of
+          1: X2 := X + MoveX - glTextWidth(Text2)/2; { centered }
+          2: X2 := X + MoveX - glTextWidth(Text2); { right aligned }
+          else X2 := X + MoveX; { left aligned (default) }
+        end;
+
+        SetFontPos(X2, Y2);
+
+        SetFontZ(Z);
+
+        glPrint(Text2);
+
+        {if Size >= 10 then
+          Y2 := Y2 + Size * 0.93
+        else}
+        if (Style = ftBold) then
+          Y2 := Y2 + Size * 0.93
+        else
+          Y2 := Y2 + Size * 0.72;
+      end;
+      SetFontStyle(ftNormal); // reset to default
+
+    //end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TText.Create;
+begin
+  Create(0, 0, '');
+end;
+
+constructor TText.Create(X, Y: real; const Text: UTF8String);
+begin
+  Create(X, Y, 0, ftNormal, 30, 0, 0, 0, 0, Text, false, 0, 0);
+end;
+
+constructor TText.Create(ParX, ParY, ParW: real;
+                         ParStyle: integer;
+                         ParSize, ParColR, ParColG, ParColB: real;
+                         ParAlign: integer;
+                         const ParText: UTF8String;
+                         ParReflection: boolean;
+                         ParReflectionSpacing: real;
+                         ParZ: real);
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  Alpha := 1;
+  X := ParX;
+  Y := ParY;
+  W := ParW;
+  Z := ParZ;
+  Style := ParStyle;
+  Size := ParSize;
+  Text := ParText;
+  ColR := ParColR;
+  ColG := ParColG;
+  ColB := ParColB;
+  Int := 1;
+  Align := ParAlign;
+  SelectBool := false;
+  Visible := true;
+  Reflection := ParReflection;
+  ReflectionSpacing := ParReflectionSpacing;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas b/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90c0fa19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenCredits.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1329 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenCredits;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  SDL_Image,
+  gl,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UTexture,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UThemes,
+  UPath,
+  UGraphicClasses;
+
+{ beat detection constants and types }
+const
+  SubChannelCount = 32;
+  HistoryLength = 44;
+  SamplesPerChannel = (FFTSize div 2) div SubChannelCount;
+  BeatEnergyModifier = 80; // modifies detected energy
+                           // higher values equal a more sensitive detection
+
+type
+  TEnergyHistory = array [0..HistoryLength-1] of single;
+  TSubchannelHistory = array [0..SubChannelCount-1] of TEnergyHistory;
+
+type
+  TCreditsStages=(InitialDelay, Intro, MainPart, Outro);
+
+  TScreenCredits = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      CreditsPath: IPath;
+
+      Credits_X:     real;
+      Credits_Time:  cardinal;
+      CTime_hold:    cardinal;
+
+      credits_bg_tex:      TTexture;
+      credits_bg_ovl:      TTexture;
+      //credits_bg_logo:   TTexture;
+      credits_names:       array of TTexture;
+      intro_layer01:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer02:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer03:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer04:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer05:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer06:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer07:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer08:       TTexture;
+      intro_layer09:       TTexture;
+      outro_bg:            TTexture;
+      outro_esc:           TTexture;
+      outro_exd:           TTexture;
+
+      CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd: integer;
+
+      CRDTS_Stage: TCreditsStages;
+
+      { beat detection }
+      SubChannelHistory: TSubchannelHistory;
+
+      { mouse movement easter eggs: }
+      MouseMoved: boolean;
+      MouseX, MouseY: double;
+
+      { saves last x and y angle for easter egg }
+      LogoAngleX, LogoAngleY: single;
+
+      procedure LoadNameTextures;
+
+      { draw different stages }
+      procedure DrawInitialDelay;
+
+      { Intro }
+      procedure DrawIntro;
+      procedure DrawLayeredLogo(Separation, Scale, AngleX, AngleY, AngleZ: single);
+
+      { Main }
+      procedure DrawMain;
+      procedure DrawMainBG;
+      procedure DrawFunkyText;
+
+      procedure DrawMainFG;
+
+      procedure DrawNames;
+      procedure DoLogoBling;
+
+      { Outro }
+      procedure DrawOutro;
+
+
+      { beat detection }
+      procedure DetectBeat;
+    protected
+      { beat detection stuff
+        protected cause we need this information for "on beat
+        effect"}
+      LastBeatTime: cardinal;
+      BeatDetected: boolean;
+      CTime:        cardinal;
+    public
+      Fadeout: boolean;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+   end;
+
+const
+  Funky_Text: string =
+    'Grandma Deluxe has arrived! Thanks to Corvus5 for the massive work on UltraStar, Wome for the nice tune you are hearing, '+
+    'all the people who put massive effort and work in new songs (do not forget UltraStar w/o songs would be nothing), ppl from '+
+    'irc helping us - eBandit and Gabari, scene ppl who really helped instead of compiling and running away. Greetings to DennisTheMenace for betatesting, '+
+    'Demoscene.tv, pouet.net, KakiArts, Sourceforge,..';
+
+{ texture names (loaded from gameshared/resources/credits}
+  CRDTS_BG_FILE           = 'credits_v5_bg.png';
+  CRDTS_OVL_FILE          = 'credits_v5_overlay.png';
+  INTRO_L01_FILE          = 'intro-l-01.png';
+  INTRO_L02_FILE          = 'intro-l-02.png';
+  INTRO_L03_FILE          = 'intro-l-03.png';
+  INTRO_L04_FILE          = 'intro-l-04.png';
+  INTRO_L05_FILE          = 'intro-l-05.png';
+  INTRO_L06_FILE          = 'intro-l-06.png';
+  INTRO_L07_FILE          = 'intro-l-07.png';
+  INTRO_L08_FILE          = 'intro-l-08.png';
+  INTRO_L09_FILE          = 'intro-l-09.png';
+  OUTRO_BG_FILE           = 'outro-bg.png';
+  OUTRO_ESC_FILE          = 'outro-esc.png';
+  OUTRO_EXD_FILE          = 'outro-exit-dark.png';
+
+{ some timings }
+  Delay_Before_Start = 20;
+  Intro_Flare_Start = 60;
+  Intro_Zoom_End = 149;
+  Intro_Stand_End = 155;
+  Intro_Separation_End = 170;
+  Intro_FadeToWhite_Start = 261;
+  Intro_Zoomout_Start = 271;
+  Main_Start = 271;
+  Main_OnBeatTwinkle_Start = 280;
+  Main_Names_Start = 359;
+  Main_Names_End = 2833;
+  Main_FadeOut_Start = 3096;
+  Tune_End = 3366;
+
+{ cosntants for developer names }
+
+type
+  TFadeEffect = procedure (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  TCRTZ_Developer = record
+    Name: string;           // developer name for texture loading (names_"devel".png)
+    Twinkle: boolean;       // should there be twinkles on show
+    FadeIn:   TFadeEffect;  // fade in effect
+    Draw:     TFadeEffect;  // effect during draw
+    FadeOut:  TFadeEffect;  // fade out effect
+  end;
+
+{ effects are called with blending, texture and matrix prepared }
+procedure Effect_Draw             (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_OnBeatJitter     (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Left_Top  (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Right_Bot (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_ZoomIn_Rotate    (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_ZoomOut_Shift    (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Shift_Left       (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Shift_Right_Top  (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Flip_Bot         (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right_Top   (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right       (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right_Bot   (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Right_Top (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Shift_Weird      (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Shift_Right_Bot  (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Right_Top2(const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Flip_Left_Bot    (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right_Top2  (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+procedure Effect_Twinkle_Down     (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+
+const
+  Developers: array[0..10] of TCRTZ_Developer = (
+    (Name: 'alexanders';  Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Rotate_Left_Top;   Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Rotate_Right_Bot),
+    (Name: 'blindy';      Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_ZoomIn_Rotate;     Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_ZoomOut_Shift),
+    (Name: 'brunzel';     Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Shift_Left;        Draw: Effect_Draw;          FadeOut: Effect_Shift_Right_Top),
+    (Name: 'canni';       Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Flip_Bot;          Draw: Effect_Draw;          FadeOut: Effect_Flip_Right_Top),
+    (Name: 'hennymcc';    Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Flip_Right;        Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Flip_Right_Bot),
+    (Name: 'jaybinks';    Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Rotate_Right_Top;  Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Shift_Weird),
+    (Name: 'krueger';     Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Shift_Right_Bot;   Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Rotate_Right_Top2),
+    (Name: 'mezzox';      Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Flip_Left_Bot;     Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Flip_Right_Top),
+    (Name: 'mischi';      Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Shift_Weird;       Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Flip_Bot),
+    (Name: 'mog';         Twinkle: false; FadeIn: Effect_Twinkle_Down;      Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_ZoomIn_Rotate),
+    (Name: 'whiteshark';  Twinkle: true;  FadeIn: Effect_Rotate_Right_Top2; Draw: Effect_OnBeatJitter;  FadeOut: Effect_Shift_Left)
+  );
+
+  { name specific times }
+  TimePerName = (Main_Names_End - Main_Names_Start) div Length(Developers);
+  NameFadeTime = 12;   // duration of fade in/out in 1/100 secs
+  NameWaitTime = 5;    // delay between fade out and fade in of the next devel in 1/100 secs
+  NameTwinkleTime = 2; // duration of star effects in 1/100 secs
+  BeatJitterTime = 3;  // duration of on beat jitter effect
+  { position at which the names show up
+    note: due to use of translate this is the center
+    of the names not the upper left corner as usual }
+  NameX = 223;
+  NameY = 329;
+  NameW = 326;
+  NameH = 258;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  ULog,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  USongs,
+  Textgl,
+  ULanguage,
+  UCommon,
+  UPathUtils;
+
+function TScreenCredits.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN :
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        end;
+{
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+         begin
+           setlength(CTime_hold,length(CTime_hold)+1);
+           CTime_hold[high(CTime_hold)]:=CTime;
+         end;
+}
+     end; // esac
+    end;  // fi
+end;
+
+function TScreenCredits.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y);
+  
+  { calculate mouse coordinates from -1 to 1
+    relative to screen center }
+  MouseX := (X - (ScreenW / Screens) / 2) / ((ScreenW / Screens) / 2);
+  MouseY := (Y - ScreenH / 2) / (ScreenH / 2);
+
+  MouseMoved := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.LoadNameTextures;
+  var I: integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(credits_names, Length(Developers));
+
+  for I  := 0 to High(Developers) do
+  begin
+    credits_names[I] := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append('names_' + Developers[I].Name + '.png'),  TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenCredits.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  CreditsPath := ResourcesPath.Append('credits', pdAppend);
+
+  credits_bg_tex := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_BG_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  credits_bg_ovl := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(CRDTS_OVL_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  LoadNameTextures;
+
+  intro_layer01 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L01_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer02 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L02_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer03 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L03_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer04 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L04_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer05 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L05_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer06 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L06_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer07 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L07_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer08 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L08_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  intro_layer09 := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(INTRO_L09_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  outro_bg  := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_BG_FILE),  TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+  outro_esc := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_ESC_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+  outro_exd := Texture.LoadTexture(CreditsPath.Append(OUTRO_EXD_FILE), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+  CRDTS_Stage:=InitialDelay;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+ { pause background music }
+  SoundLib.PauseBgMusic;
+
+  CRDTS_Stage    := InitialDelay;
+  CTime := 0;
+  Credits_X      := 580;
+
+  { open credits tune, we play it after initial delay }
+  AudioPlayback.Open(soundpath.Append('wome-credits-tune.mp3')); // thank you wetue
+
+  { reset twinkling stars }
+  GoldenRec.KillAll;
+  
+  { reset mouse coords }
+  MouseMoved := false;
+  MouseX := 0;
+  MouseY := 0;
+
+  { hide cursor }
+  Display.SetCursor;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.OnHide;
+begin
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+
+  { show cursor }
+  Display.SetCursor;
+
+  SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+end;
+
+function TScreenCredits.Draw: boolean;
+  var
+    T: cardinal;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  
+  // reset beat detection
+  BeatDetected := false;
+
+  T := SDL_GetTicks() div 33;
+  if T <> Credits_Time then
+  begin
+    Credits_Time := T;
+    inc(CTime);
+    inc(CTime_hold);
+    Credits_X := Credits_X-2;
+
+    if (CRDTS_Stage = InitialDelay) and (CTime >= Delay_Before_Start) then
+    begin
+      CRDTS_Stage := Intro;
+      CTime := 0;
+      AudioPlayback.Play;
+    end
+    else if (CRDTS_Stage = Intro) and (CTime >= Main_Start) then
+    begin
+      CRDTS_Stage := MainPart;
+    end
+    else if (CRDTS_Stage = MainPart) and (CTime >= Tune_End) then
+    begin
+      CRDTS_Stage := Outro;
+    end;
+    
+    // dis does teh muiwk y0r   to be translated :-)
+    DetectBeat;
+  end;
+
+  case CRDTS_Stage of
+    InitialDelay: DrawInitialDelay;
+    Intro:        DrawIntro;
+    MainPart:     DrawMain;
+    Outro:        DrawOutro;  
+  end;
+
+  // make the stars shine
+  GoldenRec.Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawInitialDelay;
+begin
+  glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+  glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawIntro;
+  var
+    Separation, Scale,
+    AngleX, AngleY, AngleZ: single;
+    FlareX, FlareY: single;
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+  glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+
+  { rotate logo anti clockwise and make it grow }
+  if (CTime >= Intro_Separation_End) then
+  begin
+    Separation := 1;
+    Scale := 1 + sqr(CTime - Intro_Separation_End) / (32 * (Main_Start - Intro_Separation_End));
+    AngleX := 0;
+    AngleY := 0;
+    AngleZ := 20 * sqr(CTime - Intro_Separation_End) / sqr((Main_Start - Intro_Separation_End) / 2);
+  end
+
+  { separate layers }
+  else if (CTime >= Intro_Stand_End) then
+  begin
+    Separation := 0.5 + 0.5 * (CTime - Intro_Stand_End) / (Intro_Separation_End - Intro_Stand_End);
+    Scale := 1;
+    AngleX := 0;
+    AngleY := 0;
+    AngleZ := 0;
+  end
+
+  { stand still }
+  else if (CTime >= Intro_Zoom_End) then
+  begin
+    Separation := 0.5;
+    Scale := 1;
+    AngleX := 0;
+    AngleY := 0;
+    AngleZ := 0;
+  end
+
+  { rotate left }
+  else 
+  begin
+    Separation := 0.5 + 0.5 * (Intro_Zoom_End - CTime) / (Intro_Zoom_End);
+    Scale := 1;
+    AngleX := 10 * (Intro_Zoom_End - CTime) / (Intro_Zoom_End);
+    AngleY := 20 * (Intro_Zoom_End - CTime) / (Intro_Zoom_End);
+    AngleZ := 0;
+  end;
+
+  { the user moved the mouse, overwrite X and Y angle with
+    according to mouse position }
+  if (MouseMoved) then
+  begin
+    // calculate destination angle
+    AngleX := 30 * MouseY;
+    AngleY := 30 * MouseX;
+
+    { move angle towards destination }
+    if not SameValue(LogoAngleX, AngleX, 0.001) then
+      AngleX := LogoAngleX + 0.05 * (AngleX - LogoAngleX);
+
+    if not SameValue(LogoAngleY, AngleY, 0.001) then
+      AngleY := LogoAngleY + 0.05 * (AngleY - LogoAngleY);
+  end;
+
+  // save last angle
+  LogoAngleX := AngleX;
+  LogoAngleY := AngleY;
+
+  DrawLayeredLogo(Separation, Scale, AngleX, AngleY, AngleZ);
+
+  { do some sparkling effects }
+  if (CTime < Intro_Zoom_End) and (CTime > Intro_Flare_Start) then
+  begin
+    for I := 1 to 3 do
+    begin
+       FlareX := 410 + Floor((CTime - Intro_Flare_Start) / (Intro_Zoom_End - Intro_Flare_Start) * (536 - 410)) + RandomRange(-5, 5);
+       FlareY := Floor((Intro_Zoom_End - CTime) / 22) + RandomRange(285, 301);
+       GoldenRec.Spawn(FlareX, FlareY, 1, 16, 0, -1, Flare, 0);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  { fade to white at end }
+  if Ctime > Intro_FadeToWhite_Start then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, sqr(CTime - Intro_FadeToWhite_Start) * (CTime - Intro_FadeToWhite_Start) / sqr(Main_Start - Intro_FadeToWhite_Start));
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+      glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+      glVertex2f(800, 600);
+      glVertex2f(800,   0);
+    glEnd;
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure Start3D;
+begin
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPushMatrix;
+  glLoadIdentity;
+  glFrustum(-0.3 * 4 / 3, 0.3 * 4 / 3, -0.3, 0.3, 1, 1000);
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+  glLoadIdentity;
+end;
+
+procedure End3D;
+begin
+  glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+  glPopMatrix;
+  glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawLayeredLogo(Separation, Scale, AngleX, AngleY, AngleZ: single);
+  var
+    TotalAngle: single;
+begin
+  Start3D;
+  glPushMatrix;
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glTranslatef(0, 0, -5 + 0.5 * Separation);
+
+  TotalAngle := Abs(AngleX) + Abs(AngleY) + Abs(AngleZ);
+  if not isZero(TotalAngle) then
+    glRotatef(TotalAngle, AngleX / TotalAngle, AngleY / TotalAngle, AngleZ / TotalAngle);
+
+  glScalef(Scale, Scale, 1);
+
+  glScalef(4/3, -1, 1);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer01.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.4 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.4 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.4 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.4 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer02.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.3 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.3 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.3 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.3 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer03.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.2 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.2 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.2 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.2 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer04.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, -0.1 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, -0.1 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, -0.1 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, -0.1 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer05.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer06.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.1 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.1 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.1 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.1 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer07.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.2 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.2 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.2 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.2 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer08.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.3 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.3 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.3 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.3 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, intro_layer09.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(-1, -1, 0.22 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(-1,  1, 0.22 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f( 1,  1, 0.22 * Separation);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f( 1, -1, 0.22 * Separation);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(Gl_Texture_2D);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glPopMatrix;
+  End3D;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawMain;  
+begin
+  DrawMainBG;
+  DrawFunkyText;
+  DrawNames;
+  DrawMainFG;
+  DoLogoBling;
+
+  // fade out at end of main part
+  if (Ctime > Main_FadeOut_Start) then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(0, 0, 0, (CTime - Main_FadeOut_Start) / (Tune_End - Main_FadeOut_Start));
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+      glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+      glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+      glVertex2f(800, 600);
+      glVertex2f(800,   0);
+    glEnd;
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawMainBG;
+begin
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_tex.TexNum);
+  glBegin(Gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(       0,        0); glVertex2f(      0,       0);
+    glTexCoord2f(       0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(      0, RenderH);
+    glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 600/1024); glVertex2f(RenderW, RenderH);
+    glTexCoord2f(800/1024,        0); glVertex2f(RenderW,       0);
+  glEnd;
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawFunkyText;
+var
+  S:           integer;
+  X, Y, A:     real;
+  visibleText: string;
+begin
+  SetFontSize(30);
+
+  // init ScrollingText
+  if (CTime = Main_Start) then
+  begin
+    // set position of text
+    Credits_X          := 600;
+    CurrentScrollStart := 1;
+    CurrentScrollEnd   := 1;
+  end;
+
+  if (CTime > Main_Start) and
+     (CurrentScrollStart < length(Funky_Text)) then
+  begin
+    X := 0;
+    visibleText := Copy(Funky_Text, CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd);
+
+    for S := 1 to length(visibleText) do
+    begin
+      Y := abs(sin((Credits_X + X) * 0.93 { * (((Credits_X + X)) / 1200) } / 100 * pi));
+      SetFontPos(Credits_X + X, 538 - Y * (Credits_X + X) * (Credits_X + X) * (Credits_X + X) / 1000000);
+
+      if (Credits_X + X > 32) then
+        A := 17
+      else if (Credits_X + X >= 15) then
+        A := Credits_X + X - 15
+      else
+        A := 0;
+
+      glColor4f(230 / 255 - 40 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/  900,
+                200 / 255 - 30 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 1000,
+                155 / 255 - 20 / 255 + Y * (Credits_X + X)/ 1100,
+                  A / 17);
+      glPrint(visibleText[S]);
+      X := X + glTextWidth(visibleText[S]);
+    end;
+
+    if (Credits_X < 0) and (CurrentScrollStart < length(Funky_Text)) then
+    begin
+      Credits_X := Credits_X + glTextWidth(Funky_Text[CurrentScrollStart]);
+      inc(CurrentScrollStart);
+    end;
+
+    visibleText := Copy(Funky_Text, CurrentScrollStart, CurrentScrollEnd);
+
+    if (Credits_X + glTextWidth(visibleText) < 600) and
+       (CurrentScrollEnd < length(Funky_Text)) then
+    begin
+      inc(CurrentScrollEnd);
+    end;
+  end;
+{
+// timing hack
+  X:=5;
+  SetFontStyle(2);
+  SetFontItalic(false);
+  SetFontSize(27);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  for S := 0 to high(CTime_hold) do
+  begin
+    visibleText := inttostr(CTime_hold[S]);
+    SetFontPos (500, X);
+    glPrint(visibleText[0]);
+    X := X + 20;
+  end;
+}
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawNames;
+  var
+    Dev: integer;
+    Ticks: integer;
+    DevTicks: integer;
+    TwinkleW, TwinkleH: integer;
+begin
+  Ticks := (CTime - Main_Names_Start);
+  Dev := Ticks div TimePerName;
+  DevTicks := Ticks mod TimePerName;
+
+  {// debug stuff
+  SetFontPos(20, 20);
+  glPrint('Ticks: ' + IntToStr(Ticks));
+  SetFontPos(20, 45);
+  glPrint('Dev: ' + IntToStr(Dev));
+  SetFontPos(20, 70);
+  glPrint('DevTicks: ' + IntToStr(DevTicks)); //}
+
+  if (Ticks >= 0) and (Dev <= High(Developers)) then
+  begin
+    { spawn twinkling stars }
+    if (Developers[Dev].Twinkle) and (DevTicks >= NameFadeTime) and (DevTicks <= NameFadeTime + NameTwinkleTime) then
+    begin
+      TwinkleW := Round(NameW * 0.6);
+      TwinkleH := Round(NameH * 0.6);
+
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+      GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-TwinkleW, TwinkleW), NameY + RandomRange(-TwinkleH, TwinkleH), 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+    end;
+
+    { prepare drawing }
+    glPushMatrix;
+    glTranslatef(NameX, NameY, 0);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_names[Dev].TexNum);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+
+    // calculate progress and call effect
+    if (DevTicks <= NameFadeTime) then
+      Developers[Dev].FadeIn(credits_names[Dev], DevTicks / NameFadeTime)
+    else if (DevTicks >= TimePerName - NameFadeTime - NameWaitTime) then
+    begin
+      if (DevTicks < TimePerName - NameWaitTime) then
+        Developers[Dev].FadeOut(credits_names[Dev], ((TimePerName - NameWaitTime) - DevTicks) / NameFadeTime);
+    end
+    else
+      Developers[Dev].Draw(credits_names[Dev], (DevTicks - NameFadeTime) / (TimePerName - NameFadeTime * 2 - NameWaitTime));
+
+    glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    glPopMatrix;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawMainFG;
+begin
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, credits_bg_ovl.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(      0,        0); glVertex2f(800-393,   0);
+    glTexCoord2f(      0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800-393, 600);
+    glTexCoord2f(393/512, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800,     600);
+    glTexCoord2f(393/512,        0); glVertex2f(800,       0);
+  glEnd;
+
+
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DoLogoBling;
+  const
+    myLogoCoords: array[0..27,0..1] of cardinal = (
+      ( 39,32),( 84,32),(100,16),(125,24),
+      (154,31),(156,58),(168,32),(203,36),
+      (258,34),(251,50),(274,93),(294,84),
+      (232,54),(278,62),(319,34),(336,92),
+      (347,23),(374,32),(377,58),(361,83),
+      (385,91),(405,91),(429,35),(423,51),
+      (450,32),(485,34),(444,91),(486,93)
+    );
+  var
+    Coords: integer;
+    StartFrame: integer;
+begin
+  if (CTime > Main_OnBeatTwinkle_Start ) and
+     (CTime < Main_FadeOut_Start) then
+    begin
+      { spawn stars only in frames where a beat was detected }
+      if BeatDetected then
+      begin
+         StartFrame := RandomRange(6, 16);
+         Coords := RandomRange(0, 27);
+
+         GoldenRec.Spawn(myLogoCoords[Coords,0], myLogoCoords[Coords,1], 16-StartFrame, StartFrame, 0, -1, PerfectNote, 0);
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DrawOutro;
+begin
+  if CTime = Tune_End then
+  begin
+    CTime_hold := 0;
+    AudioPlayback.Stop;
+    AudioPlayback.Open(SoundPath.Append('credits-outro-tune.mp3'));
+    AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0.2);
+    AudioPlayback.SetLoop(true);
+    AudioPlayback.Play;
+  end;
+
+  if CTime_hold > 231 then
+  begin
+    AudioPlayback.Play;
+    Ctime_hold := 0;
+  end;
+
+  glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
+  glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT or GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);
+
+  // do something useful
+  // outro background
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_bg.TexNum);
+  glBegin(gl_quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(       0,        0); glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+    glTexCoord2f(       0, 600/1024); glVertex2f(  0, 600);
+    glTexCoord2f(800/1024, 600/1024); glVertex2f(800, 600);
+    glTexCoord2f(800/1024,        0); glVertex2f(800,   0);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // outro overlays
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, (2 + sin(CTime / 15)) / 3);
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_esc.TexNum);
+  glBegin(Gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(      0,       0); glVertex2f(  0,   0);
+    glTexCoord2f(      0, 223/256); glVertex2f(  0, 223);
+    glTexCoord2f(487/512, 223/256); glVertex2f(487, 223);
+    glTexCoord2f(487/512,       0); glVertex2f(487,   0);
+  glEnd;
+
+  if (RandomRange(0,20) <= 18) then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, outro_exd.TexNum);
+    glBegin(Gl_Quads);
+      glTexCoord2f(      0,       0); glVertex2f(800-310, 600-247);
+      glTexCoord2f(      0, 247/256); glVertex2f(800-310, 600    );
+      glTexCoord2f(310/512, 247/256); glVertex2f(800,     600    );
+      glTexCoord2f(310/512,       0); glVertex2f(800,     600-247);
+    glEnd;
+  end;
+
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // outro scrollers?
+  // ...
+end;
+
+{ name effects }
+{ effects are called with blending texture and matrix prepared }
+procedure Effect_Draw (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_OnBeatJitter (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    Diff: cardinal;
+    Alpha: double;
+begin
+  Diff := ScreenCredits.CTime - ScreenCredits.LastBeatTime;
+  if (Diff < BeatJitterTime) then  
+    Alpha := 0.5 + 0.5 * Diff / BeatJitterTime
+  else
+    Alpha := 1;
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Left_Top (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  gltranslatef(-NameX, 0, 0);
+  glrotatef(Progress * 90 + 270, 0, 0, 1);
+  gltranslatef(NameX, 0, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Right_Bot (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  gltranslatef(NameX, 0, 0);
+  glrotatef((Progress - 1) * 90, 0, 0, 1);
+  gltranslatef(-NameX, 0, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_ZoomIn_Rotate (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  glscalef(sqr(Progress), sqr(Progress), sqr(Progress));
+  glrotatef(Progress * 360, 0, 0, 1);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_ZoomOut_Shift (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := (1 - Progress);
+  gltranslatef(X * 300, -X * 100, 0);
+  glscalef(1 + X, 1 + X, 1 + X);
+  glrotatef(X * 90, 0, 0, 1);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Shift_Left (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  glTranslatef((Progress - 1) * 210, 0, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Shift_Right_Top (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  glTranslatef((1 - Progress) * 210, (Progress - 1) * 105, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Flip_Bot (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := NameH * (1 - Progress);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 - 1.5 * X, -NameH/2 + 1.5 * X);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + 1.5 * X, -NameH/2 + 1.5 * X);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right_Top (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := NameW * (1 - Progress);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 + X, -NameH/2 - X/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 + X,  NameH/2 - (X * 1.5 * NameH / NameW));
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + X,  NameH/2 + X / 4);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + X, -NameH/2 - X / 4);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := NameW * (1 - Progress);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,     -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,      NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2 - X,  NameH/2 + X * 1.5);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2 - X, -NameH/2 - X * 1.5);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right_Bot (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := NameW * (1 - Progress);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 + X * 1.5, -NameH/2 + X * 1.5);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 + X * 1.2,  NameH/2 + X);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + X / 2,    NameH/2 + X / 4);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + X * 1.5, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Right_Top (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  glTranslatef(NameX, 0, 0);
+  glrotatef((1 - Progress) * 90, 0, 0, 1);
+  glTranslatef(-NameX, 0, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Shift_Weird (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := (Progress - 1);
+
+  glTranslatef(X * 200, X * 100, 0);
+  glScalef(Progress, Progress, Progress);
+  glRotatef(X * 90, 0, 0, 1);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Shift_Right_Bot (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  glTranslatef((1 - Progress) * 200, (1 - Progress) * 100, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Rotate_Right_Top2 (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  glTranslatef(0, -NameX, 0);
+  glRotatef((Progress - 1) * 90, 0, 0, 1);
+  glTranslatef(0, NameX, 0);
+  glRotatef((1 - Progress) * 90, 0, 0, 1);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2,  NameH/2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH/2);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Flip_Left_Bot (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := (1 - Progress) * NameW;
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 - X,       -NameH/2 + X / 4);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 - X / 4,    NameH/2 + X / 4);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2 - X * 1.2,  NameH/2 + X / 2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2 - X * 1.5, -NameH/2 + X * 1.5);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Flip_Right_Top2 (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+  var
+    X: double;
+begin
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Progress);
+
+  X := (1 - Progress) * NameW;
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 + X,     -NameH/2 - X / 2);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(-NameW/2 + X,      NameH/2 + X / 2);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + X / 4,  NameH/2 - X / 4);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2 + X / 4, -NameH/2 + X / 4);
+  glEnd;
+end;
+
+procedure Effect_Twinkle_Down     (const Tex: TTexture; Progress: double);
+begin
+  // draw name
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+  glTranslatef(0, NameH/2, 0);
+
+  glBegin(gl_Quads);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, -NameH * Progress);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, Progress); glVertex2f(-NameW/2, 0);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, Progress); glVertex2f( NameW/2, 0);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f( NameW/2, -NameH * Progress);
+  glEnd;
+
+  //spawn some stars on the edge
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 0);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 1);
+  GoldenRec.Spawn(NameX + RandomRange(-NameW div 2, NameW div 2), NameY - NameH/2 + (1 - Progress) * NameH, 1, 16, 0, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, 5);
+end;
+
+{ beat detection algorithm
+  based on a tutorial from Frédéric Patin on gamedev.net
+  http://www.gamedev.net/reference/programming/features/beatdetection/default.asp }
+
+{ calculates average value of a history buffer }
+function Average(History: TEnergyHistory): single;
+  var I: integer; 
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  for I := 0 to HistoryLength - 1 do
+    Result := Result + History[I];
+
+  Result := Result / HistoryLength;
+end;
+
+{ calculates variance value of a history buffer }
+function Variance(History: TEnergyHistory; Average: single): single;
+  var I: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  for I := 0 to HistoryLength - 1 do
+    Result := Result + sqr(History[I] - Average);
+
+  Result := Result / HistoryLength;
+end;
+
+{ shifts all values of the history to the right and
+  adds the new value at the front }
+procedure AddHistory(Value: single; var History: TEnergyHistory);
+  var I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := HistoryLength - 1 downto 1 do
+    History[I] := History[I-1];
+
+  History[0] := Value;
+end;
+
+{ calculates instant energy from FFT data for a specific
+  subchannel (0..SubChannelCount - 1) }
+function CalculateInstantEnergy(SubChannel: integer; Data: TFFTData): single;
+  var I: integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  for I := SubChannel * SamplesPerChannel to (SubChannel + 1) * SamplesPerChannel - 1 do
+    Result := Result + Data[I] * BeatEnergyModifier;
+
+  Result := Result / SamplesPerChannel;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenCredits.DetectBeat;
+  var
+    Data: TFFTData;
+    I: integer;
+    Instant: single;
+    C, E, V: single;
+begin
+  AudioPlayback.GetFFTData(Data);
+
+  // do beatdetection for every subchannel
+  for I := 0 to SubChannelCount - 1 do
+  begin
+    Instant := CalculateInstantEnergy(I, Data);
+    E := Average(SubchannelHistory[I]);
+    V := Variance(SubchannelHistory[I], E);
+
+    C := (-0.0025714 * V) + 1.5142857;
+
+    AddHistory(Instant, SubChannelHistory[I]);
+
+    if (Instant > 2) and (Instant > C * E) then
+    begin
+      // beat detected
+      BeatDetected := true;
+      LastBeatTime := CTime;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..12e2948c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenEdit.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEdit;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEdit = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextDescription:     integer;
+      TextDescriptionLong: integer;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure InteractNext; override;
+      procedure InteractPrev; override;
+      procedure InteractInc; override;
+      procedure InteractDec; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMusic,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenEdit.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState: word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT +
+    KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT);
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+        // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenEditConvert);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:  InteractInc;
+      SDLK_UP:    InteractDec;
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:  InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEdit.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Edit.TextDescription);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Edit);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonConvert);
+{ Some ideas for more:
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonEditHeaders);
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonAdjustGap);
+}
+  AddButton(Theme.Edit.ButtonExit);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractNext;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNext;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractPrev;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrev;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractDec;
+begin
+  inherited InteractDec;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.InteractInc;
+begin
+  inherited InteractInc;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Edit.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b13d410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEditConvert;
+
+{*
+ * See
+ * MIDI Recommended Practice (RP-017): SMF Lyric Meta Event Definition
+ *   http://www.midi.org/techspecs/rp17.php
+ * MIDI Recommended Practice (RP-026): SMF Language and Display Extensions
+ *   http://www.midi.org/techspecs/rp26.php
+ * MIDI File Format
+ *   http://www.sonicspot.com/guide/midifiles.html
+ * KMIDI File Format
+ *   http://gnese.free.fr/Projects/KaraokeTime/Fichiers/karfaq.html
+ *   http://journals.rpungin.fotki.com/karaoke/category/midi
+ *
+ * There are two widely spread karaoke formats:
+ * - KMIDI (.kar), an inofficial midi extension by Tune 1000
+ * - Standard Midi files with lyric meta-tags (SMF with lyrics, .mid).
+ *
+ * KMIDI uses two tracks, the first just contains a header (mostly track 2) and
+ * the second the lyrics (track 3). It uses text meta tags for the lyrics.
+ * SMF uses just one track (normally track 1) and uses lyric meta tags for storage.
+ *
+ * Most files are in the KMIDI format. Some Midi files contain both lyric types.
+ *}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  math,
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiFile,
+  MidiOut,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  ULog,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes,
+  UPath;
+
+type
+  TMidiNote = record
+    Event:     integer;
+    EventType: integer;
+    Channel:   integer;
+    Start:     real;
+    Len:       real;
+    Data1:     integer;
+    Data2:     integer;
+    Str:       UTF8String; // normally ASCII
+  end;
+
+  TLyricType = (ltKMIDI, ltSMFLyric);
+
+  TTrack = record
+    Note:   array of TMidiNote;
+    Name:   UTF8String; // normally ASCII
+    Status: set of (tsNotes, tsLyrics); //< track contains notes, lyrics or both
+    LyricType: set of TLyricType;
+    NoteType:  (ntNone, ntAvail);
+  end;
+
+  TNote = record
+    Start:    integer;
+    Len:      integer;
+    Tone:     integer;
+    Lyric:    UTF8String;
+    NewSentence:  boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TArrayTrack = array of TTrack;
+
+  TScreenEditConvert = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      Tracks:    TArrayTrack; // current track
+      ColR:      array[0..100] of real;
+      ColG:      array[0..100] of real;
+      ColB:      array[0..100] of real;
+      Len:       real;
+      SelTrack:  integer;     // index of selected track
+      fFileName: IPath;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      MidiFile:  TMidiFile;
+      MidiOut:   TMidiOutput;
+      {$ENDIF}
+
+      BPM:       real;
+      Ticks:     real;
+      Note:      array of TNote;
+
+      procedure AddLyric(Start: integer; LyricType: TLyricType; Text: UTF8String);
+      procedure Extract(out Song: TSong; out Lines: TLines);
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      procedure MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+      {$ENDIF}
+
+      function CountSelectedTracks: integer;
+
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  TextGL,
+  gl,
+  UDrawTexture,
+  UFiles,
+  UGraphic,
+  UIni,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  USkins,
+  ULanguage,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+const
+  // MIDI/KAR lyrics are specified to be ASCII only.
+  // Assume backward compatible CP1252 encoding.
+  DEFAULT_ENCODING = encCP1252;
+
+const
+  MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEOFF    = $8;
+  MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON     = $9;
+  MIDI_EVENTTYPE_META_SYSEX = $F;
+
+  MIDI_EVENT_META = $FF;
+  MIDI_META_TEXT   = $1;
+  MIDI_META_LYRICS = $5;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+var
+  SResult: TSaveSongResult;
+  Playing: boolean;
+  MidiTrack: TMidiTrack;
+  Song:  TSong;
+  Lines: TLines;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+            MidiFile.StopPlaying;
+          {$ENDIF}
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            ScreenOpen.Filename := GamePath.Append('file.mid');
+            ScreenOpen.BackScreen := @ScreenEditConvert;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOpen);
+          end
+          else if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+            begin
+              MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;
+              //MidiFile.GoToTime(MidiFile.GetTrackLength div 2);
+              MidiFile.StartPlaying;
+            end;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end
+          else if Interaction = 2 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+            begin
+              MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+              MidiFile.StartPlaying;
+            end;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end
+          else if Interaction = 3 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            if CountSelectedTracks > 0 then
+            begin
+              Extract(Song, Lines);
+              SResult := SaveSong(Song, Lines, fFileName.SetExtension('.txt'),
+                       false);
+              FreeAndNil(Song);
+              if (SResult = ssrOK) then
+                ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED'))
+              else
+                ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED'));
+            end
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('EDITOR_ERROR_NO_TRACK_SELECTED'));
+            end;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+          begin
+            if (Tracks[SelTrack].NoteType = ntAvail) and
+               (Tracks[SelTrack].LyricType <> []) then
+            begin
+              if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes]
+              else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsNotes]) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsLyrics]
+              else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsLyrics]) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes, tsLyrics]
+              else if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = [tsNotes, tsLyrics]) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [];
+            end
+            else if (Tracks[SelTrack].NoteType = ntAvail) then
+            begin
+              if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsNotes]
+              else
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [];
+            end
+            else if (Tracks[SelTrack].LyricType <> []) then
+            begin
+              if (Tracks[SelTrack].Status = []) then
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [tsLyrics]
+              else
+                Tracks[SelTrack].Status := [];
+            end;
+
+            Playing := (MidiFile.GetCurrentTime > 0);
+            MidiFile.StopPlaying();
+            MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(SelTrack);
+            if tsNotes in Tracks[SelTrack].Status then
+              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent
+            else
+              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+            if (Playing) then
+              MidiFile.ContinuePlaying();
+          end;
+          {$ENDIF}
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          Inc(SelTrack);
+          if SelTrack > High(Tracks) then
+            SelTrack := 0;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          Dec(SelTrack);
+          if SelTrack < 0 then
+            SelTrack := High(Tracks);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.AddLyric(Start: integer; LyricType: TLyricType; Text: UTF8String);
+var
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  // find corresponding note
+  N := 0;
+  while (N <= High(Note)) do
+  begin
+    if Note[N].Start = Start then
+      Break;
+    Inc(N);
+  end;
+
+  // check if note was found
+  if (N > High(Note)) then
+    Exit;
+  
+  // set text
+  if (LyricType = ltKMIDI) then
+  begin
+    // end of paragraph
+    if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = '\' then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+    end
+    // end of line
+    else if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = '/' then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+      Note[N].NewSentence := true;
+    end;
+  end
+  else // SMFLyric
+  begin
+    // Line Feed -> end of paragraph
+    if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = #$0A then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+    end
+    // Carriage Return -> end of line
+    else if Copy(Text, 1, 1) = #$0D then
+    begin
+      Delete(Text, 1, 1);
+      Note[N].NewSentence := true;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // overwrite lyric or append
+  if Note[N].Lyric = '-' then
+    Note[N].Lyric := Text
+  else
+    Note[N].Lyric := Note[N].Lyric + Text;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.Extract(out Song: TSong; out Lines: TLines);
+
+var
+  T:    integer;
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  Nu:   integer;
+  NoteTemp: TNote;
+  Move: integer;
+  Max, Min: integer;
+  LyricType: TLyricType;
+  Text: UTF8String;
+begin
+  // song info
+  Song := TSong.Create();
+  Song.Clear();
+  Song.Resolution := 4;
+  SetLength(Song.BPM, 1);
+  Song.BPM[0].BPM := BPM*4;
+  SetLength(Note, 0);
+
+  // extract notes
+  for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    if tsNotes in Tracks[T].Status then
+    begin
+      for N := 0 to High(Tracks[T].Note) do
+      begin
+        if (Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON) and
+           (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data2 > 0) then
+        begin
+          Nu := Length(Note);
+          SetLength(Note, Nu + 1);
+          Note[Nu].Start := Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks);
+          Note[Nu].Len := Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Len / Ticks);
+          Note[Nu].Tone := Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 - 12*5;
+          Note[Nu].Lyric := '-';
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // extract lyrics (and artist + title info)
+  for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    if not (tsLyrics in Tracks[T].Status) then
+      Continue;
+
+    for N := 0 to High(Tracks[T].Note) do
+    begin
+      if (Tracks[T].Note[N].Event = MIDI_EVENT_META) then
+      begin
+        // determine and validate lyric meta tag
+        if (ltKMIDI in Tracks[T].LyricType) and
+           (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 = MIDI_META_TEXT) then
+        begin
+          Text := Tracks[T].Note[N].Str;
+          
+          // check for meta info
+          if (Length(Text) > 2) and (Text[1] = '@') then
+          begin
+            case Text[2] of
+              'L': Song.Language := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text)); // language
+              'T': begin // title info
+                if (Song.Artist = '') then
+                  Song.Artist := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text))
+                else if (Song.Title = '') then
+                  Song.Title := Copy(Text, 3, Length(Text));
+              end;
+            end;
+            Continue;
+          end;
+
+          LyricType := ltKMIDI;
+        end
+        else if (ltSMFLyric in Tracks[T].LyricType) and
+                (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1 = MIDI_META_LYRICS) then
+        begin
+          LyricType := ltSMFLyric;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          // unknown meta event
+          Continue;
+        end;
+
+        AddLyric(Round(Tracks[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks), LyricType, Tracks[T].Note[N].Str);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // sort notes
+  for N := 0 to High(Note) do
+    for Nu := 0 to High(Note)-1 do
+      if Note[Nu].Start > Note[Nu+1].Start then
+      begin
+        NoteTemp := Note[Nu];
+        Note[Nu] := Note[Nu+1];
+        Note[Nu+1] := NoteTemp;
+      end;
+
+  // move to 0 at beginning
+  Move := Note[0].Start;
+  for N := 0 to High(Note) do
+    Note[N].Start := Note[N].Start - Move;
+
+  // copy notes
+  SetLength(Lines.Line, 1);
+  Lines.Number     := 1;
+  Lines.High       := 0;
+  Lines.Current    := 0;
+  Lines.Resolution := 0;
+  Lines.NotesGAP   := 0;
+  Lines.ScoreValue := 0;
+
+  C := 0;
+  N := 0;
+  Lines.Line[C].HighNote := -1;
+
+  for Nu := 0 to High(Note) do
+  begin
+    if Note[Nu].NewSentence then // new line
+    begin
+      SetLength(Lines.Line, Length(Lines.Line)+1);
+      Lines.Number := Lines.Number + 1;
+      Lines.High := Lines.High + 1;
+      C := C + 1;
+      N := 0;
+      SetLength(Lines.Line[C].Note, 0);
+      Lines.Line[C].HighNote := -1;
+
+      //Calculate Start of the Last Sentence
+      if (C > 0) and (Nu > 0) then
+      begin
+        Max := Note[Nu].Start;
+        Min := Note[Nu-1].Start + Note[Nu-1].Len;
+        
+        case (Max - Min) of
+          0:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max;
+          1:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max;
+          2:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max - 1;
+          3:    Lines.Line[C].Start := Max - 2;
+          else
+            if ((Max - Min) > 4) then
+              Lines.Line[C].Start := Min + 2
+            else
+              Lines.Line[C].Start := Max;
+
+        end; // case
+
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // create space for new note
+    SetLength(Lines.Line[C].Note, Length(Lines.Line[C].Note)+1);
+    Inc(Lines.Line[C].HighNote);
+
+    // initialize note
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Start := Note[Nu].Start;
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Length := Note[Nu].Len;
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Tone := Note[Nu].Tone;
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].Text := DecodeStringUTF8(Note[Nu].Lyric, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+    Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType := ntNormal;
+    Inc(N);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.CountSelectedTracks: integer;
+var
+  T:    integer; // track
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  for T := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+    if tsNotes in Tracks[T].Status then
+      Inc(Result);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus(IntToStr(event.event), 'MIDI');
+  try
+    MidiOut.PutShort(event.event, event.data1, event.data2);
+  except
+    MidiFile.StopPlaying();
+  end;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+constructor TScreenEditConvert.Create;
+var
+  P:  integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(15, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Open');
+  //Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11;
+
+  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play');
+
+  AddButton(280, 20, 200, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play Selected');
+
+  AddButton(500, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(20, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Save');
+
+  fFileName := PATH_NONE;
+
+  for P := 0 to 100 do
+  begin
+    ColR[P] := Random(10)/10;
+    ColG[P] := Random(10)/10;
+    ColB[P] := Random(10)/10;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.OnShow;
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+var
+  T:    integer; // track
+  N:    integer; // note
+  MidiTrack: TMidiTrack;
+  MidiEvent: PMidiEvent;
+  FileOpened: boolean;
+  KMIDITrackIndex, SMFTrackIndex: integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+  Log.LogInfo(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI');
+  MidiOut.Open;
+  MidiFile := nil;
+  SetLength(Tracks, 0);
+
+  // Filename is only <> PATH_NONE if we called the OpenScreen before
+  fFilename := ScreenOpen.Filename;
+  if (fFilename = PATH_NONE) then
+    Exit;
+  ScreenOpen.Filename := PATH_NONE;
+
+  FileOpened := false;
+  if fFileName.Exists then
+  begin
+    MidiFile := TMidiFile.Create(nil);
+    MidiFile.Filename := fFileName;
+    try
+      MidiFile.ReadFile;
+      FileOpened := true;
+    except
+      MidiFile.Free;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (not FileOpened) then
+  begin
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND'));
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  Len := 0;
+  SelTrack := 0;
+  BPM := MidiFile.Bpm;
+  Ticks := MidiFile.TicksPerQuarter / 4;
+
+  KMIDITrackIndex := -1;
+  SMFTrackIndex := -1;
+
+  SetLength(Tracks, MidiFile.NumberOfTracks);
+  for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do
+    Tracks[T].LyricType := [];
+
+  for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do
+  begin
+    MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);
+    MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+    Tracks[T].Name := DecodeStringUTF8(MidiTrack.getName, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+    Tracks[T].NoteType := ntNone;
+    Tracks[T].Status := [];
+
+    SetLength(Tracks[T].Note, MidiTrack.getEventCount());
+    for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do
+    begin
+      MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N);
+
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Start     := MidiEvent.time;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Len       := MidiEvent.len;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Event     := MidiEvent.event;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType := MidiEvent.event shr 4;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Channel   := MidiEvent.event and $0F;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1     := MidiEvent.data1;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Data2     := MidiEvent.data2;
+      Tracks[T].Note[N].Str       := DecodeStringUTF8(MidiEvent.str, DEFAULT_ENCODING);
+
+      if (Tracks[T].Note[N].Event = MIDI_EVENT_META) then
+      begin
+        case (Tracks[T].Note[N].Data1) of
+          MIDI_META_TEXT: begin
+            // KMIDI lyrics (uses MIDI_META_TEXT events)
+            if (StrLComp(PAnsiChar(Tracks[T].Note[N].Str), '@KMIDI KARAOKE FILE', 19) = 0) and
+               (High(Tracks) >= T+1) then
+            begin
+              // The '@KMIDI ...' mark is in the first track (mostly named 'Soft Karaoke')
+              // but the lyrics are in the second track (named 'Words')
+              Tracks[T+1].LyricType := Tracks[T+1].LyricType + [ltKMIDI];
+              KMIDITrackIndex := T+1;
+            end;
+          end;
+          MIDI_META_LYRICS: begin
+            // lyrics in Standard Midi File format found (uses MIDI_META_LYRICS events)
+            Tracks[T].LyricType := Tracks[T].LyricType + [ltSMFLyric];
+            SMFTrackIndex := T;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end
+      else if (Tracks[T].Note[N].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON) then
+      begin
+        // notes available
+        Tracks[T].NoteType := ntAvail;
+      end;
+
+      if Tracks[T].Note[N].Start + Tracks[T].Note[N].Len > Len then
+        Len := Tracks[T].Note[N].Start + Tracks[T].Note[N].Len;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // set default lyric track. Prefer KMIDI.
+  if (KMIDITrackIndex > -1) then
+    Tracks[KMIDITrackIndex].Status := Tracks[KMIDITrackIndex].Status + [tsLyrics]
+  else if (SMFTrackIndex > -1) then
+    Tracks[SMFTrackIndex].Status := Tracks[SMFTrackIndex].Status + [tsLyrics];
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Count:  integer;
+  Count2: integer;
+  Bottom: real;
+  X:      real;
+  Y:      real;
+  Height: real;
+  YSkip:  real;
+begin
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  Y := 100;
+
+  Height := min(480, 40 * Length(Tracks));
+  Bottom := Y + Height;
+
+  YSkip := Height / Length(Tracks);
+
+  // highlight selected track
+  DrawQuad(10, Y+SelTrack*YSkip, 780, YSkip, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
+
+  // track-selection info
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+    if Tracks[Count].Status <> [] then
+      DrawQuad(10, Y + Count*YSkip, 50, YSkip, 0.8, 0.3, 0.3);
+  glColor3f(0, 0, 0);
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    if Tracks[Count].NoteType = ntAvail then
+    begin
+      if tsNotes in Tracks[Count].Status then
+        glColor3f(0, 0, 0)
+      else
+        glColor3f(0.7, 0.7, 0.7);
+      SetFontPos(25, Y + Count*YSkip + 10);
+      SetFontSize(15);
+      glPrint('N');
+    end;
+    if Tracks[Count].LyricType <> [] then
+    begin
+      if tsLyrics in Tracks[Count].Status then
+        glColor3f(0, 0, 0)
+      else
+        glColor3f(0.7, 0.7, 0.7);
+      SetFontPos(40, Y + Count*YSkip + 10);
+      SetFontSize(15);
+      glPrint('L');
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  DrawLine( 10, Y,  10, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+  DrawLine( 60, Y,  60, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+  DrawLine(790, Y, 790, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  for Count := 0 to Length(Tracks) do
+    DrawLine(10, Y + Count*YSkip, 790, Y + Count*YSkip, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    SetFontPos(65, Y + Count*YSkip);
+    SetFontSize(15);
+    glPrint(Tracks[Count].Name);
+  end;
+
+  for Count := 0 to High(Tracks) do
+  begin
+    for Count2 := 0 to High(Tracks[Count].Note) do
+    begin
+      if Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].EventType = MIDI_EVENTTYPE_NOTEON then
+        DrawQuad(60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725,
+                 Y + (Count+1)*YSkip - Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Data1*35/127,
+                 3, 3,
+                 ColR[Count], ColG[Count], ColB[Count]);
+      if Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].EventType = 15 then
+        DrawLine(60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, Y + 0.75 * YSkip + Count*YSkip,
+                 60 + Tracks[Count].Note[Count2].Start/Len * 725, Y + YSkip + Count*YSkip,
+                 ColR[Count], ColG[Count], ColB[Count]);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // playing line
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  if (MidiFile <> nil) then
+    X := 60 + MidiFile.GetCurrentTime/MidiFile.GetTrackLength*730;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  DrawLine(X, Y, X, Bottom, 0.3, 0.3, 0.3);
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.OnHide;
+begin
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  FreeAndNil(MidiFile);
+  MidiOut.Close;
+  FreeAndNil(MidiOut);
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d697bc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEditHeader;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UPath,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEditHeader = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      CurrentSong:      TSong;
+      TextTitle:        integer;
+      TextArtist:       integer;
+      TextMp3:          integer;
+      TextBackground:   integer;
+      TextVideo:        integer;
+      TextVideoGAP:     integer;
+      TextRelative:     integer;
+      TextResolution:   integer;
+      TextNotesGAP:     integer;
+      TextStart:        integer;
+      TextGAP:          integer;
+      TextBPM:          integer;
+      StaticTitle:      integer;
+      StaticArtist:     integer;
+      StaticMp3:        integer;
+      StaticBackground: integer;
+      StaticVideo:      integer;
+      StaticVideoGAP:   integer;
+      StaticRelative:   integer;
+      StaticResolution: integer;
+      StaticNotesGAP:   integer;
+      StaticStart:      integer;
+      StaticGAP:        integer;
+      StaticBPM:        integer;
+      Sel:              array[0..11] of boolean;
+      procedure SetRoundButtons;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+{      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure Finish;}
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMusic,
+  SysUtils,
+  UFiles,
+  USkins,
+  UTexture,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenEditHeader.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  T:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then    // Key Down
+   begin   // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          //Music.PlayBack;
+          //FadeTo(@MainScreen);
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            //Save;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..0: InteractNext;
+            1:    Interaction := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0:    Interaction := 1;
+            1..1: InteractPrev;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..1:  Interaction := 2;
+            2..12: InteractNext;
+            13:    Interaction := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..1:  Interaction := 13;
+            2:     Interaction := 0;
+            3..13: InteractPrev;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          T := Interaction - 2 + TextTitle;
+          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) and (Length(Text[T].Text) >= 1) then
+          begin
+            Text[T].DeleteLastLetter;
+            SetRoundButtons;            
+          end;
+        end;
+
+    end;
+    case CharCode of
+      32..255:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) then
+          begin
+            Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text :=
+              Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+            SetRoundButtons;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEditHeader.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(15, 5, 'Open');
+
+  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(20, 5, 'Save');
+
+  AddBox(80, 60, 640, 550);
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 0*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 1*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 2*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MP3:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 4*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Background:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 5*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Video:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 6*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGAP:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 8*30,  0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Relative:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 9*30,  0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Resolution:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 10*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'NotesGAP:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 12*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 13*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 14*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');
+
+  TextTitle  := AddText(340, 110 + 0*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextArtist := AddText(340, 110 + 1*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextMp3    := AddText(340, 110 + 2*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextBackground := AddText(340, 110 + 4*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextVideo      := AddText(340, 110 + 5*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextVideoGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 6*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextRelative   := AddText(340, 110 + 8*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextResolution := AddText(340, 110 + 9*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextNotesGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 10*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextStart :=  AddText(340, 110 + 12*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextGAP   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 13*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextBPM   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 14*30, 0, 30, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  StaticTitle      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 0*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticArtist     := AddStatic(130, 115 + 1*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticMp3        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 2*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticBackground := AddStatic(130, 115 + 4*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticVideo      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 5*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticVideoGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 6*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticRelative   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 8*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticResolution := AddStatic(130, 115 + 9*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticNotesGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 10*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticStart      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 12*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticGAP        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 13*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticBPM        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 14*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, Path('RoundButton'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextTitle);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextArtist);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextMp3);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextBackground);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideo);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideoGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextRelative);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextResolution);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextNotesGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextStart);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextBPM);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditHeader.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+{  if FileExists(FileName) then  // load file
+  begin
+    CurrentSong.FileName := FileName;
+    SkanujPlik(CurrentSong);
+
+    SetLength(TrueBoolStrs, 1);
+    TrueBoolStrs[0] := 'yes';
+    SetLength(FalseBoolStrs, 1);
+    FalseBoolStrs[0] := 'no';
+
+    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   CurrentSong.Title;
+    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  CurrentSong.Artist;
+    Text[TextMP3].Text :=     CurrentSong.Mp3;
+    Text[TextBackground].Text :=  CurrentSong.Background;
+    Text[TextVideo].Text :=       CurrentSong.Video;
+    Text[TextVideoGAP].Text :=    FloatToStr(CurrentSong.VideoGAP);
+    Text[TextRelative].Text :=    BoolToStr(CurrentSong.Relative, true);
+    Text[TextResolution].Text :=  IntToStr(CurrentSong.Resolution);
+    Text[TextNotesGAP].Text :=    IntToStr(CurrentSong.NotesGAP);
+    Text[TextStart].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.Start);
+    Text[TextGAP].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+    Text[TextBPM].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM);
+    SetRoundButtons;
+  end;}
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:     integer;
+  Sec:     integer;
+  Count:   integer;
+  AktBeat: integer;
+begin
+{  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);
+
+  // control music
+  if PlaySentence then
+  begin
+    // stop the music
+    if (Music.Position > PlayStopTime) then
+    begin
+      Music.Stop;
+      PlaySentence := false;
+    end;
+
+    // click
+    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then
+    begin
+      AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);
+      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+      if AktBeat <> LastClick then
+      begin
+        for Count := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do
+          if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Count].Start = AktBeat) then
+          begin
+            Music.PlayClick;
+            LastClick := AktBeat;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end; // click
+  end; // if PlaySentence
+
+  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc);
+  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].LengthNote);
+
+  // Song info
+  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);
+  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+
+  // Note info
+  Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+  Text[TextNDlugosc].Text :=  IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+  Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton);
+  Text[TextNText].Text :=              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Text;
+
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  // draw notes
+  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15);
+  SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0);
+  SingDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0);
+
+  // draw text
+  Lyric.Draw;}
+
+end;*)
+
+procedure TScreenEditHeader.SetRoundButtons;
+begin
+  if Length(Text[TextTitle].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticTitle].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticTitle].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextArtist].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticArtist].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticArtist].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextMp3].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticMp3].Visible := true
+  else 
+    Statics[StaticMp3].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextBackground].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticBackground].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticBackground].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextVideo].Text) > 0 then
+    Statics[StaticVideo].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticVideo].Visible := false;
+
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text);
+    if StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text)<> 0 then
+      Statics[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if LowerCase(Text[TextRelative].Text) = 'yes' then
+    Statics[StaticRelative].Visible := true
+  else
+    Statics[StaticRelative].Visible := false;
+
+  try
+    StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text);
+    if (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) <> 0) and (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) >= 1) then
+      Statics[StaticResolution].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticResolution].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticResolution].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  try
+    StrToInt(Text[TextNotesGAP].Text);
+    Statics[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := true;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // start
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text);
+    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text) > 0) then
+      Statics[StaticStart].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticStart].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticStart].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // GAP
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextGAP].Text);
+    Statics[StaticGAP].Visible := true;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // BPM
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text);
+    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text) > 0) then
+      Statics[StaticBPM].Visible := true
+    else
+      Statics[StaticBPM].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Statics[StaticBPM].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+(*procedure TScreenEdit.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas b/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb3f04ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1809 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenEditSub;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UFiles,
+  UTime,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuText,
+  UEditorLyrics,
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut,
+  MidiCons,
+  {$ENDIF}
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEditSub = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      AktBeat:          integer;
+      //Variable is True if no Song is loaded
+      Error:            boolean;
+      
+      TextNote:         integer;
+      TextSentence:     integer;
+      TextTitle:        integer;
+      TextArtist:       integer;
+      TextMp3:          integer;
+      TextBPM:          integer;
+      TextGAP:          integer;
+      TextDebug:        integer;
+      TextNStart:       integer;
+      TextNLength:      integer;
+      TextNTon:         integer;
+      TextNText:        integer;
+      CurrentNote:      integer;
+      PlaySentence:     boolean;
+      PlaySentenceMidi: boolean;
+      PlayStopTime:     real;
+      LastClick:        integer;
+      Click:            boolean;
+      CopySrc:          integer;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      MidiOut:          TMidiOutput;
+      {$endif}
+
+      MidiStart:        real;
+      MidiStop:         real;
+      MidiTime:         real;
+      MidiPos:          real;
+      MidiLastNote:     integer;
+
+      TextEditMode:     boolean;
+      editText:         UTF8String; //backup of current text in text-edit-mode
+
+      Lyric:            TEditorLyrics;
+
+      procedure DivideBPM;
+      procedure MultiplyBPM;
+      procedure LyricsCapitalize;
+      procedure LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+      procedure FixTimings;
+      procedure DivideSentence;
+      procedure JoinSentence;
+      procedure DivideNote;
+      procedure DeleteNote;
+      procedure TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);
+      procedure ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);
+      procedure MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);
+      procedure MoveTextToRight;
+      procedure MarkSrc;
+      procedure PasteText;
+      procedure CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);
+      procedure CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);
+      procedure DrawStatics;
+      procedure DrawInfoBar(x, y, w, h: integer);
+      //Note Name Mod
+      function GetNoteName(Note: integer): string;
+    public
+      Tex_Background:     TTexture;
+      FadeOut:            boolean;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  UNote,
+  USkins,
+  ULanguage,
+  UTextEncoding,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UPath;
+
+
+procedure OnSaveEncodingError(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer);
+var
+  SResult: TSaveSongResult;
+  FilePath: IPath;
+  Success: boolean;
+begin
+  Success := false;
+  if (Value) then
+  begin
+    CurrentSong.Encoding := encUTF8;
+    FilePath := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.FileName);
+    // create backup file
+    FilePath.CopyFile(Path(FilePath.ToUTF8 + '.ansi.bak'), false);
+    // store in UTF-8 encoding
+    SResult := SaveSong(CurrentSong, Lines[0], FilePath,
+             boolean(Data));
+    Success := (SResult = ssrOK);
+  end;
+
+  if (Success) then
+    ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED'))
+  else
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED'));
+end;
+
+// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenEditSub.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+  R:    real;
+  SResult: TSaveSongResult;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if TextEditMode then
+  begin
+    Result := ParseInputEditText(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});
+
+  if (PressedDown) then  // Key Down
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      SDLK_S:
+        begin
+          // Save Song
+          SResult := SaveSong(CurrentSong, Lines[0], CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.FileName),
+                   (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT));
+          if (SResult = ssrOK) then
+          begin
+            //ScreenPopupInfo.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED'));
+            Text[TextDebug].Text := Language.Translate('INFO_FILE_SAVED');
+          end
+          else if (SResult = ssrEncodingError) then
+          begin
+            ScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ENCODING_ERROR_ASK_FOR_UTF8'), OnSaveEncodingError,
+                Pointer(SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT), true);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_SAVE_FILE_FAILED'));
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_R:   //reload
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.Stop;
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          MidiOut.Close;
+          MidiOut.Free;
+          {$ENDIF}
+          Lyric.Free;
+
+          onShow;
+          Text[TextDebug].Text := 'song reloaded'; //TODO: Language.Translate('SONG_RELOADED'); 
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_D:
+        begin
+          // Divide lengths by 2
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            DivideBPM;
+            Exit;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_M:
+        begin
+          // Multiply lengths by 2
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            MultiplyBPM;
+            Exit;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_C:
+        begin
+          // Capitalize letter at the beginning of line
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            LyricsCapitalize;
+
+          // Correct spaces
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+
+          // Copy sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            MarkSrc;
+
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      SDLK_V:
+        begin
+          // Paste text
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote >= Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].HighNote then
+              PasteText
+            else
+              Log.LogStatus('PasteText: invalid range', 'TScreenEditSub.ParseInput');
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_T:
+        begin
+          // Fixes timings between sentences
+          FixTimings;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      SDLK_P:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            // Play Sentence
+            Click := true;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            R := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+            if R <= AudioPlayback.Length then
+            begin
+              AudioPlayback.Position := R;
+              PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+              PlaySentence := true;
+              AudioPlayback.Play;
+              LastClick := -100;
+            end;
+          end
+          else if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+
+            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end
+          else if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+            MidiTime  := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+            MidiStop  := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+            LastClick := -100;
+
+            PlaySentence := true;
+            Click := true;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            AudioPlayback.Position := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start)+0{-0.10};
+            PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_)+0;
+            AudioPlayback.Play;
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      
+      // Golden Note
+      SDLK_G:
+        begin
+          if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntNormal
+          else
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntGolden;
+          
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      
+      // Freestyle Note
+      SDLK_F:
+        begin
+          if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType = ntFreestyle) then
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntNormal
+          else
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].NoteType := ntFreestyle;
+
+            // update lyrics
+            Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKQUOTE:
+        begin
+          // Increase Note Length (same as Alt + Right)
+          Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+          if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_EQUALS:
+        begin
+          // Increase BPM
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) + 1) / 5; // (1/20)
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM + 4; // (1/1)
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) + 1) / 25; // (1/100)
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_MINUS:
+        begin
+          // Decrease BPM
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) - 1) / 5;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM - 4;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) - 1) / 25;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_4:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Lines[0].Current+1);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Lines[0].Current+2);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Lines[0].Current+3);
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then
+          begin
+            CopySentences(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current, 4);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_5:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Lines[0].Current+1);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Lines[0].Current+2);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Lines[0].Current+3);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+4, Lines[0].Current+4);
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then
+          begin
+            CopySentences(CopySrc, Lines[0].Current, 5);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_9:
+        begin
+          // Decrease GAP
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP - 10;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP - 1000;
+        end;
+      SDLK_0:
+        begin
+          // Increase GAP
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP + 10;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            CurrentSong.GAP := CurrentSong.GAP + 1000;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_KP_PLUS:
+        begin
+          // Increase tone of all notes
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            ChangeWholeTone(1);
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            ChangeWholeTone(12);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_KP_MINUS:
+        begin
+          // Decrease tone of all notes
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            ChangeWholeTone(-1);
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            ChangeWholeTone(-12);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SLASH:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            // Insert start of sentece
+            if CurrentNote > 0 then
+              DivideSentence;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            // Join next sentence with current
+            if Lines[0].Current < Lines[0].High then
+              JoinSentence;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            // divide note
+            DivideNote;
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_F4:
+        begin
+          // Enter Text Edit Mode
+          editText := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+          TextEditMode := true;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+          if (SDL_ModState = 0) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL) then
+          begin
+            // Play Sentence
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false; // stop midi
+            PlaySentence := true;
+            Click := false;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            AudioPlayback.Position := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            PlayStopTime := (GetTimeFromBeat(
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start +
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length));
+            AudioPlayback.Play;
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL) then
+          begin
+            // Play Midi
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+
+            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start +
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DELETE:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+          begin
+            // deletes current note
+            DeleteNote;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_PERIOD:
+        begin
+          // moves text to right in current sentence
+          MoveTextToRight;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          // right
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Inc(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              CurrentNote := 0;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          end;
+
+          // ctrl + right
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length > 1 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+              if CurrentNote = 0 then
+              begin
+                Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // shift + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            if CurrentNote = 0 then
+            begin
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+            end;
+            if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+          end;
+
+          // alt + right
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+            if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+          end;
+
+          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            MoveAllToEnd(1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          // left
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Dec(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote = -1 then
+              CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          end;
+
+          // ctrl + left
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+            Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+            if CurrentNote = 0 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // shift + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+
+            // resizing sentences
+            if CurrentNote = 0 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Start);
+            end;
+
+            if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+
+          end;
+
+          // alt + left
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) or (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LSHIFT) then
+          begin
+            if Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length > 1 then
+            begin
+              Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+              if CurrentNote = Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+                Dec(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            MoveAllToEnd(-1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+
+          // skip to next sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            MidiOut.PutShort(MIDI_NOTEOFF or 1,
+                Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60,
+                127);
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+            {$ENDIF}
+
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Inc(Lines[0].Current);
+            CurrentNote := 0;
+            if Lines[0].Current > Lines[0].High then
+              Lines[0].Current := 0;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+
+            Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+            Lyric.Selected := 0;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            PlaySentence := false;
+          end;
+
+          // decrease tone
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            TransposeNote(-1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+
+          // skip to previous sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            MidiOut.PutShort(MIDI_NOTEOFF or 1,
+                Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60,
+                127);
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+            {$endif}
+
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Dec(Lines[0].Current);
+            CurrentNote := 0;
+            if Lines[0].Current = -1 then
+              Lines[0].Current := Lines[0].High;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+
+            Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+            Lyric.Selected := 0;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            PlaySentence := false;
+          end;
+
+          // increase tone
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+          begin
+            TransposeNote(1);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      end; // case
+    end;
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+begin
+  // used when in Text Edit Mode
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text :=
+        Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+
+      Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+      Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text := editText;
+          Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+          Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+          TextEditMode := false;
+        end;
+      SDLK_F4, SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          // Exit Text Edit Mode
+          TextEditMode := false;
+        end;
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          UTF8Delete(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text,
+            LengthUTF8(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text), 1);
+          Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+          Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          // right
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Inc(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote then
+              CurrentNote := 0;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+            editText := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          // left
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+          begin
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 1;
+            Dec(CurrentNote);
+            if CurrentNote = -1 then
+              CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote;
+            Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+            Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+            editText := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+{
+procedure TScreenEditSub.NewBeat;
+begin
+  // click
+  for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNut do
+    if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = Czas.AktBeat) then
+      Music.PlayClick;
+end;
+}
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideBPM;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+
+begin
+  CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 2;
+
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Start div 2;
+    Lines[0].Line[C].End_  := Lines[0].Line[C].End_ div 2;
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start  := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start div 2;
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length := Round(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length / 2);
+    end; // N
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MultiplyBPM;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM := CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * 2;
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Start := Lines[0].Line[C].Start * 2;
+    Lines[0].Line[C].End_  := Lines[0].Line[C].End_ * 2;
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start  := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start * 2;
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Length * 2;
+    end; // N
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCapitalize;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  //N:    integer; // temporary
+  S:    string;
+begin
+  // temporary
+  {
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNut do
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := UTF8LowerCase(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text);
+  }
+
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    S := AnsiUpperCase(Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 1, 1));
+    S := S + Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 2, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text)-1);
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := S;
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    // correct starting spaces in the first word
+    while Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 1, 1) = ' ' do
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text, 2, 100);
+
+    // move spaces on the start to the end of the previous note
+    for N := 1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      while (Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 1, 1) = ' ') do
+      begin
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 2, 100);
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text + ' ';
+      end;
+    end; // N
+
+    // correct '-'  to '- '
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      if Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text = '-' then
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := '- ';
+    end; // N
+
+    // add space to the previous note when the current word is '- '
+    for N := 1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      if Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text  = '- ' then
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text + ' ';
+    end; // N
+
+    // correct too many spaces at the end of note
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      while Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text)-1, 2) = '  ' do
+        Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, 1, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text)-1);
+    end; // N
+
+    // and correct if there is no space at the end of sentence
+    N := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+    if Copy(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text, Length(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text), 1) <> ' ' then
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text + ' ';
+
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.FixTimings;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  S:    integer;
+  Min:  integer;
+  Max:  integer;
+begin
+  for C := 1 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    with Lines[0].Line[C-1] do
+    begin
+      Min := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+      Max := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Start;
+      case (Max - Min) of
+        0:    S := Max;
+        1:    S := Max;
+        2:    S := Max - 1;
+        3:    S := Max - 2;
+        else
+          if ((Max - Min) > 4) then
+            S := Min + 2
+          else
+            S := Max;
+      end; // case
+
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Start := S;
+    end; // with
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideSentence;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  CStart: integer;
+  CNew:   integer;
+  CLen:   integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+  NHigh:  integer;
+begin
+  // increase sentence length by 1
+  CLen := Length(Lines[0].Line);
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line, CLen + 1);
+  Inc(Lines[0].Number);
+  Inc(Lines[0].High);
+
+  // move needed sentences to one forward. newly has the copy of divided sentence
+  CStart := Lines[0].Current;
+  for C := CLen-1 downto CStart do
+    Lines[0].Line[C+1] := Lines[0].Line[C];
+
+  // clear and set new sentence
+  CNew := CStart + 1;
+  NStart := CurrentNote;
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].Start := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart].Start;
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].Lyric := '';
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].End_ := 0;
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].BaseNote := 0;//High(integer); // TODO: High (integer) will causes a memory exception later in this procedure. Weird!
+  Lines[0].Line[CNew].HighNote := -1;
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[CNew].Note, 0);
+
+  // move right notes to new sentences
+  NHigh := Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote;
+  for N := NStart to NHigh do
+  begin
+    // increase sentence counters
+    with Lines[0].Line[CNew] do
+    begin
+      Inc(HighNote);
+      SetLength(Note, HighNote + 1);
+      Note[HighNote] := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[N];
+      End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+      
+      if Note[HighNote].Tone < BaseNote then
+        BaseNote := Note[HighNote].Tone;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // clear old notes and set sentence counters
+  Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote := NStart - 1;
+  Lines[0].Line[CStart].End_ := Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart-1].Start +
+    Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note[NStart-1].Length;
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[CStart].Note, Lines[0].Line[CStart].HighNote + 1);
+
+  //recalculate BaseNote of the divided Sentence
+  with Lines[0].Line[CStart] do
+  begin
+    BaseNote := High(integer);
+
+    for N := 0 to HighNote do
+      if Note[N].Tone < BaseNote then
+        BaseNote := Note[N].Tone;
+  end;
+
+  Lines[0].Current := Lines[0].Current + 1;
+  CurrentNote := 0;
+  Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+  Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.JoinSentence;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+  NDst:   integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  // set new sentence
+  NStart := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1;
+  Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + Lines[0].Line[C+1].HighNote + 1;
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[C].Note, Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1);
+
+  // move right notes to new sentences
+  for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C+1].HighNote do
+  begin
+    NDst := NStart + N;
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst] := Lines[0].Line[C+1].Note[N];
+  end;
+
+  // increase sentence counters
+  NDst := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+  Lines[0].Line[C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst].Start +
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NDst].Length;
+
+  // move needed sentences to one backward.
+  for C := Lines[0].Current + 1 to Lines[0].High - 1 do
+    Lines[0].Line[C] := Lines[0].Line[C+1];
+
+  // increase sentence length by 1
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Length(Lines[0].Line) - 1);
+  Dec(Lines[0].Number);
+  Dec(Lines[0].High);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideNote;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  with Lines[0].Line[C] do
+  begin
+    Inc(HighNote);
+    SetLength(Note, HighNote + 1);
+
+    // we copy all notes including selected one
+    for N := HighNote downto CurrentNote+1 do
+    begin
+      Note[N] := Note[N-1];
+    end;
+
+    // Note[Cur] and Note[Cur + 1] is identical at this point
+    // modify first note
+    Note[CurrentNote].Length := Note[CurrentNote+1].Length div 2 + Note[CurrentNote+1].Length mod 2;
+
+    // 2nd note
+    Note[CurrentNote+1].Start := Note[CurrentNote].Start + Note[CurrentNote].Length;
+    Note[CurrentNote+1].Length := Note[CurrentNote + 1].Length div 2;
+
+    Note[CurrentNote+1].Text := '~';
+    Note[CurrentNote+1].Color := 1;
+  end;
+
+  // update lyric display
+  Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+  Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DeleteNote;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  //Do Not delete Last Note
+  if (Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote > 0) then
+  begin
+    // we copy all notes from the next to the selected one
+    for N := CurrentNote+1 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1] := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N];
+    end;
+    
+    Dec(Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote);
+
+    SetLength(Lines[0].Line[C].Note, Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote + 1);
+
+    // last note was deleted
+    if (CurrentNote > Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote) then
+    begin
+      // select new last note
+      CurrentNote := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+
+      // correct Line ending
+      with Lines[0].Line[C] do
+        End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+    end;
+
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+  end
+  // Last Note of current Sentence Deleted - > Delete Sentence
+  // if there are more than two left
+  else if (Lines[0].High > 1) then
+  begin
+    //Move all Sentences after the current to the Left
+    for N := C+1 to Lines[0].High do
+      Lines[0].Line[N-1] := Lines[0].Line[N];
+
+    //Delete Last Sentence
+    SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Lines[0].High);
+    Lines[0].High := High(Lines[0].Line);
+    Lines[0].Number := Length(Lines[0].Line);
+
+    CurrentNote := 0;
+    if (C > 0) then
+      Lines[0].Current := C - 1
+    else
+      Lines[0].Current := 0;
+
+    Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Color := 2;
+  end;
+
+  // update lyric display
+  Lyric.AddLine(Lines[0].Current);
+  Lyric.Selected := CurrentNote;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);
+begin
+  Inc(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone, Transpose);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);
+var
+  C:  integer;
+  N:  integer;
+begin
+  for C := 0 to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].BaseNote := Lines[0].Line[C].BaseNote + Tone;
+    for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+      Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Tone := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Tone + Tone;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+begin
+  for C := Lines[0].Current to Lines[0].High do
+  begin
+    NStart := 0;
+    if C = Lines[0].Current then
+      NStart := CurrentNote;
+    for N := NStart to Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote do
+    begin
+      Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Start, Move); // move note start
+
+      if N = 0 then
+      begin // fix beginning
+        Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].Start, Move);
+      end;
+
+      if N = Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote then // fix ending
+        Inc(Lines[0].Line[C].End_, Move);
+
+    end; // for
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveTextToRight;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NHigh:  integer;
+begin
+  {
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  for N := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNut downto 1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text;
+  end; // for
+
+  Lines[0].Line[C].Note[0].Text := '- ';
+  }
+
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+  NHigh := Lines[0].Line[C].HighNote;
+
+  // last word
+  Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh-1].Text + Lines[0].Line[C].Note[NHigh].Text;
+
+  // other words
+  for N := NHigh - 1 downto CurrentNote + 1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N-1].Text;
+  end; // for
+  Lines[0].Line[C].Note[CurrentNote].Text := '- ';
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MarkSrc;
+begin
+  CopySrc := Lines[0].Current;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.PasteText;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Lines[0].Current;
+
+  for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].HighNote do
+    Lines[0].Line[C].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[CopySrc].Note[N].Text;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);
+var
+  N:     integer;
+  Time1: integer;
+  Time2: integer;
+  TD:    integer;
+begin
+  Time1 := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[0].Start;
+  Time2 := Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[0].Start;
+  TD := Time2-Time1;
+
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note, Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote + 1);
+  Lines[0].Line[Dst].HighNote := Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote;
+  for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Text := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Text;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Length := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Length;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Tone := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Tone;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Start := Lines[0].Line[Src].Note[N].Start + TD;
+  end;
+  N := Lines[0].Line[Src].HighNote;
+  Lines[0].Line[Dst].End_ := Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Start + Lines[0].Line[Dst].Note[N].Length;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);
+var
+  C:      integer;
+begin
+  // create place for new sentences
+  SetLength(Lines[0].Line, Lines[0].Number + Num - 1);
+
+  // moves sentences next to the destination
+  for C := Lines[0].High downto Dst + 1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[C + Num - 1] := Lines[0].Line[C];
+  end;
+
+  // prepares new sentences: sets sentence start and create first note
+  for C := 1 to Num-1 do
+  begin
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C - 1].Note[0].Start +
+      (Lines[0].Line[Src + C].Note[0].Start - Lines[0].Line[Src + C - 1].Note[0].Start);
+    SetLength(Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note, 1);
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].HighNote := 0;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note[0].Start := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Note[0].Length := 1;
+    Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].End_ := Lines[0].Line[Dst + C].Start + 1;
+  end;
+
+  // increase counters
+  Lines[0].Number := Lines[0].Number + Num - 1;
+  Lines[0].High := Lines[0].High + Num - 1;
+
+  for C := 0 to Num-1 do
+    CopySentence(Src + C, Dst + C);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DrawStatics;
+var
+  x, y, w, h: Integer;
+begin
+  //Theme:
+  //bg
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  x := 0;
+  y := 0;
+  w := 800;
+  h := 600;
+  glColor4f(0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // Line
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  x := 20;
+  y := 5;
+  w := 200;
+  h := 40;
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // Note
+  x := 260;
+  y := 5;
+  w := 200;
+  h := 40;
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  // some borders
+  x := 20;
+  y := 55;
+  w := 760;
+  h := 236;
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  x := 20;
+  y := 305;
+  w := 760;
+  h := 135;
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  x := 20;
+  y := 500;
+  w := 760;
+  h := 40;
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glLineWidth(1);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DrawInfoBar(x, y, w, h: integer);
+var
+  start, end_:        integer;
+  SongStart, SongEnd: integer;
+  ww:                 integer;
+
+  pos:                real;
+  br:                 real;
+
+  line, note:         integer;
+  numLines, numNotes: integer;
+
+begin
+  numLines := Length(Lines[0].Line);
+
+  if(numLines=0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  SongStart := Lines[0].Line[0].Note[0].Start;
+  SongEnd := Lines[0].Line[numLines-1].End_;
+  ww := SongEnd - SongStart;
+
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1);
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glLineWidth(2);
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y-1);
+    glVertex2f(x+w+1, y+h+1);
+    glVertex2f(x-1, y+h+1);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glColor4f(0.9, 0.9, 0.9, 1);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+   glVertex2f(x, y);
+   glVertex2f(x, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y+h);
+   glVertex2f(x+w, y);
+  glEnd;
+
+
+  for line := 0 to numLines - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (line = Lines[0].Current) and not (PlaySentence or PlaySentenceMidi) then
+      glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0, 1)
+    else
+      glColor4f(1, 0.6, 0, 1);
+
+
+    start := Lines[0].Line[line].Note[0].Start;
+    end_ := Lines[0].Line[line].Note[Lines[0].Line[line].HighNote].Start+
+      Lines[0].Line[line].Note[Lines[0].Line[line].HighNote].Length;
+
+    pos := (start - SongStart)/ww*w;
+    br := (end_-start)/ww*w;
+
+    glbegin(gl_quads);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos, y);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos, y+h);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y+h);
+      glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y);
+    glEnd;
+  end;
+
+  if(PlaySentence or PlaySentenceMidi) then
+  begin
+    glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.5);
+    pos := 0;
+    br := (AktBeat - SongStart)/ww*w;
+    if (br>w) then
+      br := w;
+  end else
+  begin
+    glColor4f(1, 0, 0, 1);
+    pos := (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start - SongStart)/ww*w;
+    br := Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length/ww*w;
+    if (br<1) then
+      br := 1;
+  end;
+
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+  glbegin(gl_quads);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos, y);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos, y+h);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y+h);
+    glVertex2f(x+pos+br, y);
+  glEnd;
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glLineWidth(1);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEditSub.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  SetLength(Player, 1);
+
+  // line
+  AddText(40, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Line:');
+  TextSentence := AddText(110, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+
+
+  // Note
+  AddText(282, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'Note:');
+  TextNote := AddText(360, 11, 1, 30, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+
+  // file info
+  AddText(30, 65,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');
+  AddText(30, 90,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');
+  AddText(30, 115, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Mp3:');
+  AddText(30, 140, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');
+  AddText(30, 165, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');
+
+  TextTitle :=  AddText(180, 65,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  TextArtist := AddText(180, 90,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'b');
+  TextMp3 :=    AddText(180, 115, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'c');
+  TextBPM :=    AddText(180, 140, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'd');
+  TextGAP :=    AddText(180, 165, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'e');
+
+  // note info
+  AddText(30, 190,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');
+  AddText(30, 215,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Duration:');
+  AddText(30, 240,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Tone:');
+  AddText(30, 265,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'Text:');      //AddText(500, 265,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGap:');
+
+  TextNStart :=   AddText(180, 190,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  TextNLength :=  AddText(180, 215,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'b');
+  TextNTon :=     AddText(180, 240,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'c');
+  TextNText :=    AddText(180, 265,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'd');
+
+  //TextVideoGap :=  AddText(600, 265,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'e');
+
+  // debug
+  TextDebug :=  AddText(30, 550, 0, 27, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.OnShow;
+var
+  FileExt: IPath;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  PlaySentence := false;
+  PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Initializing', 'TEditScreen.OnShow');
+  Lyric := TEditorLyrics.Create;
+
+  ResetSingTemp;
+
+  try 
+    //Check if File is XML
+    FileExt := CurrentSong.FileName.GetExtension;
+    if FileExt.ToUTF8 = '.xml' then
+      Error := not CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong()
+    else
+    begin
+      // reread header with custom tags
+      Error := not CurrentSong.Analyse(true);
+      if not Error then
+        Error := not CurrentSong.LoadSong;
+    end;
+  except
+    Error := true;
+  end;
+
+  if Error then
+  begin
+    //Error Loading Song -> Go back to Song Screen and Show some Error Message
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));
+    Exit;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+    MidiOut.Open;
+  {$ENDIF}
+    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   CurrentSong.Title;
+    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  CurrentSong.Artist;
+    Text[TextMp3].Text :=     CurrentSong.Mp3.ToUTF8;
+
+    Lines[0].Current := 0;
+    CurrentNote := 0;
+    Lines[0].Line[0].Note[0].Color := 2;
+    AudioPlayback.Open(CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Mp3));
+    //Set Down Music Volume for Better hearability of Midi Sounds
+    //Music.SetVolume(0.4);
+
+    Lyric.Clear;
+    Lyric.X := 400;
+    Lyric.Y := 500;
+    Lyric.Align := atCenter;
+    Lyric.Size := 42;
+    Lyric.ColR := 0;
+    Lyric.ColG := 0;
+    Lyric.ColB := 0;
+    Lyric.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR;
+    Lyric.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG;
+    Lyric.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB;
+    Lyric.AddLine(0);
+    Lyric.Selected := 0;
+
+    NotesH := 7;
+    NotesW := 4;
+
+  end;
+
+  //Interaction := 0;
+  TextEditMode := false;
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Pet:    integer;
+begin
+
+  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);
+
+  // midi music
+  if PlaySentenceMidi then
+  begin
+   {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    MidiPos := USTime.GetTime - MidiTime + MidiStart;
+
+    // stop the music
+    if (MidiPos > MidiStop) then
+    begin
+      MidiOut.PutShort(MIDI_NOTEOFF or 1,
+          Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[MidiLastNote].Tone + 60,
+          127);
+      PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+    end;
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+    // click
+    AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(MidiPos - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000));
+    Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+
+    if AktBeat <> LastClick then
+    begin
+      for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+        if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then
+        begin
+
+          LastClick := AktBeat;
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          if Pet > 0 then
+          begin
+            MidiOut.PutShort(MIDI_NOTEOFF or 1,
+                Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet-1].Tone + 60,
+                127);
+          end;
+          MidiOut.PutShort(MIDI_NOTEON or 1,
+              Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Tone + 60,
+              127);
+          MidiLastNote := Pet;
+          {$ENDIF}
+
+        end;
+    end;
+  end; // if PlaySentenceMidi
+
+  // mp3 music
+  if PlaySentence then
+  begin
+    // stop the music
+    if (AudioPlayback.Position > PlayStopTime) then
+    begin
+      AudioPlayback.Stop;
+      PlaySentence := false;
+    end;
+
+    // click
+    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then
+    begin
+      //AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);
+      AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(AudioPlayback.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000));
+      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+      if AktBeat <> LastClick then
+      begin
+        for Pet := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+          if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound( SoundLib.Click );
+            LastClick := AktBeat;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end; // click
+  end; // if PlaySentence
+  
+
+  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Current + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Lines[0].Number);
+  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(CurrentNote + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote + 1);
+
+  // Song info
+  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);
+  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+
+  //Error reading Variables when no Song is loaded
+  if not Error then
+  begin
+    // Note info
+    Text[TextNStart].Text :=  IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Start);
+    Text[TextNLength].Text := IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Length);
+    Text[TextNTon].Text :=    IntToStr(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone) + ' ( ' + GetNoteName(Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Tone) + ' )';
+    Text[TextNText].Text :=   Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[CurrentNote].Text;
+  end;
+
+  // Text Edit Mode
+  if TextEditMode then
+    Text[TextNText].Text := Text[TextNText].Text + '|'; 
+
+  // draw static menu
+  DrawStatics;
+  DrawInfoBar(20, 460, 760, 20);
+  //inherited Draw;
+  DrawFG;
+  // draw notes
+  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 305, 780, 15);
+  //Error Drawing when no Song is loaded
+  if not Error then
+  begin
+    SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 305, 760, 0);
+    EditDrawLine(40, 410, 760, 0, 15);
+  end;
+
+  // draw text
+  Lyric.Draw;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.OnHide;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut.Close;
+  MidiOut.Free;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  Lyric.Free;
+  //Music.SetVolume(1.0);
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.GetNoteName(Note: integer): string;
+var
+  N1, N2: integer;
+begin
+  if (Note > 0) then
+  begin
+    N1 := Note mod 12;
+    N2 := Note div 12;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    N1 := (Note + (-Trunc(Note/12)+1)*12) mod 12;
+    N2 := -1;
+  end;
+
+  case N1 of
+    0: Result := 'c';
+    1: Result := 'c#';
+    2: Result := 'd';
+    3: Result := 'd#';
+    4: Result := 'e';
+    5: Result := 'f';
+    6: Result := 'f#';
+    7: Result := 'g';
+    8: Result := 'g#';
+    9: Result := 'a';
+    10: Result := 'b';
+    11: Result := 'h';
+  end;
+
+  case N2 of
+    0: Result := UpperCase(Result); //Normal Uppercase Note, 1: Normal lowercase Note
+    2: Result := Result + '''';     //One Striped
+    3: Result := Result + '''''';   //Two Striped
+    4: Result := Result + ''''''''; //etc.
+    5: Result := Result + '''''''''';
+    6: Result := Result + '''''''''''';
+    7: Result := Result + '''''''''''''';
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas b/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ead9773
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenLevel.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenLevel;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenLevel = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  USong,
+  UTexture,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenLevel.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+          if Ini.OnSongClick = sSelectPlayer then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenName);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Ini.Difficulty := Interaction;
+          Ini.SaveLevel;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          //Set Standard Mode
+          ScreenSong.Mode := smNormal;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenLevel.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Level);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonEasy);
+  AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonMedium);
+  AddButton(Theme.Level.ButtonHard);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLevel.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := Ini.Difficulty;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLevel.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas b/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e368f181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenLoading.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenLoading;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes,
+  gl;
+
+type
+  TScreenLoading = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Fadeout: boolean;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UTime;
+
+function TScreenLoading.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenLoading.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Loading);
+
+  Fadeout := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLoading.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas b/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa313cf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenMain.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenMain = class(TMenu)
+  private
+    { ticks when the user interacted, used to start credits
+      after a period of time w/o user interaction }
+    UserInteractionTicks: cardinal;
+  public
+    TextDescription:     integer;
+    TextDescriptionLong: integer;
+
+    constructor Create; override;
+    function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+      PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+    function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+    procedure OnShow; override;
+    procedure SetInteraction(Num: integer); override;
+    procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+    function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  { start credits after 60 seconds w/o interaction }
+  TicksUntilCredits = 60 * 1000;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UNote,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  USongs,
+  Textgl,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UScreenCredits,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+  PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState: word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  { reset user interaction timer }
+  UserInteractionTicks := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT +
+    KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT + KMOD_RALT);
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+        // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'): begin
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+      Ord('C'): begin
+        if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenCredits, SoundLib.Start);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      end;
+      Ord('M'): begin
+        if (Ini.Players >= 1) and (Party.ModesAvailable) then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions, SoundLib.Start);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Ord('S'): begin
+        FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain, SoundLib.Start);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      Ord('E'): begin
+        FadeTo(@ScreenEdit, SoundLib.Start);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+      begin
+        Result := false;
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+        //Solo
+        if (Interaction = 0) then
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count >= 1) then
+          begin
+            if (Ini.Players >= 0) and (Ini.Players <= 3) then
+              PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;
+            if (Ini.Players = 4) then
+              PlayersPlay := 6;
+
+            if Ini.OnSongClick = sSelectPlayer then
+              FadeTo(@ScreenLevel)
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := false;
+              FadeTo(@ScreenName, SoundLib.Start);
+            end;
+          end
+          else //show error message
+            ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));
+        end;
+
+        //Multi
+        if Interaction = 1 then
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count >= 1) then
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions, SoundLib.Start);
+          end
+          else //show error message, No Songs Loaded
+            ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));
+        end;
+
+        //Stats
+        if Interaction = 2 then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain, SoundLib.Start);
+        end;
+
+        //Editor
+        if Interaction = 3 then
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit, SoundLib.Start);
+          {$ELSE}
+          ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_EDITOR'));
+          {$ENDIF}
+        end;
+
+        //Options
+        if Interaction = 4 then
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions, SoundLib.Start);
+        end;
+
+        //Exit
+        if Interaction = 5 then
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+      end;
+      {**
+       * Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+       * but I don't want to declare variables inside
+       * functions like this one, called so many times
+       *}
+      SDLK_DOWN: InteractInc;
+      SDLK_UP: InteractDec;
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end
+  else // Key Up
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+      end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenMain.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  // default mouse behaviour
+  Result := inherited ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y);
+
+  { reset user interaction timer }
+  UserInteractionTicks := SDL_GetTicks;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenMain.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+{**
+ * Attention ^^:
+ * New Creation Order needed because of LoadFromTheme
+ * and Button Collections.
+ * At First Custom Texts and Statics
+ * Then LoadFromTheme
+ * after LoadFromTheme the Buttons and Selects
+ *}
+  TextDescription     := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescription);
+  TextDescriptionLong := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescriptionLong);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Main);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonSolo);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonMulti);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonStat);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonEditor);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonOptions);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonExit);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+
+ {**
+  * Clean up TPartyGame here
+  * at the moment there is no better place for this
+  *}
+  Party.Clear;
+
+  { reset user interaction timer }
+  UserInteractionTicks := SDL_GetTicks;
+end;
+
+function TScreenMain.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+
+  { start credits after a period w/o user interaction }
+  if (UserInteractionTicks + TicksUntilCredits < SDL_GetTicks) then
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenCredits, SoundLib.Start);
+  end;  
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.SetInteraction(Num: integer);
+begin
+  inherited SetInteraction(Num);
+  Text[TextDescription].Text     := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];
+  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Statics[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenName.pas b/src/screens/UScreenName.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42af50d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenName.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenName;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils, 
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UFiles,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenName = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Goto_SingScreen: boolean; //If true then next Screen in SingScreen
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UCommon,
+  UGraphic, 
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  UTexture,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+
+function TScreenName.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  SDL_ModState: word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text +
+                                          UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      // Templates for Names Mod
+      SDLK_F1:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F2:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F3:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F4:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F5:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F6:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F7:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F8:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F9:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F10:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F11:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F12:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11];
+         end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter();
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE :
+        begin
+          Ini.SaveNames;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          if GoTo_SingScreen then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSong)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to 6 do
+            Ini.Name[I-1] := Button[I-1].Text[0].Text;
+          Ini.SaveNames;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+
+          if GoTo_SingScreen then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSing)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenLevel);
+
+          GoTo_SingScreen := false;
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenName.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Name);
+
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    AddButton(Theme.Name.ButtonPlayer[I]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenName.OnShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    Button[I-1].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1];
+
+  for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    Button[I-1].Visible := true;
+    Button[I-1].Selectable := true;
+  end;
+
+  for I := PlayersPlay+1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    Button[I-1].Visible := false;
+    Button[I-1].Selectable := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenName.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    Button[I-1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70b883c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOpen.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOpen;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  SysUtils,
+  gl,
+  SDL,
+  UPath,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UTime,
+  USongs,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  UTexture,
+  UMenuText,
+  ULyrics,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOpen = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //fTextF:      array[0..1] of integer;
+      fTextN:      integer; // text-box ID of filename
+      fFilename:   IPath;
+      fBackScreen: PMenu;
+
+      procedure AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+
+      {**
+       * Set by the caller to provide a default filename.
+       * Set to the selected filename after calling this screen or to PATH_NONE
+       * if the screen was aborted.
+       * TODO: maybe pass this value with a callback OnValueChanged()
+       *}
+      property Filename: IPath READ fFilename WRITE fFilename;
+      {** The screen that is shown after this screen is closed (set by the caller) *}
+      property BackScreen: PMenu READ fBackScreen WRITE fBackScreen;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  UMain,
+  UScreenEditConvert,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenOpen.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then  // Key Down
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsPrintableChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      if (Interaction = 0) then
+      begin
+        Text[fTextN].Text := Text[fTextN].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE: // del
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            Text[fTextN].DeleteLastLetter;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          //Empty Filename and go to last Screen
+          fFileName := PATH_NONE;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(fBackScreen);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction = 2) then
+          begin
+            //Update Filename and go to last Screen
+            fFileName := Path(Text[fTextN].Text);
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(fBackScreen);
+          end
+          else if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            //Empty Filename and go to last Screen
+            fFileName := PATH_NONE;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(fBackScreen);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOpen.AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+begin
+  AddStatic(X,   Y,   W,   H,   0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(X+2, Y+2, W-4, H-4, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOpen.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  fFilename := PATH_NONE;
+
+  // line
+  {
+  AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MainBar', 'JPG', TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddText(35, 17, 1, 18, 1, 1, 1, 'line');
+  TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 24, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+  }
+
+  // file list
+  //AddBox(400, 100, 350, 450);
+
+  //TextF[0] :=  AddText(430, 155,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  //TextF[1] :=  AddText(430, 180,  0, 24, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+
+  // file name
+  AddBox(20, 540, 500, 40);
+  fTextN := AddText(50, 548, 0, 24, 0, 0, 0, fFileName.ToUTF8);
+  AddInteraction(iText, fTextN);
+
+  // buttons
+  {AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');
+
+  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);
+  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');}
+  // buttons
+  AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');
+
+  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOpen.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Text[fTextN].Text := fFilename.ToUTF8();
+end;
+
+(*
+function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:     integer;
+  Sec:     integer;
+  AktBeat: integer;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;
+*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30e3e9c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptions.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptions;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptions = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextDescription:    integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure InteractNext; override;
+      procedure InteractPrev; override;
+      procedure InteractNextRow; override;
+      procedure InteractPrevRow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsGame);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 1 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsGraphics);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 2 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsSound);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 3 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsLyrics);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 4 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsThemes);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 5 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsRecord);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptionsAdvanced);
+          end;
+
+          if SelInteraction = 7 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNextRow;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrevRow;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptions.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Options.TextDescription);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Options);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonGame);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[0]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonGraphics);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[1]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonSound);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[2]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonLyrics);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[3]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonThemes);
+  if (Length(Button[4].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[4]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonRecord);
+  if (Length(Button[5].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[5]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonAdvanced);
+  if (Length(Button[6].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[6]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Options.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[7].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  // continue possibly stopped bg-music (stopped in record options)
+  SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractNext;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNext;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractPrev;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrev;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractNextRow;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNextRow;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.InteractPrevRow;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrevRow;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Options.Description[Interaction];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[4].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[5].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[6].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[7].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dd727dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsAdvanced;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsAdvanced = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsAdvanced.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+          //if SelInteraction = 7 then begin
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+          //if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 6) then begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+          //if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 6) then begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsAdvanced);
+
+  //SelectLoadAnimation Hidden because it is useless atm
+  //AddSelect(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLoadAnimation, Ini.LoadAnimation, ILoadAnimationTranslated);
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade, Ini.ScreenFade, IScreenFadeTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing, Ini.EffectSing, IEffectSingTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus, Ini.LineBonus, ILineBonusTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick, Ini.OnSongClick, IOnSongClickTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel, Ini.AskBeforeDel, IAskbeforeDelTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup, Ini.PartyPopup, IPartyPopupTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsAdvanced.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsAdvanced.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39de61e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGame.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsGame;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes,
+  USongs;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsGame = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      old_Tabs, old_Sorting: integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure RefreshSongs;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsGame.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if PressedDown then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          RefreshSongs;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            RefreshSongs;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 5) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsGame.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGame);
+
+  //Refresh Songs Patch
+  old_Sorting := Ini.Sorting;
+  old_Tabs    := Ini.Tabs;
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectPlayers,    Ini.Players,    IPlayers);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty, Ini.Difficulty, IDifficultyTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectLanguage,   Ini.Language,   ILanguageTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectTabs,       Ini.Tabs,       ITabsTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectSorting,    Ini.Sorting,    ISortingTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug.showArrows  := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGame.SelectDebug,      Ini.Debug,      IDebugTranslated);
+
+
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsGame.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+//Refresh Songs Patch
+procedure TScreenOptionsGame.RefreshSongs;
+begin
+  if (ini.Sorting <> old_Sorting) or (ini.Tabs <> old_Tabs) then
+    ScreenSong.Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsGame.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+//  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2aacccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsGraphics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsGraphics = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsGraphics.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 6 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            // FIXME: changing the video mode does not work this way in windows
+            // and MacOSX as all textures will be invalidated through this.
+            // See the ALT+TAB code too.
+            {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+            Reinitialize3D();
+            {$IFEND}
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 6) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 6) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGraphics);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution,   Ini.Resolution, IResolution);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen,   Ini.Fullscreen, IFullScreenTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth,        Ini.Depth, IDepth);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer,   Ini.VisualizerOption, IVisualizerTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, Ini.Oscilloscope, IOscilloscopeTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize,    Ini.MovieSize, IMovieSizeTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsGraphics.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..468082de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsLyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsLyrics = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsLyrics.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 3 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsLyrics);
+
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont, Ini.LyricsFont, ILyricsFontTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, Ini.LyricsEffect, ILyricsEffectTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines, Ini.NoteLines, INoteLinesTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsLyrics.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7af598e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,836 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsRecord;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UMenu;
+
+type
+  TDrawState = record
+    ChannelIndex: integer;
+    R, G, B: real;    // mapped player color (normal)
+    RD, GD, BD: real; // mapped player color (dark)
+  end;
+
+  TPeakInfo = record
+    Volume: single;
+    Time: cardinal;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenOptionsRecord = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      // max. count of input-channels determined for all devices
+      MaxChannelCount: integer;
+
+      // current input device
+      CurrentDeviceIndex: integer;
+      PreviewDeviceIndex: integer;
+
+      // string arrays for select-slide options
+      InputSourceNames: array of UTF8String;
+      InputDeviceNames: array of UTF8String;
+
+      // dynamic generated themes for channel select-sliders
+      SelectSlideChannelTheme: array of TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+      // indices for widget-updates
+      SelectInputSourceID:   integer;
+      SelectSlideChannelID: array of integer;
+
+      // interaction IDs
+      ExitButtonIID: integer;
+
+      // dummy data for non-available channels
+      ChannelToPlayerMapDummy: integer;
+
+      // preview channel-buffers
+      PreviewChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer;
+      ChannelPeak: array of TPeakInfo;
+
+      // Device source volume
+      SourceVolume: single;
+      NextVolumePollTime: cardinal;
+
+      procedure StartPreview;
+      procedure StopPreview;
+      procedure UpdateInputDevice;
+      function ValidateSettings: boolean;
+      procedure ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);
+      procedure DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);
+      procedure DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+      procedure DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function    Draw: boolean; override;
+      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure   OnShow; override;
+      procedure   OnHide; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  PeakDecay = 0.2; // strength of peak-decay (reduction after one sec)
+
+const
+  BarHeight  = 11; // height of each bar (volume/vu-meter/pitch)
+  BarUpperSpacing = 1;  // spacing between a bar-area and the previous widget
+  BarLowerSpacing = 3;  // spacing between a bar-area and the next widget
+  SourceBarsTotalHeight = BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;
+  ChannelBarsTotalHeight = 2*BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  SDL,
+  gl,
+  TextGL,
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  ULanguage,
+  UMain,
+  UMenuSelectSlide,
+  UMenuText,
+  UFiles,
+  UDisplay,
+  UIni,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  ULog;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      Ord('+'):
+        begin
+          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead
+          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.
+          ChangeVolume(0.02);
+        end;
+      Ord('-'):
+        begin
+          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead
+          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.
+          ChangeVolume(-0.02);
+        end;
+      Ord('T'):
+        begin
+          if ((SDL_GetModState() and KMOD_SHIFT) <> 0) then
+            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + Length(IThresholdVals) - 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals)
+          else
+            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals);
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          // TODO: Show Save/Abort screen
+          if (ValidateSettings()) then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction = ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            if (ValidateSettings()) then
+            begin
+              Ini.Save;
+              AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+              FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+          UpdateInputDevice;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+          UpdateInputDevice;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.ValidateSettings: boolean;
+var
+  BadPlayer: integer;
+begin
+  BadPlayer := AudioInputProcessor.ValidateSettings();
+  if (BadPlayer <> 0) then
+  begin
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(
+        Format(Language.Translate('ERROR_PLAYER_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT'),
+        [BadPlayer]));
+    Result := false;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Result := true;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsRecord.Create;
+var
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  SourceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  ChannelTheme: ^TThemeSelectSlide;
+  //ButtonTheme: TThemeButton;
+  WidgetYPos: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsRecord);
+
+  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0
+  else
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := -1;
+
+  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;
+
+  WidgetYPos := 0;
+
+  // init sliders if at least one device was detected
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+  begin
+    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+
+    // init device-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputDeviceNames, Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList));
+    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    begin
+      InputDeviceNames[DeviceIndex] := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    // add device-selection slider (InteractionID: 0)
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard.showArrows := true;
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard.oneItemOnly := true;
+    AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard, CurrentDeviceIndex, InputDeviceNames);
+
+    // init source-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));
+    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do
+    begin
+      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.showArrows := true;
+    Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.oneItemOnly := true;
+    // add source-selection slider (InteractionID: 1)
+    SelectInputSourceID := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput,
+        InputDeviceCfg.Input, InputSourceNames);
+
+    // add space for source volume bar
+    WidgetYPos := Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.Y +
+                  Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.H +
+                  SourceBarsTotalHeight;
+
+    // find max. channel count of all devices
+    MaxChannelCount := 0;
+    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    begin
+      if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels > MaxChannelCount) then
+        MaxChannelCount := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels;
+    end;
+
+    // init channel-to-player mapping sliders
+    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelID, MaxChannelCount);
+    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelTheme, MaxChannelCount);
+
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do
+    begin
+      // copy reference slide
+      SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex] :=
+        Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel;
+      // set current channel-theme
+      ChannelTheme := @SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex];
+      // adjust vertical position
+      ChannelTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;
+      // calc size of next slide (add space for bars)
+      WidgetYPos := WidgetYPos + ChannelTheme.H + ChannelBarsTotalHeight;
+      // append channel index to name
+      ChannelTheme.Text := ChannelTheme.Text + IntToStr(ChannelIndex+1);
+
+      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists
+      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then
+      begin
+        // current device has this channel
+
+        // add slider
+        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,
+          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated);
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // current device does not have that many channels
+
+        // add slider but hide it and assign a dummy variable to it
+        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,
+          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy, IChannelPlayerTranslated);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // add Exit-button
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+  // store InteractionID
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+    ExitButtonIID := MaxChannelCount + 2
+  else
+    ExitButtonIID := 0;
+
+  // set focus
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateInputDevice;
+var
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus('Update input-device', 'TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateCard') ;
+
+  StopPreview();
+
+  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device
+  if (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList)) then
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0;
+
+  // update sliders if at least one device was detected
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+  begin
+    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+
+    // update source-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));
+    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do
+    begin
+      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, SelectInputSourceID,
+        InputSourceNames, InputDeviceCfg.Input);
+
+    // update channel-to-player mapping sliders
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do
+    begin
+      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists
+      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then
+      begin
+        // current device has this channel
+
+        // show slider
+        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],
+          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated,
+          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // current device does not have that many channels
+
+        // hide slider and assign a dummy variable to it
+        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],
+          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayerTranslated,
+          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  StartPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);
+var
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  Volume: single;
+begin
+  // validate CurrentDeviceIndex
+  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex < 0) or
+      (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+  if not assigned(InputDevice) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set new volume
+  Volume := InputDevice.GetVolume() + VolumeChange;
+  InputDevice.SetVolume(Volume);
+  //DebugWriteln('Volume: ' + floattostr(InputDevice.GetVolume));
+
+  // volume must be polled again 
+  NextVolumePollTime := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.OnShow;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // BgMusic distracts too much, pause it
+  SoundLib.PauseBgMusic;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  // create preview sound-buffers
+  SetLength(PreviewChannel, MaxChannelCount);
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do
+    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex] := TCaptureBuffer.Create();
+
+  SetLength(ChannelPeak, MaxChannelCount);
+
+  UpdateInputDevice();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.OnHide;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  StopPreview();
+
+  // free preview buffers
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do
+    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Free;
+  SetLength(PreviewChannel, 0);
+  SetLength(ChannelPeak, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StartPreview;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+begin
+  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (CurrentDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    // set preview channel as active capture channel
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+    begin
+      PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Clear();
+      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex]);
+      FillChar(ChannelPeak[ChannelIndex], SizeOf(TPeakInfo), 0);
+    end;
+    Device.Start();
+    PreviewDeviceIndex := CurrentDeviceIndex;
+
+    // volume must be polled again
+    NextVolumePollTime := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StopPreview;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+begin
+  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];
+    Device.Stop;
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil);
+  end;
+  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;
+  Volume: single;
+const
+  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x1 + Width;
+  y2 := y1 + Height;
+
+  // init blend mode
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);
+
+  // TODO: if no volume is available, show some info (a blue bar maybe)
+  if (SourceVolume >= 0) then
+    Volume := SourceVolume
+  else
+    Volume := 0;
+
+  // coordinates for first half of the volume bar
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume;
+  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  // draw volume-bar
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // draw volume bar
+    glColor3f(0.4, 0.3, 0.3);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glColor3f(1, 0.1, 0.1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+  glEnd();
+
+  { not needed anymore
+  // coordinates for separator
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;
+
+  // draw separator
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP);
+    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f(x1,        y2);
+    glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0.4, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f((x1+x2)/2, y2);
+    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f(x2,        y2);
+  glEnd();
+  }
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  Volume, PeakVolume: single;
+  Delta: single;
+  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;
+const
+  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x1 + Width;
+  y2 := y1 + Height;
+
+  // init blend mode
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);
+
+  // vertical positions
+  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  // coordinates for bevel
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    Volume := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].MaxSampleVolume();
+
+    // coordinates for volume bar
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume;
+
+    // draw volume bar
+    glColor3f(State.RD, State.GD, State.BD);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glColor3f(State.R, State.G, State.B);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+
+    Delta := (SDL_GetTicks() - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time)/1000;
+    PeakVolume := ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume - Delta*Delta*PeakDecay;
+
+    // determine new peak-volume
+    if (Volume > PeakVolume) then
+    begin
+      PeakVolume := Volume;
+      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume := Volume;
+      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time := SDL_GetTicks();
+    end;
+
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing + VolBarInnerWidth * PeakVolume;
+    x2 := x1 + 2;
+
+    // draw peak
+    glColor3f(0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+
+    // draw threshold
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex];
+
+    glColor4f(0.3, 0.3, 0.3, 0.6);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+  glEnd();
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  i: integer;
+  ToneBoxWidth: real;
+  ToneString: string;
+  ToneStringWidth, ToneStringHeight: real;
+  ToneStringMaxWidth: real;
+  ToneStringCenterXOffset: real;
+const
+  PitchBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  PitchBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // calc tone pitch
+  PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].AnalyzeBuffer();
+
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x + Width;
+  y2 := y + Height;
+
+  // init blend mode
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  // coordinates for tone boxes
+  ToneBoxWidth := Width / NumHalftones;
+  y1 := y1 + PitchBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - PitchBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // draw tone boxes
+    for i := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do
+    begin
+      x1 := x + i * ToneBoxWidth + PitchBarInnerHSpacing;
+      x2 := x1 + ToneBoxWidth - 2*PitchBarInnerHSpacing;
+
+      if ((PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneValid) and
+          (PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneAbs = i)) then
+      begin
+        // highlight current tone-pitch
+        glColor3f(1, i / (NumHalftones-1), 0)
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // grey other tone-pitches
+        glColor3f(0.3, i / (NumHalftones-1) * 0.3, 0);
+      end;
+
+      glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+      glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+      glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+      glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    end;
+  glEnd();
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  ///
+  // draw the name of the tone
+  ///////
+
+  ToneString := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneString;
+  ToneStringHeight := ChannelBarsTotalHeight;
+
+  // initialize font
+  // TODO: what about reflection, italic etc.?
+  SetFontSize(ToneStringHeight);
+
+  // center
+  // Note: for centering let us assume that G#4 has the max. horizontal extent
+  ToneStringWidth := glTextWidth(ToneString);
+  ToneStringMaxWidth := glTextWidth('G#4');
+  ToneStringCenterXOffset := (ToneStringMaxWidth-ToneStringWidth) / 2;
+
+  // draw
+  SetFontPos(x-ToneStringWidth-ToneStringCenterXOffset, y-ToneStringHeight/2);
+  glColor3f(0, 0, 0);
+  glPrint(ToneString);
+end;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  SelectSlide: TSelectSlide;
+  BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth: real;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  State: TDrawState;
+begin
+  DrawBG;
+  DrawFG;
+
+  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+
+    // update source volume
+    if (SDL_GetTicks() >= NextVolumePollTime) then
+    begin
+      NextVolumePollTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 500; // next poll in 500ms
+      SourceVolume := Device.GetVolume();
+    end;
+
+    // get source select slide
+    SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectInputSourceID];
+    BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;
+    BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;
+    BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;
+    DrawVolume(SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+    begin
+      // load player color mapped to current input channel
+      if (DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] <> CHANNEL_OFF) then
+      begin
+        // set mapped channel to corresponding player-color
+        LoadColor(State.R, State.G, State.B, 'P'+ IntToStr(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]) + 'Dark');
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // set non-mapped channel to white
+        State.R := 1; State.G := 1; State.B := 1;
+      end;
+
+      // dark player colors
+      State.RD := 0.2 * State.R;
+      State.GD := 0.2 * State.G;
+      State.BD := 0.2 * State.B;
+
+      // channel select slide
+      SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]];
+
+      BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;
+      BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;
+      BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;
+
+      State.ChannelIndex := ChannelIndex;
+
+      DrawVUMeter(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+      DrawPitch(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset+BarHeight, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c0efa4d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsSound.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsSound;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsSound = class(TMenu)
+  public
+    constructor Create; override;
+    function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+      PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+    procedure OnShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsSound.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal;
+  CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+        // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+      begin
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+      begin
+        Ini.Save;
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+      end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+        if SelInteraction = 8 then
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+        if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 8) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractInc;
+        end;
+      end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+        if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < 8) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractDec;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+{**
+ * Actually this one isn't pretty - but it does the trick of
+ * turning the background music on/off in "real time"
+ * bgm = background music
+ * TODO: - Fetching the SelectInteraction via something more descriptive
+ *       - Obtaining the current value of a select is imho ugly
+ *}
+  if (SelInteraction = 1) then
+  begin
+    if TBackgroundMusicOption(SelectsS[1].SelectedOption) = bmoOn then
+      SoundLib.StartBgMusic
+    else
+      SoundLib.PauseBgMusic;
+  end;
+  
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsSound.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsSound);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough, Ini.VoicePassthrough, IVoicePassthroughTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic, Ini.BackgroundMusicOption, IBackgroundMusicTranslated);
+
+  // TODO: - MicBoost needs to be moved to ScreenOptionsRecord
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost, Ini.MicBoost, IMicBoostTranslated);
+
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist, Ini.ClickAssist, IClickAssistTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick, Ini.BeatClick, IBeatClickTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectThreshold, Ini.ThresholdIndex, IThreshold);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume, Ini.PreviewVolume, IPreviewVolumeTranslated);
+
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading, Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewFadingTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsSound.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsSound.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29d8a9dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenOptionsThemes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenOptionsThemes;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsThemes = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      procedure ReloadTheme;
+    public
+      SkinSelect: integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure InteractInc; override;
+      procedure InteractDec; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses 
+  SysUtils,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UPathUtils,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  USkins;
+
+function TScreenOptionsThemes.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+
+          // Reload all screens, after Theme changed
+          // Todo : JB - Check if theme was actually changed
+          UGraphic.UnLoadScreens();
+          UGraphic.LoadScreens();
+
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+          // select theme button in new created options screen
+          ScreenOptions.Interaction := 4;
+
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 3 then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+
+            // Reload all screens, after Theme changed
+            // Todo : JB - Check if theme was actually changed
+            UGraphic.UnLoadScreens();
+            UGraphic.LoadScreens();
+
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+            // select theme button in new created options screen
+            ScreenOptions.Interaction := 4;
+
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 2) then 
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 2) then 
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.InteractInc;
+begin
+  inherited InteractInc;
+
+  //Update Skins
+  if (SelInteraction = 0) then
+  begin
+    Skin.OnThemeChange;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, SkinSelect, ISkin, Ini.SkinNo);
+
+    // set skin to themes default skin
+    Ini.SkinNo := Theme.Themes[Ini.Theme].DefaultSkin;
+  end;
+
+  { set skins default color }
+  if (SelInteraction = 0) or (SelInteraction = 1) then
+  begin
+    Ini.Color := Skin.GetDefaultColor(Ini.SkinNo);
+  end;
+
+  ReloadTheme();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.InteractDec;
+begin
+  inherited InteractDec;
+
+  //Update Skins
+  if (SelInteraction = 0 ) then
+  begin
+    Skin.OnThemeChange;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions (Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, SkinSelect, ISkin, Ini.SkinNo);
+
+    // set skin to themes default skin
+    Ini.SkinNo := Theme.Themes[Ini.Theme].DefaultSkin;
+  end;
+
+  { set skins default color }
+  if (SelInteraction = 0) or (SelInteraction = 1) then
+  begin
+    Ini.Color := Skin.GetDefaultColor(Ini.SkinNo);
+  end;
+
+  ReloadTheme();
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsThemes.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsThemes);
+
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectTheme, Ini.Theme, ITheme);
+
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin.oneItemOnly := true;
+  SkinSelect := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, Ini.SkinNo, ISkin);
+
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor.showArrows := true;
+  Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor.oneItemOnly := true;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsThemes.SelectColor, Ini.Color, IColorTranslated);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsThemes.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(20, 5, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsThemes.ReloadTheme;
+begin
+  Theme.LoadTheme(Ini.Theme, Ini.Color);
+
+  ScreenOptionsThemes := TScreenOptionsThemes.create();
+  ScreenOptionsThemes.onshow;
+  Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenOptionsThemes;
+
+  ScreenOptionsThemes.Interaction    := self.Interaction;
+  ScreenOptionsThemes.Draw;
+
+  Display.Draw;
+  SwapBuffers;
+
+  Self.Destroy;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8024108c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyNewRound;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyNewRound = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      //Texts:
+      TextRound: array [0..6] of cardinal;
+
+      TextWinner: array [0..6] of cardinal;
+
+      TextNextRound: cardinal;
+      TextNextRoundNo: cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer1: cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer2: cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer3: cardinal;
+
+      //Statics
+      StaticRound: array [0..6] of cardinal;
+
+      //Scores
+      TextScoreTeam1: cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2: cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3: cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1: cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2: cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3: cardinal;
+
+      TextTeam1Players: cardinal;
+      TextTeam2Players: cardinal;
+      TextTeam3Players: cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3: cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer1: cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer2: cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer3: cardinal;
+
+
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  UParty,
+  ULanguage,
+  USong,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyNewRound.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          Party.CallBeforeSongSelect;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextRound[0] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound1);
+  TextRound[1] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound2);
+  TextRound[2] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound3);
+  TextRound[3] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound4);
+  TextRound[4] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound5);
+  TextRound[5] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound6);
+  TextRound[6] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound7);
+
+  TextWinner[0] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner1);
+  TextWinner[1] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner2);
+  TextWinner[2] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner3);
+  TextWinner[3] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner4);
+  TextWinner[4] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner5);
+  TextWinner[5] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner6);
+  TextWinner[6] := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner7);
+
+  TextNextRound := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRound);
+  TextNextRoundNo := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo);
+  TextNextPlayer1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1);
+  TextNextPlayer2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2);
+  TextNextPlayer3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3);
+
+  StaticRound[0] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound1);
+  StaticRound[1] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound2);
+  StaticRound[2] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound3);
+  StaticRound[3] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound4);
+  StaticRound[4] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound5);
+  StaticRound[5] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound6);
+  StaticRound[6] := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound7);
+
+  //Scores
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  //Players
+  TextTeam1Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players);
+  TextTeam2Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players);
+  TextTeam3Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticNextPlayer1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1);
+  StaticNextPlayer2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2);
+  StaticNextPlayer3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyNewRound);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.OnShow;
+var
+  I: integer;
+  function GetTeamPlayers(const Num: integer): UTF8String;
+  var
+    Players: array of UTF8String;
+    J: integer;
+  begin
+    if (Num > High(Party.Teams)) or (Num < 0) then
+      exit;
+
+    //Create Players array
+    SetLength(Players, Length(Party.Teams[Num].Players));
+    For J := 0 to High(Party.Teams[Num].Players) do
+      Players[J] := UTF8String(Party.Teams[Num].Players[J].Name);
+
+    //Implode and Return
+    Result := Language.Implode(Players);
+  end;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Visibility of Round Infos
+  for I := 0 to 6 do
+  begin
+    if (I <= High(Party.Rounds)) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticRound[I]].Visible := True;
+      Text[TextRound[I]].Visible := True;
+      Text[TextWinner[I]].Visible := True;
+
+      // update texts:
+      Text[TextRound[I]].Text := Language.Translate('MODE_' + uppercase(Party.Modes[Party.Rounds[I].Mode].Name) + '_NAME');
+      Text[TextWinner[I]].Text := Party.GetWinnerString(I);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticRound[I]].Visible := False;
+      Text[TextRound[I]].Visible := False;
+      Text[TextWinner[I]].Visible := False;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  //Display Scores
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[0].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[0].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(0);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[1].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[1].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(1);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[2].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[2].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(2);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := false;
+  end;  
+
+  //nextRound Texts
+  Text[TextNextRound].Text := Language.Translate('MODE_' + uppercase(Party.Modes[Party.Rounds[Party.CurrentRound].Mode].Name) + '_DESC');
+  Text[TextNextRoundNo].Text := InttoStr(Party.CurrentRound + 1);
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Text := Party.Teams[0].Players[Party.Teams[0].NextPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := false;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Text := Party.Teams[1].Players[Party.Teams[1].NextPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := false;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Text := Party.Teams[2].Players[Party.Teams[2].NextPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f63b37fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyOptions;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyOptions = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      SelectLevel:     cardinal;
+      SelectPlayList:  cardinal;
+      SelectPlayList2: cardinal;
+      SelectRounds:    cardinal;
+
+      IPlaylist: array[0..2] of UTF8String;
+      IPlaylist2: array of UTF8String;
+
+      PlayList:  integer;
+      PlayList2: integer;
+      
+      procedure SetPlaylist2;
+    public 
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  USong,
+  UPlaylist,
+  USongs,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  I, J: integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //Don'T start when Playlist is Selected and there are no Playlists
+          if (Playlist = 2) and (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) = 0) then
+            Exit;
+
+          //Save Difficulty
+          Ini.Difficulty := SelectsS[SelectLevel].SelectedOption;
+          Ini.SaveLevel;
+
+          //Save Playlist
+          PlaylistMan.Mode := TSingMode( Playlist );
+          PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := High(cardinal);
+          //if Category Selected Search Category ID
+          if Playlist = 1 then
+          begin
+            J := -1;
+            for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+            begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                Inc(J);
+
+              if J = Playlist2 then
+              begin
+                PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := I;
+                Break;
+              end;
+            end;
+
+            //No Categorys or Invalid Entry
+            if PlaylistMan.CurPlayList = High(cardinal) then
+              Exit;
+          end
+          else
+            PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := Playlist2;
+
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          //Go to Player Screen
+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer);
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractInc;
+
+          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed
+          if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            SetPlaylist2;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractDec;
+
+          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed
+          if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            SetPlaylist2;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyOptions.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  //Fill IPlaylist
+  IPlaylist[0] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_ALL');
+  IPlaylist[1] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_CATEGORY');
+  IPlaylist[2] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_PLAYLIST');
+
+  //Fill IPlaylist2
+  SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+  IPlaylist2[0] := '---';
+
+  //Clear all Selects
+  PlayList := 0;
+  PlayList2 := 0;
+
+  //Load Screen From Theme
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyOptions);
+
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel.showArrows := true;
+  SelectLevel     := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel, Ini.Difficulty, Theme.ILevel);
+
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayList  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, PlayList, IPlaylist);
+
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayList2 := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, PlayList2, IPlaylist2);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetPlaylist2;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  case Playlist of
+    0:
+      begin
+        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+        IPlaylist2[0] := '---';
+      end;
+    1:
+      begin
+        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 0);
+        for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+        begin
+          if (CatSongs.Song[I].Main) then
+          begin
+            SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(IPlaylist2) + 1);
+            IPlaylist2[high(IPlaylist2)] := CatSongs.Song[I].Artist;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        if (Length(IPlaylist2) = 0) then
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Categories found';
+        end;
+      end;
+    2:
+      begin
+        if (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) > 0) then
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+          PlaylistMan.GetNames(IPlaylist2);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Playlists found';
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  Playlist2 := 0;
+  UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 2, IPlaylist2, Playlist2);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Party.Clear;
+
+  // check if there are loaded modes
+  if Party.ModesAvailable then
+  begin
+    // modes are loaded
+    Randomize;
+  end
+  else
+  begin // no modes found
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_PLUGINS'));
+    Display.AbortScreenChange;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {for I := 0 to 6 do
+    SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7f4d627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyPlayer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyPlayer = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      CountTeams: integer;
+      CountPlayer: array [0..2] of integer;
+
+      SelectTeams:     cardinal;
+      SelectPlayers: array [0..2] of cardinal;
+      procedure UpdateInterface;
+      procedure UpdateParty;
+    public
+      Team1Name: cardinal;
+      Player1Name: cardinal;
+      Player2Name: cardinal;
+      Player3Name: cardinal;
+      Player4Name: cardinal;
+
+      Team2Name: cardinal;
+      Player5Name: cardinal;
+      Player6Name: cardinal;
+      Player7Name: cardinal;
+      Player8Name: cardinal;
+
+      Team3Name: cardinal;
+      Player9Name: cardinal;
+      Player10Name: cardinal;
+      Player11Name: cardinal;
+      Player12Name: cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  ITeams:   array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('2', '3');
+  IPlayers: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('1', '2', '3', '4');
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  UParty,
+  UUnicodeUtils,
+  UScreenPartyOptions,
+  ULanguage;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.UpdateInterface;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+    Btn: integer;
+begin
+  SelectsS[SelectPlayers[2]].Visible := (CountTeams = 1);
+
+  Btn := 0;
+  for I := 0 to 2 do
+  begin
+    if (CountTeams + 1 >= I) then
+    begin
+      Button[Btn + 0].Visible := true;
+      Button[Btn + 1].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 1);
+      Button[Btn + 2].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 2);
+      Button[Btn + 3].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 3);
+      Button[Btn + 4].Visible := (CountPlayer[I] + 1 >= 4);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Button[Btn + 0].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 1].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 2].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 3].Visible := false;
+      Button[Btn + 4].Visible := false;
+    end;
+    Inc(Btn, 5);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.UpdateParty;
+  var
+    I, J: integer;
+begin
+  {//Save PlayerNames
+  for I := 0 to PartySession.Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+  begin
+    PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Name := PChar(Button[I*5].Text[0].Text);
+    for J := 0 to PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].NumPlayers-1 do
+    begin
+      PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[J].Name := PChar(Button[I*5 + J+1].Text[0].Text);
+      PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[J].TimesPlayed := 0;
+    end;
+  end; }
+
+  // add teams to party
+
+  for I := 0 to CountTeams + 1 do
+  begin
+    Party.AddTeam(Button[I * 5].Text[0].Text);
+
+    for J := 0 to CountPlayer[I] do
+      Party.AddPlayer(I, Button[I * 5 + 1 + J].Text[0].Text);
+  end;
+
+  if (Party.ModesAvailable) then
+  begin //mode for current playersetup available
+    FadeTo(@ScreenPartyRounds, SoundLib.Start);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    // no mode available for current player setup
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_MODES_FOR_CURRENT_SETUP'));
+    Party.Clear;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPartyPlayer.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+  procedure IntNext;
+  begin
+    repeat
+      InteractNext;
+    until ((Interactions[Interaction].Typ = iSelectS) and
+      SelectsS[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible) or
+      (Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible);
+  end;
+  procedure IntPrev;
+  begin
+    repeat
+      InteractPrev;
+    until ((Interactions[Interaction].Typ = iSelectS) and
+      SelectsS[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible) or
+      (Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Visible);
+  end;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+        + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT)
+  else
+    SDL_ModState := 0;
+
+  // Key Down
+  // check normal keys
+  if (Interactions[Interaction].Typ = iButton) then
+  begin
+    case CharCode of
+      Ord('0')..Ord('9'),
+      Ord('a')..Ord('z'),
+      Ord('A')..Ord('Z'),
+      Ord(' '), Ord('-'), Ord('_'), Ord('!'), Ord(','), Ord('<'), Ord('/'),
+      Ord('*'), Ord('?'), Ord(''''), Ord('"'):
+        begin
+          Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text :=
+            Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      // Templates for Names Mod
+      SDLK_F1:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F2:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F3:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F4:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F5:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F6:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F7:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F8:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F9:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F10:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F11:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F12:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11];
+         end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Button[Interactions[Interaction].Num].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  case PressedKey of
+    SDLK_ESCAPE:
+      begin
+        Ini.SaveNames;
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+        FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions);
+      end;
+
+    SDLK_RETURN: UpdateParty;
+
+    // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+    // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+    // functions like this one, called so many times
+    SDLK_DOWN:    IntNext;
+    SDLK_UP:      IntPrev;
+    SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+        if (Interaction in [0,2,8,14]) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractInc;
+
+          UpdateInterface;
+        end;
+      end;
+    SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+        if (Interaction in [0,2,8,14]) then
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+          InteractDec;
+
+          UpdateInterface;
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyPlayer.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyPlayer);
+
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectTeams.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectTeams.showArrows := true;
+  SelectTeams     := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectTeams, CountTeams, ITeams);
+
+  Team1Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team1Name);
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayers[0]  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers1, CountPlayer[0], IPlayers);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player1Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player2Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player3Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player4Name);
+
+  Team2Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team2Name);
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayers[1]  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers2, CountPlayer[1], IPlayers);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player5Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player6Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player7Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player8Name);
+
+  Team3Name := AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Team3Name);
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3.oneItemOnly := true;
+  Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3.showArrows := true;
+  SelectPlayers[2]  := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyPlayer.SelectPlayers3, CountPlayer[2], IPlayers);
+  
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player9Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player10Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player11Name);
+  AddButton(Theme.PartyPlayer.Player12Name);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  //Clear Selects
+  CountTeams := 0;
+  CountPlayer[0] := 0;
+  CountPlayer[1] := 0;
+  CountPlayer[2] := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.OnShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // Templates for Names Mod
+  for I := 1 to 4 do
+    Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1];
+
+  for I := 6 to 9 do
+    Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-2];
+
+  for I := 11 to 14 do
+    Button[I].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-3];
+
+    Button[0].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[0];
+    Button[5].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[1];
+    Button[10].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTeam[2];
+    // Templates for Names Mod end
+
+  Party.Clear;
+
+  UpdateInterface;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyPlayer.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  {for I := 0 to high(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;   }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyRounds.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyRounds.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..070c9eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPartyRounds.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game

+ *

+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names

+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT

+ * file distributed with this source distribution.

+ *

+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License

+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2

+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

+ *

+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

+ * GNU General Public License for more details.

+ *

+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to

+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,

+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

+ *

+ * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/branches/experimental/Lua/src/screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas $

+ * $Id: UScreenPartyOptions.pas 2036 2009-12-14 20:59:44Z whiteshark0 $

+ *}

+

+unit UScreenPartyRounds;

+

+interface

+

+{$IFDEF FPC}

+  {$MODE Delphi}

+{$ENDIF}

+

+{$I switches.inc}

+

+uses

+  UMenu,

+  SDL,

+  UDisplay,

+  UMusic,

+  UFiles,

+  SysUtils,

+  UThemes;

+

+type

+  TScreenPartyRounds = class(TMenu)

+    private

+      SelectRoundCount: cardinal;

+      SelectRound: array [0..6] of cardinal;

+

+      RoundCount: integer;

+      Round: array [0..6] of integer;

+

+      IModeNames: array of UTF8String;

+      IModeIDs: array of integer;

+

+      procedure UpdateInterface;

+      procedure StartParty;

+    public

+      constructor Create; override;

+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;

+      procedure OnShow; override;

+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

+  end;

+

+const

+  IRoundCount:  array[0..5] of UTF8String = ('2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7');

+

+implementation

+

+uses

+  UGraphic,

+  UMain,

+  UIni,

+  UTexture,

+  ULanguage,

+  UParty,

+  USong,

+  UPlaylist,

+  USongs,

+  UUnicodeUtils;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.UpdateInterface;

+  var

+    I: integer;

+    ActualRounds: integer;

+begin

+  ActualRounds := RoundCount + 2;

+

+  for I := 0 to High(SelectRound) do

+    SelectsS[SelectRound[I]].Visible := (I < ActualRounds);

+end;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.StartParty;

+  var

+    GameRounds: ARounds;

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  SetLength(GameRounds, RoundCount + 2);

+

+  for I := 0 to High(GameRounds) do

+    GameRounds[I] := IModeIds[Round[I]];

+

+  // start party game

+  if (Party.StartGame(GameRounds)) then

+  begin

+    FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound, SoundLib.Start);

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    //error starting party game

+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_CAN_NOT_START_PARTY'));

+  end;

+end;

+

+function TScreenPartyRounds.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;

+begin

+  Result := true;

+  if (PressedDown) then

+  begin // Key Down

+    // check normal keys

+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of

+      Ord('Q'):

+        begin

+          Result := false;

+          Exit;

+        end;

+    end;

+

+    // check special keys

+    case PressedKey of

+      SDLK_ESCAPE,

+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

+        begin

+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer);

+        end;

+

+      SDLK_RETURN: StartParty;

+

+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,

+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside

+      // functions like this one, called so many times

+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;

+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;

+      SDLK_RIGHT:

+        begin

+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

+          InteractInc;

+

+          if Interaction = 0 then

+            UpdateInterface;

+        end;

+      SDLK_LEFT:

+        begin

+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

+          InteractDec;

+

+          if Interaction = 0 then

+            UpdateInterface;

+        end;

+    end;

+  end;

+end;

+

+constructor TScreenPartyRounds.Create;

+  var

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  inherited Create;

+  RoundCount := 5;

+

+  //Load Screen From Theme

+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyRounds);

+

+  Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount.oneItemOnly := true;

+  Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount.showArrows := true;

+  SelectRoundCount := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRoundCount, RoundCount, IRoundCount);

+

+  SetLength(IModeNames, 1);

+  IModeNames[0] := '---';

+  for I := 0 to high(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound) do

+  begin

+    Round[I] := 0;

+    Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I].oneItemOnly := true;

+    Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I].showArrows := true;

+    SelectRound[I] := AddSelectSlide(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I], Round[I], IModeNames);

+  end;

+

+

+  Interaction := 0;

+end;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.OnShow;

+  var

+    ModeList: AParty_ModeList;

+    I: integer;

+begin

+  inherited;

+

+  // check if there are loaded modes

+  if Party.ModesAvailable then

+  begin

+    UpdateInterface;

+    

+    ModeList := Party.GetAvailableModes;

+    SetLength(IModeNames, Length(ModeList));

+    SetLength(IModeIds, Length(ModeList));

+    for I := 0 to High(ModeList) do

+    begin

+      IModeNames[I] := ModeList[I].Name;

+      IModeIds[I]   := ModeList[I].Index;

+    end;

+

+    for I := 0 to High(SelectRound) do

+      UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyRounds.SelectRound[I] , SelectRound[I], IModeNames, Round[I]);

+  end

+  else

+  begin

+    // no mode available for current player setup

+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_MODES_FOR_CURRENT_SETUP'));

+    Party.Clear;

+    Display.AbortScreenChange;

+  end;

+end;

+

+procedure TScreenPartyRounds.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

+begin

+  {for I := 0 to 6 do

+    SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;}

+end;

+

+end.

diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62c97161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyScore;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyScore = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextScoreTeam1:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3:    cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Deco:   cardinal;
+      TextWinner:        cardinal;
+
+      DecoTex:          array[0..5] of integer;
+      DecoColor:        array[0..5] of Record
+                                        R, G, B: real;
+                        end;
+
+      MaxScore:          word;
+      
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UParty,
+  ULanguage,
+  UTexture,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+
+          Party.NextRound; //< go to next round
+
+          if (not Party.GameFinished) then
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin);
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyScore.Create;
+var
+  Tex:  TTexture;
+  R, G, B: real;
+  Color: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG);
+  StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG);
+  StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG);
+  StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco);
+
+  TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextWinner);
+
+  //Load Deco Textures
+  if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+  begin
+    //Get Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[0].R := R;
+    DecoColor[0].G := G;
+    DecoColor[0].B := B;
+
+    //Load Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture),
+      Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[0] := Tex.TexNum;
+
+    //Get Second Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[1].R := R;
+    DecoColor[1].G := G;
+    DecoColor[1].B := B;
+
+    //Load Second Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture),
+      Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[1] := Tex.TexNum;
+
+    //Get Third Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[2].R := R;
+    DecoColor[2].G := G;
+    DecoColor[2].B := B;
+
+    //Load Third Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(
+      Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture),
+      Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[2] := Tex.TexNum;
+  end;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyScore);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyScore.OnShow;
+var
+  Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // indicate that round is finished
+  Party.RoundPlayed;
+
+  // get rankings for current round
+  Ranking := Party.Rounds[Party.CurrentRound].Ranking;
+
+
+  {//Set Statics Length
+  Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;
+  Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;
+  Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;
+
+  //fix: prevents statics from drawn out of bounds.
+  if Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+  if Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+  if Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := 99; }
+
+  //Set Winnertext
+  Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [Party.GetWinnerString(Party.CurrentRound)]);
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[0].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := Utf8String(Party.Teams[0].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Ranking) >= 1) and (Ranking[0].Rank >= 1) and (Ranking[0].Rank <= Length(DecoTex)) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Ranking[0].Rank-1];
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Ranking[0].Rank-1].R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Ranking[0].Rank-1].G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Ranking[0].Rank-1].B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[1].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[1].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Ranking) >= 2) and (Ranking[1].Rank >= 1) and (Ranking[1].Rank <= Length(DecoTex)) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Ranking[1].Rank-1];
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Ranking[1].Rank-1].R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Ranking[1].Rank-1].G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Ranking[1].Rank-1].B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(Party.Teams[2].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[2].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      if (Length(Ranking) >= 3) and (Ranking[2].Rank >= 1) and (Ranking[2].Rank <= Length(DecoTex)) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Ranking[2].Rank-1];
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Ranking[2].Rank-1].R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Ranking[2].Rank-1].G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Ranking[2].Rank-1].B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := true;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  //start Background-Music
+  SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyScore.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed8d017c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPartyWin.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPartyWin;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyWin = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextScoreTeam1:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2:    cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3:    cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2:     cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Deco:   cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3:       cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3BG:     cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Deco:   cardinal;
+      TextWinner:        cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UParty,
+  ULanguage,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenPartyWin.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyWin.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG);
+  StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1Deco);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG);
+  StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2Deco);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG);
+  StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3Deco);
+
+  TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyWin.TextWinner);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyWin);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyWin.OnShow;
+var
+ I: integer;
+ Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking;
+
+  Function GetTeamColor(Team: integer): cardinal;
+  var
+    NameString: string;
+  begin
+    NameString := 'P' + InttoStr(Team+1) + 'Dark';
+
+    Result := ColorExists(NameString);
+  end;
+
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // get team ranking
+  // Ranking is sorted by score
+  Ranking := Party.GetTeamRanking;
+
+  //Set Winnertext
+  Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [Party.GetWinnerString(-1)]);
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := IntToStr(Party.Teams[Ranking[0].Team].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := Party.Teams[Ranking[0].Team].Name;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := true;
+
+    //Set Static Color to Team Color
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[0].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam1.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[0].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := IntToStr(Party.Teams[Ranking[1].Team].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := Party.Teams[Ranking[1].Team].Name;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := true;
+
+    //Set Static Color to Team Color
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[1].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam2.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[1].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := IntToStr(Party.Teams[Ranking[2].Team].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := Party.Teams[Ranking[2].Team].Name;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := true;
+
+    //Set Static Color to Team Color
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[2].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Theme.PartyWin.StaticTeam3.Color = 'TeamColor') then
+    begin
+      I := GetTeamColor(Ranking[2].Team);
+      if (I <> -1) then
+      begin
+        Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+        Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyWin.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Score / maxScore;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Score / maxScore;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then
+    Statics[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Score / maxScore;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas b/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdf4a69c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenPopup.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenPopup;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TPopupCheckHandler = procedure(Value: boolean; Data: Pointer);
+
+  TScreenPopupCheck = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      fHandler: TPopupCheckHandler;
+      fHandlerData: Pointer;
+
+    public
+      Visible: boolean; // whether the menu should be drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String; Handler: TPopupCheckHandler;
+          HandlerData: Pointer; DefaultValue: boolean = false);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TScreenPopup = class(TMenu)
+    {
+    private
+      CurMenu: byte; //Num of the cur. Shown Menu
+    }
+    public
+      Visible: boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+      procedure ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenPopupError = class(TScreenPopup)
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenPopupInfo = class(TScreenPopup)
+    public
+      constructor Create;
+  end;
+
+var
+  //ISelections: array of string;
+  SelectValue: integer;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UDisplay,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+{ TScreenPopupCheck }
+
+function TScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  Value: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Value := false;
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Value := (Interaction = 0);
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:  InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:    InteractPrev;
+ 
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:  InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (not Result) then
+  begin
+    if (@fHandler <> nil) then
+      fHandler(Value, fHandlerData);
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPopupCheck.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  fHandler := nil;
+  fHandlerData := nil;
+
+  AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.TextCheck);
+  
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.CheckPopup);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button2);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2');
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPopupCheck.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupCheck.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String; Handler: TPopupCheckHandler;
+    HandlerData: Pointer; DefaultValue: boolean);
+begin
+  if (DefaultValue) then
+    Interaction := 0
+  else
+    Interaction := 1;
+  Visible := true;  //Set Visible
+  fHandler := Handler;
+  fHandlerData := HandlerData;
+
+  Text[0].Text := Language.Translate(msg);
+
+  Button[0].Visible := true;
+  Button[1].Visible := true;
+
+  Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+  Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NO');
+
+  Background.OnShow
+end;
+
+{ TScreenPopup }
+
+function TScreenPopup.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Visible := false;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPopup.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.TextError);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.ErrorPopup);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.ErrorPopup.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPopup.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Draw := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopup.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopup.OnHide;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopup.ShowPopup(const Msg: UTF8String);
+begin
+  Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction
+  Visible := true;  //Set Visible
+  Background.OnShow;
+
+{  //dirty hack... Text[0] is invisible for some strange reason
+  for i:=1 to high(Text) do
+    if i-1 <= high(msg) then
+    begin
+      Text[i].Visible := true;
+      Text[i].Text := msg[i-1];
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Text[i].Visible := false;
+    end;}
+  Text[0].Text := msg;
+
+  Button[0].Visible := true;
+
+  Button[0].Text[0].Text := 'OK';
+end;
+
+{ TScreenPopupError }
+
+constructor TScreenPopupError.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Text[1].Text := Language.Translate('MSG_ERROR_TITLE');
+end;
+
+{ TScreenPopupInfo }
+
+constructor TScreenPopupInfo.Create;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  Text[1].Text := Language.Translate('MSG_INFO_TITLE');
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas b/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..de7675bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenScore.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenScore;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes,
+  gl,
+  math,
+  UTexture;
+
+const
+  ZBars:            real = 0.8;   // Z value for the bars
+  ZRatingPic:       real = 0.8;   // Z value for the rating pictures
+
+  EaseOut_MaxSteps: real = 10;    // that's the speed of the bars (10 is fast | 100 is slower)
+
+  BarRaiseSpeed:    cardinal = 14; // Time for raising the bar one step higher (in ms)
+
+type
+  TScoreBarType = (sbtScore, sbtLine, sbtGolden);
+  TPlayerScoreScreenTexture = record            // holds all colorized textures for up to 6 players
+    //Bar textures
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark:     TTexture;      // Note
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Dark:     TTexture;      // that's the round thing on top
+
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Light:    TTexture;      // LineBonus | Phrasebonus
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Light:    TTexture;
+
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest: TTexture;      // GoldenNotes
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest: TTexture;
+
+    Player_Id_Box: TTexture;                    // boxes with player numbers
+  end;
+
+  TPlayerScoreScreenData = record               // holds the positions and other data
+    Bar_Y:                  real;
+    Bar_Actual_Height:      real;               // this one holds the actual height of the bar, while we animate it
+    BarScore_ActualHeight:  real;
+    BarLine_ActualHeight:   real;
+    BarGolden_ActualHeight: real;
+  end;
+
+  TPlayerScoreRatingPics = record               // a fine array of the rating pictures
+    RateEaseStep:  integer;
+    RateEaseValue: real;
+  end;
+
+  { hold maps of players to the different positions }
+  TPlayerPositionMap = record
+    Position: byte; // 1..6: Position of Player; 0: no position (e.g. too little screens)
+    Screen: byte;   // 0 - Screen 1; 1 - Screen 2
+    BothScreens: boolean; // true if player is drawn on both screens
+  end;
+  APlayerPositionMap = array of TPlayerPositionMap;
+
+  { textures for playerstatics of seconds screen players }
+  TPlayerStaticTexture = record
+    Tex: TTexture;    
+  end;
+
+  TScreenScore = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      { holds position and screen of players(index)
+        set by calling MapPlayerstoPosition() }
+      PlayerPositionMap: APlayerPositionMap;
+
+      BarTime:            cardinal;
+
+      aPlayerScoreScreenTextures: array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenTexture;
+      aPlayerScoreScreenDatas:    array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenData;
+      aPlayerScoreScreenRatings:  array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreRatingPics;
+
+      BarScore_EaseOut_Step:  real;
+      BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step: real;
+      BarGolden_EaseOut_Step: real;
+
+      TextArtist:             integer;
+      TextTitle:              integer;
+
+      TextArtistTitle:        integer;
+
+      TextName:             array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextScore:            array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      TextNotes:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextNotesScore:       array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextLineBonus:        array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextLineBonusScore:   array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGoldenNotes:      array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextTotal:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextTotalScore:       array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      PlayerStatic:         array[1..6] of array of integer;
+      { texture pairs for swapping when screens = 2
+        first array level: index of player ( actually this is a position
+          1    - Player 1 if PlayersPlay = 1 <- we don't need swapping here
+          2..3 - Player 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 if PlayersPlay = 2 or 4
+          4..6 - Player 1 - 3 or 4 - 6 if PlayersPlay = 3 or 6 )
+        second array level: different playerstatics for positions
+        third array level: texture for screen 1 or 2 }
+      PlayerStaticTextures: array[1..6] of array of array [1..2] of TPlayerStaticTexture;
+      PlayerTexts:          array[1..6] of array of integer;
+
+      StaticBoxLightest:    array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBoxLight:       array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBoxDark:        array[1..6] of integer;
+      { texture pairs for swapping when screens = 2
+        for boxes
+        first array level: index of player ( actually this is a position
+          1    - Player 1 if PlayersPlay = 1 <- we don't need swapping here
+          2..3 - Player 1 and 2 or 3 and 4 if PlayersPlay = 2 or 4
+          4..6 - Player 1 - 3 or 4 - 6 if PlayersPlay = 3 or 6 )
+        second array level: different boxes for positions (0: lightest; 1: light; 2: dark)
+        third array level: texture for screen 1 or 2 }
+      PlayerBoxTextures: array[1..6] of array[0..2] of array [1..2] of TPlayerStaticTexture;
+
+      StaticBackLevel:      array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBackLevelRound: array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticLevel:          array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticLevelRound:     array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      { statics with players ids }
+      StaticPlayerIdBox:    array[1..6] of integer;
+      TexturePlayerIdBox:   array[1..6] of TTexture;
+
+      Animation:            real;
+
+      TextScore_ActualValue:  array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGolden_ActualValue: array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      procedure MapPlayersToPosition;
+
+      procedure FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);
+      procedure FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber: integer);
+
+      procedure UpdateAnimation;
+      {****
+       * helpers for bar easing
+       *}
+      procedure EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber: integer; BarType: TScoreBarType);
+      procedure EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: TScoreBarType);
+
+      procedure DrawPlayerBars;
+
+      procedure DrawBar(BarType: TScoreBarType; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);
+
+      {****
+       * helpers for rating picture
+       *}
+      procedure ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);
+      function  CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber: integer): real;
+      procedure DrawRating(PlayerNumber: integer; Rating: integer);
+
+      { for player static texture swapping }
+      procedure LoadSwapTextures;
+      procedure SwapToScreen(Screen: integer);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: Integer; BtnDown: Boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnShowFinish; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UScreenSong,
+  UMenuStatic,
+  UTime,
+  UIni,
+  USkins,
+  ULog,
+  ULanguage,
+  UNote,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+
+function TScreenScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenTop5);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SYSREQ:
+        begin
+          Display.SaveScreenShot;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenScore.ParseMouse(MouseButton: Integer; BtnDown: Boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := True;
+  if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) and BtnDown then begin
+    //left-click anywhere sends return
+    ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.LoadSwapTextures;
+  var
+    P, I: integer;
+    PlayerNum, PlayerNum2: integer;
+    Color: string;
+    R, G, B: real;
+    StaticNum: integer;
+    ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic;
+begin
+  { we only need to load swapping textures if in dualscreen mode }
+  if Screens = 2 then
+  begin
+    { load swapping textures for custom statics }
+    for P := low(PlayerStatic) to High(PlayerStatic) do
+    begin
+      SetLength(PlayerStaticTextures[P], Length(PlayerStatic[P]));
+
+      { get the players that actually are on this position }
+      case P of
+        1: begin
+          PlayerNum := 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := 1;
+        end;
+
+        2, 3: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 2;
+        end;
+
+        4..6: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 3;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 3;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      for I := 0 to High(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      begin
+        // copy current statics texture to texture for screen 1
+        PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 1].Tex := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture;
+
+        // fallback to first screen texture for 2nd screen
+        PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 1].Tex;
+
+        { texture for second screen }
+        { we only change color for statics with playercolor
+          and with Texture type colorized
+          also we don't need to swap for one player position }
+        if (P <> 1) and
+           (Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Typ = Texture_Type_Colorized) and
+           (Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Color) >= 2) and
+           (copy(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Color, 1, 2) = 'P' + IntToStr(PlayerNum)) then
+        begin
+          // get the color
+          Color := Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I].Color;
+          Color[2] := IntToStr(PlayerNum2)[1];
+          LoadColor(R, G, B, Color);
+
+          with Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[P, I] do
+            PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Tex), Typ, RGBFloatToInt(R, G, B));
+
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.X := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.X;
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.Y := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.Y;
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.W := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.W;
+          PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.H := Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture.H;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    { load swap textures for boxes }
+    for P := low(PlayerBoxTextures) to High(PlayerBoxTextures) do
+    begin
+      { get the players that actually are on this position }
+      case P of
+        1: begin
+          PlayerNum := 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := 1;
+        end;
+
+        2, 3: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 1;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 2;
+        end;
+
+        4..6: begin
+          PlayerNum := P - 3;
+          PlayerNum2 := PlayerNum + 3;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      for I := 0 to High(PlayerBoxTextures[P]) do
+      begin
+        case I of
+          0: begin
+            StaticNum := StaticBoxLightest[P];
+            ThemeStatic := Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[P];
+          end;
+          1: begin
+            StaticNum := StaticBoxLight[P];
+            ThemeStatic := Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[P];
+          end;
+          2: begin
+            StaticNum := StaticBoxDark[P];
+            ThemeStatic := Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[P];
+          end;
+        end;
+        // copy current statics texture to texture for screen 1
+        PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 1].Tex := Statics[StaticNum].Texture;
+
+        // fallback to first screen texture for 2nd screen
+        PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 1].Tex;
+
+        { texture for second screen }
+        { we only change color for statics with playercolor
+          and with Texture type colorized
+          also we don't need to swap for one player position }
+        if (P <> 1) and
+           (ThemeStatic.Typ = Texture_Type_Colorized) and
+           (Length(ThemeStatic.Color) >= 2) and
+           (copy(ThemeStatic.Color, 1, 2) = 'P' + IntToStr(PlayerNum)) then
+        begin
+          // get the color
+          Color := ThemeStatic.Color;
+          Color[2] := IntToStr(PlayerNum2)[1];
+          LoadColor(R, G, B, Color);
+
+          with ThemeStatic do
+            PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex := Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Tex), Typ, RGBFloatToInt(R, G, B));
+
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.X := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.X;
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.Y := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.Y;
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.W := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.W;
+          PlayerBoxTextures[P, I, 2].Tex.H := Statics[StaticNum].Texture.H;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.SwapToScreen(Screen: integer);
+  var
+    P, I: integer;
+begin
+  { if screens = 2 and playerplay <= 3 the 2nd screen shows the
+    textures of screen 1 }
+  if (PlayersPlay <= 3) and (Screen = 2) then
+    Screen := 1;
+
+  { set correct box textures }
+  for I := 0 to High(PlayerPositionMap) do
+  begin
+    if (PlayerPositionMap[I].Position > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[I].BothScreens)) then
+    begin
+      // we just set the texture specific stuff
+      // so we don't overwrite e.g. width and height
+      with Statics[StaticPlayerIdBox[PlayerPositionMap[I].Position]].Texture do
+      begin
+        TexNum := aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[I+1].Player_Id_Box.TexNum;
+        TexW := aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[I+1].Player_Id_Box.TexW;
+        TexH := aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[I+1].Player_Id_Box.TexH;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (Screens = 2) then
+  begin
+    { to keep it simple we just swap all statics, not just the shown ones }
+    for P := Low(PlayerStatic) to High(PlayerStatic) do
+      for I := 0 to High(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      begin
+        Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Texture := PlayerStaticTextures[P, I, Screen].Tex;
+      end;
+
+    { box statics }
+    for P := Low(PlayerStatic) to High(PlayerStatic) do
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture := PlayerBoxTextures[P, 0, Screen].Tex;
+      Statics[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture := PlayerBoxTextures[P, 1, Screen].Tex;
+      Statics[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture := PlayerBoxTextures[P, 2, Screen].Tex;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenScore.Create;
+var
+  Player:  integer;
+  Counter: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Score);
+
+  // These two texts arn't used in the deluxe skin
+  TextArtist      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtist);
+  TextTitle       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTitle);
+
+  TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtistTitle);
+
+  for Player := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    SetLength(PlayerStatic[Player], Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]));
+    SetLength(PlayerTexts[Player],  Length(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]));
+
+    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]) do
+      PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]);
+
+    
+
+    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]) do
+      PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]       := AddText(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]);
+
+    TextName[Player]             := AddText(Theme.Score.TextName[Player]);
+    TextScore[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextScore[Player]);
+
+    TextNotes[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotes[Player]);
+    TextNotesScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotesScore[Player]);
+    TextLineBonus[Player]        := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonus[Player]);
+    TextLineBonusScore[Player]   := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonusScore[Player]);
+    TextGoldenNotes[Player]      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotes[Player]);
+    TextGoldenNotesScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[Player]);
+    TextTotal[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotal[Player]);
+    TextTotalScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotalScore[Player]);
+
+    StaticBoxLightest[Player]    := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[Player]);
+    StaticBoxLight[Player]       := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[Player]);
+    StaticBoxDark[Player]        := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[Player]);
+
+    StaticBackLevel[Player]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[Player]);
+    StaticBackLevelRound[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevelRound[Player]);
+    StaticLevel[Player]          := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevel[Player]);
+    StaticLevelRound[Player]     := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevelRound[Player]);
+    StaticPlayerIdBox[Player]    := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticPlayerIdBox[Player]);
+
+    //textures
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[Player];
+
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[Player];
+
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Player_Id_Box := Texture.GetTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('PlayerIDBox0' + IntToStr(Player)), Texture_Type_Transparent);
+  end;
+
+  LoadSwapTextures;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.MapPlayersToPosition;
+  var
+    ArrayStartModifier: integer;
+    PlayersPerScreen: integer;
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  // all statics / texts are loaded at start - so that we have them all even if we change the amount of players
+  // To show the corrects statics / text from the them, we simply modify the start of the according arrays
+  // 1 Player -> Player[0].Score         (The score for one player starts at 0)
+  //          -> Statics[1]              (The statics for the one player screen start at 1)
+  // 2 Player -> Player[0..1].Score
+  //          -> Statics[2..3]
+  // 3 Player -> Player[0..5].Score
+  //          -> Statics[4..6]
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:    ArrayStartModifier := 1;
+    2, 4: ArrayStartModifier := 2;
+    3, 6: ArrayStartModifier := 4;
+  else
+    ArrayStartModifier := 0; //this should never happen
+  end;
+
+  if (PlayersPlay <= 3) then
+    PlayersPerScreen := PlayersPlay
+  else
+    PlayersPerScreen := PlayersPlay div 2;
+
+  SetLength(PlayerPositionMap, PlayersPlay);
+
+  // actually map players to positions
+  for I := 0 to PlayersPlay - 1 do
+  begin
+    PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen := (I div PlayersPerScreen) + 1;
+    if (PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen > Screens) then
+      PlayerPositionMap[I].Position := 0
+    else
+      PlayerPositionMap[I].Position := ArrayStartModifier + (I mod PlayersPerScreen);
+    PlayerPositionMap[I].BothScreens := (PlayersPlay <= 3) and (Screens > 1);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.UpdateAnimation;
+var
+  CurrentTime: integer;
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+
+  if (ScreenAct = 1) and ShowFinish then
+    while (CurrentTime >= BarTime) do
+    begin
+      Inc(BarTime, BarRaiseSpeed);
+
+      // We actually arise them in the right order, but we have to draw them in reverse order (golden -> phrase -> mainscore)
+      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarScore_EaseOut_Step:= BarScore_EaseOut_Step + 1
+
+      // PhrasenBonus
+      else if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step + 1
+
+      // GoldenNotebonus
+      else if (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step + 1
+
+      // rating icon
+      else
+        for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+          CalculateBouncing(I);
+    end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.DrawPlayerBars;
+  var
+    I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+  begin
+    if (PlayerPositionMap[I].Position > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[I].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[I].BothScreens)) then
+    begin
+      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then
+      begin
+        if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then
+        begin
+          // Draw golden score bar #
+          EaseBarIn(I + 1, sbtGolden);
+          EaseScoreIn(I + 1, sbtGolden);
+        end;
+
+        // Draw phrase score bar #
+        EaseBarIn(I + 1, sbtLine);
+        EaseScoreIn(I + 1, sbtLine);
+      end;
+
+      // Draw plain score bar #
+      EaseBarIn(I + 1, sbtScore);
+      EaseScoreIn(I + 1, sbtScore);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.OnShow;
+var
+  P: integer;  // player
+  I: integer;
+  V: array[1..6] of boolean; // visibility array
+
+begin
+
+  {**
+   * Turn backgroundmusic on
+   *}
+  SoundLib.StartBgMusic;
+
+  inherited;
+
+  MapPlayersToPosition;
+
+  for P := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    // data
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[P].Bar_Y                  := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerPositionMap[P-1].Position].Y;
+
+    // ratings
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseStep         := 1;
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseValue        := 20;
+
+    // actual values
+    TextScore_ActualValue[P]  := 0;
+    TextPhrase_ActualValue[P] := 0;
+    TextGolden_ActualValue[P] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  Text[TextArtist].Text      := CurrentSong.Artist;
+  Text[TextTitle].Text       := CurrentSong.Title;
+  Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title;
+
+  // set visibility
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:  begin
+          V[1] := true;
+          V[2] := false;
+          V[3] := false;
+          V[4] := false;
+          V[5] := false;
+          V[6] := false;
+        end;
+    2, 4:  begin
+          V[1] := false;
+          V[2] := true;
+          V[3] := true;
+          V[4] := false;
+          V[5] := false;
+          V[6] := false;
+        end;
+    3, 6:  begin
+          V[1] := false;
+          V[2] := false;
+          V[3] := false;
+          V[4] := true;
+          V[5] := true;
+          V[6] := true;
+        end;
+  end;
+
+  for P := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+   Text[TextName[P]].Visible               := V[P];
+   Text[TextScore[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+
+    // We set alpha to 0 , so we can nicely blend them in when we need them
+    Text[TextScore[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;
+    Text[TextNotes[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Alpha               := 0;
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Alpha          := 0;
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Alpha             := 0;
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Alpha        := 0;
+    Text[TextTotal[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;
+    Statics[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0;
+    Statics[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture.Alpha    := 0;
+    Statics[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture.Alpha     := 0;
+
+    Text[TextNotes[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];
+    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Visible          := V[P];
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Visible     := V[P];
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Visible        := V[P];
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Visible   := V[P];
+    Text[TextTotal[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];
+
+    for I := 0 to high(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      Statics[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Visible    := V[P];
+
+    for I := 0 to high(PlayerTexts[P]) do
+      Text[PlayerTexts[P, I]].Visible       := V[P];
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Visible    := V[P];
+    Statics[StaticBoxLight[P]].Visible       := V[P];
+    Statics[StaticBoxDark[P]].Visible        := V[P];
+
+    Statics[StaticPlayerIdBox[P]].Visible     := V[P];
+
+    // we draw that on our own
+    Statics[StaticBackLevel[P]].Visible      := false;
+    Statics[StaticBackLevelRound[P]].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticLevel[P]].Visible          := false;
+    Statics[StaticLevelRound[P]].Visible     := false;
+  end;
+
+  BarScore_EaseOut_Step  := 1;
+  BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := 1;
+  BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := 1;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.onShowFinish;
+var
+  index: integer;
+begin
+  for index := 1 to (PlayersPlay) do
+  begin
+    TextScore_ActualValue[index]  := 0;
+    TextPhrase_ActualValue[index] := 0;
+    TextGolden_ActualValue[index] := 0;
+  end;
+
+  BarTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+end;
+
+function TScreenScore.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  PlayerCounter: integer;
+begin
+{*
+  player[0].ScoreInt       := 7000;
+  player[0].ScoreLineInt   := 2000;
+  player[0].ScoreGoldenInt := 1000;
+  player[0].ScoreTotalInt  := 10000;
+
+  player[1].ScoreInt       := 2500;
+  player[1].ScoreLineInt   := 1100;
+  player[1].ScoreGoldenInt :=  900;
+  player[1].ScoreTotalInt  := 4500;
+//*}
+  // swap static textures to current screen ones
+  SwapToScreen(ScreenAct);
+
+  //Draw the Background
+  DrawBG;
+
+  // Let's start to arise the bars
+  UpdateAnimation;
+
+  // we have to swap the themeobjects values on every draw
+  // to support dual screen
+  for PlayerCounter := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    FillPlayerItems(PlayerCounter);
+  end;
+
+  if (ShowFinish) then
+    DrawPlayerBars;
+
+  //Draw Theme Objects
+  DrawFG;
+
+(*
+    //todo: i need a clever method to draw statics with their z value
+    for I := 0 to Length(Statics) - 1 do
+      Statics[I].Draw;
+    for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do
+      Text[I].Draw;
+*)
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber: integer);
+var
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+  if (ThemeIndex > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].BothScreens)) then
+  begin
+    // todo: take the name from player[PlayerNumber].Name instead of the ini when this is done (mog)
+    Text[TextName[ThemeIndex]].Text := Ini.Name[PlayerNumber-1];
+    // end todo
+
+    //golden
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text         := IntToStr(TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha        := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxLightest[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha             := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    // line bonus
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Text           := IntToStr(TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha          := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxLight[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha    := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+    Text[TextLineBonus[ThemeIndex]].Alpha               := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    // plain score
+    Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Statics[StaticBoxDark[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha     := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+    Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    // total score
+    Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+    Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+    if(BarGolden_EaseOut_Step = 100) then
+    begin
+      ShowRating(PlayerNumber);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);
+var
+  Rating: integer;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+  if (ThemeIndex > 0) and ((ScreenAct = PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Screen) or (PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].BothScreens)) then
+  begin
+    case (Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreTotalInt) of
+     0..2009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_TONE_DEAF');
+         Rating := 0;
+       end;
+     2010..4009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_AMATEUR');
+         Rating := 1;
+       end;
+     4010..5009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_WANNABE');
+         Rating := 2;
+       end;
+     5010..6009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_HOPEFUL');
+         Rating := 3;
+       end;
+     6010..7509:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_RISING_STAR');
+         Rating := 4;
+       end;
+     7510..8509:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_LEAD_SINGER');
+         Rating := 5;
+       end;
+     8510..9009:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_SUPERSTAR');
+         Rating := 6;
+       end;
+     9010..10000:
+       begin
+         Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_ULTRASTAR');
+         Rating := 7;
+       end;
+    else
+      Rating := 0; // Cheata :P
+    end;
+
+    //todo: this could break if the width is not given, for instance when there's a skin with no picture for ratings
+    if ( Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W > 0 ) and  ( aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue > 0 ) then
+    begin
+      Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue / Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W;
+    end;
+    // end todo
+
+    DrawRating(PlayerNumber, Rating);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.DrawRating(PlayerNumber: integer; Rating: integer);
+var
+  Posx:  real;
+  Posy:  real;
+  Width: real;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+
+  PosX := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].X + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W  * 0.5);
+  PosY := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].Y + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].H  * 0.5); ;
+
+  Width := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue/2;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexNum);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0);                                                           glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY - Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, 0);                              glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY - Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY + Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH);                              glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY + Width);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+end;
+
+function TscreenScore.CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber: integer): real;
+var
+  p, s:              real;
+
+  RaiseStep, MaxVal: real;
+  EaseOut_Step:      integer;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+
+  EaseOut_Step  := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep;
+  MaxVal        := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W;
+
+  RaiseStep     := EaseOut_Step;
+
+  if (MaxVal > 0) and (RaiseStep > 0) then
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / MaxVal;
+
+  if (RaiseStep = 1) then
+  begin
+    Result := MaxVal;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    p := MaxVal * 0.4;
+
+    s           := p/(2*PI) * arcsin (1);
+    Result := MaxVal * power(2,-5 * RaiseStep) * sin( (RaiseStep * MaxVal - s) * (2 * PI) / p) + MaxVal;
+
+    inc(aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep);
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue := Result;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber: integer; BarType: TScoreBarType);
+const
+  RaiseSmoothness: integer = 100;
+var
+  MaxHeight:    real;
+  NewHeight:    real;
+
+  Height2Reach: real;
+  RaiseStep:    real;
+  BarStartPosY: single;
+
+  lTmp:         real;
+  Score:        integer;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+  MaxHeight    := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].H;
+
+  // let's get the points according to the bar we draw
+  // score array starts at 0, which means the score for player 1 is in score[0]
+  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+  begin
+    Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreInt;
+    RaiseStep    := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;
+    BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].Y + MaxHeight;
+  end
+  else if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+  begin
+    Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreLineInt;
+    RaiseStep    := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;
+    BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;
+  end
+  else if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+  begin
+    Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreGoldenInt;
+    RaiseStep    := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;
+    BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;
+  end;
+
+  // the height dependend of the score
+  Height2Reach := (Score / MAX_SONG_SCORE) * MaxHeight;
+
+  if (aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].Bar_Actual_Height < Height2Reach) then
+  begin
+    // Check http://proto.layer51.com/d.aspx?f=400 for more info on easing functions
+    // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;
+
+    // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity
+    // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion
+    lTmp := (-Height2Reach * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20) + BarStartPosY);
+
+    if ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) and ( lTmp > 0 ) then
+      NewHeight := lTmp / RaiseSmoothness;
+
+  end
+  else
+    NewHeight := Height2Reach;
+
+  DrawBar(BarType, PlayerNumber, BarStartPosY, NewHeight);
+
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight  := NewHeight
+  else if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight   := NewHeight
+  else if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarGolden_ActualHeight := NewHeight;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.DrawBar(BarType: TScoreBarType; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);
+var
+  Width:        real;
+  BarStartPosX: real;
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerPositionMap[PlayerNumber-1].Position;
+
+  // this is solely for better readability of the drawing
+  Width        := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].W;
+  BarStartPosX := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[ThemeIndex].X;
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+  // set the texture for the bar
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest.TexNum);
+
+  //draw it
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY,             ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY,             ZBars);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+
+  //the round thing on top
+  if (BarType = sbtScore) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtLine) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Light.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = sbtGolden) then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest.TexNum);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         (BarStartPosY - Statics[StaticLevelRound[ThemeIndex]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, (BarStartPosY - Statics[StaticLevelRound[ThemeIndex]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width,  BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,          BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType: TScoreBarType);
+const
+  RaiseSmoothness: integer = 100;
+var
+  RaiseStep:        real;
+  lTmpA:            real;
+  ScoreReached:     integer;
+  EaseOut_Step:     real;
+  ActualScoreValue: integer;
+begin
+  if (ScoreType = sbtScore) then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreInt;
+  end;
+  if (ScoreType = sbtLine) then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreLineInt;
+  end;
+  if (ScoreType = sbtGolden) then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreGoldenInt;
+  end;
+
+  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps
+  RaiseStep := EaseOut_Step;
+
+  if (ActualScoreValue < ScoreReached) then
+  begin
+    // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;
+
+    // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity
+    // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion
+    lTmpA := (-ScoreReached * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20));
+    if ( lTmpA           > 0 ) and
+       ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) then
+    begin
+      if (ScoreType = sbtScore) then
+        TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]  := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+      if (ScoreType = sbtLine) then
+        TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+      if (ScoreType = sbtGolden) then
+        TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if (ScoreType = sbtScore) then
+      TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]    := ScoreReached;
+    if (ScoreType = sbtLine) then
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;
+    if (ScoreType = sbtGolden) then
+      TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);
+var
+  S:    string;
+begin
+  Text[TextName[Item]].Text := Ini.Name[P];
+
+  S := IntToStr((Round(Player[P].Score) div 10) * 10);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  //  while (Length(S)<5) do S := '0' + S;
+  //  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  //fixed: line bonus and golden notes don't show up,
+  //       another bug: total score was shown without added golden-, linebonus
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreTotalInt);
+  while (Length(S)<5) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreLineInt);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextLineBonusScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreGoldenInt);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;
+  //end of fix
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b8fda40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenSing.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1071 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSing;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  TextGL,
+  gl,
+  UFiles,
+  UGraphicClasses,
+  UIni,
+  ULog,
+  ULyrics,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  USingScores,
+  USongs,
+  UTexture,
+  UThemes,
+  UPath,
+  UTime,
+  UHookableEvent;
+
+type
+  TLyricsSyncSource = class(TSyncSource)
+    function GetClock(): real; override;
+  end;
+
+  TMusicSyncSource = class(TSyncSource)
+    function GetClock(): real; override;
+  end;
+
+  TTimebarMode = (
+    tbmCurrent,   // current song position
+    tbmRemaining, // remaining time
+    tbmTotal      // total time
+  );
+
+type
+  TScreenSing = class(TMenu)
+  private
+    fShowVisualization: boolean;
+    fCurrentVideo: IVideo;
+    fVideoClip:    IVideo;
+    fLyricsSync: TLyricsSyncSource;
+    fMusicSync: TMusicSyncSource;
+    fTimebarMode: TTimebarMode;
+  protected
+    eSongLoaded: THookableEvent; //< event is called after lyrics of a song are loaded on OnShow
+    Paused:     boolean; //pause Mod
+    NumEmptySentences: integer;
+  public
+    // timebar fields
+    StaticTimeProgress: integer;
+    TextTimeText: integer;
+
+    StaticP1: integer;
+    TextP1:   integer;
+
+    // shown when game is in 2/4 player modus
+    StaticP1TwoP: integer;
+    TextP1TwoP:   integer;
+
+    // shown when game is in 3/6 player modus
+    StaticP1ThreeP: integer;
+    TextP1ThreeP:   integer;
+
+    StaticP2R: integer;
+    TextP2R:   integer;
+
+    StaticP2M: integer;
+    TextP2M:   integer;
+
+    StaticP3R: integer;
+    TextP3R:   integer;
+
+    StaticPausePopup: integer;
+
+    Tex_Background: TTexture;
+    FadeOut: boolean;
+    Lyrics:  TLyricEngine;
+
+    // score manager:
+    Scores: TSingScores;
+
+    //the song was sung to the end
+    SungToEnd: boolean;
+
+    // some settings to be set by plugins
+    Settings: record
+      Finish: Boolean; //< if true, screen will finish on next draw
+
+      LyricsVisible: Boolean; //< shows or hides lyrics
+      NotesVisible: Integer; //< if bit[playernum] is set the notes for the specified player are visible. By default all players notes are visible
+
+      PlayerEnabled: Integer; //< defines whether a player can score atm
+    end;
+    procedure ClearSettings;
+    procedure ApplySettings; //< applies changes of settings record
+    procedure EndSong;
+
+    constructor Create; override;
+    procedure OnShow; override;
+    procedure OnShowFinish; override;
+    procedure OnHide; override;
+
+    function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+      PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+    function Draw: boolean; override;
+
+    procedure Finish; virtual;
+    procedure Pause; // toggle pause
+
+    procedure OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: cardinal);     // for linebonus + singbar
+    procedure OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: cardinal);  // for golden notes
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Classes,
+  Math,
+  UDraw,
+  UGraphic,
+  ULanguage,
+  UNote,
+  URecord,
+  USong,
+  UDisplay,
+  UParty,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+// method for input parsing. if false is returned, getnextwindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+
+function TScreenSing.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char;
+  PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // key down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+      begin
+        // when not ask before exit then finish now
+        if (Ini.AskbeforeDel <> 1) then
+          Finish
+        // else just pause and let the popup make the work
+        else if not Paused then
+          Pause;
+
+        Result := false;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // show visualization
+      Ord('V'):
+      begin
+        fShowVisualization := not fShowVisualization;
+
+        if fShowVisualization then
+        begin
+          fCurrentVideo := Visualization.Open(PATH_NONE);
+          fCurrentVideo.play;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          fCurrentVideo := fVideoClip;
+        end;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // pause
+      Ord('P'):
+      begin
+        Pause;
+        Exit;
+      end;
+
+      // toggle time display
+      Ord('T'):
+      begin
+        if (fTimebarMode = High(TTimebarMode)) then
+          fTimebarMode := Low(TTimebarMode)
+        else
+          Inc(fTimebarMode);
+        Exit;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+      begin
+        // record sound hack:
+        //Sound[0].BufferLong
+
+        Finish;
+        FadeOut := true;
+        AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+      begin
+        Pause;
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_TAB: // change visualization preset
+      begin
+        if fShowVisualization then
+          fCurrentVideo.Position := now; // move to a random position
+      end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+      begin
+      end;
+
+      // up and down could be done at the same time,
+      // but i don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// pause mod
+procedure TScreenSing.Pause;
+begin
+  if (not Paused) then  // enable pause
+  begin
+    // pause time
+    Paused := true;
+
+    LyricsState.Pause();
+
+    // pause music
+    AudioPlayback.Pause;
+
+    // pause video
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Pause;
+
+  end
+  else              // disable pause
+  begin
+    LyricsState.Start();
+
+    // play music
+    AudioPlayback.Play;
+
+    // video
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Pause;
+
+    Paused := false;
+  end;
+end;
+// pause mod end
+
+constructor TScreenSing.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  //too dangerous, a mouse button is quickly pressed by accident
+  RightMbESC := false;
+
+  fShowVisualization := false;
+
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  // create score class
+  Scores := TSingScores.Create;
+  Scores.LoadfromTheme;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Sing);
+
+  // timebar
+  StaticTimeProgress := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress);
+  TextTimeText := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextTimeText);
+
+  // 1 player       | P1
+  StaticP1 := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1);
+  TextP1   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1);
+
+  // 2 or 4 players | P1
+  StaticP1TwoP := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoP);
+  TextP1TwoP   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoP);
+
+  //                | P2
+  StaticP2R := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2R);
+  TextP2R   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2R);
+
+  // 3 or 6 players | P1
+  StaticP1ThreeP := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreeP);
+  TextP1ThreeP   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreeP);
+
+  //                | P2
+  StaticP2M := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2M);
+  TextP2M   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2M);
+
+  //                | P3
+  StaticP3R := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3R);
+  TextP3R   := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3R);
+
+  StaticPausePopup := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.PausePopUp);
+
+  // <note> pausepopup is not visibile at the beginning </note>
+  Statics[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false;
+
+  Lyrics := TLyricEngine.Create(
+      Theme.LyricBar.UpperX, Theme.LyricBar.UpperY, Theme.LyricBar.UpperW, Theme.LyricBar.UpperH,
+      Theme.LyricBar.LowerX, Theme.LyricBar.LowerY, Theme.LyricBar.LowerW, Theme.LyricBar.LowerH);
+
+  fLyricsSync := TLyricsSyncSource.Create();
+  fMusicSync := TMusicSyncSource.Create();
+
+  eSongLoaded := THookableEvent.Create('ScreenSing.SongLoaded');
+
+  ClearSettings;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnShow;
+var
+  Index:  integer;
+  V1:     boolean;
+  V1TwoP: boolean;   // position of score box in two player mode
+  V1ThreeP: boolean; // position of score box in three player mode
+  V2R:    boolean;
+  V2M:    boolean;
+  V3R:    boolean;
+  Color: TRGB;
+  VideoFile, BgFile: IPath;
+  success: boolean;
+  BadPlayer: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Begin', 'OnShow');
+  FadeOut := false;
+
+  //the song was sung to the end
+  SungToEnd := false;
+  ClearSettings;
+  Party.CallBeforeSing;
+
+  // reset video playback engine
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  // setup score manager
+  Scores.ClearPlayers; // clear old player values
+  Color.R := 0;
+  Color.G := 0;
+  Color.B := 0; // dummy atm  <- \(O.o)/? B like bummy?
+
+  // add new players
+  for Index := 0 to PlayersPlay - 1 do
+  begin
+    Scores.AddPlayer(Tex_ScoreBG[Index], Color);
+  end;
+
+  Scores.Init; // get positions for players
+
+  // prepare players
+  SetLength(Player, PlayersPlay);
+
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:
+    begin
+      V1     := true;
+      V1TwoP := false;
+      V1ThreeP := false;
+      V2R    := false;
+      V2M    := false;
+      V3R    := false;
+    end;
+    2:
+    begin
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := true;
+      V1ThreeP := false;
+      V2R    := true;
+      V2M    := false;
+      V3R    := false;
+    end;
+    3:
+    begin
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := false;
+      V1ThreeP := true;
+      V2R    := false;
+      V2M    := true;
+      V3R    := true;
+    end;
+    4:
+    begin // double screen
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := true;
+      V1ThreeP := false;
+      V2R    := true;
+      V2M    := false;
+      V3R    := false;
+    end;
+    6:
+    begin // double screen
+      V1     := false;
+      V1TwoP := false;
+      V1ThreeP := true;
+      V2R    := false;
+      V2M    := true;
+      V3R    := true;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // this one is shown in 1P mode
+  Statics[StaticP1].Visible := V1;
+  Text[TextP1].Visible     := V1;
+
+  // this one is shown in 2/4P mode
+  Statics[StaticP1TwoP].Visible := V1TwoP;
+  Text[TextP1TwoP].Visible     := V1TwoP;
+
+  Statics[StaticP2R].Visible := V2R;
+  Text[TextP2R].Visible     := V2R;
+
+  // this one is shown in 3/6P mode
+  Statics[StaticP1ThreeP].Visible := V1ThreeP;
+  Text[TextP1ThreeP].Visible     := V1ThreeP;
+
+  Statics[StaticP2M].Visible := V2M;
+  Text[TextP2M].Visible     := V2M;
+
+  Statics[StaticP3R].Visible := V3R;
+  Text[TextP3R].Visible     := V3R;
+
+  fTimebarMode := tbmCurrent;
+
+  // FIXME: sets path and filename to ''
+  ResetSingTemp;
+
+  CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected];
+
+  // FIXME: bad style, put the try-except into loadsong() and not here
+  try
+    // check if file is xml
+    if CurrentSong.FileName.GetExtension.ToUTF8 = '.xml' then
+      success := CurrentSong.AnalyseXML and CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong()
+    else
+      success := CurrentSong.Analyse and CurrentSong.LoadSong();
+  except
+    success := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (not success) then
+  begin
+    // error loading song -> go back to previous screen and show some error message
+    Display.AbortScreenChange;
+    // select new song in party mode
+    if ScreenSong.Mode = smPartyMode then
+      ScreenSong.SelectRandomSong();
+    if (Length(CurrentSong.LastError) > 0) then
+      ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Format(Language.Translate(CurrentSong.LastError), [CurrentSong.ErrorLineNo]))
+    else
+      ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));
+    // FIXME: do we need this?
+    CurrentSong.Path := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected].Path;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * == Background ==
+   * We have four types of backgrounds:
+   *   + Blank        : Nothing has been set, this is our fallback
+   *   + Picture      : Picture has been set, and exists - otherwise we fallback
+   *   + Video        : Video has been set, and exists - otherwise we fallback
+   *   + Visualization: + Off        : No visualization
+   *                    + WhenNoVideo: Overwrites blank and picture
+   *                    + On         : Overwrites blank, picture and video
+   *}
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: video
+   *}
+  fShowVisualization := false;
+  VideoFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Video);
+  if (Ini.VideoEnabled = 1) and CurrentSong.Video.IsSet() and VideoFile.IsFile then
+  begin
+    fVideoClip := VideoPlayback.Open(VideoFile);
+    fCurrentVideo := fVideoClip;
+    if (fVideoClip <> nil) then
+    begin
+      fShowVisualization := false;
+      fCurrentVideo.Position := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + CurrentSong.Start;
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: picture
+   *}
+  if (CurrentSong.Background.IsSet) and (fVideoClip = nil)
+    and (TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) = voOff)  then
+  begin
+    BgFile := CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Background);
+    try
+      Tex_Background := Texture.LoadTexture(BgFile);
+    except
+      Log.LogError('Background could not be loaded: ' + BgFile.ToNative);
+      Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+    end
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: visualization (Overwrites all)
+   *}
+  if (TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) in [voOn]) then
+  begin
+    fShowVisualization := true;
+    fCurrentVideo := Visualization.Open(PATH_NONE);
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+  end;
+
+  {*
+   * set background to: visualization (Videos are still shown)
+   *}
+  if ((TVisualizerOption(Ini.VisualizerOption) in [voWhenNoVideo]) and
+     (fVideoClip = nil)) then
+  begin
+    fShowVisualization := true;
+    fCurrentVideo := Visualization.Open(PATH_NONE);
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+  end;
+
+  // prepare lyrics timer
+  LyricsState.Reset();
+  LyricsState.SetCurrentTime(CurrentSong.Start);
+  LyricsState.StartTime := CurrentSong.Gap;
+  if (CurrentSong.Finish > 0) then
+    LyricsState.TotalTime := CurrentSong.Finish / 1000
+  else
+    LyricsState.TotalTime := AudioPlayback.Length;
+  LyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+
+  BadPlayer := AudioInputProcessor.CheckPlayersConfig(PlayersPlay);
+  if (BadPlayer <> 0) then
+  begin
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(
+        Format(Language.Translate('ERROR_PLAYER_NO_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT'),
+        [BadPlayer]));
+  end;
+
+  // prepare and start voice-capture
+  AudioInput.CaptureStart;
+
+  // clear the scores of all players
+
+  for Index := 0 to High(Player) do
+    with Player[Index] do
+    begin
+      Score          := 0;
+      ScoreLine      := 0;
+      ScoreGolden    := 0;
+
+      ScoreInt       := 0;
+      ScoreLineInt   := 0;
+      ScoreGoldenInt := 0;
+      ScoreTotalInt  := 0;
+
+      ScoreLast      := 0;
+
+      LastSentencePerfect := false;
+    end;
+
+  // main text
+  Lyrics.Clear(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM, CurrentSong.Resolution);
+
+  // set custom options
+  case Ini.LyricsFont of
+    0: // normal fonts
+    begin
+      Lyrics.FontStyle := ftNormal;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := Skin_FontR;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := Skin_FontG;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := Skin_FontB;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.4;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.4;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.4;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.02;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.6;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+    end;
+    1, 2: // outline fonts
+    begin
+      if (Ini.LyricsFont = 1) then
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := ftOutline1
+      else
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := ftOutline2;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1;
+      Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+    end;
+  end; // case
+
+  // initialize lyrics by filling its queue
+  while (not Lyrics.IsQueueFull) and
+        (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) do
+  begin
+    Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]);
+  end;
+
+  // deactivate pause
+  Paused := false;
+
+  // kill all stars not killed yet (goldenstarstwinkle mod)
+  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;
+
+  // set position of line bonus - line bonus end
+  // set number of empty sentences for line bonus
+  NumEmptySentences := 0;
+  for Index := Low(Lines[0].Line) to High(Lines[0].Line) do
+    if Lines[0].Line[Index].TotalNotes = 0 then
+      Inc(NumEmptySentences);
+
+  eSongLoaded.CallHookChain(False);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('End', 'OnShow');
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.onShowFinish;
+begin
+  // hide cursor on singscreen show    
+  Display.SetCursor;
+
+  // prepare music
+  // Important: AudioPlayback must not be initialized in onShow() as TScreenSong
+  // uses stops AudioPlayback in onHide() which interferes with TScreenSings onShow.
+  AudioPlayback.Open(CurrentSong.Path.Append(CurrentSong.Mp3));
+  AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0);
+  AudioPlayback.Position := CurrentSong.Start;
+
+  // synchronize music
+  if (Ini.SyncTo = Ord(stLyrics)) then
+    AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(fLyricsSync)
+  else
+    AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  // synchronize lyrics (do not set this before AudioPlayback is initialized)
+  if (Ini.SyncTo = Ord(stMusic)) then
+    LyricsState.SetSyncSource(fMusicSync)
+  else
+    LyricsState.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  // start lyrics
+  LyricsState.Start(true);
+
+  // start music
+  AudioPlayback.Play();
+
+  // start timer
+  CountSkipTimeSet;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.ClearSettings;
+begin
+  Settings.Finish := False;
+  Settings.LyricsVisible := True;
+  Settings.NotesVisible := high(Integer);
+  Settings.PlayerEnabled := high(Integer);
+end;
+
+{ applies changes of settings record }
+procedure TScreenSing.ApplySettings;
+begin
+  //
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.EndSong;
+begin
+  Settings.Finish := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnHide;
+begin
+  // background texture
+  if (Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then
+  begin
+    glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(@Tex_Background.TexNum));
+    Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+  end;
+
+  Background.OnFinish;
+  Display.SetCursor;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSing.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  DisplayTime:  real;
+  DisplayPrefix: string;
+  DisplayMin:   integer;
+  DisplaySec:   integer;
+  T:     integer;
+  CurLyricsTime: real;
+  VideoFrameTime: Extended;
+  Line: TLyricLine;
+  LastWord: TLyricWord;
+begin
+  Background.Draw;
+
+  // draw background picture (if any, and if no visualizations)
+  // when we don't check for visualizations the visualizations would
+  // be overdrawn by the picture when {UNDEFINED UseTexture} in UVisualizer
+  if (not fShowVisualization) then
+    SingDrawBackground;
+
+  // set player names (for 2 screens and only singstar skin)
+  if ScreenAct = 1 then
+  begin
+    Text[TextP1].Text     := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP2R].Text    := 'P2';
+    Text[TextP2M].Text    := 'P2';
+    Text[TextP3R].Text    := 'P3';
+  end;
+
+  if ScreenAct = 2 then
+  begin
+    case PlayersPlay of
+      4:
+      begin
+        Text[TextP1TwoP].Text := 'P3';
+        Text[TextP2R].Text    := 'P4';
+      end;
+      6:
+      begin
+        Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P4';
+        Text[TextP2M].Text      := 'P5';
+        Text[TextP3R].Text      := 'P6';
+      end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // if
+
+  // retrieve current lyrics time, we have to store the value to avoid
+  // that min- and sec-values do not match
+  CurLyricsTime := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+
+  // retrieve time for timebar text
+  case (fTimebarMode) of
+    tbmRemaining: begin
+      DisplayTime := LyricsState.TotalTime - CurLyricsTime;
+      DisplayPrefix := '-';
+    end;
+    tbmTotal: begin
+      DisplayTime := LyricsState.TotalTime;
+      DisplayPrefix := '#';
+    end;
+    else begin
+      DisplayTime := CurLyricsTime;
+      DisplayPrefix := '';
+    end;
+  end;
+  DisplayMin := Round(DisplayTime) div 60;
+  DisplaySec := Round(DisplayTime) mod 60;
+
+  // update static menu with time ...
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Format('%s%.2d:%.2d',
+      [DisplayPrefix, DisplayMin, DisplaySec]);
+
+  //the song was sung to the end?
+  Line := Lyrics.GetUpperLine();
+  if Line.LastLine then
+  begin
+    LastWord := Line.Words[Length(Line.Words)-1];
+    if CurLyricsTime >= GetTimeFromBeat(LastWord.Start+LastWord.Length) then
+      SungToEnd := true;
+  end;
+
+  // update and draw movie
+  if Assigned(fCurrentVideo) then
+  begin
+    // Just call this once
+    // when Screens = 2
+    if (ScreenAct = 1) then
+    begin
+      if (ShowFinish) then
+      begin
+        // everything is setup, determine the current position 
+        VideoFrameTime := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // Important: do not yet start the triggered timer by a call to
+        // LyricsState.GetCurrentTime()
+        VideoFrameTime := CurrentSong.VideoGAP;
+      end;
+      fCurrentVideo.GetFrame(VideoFrameTime);
+    end;
+
+    fCurrentVideo.SetScreen(ScreenAct);
+    fCurrentVideo.Draw;
+  end;
+
+  // draw static menu (FG)
+  DrawFG;
+
+  // check for music finish
+  //Log.LogError('Check for music finish: ' + BoolToStr(Music.Finished) + ' ' + FloatToStr(LyricsState.CurrentTime*1000) + ' ' + IntToStr(CurrentSong.Finish));
+  if ShowFinish then
+  begin
+    if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) and
+       ((CurrentSong.Finish = 0) or
+        (LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() * 1000 <= CurrentSong.Finish)) and
+       (not Settings.Finish) then
+    begin
+      // analyze song if not paused
+      if (not Paused) then
+      begin
+        Sing(Self);
+        Party.CallOnSing;
+      end;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      if (not FadeOut) and (Screens=1) or (ScreenAct=2) then
+      begin
+        Finish;
+        FadeOut := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // always draw custom items
+  SingDraw;
+
+  // goldennotestarstwinkle
+  GoldenRec.SpawnRec;
+
+  // draw scores
+  Scores.Draw;
+
+  // draw pausepopup
+  // FIXME: this is a workaround that the static is drawn over the lyrics, lines, scores and effects
+  // maybe someone could find a better solution
+  if Paused then
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticPausePopup].Visible := true;
+    Statics[StaticPausePopup].Draw;
+    Statics[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.Finish;
+begin
+  AudioInput.CaptureStop;
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  AudioPlayback.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  LyricsState.Stop();
+  LyricsState.SetSyncSource(nil);
+
+  // close video files
+  fVideoClip := nil;
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  // kill all stars and effects
+  GoldenRec.KillAll;
+
+  if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then
+  begin
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
+    Log.LogVoice(0);
+    Log.LogVoice(1);
+    Log.LogVoice(2);
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Creating files', 0);
+  end;
+
+  SetFontItalic(false);
+
+  if not FadeOut then
+    Party.CallAfterSing;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: cardinal);
+var
+  PlayerIndex: byte;
+  CurrentPlayer: PPLayer;
+  CurrentScore: real;
+  Line:      PLine;
+  LinePerfection: real;  // perfection of singing performance on the current line
+  Rating:    integer;
+  LineScore: real;
+  LineBonus: real;
+  MaxSongScore: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
+  MaxLineScore: real;    // max. points for the current line
+const
+  // TODO: move this to a better place
+  MAX_LINE_RATING = 8;        // max. rating for singing performance
+begin
+  Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
+
+  // check for empty sentence
+  if (Line.TotalNotes <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set max song score
+  if (Ini.LineBonus = 0) then
+    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE
+  else
+    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS;
+
+  // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
+  MaxLineScore := MaxSongScore * (Line.TotalNotes / Lines[0].ScoreValue);
+
+  for PlayerIndex := 0 to High(Player) do
+  begin
+    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
+    CurrentScore  := CurrentPlayer.Score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden;
+
+    // line bonus
+
+    // points for this line
+    LineScore := CurrentScore - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast;
+
+    // check for lines with low points
+    if (MaxLineScore <= 2) then
+      LinePerfection := 1
+    else
+      // determine LinePerfection
+      // Note: the "+2" extra points are a little bonus so the player does not
+      // have to be that perfect to reach the bonus steps.
+      LinePerfection := LineScore / (MaxLineScore - 2);
+
+    // clamp LinePerfection to range [0..1]
+    if (LinePerfection < 0) then
+      LinePerfection := 0
+    else if (LinePerfection > 1) then
+      LinePerfection := 1;
+
+    // add line-bonus if enabled
+    if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
+    begin
+      // line-bonus points (same for each line, no matter how long the line is)
+      LineBonus := MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS / (Length(Lines[0].Line) -
+        NumEmptySentences);
+      // apply line-bonus
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine :=
+        CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine + LineBonus * LinePerfection;
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine / 10) * 10;
+      // update total score
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt :=
+        CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
+        CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt
+        + CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
+
+      // spawn rating pop-up
+      Rating := Round(LinePerfection * MAX_LINE_RATING);
+      Scores.SpawnPopUp(PlayerIndex, Rating, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt);
+    end
+    else
+      Scores.RaiseScore(PlayerIndex, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt);
+
+    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), part 1
+    if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+      CurrentPlayer.LastSentencePerfect := (LinePerfection >= 1);
+
+    // refresh last score
+    CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast := CurrentScore;
+  end;
+
+  // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), part 2
+  if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+    GoldenRec.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle;
+end;
+
+ // Called on sentence change
+ // SentenceIndex: index of the new active sentence
+procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: cardinal);
+begin
+  // goldenstarstwinkle
+  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;
+
+  // fill lyrics queue and set upper line to the current sentence
+  while (Lyrics.GetUpperLineIndex() < SentenceIndex) or
+    (not Lyrics.IsQueueFull) do
+  begin
+    // add the next line to the queue or a dummy if no more lines are available
+    if (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then
+      Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter])
+    else
+      Lyrics.AddLine(nil);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TLyricsSyncSource.GetClock(): real;
+begin
+  Result := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+end;
+
+function TMusicSyncSource.GetClock(): real;
+begin
+  Result := AudioPlayback.Position;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fe8d204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenSong.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2156 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  UCommon,
+  UDisplay,
+  UPath,
+  UFiles,
+  UIni,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  UMenu,
+  UMenuEqualizer,
+  UMusic,
+  USong,
+  USongs,
+  UTexture,
+  UThemes,
+  UTime;
+
+type
+  TScreenSong = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      Equalizer: Tms_Equalizer;
+
+      PreviewOpened: Integer; // interaction of the Song that is loaded for preview music
+                              // -1 if nothing is opened
+
+      isScrolling: boolean;   // true if song flow is about to move
+
+      fCurrentVideo: IVideo;
+
+      procedure StartMusicPreview();
+      procedure StopMusicPreview();
+      procedure StartVideoPreview();
+      procedure StopVideoPreview();
+    public
+      TextArtist:   integer;
+      TextTitle:    integer;
+      TextNumber:   integer;
+
+      //Video Icon Mod
+      VideoIcon: cardinal;
+
+      TextCat:   integer;
+      StaticCat: integer;
+
+      SongCurrent:  real;
+      SongTarget:   real;
+
+      HighSpeed:    boolean;
+      CoverFull:    boolean;
+      CoverTime:    real;
+
+      CoverX:       integer;
+      CoverY:       integer;
+      CoverW:       integer;
+      is_jump:      boolean; // Jump to Song Mod
+      is_jump_title:boolean; //Jump to SOng MOd-YTrue if search for Title
+
+      //Party Mod
+      Mode: TSingMode;
+
+      //party Statics (Joker)
+      StaticTeam1Joker1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker3: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker4: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker5: cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam2Joker1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker3: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker4: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker5: cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam3Joker1: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker2: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker3: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker4: cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker5: cardinal;
+
+      StaticParty:    array of cardinal;
+      TextParty:      array of cardinal;
+      StaticNonParty: array of cardinal;
+      TextNonParty:   array of cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure SetScroll;
+      //procedure SetScroll1;
+      //procedure SetScroll2;
+      procedure SetScroll3;
+      procedure SetScroll4;
+      procedure SetScroll5;
+      procedure SetScroll6;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure GenerateThumbnails();
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure OnShowFinish; override;
+      procedure OnHide; override;
+      procedure SelectNext;
+      procedure SelectPrev;
+      procedure SkipTo(Target: cardinal);
+      procedure FixSelected; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+      procedure FixSelected2; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+      procedure ShowCatTL(Cat: integer);// Show Cat in Top left
+      procedure ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: UTF8String);// Show Custom Text in Top left
+      procedure HideCatTL;// Show Cat in Tob left
+      procedure Refresh; //Refresh Song Sorting
+      procedure ChangeMusic;
+      //Party Mode
+      procedure SelectRandomSong;
+      procedure SetJoker;
+      procedure SetStatics;
+      //procedures for Menu
+      procedure StartSong;
+      procedure OpenEditor;
+      procedure DoJoker(Team: integer);
+      procedure SelectPlayers;
+
+      procedure OnSongSelect;   // called when song flows movement stops at a song
+      procedure OnSongDeSelect; // called before current song is deselected
+
+      procedure UnloadDetailedCover;
+
+      //Extensions
+      procedure DrawExtensions;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  gl,
+  UCovers,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UMenuButton,
+  UNote,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UScreenSongMenu,
+  USkins,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+// ***** Public methods ****** //
+
+//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected;
+var
+  I, I2: integer;
+begin
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then
+  begin
+    I2:= 0;
+    for I := Low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then
+        inc(I2);
+
+      if I = Interaction - 1 then
+        break;
+    end;
+
+    SongCurrent := I2;
+    SongTarget  := I2;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected2;
+var
+  I, I2: integer;
+begin
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then
+  begin
+    I2:= 0;
+    for I := Low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then
+        inc(I2);
+
+      if I = Interaction - 1 then
+        break;
+    end;
+
+    SongTarget  := I2;
+  end;
+end;
+//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix End
+
+procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: UTF8String);// Show Custom Text in Top left
+begin
+  Text[TextCat].Text := Caption;
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Statics[StaticCat].Visible := false;
+end;
+
+//Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTL(Cat: integer);
+begin
+  //Change
+  Text[TextCat].Text := CatSongs.Song[Cat].Artist;
+  //Statics[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+
+  //Show
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Statics[StaticCat].Visible := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.HideCatTL;
+begin
+  //Hide
+  //Text[TextCat].Visible := false;
+  Statics[StaticCat].Visible := false;
+  //New -> Show Text specified in Theme
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Text[TextCat].Text := Theme.Song.TextCat.Text;
+end;
+//Show Cat in Top Left Mod End
+
+// Method for input parsing. If false is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenSong.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+var
+  I:      integer;
+  I2:     integer;
+  SDL_ModState:  word;
+  UpperLetter: UCS4Char;
+  TempStr: UTF8String;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  //Song Screen Extensions (Jumpto + Menu)
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+    Exit;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+    //Jump to Artist/Titel
+    if ((SDL_ModState and KMOD_LALT <> 0) and (Mode = smNormal)) then
+    begin
+      UpperLetter := UCS4UpperCase(CharCode);
+
+      if (UpperLetter in ([Ord('A')..Ord('Z'), Ord('0') .. Ord('9')]) ) then
+      begin
+        I2 := Length(CatSongs.Song);
+
+        //Jump To Titel
+        if (SDL_ModState = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_LSHIFT)) then
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+          begin
+            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) then
+            begin
+              TempStr := CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title;
+              if (Length(TempStr) > 0) and
+                 (UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(TempStr)[0]) = UpperLetter) then
+              begin
+                SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));
+
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+                SetScroll4;
+                //Break and Exit
+                Exit;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end
+        //Jump to Artist
+        else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+          begin
+            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) then
+            begin
+              TempStr := CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist;
+              if (Length(TempStr) > 0) and
+                 (UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(TempStr)[0]) = UpperLetter) then
+              begin
+                SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));
+
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+                SetScroll4;
+
+                //Break and Exit
+                Exit;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // **********************
+    // * workaround for LCTRL+R: it should be changed when we have a solution for the
+    // * CTRL+'A'..'Z' problem
+    if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (PressedKey = SDLK_R) then
+      CharCode := UCS4Char('R');
+    // **********************
+
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('M'): //Show SongMenu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then
+          begin
+            if (Mode = smNormal) then
+            begin
+              if (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) then // clicked on Song
+              begin 
+                if CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3 then
+                begin
+                  ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist);
+                end
+                else
+                begin
+                  ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);
+                end;
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+                ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+              end;
+            end //Party Mode -> Show Party Menu
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+              ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+            end;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('P'): //Show Playlist Menu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+            ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('J'): //Show Jumpto Menu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSongJumpto.Visible := true;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('E'):
+        begin
+          OpenEditor;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      Ord('R'):
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and
+             (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) and (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then // random category
+            begin
+              I2 := 0; // count cats
+              for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+              begin
+                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                  Inc(I2);
+              end;
+
+              I2 := Random(I2 + 1); // random and include I2
+
+              // find cat:
+              for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+                begin
+                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                  Dec(I2);
+                if (I2 <= 0) then
+                begin
+                  // show cat in top left mod
+                  ShowCatTL (I);
+
+                  Interaction := I;
+
+                  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+                  CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+                  SelectNext;
+                  FixSelected;
+                  break;
+                end;
+              end;
+            end
+            else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then // random in all categories
+            begin
+              repeat
+                I2 := Random(High(CatSongs.Song) + 1);
+              until (not CatSongs.Song[I2].Main);
+
+              // search cat
+              for I := I2 downto 0 do
+              begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                break;
+              end;
+              
+              // in I is now the categorie in I2 the song
+
+              // choose cat
+              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+              // show cat in top left mod
+              ShowCatTL (I);
+
+              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+              SelectNext;
+
+              // Fix: not existing song selected:
+              //if (I + 1 = I2) then
+                Inc(I2);
+
+              // choose song
+              SkipTo(I2 - I);
+            end
+            else // random in one category
+            begin
+              SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+            end;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+            SetScroll4;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end; // normal keys
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack
+            if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -1) then
+              begin
+              //Find Category
+              I := Interaction;
+              while (not CatSongs.Song[I].Main) do
+              begin
+                Dec(I);
+                if (I < 0) then
+                  break;
+              end;
+              if (I <= 1) then
+                Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song)
+              else
+                Interaction := I - 1;
+
+              //Stop Music
+              StopMusicPreview();
+
+              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              HideCatTL;
+
+              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+              SelectNext;
+              FixSelected;
+              //SelectPrev(true);
+              //CatSongs.Song[0].Visible := false;
+              end
+            else
+            begin
+            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack End
+              //Tabs off and in Search or Playlist -> Go back to Song view
+              if (CatSongs.CatNumShow < -1) then
+              begin
+                //Atm: Set Empty Filter
+                CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll);
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                HideCatTL;
+                Interaction := 0;
+
+                //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                StopMusicPreview();
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+                FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+              end;
+
+            end;
+          end
+          //When in party Mode then Ask before Close
+          else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then
+          begin
+            if CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main then
+            begin // clicked on Category Button
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              ShowCatTL (Interaction);
+
+              //I := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);
+              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);
+              {I2 := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);
+              SongCurrent := SongCurrent - I + I2;
+              SongTarget := SongTarget - I + I2; }
+
+              //  SetScroll4;
+
+              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+              SelectNext;
+              FixSelected;
+            end
+            else
+            begin // clicked on song
+              if (Mode = smNormal) then //Normal Mode -> Start Song
+              begin
+                //Do the Action that is specified in Ini
+                case Ini.OnSongClick of
+                  0: StartSong;
+                  1: SelectPlayers;
+                  2:begin
+                      if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist)
+                      else
+                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);
+                    end;
+                end;
+              end
+              else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then //PartyMode -> Show Menu
+              begin
+                if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main)
+                else
+                  Party.CallAfterSongSelect;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode
+            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then
+            begin
+              //Cat Change Hack
+              if Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1 then
+              begin
+                I := Interaction;
+                if I <= 0 then
+                  I := 1;
+
+                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main do
+                begin
+                  Inc (I);
+                  if (I > High(catsongs.Song)) then
+                    I := Low(catsongs.Song);
+                end;
+
+                Interaction := I;
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                ShowCatTL (Interaction);
+
+                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                //Play Music:
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+              end;
+
+            //
+            //Cat Change Hack End}
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode
+            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then
+            begin
+              //Cat Change Hack
+              if Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1 then
+              begin
+                I := Interaction;
+                I2 := 0;
+                if I <= 0 then
+                  I := 1;
+
+                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main or (I2 = 0) do
+                begin
+                  if catsongs.Song[I].Main then
+                    Inc(I2);
+                  Dec (I);
+                  if (I < Low(catsongs.Song)) then
+                    I := High(catsongs.Song);
+                end;
+
+                Interaction := I;
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                ShowCatTL (I);
+
+                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                //Play Music:
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+              end;
+            end;
+            //Cat Change Hack End}
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+            SelectNext;
+            SetScroll4;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0)and (Mode = smNormal)  then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+            SelectPrev;
+            SetScroll4;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_1:
+        begin //Joker
+          DoJoker(0);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_2:
+        begin //Joker
+          DoJoker(1);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_3:
+        begin //Joker
+          DoJoker(2);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end; // if (PressedDown)
+end;
+
+function TScreenSong.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean;
+  var
+    I, J: Integer;
+    Btn: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y);
+    exit;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpTo.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongJumpTo.ParseMouse(MouseButton, BtnDown, X, Y);
+    exit;
+  end
+  else // no extension visible
+  begin
+    if (BtnDown) then
+    begin
+      //if RightMbESC is set, send ESC keypress
+      if RightMbESC and (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then
+        Result:=ParseInput(SDLK_ESCAPE, 0, true)
+
+     //song scrolling with mousewheel
+      else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN) then
+        ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true)
+
+      else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP) then
+        ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true)
+
+      //LMB anywhere starts
+      else if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) then
+      begin
+        if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 4) then
+        begin
+          // select the second visible button left from selected
+          I := 0;
+          Btn := Interaction;
+          while (I < 2) do
+          begin
+            Dec(Btn);
+            if (Btn < 0) then
+              Btn := High(CatSongs.Song);
+
+            if (CatSongs.Song[Btn].Visible) then
+              Inc(I);
+          end;
+
+          // test the 5 front buttons for click
+          for I := 0 to 4 do
+          begin
+            if InRegion(X, Y, Button[Btn].GetMouseOverArea) then
+            begin
+              // song cover clicked
+              if (I = 2) then
+              begin // Selected Song clicked -> start singing
+                ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+              end
+              else
+              begin // one of the other 4 covers in the front clicked -> select it
+                J := I - 2;
+                while (J < 0) do
+                begin
+                  ParseInput(SDLK_LEFT, 0, true);
+                  Inc(J);
+                end;
+
+                while (J > 0) do
+                begin
+                  ParseInput(SDLK_RIGHT, 0, true);
+                  Dec(J);
+                end;
+              end;
+              Break;
+            end;
+
+            Btn := CatSongs.FindNextVisible(Btn);
+            if (Btn = -1) then
+              Break;
+          end;
+        end
+        else
+          ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSong.Create;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Song);
+
+  TextArtist := AddText(Theme.Song.TextArtist);
+  TextTitle :=  AddText(Theme.Song.TextTitle);
+  TextNumber := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNumber);
+
+  //Show Cat in Top Left mod
+  TextCat := AddText(Theme.Song.TextCat);
+  StaticCat :=  AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticCat);
+
+  //Show Video Icon Mod
+  VideoIcon := AddStatic(Theme.Song.VideoIcon);
+
+  //Party Mode
+  StaticTeam1Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker1);
+  StaticTeam1Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker2);
+  StaticTeam1Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker3);
+  StaticTeam1Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker4);
+  StaticTeam1Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker5);
+
+  StaticTeam2Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker1);
+  StaticTeam2Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker2);
+  StaticTeam2Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker3);
+  StaticTeam2Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker4);
+  StaticTeam2Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker5);
+
+  StaticTeam3Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker1);
+  StaticTeam3Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker2);
+  StaticTeam3Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker3);
+  StaticTeam3Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker4);
+  StaticTeam3Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker5);
+
+  //Load Party or NonParty specific Statics and Texts
+  SetLength(StaticParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticParty) do
+    StaticParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(TextParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextParty) do
+    TextParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(StaticNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty) do
+    StaticNonParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(TextNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextNonParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextNonParty) do
+    TextNonParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNonParty[i]);
+
+  // Song List
+  //Songs.LoadSongList; // moved to the UltraStar unit
+  CatSongs.Refresh;
+
+  GenerateThumbnails();
+
+  // Randomize Patch
+  Randomize;
+
+  Equalizer := Tms_Equalizer.Create(AudioPlayback, Theme.Song.Equalizer);
+
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+  isScrolling := false;
+
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails();
+var
+  I: integer;
+  CoverButtonIndex: integer;
+  CoverButton: TButton;
+  CoverTexture: TTexture;
+  Cover: TCover;
+  CoverFile: IPath;
+  Song: TSong;
+begin
+  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set length of button array once instead for every song
+  SetButtonLength(Length(CatSongs.Song));
+
+  // create all buttons
+  for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+  begin
+    CoverButton := nil;
+
+    // create a clickable cover
+    CoverButtonIndex := AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, PATH_NONE, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections);
+    if (CoverButtonIndex > -1) then
+      CoverButton := Button[CoverButtonIndex];
+    if (CoverButton = nil) then
+      Continue;
+
+    Song := CatSongs.Song[I];
+
+    CoverFile := Song.Path.Append(Song.Cover);
+    if (not CoverFile.IsFile()) then
+      Song.Cover := PATH_NONE;
+
+    if (Song.Cover.IsUnset) then
+      CoverFile := Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover');
+
+    // load cover and cache its texture
+    Cover := Covers.FindCover(CoverFile);
+    if (Cover = nil) then
+      Cover := Covers.AddCover(CoverFile);
+
+    // use the cached texture
+    // TODO: this is a workaround until the new song-loading works.
+    // The TCover object should be added to the song-object. The thumbnails
+    // should be loaded each time the song-screen is shown (it is real fast).
+    // This way, we will not waste that much memory and have a link between
+    // song and cover.
+    if (Cover <> nil) then
+    begin
+      CoverTexture := Cover.GetPreviewTexture();
+      Texture.AddTexture(CoverTexture, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+      CoverButton.Texture := CoverTexture;
+
+      // set selected to false -> the right texture will be displayed
+      CoverButton.Selected := False;
+    end;
+
+    Cover.Free;
+  end;
+
+  // reset selection
+  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0) then
+    Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+{ called when song flows movement stops at a song }
+procedure TScreenSong.OnSongSelect;
+begin
+  if (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) then
+  begin
+    StartMusicPreview;
+    StartVideoPreview;
+  end;
+
+  // fade in detailed cover
+  CoverTime := 0;
+end;
+
+{ called before current song is deselected }
+procedure TScreenSong.OnSongDeSelect;
+begin
+  CoverTime := 10;
+  UnLoadDetailedCover;
+
+  StopMusicPreview();
+  StopVideoPreview();
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll;
+var
+  VS, B: integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    // Set Positions
+    case Theme.Song.Cover.Style of
+      3: SetScroll3;
+      5: SetScroll5;
+      6: SetScroll6;
+      else SetScroll4;
+    end;
+
+    // Set visibility of video icon
+    Statics[VideoIcon].Visible := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Video.IsSet;
+
+    // Set texts
+    Text[TextArtist].Text := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Artist;
+    Text[TextTitle].Text  :=  CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Title;
+    if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then
+    begin
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].OrderNum) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.CatCount);
+      Text[TextTitle].Text  := '(' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + ' ' + Language.Translate('SING_SONGS_IN_CAT') + ')';
+    end
+    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -2) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)
+    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)
+    else if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction - CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber].CatNumber)
+    else
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(Interaction+1) + '/' + IntToStr(Length(CatSongs.Song));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextNumber].Text := '0/0';
+    Text[TextArtist].Text := '';
+    Text[TextTitle].Text  := '';
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+      Button[B].Visible := false;
+
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll1;
+var
+  B:      integer;    // button
+  Src:    integer;
+  //Dst:    integer;
+  Count:  integer;    // Dst is not used. Count is used.
+  Ready:  boolean;
+
+  VisCount: integer;  // count of visible (or selectable) buttons
+  VisInt:   integer;  // visible position of interacted button
+  Typ:      integer;  // 0 when all songs fits the screen
+  Placed:   integer;  // number of placed visible buttons
+begin
+  //Src := 0;
+  //Dst := -1;
+  Count := 1;
+  Typ := 0;
+  Ready := false;
+  Placed := 0;
+
+  VisCount := 0;
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      Inc(VisCount);
+
+  VisInt := 0;
+  for B := 0 to Interaction-1 do
+    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      Inc(VisInt);
+
+  if VisCount <= 6 then
+  begin
+    Typ := 0;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if VisInt <= 3 then
+    begin
+      Typ := 1;
+      Count := 7;
+      Ready := true;
+    end;
+
+    if (VisCount - VisInt) <= 3 then
+    begin
+      Typ := 2;
+      Count := 7;
+      Ready := true;
+    end;
+
+    if not Ready then
+    begin
+      Typ := 3;
+      Src := Interaction;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  // hide all buttons
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := false;
+    Button[B].Selectable := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  for B := Src to Dst do
+  begin
+    //Button[B].Visible := true;
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+    Button[B].Selectable := Button[B].Visible;
+    Button[B].Y := 140 + (B-Src) * 60;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  if Typ = 0 then
+  begin
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 1 then
+  begin
+    B := 0;
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Inc(B);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 2 then
+  begin
+    B := High(Button);
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (6-Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Dec(B);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 3 then
+  begin
+    B := Src;
+    Count := 4;
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (3+Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Inc(B);
+    end;
+
+    B := Src-1;
+    Placed := 0;
+    Count := 3;
+    while (Count > 0) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then
+      begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (2-Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Dec(B);
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  if Length(Button) > 0 then
+    Statics[1].Texture.Y := Button[Interaction].Y - 5; // selection texture
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll2;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  //Factor:    integer; // factor of position relative to center of screen
+  //Factor2:   real;
+begin
+  // line
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - Interaction) * 260;
+
+  if Length(Button) >= 3 then
+  begin
+    if Interaction = 0 then
+      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;
+
+    if Interaction = High(Button) then
+      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;
+  end;
+
+  // circle
+  {
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Factor := (B - Interaction); // 0 to center, -1: to left, +1 to right
+    Factor2 := Factor / Length(Button);
+    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Factor2);
+    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll3; // with slide
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  //Factor:    integer; // factor of position relative to center of screen
+  //Factor2:   real;
+begin
+  SongTarget := Interaction;
+
+  // line
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - SongCurrent) * 260;
+    if (Button[B].X < -Button[B].W) or (Button[B].X > 800) then
+      Button[B].Visible := false
+    else
+      Button[B].Visible := true;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  if Length(Button) >= 3 then
+  begin
+    if Interaction = 0 then
+      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;
+
+    if Interaction = High(Button) then
+      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  // circle
+  {
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Factor := (B - Interaction); // 0 to center, -1: to left, +1 to right
+    Factor2 := Factor / Length(Button);
+    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Factor2);
+    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Rotation
+ *)
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:  real;
+  Z, Z2:  real;
+  VS:     integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs();
+
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+    if Button[B].Visible then
+    begin
+      // angle between the cover and selected song-cover in radians
+      Angle := 2*Pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS;
+
+      // calc z-position from angle
+      Z := (1 + cos(Angle)) / 2;  // scaled to range [0..1]
+      Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;        // scaled to range [1/3..1]
+
+      // adjust cover's width and height according its z-position
+      // Note: Theme.Song.Cover.W is not used as width and height are equal
+      //   and Theme.Song.Cover.W is used as circle radius in Scroll5.
+      Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;
+      Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+
+      // set cover position
+      Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X +
+                     (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Angle)) * Z2 -
+                     ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2);
+      Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  +
+                     (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7;
+      Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * rotate
+ *)
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll5;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:    real;
+  Pos:    real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  Padding:     real;
+  X:        real;
+  {
+  Theme.Song.CoverW: circle radius
+  Theme.Song.CoverX: x-pos. of the left edge of the selected cover
+  Theme.Song.CoverY: y-pos. of the upper edge of the selected cover
+  Theme.Song.CoverH: cover height
+  }
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs();
+
+  // Update positions of all buttons
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // adjust visibility
+    if Button[B].Visible then // Only change pos for visible buttons
+    begin
+      // Pos is the distance to the centered cover in the range [-VS/2..+VS/2]
+      Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);
+      if (Pos < -VS/2) then
+        Pos := Pos + VS
+      else if (Pos > VS/2) then
+        Pos := Pos - VS;
+
+      // Avoid overlapping of the front covers.
+      // Use an alternate position for the five front covers. 
+      if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then
+      begin
+        Angle := Pi * (Pos / Min(VS, 5)); // Range: (-1/4*Pi .. +1/4*Pi)
+
+        Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));
+        Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+        //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+        Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+        Padding := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+        X := Sin(Angle*1.3) * 0.9;
+
+        Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Padding;
+        Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);
+        Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;
+
+        if VS < 5 then
+          Button[B].Texture.Alpha := 1 - Abs(Pos) / VS  * 2
+        else
+          Button[B].Texture.Alpha := 1;    
+      end
+      { only draw 3 visible covers in the background
+        (the 3 that are on the opposite of the front covers}
+      else if (VS > 7) and (Abs(Pos) > floor(VS/2) - 1.5) then
+      begin
+        // Transform Pos to range [-1..-3/4, +3/4..+1]
+        { the 3 covers at the back will show up in the gap between the
+          front cover and its neighbors
+          one cover will be hiddenbehind the front cover,
+          but this will not be a lack of performance ;) }
+        if Pos < 0 then
+          Pos := (Pos - 2 + ceil(VS/2))/8 - 0.75
+        else
+          Pos := (Pos + 2 - floor(VS/2))/8 + 0.75;
+
+        // angle in radians [-2Pi..-Pi, +Pi..+2Pi]
+        Angle := 2*Pi * Pos;
+
+        Button[B].H := 0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));
+        Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+        Padding := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+        Button[B].X :=  Theme.Song.Cover.X+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*((Theme.Song.Cover.H)*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);
+        Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.75;
+        Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+        Button[B].Texture.Alpha := 1;
+
+        //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+        Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+      end
+      { all other covers are not visible }
+      else
+      Button[B].Visible := false;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll6; // rotate (slotmachine style)
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:  real;
+  Pos:    real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  diff:   real;
+  X:      real;
+  Factor: real;
+  Z, Z2:  real;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+  if VS <= 5 then
+  begin
+    // circle
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+      if Button[B].Visible then // optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed
+      begin
+  
+        Factor := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms
+
+        Z := (1 + cos(Factor)) / 2;
+        Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;
+
+        Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Factor)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs
+        Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;
+
+        Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;
+
+        //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;
+        Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ;
+        Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    //Change Pos of all Buttons
+    for B := Low(Button) to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility
+      if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons
+      begin
+        Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);
+        if (Pos < -VS/2) then
+          Pos := Pos + VS
+        else if (Pos > VS/2) then
+          Pos := Pos - VS;
+
+        if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions}
+        begin
+          Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5);
+          //Button[B].Visible := false;
+
+          Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+          Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;
+
+          Button[B].X := (Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);
+
+          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+          Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+          X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9;
+
+          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff;
+        end
+        else
+        begin {Behind the Front Covers}
+
+          // limit-bg-covers hack
+          if (abs(VS/2-abs(Pos))>10) then
+            Button[B].Visible := false;
+          if VS > 25 then
+            VS:=25;
+          // end of limit-bg-covers hack
+
+          if Pos < 0 then
+            Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS
+          else
+            Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS;
+
+          Angle := Pi * Pos*2;
+
+          Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+          Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+          Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.5;
+
+          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*(Theme.Song.Cover.H*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+{**
+ * Pause background music, so we can play it again on scorescreen
+ *}
+  SoundLib.PauseBgMusic;
+
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+
+  // reset video playback engine
+  fCurrentVideo := nil;
+
+  if Ini.Players <= 3 then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;
+  if Ini.Players  = 4 then PlayersPlay := 6;
+
+  //Cat Mod etc
+  if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then
+  begin
+    CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+    FixSelected;
+    //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+    HideCatTL;
+  end;
+
+  if Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0 then
+  begin
+    SetScroll;
+  end;
+
+  //Playlist Mode
+  if (Mode = smNormal) then
+  begin
+    //If Playlist Shown -> Select Next automatically
+    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+    begin
+      SelectNext;
+    end;
+  end
+  //Party Mode
+  else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+  begin
+    SelectRandomSong;
+    //Show Menu directly in PartyMode
+    //But only if selected in Options
+    if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then
+    begin
+      ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  isScrolling := false;
+  SetJoker;
+  SetStatics;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OnShowFinish;
+begin
+  isScrolling := true;
+  CoverTime := 10;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OnHide;
+begin
+  // turn music volume to 100%
+  AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0);
+
+  // stop preview
+  StopMusicPreview();
+  StopVideoPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.DrawExtensions;
+begin
+  //Draw Song Menu
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSongMenu.Draw;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSongJumpto.Draw;
+  end
+end;
+
+function TScreenSong.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  dx:         real;
+  dt:         real;
+  I:          integer;
+  VideoAlpha: real;
+begin
+  if isScrolling then
+  begin
+    dx := SongTarget-SongCurrent;
+    dt := TimeSkip * 7;
+
+    if dt > 1 then
+      dt := 1;
+
+    SongCurrent := SongCurrent + dx*dt;
+
+    if SameValue(SongCurrent, SongTarget, 0.002) and (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) then
+    begin
+      isScrolling := false;
+      SongCurrent := SongTarget;
+      OnSongSelect;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  if SongCurrent > Catsongs.VisibleSongs then
+  begin
+    SongCurrent := SongCurrent - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;
+    SongTarget := SongTarget - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(5);
+
+  SetScroll;
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(5);
+  //Log.LogBenchmark('SetScroll4', 5);
+
+  //Fading Functions, Only if Covertime is under 5 Seconds
+  if (CoverTime < 9) then
+  begin
+    // cover fade
+    if (CoverTime < 1) and (CoverTime + TimeSkip >= 1) then
+    begin
+      // load new texture
+      Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+      Button[Interaction].Texture.Alpha := 1;
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2 := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;
+    end;
+
+    //Update Fading Time
+    CoverTime := CoverTime + TimeSkip;
+
+    //Update Fading Texture
+    Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := (CoverTime - 1) * 1.5;
+    if Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha > 1 then
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;
+
+  end;
+
+  //inherited Draw;
+  //heres a little Hack, that causes the Statics
+  //are Drawn after the Buttons because of some Blending Problems.
+  //This should cause no Problems because all Buttons on this screen
+  //Has Z Position.
+  //Draw BG
+  DrawBG;
+
+  VideoAlpha := Button[interaction].Texture.Alpha*(CoverTime-1);
+  //Instead of Draw FG Procedure:
+  //We draw Buttons for our own
+  for I := 0 to Length(Button) - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (I<>Interaction) or not Assigned(fCurrentVideo) or (VideoAlpha<1) or AudioPlayback.Finished then
+      Button[I].Draw;
+  end;
+
+  if AudioPlayback.Finished then
+    StopVideoPreview;
+
+  if Assigned(fCurrentVideo) then
+  begin
+    // Just call this once
+    // when Screens = 2
+    if (ScreenAct = 1) then
+      fCurrentVideo.GetFrame(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].VideoGAP + AudioPlayback.Position);
+
+    fCurrentVideo.SetScreen(ScreenAct);
+    fCurrentVideo.Alpha := VideoAlpha;
+
+    //set up window
+    with Button[interaction] do
+    begin
+      fCurrentVideo.SetScreenPosition(X, Y, Z);
+      fCurrentVideo.Width := W;
+      fCurrentVideo.Height := H;
+      fCurrentVideo.ReflectionSpacing := Reflectionspacing;
+    end;
+    fCurrentVideo.AspectCorrection := acoCrop;
+
+    fCurrentVideo.Draw;
+
+    if Button[interaction].Reflection then
+      fCurrentVideo.DrawReflection;
+  end;
+
+  // Statics
+  for I := 0 to Length(Statics) - 1 do
+    Statics[I].Draw;
+
+  // and texts
+  for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do
+    Text[I].Draw;
+
+  Equalizer.Draw;
+
+  DrawExtensions;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectNext;
+var
+  Skip: integer;
+  VS:   integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    if (not isScrolling) and (VS > 0) then
+    begin
+      isScrolling := true;
+      OnSongDeselect;
+    end;
+
+    Skip := 1;
+
+    // this 1 could be changed by CatSongs.FindNextVisible
+    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do
+      Inc(Skip);
+
+    SongTarget := SongTarget + 1;//Skip;
+
+    Interaction := (Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    // try to keep all at the beginning
+    if SongTarget > VS-1 then
+    begin
+      SongTarget := SongTarget - VS;
+      SongCurrent := SongCurrent - VS;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // Interaction -> Button, load cover
+  // show uncached texture
+  //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectPrev;
+var
+  Skip: integer;
+  VS:   integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    if (not isScrolling) and (VS > 0) then
+    begin
+      isScrolling := true;
+      OnSongDeselect;
+    end;
+
+    Skip := 1;
+
+    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do
+      Inc(Skip);
+    SongTarget := SongTarget - 1;//Skip;
+
+    Interaction := (Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    // try to keep all at the beginning
+    if SongTarget < 0 then
+    begin
+      SongTarget := SongTarget + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+      SongCurrent := SongCurrent + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+    end;
+
+    // show uncached texture
+    //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartMusicPreview();
+var
+  Song: TSong;
+  PreviewPos: real;
+begin
+  AudioPlayback.Close();
+
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs = 0 then
+    Exit;
+
+  Song := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];
+  if not assigned(Song) then
+    Exit;
+
+  //fix: if main cat than there is nothing to play
+  if Song.main then
+    Exit;
+
+  if AudioPlayback.Open(Song.Path.Append(Song.Mp3)) then
+  begin
+    PreviewOpened := Interaction;
+
+    PreviewPos := AudioPlayback.Length / 4;
+    // fix for invalid music file lengths
+    if (PreviewPos > 60.0) then
+      PreviewPos := 60.0;
+    AudioPlayback.Position := PreviewPos;
+
+    // set preview volume
+    if (Ini.PreviewFading = 0) then
+    begin
+      // music fade disabled: start with full volume
+      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);
+      AudioPlayback.Play()
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // music fade enabled: start muted and fade-in
+      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0);
+      AudioPlayback.FadeIn(Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StopMusicPreview();
+begin
+  // Stop preview of previous song
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartVideoPreview();
+var
+  VideoFile:  IPath;
+  Song:       TSong;
+
+begin
+  if (Ini.VideoPreview=0)  then
+    Exit;
+
+  if Assigned(fCurrentVideo) then
+  begin
+    fCurrentVideo.Stop();
+    fCurrentVideo := nil;
+  end;
+
+  //if no audio open => exit
+  if (PreviewOpened = -1) then
+    Exit;
+
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs = 0 then
+    Exit;
+
+  Song := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];
+  if not assigned(Song) then
+    Exit;
+
+  //fix: if main cat than there is nothing to play
+  if Song.main then
+    Exit;
+
+  VideoFile := Song.Path.Append(Song.Video);
+  if (Song.Video.IsSet) and VideoFile.IsFile then
+  begin
+    fCurrentVideo := VideoPlayback.Open(VideoFile);
+    if (fCurrentVideo <> nil) then
+    begin
+      fCurrentVideo.Position := Song.VideoGAP + AudioPlayback.Position;
+      fCurrentVideo.Play;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StopVideoPreview();
+begin
+  // Stop video preview of previous song
+  if Assigned(fCurrentVideo) then
+  begin
+    fCurrentVideo.Stop();
+    fCurrentVideo := nil;
+  end;
+end;
+
+// Changes previewed song
+procedure TScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+begin
+  StopMusicPreview();
+  StopVideoPreview();
+  PreviewOpened := -1;
+  StartMusicPreview();
+  StartVideoPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SkipTo(Target: cardinal);
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song);
+  SongTarget  := 0;
+
+  for i := 1 to Target+1 do
+    SelectNext;
+
+  FixSelected2;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectRandomSong;
+var
+  I, I2: integer;
+begin
+  case PlaylistMan.Mode of
+      smNormal:  // all songs just select random song
+        begin
+          // when tabs are activated then use tab method
+          if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) then
+          begin
+            repeat
+              I2 := Low(CatSongs.Song) + Random(High(CatSongs.Song) + 1 - Low(CatSongs.Song));
+            until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false;
+
+            // search cat
+            for I := I2 downto Low(CatSongs.Song) do
+            begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                break;
+            end;
+            // I is the cat number, I2 is the no of the song within this cat
+
+            // choose cat
+            CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+            // show cat in top left mod
+            ShowCatTL(I);
+
+            CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+            SelectNext;
+
+            // choose song
+            SkipTo(I2 - I);
+          end
+          // when tabs are deactivated use easy method
+          else
+            SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+        end;
+      smPartyMode:  // one category select category and select random song
+        begin
+          CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+          CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+          ShowCatTL(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+
+          SelectNext;
+          FixSelected2;
+
+          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+        end;
+      smPlaylistRandom:  // playlist: select playlist and select random song
+        begin
+          PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+
+          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+          FixSelected2;
+        end;
+  end;
+
+  AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+  SetScroll;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetJoker;
+begin
+  // If Party Mode
+  if Mode = smPartyMode then //Show Joker that are available
+  begin
+    if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 1);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 2);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 3);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 4);
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := false;
+    end;
+
+    if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 1);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 2);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 3);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 4);
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := false;
+    end;
+
+    if (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) then
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 1);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 2);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 3);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 4);
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := false;
+      Statics[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := false;
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin //Hide all
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := false;
+
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := false;
+
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := false;
+    Statics[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetStatics;
+var
+  I:       integer;
+  Visible: boolean;
+begin
+  //Set Visibility of Party Statics and Text
+  Visible := (Mode = smPartyMode);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(StaticParty) do
+    Statics[StaticParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(TextParty) do
+    Text[TextParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  //Set Visibility of Non Party Statics and Text
+  Visible := not Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(StaticNonParty) do
+    Statics[StaticNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(TextNonParty) do
+    Text[TextNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+end;
+
+//Procedures for Menu
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartSong;
+begin
+  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;
+  StopMusicPreview();
+
+  //Party Mode
+  if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSing);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSing);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+begin
+  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;
+  StopMusicPreview();
+
+  ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := true;
+  FadeTo(@ScreenName);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+begin
+  if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and
+     (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and
+     (Mode = smNormal) then
+  begin
+    StopMusicPreview();
+    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+    CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];
+    FadeTo(@ScreenEditSub);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Team No of Team (0-5)
+procedure TScreenSong.DoJoker (Team: integer);
+begin
+  if (Mode = smPartyMode) and
+     (High(Party.Teams) >= Team) and
+     (Party.Teams[Team].JokersLeft > 0) then
+  begin
+    //Use Joker
+    Dec(Party.Teams[Team].JokersLeft);
+    SelectRandomSong;
+    SetJoker;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Detailed Cover Unloading. Unloads the Detailed, uncached Cover of the cur. Song
+procedure TScreenSong.UnloadDetailedCover;
+begin
+  // show cached texture
+  Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+  Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 0;
+
+  if Button[Interaction].Texture.Name <> Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover') then
+    Texture.UnloadTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.Refresh;
+begin
+  {
+  CatSongs.Refresh;
+  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+  Interaction := 0;
+  SelectNext(true);
+  FixSelected;
+  }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3d48679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenSongJumpto.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSongJumpto;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UMenu,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenSongJumpto = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //For ChangeMusic
+      fLastPlayed: integer;
+      fVisible: boolean;
+      fSelectType: TSongFilter;
+      fVisSongs: integer;
+
+      procedure SetTextFound(Count: Cardinal);
+
+      //Visible //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+      //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+      procedure SetVisible(Value: boolean);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+
+      property Visible: boolean read fVisible write SetVisible;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UScreenSong,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or
+        IsPunctuationChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      if (Interaction = 0) then
+      begin
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Button[0].Text[0].Text + UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+        SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction = 0) and (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+          begin
+            Button[0].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter();
+            SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN,
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          Visible := false;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          if (fVisSongs = 0) and (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
+            Button[0].Text[0].Text := '';
+            CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll);
+            SetTextFound(0);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          {SelectNext;
+          Button[0].Text[0].Selected := (Interaction = 0);}
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          {SelectPrev;
+          Button[0].Text[0].Selected := (Interaction = 0); }
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          Interaction := 1;
+          InteractInc;
+          if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+            SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+          Interaction := 0;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          Interaction := 1;
+          InteractDec;
+          if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) > 0) then
+            SetTextFound(CatSongs.SetFilter(Button[0].Text[0].Text, fSelectType));
+          Interaction := 0;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSongJumpto.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddText(Theme.SongJumpto.TextFound);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.SongJumpto);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongJumpto.ButtonSearchText);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, '');
+
+  fSelectType := fltAll;
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.SongJumpto.SelectSlideType, PInteger(@fSelectType)^, Theme.SongJumpto.IType);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  fLastPlayed  := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongJumpto.SetVisible(Value: boolean);
+begin
+//If change from invisible to Visible then OnShow
+  if (fVisible = false) and (Value = true) then
+    OnShow;
+
+  fVisible := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongJumpto.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Reset Screen if no Old Search is Displayed
+  if (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -2) then
+  begin
+    SelectsS[0].SetSelectOpt(0);
+
+    Button[0].Text[0].Text := '';
+    Text[0].Text := Theme.SongJumpto.NoSongsFound;
+  end;
+
+  //Select Input
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Button[0].Text[0].Selected := true;
+
+  fLastPlayed := ScreenSong.Interaction;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSongJumpto.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongJumpto.SetTextFound(Count: cardinal);
+begin
+  if (Count = 0) then
+  begin
+    Text[0].Text := Theme.SongJumpto.NoSongsFound;
+    if (Length(Button[0].Text[0].Text) = 0) then
+      ScreenSong.HideCatTL
+    else
+      ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.SongJumpto.CatText, [Button[0].Text[0].Text]));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[0].Text := Format(Theme.SongJumpto.SongsFound, [Count]);
+
+    //Set CatTopLeftText
+    ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.SongJumpto.CatText, [Button[0].Text[0].Text]));
+  end;
+
+  //Set visSongs
+  fVisSongs := Count;
+
+  //Fix SongSelection
+  ScreenSong.Interaction := high(CatSongs.Song);
+  ScreenSong.SelectNext;
+  ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+
+  //Play Correct Music
+  if (ScreenSong.Interaction <> fLastPlayed) or (CatSongs.VisibleSongs = 0) then
+  begin
+    if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) then
+      fLastPlayed := ScreenSong.Interaction
+    else
+      fLastPlayed := -1;
+
+    ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas b/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..173ac2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenSongMenu;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenSongMenu = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      CurMenu: byte; // num of the cur. shown menu
+    public
+      Visible: boolean; // whether the menu should be drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure MenuShow(sMenu: byte);
+      procedure HandleReturn;
+  end;
+
+const
+  SM_Main = 1;
+
+  SM_PlayList         = 64 or 1;
+  SM_Playlist_Add     = 64 or 2;
+  SM_Playlist_New     = 64 or 3;
+
+  SM_Playlist_DelItem = 64 or 5;
+
+  SM_Playlist_Load    = 64 or 8 or 1;
+  SM_Playlist_Del     = 64 or 8 or 5;
+
+  SM_Party_Main       = 128 or 1;
+  SM_Party_Joker      = 128 or 2;
+
+var
+  ISelections: array of UTF8String;
+  SelectValue: integer;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  USongs,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // key down
+    if (CurMenu = SM_Playlist_New) and (Interaction=0) then
+    begin
+      // check normal keys
+      if IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or
+         (CharCode in [Ord(' '), Ord('-'), Ord('_'), Ord('!'),
+                       Ord(','), Ord('<'), Ord('/'), Ord('*'),
+                       Ord('?'), Ord(''''), Ord('"')]) then
+      begin
+        Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text +
+                                            UCS4ToUTF8String(CharCode);
+        exit;
+      end;
+
+      // check special keys
+      case PressedKey of
+        SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+          begin
+            Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastLetter;
+            exit;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          Visible := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          HandleReturn;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:   InteractPrev;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction=3) then
+            InteractInc;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction=3) then
+            InteractDec;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_1:
+        begin // jocker
+            // use joker
+          case CurMenu of
+            SM_Party_Main:
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(0)
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_2:
+        begin // jocker
+            // use joker
+          case CurMenu of
+            SM_Party_Main:
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(1)
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_3:
+        begin // jocker
+            // use joker
+          case CurMenu of
+            SM_Party_Main:
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(2)
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSongMenu.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  // create dummy selectslide entrys
+  SetLength(ISelections, 1);
+  ISelections[0] := 'Dummy';
+
+  AddText(Theme.SongMenu.TextMenu);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.SongMenu);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button2);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button3);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 3');
+
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, SelectValue, ISelections);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.SongMenu.Button4);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 4');
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSongMenu.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongMenu.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(sMenu: byte);
+begin
+  Interaction := 0; // reset interaction
+  Visible := true;  // set visible
+  case sMenu of
+    SM_Main:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_MAIN');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := true;
+        Button[2].Visible := true;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY');
+        Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CHANGEPLAYERS');
+        Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_EDIT');
+      end;
+
+    SM_PlayList:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := true;
+        Button[2].Visible := true;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY');
+        Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CHANGEPLAYERS');
+        Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_DEL');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_EDIT');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Add:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_ADD');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := true;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD_NEW');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_ADD_EXISTING');
+
+        SetLength(ISelections, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+        PlaylistMan.GetNames(ISelections);
+
+        if (Length(ISelections)>=1) then
+        begin
+          UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 0, ISelections, SelectValue);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          Button[3].Visible := false;
+          SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+          Button[2].Visible := true;
+          Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NOEXISTING');
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_New:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_NEW');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := true;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NEW_UNNAMED');
+        Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NEW_CREATE');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_DelItem:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_DELITEM');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Load:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_LOAD');
+
+        // show delete curent playlist button when playlist is opened
+        Button[0].Visible := (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3);
+
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := true;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_DELCURRENT');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_LOAD');
+
+        SetLength(ISelections, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+        PlaylistMan.GetNames(ISelections);
+
+        if (Length(ISelections)>=1) then
+        begin
+          UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 0, ISelections, SelectValue);
+          Interaction := 3;
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          Button[3].Visible := false;
+          SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+          Button[2].Visible := true;
+          Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYLIST_NOEXISTING');
+          Interaction := 2;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Del:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PLAYLIST_DEL');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Main:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PARTY_MAIN');
+
+        Button[0].Visible := true;
+        Button[1].Visible := false;
+        Button[2].Visible := false;
+        Button[3].Visible := true;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := false;
+
+        Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAY');
+        //Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_JOKER');
+        //Button[2].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_PLAYMODI');
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_JOKER');
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Joker:
+      begin
+        CurMenu := sMenu;
+        Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NAME_PARTY_JOKER');
+        // to-do : Party
+        Button[0].Visible := (Length(Party.Teams) >= 1) AND (Party.Teams[0].JokersLeft > 0);
+        Button[1].Visible := (Length(Party.Teams) >= 2) AND (Party.Teams[1].JokersLeft > 0);
+        Button[2].Visible := (Length(Party.Teams) >= 3) AND (Party.Teams[2].JokersLeft > 0);
+        Button[3].Visible := True;
+        SelectsS[0].Visible := False;
+
+        if (Button[0].Visible) then
+          Button[0].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[0].Name);
+        if (Button[1].Visible) then
+          Button[1].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[1].Name);
+        if (Button[2].Visible) then
+          Button[2].Text[0].Text := UTF8String(Party.Teams[2].Name);
+        Button[3].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_CANCEL');
+
+        // set right interaction
+        if (not Button[0].Visible) then
+        begin
+          if (not Button[1].Visible) then
+          begin
+            if (not Button[2].Visible) then
+              Interaction := 4
+            else
+              Interaction := 2;
+          end
+          else
+            Interaction := 1;
+        end;
+
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSongMenu.HandleReturn;
+begin
+  case CurMenu of
+    SM_Main:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.StartSong;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          1: // button 2
+            begin
+              // select new players then sing:
+              ScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // show add to playlist menu
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Add);
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              //Dummy
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_PlayList:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.StartSong;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          1: // button 2
+            begin
+              // select new players then sing:
+              ScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // show add to playlist menu
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_DelItem);
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              // dummy
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              ScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Add:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_New);
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              // dummy
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              PlaylistMan.AddItem(ScreenSong.Interaction, SelectValue);
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      SM_Playlist_New:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // nothing, button for entering name
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // create playlist and add song
+              PlaylistMan.AddItem(
+              ScreenSong.Interaction,
+              PlaylistMan.AddPlaylist(Button[0].Text[0].Text));
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          3: // selectslide 3
+            begin
+              // cancel -> go back to add screen
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Add);
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_DelItem:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // delete
+              PlayListMan.DelItem(PlayListMan.GetIndexbySongID(ScreenSong.Interaction));
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Load:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1 (Delete playlist)
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Del);
+            end;
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              // load playlist
+              PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(SelectValue);
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Playlist_Del:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // delete
+              PlayListMan.DelPlaylist(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Main:
+      begin
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // start singing
+              Party.CallAfterSongSelect;
+              Visible := false;
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              // joker
+              MenuShow(SM_Party_Joker);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+    SM_Party_Joker:
+      begin
+        Visible := false;
+        case Interaction of
+          0: // button 1
+            begin
+              // joker team 1
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(0);
+            end;
+
+          1: // button 2
+            begin
+              // joker team 2
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(1);
+            end;
+
+          2: // button 3
+            begin
+              // joker team 3
+              ScreenSong.DoJoker(2);
+            end;
+
+          4: // button 4
+            begin
+              // cancel... (go back to old menu)
+              MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+            end;
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas b/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1638cd85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenStatDetail;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UIni,
+  UDataBase,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenStatDetail = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Typ:  TStatType;
+      Page: cardinal;
+      Count: byte;
+      Reversed: boolean;
+
+      TotEntrys: cardinal;
+      TotPages:  cardinal;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+
+      procedure SetTitle;
+      Procedure SetPage(NewPage: cardinal);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  Math,
+  Classes,
+  UGraphic,
+  ULanguage,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenStatDetail.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            //Next Page
+            SetPage(Page+1);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            //Previous Page
+            if (Page > 0) then
+              SetPage(Page-1);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 2 then
+          begin
+            //Reverse Order
+            Reversed := not Reversed;
+            SetPage(Page);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 3 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenStatDetail.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.StatDetail.TextList) do
+    AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextList[I]);
+
+  Count := Length(Theme.StatDetail.TextList);
+
+  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextDescription);
+  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextPage);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatDetail);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonNext);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_NEXT'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonPrev);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_PREV'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonReverse);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_REVERSE'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Typ := TStatType(0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Tot Entrys and PAges
+  TotEntrys := DataBase.GetTotalEntrys(Typ);
+  TotPages := Ceil(TotEntrys / Count);
+
+  //Show correct Title
+  SetTitle;
+
+  //Show First Page
+  Reversed := false;
+  SetPage(0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetTitle;
+begin
+  if Reversed then
+    Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.DescriptionR[Ord(Typ)]
+  else
+    Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.Description[Ord(Typ)];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetPage(NewPage: cardinal);
+var
+  StatList: TList;
+  I: integer;
+  FormatStr: string;
+  PerPage: byte;
+begin
+  // fetch statistics
+  StatList := Database.GetStats(Typ, Count, NewPage, Reversed);
+  if ((StatList <> nil) and (StatList.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    Page := NewPage;
+
+    // reset texts
+    for I := 0 to Count-1 do
+      Text[I].Text := '';
+
+    FormatStr := Theme.StatDetail.FormatStr[Ord(Typ)];
+
+    //refresh Texts
+    for I := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do
+    begin
+      try
+        case Typ of
+          stBestScores: begin //Best Scores
+            with TStatResultBestScores(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (Score > 0) then
+              begin
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr,
+                  [Singer, Score, Theme.ILevel[Difficulty], SongArtist, SongTitle, Date]);
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          stBestSingers: begin //Best Singers
+            with TStatResultBestSingers(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (AverageScore > 0) then
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Player, AverageScore]);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          stMostSungSong: begin //Popular Songs
+            with TStatResultMostSungSong(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (Artist <> '') then
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Artist, Title, TimesSung]);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          stMostPopBand: begin //Popular Bands
+            with TStatResultMostPopBand(StatList[I]) do
+            begin
+              //Set Texts
+              if (ArtistName <> '') then
+                Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [ArtistName, TimesSungtot]);
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      except
+        on E: EConvertError do
+          Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Page + 1 = TotPages) and (TotEntrys mod Count <> 0) then
+      PerPage := (TotEntrys mod Count)
+    else
+      PerPage := Count;
+
+    try      
+      Text[Count+1].Text := Format(Theme.StatDetail.PageStr,
+          [Page + 1, TotPages, PerPage, TotEntrys]);
+    except
+      on E: EConvertError do
+        Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message);
+    end;
+
+    //Show correct Title
+    SetTitle;
+  end;
+
+  Database.FreeStats(StatList);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas b/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..204f40cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenStatMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UIni,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenStatMain = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //Some Stat Value that don't need to be calculated 2 times
+      SongsWithVid: cardinal;
+      function FormatOverviewIntro(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+      function FormatSongOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+      function FormatPlayerOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+    public
+      TextOverview:    integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+
+      procedure SetOverview;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UDataBase,
+  USongs,
+  USong,
+  ULanguage,
+  UCommon,
+  Classes,
+  ULog,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //Exit Button Pressed
+          if Interaction = 4 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end
+          else //One of the Stats Buttons Pressed
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            ScreenStatDetail.Typ := TStatType(Interaction);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenStatDetail);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenStatMain.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextOverview := AddText(Theme.StatMain.TextOverview);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatMain);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonScores);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[0]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonSingers);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[1]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonSongs);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[2]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonBands);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.StatDetail.Description[3]);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatMain.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[4].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[4]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  //Set Songs with Vid
+  SongsWithVid := 0;
+  for I := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count -1 do
+    if (TSong(Songs.SongList[I]).Video.IsSet) then
+      Inc(SongsWithVid);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatMain.OnShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Overview Text:
+  SetOverview;
+end;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.FormatOverviewIntro(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  Year, Month, Day: word;
+begin
+  {Format:
+    %0:d Ultrastar Version
+    %1:d Day of Reset
+    %2:d Month of Reset
+    %3:d Year of Reset}
+
+  Result := '';
+
+  try
+    DecodeDate(Database.GetStatReset(), Year, Month, Day);
+    Result := Format(FormatStr, [Language.Translate('US_VERSION'), Day, Month, Year]);
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+      Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_INTRO": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.FormatSongOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  CntSongs, CntSungSongs, CntVidSongs: integer;
+  MostPopSongArtist, MostPopSongTitle: UTF8String;
+  StatList: TList;
+  MostSungSong: TStatResultMostSungSong;
+begin
+  {Format:
+    %0:d Count Songs
+    %1:d Count of Sung Songs
+    %2:d Count of UnSung Songs
+    %3:d Count of Songs with Video
+    %4:s Name of the most popular Song}
+
+  CntSongs := Songs.SongList.Count;
+  CntSungSongs := Database.GetTotalEntrys(stMostSungSong);
+  CntVidSongs := SongsWithVid;
+
+  StatList := Database.GetStats(stMostSungSong, 1, 0, false);
+  if ((StatList <> nil) and (StatList.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    MostSungSong := StatList[0];
+    MostPopSongArtist := MostSungSong.Artist;
+    MostPopSongTitle := MostSungSong.Title;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    MostPopSongArtist := '-';
+    MostPopSongTitle := '-';
+  end;
+  Database.FreeStats(StatList);
+
+  Result := '';
+  
+  try
+    Result := Format(FormatStr, [
+        CntSongs, CntSungSongs, CntSongs-CntSungSongs, CntVidSongs,
+        MostPopSongArtist, MostPopSongTitle]);
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+      Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_SONG": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenStatMain.FormatPlayerOverview(FormatStr: UTF8String): UTF8String;
+var
+  CntPlayers: integer;
+  BestScoreStat:    TStatResultBestScores;
+  BestSingerStat:   TStatResultBestSingers;
+  BestPlayer, BestScorePlayer: UTF8String;
+  BestPlayerScore, BestScore: integer;
+  SingerStats, ScoreStats: TList;
+begin
+  {Format:
+    %0:d Count Players
+    %1:s Best Player
+    %2:d Best Players Score
+    %3:s Best Score Player
+    %4:d Best Score}
+
+  CntPlayers := Database.GetTotalEntrys(stBestSingers);
+
+  SingerStats := Database.GetStats(stBestSingers, 1, 0, false);
+  if ((SingerStats <> nil) and (SingerStats.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    BestSingerStat := SingerStats[0];
+    BestPlayer := BestSingerStat.Player;
+    BestPlayerScore := BestSingerStat.AverageScore;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    BestPlayer := '-';
+    BestPlayerScore := 0;
+  end;
+  Database.FreeStats(SingerStats);
+
+  ScoreStats  := Database.GetStats(stBestScores, 1, 0, false);
+  if ((ScoreStats <> nil) and (ScoreStats.Count > 0)) then
+  begin
+    BestScoreStat := ScoreStats[0];
+    BestScorePlayer := BestScoreStat.Singer;
+    BestScore := BestScoreStat.Score;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    BestScorePlayer := '-';
+    BestScore := 0;
+  end;
+  Database.FreeStats(ScoreStats);
+
+  Result := '';
+
+  try
+    Result := Format(Formatstr, [
+        CntPlayers, BestPlayer, BestPlayerScore,
+        BestScorePlayer, BestScore]);
+  except
+    on E: EConvertError do
+      Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_OVERVIEW_PLAYER": ' + E.Message);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatMain.SetOverview;
+var
+  Overview: UTF8String;
+begin
+  // Format overview
+  Overview := FormatOverviewIntro(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_INTRO')) + '\n \n' + 
+              FormatSongOverview(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_SONG')) + '\n \n' + 
+              FormatPlayerOverview(Language.Translate('STAT_OVERVIEW_PLAYER'));
+  Text[0].Text := Overview;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to high(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas b/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75b9f160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/screens/UScreenTop5.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UScreenTop5;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMenu,
+  UMusic,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenTop5 = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextLevel:       integer;
+      TextArtistTitle: integer;
+      DifficultyShow:  integer;
+
+      StaticNumber:    array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextNumber:      array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextName:        array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextScore:       array[1..5] of integer;
+      TextDate:        array[1..5] of integer;
+
+      Fadeout:         boolean;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean; override;
+      function ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer; BtnDown: boolean; X, Y: integer): boolean; override;
+      procedure OnShow; override;
+      procedure DrawScores(difficulty: integer);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UDataBase,
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UIni,
+  UNote,
+  UUnicodeUtils;
+
+function TScreenTop5.ParseInput(PressedKey: cardinal; CharCode: UCS4Char; PressedDown: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if PressedDown then
+  begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case UCS4UpperCase(CharCode) of
+      Ord('Q'):
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (not Fadeout) then
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+            Fadeout := true;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          inc(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow>2) then
+            DifficultyShow:=0;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          dec(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow<0) then
+            DifficultyShow:=2;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          inc(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow>2) then
+            DifficultyShow:=0;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          dec(DifficultyShow);
+          if (DifficultyShow<0) then
+            DifficultyShow:=2;
+          DrawScores(DifficultyShow);
+        end;
+      SDLK_SYSREQ:
+        begin
+          Display.SaveScreenShot;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenTop5.ParseMouse(MouseButton: integer;
+                                BtnDown: boolean;
+				X, Y: integer): boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  if (MouseButton = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) and BtnDown then
+    //left-click anywhere sends return
+    ParseInput(SDLK_RETURN, 0, true);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenTop5.Create;
+var
+  I: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Top5);
+
+  TextLevel       := AddText(Theme.Top5.TextLevel);
+  TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Top5.TextArtistTitle);
+
+  for I := 0 to 4 do
+  begin
+    StaticNumber[I+1] := AddStatic(Theme.Top5.StaticNumber[I]);
+    TextNumber[I+1]   := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextNumber[I]);
+    TextName[I+1]     := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextName[I]);
+    TextScore[I+1]    := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextScore[I]);
+    TextDate[I+1]     := AddText  (Theme.Top5.TextDate[I]);
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenTop5.OnShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+  PMax: integer;
+  sung: boolean; //score added? otherwise in wasn't sung!
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  sung := false;
+  Fadeout := false;
+  DifficultyShow := Ini.Difficulty;
+
+  //ReadScore(CurrentSong);
+
+  PMax := Ini.Players;
+  if PMax = 4 then
+    PMax := 5;
+  for I := 0 to PMax do
+  begin
+    if (Round(Player[I].ScoreTotalInt) > 0) and (ScreenSing.SungToEnd) then
+    begin
+      DataBase.AddScore(CurrentSong, Ini.Difficulty, Ini.Name[I], Round(Player[I].ScoreTotalInt));
+      sung:=true;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if sung then
+    DataBase.WriteScore(CurrentSong);
+  DataBase.ReadScore(CurrentSong);
+
+  Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title;
+
+  for I := 1 to Length(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty]) do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := true;
+
+    Text[TextName[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Name;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Score);
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty, I-1].Date;
+  end;
+
+  for I := Length(CurrentSong.Score[Ini.Difficulty]) + 1 to 5 do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  Text[TextLevel].Text := IDifficultyTranslated[Ini.Difficulty];
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenTop5.DrawScores(difficulty: integer);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to Length(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty]) do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := true;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := true;
+
+    Text[TextName[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Name;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Text := IntToStr(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Score);
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Text := CurrentSong.Score[difficulty, I-1].Date;
+  end;
+
+  for I := Length(CurrentSong.Score[difficulty]) + 1 to 5 do
+  begin
+    Statics[StaticNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextNumber[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextName[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextScore[I]].Visible := false;
+    Text[TextDate[I]].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  Text[TextLevel].Text := IDifficulty[difficulty];
+end;
+
+function TScreenTop5.Draw: boolean;
+//var
+{
+  Min:     real;
+  Max:     real;
+  Factor:  real;
+  Factor2: real;
+
+  Item:    integer;
+  P:       integer;
+  C:       integer;
+}
+begin
+  // Singstar - let it be...... with 6 statics
+(*
+  if PlayersPlay = 6 then
+  begin
+    for Item := 4 to 6 do
+    begin
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then P := Item-4;
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then P := Item-1;
+
+      FillPlayer(Item, P);
+{
+      if ScreenAct = 1 then
+      begin
+        LoadColor(
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColR,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColG,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColB,
+          'P1Dark');
+      end;
+
+      if ScreenAct = 2 then
+      begin
+        LoadColor(
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColR,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColG,
+          Statics[StaticBoxLightest[Item]].Texture.ColB,
+          'P4Dark');
+      end;
+}
+    end;
+  end;
+*)
+
+  Result := inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/src/switches.inc b/src/switches.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64ebb5c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/switches.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+// prevent pasdoc from parsing this file
+{$IFNDEF PASDOC}
+
+// compiler/IDE dependent config
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$H+} // use AnsiString instead of ShortString as String-type (default in Delphi)
+
+  // if -dDEBUG is specified on the command-line, FPC uses some default
+  // compiler-flags specified in fpc.cfg -> use -dDEBUG_MODE instead
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG_MODE}
+    {$DEFINE DEBUG}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$DEFINE HasInline}
+{$ELSE}
+  {$DEFINE Delphi}
+
+  // Delphi version numbers (ignore Delphi < 7 and Delphi 8 (VER160))
+
+  {$IF Defined(VER180)} // Delphi 2006 (=10)
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_10}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_7_UP}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_9_UP}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_10_UP}
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(VER170)} // Delphi 2005 (=9)
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_9}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_7_UP}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_9_UP}    
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(VER150)}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_7}
+    {$DEFINE DELPHI_7_UP}
+  {$ELSE} // unsupported
+    {$WARN ERROR 'Unsupported compiler version'}
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  // inline directive introduced with Delphi 2005
+  {$IFDEF DELPHI_9_UP}
+    {$DEFINE HasInline}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+// platform dependent config
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  // include defines but no constants
+  {$I config-win.inc}
+
+  // enable debug-mode. For development only!
+  {.$DEFINE DEBUG}
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    // windows apps are either GUI- or console-apps. Console-apps will open
+    // an additional console-window for output. For development only!
+    {$DEFINE CONSOLE}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$DEFINE HaveBASS}
+  {$DEFINE UseMIDIPort}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  // include defines but no constants
+  {$I config-darwin.inc}
+
+  // enable debug-mode. For development only!
+  {.$DEFINE DEBUG}
+  {$DEFINE CONSOLE}
+  {.$DEFINE HaveBASS}
+  {$DEFINE UTF8_FILENAMES}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  // include defines but no constants
+  {$IF Defined(FREEBSD)}
+    {$I config-freebsd.inc}
+  {$ELSEIF Defined(Linux)}
+    {$I config-linux.inc}
+  {$IFEND}
+
+  // use "configure --enable-debug", "make debug" or
+  // the command-line parameter "-debug" instead of defining DEBUG directly
+  {.$DEFINE DEBUG}
+  // linux apps are always console-apps so leave this defined.
+  {$DEFINE CONSOLE}
+{$IFEND}
+
+// audio config
+{$IF Defined(HaveBASS)}
+  {$DEFINE UseBASSPlayback}
+  {$DEFINE UseBASSDecoder}
+  {$DEFINE UseBASSInput}
+{$ELSEIF Defined(HavePortaudio)}
+  {$DEFINE UseSDLPlayback}
+  {.$DEFINE UsePortaudioPlayback}
+  {$DEFINE UsePortaudioInput}
+  {$IFDEF HavePortmixer}
+    {$DEFINE UsePortmixer}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$IFEND}
+
+// ffmpeg config
+{$IFDEF HaveFFmpeg}
+  {$DEFINE UseFFmpegDecoder}
+  {$DEFINE UseFFmpegResample}
+  {$DEFINE UseFFmpegVideo}
+  {$IFDEF HaveSWScale}
+    {$DEFINE UseSWScale}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF HaveLibsamplerate}
+  {$DEFINE UseSRCResample}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// projectM config
+{$IF Defined(HaveProjectM)}
+  {$DEFINE UseProjectM}
+{$IFEND}
+
+// specify some useful defines
+
+{$IF Defined(UseFFmpegVideo) or Defined(UseFFmpegDecoder)}
+  {$DEFINE UseFFmpeg}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF Defined(UseBASSInput) or Defined(UseBASSPlayback) or Defined(UseBASSDecoder)}
+  {$DEFINE UseBASS}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$IF Defined(UsePortaudioInput) or Defined(UsePortaudioPlayback)}
+  {$DEFINE UsePortaudio}
+{$IFEND}
+
+{$ENDIF PASDOC}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/ultrastardx.dpr b/src/ultrastardx.dpr
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6c9558c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ultrastardx.dpr
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+program ultrastardx;
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$R '..\res\ultrastardx.res' '..\res\ultrastardx.rc'}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // Set global application-type (GUI/CONSOLE) switch for Windows.
+  // CONSOLE is the default for FPC, GUI for Delphi, so we have
+  // to specify one of the two in any case.
+  {$IFDEF CONSOLE}
+    {$APPTYPE CONSOLE}
+  {$ELSE}
+    {$APPTYPE GUI}
+  {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+  {$IFDEF Unix}
+  cthreads,            // THIS MUST be the first used unit in FPC if Threads are used!!
+                       // (see http://wiki.lazarus.freepascal.org/Multithreaded_Application_Tutorial)
+  cwstring,            // Enable Unicode support
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFNDEF FPC}
+  ctypes                 in 'lib\ctypes\ctypes.pas', // FPC compatibility types for C libs
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - 3rd Party Libraries
+  //------------------------------
+  moduleloader           in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\moduleloader.pas',
+  gl                     in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\OpenGL\Pas\gl.pas',
+  glu                    in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\OpenGL\Pas\glu.pas',
+  glext                  in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\OpenGL\Pas\glext.pas',
+  sdl                    in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\sdl.pas',
+  sdl_image              in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\SDL_Image\Pas\sdl_image.pas',
+  sdlutils               in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\sdlutils.pas',
+  sdlstreams             in 'lib\JEDI-SDL\SDL\Pas\sdlstreams.pas',
+  UMediaCore_SDL         in 'media\UMediaCore_SDL.pas',
+
+  zlib                   in 'lib\zlib\zlib.pas',
+  png                    in 'lib\libpng\png.pas',
+  freetype               in 'lib\freetype\freetype.pas',
+
+  {$IFDEF UseBass}
+  bass                   in 'lib\bass\delphi\bass.pas',
+  UAudioCore_Bass        in 'media\UAudioCore_Bass.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF UsePortaudio}
+  portaudio              in 'lib\portaudio\portaudio.pas',
+  UAudioCore_Portaudio   in 'media\UAudioCore_Portaudio.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$IFDEF UsePortmixer}
+  portmixer              in 'lib\portmixer\portmixer.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF UseFFmpeg}
+  avcodec                in 'lib\ffmpeg\avcodec.pas',
+  avformat               in 'lib\ffmpeg\avformat.pas',
+  avutil                 in 'lib\ffmpeg\avutil.pas',
+  rational               in 'lib\ffmpeg\rational.pas',
+  opt                    in 'lib\ffmpeg\opt.pas',
+  avio                   in 'lib\ffmpeg\avio.pas',
+  mathematics            in 'lib\ffmpeg\mathematics.pas',
+  UMediaCore_FFmpeg      in 'media\UMediaCore_FFmpeg.pas',
+  {$IFDEF UseSWScale}
+  swscale                in 'lib\ffmpeg\swscale.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF UseSRCResample}
+  samplerate             in 'lib\samplerate\samplerate.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF UseProjectM}
+  projectM      in 'lib\projectM\projectM.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  {$IFDEF FPC}
+  // FPC compatibility file for Allocate/DeallocateHWnd
+  WinAllocation in 'lib\other\WinAllocation.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  midiout       in 'lib\midi\midiout.pas',
+  CIRCBUF       in 'lib\midi\CIRCBUF.PAS',
+  MidiType      in 'lib\midi\MidiType.PAS',
+  MidiDefs      in 'lib\midi\MidiDefs.PAS',
+  MidiCons      in 'lib\midi\MidiCons.PAS',
+  MidiFile      in 'lib\midi\MidiFile.PAS',
+  Delphmcb      in 'lib\midi\Delphmcb.PAS',
+
+  DirWatch      in 'lib\other\DirWatch.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+  PseudoThread  in 'macosx\PseudoThread.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  SQLiteTable3  in 'lib\SQLite\SQLiteTable3.pas',
+  SQLite3       in 'lib\SQLite\SQLite3.pas',
+
+  pcre          in 'lib\pcre\pcre.pas',
+
+  {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+  // TntUnicodeControls
+  TntSystem         in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntSystem.pas',
+  TntSysUtils       in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntSysUtils.pas',
+  TntWindows        in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntWindows.pas',
+  TntWideStrUtils   in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntWideStrUtils.pas',
+  TntClasses        in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntClasses.pas',
+  TntFormatStrUtils in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntFormatStrUtils.pas',
+  {$IFNDEF DELPHI_10_UP} // WideStrings for FPC and Delphi < 2006
+  TntWideStrings   in 'lib\TntUnicodeControls\TntWideStrings.pas',
+  {$ENDIF}
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - Lua Support
+  //------------------------------
+  ULua           in 'lib\Lua\ULua.pas',
+  ULuaUtils      in 'lua\ULuaUtils.pas',
+  ULuaGl         in 'lua\ULuaGl.pas',
+  ULuaLog        in 'lua\ULuaLog.pas',
+  ULuaTextGL     in 'lua\ULuaTextGL.pas',
+  ULuaTexture    in 'lua\ULuaTexture.pas',
+  UHookableEvent in 'lua\UHookableEvent.pas',
+  ULuaCore       in 'lua\ULuaCore.pas',
+  ULuaUsdx       in 'lua\ULuaUsdx.pas',
+  ULuaParty      in 'lua\ULuaParty.pas',
+  ULuaScreenSing in 'lua\ULuaScreenSing.pas',
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - Menu System
+  //------------------------------
+  UDisplay               in 'menu\UDisplay.pas',
+  UMenu                  in 'menu\UMenu.pas',
+  UMenuStatic            in 'menu\UMenuStatic.pas',
+  UMenuText              in 'menu\UMenuText.pas',
+  UMenuButton            in 'menu\UMenuButton.pas',
+  UMenuInteract          in 'menu\UMenuInteract.pas',
+  UMenuSelectSlide       in 'menu\UMenuSelectSlide.pas',
+  UMenuEqualizer         in 'menu\UMenuEqualizer.pas',
+  UDrawTexture           in 'menu\UDrawTexture.pas',
+  UMenuButtonCollection  in 'menu\UMenuButtonCollection.pas',
+
+  UMenuBackground        in 'menu\UMenuBackground.pas',
+  UMenuBackgroundNone    in 'menu\UMenuBackgroundNone.pas',
+  UMenuBackgroundColor   in 'menu\UMenuBackgroundColor.pas',
+  UMenuBackgroundTexture in 'menu\UMenuBackgroundTexture.pas',
+  UMenuBackgroundVideo   in 'menu\UMenuBackgroundVideo.pas',
+  UMenuBackgroundFade    in 'menu\UMenuBackgroundFade.pas',
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - base
+  //------------------------------
+  UConfig           in 'base\UConfig.pas',
+  
+  UCommon           in 'base\UCommon.pas',
+  UGraphic          in 'base\UGraphic.pas',
+  UTexture          in 'base\UTexture.pas',
+  ULanguage         in 'base\ULanguage.pas',
+  UMain             in 'base\UMain.pas',
+  UDraw             in 'base\UDraw.pas',
+  URecord           in 'base\URecord.pas',
+  UTime             in 'base\UTime.pas',
+  USong             in 'base\USong.pas',
+  UXMLSong          in 'base\UXMLSong.pas',
+  USongs            in 'base\USongs.pas',
+  UIni              in 'base\UIni.pas',
+  UImage            in 'base\UImage.pas',
+  ULyrics           in 'base\ULyrics.pas',
+  UEditorLyrics     in 'base\UEditorLyrics.pas',
+  USkins            in 'base\USkins.pas',
+  UThemes           in 'base\UThemes.pas',
+  ULog              in 'base\ULog.pas',
+  UJoystick         in 'base\UJoystick.pas',
+  UDataBase         in 'base\UDataBase.pas',
+  UCovers           in 'base\UCovers.pas',
+  UCatCovers        in 'base\UCatCovers.pas',
+  UFiles            in 'base\UFiles.pas',
+  UGraphicClasses   in 'base\UGraphicClasses.pas',
+  UPlaylist         in 'base\UPlaylist.pas',
+  UCommandLine      in 'base\UCommandLine.pas',
+  URingBuffer       in 'base\URingBuffer.pas',
+  USingScores       in 'base\USingScores.pas',
+  USingNotes        in 'base\USingNotes.pas',
+  UPathUtils        in 'base\UPathUtils.pas',
+  UNote             in 'base\UNote.pas',
+  UBeatTimer        in 'base\UBeatTimer.pas',
+
+  TextGL            in 'base\TextGL.pas',
+  UUnicodeUtils     in 'base\UUnicodeUtils.pas',
+  UFont             in 'base\UFont.pas',
+  UTextEncoding     in 'base\UTextEncoding.pas',
+
+  UPath             in 'base\UPath.pas',
+  UFilesystem       in 'base\UFilesystem.pas',
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - Plugin Support
+  //------------------------------
+  UParty            in 'base\UParty.pas',            // TODO: rewrite Party Manager as Module, reomplent ability to offer party Mody by Plugin
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - Platform
+  //------------------------------
+  
+  UPlatform         in 'base\UPlatform.pas',
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+  UPlatformWindows  in 'base\UPlatformWindows.pas',
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+  UPlatformMacOSX   in 'base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas',
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+  UPlatformLinux    in 'base\UPlatformLinux.pas',
+{$IFEND}
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - Media
+  //------------------------------
+
+  UMusic                    in 'base\UMusic.pas',
+  UAudioPlaybackBase        in 'media\UAudioPlaybackBase.pas',
+{$IF Defined(UsePortaudioPlayback) or Defined(UseSDLPlayback)}
+  UFFT                      in 'lib\fft\UFFT.pas',
+  UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer  in 'media\UAudioPlayback_SoftMixer.pas',
+{$IFEND}
+  UAudioConverter           in 'media\UAudioConverter.pas',
+
+  //******************************
+  //Pluggable media modules
+  // The modules are prioritized as in the include list below.
+  // This means the first entry has highest priority, the last lowest.
+  //******************************
+
+{$IFDEF UseFFmpegVideo}
+  UVideo                    in 'media\UVideo.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UseProjectM}
+  // must be after UVideo, so it will not be the default video module
+  UVisualizer               in 'media\UVisualizer.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UseBASSInput}
+  UAudioInput_Bass          in 'media\UAudioInput_Bass.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UseBASSDecoder}
+  // prefer Bass to FFmpeg if possible
+  UAudioDecoder_Bass        in 'media\UAudioDecoder_Bass.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UseBASSPlayback}
+  UAudioPlayback_Bass       in 'media\UAudioPlayback_Bass.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UseSDLPlayback}
+  UAudioPlayback_SDL        in 'media\UAudioPlayback_SDL.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UsePortaudioInput}
+  UAudioInput_Portaudio     in 'media\UAudioInput_Portaudio.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UsePortaudioPlayback}
+  UAudioPlayback_Portaudio  in 'media\UAudioPlayback_Portaudio.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF UseFFmpegDecoder}
+  UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg      in 'media\UAudioDecoder_FFmpeg.pas',
+{$ENDIF}
+  // fallback dummy, must be last
+  UMedia_dummy              in 'media\UMedia_dummy.pas',
+
+
+  //------------------------------
+  //Includes - Screens
+  //------------------------------  
+  UScreenLoading          in 'screens\UScreenLoading.pas',
+  UScreenMain             in 'screens\UScreenMain.pas',
+  UScreenName             in 'screens\UScreenName.pas',
+  UScreenLevel            in 'screens\UScreenLevel.pas',
+  UScreenSong             in 'screens\UScreenSong.pas',
+  UScreenSing             in 'screens\UScreenSing.pas',
+  UScreenScore            in 'screens\UScreenScore.pas',
+  UScreenOptions          in 'screens\UScreenOptions.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsGame      in 'screens\UScreenOptionsGame.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsGraphics  in 'screens\UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsSound     in 'screens\UScreenOptionsSound.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsLyrics    in 'screens\UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsThemes    in 'screens\UScreenOptionsThemes.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsRecord    in 'screens\UScreenOptionsRecord.pas',
+  UScreenOptionsAdvanced  in 'screens\UScreenOptionsAdvanced.pas',
+  UScreenEditSub          in 'screens\UScreenEditSub.pas',
+  UScreenEdit             in 'screens\UScreenEdit.pas',
+  UScreenEditConvert      in 'screens\UScreenEditConvert.pas',
+  UScreenEditHeader       in 'screens\UScreenEditHeader.pas',
+  UScreenOpen             in 'screens\UScreenOpen.pas',
+  UScreenTop5             in 'screens\UScreenTop5.pas',
+  UScreenSongMenu         in 'screens\UScreenSongMenu.pas',
+  UScreenSongJumpto       in 'screens\UScreenSongJumpto.pas',
+  UScreenStatMain         in 'screens\UScreenStatMain.pas',
+  UScreenStatDetail       in 'screens\UScreenStatDetail.pas',
+  UScreenCredits          in 'screens\UScreenCredits.pas',
+  UScreenPopup            in 'screens\UScreenPopup.pas',
+
+  //Includes - Screens PartyMode
+  UScreenPartyNewRound    in 'screens\UScreenPartyNewRound.pas',
+  UScreenPartyScore       in 'screens\UScreenPartyScore.pas',
+  UScreenPartyPlayer      in 'screens\UScreenPartyPlayer.pas',
+  UScreenPartyOptions     in 'screens\UScreenPartyOptions.pas',
+  UScreenPartyRounds      in 'screens\UScreenPartyRounds.pas',
+  UScreenPartyWin         in 'screens\UScreenPartyWin.pas',
+
+  SysUtils;
+
+begin
+  Main;
+end.
+